openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

October 2014

25 participants
969 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89802 - trunk/yast/zh_TW/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 18:00:49 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89802 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/add-on-creator.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/add-on.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/audit-laf.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/auth-client.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/auth-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/autoinst.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/base.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/bootloader.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ca-management.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/cio.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/cluster.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/control-center.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/control.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/country.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/crowbar.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/dhcp-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/dns-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/drbd.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/fcoe-client.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/firewall-services.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/firewall.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/firstboot.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ftp-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/geo-cluster.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/gtk.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/http-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/inetd.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/installation.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/instserver.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iplb.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iscsi-client.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iscsi-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/isns.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/kdump.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/kerberos-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/kerberos.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/languages_db.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ldap-client.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ldap-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ldap.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/live-installer.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/lxc.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/mail.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/multipath.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ncurses.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/network.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nfs.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nfs_server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nis.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nis_server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ntp-client.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/oneclickinstall.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/online-update-configuration.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/online-update.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/opensuse_mirror.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/packager.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/pam.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/pkg-bindings.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/printer.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/product-creator.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/proxy.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/qt-pkg.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/qt.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/rdp.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/rear.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/registration.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/reipl.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/relocation-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/s390.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/samba-client.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/samba-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/samba-users.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/scanner.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/security.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/services-manager.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/slp-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/snapper.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sound.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/squid.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sshd.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/storage.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sudo.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/support.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sysconfig.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/tftp-server.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/timezone_db.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/tune.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/update.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/users.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/vm.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/wagon.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/wol.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/xpram.zh_TW.po trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_TW.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/add-on-creator.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/add-on-creator.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/add-on-creator.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-21 08:17+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -260,9 +260,7 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." msgstr "附加產品的組態不存在。使用 'creat' 或 'clone' 命令來建立一個新的。" #. error message @@ -302,14 +300,12 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." msgstr "使用 新增開始建立新的附加產品組態。" #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "使用 編輯 以修改選定的附加產品組態。" #. help text @@ -319,9 +315,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"Build." +msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." msgstr "用 建立 來建立一個基於所選組態的新附加產品。" #. table header item @@ -1064,28 +1058,18 @@ #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." msgstr "本模組提供建立附加產品的指導原則。" #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product." -msgstr "" -"選擇建立新附加產品的方式。您可以在開始時建立或以現有的產品為基礎來建立。</" -"p>" +msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgstr "選擇建立新附加產品的方式。您可以在開始時建立或以現有的產品為基礎來建立。" #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " -"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product." -msgstr "" -"根據現有產品來建立新產品時，請核取「產生套件描述」以在現有產品中產" -"生新的套件描述。" +msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." +msgstr "根據現有產品來建立新產品時，請核取「產生套件描述」以在現有產品中產生新的套件描述。" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 @@ -1104,12 +1088,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"選擇可以套用新附加產品的產品。此選擇會建立<tt>內容</tt>檔案的 " -"REQUIRES 值。 " +msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "選擇可以套用新附加產品的產品。此選擇會建立<tt>內容</tt>檔案的 REQUIRES 值。 " #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 @@ -1118,9 +1098,7 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product." +msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." msgstr "選擇包含來自附加產品的 RPM 套件的目錄路徑。" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. @@ -1130,14 +1108,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow." -msgstr "" -"或者從附加產品的基礎產品，選擇包含 RPM 套件的目錄之路徑。附加產品並不包含" -"這些套件，但這些套件稍後可在工作流程中建立模式。" +msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." +msgstr "或者從附加產品的基礎產品，選擇包含 RPM 套件的目錄之路徑。附加產品並不包含這些套件，但這些套件稍後可在工作流程中建立模式。" #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 @@ -1146,13 +1118,8 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file." -msgstr "" -"輸入識別附加產品所需的資訊。請取消選取「僅顯示需要的關鍵字」以查看" -"<tt>內容</tt>檔案的所有屬性。" +msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "輸入識別附加產品所需的資訊。請取消選取「僅顯示需要的關鍵字」以查看<tt>內容</tt>檔案的所有屬性。" #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 @@ -1161,40 +1128,23 @@ #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here." -msgstr "" -"請在此處編輯套件的特定語言的描述 (<tt>packages.lang</tt> 檔案)。" +msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." +msgstr "請在此處編輯套件的特定語言的描述 (<tt>packages.lang</tt> 檔案)。" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." -msgstr "" -"使用「新增語言」來新增新語言的描述檔案。可用語言的清單是由<tt>內容" -"</tt>檔案的 LINGUAS 值讀取。使用「匯入」來匯入含有套件描述的現" -"有檔案。使用「刪除」來刪除描述檔案。" +msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgstr "使用「新增語言」來新增新語言的描述檔案。可用語言的清單是由<tt>內容</tt>檔案的 LINGUAS 值讀取。使用「匯入」來匯入含有套件描述的現有檔案。使用「刪除」來刪除描述檔案。" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package." -msgstr "" -"使用第二個表格中的「新增」與「編輯」來修改所選套件的描述項" -"目。" +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." +msgstr "使用第二個表格中的「新增」與「編輯」來修改所選套件的描述項目。" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " -"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." -msgstr "" -"可選性的，選擇提供 附加套件相依性 檔案(EXTRA_PROV) 的路徑。" +msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgstr "可選性的，選擇提供 附加套件相依性 檔案(EXTRA_PROV) 的路徑。" #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 @@ -1203,127 +1153,72 @@ #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " -"existing one." -msgstr "" -"使用「新增」來建立新模式，或使用「匯入」來匯入現有模式。" +msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgstr "使用「新增」來建立新模式，或使用「匯入」來匯入現有模式。" #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes." -msgstr "" -"使用第二個表格中的「新增」與「編輯」 來修改模式屬性。" +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." +msgstr "使用第二個表格中的「新增」與「編輯」 來修改模式屬性。" #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." msgstr "" "核取 需求樣式 設定所選定的樣式為此附加產品所需要。\n" "如此當開始安裝此附加產品時，這樣式將自動預先被選擇。" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory." -msgstr "" -"指定應建立附加產品的目錄路徑。請選取「建立 ISO 影像」在輸出目錄中建" -"立產品的 ISO 影像。" +msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." +msgstr "指定應建立附加產品的目錄路徑。請選取「建立 ISO 影像」在輸出目錄中建立產品的 ISO 影像。" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgstr "" -"使用 建立變更紀錄來產生一個此附加產品在過去兩年套件變更的紀錄檔。" +msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgstr "使用 建立變更紀錄來產生一個此附加產品在過去兩年套件變更的紀錄檔。" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " -"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values." -msgstr "" -"使用「設定工作流程」適應附加產品的工作流程。使用「選擇性檔案」</" -"b>設定 <tt>README</tt> 檔案、授權與其他選擇性數值的文字。" +msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." +msgstr "使用「設定工作流程」適應附加產品的工作流程。使用「選擇性檔案」設定 <tt>README</tt> 檔案、授權與其他選擇性數值的文字。" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow." +msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." msgstr "在此處，您可以輸入自訂附加產品工作流程所需的檔案。" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." -msgstr "" -"輸入含有工作流程描述檔案的位置。此檔案為 <tt>control.xml</tt> 的替代方案，" -"並在附加產品的基本目錄中儲存為 <tt>installation.xml</tt>。" +msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgstr "輸入含有工作流程描述檔案的位置。此檔案為 <tt>control.xml</tt> 的替代方案，並在附加產品的基本目錄中儲存為 <tt>installation.xml</tt>。" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." -msgstr "" -"若要在安裝附加產品期間使用自訂的 YaST 模組，請輸入 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> " -"壓縮檔的路徑，這些模組儲存或設定 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 內容，方法是在「匯" -"入套件」中指定 YaST RPM 套件。" +msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgstr "若要在安裝附加產品期間使用自訂的 YaST 模組，請輸入 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 壓縮檔的路徑，這些模組儲存或設定 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 內容，方法是在「匯入套件」中指定 YaST RPM 套件。" #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." -msgstr "" -"選擇性 <tt>info.txt</tt> 檔案會提供關於附加產品的資訊，且按一下「確定」" -"按鈕會顯示成快顯視窗。" +msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgstr "選擇性 <tt>info.txt</tt> 檔案會提供關於附加產品的資訊，且按一下「確定」按鈕會顯示成快顯視窗。" #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " -"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"在開始安裝之前，在視窗中會顯示授權文字和「同意」與「不同意」</" -"b> 按鈕。含有不同語言的授權文字的檔案會被壓縮為 <tt>license.zip</tt> 歸檔，並" -"儲存於 <tt>media.1</tt> 目錄中。" +msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgstr "在開始安裝之前，在視窗中會顯示授權文字和「同意」與「不同意」 按鈕。含有不同語言的授權文字的檔案會被壓縮為 <tt>license.zip</tt> 歸檔，並儲存於 <tt>media.1</tt> 目錄中。" #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product." -msgstr "" -" <tt>版權</tt>與<tt>複製</tt>檔案可有各種語言的修改，且儲存於附加產品的根" -"目錄中。" +msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." +msgstr " <tt>版權</tt>與<tt>複製</tt>檔案可有各種語言的修改，且儲存於附加產品的根目錄中。" #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." -msgstr "" -"在此處，設定附加產品的簽署，從可用的金鑰清單中選擇機密金鑰，或按一下" -"「建立」來建立新金鑰。" +msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgstr "在此處，設定附加產品的簽署，從可用的金鑰清單中選擇機密金鑰，或按一下「建立」來建立新金鑰。" #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 @@ -1332,59 +1227,37 @@ #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgstr "" -"選擇您是否要用選定的金鑰對此附加產品 簽署所有套件。所有之前的套件簽" -"名都將被移除。" +msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgstr "選擇您是否要用選定的金鑰對此附加產品 簽署所有套件。所有之前的套件簽名都將被移除。" #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." msgstr "輸入產生新主要金鑰組所需的值。" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long." -msgstr "" -"DSA 金鑰的預設大小為 1024 位元。RSA 金鑰的長度介於 1024 與 4096 位元。" +msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." +msgstr "DSA 金鑰的預設大小為 1024 位元。RSA 金鑰的長度介於 1024 與 4096 位元。" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires." -msgstr "" -"至於「過期日」，請輸入金鑰過期之前的日數，若數字後面跟著 <tt>w</" -"tt>、<tt>m</tt> 或 <tt>y</tt>，則表示週、月、年數。對永久有效的金鑰，則保持項" -"目為空。" +msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." +msgstr "至於「過期日」，請輸入金鑰過期之前的日數，若數字後面跟著 <tt>w</tt>、<tt>m</tt> 或 <tt>y</tt>，則表示週、月、年數。對永久有效的金鑰，則保持項目為空。" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated." -msgstr "" -"使用「名稱」、「註解」與「電子郵件地址」來提供與新金" -"鑰相關的使用者識別資料。" +msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgstr "使用「名稱」、「註解」與「電子郵件地址」來提供與新金鑰相關的使用者識別資料。" #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." msgstr "在此處，可以查看資料綜覽以產生附加產品。" #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"" +msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." msgstr "按下「完成」以在輸出目錄中建立附加產品。" #. text entry label @@ -1503,9 +1376,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " msgstr "由空白分隔的產品架構清單。符合可用的產品釋出套件架構。" #. label of content file 'VERSION' key @@ -1516,8 +1387,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." -msgstr "" -"產品版本與釋出編號，如 RPM 的表示法 <tt>主版本號.次版本號-釋出編號</tt>。" +msgstr "產品版本與釋出編號，如 RPM 的表示法 <tt>主版本號.次版本號-釋出編號</tt>。" #. table item label #. table item label @@ -1532,13 +1402,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"一些標明發行版的字串。同樣的字串很可能被用在 rpm 以標示此發行版。通常是名稱，" -"版本與架構的組成。" +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "一些標明發行版的字串。同樣的字串很可能被用在 rpm 以標示此發行版。通常是名稱，版本與架構的組成。" #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 @@ -1567,11 +1432,8 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8 編碼標籤。若省略 LINGUAS 或無法決定預設語言，則其為預設標籤。" +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "UTF-8 編碼標籤。若省略 LINGUAS 或無法決定預設語言，則其為預設標籤。" #. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 @@ -1640,13 +1502,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " -"LABEL.lang is expected." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8 編碼 LABEL。<tt>lang</tt> 具有與 LINGUAS 值相同的語法。對" -"於 LINGUAS 中的每種語言，必須是相符的 LABEL.lang。" +msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." +msgstr "UTF-8 編碼 LABEL。<tt>lang</tt> 具有與 LINGUAS 值相同的語法。對於 LINGUAS 中的每種語言，必須是相符的 LABEL.lang。" #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" @@ -1684,9 +1541,7 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." msgstr "預設語言中適用於群組模式的單行分類。分類是用於使用者，且可自由地指定。" #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key @@ -1721,8 +1576,7 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." msgstr "依預設會安裝這些套件，但可任意移除。" #. label for 'Prs' pattern key @@ -1735,9 +1589,7 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." msgstr "這些只是應用程式的提示，不會在相依性解析期間處理。" #. label for 'Ico' pattern key @@ -1749,19 +1601,10 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "若未指定，將使用 \n" -" 模式名稱 (名稱中含有空格，由底線取代)。若檔名沒有包含 .png 或 .jpg 副檔名，" -"則附加 .png。若沒有指定路徑，則會在主題圖示路徑 ( 首先 /usr/share/YaST2/" -"theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ 然後 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/) 中搜尋圖示。允許絕對與相對路徑 (至主題路徑 /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/)。" +" 模式名稱 (名稱中含有空格，由底線取代)。若檔名沒有包含 .png 或 .jpg 副檔名，則附加 .png。若沒有指定路徑，則會在主題圖示路徑 ( 首先 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ 然後 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/) 中搜尋圖示。允許絕對與相對路徑 (至主題路徑 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)。" #. label for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 @@ -1770,9 +1613,7 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." msgstr "在使用者介面中列出多個樣式時，此三位數整數值會定義樣式順序。" #. label for 'Req' pattern key @@ -1792,15 +1633,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"此樣式提供的功能。可用來符合其他產品的 REQUIRES。每個解析項目都有一個" -"預設提供 -- 自己的名稱與版本。例如，套件 bar-1.42-1 提供 <tt>bar = " -"1.42-1</tt> 。" +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "此樣式提供的功能。可用來符合其他產品的 REQUIRES。每個解析項目都有一個預設提供 -- 自己的名稱與版本。例如，套件 bar-1.42-1 提供 <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt> 。" #. label for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 @@ -1809,9 +1643,7 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." msgstr "若特定解析項目或提供此相容項目已安裝，則無法安裝此模式。" #. label for 'Obs' pattern key @@ -1835,9 +1667,7 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." msgstr "REQUIRES 的較弱版本。若無法安裝推薦使用的樣式，不會顯示錯誤。" #. label for 'Sup' pattern key @@ -1847,13 +1677,8 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"反向 Rec。若已安裝的可解析項目提供特定的功能，則將安裝此模式。相依性解" -"析程式會將其安裝。解除安裝時則是無訊息式接受。" +msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "反向 Rec。若已安裝的可解析項目提供特定的功能，則將安裝此模式。相依性解析程式會將其安裝。解除安裝時則是無訊息式接受。" #. label for 'Sug' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 @@ -1867,9 +1692,7 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." msgstr "如果已安裝指定的樣式，目前的模式僅可用於安裝。" #. label for 'Ext' pattern key @@ -1929,11 +1752,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"若已選取套件，則會對使用者顯示非正式的訊息，例如測試版本警告或商業授權。" +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "若已選取套件，則會對使用者顯示非正式的訊息，例如測試版本警告或商業授權。" #. label for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 @@ -1942,12 +1762,8 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"若已選取要刪除的套件，則會對使用者顯示非正式的訊息，例如在沒有套件的情況下無" -"法使用系統的警告。" +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "若已選取要刪除的套件，則會對使用者顯示非正式的訊息，例如在沒有套件的情況下無法使用系統的警告。" #. label for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 @@ -1956,12 +1772,8 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"EULA 的文字。此文字會在安裝套件之前顯示。若使用者不接受 EULA，將無法安裝套" -"件。" +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "EULA 的文字。此文字會在安裝套件之前顯示。若使用者不接受 EULA，將無法安裝套件。" #. label of key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 @@ -1970,9 +1782,7 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements." +msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." msgstr "要滿足此產品的需要，必須在系統上安裝的解决方案。" #. label of PROVIDES key @@ -1982,9 +1792,7 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires</" -"b> from others." +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." msgstr "為此產品提供相容性提供。他們可以用來滿足來自其他的需要。" #. label of 'CONFLICTS' key @@ -1994,9 +1802,7 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." msgstr "若已安裝指定的可解析項目或提供功能的可解析項目，則無法安裝此解析項目。" #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key @@ -2006,9 +1812,7 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." msgstr "已安裝此可解析項目時，將解除安裝具有符合此關鍵字的其他可解析項目。" #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key @@ -2018,12 +1822,8 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"較弱版本的需要。會想要滿足 推薦，但若找不到相符的項目，則將被無" -"訊息的忽略。" +msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "較弱版本的需要。會想要滿足 推薦，但若找不到相符的項目，則將被無訊息的忽略。" #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 @@ -2052,9 +1852,7 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." msgstr "產品的短名稱，這不會因補充包或版本而變更。" #. table item label @@ -2069,9 +1867,7 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." msgstr "目標產品的媒體類型。可能值為：cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9。" #. table item label Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/add-on.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/add-on.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/add-on.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-21 08:21+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -55,12 +55,8 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"遺失目標檔案名稱 ('xmlfile' 選項)。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 指令行選" -"項。" +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "遺失目標檔案名稱 ('xmlfile' 選項)。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 指令行選項。" #. dialog caption #. this is a heading @@ -144,8 +140,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." msgstr "選取要安裝的語言擴充並按一下「接受」。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question @@ -403,12 +398,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "" -"使用「新增」來建立新的附加產品，或使用「刪除」來移除現正使用" -"的附加產品。" +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "使用「新增」來建立新的附加產品，或使用「刪除」來移除現正使用的附加產品。" #. no items #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 @@ -490,9 +481,7 @@ #~ msgid "&Select Language Extensions to be Installed" #~ msgstr "選取要安裝的語言擴充(&S)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the " -#~ "OK button." +#~ msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the OK button." #~ msgstr "選取要安裝的語言擴充並按一下「接受」。" #~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..." Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/audit-laf.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/audit-laf.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/audit-laf.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-28 11:44+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -465,8 +465,7 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>正在啟始化 Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" @@ -507,21 +506,15 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 @@ -534,42 +527,33 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" @@ -577,13 +561,10 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" @@ -591,28 +572,23 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" @@ -620,8 +596,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 @@ -642,28 +617,23 @@ #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" @@ -673,10 +643,8 @@ #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" @@ -684,8 +652,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 1/6 @@ -694,39 +661,31 @@ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 6/6 @@ -767,9 +726,7 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." msgstr "若要設定 iSCSI 啟動器的組態，必須安裝 %1 套件。" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 @@ -847,36 +804,48 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "無法讀取 audit.rules。" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -"audit 精靈未執行。\n" -"您想要現在啟動它嗎？" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start daemon." +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "啟動精靈。" + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -" 'apparmor' 核心模組已載入。\n" -"此核心使用了正在運作的 audit 精靈來紀錄 audit\n" -"事件到 /var/log/audit/audit.log (預設值)。 \n" -"您要現在啟動此精靈嗎？" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "Audit 精靈未執行。" +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "啟動(&S)" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "不要安裝" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "無法啟動 audit 精靈。" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -889,36 +858,36 @@ "需要重新啟動電腦。\n" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "儲存 Audit 組態" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "寫入設定" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "寫入規則" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在寫入設定..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "正在寫入規則..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "規則已被鎖定。" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -929,26 +898,47 @@ "要讓變更生效需重新啟動電腦。\n" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "重新啟動 audit 精靈失敗。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "無法將設定寫入 auditd.conf。" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "重新啟動 yast2-audit-laf 並檢查規則。" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "無法將設定寫入 auditd.rules。" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "記錄檔案" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" +#~ "Do you want to start it now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "audit 精靈未執行。\n" +#~ "您想要現在啟動它嗎？" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +#~ "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" +#~ "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" +#~ "Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " 'apparmor' 核心模組已載入。\n" +#~ "此核心使用了正在運作的 audit 精靈來紀錄 audit\n" +#~ "事件到 /var/log/audit/audit.log (預設值)。 \n" +#~ "您要現在啟動此精靈嗎？" + +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "Audit 精靈未執行。" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/auth-client.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/auth-client.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/auth-client.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取消" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "確定" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "說明" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新增" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ #. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis #: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基本設定：" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Services:" @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垃圾郵件預防措施" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新增" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "編輯" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "刪除" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -205,70 +205,48 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 @@ -284,42 +262,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 @@ -331,20 +295,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 @@ -360,50 +319,36 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section @@ -414,37 +359,27 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 @@ -452,51 +387,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 @@ -504,9 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 @@ -514,9 +431,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 @@ -528,8 +443,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 @@ -553,27 +467,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 @@ -581,9 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 @@ -595,15 +499,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider @@ -612,9 +512,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 @@ -622,9 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 @@ -634,32 +530,23 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " -"sss_useradd(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 @@ -672,15 +559,11 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 @@ -724,8 +607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 @@ -741,106 +623,67 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " -"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 @@ -848,10 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 @@ -859,16 +699,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 @@ -880,17 +715,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 @@ -918,30 +747,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 @@ -957,13 +775,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 @@ -971,9 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 @@ -981,52 +795,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 @@ -1034,33 +831,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 @@ -1076,16 +863,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 @@ -1101,9 +883,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 @@ -1119,8 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 @@ -1132,28 +911,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 @@ -1165,15 +935,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 @@ -1181,9 +947,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 @@ -1195,39 +959,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 @@ -1235,9 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 @@ -1254,16 +1004,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 @@ -1271,15 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 @@ -1295,9 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section @@ -1306,21 +1045,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 @@ -1328,8 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" #. end Export Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/auth-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/auth-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/auth-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -24,31 +24,31 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "啟用/停用此服務" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "加入新的資料庫" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顯示目前可用的資料庫清單" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顯示目前已組態的概要" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "加入概要到清單中" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "啟用服務" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "服務服務" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -56,27 +56,27 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "資料庫的 Base DN" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理者登入的 DN" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理密碼" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "資料庫的目錄" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "檔案" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "位置" #. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); #. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); @@ -92,31 +92,27 @@ #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "加入資料庫時發生錯誤" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "LDAP 資料庫已經建立。稍後在已安裝系統上可以變更設定。" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[根密碼]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[手動方式設定]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "無法取回系統 root 密碼。請設定 LDAP 伺服器密碼繼續。" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -128,15 +124,15 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "基礎 DN" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "根 DN：" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 密碼：" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" @@ -149,40 +145,40 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在防火牆中開啟埠" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "" +msgstr "是" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "否" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "防火牆已停用" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 SLP 精靈註冊： " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "啟動 LDAP 伺服器：" #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP 伺服器" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP 伺服器(&L)" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -193,6 +189,9 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" +"套件 '%1' 無法使用。\n" +"YaST2 無法繼續設定組態，\n" +"因為沒有安裝套件。" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -202,11 +201,11 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"未安裝必要的套件，\n" +"YaST2 無法繼續設定組態。" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -214,6 +213,8 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" +"OpenLDAP 伺服器：公用伺服器憑證無法使用。\n" +"StartTLS 已關閉。" #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 @@ -227,17 +228,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新啟動" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -287,23 +286,23 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一般設定" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "啟動 LDAP 伺服器(&S)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 SLP 精靈註冊(&S)" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "防火牆設定" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -311,9 +310,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page @@ -358,7 +355,7 @@ #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "進階組態(&A)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" @@ -370,7 +367,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基本 Kerberos 設定" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -390,7 +387,7 @@ #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "進階 Kerberos 組態" #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 @@ -402,12 +399,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "目前選項：" #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置：" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 @@ -432,7 +429,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "瀏覽" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -453,7 +450,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "密碼" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -480,7 +477,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "協定" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -497,18 +494,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA 憑證檔案 (PEM 格式)(&A)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "瀏覽(&W)..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "選取 CA 憑證檔案" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -521,9 +518,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -561,15 +556,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -596,8 +588,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" @@ -610,7 +601,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "驗證密碼(&V)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" @@ -628,10 +619,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -644,18 +633,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -682,17 +667,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -703,24 +684,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" @@ -754,8 +729,7 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -769,35 +743,25 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" @@ -813,14 +777,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" @@ -834,15 +794,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "請在「預設規則物件 DN」中輸入預設規則物件的名稱。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -856,33 +813,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -901,11 +853,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" @@ -921,8 +871,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -935,11 +884,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -949,8 +896,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" @@ -960,16 +906,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -981,14 +922,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -997,8 +934,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1012,8 +948,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1046,10 +981,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 @@ -1060,10 +993,8 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1077,6 +1008,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>中止啟始化：</big> \n" +"要安全地中止組態公用程式，請按「中止」。" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1104,15 +1037,11 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1123,15 +1052,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1143,8 +1069,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" @@ -1166,18 +1091,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1188,10 +1110,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1204,31 +1124,26 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在這個項目下，設定一些全域參數。" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 @@ -1237,17 +1152,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 @@ -1258,8 +1170,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1277,16 +1188,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1301,100 +1210,76 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果要新增資料庫，請按下「新增資料庫...」。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 @@ -1408,7 +1293,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "允許轉遞" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 @@ -1426,7 +1311,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "允許代理" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 @@ -1439,9 +1324,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 @@ -1450,12 +1333,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 @@ -1464,20 +1342,16 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "允許服務" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 @@ -1486,10 +1360,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 @@ -1498,15 +1369,12 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "需要變更" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 @@ -1515,53 +1383,37 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "密碼變更服務" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type @@ -1571,69 +1423,47 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife @@ -1643,9 +1473,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. ################################################################################# @@ -1659,33 +1487,33 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "進階設定" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "資料庫路徑" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "資料庫路徑(&D)" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ACL 檔案" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ACL 檔案(&F)" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理員 Keytab" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 @@ -1823,19 +1651,19 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "字典檔案" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kadmin 精靈埠" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kpasswd 精靈埠" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 @@ -1847,19 +1675,19 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC 埠" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "主要金鑰名稱" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "主要金鑰類型" #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item @@ -1890,13 +1718,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "預設加密類型" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC 支援的加密類型" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 @@ -1908,11 +1736,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 連線數" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 密碼的檔案" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 @@ -1943,7 +1771,7 @@ #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "進階 LDAP 設定" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1970,9 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1980,8 +1806,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2006,7 +1831,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在啟始化..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -2019,17 +1844,17 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全域設定" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "綱要檔案" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "記錄層級設定" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 @@ -2040,12 +1865,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TLS 設定" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "資料庫" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -2069,12 +1894,12 @@ #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "選擇新的綱要檔案" #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "綱要檔案已經在清單中。" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -2091,12 +1916,12 @@ #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "選取憑證檔案" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "選取憑證金鑰檔案" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -2118,12 +1943,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法寫入目前資料庫的設定。" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法讀取目前資料庫的設定。" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 @@ -2135,7 +1960,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "密碼加密(&E)" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -2149,7 +1974,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "否" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -2157,7 +1982,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "是" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2173,7 +1998,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "密碼規則組態" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" @@ -2197,7 +2022,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2206,19 +2031,19 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "包含的綱要檔案(&S)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "選取記錄層級旗標(&L)：" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "追蹤函式呼叫" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "除錯封包處理" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" @@ -2226,39 +2051,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "連線管理" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "傳送和接收的列印封包" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜尋過濾器處理" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "組態檔案處理" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "存取控制清單處理" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "" +msgstr "記錄連線、操作、和結果" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已傳送的記錄項目" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用外圍程序後端工具列印通訊" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "項目分析" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" @@ -2266,23 +2091,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "無" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "選取允許旗標(&A)：" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPv2 結合申請" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "證件不是空的時進行匿名結合" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN 不是空的時進行未驗證結合" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" @@ -2293,9 +2118,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 @@ -2303,8 +2126,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 @@ -2313,7 +2135,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基本設定" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" @@ -2329,15 +2151,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "匯入憑證" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "憑證檔案 (PEM 格式)(&F)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "瀏覽(&B)..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2345,7 +2167,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "瀏覽(&R)..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2353,15 +2175,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基本 DN(&B)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理員 DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "附加基礎 DN(&A)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" @@ -2405,7 +2227,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "編輯資料庫" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." @@ -2417,7 +2239,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "屬性" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2445,23 +2267,23 @@ #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "密碼規則設定" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "啟用密碼規則" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "雜湊純文字密碼" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顯示「帳戶已鎖定」狀態" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "預設規則物件 DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" @@ -2529,11 +2351,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "讀取" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "寫入" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" @@ -2550,11 +2372,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理員 DN(&A)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "附加基礎 DN(&P)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" @@ -2562,7 +2384,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "資料庫目錄(&D)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" @@ -2570,12 +2392,12 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "選取資料庫目錄" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "必須設定基礎 DN。" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2583,11 +2405,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果提供密碼，必須設定根 DN。" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "驗證密碼失敗。" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2597,11 +2419,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "必須指定目錄。" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "該目錄不存在。要建立嗎？" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 @@ -2614,7 +2436,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "再試一次？" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2638,7 +2460,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "選取" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2691,11 +2513,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "屬性" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "編輯" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2707,7 +2529,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2715,11 +2537,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向上" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向下" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2736,7 +2558,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "目標" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" @@ -2758,7 +2580,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "埠" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2770,19 +2592,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "日" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "小時" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分鐘" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "秒鐘" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2815,8 +2637,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 @@ -2863,31 +2684,31 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 搜尋失敗。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無效的 LDAP URI 概要。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 啟始化失敗。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP Bind 失敗。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "啟始化 LDAP 概要失敗。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "讀取 LDAP 概要失敗。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 伺服器不認識 Kerberos 概要。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 @@ -2896,19 +2717,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "修改 kerberos 資料庫失敗。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 修改失敗。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不完整的資料。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不支援的資料庫類型。" #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. @@ -3041,9 +2862,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 @@ -3063,9 +2882,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 @@ -3094,7 +2911,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "尚未設定。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -3107,7 +2924,7 @@ #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "憑證金鑰檔案不存在。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -3167,24 +2984,22 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法寫入 krb5.conf。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "建立 Kerberos 資料庫失敗。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "寫入密碼檔案失敗。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." @@ -3200,15 +3015,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "字尾的第一部分必須是 c=、st=、l=、o=、ou=、或 dc=。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format @@ -3236,7 +3049,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法建立目錄。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format @@ -3244,8 +3057,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 @@ -3267,11 +3079,11 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "寫入 krb5.conf 失敗。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "寫入 kdc.conf 失敗。" #. error at paramter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 @@ -3282,22 +3094,22 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "countryName 必須是 ISO-3166 國家兩個字母代碼。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無效的 'rootdn'。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'rootdn' 必須在 'suffix' 之下。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "若要設定密碼，必須定義 'rootdn'。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 @@ -3308,113 +3120,113 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'%s' 是不支援的加密方法。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "定義 'directory'。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "該目錄不存在。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無效的快取大小值。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無效的檢查點值。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "定義 'passwd'。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "資料庫編輯失敗。" #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "遺失參數 'suffix'。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法重新啟動服務。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法停止服務。" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA 憑證檔案不存在。" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA 憑證路徑不存在。" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "憑證檔案不存在。" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'TLSVerifyClient' 的無效值。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "寫入失敗。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "遺失 'ServerCertificateFile' 參數。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法讀取憑證檔案。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "遺失 'ServerCertificateData' 參數。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "毀損的 PEM 資料。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "遺失 'ServerCertificateFile' 參數。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法讀取金鑰檔案。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "遺失 'ServerKeyData' 參數。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法讀取 CA 憑證檔案。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法寫入憑證檔案。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法寫入金鑰檔案。" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法寫入 CA 憑證檔案。" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/autoinst.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/autoinst.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/autoinst.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-28 11:50+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -124,8 +124,7 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "基於正在運作的系統上的 AutoYaST 組態設定客戶端" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 @@ -150,8 +149,7 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" "使用此對話方塊，複製檔案的內容，並於安裝的系統中指定\n" "最後的路徑。YaST 會將此檔案複製到指定的位置。" @@ -160,15 +158,12 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" "若要保護複製的檔案，請設定檔案的擁有者與許可權。\n" -"請使用 userid:groupid 語法來設定擁有者。若要變更許可權，可變更代表許可" -"權的符號，\n" +"請使用 userid:groupid 語法來設定擁有者。若要變更許可權，可變更代表許可權的符號，\n" "或是變更代表許可權位元形式的八進位\n" "數字。" @@ -243,10 +238,8 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "對許多應用程式和服務而言，您可能已經準備了\n" @@ -296,22 +289,22 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "正在執行安裝後程序檔" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "正在判斷執行中的服務" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "正在完成組態" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "處理資源 %1" @@ -633,8 +626,7 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" "視您的經驗而定，您可以跳過、記錄和顯示 (含逾時)\n" @@ -661,8 +653,7 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -679,8 +670,7 @@ msgstr "安裝來源的位置 (像是 http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "此系統的安裝來源(如果選擇此項，將無法建立影像)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 @@ -696,12 +686,9 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "裝載於 /etc/fstab：\n" @@ -715,8 +702,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " @@ -892,8 +878,7 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." msgstr "大小設定 \"自動\" 只適用在如果已選擇 \"/boot\" 或 \"swap\" 載掛點。" #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 @@ -1369,9 +1354,7 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "您確定要套用模組'%1'設定到您現在的系統嗎？" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1386,9 +1369,7 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "您確定要套用 profile 的設定到您現在的系統嗎？ " #. EXIT @@ -1528,8 +1509,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "已輸入 Kickstart 檔案。\n" @@ -1663,8 +1643,7 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1677,14 +1656,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"若您關閉第二階段的 AutoYaST，安裝程序會在第一次重新開機後 (在套件安裝後) 繼續" -"以\n" +"若您關閉第二階段的 AutoYaST，安裝程序會在第一次重新開機後 (在套件安裝後) 繼續以\n" "手動模式進行。\n" " \n" @@ -1828,8 +1805,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1863,8 +1839,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "此工具會從此系統讀取資訊，\n" "建立參考設定檔。從此系統選取要讀取的資源\n" @@ -1876,8 +1851,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "右邊的表格會顯示要在其上建立分割區的目標系統。\n" @@ -1918,8 +1892,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "若未定義分割區，而且指定的磁碟機也是\n" @@ -1939,16 +1912,8 @@ msgstr "進階選項" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST 預設會建立延伸分割區，並將所有新的分割區新增為邏輯裝置。不過，您也可" -"以指示 AutoYaST 來建立特定分割區為主分割區或延伸分割區。此外，也可以使用磁區 " -"(而不是以 MB 為單位) 來指定分割區的大小。" +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "AutoYaST 預設會建立延伸分割區，並將所有新的分割區新增為邏輯裝置。不過，您也可以指示 AutoYaST 來建立特定分割區為主分割區或延伸分割區。此外，也可以使用磁區 (而不是以 MB 為單位) 來指定分割區的大小。" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -1962,8 +1927,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2068,8 +2032,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2087,8 +2050,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2106,8 +2068,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2143,8 +2104,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2160,12 +2120,9 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2181,16 +2138,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>回饋與除錯：</H3>\n" -" 除了 init 程序檔以外的所有程序檔，都能在快顯方塊中顯示 STDOUT+STDERR，當" -"作意見回饋。\n" +" 除了 init 程序檔以外的所有程序檔，都能在快顯方塊中顯示 STDOUT+STDERR，當作意見回饋。\n" " 若您開啟除錯功能，就會在回饋對話方塊中收到較多的輸出，可協助\n" "您對程序檔進行除錯。\n" @@ -2279,8 +2233,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2312,9 +2265,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "XML 剖析程式報告在剖析 autoyast 設定檔時發生錯誤。錯誤訊息為：\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. @@ -2394,10 +2345,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2411,8 +2360,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "除了現有的常見模組之外，\n" @@ -2606,9 +2554,7 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "在安裝樣式過程中影像建立失敗。請查看 /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 @@ -2616,9 +2562,7 @@ msgstr "建立影像 - 正在安裝套件" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "當安裝套件時影響建立失敗。請查看 /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); @@ -2631,8 +2575,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "您可以對此影像進行變更在 %1/\n" "如果您按下確定按鈕，此影像將被壓縮且不再允許變更。" @@ -2680,8 +2623,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" "您現在可以對 ISO 進行變更在 %1, 像是新增完全不同的 AutoYaST XML 檔。\n" @@ -2726,16 +2668,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "套件解析器執行失敗。請檢查您在 autoyast 設定檔中的軟體區段。" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "在您的 XML 設定檔中規劃的分割區不符合此磁碟機。遺失 %1MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 @@ -2831,26 +2769,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "根據您的需要，輸入分割區\n" -#~ "資訊。若要重新使用現有分割區，請輸入要重新使用的現有分割區的分割區編號 (分" -#~ "割區的編號會從 1 開始計算)，不輸入大小。\n" +#~ "資訊。若要重新使用現有分割區，請輸入要重新使用的現有分割區的分割區編號 (分割區的編號會從 1 開始計算)，不輸入大小。\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " 以屬於磁碟區群組部分的分割區 (不是磁碟區群組內的邏輯分割區) 來說，請把分" -#~ "割區 ID 設定成 0x8e，然後選擇磁碟區群組。您必須已經用 AutoYaST 設定磁碟區" -#~ "群組。\n" +#~ " 以屬於磁碟區群組部分的分割區 (不是磁碟區群組內的邏輯分割區) 來說，請把分割區 ID 設定成 0x8e，然後選擇磁碟區群組。您必須已經用 AutoYaST 設定磁碟區群組。\n" #~ " \n" #~ " 如需詳細資訊，請參閱線上文件。\n" #~ " \n" @@ -2909,15 +2839,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " 在此建立並編輯您的磁碟區群組。之後請在實體硬碟的分割對話方塊中，指定本磁" -#~ "碟區群組的實體分割區，然後把這些分割區的分割區 ID 設定成 0x8e。\n" +#~ " 在此建立並編輯您的磁碟區群組。之後請在實體硬碟的分割對話方塊中，指定本磁碟區群組的實體分割區，然後把這些分割區的分割區 ID 設定成 0x8e。\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/base.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/base.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/base.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-16 09:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -234,21 +234,13 @@ #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"遺失目標檔案名稱 ('xmlfile' 選項)。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 指令行選" -"項。" +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "遺失目標檔案名稱 ('xmlfile' 選項)。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 指令行選項。" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"目標檔案名稱 ('xmlfile' 選項) 是空白的。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 指令行" -"選項。" +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "目標檔案名稱 ('xmlfile' 選項) 是空白的。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 指令行選項。" #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -990,11 +982,7 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 @@ -1046,8 +1034,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) 功能鍵 \n" "F 鍵提供主要功能的快速存取。\n" @@ -1514,6 +1501,19 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "安裝需要的套件失敗。" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "正在更新組態..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "這可能需要一些時間" + #. Get information about the OS release #. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file #. is missing. @@ -1833,14 +1833,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>建立新的 GPG 金鑰</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> 已經啟動，如需詳細資訊，請參閱 <tt>gpg</tt> 手冊頁" -"面。\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> 已經啟動，如需詳細資訊，請參閱 <tt>gpg</tt> 手冊頁面。\n" " 如要取消請按下 Ctrl+C。\n" " " @@ -2165,15 +2163,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "數據機" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "網路卡" @@ -2181,21 +2179,21 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 @@ -2211,326 +2209,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "其他位址" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet 網路卡" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "非同步轉送模式 (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "藍芽" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "藍芽連線" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bond 網路" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "工作站公用連結存取 (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN 卡" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "通道對通道介面 (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL 連接" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "虛構" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "虛擬網路設備" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "企業系統連接器 (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "乙太網路" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "乙太網路卡" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI 網路卡" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "光纖通道系統連接器 (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "高效能平行介面 (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets 介面 (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN 連線" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "紅外線網路裝置" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "紅外線裝置" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "內部使用者通訊處 (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS 網路卡" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "迴路" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "回送設備" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet 網路卡" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "平行線" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "平行線連接" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express 或 QDIO 裝置 (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 封裝裝置" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "序列線" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "序列線連接" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "記號環" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "記號環網路卡" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB 網路裝置" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare 網路裝置" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "無線" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "無線網路卡" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP 網路" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "虛擬網路" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "橋接器" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "網路橋接" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "網路通道" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "網路 TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "無限寬頻裝置" @@ -2593,7 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "輸出的目錄(&E)" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:294 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2608,7 +2606,7 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:362 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" @@ -2616,7 +2614,7 @@ "or continue without network." msgstr "重新啟動安裝並在 Linuxrc 設定網路" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:368 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" @@ -2802,43 +2800,32 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"防火牆已啟用 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">停用</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "防火牆已啟用 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">停用</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"防火牆已停用 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">啟用</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "防火牆已停用 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">啟用</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH 連接埠為開啟 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">關閉</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 連接埠為開啟 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">關閉</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH 連接埠為關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開啟</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 連接埠為關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開啟</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" "SSH 埠為開啟 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">關閉</a>)，但\n" @@ -2846,36 +2833,24 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." msgstr "您正在 SSH 上安裝系統，但是您沒有開啟防火牆上的 SSH 埠。" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"遠端管理 (VNC) 埠為開啟 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">關閉</" -"a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "遠端管理 (VNC) 埠為開啟 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">關閉</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"遠端管理 (VNC) 埠為關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">開啟</" -"a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "遠端管理 (VNC) 埠為關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">開啟</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." msgstr "您正在使用遠端管理 (VNC) 安裝系統，但是您沒有開啟防火牆上的 VNC 埠。" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text @@ -2890,9 +2865,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "您正在使用 iSCSI 目標安裝系統，但是您沒有開啟防火牆上所需的通訊埠。" #. Returns service definition. @@ -3066,8 +3039,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "忽略可能造成系統破壞的失敗套件。\n" "應在稍後執行軟體管理模組檢查系統。" @@ -3076,10 +3048,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "位於指定 URL 的來源現在提供不同的媒體 ID。\n" @@ -3584,8 +3554,7 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3602,10 +3571,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" @@ -3644,8 +3611,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3706,7 +3672,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:554 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "套件" @@ -3759,9 +3725,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "<BIG>安裝摘要<BIG> 這是已安裝套件的摘要。" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 @@ -3868,8 +3832,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4110,8 +4073,7 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "每個未經受信任 (已匯入) 金鑰簽署的套件\n" "都會顯示警告對話方塊。如果您不信任該金鑰，\n" @@ -4193,8 +4155,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4217,86 +4178,79 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:154 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:328 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:349 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "正在安裝..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "媒體" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "剩餘的套件" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:556 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "時間" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:572 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "執行的動作：" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:656 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "套件已被安裝。" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"中止安裝 您可以中止套件的安裝，要中止請按 中止 按鈕。然而，" -"系統可能會處在不一致或不穩定的狀態，如果基礎系統元件未安裝則可能無法開機。</" -"P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "中止安裝 您可以中止套件的安裝，要中止請按 中止 按鈕。然而，系統可能會處在不一致或不穩定的狀態，如果基礎系統元件未安裝則可能無法開機。" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:675 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "版本說明(&N)" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:687 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "投影片介紹(&W)" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "詳細資訊(&D)" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:728 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:731 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "執行安裝" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:768 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "套件安裝" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:844 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4305,17 +4259,17 @@ "結束安裝嗎？" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:856 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "已中止" #. read file content #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "找不到檔案。" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "系統記錄 (%1)" @@ -5029,7 +4983,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -5795,8 +5749,7 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "反向 IPv4 位址 %1 無效。\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/bootloader.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/bootloader.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/bootloader.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-16 11:22+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -133,25 +133,22 @@ msgstr "系統現在將重新開機..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "未選取要安裝的開機載入器。您的系統可能無法開機。" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "因為分割區因素，所以無法正確安裝開機載入器" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "開機" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "開機(&B)" @@ -160,12 +157,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "磁碟順序" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "磁碟順序設定" @@ -176,10 +173,9 @@ msgstr "開機功能表" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:139 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "開機載入器選項" @@ -204,10 +200,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "在分割表中設定啟用旗標，以做為開機分割區 \n" @@ -233,8 +227,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "逾時秒數 \n" "指定開啟載入起在預設核心載入前等待多久時間。\n" @@ -257,18 +250,15 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"將一般開機碼寫入 MBR將您的磁碟的主要開機記錄取代為一般碼 (獨立於作" -"業系統外的程式碼，\n" +"將一般開機碼寫入 MBR將您的磁碟的主要開機記錄取代為一般碼 (獨立於作業系統外的程式碼，\n" "可讓啟用中的分割區開機)。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" "「從開機分割區開機」是其中一個建議的選項，而另一個是\n" @@ -276,18 +266,15 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" -"使用受信任的 Grub 表示安裝受信任的 grub 並使用它。選項 圖形選單" -"檔案 將被忽略。\n" +"使用受信任的 Grub 表示安裝受信任的 grub 並使用它。選項 圖形選單檔案 將被忽略。\n" "推薦安裝 grub 到 MBR" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" "「從主開機記錄開機」，當您在電腦上安裝了其他的作業系統，\n" @@ -295,26 +282,27 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" "「從根分割區開機」是每當有合適分割區時的\n" -"建議選項。請視需要選取「開機載入器選項」中的「在分割區表中設定使用" -"中旗標，以做為開機分割區」和「將一般開機碼寫入 MBR」\n" +"建議選項。請視需要選取「開機載入器選項」中的「在分割區表中設定使用中旗標，以做為開機分割區」和「將一般開機碼寫入 MBR」\n" "來更新主開機記錄，或請設定您其他的開機管理員\n" "來啟動此區段。" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "「自定開機分割區」可讓您選擇要用來開機的分割區" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." @@ -322,72 +310,60 @@ "MD 陣列是由 2 磁碟組成。 啟用 MD 磁碟陣列\n" "啟用已寫入 GRUB 到兩個磁碟的 MBR。" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" "使用序列主控台可讓您設定參數以\n" -"使用序列控制台。如需詳細資訊，請參閱 grub 文件 (<code>info grub</code>)。</" -"p>" +"使用序列控制台。如需詳細資訊，請參閱 grub 文件 (<code>info grub</code>)。" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "終端機定義 \n" "可定義您想使用的終端機類型。若是序列終端機 (例如序列主控台)，\n" "您則需指定 <code>serial</code>。您也可以將 <code>console</code> 傳送給\n" -"指令，做為 <code>serial console</code>。在這種情況下，讓您在其中按下任意鍵的" -"終端機，\n" +"指令，做為 <code>serial console</code>。在這種情況下，讓您在其中按下任意鍵的終端機，\n" "將獲選為 GRUB 終端機。" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" "「預設區段失敗時採用後援區段」包含區段號碼清單，可在\n" "預設區段無法開機時用來開機。" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "選取「開機時隱藏功能表」可以隱藏開機功能表" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"「圖形化功能表檔案」可定義檔案，使其用於圖形化開機功能表。" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 +msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." +msgstr "「圖形化功能表檔案」可定義檔案，使其用於圖形化開機功能表。" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "啟用聽覺信號 開啟/關閉聽覺信號。" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "以密碼保護開機載入器 \n" -"定義當存取開機選單時所需的密碼。只有當您在「再次輸入密碼」中輸入密碼" -"時，\n" +"定義當存取開機選單時所需的密碼。只有當您在「再次輸入密碼」中輸入密碼時，\n" "YaST 才會接受該密碼。" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -401,72 +377,72 @@ "要新增磁碟，按 新增。\n" "要移除磁碟，按 移除。" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "開機載入器位置" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "在分割區表中設定啟用旗標以做為開機分割區(&A)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "逾時秒數(&T)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "預設開機區段(&D)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "將一般開機碼寫入 MBR(&G)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "使用受信任的 Grub(&T)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "自定開機分割區" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "從主開機記錄開機" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "從根分割區開機" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "從開機分割區開機" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "從擴充分割區開機" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "序列主控台參數(&P)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "預設區段失敗時採用後援區段" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "開機時隱藏選單(&H)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "圖形化選單檔案(&M)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "選單介面的密碼(&S)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "除錯旗標(&I)" @@ -552,82 +528,82 @@ #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +msgstr "從 Root 分割區開機(&R)" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:770 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:805 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "開機載入器位置" +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgstr "從開機分割區開機(&T)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:747 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "開機載入器位置" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "從主開機記錄開機(&M)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:750 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "從 Root 分割區開機(&R)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:751 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "從開機分割區開機(&T)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:756 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "從擴充分割區開機(&E)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:823 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "自定開機分割區(&U)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:816 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "啟用 MD 磁碟陣列(&U)" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:875 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "開機載入器安裝詳細資訊(&D)" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "開機載入器選項" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:80 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "新增的 Kernel 參數：%1" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:99 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "開機載入器選項" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "安全" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "啟用限額支援(&Q)" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "開機載入器位置" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -647,61 +623,55 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"「選擇性的核心指令行參數」可讓您定義其他要傳送到核心的參數。" +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "「選擇性的核心指令行參數」可讓您定義其他要傳送到核心的參數。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." -msgstr "" -"「VGA 模式」可定義主控台在核心開機時所使用的 VGA 模式" +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "「VGA 模式」可定義主控台在核心開機時所使用的 VGA 模式" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Failsafe 核心指令行參數可讓您定義其他要傳送到 failsafe 核心的參數。" -"" +msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Failsafe 核心指令行參數可讓您定義其他要傳送到 failsafe 核心的參數。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"偵測外來作業系統 藉由 os-prober 和外來的發行版本進行多重開機 " +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "偵測外來作業系統 藉由 os-prober 和外來的發行版本進行多重開機 " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "選擇性的核心指令行參數(&P)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "配送：" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Vga 模式(&V)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Failsafe 核心指令行參數(&F)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "偵測外來作業系統" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" @@ -745,7 +715,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 msgid "remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "移除" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 @@ -776,6 +746,11 @@ msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "主控台主題(&C)" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -789,7 +764,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "此根分割區為 NFS 類型。開機載入器無法安裝。" @@ -1120,10 +1095,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "透過「其他」按鈕，\n" @@ -1213,8 +1186,7 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." @@ -1223,8 +1195,7 @@ "- 使用 <tt>/boot</tt> 或 <tt>/</tt> (根) 分割區的\n" "「開機磁區」。若有合適的\n" "分割區，建議您使用此選項。\n" -"若有必要，您可以在開機載入器安裝詳細資訊中設定「啟用開機載入分割" -"區」和\n" +"若有必要，您可以在開機載入器安裝詳細資訊中設定「啟用開機載入分割區」和\n" " 「將 MBR 取代為一般碼」\n" "，更新主要開機記錄，或是設定其他開機管理員\n" " 以啟動 &product;。" @@ -1328,8 +1299,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "區段名稱 \n" @@ -1388,8 +1358,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "選取選單區段，以新增一個區段\n" @@ -1622,74 +1591,48 @@ msgstr "影像區段" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via Browse." -msgstr "" -"「核心影像」可定義要開機的核心。請直接輸入名稱，或透過「瀏覽」" -"進行選擇" +msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." +msgstr "「核心影像」可定義要開機的核心。請直接輸入名稱，或透過「瀏覽」進行選擇" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "" -"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" +msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." msgstr "「根設備」可設定要將哪個設備傳送到核心做為根設備。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" msgstr "" -"「起始的 RAM 磁碟」在不為空白時會定義要使用的起始 RAM 磁碟。請直接" -"輸入路徑和檔案名稱，或使用\n" +"「起始的 RAM 磁碟」在不為空白時會定義要使用的起始 RAM 磁碟。請直接輸入路徑和檔案名稱，或使用\n" "「瀏覽」進行選擇。\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux." -msgstr "" -"「Chainloader 區段」，當您想為 Linux 之外的某個作業系統設定開機區段" -"時，請選擇此選項。" +msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." +msgstr "「Chainloader 區段」，當您想為 Linux 之外的某個作業系統設定開機區段時，請選擇此選項。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " -"this section." +msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." msgstr "設定「使用密碼保護」以後便需要使用密碼才能選取這個區段。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer." -msgstr "" -"「其他系統」可讓您在電腦上所安裝的所有非 Linux 作業系統中進行選擇。" -"" +msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." +msgstr "「其他系統」可讓您在電腦上所安裝的所有非 Linux 作業系統中進行選擇。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it" -msgstr "" -"「將此分割區設定為開機分割區時加以啟用」，當您的 BIOS 需要這個旗標" -"設定才能開機時，便使用這個選項" +msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgstr "「將此分割區設定為開機分割區時加以啟用」，當您的 BIOS 需要這個旗標設定才能開機時，便使用這個選項" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.\n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" -"「Chainloading 的區段偏移」可讓您指定要開機的區段清單。在大部分情" -"況下，您可以在這裡\n" +"「Chainloading 的區段偏移」可讓您指定要開機的區段清單。在大部分情況下，您可以在這裡\n" "指定 <code>+1</code>。如需區段清單標記的規格，請參閱 Grub 文件。\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" msgstr "" "選取「Xen 區段」來新增 Linux 核心或其他影像，\n" @@ -1700,12 +1643,8 @@ msgstr "「Hypervisor」可指定要使用的 Hypervisor。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -msgstr "" -"其他的 Xen Hypervisor 參數可讓您定義其他要傳送到 xen hypervisor 的" -"參數。" +msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgstr "其他的 Xen Hypervisor 參數可讓您定義其他要傳送到 xen hypervisor 的參數。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 msgid "Menu Section" @@ -1717,27 +1656,19 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file." +msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." msgstr "選單描述檔 指定載入選單檔在根裝置的路徑。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk." -msgstr "" -"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows 通常需要在第" -"一個磁碟。" +msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." +msgstr "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows 通常需要在第一個磁碟。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" msgstr "" -"測量 包含用 PCR 測量的檔案。可用下列按鍵來變更表格： 新增</" -"b> , \n" +"測量 包含用 PCR 測量的檔案。可用下列按鍵來變更表格： 新增 , \n" "編輯 以及 刪除" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 @@ -1776,12 +1707,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." msgstr "" -"選擇 啟用 SELinux 加入所需的核心開機參數來啟用 SELinux 保全框" -"架。 \n" +"選擇 啟用 SELinux 加入所需的核心開機參數來啟用 SELinux 保全框架。 \n" "請注意這也會停用 AppArmor。" #. radio button @@ -1951,8 +1880,7 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "因為分割區因素，所以無法正確安裝開機載入器。" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal @@ -1961,47 +1889,38 @@ #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "已啟用由 MBR 開機 (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">停用</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "已停用由 MBR 開機 (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">啟用</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "已啟用由 /boot 分割區開機 (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">停用</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "已停用由 /boot 分割區開機 (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">啟用</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "已啟用由 \"/\" 分割區開機 (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">停用</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:219 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "已停用由 \"/\" 分割區開機 (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">啟用</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:227 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "變更位置： %1" @@ -2011,8 +1930,8 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:86 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "開機載入器類型：%1" @@ -2022,7 +1941,7 @@ msgstr " (\"/boot\")" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (extended)" @@ -2032,12 +1951,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "狀態位置： %1" @@ -2060,125 +1979,129 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "建議與現有 GRUB 功能表合併(&M)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "啟用 GSS 安全性(&G)" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "不明的開機載入器： %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "不支援硬體平台 %1 和開機載入器 %2 的組合" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "分割區數字 > 3 已被用來使用 GPT 分割表開機" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" + #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:159 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "開機裝置在磁碟陣列種類: %1. 系統可能無法開機。" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:179 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "開機裝置在軟體 RAID1。選擇其他開機載入器位置，例如，主要開機紀錄" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:234 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" -msgstr "" -"對裝置地圖而言，很難正確判定磁碟的順序。磁碟的順序可以在 \"開機載入器安裝細" -"節\" 變更" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgstr "對裝置地圖而言，很難正確判定磁碟的順序。磁碟的順序可以在 \"開機載入器安裝細節\" 變更" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:251 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "檢查開機載入器" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "讀取分割區" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "載入開機載入器設定" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "正在檢查開機載入器..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "正在讀取分割區..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "正在載入開機載入器設定..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "正在啟始化開機載入器組態" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "新增的 Kernel 參數：%1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "建立 initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "儲存開機載入器組態檔案" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "安裝開機載入器" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "正在建立 initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "正在儲存開機載入器組態檔案..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "正在安裝開機載入器..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "正在儲存開機載入器組態" @@ -2230,47 +2153,34 @@ #~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" #~ msgstr "廠商診斷(_V)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " -#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " -#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "開機載入器安裝在非完全位於 %1 GB 的分割區。如果 BIOS 只支援 lba24 此系統將" -#~ "無法開機(結果是在安裝 grub MBR 過程造成 error 18)。" +#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "開機載入器安裝在非完全位於 %1 GB 的分割區。如果 BIOS 只支援 lba24 此系統將無法開機(結果是在安裝 grub MBR 過程造成 error 18)。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " -#~ "range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " -#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " -#~ "configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "在繼續進行之前，請先設定有效的開機載入器位置。 \n" #~ "裝置地圖包含了 8 個以上的裝置，且開機裝置超出範圍。\n" -#~ "範圍是由 BIOS 所限制必須為前 8 個裝置。調整 BIOS 開機順序(如果已經設定，請" -#~ "調整開機載入器設定的順序)" +#~ "範圍是由 BIOS 所限制必須為前 8 個裝置。調整 BIOS 開機順序(如果已經設定，請調整開機載入器設定的順序)" #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "現在已不支援 LILO 了。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." #~ msgstr "將不會為您的安裝啟用選取的開機路徑。您的系統可能無法開機。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" #~ "在繼續之前要先設定可用的開機載入器位置。 \n" #~ "如果沒有可用的區段，需要先建立一個小的主要 Apple HFS 分割區。 " #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" #~ "在繼續進行之前，請先設定有效的開機載入器位置。 \n" #~ "如果沒有可用選項，就必須建立 PReP 開機分割區。" @@ -2281,9 +2191,7 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "轉換設定並安裝 GRUB(&G)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " -#~ "GRUB" +#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" #~ msgstr "LILO 已不支援，推薦的選項是轉換 LILO 為 GRUB" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" @@ -2321,22 +2229,17 @@ #~ "詳細層級。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "將連續選項附加至核心指令行 \n" -#~ "可讓您定義額外的全域參數來傳送到核心。如果給定的區段中沒有顯示「附" -#~ "加」，\n" +#~ "可讓您定義額外的全域參數來傳送到核心。如果給定的區段中沒有顯示「附加」，\n" #~ "則使用此選項。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "「initrd 檔案的名稱」在不為空白時會定義要使用的\n" @@ -2345,8 +2248,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" #~ "預設影像檔案名稱，若不為空白，定義要使用的\n" @@ -2362,8 +2264,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " -#~ "TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" @@ -2451,9 +2352,7 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "開機影像位置" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " -#~ "mode)" +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" #~ msgstr "延遲時自動開機程序啟動前的等待秒數 (當不是互動模式時使用)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" @@ -2519,9 +2418,7 @@ #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" #~ msgstr "指定 ELILO 的使用者介面 (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")(&S)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " -#~ "Mode)" +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" #~ msgstr "自動開機程序啟動前的等待延遲秒數 (當不是互動模式時使用)(&D)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" @@ -2577,22 +2474,17 @@ #~ "此資料夾將被祝福並標示為可開機。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "全域選項附加字串至核心指令行 \n" -#~ "可讓您定義額外的全域參數來傳送到核心。如果給定的區段中沒有顯示「附" -#~ "加」，\n" +#~ "可讓您定義額外的全域參數來傳送到核心。如果給定的區段中沒有顯示「附加」，\n" #~ "則使用此選項。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "預設 initrd 檔案的名稱」若不為空白，定義要使用的\n" @@ -2601,8 +2493,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" #~ "預設影像檔案名稱若不為空白，定義要使用的\n" @@ -2620,8 +2511,7 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " -#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "開機載入器傾印分割區\n" #~ "指定其他 Linux 裝置節點讓開機資訊儲存。\n" @@ -2631,8 +2521,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "在 NV-RAM 變更開機裝置\n" @@ -2642,22 +2531,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " -#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " -#~ "G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "不要使用 OS-選擇器\n" -#~ " 將告訴 lilo 使用 yaboot 為開機檔案以取代較先進的名為 \"os-chooser\" 的程" -#~ "序。 \n" +#~ " 將告訴 lilo 使用 yaboot 為開機檔案以取代較先進的名為 \"os-chooser\" 的程序。 \n" #~ "搭載於 Apple G5 系統的 nVidia 顯示卡的 OpenFirmware 驅動 \n" #~ "如果沒有接上顯示器就會崩潰。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " -#~ "automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "MacOS/Linux 的逾時秒數\n" @@ -2666,10 +2551,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " -#~ "format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " -#~ "more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2682,8 +2565,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "即使遭遇錯誤仍安裝開機啟動器\n" #~ "安裝開機啟動器，即使不確定您的韌體\n" @@ -2950,8 +2832,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " -#~ "disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "您選擇將開機載入器安裝到硬碟。\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ca-management.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ca-management.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ca-management.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 20:46+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -99,8 +99,7 @@ msgstr "CA 密碼 (安全性：應該由環境變數提供)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "P12 密碼 (安全性：應該由環境變數提供)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 @@ -117,11 +116,9 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -371,9 +368,7 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." msgstr "無法分析本機的名稱。變更「伺服器名稱」與「電子郵件」的值。" #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) @@ -395,16 +390,14 @@ msgstr "是否刪除舊設定？" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." msgstr "無法取回系統 root 密碼。請設定 CA 密碼繼續。" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "此密碼太短，不能當成憑證的密碼使用。\n" " 輸入憑證的有效密碼，或停用建立憑證的功能。\n" @@ -462,10 +455,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "root 密碼太短，不能當成憑證的密碼使用。\n" " 輸入憑證的有效密碼，或停用建立憑證的功能。\n" @@ -479,12 +470,8 @@ msgstr "從檔案匯入 CA 與憑證" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "" -"預設主機名稱 linux 真的是唯一的嗎？只有當主機名稱正確時，憑證才有" -"效。" +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "預設主機名稱 linux 真的是唯一的嗎？只有當主機名稱正確時，憑證才有效。" #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -521,8 +508,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -534,8 +520,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -635,8 +620,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" @@ -668,56 +652,38 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." msgstr "" #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " msgstr "" #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." msgstr "" #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "" -"使用 匯入/取代 按鈕，您可以加入一個新的伺服器憑證或取代現有的。" +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "使用 匯入/取代 按鈕，您可以加入一個新的伺服器憑證或取代現有的。" #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "" -"您可以用 移除按鈕移除憑證。但請您確定這再也不會被其他服務用到。" +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "您可以用 移除按鈕移除憑證。但請您確定這再也不會被其他服務用到。" #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "" -"若要將憑證寫入檔案，可在 CA Management 模組中的「憑證」區" -"段，使用「輸出至檔案」。" +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "若要將憑證寫入檔案，可在 CA Management 模組中的「憑證」區段，使用「輸出至檔案」。" #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." msgstr "從磁片匯入的憑證必須以「具有 CA 鏈的 PKCS12 格式」寫入。" #. help text 8/8 @@ -781,12 +747,8 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "" -"關於目前 CA 的特殊資訊是由「憑證」、CRL 和「進階」所" -"提供。" +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "關於目前 CA 的特殊資訊是由「憑證」、CRL 和「進階」所提供。" #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -913,9 +875,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." msgstr "建立新 subCA 或憑證時，系統會建議某些預設值。" #. help text 2/4 @@ -927,19 +887,13 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." msgstr "不過，修改的設定值將只用在「新」項目。" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "" -"您可以編輯 subCAs、用戶端憑證和伺服器憑證的預設值。</" -"P>" +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "您可以編輯 subCAs、用戶端憑證和伺服器憑證的預設值。" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" @@ -959,9 +913,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." msgstr "在儲存所有預設值之前，這個框架提供這些值的綜覽。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1075,13 +1027,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "" -"首先，從這個 CA 查看所有可用憑證的檢視清單。該欄是憑證的 DN，包括電子郵件" -"地址和憑證的狀態 (如有效或已撤銷)。" +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "首先，從這個 CA 查看所有可用憑證的檢視清單。該欄是憑證的 DN，包括電子郵件地址和憑證的狀態 (如有效或已撤銷)。" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1090,18 +1037,13 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." msgstr "「檢視」可開啟以文字表示的完整憑證視窗。" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"此外，您可以「撤銷」、「刪除」或「輸出」憑證。" +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." +msgstr "此外，您可以「撤銷」、「刪除」或「輸出」憑證。" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 @@ -1110,9 +1052,7 @@ #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." msgstr "在下面的區域中，可查看選取憑證最重要的值。" #. popup window header @@ -1442,8 +1382,7 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." msgstr "建立新 CRL 時，系統會建議一些預設值。" #. help text 2/3 @@ -1480,14 +1419,8 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"警告： 啟用自動建立與匯出 CRL 會將 CA 密碼寫入到磁碟中的設定檔。建立 CRL " -"必須將密碼用純文字儲存在該處。此檔案會被設定只有 root 使用者才能讀取。" +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "警告： 啟用自動建立與匯出 CRL 會將 CA 密碼寫入到磁碟中的設定檔。建立 CRL 必須將密碼用純文字儲存在該處。此檔案會被設定只有 root 使用者才能讀取。" #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1503,25 +1436,12 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." -msgstr "" -"選擇重複再建立及匯出來設定重複再建立 CRL。此時請在周期間隔設" -"定再建立的時間間隔。如果您設定 24 小時，您可以附帶選擇匯出的時間。請確認您已" -"讀過並了解安全資訊。" +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." +msgstr "選擇重複再建立及匯出來設定重複再建立 CRL。此時請在周期間隔設定再建立的時間間隔。如果您設定 24 小時，您可以附帶選擇匯出的時間。請確認您已讀過並了解安全資訊。" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"您可以啟用匯出 CRL 到本機檔案或 LDAP 伺服器或兩者。請在匯出到本機檔案</" -"b>和匯出到 LDAP中設定個別的參數。" +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "您可以啟用匯出 CRL 到本機檔案或 LDAP 伺服器或兩者。請在匯出到本機檔案和匯出到 LDAP中設定個別的參數。" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1698,43 +1618,30 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "" -"「CA 名稱」是 CA 憑證的名稱。請使用 \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", 和 \"_" -"\"。" +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "「CA 名稱」是 CA 憑證的名稱。請使用 \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", 和 \"_\"。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "「公用名稱」是 CA 的名稱。。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." msgstr "「公用名稱」是建立憑證的使用者名稱。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." msgstr "「公用名稱」是完全合格的領域名稱。" #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"「電子郵件地址」是有效的使用者或伺服器管理員的電子郵件地址。" +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." +msgstr "「電子郵件地址」是有效的使用者或伺服器管理員的電子郵件地址。" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." -msgstr "" -"組織、組織單位、地區與州通常是選擇性的。" +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." +msgstr "組織、組織單位、地區與州通常是選擇性的。" #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1765,31 +1672,18 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"CA 的私密金鑰需要密碼，最短長度為五個字元。為了驗證，請在下一個欄位" -"重新輸入。" +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "CA 的私密金鑰需要密碼，最短長度為五個字元。為了驗證，請在下一個欄位重新輸入。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"每個 CA 都有自己的金鑰長度。某些使用憑證的應用程式，需要特殊的金鑰" -"長度。" +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "每個 CA 都有自己的金鑰長度。某些使用憑證的應用程式，需要特殊的金鑰長度。" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"CA 只在特定的期間內有效 (有效期間)。請以天數為單位輸入時間範圍。</" -"p>" +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "CA 只在特定的期間內有效 (有效期間)。請以天數為單位輸入時間範圍。" #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1797,60 +1691,33 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." -msgstr "" -"「進階選項」是非常特別的選項。如果您變更這些選項，SUSE 不保證產生的" -"憑證可以正確運作。" +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." +msgstr "「進階選項」是非常特別的選項。如果您變更這些選項，SUSE 不保證產生的憑證可以正確運作。" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"該憑證私密金鑰的密碼，最小長度為 5 個字元。為了確認的原因，請在下一" -"個欄位重新輸入。" +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "該憑證私密金鑰的密碼，最小長度為 5 個字元。為了確認的原因，請在下一個欄位重新輸入。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"每個憑證都有自己的「金鑰長度」。某些使用憑證的應用程式，需要特殊的" -"金鑰長度。" +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "每個憑證都有自己的「金鑰長度」。某些使用憑證的應用程式，需要特殊的金鑰長度。" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"憑證僅於特定期間 (「有效期間」) 是有效的。以日為單位，輸入時間框" -"架。" +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "憑證僅於特定期間 (「有效期間」) 是有效的。以日為單位，輸入時間框架。" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"要求的私密金鑰需要密碼，最短長度為五個字元。為了確認的原因，請在下" -"一個欄位重新輸入。" +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "要求的私密金鑰需要密碼，最短長度為五個字元。為了確認的原因，請在下一個欄位重新輸入。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"每個要求都有自己的金鑰長度。某些使用憑證的應用程式，需要特殊的金鑰" -"長度。" +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "每個要求都有自己的金鑰長度。某些使用憑證的應用程式，需要特殊的金鑰長度。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1884,9 +1751,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." msgstr "此框架提供將要建立之 CA 的所有設定概觀。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1896,9 +1761,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." msgstr "這個框架提供將要建立憑證的所有設定值綜覽。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1908,9 +1771,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." msgstr "此框架提供將要建立之要求的所有設定概觀。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2024,15 +1885,8 @@ #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"這個框架顯示其他可以設定的屬性和 OpenSSL X509v3 延伸。如果您不熟悉這些延" -"伸，請參閱檔案 /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (套件 openssl-" -"doc)。" +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +msgstr "這個框架顯示其他可以設定的屬性和 OpenSSL X509v3 延伸。如果您不熟悉這些延伸，請參閱檔案 /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (套件 openssl-doc)。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." @@ -2097,12 +1951,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "" -"首先會看到清單檢視，內有本 CA 的所有可用要求。裡面的欄是要求的 DN，包括電" -"子郵件地址。" +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "首先會看到清單檢視，內有本 CA 的所有可用要求。裡面的欄是要求的 DN，包括電子郵件地址。" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -2111,29 +1961,22 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." msgstr "檢視會開啟一個視窗，以文字顯示完整的要求。" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." msgstr "您亦可簽名、刪除、或輸出要求。" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." msgstr "請用匯入功能讀取新要求。請用新增功能產生新要求。" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." msgstr "您可在下列區域看到選定要求最重要的值。" #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 @@ -2226,14 +2069,12 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "此要求有您可以接受的特殊要求延伸。" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "若您拒絕這些延伸，就會採用預設值。" #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 @@ -2246,9 +2087,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "此框架提供將要簽名之要求的所有設定概觀。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2302,15 +2141,13 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." msgstr "建立根 CA 會產生新的根證書權限。" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." msgstr "有關 CA 管理的詳細資訊，請閱讀手冊。" #. To translators: pushbutton label @@ -2525,8 +2362,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" "<big>正在匯入公用伺服器憑證 (PKCS12 + CA 鏈格式)\n" "從硬碟：</big>選取一個檔案名稱，並按「下一步」以繼續。\n" @@ -2534,12 +2370,8 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"匯入伺服器憑證和對應的 CA，並將他們複製到其他 YaST 模組尋找這種公用憑證的位" -"置。" +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "匯入伺服器憑證和對應的 CA，並將他們複製到其他 YaST 模組尋找這種公用憑證的位置。" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2582,8 +2414,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" #. popup window header @@ -2652,8 +2483,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "需要金鑰密碼。\n" "它必須是加密金鑰的密碼，如果是非加密金鑰，輸入新的密碼。" @@ -3260,9 +3090,7 @@ #~ msgid "Currently not supported." #~ msgstr "目前不支援。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST " -#~ "modules." +#~ msgid "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST modules." #~ msgstr "「公用伺服器憑證」將由其他 YaST 模組使用。" #~ msgid "Invalid value'%s' for parameter '%s'." Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/cio.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/cio.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/cio.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -36,19 +36,19 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "裝置" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已使用" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "否" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "是" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全選(&S)" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" @@ -87,8 +87,7 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range sp" -"ecified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/cluster.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/cluster.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/cluster.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-06-05 18:04+02:00\n" "Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" "Language-Team: 中華 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -144,8 +144,10 @@ msgstr "叢集" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 -msgid "expected votes:" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expected MD5: %1" +msgid "Expected Votes:" +msgstr "預期的 MD5：%1" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" @@ -171,15 +173,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 @@ -320,8 +318,7 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" @@ -345,113 +342,52 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot " -"or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" @@ -461,7 +397,7 @@ "請稍候..." #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -470,7 +406,7 @@ "按下「中止」，以安全地中止組態公用程式。\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" @@ -480,7 +416,7 @@ "\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -574,7 +510,7 @@ msgstr "無法偵測裝置。" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "正在儲存組態" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/control-center.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/control-center.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/control-center.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 01:17+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/control.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/control.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/control.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-17 08:53+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -449,13 +449,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n" -#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a " -#~ "full \n" -#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and " -#~ "utilities. \n" +#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n" +#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities. \n" #~ " \n" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a " -#~ "recommendation." +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "openSUSE 提供您使用者介面的選擇。主要的兩個完整桌面是\n" #~ "KDE 和 GNOME。兩者都提供了非常簡易使用的桌面，並伴隨\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/country.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/country.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/country.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-16 11:27+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -53,8 +53,7 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." msgstr "鍵盤配置 '%1' 無效。使用 'list' 指令查看可能值。" #. summary item @@ -89,12 +88,8 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"這裡所完成的設定，只會套用到主控台鍵盤。請使用例如 SaX 的其他工具，設定圖" -"形化使用者介面的鍵盤。\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "這裡所完成的設定，只會套用到主控台鍵盤。請使用例如 SaX 的其他工具，設定圖形化使用者介面的鍵盤。\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -175,8 +170,7 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -202,10 +196,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "選擇使用在此系統的鍵盤配置。\n" @@ -343,8 +335,7 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "%1 不是有效的語言。請使用 list 指令查看可能值。" #. label text @@ -391,8 +382,7 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -476,17 +466,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "核取「調整鍵盤配置」，將鍵盤配置調整成主要語言。\n" -"核取「調整時區」，根據主要語言來變更目前時區。如果鍵盤配置或時區已經調" -"整成預設語言設定，則對應的選項將停用。\n" +"核取「調整時區」，根據主要語言來變更目前時區。如果鍵盤配置或時區已經調整成預設語言設定，則對應的選項將停用。\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -545,8 +531,7 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" @@ -560,13 +545,8 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"使用「詳細的地區設定」，為主對話方塊清單中沒有提供的主要語言，設定" -"地區設定。選取的地區設定可能沒有可用的翻譯。" +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "使用「詳細的地區設定」，為主對話方塊清單中沒有提供的主要語言，設定地區設定。選取的地區設定可能沒有可用的翻譯。" #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -634,8 +614,7 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "此媒體中只包含所選取語言的最小支援。\n" @@ -734,15 +713,12 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -777,14 +753,11 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -805,12 +778,8 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"目前的系統時間和日期會顯示出來。如果有需要，請自行將它們變更為正確的值，或" -"使用網路時間協定 (NTP)。" +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "目前的系統時間和日期會顯示出來。如果有需要，請自行將它們變更為正確的值，或使用網路時間協定 (NTP)。" #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -937,8 +906,7 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" @@ -1234,13 +1202,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "針對「要鎖定的設備」，請輸入以空格區隔的設備清單，並在其中套用 " -#~ "Scroll Lock、Num Lock 和 Caps Lock 等設定。\n" +#~ "針對「要鎖定的設備」，請輸入以空格區隔的設備清單，並在其中套用 Scroll Lock、Num Lock 和 Caps Lock 等設定。\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/crowbar.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/crowbar.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/crowbar.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-06-05 18:04+02:00\n" "Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" "Language-Team: 中華 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/dhcp-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/dhcp-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/dhcp-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-18 13:19+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" @@ -540,17 +540,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "至少必須選取一個網路介面。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +#| "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" +#| "Really use this interface?\n" msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" "選取的網路介面目前沒有組態 (未指定 IP 位址和\n" "網路遮罩)。在 DHCP 伺服器組態中使用該介面可能無法正常運作。\n" @@ -558,60 +562,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "LDAP 支援(&L)" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP 伺服器名稱 (選擇性)(&N)" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "領域名稱(&D)" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "主要名稱伺服器 IP(&P)" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "次要名稱伺服器 IP(&S)" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "預設閘道 (路由器)(&G) " #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP 時間伺服器(&T)" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "列印伺服器(&P)" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "WINS 伺服器(&W)" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "預設租用時間(&L)" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "單位(&U)" @@ -619,48 +623,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "指定值不是有效的主機或是 IP 位址。" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "子網路資訊" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "目前網路(&N)" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "目前網路遮罩(&M)" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "網路遮罩位元(&T)" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "最小 IP 位址(&I)" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "最大 IP 位址(&X)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP 位址範圍" @@ -668,7 +672,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -679,7 +683,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -687,53 +691,53 @@ msgstr "最後一個 IP 位址(&L)" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "允許動態 BOOTP(&B)" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "租用時間" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "預設(&D)" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "最大(&M)" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "單位(&T):" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "重新建立新 DNS 區域" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "編輯目前的 DNS 區域" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "取得目前的區域資訊" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "同步化 DNS 伺服器(&S)..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -743,8 +747,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "輸入 IP 位址範圍的最小最大值。" @@ -752,8 +756,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -762,127 +766,127 @@ "IP %1 與 %2/%3 網路不相符。" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "註冊的主機" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "名稱" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "硬體位址" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "清單設定" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "名稱(&N)" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP 位址(&I)" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "硬體位址(&H)" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "乙太網路(&E)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "記號環(&T)" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "清單中的變更(&H)" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "自清單中刪除(&T)" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "乙太網路" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "記號環" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "硬體位址無效。\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "硬體位址必須是唯一的。" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "主機名稱不能是空白。" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "名為 %1 的主機已經存在。" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "輸入主機 IP。" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "必須定義硬體位址。" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "請先選取主機。" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "必須定義輸入值。" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -903,15 +907,15 @@ "要繼續嗎？" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" 不是有效的 DHCP 伺服器指令行選項" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "DHCP 伺服器指令行選項 \"-%1\" 需要引數" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -930,7 +934,7 @@ "確定繼續？\n" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP 伺服器精靈 (%1/4)" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/dns-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/dns-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/dns-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-18 13:22+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -560,15 +560,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "名稱伺服器 (以半形句點為結尾的完全合格格式，或相對名稱)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "郵件伺服器 (以半形句點為結尾的完全合格格式，或相對名稱)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -629,8 +627,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" msgstr "DNS 資源記錄值，例如，example.org 的 A 記錄為 192.0.34.166" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -1530,8 +1527,7 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" @@ -1625,8 +1621,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" "目前的區域紀錄是自動從 %1 區域產生。\n" "要手動變更紀錄，停用\"自動產生紀錄從\"的功能。" @@ -1864,10 +1859,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>主伺服器</big> \n" @@ -1880,8 +1873,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" @@ -1896,8 +1888,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" @@ -1977,8 +1968,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "「序號」會用來判定主伺服器上的區域是否\n" @@ -2033,10 +2023,8 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>TSIG 金鑰管理</big> \n" @@ -2147,14 +2135,11 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2226,13 +2211,11 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" "若要新增已建立的金鑰，請設定「檔案名稱」\n" "(或是使用「瀏覽」按鈕來選取)，再按一下「新增」。\n" -" 若要產生新的金鑰，請輸入「檔名」和「金鑰 ID」然後按一下「產" -"生」。這樣就可產生並加入新金鑰。\n" +" 若要產生新的金鑰，請輸入「檔名」和「金鑰 ID」然後按一下「產生」。這樣就可產生並加入新金鑰。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 @@ -2255,8 +2238,7 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "若要新增區域，輸入它的「區域名稱」，選擇 區域類型，\n" @@ -2265,16 +2247,13 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "若要新增 IPv4 反向區域，請輸入反向 IPv4 位址的一部分，後面加上\n" -"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> 做為其「區域名稱」 (例如，網路 " -"<tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> 的區域名稱為 \n" +"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> 做為其「區域名稱」 (例如，網路 <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> 的區域名稱為 \n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> )，選取\n" "「區域類型」，並按一下「新增」。\n" @@ -2282,10 +2261,8 @@ #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2313,8 +2290,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS 和區域傳輸</big> \n" @@ -2370,8 +2346,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2401,8 +2376,7 @@ msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "「序號」數字，可以用來判斷\n" @@ -2487,8 +2461,7 @@ "an A record.\n" msgstr "" "CNAME：領域名稱的別名：\n" -"「記錄金鑰」是和目前區域相關的主機名稱，或是後面跟著半形句號的完全合" -"格\n" +"「記錄金鑰」是和目前區域相關的主機名稱，或是後面跟著半形句號的完全合格\n" "主機名稱。\n" "「值」是和目前區域相關的主機名稱，或是後面跟著半形句號的完全\n" "合格主機名稱。它必須以\n" @@ -2499,8 +2472,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" @@ -2532,8 +2504,7 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2542,8 +2513,7 @@ "PTR：反向轉譯：\n" "「記錄金鑰」是後面跟著半形句號的\n" "完全反向區域名稱 (從 IP 位址所衍生)\n" -"(例如，IP 位址 <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> 的反向位址為 <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr." -"arpa.</tt>)，\n" +"(例如，IP 位址 <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> 的反向位址為 <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>)，\n" "或是目前區域相關反向區域名稱的一部分\n" "(例如在區域 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>中，\n" "IP 位址 <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> 的 <tt>1</tt>)。\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/drbd.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/drbd.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/drbd.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-28 16:07+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -226,110 +226,74 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>DRBD 全域設定</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device " -"respectively to reach the partner device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP " -"port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource " -"being described. You must use this device with your application (file " -"system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified " -"with the disk parameter.\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>DRBD 全域設定</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -339,7 +303,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" @@ -349,7 +313,7 @@ "在此設定 drbd 組態。 \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" @@ -363,7 +327,7 @@ "然後按 設定。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -374,7 +338,7 @@ "組態。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" @@ -386,7 +350,7 @@ "編輯其組態。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" @@ -396,7 +360,7 @@ "按 新增以設定 drbd。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -408,7 +372,7 @@ "然後視需要按 編輯或 刪除。\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -420,7 +384,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -431,7 +395,7 @@ " " #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -600,61 +564,61 @@ msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "正在讀取精靈狀態..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:411 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:420 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "正在寫入 DRBD 組態" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "寫入全域設定" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "寫入資源" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "設定精靈狀態" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "正在寫入全域設定..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "正在寫入資源..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "正在設定精靈狀態..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:501 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/fcoe-client.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/fcoe-client.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/fcoe-client.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-29 01:00+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "是" #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "否" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 @@ -71,17 +71,17 @@ #. the flag is 'true' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" -msgstr "" +msgstr "真" #. the flag is 'false' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" -msgstr "" +msgstr "假" #. the flag is not set at all #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未設定" #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "是" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "否" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "驅動程式" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -404,9 +404,7 @@ #. Services dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." msgstr "" "<big>啟動服務</big> \n" "啟用或停用在開機時啟動 fcoe 和 lldpad 服務。\n" @@ -414,10 +412,7 @@ #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." msgstr "" "啟動服務 fcoe 意即啟動 Fibre Channel over\n" "Ethernet 服務精靈 fcoemon ，這是用來控制 FCoE 介面並\n" @@ -425,14 +420,8 @@ #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." -msgstr "" -"lldpad 服務提供 Link Layer Discovery Protocol 代理精靈 " -"lldpad，這個精靈會提示 fcoemon 關於 DCB (Data Center Bridging) " -"功能以及介面的設定。" +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgstr "lldpad 服務提供 Link Layer Discovery Protocol 代理精靈 lldpad，這個精靈會提示 fcoemon 關於 DCB (Data Center Bridging) 功能以及介面的設定。" #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 @@ -442,48 +431,28 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgstr "" -"此介面對話框顯示所已偵測到的網卡，包含 VLAN 的狀態及 FCoE 組態。 如果一" -"個交換器上的 VLAN 介面已經為 FCoe 組態，則可以使用 FCoE。這會顯示在每個網卡" -"(網路介面)的 FCoE VLAN 介面 的欄位中。" +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgstr "此介面對話框顯示所已偵測到的網卡，包含 VLAN 的狀態及 FCoE 組態。 如果一個交換器上的 VLAN 介面已經為 FCoe 組態，則可以使用 FCoE。這會顯示在每個網卡(網路介面)的 FCoE VLAN 介面 的欄位中。" #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." msgstr "" "詳細關於 FCoE VLAN 介面 的值： \n" -"不可用： Fibre Channel over Ethernet 不可使用 (必須先在交換機啟用)。" -" \n" -"未組態： FCoE 可以用但尚未啟用。請按 建立 FCoE VLAN 介面 來啟" -"用。 \n" +"不可用： Fibre Channel over Ethernet 不可使用 (必須先在交換機啟用)。 \n" +"未組態： FCoE 可以用但尚未啟用。請按 建立 FCoE VLAN 介面 來啟用。 \n" " 如果 FCoE VLAN 介面已經被建立，他的名稱會顯示在欄位中，例如 eth3.200。\n" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." msgstr "要變更一個已存在的 FCoE VLAN 介面組態，請按變更設定。" #. Configuration dialog help 1/3 @@ -493,28 +462,21 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." -msgstr "" -"設定 FCoE 系統服務的一般設定。此設定會寫入到 '/etc/fcoe/config'。" +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgstr "設定 FCoE 系統服務的一般設定。此設定會寫入到 '/etc/fcoe/config'。" #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" "此值為： \n" "偵錯： yes 或 no \n" "這是用來啟用或停用由 fcoe 服務程序和 fcoemon 而來的偵錯訊息。 \n" "使用 syslog： yes 或 no \n" -"如果設成 yes ，訊息會被傳送到系統紀錄 (資料會紀錄到 /var/log/" -"messages)。" +"如果設成 yes ，訊息會被傳送到系統紀錄 (資料會紀錄到 /var/log/messages)。" #. edit dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 @@ -524,10 +486,7 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." msgstr "" "fcoemon 精靈會在初始化時讀取這些組態檔。\n" " 每個介面會有一個檔案，其值會標示是否 FCoE 事件\n" @@ -536,12 +495,7 @@ #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." msgstr "" "這些值是： \n" "FCoE 啟用： yes 或 no \n" @@ -594,9 +548,7 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "要繼續 FCoE 的組態，必須安裝 %1 套件。" #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/firewall-services.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/firewall-services.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/firewall-services.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-29 01:13+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/firewall.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/firewall.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/firewall.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-29 23:54+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -265,12 +265,10 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>允許的服務</big>\n" @@ -279,8 +277,7 @@ "\n" "若要允許服務，請選取「區域」與\n" "「要允許的服務」，然後按下「新增」。\n" -"若要移除允許的服務，請選取「區域」與「允許的服務」，然後按" -"「移除」。\n" +"若要移除允許的服務，請選取「區域」與「允許的服務」，然後按「移除」。\n" "\n" "若取消選取「從內部區域保護防火牆」移除\n" "此區域的保護。此區域的所有服務與埠將不會受到\n" @@ -290,13 +287,11 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -313,10 +308,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" @@ -332,44 +325,33 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form." -"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "雖然來自外部網路的要求無法到達內部網路，但是能夠\n" "將防火牆上任何要求的埠重新指向至任何內部 IP。\n" "若要新增新的重新指向規則，請按下「新增」並完成重新指向表格。\n" "\n" -"若要移除任何重新指向規則，請在表格中選取該規則並按下「移除」。</" -"p>\n" +"若要移除任何重新指向規則，請在表格中選取該規則並按下「移除」。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>廣播組態</big>\n" @@ -388,15 +370,11 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>廣播回應</big> \n" @@ -411,18 +389,15 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPsec 支援</big>\n" -" IPsec 是在信任的主機或網路之間通過不信任網路 (例如網際網路) 的一種加密的" -"通訊\n" +" IPsec 是在信任的主機或網路之間通過不信任網路 (例如網際網路) 的一種加密的通訊\n" "方式。此對話方塊會開啟使用\n" "「已啟用」的外部區域 IPsec。\n" "\n" @@ -433,25 +408,19 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>記錄層級</big>\n" " 這是 IP 封裝記錄設定的基礎組態對話方塊。在此，\n" "可以為內送的連線封包設定記錄。完全不記錄外送的連線封包。\n" " \n" -" 有兩種群組的記錄 IP 封包：「接受的封包」與「不接受的封包」</" -"b>。\n" +" 有兩種群組的記錄 IP 封包：「接受的封包」與「不接受的封包」。\n" " 您可以為每個群組從三種記錄層級選取：「記錄所有」以記錄每個\n" "封包，「只記錄關鍵」以記錄有興趣的封包，或「完全不記錄」\n" "不記錄封包。您至少應該記錄關鍵的接受封包。\n" @@ -461,23 +430,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>摘要</big>\n" @@ -522,8 +486,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "RPC 埠是 RPC 服務的清單，例如 \n" "<tt>nlockmgr</tt>、<tt>ypbind</tt> 或 <tt>portmap</tt>，以空白分隔。" @@ -546,8 +509,7 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -572,8 +534,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>防火牆</big> \n" "防火牆是一種防護機制，能保護您的電腦免於來自網路的攻擊。\n" @@ -1169,12 +1130,8 @@ msgstr "%1 客製規則被定義" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"網路： %1, 協定： %2, 目的埠： %3, 來源埠： %4，" -"選項：%5" +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "網路： %1, 協定： %2, 目的埠： %3, 來源埠： %4，選項：%5" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1213,8 +1170,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "在組態寫入後，防火牆 將被停止" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1341,8 +1297,7 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." msgstr "偽裝至少需要一個外部介面與一個其他介面。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup message Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/firstboot.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/firstboot.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/firstboot.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-18 13:24+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ftp-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ftp-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ftp-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-30 11:15+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/geo-cluster.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/geo-cluster.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/geo-cluster.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -72,92 +72,297 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "讀取組態檔案" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "埠" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新增" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "編輯" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "刪除" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "確定" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取消" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address" +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "請輸入有效的電子郵件地址" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS entries" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "NFS 項目" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Height" +msgid "weights" +msgstr "高度" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expired" +msgid "expire" +msgstr "過期" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "需要的樣式" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "' 無效。" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "輸入的位址無效" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "輸入的位址無效" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "' 無效。" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "將被安裝的軟體：" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "將被安裝的軟體：" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "閘道 IP 位址無效。" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The target already exists" +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "目標已存在" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "組態名稱不能是空白。" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "組態名稱不能是空白。" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "金鑰無效。" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "將被安裝的軟體：" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "將被安裝的軟體：" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "主機組態摘要：" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "讀取組態檔案" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printer Configurations" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "印表機組態" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "防火牆組態" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "正在啟始化..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "無法寫入一般設定。" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "無法寫入一般設定。" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -166,120 +371,108 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "讀取先前的設定" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在讀取先前的設定..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已完成" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "寫入設定" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在寫入設定..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法寫入設定。" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:374 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "組態摘要..." #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "讀取資料庫" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "偵測裝置" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在讀取資料庫..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在偵測裝置..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法讀取資料庫 1。" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法讀取資料庫2。" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法偵測裝置。" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "執行 SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在執行 SuSEconfig..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "組態摘要..." Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/gtk.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/gtk.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/gtk.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-30 11:27+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -185,11 +185,11 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:643 msgid "Back" -msgstr "" +msgstr "上一步" #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下一步" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 msgid "Current step" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/http-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/http-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/http-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-18 13:33+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/inetd.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/inetd.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/inetd.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-18 13:33+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/installation.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/installation.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/installation.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-16 09:21+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -39,14 +39,10 @@ #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "若您要建立一個 AutoYaST 的設定檔，請使用複製。\n" "AutoYaST 是一種不需與使用者互動就能自動完成 SUSE Linux 安裝的方法。AutoYaST\n" @@ -68,9 +64,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview @@ -84,7 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "正在複製檔案到已安裝的系統..." @@ -116,9 +110,7 @@ msgstr "由影像安裝" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." msgstr "在此您可以選擇使用 Novell 預先定義的影像以加速 RPM 的安裝。" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 @@ -130,9 +122,7 @@ msgstr "不要由影像安裝(&D)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" msgstr "自訂影像佈署 - 這需要設定一個 URL 作為安裝來源" #. Image name, Image location @@ -141,15 +131,11 @@ msgstr "在此您可以建立自訂的影像。\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "在此建立影像之前，您必須先設定軟體選擇" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" msgstr "建立影像檔案(AutoYaST 將在安裝過程中由指定位置取得它)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 @@ -174,8 +160,7 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "由影像安裝 是用來加快安裝速度的。\n" @@ -186,12 +171,9 @@ #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" "將使用建立自己的影像，如果您想要\n" "跳過 RPM 安裝的完整步驟。取而代之是 AutoYaST 將在硬碟傾印一個影像\n" @@ -205,10 +187,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" "注意，當由影像安裝時，套件的時間標記將不會符合安裝時間，\n" "而是使用影像建立的日期。" @@ -262,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "由影像安裝已停用 (<a href=\"%1\">啟用</a>)。" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "初始化預設的視窗管理員..." @@ -297,6 +277,7 @@ msgstr "更新 %1 %2" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "未知的產品" @@ -355,7 +336,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "授權合約" @@ -383,8 +364,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -429,7 +409,20 @@ "安裝程序。\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "發行摘要" + +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" @@ -511,12 +504,9 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "若您要建立一個 AutoYaST 的設定檔，請使用複製。\n" "AutoYaST 是一種不需與使用者互動就能自動完成 SUSE Linux 安裝的方法。AutoYaST\n" @@ -533,8 +523,7 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "若要複製目前系統，則必須安裝 %1 套件。" #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 @@ -548,7 +537,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "系統現在將重新開機..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -575,8 +564,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "偵錯已被開啟。\n" "YaST 將為您開啟套件管理員以檢查目前套件的狀態。" @@ -613,9 +601,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 @@ -644,11 +630,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "設定 FCoE(&F) 介面" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "設定 iSCSI 磁碟組態(&I)" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "正在儲存網路組態..." @@ -670,14 +656,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "安裝即將開始！" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "發行摘要" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "初始化中" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "正在初始化安裝程序..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -696,64 +690,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "完成基本安裝" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "正在建立要呼叫的結束程序清單..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "複製檔案到已安裝的系統" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "儲存組態" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:168 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "儲存安裝設定" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "安裝開機管理員" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:199 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "準備第一次啟動系統" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "正在檢查階段： %1 ..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:393 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "正在呼叫步驟 %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:413 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:450 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "安裝錯誤" @@ -772,11 +766,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "安裝程序已完成初始化。" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "正在初始化安裝程序..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -789,13 +778,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "正在準備初始系統組態..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "初始化中" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -842,8 +824,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -852,9 +833,7 @@ #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" #. Error message @@ -911,8 +890,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "要使用遠端的安裝來源或是附加的產品需要有已經設定好的網路。\n" "如果您不使用任何的遠端安裝來源，您可以跳過設定的步驟。\n" @@ -929,10 +907,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" "在 Linux 選擇 是最優先的。 openSUSE 提供了\n" @@ -942,12 +918,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" "您可以選擇另類的桌面環境 (或最小安裝樣式之一)\n" @@ -1128,8 +1101,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1377,62 +1349,45 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "正在偵測硬碟..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "搜尋 Linux 分割區" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "正在搜尋 Linux 分割區..." - #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "搜尋系統檔案" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "正在搜尋系統檔案..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "初始化軟體管理員" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "正在初始化軟體管理員..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "評估更新的可能性" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "正在評估更新的可能性..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "系統偵測" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST 現在正在偵測電腦硬體與已安裝的系統。" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "未發現要進行安裝的硬碟。\n" "請檢查您的硬體！\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1442,7 +1397,7 @@ "未發現要進行安裝的硬碟。\n" "請檢查您的硬體！\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1453,7 +1408,7 @@ "(尤其在 S/390 或 iSCSI 系統)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1466,7 +1421,7 @@ "請檢查您的硬體。\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1531,8 +1486,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "在這裡您可以看到在您正升級的系統中發現的\n" "所有軟體套件庫，您可以啟用那些您想包含在升級程序中的套件庫。" @@ -1758,47 +1712,47 @@ msgstr "正在儲存代理組態..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "正在儲存時區..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "正在儲存語言設定..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "正在儲存主控台組態..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "正在儲存鍵盤組態..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "正在儲存產品資訊..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "正在儲存自動安裝設定..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "正在儲存安全性設定..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "正在開機 script 設定..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "正在儲存硬體組態..." @@ -2058,9 +2012,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." msgstr "" #. progress step title @@ -2075,6 +2027,15 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "正在搜尋 Linux 分割區..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "遠端管理" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures @@ -2111,6 +2072,18 @@ "安裝程序無法自動解決套件相依性問題。\n" "軟體管理員將開啟讓您能手動解決這些問題。" +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "搜尋 Linux 分割區" + +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "正在搜尋 Linux 分割區..." + +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "評估更新的可能性" + +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "正在評估更新的可能性..." + #~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" #~ msgstr "您必須接受授權合約" @@ -2198,8 +2171,7 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "所選取網路卡的硬體資訊" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." #~ msgstr "您可以在這裡設定您馬上要用的網路卡。" #~ msgid "" @@ -2406,9 +2378,7 @@ #~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." #~ msgstr "正在寫入網路設定..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." #~ msgstr "請稍候，正在寫入組態檔與測試..." #~ msgid "" @@ -2498,8 +2468,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2525,8 +2494,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation " -#~ "program\n" +#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" @@ -2668,8 +2636,7 @@ #~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." #~ msgstr "連線到 inst-sys 失敗，除錯程式無法繼續。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." #~ msgstr "若要存取 X11 系統，則必須安裝 %1 套件。" #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" @@ -2685,8 +2652,7 @@ #~ "found for the installation.\n" #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "沒有發現任何硬碟及硬碟控制器\n" #~ "可供安裝。\n" @@ -2741,12 +2707,9 @@ #~ msgstr "初始化字型..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation " -#~ "up. \n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " -#~ "selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#~ "installed from \n" +#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way." #~ msgstr "" #~ "由影像安裝 是用來加快安裝速度的。\n" @@ -2754,15 +2717,12 @@ #~ "剩下不在影像中的套件將使用標準的\n" #~ "方法安裝。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " -#~ "wait..." +#~ msgid "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait..." #~ msgstr "安裝程式目前正在寫入全自動組態。請稍候..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "" @@ -2775,8 +2735,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #~ "Include Add-On Products from Separate Media." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -2788,8 +2747,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " -#~ "abort.\n" +#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -2818,8 +2776,7 @@ #~ msgstr "修復已安裝的系統(&P)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/instserver.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/instserver.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/instserver.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-17 09:50+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iplb.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iplb.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iplb.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全域組態" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "是" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "否" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "執行" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -177,151 +177,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -329,87 +266,42 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -432,9 +324,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -445,105 +335,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -557,120 +410,73 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -688,7 +494,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "服務" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -700,7 +506,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要求" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" @@ -712,11 +518,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登入" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "密碼" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -732,7 +538,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "網路遮罩" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -740,7 +546,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "協定" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -748,15 +554,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新增" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "編輯" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "刪除" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -782,11 +588,11 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "確定" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取消" #. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 @@ -824,7 +630,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在啟始化..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -851,7 +657,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已完成" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -861,19 +667,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "寫入設定" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "執行 SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在寫入設定..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在執行 SuSEconfig..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -883,10 +689,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法寫入設定。" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "組態摘要..." Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iscsi-client.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iscsi-client.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iscsi-client.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-18 13:36+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -336,8 +336,7 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" @@ -352,58 +351,41 @@ msgstr "<h1>警告</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"以 讀/寫 權限存取 iSCSI 設備時，請確定這是專用存取動作。否則" -"就有損毀資料的風險。\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "以 讀/寫 權限存取 iSCSI 設備時，請確定這是專用存取動作。否則就有損毀資料的風險。\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" "啟動器名稱 是來自 <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> 的值。\n" -"如果您有 iBFT，則此值將從該處取代，而您將無法進行變更 (請在 BIOS 設定中進" -"行)。" +"如果您有 iBFT，則此值將從該處取代，而您將無法進行變更 (請在 BIOS 設定中進行)。" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"若您想要使用 iSNS (網際網路儲存名稱服務) 來發現目標而非預設的 " -"SendTargets 方法，\n" +"若您想要使用 iSNS (網際網路儲存名稱服務) 來發現目標而非預設的 SendTargets 方法，\n" "填入iSNS 伺服器的 IP 位址與埠號。預設的埠號應為 3205。\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "輸入所發現伺服器的「IP 位址」。\n" -"僅在必要時變更「埠」。如需驗證，請使用「使用者名稱」和「密" -"碼」。若您不需要驗證，\n" +"僅在必要時變更「埠」。如需驗證，請使用「使用者名稱」和「密碼」。若您不需要驗證，\n" "請選取「無驗證」。\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " msgstr "iSCSI 目標所提供的節點清單。選取一個項目，並按一下「連線」。" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " -"Password." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." msgstr "選取驗證類型，並輸入「使用者名稱」和「密碼」。" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 @@ -414,11 +396,9 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" "手動iSCSI 目標預設是不進行連線的，使用者必須手動進行連線\n" @@ -429,9 +409,7 @@ #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " -"to any target." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." msgstr "發現的目標清單。啟動新「搜索」作業，或「連線」任何目標。" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 @@ -503,12 +481,12 @@ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "插入 IP 位址。" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "插入埠。" @@ -516,39 +494,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "真" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "假" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"已連線擁有此 TargetName 的目標。請確定已啟用「多重路徑」來避免資料毀損。" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "已連線擁有此 TargetName 的目標。請確定已啟用「多重路徑」來避免資料毀損。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "繼續" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "取消" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "目標已經連線。" @@ -565,9 +540,7 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "若要設定 iSCSI 啟動器的組態，必須安裝 %1 套件。" #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 @@ -637,10 +610,10 @@ #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全部" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:679 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -653,6 +626,6 @@ "請在 BIOS 中變更。\n" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1132 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "組態摘要..." Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-06-05 18:04+02:00\n" "Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" "Language-Team: 中華 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -406,52 +406,31 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password." -msgstr "" -"選取驗證類型。使用「無驗證」或「內送」和「外送」其中之" -"一 (亦可兩者皆用)。然後插入「使用者」和「密碼」。\n" +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "選取驗證類型。使用「無驗證」或「內送」和「外送」其中之一 (亦可兩者皆用)。然後插入「使用者」和「密碼」。\n" #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " -"initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " -"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " -"disabled here." +msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -"選取驗證類型。使用「無驗證」或「內送」和「外送」其中之" -"一 (亦可兩者皆用)。然後插入「使用者」和「密碼」。 \n" -"內送驗證可以「新增」更多使用者和密碼組合，也可以「編輯」和" -"「刪除」。" +"選取驗證類型。使用「無驗證」或「內送」和「外送」其中之一 (亦可兩者皆用)。然後插入「使用者」和「密碼」。 \n" +"內送驗證可以「新增」更多使用者和密碼組合，也可以「編輯」和「刪除」。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" "提供的目標清單。按一下「新增」建立新目標。 \n" "若要刪除或修改，請選取項目，並按「修改」或「刪除」。" @@ -466,11 +445,9 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -478,8 +455,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" @@ -491,32 +467,25 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "您可新增、編輯或刪除所有額外的組態選項。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" "必要時編輯 LUN 數、設定「類型」 (nullio 僅供測試用途)。 \n" -"如果 Type=fileio，請將「路徑」設為磁碟設備或檔案。「SCSI ID」與" -"「磁區」是選擇性，非必要設定。" +"如果 Type=fileio，請將「路徑」設為磁碟設備或檔案。「SCSI ID」與「磁區」是選擇性，非必要設定。" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iscsi-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iscsi-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/iscsi-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-18 13:37+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/isns.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/isns.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/isns.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-30 11:31+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -197,57 +197,29 @@ "設定 iSNS 伺服器組態。 \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of " -"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>iSNS 伺服器位置</big> DNS 名稱或 iSNS 服務的 IP 位址可輸入作" -"為 iSNS 位址。\n" +msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +msgstr "<big>iSNS 伺服器位置</big> DNS 名稱或 iSNS 服務的 IP 位址可輸入作為 iSNS 位址。\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." msgstr "" #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains. " +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " msgstr "" #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." msgstr "" #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** @@ -323,9 +295,7 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" -"p>" +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "若要設定 isns 服務的組態，必須安裝 %1 套件。" #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/kdump.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/kdump.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/kdump.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 11:30+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -52,23 +52,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -101,9 +95,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -149,9 +141,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -191,9 +181,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -203,9 +191,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -388,8 +374,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "要套用變更需要重開機。" @@ -436,8 +422,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -524,15 +509,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "停用 Kdump(&D)" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "kexec-tool 的套件無法使用。" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "kdump 套件無法使用。" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -775,8 +751,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" @@ -792,12 +767,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -815,10 +785,8 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" @@ -826,8 +794,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 @@ -835,8 +802,7 @@ msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" @@ -848,8 +814,7 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 @@ -920,8 +885,7 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -936,48 +900,39 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." msgstr "" #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" @@ -1176,91 +1131,91 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "正在啟始化 kdump 組態" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "正在讀取設定檔..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "讀取核心開機選項..." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "正在讀取可用的記憶體..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "正在讀取磁碟分割區..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "無法讀取設定檔 /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "無法讀取核心開機選項。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "無法讀取可用的記憶體。" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "正在儲存 kdump 組態" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "寫入設定" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "更新開機選項" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在寫入設定..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "正在更新開機選項..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "無法寫入設定。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "加入 crashkernel 參數到開機啟動器錯誤。" @@ -1301,6 +1256,12 @@ "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "kexec-tool 的套件無法使用。" + +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "kdump 套件無法使用。" + #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "啟用" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/kerberos-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/kerberos-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/kerberos-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-30 21:53+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -541,16 +541,13 @@ #. Help text: ask for database backend 2/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the " -"credentials." +msgid "<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the credentials." msgstr "<big>本地資料庫</big> 將建立一個本機資料庫以儲存憑證。" #. Help text: ask for database backend 3/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new " -"LDAP server\n" +"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new LDAP server\n" "on this machine and use it as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" "<big>設定新的 LDAP 伺服器作為資料庫後端</big> 將在此機器上設定一個\n" @@ -567,20 +564,13 @@ #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." -msgstr "" -"為您的 Kerberos 伺服器指定 <big>領域</big> 和 <big>主密碼</big> 。" +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgstr "為您的 Kerberos 伺服器指定 <big>領域</big> 和 <big>主密碼</big> 。" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" -"雖然您的 Kerberos 領域可以是任何 ASCII 字串，習慣上是使用大寫字母，如在您" -"的網域名稱一樣。\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "雖然您的 Kerberos 領域可以是任何 ASCII 字串，習慣上是使用大寫字母，如在您的網域名稱一樣。\n" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:79 @@ -600,27 +590,22 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:87 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP " -"server." +msgid "With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP server." msgstr "使用 <big>LDAP 基礎 DN</big> 您可以變更 LDAP 伺服器的基礎 DN。" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default." msgstr "" -"<big>Kerberos 容器 DN</big> 指定 Kerberos 伺服器的容器，預設用以建立 " -"principal \n" +"<big>Kerberos 容器 DN</big> 指定 Kerberos 伺服器的容器，預設用以建立 principal \n" "和其他資訊資料容器。" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the " -"LDAP server.\n" +"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "Only read access is required for this account.\n" msgstr "" "<big>KDC 綁定 DN</big> 是 KDC 用來在 LDAP 伺服器認証的 DN。\n" @@ -629,8 +614,7 @@ #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to " -"the LDAP server.\n" +"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "This account also needs write access.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Kadmin 綁定 DN</big> 是 Kadmind 用來在 LDAP 伺服器認証的 DN。\n" @@ -644,12 +628,10 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 3/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Kerberos 容器 DN</big> 指定 Kerberos 伺服器的容器，預設用以建立 " -"principal \n" +"<big>Kerberos 容器 DN</big> 指定 Kerberos 伺服器的容器，預設用以建立 principal \n" "和其他資訊資料容器。\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 4/6 @@ -660,8 +642,7 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, " -"the password you entered\n" +"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the password you entered\n" "as the KDC Master password is also used for the LDAP administrator. \n" msgstr "" "如果您選擇核取 <big>使用之前輸入的密碼</big>，您之前為 KDC 主要密碼\n" @@ -669,15 +650,12 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the " -"LDAP administrator." +msgid "When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP administrator." msgstr "當此選項未核取，您可以為 LDAP 管理員設定不同的密碼。" #. Help text: Summary 1/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." +msgid "This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." msgstr "這是一份關於您的 Kerberos 伺服器組態的簡短摘要。" #. Help text: Summary 2/3 @@ -687,48 +665,33 @@ #. Help text: Summary 3/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:133 -msgid "" -"You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit</" -"b> button." +msgid "You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit button." msgstr "按「啟動」按鈕，您可以變更設定中的某些值。" #. ============================================================================== #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "此字串指定此領域中 Kerberos 資料庫的位置。" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"此字串指定存取控制清單 (ACL) 檔案的位置， kadmin 用來決定在資料庫中 " -"principal 的許可權。" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "此字串指定存取控制清單 (ACL) 檔案的位置， kadmin 用來決定在資料庫中 principal 的許可權。" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "這個字串指定 kadmin 用來認証資料庫的 keytab 檔案所在的位置。" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "這個絕對時間指定預設在此領域建立的 principal 的逾期天數。" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:155 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "這些旗標指定在此領域建立的 principal 的預設屬性。" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:158 @@ -773,12 +736,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"啟用此旗標允許 principal 收到其他使用者的會期金鑰，准許此 principal 使用者對" -"使用者認証。" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "啟用此旗標允許 principal 收到其他使用者的會期金鑰，准許此 principal 使用者對使用者認証。" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:181 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -786,16 +745,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" -"如果此旗標在一個客戶端 principal 被啟用，該 principal 在收到任何票據前會被要" -"求事先認証到 KDC 。如果您啟用這個期標在伺服器端 principal，此 principal 的服" -"務票據將僅會被有一個預先認証票據組的 TGT 的客戶端索取。" +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "如果此旗標在一個客戶端 principal 被啟用，該 principal 在收到任何票據前會被要求事先認証到 KDC 。如果您啟用這個期標在伺服器端 principal，此 principal 的服務票據將僅會被有一個預先認証票據組的 TGT 的客戶端索取。" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:186 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -803,11 +754,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"如果此旗標被啟用， principal 在收到任何票據之前會被要求使用硬體設備認証。" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "如果此旗標被啟用， principal 在收到任何票據之前會被要求使用硬體設備認証。" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "Allow service" @@ -815,9 +763,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "啟用此旗標允許 KDC 為此 principal 要求服務票據。" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:196 @@ -826,13 +772,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"啟用此旗標允許 principal 得到基於票據換票據 (ticket-granting-ticket) 的票" -"據，而不會重複獲取 TGT 的認証程序。" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "啟用此旗標允許 principal 得到基於票據換票據 (ticket-granting-ticket) 的票據，而不會重複獲取 TGT 的認証程序。" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -840,13 +781,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"啟用此旗標表示 KDC 將為此 principal 要求票據。停用此旗標基本上是停用了在此領" -"域內的 principal。" +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "啟用此旗標表示 KDC 將為此 principal 要求票據。停用此旗標基本上是停用了在此領域內的 principal。" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "Need change" @@ -863,53 +799,34 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"如果此旗標被啟用，他標示此 principal 為一個密碼變更服務。這應該僅用在特殊的" -"情況，例如，如果使用者的密碼已經過期，使用者必須取得票據讓 principal 可以去" -"變更它而不用重新經過一般的密碼認証。" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "如果此旗標被啟用，他標示此 principal 為一個密碼變更服務。這應該僅用在特殊的情況，例如，如果使用者的密碼已經過期，使用者必須取得票據讓 principal 可以去變更它而不用重新經過一般的密碼認証。" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:219 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:223 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "此埠號指定 kadmind 精靈在這個領域監聽的埠。" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:227 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "此字串指定已被用 kdb5_stash 儲存的主要金鑰的存放位置。" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "此字串指定 KDC 在此領域監聽的埠號清單。" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "此字串指定和主要金鑰結合的 principal 的名稱。預設值是 K/M。" #. advanced item help : master_key_type @@ -919,70 +836,48 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:243 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "這個時間差指定對此領域票據可適用的最大時間間距。" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:247 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "這個時間差指定對此領域票據可被刷新的最大時間間距。" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:251 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:263 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "此 LDAP 指定標籤標示經由 LDAP 伺服器維護的連線數目。" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:267 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "此 LDAP 指定標籤標示經由 LDAP 伺服器維護的連線數目。" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:275 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife @@ -992,9 +887,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "指定在此領域的 principals 最大的票據可刷新生存期。" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/kerberos.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/kerberos.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/kerberos.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-30 21:58+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/languages_db.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/languages_db.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/languages_db.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-27 23:49+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: <zh(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ldap-client.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ldap-client.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ldap-client.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-30 22:23+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -239,19 +239,14 @@ #. help text 2/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "" -"To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP</" -"b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "" -"若要使用 OpenLDAP 伺服器驗證您的使用者，請選取「使用 LDAP」。會相應" -"地設定 NSS 和 PAM。" +msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +msgstr "若要使用 OpenLDAP 伺服器驗證您的使用者，請選取「使用 LDAP」。會相應地設定 NSS 和 PAM。" #. help text 3/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 msgid "" "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch." -"conf\n" +"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" "removed." msgstr "" @@ -262,58 +257,37 @@ #. help text 3.5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "" -"To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select " -"Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "" -"若要啟動 LDAP，但禁止使用者登入此機器，請選取「啟用 LDAP 使用者但停用登" -"入」。" +msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +msgstr "若要啟動 LDAP，但禁止使用者登入此機器，請選取「啟用 LDAP 使用者但停用登入」。" #. help text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "" -"Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system " -"to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "" -"核取 使用系統安全服務精靈 如果您的系統想用 SSSD 代替 nss_ldap。" +msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +msgstr "核取 使用系統安全服務精靈 如果您的系統想用 SSSD 代替 nss_ldap。" #. help text 4/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) " -"in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base " -"DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " -"the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." -"example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"請在「位址」中輸入 LDAP 伺服器的位址 (例如 ldap.example.com 或 " -"10.20.0.2) 與搜尋基礎的可辨識名稱 (「基礎 DN」，例如 dc=example," -"dc=com)。如果要指定多個伺服器，\n" +"請在「位址」中輸入 LDAP 伺服器的位址 (例如 ldap.example.com 或 10.20.0.2) 與搜尋基礎的可辨識名稱 (「基礎 DN」，例如 dc=example,dc=com)。如果要指定多個伺服器，\n" "請以空格分開各個位址。即使不用 LDAP 也必須\n" -"能解析這些位址。您也可以使用「server:port」語法指定該伺服器要在哪個連接埠上" -"執行，例如 <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>。\n" +"能解析這些位址。您也可以使用「server:port」語法指定該伺服器要在哪個連接埠上執行，例如 <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>。\n" " \n" #. help text 5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "" -"With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " -"service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN " -"from server." -msgstr "" -"使用「尋找」，由服務位址協定 (SLP) 所提供的清單選取 LDAP 伺服器。使" -"用「取得 DN」，從伺服器讀取基礎 DN。" +msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." +msgstr "使用「尋找」，由服務位址協定 (SLP) 所提供的清單選取 LDAP 伺服器。使用「取得 DN」，從伺服器讀取基礎 DN。" #. help text 6/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 msgid "" "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL</" -"b>\n" +"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" msgstr "" @@ -324,28 +298,19 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " -"config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on " -"server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords " -"never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration " -"dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to " -"allow if it's disabled.\n" +"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" +" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" +" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " -"URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They " -"have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " -"default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.\n" msgstr "" @@ -364,8 +329,7 @@ #. help text 9/9 (additional) #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -"such\n" +"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" @@ -516,8 +480,7 @@ #. yes/no question #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is " -"disabled.\n" +"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" "Enable certificate checks now?" msgstr "" "安全連線已啟用，但伺服器憑證確認已停用。\n" @@ -531,12 +494,9 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and " -"KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD " -"Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"\n" +"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" +"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "如果 Kerberos 驗證要被使用，指定 領域 和 KDC 位址。\n" "檢查 SSSD 離線驗證決定使用者憑證是否要本地快取。\n" @@ -545,13 +505,10 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of " -"the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation " -"of its values." +"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." msgstr "" -"「密碼變更通訊協定」是指 <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> 檔案的 " -"pam_password 屬性。\n" +"「密碼變更通訊協定」是指 <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> 檔案的 pam_password 屬性。\n" " 有關其設定值的意義，請參閱 <tt>man pam_ldap</tt>。" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name @@ -566,8 +523,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 msgid "" "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -"certificates\n" +"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" "or the explicit path to one certificate file." msgstr "" "如果安全連線需要檢查憑證，指定您的憑證檔案\n" @@ -595,23 +551,19 @@ msgid "" "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" "Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) " -"or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -"appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgstr "" "若要存取儲存在伺服器的資料，請輸入\n" "「管理員 DN」。\n" " 您可以輸入完整的 DN (例如，cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) 或輸入\n" -"相對 DN (例如，cn=Administrator)。如果已核取適當的選項，便會自動附加 LDAP 基" -"礎 DN。\n" +"相對 DN (例如，cn=Administrator)。如果已核取適當的選項，便會自動附加 LDAP 基礎 DN。\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 msgid "" "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only " -"created when they do not already exist.\n" +"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" msgstr "" "如果要建立 LDAP 使用者及群組的預設組態物件，\n" "請選取「建立預設組態物件」。只有在物件還沒有存在時才會建立。\n" @@ -620,8 +572,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "按「設定」可設定儲存在\n" @@ -632,13 +583,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " -"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" msgstr "" -"如果用於特定映射的「搜尋基礎」(使用者、密碼和群組) 與基礎 DN 不同，請指定" -"這些搜尋基礎。這些值將在 /etc/ldap.conf 檔案中\n" +"如果用於特定映射的「搜尋基礎」(使用者、密碼和群組) 與基礎 DN 不同，請指定這些搜尋基礎。這些值將在 /etc/ldap.conf 檔案中\n" "設為 nss_base_passwd、nss_base_shadow \n" "以及 nss_base_group 屬性。\n" @@ -883,8 +831,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" "使用「編輯」編輯表格中的屬性值。\n" @@ -939,13 +886,8 @@ #~ msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." #~ msgstr "在左邊的對話框瀏覽 LDAP 樹狀結構。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the " -#~ "object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected " -#~ "attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "一旦 LDAP 物件在樹狀結構中選定，表格會顯示物件資料。使用「編輯」" -#~ "變更所選屬性的值。使用「儲存」儲存您對 LDAP 的變更。" +#~ msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +#~ msgstr "一旦 LDAP 物件在樹狀結構中選定，表格會顯示物件資料。使用「編輯」變更所選屬性的值。使用「儲存」儲存您對 LDAP 的變更。" #~ msgid "" #~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" @@ -989,8 +931,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -#~ "Certificate is valid." +#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." #~ msgstr "" #~ "建立 TLS 加密失敗。\n" #~ "確認正確的 CA 憑證已安裝且伺服器憑證正確。" @@ -1176,8 +1117,7 @@ #~ "If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" #~ "with Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" #~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" -#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name " -#~ "(DN),\n" +#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" #~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1234,8 +1174,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -#~ "when\n" +#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" #~ "the new object is created.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "可在此處設定屬性值，該值屬於\n" @@ -1244,10 +1183,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -#~ "replaced\n" -#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid" -#~ "\"\n" +#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" +#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "可使用特殊語法，從現有屬性值中\n" @@ -1273,114 +1210,50 @@ #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server." #~ msgstr "將資料寫入 LDAP 伺服器時發生問題。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging " -#~ "Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password " -#~ "policy groups of attributes to configure." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "選取「密碼變更規則」、「密碼期限規則」和「鎖定規則」</" -#~ "b>標籤，以選擇要設定的屬性 LDAP 密碼規則群組。" +#~ msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +#~ msgstr "選取「密碼變更規則」、「密碼期限規則」和「鎖定規則」標籤，以選擇要設定的屬性 LDAP 密碼規則群組。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to " -#~ "set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords " -#~ "may not be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "指定「歷程中儲存的最多密碼數」以設定要儲存幾個已經使用過的密" -#~ "碼。儲存過的密碼不得再使用。" +#~ msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +#~ msgstr "指定「歷程中儲存的最多密碼數」以設定要儲存幾個已經使用過的密碼。儲存過的密碼不得再使用。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -#~ "change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -#~ "administrator." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "核取「重設後使用者必須變更密碼」，強迫使用者在密碼重設或管理員變" -#~ "更其密碼後，必須變更自己的密碼。" +#~ msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +#~ msgstr "核取「重設後使用者必須變更密碼」，強迫使用者在密碼重設或管理員變更其密碼後，必須變更自己的密碼。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -#~ "passwords." +#~ msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." #~ msgstr "核取「使用者可變更密碼」以允許使用者變更自己的密碼。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -#~ "check Old Password Required for Password Change." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果既有密碼與新密碼都必須輸入，請核取「變更密碼時需要舊密碼」。" -#~ "" +#~ msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +#~ msgstr "如果既有密碼與新密碼都必須輸入，請核取「變更密碼時需要舊密碼」。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -#~ "are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not " -#~ "be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords " -#~ "are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the " -#~ "user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked " -#~ "Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the " -#~ "password cannot be checked." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "選取修改或新增密碼時，是否要驗證密碼品質。如果完全不要檢查密碼，請選取" -#~ "「不檢查」。設定「接受不可檢查的密碼」時，即使無法檢查密碼 " -#~ "(例如使用者提供加密過的密碼)，也可以接受。設定「僅接受檢查過的密碼」</" -#~ "b>時，如果密碼品質測試失敗或無法檢查密碼，該密碼就會遭到拒絕。" +#~ msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +#~ msgstr "選取修改或新增密碼時，是否要驗證密碼品質。如果完全不要檢查密碼，請選取「不檢查」。設定「接受不可檢查的密碼」時，即使無法檢查密碼 (例如使用者提供加密過的密碼)，也可以接受。設定「僅接受檢查過的密碼」時，如果密碼品質測試失敗或無法檢查密碼，該密碼就會遭到拒絕。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -#~ "Minimum Password Length." +#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." #~ msgstr "在「密碼最短長度」中設定密碼必須使用的最少字元數。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -#~ "modifications to the password." +#~ msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." #~ msgstr "「密碼最短壽命」可設定必須隔多久時間才能修改密碼。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a " -#~ "password expires." +#~ msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." #~ msgstr "「密碼最長壽命」可設定密碼修改多久後就會過期。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how " -#~ "long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning " -#~ "messages should be given to an authenticating user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在「密碼過期前多久需發出警告」中設定要在密碼到期前多久，向正在驗" -#~ "證的使用者顯示警告訊息。" +#~ msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +#~ msgstr "在「密碼過期前多久需發出警告」中設定要在密碼到期前多久，向正在驗證的使用者顯示警告訊息。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to " -#~ "authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在「過期密碼的允許使用次數」中設定過期密碼還能用來驗證的次數。</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +#~ msgstr "在「過期密碼的允許使用次數」中設定過期密碼還能用來驗證的次數。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after " -#~ "a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "核取「啟用密碼鎖定」可在嘗試結合但連續失敗達指定次數後，禁止使用" -#~ "某密碼。" +#~ msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +#~ msgstr "核取「啟用密碼鎖定」可在嘗試結合但連續失敗達指定次數後，禁止使用某密碼。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -#~ "password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -#~ "Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在「結合失敗幾次後需鎖定密碼？」中設定嘗試結合但連續失敗達幾次" -#~ "後，即不得使用該密碼進行驗證。" +#~ msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +#~ msgstr "在「結合失敗幾次後需鎖定密碼？」中設定嘗試結合但連續失敗達幾次後，即不得使用該密碼進行驗證。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration</" -#~ "b>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在「密碼鎖定持續時間」中設定不得使用該密碼的時間長度。" +#~ msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +#~ msgstr "在「密碼鎖定持續時間」中設定不得使用該密碼的時間長度。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -#~ "failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -#~ "authentication has occurred." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "「結合失敗快取持續時間」可設定密碼失敗多久後 (即使沒有任何一次驗" -#~ "證成功)，即需清除失敗計數器。" +#~ msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +#~ msgstr "「結合失敗快取持續時間」可設定密碼失敗多久後 (即使沒有任何一次驗證成功)，即需清除失敗計數器。" #~ msgid "&Password Change Policies" #~ msgstr "密碼變更規則(&P)" @@ -1466,15 +1339,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" -#~ "SSL\n" -#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA " -#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "某些 LDAP 伺服器支援 StartTLS (RFC2830)。\n" #~ "如果您的伺服器支援此功能且也已經設定，請啟用 LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -#~ " 以使用 LDAP 伺服器為通訊作業加密。您可以由指定位址下載 PEM 格式的 CA 憑證" -#~ "檔。\n" +#~ " 以使用 LDAP 伺服器為通訊作業加密。您可以由指定位址下載 PEM 格式的 CA 憑證檔。\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n" @@ -1526,22 +1396,11 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "已複製到 '%2' 目錄" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute " -#~ "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the " -#~ "meaning of its values." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "「密碼變更通訊協定」是指 <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> 檔案的 " -#~ "pam_password 屬性。有關其設定值的意義，請參閱 <tt>man pam_ldap</tt>。" +#~ msgid "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values." +#~ msgstr "「密碼變更通訊協定」是指 <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> 檔案的 pam_password 屬性。有關其設定值的意義，請參閱 <tt>man pam_ldap</tt>。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify " -#~ "where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either " -#~ "directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果安全連線需要檢查憑證，您可以指定您的憑證檔案位在何處。可以輸入有憑" -#~ "證的目錄或指明該憑證檔的路徑。" +#~ msgid "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." +#~ msgstr "如果安全連線需要檢查憑證，您可以指定您的憑證檔案位在何處。可以輸入有憑證的目錄或指明該憑證檔的路徑。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n" @@ -1554,8 +1413,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the " -#~ "LDAP\n" +#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" #~ "server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "首先，請設定「組態基礎 DN」。\n" @@ -1565,27 +1423,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #~ "Administrator DN.\n" -#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -#~ "dc=com) or just\n" -#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "若要存取儲存在伺服器的資料，請輸入\n" #~ "「管理員 DN」。\n" -#~ " 您可以輸入完整的 DN (例如，cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) 或只輸" -#~ "入\n" -#~ "相對 DN (例如，cn=Administrator)。如果已核取適當的選項，便會自動附加 " -#~ "LDAP 基礎 DN。\n" +#~ " 您可以輸入完整的 DN (例如，cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) 或只輸入\n" +#~ "相對 DN (例如，cn=Administrator)。如果已核取適當的選項，便會自動附加 LDAP 基礎 DN。\n" #~ msgid "Home Directories" #~ msgstr "主目錄" #~ msgid "" #~ "If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" -#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any " -#~ "direct\n" -#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can " -#~ "manage\n" +#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" #~ "user home directories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果使用者的主目錄應該儲存在此機器中，\n" @@ -1597,12 +1449,10 @@ #~ msgstr "密碼規則" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add</" -#~ "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" #~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "請以「編輯」設定已選取的密碼規則。請使用「新增」加入新的" -#~ "密碼規則。\n" +#~ "請以「編輯」設定已選取的密碼規則。請使用「新增」加入新的密碼規則。\n" #~ "只有在 LDAP 伺服器已啟用密碼規則時才能進行組態。" #~ msgid "&Password Map" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ldap-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ldap-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ldap-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-31 22:40+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -102,9 +102,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." msgstr "LDAP 資料庫已經建立。稍後在已安裝系統上可以變更設定。" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); @@ -117,9 +115,7 @@ msgstr "[手動方式設定]" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." msgstr "無法取回系統 root 密碼。請設定 LDAP 伺服器密碼繼續。" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:112 @@ -214,9 +210,7 @@ "YaST2 無法繼續設定組態。" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -240,10 +234,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "您有一個已存在的組態，但目前 LDAP 伺服器未運作。\n" @@ -327,9 +319,7 @@ msgstr "LDAP 伺服器尚未執行。" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "您要立刻啟動它來重新讀取組態資料，或您要重新建立一個新的組態？" #. get helps page @@ -490,9 +480,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "開啟連線到提供者伺服器的 \"cn=config\" 資料庫失敗。\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975 @@ -534,15 +522,12 @@ "已經扮演了仿製消費者的角色。\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "目前不支援設定 cn=config 的串聯仿製。" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "檢查在提供者伺服器上仿製組態的驗證憑據失敗。\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -571,8 +556,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -606,10 +590,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" "選擇 是 如果 LDAP 伺服器應該自動啟動成為 \n" "開機過程的一部份。選擇 否 如果 LDAP 伺服器不要啟動。注意：\n" @@ -625,20 +607,16 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" "LDAP 是在埠號 389 的標準 LDAP 介面。TLS/SSL 安全通訊\n" "可以用 StartTLS 操作，如果您一個伺服器憑證組態。" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" "LDAPS 啟用 \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" 介面作為 SSL 保護連線\n" "在埠號 636。這只能在您有伺服器憑證組態 (請參閱 \"全域設定\"/\"TLS 設定\")。\n" @@ -672,10 +650,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is " -"a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" @@ -697,30 +673,23 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" "每個 Root DN 都會有一個 Root 密碼 可用來\n" "驗證資料庫的超級使用者、所有 ACL 和其他\n" " 管理限制。檢查「附加基礎 DN」是否附加上述已輸入的\n" " 「基礎 DN」，例如，<tt>dc=com</tt> 的基礎 DN 和 \n" -" <tt>c=Admin</tt> 的root DN 會結合成有效的 <tt>c=Admin,dc=com</tt>root DN。" -"\n" +" <tt>c=Admin</tt> 的root DN 會結合成有效的 <tt>c=Admin,dc=com</tt>root DN。\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "如果此精靈是在安裝時啟動， \n" @@ -759,8 +728,7 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -774,8 +742,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" "輸入完整的 DN 或僅輸入第一部分，然後使用\n" @@ -783,12 +750,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "要變更管理員帳戶的密碼，請按 變更密碼。\n" "一個跳出視窗將提示您輸入新的密碼並選擇 密碼加密。\n" @@ -796,18 +760,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" "使用 項目快取 和 索引快取 (IDL 快取) 您可以調整\n" @@ -832,14 +790,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" "核取「雜湊純文字密碼」即可指定 OpenLDAP 伺服器\n" @@ -862,15 +816,12 @@ "站點不應該啟用本選項。\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "請在「預設規則物件 DN」中輸入預設規則物件的名稱。" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -884,33 +835,28 @@ msgstr "變更一個 hdb 或 bdb 資料庫索引選項。" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "此表格顯示目前有索引定義的屬性清單。" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -933,11 +879,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" @@ -954,8 +898,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -972,11 +915,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -986,8 +927,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" @@ -998,16 +938,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -1019,14 +954,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221 @@ -1035,8 +966,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:224 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1050,8 +980,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1084,10 +1013,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:253 @@ -1099,10 +1026,8 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1148,17 +1073,11 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " -msgstr "" -"使用「啟動 LDAP 伺服器」的「是」或「否」選項，啟動或停止 LDAP 伺服" -"器。 " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr "使用「啟動 LDAP 伺服器」的「是」或「否」選項，啟動或停止 LDAP 伺服器。 " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "如果您選擇是，按 下一步 以啟動組態精靈。" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293 @@ -1169,15 +1088,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "選擇您想設定的 LDAP 伺服器類型。下列腳本可供選擇：" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" "單獨伺服器：設定單獨的 OpenLDAP 伺服器沒有\n" @@ -1191,8 +1107,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" @@ -1214,18 +1129,15 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1236,10 +1148,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1258,10 +1168,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" "在此對話方塊中新增或移除綱要檔案。按下「新增」。\n" @@ -1271,16 +1179,13 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "指定除錯陳述式及操作統計應該寫入 syslog 的層級。" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357 @@ -1289,17 +1194,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364 @@ -1310,8 +1212,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1329,16 +1230,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1353,12 +1252,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1369,32 +1265,26 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" @@ -1419,9 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "伺服器 URI" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1429,8 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "OpenLDAP 鏡像模式綜覽" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -1744,9 +1631,7 @@ msgstr "選取不允許旗標(&D)：" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179 @@ -1755,8 +1640,7 @@ msgstr "停用指紋驗證" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188 @@ -2276,8 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "檢查 LDAPsync 能力到供應者失敗。" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "請確認目標伺服器可作為 LDAPsync 供應者" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 @@ -2425,9 +2308,7 @@ msgstr "正在更新預設密碼規則物件" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" msgstr "正在等候 OpenLDAP 背景索引工作完成 (這可能會花上數分鐘)" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:884 @@ -2447,9 +2328,7 @@ msgstr "建立密碼規則物件失敗。" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1006 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "當等候 OpenLDAP 資料庫索引結束時發生錯誤。\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1007 @@ -2555,9 +2434,7 @@ msgstr "無法判斷自己的完整合格主機名稱。" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "仿製的主伺服器若不知道自己的完整合格主機名稱，則無法正常運作。" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520 @@ -2574,9 +2451,7 @@ msgstr "\"，無法取出 RDN 值" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "\"c\" 屬性的值必須包含一個有效的 ISO-3166 國家兩個字母代碼。" #. parameter check failed @@ -2618,8 +2493,7 @@ msgstr "CA 憑證檔案不存在" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "當嘗試確認提供伺服器的憑證時發生錯誤。\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415 @@ -2844,8 +2718,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" -#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog " -#~ "informs whether it\n" +#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog informs whether it\n" #~ "is safe to do so. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>中止儲存：</big> \n" @@ -2906,9 +2779,7 @@ #~ msgstr "新密碼(&N)" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have an existing configuration but the LDAP Server is not currently " -#~ "running." +#~ msgid "You have an existing configuration but the LDAP Server is not currently running." #~ msgstr "您的電腦已設定為 LDAP 客戶端且 LDAP 伺服器非本地的。" #~ msgid "Delete a schema from the list" @@ -2978,18 +2849,15 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select a schema file in the list and press Delete to remove it " -#~ "from the\n" +#~ "Select a schema file in the list and press Delete to remove it from the\n" #~ "configuration file." #~ msgstr "" #~ "在清單中選取綱要檔案，然後按下「刪除」，將它從\n" #~ "組態檔案中移除。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "With the Up and Down buttons, change the position of " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "selected schema file. Keep in mind that some schema files depend on " -#~ "others. An incorrect\n" +#~ "With the Up and Down buttons, change the position of the\n" +#~ "selected schema file. Keep in mind that some schema files depend on others. An incorrect\n" #~ "order causes the LDAP server not to start.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "使用「向上」與「向下」按鈕，變更選取的綱要檔案\n" @@ -3002,9 +2870,7 @@ #~ msgid "If TLS is active, view the current settings here." #~ msgstr "如果啟動 TLS，在此處檢視目前的設定。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With Select Certificate..., configure new certificates for this " -#~ "service." +#~ msgid "With Select Certificate..., configure new certificates for this service." #~ msgstr "使用「選取憑證...」，設定此服務新憑證的組態。" #~ msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters of this database." @@ -3013,14 +2879,10 @@ #~ msgid "With Root DN, change the DN for the administrator." #~ msgstr "使「根 DN」，變更管理員的 DN。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To change the password for the root account, enter a new one and " -#~ "select the Encryption." +#~ msgid "To change the password for the root account, enter a new one and select the Encryption." #~ msgstr "若要變更根帳戶的密碼，請輸入新密碼並選取「加密」。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already " -#~ "set in the configuration file." +#~ msgid "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already set in the configuration file." #~ msgstr "即使已經在組態檔案中設定密碼，密碼欄位一開始仍是空白的。" #, fuzzy @@ -3051,18 +2913,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Root Password is initially set to the system root password\n" #~ "entered earlier in the installation process. Change it in the\n" -#~ "edit fields. Change the password encryption method in the relevant field." -#~ "\n" +#~ "edit fields. Change the password encryption method in the relevant field.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "「根密碼」一開始是設定為系統根密碼，\n" #~ "在安裝程序一開始時會輸入此資訊。在編輯欄位中\n" #~ "變更此值。在相關欄位中變更密碼加密方法。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Checking the Activate StartTLS option enables the LDAP server " -#~ "to\n" -#~ "process incoming StartTLS requests. This requires the common server " -#~ "certificate\n" +#~ "Checking the Activate StartTLS option enables the LDAP server to\n" +#~ "process incoming StartTLS requests. This requires the common server certificate\n" #~ "that can be set up in the CA Management YaST module.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "選取「啟動 StartTLS」選項會開啟 LDAP 伺服器，\n" @@ -3086,8 +2945,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Adding an LDAP Server:</big> \n" #~ "Choose an LDAP server from the list of detected LDAP servers.\n" -#~ "If your LDAP server was not autodetected, use Other (not detected)</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "If your LDAP server was not autodetected, use Other (not detected).\n" #~ "Then press Configure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>新增 LDAP 伺服器：</big> \n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ldap.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ldap.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ldap.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"伺服器可能已經關機或無法連接。\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"缺少 DN 的值或無效。\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -56,6 +60,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"找不到屬性類型。\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -63,23 +69,25 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"找不到物件類別。\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法建立與 LDAP 伺服器的連接。" #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "連接到 LDAP 伺服器時發生問題。" #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "從 LDAP 伺服器讀取資料時發生問題。" #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -99,26 +107,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "從 LDAP 伺服器讀取綱要時發生問題。" #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "發生未知的 LDAP 錯誤。" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顯示詳細資料(&S)" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "未知的錯誤。可能無法使用 'yast2-ldap'。" #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -133,6 +141,10 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" +"有一個可能造成連線失敗的原因是您的客戶端\n" +"設定為 TLS/SSL，但伺服器不支援。\n" +"\n" +"不使用 TLS/SSL 重新連線嗎？\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed @@ -145,17 +157,17 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 伺服器密碼(&L)" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "伺服器： %1:%2" #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "匿名存取(&A)" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -164,6 +176,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"LDAP 目錄中沒有 DN '%1' 的\n" +"直接父項。\n" +"無法建立具有所選取 DN 的物件。\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -171,17 +186,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"LDAP 伺服器上沒有???? DN '%1'\n" +"的項目。現在要建立它嗎？\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "開啟(&O)" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "為目前的屬性設定新值。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -193,6 +210,12 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"如果屬性可以有多個值，請\n" +"以「新增值」新增項目。有時此按鈕包含目前屬性\n" +"可用值的清單。\n" +" 如果所編輯的屬性值應為可辨識名稱 (DN)，\n" +"便可使用「瀏覽」從 LDAP 樹狀結構中加以選擇。\n" +" \n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -203,79 +226,86 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "屬性 \"%1\" 的描述： " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "屬性 \"%1\" 的值(&V)" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "屬性 \"%1\" 的值(&V)" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新增值(&A)" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "清除項目(&E)" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "瀏覽(&W)" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"已有值 '%1'。\n" +"請選取另一個。" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用者管理工具的組態" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "群組管理工具的組態" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新模組的物件類別" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新模組的名稱 (「cn」值)(&N)" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"已有輸入的值。\n" +"請選取另一個。\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "輸入模組名稱。" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"可在此處設定屬性值，該值屬於\n" +"使用目前樣板的物件。建立新物件時，\n" +"會將這類值做為預設值。\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -283,33 +313,37 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"可使用特殊語法，從現有屬性值中\n" +"建立屬性值。使用屬性 \"attr_name\" 的值\n" +"來取代表示式 %attr_name (例如，將 \"/home/%uid\"\n" +"做為 \"homeDirectory\" 的值)。\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "屬性名稱(&N)" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "屬性值(&V)" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在左邊的對話框瀏覽 LDAP 樹狀結構。" #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦 LDAP 物件在樹狀結構中選定，表格會顯示物件資料。使用「編輯」變更所選屬性的值。使用「儲存」儲存您對 LDAP 的變更。" #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 @@ -317,47 +351,49 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"目前項目中有尚未儲存的變更。\n" +"是否要放棄這些變更？\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 瀏覽器" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "目前 LDAP 用戶端設定" #. combo box label #. combo box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 連線" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 伺服器" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理員 DN" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP TLS(&D)" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "匿名存取(&N)" #. InputField label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "輸入新的 LDAP 連線的名稱。" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 @@ -365,18 +401,20 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"\"%1\" 是強制屬性。\n" +"請輸入值。" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新載入(&R)" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "屬性" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "值" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/live-installer.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/live-installer.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/live-installer.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-17 09:52+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/lxc.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/lxc.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/lxc.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-06-05 18:04+02:00\n" "Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" "Language-Team: 中華 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -270,20 +270,15 @@ #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>LXC Overview</big> \n" -"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current " -"status.\n" -"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with " -"Destroy.\n" +"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current status.\n" +"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with Destroy.\n" "" msgstr "" #. Overview dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"You can start selected container with Start. The container is " -"started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or " -"manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close " -"it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" +"You can start selected container with Start. The container is started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" "Note that Connect option is not available in text mode." msgstr "" @@ -297,29 +292,19 @@ #. Create dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, " -"and enter desired network settings." +msgid "Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, and enter desired network settings." msgstr "" #. Create dialog help, part 3 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic " -"address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use " -"the Configure Network button and create one." +msgid "Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use the Configure Network button and create one." msgstr "" #. Create dialog help, part 4 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:63 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the " -"container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"核取 系統管理員使用此密碼 如果 root 要使用和第一個使用者相同的密" -"碼。" +msgid "Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will be used." +msgstr "核取 系統管理員使用此密碼 如果 root 要使用和第一個使用者相同的密碼。" #. Create dialog help, part 5 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:67 @@ -330,9 +315,7 @@ #. info label (try to keep the text short) #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:226 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for " -"details." +msgid "Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for details." msgstr "" "Samba 用戶端組態模組。\n" "請參閱 Samba 文件以取得詳細資訊。" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/mail.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/mail.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/mail.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-18 13:54+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -108,8 +108,7 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "如果選擇 無連線，郵件伺服器將被啟動。\n" "然而，只能進行本地郵件傳遞。MTA 會傾聽本機。\n" @@ -128,8 +127,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -142,8 +140,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." -"com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "外送郵件伺服器一般是用於撥號連接。\n" @@ -153,8 +150,7 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "在「使用者名稱」欄位中，輸入提供者所指定的使用者名稱。\n" @@ -198,8 +194,7 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "這個表格重新指向在本地已傳遞的郵件。\n" @@ -687,8 +682,7 @@ #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -738,13 +732,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" @@ -756,16 +747,14 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "如果您啟用 DKIM 支援，病毒掃描 (AMaViS) 也會被啟用。" #. Translators: text entry label @@ -810,12 +799,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"除非不轉寄 root 的郵件或想要透過 IMAP 存取郵件，否則「傳遞模式」通" -"常是 直接。" +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "除非不轉寄 root 的郵件或想要透過 IMAP 存取郵件，否則「傳遞模式」通常是 直接。" #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -1147,11 +1132,8 @@ #~ msgid "Mail Server Configuration " #~ msgstr "電子郵件伺服器組態 " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the " -#~ "Cyrus IMAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "此模組將設定與啟動 Postfix 且，如果需要的話， Cyrus IMAP 伺服器。" +#~ msgid "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server." +#~ msgstr "此模組將設定與啟動 Postfix 且，如果需要的話， Cyrus IMAP 伺服器。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning:\n" @@ -1180,34 +1162,22 @@ #~ msgid "Select configuration type according your needs." #~ msgstr "依照您的個人需求選擇設定的類型。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard " -#~ "configuration." +#~ msgid "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard configuration." #~ msgstr "如果您要使用 sendmail 當作 MTA，您必須使用標準組態。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your " -#~ "system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "進階的設定使用 LDAP 作為後端，並會設定您的系統為 LDAP-客戶端，並設定一個 " -#~ "LDAP-伺服器(如果需要的話)。" +#~ msgid "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." +#~ msgstr "進階的設定使用 LDAP 作為後端，並會設定您的系統為 LDAP-客戶端，並設定一個 LDAP-伺服器(如果需要的話)。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." #~ msgstr "運作中的郵件伺服器是基於 \"標準\" 類型。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." #~ msgstr "您可以變更為 \"進階\"。這將覆寫所有既存的設定。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." #~ msgstr "運作中的郵件伺服器是基於 \"進階\" 類型。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." #~ msgstr "您可以變更為 \"標準\"。這將覆寫所有既存的設定。" #~ msgid "Standard" @@ -1255,39 +1225,26 @@ #~ msgid "We suggest you set up a local LDAP server for the mail server." #~ msgstr "我們建議您為郵件伺服器設定一個本地 LDAP 伺服器。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your " -#~ "system." +#~ msgid "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your system." #~ msgstr "建立 LDAP 和郵件伺服器的驗證以確保您的系統安全。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is " -#~ "local." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local." #~ msgstr "您的電腦已設定為 LDAP 客戶端且 LDAP 伺服器是本地的。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." +#~ msgid "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." #~ msgstr "我們建議您為郵件伺服器調整 LDAP 伺服器。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator " -#~ "account:" +#~ msgid "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator account:" #~ msgstr "因此您必須知道 LDAP 管理者帳號的密碼：" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not " -#~ "local." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local." #~ msgstr "您的電腦已設定為 LDAP 客戶端且 LDAP 伺服器非本地的。" #~ msgid "We suggest you configure the LDAP server for the mail server." #~ msgstr "我們建議您為郵件伺服器設定 LDAP 伺服器。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver." -#~ "schema and the corresponding index entries." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "此外， LDAP 伺服器必須包含 suse-mailserver.schema 及相對應的索引內" -#~ "容。" +#~ msgid "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver.schema and the corresponding index entries." +#~ msgstr "此外， LDAP 伺服器必須包含 suse-mailserver.schema 及相對應的索引內容。" #~ msgid "Create certificates." #~ msgstr "建立憑證。" @@ -1656,10 +1613,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" #~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too. \n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>管理員授權</big> \n" #~ "若要使用 YaST 郵件伺服器元件，您的系統必須使用 LDAP\n" @@ -1716,8 +1671,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Size:</big> \n" -#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and " -#~ "getting),\n" +#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n" #~ "including envelope information.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1755,10 +1709,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>SPAM Prevention</big> \n" -#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of " -#~ "unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" -#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists " -#~ "or RBL\n" +#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" +#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n" #~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1770,45 +1722,31 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for " -#~ "viruses and and for spam.\n" -#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder " -#~ "SpamAssassin will be installed \n" -#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus " -#~ "scanner engines.\n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n" +#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder SpamAssassin will be installed \n" +#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>啟動防毒掃描軟體 AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "如果你啟動了防毒掃描軟體 AMAVIS, 你的電子郵件將被進行病毒掃描和垃圾郵件檢" -#~ "查。\n" -#~ "防毒掃描引擎 Clamavd 與垃圾郵件檢查工具 SpamAssassin 將會被" -#~ "安裝 \n" +#~ "如果你啟動了防毒掃描軟體 AMAVIS, 你的電子郵件將被進行病毒掃描和垃圾郵件檢查。\n" +#~ "防毒掃描引擎 Clamavd 與垃圾郵件檢查工具 SpamAssassin 將會被安裝 \n" #~ "與組態。你也可以安裝其它（商業）的病毒掃描引擎。\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big> \n" -#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery " -#~ "method is cyrus imapd.\n" -#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be " -#~ "created. Spam email \n" -#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the " -#~ "folder NewSpam.\n" -#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-" -#~ "spam email into\n" -#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by " -#~ "anyone.\n" +#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is cyrus imapd.\n" +#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be created. Spam email \n" +#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the folder NewSpam.\n" +#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n" +#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>配置垃圾郵件學習外掛:</big> \n" -#~ "垃圾郵件學習外掛當本地傳送方式設定為 cyrus imapd時,僅可以用來作為配" -#~ "置。\n" -#~ "在這種情況之下共享目錄 NewSpam 與NoSpam 將會被建立。這些垃圾" -#~ "郵件 \n" -#~ "若不是被 SpamAssassin偵測到時,將會被放置到NewSpam這個目錄" -#~ "內。\n" -#~ "如果你希望你的垃圾郵件檢查器可以更有效率的運作,你可以將這些非垃圾郵件的郵" -#~ "件放到\n" +#~ "垃圾郵件學習外掛當本地傳送方式設定為 cyrus imapd時,僅可以用來作為配置。\n" +#~ "在這種情況之下共享目錄 NewSpam 與NoSpam 將會被建立。這些垃圾郵件 \n" +#~ "若不是被 SpamAssassin偵測到時,將會被放置到NewSpam這個目錄內。\n" +#~ "如果你希望你的垃圾郵件檢查器可以更有效率的運作,你可以將這些非垃圾郵件的郵件放到\n" #~ "NoSpam這個目錄內。在這個目錄內的郵件將不會被任何人進行閱讀。\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1837,8 +1775,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Local Delivery Type</big> \n" #~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n" -#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or " -#~ "IMAP\n" +#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n" #~ "protocol, choose Cyrus IMAP. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1859,8 +1796,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big> \n" -#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this " -#~ "regularly\n" +#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n" #~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1891,8 +1827,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n" -#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the " -#~ "properties\n" +#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n" #~ "concerning the mail server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2084,21 +2019,17 @@ #~ msgid "Invalid e-mail format." #~ msgstr "無效的電子郵件格式。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." +#~ msgid "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." #~ msgstr "在此對話方塊中，您可以設定使用者的郵件設定。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." +#~ msgid "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." #~ msgstr "首先，您可以設定使用者的郵件地址及別名。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you " -#~ "can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" +#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" #~ " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果您已選取 \"cyrus\" 來傳送本機郵件，您可以設定使用者信箱的大小限" -#~ "制。\n" +#~ "如果您已選取 \"cyrus\" 來傳送本機郵件，您可以設定使用者信箱的大小限制。\n" #~ " 如果未設定任何值，則信箱的大小不受限。" #~ msgid "E-Mail Addresses " @@ -2202,10 +2133,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" #~ "To use the YaST2 mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too. \n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>管理員授權</big> \n" #~ "若要使用 YaST2 郵件伺服器元件，您的系統必須使用 LDAP\n" @@ -2214,8 +2143,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus " -#~ "scanner engine. \n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus scanner engine. \n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>啟動防毒掃描軟體 AMAVIS：</big> \n" @@ -2270,24 +2198,16 @@ #~ "內建在電子郵件應用程式的功能來\n" #~ "接收電子郵件。他們不需要此模組。\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the Standard " -#~ "type." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the Standard type." #~ msgstr "運作中的郵件伺服器是基於 標準 類型。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to Advanced settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to Advanced settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." #~ msgstr "您可以變更為 進階。這將覆寫所有既存的設定。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the Advanced " -#~ "type." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the Advanced type." #~ msgstr "運作中的郵件伺服器是基於 進階 類型。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to Standard settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to Standard settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." #~ msgstr "您可以變更為 標準。這將覆寫所有既存的設定。" #~ msgid "" @@ -2297,9 +2217,5 @@ #~ "YaST2 僅可設定 Postfix 和 Sendmail，\n" #~ "但是這兩者均未安裝。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not " -#~ "forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "除非不轉寄 root 的郵件或想要透過 IMAP 存取郵件，否則「傳遞模式」" -#~ "通常是 procmail。" +#~ msgid "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +#~ msgstr "除非不轉寄 root 的郵件或想要透過 IMAP 存取郵件，否則「傳遞模式」通常是 procmail。" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/multipath.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/multipath.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/multipath.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 21:27+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -238,21 +238,17 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Multipath 狀態</big> \n" "\t\t\t啟動或關閉 multipathd, 檢查 multipath 訊息. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>關閉/啟動 Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\t點選 \"使用 Multipat\" 啟動 multipathd. 點選 \"不使用 " -"Multipath\" 關閉 multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\t點選 \"使用 Multipat\" 啟動 multipathd. 點選 \"不使用 Multipath\" 關閉 multipathd. \n" "\t\t\tMultipath 狀態資訊當multipathd被關閉時, 仍可以持續進行顯示. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>組態 Multipath</big> \n" @@ -262,34 +258,22 @@ #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." -" \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>組態</big> \n" -"\t\t\t所有位於 /etc/multipath.conf 檔案內容都可以於此進行組態. 這裡包含有四個" -"區段於組態檔案內:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, 預設值, 黑名單, 例外排除名單, " -"裝置. \n" +"\t\t\t所有位於 /etc/multipath.conf 檔案內容都可以於此進行組態. 這裡包含有四個區段於組態檔案內:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, 預設值, 黑名單, 例外排除名單, 裝置. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: 列出multipaths 細微設定值內容. \n" "\t\t\t預設值: multipath-tools 預設設定值. \n" "\t\t\t點選 \"組態預設值\" 按鈕來進行預設值的設定. \n" @@ -297,8 +281,7 @@ "\t\t\t點選\"組態黑名單\" 按鈕來進行黑名單的組態. \n" "\t\t\t例外排除名單: 列出排除於黑名單之外的裝置名稱. \n" "\t\t\t點選 \"組態例外排除名單\" 按鈕來進行例外排除名單的組態. \n" -"\t\t\t裝置: 列出每個儲存控制器的設定.會覆蓋原先的預設值與覆蓋每個 " -"multipath 設定. \n" +"\t\t\t裝置: 列出每個儲存控制器的設定.會覆蓋原先的預設值與覆蓋每個 multipath 設定. \n" "\t\t\t點選 \"組態裝置\" 按鈕來進行裝置相關設定. \n" "\t\t\t點選 \"完成\" 按鈕來進行儲存與更新設定檔案內容. \n" @@ -307,45 +290,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>預設組態</big> \n" "\t\t\t全域組態設定值可以在這個地方進行組態或是清除. \n" -"\t\t\t這裡所設定的任何預設值將會於multipath組態中生效, 除非在其它地方存在相關" -"的設定值來進行覆蓋. \n" -"\t\t\t如果清除這邊的預設值, multipath 將會以自己的配置來作為預設設定值進行運" -"作. \n" +"\t\t\t這裡所設定的任何預設值將會於multipath組態中生效, 除非在其它地方存在相關的設定值來進行覆蓋. \n" +"\t\t\t如果清除這邊的預設值, multipath 將會以自己的配置來作為預設設定值進行運作. \n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -" \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>黑名單組態</big> \n" "\t\t\t列舉在此的裝置名稱將會被multipath拋棄不予使用. \n" -"\t\t\t這裡提供三種方式來識別裝置名稱: 全球識別碼(wwid), devnode</" -"b>, 裝置. \n" +"\t\t\t這裡提供三種方式來識別裝置名稱: 全球識別碼(wwid), devnode, 裝置. \n" "\t\t\t全球識別碼(wwid): 這裝置的全球識別碼將會排除於黑名單之外. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: 利用正規表示法來識別裝置名稱於 udev_dir (預設在/dev目" -"錄)內. 通常裝置名稱有 cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop." -" \n" -"\t\t\t裝置:用於識別一個特定的存儲控制器例外的黑名單。一個設備可以指定" -"廠商與產品名稱. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: 利用正規表示法來識別裝置名稱於 udev_dir (預設在/dev目錄)內. 通常裝置名稱有 cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\t裝置:用於識別一個特定的存儲控制器例外的黑名單。一個設備可以指定廠商與產品名稱. \n" "" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 @@ -353,41 +322,29 @@ msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>例外排除名單組態</big> \n" "\t\t\t裝置名稱在這裡被列出時將會排除於黑名單之外. \n" -"\t\t\t這裡提供三種方式來識別裝置名稱: 全球識別碼(wwid), devnode</" -"b>, 裝置. \n" +"\t\t\t這裡提供三種方式來識別裝置名稱: 全球識別碼(wwid), devnode, 裝置. \n" "\t\t\t全球識別碼(wwid): 這裝置的全球識別碼將會排除於黑名單之外. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: 利用正規表示法來識別裝置名稱於 udev_dir (預設在/dev目" -"錄)內. 通常裝置名稱有 cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop." -" \n" -"\t\t\t裝置:用於識別一個特定的存儲控制器例外的黑名單。一個設備可以指定" -"廠商與產品名稱. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: 利用正規表示法來識別裝置名稱於 udev_dir (預設在/dev目錄)內. 通常裝置名稱有 cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\t裝置:用於識別一個特定的存儲控制器例外的黑名單。一個設備可以指定廠商與產品名稱. \n" "" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -" \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgstr "" "<big>裝置組態</big> \n" -"\t\t\t每個儲存控制器設定都會條列於此,他們會覆蓋原先的預設值與覆蓋每個 " -"multipath 設定. \n" +"\t\t\t每個儲存控制器設定都會條列於此,他們會覆蓋原先的預設值與覆蓋每個 multipath 設定. \n" "\t\t\t每個裝置將以y 廠商 與產品 名稱來進行識別. \n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-30 11:52+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -55,8 +55,7 @@ msgstr "套件已經變更，以解決相依性：" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "您可以選擇無論如何都要安裝，但是您要承擔搞亂系統的風險。" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 @@ -122,29 +121,19 @@ msgstr "不需要的修補程式" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -"already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " -"Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 @@ -178,9 +167,7 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" msgstr "翻譯、字典與其他和 %s 地區環境語言相關的檔案" #. the label of the selections @@ -670,14 +657,7 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." msgstr "" "<h3>歡迎使用套件選擇器</h3>此工具將幫助您管理\n" "已安裝在電腦上的軟體。您可以安裝、更新、移除單一套件\n" @@ -688,12 +668,7 @@ #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." msgstr "" "過濾器 (左邊面板) 讓您在大量的套件中能更輕鬆的找到方向。\n" "它們可以顯示，例如，僅某個套件庫的套件，或某個選定樣式中的套件\n" @@ -703,11 +678,7 @@ #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" msgstr "" "套件表 是套件選擇器的主要部分。您可以在那看到符合\n" "目前過濾器的套件清單(例如，所選擇的 RPM 群組或搜尋結果)。\n" @@ -716,11 +687,7 @@ #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " -"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" msgstr "" "<ol><li>套件狀態 ( 要獲得更多資訊，參閱 套件狀態與\n" "標示 )</li><li>套件名稱</li><li>套件摘要</li><li>可用\n" @@ -729,26 +696,13 @@ #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"表格下方的動作 選單提供了變更所選套件 (或清單中所有套件) 狀態的功" -"能，例如，刪除套件或選取要安裝的其他套件。要變更狀態可以直接按選單項目的指定" -"鍵 (如需套件狀態的詳細資訊，請參閱套件狀態與標示)。" +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "表格下方的動作 選單提供了變更所選套件 (或清單中所有套件) 狀態的功能，例如，刪除套件或選取要安裝的其他套件。要變更狀態可以直接按選單項目的指定鍵 (如需套件狀態的詳細資訊，請參閱套件狀態與標示)。" #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." msgstr "" "選單 提供關於套件相依性處理的功能，顯示套件\n" "的相關資訊和其他有用的動作，像是開啟套件庫編輯器。要獲得\n" @@ -762,12 +716,7 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." msgstr "" "使用動作功能表或功能表項目中的指定鍵可以變更\n" "套件狀態。例如，使用 '+' 安裝其他套件。\"禁用\"狀態\n" @@ -777,14 +726,10 @@ #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." msgstr "" "您也可以使用 RET 或 SPACE來切換套件的狀態。\n" -"「動作」功能表也可以變更清單中所有套件的狀態 (選取「所有列出的套" -"件」)。" +"「動作」功能表也可以變更清單中所有套件的狀態 (選取「所有列出的套件」)。" #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -793,27 +738,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + ：選取此套件進行安裝a+ ：套件將自動被安裝</" -"p> > ：更新此套件a> ：套件將自動被更新 i " -"：此套件已經安裝 - ：將刪除套件---：永遠" -"不要安裝此套件(禁用)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + ：選取此套件進行安裝a+ ：套件將自動被安裝 > ：更新此套件a> ：套件將自動被更新 i ：此套件已經安裝 - ：將刪除套件---：永遠不要安裝此套件(禁用)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-：保留已安裝版本，而且永遠不要更新或刪除。(套件鎖定) 關於" -"樣式/語言的狀態資訊： i : 此樣式/語言所需要的已滿足" +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-：保留已安裝版本，而且永遠不要更新或刪除。(套件鎖定) 關於樣式/語言的狀態資訊： i : 此樣式/語言所需要的已滿足" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -823,27 +754,15 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." msgstr "" "除了所有可用的套件， 過濾器 允許您過濾出您有興趣的套件。\n" -"套件過濾器是基於套件性質 (套件庫、RPM 群組)，套件\"容器\"(樣式、語言) 或搜尋" -"結果。由下拉選單中選擇您要的過濾器。特定過濾器將在下方詳述。" +"套件過濾器是基於套件性質 (套件庫、RPM 群組)，套件\"容器\"(樣式、語言) 或搜尋結果。由下拉選單中選擇您要的過濾器。特定過濾器將在下方詳述。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." msgstr "" "樣式 描述系統應有的特性或功能 (例如，X 伺服器\n" "或主控台工具)。每個樣式包含一組必須的(必須要有)，推薦的\n" @@ -853,14 +772,7 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " msgstr "" "語言 是套件的容器，和樣式非常像。他們包含了\n" "翻譯、字典和其他與該選定語言相關的套件與檔案。\n" @@ -871,12 +783,7 @@ #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." msgstr "" "要使用 搜尋 過濾器，輸入套件搜尋的關鍵字(或部分的\n" "關鍵字)。例如，使用 \"3d\" 搜尋所有的 3D 套件。也可以在套件描述、\n" @@ -885,12 +792,7 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." msgstr "" "安裝摘要 顯示套件的摘要，哪個套件的狀態\n" "在此工作階段有變更 (例如，被標示為安裝或移除)，不論是\n" @@ -903,31 +805,14 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." msgstr "" "相依性： 此選單提供關於套件相依性處理的各種動作。\n" -"依預設，每次狀態變更時都會檢查套件依存度(自動相依性檢查 為啟用)。您將" -"被通知有關套件衝突的資訊，並在對話框中提供可能的衝突解決方案。要解決衝突，請" -"由其中選擇一個解決方案，然後按 '確定 -- 再試一次'。" +"依預設，每次狀態變更時都會檢查套件依存度(自動相依性檢查 為啟用)。您將被通知有關套件衝突的資訊，並在對話框中提供可能的衝突解決方案。要解決衝突，請由其中選擇一個解決方案，然後按 '確定 -- 再試一次'。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." msgstr "" "要停用每次狀態變更狀態時的相依性檢查，切換 自動相依性\n" "檢查 為關閉。在這種情形下，您可以選擇 馬上檢查相依性 \n" @@ -938,67 +823,26 @@ "當您在 bugzilla 被要求提供 \"solver testcase\" 時您會需要這些。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed " -"Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package " -"will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of " -"installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the " -"system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode</" -"i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the " -"YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"檢視： 選擇哪些選定套件的資訊將顯示在套件表中。可用的選項為：套件" -"描述、技術資料(版本、大小、授權等)、套件版本 (全部可用)、檔案列表 (所有包含在" -"此套件中的檔案) 和相依性資料(提供、需求等)。" +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "檢視： 選擇哪些選定套件的資訊將顯示在套件表中。可用的選項為：套件描述、技術資料(版本、大小、授權等)、套件版本 (全部可用)、檔案列表 (所有包含在此套件中的檔案) 和相依性資料(提供、需求等)。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"其他： 其他雜項功能於此。 匯出套件列表到檔案 會將已安裝套" -"件、樣式和語言的資料倒入指定的 XML 檔案。此檔可被以後 由檔案匯入套件列表" -" 參數所讀取，例如您可用在其他電腦上。這將使目標電腦上的套件狀態和所提供" -"的 XML 檔案所描述的相同。 顯示可用空間 將顯示一個跳出表格顯示磁碟的使" -"用率前載掛分割區的可用空間。" +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "其他： 其他雜項功能於此。 匯出套件列表到檔案 會將已安裝套件、樣式和語言的資料倒入指定的 XML 檔案。此檔可被以後 由檔案匯入套件列表 參數所讀取，例如您可用在其他電腦上。這將使目標電腦上的套件狀態和所提供的 XML 檔案所描述的相同。 顯示可用空間 將顯示一個跳出表格顯示磁碟的使用率前載掛分割區的可用空間。" #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 @@ -1195,21 +1039,13 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." msgstr "" "\"libzypp\" (套件、修補程式、樣式與產品管理)的修補程式將\n" "先被安裝。其他修補程式則會在第二輪時安裝。" @@ -1217,43 +1053,17 @@ #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"狀態旗標的意義：a+ ：預先選取與安裝有關的修補程式。將下載並" -"在系統上安裝這些修補程式。如果不要特定修補程式，請使用 '-' 取消選取。</" -"p> i ：所有此套件所需要的都已滿足。+ : 您已選擇此修" -"補程式要安裝。" +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "狀態旗標的意義：a+ ：預先選取與安裝有關的修補程式。將下載並在系統上安裝這些修補程式。如果不要特定修補程式，請使用 '-' 取消選取。 i ：所有此套件所需要的都已滿足。+ : 您已選擇此修補程式要安裝。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." msgstr "" #. label for a warning popup @@ -1294,9 +1104,7 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" msgstr "所有套件、修補程式與樣式的選擇變更將會遺失。 確定要離開嗎？" #. the label of language table @@ -1345,18 +1153,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"更新問題清單 清單中的套件無法自動更新。可能的原因：</" -"p>其他套件已作廢這些套件。安裝媒體上沒有要更新的更新版本。這" -"些套件是協力廠商的套件手動選取處理這些套件的方式。最安全的動作是刪除它" -"們。" +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "更新問題清單 清單中的套件無法自動更新。可能的原因：其他套件已作廢這些套件。安裝媒體上沒有要更新的更新版本。這些套件是協力廠商的套件手動選取處理這些套件的方式。最安全的動作是刪除它們。" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 @@ -1385,12 +1183,8 @@ #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- 這個修補程式檔損壞！ -----" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "好心的「推薦」表示您應該安裝修補程式。「安全性」是安全性修補程式，強烈" -#~ "建議您要安裝。" +#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "好心的「推薦」表示您應該安裝修補程式。「安全性」是安全性修補程式，強烈建議您要安裝。" #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" #~ msgstr "在網路搜尋套件(&W)" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ncurses.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ncurses.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ncurses.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-16 18:55+0800\n" "Last-Translator: swyear <swyear(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <zh(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/network.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/network.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/network.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-16 11:33+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -99,105 +99,57 @@ msgstr "內部錯誤" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "寫入防火牆組態 ..." -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH 連接埠為關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開啟</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH 連接埠為關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開啟</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "由影像安裝已啟用 (<a href=\"%1\">停用</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "由影像安裝已停用 (<a href=\"%1\">啟用</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH 連接埠為關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開啟</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH 連接埠為關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開啟</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "由影像安裝已啟用 (<a href=\"%1\">停用</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "由影像安裝已停用 (<a href=\"%1\">啟用</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "防火牆及 SSH" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "防火牆及 SSH(&F)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "基本防火牆與 SSH 組態" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "RPC 埠(&R)" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "防火牆與 SSH 服務" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "啟用防火牆" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "RPC 埠(&R)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "開啟 SSH 埠並啟用 SSH 服務" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>防火牆與 SSH</big> \n" @@ -205,22 +157,19 @@ "SSH 為允許遠端經由 SSH 客戶端登入此電腦\n" "的服務" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "您可以在此選擇安裝後是否啟用防火牆。\n" "推薦繼續保持啟用。" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" "在啟用防火牆時，您可以決定是否要為 SSH 服務\n" @@ -228,13 +177,56 @@ "電腦開機時啟動它)。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "由影像安裝已啟用 (<a href=\"%1\">停用</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "由影像安裝已停用 (<a href=\"%1\">啟用</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "由影像安裝已啟用 (<a href=\"%1\">停用</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "由影像安裝已停用 (<a href=\"%1\">啟用</a>)" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 連接埠為關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開啟</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 連接埠為關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開啟</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 連接埠為關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開啟</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 連接埠為關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開啟</a>)" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -381,8 +373,7 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "沒有定義發行記事的 URL。無法完成網際網路測試。" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes @@ -392,10 +383,8 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" "因為伺服器端的錯誤，下載最新的發行記事失敗。 \n" @@ -519,9 +508,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "橋接介面" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "組態錯誤：未啟始化的介面。" @@ -774,9 +772,7 @@ msgstr "必須指定目的地 IP 位址。" #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "至少要指定下列參數之一(閘道，遮罩，裝置，選項)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 @@ -789,13 +785,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "警告：未使用加密。" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "變更。" @@ -1417,12 +1413,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>IFPLUGD 優先程度</big> \n" @@ -1436,10 +1429,8 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "網路卡設定" -#. when using wicked every device which can be bridged -#. can be set to BOOTPROTO=none. No workaround with -#. BOOTPROTO=static required anymore -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:89 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" @@ -1629,9 +1620,7 @@ msgstr "使用 \"id\" 選項來決定設備。" #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." msgstr "\"id\" 值超出範圍。使用 \"list\" 選項檢查 \"id\" 的最大值。" #. Handler for action "add" @@ -1751,11 +1740,8 @@ msgstr "正在安裝韌體" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"為了成功安裝韌體，需要執行 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' 腳本。馬上執行嗎？ " +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "為了成功安裝韌體，需要執行 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' 腳本。馬上執行嗎？ " #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1839,8 +1825,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" "Udev 規則 是核心設備管理員所使用的規則，\n" @@ -1849,10 +1834,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" "顯示可見埠確認 允許您實體上辨識現在設定的 NIC。\n" @@ -1863,24 +1846,19 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" "核心模組. 在此為您的網路裝置輸入\n" "核心模組(驅動程式)名稱。若此裝置已組態，察看下拉選單中\n" -"是否有其他可用的的驅動程式。若有需要，從下拉選單中選一個。但通常使用預設值就" -"可以正常工作。\n" +"是否有其他可用的的驅動程式。若有需要，從下拉選單中選一個。但通常使用預設值就可以正常工作。\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" "另外，您可以為核心模組指定選項。使用格式：\n" "option=value。每個項目應該用空格隔開，\n" @@ -1888,12 +1866,8 @@ "相同的模組名稱，則會在儲存時合併選項。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"如果您寫了一些東西到 Ethtool 選項, ifup 將使用這些選項呼叫 " -"ethtool。\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "如果您寫了一些東西到 Ethtool 選項, ifup 將使用這些選項呼叫 ethtool。\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 @@ -2091,29 +2065,19 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "輸入此介面其他的「選項」(以空格分隔)。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." -msgstr "" -"選取「啟用 IPA Takeover」，如果此介面的 IP 位址 Takeover 應該啟用。" -"" +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "選取「啟用 IPA Takeover」，如果此介面的 IP 位址 Takeover 應該啟用。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "如果這個卡已經以層 2 支援設定，請選取「啟用層 2 支援」。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "如果這個卡已經以層 2 支援設定，請輸入「層 2 MAC 位址」。" #. TextEntry label @@ -2291,8 +2255,7 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6 協定設定</big>\n" @@ -2325,8 +2288,7 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" "對每一個路由，輸入目標網路 IP 位址、閘道位址和\n" "網路遮罩。要省略任何一個值，使用破折號 \"-\"。\n" @@ -2351,8 +2313,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2366,12 +2327,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "如果您使用 DHCP 取得 IP 位址，請核取是否要透過 DHCP\n" @@ -2383,12 +2341,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" "指定主機名稱到 Loopback IP連結您的主機名稱用 \n" @@ -2421,8 +2376,7 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "搜尋領域是啟動主機名稱搜尋的領域名稱。\n" @@ -2432,12 +2386,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" "輸入此電腦的名稱 (例如 mymachine) 以及它所屬的 DNS 網域\n" @@ -2448,20 +2399,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" "選擇設定 DNS 的方式 (名稱伺服器，搜尋清單， \n" -"/etc/resolv.conf 檔案的內容) 將會被修改。一般而言，它是被 " -"netconfig\n" +"/etc/resolv.conf 檔案的內容) 將會被修改。一般而言，它是被 netconfig\n" "程序合併在此定義的和那些由動態獲得的資料 (例如從\n" -"DHCP 客戶端、NetworkManager 等)來處理。這是預設值， 使用預設政策 選" -"項，\n" +"DHCP 客戶端、NetworkManager 等)來處理。這是預設值， 使用預設政策 選項，\n" "在大部分的情況下設定都可適用。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 @@ -2476,11 +2423,9 @@ "policy.\n" msgstr "" "藉著選取 僅手動 選項， netconfig 將不再被允許修改 \n" -"/etc/resolv.conf。然而您可以手動編輯此檔案。藉由選取 使用自訂政策" -" \n" +"/etc/resolv.conf。然而您可以手動編輯此檔案。藉由選取 使用自訂政策 \n" "選項，您可以指定一個自訂政策字串，這是由逗號分隔的介面名稱清單， \n" -"包含萬用字元，以及 STATIC 和 STATIC_FALLBACK 作為預先定義的特殊值。需要更多" -"資訊， \n" +"包含萬用字元，以及 STATIC 和 STATIC_FALLBACK 作為預先定義的特殊值。需要更多資訊， \n" "請參閱 netconfig 手冊頁。注意：保留區域空白和使用 \n" "僅手動 政策是相同的。\n" @@ -2489,8 +2434,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>位址設定</big>\n" @@ -2498,9 +2442,7 @@ "這在結合乙太網路裝置時特別有用。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "核取 iBFT 如果您想要保持讓您的 BIOS 設定網路。\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2527,10 +2469,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" "要搜尋 IP 位址並靜態指定它，選擇 \n" "Zeroconf。要使用 DHCP 和回復到 zeroconf，選擇 DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2539,8 +2479,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2551,16 +2490,12 @@ #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "靜態位址設定請輸入電腦的 IP 位址 (例如 <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>)\n" -"和網路遮罩 (通常是 <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> 或 lenght of prefix <tt>/24</tt>)。" -"您也可以為此 IP 位址\n" +"和網路遮罩 (通常是 <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> 或 lenght of prefix <tt>/24</tt>)。您也可以為此 IP 位址\n" "輸入完整的合格主機名稱。主機名稱將被寫入 /etc/hosts。\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 @@ -2599,11 +2534,8 @@ "則將停用防火牆。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"強制介面可指定當介面無法在開機時啟動時，網路服務是否報告失敗。" +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "強制介面可指定當介面無法在開機時啟動時，網路服務是否報告失敗。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" @@ -2611,8 +2543,7 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>最大傳輸單位</big>\n" @@ -2625,12 +2556,10 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "選取結合設備中的從屬設備。\n" -"您只能選擇「設備啟用」設定為絕不，且設定為無位址設定的設備。</" -"p>" +"您只能選擇「設備啟用」設定為絕不，且設定為無位址設定的設備。" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 @@ -2641,8 +2570,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." @@ -2658,15 +2586,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" "「要傳送的主機名稱」可指定當 dhcpcd 傳送訊息至 DHCP 伺服器時，\n" @@ -2702,21 +2627,15 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"別名中請勿包含介面名稱。例如，輸入 foo 而非 eth0:foo。" +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "別名中請勿包含介面名稱。例如，輸入 foo 而非 eth0:foo。" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2743,8 +2662,7 @@ "個字元供 128 位元金鑰使用，最多可輸入 16 個字元供 156 位元金鑰使用，\n" "最多可輸入 29 個字元可供 256 位元金鑰使用。\n" " 16 進位：直接輸入金鑰的 16 位元碼。輸入\n" -"10 個十六進位數字供 64 位元金鑰之用，26 個數字供 128 位元金鑰之用，32 個數" -"字\n" +"10 個十六進位數字供 64 位元金鑰之用，26 個數字供 128 位元金鑰之用，32 個數字\n" "供 156 位元金鑰之用，以及 58 個數字供 256 位元金鑰之用。您可以\n" "使用連字號 <tt>-</tt> 來分隔成對或成群的數字，\n" "例如，<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>。\n" @@ -2780,8 +2698,7 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -2808,8 +2725,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2826,8 +2742,7 @@ "注意：共用金鑰驗證較容易讓\n" "潛在的駭客侵入您的網路。除非您有\n" "特別需要使用共用金鑰驗證。否則請使用 開放\n" -"模式。由於 WEP 已被證實是不安全的，所以定義出 WPA (無線保護存取，Wi-" -"Fi Protected Access)\n" +"模式。由於 WEP 已被證實是不安全的，所以定義出 WPA (無線保護存取，Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "以關閉其安全漏洞，但是並非每個硬體都支援\n" "WPA。如要使用 WPA，請選取 WPA-PSK 或 WPA-EAP 作為\n" "驗證模式。這僅能運作於\n" @@ -2879,8 +2794,7 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "這些值會寫入 '/etc/sysconfig/network' 的介面組態檔\n" @@ -2978,14 +2892,12 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "對於 TTLS 與 PEAP，請在伺服器上設定時，輸入您的身份\n" "與密碼。\n" "若您對於要作為\n" -"匿名身份使用的使用者名稱設定有特別的需求，請在此處設定。但通常不需要。" -"\n" +"匿名身份使用的使用者名稱設定有特別的需求，請在此處設定。但通常不需要。\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 @@ -3006,8 +2918,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" @@ -3244,8 +3155,7 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "若要在主要或臨機操作模式中使用無線網路卡，\n" @@ -3353,8 +3263,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." @@ -3419,8 +3328,7 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" "不使用憑證授權 (CA) 認証會導致連線到\n" @@ -3507,16 +3415,14 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>遠端管理設定</big>\n" "如果開啟此功能，您能夠\n" "從另一台機器遠端管理此機器。使用 VNC\n" "用戶端，如 krdc (連線到 <tt><主機名稱>:%1</tt>)、或\n" -"可以使用 Java 相容的網頁瀏覽器 (連線到 <tt>http://<主機名稱>:%2/</" -"tt>)。\n" +"可以使用 Java 相容的網頁瀏覽器 (連線到 <tt>http://<主機名稱>:%2/</tt>)。\n" "這種遠端管理型態的安全性比使用 SSH 低。\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -3525,12 +3431,12 @@ msgstr "遠端管理設定" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "需要安裝這些套件：" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3545,112 +3451,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "未插上" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "未知的" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "已經成功儲存組態" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "已成功儲存 DNS 組態" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "已成功儲存 DSL 組態" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "已成功儲存主機組態" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "已成功儲存 ISDN 組態" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "已成功儲存網路卡組態" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "已成功儲存數據機組態" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "已成功儲存代理組態" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "已成功儲存提供者組態" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "已成功儲存路由組態" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "要現在設定郵件嗎？" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "要執行 %1 的組態嗎？" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "網路卡" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "數據機" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN 卡" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL 裝置" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "所有網路裝置" -#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service -#. -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#. -#. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1109 -msgid "" -"Network is currently handled by an unsupported network service\n" -"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3755,11 +3660,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"不建議使用 .local 作為網域名稱導致 Multicast DNS。自負風險使用使用它嗎？" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "不建議使用 .local 作為網域名稱導致 Multicast DNS。自負風險使用使用它嗎？" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -3936,8 +3838,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" @@ -4052,22 +3953,18 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"使用「在 NFSroot 時」與 <tt>「自動」</tt> 非常類似。不過此啟動模式的" -"介面無法\n" +"使用「在 NFSroot 時」與 <tt>「自動」</tt> 非常類似。不過此啟動模式的介面無法\n" "利用 <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> 關閉。 <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> 仍然有用。\n" "若您有 NFS 或 iSCSI 根檔案系統時即可使用此選項。\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4086,8 +3983,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" @@ -4182,7 +4078,7 @@ msgstr "IPv6 協定設定" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:815 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "啟用 IPv6" @@ -4227,9 +4123,7 @@ msgstr "確認網路重新啟動" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." msgstr "因為橋接網路，YaST 需要重新啟動網路以套用設定。" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name @@ -4269,7 +4163,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "更新組態" @@ -4342,62 +4236,62 @@ msgstr "正在更新 /etc/hosts ..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "正在啟始化網路組態" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "偵測網路裝置" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "讀取驅動程式資訊" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "讀取裝置組態" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "讀取網路組態" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "讀取防火牆設定" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "讀取主機名稱和 DNS 組態" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "讀取安裝資訊" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "讀取路由組態" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "偵測目前的狀態" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "正在偵測 ndiswrapper..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" @@ -4407,7 +4301,7 @@ "但核心模組未啟用偵測。\n" "您想要核心偵測 ndiswrapper 嗎？\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -4416,140 +4310,140 @@ "請手動檢查組態。\n" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "正在偵測網路裝置..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "正在讀取裝置組態..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "正在讀取網路組態..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "正在讀取防火牆設定..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "正在讀取主機名稱和 DNS 組態..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "正在讀取安裝資訊..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "正在讀取路由組態..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "正在偵測目前的狀態..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "要套用此變更需要重開機。" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "正在儲存網路組態" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "寫入驅動程式資訊" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "寫入裝置組態" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "寫入網路組態" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "寫入路由組態" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "寫入主機名稱和 DNS 組態" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "設定網路服務" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "寫入防火牆設定" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "啟用網路服務" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "正在寫入 /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "正在寫入裝置組態..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "正在寫入網路組態..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "正在寫入路由組態..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:577 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "正在寫入主機名稱和 DNS 組態..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:590 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "正在設定網路服務..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:598 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "正在寫入防火牆設定..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "正在啟用網路服務..." @@ -4557,97 +4451,104 @@ msgid "No network running" msgstr "沒有網路運作" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "網路模式" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "由 NetworkManager 控制介面" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:794 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "停用 NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:798 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "傳統網路設定使用 NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:801 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "啟用 NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:807 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "已啟用 IPv6 通訊協定的支援" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:809 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "停用 IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:813 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "已停用 IPv6 通訊協定的支援" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "未連線" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:183 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1238 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1242 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "開機時自動啟動" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "在電纜連線上自動啟動" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "由 NetworkManager 管理" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "完全不會啟動" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "手動啟動" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "指定 IP 位址使用" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP 位址： %1/%2" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP 位址：%1，子網路遮罩 %2" @@ -4655,47 +4556,42 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "未設定" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "設備名稱：%1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Bonding 從屬" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Bonding 主要" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "未連線" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1388 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "無硬體資訊" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1408 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"無法設定網路卡，因為核心裝置 (eth0, wlan0) 未出現。這很可能是因為遺失韌" -"體 (無線網路裝置) 所造成的。請參考 dmesg 輸出獲得更多的細節。" +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "無法設定網路卡，因為核心裝置 (eth0, wlan0) 未出現。這很可能是因為遺失韌體 (無線網路裝置) 所造成的。請參考 dmesg 輸出獲得更多的細節。" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4704,11 +4600,11 @@ "此裝置未組態。按 編輯\n" "來組態。\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "需要韌體" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "不明的" @@ -4805,17 +4701,17 @@ msgstr "IP 轉遞" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "自動指定區域" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "防火牆已停用" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(未受保護)" @@ -4841,26 +4737,14 @@ #~ msgstr "設備名稱" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~| "disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SSH 服務將被啟用，SSH 連接埠將被開啟 (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "disable_ssh_in_proposal\">停用並關閉</a>)" +#~| msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "SSH 服務將被啟用，SSH 連接埠將被開啟 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">停用並關閉</a>)" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~| "\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SSH 服務將被停用，SSH 連接埠將被關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "enable_ssh_in_proposal\">啟用並開啟</a>)" +#~| msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "SSH 服務將被停用，SSH 連接埠將被關閉 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">啟用並開啟</a>)" #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "一般網路設定(&N)" @@ -4946,8 +4830,7 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Bond 從屬" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." #~ msgstr "此裝置未組態。按 編輯 來設定。" #~ msgid "" @@ -5039,20 +4922,15 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " -#~ "to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " -#~ "VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "首先，請選擇PPP 模式。這可以是\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) 、 PPP over ATM (PPPoATM)、\n" -#~ "CAPI for ADSL 或 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol " -#~ "(PPTP)。\n" -#~ "使用 PPP over Ethernet 若您的 DSL 數據機是透過乙太網路連接至電" -#~ "腦，\n" -#~ "使用 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol 如果您想要連線到一台 VPN 伺" -#~ "服器。\n" +#~ "CAPI for ADSL 或 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)。\n" +#~ "使用 PPP over Ethernet 若您的 DSL 數據機是透過乙太網路連接至電腦，\n" +#~ "使用 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol 如果您想要連線到一台 VPN 伺服器。\n" #~ "若不確定要使用哪種模式，請詢問網路供應商。" #~ msgid "" @@ -5063,10 +4941,8 @@ #~ "乙太網路卡。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " -#~ "up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -5221,8 +5097,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>新增 ISDN 連線：</BIG> \n" #~ "如果您按「新增」，可設定 ISDN 撥號連線。\n" @@ -5249,8 +5124,7 @@ #~ msgstr "ISDN 詳細資訊設定" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "「遠端電話號碼清單」會控制允許哪些遠端機器\n" @@ -5264,34 +5138,29 @@ #~ "以允許所有的呼叫者 ID。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果回呼模式為「關閉」，會正常處理呼叫而不需要做特別的\n" #~ "處理。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果回呼模式是「伺服器」，在收到呼叫之後\n" #~ "會觸發回呼。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果回呼模式是「用戶端」，本地系統會處理起始呼叫，然後\n" #~ "等待遠端機器的回呼。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " -#~ "call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " -#~ "server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "「回呼延遲」是啟始呼叫與回呼 (伺服器) 或掛斷 (用戶端)\n" @@ -5333,8 +5202,7 @@ #~ msgstr "ISDN 服務選項" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -5353,8 +5221,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " -#~ "providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "若要在不同的網際網路供應商之間切換，\n" @@ -5400,20 +5267,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " -#~ "digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " -#~ "means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "我的電話號碼 -- 擁有電話號碼 (MSN) 時，如果 ISDN 卡直接連接到\n" #~ "電話公司提供的插槽中，\n" -#~ "則請加入此電話號碼 (不含區域號碼)。如果已連接到 PBX，請加入 PBX 中所儲存" -#~ "的 MSN\n" +#~ "則請加入此電話號碼 (不含區域號碼)。如果已連接到 PBX，請加入 PBX 中所儲存的 MSN\n" #~ "(例如，分機\n" #~ "或分機的最後一個數字)。若此作業失敗，請嘗試使用 0，此值一般表示\n" #~ "實際使用的預設 MSN。" @@ -5439,18 +5301,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " -#~ "channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " -#~ "automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " -#~ "goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -5471,8 +5330,7 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "選取\n" @@ -5598,8 +5456,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " -#~ "salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "若擁有舊的舊式 ISA 卡，則可輸入\n" #~ "IO 埠或記憶體位址和所使用之岔斷的值。\n" @@ -5623,8 +5480,7 @@ #~ "您的 ISDN 卡有多個驅動程式。\n" #~ "請從清單中選擇一個驅動程式。\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." #~ msgstr "ISDN 協定：在大部分的情況下，通訊協定是 Euro-ISDN。" #~ msgid "" @@ -5636,17 +5492,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " -#~ "one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "撥號前置號碼：如果需要前置號碼才能連線公共線路，\n" #~ "請在此輸入。這僅用於內部 S0 匯流排，而最常用的是 \"0\"。\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " -#~ "Log." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "若不想記錄所有的 ISDN 流量，請取消核取「啟動 ISDN 記錄」。" +#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." +#~ msgstr "若不想記錄所有的 ISDN 流量，請取消核取「啟動 ISDN 記錄」。" #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" #~ msgstr "ISDN 協定" @@ -5843,10 +5695,8 @@ #~ msgstr "輸入所有數據機組態值。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " -#~ "etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" #~ "「數據機裝置」指定數據機所連接的埠。ttyS0、\n" @@ -5862,12 +5712,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " -#~ "additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " -#~ "your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "選擇「撥號模式」 (根據您的電話連結)。大部分的電話\n" #~ "公司使用按鍵式撥號來做為撥號模式。選取其他的\n" @@ -5966,18 +5813,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " -#~ "Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " -#~ "there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" #~ "「依需求撥號」表示會在需要從網際網路取得\n" #~ "資料時，\n" -#~ "自動建立網際網路連接。若要使用此功能，請指定至少一個名稱伺服器。因" -#~ "為有許多程式會定期從網際網路取得資料，\n" +#~ "自動建立網際網路連接。若要使用此功能，請指定至少一個名稱伺服器。因為有許多程式會定期從網際網路取得資料，\n" #~ "所以只有在網路網際連接費用低廉時，\n" #~ "才可使用這個功能。" @@ -5999,8 +5842,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6010,10 +5852,8 @@ #~ "「DNS 修改」的情況下，才必須指定名稱伺服器。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " -#~ "dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " -#~ "this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "忽略提示 會停止偵測從撥入\n" @@ -6033,8 +5873,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "「閒置逾時」可指定多久時間之後會關閉閒置\n" #~ "連線 (0 表示連線不會逾時)。\n" @@ -6102,10 +5941,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " -#~ "case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果提供者為每個連接都指定一個暫時位址，\n" @@ -6115,10 +5952,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " -#~ "static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " -#~ "almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "建立連線之後，請核取「使用對等 DNS」變更\n" @@ -6127,16 +5962,14 @@ #~ "提供者皆支援使用對等 DNS。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " -#~ "special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果回呼模式為「關閉」，則會正常處理呼叫，而不需要做特別的\n" #~ "處理。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " -#~ "callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果回呼模式為「伺服器」，則在收到呼叫之後\n" @@ -6151,8 +5984,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " -#~ "reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "核取「預設路由」以設定這個提供者的\n" @@ -6306,8 +6138,7 @@ #~ msgstr "輸入供應商的「供應商名稱」。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "輸入提供者的「供應商名稱」和「電話號碼」\n" @@ -6315,8 +6146,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "選取封包封裝類型。\n" @@ -6343,8 +6173,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "延伸「使用者名稱」的方式是\n" @@ -6352,8 +6181,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" @@ -6438,8 +6266,7 @@ #~ "使用 KInternet (無網路管理員) 或在系統上儲存密碼。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " -#~ "field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6453,8 +6280,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "在「使用者名稱」欄位中，使用 Kamp 登入取代空格\n" #~ "(在 / 後面)。然後輸入密碼，\n" @@ -6465,14 +6291,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " -#~ "need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " -#~ "enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " -#~ "request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "在「使用者名稱」欄位中，以您的 AOL 登入取代\n" @@ -6487,8 +6309,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "在「使用者名稱」欄位中，使用 1&1 登入取代空格 (\n" @@ -6510,8 +6331,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "在「使用者名稱」欄位中，使用 T-Online Business 登入取代空格 (\n" @@ -6527,16 +6347,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " -#~ "will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>裝置控制</big>\n" #~ "通常只有系統管理員可以啟動及\n" -#~ "停用網路介面。使用 允許非 root 使用者經由 QInternet 進行裝置控制" -#~ "時，\n" +#~ "停用網路介面。使用 允許非 root 使用者經由 QInternet 進行裝置控制時，\n" #~ "一般使用者可透過 QInternet 來控制介面。這需要 \n" #~ "安裝與運行 smpppd。\n" @@ -6747,19 +6564,11 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall Settings" #~ msgstr "防火牆設定" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "防火牆將被啟用 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">停用</" -#~ "a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "防火牆將被啟用 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">停用</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "防火牆將被停用 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">啟用</" -#~ "a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "防火牆將被停用 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">啟用</a>)" #~ msgid "Password:" #~ msgstr "密碼：" @@ -6894,10 +6703,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings " -#~ "to take effect, \n" -#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings " -#~ "immediately. Please check \n" +#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" #~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "在此組態您的網際網路代理(快取)設定。\n" @@ -6913,8 +6720,7 @@ #~ "全球資訊網 (WWW)。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " -#~ "secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "HTTPS 代理 URL 是代理伺服器的名稱，用來安全地存取\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nfs.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nfs.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nfs.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-31 09:06+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -169,8 +169,7 @@ msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" "每一個NFS資源分享是透過遠端NFS伺服器主機位址和\n" @@ -181,8 +180,7 @@ #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" @@ -193,15 +191,12 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" "如果你欲存取NFSv4分享資源(NFSv4 是一個新的\n" -"NFS 協定版本), 請檢查 啟用 NFSv4 選項是否開啟. 在這個情況下, 你可能必" -"須要提供\n" +"NFS 協定版本), 請檢查 啟用 NFSv4 選項是否開啟. 在這個情況下, 你可能必須要提供\n" "具體的 NFSv4 領域名稱 , 需要正確的設定/目錄的存取\n" "權限.\n" @@ -329,8 +324,7 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nfs_server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nfs_server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nfs_server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-31 09:22+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -65,9 +65,7 @@ #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." msgstr "NFSv4 Idmapping 的指定領域，像是 'localdomain' 或 'abc.com' 等。" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 @@ -111,17 +109,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "未啟用 NFSv4 無法設定領域。請使用 'set enablev4' 指令。" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"指令 'set' 必須使用 'set 選項=值' 的格式。請使用 'set help' 取得關於選項的資" -"訊。" +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "指令 'set' 必須使用 'set 選項=值' 的格式。請使用 'set help' 取得關於選項的資訊。" #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -242,9 +235,7 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "無法讀取 /etc/idmapd.conf 檔案。將領域預設回「localdomain」。" #. Help, part 1 of 2 @@ -268,10 +259,8 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" "如果伺服器必須處理 NFSv4 用戶端，請啟用「啟用 NFSv4」選項，\n" "並在文字項目中填入 NFSv4 領域名稱，讓 id 映射精靈使用。請保留\n" @@ -281,13 +270,10 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"如果伺服器與用戶端必須使用 GSS 函式庫進行驗證，請啟用「啟用 GSS 安全" -"性」\n" -"的核取方塊。如果要能使用 GSS API，系統上目前必須有 kerberos 與 gssapi (nfs-" -"utils > 1.0.7)。\n" +"如果伺服器與用戶端必須使用 GSS 函式庫進行驗證，請啟用「啟用 GSS 安全性」\n" +"的核取方塊。如果要能使用 GSS API，系統上目前必須有 kerberos 與 gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)。\n" #. frame label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 @@ -340,8 +326,7 @@ #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" @@ -351,8 +336,7 @@ #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "請輸入星號 (<tt>*</tt>) 取代名稱以指定所有主機。" #. Help, part 4 of 4 @@ -467,11 +451,8 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"無法啟動 svcgssd。請確定您的 kerberos 與 gssapi (nfs-utils) 設定無誤。" +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "無法啟動 svcgssd。請確定您的 kerberos 與 gssapi (nfs-utils) 設定無誤。" #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy @@ -534,17 +515,12 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall" #~ msgstr "防火牆" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is " -#~ "marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "前一頁已經啟用 NFSv4 選項。請確定特定用戶端只有一個匯出的檔案系統標示" -#~ "了 fsid=0 選項。" +#~ msgid "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." +#~ msgstr "前一頁已經啟用 NFSv4 選項。請確定特定用戶端只有一個匯出的檔案系統標示了 fsid=0 選項。" #~ msgid "" #~ "In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n" -#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n" #~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use \n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nis.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nis.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nis.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-31 09:15+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nis_server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nis_server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/nis_server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-04 11:19+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: <zh(a)li.org>\n" @@ -165,8 +165,7 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" "選擇是否您的 passwd 檔應該與 shadow\n" @@ -223,12 +222,10 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"輸入 NIS 領域。如果此主機也是使用此機器為伺服器的 NIS 用戶端，請選" -"取\n" +"輸入 NIS 領域。如果此主機也是使用此機器為伺服器的 NIS 用戶端，請選取\n" "對應選項。\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -325,8 +322,7 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "防火牆設定 \n" @@ -409,18 +405,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"輸入主 NIS 伺服器的 NIS「領域」和 IP「位址」 或主機名稱。</" -"p>" +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "輸入主 NIS 伺服器的 NIS「領域」和 IP「位址」 或主機名稱。" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "如果此主機也是使用此機器為伺服器的 NIS 用戶端，請選取對應選項。" #. textentry label @@ -462,13 +452,8 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"在此處輸入要設定為 NIS 從屬伺服器的主機名稱。使用「新增」新增項目、" -"使用「編輯」變更現有的項目，以及使用「刪除」移除項目。" +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "在此處輸入要設定為 NIS 從屬伺服器的主機名稱。使用「新增」新增項目、使用「編輯」變更現有的項目，以及使用「刪除」移除項目。" #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ntp-client.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ntp-client.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/ntp-client.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-31 09:28+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -27,37 +27,21 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"按 立刻同步，使用選定的 NTP 伺服器來校正您的系統時間。如果您要持續" -"使用 NTP ，啟用 儲存 NTP 設定。" +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "按 立刻同步，使用選定的 NTP 伺服器來校正您的系統時間。如果您要持續使用 NTP ，啟用 儲存 NTP 設定。" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"啟用 執行 NTP 精靈 選項， NTP 服務將自動啟動為精靈。否則系統時間將" -"週期性的同步。預設時間間隔為 15 分鐘。在安裝 yast2 ntp-client 模組" -"後，您可以變更此選項。" +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "啟用 執行 NTP 精靈 選項， NTP 服務將自動啟動為精靈。否則系統時間將週期性的同步。預設時間間隔為 15 分鐘。在安裝 yast2 ntp-client 模組後，您可以變更此選項。" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "使用 設定 按鈕，開啟進階 NTP 設定。" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "與 NTP 伺服器同步只有在網路已設定的情況才能進行。" #. translators: error popup @@ -66,21 +50,20 @@ msgstr "無效的 NTP 伺服器主機名稱 %1" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "NTP 伺服器位址(&N)" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "背景執行 NTP 精靈(&R)" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "儲存 NTP 組態(&S)" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -93,7 +76,7 @@ msgstr "設定組態(&C)..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -103,20 +86,27 @@ "無法與 NTP 伺服器同步。\n" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "正在與 NTP 伺服器同步..." +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "無法建立與 LDAP 伺服器的連接。" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgid "" -"'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or " -"network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server " -"configuration?" -msgstr "" -"'測試查詢伺服器 '%1' 失敗。如果伺服器上不可存取或網路尚未設定，請按 '否' 來忽" -"略。重新造訪 NTP 伺服器設定嗎？" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +msgstr "'測試查詢伺服器 '%1' 失敗。如果伺服器上不可存取或網路尚未設定，請按 '否' 來忽略。重新造訪 NTP 伺服器設定嗎？" #. local clock type name #: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 @@ -627,10 +617,8 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>自動啟動 NTP 精靈</big> \n" @@ -654,20 +642,14 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>安全 NTP 組態</big> \n" -"選擇 限制 NTP 服務到已設定的伺服器，遠端主機將無法檢視或修改在您電腦上" -"的 \n" -"NTP 設定。NTP 服務被限制在<tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> 檔案中的伺服器和本機。" -" \n" -"存取控制旗標可以在伺服器概觀表格中微調。如果 NTP 是經由 DHCP 設定，此選項不" -"可用。\n" +"選擇 限制 NTP 服務到已設定的伺服器，遠端主機將無法檢視或修改在您電腦上的 \n" +"NTP 設定。NTP 服務被限制在<tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> 檔案中的伺服器和本機。 \n" +"存取控制旗標可以在伺服器概觀表格中微調。如果 NTP 是經由 DHCP 設定，此選項不可用。\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 @@ -689,8 +671,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" @@ -713,8 +694,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>進階組態</big> \n" @@ -745,8 +725,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -845,8 +824,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" @@ -859,8 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" @@ -958,8 +935,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>選取公用 NTP 伺服器</big> \n" @@ -1002,10 +978,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>使用隨機伺服器</big> \n" @@ -1018,10 +992,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>時鐘驅動程式校正</big> \n" @@ -1033,12 +1005,10 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" "如需選項意義的詳細資訊，請安裝套件\n" -"ntp-doc 並參閱 /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>。\n" +"ntp-doc 並參閱 /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm。\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 @@ -1383,117 +1353,120 @@ msgstr "正在讀取 NTP 設定..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "正在儲存 NTP 用戶端組態" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "寫入 NTP 設定" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "重新啟動 NTP 精靈" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在寫入設定..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "正在重新啟動 NTP 精靈..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "無法更新動態組態政策。" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "無法重新啟動 NTP 精靈。" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "啟動系統時會啟動 NTP 精靈。" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "不會自動啟動 NTP 精靈。" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "伺服器： %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "無線電時鐘： %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "對等： %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "廣播時間資訊的目標：%1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "接受廣播時間資訊的來源：%1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "結合靜態與 DHCP 組態" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "僅靜態組態。" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "自訂組態政策。" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "正在測試 NTP 伺服器..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "可連接伺服器且伺服器正確回應。" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "無法連接伺服器或伺服器沒有正確回應。" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/oneclickinstall.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/oneclickinstall.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/oneclickinstall.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oneclickinstall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 14:20+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -39,9 +39,7 @@ msgstr "要放入含 YMP 內容的檔案" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of One Click Install " -"instructions" +msgid "File containing internal representation of One Click Install instructions" msgstr "包含 單鍵安裝 指引內容的檔案" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 @@ -124,8 +122,7 @@ msgstr "此精靈將安裝軟體在您的電腦上。" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." msgstr "請參閱 http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install 獲取進一步的資訊。" #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * @@ -199,41 +196,28 @@ msgstr "安裝步驟" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " -"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "嘗試訂閱所需的套件庫發生錯誤。請再看看 yast2 的記錄以得到更多訊息。" #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "嘗試移除特定套件時發生錯誤。請再看看 yast2 的記錄以得到更多訊息。" #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "嘗試安裝特定樣式時發生錯誤。請再看看 yast2 的記錄以得到更多訊息。" #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "嘗試安裝特定套件時發生錯誤。請再看看 yast2 的記錄以得到更多訊息。" #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " -"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"嘗試取消訂閱安裝時所用的套件庫時發生錯誤。您可以自行在 YaST > 軟體套件庫中移" -"除。請再看看 yast2 的記錄以得到更多訊息。" +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "嘗試取消訂閱安裝時所用的套件庫時發生錯誤。您可以自行在 YaST > 軟體套件庫中移除。請再看看 yast2 的記錄以得到更多訊息。" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 msgid "No error occurred." @@ -270,8 +254,7 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." msgstr "您開啟的安裝連結/檔案未包含這個版本的 openSUSE 的指引。" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 @@ -301,9 +284,7 @@ msgstr "不要再問我這個問題" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." msgstr "這些套件庫只在安裝期間被加入，您不會繼續訂閱。" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 @@ -352,12 +333,8 @@ msgstr "安裝僅部份成功。" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" -"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "" -"安裝失敗。請查看在 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>的紀錄檔以獲得更多資訊。失敗" -"的步驟為：" +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "安裝失敗。請查看在 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>的紀錄檔以獲得更多資訊。失敗的步驟為：" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 msgid "Error Message" @@ -424,9 +401,7 @@ msgstr "不明的" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." msgstr "需要管理者 (root) 權限，可能是它未被提供或發生未知錯誤。" #~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed." Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/online-update-configuration.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/online-update-configuration.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/online-update-configuration.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-16 09:33+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/online-update.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/online-update.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/online-update.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-31 09:28+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -67,13 +67,8 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"系統正在啟始化安裝和更新套件庫。您可以在安裝來源模組中變更軟體套件" -"庫。" +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "系統正在啟始化安裝和更新套件庫。您可以在安裝來源模組中變更軟體套件庫。" #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -167,9 +162,7 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" msgstr "" "若出現與修補程式相關的特殊訊息，則於安裝修補程式後，\n" "這些訊息會顯示在額外的對話方塊中。\n" @@ -286,8 +279,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/opensuse_mirror.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/opensuse_mirror.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/opensuse_mirror.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "目錄" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Mirrored" @@ -40,11 +40,11 @@ #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "是" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "否" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 msgid "&Exit" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/packager.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/packager.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/packager.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 11:32+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 #: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "備份 %1 失敗。請參閱 %2 以取得詳細資訊。" #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 @@ -390,16 +390,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" msgstr "請選取您要用的線上套件庫，然後按「下一步」。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" msgstr "選擇您想要使用線上套件庫，然後按 結束。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 @@ -501,9 +497,7 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." msgstr "套件解析器執行失敗。請檢查您在 AutoYaST 設定檔中的軟體區段。" #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area @@ -528,7 +522,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在啟始化..." @@ -568,9 +562,7 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "安裝套件庫 - 此模組不支援指令行介面，請改用 '%1'代替。" #. pad to 3 characters @@ -593,7 +585,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL： %1" @@ -737,23 +729,15 @@ "在此對話中，管理已設定的軟體套件庫與服務。\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"服務 或 套件庫索引服務 (RIS) 是一個套件庫管理協定。服務可以" -"提供一個或多個軟體套件庫，他可以由服務管理員動態變更。" +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "服務 或 套件庫索引服務 (RIS) 是一個套件庫管理協定。服務可以提供一個或多個軟體套件庫，他可以由服務管理員動態變更。" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -801,11 +785,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -819,20 +800,14 @@ #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "套件庫的優先順序 \n" -"套件庫的優先順序是介於 0 (最高優先) 到 200 (最低優先)的整數。預設的優先順序" -"是 99。如果套件可由一個以上套件庫取得，將使用優先順序最高的。\n" +"套件庫的優先順序是介於 0 (最高優先) 到 200 (最低優先)的整數。預設的優先順序是 99。如果套件可由一個以上套件庫取得，將使用優先順序最高的。\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "在視窗上方選擇相應的選項在套件庫或服務導航。" #. help text, continued @@ -840,20 +815,15 @@ msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" "保留下載的套件 核取此選項保留下載的\n" "套件在本地快取，當套件需重新安裝時可以重複使用。\n" "如果未核取此選項，下載套件將在安裝後刪除。" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"預設的本地快取位在目錄 /var/cache/zypp/packages，此位置可以在 /" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf 檔案中更改。" +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "預設的本地快取位在目錄 /var/cache/zypp/packages，此位置可以在 /etc/zypp/zypp.conf 檔案中更改。" #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -866,7 +836,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "詳細資訊：" @@ -874,7 +844,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "再試一次？" @@ -982,8 +952,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "無法自動解決相依性。必須手動介入。" #. this is a heading @@ -998,9 +967,7 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "軟體安裝 - 此模組不支援指令行介面，請改用 '%1' 代替。" #. error message (%1 is a package file name) @@ -1141,8 +1108,7 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." msgstr "錯誤 -- MD5 總和不符 不應使用此媒體。" #. the correct MD5 is unknown @@ -1169,8 +1135,7 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "當安裝出現問題，\n" @@ -1180,8 +1145,7 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " @@ -1194,10 +1158,8 @@ #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "若媒體的檢查失敗，請勿繼續安裝。這可能會造成安裝失敗，\n" "或造成您的資料遺失。您應該更換損毀的媒體。\n" @@ -1213,25 +1175,19 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." msgstr "注意： 當媒體被系統使用時您無法變更他。" #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." msgstr "要在開始安裝檢查媒體，請用使用開機選單中的媒體檢查項目。" #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" "若您自行燒錄媒體，請使用燒錄軟體的 pad 選項。\n" "它可以在檢查期間，避免在媒體結尾處發生讀取錯誤。\n" @@ -1256,7 +1212,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "開始檢查(&S)" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "退出(&E)" @@ -1504,7 +1460,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1542,76 +1498,75 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "準備安裝系統時發生錯誤。" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "媒體上找不到控制檔案 %1。" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "無法使用附加產品。" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL：%2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL： %1，路徑： %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "附加產品" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "安裝套件庫也包含了列表中的附加套件庫。\n" "選擇您想要使用的。\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "選擇其他產品" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "新增所選產品(&P)" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "插入附加產品 CD" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "插入第一片安裝媒體。" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "無法新增產品 %1。" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "未知的產品" @@ -1697,7 +1652,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:989 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "全部" @@ -1706,168 +1661,195 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1116 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1368 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1420 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "下載 %1 (下載大小 %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1146 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (剩餘： %1%2 套件)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1179 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "正在下載套件..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1182 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (下載 %1 %2 套件)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "正在刪除 %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "正在安裝 %1 (安裝大小 %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "套用 delta RPM：%1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "您的電腦為 64 位元 x86-64 系統，但您正在嘗試安裝 32 位元的發行版本。" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "樣式清單說明安裝到系統後會有哪些功能。" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"此建議會報告將安裝到系統的檔案大小。然而系統會包含一些其他檔案(暫存和工作" -"檔)，所以使用的空間將會稍微比建議的數值多一些。因此在您開始安裝之前最好多預留" -"一些可用空間(最少 25% 或大約 300MB)。" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "此建議會報告將安裝到系統的檔案大小。然而系統會包含一些其他檔案(暫存和工作檔)，所以使用的空間將會稍微比建議的數值多一些。因此在您開始安裝之前最好多預留一些可用空間(最少 25% 或大約 300MB)。" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" " '下載大小' 的總和是從遠端(網路)套件庫的大小。此數值\n" "在網路連線緩慢或下載資料大小被限制時是很重要的。\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "軟體需求" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "產品： %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "系統類型： %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "樣式： " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "要安裝套件的大小：%1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "由遠端套件庫下載： %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "這些附加產品已被標示為自動移除：%1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "請連繫這些附加產品的供應商，請他提供新的安裝媒體。" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "連繫附加產品供應商以提供新的安裝媒體。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "錯誤：無法檢查目錄 %1(裝置 %2)的可用空間，無法開始安裝。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "警告：無法檢查目錄 %1 的可用空間 (裝置 %2)。" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "磁碟空間不足。" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "磁碟空間不足。請移除選擇中的某些套件。" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "分割區 %3 上僅有 %1 (%2%%) 可用空間。 " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed" +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "會安裝套件 %1" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "將更新 %1 個套件" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Products that must be installed" +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "必須被安裝的產品" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "在 '%1' 找不到套件庫。" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1876,31 +1858,31 @@ "伺服器下載更新的發行摘要。\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "正在整合已開機的媒體..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "無法整合 Service Pack 套件庫。" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "正在啟始化套件庫..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "插入 %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "找不到 %1 CD 1" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1909,7 +1891,7 @@ "請檢查記錄檔案 %1，以取得詳細資訊。" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1918,12 +1900,12 @@ "軟體需求將重新被呼叫。" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "正在評估套件選項..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1932,31 +1914,27 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:199 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "無法讀取授權檔案 %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:193 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"要正確顯示產品授權，當建構影像時，請將 license.tar.gz 檔案放在 live 媒體的根" -"目錄。" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "要正確顯示產品授權，當建構影像時，請將 license.tar.gz 檔案放在 live 媒體的根目錄。" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:337 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "語言(&L)" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:389 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "是，我同意「授權合約」的內容(&Y)" #. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:429 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" @@ -1967,7 +1945,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:435 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -1976,7 +1954,7 @@ "第一片媒體中找到 %1 檔" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:451 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1988,17 +1966,17 @@ #. dialog title #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:461 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1290 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "授權合約" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1083 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "確定要中止安裝附加產品？" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2007,7 +1985,7 @@ "確定要拒絕合約嗎？" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2016,7 +1994,7 @@ "的安裝。確定要拒絕合約嗎？" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1124 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "系統正在關閉..." @@ -2103,72 +2081,79 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Custom Registration Server" +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "自訂註冊伺服器" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "指定 URL(&U)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "FTP(&F)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "HTTP(&H)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTTPS(&P)..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "SMB/CIFS(&S)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "NFS(&N)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "CD(&C)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "DVD(&D)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "硬碟(&H)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "USB 大量儲存裝置 ( USB 隨身碟、磁碟)(&U)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "本機目錄(&L)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "本機 ISO 影像..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "下載套件庫描述檔(&D)" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2177,7 +2162,7 @@ " ISO 影像的檔案，請設定 ISO 影像。" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2186,86 +2171,86 @@ "設定組合中第一個媒體的位置。\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "伺服器名稱(&M)" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "目錄或 ISO 影像路徑(&P)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 影像(&I)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "NFS v4 協定(&F)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "裝載選項" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(預設)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "套件庫的 URL" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "通訊協定(&R)" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "套件庫的 URL(&U)" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "套件庫 URL" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS 伺服器" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD 或 DVD 媒體" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "硬碟" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB 隨身碟或磁碟" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "本機目錄" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "本機 ISO 影像" @@ -2274,62 +2259,59 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "伺服器和目錄" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "套件庫名稱不能是空白。" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "套件庫名稱" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>套件庫名稱</big> \n" "使用 套件庫名稱 以指定套件庫的名稱。如果空白，\n" "YaST 將使用產品名稱(如果有)或 URL 來當成名稱。\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "服務名稱(&S)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>服務庫名稱</big> \n" "使用 服務名稱 以指定服務的名稱。如果空白，\n" "YaST 將使用服務 URL 的一部份來當成名稱。\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL 不能是空白。" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL(&U)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2341,16 +2323,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "編輯部分 URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "編輯完整 URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2360,26 +2342,25 @@ "使用伺服器名稱與目錄或 ISO 影像路徑\n" "來指定 NFS 伺服器主機名稱與伺服器上的路徑。" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM(&C)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "DVD-ROM(&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2388,12 +2369,12 @@ "設定 CD-ROM 或 DVD-ROM 來指定媒體類型。" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO 影像檔" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2402,7 +2383,7 @@ "此目錄不存在。\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2411,7 +2392,7 @@ "此檔案不存在。\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2422,17 +2403,17 @@ "無論如何要使用它嗎？\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "目錄之路徑(&P)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "單純的 RPM 目錄(&P)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2447,20 +2428,20 @@ "選項。\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "USB 大量儲存裝置(&U)" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "檔案系統(&F)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "目錄(&C)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2480,7 +2461,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2491,11 +2472,11 @@ "請從選單中選取。\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "磁碟裝置(&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2514,12 +2495,12 @@ "選項。\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 影像的路徑(&P)" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2530,71 +2511,71 @@ "的路徑。" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "伺服器名稱(&N)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "埠(&P)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "共用(&S)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO 影像(&I)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "伺服器上的目錄(&D)" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "驗證(&T)" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "匿名(&A)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "工作群組或領域(&W)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "使用者名稱(&U)" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "密碼(&P)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "FTP(&F)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "HTTP(&T)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTTPS(&P)" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2602,8 +2583,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2620,10 +2600,9 @@ "ISO 影像的檔案，請設定 ISO 影像。\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" "對 HTTP/HTTPS 套件庫可以設定埠號。\n" @@ -2632,12 +2611,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2648,7 +2627,7 @@ "或硬碟。" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2659,7 +2638,7 @@ "請準備好產品 CD 組或 DVD。" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2674,7 +2653,7 @@ "則只需要基礎路徑。\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2687,30 +2666,29 @@ "例如 /data1/CD1。\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "選取媒體類型" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "插入附加產品 CD" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "插入附加產品 DVD" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "偵測不到任何 USB 磁碟。" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2333 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" @@ -2721,12 +2699,12 @@ "自動下載此檔案。\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "媒體類型" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2576 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 #, fuzzy msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "附加產品" @@ -2822,7 +2800,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "設定套件庫" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "要退出的磁碟機(&D)" @@ -2896,12 +2876,12 @@ "選取的套件庫無 URL。" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "正在收集所找到 %1 個服務的資訊..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2912,7 +2892,7 @@ "SuSEfirewall2 很可能封鎖網路掃描。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "在您的網路上找不到 SLP 套件庫。" @@ -3010,19 +2990,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all " -#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>套件搜尋</big> \n" -#~ "此 YaST 模組讓您能使用 Webpin 套件搜尋功能。它搜尋所有已知 " -#~ "openSUSE build-service 和 openSUSE 社群套件庫。\n" +#~ "此 YaST 模組讓您能使用 Webpin 套件搜尋功能。它搜尋所有已知 openSUSE build-service 和 openSUSE 社群套件庫。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>保全</big> 找到的軟體常常\n" #~ "不是此發行版本的一部份，是否值得信任取決於您自己。\n" @@ -3070,8 +3046,7 @@ #~ "遠端伺服器回應錯誤碼 %1" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the " -#~ "Internet.\n" +#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n" #~ "Click on the repository to see its details.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "在此您可以看到從網路下載的預設線上套件庫。\n" @@ -3084,9 +3059,7 @@ #~ "如果您想要使用線上套件庫，\n" #~ "選擇您想要的然後按 下一步\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please wait while the repository manager downloads the repository " -#~ "details..." +#~ msgid "Please wait while the repository manager downloads the repository details..." #~ msgstr "套件庫管理員正在下載套件庫詳細資料，請稍後..." #~ msgid "Reading package information. One moment please..." @@ -3099,10 +3072,8 @@ #~ msgstr "搜尋範圍(&I)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " -#~ "They are\n" -#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a " -#~ "connection\n" +#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server." #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/pam.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/pam.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/pam.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-06-05 18:04+02:00\n" "Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" "Language-Team: 中華 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/pkg-bindings.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/pkg-bindings.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/pkg-bindings.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 01:01+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -25,48 +25,26 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>正在載入可用的套件</BIG>正在由已組態的套件庫中載入可用" -"物件。這會花上一些時間..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." +msgstr "<BIG>正在載入可用的套件</BIG>正在由已組態的套件庫中載入可用物件。這會花上一些時間..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>正在載入已安裝的套件<BIG>套件管理員正在讀取已安裝套" -"件..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." +msgstr "<BIG>正在載入已安裝的套件<BIG>套件管理員正在讀取已安裝套件..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>註冊新的套件庫</BIG>已經註冊一個新的套件庫。套件管理員" -"正在讀取套件庫中可用套件的清單..." +msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." +msgstr "<BIG>註冊新的套件庫</BIG>已經註冊一個新的套件庫。套件管理員正在讀取套件庫中可用套件的清單..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>正在儲存套件庫</BIG>套件管理員正在更新已設定的套件庫..." -"" +msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." +msgstr "<BIG>正在儲存套件庫</BIG>套件管理員正在更新已設定的套件庫..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>正在重新整理套件庫</BIG>套件管理員正在更新套件庫內容..." -"" +msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." +msgstr "<BIG>正在重新整理套件庫</BIG>套件管理員正在更新套件庫內容..." #. error message #: src/Package.cc:651 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/printer.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/printer.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/printer.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-16 11:46+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -69,19 +69,16 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." msgstr "無法設定印表機 (未安裝所需的套件 cups-client)。" #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." msgstr "無法設定本地印表機 (所需的套件 cups 未安裝)。" #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." msgstr "沒有可存取的本地印表機 (使用遠端 CUPS 伺服器 '%1' 來列印)。" #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: @@ -186,17 +183,14 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "指定當插入裝置時是否要進行自動 USB 印表機組態" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" msgstr "使用套件 udev-configure-printer 進行自動 USB 印表機組態(&U)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -215,9 +209,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." msgstr "遠端 CUPS 伺服器設定和本地系統的印表機自動組態設定衝突。" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system @@ -504,9 +496,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." msgstr "佇列名稱僅能使用字母(a-z 和 A-Z), 數字 (0-9), 和底線 '_' 。" #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: @@ -529,12 +519,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"如果下一個對話框未如預期的顯示新的印表機組態設定，稍候片刻並使用 '重新整理清" -"單' 按鈕。" +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "如果下一個對話框未如預期的顯示新的印表機組態設定，稍候片刻並使用 '重新整理清單' 按鈕。" #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -580,9 +566,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" msgstr "未使用驅動程式(它是一個 'raw' 佇列或使用系統 V 類型介面程序)" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 @@ -634,11 +618,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"如果下一個對話框未如預期的顯示修改，稍候片刻並使用 '重新整理清單' 按鈕。" +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "如果下一個對話框未如預期的顯示修改，稍候片刻並使用 '重新整理清單' 按鈕。" #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: @@ -663,8 +644,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" msgstr "如果沒有設定 'raw 佇列'，保留型號或選擇一個印表機廠商(&M)" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: @@ -786,8 +766,7 @@ msgstr "停止位元(&T)" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." msgstr "要存取藍芽印表機，必須安裝 bluez-cups 套件。" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it @@ -868,9 +847,7 @@ msgstr "URI (參閱印表機手冊)[加密位址]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." msgstr "要存取 SMB 印表機分享，需要安裝 samba-client 套件。" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it @@ -1193,8 +1170,7 @@ msgstr "'space' parity 檢查僅被 7 資料位元支援。" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." msgstr "'mark' parity 檢查僅被 7 資料位元和 1 停止位元支援。" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 @@ -1357,9 +1333,7 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." msgstr "要支援 Active Directory (R)，需要安裝 samba-krb-printing 套件。" #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: @@ -1551,8 +1525,7 @@ #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "印表機描述檔和規格不符。" #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: @@ -1563,8 +1536,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." msgstr "不符合規格的印表機描述檔可能導致任意的錯誤。" #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 @@ -1618,14 +1590,12 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1637,8 +1607,7 @@ "同一台印表機裝置可能會有好幾個不同的\n" "列印佇列。\n" "例如，對一台彩色印表機有第二個只有單色驅動程式的佇列，\n" -"或一台 PostScript+PCL 印表機會有一個 PostScript 佇列和一個有 PCL 驅動程式的佇" -"列。\n" +"或一台 PostScript+PCL 印表機會有一個 PostScript 佇列和一個有 PCL 驅動程式的佇列。\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 2/7: @@ -1764,19 +1733,14 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -" \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1789,8 +1753,7 @@ "通常需要數個列印佇列。\n" "例如，在一台彩色印表機需要有第二個只有單色驅動程式的佇列\n" "來強迫列印單純的黑色。\n" -"或一台 PostScript+PCL 印表機會有一個 PostScript 佇列和一個有 PCL 驅動程式的佇" -"列，\n" +"或一台 PostScript+PCL 印表機會有一個 PostScript 佇列和一個有 PCL 驅動程式的佇列，\n" "因為經由 PCL 驅動程式列印通常比較快速(但品質較遜色)。\n" "" @@ -1816,8 +1779,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1825,10 +1787,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1854,8 +1814,7 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1880,8 +1839,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -2034,8 +1992,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2043,10 +2000,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2126,12 +2081,9 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2140,8 +2092,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -" \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2149,8 +2100,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2165,10 +2115,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2275,8 +2223,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" @@ -2294,24 +2241,19 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -" \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2429,10 +2371,8 @@ "Example device URIs: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " -"installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the " -"data\n" +"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" "to a bluetooth printer.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2441,8 +2381,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2490,8 +2429,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2534,8 +2472,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:" -"Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2603,12 +2540,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -2618,8 +2553,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -" \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -2675,10 +2609,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -" \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -2712,8 +2644,7 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" @@ -2733,17 +2664,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -" \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2854,8 +2782,7 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2988,8 +2915,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3041,8 +2967,7 @@ #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "一個無法存取的伺服器會導致無窮盡的延遲與失敗。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. @@ -3070,8 +2995,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "這是一個遠端設定。只有本地組態設定可被刪除。" #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 @@ -3080,9 +3004,7 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "所選定的組態設定會立刻被刪除且無法復原。" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: @@ -3138,9 +3060,7 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "還有待列印的工作，這些可能需要刪除才能印出測試頁。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -3273,8 +3193,7 @@ msgstr "若需完整紀錄，請參閱 /var/log/cups/error_log 檔。" #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "進行測試列印 %1 時的 CUPS 紀錄資訊 (僅有英文)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, @@ -3285,9 +3204,7 @@ #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "當經由遠端系統列印失敗，您可以詢問遠端系統的管理者。" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: @@ -3301,8 +3218,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "這是遠端設定。只有本地設定可被修改。" #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy @@ -3359,9 +3275,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." msgstr "遠端 CUPS 伺服器設定和本地系統的設定政策衝突。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. @@ -3604,8 +3518,7 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -3690,17 +3603,14 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "允許從這些 IP 位址或網路/網路遮罩的存取 (用空白分隔)(&N)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "公佈到這些 IP 位址或網路廣播位址 (用空白分隔)(&B)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default @@ -3762,9 +3672,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." msgstr "遠端 CUPS 伺服器設定和分享本地印表機設定衝突。" #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. @@ -4182,8 +4090,7 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "已啟動的 hp-setup。\n" "在您進行印表機組態之前必須先結束 hp-setup。\n" @@ -4203,15 +4110,12 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." msgstr "未安裝需要的套件 %1，也沒有可用的套件庫來安裝此套件。" #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "未安裝需要的套件 %1，也無法用套件庫安裝。" #. Only a simple message because: @@ -4386,22 +4290,17 @@ #~ msgid "not set" #~ msgstr "未設定" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgstr "在 /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf 設定 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' 失敗" #~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgstr "在 /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf 設定 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' 失敗" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在 /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf 設定 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' 失敗" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "在 /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf 設定 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' 失敗" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在 /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf 設定 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' 失敗" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "在 /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf 設定 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' 失敗" #~ msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgstr "在 /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf 設定 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' 失敗" @@ -4417,12 +4316,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally " -#~ "use\n" +#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally use\n" #~ "another kind of print server (e.g. print via a Windows/SMB server\n" #~ "or print via a traditional Unix LPR server) or if you must access\n" -#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print " -#~ "queue\n" +#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print queue\n" #~ "on your host.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -4451,10 +4348,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS " -#~ "server,\n" -#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on " -#~ "your host.\n" +#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" +#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" #~ "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/product-creator.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/product-creator.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/product-creator.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 22:24+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -540,17 +540,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." msgstr "使用 編輯 以變更選定影像的組態或建立影像。" #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." msgstr "刪除選定組態的目錄，使用 刪除." #. help text, %1 is directory @@ -849,8 +845,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -888,8 +883,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>簽署</big> \n" @@ -901,15 +895,9 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information." -msgstr "" -"如果此產品未被簽署，YaST 會自動加入選項 'Insecure: 1' 到 linuxrc 設定檔" -"中，否則 linuxrc 會在開機時拒絕載入未被簽署的安裝系統。請參閱 http://en." -"opensuse.org/Linuxrc 取得更多資訊。" +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." +msgstr "如果此產品未被簽署，YaST 會自動加入選項 'Insecure: 1' 到 linuxrc 設定檔中，否則 linuxrc 會在開機時拒絕載入未被簽署的安裝系統。請參閱 http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc 取得更多資訊。" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" @@ -977,8 +965,7 @@ msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "例如，\n" "設定光碟的自動安裝，並指定安裝\n" @@ -1056,16 +1043,13 @@ msgid "" "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product." -msgstr "" -"使用 建立影像 使用您選擇的產品建立 ISO 影像或安裝套件庫目錄。" +msgstr "使用 建立影像 使用您選擇的產品建立 ISO 影像或安裝套件庫目錄。" #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." msgstr "" "按 使用 KIWI 建立影像 以使用 KIWI 影像系統對各種\n" "類型的影像(像是 Live 媒體或 Xen 影像)進行進一步設定。" @@ -1122,14 +1106,11 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -1178,10 +1159,8 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" "其中一個使用的套件庫必須標示為基礎產品。\n" @@ -1190,16 +1169,13 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." msgstr "其他套件庫將視為基礎套件庫的附加。" #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1377,16 +1353,12 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1515,9 +1487,7 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." msgstr "" #. tab header @@ -1534,8 +1504,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." msgstr "" #. combo box label @@ -1555,11 +1524,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." -msgstr "" -"在 忽略的軟體，輸入每一個內容 (像是 'smtp_daemon') 每行一個" +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." +msgstr "在 忽略的軟體，輸入每一個內容 (像是 'smtp_daemon') 每行一個" #. label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 @@ -1568,11 +1534,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." -msgstr "" -"每個 要刪除的套件 的內容是將要從目標影像中反安裝的套件名稱。" +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." +msgstr "每個 要刪除的套件 的內容是將要從目標影像中反安裝的套件名稱。" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 @@ -1592,8 +1555,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" #. combo box label (MB/GB values) @@ -1614,9 +1576,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1644,13 +1604,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"定義路徑指向 系統組態的目錄 (即 <tt>root</tt> 目錄)。輸入的目錄將" -"使用 <tt>cp -a</tt> 複製到影像樹的 root 。" +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "定義路徑指向 系統組態的目錄 (即 <tt>root</tt> 目錄)。輸入的目錄將使用 <tt>cp -a</tt> 複製到影像樹的 root 。" #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 @@ -1664,13 +1619,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"設定 系統組態的目錄 (即 <tt>root</tt> 目錄)。輸入的目錄將使用 " -"<tt>cp -a</tt> 複製到影像樹的 root 。" +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "設定 系統組態的目錄 (即 <tt>root</tt> 目錄)。輸入的目錄將使用 <tt>cp -a</tt> 複製到影像樹的 root 。" #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 @@ -1684,13 +1634,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." -msgstr "" -"設定 程序檔目錄 (即 <tt>config</tt> 目錄)。它包含了安裝所有影響套" -"件後要執行的程序。" +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "設定 程序檔目錄 (即 <tt>config</tt> 目錄)。它包含了安裝所有影響套件後要執行的程序。" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 @@ -1710,13 +1655,8 @@ msgstr "影像組態程序檔(&M)" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." -msgstr "" -"編輯您的 影像組態程序，取名為 <tt>config.sh</tt>。這個程序將在安" -"裝完成後、套件程序前執行。" +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." +msgstr "編輯您的 影像組態程序，取名為 <tt>config.sh</tt>。這個程序將在安裝完成後、套件程序前執行。" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 @@ -1724,13 +1664,8 @@ msgstr "含有程序檔的目錄路徑(&T)" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"選項 程序目錄 (<tt>config</tt> 目錄) 包含了安裝所有影像套件之後要執" -"行的程序。" +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "選項 程序目錄 (<tt>config</tt> 目錄) 包含了安裝所有影像套件之後要執行的程序。" #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 @@ -1743,12 +1678,8 @@ msgstr "清除程序檔(&L)" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "" -"編輯您的 清理程序 (<tt>images.sh</tt>)。這個程序將在影像建立步驟開" -"始時執行。" +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "編輯您的 清理程序 (<tt>images.sh</tt>)。這個程序將在影像建立步驟開始時執行。" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 @@ -1762,11 +1693,8 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image Specification." -msgstr "" -"設定此影像的 作者 、 連絡資訊 和影像的 特色。" +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." +msgstr "設定此影像的 作者 、 連絡資訊 和影像的 特色。" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 @@ -1790,9 +1718,7 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1802,9 +1728,7 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1814,9 +1738,7 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." msgstr "" #. general help for users tab @@ -1858,8 +1780,7 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" "為每位使用者指定 名稱，密碼， 家目錄和使用者\n" @@ -1892,17 +1813,12 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"輸入您的影像組態的名稱，基於從選單中的組態樣板或含有現存組態的目錄。" +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." +msgstr "輸入您的影像組態的名稱，基於從選單中的組態樣板或含有現存組態的目錄。" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." msgstr "放置自訂組態樣板於 <tt>%1</tt>目錄。" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. @@ -1917,13 +1833,8 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." -msgstr "" -"修改將用來建立影像的 套件庫 列表。使用 由系統中新增 來新增一" -"個現存系統的套件庫。" +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." +msgstr "修改將用來建立影像的 套件庫 列表。使用 由系統中新增 來新增一個現存系統的套件庫。" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 @@ -1944,9 +1855,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." msgstr "選擇不包含可用系統組態描述的目錄" #. busy popup Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/proxy.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/proxy.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/proxy.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-06-05 18:04+02:00\n" "Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" "Language-Team: 中華 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -200,10 +200,8 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" @@ -221,8 +219,7 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" "HTTPS 代理 URL 是代理伺服器的名稱，用來安全地存取\n" @@ -276,8 +273,7 @@ msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" "如果您使用需要權限的代理伺服器，請輸入\n" "「代理使用者名稱」和「代理密碼」。有效的使用者名稱\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/qt-pkg.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/qt-pkg.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/qt-pkg.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 22:32+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -306,20 +306,12 @@ msgstr "取消(&A)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">取消切換</a> 系統套件到套件庫 " -"%2 的版本" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">取消切換</a> 系統套件到套件庫 %2 的版本" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">切換系統套件</a> 到此套件庫 (%2) 的版本</" -"p>" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">切換系統套件</a> 到此套件庫 (%2) 的版本" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -349,15 +341,8 @@ msgstr "錯誤：磁碟空間不足！" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"如果您知道如何進行，可以選擇繼續安裝，但是可能會造成系統毀損而需要手動修" -"復。如果您不是完全確定如何處理這類問題，立即按「取消」並取消選取一些套" -"件。" +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "如果您知道如何進行，可以選擇繼續安裝，但是可能會造成系統毀損而需要手動修復。如果您不是完全確定如何處理這類問題，立即按「取消」並取消選取一些套件。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -381,9 +366,7 @@ msgstr "自動變更" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "除了手動的選項外，已變更下列套件，以解決依存度：" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 @@ -397,9 +380,7 @@ msgstr "不支援的套件" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." msgstr "請您瞭解，下列所選的軟體為不支援的，或是需要額外的客戶連絡來尋求支援。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 @@ -413,9 +394,7 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." msgstr "注意事項：這僅是簡短綜覽。請參閱手冊瞭解詳細資訊。" #. Help specific to online update mode @@ -424,174 +403,92 @@ msgstr "您可以在此對話方塊中選取要下載、安裝的修補程式。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"左邊的清單包含可用的修補程式，以及相關的修補程式類型 (安全性、建議或選擇性項" -"目) 和 (預估) 下載大小。" +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "左邊的清單包含可用的修補程式，以及相關的修補程式類型 (安全性、建議或選擇性項目) 和 (預估) 下載大小。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" -"b> check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"此清單通常僅包含系統中尚未安裝的修補程式。使用清單底下的「包含已安裝的修補" -"程式」核取方塊，可以變更清單內容。" +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +msgstr "此清單通常僅包含系統中尚未安裝的修補程式。使用清單底下的「包含已安裝的修補程式」核取方塊，可以變更清單內容。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"「修補程式描述」欄位包含目前所選修補程式較長的解說。按一下清單中的修補" -"程式，在此檢視它的描述。" +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "「修補程式描述」欄位包含目前所選修補程式較長的解說。按一下清單中的修補程式，在此檢視它的描述。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"右邊的套件清單會顯示目前所選修補程式的內容，例如其所包含的套件。您無法安裝或" -"刪除修補程式中的個別套件，僅能安裝整個修補程式。這是為了避免造成系統不一致。" +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "右邊的套件清單會顯示目前所選修補程式的內容，例如其所包含的套件。您無法安裝或刪除修補程式中的個別套件，僅能安裝整個修補程式。這是為了避免造成系統不一致。" #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"除了修補程式，您還可以從左上方的「過濾器」的其他過濾器檢視中選" -"取其中一種：" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "除了修補程式，您還可以從左上方的「過濾器」的其他過濾器檢視中選取其中一種：" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"在此對話方塊中，選取要安裝、更新或刪除的套件。您可以選取個別套件或整個套件" -"「選項」。" +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "在此對話方塊中，選取要安裝、更新或刪除的套件。您可以選取個別套件或整個套件「選項」。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." msgstr "按一下套件或選項的狀態圖示變更狀態，或在上面按滑鼠右鍵開啟快顯功能表。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"使用「檢查依存度」按鈕可解決套件依存度。有些套件需要其他套件才能安裝。" -"而有些套件也只有在某些其他套件沒有安裝時才能安裝。此項檢查將自動標示安裝的必" -"要套件，而且如果有依存度衝突時，將會警告您。" +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "使用「檢查依存度」按鈕可解決套件依存度。有些套件需要其他套件才能安裝。而有些套件也只有在某些其他套件沒有安裝時才能安裝。此項檢查將自動標示安裝的必要套件，而且如果有依存度衝突時，將會警告您。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." msgstr "以「接受」選項離開此對話方塊時，將會自動執行此檢查。" #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" msgstr "使用左上角的「過濾器」組合方塊選取其中一個可用的過濾器檢視：" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." msgstr "「選項」會顯示一些邏輯上同屬之預先定義套件集。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"使用選項旁邊的核取方塊，選取全部。也可以在右邊的套件清單中選取或取消選取個別" -"的套件。" +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "使用選項旁邊的核取方塊，選取全部。也可以在右邊的套件清單中選取或取消選取個別的套件。" #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"「套件群組」會依類別顯示套件。您可以展開和摺疊樹目錄項目，縮小或歸納類" -"別。在右邊的套件清單中按一下任何類別，顯示其中的套件。" +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "「套件群組」會依類別顯示套件。您可以展開和摺疊樹目錄項目，縮小或歸納類別。在右邊的套件清單中按一下任何類別，顯示其中的套件。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -" 提示： 清單最尾端有「zzz 全部」項目，表示將顯示所有套件。如果電腦較" -"慢，可能需費時幾秒鐘。" +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " 提示： 清單最尾端有「zzz 全部」項目，表示將顯示所有套件。如果電腦較慢，可能需費時幾秒鐘。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"「搜尋」允許您搜尋符合各種標準的套件。如果知道套件名稱，通常最容易找到" -"套件。" +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "「搜尋」允許您搜尋符合各種標準的套件。如果知道套件名稱，通常最容易找到套件。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "" -"提示：也可使用此方式找出包含特定文件庫的套件。在「提供」 RPM 欄" -"位中搜尋。" +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "提示：也可使用此方式找出包含特定文件庫的套件。在「提供」 RPM 欄位中搜尋。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"「安裝摘要」預設會顯示系統的變更 -- 將安裝、刪除或更新哪些套件。" +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "「安裝摘要」預設會顯示系統的變更 -- 將安裝、刪除或更新哪些套件。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " -"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"通常比較好的做法為使用「檢查依存度」、切換到「安裝摘要」後，再" -"按一下「接受」。這樣您可以看到將對系統做的所有變更。" +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "通常比較好的做法為使用「檢查依存度」、切換到「安裝摘要」後，再按一下「接受」。這樣您可以看到將對系統做的所有變更。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." msgstr "您也可以明確選取在此所見的套件及其狀態；請使用左邊的核取方塊。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"提示：您也可以回復此過濾器的作用。您會看到系統上哪些套件會維持相同狀" -"態；只需選取「保留」並取消選取所有其他項目。" +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "提示：您也可以回復此過濾器的作用。您會看到系統上哪些套件會維持相同狀態；只需選取「保留」並取消選取所有其他項目。" #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -641,9 +538,7 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." msgstr "這個套件已經安裝。更新或重新安裝它 (如果版本相同)。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -666,18 +561,11 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"未安裝此套件，而且任何情況下都不要安裝，因為其他套件可能擁有或取得未解決的依" -"存度。" +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "未安裝此套件，而且任何情況下都不要安裝，因為其他套件可能擁有或取得未解決的依存度。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." msgstr "設定為「禁用」的套件會視為不存在於任何安裝媒體上。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -687,16 +575,11 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"已安裝此套件，而且不應該修改，因為其他套件可能擁有或取得未解決的依存度。" +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "已安裝此套件，而且不應該修改，因為其他套件可能擁有或取得未解決的依存度。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." msgstr "對於不應該由隨附的較新版本覆寫的協力廠商套件，請使用此狀態。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -707,14 +590,11 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." msgstr "將自動安裝此套件，因為有些其他套件需要它。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." msgstr "提示： 您可能需要使用「禁用」來移除這類套件。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -725,9 +605,7 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." msgstr "已安裝此套件，但是有些其他套件需要較新版本，因此會自動更新。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -738,9 +616,7 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." msgstr "已安裝此套件，但是套件依存度要求刪除它。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 @@ -765,12 +641,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"取得此套件。如果尚未安裝它，請安裝。如果已安裝且有更新版本，則請更新為最新版" -"本。" +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "取得此套件。如果尚未安裝它，請安裝。如果已安裝且有更新版本，則請更新為最新版本。" #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -779,18 +651,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"移除此套件。如果尚未安裝它，則將其標示為「不要安裝」。如果已安裝，則請刪除" -"它。" +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "移除此套件。如果尚未安裝它，則將其標示為「不要安裝」。如果已安裝，則請刪除它。" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." msgstr "如果已安裝此套件但有更新版本時，請更新它。忽略沒有安裝的套件。" #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -800,22 +666,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"復原上述 \">\" 的作用：如果套件目前是設定為「更新」，則將其設定為「保留」。忽" -"略所有其他套件。" +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "復原上述 \">\" 的作用：如果套件目前是設定為「更新」，則將其設定為「保留」。忽略所有其他套件。" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"若尚未安裝此套件，請將其設定為「禁用」：確定不會安裝此套件，因為其他套件可能" -"擁有或取得未解決的依存度。" +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "若尚未安裝此套件，請將其設定為「禁用」：確定不會安裝此套件，因為其他套件可能擁有或取得未解決的依存度。" #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -824,18 +681,11 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"如果尚未安裝此套件，請將其設定為「保護的」：確定不會修改此套件，因為其他套件" -"可能擁有或取得未解決的依存度。" +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "如果尚未安裝此套件，請將其設定為「保護的」：確定不會修改此套件，因為其他套件可能擁有或取得未解決的依存度。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." msgstr "對於不應該由隨附的較新版本覆寫的協力廠商套件，請使用此狀態。" #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 @@ -896,12 +746,8 @@ msgstr "建立相依性解析程式測試個案" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"使用此功能產生大量記錄以協助追蹤相依性解析程式中的錯誤。記錄會存放在目錄 " -" <tt>%1</tt> 中" +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "使用此功能產生大量記錄以協助追蹤相依性解析程式中的錯誤。記錄會存放在目錄 <tt>%1</tt> 中" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -909,12 +755,8 @@ msgstr "解析程式測試個案" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"相依性解析程式測試個案寫入 <tt>%1</tt>準備將 <tt>y2logs.tgz " -"tar</tt> 歸檔附加至 Bugzilla？" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "相依性解析程式測試個案寫入 <tt>%1</tt>準備將 <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> 歸檔附加至 Bugzilla？" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -923,12 +765,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"建立相依性解析程式時發生錯誤請檢查磁碟空間和 <tt>%1</tt> 的" -"許可權" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "建立相依性解析程式時發生錯誤請檢查磁碟空間和 <tt>%1</tt> 的許可權" #. startsWith #. filter Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/qt.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/qt.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/qt.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-24 10:21+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: <zh(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/rdp.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/rdp.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/rdp.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-06-05 18:04+02:00\n" "Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" "Language-Team: 中華 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -91,8 +91,7 @@ "如果開啟此功能，您能夠\n" "從另一台機器遠端管理此機器。使用 VNC\n" "用戶端，如 krdc (連線到 <tt><主機名稱>:%1</tt>)、或\n" -"可以使用 Java 相容的網頁瀏覽器 (連線到 <tt>http://<主機名稱>:%2/</" -"tt>)。\n" +"可以使用 Java 相容的網頁瀏覽器 (連線到 <tt>http://<主機名稱>:%2/</tt>)。\n" "這種遠端管理型態的安全性比使用 SSH 低。\n" #. Dialog frame title Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/rear.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/rear.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/rear.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-06-05 18:04+02:00\n" "Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" "Language-Team: 中華 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,9 +46,7 @@ msgstr "此系統不支援 ACPI 或 APM。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 @@ -134,56 +132,35 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.</" -"p>" +msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." msgstr "在此設定電腦的紅外線介面 (IrDA)。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "" -"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want " -"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "" -"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have " -"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " -"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " -"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "" -"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"Rescan USB Devices." +msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten." +msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "" -"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " -"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "" -"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's " -"output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " -"your system!" +msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "" -"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes " -"the configuration dialog without saving." +msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." msgstr "" #. prepare advanced menu @@ -256,9 +233,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/registration.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/registration.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/registration.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 22:38+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -22,80 +22,94 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "區域註冊伺服器" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:63 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "使用自訂註冊伺服器" #. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:98 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 #, fuzzy msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "Novell 客戶中心組態" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:55 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "區域註冊伺服器" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:149 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) -#. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:158 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:201 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "註冊代碼" +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "正在更新 /etc/hosts ..." + #. display the registration update dialog #. dialog title #. dialog title #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:308 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:555 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:587 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration" msgstr "註冊代碼" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "組態名稱遺失。" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "組態名稱遺失。" + #. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:245 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -103,51 +117,55 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 msgid "" -"If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:264 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Novell 客戶中心組態" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:273 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:542 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:280 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Email Address:" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "電子郵件地址 (&E)：" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:282 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "註冊代碼" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "區域註冊伺服器" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:291 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "註冊" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:333 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -155,35 +173,29 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:391 -msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." -msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:396 -msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." -msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." -msgstr[0] "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:421 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "註冊模組說明" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:503 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "註冊模組說明" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:516 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" -msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait, while volumes are being detected." +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "正在偵測區塊，請稍候。" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:531 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -195,142 +207,89 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:545 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Again" msgstr "註冊新的使用者" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:548 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "您的系統已可使用。" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:581 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "註冊代碼" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "註冊成功。" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 #, fuzzy -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "註冊代碼" +#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "下載 SMT 憑證檔案失敗" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 #, fuzzy -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "註冊代碼" +#| msgid "Import Certificate" +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "匯入憑證" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "產品註冊" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." -msgstr "" -"產品註冊會將您的產品包含至 Novell 資料庫中，讓您可以取得線上更新和技術支" -"援。若要在自動安裝期間同時進行註冊，請選取「執行產品註冊」。若要簡化這" -"個程序，請使用「硬體設定檔」和「選擇性資訊」來包含您的系統資" -"訊。" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "" -"如果您的網路配置了自訂的 SMT 伺服器，請在 SMT 伺服器設定設定 SMT 伺" -"服器的 URL 和 SMT 認証位置。請參閱您的 SMT 手冊獲得更多幫助。" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Register the Product" -msgstr "註冊代碼" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" - -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "SMT 伺服器設定" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "區域註冊伺服器" - -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" -msgstr "" - -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" -msgstr "伺服器 CA 憑證:" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Register Add-ons..." -msgstr "註冊代碼" - -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" -msgstr "" - #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" @@ -348,8 +307,9 @@ #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 #, fuzzy -msgid "Email: %s" -msgstr "詳細資料..." +#| msgid "&Email Address:" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "電子郵件地址 (&E)：" #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 #, fuzzy @@ -357,8 +317,10 @@ msgstr "組態名稱遺失。" #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 -msgid "Install Available Patches" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installed (Available)" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "已安裝(可用)" #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 #, fuzzy @@ -377,235 +339,262 @@ #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Certificate: %s" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "SMT 憑證： %1" #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 #, fuzzy -msgid "Addon Products" -msgstr "未知的錯誤" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "SMT 憑證： %1" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:6 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "註冊模組說明" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 #, fuzzy msgid "Details:" msgstr "詳細資料..." -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:14 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "選取 SMT 憑證檔案" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:153 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:19 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:28 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:20 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:21 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:30 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:25 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:156 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:34 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 #, fuzzy msgid "Validity" msgstr "有效期到：" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:38 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:41 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the certificate expiration date -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:45 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "過期： %1" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:48 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:56 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 msgid "Serial Number: " msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:57 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 #, fuzzy msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "指紋： " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:59 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:161 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 #, fuzzy msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "指紋： " #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "目的地無效。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "註冊代碼" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "註冊無法進行。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "註冊代碼" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:143 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "詳細資料..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "SMT 憑證" - #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:196 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "Novell 客戶中心組態" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:228 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "正在檢查..." +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "SMT 憑證" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:228 +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +msgstr "" + +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "使用區域註冊伺服器" +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "SMT 憑證" #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "未知的錯誤" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "正在開始註冊程序..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:177 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:183 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "授權合約" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" #. ask user to accept an addon EULA #. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon -#. @return [Boolean] true if the EULA has been accepted -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:74 +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" @@ -614,91 +603,266 @@ msgstr "下載 SMT 憑證檔案失敗" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" #. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +msgstr "" + +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" + +#. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "註冊模組說明" -#. FIXME make parameters -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:59 +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here you can see the list of TV stations defined for your system." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "在此可以查看您系統中定義的電視台清單。" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 #, fuzzy msgid "Details" msgstr "詳細資料..." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" #. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:203 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "註冊模組說明" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "識別碼" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "版本" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "架構" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "規則類型" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "註冊代碼" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "正在下載安裝系統語言擴充..." + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "確定刪除 '%1' 嗎？" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "註冊模組說明" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "版本(&V)" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "架構(&A)" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Release" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "釋出(&R)" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "產品註冊會將您的產品包含至 Novell 資料庫中，讓您可以取得線上更新和技術支援。若要在自動安裝期間同時進行註冊，請選取「執行產品註冊」。若要簡化這個程序，請使用「硬體設定檔」和「選擇性資訊」來包含您的系統資訊。" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "如果您的網路配置了自訂的 SMT 伺服器，請在 SMT 伺服器設定設定 SMT 伺服器的 URL 和 SMT 認証位置。請參閱您的 SMT 手冊獲得更多幫助。" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "註冊代碼" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "正在初始化可用的套件庫" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "SMT 伺服器設定" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "區域註冊伺服器" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "伺服器 CA 憑證:" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "伺服器 CA 憑證:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "無" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Certificate File" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "選取憑證檔案" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "註冊模組說明" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate has been imported." +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "已經匯入憑證。" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "伺服器 CA 憑證:" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -712,7 +876,39 @@ msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "區域註冊伺服器" +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 #, fuzzy +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "正在檢查..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "使用區域註冊伺服器" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "註冊代碼" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "註冊代碼" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "註冊代碼" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Email: %s" +#~ msgstr "詳細資料..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Addon Products" +#~ msgstr "未知的錯誤" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "Novell 客戶中心組態" @@ -878,30 +1074,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "設定系統，以向 Novell 註冊來啟用線上更新。\n" -#~ " 若要現在執行這個動作，請選取「立即設定」。選取「稍後設定」</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ " 若要現在執行這個動作，請選取「立即設定」。選取「稍後設定」\n" #~ " 便可延遲註冊。\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -916,11 +1106,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~ "product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -932,12 +1120,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -949,11 +1134,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -969,30 +1152,26 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " -#~| "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~| "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~| "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~| "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~| "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "註冊程序將連繫 Novell 伺服器(或是，如果您的公司有提供的話，區域註冊伺服" -#~ "器)。\n" +#~ "註冊程序將連繫 Novell 伺服器(或是，如果您的公司有提供的話，區域註冊伺服器)。\n" #~ "請確定您的網路和 proxy 設定正確。\n" #~ "您可以回到網路設定去檢查或變更網路設定。\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" @@ -1005,15 +1184,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~ "SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1028,14 +1203,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -1047,11 +1218,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~ "SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1066,15 +1235,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "註冊程序將連繫 Open-SLX 伺服器(或是，如果您的公司有提供的話，區域註冊伺服" -#~ "器)。\n" +#~ "註冊程序將連繫 Open-SLX 伺服器(或是，如果您的公司有提供的話，區域註冊伺服器)。\n" #~ "請確定您的網路和 proxy 設定正確。\n" #~ "您可以回到網路設定去檢查或變更網路設定。\n" #~ "" @@ -1163,8 +1330,7 @@ #~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "下列的套件需要被安裝。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "要正確計算此次安裝，套件 %1 必須被安裝。" #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." @@ -1173,9 +1339,7 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "套件 %1 應被安裝，且 %2 應被移除。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " -#~ "miscount this installation." +#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." #~ msgstr "現在註冊將繼續，雖然註冊伺服器可能會少算了此次安裝。" #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." @@ -1223,36 +1387,18 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "金鑰無效。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "使用 <tt>suse_register -h</tt>，取得更多有關註冊程序的詳細資訊。" +#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "使用 <tt>suse_register -h</tt>，取得更多有關註冊程序的詳細資訊。" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration " -#~| "Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and " -#~| "then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that " -#~| "can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information " -#~| "about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete</" -#~| "b> or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~| msgid "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~ "a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " -#~ "Edit." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "用於註冊的其他資訊將顯示於「註冊資料」。按下「新增」，然" -#~ "後輸入正確的值，便可新增成對的金鑰和設定值。這些參數便是 " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -a</tt> 將傳遞的內容。使用 <tt>suse_register -p</tt> 取" -#~ "得更多有關這些參數的詳細資訊。使用「刪除」 來移除或使用「編輯」" -#~ "來修改現有的成對值內容。" +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~ msgstr "用於註冊的其他資訊將顯示於「註冊資料」。按下「新增」，然後輸入正確的值，便可新增成對的金鑰和設定值。這些參數便是 <tt>suse_register -a</tt> 將傳遞的內容。使用 <tt>suse_register -p</tt> 取得更多有關這些參數的詳細資訊。使用「刪除」 來移除或使用「編輯」來修改現有的成對值內容。" #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "SMT 伺服器" @@ -1381,30 +1527,12 @@ #~ msgstr "請參閱說明得知細節。" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "To register this installation at a local registration server please " -#~| "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " -#~| "Advanced menu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " -#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " -#~ "Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "要在區域註冊伺服器上註冊此次安裝，請設定 URL 和(可選)經由 進階 " -#~ "選單設定伺服器的 CA 憑證。" +#~| msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server please configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." +#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "要在區域註冊伺服器上註冊此次安裝，請設定 URL 和(可選)經由 進階 選單設定伺服器的 CA 憑證。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " -#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" -#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" -#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " -#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " -#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "註冊伺服器的URL 必須以 https:// 開頭，而它的 CA 憑證位置可能為這" -#~ "些格式 http://, https:// or ftp://。更多可用的位置像" -#~ "是 /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk 以" -#~ "及關鍵字 done。後者表示信任註冊伺服器並不需要 CA 憑證處理。" +#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "註冊伺服器的URL 必須以 https:// 開頭，而它的 CA 憑證位置可能為這些格式 http://, https:// or ftp://。更多可用的位置像是 /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk 以及關鍵字 done。後者表示信任註冊伺服器並不需要 CA 憑證處理。" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?" @@ -1485,8 +1613,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" -#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the " -#~| "Registration." +#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the Registration." #~ msgid "" #~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" @@ -1565,13 +1692,8 @@ #~ msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." #~ msgstr "找尋相關動作在 %1 手冊。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval " -#~ "to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the " -#~ "updater will use the default answers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在 %1 設定自動線上更新。選擇進行的間隔以及是否互動式修正要忽略，" -#~ "否則更新會使用預設值。" +#~ msgid "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the updater will use the default answers." +#~ msgstr "在 %1 設定自動線上更新。選擇進行的間隔以及是否互動式修正要忽略，否則更新會使用預設值。" #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories" #~ msgstr "編輯軟體套件庫" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/reipl.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/reipl.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/reipl.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-05 01:05+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: <zh(a)li.org>\n" @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "名稱(&N)" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "reipl configuration" @@ -190,10 +190,8 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.\n" @@ -203,10 +201,8 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<" -"device ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" @@ -228,10 +224,8 @@ #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"" +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." msgstr "" #. Configure dialog help 7 @@ -252,8 +246,7 @@ #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/relocation-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/relocation-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/relocation-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-06-05 18:04+02:00\n" "Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" "Language-Team: 中華 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -246,11 +246,7 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" @@ -258,13 +254,9 @@ #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/s390.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/s390.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/s390.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-30 09:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: <zh(a)li.org>\n" @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全部不選(&D)" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -428,8 +428,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" "可以在多個磁碟上同時執行所有動作。若要選取磁碟\n" @@ -496,30 +495,24 @@ #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 6/8 @@ -558,9 +551,7 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" msgstr "" "磁碟 %1 現在會格式化為傾印裝置。\n" "要繼續嗎？" @@ -589,17 +580,12 @@ msgstr "<big>共用</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 @@ -612,16 +598,13 @@ #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered." +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 @@ -632,17 +615,13 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " -"and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 @@ -668,8 +647,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 @@ -682,10 +660,8 @@ #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " -"to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 @@ -701,17 +677,12 @@ msgstr "<big>連接組態</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." msgstr "" #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " msgstr "" #. Text approval @@ -978,13 +949,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." msgstr "" #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty @@ -1020,9 +989,7 @@ #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 @@ -1056,19 +1023,12 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." -" " +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 @@ -1079,47 +1039,34 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"" +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" msgstr "" #. Dialog content @@ -1200,17 +1147,14 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" msgstr "" "套件庫的組態 \n" "\n" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 @@ -1236,8 +1180,7 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" @@ -1248,26 +1191,17 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." msgstr "" #. radio button label @@ -1461,14 +1395,11 @@ #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" "此「通道號碼」必須應用下面 sysfs 確認格式\n" @@ -2100,16 +2031,14 @@ #~| "ECKD DASD and zfcp disks. Set Dump Device to select the device\n" #~| "to format. If the device is already formatted\n" #~| "or configured, setting\n" -#~| "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required.</" -#~| "p>" +#~| "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Add New Dump Device</big> \n" #~ "Prepare a device for use as an S/390 dump device. Supported devices are\n" #~ "ECKD DASD. Set Dump Device to select the device\n" #~ "to format. If the device is already formatted\n" #~ "or configured, setting\n" -#~ "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>新增新的傾印裝置</big> \n" #~ "在將設備當成 S/390 傾印裝置使用以前，進行準備工作。支援的設備是\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/samba-client.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/samba-client.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/samba-client.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -164,12 +164,8 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"指定 Samba 使用者和群組 ID 範圍 (<tt>winbind uid </tt> 和 " -"<tt>winbind gid</tt> 值)。" +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "指定 Samba 使用者和群組 ID 範圍 (<tt>winbind uid </tt> 和 <tt>winbind gid</tt> 值)。" #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -400,8 +396,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -505,8 +500,7 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" "Linux 用戶端可以是工作群組、NT 領域或作用中目錄領域的成員。\n" @@ -516,8 +510,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "「使用 SMB 資訊進行 Linux 驗證」允許\n" "在加入 AD 領域時用 NT 伺服器或 Kerberos 伺服器確認密碼。\n" @@ -525,8 +518,7 @@ #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" @@ -534,8 +526,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" "當您按「完成」，系統會確認成員，\n" "若系統為 NT 或 Active Directory 領域，則允許此主機加入領域。\n" @@ -556,35 +547,18 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." msgstr "核取「登入時建立家目錄」，以便在第一次登入時建立家目錄。" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"「離線驗證」功能讓使用者即使沒有連接到網域控制器，也可以登入。若要" -"讓此選項有用，就必須登入領域至少一次。然後使用者的憑證就會以加密方式儲存在電" -"腦上，在無法與網域控制器建立連接時，重新使用此憑證登入領域。這對行動使用者來" -"說尤其有用。" +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "「離線驗證」功能讓使用者即使沒有連接到網域控制器，也可以登入。若要讓此選項有用，就必須登入領域至少一次。然後使用者的憑證就會以加密方式儲存在電腦上，在無法與網域控制器建立連接時，重新使用此憑證登入領域。這對行動使用者來說尤其有用。" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"按 專家設定 來啟用進階功能，像是 WINS 選項或從 Active Directory 區" -"域掛載伺服器家目錄。" +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." +msgstr "按 專家設定 來啟用進階功能，像是 WINS 選項或從 Active Directory 區域掛載伺服器家目錄。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -594,24 +568,16 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" -"設定在自動安裝過程中，加入所選領域時應使用的「使用者名稱」和「密" -"碼」。\n" +"設定在自動安裝過程中，加入所選領域時應使用的「使用者名稱」和「密碼」。\n" "請注意，密碼會以純文字 (未加密) 的格式儲存在設定檔中。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"指定加入作用中目錄領域時所使用的「作用中目錄伺服器」。這也用來做為 " -"Kerberos 組態中的 KDC 值。" +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr "指定加入作用中目錄領域時所使用的「作用中目錄伺服器」。這也用來做為 Kerberos 組態中的 KDC 值。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -753,12 +719,8 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "" -"如果您想使用 Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) 作為名稱解析，" -"點選 使用 WINS 作為主機名稱解析。" +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "如果您想使用 Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) 作為名稱解析，點選 使用 WINS 作為主機名稱解析。" #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 @@ -767,12 +729,8 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." -msgstr "" -"核取 藉由 DHCP 檢索 WINS 伺服器 使用 DHCP 所提供的 WINS 伺服器。</" -"p>" +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." +msgstr "核取 藉由 DHCP 檢索 WINS 伺服器 使用 DHCP 所提供的 WINS 伺服器。" #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 @@ -806,68 +764,40 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"「允許使用者共享自己的目錄」讓「許可的群組」中的群組成員，能" -"與其他使用者共享自己的目錄。例如：本地範圍的<tt>使用者</tt>或領域範圍的 " -"<tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt>。使用者也必須確定檔案系統的許可允許存取。" +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "「允許使用者共享自己的目錄」讓「許可的群組」中的群組成員，能與其他使用者共享自己的目錄。例如：本地範圍的<tt>使用者</tt>或領域範圍的 <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt>。使用者也必須確定檔案系統的許可允許存取。" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." msgstr "請使用「最多共享數」限制可建立的共享總數量。" #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"若要許可使用者在沒有驗證的情況下存取使用者共享，請啟用「允許訪客存取」" -"。" +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "若要許可使用者在沒有驗證的情況下存取使用者共享，請啟用「允許訪客存取」。" #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" "在表格 掛載伺服器目錄, 您可以指定伺服器目錄 (像是家目錄) \n" -"以便在使用者登入時被掛載。如果掛載是針對特定使用者，指定 使用者名稱</" -"b> \n" +"以便在使用者登入時被掛載。如果掛載是針對特定使用者，指定 使用者名稱 \n" "作為選擇的規則。否則，此目錄會為每一個使用者掛載。請參閱 pam_mount.conf \n" "手冊頁，以得到更多資訊。" #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." -msgstr "" -"例如，您可以使用 <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 的值作為 遠端路徑， " -"<tt>~/</tt> 的值作為 本地掛載點 來掛載家目錄，搭配使用值 <tt>user=" -"%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 作為 選項的一部份。" +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." +msgstr "例如，您可以使用 <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 的值作為 遠端路徑， <tt>~/</tt> 的值作為 本地掛載點 來掛載家目錄，搭配使用值 <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 作為 選項的一部份。" #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." msgstr "" #. translators: initialization dialog caption @@ -933,52 +863,52 @@ #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安裝必要的套件" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在安裝必要的套件..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM 登入" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 Kerberos" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不使用 Kerberos" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "預設範圍" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "預設領域" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC 伺服器位址" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "時鐘誤差" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC 伺服器： %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -989,7 +919,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "預設範圍： %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -1020,6 +950,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"時鐘誤差無效，\n" +"請再試一次。\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1027,6 +959,8 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"存留期無效，\n" +"請再試一次。" #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/samba-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/samba-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/samba-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 14:41+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -182,15 +182,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "操作 LDAP 伺服器上使用者資訊之LDAP 字尾 DN" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" msgstr "修改LDAP 伺服器內容 (例如，變更密碼) 的LDAP DN" #. translators: error message for share command line action @@ -255,8 +252,7 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "因為目前有使用者連線到此 Samba 伺服器，\n" @@ -881,13 +877,11 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>工作群組或領域選取</big> \n" -"選擇已存在的工作群組或領域名稱，或輸入您自己的新名稱，然後按「下一步」</" -"b>。\n" +"選擇已存在的工作群組或領域名稱，或輸入您自己的新名稱，然後按「下一步」。\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 @@ -895,14 +889,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Samba 伺服器類型</big>\n" "領域控制器允許 Windows 用戶端登入 Windows 領域。\n" @@ -914,8 +904,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" @@ -993,17 +982,14 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "基本設定會設定領域及\n" -"伺服器角色。「備份領域控制器」和「主要領域控制器」允許 Windows " -"用戶端登入至 Windows 領域。備份控制器使用其他領域控制器來驗證。\n" +"伺服器角色。「備份領域控制器」和「主要領域控制器」允許 Windows 用戶端登入至 Windows 領域。備份控制器使用其他領域控制器來驗證。\n" "主控制器使用本身的\n" "使用者和其密碼資訊。\n" "如果伺服器不需要參與領域控制器，\n" @@ -1052,8 +1038,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "「進階設定」提供存取\n" "詳細的組態，例如，LDAP 設定，使用者驗證來源和\n" @@ -1149,8 +1134,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" @@ -1164,9 +1148,7 @@ #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" msgstr "注意事項： 設定 LDAP 管理密碼前，請先儲存設定。\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 @@ -1185,8 +1167,7 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" "如果您想要變更使用者驗證來源，請按 「刪除」先移除目前所使用的，\n" @@ -1298,21 +1279,11 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" #. help for LDAP Settings dialog @@ -1322,67 +1293,48 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>LDAP 設定</big> \n" "在此決定用來驗證的 LDAP 伺服器。\n" "\n" "\n" -"設定 LDAP 密碼後端 允許儲存使用者資訊在指定 URL的 LDAP 樹。使用 " -"LDAP Idmap 後端, 儲存 SID/uid/gid 映射表在 LDAP。\n" +"設定 LDAP 密碼後端 允許儲存使用者資訊在指定 URL的 LDAP 樹。使用 LDAP Idmap 後端, 儲存 SID/uid/gid 映射表在 LDAP。\n" "\n" "在驗證區段，選擇 LDAP 伺服器的證書，包含了完整的管理 DN。\n" "\n" "搜尋基礎 DN 是 LDAP 後綴附加到 Samba-specific LDAP 物件。\n" "\n" -"要測試您的 LDAP 伺服器連線，按 測試連線。要設定專家 LDAP 設定或使用預" -"設值，請按 進階設定。" +"要測試您的 LDAP 伺服器連線，按 測試連線。要設定專家 LDAP 設定或使用預設值，請按 進階設定。" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" #. translators: warning text @@ -1441,8 +1393,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "「進階設定」提供存取\n" @@ -1891,8 +1842,7 @@ #~ msgstr "SSL" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to " -#~ "modify\n" +#~ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" #~ "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" #~ "Use Up and Down to change the order\n" #~ "of the back-ends.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/samba-users.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/samba-users.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/samba-users.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 14:43+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/scanner.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/scanner.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/scanner.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 14:49+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -269,11 +269,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"epkowa 驅動程式只能供 i386 相容的架構使用 (32-bit i386 以及 64-bit x86_64)。" +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "epkowa 驅動程式只能供 i386 相容的架構使用 (32-bit i386 以及 64-bit x86_64)。" #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 @@ -397,8 +394,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -412,8 +408,7 @@ "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -446,8 +441,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -476,8 +470,7 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -498,8 +491,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -532,10 +524,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -566,8 +556,7 @@ "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -596,8 +585,7 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -623,8 +611,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" @@ -643,19 +630,13 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -" \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -663,10 +644,8 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -695,18 +674,12 @@ "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -726,8 +699,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -785,14 +757,10 @@ "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -809,8 +777,7 @@ "以及新的 HPLIP 軟體 (hplip 套件)，提供了 hpaio 驅動程式。\n" "您可以同時安裝這兩種軟體套件，\n" "但是不能同時執行 ptal 服務和 hpaio 驅動程式。\n" -"因此您必須在 ptal 服務或 hpaio 驅動程式中選擇一個，才能存取所有的 HP 多功能事" -"務機。\n" +"因此您必須在 ptal 服務或 hpaio 驅動程式中選擇一個，才能存取所有的 HP 多功能事務機。\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: @@ -839,12 +806,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -855,8 +819,7 @@ "<big>伺服器設定</big> \n" "如果擁有連接到本機的掃描器並想透過網路供其他使用者存取，\n" "設定 saned 網路掃描精靈, 讓您的主機變成伺服器。\n" -"在「授權的用戶端」，輸入要授權的用戶主機，讓她們存取伺服器上的 " -"saned。\n" +"在「授權的用戶端」，輸入要授權的用戶主機，讓她們存取伺服器上的 saned。\n" "輸入以逗號分隔的用戶端主機清單(主機名稱或 IP 位址)\n" "或子遮罩 (CIDR 標記，如 192.168.1.0/24) 。\n" "如果沒有授權用戶端主機，將不會啟用 saned。\n" @@ -911,10 +874,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -953,8 +914,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>「本機組態」</big> \n" -"藉由使用回送網路，即使在您的本機上，使用 saned 和網路 metadriver 仍然相當實" -"用。\n" +"藉由使用回送網路，即使在您的本機上，使用 saned 和網路 metadriver 仍然相當實用。\n" "在此狀況下，伺服器與用戶端位於同一部電腦 (localhost)。\n" "有些掃描器 (例如，並列埠掃描器) 需要 root 的權限。\n" " 當伺服器與用戶端皆輸入 localhost 時，\n" @@ -994,8 +954,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1013,15 +972,12 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." msgstr "未安裝需要的套件 %1，也沒有可用的套件庫來安裝此套件。" #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "未安裝需要的套件 %1，也無法用套件庫安裝。" #. Only a simple message because: @@ -1043,8 +999,7 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "決定啟用的掃描器失敗。\n" "當網路中繼驅動啟用而在網路上\n" @@ -1280,8 +1235,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "已啟動的 hp-setup。\n" "在您進行掃描器組態之前必須先結束 hp-setup。\n" @@ -1431,23 +1385,18 @@ #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" "韌體檔案包含必須上載至掃描器記憶體的軟體。\n" @@ -1489,19 +1438,16 @@ "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" @@ -1538,8 +1484,7 @@ "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" "至少有一個印表機組態使用 hplip 服務。\n" "您仍可繼續進行，但是會停止 hplip 服務，\n" @@ -1662,12 +1607,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"驅動程式 hpoj 已被停用，但是相關的服務 ptal 並未被停用，因為 CUPS 列印系統需" -"要使用該服務。" +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "驅動程式 hpoj 已被停用，但是相關的服務 ptal 並未被停用，因為 CUPS 列印系統需要使用該服務。" #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. @@ -1908,8 +1849,7 @@ #~ "works only if also the scanning user frontend is 32-bit software.\n" #~ "You can use the special frontend /usr/bin/iscan for Epson scanners\n" #~ "which is included in the iscan package.\n" -#~ "If you like to use a standard frontend like scanimage, xscanimage, xsane, " -#~ "or kooka,\n" +#~ "If you like to use a standard frontend like scanimage, xscanimage, xsane, or kooka,\n" #~ "you must explicitly install the 32-bit package version\n" #~ "(i.e. get the package from the right media or repository).\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1961,15 +1901,12 @@ #~ msgid "saned access from the external zone cannot be allowed." #~ msgstr "不允許從外部區域存取 saned。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only a local host configuration works with firewall protection for the " -#~ "internal zone." +#~ msgid "Only a local host configuration works with firewall protection for the internal zone." #~ msgstr "只有一個本地主機組態可以與內部區域的防火牆保護搭配使用。" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -#~ "available.\n" +#~ "A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" #~ "Most scanner drivers are provided by the sane-backends package.\n" #~ "The support status varies from minimal to complete.\n" #~ "" @@ -1983,12 +1920,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -#~ "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible " -#~ "via the network,\n" -#~ "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -#~ "server.\n" -#~ "In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -#~ "access saned on your server.\n" +#~ "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +#~ "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +#~ "In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" #~ "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" #~ "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" #~ "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -2010,8 +1944,7 @@ #~ "<big>伺服器設定</big> \n" #~ "如果您本機已經連接掃描器，而且您希望可以經由網路存取掃描器，\n" #~ "請設定 saned 網路掃描精靈，讓您的主機成為伺服器。\n" -#~ " 在「授權的用戶端」中，輸入哪些用戶端主機已獲授權，可存取您伺服器上" -#~ "的 saned。\n" +#~ " 在「授權的用戶端」中，輸入哪些用戶端主機已獲授權，可存取您伺服器上的 saned。\n" #~ " 輸入用戶端主機 (主機或 IP 位址)\n" #~ "或子網路 (CIDR 標記，像是 192.168.1.0/24) 以逗號分隔的清單。\n" #~ " 如果沒有用戶端主機獲得授權，就不會啟動 saned。\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/security.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/security.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/security.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-06 21:02+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <zh(a)li.org>\n" @@ -248,9 +248,7 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 -msgid "" -"These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2</" -"P>" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" msgstr "這些基本系統服務未啟用在 runlevel %1: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 @@ -404,8 +402,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ctrl + Alt + Del 的意義：\n" "設定系統應如何回應\n" -"在主控台按下 CTRL + ALT + DEL 組合鍵時的回應。通常為系統重新開機。有時會希" -"望\n" +"在主控台按下 CTRL + ALT + DEL 組合鍵時的回應。通常為系統重新開機。有時會希望\n" "忽略這個事件。例如，當系統同時作為工作站\n" "和伺服器時。" @@ -422,20 +419,16 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -492,12 +485,9 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "不正確登入次數後的延遲：\n" "建議您在不正確的登入嘗試後，稍待一下以避免\n" @@ -510,8 +500,7 @@ msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "記錄成功登入次數： 記錄成功登入次數非常\n" @@ -523,8 +512,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" "允許遠端圖形登入： 核取這個設定可讓您\n" @@ -542,8 +530,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "檢查新密碼：選擇在字典中\n" @@ -555,8 +542,7 @@ msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" @@ -570,8 +556,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "要記住的密碼：\n" @@ -587,8 +572,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" "DES 為 Linux 預設方法，可使用於所有網路環境，\n" @@ -598,8 +582,7 @@ #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" "MD5 允許使用較長的密碼，現有的所有 Linux\n" @@ -608,12 +591,8 @@ #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 是目前的標準 hash 方式，除非您為了相容的目的，否則不建議使" -"用其他演算法。" +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "SHA-512 是目前的標準 hash 方式，除非您為了相容的目的，否則不建議使用其他演算法。" #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 @@ -628,8 +607,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "密碼過期前發出警告的天數：這個項目設定密碼過其前多少\n" @@ -667,8 +645,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>其他安全性設定</BIG> \n" "可以在這個對話方塊變更與本機安全性相關的雜項設定。" @@ -677,20 +654,15 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" @@ -713,11 +685,9 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "使用者啟動 updatedb：程式 updatedb 每天\n" @@ -731,8 +701,7 @@ msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "DOS 系統的「根路徑中目前的目錄」，\n" @@ -744,26 +713,22 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "一般使用者路徑中目前的目錄 DOS\n" "系統會先在目前的目錄中搜尋可執行的檔案 (程式)，\n" -"然後才在目前的路徑變數中搜尋。相反的，像 UNIX 型系統則會完全透過搜尋路徑 (變" -"數 PATH) 進行搜尋。" +"然後才在目前的路徑變數中搜尋。相反的，像 UNIX 型系統則會完全透過搜尋路徑 (變數 PATH) 進行搜尋。" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "某些系統會以新增點 (\".\") 到\n" @@ -795,8 +760,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "「啟用魔術 SysRq 金鑰」 如果您核取這個選項，您將可\n" @@ -806,122 +770,79 @@ #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." msgstr "安全性總覽 這是最重要的安全性設定的總覽。" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "要變更目前的值，按選項旁邊的連結。" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgstr "核取標記在 安全性狀態 欄位表示目前此選項的值是安全的。" #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "" -"目前的值無法被讀取。所需的服務可能尚未安裝或系統中遺失此選項。" +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "目前的值無法被讀取。所需的服務可能尚未安裝或系統中遺失此選項。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 @@ -930,8 +851,7 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." @@ -943,32 +863,18 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 @@ -981,37 +887,24 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "" "啟用魔術 SysRq 金鑰 若選取此選項，您\n" "將會擁有系統的部分控制權，即使系統損毀 (例如，核心\n" -"除錯期間)。如需詳細資訊，請參閱 /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</" -"i>" +"除錯期間)。如需詳細資訊，請參閱 /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services." +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "基本系統服務必須啟用已提供系統的穩定性以及執行相關安全性服務。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"每個執行中的服務都是一個潛在安全攻擊的目標。因此我們建議所有系統中不用的" -"服務都要關閉。" +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "每個執行中的服務都是一個潛在安全攻擊的目標。因此我們建議所有系統中不用的服務都要關閉。" #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 @@ -1348,10 +1241,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Blowfish is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n" -#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the " -#~ "hash,\n" -#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." -#~ "" +#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n" +#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." #~ msgstr "" #~ "「blowfish」 類似 MD5，但它使用不同的演算法\n" #~ "來加密密碼。需要大量的 CPU 運算來計算雜湊，\n" @@ -1371,10 +1262,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Test for Complicated Passwords: \n" -#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable " -#~ "additional\n" +#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes the\n" +#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable additional\n" #~ "checks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "測試複雜的密碼：\n" @@ -1418,8 +1307,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration.\n" -#~ " Details: View and modify all configuration settings for " -#~ "the\n" +#~ " Details: View and modify all configuration settings for the\n" #~ " current configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "自訂設定：要建立自己的組態嗎？\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/services-manager.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/services-manager.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/services-manager.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,14 +17,224 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "正在讀取預設系統設定..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "預設系統設定" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "預設系統設定" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "預設系統設定" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "正在讀取預設系統設定..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "可用的共用資源" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "軟體建議會被重設為預設值。" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "沒有選取要安裝的套件。" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "沒有選取要安裝的套件。" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "正在寫入組態..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "正在寫入系統組態" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "預設系統設定" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "服務" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "啟用" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "作用中" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "描述" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "啟動(&S)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "啟用/停用 Kdump" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "顯示詳細資料(&D)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the service status..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "正在讀取服務狀態..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "已停用" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "作用中" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "服務 " #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -35,18 +245,14 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -67,20 +273,80 @@ msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -msgid "Services Manager" -msgstr "" - #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:9 -msgid "Enabled Services" -msgstr "" - #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. #: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "尚未設定。" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "%1:無法變更設備的狀態" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dial mode" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "撥號模式" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "文字模式" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Graphical interface" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "圖形介面(&G)" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "選取模式" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "切換模式" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Bridge" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "預設橋接器" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "其他系統" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "必要的 DMA 模式" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/slp-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/slp-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/slp-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-06 21:05+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/snapper.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/snapper.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/snapper.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-14 13:58+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -332,8 +332,7 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" @@ -352,25 +351,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>快照組態設定</big>\n" -"此表格顯示了 root 檔案系統快照的清單。有三種類型的快照， 單一, " -"之前 和 之後t。單一快照是用來儲存在某個時間的檔案系統狀態，而 '之" -"前' 和 '之後' 是用來定義某操作進行前後兩個快照所造成的變動。在此表格中， '之" -"前' 和 '之後' 的快照是耦合在一起。\n" -"選擇一個快照或快照耦合並按 顯示變更 來檢視檔案系統在特定快照的變" -"更。\n" +"此表格顯示了 root 檔案系統快照的清單。有三種類型的快照， 單一, 之前 和 之後t。單一快照是用來儲存在某個時間的檔案系統狀態，而 '之前' 和 '之後' 是用來定義某操作進行前後兩個快照所造成的變動。在此表格中， '之前' 和 '之後' 的快照是耦合在一起。\n" +"選擇一個快照或快照耦合並按 顯示變更 來檢視檔案系統在特定快照的變更。\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 @@ -378,25 +367,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>快照概觀</big>\n" "\n" -"此樹狀結構顯示在第一次('之前')和第二次('之後')快照間被改變的所有檔案。在右" -"邊，您可以看到當第一個快照被建立時所產生的描述，以及兩個快照被建立的時間。\n" +"此樹狀結構顯示在第一次('之前')和第二次('之後')快照間被改變的所有檔案。在右邊，您可以看到當第一個快照被建立時所產生的描述，以及兩個快照被建立的時間。\n" "\n" "\n" -"當樹狀結構的檔案被選取，您可以看到在它身上的變更。預設會顯示所選擇耦合快照之" -"間的變更，但您也可以比較不同版本的檔案。\n" +"當樹狀結構的檔案被選取，您可以看到在它身上的變更。預設會顯示所選擇耦合快照之間的變更，但您也可以比較不同版本的檔案。\n" "" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -405,19 +387,15 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>快照概觀</big>\n" "\n" -"此樹狀結構顯示所選取快照與現在系統間所有不同的檔案。在右邊，您可以看到快照描" -"述和它的建立時間。\n" +"此樹狀結構顯示所選取快照與現在系統間所有不同的檔案。在右邊，您可以看到快照描述和它的建立時間。\n" "\n" "\n" "當在樹狀結構中的檔案被選取，您可以看到快照版本與目前系統之間的差別。\n" @@ -550,7 +528,5 @@ #~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available." #~ msgstr "檔案 /etc/sysconfig/snapper 無法使用" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2</" -#~ "p>Are you sure?" +#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2Are you sure?" #~ msgstr "這些檔案將被從快照 '%1' 複製到目前的系統：%2您確定嗎？" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sound.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sound.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sound.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 15:07+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/squid.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/squid.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/squid.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-25 13:48+0800\n" "Last-Translator: swyear <swyear(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <zh(a)li.org>\n" @@ -588,9 +588,7 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"\n" +msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 @@ -620,9 +618,7 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects." +msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 @@ -630,16 +626,14 @@ msgid "" "Max Object Size defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" -msgstr "" -"最小物件大小： 指定最小的物件尺寸，小於此將不會儲存到磁碟。" +msgstr "最小物件大小： 指定最小的物件尺寸，小於此將不會儲存到磁碟。" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Min Object Size specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.\n" -msgstr "" -"最小物件大小： 指定最小的物件尺寸，小於此將不會儲存到磁碟。" +msgstr "最小物件大小： 指定最小的物件尺寸，小於此將不會儲存到磁碟。" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 msgid "" @@ -653,11 +647,9 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -683,50 +675,40 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored." +msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory." +msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" @@ -738,24 +720,19 @@ #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"" +msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" @@ -926,8 +903,7 @@ #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 @@ -1251,9 +1227,7 @@ msgstr "目的地領域" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 @@ -1315,8 +1289,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 @@ -1368,9 +1341,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 @@ -1378,9 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "最大 HTTP 連線數" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 @@ -1402,8 +1371,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1426,11 +1394,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "南非荷蘭文" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "阿拉伯" # AM #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 @@ -1479,7 +1447,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "波斯文" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1499,7 +1467,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "印尼文" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1515,7 +1483,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "拉脫維亞文" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1523,7 +1491,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "馬來文" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1580,7 +1548,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "泰國" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1593,11 +1561,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "烏茲別克文" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "越南" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sshd.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sshd.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sshd.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-06 21:23+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "數目" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/storage.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/storage.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/storage.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-25 09:38+0800\n" "Last-Translator: swyear <swyear(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <zh(a)li.org>\n" @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ msgstr "建立分割區設定...(&C)" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -112,14 +112,14 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "特殊設定" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ "分割區程式對話中執行這些修改。\n" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -168,15 +168,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "無法建立要求的建議。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -665,8 +671,7 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." msgstr "找不到磁碟。嘗試使用更新的CD，如果可能請安裝。" #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on @@ -965,8 +970,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"如果您刪除 Windows，則執行安裝時將遺失此分割區的所有資料，且該資料無法再恢" -"復原狀\n" +"如果您刪除 Windows，則執行安裝時將遺失此分割區的所有資料，且該資料無法再恢復原狀\n" "。縮小 Windows 時，強烈\n" "建議您備份資料，因為該資料必須重新組織。\n" "在極少數的狀況下，此作業有可能失敗。\n" @@ -975,7 +979,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6229 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "建議個別主分割區(&H)" @@ -1165,34 +1169,9 @@ "要變更嗎？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:436 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"警告：以目前的設定，您的 %1 安裝\n" -"在開機時會有問題，因為您沒有 \"boot\"\n" -" 分割區，而您的 \"root\" 分割區是 LVM 邏輯卷冊。\n" -"這樣是行不通的。\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"如果您沒有執行的把握，請使用一般\n" -"分割區存放 /boot 下的檔案。\n" -"\n" -"要變更嗎？\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1216,7 +1195,7 @@ "要變更嗎？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:479 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1242,21 +1221,20 @@ "要變更嗎？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "真的要使用此路徑？" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:510 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1272,7 +1250,7 @@ "要變更嗎？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1288,7 +1266,7 @@ "尤其遇到下列情況之一時：\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1301,12 +1279,11 @@ "- 若此分割區尚未包含檔案系統\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "若有疑問，您可回到之前的步驟，將此分割區標示為進行\n" @@ -1314,7 +1291,7 @@ "如 /、/boot、/usr、/opt 或 /var。\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:546 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1326,7 +1303,7 @@ "要變更您的設定嗎？\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1335,7 +1312,7 @@ "編輯設備前，請先從 RAID 移除該設備。\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1344,7 +1321,7 @@ "編輯設備前，請先從卷冊群組移除該設備。\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1353,7 +1330,7 @@ "編輯設備前，請先移除該卷冊。\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1362,7 +1339,7 @@ "刪除設備前，請先從 RAID 移除該設備。\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1370,13 +1347,13 @@ "設備 (%2) 為 %1 使用。\n" "刪除設備前，請先移除 %1。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "無法刪除所選的綱要。" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" @@ -1387,14 +1364,12 @@ "邏輯分割區正在使用中。\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "您選取的延伸分割區所包含的分割區目前裝載於：\n" @@ -1403,7 +1378,7 @@ "除非您有執行的把握，否則請選擇「取消」。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1418,7 +1393,7 @@ "再刪除延伸分割區。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1433,7 +1408,7 @@ "再刪除延伸分割區。\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1453,14 +1428,14 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "請不要忘記您在此處輸入的密碼。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "不允許空的密碼。" @@ -1492,7 +1467,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "為您的檔案系統輸入密碼(&E)：" @@ -1504,7 +1479,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3996 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "重新輸入密碼以進行確認(&V)：" @@ -1529,7 +1504,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3952 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1540,7 +1515,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3960 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1575,14 +1550,12 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "裝載於 /etc/fstab，依據為：\n" "一般而言，要裝載的檔案系統會根據裝置名稱，\n" -"由 /etc/fstab 中識別。因為此識別資料可加以變更，所以也可搜尋 UUID 或卷冊標" -"籤，\n" +"由 /etc/fstab 中識別。因為此識別資料可加以變更，所以也可搜尋 UUID 或卷冊標籤，\n" "來尋找要裝載的檔案系統。不是所有的檔案系統皆可以\n" "UUID 或卷冊標籤予以裝載。如果停用選項，就無法使用上述功能。\n" @@ -1590,8 +1563,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1844,8 +1816,7 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "您選取的裝置所包含的分割區目前裝載於：\n" @@ -1937,7 +1908,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6210 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1949,23 +1920,23 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "簽名處理" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "不允許空的密碼。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "區域名稱 %1 已經存在。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2008,12 +1979,11 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -2029,11 +1999,10 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2049,11 +2018,10 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2082,7 +2050,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2108,8 +2076,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2246,8 +2213,7 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "裝載點中有無效的字元。請不要在裝載點中使用 \"`'!\"%#\"。" #. error popup text @@ -2316,12 +2282,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2329,33 +2295,33 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Unmount" msgstr "裝載" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" "無法調整分割區 %1 的大小，\n" "因為無法裝載檔案系統\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" "無法調整分割區 %1 的大小，\n" "因為無法裝載檔案系統\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2801,24 +2767,61 @@ msgstr "磁碟裝置(&D)" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 #, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"為您的 %1 分割區選擇新的大小。\n" +"" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "作業系統" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "Delta RPM 應用程式進度" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "角色：%s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "首先，選擇分割區類型以及是否格式化此分割區。" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -2826,55 +2829,55 @@ msgstr "接著，輸入裝載點 ( /、/boot、/usr、/var 等)。" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "記錄選項" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "分割區的大小。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "不要格式化(&N)" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "要分割的磁碟" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "裝載選項" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "正在裝載所有分割區..." #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "裝載點" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fstab 選項(&T)" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "沒有選取規劃。" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" @@ -2888,19 +2891,19 @@ "您也要選取格式化選項。\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "請提供裝載點。" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "請提供裝載點。" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2916,7 +2919,7 @@ " \n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2925,22 +2928,22 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "會遺失所有變更！" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "密碼" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2950,7 +2953,7 @@ "您無法重新調整選取分割區的大小，因為該分割區的檔案系統\n" "不支援調整大小。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" @@ -2958,7 +2961,7 @@ msgstr "無法在 %1 建立分割區。" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -2968,24 +2971,24 @@ "故無法調整分割區 %1 的大小。\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "調整分割區的大小(&E)" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "調整邏輯卷冊的大小" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "目前時區： %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2996,8 +2999,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3009,7 +3012,7 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy @@ -3017,14 +3020,14 @@ msgstr "最大大小 (MB)(&S)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "最大大小 (MB)(&S)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -3032,7 +3035,7 @@ msgstr "自訂大小(&S)" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" @@ -3042,7 +3045,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -3055,7 +3058,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3064,13 +3067,13 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "\t輸出目錄： %1" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "讀取磁碟分割區..." @@ -3286,62 +3289,62 @@ msgstr "輸入的 WWPN 無效。" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "編輯分割區 %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "編輯分割區 %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "延伸分割區中無剩餘空間。" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "新增分割區 %1 為交換分割區" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "正在裝載所有分割區..." #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "轉遞" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "Backward" msgstr "背景" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "正在裝載所有分割區..." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "確定要刪除 %1上的所有分割區？" @@ -3356,7 +3359,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3902,8 +3905,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3948,8 +3950,7 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"注意：安裝時因為無法存取該檔案系統，所以無法針對檔案大小與路徑名稱" -"進行一致性檢查\n" +"注意：安裝時因為無法存取該檔案系統，所以無法針對檔案大小與路徑名稱進行一致性檢查\n" "。\n" "檔案會在安裝結束時建立。請留意\n" "您提供的大小和路徑名稱。\n" @@ -4236,8 +4237,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" @@ -4287,8 +4287,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" @@ -4296,16 +4295,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -4351,13 +4348,13 @@ msgstr "使用者" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "編輯邏輯卷冊" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "編輯邏輯卷冊" @@ -4367,8 +4364,7 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -4619,9 +4615,7 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." msgstr "在安裝過程中稍候會進行設定。" #. heading @@ -4657,8 +4651,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0：此等級可增加您的磁碟效能。\n" "此模式沒有備援。如果其中一個磁碟機損毀，將無法進行資料復原。\n" @@ -4667,10 +4660,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1： 此模式有最好的備援。它可用於\n" @@ -4682,15 +4673,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5： 此模式統合管理了大量的磁碟，\n" "並保存了部份備援。此模式可用於三部或三部以上的磁碟。\n" -"即使一部磁碟失敗，所有的資料仍會完好無缺。但若兩部磁碟同時失敗，則會遺失所有" -"資料\n" +"即使一部磁碟失敗，所有的資料仍會完好無缺。但若兩部磁碟同時失敗，則會遺失所有資料\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4705,10 +4693,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "將分割區加入 RAID。根據 RAID 類型，\n" "可用的磁碟大小為這些分割區 (RAID0)、\n" @@ -4779,10 +4765,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "區塊大小： 它是將資料寫入裝置的最小資料單位。\n" "RAID 5 的適當區塊大小為 128KB。至於 RAID 0，\n" @@ -4798,8 +4782,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "同位演算法： 和 RAID5 搭配使用的同位演算法。\n" "左對稱 (left-symmetric) 是對轉盤式一般磁碟提供最大效能的一種方式。\n" @@ -4837,19 +4820,19 @@ msgstr "請選取要新增的宣告類型。" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "新增 RAID(&D)" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "移除 RAID(&V)" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "編輯 RAID(&E)" @@ -5094,11 +5077,9 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5116,9 +5097,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5393,8 +5372,7 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" @@ -5402,12 +5380,9 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" @@ -5430,8 +5405,7 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" #. dialog help text @@ -5446,16 +5420,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" @@ -5494,8 +5464,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" @@ -5519,31 +5488,30 @@ "請輸入交換優先程度。數字愈大，優先程度愈高。\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:478 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "裝載唯讀(&R)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:482 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "唯讀裝載：\n" "無法對檔案系統進行寫入。預設為 False。\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "無存取時間(&A)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" @@ -5553,13 +5521,13 @@ "讀取檔案時不更新存取時間。預設為 False。" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:508 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "可由使用者裝載(&U)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:512 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5568,21 +5536,19 @@ "檔案系統可由一般使用者裝載。預設為 False。\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:525 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "不要在系統啟動時裝載(&S)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:531 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "不要在系統啟動時裝載置：\n" "不在系統啟動時自動裝載檔案系統。\n" @@ -5592,12 +5558,12 @@ "並以適當的選項裝載檔案系統。預設為 False。\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:548 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "啟用限額支援(&Q)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:554 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5608,12 +5574,12 @@ "預設為不使用。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:573 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "資料日誌式模式(&J)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:582 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -5621,10 +5587,8 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "資料日誌模式：\n" "指定資料的日誌模式。\n" @@ -5635,12 +5599,12 @@ " <tt>回寫</tt> -- 不會保留資料排列的順序。\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:603 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "存取控制清單 (ACL)(&A)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:607 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5649,12 +5613,12 @@ "啟用檔案系統上的存取控制清單。\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:618 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "延伸的使用者屬性(&E)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:622 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5663,24 +5627,21 @@ "允許在檔案系統中使用延伸的使用者屬性。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:639 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 #, fuzzy msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "任意的選項值(&V)" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:644 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "裝載點中有無效的字元。請不要在裝載點中使用 \"`'!\"%#\"。" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:648 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "任意的選項值：\n" @@ -5688,12 +5649,12 @@ "以逗號分隔多個選項。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:665 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "檔案名稱的字元集(&S)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:686 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5702,68 +5663,63 @@ "設定在 Windows 分割區顯示檔案名稱時所使用的字元集。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:697 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "短 FAT 名稱的內碼頁(&P)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:703 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "短 FAT 名稱的內碼頁：\n" "此內碼頁會用於轉換 FAT 檔案系統上的短名稱字元。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:717 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "FAT 數目(&F)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:723 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "FAT 數目：\n" "指定檔案系統中的檔案配置表數。預設為 2。" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:732 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT 大小(&S)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:743 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT 大小：\n" -"指定所使用的檔案配置表類型 (12、16 或 32 位元)。若指定自動，YaST2 便會自動選" -"取最適合於檔案系統大小的值。\n" +"指定所使用的檔案配置表類型 (12、16 或 32 位元)。若指定自動，YaST2 便會自動選取最適合於檔案系統大小的值。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "根目錄項目數(&D)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:760 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "「根目錄項目數」的最小值為 112。請再試一次。" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:764 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" @@ -5773,72 +5729,63 @@ "選取根目錄中可使用的項目數。" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:777 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "雜湊功能(&F)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:784 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "雜湊功能：\n" "這會指定將雜湊功能名稱，以用於排序目錄中的檔案名稱。" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS 版本(&R)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS 版本：\n" -"此選項會定義要使用的 reiserfs 格式版本。'3.5' 的目的在於提供 2.2.x 系列核心的" -"舊版相容性。'3.6' 是最新版本，但只可搭配 2.4 (含) 以上版本的核心一起使用。</" -"p>\n" +"此選項會定義要使用的 reiserfs 格式版本。'3.5' 的目的在於提供 2.2.x 系列核心的舊版相容性。'3.6' 是最新版本，但只可搭配 2.4 (含) 以上版本的核心一起使用。\n" #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:813 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "區塊大小 (位元組)(&S)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:820 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "區塊大小：\n" -"以位元組為單位指定區塊大小。有效的區塊大小值是每區塊 512、1024、2048 與 4096 " -"位元組。若選取自動，便會使用標準區塊大小 4096。\n" +"以位元組為單位指定區塊大小。有效的區塊大小值是每區塊 512、1024、2048 與 4096 位元組。若選取自動，便會使用標準區塊大小 4096。\n" #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Inode 大小(&I)" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:835 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5847,36 +5794,33 @@ "此選項會指定檔案系統的 inode 大小。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:844 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "Inode 空間的百分比(&P)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:872 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Inode 空間的百分比：\n" -"「Inode 空間的百分比」選項會指定檔案系統上，可以配置給 Inode 之空間的最大百分" -"比。\n" +"「Inode 空間的百分比」選項會指定檔案系統上，可以配置給 Inode 之空間的最大百分比。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:881 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode 校準(&A)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:887 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5886,13 +5830,13 @@ "的效率通常較高。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:917 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "記錄大小 (MB)(&L)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:926 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -5903,29 +5847,28 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "記錄大小\n" "設定記錄大小 (以 MB 為單位)。若設為自動，則預設值為結集大小的 40%。" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:939 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "呼叫不良磁區清單公用程式(&U)" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 #, fuzzy msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "區塊中的步幅長度(&L)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:961 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" @@ -5935,7 +5878,7 @@ "請選取大於 1 的值。" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:965 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5948,27 +5891,23 @@ "作為其引數。\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:984 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "區塊大小：\n" -"以位元組為單位指定區塊大小。有效的區塊大小值是每區塊 1024、2048 與 4096 個位" -"元組。若選取自動，便會依據檔案系統大小與檔案系統的使用方式，決定區塊大小。</" -"p>\n" +"以位元組為單位指定區塊大小。有效的區塊大小值是每區塊 1024、2048 與 4096 個位元組。若選取自動，便會依據檔案系統大小與檔案系統的使用方式，決定區塊大小。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 #, fuzzy msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "每Inode 的位元組數(&I)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:999 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" @@ -5977,26 +5916,22 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "每Inode 的位元組數：\n" -"指定 Inode 比率的位元組數。在磁碟上 YaST2 會每一個 <每 Inode 的位元組數" -"> 位元組空間建立一個 Inode。每 Inode 的位元組數之比率愈大，所建立的 Inode " -"愈少。\n" -"此值通常不應小於檔案系統的區塊大小，以避免建立太多的 Inode。建立 Inode 之後，" -"便無法再擴展\n" +"指定 Inode 比率的位元組數。在磁碟上 YaST2 會每一個 <每 Inode 的位元組數> 位元組空間建立一個 Inode。每 Inode 的位元組數之比率愈大，所建立的 Inode 愈少。\n" +"此值通常不應小於檔案系統的區塊大小，以避免建立太多的 Inode。建立 Inode 之後，便無法再擴展\n" "其在檔案系統上的數目，因此在輸入此參數值時，請注意其合理性。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "保留給根目錄的區塊百分比(&R)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6007,25 +5942,19 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1030 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"保留給根目錄的區塊百分比： 指定保留給超級使用者的區塊百分比。此值預" -"設為 5%。" +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "保留給根目錄的區塊百分比： 指定保留給超級使用者的區塊百分比。此值預設為 5%。" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "關閉定期檢查" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1047 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" @@ -6035,12 +5964,12 @@ "在開機時停用定期檔案系統檢查。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1074 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "目錄索引功能(&D)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" @@ -6049,16 +5978,15 @@ "能夠使用雜湊的 b-trees 加速在大型目錄中的查詢。\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1100 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6162,7 +6090,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2704 src/modules/Storage.rb:3909 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -6176,7 +6104,7 @@ "提供的加密密碼可能不正確。\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3940 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6188,7 +6116,7 @@ "請再試一次。" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6201,27 +6129,27 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4025 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "輸入加密金鑰" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4084 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "輸入提供者密碼" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4103 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4118 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr " 卷冊群組 " -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4122 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6229,13 +6157,13 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4134 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "您想要再重試一次嗎？" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4191 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6243,97 +6171,96 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "輸入加密金鑰" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YaST2 偵測到下列裝置" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4216 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2 偵測到下列裝置" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4229 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4253 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4339 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "DASD 磁碟" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 #, fuzzy msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "DASD 磁碟" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "磁碟" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4379 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID(&A)：" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID(&A)：" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5174 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" "無法調整分割區 %1 的大小，\n" "因為無法裝載檔案系統。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5200 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5214 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5243 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5281 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6341,7 +6268,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6349,7 +6276,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5314 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6360,19 +6287,19 @@ "因為無法裝載檔案系統。\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "正在複製根檔案系統..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5404 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6006 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "寫入防火牆規則失敗" @@ -6627,8 +6554,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -6641,8 +6567,7 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6658,14 +6583,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "\n" "在裝載點後面的星號 (*) 指出目前\n" -"未裝載的檔案系統 (例如，因為它在 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 中已設定 <tt>noauto</" -"tt> 選項)。\n" +"未裝載的檔案系統 (例如，因為它在 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 中已設定 <tt>noauto</tt> 選項)。\n" " \n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6751,8 +6674,7 @@ "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"使用項目告知設備是否由 LVM、RAID 或 EVMS 所使用。如果您未使用上述三" -"者，\n" +"使用項目告知設備是否由 LVM、RAID 或 EVMS 所使用。如果您未使用上述三者，\n" "最好將此欄保留為空白。\n" "\n" @@ -7046,50 +6968,48 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4551 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5674 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "由於不一致的 FS，可能會進行調整。請在 Windows 之下檢查 FS。" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6163 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "建立 LVM 基礎建議(&L)" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6178 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr " 卷冊群組 " #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6196 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "檔案系統選項：" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6243 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "建議個別主分割區(&H)" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6261 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 #, fuzzy msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "啟用暫停(&E)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6271 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "特殊設定" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" @@ -7099,7 +7019,7 @@ "若要建立基於 LVM 的要求，請選擇對應的按鈕。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6293 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7108,33 +7028,33 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6334 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "請輸入此加密檔案系統的密碼。" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "密碼：" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "重新輸入密碼以進行確認(&V)：" @@ -7187,6 +7107,29 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "使用者資訊來源" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "警告：以目前的設定，您的 %1 安裝\n" +#~ "在開機時會有問題，因為您沒有 \"boot\"\n" +#~ " 分割區，而您的 \"root\" 分割區是 LVM 邏輯卷冊。\n" +#~ "這樣是行不通的。\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "如果您沒有執行的把握，請使用一般\n" +#~ "分割區存放 /boot 下的檔案。\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "要變更嗎？\n" + #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "編輯分割區設定...(&E)" @@ -7222,10 +7165,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -7289,12 +7230,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" #~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -#~ "to mount\n" -#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -#~ "can be\n" -#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#~ "possible.\n" +#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "裝載於 /etc/fstab：\n" #~ "通常，要裝載的檔案系統會在 /etc/fstab\n" @@ -7329,12 +7267,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -7470,12 +7405,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large " -#~ "disks.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it " -#~ "looks\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n" #~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" #~ "performs various checks. " #~ msgstr "" @@ -7907,9 +7839,7 @@ #~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" #~ msgstr "使用 %4$s 建立做為 %5$s 的檔案 %2$s (%3$s) 檔案為主設備 %1$s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with " -#~ "%4$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" #~ msgstr "使用 %4$s 建立做為 %5$s 的檔案 %2$s (%3$s) 加密檔案為主設備 %1$s" #~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s)" @@ -7921,8 +7851,7 @@ #~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" #~ msgstr "使用 %4$s 格式化做為 %5$s 的 %2$s (%3$s) 檔案為主設備 %1$s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgid "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" #~ msgstr "使用 %4$s 格式化做為 %5$s 的 %2$s (%3$s) 加密檔案為主設備 %1$s" #~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) with %4$s" @@ -8018,8 +7947,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" #~ msgstr "使用 %3$s 建立用於 %4$s 的加密軟體 RAID %1$s (%2$s)" #, fuzzy @@ -8243,8 +8171,7 @@ #~ msgstr "可用空間 (%1)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations in\n" #~ "the NTFS resizer, the file system can only be shrunk by up to %2 %3.\n" #~ "To be able to shrink the file system more, boot your Windows\n" #~ "system and run a disk defragmentation program under Windows to move\n" @@ -8555,45 +8482,31 @@ #~ "在現有的分割區上，除了分割區的開始和大小，\n" #~ "其他皆可予以變更。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition " -#~ "should be formatted." +#~ msgid "First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition should be formatted." #~ msgstr "首先，選擇分割區類型以及是否格式化此分割區。" #~ msgid "Then, enter the mount point ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)" #~ msgstr "接著，輸入裝載點 ( /、/boot、/usr、/var 等)。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create " -#~ "a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be " -#~ "lost." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "若要變更開始磁柱或結束磁柱，請刪除此分割區，然後以新的參數建立一個新的" -#~ "分割區。此分割區中的所有資料將會遺失。" +#~ msgid "To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be lost." +#~ msgstr "若要變更開始磁柱或結束磁柱，請刪除此分割區，然後以新的參數建立一個新的分割區。此分割區中的所有資料將會遺失。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. " +#~ msgid "Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. " #~ msgstr "現在，請輸入硬碟上的新分割區位置。" #~ msgid "Please enter the starting cylinder number of the partition. " #~ msgstr "請輸入分割區的開始磁柱號。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66)." +#~ msgid "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66)." #~ msgstr "然後，指定結束磁柱號或第一個磁柱的偏移 (如 +66)。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e." -#~ "g., +100M or +20000K)." +#~ msgid "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +100M or +20000K)." #~ msgstr "您也可以直接指定分割區的大小 (例如 +100M 或 +20000K)。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the starting cylinder number of the partition.\n" -#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" -#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., " -#~ "+2G, +100M, or +20000K).\n" +#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" +#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +2G, +100M, or +20000K).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "輸入分割區的開始磁柱號。\n" #~ "然後，指定結束磁柱號或第一個磁柱的偏移 (例如 +66)。\n" @@ -8606,8 +8519,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "This is intended for experts.\n" #~ "If you are not familiar with the concepts of hard disk partitions\n" -#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select automatic</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select automatic\n" #~ "partitioning.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -8621,8 +8533,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Please note that nothing will be written to your hard disk\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -8658,8 +8569,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -8706,10 +8616,8 @@ #~ msgstr "<tt>/dev/sda2 </tt>位於第 1 個磁碟的第二個主要分割區。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition " -#~ "on\n" -#~ "the first disk. Note: this is always #5, even if there are less " -#~ "than four\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition on\n" +#~ "the first disk. Note: this is always #5, even if there are less than four\n" #~ "primary partitions." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>位於第 1 個磁碟的延伸分割區的\n" @@ -8722,8 +8630,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "On the i386 platform (i.e., normal PCs), there cannot be more than four\n" -#~ "primary partitions on any hard disk, because the respective table " -#~ "in the\n" +#~ "primary partitions on any hard disk, because the respective table in the\n" #~ "master boot record cannot contain more than four entries.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -8746,11 +8653,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it " -#~ "ends below this\n" +#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it ends below this\n" #~ "1024 cylinder boundary. Create a separate partition and mount it as\n" -#~ "/boot, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single " -#~ "cylinder\n" +#~ "/boot, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single cylinder\n" #~ "(at least 64 MB) is usually sufficient for that.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -8764,8 +8669,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "One of the four primary partitions may be an extended partition.\n" -#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more logical partitions</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more logical partitions.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -8792,8 +8696,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as GRUB, you can " -#~ "even\n" +#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as GRUB, you can even\n" #~ "boot your computer from a logical partition.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -8806,8 +8709,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "The extended partition will overlap with the logical\n" #~ "partitions: for an extended partition from cylinder 200 to 500, logical\n" -#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 " -#~ "to 500.\n" +#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 to 500.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -8819,20 +8721,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "An asterisk (*) after the mount point indicates a file system that is\n" -#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> " -#~ "option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" +#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "在裝載點後面的星號 (*) 指出目前\n" -#~ "未裝載的檔案系統 (例如，因為它在 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 中已設定 <tt>noauto</" -#~ "tt> 選項)。\n" +#~ "未裝載的檔案系統 (例如，因為它在 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 中已設定 <tt>noauto</tt> 選項)。\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The column labeled F contains flags. <tt>C</tt> means the " -#~ "partition is encrypted. \n" +#~ "The column labeled F contains flags. <tt>C</tt> means the partition is encrypted. \n" #~ "<tt>F</tt> means the partition is selected to be formatted.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -8844,21 +8743,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Used By tells if a device is used by LVM or RAID. If you do not " -#~ "use such\n" +#~ "Used By tells if a device is used by LVM or RAID. If you do not use such\n" #~ "things, it is perfectly normal for this column to be empty.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "使用項目告知設備是否由 LVM、RAID 或 EVMS 所使用。如果您未使用上述三" -#~ "者，\n" +#~ "使用項目告知設備是否由 LVM、RAID 或 EVMS 所使用。如果您未使用上述三者，\n" #~ "最好將此欄保留為空白。\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Mount By indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel " -#~ "Name,\n" +#~ "Mount By indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel Name,\n" #~ "(L) by Label, (U) by UUID, (I) by Device ID, and (P) by Device Path.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -8878,11 +8774,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "Nothing will be written to your hard disk\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -9144,8 +9038,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Logical volumes are\n" #~ "usable almost everywhere normal disk partitions can be used.\n" -#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, " -#~ "as swap \n" +#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, as swap \n" #~ "or as raw partitions for databases.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -9157,8 +9050,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "If there is still unallocated\n" -#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use reiserfs as your " -#~ "file system,\n" +#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use reiserfs as your file system,\n" #~ "extend a logical volume and the underlying file system while it\n" #~ "is mounted and in use.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -9172,8 +9064,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "The logical volumes need to be large enough\n" #~ "to hold all the files to install now, but you do not necessarily need to\n" -#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be " -#~ "increased \n" +#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be increased \n" #~ "later while your system is in use.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -9184,15 +9075,12 @@ #~ "再增加。\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add partitions (called physical volumes) to your volume group.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "Add partitions (called physical volumes) to your volume group." #~ msgstr "在卷冊群組中新增分割區(稱為實體卷冊)。" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The volume group forms the storage pool from which your logical " -#~ "volumes,\n" +#~ "The volume group forms the storage pool from which your logical volumes,\n" #~ "like virtual partitions, are allocated.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -9201,8 +9089,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one " -#~ "volume \n" +#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one volume \n" #~ "group. If you need more than one volume group for special reasons,\n" #~ "create them here. Each volume group must have at least one partition \n" #~ "that belongs to that volume group.\n" @@ -9215,8 +9102,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Each physical volume belongs to exactly one volume group. Assign " -#~ "all\n" +#~ "Each physical volume belongs to exactly one volume group. Assign all\n" #~ "partitions to use with Linux LVM to volume groups.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -9750,8 +9636,7 @@ #~ "To use RAID, at least two partitions of type 0xFD (or 0x83)\n" #~ "are required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n" #~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n" -#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to " -#~ "0xFD.\n" +#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0xFD.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "若要使用 RAID，至少需要兩個 0xFD (或 0x83) 類型的\n" #~ "分割區。請適當地變更分割區表。\n" @@ -9993,13 +9878,10 @@ #~ "超過目前軟體 RAID 版本所能處理的數量。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Multipath: This mode allow access to the same physical " -#~ "device\n" -#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller " -#~ "card. This mode can be used with at least two devices\n" +#~ "Multipath: This mode allow access to the same physical device\n" +#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller card. This mode can be used with at least two devices\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "多重路徑： 利用此模式可透過備援的多重控制卡存取相同的實體裝" -#~ "置，\n" +#~ "多重路徑： 利用此模式可透過備援的多重控制卡存取相同的實體裝置，\n" #~ "以備其中一片控制卡發生錯誤時之用。此模式至少可同時用於兩部裝置\n" #~ msgid "Auto&detect Multipath" @@ -10015,8 +9897,7 @@ #~ "The list contains the devices that could be automatically\n" #~ "detected for multipath setup. Disable the devices not to \n" #~ "have activated by double-clicking the table line and continue when \n" -#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid " -#~ "devices\n" +#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid devices\n" #~ "are created.\n" #~ "If you deselect lines, the names of the raid devices \n" #~ "after the deselected lines will be changed.\n" @@ -10063,8 +9944,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Expert options: Here, set\n" #~ "things like chunk size to get the best performance\n" -#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this " -#~ "RAID.\n" +#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this RAID.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "專家選項： 在此，\n" #~ "設定如區塊大小等項目可取得系統的最佳效能。\n" @@ -10253,8 +10133,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To create an LVM or EVMS based proposal, choose the corresponding button." -#~ "\n" +#~ "To create an LVM or EVMS based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "若要建立基於 LVM 或 EVMS 的要求，請選擇對應的按鈕。\n" @@ -10328,12 +10207,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "確定要執行？\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related " -#~ "functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "此對話方塊上方部分包含與容器相關的功能。在此您可以建立、編輯和修改 " -#~ "EVMS 容器。" +#~ msgid "The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. " +#~ msgstr "此對話方塊上方部分包含與容器相關的功能。在此您可以建立、編輯和修改 EVMS 容器。" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -10366,8 +10241,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Change the settings for an EVMS container.\n" -#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when " -#~ "creating\n" +#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when creating\n" #~ "the container.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "變更 EVMS 容器的設定。\n" @@ -10480,8 +10354,7 @@ #~ "To use LVM, at least one partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83)\n" #~ "is required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n" #~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n" -#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to " -#~ "0x8e.\n" +#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0x8e.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "若要使用 LVM，至少需要一個 0x8e (或 0x83) 類型的\n" #~ "分割區。請適當地變更分割區表。\n" @@ -10509,9 +10382,7 @@ #~ msgid "Delete Partition Table" #~ msgstr "刪除分割區表" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Rereading the partition table cancels all current changes. Really reread " -#~ "the partition table?" +#~ msgid "Rereading the partition table cancels all current changes. Really reread the partition table?" #~ msgstr "重新讀取分割區表會取消目前所有的變更。確定要重新讀取分割區表？" #~ msgid "Select a loop device entry." Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sudo.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sudo.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sudo.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 23:27+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -332,8 +332,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "主機別名 %1 已為其中一個 sudo 規則使用。\n" "將其刪除可能會造成不一致的 sudo 組態檔案。確定要刪除嗎？\n" @@ -343,8 +342,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "使用者別名 %1 已為其中一個 sudo 規則使用。\n" "將其刪除可能會造成不一致的 sudo 組態檔案。確定要刪除嗎？\n" @@ -354,8 +352,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "RunAs 別名 %1 已為其中一個 sudo 規則使用。\n" "將其刪除可能會造成不一致的 sudo 組態檔案。確定要刪除嗎？\n" @@ -365,8 +362,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "指令別名 %1 已為其中一個 sudo 規則使用。\n" "將其刪除可能會造成不一致的 sudo 組態檔案。確定要刪除嗎？\n" @@ -453,10 +449,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -498,8 +492,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " -"button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -511,11 +504,9 @@ #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -529,25 +520,18 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com) single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "主機名稱或別名項目是由主機名稱 (例如 www.example.com)、單一 IP \n" -"\t位址 (例如 192.168.0.1)、由網路遮罩組成的 IP 位址或主機別名所組成。若指令" -"可\n" -"\t執行於任何主機上，請使用關鍵字 'ALL'。主機名稱或 IP 位址會符合您自己的主機" -"名稱或 \n" -"\tIP 位址，所以若您不想在多個機器之間共享 /etc/sudoers 檔案，對於大部分的目的" -"而言，\n" +"\t位址 (例如 192.168.0.1)、由網路遮罩組成的 IP 位址或主機別名所組成。若指令可\n" +"\t執行於任何主機上，請使用關鍵字 'ALL'。主機名稱或 IP 位址會符合您自己的主機名稱或 \n" +"\tIP 位址，所以若您不想在多個機器之間共享 /etc/sudoers 檔案，對於大部分的目的而言，\n" "\t'ALL' 或 'localhost' 項目將已足夠。 \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -555,23 +539,18 @@ #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "RunAs 使用者名稱或別名是一個指定使用者 (\n" "\t其存取權限\n" "\t將用於執行特定指令) 的選擇性參數。若為空白，則根使用者將為預設的\n" -"\t使用者。其可再次為單一使用者名稱、使用 '%' 當作字首的群組名稱或 run_as 別" -"名\n" +"\t使用者。其可再次為單一使用者名稱、使用 '%' 當作字首的群組名稱或 run_as 別名\n" "\t從下拉式功能表的現有使用者、群組與別名選取，或輸入您自己的值。\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -579,10 +558,8 @@ #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" @@ -599,10 +576,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -616,16 +591,13 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "若要新增新指令，請按一下「新增」按鈕，使用選擇性\n" -"\t參數填寫指令名稱，並按一下「確定」。若要移除指令，請從表格中選取適當" -"的項目\n" +"\t參數填寫指令名稱，並按一下「確定」。若要移除指令，請從表格中選取適當的項目\n" "\t並按一下「刪除」按鈕。\n" "\t" @@ -633,25 +605,21 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>使用者別名</big> \n" "\t在此對話中，您可以設定使用者別名。使用者別名是擁有\n" -"\t獨特名稱的一組使用者。這個名稱之後將用來參照 sudo 組態中這個組合的所有使用" -"者。 \n" +"\t獨特名稱的一組使用者。這個名稱之後將用來參照 sudo 組態中這個組合的所有使用者。 \n" "\t \n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -664,8 +632,7 @@ #. User Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -679,25 +646,21 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>主機別名</big> \n" "\t在此對話中，您可以設定主機別名。主機別名是擁有\n" -"\t獨特名稱的一組主機。這個名稱之後將用來參照 sudo 組態中這個組合的所有主" -"機。 \n" +"\t獨特名稱的一組主機。這個名稱之後將用來參照 sudo 組態中這個組合的所有主機。 \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -710,8 +673,7 @@ #. Host Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -725,25 +687,21 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>RunAs 別名</big> \n" "\t在此對話中，您可以設定 RunAs 別名。RunAs 別名是擁有\n" -"\t獨特名稱的一組使用者。這個名稱之後將用來參照 sudo 組態中這個組合的所有使用" -"者。 \n" +"\t獨特名稱的一組使用者。這個名稱之後將用來參照 sudo 組態中這個組合的所有使用者。 \n" "\t \n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -756,8 +714,7 @@ #. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -771,10 +728,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -789,8 +744,7 @@ #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -803,8 +757,7 @@ #. Command Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -818,18 +771,14 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>使用者別名</big> \n" "\t使用者別名是由一個或多個使用者、系統群組 (使用 '%' 當作字首) 或其他\n" -"\t使用者別名所組成。其被給予單一名稱 (僅能包含大寫字母、數字與底線\t)，該名稱" -"之後將用於參照此別名中的所有使用者。\n" +"\t使用者別名所組成。其被給予單一名稱 (僅能包含大寫字母、數字與底線\t)，該名稱之後將用於參照此別名中的所有使用者。\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -837,12 +786,9 @@ #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"Add button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -861,8 +807,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "注意事項：別名不得為空白。每個別名必須至少有一個成員。\n" @@ -872,21 +817,16 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>主機別名</big> \n" -"\t主機別名是由一個或多個主機名稱、單一 IP 位址、以點分隔的四個數字表示法結合" -"的網路遮罩 ID \n" +"\t主機別名是由一個或多個主機名稱、單一 IP 位址、以點分隔的四個數字表示法結合的網路遮罩 ID \n" "\t的 IP 位址 (例如 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) 或\n" "\t位元表示法的 CIDR 號碼 (例如 192.168.0.0/24)、或其他主機別名所組成。其被\n" "\t給予單一名稱 (僅能包含大寫字母、數字與底線)，該名稱\n" @@ -898,8 +838,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -913,8 +852,7 @@ #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -928,12 +866,9 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -950,15 +885,11 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -976,27 +907,22 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" "將獨特的名稱輸入別名文字項目。若要將新指令新增至別名，\n" "\t請按一下「新增」按鈕。將跳出一個視窗，您可以在其中輸入指令名稱\n" -"\t(或透過按一下 「瀏覽」按鈕，從檔案瀏覽器中選取指令名稱。此外，您可以" -"在參數文字項目中， \n" +"\t(或透過按一下 「瀏覽」按鈕，從檔案瀏覽器中選取指令名稱。此外，您可以在參數文字項目中， \n" "\t指定指令參數\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1013,8 +939,7 @@ #. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; #. } #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" msgstr "這規則是 sudo 能正確運作所需要的系統規則。\n" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 @@ -1036,8 +961,7 @@ #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" msgstr "所有變更將會遺失。確定要結束 sudo 組態而不儲存嗎？" #. Error message Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/support.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/support.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/support.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支援" #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "開啟" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "" +msgstr "另存新檔" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "Directory to Save" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "無法寫入設定。" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -177,11 +177,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "精靈設定" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "選項" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -209,11 +209,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "電子郵件位址" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "名稱" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "進度" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "檔案名稱" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -279,6 +279,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>中止起始化：</big> \n" +"按下「中止」，以安全地中止組態公用程式。\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -295,6 +297,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>中止儲存：</big> \n" +"按「中止」，中止儲存程序。\n" +"會出現其他的對話方塊，通知執行此動作是否安全。\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -319,16 +325,17 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>編輯或刪除：</big> \n" +"如果您按「編輯」，就會開啟其他的對話方塊，可以在其中變更\n" +"組態。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -351,8 +358,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -369,38 +375,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" @@ -408,8 +407,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" @@ -417,10 +415,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -434,16 +430,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -454,8 +448,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -472,8 +465,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -486,6 +478,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>組態第二部份</big> \n" +"按「下一步」以繼續。\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -494,6 +489,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>正在選取其他項目</big> \n" +"這是不可能的。您必須先加以編碼。:-)\n" +" " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -554,15 +552,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 @@ -582,9 +576,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -640,9 +632,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -662,9 +652,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -677,10 +665,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -713,21 +699,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -735,21 +715,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 @@ -769,47 +743,33 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -820,7 +780,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在啟始化..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -829,7 +789,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Root 密碼" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -848,30 +808,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "寫入設定" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "執行 SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在寫入設定..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在執行 SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已完成" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "組態摘要..." Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sysconfig.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sysconfig.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/sysconfig.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-16 11:22+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -309,24 +309,17 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "在您儲存變更之後，此編輯器會變更\n" -"對應 sysconfig 檔案中的變數。然後其會開始啟動指令，變更之下的組態檔案、停止並" -"啟動精靈\n" +"對應 sysconfig 檔案中的變數。然後其會開始啟動指令，變更之下的組態檔案、停止並啟動精靈\n" "以及執行低階組態工具，讓 sysconfig 中的組態可以運作。\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"重要： 您仍然可以手動編輯各個組態檔案。檔案的名稱會顯示在變數描述" -"中。" +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "重要： 您仍然可以手動編輯各個組態檔案。檔案的名稱會顯示在變數描述中。" #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -340,22 +333,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"系統組態編輯器您可以使用系統組態編輯器變更部份系統設定。您也" -"可以使用 YaST2 設定您的硬體和系統設定。" +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "系統組態編輯器您可以使用系統組態編輯器變更部份系統設定。您也可以使用 YaST2 設定您的硬體和系統設定。" #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"注意事項： 描述內容並未轉譯，因為這些內容是直接從組態檔案讀取出來" -"的。" +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "注意事項： 描述內容並未轉譯，因為這些內容是直接從組態檔案讀取出來的。" #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -384,12 +368,8 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"搜尋結果會在此處顯示。您若是看到所需要的項目，請選取之，然後按一下「到」。否" -"則，請按一下「取消」關閉這個對話方塊。" +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "搜尋結果會在此處顯示。您若是看到所需要的項目，請選取之，然後按一下「到」。否則，請按一下「取消」關閉這個對話方塊。" #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -604,15 +584,12 @@ msgstr "組態摘要" #~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~ "detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " SuSEconfig 會儲存每個組態檔案的檢查總數，因此您若是\n" -#~ "手動變更了其中一個檔案，SuSEconfig 皆可以偵測出來。SuSEconfig 不會觸碰您手" -#~ "動\n" +#~ "手動變更了其中一個檔案，SuSEconfig 皆可以偵測出來。SuSEconfig 不會觸碰您手動\n" #~ "變更的組態檔案。\n" #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/tftp-server.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/tftp-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/tftp-server.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-06-05 18:04+02:00\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -82,12 +82,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"使用這個選項可讓您啟用 TFTP (細瑣檔案傳輸通訊協定) 伺服器。伺服器將使用 " -"xinetd 啟動。" +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "使用這個選項可讓您啟用 TFTP (細瑣檔案傳輸通訊協定) 伺服器。伺服器將使用 xinetd 啟動。" #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -102,8 +98,7 @@ "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "開機影像目錄：\n" "指定找到服務檔案的\n" @@ -195,8 +190,7 @@ #~ "Boot Image Directory:\n" #~ "Specify the directory where served files are\n" #~ "located. The usual value is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. It is created if it\n" -#~ "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the " -#~ "<tt>-s</tt> option).\n" +#~ "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "開機影像目錄：\n" #~ "指定找到服務檔案的\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/timezone_db.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/timezone_db.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/timezone_db.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-13 17:58+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <zh(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/tune.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/tune.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/tune.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-04 11:50+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ray Chen <swyear(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: <zh(a)li.org>\n" @@ -21,38 +21,36 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "硬體偵測 - 此模組不支援指令行介面，請使用 '%1' 代替。" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "正在偵測硬體..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "進度" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "所有項目(&A)" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "儲存至檔案(&S)..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "硬體資訊" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" @@ -60,21 +58,25 @@ "硬體資訊模組會顯示您電腦的\n" "硬體詳細資訊。按一下任何節點以獲得更多資訊。\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"您可以將硬體資訊儲存到檔案。按一下「儲存至檔案」然後輸入檔名。" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "您可以將硬體資訊儲存到檔案。按一下「儲存至檔案」然後輸入檔名。" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "系統設定" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "系統" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "系統(&Y)" @@ -85,9 +87,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." msgstr "詳細資訊所選取硬體元件的詳細資訊會顯示在此處。" #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") @@ -139,21 +139,13 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"偵測到的硬體 這個表格會列出在您系統上所偵測到的所有硬體元件。</" -"P>" +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "偵測到的硬體 這個表格會列出在您系統上所偵測到的所有硬體元件。" #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"詳細資料 選取一個元件並按「詳細資料」 可查看該元件更多的" -"詳細描述。" +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "詳細資料 選取一個元件並按「詳細資料」 可查看該元件更多的詳細描述。" #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 @@ -161,9 +153,7 @@ msgid "" "Save to File You can save\n" " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file." -msgstr "" -"儲存至檔案 您可以將硬體資訊 (hwinfo 輸出) 儲存到檔案或磁" -"片。在「儲存到檔案」選取目標類型。" +msgstr "儲存至檔案 您可以將硬體資訊 (hwinfo 輸出) 儲存到檔案或磁片。在「儲存到檔案」選取目標類型。" #. heading text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 @@ -293,47 +283,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"可以新增 PCI ID 至裝置驅動程式，以擴充已知支援裝置的內部資料庫。" +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "可以新增 PCI ID 至裝置驅動程式，以擴充已知支援裝置的內部資料庫。" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"PCI ID 編號是以十六進位數字的形式來輸入與顯示。SysFS 目錄為 /sys/" -"bus/pci/drivers 目錄中的目錄名稱。如果它為空白，則使用驅動程式名稱作為目錄名" -"稱。" +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "PCI ID 編號是以十六進位數字的形式來輸入與顯示。SysFS 目錄為 /sys/bus/pci/drivers 目錄中的目錄名稱。如果它為空白，則使用驅動程式名稱作為目錄名稱。" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"若驅動程式編譯至核心，請將驅動程式名稱保持空白，並輸入 SysFS 目錄名稱。</" -"P>" +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "若驅動程式編譯至核心，請將驅動程式名稱保持空白，並輸入 SysFS 目錄名稱。" #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"使用表格下方的按鈕來變更 PCI ID 的清單。按 %1 以啟用設定。" +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "使用表格下方的按鈕來變更 PCI ID 的清單。按 %1 以啟用設定。" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"警告： 此為進階組態。如果您沒有把握如何執行，請勿繼續執行。" +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "警告： 此為進階組態。如果您沒有把握如何執行，請勿繼續執行。" #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1086,12 +1057,9 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>全域 I/O 規劃程式</big> \n" @@ -1110,22 +1078,18 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>啟用 SysRq 鍵</big> \n" "如果啟用 SysRq 鍵，即使系統損毀 (例如核心除錯)，\n" "您仍能對系統有某些程度的控制。\n" "如果啟用此功能，Alt-SysRq-<command_key> 會啟動各自的指令\n" "(例如重新啟動電腦、傾印核心資訊)。\n" -"如需進一步的資訊，請參閱 <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (在" -"套件kernel-source )。\n" +"如需進一步的資訊，請參閱 <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (在套件kernel-source )。\n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 @@ -1395,19 +1359,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The table contains information about all attached IDE devices. \n" #~ "Current DMA Mode shows the actual settings. Required DMA\n" -#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is " -#~ "pressed and\n" +#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is pressed and\n" #~ "after each boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "表格包含所有連接的 IDE 設備的相關資訊。\n" -#~ "「目前的 DMA 模式」顯示實際的設定。「必要的 DMA 模式」 顯示" -#~ "在按下「完成」並重新開機後，會套用的設定。\n" +#~ "「目前的 DMA 模式」顯示實際的設定。「必要的 DMA 模式」 顯示在按下「完成」並重新開機後，會套用的設定。\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Changing the IDE DMA Mode</BIG> \n" -#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA " -#~ "Mode.\n" +#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA Mode.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>變更 IDE DMA 模式</BIG> \n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/update.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/update.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/update.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 23:37+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -108,8 +108,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" "建立 /etc/sysconfig 的\n" @@ -147,7 +146,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "更新選項" @@ -183,8 +182,7 @@ msgstr "未知的" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "更新到 %1" @@ -227,8 +225,7 @@ msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "加上新軟體： 本預設設定會\n" @@ -242,8 +239,7 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "只更新安裝的套件：此選項\n" @@ -255,8 +251,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "更新之後，部分軟體可能無法\n" @@ -286,7 +281,7 @@ #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report #: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:384 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "無法裝載目標系統" @@ -362,15 +357,13 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:406 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "無法讀取目前的 RPM 資料庫。" #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "安裝媒體上的產品與已安裝的產品不相容。" #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -387,8 +380,7 @@ #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" @@ -402,17 +394,17 @@ msgstr "警告：由 '%1' 升級到 '%2'，產品不完全適合。" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:216 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "只更新已安裝的套件" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "根據模式更新" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" @@ -426,17 +418,17 @@ "另外，是否要移除不再維護的套件。" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:302 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "更新選項(&U)" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:409 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "這些檔案都不存在：%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:539 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -548,8 +540,8 @@ msgid "&Boot" msgstr "開機(&B)" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:353 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -558,7 +550,7 @@ "找不到可以利用此產品來升級的已安裝系統。" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:363 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" @@ -568,23 +560,22 @@ "與此產品的架構不同。" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:393 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" "在您選擇的分割區偵測到可能是未完成的安裝。\n" "您確定無論如何都要使用它嗎？" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:397 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "是，確定使用這個介面(&Y)" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:435 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:460 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -596,7 +587,7 @@ "\n" "您確定要繼續嗎？" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:441 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:466 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "是的，繼續(&Y)" @@ -693,8 +684,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" @@ -788,10 +778,8 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" "您的系統使用分開的 /var 分割區，升級程序需要此分割區來\n" @@ -829,11 +817,9 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" "有些在 %1 系統上的分割區是以核心裝置名稱掛載。在更新時\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/users.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/users.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/users.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-06 21:27+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <zh(a)li.org>\n" @@ -100,12 +100,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"群組成員 (通常是使用者名稱) 的清單，以逗號分隔。LDAP 使用者 DN 的清單必須以冒" -"號分隔。" +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "群組成員 (通常是使用者名稱) 的清單，以逗號分隔。LDAP 使用者 DN 的清單必須以冒號分隔。" #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -157,24 +153,13 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " -"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" -"若只要使用本地檔案 /etc/passwd 及 /etc/shadow 來驗證使用者，" -"請選取「本地」。" +msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "若只要使用本地檔案 /etc/passwd 及 /etc/shadow 來驗證使用者，請選取「本地」。" #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new " -"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" -"如果您有上一個安裝或替用系統，則可根據此來源建立使用者。若要如此做，請選取" -"「讀取上一個安裝的使用者資料」。此選項會使用現有資料，或為在此安裝指定" -"位置中的每個使用者建立一個新的主目錄。" +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "如果您有上一個安裝或替用系統，則可根據此來源建立使用者。若要如此做，請選取「讀取上一個安裝的使用者資料」。此選項會使用現有資料，或為在此安裝指定位置中的每個使用者建立一個新的主目錄。" #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -213,8 +198,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "如果您使用 NIS 或 LDAP 伺服器來儲存使用者資料，\n" @@ -225,8 +209,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "如果您使用 NIS 或 LDAP 伺服器來儲存使用者資料，\n" "請選擇適當的值。然後按「下一步」繼續用戶端的設定。" @@ -238,28 +221,22 @@ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"如果您使用 LDAP 伺服器來儲存使用者資料，或者您想要驗證 NT 伺服器的使用者，" -"請選擇適當的值。然後\n" +"如果您使用 LDAP 伺服器來儲存使用者資料，或者您想要驗證 NT 伺服器的使用者，請選擇適當的值。然後\n" "按「下一步」繼續用戶端的設定。" #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "如果您使用 LDAP 伺服器來儲存使用者資料，\n" "請選擇適當的值。然後按「下一步」繼續用戶端的設定。" #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" -"在設定使用者資料來源後，檢查「設定 Kerberos 驗證」以設定 " -"Kerberos 。" +msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +msgstr "在設定使用者資料來源後，檢查「設定 Kerberos 驗證」以設定 Kerberos 。" #. check box label #. check box label @@ -356,8 +333,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" @@ -376,8 +352,7 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -410,12 +385,8 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" -"請在 測試鍵盤配置 的區域輸入一些字，檢查您的目前鍵盤配置是否正確。" -"" +msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "請在 測試鍵盤配置 的區域輸入一些字，檢查您的目前鍵盤配置是否正確。" #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -570,12 +541,8 @@ #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 是目前的標準 hash 方式，除非您為了相容的目的，否則不建議使" -"用其他演算法。" +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "SHA-512 是目前的標準 hash 方式，除非您為了相容的目的，否則不建議使用其他演算法。" #. text entry #. text entry @@ -663,8 +630,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -701,13 +667,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -720,12 +683,8 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" -"核取 系統管理員使用此密碼 如果 root 要使用和第一個使用者相同的密" -"碼。" +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "核取 系統管理員使用此密碼 如果 root 要使用和第一個使用者相同的密碼。" #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -733,21 +692,17 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"登入與使用 Linux 系統時，必須使用在此建立的使用者名稱和密碼。啟用「自動登" -"入」時，會略過登入程序。此使用者會自動登入。\n" +"登入與使用 Linux 系統時，必須使用在此建立的使用者名稱和密碼。啟用「自動登入」時，會略過登入程序。此使用者會自動登入。\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " -"Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "核取「接收系統郵件」，轉寄 Root 使用者的郵件給此使用者。\n" @@ -927,8 +882,7 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" "在此處查看對於沒有在先前對話方塊設定的現存 LDAP 項目所有允許屬性的表格。" @@ -954,8 +908,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "使用「編輯」來編輯每個屬性。某些屬性\n" @@ -978,13 +931,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." -msgstr "" -"指派密碼規則物件給這個位於密碼規則物件之 DN的使用者。啟用重設密" -"碼來重設修改之使用者的密碼。" +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." +msgstr "指派密碼規則物件給這個位於密碼規則物件之 DN的使用者。啟用重設密碼來重設修改之使用者的密碼。" #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1087,35 +1035,20 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "以 1KB 區塊為單位，指定此使用者\n" "在這檔案系統中可使用大小限制。另外，您也可以設定 inode 數目的限制。\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"您可以在大小和 inode 數指定軟的與硬的限制。軟限制定義出一個警告的界線，使" -"用者將被警告他們已經接近使用的極限，而硬限制則會定義超出後就拒絕寫入的界線。" -"" +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "您可以在大小和 inode 數指定軟的與硬的限制。軟限制定義出一個警告的界線，使用者將被警告他們已經接近使用的極限，而硬限制則會定義超出後就拒絕寫入的界線。" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"當使用者抵達軟限制時，寬限期的輸入區域將被活化。指定此使用者可超過軟限制的" -"寬限時間。寬限期的倒數計時會立即開始。" +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "當使用者抵達軟限制時，寬限期的輸入區域將被活化。指定此使用者可超過軟限制的寬限時間。寬限期的倒數計時會立即開始。" #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 @@ -1128,35 +1061,20 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "以 1kB 區塊為單位，指定此群組\n" "在這檔案系統中可使用大小限制。另外，您也可以設定 inode 數目的限制。\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"您可以在大小和 inode 數指定軟的與硬的限制。軟限制定義出一個警告的界線，群" -"組將被警告他們已經接近使用的極限，而硬限制則會定義超出後就拒絕寫入的界線。</" -"p>" +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "您可以在大小和 inode 數指定軟的與硬的限制。軟限制定義出一個警告的界線，群組將被警告他們已經接近使用的極限，而硬限制則會定義超出後就拒絕寫入的界線。" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"當群組抵達軟限制時，寬限期的輸入區域將被活化。指定此群組可超過軟限制的寬限" -"時間。寬限期的倒數計時會立即開始。" +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "當群組抵達軟限制時，寬限期的輸入區域將被活化。指定此群組可超過軟限制的寬限時間。寬限期的倒數計時會立即開始。" #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -1475,8 +1393,7 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is path to directory @@ -1778,8 +1695,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1828,19 +1744,16 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "預設登入外圍程序 \n" -"新使用者之登入外圍程序的名稱。請從清單中選取，或輸入自有的外圍程序路徑。</" -"P>\n" +"新使用者之登入外圍程序的名稱。請從清單中選取，或輸入自有的外圍程序路徑。\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1853,8 +1766,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "架構目錄 \n" "新增使用者時，會將此目錄的內容複製至使用者的家目錄。\n" @@ -1874,8 +1786,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "過期日 \n" @@ -1966,11 +1877,9 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1978,8 +1887,7 @@ "建立「使用者名稱」。使用者名稱可以修改，但只能使用\n" "字母 (非重音字母)、數字和 <tt>._-</tt>。\n" "除非您非常確定，請勿在這個項目中使用大寫字母。\n" -"使用者名稱的限制比密碼嚴格。您可以在/etc/login.defs 檔案中重新定義限制。請閱" -"讀它的說明頁面以獲得資訊。\n" +"使用者名稱的限制比密碼嚴格。您可以在/etc/login.defs 檔案中重新定義限制。請閱讀它的說明頁面以獲得資訊。\n" "\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -1988,11 +1896,9 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2005,9 +1911,7 @@ #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." msgstr "按下「使用者管理」，以新增更多使用者或群組至您的系統。" #. alternative help text 4/7 @@ -2027,12 +1931,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"若要編輯這個使用者的密碼設定，例如：過期日，請按一下「密碼設定」。</" -"p>\n" +"若要編輯這個使用者的密碼設定，例如：過期日，請按一下「密碼設定」。\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2097,8 +1999,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2211,12 +2112,8 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"您可以選擇性地將此使用者家目錄的「家目錄許可模式」設定為不同於預設" -"值。" +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "您可以選擇性地將此使用者家目錄的「家目錄許可模式」設定為不同於預設值。" #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2231,44 +2128,25 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data." -msgstr "" -"如果要變更使用者家目錄的位置，請以「移動到新位置」(預設即已啟用) 移" -"動目前的目錄內容。否則就會建立新的家目錄，沒有任何現有資料。" +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "如果要變更使用者家目錄的位置，請以「移動到新位置」(預設即已啟用) 移動目前的目錄內容。否則就會建立新的家目錄，沒有任何現有資料。" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." -msgstr "" -"如果要為使用者的家目錄加密，請啟用「使用加密的家目錄」並設定目錄大" -"小。為使用者的家目錄加密後，所提供的安全性無法抵擋其他使用者的危害。如果多" -"名使用者共用此機器，某使用者就可能破壞系統安全性、取得其他使用者的金鑰，並存" -"取加密資料。如果需要更強的安全性，該實體系統就不能與他人共用。" +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +msgstr "如果要為使用者的家目錄加密，請啟用「使用加密的家目錄」並設定目錄大小。為使用者的家目錄加密後，所提供的安全性無法抵擋其他使用者的危害。如果多名使用者共用此機器，某使用者就可能破壞系統安全性、取得其他使用者的金鑰，並存取加密資料。如果需要更強的安全性，該實體系統就不能與他人共用。" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first." -msgstr "" -"當使用指紋辨識裝置時，家目錄無法被加密。要加密使用者的家目錄，首先停用指紋" -"辨識組態。" +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "當使用指紋辨識裝置時，家目錄無法被加密。要加密使用者的家目錄，首先停用指紋辨識組態。" #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2293,8 +2171,7 @@ "其他資訊：\n" "可以在此處設定其他的使用者資料。該欄位最多可包含\n" "三個部分，並以逗號分隔。標準使用方法為寫入\n" -"「辦公室」、「辦公室電話」和「住家電話」。對使用者執行 " -"finger\n" +"「辦公室」、「辦公室電話」和「住家電話」。對使用者執行 finger\n" " 指令時，會顯示此資訊。\n" #. help text 6/8 @@ -2365,9 +2242,7 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." msgstr "選取「啟動」，開始對特定插件進行詳細的組態設定。" #. help texts 1/1 @@ -2388,9 +2263,7 @@ "Activate Force Password Change to force the user to change the\n" "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." -msgstr "" -"啟用 強迫變更密碼 來強迫使用者在下次登入時變更密碼。如果 上次密" -"碼變更 設定為 永不, 使用者將被強迫變更密碼。" +msgstr "啟用 強迫變更密碼 來強迫使用者在下次登入時變更密碼。如果 上次密碼變更 設定為 永不, 使用者將被強迫變更密碼。" #. Help text 2/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 @@ -2425,23 +2298,19 @@ #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"相同密碼最多可使用天數 設定在過期前，使用者可使用相同密碼的天" -"數。\n" +"相同密碼最多可使用天數 設定在過期前，使用者可使用相同密碼的天數。\n" "\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"相同密碼最少可使用天數 設定在過期前，使用者可使用相同密碼的天" -"數。\n" +"相同密碼最少可使用天數 設定在過期前，使用者可使用相同密碼的天數。\n" "\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -2475,8 +2344,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2486,140 +2354,78 @@ #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"選取「密碼變更規則」、「密碼期限規則」和「鎖定規則」" -"標籤，以選擇要設定的屬性 LDAP 密碼規則群組。" +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "選取「密碼變更規則」、「密碼期限規則」和「鎖定規則」標籤，以選擇要設定的屬性 LDAP 密碼規則群組。" #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"指定「歷程中儲存的最多密碼數」以設定要儲存幾個已經使用過的密碼。儲" -"存過的密碼不得再使用。" +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "指定「歷程中儲存的最多密碼數」以設定要儲存幾個已經使用過的密碼。儲存過的密碼不得再使用。" #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"核取「重設後使用者必須變更密碼」，強迫使用者在密碼重設或管理員變更" -"其密碼後，必須變更自己的密碼。" +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "核取「重設後使用者必須變更密碼」，強迫使用者在密碼重設或管理員變更其密碼後，必須變更自己的密碼。" #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." msgstr "核取「使用者可變更密碼」以允許使用者變更自己的密碼。" #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"如果既有密碼與新密碼都必須輸入，請核取「變更密碼時需要舊密碼」。</" -"p>" +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "如果既有密碼與新密碼都必須輸入，請核取「變更密碼時需要舊密碼」。" #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"選取修改或新增密碼時，是否要驗證密碼品質。如果完全不要檢查密碼，請選取" -"「不檢查」。設定「接受不可檢查的密碼」時，即使無法檢查密碼 (例" -"如使用者提供加密過的密碼)，也可以接受。設定「僅接受檢查過的密碼」時，" -"如果密碼品質測試失敗或無法檢查密碼，該密碼就會遭到拒絕。" +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +msgstr "選取修改或新增密碼時，是否要驗證密碼品質。如果完全不要檢查密碼，請選取「不檢查」。設定「接受不可檢查的密碼」時，即使無法檢查密碼 (例如使用者提供加密過的密碼)，也可以接受。設定「僅接受檢查過的密碼」時，如果密碼品質測試失敗或無法檢查密碼，該密碼就會遭到拒絕。" #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." msgstr "在「密碼最短長度」中設定密碼必須使用的最少字元數。" #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." msgstr "「密碼最短壽命」可設定必須隔多久時間才能修改密碼。" #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." msgstr "「密碼最長壽命」可設定密碼修改多久後就會過期。" #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "" -"在「密碼過期前多久需發出警告」中設定要在密碼到期前多久，向正在驗證" -"的使用者顯示警告訊息。" +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "在「密碼過期前多久需發出警告」中設定要在密碼到期前多久，向正在驗證的使用者顯示警告訊息。" #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -"在「過期密碼的允許使用次數」中設定過期密碼還能用來驗證的次數。" +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "在「過期密碼的允許使用次數」中設定過期密碼還能用來驗證的次數。" #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"核取「啟用密碼鎖定」可在嘗試結合但連續失敗達指定次數後，禁止使用某" -"密碼。" +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "核取「啟用密碼鎖定」可在嘗試結合但連續失敗達指定次數後，禁止使用某密碼。" #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"在「結合失敗幾次後需鎖定密碼？」中設定嘗試結合但連續失敗達幾次後，" -"即不得使用該密碼進行驗證。" +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "在「結合失敗幾次後需鎖定密碼？」中設定嘗試結合但連續失敗達幾次後，即不得使用該密碼進行驗證。" #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -"" +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." msgstr "在「密碼鎖定持續時間」中設定不得使用該密碼的時間長度。" #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred." -msgstr "" -"「結合失敗快取持續時間」可設定密碼失敗多久後 (即使沒有任何一次驗證" -"成功)，即需清除失敗計數器。" +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +msgstr "「結合失敗快取持續時間」可設定密碼失敗多久後 (即使沒有任何一次驗證成功)，即需清除失敗計數器。" #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -2756,8 +2562,7 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "按「設定」可設定儲存在\n" @@ -2772,12 +2577,10 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"請以「編輯」設定已選取的密碼規則。請使用「新增」加入新的密" -"碼規則。\n" +"請以「編輯」設定已選取的密碼規則。請使用「新增」加入新的密碼規則。\n" "只有在 LDAP 伺服器已啟用密碼規則時才能進行組態。" #. checkbox label @@ -3062,8 +2865,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -3109,8 +2911,7 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" @@ -3142,18 +2943,14 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." -msgstr "" -"您可以在此處針對使用者和群組，延伸預設搜尋過濾器之外的搜尋過濾。" +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." +msgstr "您可以在此處針對使用者和群組，延伸預設搜尋過濾器之外的搜尋過濾。" #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" "藉由「預設」，從儲存在 LDAP 伺服器上的使用者與群組組態模組，\n" @@ -3255,8 +3052,7 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3267,8 +3063,7 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "「自動登入」 \n" "啟用「自動登入」，會略過登入程序。清單中選取的使用者會自動登入。\n" @@ -3278,8 +3073,7 @@ msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "無密碼登入 \n" "如果選取這個選項，所有的使用者被允許不需要輸入密碼就可登入。\n" @@ -3447,8 +3241,7 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" @@ -3463,13 +3256,11 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"使用者及群組會被安排在不同的組別中。使用「設定過濾器」變更目前在表格中" -"顯示的設定。\n" +"使用者及群組會被安排在不同的組別中。使用「設定過濾器」變更目前在表格中顯示的設定。\n" "使用「自訂過濾器」自訂您的檢視。\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -3477,16 +3268,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "按一下「專家選項」 編輯不同的專家設定，例如\n" "密碼加密類型、使用者驗證方法、新使用者的\n" -"預設值或登入設定。使用「立即寫入變更」，在不離開組態模組的狀況下，儲" -"存\n" +"預設值或登入設定。使用「立即寫入變更」，在不離開組態模組的狀況下，儲存\n" "目前所做的所有變更。\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label @@ -3559,8 +3348,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -4936,8 +4724,7 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" @@ -5150,10 +4937,8 @@ #~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP(&E)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~ "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果您使用 NIS 或 LDAP 伺服器來儲存使用者資料，\n" #~ "或者您想要驗證 NT 伺服器的使用者，請選擇適當的值。" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/vm.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/vm.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/vm.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-06 21:32+0800\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -34,9 +34,7 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported @@ -49,7 +47,8 @@ "請在主機中啟動安裝。\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "驗證輸入的套件" @@ -65,39 +64,25 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "" -"<big>VM 伺服器組態</big>VM 伺服器的組態 (領域 0) 擁有兩個部" -"分。" +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "<big>VM 伺服器組態</big>VM 伺服器的組態 (領域 0) 擁有兩個部分。" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "" -"先在系統中安裝需要的套件。然後將開機載入器切換到 GRUB (如果尚未使用)，並" -"將 Xen 區段新增至開機載入器功能表 (如果已遺失)。" +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "先在系統中安裝需要的套件。然後將開機載入器切換到 GRUB (如果尚未使用)，並將 Xen 區段新增至開機載入器功能表 (如果已遺失)。" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "需要 GRUB，因為它支援啟動Xen 和 Linux 核心所需的多重開機標準。" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"當成功完成組態時，便可以選擇從開機載入器功能表來開機 VM 伺服器。" +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "當成功完成組態時，便可以選擇從開機載入器功能表來開機 VM 伺服器。" #. error popup #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 @@ -138,91 +123,86 @@ msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:285 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:287 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "已安裝 Hypervisor 與工具。" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:303 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:305 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:381 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "安裝即將中止。" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:389 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "安裝即將中止。" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:407 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:420 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "在文字模式執行中。無論如何安裝圖形部分嗎？" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:433 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "正在檢查套件..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "正在安裝套件..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:441 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:448 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "無法安裝所需要的套件。" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:458 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "正在更新組態檔..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:469 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "正在設定預設網路橋接..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:490 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "網路橋接。" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:491 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "" -"對於管理虛擬機器一般網路設定，建議使用網路橋接。要設定一個預設網路" -"橋接嗎？" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "對於管理虛擬機器一般網路設定，建議使用網路橋接。要設定一個預設網路橋接嗎？" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -233,35 +213,31 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:554 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "要安裝 Xen 客戶，重新開機並在開機載入器選單選擇 Xen 區段。\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "要安裝 Xen 客戶，重新開機並在開機載入器選單選擇 Xen 區段。\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "已安裝 Hypervisor 與工具。" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:561 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "已安裝 Hypervisor 與工具。" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:562 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "已安裝 Hypervisor 與工具。" @@ -271,9 +247,7 @@ #~ msgid "Select the virtualization platform to install." #~ msgstr "請選擇要安裝的虛擬平台" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary " -#~ "drivers." +#~ msgid "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary drivers." #~ msgstr "要安裝 KVM 客戶，重新開機以載入所需的驅動程式。" #~ msgid "Xen Network Bridge." Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/wagon.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/wagon.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/wagon.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -180,9 +180,7 @@ #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:106 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the " -"selected migration repositories." +msgid "The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the selected migration repositories." msgstr "" "無法在軟體套件庫找到這些套件：\n" "%1" @@ -271,26 +269,19 @@ msgstr "產品註冊" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not " -"registered." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not registered." msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not " -"valid anymore." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not valid anymore." msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:244 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" +msgid "Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:278 -msgid "" -"The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be " -"correct, run registration to update the status." +msgid "The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be correct, run registration to update the status." msgstr "" #. display a critical warning @@ -300,16 +291,12 @@ msgstr "警告：" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:306 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before " -"starting migration." +msgid "We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before starting migration." msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:312 #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:339 -msgid "" -"Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a " -"broken system." +msgid "Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a broken system." msgstr "" #. heading text @@ -544,12 +531,8 @@ "要使用指令，請使用 zypper 代替。\n" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:396 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"遺失目標檔案名稱 ('xmlfile' 選項)。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 指令行選" -"項。" +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "遺失目標檔案名稱 ('xmlfile' 選項)。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 指令行選項。" #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:453 @@ -558,19 +541,11 @@ #. du contains maps: $[ "dir" : [ total, used, pkgusage, readonly ], .... ] #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:586 -msgid "" -"There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in " -"advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The " -"needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free " -"space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." +msgid "There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:613 -msgid "" -"There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. " -"The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to " -"increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid " -"installation errors." +msgid "There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid installation errors." msgstr "" #. 'Product Long Name (product-libzypp-name)' @@ -603,16 +578,13 @@ #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (nevertheless selected by user or directly by YaST) #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:772 -msgid "" -"Warning: Product %1 will be removed." +msgid "Warning: Product %1 will be removed." msgstr "" #. Not selected by user #. @see BNC #575117 #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:792 -msgid "" -"Error: Product %1 will be automatically " -"removed." +msgid "Error: Product %1 will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:862 @@ -650,8 +622,7 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:945 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." +msgid "To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." msgstr "若要改變 URL，請按 「變更...」按鈕。" #. Product removal MUST be confirmed by user, otherwise migration will not continue. Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/wol.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/wol.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/wol.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-06-05 18:04+02:00\n" "Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" "Language-Team: 中華 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/xpram.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/xpram.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/xpram.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-16 20:41+0800\n" "Last-Translator: swyear <swyear(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <zh(a)li.org>\n" @@ -57,15 +57,8 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 2/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." -msgstr "" -"這項工具目前僅支援將整個 XPRAM 指定到單一磁碟區中。若要使用多個磁碟區，請" -"參閱 Linux 核心 2.6 - 2004 年 4 月出版的 Device Drivers, Features and " -"Commands November 30, 2004。在目前情況下，請停用本模組的 XPRAM。" +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "這項工具目前僅支援將整個 XPRAM 指定到單一磁碟區中。若要使用多個磁碟區，請參閱 Linux 核心 2.6 - 2004 年 4 月出版的 Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004。在目前情況下，請停用本模組的 XPRAM。" #. help text for XPRAM 3/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_TW.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-25 13:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: swyear <swyear(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <zh(a)li.org>\n" @@ -63,9 +63,7 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." msgstr "請從列出的設定檔中選擇一個選項，並按下「下一步」，刪除該設定檔。" #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 @@ -153,9 +151,7 @@ #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." msgstr "本操作產生下列錯誤。請檢查您的安裝與 AppArmor 設定檔設定。" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 @@ -269,13 +265,9 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." -msgstr "" -"AppArmor 狀態 報告 AppArmor 政策執行模組是否已經載入並且在執行" -"中。 安全事件通知 如果您希望在發生存取違規時收到電子郵件通" -"知，請設定此工具。" +msgstr "AppArmor 狀態 報告 AppArmor 政策執行模組是否已經載入並且在執行中。 安全事件通知 如果您希望在發生存取違規時收到電子郵件通知，請設定此工具。" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 msgid "" @@ -358,9 +350,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used. " +msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " msgstr "這些問題必須先修正，AppArmor 才能啟動、設定檔管理工具才能使用。" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 @@ -370,12 +360,8 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"您可以在使用者指南中找到 AppArmor 完整的相關文件。您可以在目錄中找到該文" -"件。" +msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "您可以在使用者指南中找到 AppArmor 完整的相關文件。您可以在目錄中找到該文件。" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -799,99 +785,68 @@ "<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \n" "this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n" "and group ownership.</li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>在已定義 [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] 選項的系統中，這會置換變更檔案擁有" -"權和群組擁有權的限制。</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>在已定義 [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] 選項的系統中，這會置換變更檔案擁有權和群組擁有權的限制。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>如果已定義 [_POSIX_ACL]，請置換所有 DAC 存取，包含 ACL 執行存取。排" -"除 CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE 涵蓋的 DAC 存取。</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>如果已定義 [_POSIX_ACL]，請置換所有 DAC 存取，包含 ACL 執行存取。排除 CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE 涵蓋的 DAC 存取。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>如果已定義 [_POSIX_ACL]，請置換有關讀取和搜尋檔案和目錄的所有 DAC 限" -"制，包含 ACL 限制。排除 CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE 涵蓋的 DAC 存取。 </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>如果已定義 [_POSIX_ACL]，請置換有關讀取和搜尋檔案和目錄的所有 DAC 限制，包含 ACL 限制。排除 CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE 涵蓋的 DAC 存取。 </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>如果檔案擁有者 ID 必須是使用者 ID，則請置換檔案中與允許作業相關的所有" -"限制，適用 CAP_FSETID 的檔案除外。不會置換 MAC 和 DAC 限制。 </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>如果檔案擁有者 ID 必須是使用者 ID，則請置換檔案中與允許作業相關的所有限制，適用 CAP_FSETID 的檔案除外。不會置換 MAC 和 DAC 限制。 </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>置換限制如下：在該檔案上設定 S_ISUID 和 S_ISGID 位元時，有效使用者 " -"ID 應與檔案擁有者 ID 相符；在該檔案上設定 S_ISGID 位元時，有效群組 ID (或其中" -"一個補充群組 ID) 應與檔案擁有者 ID 相符；S_ISUID 和 S_ISGID 位元在從 " -"chown(2) 成功傳回的檔案上遭到清除 (未執行)。 </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>置換限制如下：在該檔案上設定 S_ISUID 和 S_ISGID 位元時，有效使用者 ID 應與檔案擁有者 ID 相符；在該檔案上設定 S_ISGID 位元時，有效群組 ID (或其中一個補充群組 ID) 應與檔案擁有者 ID 相符；S_ISUID 和 S_ISGID 位元在從 chown(2) 成功傳回的檔案上遭到清除 (未執行)。 </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>置換傳送訊息之程序的實際或有效使用者 ID 必須與接收訊息之程序的實際或" -"有效使用者 ID 相符的限制。</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>置換傳送訊息之程序的實際或有效使用者 ID 必須與接收訊息之程序的實際或有效使用者 ID 相符的限制。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>允許 setgid(2) 操作 </li> <li> 允許 setgroups(2) </li> <li> 允許 " -"socket 憑證上的假 gid 通過。 </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>允許 setgid(2) 操作 </li> <li> 允許 setgroups(2) </li> <li> 允許 socket 憑證上的假 gid 通過。 </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>允許 setuid(2) 處理 (包含 fsuid) </li> <li> 允許 socket 憑證上的假 " -"pid 通過。 </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>允許 setuid(2) 處理 (包含 fsuid) </li> <li> 允許 socket 憑證上的假 pid 通過。 </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" "remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 將允許集中的功能傳送到 pid，從 pid 中移除允許集中的功能</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> 將允許集中的功能傳送到 pid，從 pid 中移除允許集中的功能</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li>允許修改 S_IMMUTABLE 和 S_APPEND 檔案屬性</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 @@ -899,9 +854,7 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>允許繫結到 1024 以下的 TCP/UDP </li> <li> 允許繫結到 32 以下的 ATM " -"VCI</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>允許繫結到 1024 以下的 TCP/UDP </li> <li> 允許繫結到 32 以下的 ATM VCI</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 #, fuzzy @@ -911,8 +864,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" @@ -920,19 +872,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 允許介面組態</li> <li> 允許管理 IP 防火牆、偽裝和帳戶管理</li> <li> " -"允許在 socket 上設定除錯選項</li> <li> 允許修改路由表格</li> <li> 允許設定任" -"意程序/ 處理 socket 上的群組擁有權</li> <li> 允許繫結到任何透明代理的位址</" -"li> <li> 允許設定 TOS (服務類型)</li> <li> 允許設定混雜模式</li> <li> 允許清" -"除驅動程式統計資料</li> <li> 允許多路傳播</li> <li> 允許讀取/寫入裝置特定註冊" -"</li> <li> 允許啟動 ATM 控制 socket</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> 允許介面組態</li> <li> 允許管理 IP 防火牆、偽裝和帳戶管理</li> <li> 允許在 socket 上設定除錯選項</li> <li> 允許修改路由表格</li> <li> 允許設定任意程序/ 處理 socket 上的群組擁有權</li> <li> 允許繫結到任何透明代理的位址</li> <li> 允許設定 TOS (服務類型)</li> <li> 允許設定混雜模式</li> <li> 允許清除驅動程式統計資料</li> <li> 允許多路傳播</li> <li> 允許讀取/寫入裝置特定註冊</li> <li> 允許啟動 ATM 控制 socket</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128 #, fuzzy @@ -941,27 +886,21 @@ "<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li> \n" "<li> Allows activation of ATM control sockets </li>\n" "</ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 允許處理系統時鐘</li> <li> 允許 mips 上的 irix_stime</li> <li> 允許" -"設定即時時鐘</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> 允許處理系統時鐘</li> <li> 允許 mips 上的 irix_stime</li> <li> 允許設定即時時鐘</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 允許使用 RAW socket</li> <li> 允許使用 PACKET socket </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> 允許使用 RAW socket</li> <li> 允許使用 PACKET socket </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 允許鎖定共用記憶體區段</li> <li> 允許 mlock 和 mlockall (與 IPC 並無" -"實際關聯) </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> 允許鎖定共用記憶體區段</li> <li> 允許 mlock 和 mlockall (與 IPC 並無實際關聯) </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" @@ -970,21 +909,16 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 插入和移除核心模組 – µL¨î¦a×§ï®Ö¤ß</li> <li> 修改 cap_bset </li></" -"ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> 插入和移除核心模組 – µL¨î¦a×§ï®Ö¤ß</li> <li> 修改 cap_bset </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 允許 ioperm/iopl 存取</li> <li> 允許透過 /proc/bus/usb 將 USB 訊息傳" -"送到任何裝置</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> 允許 ioperm/iopl 存取</li> <li> 允許透過 /proc/bus/usb 將 USB 訊息傳送到任何裝置</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 #, fuzzy @@ -1030,8 +964,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" @@ -1042,8 +975,7 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 @@ -1056,8 +988,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" @@ -1078,42 +1009,29 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 允許提高優先順序以及在其他 (不同 UID) 程序上設定優先順序</li> <li> " -"允許在專屬程序上使用 FIFO 以及進行輪替式 (即時) 排程，以及使用另一個程序設定" -"排程演算法。</li> <li> 允許在其他程序上設定 cpu 相似性 </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> 允許提高優先順序以及在其他 (不同 UID) 程序上設定優先順序</li> <li> 允許在專屬程序上使用 FIFO 以及進行輪替式 (即時) 排程，以及使用另一個程序設定排程演算法。</li> <li> 允許在其他程序上設定 cpu 相似性 </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 msgid "" "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 置換資源限制。資源限制。</li> <li> 置換引號限制。</li> <li> 置換 " -"ext2 檔案系統上的保留空格</li> <li> 修改 ext3 檔案系統上的資料日誌模式 (使用" -"日誌資源)</li> <li> 注意事項：檢查資源置換時，ext2 相當重視 fsuid，所以您也" -"可以使用 fsuid 進行置換</li> <li> IPC 訊息佇列上的置換大小限制</li> <li> 允許" -"來自即時時鐘 64hz 以上的干擾</li> <li> 置換主控台配置上的主控台數目上限</li> " -"<li> 置換金鑰地圖數目上限 </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> 置換資源限制。資源限制。</li> <li> 置換引號限制。</li> <li> 置換 ext2 檔案系統上的保留空格</li> <li> 修改 ext3 檔案系統上的資料日誌模式 (使用日誌資源)</li> <li> 注意事項：檢查資源置換時，ext2 相當重視 fsuid，所以您也可以使用 fsuid 進行置換</li> <li> IPC 訊息佇列上的置換大小限制</li> <li> 允許來自即時時鐘 64hz 以上的干擾</li> <li> 置換主控台配置上的主控台數目上限</li> <li> 置換金鑰地圖數目上限 </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 #, fuzzy @@ -1121,17 +1039,14 @@ "<ul><li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li> \n" "<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting the real-time clock </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 允許處理系統時鐘</li> <li> 允許 mips 上的 irix_stime</li> <li> 允許" -"設定即時時鐘</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> 允許處理系統時鐘</li> <li> 允許 mips 上的 irix_stime</li> <li> 允許設定即時時鐘</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> 允許 tty 裝置的組態</li> <li> 允許 tty 的 vhangup() </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> 允許 tty 裝置的組態</li> <li> 允許 tty 的 vhangup() </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275 #, fuzzy @@ -1291,8 +1206,7 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1357,8 +1271,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" #. ---------------------------- @@ -1369,8 +1282,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" @@ -1399,9 +1311,7 @@ msgstr "存取伺服器" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 @@ -1538,14 +1448,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" +msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 @@ -1553,19 +1460,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" +msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 @@ -1581,9 +1484,7 @@ "variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" "environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" "The variables are:" -msgstr "" -"*Clean Exec 個別設定檔的 Clean Exec 選項和未設限的執行權限可提供額" -"外的安全性，方法是藉由移除子程式承襲之環境中的特定變數。這些變數包括：" +msgstr "*Clean Exec 個別設定檔的 Clean Exec 選項和未設限的執行權限可提供額外的安全性，方法是藉由移除子程式承襲之環境中的特定變數。這些變數包括：" #. Globalz #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:55 @@ -1740,23 +1641,15 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"設定檔已經包含所提供的 Hat 名稱。請輸入不同的名稱重試一次，或按下「中止」取" -"消此精靈。" +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "設定檔已經包含所提供的 Hat 名稱。請輸入不同的名稱重試一次，或按下「中止」取消此精靈。" #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." -msgstr "" -"您可以在此表單中檢視和修改個別設定檔的內容。對於現存的項目，您可以按一下權限" -"來存取修改對話方塊。" +msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgstr "您可以在此表單中檢視和修改個別設定檔的內容。對於現存的項目，您可以按一下權限來存取修改對話方塊。" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -1767,18 +1660,12 @@ "a - file append x - execute i - inherit p - discrete profile \n" "P - discrete profile (*clean exec) u - unconstrained \n" "U -unconstrained (*clean exec)</code>" -msgstr "" -"權限定義： <code> r – 讀取 w – 寫入 l – 連結 m - mmap " -"PROT_EXEC x – 執行 i – 承襲 p – 個別設定檔 P – 個別設定檔 " -" (*Clean Exec) u – 未設限 U – 未設限 (*clean " -"exec)</code>" +msgstr "權限定義： <code> r – 讀取 w – 寫入 l – 連結 m - mmap PROT_EXEC x – 執行 i – 承襲 p – 個別設定檔 P – 個別設定檔 (*Clean Exec) u – 未設限 U – 未設限 (*clean exec)</code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list." +msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." msgstr "新增項目： 選取要從下拉式清單中新增的資源類型。" #. help text - part x1 @@ -1804,18 +1691,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>包含 將包含項目新增到此設定檔。此選項包含此設定檔在載入時間" -"時，另一個檔案的設定檔項目內容。</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" +msgstr "<li>包含 將包含項目新增到此設定檔。此選項包含此設定檔在載入時間時，另一個檔案的設定檔項目內容。</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" @@ -1824,17 +1707,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>Hat 新增此設定檔的子設定檔 – 稱為 Hat。此選項與手動建立新設定檔" -"類似，但只可以在 changehat aware 應用程式要求的內容中執行時進行選取。 " -"如需 changehat 的相關資訊，請參閱系統上的 man changehat 或 Novell " -"AppArmor 使用手冊。</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +msgstr "<li>Hat 新增此設定檔的子設定檔 – 稱為 Hat。此選項與手動建立新設定檔類似，但只可以在 changehat aware 應用程式要求的內容中執行時進行選取。如需 changehat 的相關資訊，請參閱系統上的 man changehat 或 Novell AppArmor 使用手冊。</li>" #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 @@ -1845,8 +1722,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." msgstr "刪除項目： 移除這個設定檔中的選定項目。" #. help text - part y1 @@ -1854,13 +1730,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" -msgstr "" -"*Clean Exec 個別設定檔的 Clean Exec 選項和未設限的執行權限可提供額" -"外的安全性，方法是藉由移除子程式承襲之環境中的特定變數。這些變數包括：" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" +msgstr "*Clean Exec 個別設定檔的 Clean Exec 選項和未設限的執行權限可提供額外的安全性，方法是藉由移除子程式承襲之環境中的特定變數。這些變數包括：" #. help text - part y2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 @@ -1924,9 +1796,7 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." msgstr "無法編輯 Include 項目。請選取新增或刪除以管理 Include 項目。" #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist @@ -1940,9 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "選取 Include 的檔案" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" msgstr "無效的 #include 檔案。包含檔案必須位於下列其中一個目錄： \n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 @@ -1995,97 +1863,43 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived \n" #~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "「報告組態」對話方塊可讓您過濾在前一畫面選取的已歸檔報告。根據日期範圍" -#~ "過濾： <ol> <li>按一下根據日期範圍過濾。相關欄位會變成" -#~ "作用中狀態。 <li>請輸入定義報告範圍的開始與結束日期。" +#~ msgstr "「報告組態」對話方塊可讓您過濾在前一畫面選取的已歸檔報告。根據日期範圍過濾： <ol> <li>按一下根據日期範圍過濾。相關欄位會變成作用中狀態。 <li>請輸入定義報告範圍的開始與結束日期。" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " -#~ "generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use " -#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in " -#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report " -#~ "details, select a report and click the View button. You " -#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /" -#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "「檢視歸檔報告」表單可讓您檢視過去產生 (位於 /var/log/apparmor/reports-" -#~ "archived 目錄) 的報告。表單上方的核取方塊可讓您將清單中所顯示的報告類別範" -#~ "圍縮小為： SIR 報告、AUD 報告或 ESS 報告。若要參閱報告的詳細資料，請選取" -#~ "報告並按一下「檢視」按鈕。 如果您將報告移至 /var/log/" -#~ "apparmor/reports-archived 目錄，則可從一或多個系統檢視報告。" +#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." +#~ msgstr "「檢視歸檔報告」表單可讓您檢視過去產生 (位於 /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived 目錄) 的報告。表單上方的核取方塊可讓您將清單中所顯示的報告類別範圍縮小為： SIR 報告、AUD 報告或 ESS 報告。若要參閱報告的詳細資料，請選取報告並按一下「檢視」按鈕。 如果您將報告移至 /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived 目錄，則可從一或多個系統檢視報告。" #~ msgid "repConfHelp" #~ msgstr "repConfHelp" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a " -#~ "resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications " -#~ "and \n" -#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a " -#~ "policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</" -#~ "li></ul> \n" -#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report " -#~ "details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "安全事件報告 (SIR)：一種報告，可將欲追蹤的事件提供給管理員。SIR 會" -#~ "報告特定期間內違反本機應用程式限制政策的情形。SIR 會報告政策例外及政策引擎" -#~ "狀態變更。這兩種安全事件類型的定義如下： <ul> <li>政策例外：當應用程" -#~ "式要求一項並未在設定檔中定義的資源時，將產生安全事件。 <li>政策引擎狀態" -#~ "變更：執行應用程式政策並維持其狀態，包括何時啟動或停止引擎、何時重新載" -#~ "入政策，以及何時啟動或停用全域安全性功能。 </ul>從歸檔中選取報告，然後選取" -#~ "「檢視」以參閱報告詳細資料。" +#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report details." +#~ msgstr "安全事件報告 (SIR)：一種報告，可將欲追蹤的事件提供給管理員。SIR 會報告特定期間內違反本機應用程式限制政策的情形。SIR 會報告政策例外及政策引擎狀態變更。這兩種安全事件類型的定義如下： <ul> <li>政策例外：當應用程式要求一項並未在設定檔中定義的資源時，將產生安全事件。 <li>政策引擎狀態變更：執行應用程式政策並維持其狀態，包括何時啟動或停止引擎、何時重新載入政策，以及何時啟動或停用全域安全性功能。 </ul>從歸檔中選取報告，然後選取「檢視」以參閱報告詳細資料。" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports " -#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " -#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " -#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " -#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " -#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " -#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of " -#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "應用程式稽核報告 (AUD)：一種稽核工具，報告有哪些應用程式伺服器正在" -#~ "執行，以及有哪些受到 AppArmor 的限制。應用程式伺服器是可接受外來網路連線的" -#~ "應用程式。此報告可提供主機的 IP 位址、應用程式稽核報告的執行日期、未設限的" -#~ "程式或應用程式伺服器的名稱與路徑、建議未設限程式採用的設定檔或設定檔佔位" -#~ "符 (placeholder)、程序 ID 號碼、程式狀態 (設限或未設限)、以及設定檔執行的" -#~ "限制類型 (強制/抱怨)。 " +#~ msgid "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." +#~ msgstr "應用程式稽核報告 (AUD)：一種稽核工具，報告有哪些應用程式伺服器正在執行，以及有哪些受到 AppArmor 的限制。應用程式伺服器是可接受外來網路連線的應用程式。此報告可提供主機的 IP 位址、應用程式稽核報告的執行日期、未設限的程式或應用程式伺服器的名稱與路徑、建議未設限程式採用的設定檔或設定檔佔位符 (placeholder)、程序 ID 號碼、程式狀態 (設限或未設限)、以及設定檔執行的限制類型 (強制/抱怨)。 " #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Executive Security Summary (ESS): A combined report, \n" -#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. " -#~ "This \n" -#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines " -#~ "if each \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" #~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the " -#~ "host \n" -#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, " -#~ "and the \n" -#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a " -#~ "range \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" #~ "of SIR reports." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "執行安全摘要 (ESS)：一種綜合報告，包含來自一或多部電腦的一或多個高" -#~ "階報告。如果各電腦的資料已複製到報告歸檔目錄 (/var/ log/apparmor/" -#~ "reports-archived)，此報告可提供單一檢視畫面，讓您檢視多台電腦上的安全" -#~ "事件，此報告可提供主機的 IP 位址、獲取事件的開始與結束日期、拒絕事件的總" -#~ "數、事件的總數、報告的平均嚴重性、以及報告的最高嚴重性。ESS 報告的一行會顯" -#~ "示 SIR 報告的範圍。 " +#~ msgstr "執行安全摘要 (ESS)：一種綜合報告，包含來自一或多部電腦的一或多個高階報告。如果各電腦的資料已複製到報告歸檔目錄 (/var/ log/apparmor/reports-archived)，此報告可提供單一檢視畫面，讓您檢視多台電腦上的安全事件，此報告可提供主機的 IP 位址、獲取事件的開始與結束日期、拒絕事件的總數、事件的總數、報告的平均嚴重性、以及報告的最高嚴重性。ESS 報告的一行會顯示 SIR 報告的範圍。 " #~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page " #~ msgstr "歸檔安全事件報告 - 頁" @@ -2255,8 +2069,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "AppArmor Security Events\n" -#~| " This table displays the events found that match your " -#~| "search criteria." +#~| " This table displays the events found that match your search criteria." #~ msgid "" #~ "AppArmor Security Events\n" #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" @@ -2503,12 +2316,8 @@ #~ msgstr "稽核" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and " -#~| "try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " -#~ "again." +#~| msgid "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and try again." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." #~ msgstr "子領域似乎未啟動。請啟用子領域並再試一次。" #, fuzzy @@ -2529,28 +2338,20 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "設定檔已經包含所提供的 Hat 名稱。請輸入不同的名稱重試一次，或按下「中" -#~ "止」取消此精靈。" +#~ msgstr "設定檔已經包含所提供的 Hat 名稱。請輸入不同的名稱重試一次，或按下「中止」取消此精靈。" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Please enter a " -#~| "different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +#~| msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." #~ msgid "" #~ "The specified pathname is a directory.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "設定檔已經包含所提供的 Hat 名稱。請輸入不同的名稱重試一次，或按下「中" -#~ "止」取消此精靈。" +#~ msgstr "設定檔已經包含所提供的 Hat 名稱。請輸入不同的名稱重試一次，或按下「中止」取消此精靈。" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| ". Please enter a different name to try again or press Abort to cancel " -#~| "this wizard." +#~| msgid ". Please enter a different name to try again or press Abort to cancel this wizard." #~ msgid "" #~ "The specified file does not exist.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2662,37 +2463,24 @@ #~ msgstr "無法開啟 %s。無法套用變更。" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" +#~ msgid "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" #~ msgstr "請參閱該文件，以取得 AppArmor 的詳細相關資訊" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files,\n" -#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID " -#~ "is \n" +#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is \n" #~ "applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>如果檔案擁有者 ID 必須是使用者 ID，則請置換檔案中與允許作業相關的" -#~ "所有限制，適用 CAP_FSETID 的檔案除外。不會置換 MAC 和 DAC 限制。 </li></" -#~ "ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul><li>如果檔案擁有者 ID 必須是使用者 ID，則請置換檔案中與允許作業相關的所有限制，適用 CAP_FSETID 的檔案除外。不會置換 MAC 和 DAC 限制。 </li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user \n" -#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID " -#~ "bits on that \n" -#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) " -#~ "shall match \n" -#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the " -#~ "S_ISUID and \n" -#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -#~ "implemented). </li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>置換限制如下：在該檔案上設定 S_ISUID 和 S_ISGID 位元時，有效使用" -#~ "者 ID 應與檔案擁有者 ID 相符；在該檔案上設定 S_ISGID 位元時，有效群組 ID " -#~ "(或其中一個補充群組 ID) 應與檔案擁有者 ID 相符；S_ISUID 和 S_ISGID 位元在" -#~ "從 chown(2) 成功傳回的檔案上遭到清除 (未執行)。 </li></ul>" +#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that \n" +#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match \n" +#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and \n" +#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul><li>置換限制如下：在該檔案上設定 S_ISUID 和 S_ISGID 位元時，有效使用者 ID 應與檔案擁有者 ID 相符；在該檔案上設定 S_ISGID 位元時，有效群組 ID (或其中一個補充群組 ID) 應與檔案擁有者 ID 相符；S_ISUID 和 S_ISGID 位元在從 chown(2) 成功傳回的檔案上遭到清除 (未執行)。 </li></ul>" #~ msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." #~ msgstr "請從下方的按鈕選取要執行的動作。" @@ -2700,14 +2488,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Generate Reports Help If there were, in fact, \n" -#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to " -#~ "be), \n" -#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your " -#~ "time, \n" +#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your time, \n" #~ "and have a nice day." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "產生報告說明 如果真的對您有幫助 (不過剛好不會有用)，那麼您可以在" -#~ "這裡找到說明。 謝謝您特地抽空，再見。" +#~ msgstr "產生報告說明 如果真的對您有幫助 (不過剛好不會有用)，那麼您可以在這裡找到說明。 謝謝您特地抽空，再見。" #~ msgid "Weds" #~ msgstr "星期三" @@ -2741,31 +2525,14 @@ #~ msgid "Abo(r)t" #~ msgstr "中止(R)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Profile Mode Configuration This tool allows you to set " -#~ "AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.Complain mode " -#~ "is a profile training state that logs application activity, but does not " -#~ "restrict the application's behavior.Profiles in enforce mode are " -#~ "protected by AppArmor." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "設定檔模式組態 此工具可讓將 AppArmor 設定檔設定為抱怨模式或強" -#~ "制模式。抱怨模式是一種設定檔訓練狀態，可記錄應用程式的活動，但不會" -#~ "限制應用程式的行為。強制模式中的設定檔由 AppArmor 所保護。" +#~ msgid "Profile Mode Configuration This tool allows you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.Complain mode is a profile training state that logs application activity, but does not restrict the application's behavior.Profiles in enforce mode are protected by AppArmor." +#~ msgstr "設定檔模式組態 此工具可讓將 AppArmor 設定檔設定為抱怨模式或強制模式。抱怨模式是一種設定檔訓練狀態，可記錄應用程式的活動，但不會限制應用程式的行為。強制模式中的設定檔由 AppArmor 所保護。" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ " AppArmor Profiling Wizard \n" -#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access " -#~ "control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security " -#~ "profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests " -#~ "that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute " -#~ "permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during " -#~ "the normal application execution test previously performed. \n" -#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security " -#~ "profile syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may customize " -#~ "the profile entry by changing the suggested response. This overview will " -#~ "assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration " -#~ "Guide for step-by-step instructions. \n" +#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during the normal application execution test previously performed. \n" +#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security profile syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may customize the profile entry by changing the suggested response. This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step instructions. \n" #~ " Access Modes \n" #~ "\n" #~ " File permission access modes consists of combinations of\n" @@ -2851,21 +2618,16 @@ #~ "\t<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, excepting\n" #~ " '/'<li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " \t<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, " -#~ "including '/'</li>\n" +#~ " \t<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>? can substitute for any single character excepting " -#~ "'/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li>? can substitute for any single character excepting '/'</li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or " -#~ "c</li>\n" +#~ " <li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or " -#~ "c</li>\n" +#~ " <li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule " -#~ "to match\n" +#~ " <li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match\n" #~ " cd</li>\n" #~ "\n" #~ " </ul>\n" @@ -2875,14 +2637,11 @@ #~ " Clean Exec - for sanitized execution\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and " -#~ "unconstrained \n" +#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" #~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" #~ " environment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" -#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to " -#~ "sanitize the\n" -#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling " -#~ "process.\n" +#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" +#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" #~ " The variables are:\n" #~ " <ul> \n" #~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n" @@ -2908,13 +2667,8 @@ #~ " <li>TZDIR</li> </ul>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " AppArmor 設定檔精靈 \n" -#~ " 本精靈顯示 AppArmor 存取控制模組產生的項目。使用 AppArmor 的建議，" -#~ "就能產生高度最佳化且穩固的安全性設定檔。 AppArmor 能建議您允許或拒絕他人存" -#~ "取特定資源，或定義項目的執行許可。這些所顯示的問題，已在之前執行正常應用" -#~ "程式執行測試時加以記錄。 \n" -#~ " 下列說明文字描述 AppArmor 使用的安全性設定檔語法詳細資料。 " -#~ " 您可在任何階段變更建議的回應，以自定設定檔項目。本綜覽可協助您設" -#~ "定選項。如需按部就班的指示，請參考《管理指南》。\n" +#~ " 本精靈顯示 AppArmor 存取控制模組產生的項目。使用 AppArmor 的建議，就能產生高度最佳化且穩固的安全性設定檔。 AppArmor 能建議您允許或拒絕他人存取特定資源，或定義項目的執行許可。這些所顯示的問題，已在之前執行正常應用程式執行測試時加以記錄。 \n" +#~ " 下列說明文字描述 AppArmor 使用的安全性設定檔語法詳細資料。 您可在任何階段變更建議的回應，以自定設定檔項目。本綜覽可協助您設定選項。如需按部就班的指示，請參考《管理指南》。\n" #~ " \n" #~ " 存取模式 \n" #~ " \n" @@ -3052,17 +2806,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ " AppArmor Profiling Wizard \n" -#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access " -#~ "control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security " -#~ "profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests " -#~ "that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute " -#~ "permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during " -#~ "the normal application execution test previously performed. \n" -#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security " -#~ "profile syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may customize " -#~ "the profile entry by overriding the suggestion. This overview will assist " -#~ "you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide " -#~ "for step-by-step instructions. \n" +#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during the normal application execution test previously performed. \n" +#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security profile syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may customize the profile entry by overriding the suggestion. This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step instructions. \n" #~ "\n" #~ " Access Modes \n" #~ "\n" @@ -3114,8 +2859,7 @@ #~ " This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n" #~ " be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n" #~ " rebooting the machine. By placing the privileged section\n" -#~ " in another executable and granting unconfined execution " -#~ "rights,\n" +#~ " in another executable and granting unconfined execution rights,\n" #~ "\t it is possible to bypass the mandatory\n" #~ " constraints imposed on all confined processes.\n" #~ " For more information on what is constrained, see the\n" @@ -3147,22 +2891,16 @@ #~ " \n" #~ "\n" #~ " <ul>\n" -#~ " <li>* can substitute for any number of characters, " -#~ "excepting\n" +#~ " <li>* can substitute for any number of characters, excepting\n" #~ " '/'<li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>** can substitute for any number of characters, " -#~ "including '/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>? can substitute for any single character excepting " -#~ "'/'</li>\n" -#~ " <li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or " -#~ "c</li>\n" -#~ " <li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or " -#~ "c</li>\n" -#~ " <li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule " -#~ "to match cd</li>\n" +#~ " <li>? can substitute for any single character excepting '/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" +#~ " <li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" +#~ " <li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>\n" #~ "\n" #~ " </ul>\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3171,14 +2909,11 @@ #~ " Clean Exec - for sanitized execution\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and " -#~ "unconstrained \n" +#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" #~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" #~ " enviroment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" -#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to " -#~ "sanitize the\n" -#~ " environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling " -#~ "process.\n" +#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" +#~ " environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" #~ " The variables are:\n" #~ " <ul> \n" #~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n" @@ -3205,13 +2940,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " AppArmor 設定檔精靈 \n" -#~ " 本精靈顯示 AppArmor 存取控制模組產生的項目。使用 AppArmor 的建議，" -#~ "就能產生高度最佳化且穩固的安全性設定檔。 AppArmor 能建議您允許或拒絕他人存" -#~ "取特定資源，或定義項目的執行許可。這些所顯示的問題，已在之前執行正常應用" -#~ "程式執行測試時加以記錄。 \n" -#~ " 下列說明文字描述 AppArmor 使用的安全性設定檔語法詳細資料。 " -#~ " 您可在任何階段置換建議，以自定設定檔項目。本綜覽可協助您設定選" -#~ "項。如需按部就班的指示，請參考《管理指南》。\n" +#~ " 本精靈顯示 AppArmor 存取控制模組產生的項目。使用 AppArmor 的建議，就能產生高度最佳化且穩固的安全性設定檔。 AppArmor 能建議您允許或拒絕他人存取特定資源，或定義項目的執行許可。這些所顯示的問題，已在之前執行正常應用程式執行測試時加以記錄。 \n" +#~ " 下列說明文字描述 AppArmor 使用的安全性設定檔語法詳細資料。 您可在任何階段置換建議，以自定設定檔項目。本綜覽可協助您設定選項。如需按部就班的指示，請參考《管理指南》。\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" #~ " 存取模式 \n" @@ -3305,8 +3035,7 @@ #~ " <li>? 可取代任何單一字元，除了「/」</li>\n" #~ " <li>[abc] 將取代 a、b 或 c 之單一字元</li>\n" #~ " <li>[a-c] 將取代 a、b 或 c 之單一字元</li>\n" -#~ " <li>{ab,cd} 將擴充成一條相符 ab 的規則、一條相符 cd 的規則" -#~ "</li>\n" +#~ " <li>{ab,cd} 將擴充成一條相符 ab 的規則、一條相符 cd 的規則</li>\n" #~ " \n" #~ " </ul>\n" #~ " \n" @@ -3345,303 +3074,30 @@ #~ " <li>TZDIR</li> </ul>\n" #~ " \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li> Allow configuration of the secure attention key</li> <li> Allow " -#~ "administration of the random device</li> <li> Allow examination and " -#~ "configuration of disk quotas</li> <li> Allow configuring the kernel's " -#~ "syslog (printk behaviour)</li> <li> Allow setting the domain name</li> " -#~ "<li> Allow setting the hostname</li> <li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> " -#~ "<li> Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> <li> " -#~ "Allow some autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Allow nfsservctl</li> <li> Allow " -#~ "VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Allow to read/write pci config on alpha</li> " -#~ "<li> Allow irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Allow flushing all " -#~ "cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Allow removing semaphores</li> " -#~ "<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, " -#~ "semaphores and shared memory</li> <li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared " -#~ "memory segment</li> <li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> <li> Allow forged " -#~ "pids on socket credentials passing</li> <li> Allow setting read ahead and " -#~ "flushing buffers on block devices</li> <li> Allow setting geometry in " -#~ "floppy driver</li> <li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> <li> " -#~ "Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -#~ "ioctls)</li> <li> Allow tuning the ide driver</li> <li> Allow access to " -#~ "the nvram device</li> <li> Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and " -#~ "bttv (TV) device</li> <li> Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI " -#~ "support driver</li> <li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci " -#~ "configuration space</li> <li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> " -#~ "<li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> <li> Allow sending raw qic-117 " -#~ "commands</li> <li> Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI " -#~ "controllers and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> <li> Allow setting " -#~ "encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li> 允許設定安全警告金鑰的組態</li> <li> 允許管理隨機裝置</li> <li> " -#~ "允許檢查和設定磁碟引號</li> <li> 允許建立核心 syslog (printk 行為) 的組態" -#~ "</li> <li> 允許設定網域名稱</li> <li> 允許設定主機名稱</li> <li> Allow " -#~ "calling bdflush()</li> <li> 允許 mount() 和 umount() 安裝新的 smb 連線</" -#~ "li> <li> 允許一些 autofs 根 ioctls</li> <li> 允許 nfsservctl</li> <li> 允" -#~ "許 VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> 允許讀取/寫入 Alpha 上的 pci config </li> " -#~ "<li> 允許 mips (setstacksize) 上的 irix_prctl </li> <li> 允許清除 m68k " -#~ "(sys_cacheflush) 上的所有快取</li> <li> 允許移除信號</li> <li> 不將 " -#~ "CAP_CHOWN 用於 \"chown\" IPC 訊息佇列，而改用信號和共用記憶體</li> <li> 允" -#~ "許鎖定/解除鎖定共用記憶體區段</li> <li> 允許開啟/關閉交換</li> <li> 允許 " -#~ "socket 憑證上的假 pid 通過</li> <li> 允許設定預先讀取和清除區塊裝置上的緩" -#~ "衝區</li> <li> 允許設定磁片中的規格</li> <li> 允許在 xd 驅動程式中開啟/關" -#~ "閉 DMA</li> <li> 允許管理 md 裝置 (大部分是上述提及的裝置，但仍有其他的 " -#~ "ioctls)</li> <li> 允許微調 ide 驅動程式</li> <li> 允許存取 nvram 裝置</" -#~ "li> <li> 允許管理 apm_bios、序列和 bttv (TV) 裝置</li> <li> 允許在 isdn " -#~ "CAPI 支援驅動程式中制定指令</li> <li> 允許讀取 pci 組態空間中的非標準部分" -#~ "</li> <li> 允許 sbpcd 驅動程式中的 DDI 除錯 ioctl</li> <li> 允許安裝序列" -#~ "連接埠</li> <li> 允許傳送原始 qic-117 指令</li> <li> 允許啟用/停用 SCSI 控" -#~ "制器上的標記佇列並傳送任意 SCSI 指令</li> <li> 允許在回送檔案系統上設定加" -#~ "密金鑰 </li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li> Allow configuration of the secure attention key</li> <li> Allow administration of the random device</li> <li> Allow examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> <li> Allow configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li> <li> Allow setting the domain name</li> <li> Allow setting the hostname</li> <li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> <li> Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> <li> Allow some autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Allow nfsservctl</li> <li> Allow VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Allow to read/write pci config on alpha</li> <li> Allow irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Allow flushing all cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Allow removing semaphores</li> <li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> <li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> <li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> <li> Allow forged pids on socket credentials passing</li> <li> Allow setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> <li> Allow setting geometry in floppy driver</li> <li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> <li> Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li> <li> Allow tuning the ide driver</li> <li> Allow access to the nvram device</li> <li> Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li> <li> Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI support driver</li> <li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> <li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> <li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> <li> Allow sending raw qic-117 commands</li> <li> Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> <li> Allow setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul><li> 允許設定安全警告金鑰的組態</li> <li> 允許管理隨機裝置</li> <li> 允許檢查和設定磁碟引號</li> <li> 允許建立核心 syslog (printk 行為) 的組態</li> <li> 允許設定網域名稱</li> <li> 允許設定主機名稱</li> <li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> <li> 允許 mount() 和 umount() 安裝新的 smb 連線</li> <li> 允許一些 autofs 根 ioctls</li> <li> 允許 nfsservctl</li> <li> 允許 VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> 允許讀取/寫入 Alpha 上的 pci config </li> <li> 允許 mips (setstacksize) 上的 irix_prctl </li> <li> 允許清除 m68k (sys_cacheflush) 上的所有快取</li> <li> 允許移除信號</li> <li> 不將 CAP_CHOWN 用於 \"chown\" IPC 訊息佇列，而改用信號和共用記憶體</li> <li> 允許鎖定/解除鎖定共用記憶體區段</li> <li> 允許開啟/關閉交換</li> <li> 允許 socket 憑證上的假 pid 通過</li> <li> 允許設定預先讀取和清除區塊裝置上的緩衝區</li> <li> � ��許設定磁片中的規格</li> <li> 允許在 xd 驅動程式中開啟/關閉 DMA</li> <li> 允許管理 md 裝置 (大部分是上述提及的裝置，但仍有其他的 ioctls)</li> <li> 允許微調 ide 驅動程式</li> <li> 允許存取 nvram 裝置</li> <li> 允許管理 apm_bios、序列和 bttv (TV) 裝置</li> <li> 允許在 isdn CAPI 支援驅動程式中制定指令</li> <li> 允許讀取 pci 組態空間中的非標準部分</li> <li> 允許 sbpcd 驅動程式中的 DDI 除錯 ioctl</li> <li> 允許安裝序列連接埠</li> <li> 允許傳送原始 qic-117 指令</li> <li> 允許啟用/停用 SCSI 控制器上的標記佇列並傳送任意 SCSI 指令</li> <li> 允許在回送檔案系統上設定加密金鑰 </li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts " -#~ "for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are " -#~ "sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be " -#~ "to send an alert. Notification Types Terse " -#~ "Notification: Terse notification summarizes the total number of " -#~ "system events without providing details. For example: dhcp-101." -#~ "up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 " -#~ "2004 Summary Notification: The Summary notification " -#~ "displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of " -#~ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. " -#~ " For example: SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability " -#~ "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /" -#~ "usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004." -#~ " Verbose Notification: The Verbose notification displays " -#~ "unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an " -#~ "event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security " -#~ "events include the date and time the event occurred, when the " -#~ "application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the " -#~ "type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose " -#~ "Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to " -#~ "interpret profiles. For example: Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: " -#~ "PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) " -#~ "profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br " -#~ "<ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select " -#~ "the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you " -#~ "select 1 day from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily " -#~ "notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <li> Enter " -#~ "the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or " -#~ "Verbose notifications. </li> <li>Select the lowest severity " -#~ "level for which a notification should be sent. Security events will " -#~ "be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the " -#~ "interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity " -#~ "level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if " -#~ "security events occur. Severity Levels: These are numbered " -#~ "one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The " -#~ "severity.db file defines the severity level of potential security " -#~ "events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different " -#~ "security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</" -#~ "li> <li>Select Include unknown security events if you would like " -#~ "to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "「安全性事件通知」畫面可以用來設定安全性事件的電子郵件警示。請依照下面步驟" -#~ "執行，指定警示的發出頻率、哪些人員要接收警示，以及在哪種安全性事件嚴重程度" -#~ "時必須發出警示。 通知類型 精簡通知：精簡通知僅摘" -#~ "要報告系統事件的總數，且不提供詳細資訊。 範例： dhcp-101.up.wirex." -#~ "com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004 " -#~ "摘要通知：摘要通知會顯示已記錄的安全性事件，並列出個別的發生次數，包" -#~ "含最後一次發生的日期。 範例： SubDomain: PERMITTING access to " -#~ "capability 'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-" -#~ "prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct " -#~ "9 16:05:54 2004. 詳細通知：詳細通知會顯示尚未修改的已記錄 " -#~ "Novell AppArmor 安全性事件。每次發生事件時都會通知您，並在詳細記錄中寫入新" -#~ "行。這些安全性事件包含事件發生的日期和時間、應用程式設定檔允許和拒絕存取的" -#~ "時間，以及允許或拒絕的檔案存取許可權類型。詳細通知也會報告 logprof 工具用" -#~ "來解譯設定檔的數種訊息。 範例： Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: " -#~ "PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) " -#~ "profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br " -#~ "<ol> <li>請為每個要啟用的通知類型選擇通知頻率。例如，當您從下拉式清單中選" -#~ "取「1 天」時，當發生安全性事件時，每天都會傳送一則通知。</li> " -#~ " <li> 請輸入應該要收到精簡、摘要或詳細通知人員的電子郵件地址。</" -#~ "li> <li>選取應該要發出通知的最低「嚴重性」。當發生的事件等" -#~ "於或大於選擇的嚴重程度時，系統會按照指定的時間間隔來記錄安全性事件並傳送通" -#~ "知。如果間隔為 1 天，當發生安全性事件實，每天都會傳送一則通知。 " -#~ "嚴重性：這些事件會以 0 到 10 來編號，10 代表最嚴重的安全性事件。" -#~ "severity.db 檔案會定義潛在安全性事件的嚴重程度。嚴重程度是根據不同" -#~ "安全性事件的威脅或重要性來決定，例如某些存取的資源或拒絕的服務。</li> <li>" -#~ "若要在事件報告中包含未提供嚴重性評等數字的事件，請選取「包含未知嚴重程" -#~ "度事件」。</li> </ol>" +#~ msgid "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be to send an alert. Notification Types Terse Notification: Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without providing details. For example: dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004 Summary Notification: The Summary notification displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. For example: SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability 'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004. Verbose Notification: The Verbose notification displays unmodified , logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security events include the date and time the event occurred, when the application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. For example: Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br <ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you select 1 day from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <li> Enter the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications . </li> <li>Select the lowest severity level for which a notification should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if security events occur. Severity Levels: These are numbered one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The severity.db file defines the severity level of potential security events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</li> <li>Select Include unknown security events if you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>" +#~ msgstr "「安全性事件通知」畫面可以用來設定安全性事件的電子郵件警示。請依照下面步驟執行，指定警示的發出頻率、哪些人員要接收警示，以及在哪種安全性事件嚴重程度時必須發出警示。 通知類型 精簡通知：精簡通知僅摘要報告系統事件的總數，且不提供詳細資訊。 範例： dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004 摘要通知：摘要通知會顯示已記錄的安全性事件，並列出個別的發生次數，包含最後一次發生的日期。 範例： SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability 'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004. 詳細通知：詳細通知會顯示尚未修改的已記錄 Novell AppArmor 安全性事件。每次發生事件時都會通知您，� �在詳細記錄中寫入新行。這些安全性事件包含事件發生的日期和時間、應用程式設定檔允許和拒絕存取的時間，以及允許或拒絕的檔案存取許可權類型。詳細通知也會報告 logprof 工具用來解譯設定檔的數種訊息。 範例： Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br <ol> <li>請為每個要啟用的通知類型選擇通知頻率。例如，當您從下拉式清單中選取「1 天」時，當發生安全性事件時，每天都會傳送一則通知。</li> <li> 請輸入應該要收到精簡、摘要或詳細通知人員的電子郵件地址。</li> <li>選取應該要發出通知的最低「嚴重性」。當發生的事件等於或大於選擇的嚴重程度時，系統會按照指定的時間間隔來記錄安全性事件並傳送通知。如果間隔� �� 1 天，當發生安全性事件實，每天都會傳送一則通知。 嚴重性：這些事件會以 0 到 10 來編號，10 代表最嚴重的安全性事件。severity.db 檔案會定義潛在安全性事件的嚴重程度。嚴重程度是根據不同安全性事件的威脅或重要性來決定，例如某些存取的資源或拒絕的服務。</li> <li>若要在事件報告中包含未提供嚴重性評等數字的事件，請選取「包含未知嚴重程度事件」。</li> </ol>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived " -#~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range:</" -#~ "b> <ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become " -#~ "active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of " -#~ "the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for " -#~ "definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to " -#~ "enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: " -#~ " Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or " -#~ "pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of " -#~ "interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for " -#~ "a specific program. Profile Name Pattern: When you enter " -#~ "the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that " -#~ "are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is " -#~ "being confined by a specific profile. PID Number: Process " -#~ "ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or " -#~ "running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that " -#~ "process). Severity Level: Select the lowest severity " -#~ "level for security events that you would like to be included in the " -#~ "report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the " -#~ "reports. Detail: A source to which the profile has denied " -#~ "access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to " -#~ "report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. " -#~ "Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the " -#~ "program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w " -#~ "(write) l (link) x (execute) Access Type: The access type " -#~ "describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options " -#~ "are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING. CSV or HTML: " -#~ "Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or html file. The " -#~ "CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a " -#~ "standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You " -#~ "can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full " -#~ "pathname in the field provided." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "「報告組態」對話方塊可讓您過濾在前一畫面選取的已歸檔報告。根據日期範圍" -#~ "過濾： <ol> <li>按一下根據日期範圍過濾。相關欄位會變成" -#~ "作用中狀態。 <li>請輸入定義報告範圍的開始與結束日期。 <li>輸入其他要過濾" -#~ "的參數。請參閱以下參數的定義。 </ol>以下定義可協助您在「報告組態」對話方" -#~ "塊輸入過濾參數： 程式名稱模式： 當您輸入符合欲過濾的二進位" -#~ "執行檔名稱的程式名稱或模式後，報告將會顯示特定程式已發生的安全事件。" -#~ " 設定檔名稱模式： 當您輸入設定檔的名稱，報告將會顯示特定設" -#~ "定檔所產生的安全事件。您可以使用此報告內容來檢視已被特定設定檔限制的項" -#~ "目。 PID 號碼： 程序 ID 號碼是獨特的號碼，可用來識別某一特" -#~ "定程序或執行中的程式 (此號碼只有在程序的生命期間才是有效的)。 " -#~ "嚴重性層級： 選取您要納入報告中的最低等級安全事件嚴重性。所選取的嚴" -#~ "重性及以上的層級會納入報告中。 詳細資料： 設定檔已拒絕存" -#~ "取的來源。其中包涵功能與檔案。您可以使用此欄位來報告被設定檔拒絕存取的" -#~ "來源。 模式： 模式是設定檔授予所適用之程式或程序的許可。選" -#~ "項為： r (讀取) w (寫入) l (連結) x (執行) 存取類型： 存取" -#~ "類型說明在安全事件中實際發生的情況。選項為： PERMITTING (許可)、" -#~ "REJECTING (拒絕)或 AUDITING (稽核)。 CSV 或 HTML： 可讓您" -#~ "輸出 CSV (逗點分隔，comma separated values) 或 HTML 檔案。 CSV 檔案會使用" -#~ "標準資料格式，以逗號分隔記錄項目中的各筆資料，以便輸入表格導向的應用程" -#~ "式。您可以在提供的欄位中鍵入完整的路徑名稱，以輸入您所輸出的報告的路徑。" +#~ msgid "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range: <ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program. Profile Name Pattern: When you enter the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile. PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process). Severity Level: Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. Detail: A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING. CSV or HTML: Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or ht ml file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided." +#~ msgstr "「報告組態」對話方塊可讓您過濾在前一畫面選取的已歸檔報告。根據日期範圍過濾： <ol> <li>按一下根據日期範圍過濾。相關欄位會變成作用中狀態。 <li>請輸入定義報告範圍的開始與結束日期。 <li>輸入其他要過濾的參數。請參閱以下參數的定義。 </ol>以下定義可協助您在「報告組態」對話方塊輸入過濾參數： 程式名稱模式： 當您輸入符合欲過濾的二進位執行檔名稱的程式名稱或模式後，報告將會顯示特定程式已發生的安全事件。 設定檔名稱模式： 當您輸入設定檔的名稱，報告將會顯示特定設定檔所產生的安全事件。您可以使用此報告內容來檢視已被特定設定檔限制的項目。 PID 號碼： 程序 ID 號碼是獨特的號碼，可用來識別某一特定程序或執行中的程式 (此號碼只有在程序的� ��命期間才是有效的)。 嚴重性層級： 選取您要納入報告中的最低等級安全事件嚴重性。所選取的嚴重性及以上的層級會納入報告中。 詳細資料： 設定檔已拒絕存取的來源。其中包涵功能與檔案。您可以使用此欄位來報告被設定檔拒絕存取的來源。 模式： 模式是設定檔授予所適用之程式或程序的許可。選項為： r (讀取) w (寫入) l (連結) x (執行) 存取類型： 存取類型說明在安全事件中實際發生的情況。選項為： PERMITTING (許可)、REJECTING (拒絕)或 AUDITING (稽核)。 CSV 或 HTML： 可讓您輸出 CSV (逗點分隔，comma separated values) 或 HTML 檔案。 CSV 檔案會使用標準資料格式，以逗號分隔記錄項目中的各筆資料，以便輸入表格導向的應用程式。您可以在提供的欄位中鍵入完整的路徑名稱，以輸入� ��所輸出的報告的路徑。" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated " -#~ "version of one of the following reports. Executive Security Summary:</" -#~ "b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports " -#~ "from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of " -#~ "security events on multiple machines. Applications Audit " -#~ "Report: An auditing tool that reports which application servers are " -#~ "running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. " -#~ "Application servers are applications that accept incoming network " -#~ "connections. Security Incident Report: A report that " -#~ "displays application security for a single host. It reports policy " -#~ "violations for locally confined applications during a specific time " -#~ "period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "AppArmor On-Demand 報告畫面會以即時產生的方式顯示下列報告之一。 執行安" -#~ "全摘要：一種綜合報告，包含來自一或多部電腦的一或多個安全事件報告。此" -#~ "報告提供單一檢視畫面，讓您檢視多台電腦上的安全事件。應用程式稽核報告：" -#~ "一種稽核工具，報告有哪些應用程式伺服器正在執行，以及有哪些應用程式受" -#~ "到 AppArmor 的限制。應用程式伺服器是可接受外來網路連線的應用程式。" -#~ " 安全事件報告：一種報告，顯示單一主機的應用程式安全性。它" -#~ "會顯示特定期間內違反本機應用程式限制政策的情形。您可以編輯及自訂此報告或新" -#~ "增新的版本。" +#~ msgid "The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated version of one of the following reports. Executive Security Summary: A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines. Applications Audit Report: An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. Security Incident Report: A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions." +#~ msgstr "AppArmor On-Demand 報告畫面會以即時產生的方式顯示下列報告之一。 執行安全摘要：一種綜合報告，包含來自一或多部電腦的一或多個安全事件報告。此報告提供單一檢視畫面，讓您檢視多台電腦上的安全事件。應用程式稽核報告：一種稽核工具，報告有哪些應用程式伺服器正在執行，以及有哪些應用程式受到 AppArmor 的限制。應用程式伺服器是可接受外來網路連線的應用程式。 安全事件報告：一種報告，顯示單一主機的應用程式安全性。它會顯示特定期間內違反本機應用程式限制政策的情形。您可以編輯及自訂此報告或新增新的版本。" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report " -#~ "selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range: " -#~ "<ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active. " -#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the " -#~ "report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions " -#~ "of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the " -#~ "filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: Program Name " -#~ "Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the " -#~ "name of the executable process of interest, the report will display " -#~ "security events that have occurred for a specific program. " -#~ "Profile Name Pattern: When you enter the name of the security " -#~ "profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the " -#~ "security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use " -#~ "this to see what is being confined by a specific profile. PID " -#~ "Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one " -#~ "specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the " -#~ "lifetime of that process). Severity Level: Select the " -#~ "lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be " -#~ "included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be " -#~ "included in the reports. Detail: A source to which the " -#~ "profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can " -#~ "use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by " -#~ "profiles. Mode: The Mode is the permission that the " -#~ "profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The " -#~ "options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Access " -#~ "Type: The access type describes what is actually happening with the " -#~ "security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING." -#~ " CSV or HTML: Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated " -#~ "values) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log " -#~ "entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-" -#~ "oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report " -#~ "by typing in the full pathname in the field provided." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "「報告組態」對話方塊可讓您過濾在前一畫面選取的報告。根據日期範圍過" -#~ "濾： <ol> <li>按一下根據日期範圍過濾。相關欄位會變成作用中" -#~ "狀態。 <li>請輸入定義報告範圍的開始與結束日期。 <li>輸入其他要過濾的參數。" -#~ "請參閱以下參數的定義。 </ol>以下定義可協助您在「報告組態」對話方塊輸入過濾" -#~ "參數： 程式名稱模式： 當您輸入符合欲過濾的執行程序名稱的程式名稱或" -#~ "模式後，報告將會顯示特定程式已發生的安全事件。 設定檔名稱模式：" -#~ "當您輸入套用到程序的安全設定檔名稱後，報告將會顯示特定設定檔所產生的安" -#~ "全事件。您可以使用此報告內容來檢視已被特定設定檔限制的項目。 " -#~ "PID 號碼： 程序 ID 號碼是獨特的號碼，可用來識別某一特定程序或執行中" -#~ "的程式 (此號碼只有在程序的生命期間才是有效的)。 嚴重性層級：</" -#~ "b> 選取您要納入報告中的最低等級安全事件嚴重性。所選取的嚴重性及以上的層級" -#~ "會納入報告中。 詳細資料： 設定檔已拒絕存取的來源。其中包" -#~ "涵功能與檔案。您可以使用此欄位來報告被設定檔拒絕存取的來源。 模" -#~ "式：模式是設定檔授與所適用之程式或程序的許可。選項為： r (讀取) w (寫" -#~ "入) l (連結) x (執行) 存取類型： 存取類型說明在安全事件中實" -#~ "際發生的情況。選項為： PERMITTING (許可)、REJECTING (拒絕)或 AUDITING (稽" -#~ "核)。 CSV 或 HTML： 可讓您輸出 CSV (逗點分隔，comma " -#~ "separated values) 或 HTML 檔案。CSV 檔案會使用標準資料格式，以逗號分隔記錄" -#~ "項目中的各筆資料，以便輸入表格導向的應用程式。您可以在提供的欄位中鍵入完整" -#~ "的路徑名稱，以輸入您所輸出的報告的路徑。 " +#~ msgid "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range: <ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the executable process of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program. Profile Name Pattern: When you enter the name of the security profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile. PID Num ber: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process). Severity Level: Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. Detail: A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING. CSV or HTML: Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values ) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided." +#~ msgstr "「報告組態」對話方塊可讓您過濾在前一畫面選取的報告。根據日期範圍過濾： <ol> <li>按一下根據日期範圍過濾。相關欄位會變成作用中狀態。 <li>請輸入定義報告範圍的開始與結束日期。 <li>輸入其他要過濾的參數。請參閱以下參數的定義。 </ol>以下定義可協助您在「報告組態」對話方塊輸入過濾參數： 程式名稱模式： 當您輸入符合欲過濾的執行程序名稱的程式名稱或模式後，報告將會顯示特定程式已發生的安全事件。 設定檔名稱模式：當您輸入套用到程序的安全設定檔名稱後，報告將會顯示特定設定檔所產生的安全事件。您可以使用此報告內容來檢視已被特定設定檔限制的項目。 PID 號碼： 程序 ID 號碼是獨特的號碼，可用來識別某一特定程序或執行中的程式 (此號碼只有在程序的生命期� ��才是有效的)。 嚴重性層級： 選取您要納入報告中的最低等級安全事件嚴重性。所選取的嚴重性及以上的層級會納入報告中。 詳細資料： 設定檔已拒絕存取的來源。其中包涵功能與檔案。您可以使用此欄位來報告被設定檔拒絕存取的來源。 模式：模式是設定檔授與所適用之程式或程序的許可。選項為： r (讀取) w (寫入) l (連結) x (執行) 存取類型： 存取類型說明在安全事件中實際發生的情況。選項為： PERMITTING (許可)、REJECTING (拒絕)或 AUDITING (稽核)。 CSV 或 HTML： 可讓您輸出 CSV (逗點分隔，comma separated values) 或 HTML 檔案。CSV 檔案會使用標準資料格式，以逗號分隔記錄項目中的各筆資料，以便輸入表格導向的應用程式。您可以在提供的欄位中鍵入完整的路徑名稱，以輸入您所輸出的報告的路徑。 " #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are " -#~ "scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or " -#~ "hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also " -#~ "be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients. In " -#~ "the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of " -#~ "security reports: Executive Security Summary: A combined " -#~ "report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or " -#~ "more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on " -#~ "multiple machines. Applications Audit Report: An auditing " -#~ "tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the " -#~ "applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are " -#~ "applications that accept incoming network connections. " -#~ "Security Incident Report: A report that displays application " -#~ "security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally " -#~ "confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and " -#~ "customize this report, or add new versions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "已排程報告頁面的摘要會顯示排程，告訴您何時執行報告。您可設定每月、每週、每" -#~ "日或每小時執行一次報告。預設值是設定於每天午夜。報告完成之後亦可透過電子郵" -#~ "件傳送，最多可傳送給三位收件者。 在「設定排程」區段，您可以排程下" -#~ "列三種類型的安全報告： 執行安全摘要：一種綜合報告，包含來自" -#~ "一或多部電腦的一或多個安全事件報告。此報告提供單一檢視畫面，讓您檢視多台" -#~ "電腦上的安全事件。應用程式稽核報告：一種稽核工具，報告有哪些應用程" -#~ "式伺服器正在執行，以及有哪些應用程式受到 AppArmor 的限制。應用程式伺服器是" -#~ "可接受外來網路連線的應用程式。 安全事件報告：一種報告，顯示" -#~ "單一主機的應用程式安全性。它會顯示特定期間內違反本機應用程式限制政策的情" -#~ "形。您可以編輯及自訂此報告或新增新的版本。" +#~ msgid "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients. In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports: Executive Security Summary: A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines. Applications Audit Report: An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. Security Incident Report: A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally conf ined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions." +#~ msgstr "已排程報告頁面的摘要會顯示排程，告訴您何時執行報告。您可設定每月、每週、每日或每小時執行一次報告。預設值是設定於每天午夜。報告完成之後亦可透過電子郵件傳送，最多可傳送給三位收件者。 在「設定排程」區段，您可以排程下列三種類型的安全報告： 執行安全摘要：一種綜合報告，包含來自一或多部電腦的一或多個安全事件報告。此報告提供單一檢視畫面，讓您檢視多台電腦上的安全事件。應用程式稽核報告：一種稽核工具，報告有哪些應用程式伺服器正在執行，以及有哪些應用程式受到 AppArmor 的限制。應用程式伺服器是可接受外來網路連線的應用程式。 安全事件報告：一種報告，顯示單一主機的應用程式安全性。它會顯示特定期間內違反本機應用程式限制政策的情形。您可以編輯� �自訂此報告或新增新的版本。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -#~ "enforcement module is loaded and functioning. Security Event " -#~ "Notification Configure this tool if you want to be notified by " -#~ "email when access violations have occurred. Profile Modes</" -#~ "b> Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual " -#~ "profiles." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "AppArmor 狀態 報告 AppArmor 政策執行模組是否已經載入並且在執" -#~ "行中。 安全事件通知 如果您希望在發生存取違規時收到電子郵" -#~ "件通知，請設定此工具。 設定檔模式 請使用此工具來改變 " -#~ "AppArmor 對個別設定檔的使用方式。" +#~ msgid "AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement module is loaded and functioning. Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want to be notified by email when access violations have occurred. Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual profiles." +#~ msgstr "AppArmor 狀態 報告 AppArmor 政策執行模組是否已經載入並且在執行中。 安全事件通知 如果您希望在發生存取違規時收到電子郵件通知，請設定此工具。 設定檔模式 請使用此工具來改變 AppArmor 對個別設定檔的使用方式。" #~ msgid "Email address is too long. Please enter another address." #~ msgstr "電子郵件地址太長。請輸入其他地址。" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89801 - trunk/yast/sl/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:59:55 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89801 Added: trunk/yast/sl/po/cio.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/opensuse_mirror.sl.po Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/add-on-creator.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/add-on.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/audit-laf.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/auth-client.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/auth-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/autoinst.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/base.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/bootloader.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/ca-management.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/cluster.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/control-center.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/control.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/country.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/crowbar.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/dhcp-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/dns-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/drbd.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/fcoe-client.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/firewall-services.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/firewall.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/firstboot.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/ftp-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/geo-cluster.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/gtk.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/http-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/inetd.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/installation.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/instserver.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/iplb.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/iscsi-client.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/iscsi-lio-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/iscsi-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/isns.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/kdump.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/kerberos-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/kerberos.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/languages_db.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/ldap-client.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/ldap-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/ldap.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/live-installer.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/lxc.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/mail.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/multipath.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/ncurses-pkg.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/ncurses.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/network.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/nfs.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/nfs_server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/nis.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/nis_server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/ntp-client.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/oneclickinstall.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/online-update-configuration.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/online-update.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/packager.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/pam.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/pkg-bindings.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/printer.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/product-creator.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/proxy.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/qt-pkg.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/qt.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/rdp.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/rear.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/registration.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/reipl.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/relocation-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/s390.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-client.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-users.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/scanner.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/security.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/services-manager.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/slp-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/snapper.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/sound.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/squid.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/sshd.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/storage.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/sudo.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/support.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/sysconfig.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/tftp-server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/timezone_db.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/tune.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/update.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/users.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/vm.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/wagon.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/wol.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/xpram.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/yast2-apparmor.sl.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/add-on-creator.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/add-on-creator.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/add-on-creator.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/add-on.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/add-on.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/add-on.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -46,21 +46,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Dodatni izdelki" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Zaganjanje..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Vključevanje dodatnega programja..." @@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Neznano" @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Nameščanje dodatnih izdelkov" @@ -231,38 +231,38 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "V katalogu ni mogoče najti nobenega izdelka" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Na viru za namestitev ni nobenega kataloga." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Vključevanje novega vira........" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Imenik: %2" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Izbor programske opreme" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ "<big>Izbira kataloga</big> \n" "Izbrani vir vsebuje več katalogov.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Ni vnosov" @@ -285,38 +285,38 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Res želite prekiniti namestitev?" # there are length limits # 2000-03-08 17:43:39 CET -ke- #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Izberite tiskalnik." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Odvisnosti izdelka z dodatnega vira ni mogoče razrešiti." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Izbira izdelka" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Dosegljivi izdelki" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" @@ -328,12 +328,12 @@ "ki jih želite namestiti.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Odvisnosti izbranega izdelka z dodatnega vira ni mogoče razrešiti." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big>\n" @@ -352,99 +352,99 @@ "in kliknite Odstrani." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Imenik: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Izdelek" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Vir" # there are length limits # 2000-03-08 17:43:39 CET -ke- #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Izberite izdelek, ki ga želite odstraniti." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Dodatni izdelki" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Dodatni izdelki" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 #, fuzzy msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Upravljalnik pa&ketov" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 #, fuzzy msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "Tu lahko pregledaš seznam TV postaj, ki so definirane za tvoj sistem." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Povzetek: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "neznan proizvajalec" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Verzija: " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "neznan proizvajalec" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "Povzetek: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Neznan monitor" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Povzetek: %1 " @@ -452,18 +452,18 @@ #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Neznan procesor" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Neznano" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Posodabljanje odvisnosti modulov jedra..." Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/audit-laf.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/audit-laf.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/audit-laf.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -874,32 +874,49 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Datoteke %1 ni možno prebrati" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start daemon." +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Zaženi prikriti proces (daemon)." + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "&Poženi" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "Storitev ni aktivna" +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "Ne namesti" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Ne morem ponovno zagnati NTP demona." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -908,40 +925,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Shranjevanje inetd nastavitve" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "IP naslov je že nastavljen." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -949,35 +966,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Ponovno zagon storitve %1 ni uspel." #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Nastavitev ne morem zapisati v /etc/ntp.conf." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Zapis nastavitev v %1 ni možen." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "&Dnevniške datoteke" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "Storitev ni aktivna" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "Neznana opcija: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/auth-client.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/auth-client.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/auth-client.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "V redu" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pomoč" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Novo" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zbriši" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -391,23 +391,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/auth-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/auth-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/auth-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -42,13 +42,17 @@ msgid "Add a schema to the list" msgstr "" +# &W is taken by &Weiter +# 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Omogoči storitev" +# &W is taken by &Weiter +# 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Onemogoči storitev" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -72,7 +76,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datoteka" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -145,7 +149,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odpri vrata v požarnem zidu" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -160,7 +164,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Požarni zid je onemogočen" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -198,6 +202,8 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"YaST ne more nadaljevati nastavitve\n" +"brez namestitve zahtevanega paketa." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." @@ -237,6 +243,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Spremeni obstoječo nastavitev" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -275,7 +287,7 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Splošne nastavitve" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs @@ -291,7 +303,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavitve požarnega zidu" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -356,7 +368,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Osnovne Kerberos nastavitve" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -388,7 +400,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trenutna izbira: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 @@ -439,7 +451,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geslo" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -466,7 +478,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokol" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -488,7 +500,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Razišči" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -656,20 +668,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -679,14 +693,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -696,13 +710,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -710,7 +724,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -720,28 +734,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -752,17 +766,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -771,7 +785,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -780,30 +794,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -811,34 +825,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -846,30 +860,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -877,21 +891,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -903,11 +917,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -915,21 +929,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -939,15 +953,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -955,28 +969,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -986,22 +1000,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>Prekinitev inicializacije:</big> \n" +"Varno prekinite nastavitveno orodje s pritiskom na Prekini." #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1009,11 +1025,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1021,78 +1037,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1100,19 +1116,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1120,71 +1136,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1192,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1202,29 +1218,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1233,231 +1249,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1766,6 +1782,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavitev odjemalca LDAP" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1812,7 +1834,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaganjanje..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1825,7 +1847,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Globalne nastavitve" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 @@ -1851,7 +1873,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zbirke podatkov" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -1941,7 +1963,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Šifriranj&e gesla" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -1955,7 +1977,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ne" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1963,7 +1985,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Da" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2003,7 +2025,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2072,7 +2094,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brez" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2140,7 +2162,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Prebrskaj..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2220,7 +2242,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribut" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2353,7 +2375,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Administrator DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" @@ -2417,7 +2439,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ponoven poizkus?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2441,7 +2463,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Izbor" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2494,7 +2516,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Značilnosti" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" @@ -2510,7 +2532,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2561,7 +2583,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vrata" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2573,19 +2595,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dnevi" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ure" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minute" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sekunde" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2691,8 +2713,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2892,7 +2914,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nenastavljeno." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2955,7 +2977,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2968,101 +2990,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ne morem ustvariti imenika." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" @@ -3182,7 +3204,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pokvarjeni PEM podatki." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/autoinst.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/autoinst.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/autoinst.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-03 17:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Matjaž Kaše <matjaz.kase(a)telemach.net>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -122,8 +122,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Nekateri parametri manjkajo" @@ -135,38 +134,33 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Branje seznama profilov" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Kopiranje nastavitev X Windows na nameščeni sistem...." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "unknown model" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "neznan model" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "Seznam omogočenih modulov" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Kloniranje sistema.." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Ustvarjeni profil za AutoYaST bo shranjen v /root/autoinst.xml." #. help 1/2 @@ -316,23 +310,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Nastavitve po namestitvi" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Determine running services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Določi zagnane storitve (services)" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Zaključevanje nastavitev" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Processing Profiles and Rules" msgid "Processing resource %1" @@ -2509,13 +2503,13 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid " - Drive" msgstr "&Disk" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " Skupina nosilcev " @@ -2622,11 +2616,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Pogoni" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Total of %1 drive" #| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives" @@ -2837,28 +2831,28 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Nobena naprava ni nastavljena" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Ocenjevanje korenskega (root) razdelka. Trenutek, prosim ..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Linux korenskega (root) razdelka ni mogoče najti." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2867,7 +2861,7 @@ "katerega naj sistem uporabi. Samodejna namestitev ni mogoča.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/base.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/base.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/base.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 18:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" -"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question @@ -139,8 +138,7 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Uporabite »yast2 %1 %2 help« za celoten seznam razpoložljivih možnosti." +msgstr "Uporabite »yast2 %1 %2 help« za celoten seznam razpoložljivih možnosti." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 @@ -241,21 +239,13 @@ #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Manjka ime ciljne datoteke (možnost »xmlfile«). Uporabite ukazno možnost " -"xmlfile=<ciljna_datoteka_XML>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Manjka ime ciljne datoteke (možnost »xmlfile«). Uporabite ukazno možnost xmlfile=<ciljna_datoteka_XML>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Ime ciljne datoteke (možnost »xmlfile«) je prazno. Uporabite ukazno možnost " -"xmlfile=<ciljna_XML_datoteka>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Ime ciljne datoteke (možnost »xmlfile«) je prazno. Uporabite ukazno možnost xmlfile=<ciljna_XML_datoteka>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -429,9 +419,6 @@ #. last part of the question (variable) #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182 -#| msgid "" -#| "Do you really want\n" -#| "to quit the installation?" msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "Ali želite nadaljevati ali prekiniti nameščanje?" @@ -530,8 +517,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Zagon storitve</big> \n" "Za zagon storitve ob vsakokratnem zagonu računalnika, nastavite\n" -"%1. Za zagon storitve s pritajenim programčkom xinetd nastavite %3<" -"b>.\n" +"%1. Za zagon storitve s pritajenim programčkom xinetd nastavite %3.\n" "V nasprotnem primeru nastavite %2." #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! @@ -972,7 +958,6 @@ msgstr "Nadzorno središče YaST" #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264 -#| msgid "Russian" msgid "Run" msgstr "Zaženi" @@ -1007,16 +992,8 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration " -"items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Po drevesu se lahko premikate tudi s smernimi tipkami. Da razširite ali " -"skrčite vejo, uporabite preslednico. Za module, ki prikazujejo drevo (lahko " -"je videti kot seznam) nastavitvenih možnosti, uporabite vnašalko in na desni " -"strani se bo prikazalo ustrezno pogovorno okno." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "Po drevesu se lahko premikate tudi s smernimi tipkami. Da razširite ali skrčite vejo, uporabite preslednico. Za module, ki prikazujejo drevo (lahko je videti kot seznam) nastavitvenih možnosti, uporabite vnašalko in na desni strani se bo prikazalo ustrezno pogovorno okno." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 @@ -1049,8 +1026,7 @@ "Ker lahko okolje vpliva na uporabo tipkovnice,\n" "obstaja več načinov sprehajanja med elementi dialoga.\n" "Če kombinacija tipk [TAB], [SHIFT] + [TAB] ali [ALT] + [TAB] ne deluje,\n" -"premaknite fokus naprej s [CTRL] + [F] (forward) in nazaj s [CTRL] + [B] " -"(back)." +"premaknite fokus naprej s [CTRL] + [F] (forward) in nazaj s [CTRL] + [B] (back)." #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357 @@ -1065,18 +1041,12 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 -#| msgid "" -#| "3) Function Keys \n" -#| "F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n" -#| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog." msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Funkcijske tipke \n" -"Tipke F omogočajo hiter dostop do glavnih funkcij. Funkcijske tipke za " -"trenutno pogovorno okno so prikazane vrstici na koncu." +"Tipke F omogočajo hiter dostop do glavnih funkcij. Funkcijske tipke za trenutno pogovorno okno so prikazane vrstici na koncu." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 @@ -1321,7 +1291,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "Pre&skoči" @@ -1344,7 +1314,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Geslo" @@ -1545,6 +1515,31 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Neuspešna namestitev potrebnih paketov." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Posodabljanje nastavitev..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "To lahko traja nekaj časa" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "listen value to delete not found" +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "brisanje vrednosti za poslušanje ni uspelo" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -1721,15 +1716,11 @@ #. translators: warnings summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#| msgid "Warning:" -#| msgid_plural "Warnings:" msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Opozorilo:" #. translators: errors summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720 -#| msgid "Error:" -#| msgid_plural "Errors:" msgid "Error:" msgstr "Napaka:" @@ -1737,8 +1728,6 @@ #. translators: message summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756 -#| msgid "Message:" -#| msgid_plural "Messages:" msgid "Message:" msgstr "Sporočilo:" @@ -1861,14 +1850,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Ustvari nov ključ GPG</big> \n" -"Zažene se <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>. Za podrobnosti si oglejte stran priročnika " -"<tt>gpg</tt>.\n" +"Zažene se <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>. Za podrobnosti si oglejte stran priročnika <tt>gpg</tt>.\n" "Za preklic pritisnite Ctrl+C.\n" "" @@ -2052,8 +2039,7 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Teh omrežnih vmesnikov, ki so dodeljeni notranjemu omrežju, ni moč " -"odizbrati.\n" +"Teh omrežnih vmesnikov, ki so dodeljeni notranjemu omrežju, ni moč odizbrati.\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2198,15 +2184,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Omrežna kartica" @@ -2214,27 +2200,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Neznano" @@ -2244,326 +2230,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Dodatni naslovi" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Omrežna kartica ARCnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Povezava Bluetooth" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Vezava" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Vezno omrežje" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Kartica ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Povezava DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Lažno" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Lažna omrežna naprava" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Omrežna kartica Ethernet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Omrežna kartica FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Povezava ISDN" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infrardeča omrežna naprava" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infrardeča naprava" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Omrežna kartica OSA LCS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Povratna zanka" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Naprava s povratno zanko" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Omrežna kartica Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Vzporedna linija" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Vzporedna povezava" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "Naprava OSA-Express ali QDIO (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-v-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "Naprava za ovijanje IPv6-v-IPv4" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Zaporedna linija" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Zaporedna povezava" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Omrežna kartica Token Ring" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Omrežna naprava USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Omrežna naprava VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Brezžično" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Brezžična omrežna kartica" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Omrežje XP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Navidezno krajevno omrežje" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Most" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Omrežni most" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Omrežni predor" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Omrežni prisluškovalnik" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Naprava InfiniBand" @@ -2626,7 +2612,7 @@ msgstr "&Izvožene mape" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2639,28 +2625,31 @@ "Ali res želite nadaljevati?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Zaznanega ni nobenega delujočega omrežja." - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "Znova zaženite nameščanje in omrežje nastavite v Linuxrc" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" +#| "and start this module again" msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" "Omrežje nastavite z YaST-om ali NetworkManagerjem\n" "in znova zaženite ta modul" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "ali pa nadaljujte brez omrežja." - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2825,16 +2814,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Najdena je bila nova omrežna naprava »%1«, ki je bila dodana kot notranji " -"vmesnik požarnega zidu" +msgstr "Najdena je bila nova omrežna naprava »%1«, ki je bila dodana kot notranji vmesnik požarnega zidu" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Najdena je bila nova omrežna naprava »%1«, ki je bila dodana kot zunanji " -"vmesnik požarnega zidu" +msgstr "Najdena je bila nova omrežna naprava »%1«, ki je bila dodana kot zunanji vmesnik požarnega zidu" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 @@ -2844,87 +2829,58 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">" -"disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Požarni zid je omogočen (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">" -"onemogoči</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Požarni zid je omogočen (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">onemogoči</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">" -"enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Požarni zid je onemogočen (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">" -"omogoči</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Požarni zid je onemogočen (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">omogoči</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Vrata SSH so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zapri</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Vrata SSH so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zapri</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Vrata SSH so zaprta (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">odpri</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Vrata SSH so zaprta (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">odpri</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"Vrata SSH so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zapri</a>" -"),\n" +"Vrata SSH so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zapri</a>),\n" "vendar ni nastavljen noben omrežni vmesnik" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on " -"the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Sistem nameščate prek SSH-ja, vendar v požarnem zidu niste odprli vrat SSH." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "Sistem nameščate prek SSH-ja, vendar v požarnem zidu niste odprli vrat SSH." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a " -"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Vrata daljinskega upravljanja VNC so odprta (<a " -"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">zapri</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Vrata daljinskega upravljanja VNC so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">zapri</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a " -"href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Vrata daljinskega upravljanja VNC so zaprta (<a " -"href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">odpri</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Vrata daljinskega upravljanja VNC so zaprta (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">odpri</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Sistem nameščate z uporabo oddaljenega upravljanja VNC, vendar v požarnem " -"zidu niste odprli vrat VNC." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Sistem nameščate z uporabo oddaljenega upravljanja VNC, vendar v požarnem zidu niste odprli vrat VNC." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -2938,12 +2894,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Nameščate sistem, ki uporablja iSCSI Target, vendar v požarnem zidu niste " -"odprli potrebnih vrat." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Nameščate sistem, ki uporablja iSCSI Target, vendar v požarnem zidu niste odprli potrebnih vrat." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -2985,7 +2937,6 @@ #. Fallback for presented service #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:420 -#| msgid "Service: %1" msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Storitev: %{filename}" @@ -3015,51 +2966,51 @@ msgstr "&Odstrani" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paket: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Velikost: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Preostali čas do ponovnega poskusa: %1" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Prejemanje paketa %1 (%2) ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Prejemanje paketa" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Prikaži &podrobnosti" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Paket %1 je pokvarjen, preverjanje celovitosti je spodletelo." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Ali želite paket poskusiti namestiti znova?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Ali želite prekiniti nameščanje?" @@ -3068,15 +3019,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Napaka: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3085,35 +3036,35 @@ "Kasneje preverite sistem z zagonom modula Upravljanje sistema.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Odstranjevanje paketa %1 (%2) ..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Nameščanje paketa %1 (%2) ..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Odstranjevanje paketa" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Nameščanje paketa" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Odstranjevanje paketa %1 je spodletelo." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Nameščanje paketa %1 je spodletelo." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3122,11 +3073,10 @@ "Kasneje preverite sistem z zagonom modula Upravljanje sistema." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" "continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3138,27 +3088,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Stran A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Stran B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (%2. disk)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (%2. nosilec)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3167,7 +3117,7 @@ "»%1«" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3180,7 +3130,7 @@ "Preverite, ali je mapa dostopna." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3193,89 +3143,89 @@ "Preverite, ali je strežnik dostopen." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "Pravega nosilca vira ni bilo moč priklopiti." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Preskoči samoosvežitev" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Izvrzi" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "S&amodejno izvrzi nosilec CD ali DVD" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Ali želite znova poskusiti nameščanje?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Ali želite preskočiti nosilec?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Preziranje slabega nosilca ..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Ustvarjanje vira %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Pri ustvarjanju vira je prišlo do napake." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Opisa oddaljenega vira ni moč pridobiti." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Pri pridobivanju novih metapodatkov je prišlo do napake." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Vir ni veljaven." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Metapodatki vira niso veljavni." @@ -3283,96 +3233,96 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Ali želite poskusiti znova?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Preverjanje vira %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Pri preverjanju vira je prišlo do napake." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Podrobnosti preverjanja vira." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Metapodatki vira niso veljavni." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Vir %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Prejemanje delta paketa %1 (%2) ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Prejemanje delta paketa RPM" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Uveljavljanje delta paketa %1 ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Uveljavljanje delta paketa RPM" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Prejemanje popravnega paketa %1 (%2) ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Prejemanje popravnega paketa RPM" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Zaganjanje skripta %1 (popravek %2) ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Zaganjanje skripta" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Popravek: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skript: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Izpis skripta" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3381,7 +3331,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3396,44 +3346,44 @@ "morda manjkali, ali pa ne bodo ažurni." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Preskoči osveževanje" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Prejemanje" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Prejemanje: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Preverjanje zbirke paketov" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Ponovno grajenje zbirke paketov. Postopek lahko traja nekaj časa." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Stanje" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3442,12 +3392,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Pretvarjanje zbirke paketov. Ta postopek lahko traja nekaj časa." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3456,12 +3406,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Branje zbirke paketov RPM ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Branje nameščenih paketov" @@ -3472,27 +3422,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Pregledovanje zbirke paketov RPM ..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Pripravljanje cilja je spodletelo." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Zbirka paketov RPM je bila prebrana" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Overitev uporabnika" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3503,7 +3453,7 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Uporabniško ime" @@ -3568,45 +3518,11 @@ #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193 -#| msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" -#| msgid_plural "Do you accept these license agreements?" msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Ali sprejmete te licenčne pogoje?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" -"Trenuten sistem ni skladen, nekateri paketi\n" -"imajo nerazrešene odvisnosti." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" -"Samodejno razreševanje ni uspelo, potrebno je ročno razreševanje odvisnosti." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" -"YaST je samodejno dodal ali odstranil nekaj paketov.\n" -"V upravljalniku programske opreme preverite načrtovane\n" -"spremembe za popravilo sistema." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" -"Ali želite zagnati upravljalnika programske opreme in odpraviti\n" -"težavo, ali preskočiti popravljanje in namestiti le potrjene pakete?" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3615,12 +3531,12 @@ "ročno razrešiti v upravljalniku programske opreme." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Nameščanje potrebnih paketov je spodletelo." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3631,12 +3547,12 @@ "YaST morda ne bo deloval pravilno.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Ni mogoče nadaljevati brez namestitve potrebnih paketov." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3682,18 +3598,14 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t To pogovorno okno omogoča določitev nalog tega sistem in programja za " -"namestitev.\n" -"\t\t Razpoložljive naloge in programska oprema so po kategorijah prikazani v " -"levem stolpcu.\n" +"\t\t To pogovorno okno omogoča določitev nalog tega sistem in programja za namestitev.\n" +"\t\t Razpoložljive naloge in programska oprema so po kategorijah prikazani v levem stolpcu.\n" "\t\t Za ogled opisa postavke izberite postavko s seznama.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3726,8 +3638,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3735,14 +3646,11 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Prikaz porabe diska v spodnjem desnem kotu prikazuje razpoložljivi " -"prostor na\n" +"\t\t Prikaz porabe diska v spodnjem desnem kotu prikazuje razpoložljivi prostor na\n" "\t\t disku po izvedbi vseh zahtevanih sprememb.\n" -"\t\t Razdelki trdega diska, ki so polni ali skoraj polni, lahko zmanjšajo " -"zmogljivost\n" +"\t\t Razdelki trdega diska, ki so polni ali skoraj polni, lahko zmanjšajo zmogljivost\n" "\t\t sistema in v redkih primerih celo privedejo do resnih težav.\n" -"\t\t Sistem za pravilno delovanje potrebuje nekaj razpoložljivega diskovnega " -"prostora.\n" +"\t\t Sistem za pravilno delovanje potrebuje nekaj razpoložljivega diskovnega prostora.\n" "\t\t " # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" @@ -3793,7 +3701,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paketi" @@ -3826,7 +3734,6 @@ #. open a new wizard dialog if needed #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 -#| msgid "Installing Package" msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Po namestitvi paketov" @@ -3835,26 +3742,18 @@ msgstr "Pokaži to poročilo" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663 -#| msgid "&Finish" msgid "Finish" msgstr "Zaključi" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664 -#| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Nadaljuj v upravljalniku programske opreme" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -#| msgid "<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of installed packages." -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or " -"removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Poročilo o namestitvi</BIG> Tu je povzetek nameščenih ali " -"odstranjenih paketov." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>Poročilo o namestitvi</BIG> Tu je povzetek nameščenih ali odstranjenih paketov." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 -#| msgid "Installation Error" msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Poročilo o namestitvi" @@ -3962,8 +3861,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4072,8 +3970,7 @@ "je podpisana z naslednjim ključem GnuPG, vendar je preverjanje celovitosti\n" "spodletelo: %4\n" "\n" -"Odkar je ustvarjalec vira podpisal datoteko, je bila ta spremenjena po " -"nesreči,\n" +"Odkar je ustvarjalec vira podpisal datoteko, je bila ta spremenjena po nesreči,\n" "ali pa jo je spremenil napadalec. Uporaba datoteke predstavlja veliko\n" "tveganje za celovitost in varnost sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -4202,8 +4099,7 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "Za vsak paket, ki ni podpisan z zaupanim (uvoženim)\n" "ključem, se odpre opozorilo. Če ključu ne zaupate, paketi ali viri,\n" @@ -4220,7 +4116,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4232,23 +4128,23 @@ "da zaupate lastniku in da ključ dejansko pripada temu lastniku." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "OPOZORILO: ključ je potekel." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Uvozi nezaupan ključ GnuPG" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&Zaupaj" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4264,28 +4160,26 @@ "je %2,\n" "vendar je trenutna nadzora vsota %3.\n" "\n" -"Odkar je ustvarjalec vira podpisal datoteko, je bila ta spremenjena po " -"nesreči,\n" +"Odkar je ustvarjalec vira podpisal datoteko, je bila ta spremenjena po nesreči,\n" "ali pa jo je spremenil napadalec. Uporaba datoteke predstavlja veliko\n" "tveganje za celovitost in varnost sistema.\n" "\n" "Ali jo vseeno želite uporabiti?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Napačna nadzorna vsota" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4299,90 +4193,87 @@ "Ali jo vseeno želite uporabiti?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Neznana nadzorna vsota" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Nameščanje ..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Vir" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 -#| msgid "Remaining Packages" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Preostaja" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Čas" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Izvedena dejanja:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Paketi se nameščajo." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the " -"Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or " -"unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Prekinitev nameščanja Nameščanje paketov lahko prekinete s klikom " -"gumba Prekini. Po sistem lahko ostane v neskladnem ali neuporabnem " -"stanju. Če kaka osnovna sistemska komponenta ni nameščena, se sistem morda ne " -"bo zagnal." +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "Prekinitev nameščanja Nameščanje paketov lahko prekinete s klikom gumba Prekini. Po sistem lahko ostane v neskladnem ali neuporabnem stanju. Če kaka osnovna sistemska komponenta ni nameščena, se sistem morda ne bo zagnal." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 -#| msgid "Release &Notes" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Opombe k izdaji %s" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "&Predstavitev" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Podrobnosti" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 -#| msgid "Perform Installation" +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Posodobitev" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Izvajanje namestitve" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Nameščanje paketov" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4391,18 +4282,17 @@ "prekiniti nameščanje?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Prekinjeno" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Datoteka ni bila najdena." #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 -#| msgid "System log (%1)" +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Sistemski dnevnik (%1)" @@ -5015,7 +4905,7 @@ msgstr "Med ustvarjanjem initrd je prišlo do napake." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5091,14 +4981,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition #: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138 -#| msgid "" -#| "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" -#| "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Examples:\n" -#| "IP: 192.168.0.1\n" -#| "IP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0\n" -#| "IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32\n" msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5114,8 +4996,7 @@ "Primeri:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 ali 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/omrežna maska: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 ali 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/biti omrežne maske: 192.168.0.0/24 ali 192.168.0.1/32 ali " -"2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP/biti omrežne maske: 192.168.0.0/24 ali 192.168.0.1/32 ali 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 @@ -5124,25 +5005,21 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 -#| msgid "KB" msgid "KiB" msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 -#| msgid "MB" msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" #. GigaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150 -#| msgid "GB" msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" #. TeraByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152 -#| msgid "TB" msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" @@ -5893,8 +5770,7 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Obratni IPv4 naslov %1 je neveljaven.\n" "Veljaven obratni IPv4 naslov sestavljajo štiri cela števila v območju 0—255,\n" @@ -6025,6 +5901,38 @@ "Za %1, ki ga upravlja vaš imenski strežnik, ni obratnega področja.\n" "Imena gostitelja %2 ni moč dodati." +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Zaznanega ni nobenega delujočega omrežja." + +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "ali pa nadaljujte brez omrežja." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n" +#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Trenuten sistem ni skladen, nekateri paketi\n" +#~ "imajo nerazrešene odvisnosti." + +#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." +#~ msgstr "Samodejno razreševanje ni uspelo, potrebno je ročno razreševanje odvisnosti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~ "in the software manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST je samodejno dodal ali odstranil nekaj paketov.\n" +#~ "V upravljalniku programske opreme preverite načrtovane\n" +#~ "spremembe za popravilo sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" +#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ali želite zagnati upravljalnika programske opreme in odpraviti\n" +#~ "težavo, ali preskočiti popravljanje in namestiti le potrjene pakete?" + #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Nameščena velikost" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/bootloader.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/bootloader.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/bootloader.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-09 15:31+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -143,22 +143,22 @@ msgstr "Sistem se bo sedaj znova zagnal ..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Za namestitev ni izbran noben zagonski nalagalnik. Sistema morda ne bo moč zagnati." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Zaradi razdelitve diska, zagonskega nalagalnika ni moč pravilno namestiti." #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Zaganjanje" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Zaganjanje" @@ -167,12 +167,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "Vrstni red diskov" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Nastavitve vrstnega reda diskov" @@ -183,10 +183,9 @@ msgstr "Zagonski meni" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" @@ -290,23 +289,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "Zaženi iz korenskega razdelka je priporočena možnost, če je le na voljo ustrezen razdelek. V Možnostih zagonskega nalagalnika izberite V tabeli razdelkov za zagonski razdelek nastavi zastavico dejavno in Zapiši splošno zagonsko kodo v MBR in tako po potrebi spremenite glavni zagonski zapis ali pa nastavite drug zagonski nalagalnik, da bo naložil ta odsek." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "Zagonski razdelek po meri vam omogoča izbrati razdelek, s katerega se zaganja." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "Polje MD je zgrajeno iz dveh diskov. Omogoči redundanco za polje MD omogoči zapis GRUB-a v MBR obeh diskov." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "Uporabi zaporedno konzolo vam omogoča določiti parametre za uporabo z zaporedno konzolo. Za podrobnosti si oglejte dokumentacijo GRUB-a (<code>info grub</code>)." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -317,25 +322,25 @@ "Določilo terminala \n" "Določa vrsto terminala, ki ga želite uporabiti. Za zaporedni terminal (npr. zaporedno konzolo) morate določiti <code>serial</code>. Ukazu lahko podate tudi <code>console</code>, kot <code>serial console</code>. V tem primeru bo terminal, v katerem pritisnete poljubno tipko, izbran kot terminal za GRUB." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "Zasilni odseki, če privzeti ne uspe vsebuje seznam številk odsekov, ki bodo uporabljeni za zagon, če privzetega odseka ni mogoče zagnati." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "Če izberete Ob zagonu skrij meni, bo zagonski meni skrit." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "Datoteka grafičnega menija določa datoteko, ki se uporabi za grafični zagonski menu." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "Omogoči zvočne signale vklopi zvočne signale." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -345,7 +350,7 @@ "Določite geslo, ki bo potrebno za dostop do zagonskega menija. YaST bo geslo sprejel le, če ga ponovite v Ponoven vnos gesla." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -356,72 +361,72 @@ "<big>Vrstni red </big> \n" "Da določite vrstni red diskov glede na vrstni red v BIOS-u, uporabite gumba Gor in Dol. Za dodajanje diska kliknite Dodaj. Če želite disk odstraniti, kliknite Odstrani." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Lokacije zagonskega nalagalnika" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "V t&abeli razdelkov za zagonski razdelek nastavi zastavico dejavno" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Razpoložljivi čas v sekundah" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Pr&ivzet zagonski odsek" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Zapiši &splošno zagonsko kodo v MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "Uporabi &zaupan GRUB" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Zagonski razdelek po meri" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Zaženi iz glavnega zagonskega zapisa" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Zaženi iz korenskega razdelka" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Zaženi iz zagonskega razdelka" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Zaženi iz razširjenega razdelka" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "&Parametri zaporedne povezave" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Zasilni odseki, če privzeti ne uspe" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Ob zagonu skrij meni" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "Datoteka grafičnega &menija" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "Ge&slo za menijski vmesnik" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Raz&hroščevalna zastavica" @@ -473,120 +478,120 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Upora&bi zaporedno konzolo" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&Argumenti za konzolo" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Naprava" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "Preslikovalna tabela naprav mora vsebovati vsaj eno napravo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "D&iski" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Gor" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Dol" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Lokacija zagonskega nalagalnika" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Zaženi iz &glavnega zagonskega zapisa" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Zaženi iz &korenskega razdelka" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Zaženi iz &zagonskega razdelka" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Lokacija zagonskega nalagalnika" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Zaženi iz &glavnega zagonskega zapisa" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Zaženi iz &razširjenega razdelka" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Z&agonski razdelek po meri" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Omogoči red&undanco za polje MD" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "Po&drobnosti namestitve zagonskega nalagalnika" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Parametri ponudnika" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Zagonske &možnosti" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "varno (secure)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Screen Saver" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Omogočenje o&hranjevalnika zaslona" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Lokacija zagonskega nalagalnika" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -622,24 +627,42 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "Zaznaj druge operacijske sisteme s pomočjo programa os-prober za zagon drugih operacijskih sistemov in distribucij." +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "D&odatni parametri ukazne vrstice jedra" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "Distribucija:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Način &VGA" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&Zasilni parametri ukazne vrstice jedra" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Z&aznaj druge operacijske sisteme" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -672,30 +695,54 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "Nedoločeno" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Res&et" +msgid "set" +msgstr "&Ponastavi" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr "Odstrani" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Samodejno zaznaj z GRUB2" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Izberite novo datoteko z grafično temo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Uporabi &grafično konzolo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "&Ločljivost konzole" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&Tema konzole" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -709,7 +756,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "Zagonski razdelek he vrste NFS. Zagonskega nalagalnika ni moč namestiti." @@ -840,11 +887,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "Xen" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "Disketa" @@ -1827,13 +1870,13 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Zagon iz MBR je omogočen (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">onemogoči</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" @@ -1841,31 +1884,32 @@ #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Zagon iz razdelka /boot je omogočen (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">onemogoči</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "Zagon iz razdelka /boot ni omogočen (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">omogoči</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Zagon iz razdelka / je omogočen (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">onemogoči</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "Zagon iz razdelka / ni omogočen (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">omogoči</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Location: %1" msgid "Change Location: %s" @@ -1876,31 +1920,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Vrsta zagonskega nalagalnika: %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr " (»/boot«)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (razširjen)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr " (\"/\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Lokacija stanja: %1" @@ -1923,241 +1969,185 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "Predlagaj in zdr&uži z obstoječimi meniji GRUB" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Screen Saver" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Omogočenje o&hranjevalnika zaslona" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Neznan zagonski nalagalnik: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Nepodprta kombinacija strojne platforme %1 in zagonskega nalagalnika %2" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "Številka razdelka višja od 3 je uporabljena za zaganjanje s tabelo razdelkov GPT" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "Zagonska naprava je na disku iSCSI: %1. Sistem se morda ne bo zagnal." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Zagonska naprava je na RAID-u vrste: %1. Sistem se morda ne bo zagnal." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "Zagonska naprava je na programskem RAID1. Izberite drugo lokacijo zagonskega nalagalnika, npr. glavni zagonski zapis." #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "Točnega vrstnega reda diskov za preslikovalno tabelo naprav ni bilo moč določiti. Vrstni red diskov lahko spremenite v »Podrobnosti namestitve zagonskega nalagalnika«." -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Preveri zagonski nalagalnik" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Preberi razdelke" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Naloži nastavitve zagonskega nalagalnika" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Preverjanje zagonskega nalagalnika ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Branje razdelkov ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Nalaganje nastavitev zagonskega nalagalnika ..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Začetno nastavljanje nastavitev zagonskega nalagalnika" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "Dodani parametri jedra: %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Ustvari initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Shrani nastavitvene datoteke zagonskega nalagalnika" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Namesti zagonski nalagalnik" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Ustvarjanje initrd ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitvenih datotek zagonskega nalagalnika ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Nameščanje zagonskega nalagalnika ..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev zagonskega nalagalnika" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "Zagonska naprava je na disku iSCSI: %1. Sistem se morda ne bo zagnal." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "Zasilni zagon" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "Linux" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Zasilni zagon" + # &F is taken by "&FTP" # 2001-10-12 11:34:26 CEST -ke- -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "Trdi disk" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Trdi disk" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "Preizkus pomnilnika" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "Preizkus pomnilnika" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "MBR pred namestitvijo" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "MBR pred namestitvijo" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "Predhodno jedro" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "Predhodno jedro" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "Diagnostika proizvajalca" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "Diagnostika proizvajalca" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "_Linux" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "_Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "_Zasilni zagon" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "_Zasilni zagon" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "_Disketa" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "_Disketa" # &F is taken by "&FTP" # 2001-10-12 11:34:26 CEST -ke- -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "_Trdi disk" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "_Trdi disk" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "_Preizkus pomnilnika" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "_Preizkus pomnilnika" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "_MBR pred namestitvijo" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "_MBR pred namestitvijo" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "_Predhodno jedro" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "_Predhodno jedro" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "_Diagnostika proizvajalca" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "_Diagnostika proizvajalca" #~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." #~ msgstr "Zagonski nalagalnik je nameščen na razdelek, ki ne leži v celoti pod %1 GiB. Sistem se morda ne bo zagnal, če BIOS podpira le LBA24 (rezultat je napaka 18 med nameščanjem GRUB-a v MBR)." @@ -3641,9 +3631,6 @@ #~ msgid "Activate Boot Loader Partition" #~ msgstr "Aktiviraj particijo zagonskega nalagalnika" -#~ msgid "Res&et" -#~ msgstr "&Ponastavi" - #~ msgid "Master Boot Records of Disks %1" #~ msgstr "Glavni zagonski zapisi (MBR) na disk(ih): %1" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/ca-management.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/ca-management.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/ca-management.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -62,27 +62,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Organization" msgstr "Orientacija" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Locality" msgstr "Lokalno" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Status" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 #, fuzzy msgid "Country" @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ msgstr "DASD Ime" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "Common Name" @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "Pošta" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 #, fuzzy msgid "Common Server Certificate" @@ -731,11 +731,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "Za seznam Možnosti preberite stran pomoči (manpage) mount(8)." +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -743,33 +750,33 @@ msgstr "Opis" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "&Odstrani" # Avoid the verb "updaten" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Zamenjaj" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Storitev %1 ne obstaja." #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the Add-On product installation?" msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -808,19 +815,73 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "Dostop do strežnika:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 #, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Ime nosilca podatkov: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Orientacija" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Mesto:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "&Država:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#, fuzzy msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "Uporabniki in skupine" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "Napaka pri preverjanju" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -828,37 +889,37 @@ msgstr "Napačna opcija: %1" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "N&apredno..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Pogled" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "&Vpišite geslo" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "Ustvari novega uporabnika" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Prijava v &datoteko" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "&Privzeto" @@ -921,7 +982,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 #, fuzzy msgid "Summary" msgstr "Povzetek: %1 " @@ -954,18 +1015,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 #, fuzzy msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "Beleži le kritične" @@ -979,34 +1040,34 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "nsComment: " msgstr " Tip " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 #, fuzzy msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr " Tip " @@ -1014,7 +1075,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -1098,94 +1159,229 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "Medij ni na voljo" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Orientacija" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "Serijska številka področne posodobitve" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Valid" msgstr "Napačna opcija: %1" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 #, fuzzy msgid "Revoked" msgstr "&Odstrani" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Expired" msgstr "popravljeno" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status " -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "MAC naslov" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Dodaj" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Izberi certifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "Izberi certifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&Preverjanje novega gesla" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "&Odstrani" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Zbriši" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "Export" msgstr "&Izvoz" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Prijava v &datoteko" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "&Uporabi splošne certifikate strežnika" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "Izberi certifikat" @@ -1290,7 +1486,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1780,7 +1976,7 @@ msgstr "Dnevi" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Path Length " msgstr "&Dolžina ključa" @@ -2003,6 +2199,14 @@ "\n" "Tipa atributa ni.\n" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "&Generiraj" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -2011,34 +2215,34 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 #, fuzzy msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "Ne najdem sekcije %1" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 #, fuzzy msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" @@ -2046,22 +2250,22 @@ "V dvomu uporabite že izbrane privzete možnosti.\n" "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "Zahtevan zunanji IP (ni obvezno)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" @@ -2069,32 +2273,32 @@ "Kliknite Sprejmi za nadaljevanje v naslednje pogovorno okno.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid " days" msgstr "Dnevi" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "&Zahteva" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 #, fuzzy msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "Zahteva" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 #, fuzzy msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "Nameščen je bil 1 popravek." Added: trunk/yast/sl/po/cio.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/cio.sl.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/cio.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +# Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Razpoložljivi vmesniki" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Naprava" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Uporabljeno" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ne" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "da" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Other channels" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "&Ostali kanali" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select all" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Izberi vse" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Izbira datotek" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "R&ead Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "Kanal za &branje" + +# &B is taken by "&Beenden". +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Izhod" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/cluster.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/cluster.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/cluster.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -91,229 +91,229 @@ msgstr "Konfiguriraj X11" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "V redu" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Prekliči" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Oddaljeni naslov:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Oddaljeni naslov:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone Transport:" msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Področni prenos:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Kanal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network &Address:" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Mrežni n&aslov:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Last IP Address:" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Zadnji IP naslov:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy #| msgid "R&ead Channel" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Kanal za &branje" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Clustering" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Oddaljeni naslov:" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "Deluje" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Ne deluje" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Zaganjam sistem" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 #, fuzzy #| msgid "On -- Start Service when Booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "Vključeno -- Zaženi storitev ob zagonu" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Start Service Manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "Izključeno -- Zaženi storitev ročno" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Zagon ali ustavitev" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Trenutno stanje: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Zaženi požarni zid" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Zaustavi požarni zid" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "Dodaj" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "Zamik" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit" msgid "Edit" msgstr "Ur&edi" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Izberite datoteko" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines:" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Predlagane vrstice v datoteki fstab:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a user name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Vnesite uporabniško ime." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot determine the host name of" msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Ne morem določiti ime gostitelja" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Vpišite ime novega profila" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Vnesite ime datoteke" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 already exists.\n" @@ -326,46 +326,46 @@ "Ali jo želite prepisati?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Pregled vsebine certifikacijske datoteke ključev ni uspel." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package verification failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Preverjanje paketa ni uspelo." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -378,23 +378,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -403,7 +406,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -414,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -427,7 +430,7 @@ "Prosim, počakajte..." #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -436,7 +439,7 @@ "Varno prekinite nastavitveno orodje s pritiskom na Prekini.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving Bluetooth Configuration</big> \n" @@ -449,7 +452,7 @@ "Prosim počakajte... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -474,41 +477,41 @@ msgstr "Zaganjanje..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Inicializacija nastavitev" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Berem zbirko" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Berem prejšnje nastavitve" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Preberi nastavitve požarnega zidu" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Branje zbirke..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Branje prejšnjih nastavitev..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -518,77 +521,77 @@ # 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Končano" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Ne morem namestiti zahtevanih paketov." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Spremeni obstoječo nastavitev" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Zbirke database1 ni možno prebrati." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Zbirke database1 ni možno prebrati." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detect devices" msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Zaznaj naprave" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to runlevels." msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Shranjujem nastavitve delovnih nivojev." #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Shranjujem spremembe v datoteke..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgid "Cannot write settings." Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/control-center.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/control-center.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/control-center.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-04 08:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Matjaž Kaše <matjaz.kase(a)telemach.net>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/control.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/control.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/control.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-15 10:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Matjaž Kaše <matjaz.kase(a)telemach.net>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" @@ -22,741 +22,352 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Nameščanje dodatnih izdelkov" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Namestitev paketov" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Zaganjanje..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Prilagajanje zagonskega nalagalnika..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Prilagoditev jezika..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Zaključevanje nastavitev" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Mail Server" msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Poštni strežnik" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Prilagoditev namestitve" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Pregled" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Za izkušene" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Prilagoditev namestitve UML" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Nastavitve za posodobitev" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitev omrežja" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services Configuration %1" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavitev omrežne storitve %1" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitev strojne opreme" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Priprava" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read network configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Branje mrežne nastavitve" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Mode" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Omrežni način" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Dobrodošli" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Aktiviranje diska" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Aktiviranje diska" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Pregled sistema" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Dodatni izdelki" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Trdi disk" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Časovni pas" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "UML uporabnikove nastavitve" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Namestitev" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Namestitveni medij" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Povzetek namestitve" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Namestitev" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "&Popravi" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Namestitev" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Trdi disk" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistem za posodobitev" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Posodobitev" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Povzetek posodobitve" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Posodobitev" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Podatki o sistemu" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Izvedba popravila" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Osnovna namestitev" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Jezik" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "Nastavitve za AutoYaST " -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitev/prilagoditev" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Omrežje" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavitev sistema" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Uporabniško središče" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Nameščanje dodatnih izdelkov" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Spletna posodobitev" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Namestitev paketov" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Opombe k izdaji" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Zaganjanje..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Osnovna nastavitev" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Prilagajanje zagonskega nalagalnika..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 #, fuzzy -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Geslo uporabnika root" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Prilagoditev jezika..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 #, fuzzy -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "CD namestitev" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Zaključevanje nastavitev" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Ime gostitelja" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "UML uporabnikove nastavitve" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Uporabniki" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Namestitveni medij" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "Nastavitve za AutoYaST " +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "&Popravi" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Nastavitev sistema" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Podatki o sistemu" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Čiščenje" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Izvedba popravila" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Jezik" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Ime strežnika: " +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Omrežje" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Uporabniško središče" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Spletna posodobitev" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Opombe k izdaji" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Osnovna nastavitev" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Services Configuration %1" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Nastavitev omrežne storitve %1" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Geslo uporabnika root" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Identifikacija strežnika" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "CD namestitev" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Povzetek namestitve" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Ime gostitelja" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Storitev" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Uporabniki" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Čiščenje" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Izbira namizja" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Ime strežnika: " -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Geslo uporabnika root" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"Namestitev &product; je končana.\n" -"Po pritisku na Končaj se lahko prijavite v sistem.\n" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Identifikacija strežnika" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Storitev" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Izbira namizja" + +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Geslo uporabnika root" + #, fuzzy -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "Namizje" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Namestitev &product; je končana.\n" +#~ "Po pritisku na Končaj se lahko prijavite v sistem.\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 #, fuzzy -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "Namizje" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Namizje" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 #, fuzzy -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "Namizje" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Namizje" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 #, fuzzy -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "Namizje" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Namizje" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Namizje" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Nadomestna namizja" +#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Nadomestna namizja" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "&Alice odlagališče:" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "&Alice odlagališče:" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/country.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/country.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/country.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-21 17:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <si(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/crowbar.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/crowbar.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/crowbar.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/dhcp-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/dhcp-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/dhcp-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-24 21:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" @@ -559,76 +559,75 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Izbran mora biti vsaj en omrežni vmesnik." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP podpora" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP strežnik: izbira kartice" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Ime &domene" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP &primarnega imenskega strežnika" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP &sekundarnega imenskega strežnika" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "Privzeti &prehod (usmerjevalnik) " #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP &časovni strežnik" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "&Tiskalniški strežnik" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&WINS strežnik" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Privzeti &najemni čas" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 #, fuzzy msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Enota" @@ -637,38 +636,38 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Navedena vrednost ni veljavno ime gostitelja ali IP naslov." #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Prilagoditev podomrežij" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Trenutno &omrežje" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Trenutna &maska omrežja" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 #, fuzzy msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Omrežna maska" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -676,13 +675,13 @@ #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "&Zadnji IP naslov" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "Območje IP naslovov" @@ -690,7 +689,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -701,7 +700,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -709,41 +708,41 @@ msgstr "&Zadnji IP naslov" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Dovoli dinamični &BOOTP" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Najemni čas" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Privzeto" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "&Najdaljši čas najema" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 #, fuzzy msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "Eno&ta" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 #, fuzzy msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "&Začni z novo konfiguracijo od začetka" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Trenutni DMA način" @@ -751,18 +750,18 @@ # &w is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:20:01 CEST -ke- #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Pre&tvori trenutno nastavitev" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 #, fuzzy msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "Zaženi &DNS strežnik" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -770,8 +769,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Vnesite vrednosti za začetni in končni naslov IP intervala." @@ -779,8 +778,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -789,128 +788,128 @@ "kot je DHCP strežnik. IP %1 ne ustreza omrežju %2/%3." #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Registrirani gostitelj" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Ime" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Naslov strojne opreme" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tip" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Nastavitev seznama" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Ime" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP naslov" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "&Naslov strojne opreme" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token Ring" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "S&premeni na seznamu" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Z&briši s seznama" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Strojni naslov je nepravilen." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "Naslov strojne opreme mora biti enoznačen." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "Ime gostitelja ne sme biti prazno." #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Gostitelj z imenom %1 že obstaja." #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Vnesite IP naslov gostitelja." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Naslov strojne opreme mora biti določen." #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Najprej izberite gostitelja." #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Vhodna vrednost mora biti določena." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -930,15 +929,15 @@ "Nadaljujem?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -950,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "Čarovnik DHCP strežnika (%1/4)" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/dns-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/dns-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/dns-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-23 17:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <si(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/drbd.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/drbd.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/drbd.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -24,6 +24,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Globalne nastavitve" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -63,24 +73,82 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitev storitev" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavitev storitev" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavitev storitev" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The file is a configuration file." +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Datoteka je nastavitvena datoteka." + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration type" +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Branje tipa nastavitev" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitev DNS " #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Zaženem nastavitev %1?" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Zaženem nastavitev %1?" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -114,7 +182,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Konfiguracija inicializacije</big> \n" "Prosim, počakajte... \n" @@ -136,7 +204,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Shranjevanje konfiguracije</big> \n" "Prosim, počakajte... \n" @@ -161,14 +229,79 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Nastavitev povezave</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Nastavitev povezave</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>Nastavitev povezave</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -178,31 +311,32 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Nastavitev ponudnika</big> \n" "Okno omogoča nastavitev vašega ponudnika. " #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Dodajanje modema:</big> \n" @@ -211,7 +345,7 @@ "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -223,32 +357,32 @@ "pogovorno okno, v katerem lahko spremenite nastavitve." #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Pregled ponudnikov</big> \n" "Omogoča pregled nameščenih ponudnikov in urejanje njihovih nastavitev. " #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>Dodajanje ponudnika:</big> \n" "Z izbiro gumba Dodaj lahko ročno dodaš novega ponudnika." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Urejanje ali brisanje:</big> \n" @@ -256,7 +390,7 @@ "Po izbiri pritisni gumb: Uredi ali Izbriši." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" @@ -268,7 +402,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -276,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" @@ -296,14 +430,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokol" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scheme name must be set." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Ime sheme mora biti določeno (vpisano)." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -350,8 +485,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -369,109 +504,196 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Zaganjanje 'lirc' storitve je spodletelo." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Zaustavi storitve" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitev strojne opreme" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Zaganjanje..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Inicializacija DSL nastavitve" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Preberi globalne Samba nastavitve" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Viri" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Preberi WINBIND status" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Branje globalnih Samba nastavitev..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Berem smeri (routes)..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Branje nastavitev..." # "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. # 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Končano" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:" +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "Napaka pri shranitvi ipsec.conf:" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Nastavitev skupin virov" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Zapisovanje NFS nastavitev" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Zapis splošnih nastavitev" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Viri" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Zagon prikritih procesov (daemon-ov)." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Zapisovanje splošnih nastavitev..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Zapisujem skupine..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Zaznavam trenutni status..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "Imenika '%1' ni mogoče ustvariti." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Konfiguracija inicializacije</big> \n" +#~ "Prosim, počakajte... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Shranjevanje konfiguracije</big> \n" +#~ "Prosim, počakajte... \n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Drbd Configuration" #~ msgstr "Nastavitev DNS " Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/fcoe-client.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/fcoe-client.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/fcoe-client.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -46,8 +46,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "Odjemalci" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "da" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ne" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" msgid "" @@ -55,15 +65,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Ponovni zagon storitve %1 ni uspel." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "ni na voljo" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Nenastavljeno." + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Nastavitev IPsec" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -71,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -79,12 +118,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -92,34 +131,34 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Izdelava računa za uporabnika %1 ni možna." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "Ukaz %1 se ni posrečil" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Res želite odstraniti trenutno skupino nosilcev?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -127,34 +166,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Ponovni zagon storitve %1 ni uspel." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Ponovni zagon storitve %1 ni uspel." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -185,7 +224,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Da" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -193,7 +232,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ne" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -266,7 +305,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gonilnik" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -586,106 +625,101 @@ msgstr "Ali jih sedaj namestim?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detect devices" msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Zaznaj naprave" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start 'nmb' service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Napaka pri zagonu servisa 'nmb'." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start 'nmb' service." +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Napaka pri zagonu servisa 'nmb'." + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Inicializacija inetd nastavitev" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Preverjanje nameščenih RPM paketov..." #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Omrežne storitve" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Zaznavam omrežne katice..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Branje /etc/ipsec.conf" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Preverjanje nameščenih RPM paketov..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking floppy device..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Preverjam disketno enoto..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Zaznavam omrežne katice..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -695,125 +729,125 @@ # 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Končano" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Zaganjanje 'lirc' storitve je spodletelo." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detect devices" msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Zaznaj naprave" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Ne morem prebrati nastavitve." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Shranjevanje inetd nastavitve" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Ponovni zagon servisov" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust spooler services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Nastavi servise čakalnika" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Ponovno zaganjanje servisov..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Nastavljam servise čakalnika..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/ntp.conf." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Nastavitev ne morem zapisati v /etc/ntp.conf." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Zaganjanje 'lirc' storitve je spodletelo." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Ne morem zapisati sysconfig spremenljivk." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "<big>Nastavitev povezave</big>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Vmesniki" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -821,11 +855,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "omogočen" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "onemogočen" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/firewall-services.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/firewall-services.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/firewall-services.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/firewall.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/firewall.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/firewall.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-24 22:40+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/firstboot.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/firstboot.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/firstboot.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-24 21:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/ftp-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/ftp-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/ftp-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/geo-cluster.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/geo-cluster.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/geo-cluster.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -72,92 +72,285 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration files" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Shrani nastavivene datoteke" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zbriši" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "V redu" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address" +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "Vpišite veljaven elektronski poštni naslov" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dire&ctories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "I&meniki" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "' je neveljaven." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "' je neveljaven." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Entered address is not valid." +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "Vnešeni naslov ni veljaven." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "' je neveljaven." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "needs to be reinstalled" +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "potrebno je ponovno namestiti" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modem IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "IP naslov modema je nepravilen." + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "Ime %1 področja že obstaja." + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration module %1 will be started." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Zagnan bo nastavitveni modul %1." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Ključ ni veljaven." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "needs to be reinstalled" +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "potrebno je ponovno namestiti" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Configuration Summary:" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Povzetek oddaljene nastavitve:" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration files" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Shrani nastavivene datoteke" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Nastavitve razreda" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavitev požarnega zidu" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Zaganjanje..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Shranitev splošnih nastavitev ni možna." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Shranitev splošnih nastavitev ni možna." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -166,101 +359,91 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Berem prejšnje nastavitve" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Branje prejšnjih nastavitev..." +# "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. +# 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Končano" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Berem zbirko" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prepoznavam naprave" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Branje zbirke..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prepoznavam naprave..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zbirke database1 ni možno prebrati." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." @@ -273,13 +456,13 @@ #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaženi SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaganjam SuSEconfig..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povzetek nastavitev ..." Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/gtk.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/gtk.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/gtk.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naprej" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/http-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/http-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/http-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-26 10:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/inetd.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/inetd.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/inetd.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " -"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #. is this proposal or not? #: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 @@ -278,9 +277,7 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"Za aktiviranje ali deaktiviranje storitve jo izberite v glavnem pogovornem " -"oknu." +msgstr "Za aktiviranje ali deaktiviranje storitve jo izberite v glavnem pogovornem oknu." #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() @@ -448,8 +445,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Nastavitev omrežnih storitev</big> \n" "Kliknite Omogoči, da omogočite omrežne servise, ki jih upravljate \n" -"z nastavitvijo super-strežnika. Za ustavitev super-strežnika, kliknite " -"Onemogoči.\n" +"z nastavitvijo super-strežnika. Za ustavitev super-strežnika, kliknite Onemogoči.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" @@ -466,24 +462,20 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>Status storitev:</big> \n" "Vse storitve označene z --- so neaktivne (zaklenjene).\n" "Vse storitve označene z Vklop so aktivne (odklenjene).\n" -"Vse storitve označene z NI niso nameščene in jih ni mogoče nastaviti.<" -"/p>" +"Vse storitve označene z NI niso nameščene in jih ni mogoče nastaviti." #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Spreminjanje statusa storitve:</big> \n" -"Izberite storitev za omogočanje ali onemogočanje in izberite Preklop " -"statusa (vklop ali izklop).\n" +"Izberite storitev za omogočanje ali onemogočanje in izberite Preklop statusa (vklop ali izklop).\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -513,13 +505,11 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Prekinitev nastavitve:</big>\n" "S pritiskom na gumb Prekini prekinete nastavitev.\n" -"Ob tem bodo izgubljene vse spremembe in originalna nastavitev bo ostala " -"nespremenjena.\n" +"Ob tem bodo izgubljene vse spremembe in originalna nastavitev bo ostala nespremenjena.\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. @@ -559,11 +549,8 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"To je kratek opis. Za podrobnosti poglejte info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgstr "To je kratek opis. Za podrobnosti poglejte info xinetd.conf.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -587,13 +574,11 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in " -"/etc/protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Protokol mora biti veljaven protokol, kot je navedeno v " -"/etc/protocols.\n" +"Protokol mora biti veljaven protokol, kot je navedeno v /etc/protocols.\n" "Na primer: tcp,udp,rpc/tcp in rpc/udp.\n" "\n" @@ -614,17 +599,13 @@ msgstr "" "Vnos čakaj/ne čakaj določa, če je storitev eno- ali več-nitna\n" "in ali nove povezave sprejema xinetd ali strežniški program. Vrednost\n" -"da pomeni, da je storitev ni večnitna. To pomeni, da xinetd po zagonu " -"\n" -"strežnika preneha sprejemati nove povezave dokler strežnik za storitev " -"deluje.\n" +"da pomeni, da je storitev ni večnitna. To pomeni, da xinetd po zagonu \n" +"strežnika preneha sprejemati nove povezave dokler strežnik za storitev deluje.\n" "Nove povezave sprejema strežnik za storitev. Vrednost ne pomeni, da\n" -"je strežnik večniten in xinetd sprejema nove povezave tudi po zagonu " -"strežnika \n" +"je strežnik večniten in xinetd sprejema nove povezave tudi po zagonu strežnika \n" "za storitev.\n" "udp/dgram storitve nadavno pričakujejo vrednost da,\n" -"saj udp ne temelji na povezavah. tcp/stream strežniki navadno " -"pričakujejo \n" +"saj udp ne temelji na povezavah. tcp/stream strežniki navadno pričakujejo \n" "vrednost ne.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 @@ -733,4 +714,3 @@ #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Ti servisi bodo omogočeni" - Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/installation.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/installation.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/installation.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 17:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 1 : n%100==2 ? 2 : n%100==3 || n%" -"100==4 ? 3 : 0);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 1 : n%100==2 ? 2 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 3 : 0);\n" #. this is a heading #: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61 @@ -40,63 +39,45 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -#| msgid "" -#| "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" -"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Če želite ustvariti profil za AutoYaST, uporabite Nastavitve kloniranja " -"sistema.\n" -"S pomočjo AutoYaST lahko izvedete popolnoma samodejno namestitev SUSE Linuxa. " -"Za samodejno namestitev AutoYaST potrebuje profil,\n" +"Če želite ustvariti profil za AutoYaST, uporabite Nastavitve kloniranja sistema.\n" +"S pomočjo AutoYaST lahko izvedete popolnoma samodejno namestitev SUSE Linuxa. Za samodejno namestitev AutoYaST potrebuje profil,\n" "ki vsebuje podatke o želeni namestitvi.\n" -"Če boste izbrali to možnost, bo profil trenutnega izbora shranjen v <tt>" -"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Če boste izbrali to možnost, bo profil trenutnega izbora shranjen v <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68 -#| msgid "Writing the system configuration..." msgid "Clone System Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve kloniranja sistema" #. this is a menu entry #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:70 -#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Clone System Configuration" msgstr "&Nastavitve kloniranja sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">" -"do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Profil AutoYaST bo shranjen v /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">ne shrani " -"ga</a>)." +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "Profil AutoYaST bo shranjen v /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">ne shrani ga</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "Profil AutoYaST ne bo shranjen (<a href=\"%1\">shrani ga</a>)." -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "Shrani profil AutoYaST v /root/autoinst.xml" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopiranje datotek na nameščeni sistem ..." @@ -128,12 +109,8 @@ msgstr "Nameščanje iz slik" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Tu lahko izberete Novellove v naprej pripravljene slike za pohitritev " -"nameščanja paketov RPM." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Tu lahko izberete Novellove v naprej pripravljene slike za pohitritev nameščanja paketov RPM." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -144,11 +121,8 @@ msgstr "&Ne namesti iz slik" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Razmeščanje iz lastnih slik. Potrebno je nastaviti URL namestitvenega vira." +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Razmeščanje iz lastnih slik. Potrebno je nastaviti URL namestitvenega vira." #. Image name, Image location #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 @@ -156,18 +130,12 @@ msgstr "Tu lahko ustvarite slike po meri.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "Preden lahko tu ustvarite sliko morate izbrati programsko opremo" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Ustvari datoteko s sliko (AutoYaST jo bo med nameščanjem pridobil s podanega " -"mesta)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Ustvari datoteko s sliko (AutoYaST jo bo med nameščanjem pridobil s podanega mesta)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 msgid "Create Image" @@ -191,8 +159,7 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "Nameščanje iz slik se uporablja za pohitritev nameščanja.\n" @@ -203,17 +170,13 @@ #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal " -"auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" "Ustvarjanje lastnih slik uporabite, če želite\n" "preskočiti celoten korak nameščanja paketov RPM. AutoYaST bo\n" -"sliko skopiral na trdi disk, ki je hitrejši in je lahko pripravljen v " -"naprej.\n" +"sliko skopiral na trdi disk, ki je hitrejši in je lahko pripravljen v naprej.\n" "Vse ostalo, kar ni nameščanje paketov RPM, se opravi kot med običajnim\n" "samodejnim nameščanjem." @@ -224,8 +187,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" "Vedite, da pri nameščanju iz slik časovne oznake paketov iz slik ne bodo\n" @@ -280,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "Nameščanje iz slik je onemogočeno (<a href=\"%1\">omogoči</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Pripravljanje privzetega okenskega upravljalnika ..." @@ -315,6 +277,7 @@ msgstr "Posodobitve za %1 %2" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Neznan izdelek" @@ -348,7 +311,6 @@ #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86 -#| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "Jezik, tipkovnica in licenčni sporazum" @@ -376,7 +338,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licenčni dogovor" @@ -394,8 +356,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Izberite jezik in razporeditev tipk za uporabo med nameščanjem " -"in\n" +"Izberite jezik in razporeditev tipk za uporabo med nameščanjem in\n" "v nameščenem sistemu.\n" "\n" @@ -405,14 +366,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Pred nadaljevanjem nameščanja morate sprejeti licenco.\n" -"Za prikaz licence v vseh razpoložljivih jezikih uporabite Prevodi licence<" -"/b>.\n" +"Za prikaz licence v vseh razpoložljivih jezikih uporabite Prevodi licence.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -452,10 +411,22 @@ "s klikom gumba Prekini.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "Potrebno je sprejeti licenco" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "&Opombe k izdaji ..." +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + # &W is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD @@ -536,19 +507,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" -"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Če želite ustvariti profil za AutoYaST, uporabite Skloniraj.\n" -"S pomočjo AutoYaST lahko izvedete popolnoma samodejno namestitev SUSE Linuxa. " -"Za samodejno namestitev AutoYaST potrebuje profil,\n" +"S pomočjo AutoYaST lahko izvedete popolnoma samodejno namestitev SUSE Linuxa. Za samodejno namestitev AutoYaST potrebuje profil,\n" "ki vsebuje podatke o želeni namestitvi.\n" -"Če boste izbrali to možnost, bo profil trenutnega izbora shranjen v <tt>" -"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Če boste izbrali to možnost, bo profil trenutnega izbora shranjen v <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. Dialog busy message #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -560,10 +526,8 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Za kloniranje trenutnega sistema mora biti nameščen paket %1." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Za kloniranje trenutnega sistema mora biti nameščen paket %1." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -603,12 +567,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "Vklopljeno je bilo razhroščevanje.\n" -"YaST bo odprl upravljalnika programske opreme, s katerim lahko preverite " -"trenutno stanje paketov." +"YaST bo odprl upravljalnika programske opreme, s katerim lahko preverite trenutno stanje paketov." #. unknown image #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -642,12 +604,8 @@ msgstr "Uporabljeni &disk" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Izberite disk, na katerega želite razmestiti sliko. Vsi podatki na disku bodo " -"izgubljeni, disk pa bo razdeljen, kot je določeno v sliki." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Izberite disk, na katerega želite razmestiti sliko. Vsi podatki na disku bodo izgubljeni, disk pa bo razdeljen, kot je določeno v sliki." #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -675,11 +633,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Nastavitev vmesnikov &FCoE" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Nastavitev diskov &iSCSI" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Spremeni n&astavitve omrežja" @@ -700,14 +658,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "Kmalu se bo začelo nameščanje." -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "&Opombe k izdaji ..." +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Pripravljanje" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Pripravljanje nameščanja ..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -716,9 +682,7 @@ #. yes/no popup question #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "" -"Ali zaženem upravljalnika programske opreme za preverjanje in nameščanje " -"posodobitev?" +msgstr "Ali zaženem upravljalnika programske opreme za preverjanje in nameščanje posodobitev?" #. check box #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512 @@ -728,66 +692,66 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Zaključevanje osnovnega nameščanja" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Ustvarjanje seznama za klicanje zaključnih skriptov ..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Skopiraj datoteke na nameščeni sistem" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Shrani nastavitve" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Shrani nastavitve nameščanja" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Namesti upravljalnika zagona" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Pripravi sistem za prvi zagon" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Preverjanje faze: %1 ..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Klicanje koraka %1 ..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" # "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. # 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Zaključeno" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Napaka nameščanja" @@ -806,11 +770,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Nameščanje se pripravlja." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Pripravljanje nameščanja ..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -823,16 +782,8 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Pripravljanje začetnih nastavitev sistema ..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Pripravljanje" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 -#| msgid "Installation Settings" msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Možnosti namestitve" @@ -855,9 +806,6 @@ #. help text for installation method #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Installation Mode</big> \n" -#| "Select what to do:" msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Možnosti namestitve</big>" @@ -876,23 +824,17 @@ #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za namestitev dodatnih izdelkov s posebnega vira obenem z izdelkom &product; " -"izberite\n" +"Za namestitev dodatnih izdelkov s posebnega vira obenem z izdelkom &product; izberite\n" "Vključi dodatne izdelke iz posebnega vira.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see " -"http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si " -"oglejte stran http://drivers.suse.com." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si oglejte stran http://drivers.suse.com." #. Error message #: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -948,12 +890,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavljeno omrežje je potrebno za uporabo oddaljenih virov\n" -"ali dodatnih izdelkov. Če oddaljenih virov ne uporabljate, preskočite " -"nastavitev.\n" +"ali dodatnih izdelkov. Če oddaljenih virov ne uporabljate, preskočite nastavitev.\n" #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 @@ -967,33 +907,24 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number " -"\n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"V Linuxu je možnost izbire zelo pomembna. Distribucija openSUSE<" -"/i> ponuja\n" -"več različnih delovnih okolij. Spodaj je seznam z dvema največjima: KDE " -"Plasma in GNOME." +"V Linuxu je možnost izbire zelo pomembna. Distribucija openSUSE ponuja\n" +"več različnih delovnih okolij. Spodaj je seznam z dvema največjima: KDE Plasma in GNOME." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the " -"software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Druga delovna okolja (ali enega izmed minimalnih namestitvenih vzorcev), " -"ki morda\n" -"bolj ustrezajo vašim potrebam, lahko izberete preko možnosti Drugo. " -"Svoj izbor\n" -"lahko spremenite kasneje med izborom programske opreme ali po zaključku " -"namestitve.\n" +"Druga delovna okolja (ali enega izmed minimalnih namestitvenih vzorcev), ki morda\n" +"bolj ustrezajo vašim potrebam, lahko izberete preko možnosti Drugo. Svoj izbor\n" +"lahko spremenite kasneje med izborom programske opreme ali po zaključku namestitve.\n" "To pogovorno okno vam omogoča nastavitev privzetega okolja." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -1042,7 +973,6 @@ #. force_reset #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220 -#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" msgstr "Lokacija shranjenih nastavitev" @@ -1053,12 +983,12 @@ msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev ni uspelo. Podrobnosti najdete v dnevniku." #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Nastavljanje je izpuščeno na zahtevo uporabnika" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1069,31 +999,31 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "NAPAKA: manjka naslov" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Prilagajanje predloga trenutnim nastavitvam ..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Pregledovanje sistema ..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "NAPAKA: brez predloga" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1102,7 +1032,7 @@ "Obstajajo napake." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Pregled namestitve" @@ -1111,48 +1041,45 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Preskoči nastavitve" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Uporabi naslednje nastavitve" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Spremeni ..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 -#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 msgid "&Export Configuration" msgstr "&Izvozi nastavitve" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Kliknite na katerikoli naslov ali uporabite spodnji meni »Spremeni ...«." +msgstr "Kliknite na katerikoli naslov ali uporabite spodnji meni »Spremeni ...«." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 -#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Za spreminjanje kliknite na naslove." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Privzete vrednosti" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1166,16 +1093,14 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za izvedbo nove namestitve s prikazanimi nastavitvami kliknite Namesti" -".\n" +"Za izvedbo nove namestitve s prikazanimi nastavitvami kliknite Namesti.\n" "\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1199,20 +1124,19 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vaš trdi disk ni bil v ničemer spremenjen, zato lahko nameščanje še vedno " -"varno prekinete.\n" +"Vaš trdi disk ni bil v ničemer spremenjen, zato lahko nameščanje še vedno varno prekinete.\n" "\n" #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1224,7 +1148,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1236,7 +1160,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1248,7 +1172,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1259,12 +1183,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "Predlog namestitve UML" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1275,7 +1199,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1286,7 +1210,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1297,11 +1221,11 @@ "Za spremembo zaklenjene možnosti zaprosite svojega sistemskega skrbnika.\n" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Posodobi" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Namesti" @@ -1420,70 +1344,44 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Zaznavanje trdih diskov ..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "Poišči razdelke Linux" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "Iskanje razdelkov Linux ..." - #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Poišči sistemske datoteke" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Iskanje sistemskih datotek ..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Pripravi upravljalnika programske opreme" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Pripravljanje upravljalnika programske opreme ..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "Oceni možnost posodobitve" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Ocenjevanje možnosti posodobitve ..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Zaznavanje sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST sedaj zaznava strojno opremo računalnika in nameščene sisteme." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 -#| msgid "" -#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" -#| "Please check your hardware!\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si oglejte " -"»drivers.suse.com«." +"Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si oglejte »drivers.suse.com«." #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 -#| msgid "" -#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" -#| "Please check your hardware!\n" +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1493,7 +1391,7 @@ "Preverite strojno opremo.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1504,11 +1402,7 @@ "(to velja še posebno za sisteme S/390 in iSCSI)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 -#| msgid "" -#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" -#| "found for the installation.\n" -#| "Check your hardware.\n" +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1520,7 +1414,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1529,101 +1423,99 @@ "Prekinitev namestitve." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Odstranjen" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Omogočen" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Onemogočen" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Predhodno uporabljeni viri" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "Ti viri so bili najdeni na sistemu, ki ga" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Trenutno stanje" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Vir" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Preklopi stanje" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Tu vidite vse vire programske opreme, najdene na sistemu,\n" "ki ga nadgrajujete. Omogočite tiste, ki jih želite vključiti v nadgradnjo." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Za omogočanje, odstranitev ali onemogočanje URL-ja kliknite\n" -"gumb Preklopi stanje ali pa dvo-kliknite na ustrezno postavko v " -"preglednici." +"gumb Preklopi stanje ali pa dvo-kliknite na ustrezno postavko v preglednici." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "Za spremembo URL-ja kliknite na gumb Spremeni." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Neznano" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "&URL vira" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Omrežje ni nastavljeno" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1632,49 +1524,49 @@ "Ali jo želite nastaviti?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Dodajanje in odstranjevanje virov ..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "Dodaja in odstranjuje se vire." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Odstrani neuporabljene vire" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Odstranjevanje neuporabljenih virov ..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Dodaj omogočene vire" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Dodajanje omogočenih virov ..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Dodaj onemogočene vire" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Dodajanje onemogočenih virov ..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Potreben je pravi nosilec" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1688,7 +1580,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1703,7 +1595,7 @@ "Vir bo dodan v onemogočenem stanju." #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1715,7 +1607,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1727,7 +1619,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1738,7 +1630,7 @@ "URL: %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1816,52 +1708,47 @@ msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev posredniškega strežnika ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "Omogočanje ustvarjalnika naključnih števil ..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Shranjevanje časovnega pasu ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Shranjevanje jezika ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev konzole ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev tipkovnice ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Shranjevanje podatkov o izdelku ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev za samodejno namestitev ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Shranjevanje varnostnih nastavitev ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev zagonskih skriptov ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev strojne opreme ..." @@ -1883,8 +1770,7 @@ #. progress step title #: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." -msgstr "" -"Kopiranje nastavitev grafičnega sistema X Window na nameščeni sistem ..." +msgstr "Kopiranje nastavitev grafičnega sistema X Window na nameščeni sistem ..." #. progress step title #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -1894,7 +1780,7 @@ msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev YaST ..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2112,38 +1998,93 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." msgstr "Seznam blokiranih naprav je omogočen (<a href=\"%s\">onemogoči</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." msgstr "Seznam blokiranih naprav ni omogočen (<a href=\"%s\">omogoči</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"Seznam blokiranih naprav uporabite, če želite jedru zmanjšati " -"porabo pomnilnika." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Seznam blokiranih naprav uporabite, če želite jedru zmanjšati porabo pomnilnika." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 -#| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." msgstr "Dodajanje naprav na seznam blokiranih ..." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 -#| msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Zmanjševanje razdelka PREP ..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Oddaljeno upravljanje" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "Branje podatkov o namestitvenih slikah je spodletelo" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Razmeščanje ..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Shranjevanje uporabniških možnosti ..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Obnavljanje uporabniških možnosti ..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" +"Namestitveni program ni mogel samodejno razrešiti odvisnosti paketov.\n" +"Odprl se bo upravljalnik programske opreme, kjer boste odvisnosti razrešili ročno." + +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "Potrebno je sprejeti licenco" + +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "Poišči razdelke Linux" + +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "Iskanje razdelkov Linux ..." + +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "Oceni možnost posodobitve" + +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Ocenjevanje možnosti posodobitve ..." + +#~ msgid "Enabling random number generator..." +#~ msgstr "Omogočanje ustvarjalnika naključnih števil ..." + #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Omrežna naprava: %1" @@ -2711,26 +2652,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si oglejte »drivers.suse.com«.\n" -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "Branje podatkov o namestitvenih slikah je spodletelo" - -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Razmeščanje ..." - -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Shranjevanje uporabniških možnosti ..." - -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Obnavljanje uporabniških možnosti ..." - #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" -#~ "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Namestitveni program ni mogel samodejno razrešiti odvisnosti paketov.\n" -#~ "Odprl se bo upravljalnik programske opreme, kjer boste odvisnosti razrešili ročno." - -#~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" #~ "Select the default type." #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/instserver.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/instserver.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/instserver.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/iplb.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/iplb.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/iplb.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Globalne nastavitve" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -92,6 +92,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "da" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ne" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Globalne nastavitve" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavitev Samba strežnika" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -201,7 +221,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -441,7 +461,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -478,7 +498,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Storitev" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -502,11 +522,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prijava" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geslo" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -522,7 +542,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Omrežna maska" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -530,7 +550,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokol" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -538,7 +558,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" @@ -546,7 +566,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zbriši" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -572,13 +592,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "V redu" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -591,10 +617,32 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "IP naslov je nepravilen." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a new share" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "Dodaj nov vir v skupno rabo" + +# &W is taken by &Weiter +# 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable the DHCP server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "Omogoči DHCP strežnik" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaganjanje..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -619,9 +667,11 @@ msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "" +# "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. +# 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Končano" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -631,19 +681,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaženi SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaganjam SuSEconfig..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/iscsi-client.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/iscsi-client.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/iscsi-client.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -71,153 +71,157 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "Vrata" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "&SCSI naprave" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Vmesnik" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "IP naslov" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 #, fuzzy msgid "Target Name" msgstr "&Ime vira v skupni rabi:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Zagon" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Dodaj" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "Ur&edi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "Odjava" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Connected" msgstr "Povezan z" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Discovery" msgstr "Gonilnik" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "Log In" msgstr "Prijava" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "Connect" msgstr "Povezava" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Overitev" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Overitev" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "Username" msgstr "&Uporabniško ime" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Geslo" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Overitev odhodnega strežnika" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "Zagon" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP naslov" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "Vrata" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Ključ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Vrednost" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Storitev" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Povezan z" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Pregled zasedenosti diska" @@ -225,7 +229,7 @@ #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -234,9 +238,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -498,13 +502,13 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Zadnji IP naslov:" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Preusm. na vrata" @@ -513,39 +517,39 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 #, fuzzy msgid "True" msgstr "Atribut" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 #, fuzzy msgid "False" msgstr "neuspešno" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Nadaljuj" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 #, fuzzy msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Prekliči" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 #, fuzzy msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "IP naslov je že nastavljen." @@ -635,14 +639,18 @@ msgstr "Zaustavi storitve" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "Programska oprema" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "vsi" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -651,7 +659,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Povzetek nastavitev ..." Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/iscsi-lio-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/iscsi-lio-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/iscsi-lio-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/iscsi-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/iscsi-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/iscsi-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/isns.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/isns.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/isns.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -319,49 +319,49 @@ msgstr "Zaganjanje..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "Za nastavitev Samba strežnika mora biti paket %1 nameščen. " -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Ali jih sedaj namestim?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Inicializiram nastavitev modema" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Berem zbirko" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Berem prejšnje nastavitve" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Prepoznavam naprave" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Branje zbirke..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Branje prejšnjih nastavitev..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Prepoznavam naprave..." @@ -369,38 +369,38 @@ # 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Končano" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Shranjevanje inetd nastavitve" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Zaženi SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Zaganjam SuSEconfig..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nastavitev ni možno zapisati!" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/kdump.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/kdump.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/kdump.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -390,8 +390,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -534,16 +534,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "O&nemogočeno" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "ni na voljo" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 #, fuzzy @@ -1203,84 +1193,84 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Inicializacija nastavitev" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Berem profile..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Ne morem prebrati uporabnikovih nastavitev!" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Berem particije..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Ne morem prebrati uporabnikovih nastavitev!" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Datoteke %1 ni možno prebrati" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Opcije Posodobitve" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Posodabljanje področne datoteke..." @@ -1288,64 +1278,68 @@ # "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. # 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Končano" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nastavitev ni možno zapisati!" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "v delovnem nivoju %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "omogočen" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "onemogočen" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Prazna vrednost za opcijo: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "&Formatiraj" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Na&jvečje število starih arhivov varovanja" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Na&jvečje število starih arhivov varovanja" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "ni na voljo" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Reading disk partitions..." #~ msgstr "Branje particij" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/kerberos-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/kerberos-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/kerberos-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/kerberos.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/kerberos.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/kerberos.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-26 00:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>\n" "Language-Team: slovenian <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/languages_db.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/languages_db.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/languages_db.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-25 22:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>\n" "Language-Team: slovenian <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/ldap-client.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/ldap-client.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/ldap-client.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-04 15:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>\n" "Language-Team: slovenian <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/ldap-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/ldap-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/ldap-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/ldap.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/ldap.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/ldap.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,6 +56,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Tipa atributa ni.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -63,6 +65,8 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Razreda predmeta ni.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message @@ -111,14 +115,14 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Prikaži podrobnosti" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neznana napaka. Mogoče 'yast2-ldap' ni na voljo." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -155,7 +159,7 @@ #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Anonimni dostop" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -164,6 +168,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"Neposredni prednik za DN '%1' \n" +"v imeniku LDAP ne obstaja.\n" +"Predmeta z izbranim DN ni možno ustvariti.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -171,17 +178,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"Na strežniku LDAP ni nobenega vnosa z \n" +"DN '%1'. Ali ga želite ustvariti sedaj?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Odpri" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Določi novo vrednost za trenutni atribut." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -203,79 +212,86 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opis atributa \"%1\" (samo v angleščini): " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Vrednost atributa \"%1\"" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Vrednosti atributa \"%1\"" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Dodaj vrednost" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Prazen vnos" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Razišči" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"Vrednost '%1' že obstaja.\n" +"Prosim izberite drugo." #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavitev orodij za upravljanje uporabnikov" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavitev orodij za upravljanje skupin" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Objektni razred novega modula" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"Vnešena vrednost že obstaja.\n" +"Izberite drugo.\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vnesite ime modula." #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"Tukaj lahko nastavite vrednosti atributov v objektih, ki \n" +"uporabljajo trenutne predlogo. Te vrednosti bodo uporabljene kot privzete,\n" +"ko se ustvari nov objekt.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -283,23 +299,27 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"Za ustvarjanje atributnih vrednosti iz obstoječih lahko\n" +"uporabite posebno sintakso. Izraz %attr_name bo nadomeščen\n" +"z vrednostjo atributa \"attr_name\" (npr. uporabite \"/home/%uid\"\n" +"kot vrednost \"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ime &atributa" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Vrednost atributa" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 @@ -337,7 +357,7 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Strežnik LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 @@ -365,6 +385,8 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"Atribut \"%1\" je obvezen. \n" +"Vpišite vrednost." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 @@ -374,9 +396,9 @@ #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribut" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vrednost" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/live-installer.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/live-installer.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/live-installer.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/lxc.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/lxc.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/lxc.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/mail.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/mail.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/mail.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 22:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -17,8 +17,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" -"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the mail module @@ -106,12 +105,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Če izberete Brez povezave, bo poštni strežnik zagnan.\n" -"Vendar je možen samo krajevni prenos pošte. Posrednik za prenos pošte posluša " -"krajevnega gostitelja.\n" +"Vendar je možen samo krajevni prenos pošte. Posrednik za prenos pošte posluša krajevnega gostitelja.\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -140,24 +137,20 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as " -"smtp.provider.com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Odhodni poštni strežnik je v splošnem namenjen klicnim povezavam.\n" -"Vpišite SMTP strežnik ponudnika internetskih storitev, npr. " -"smtp.ponudnik.si.\n" +"Vpišite SMTP strežnik ponudnika internetskih storitev, npr. smtp.ponudnik.si.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"V polje Uporabniško ime vpišite uporabniško ime, ki vam ga je " -"dodelil vaš ponudnik interneta.\n" +"V polje Uporabniško ime vpišite uporabniško ime, ki vam ga je dodelil vaš ponudnik interneta.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -177,8 +170,7 @@ "They will not be lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Opomba: zaradi enostavnosti je v tem pogovornem oknu prikazan le en " -"strežnik,\n" +"Opomba: zaradi enostavnosti je v tem pogovornem oknu prikazan le en strežnik,\n" "čeprav jih je v konfiguracijski datoteki lahko več.\n" "Le-ti ne bodo izgubljeni.\n" @@ -199,15 +191,12 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<" -"/p>\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ta tabela preusmeri lokalno dostavljeno pošto.\n" -"Preusmerite jo na drugega lokalnega uporabnika (uporabno za sistemske " -"uporabnike,\n" -"zlasti za uporabnika root), na oddaljeni naslov ali seznam naslovov.<" -"/p>\n" +"Preusmerite jo na drugega lokalnega uporabnika (uporabno za sistemske uporabnike,\n" +"zlasti za uporabnika root), na oddaljeni naslov ali seznam naslovov.\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -247,11 +236,6 @@ #. Translators: continue/cancel dialog #. %1 is a sysconfig variable name #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 -#| msgid "" -#| "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" -#| "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" -#| "If you continue, it will be turned on and\n" -#| "SuSEconfig will overwrite manual changes.\n" msgid "" "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -320,7 +304,6 @@ #. Translators: radio button label #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 -#| msgid "Postfix Daemon" msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" msgstr "Ne zaženi Postfixa v ozadju" @@ -693,18 +676,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Enabling virus scanning checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" -#| "with AMaViS.\n" msgid "" "\n" "Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Omogočanje pregledovanja virusov (AMaViS) bo preverjalo vhodno in " -"izhodno pošto\n" +"Omogočanje pregledovanja virusov (AMaViS) bo preverjalo vhodno in izhodno pošto\n" "preko AMaViS.\n" #. help text @@ -717,8 +695,7 @@ msgstr "" "Omogočenje AMaViS bo omogočilo tudi naslednje module:\n" "Spamassassin: pregledovalnik neželene pošte\n" -"DKIM: preverja prejeto pošto, ki je podpisana z domenskim ključem<" -"/p>\n" +"DKIM: preverja prejeto pošto, ki je podpisana z domenskim ključem\n" "ClamAV: odprtokodni pogon za pregledovanje virusov." #. help text @@ -739,10 +716,6 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Enabling virus scanning checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" -#| "with AMaViS.\n" msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.\n" @@ -756,19 +729,15 @@ "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Omogočanje DKIM za poslano pošto zahteva dodatna dejanja. Za vrednost " -"»mydomain«,\n" -"ki je določena v Postfix, bo ustvarjen ključ SSL. V Postfix bo nastavljena " -"nova storitev\n" -"»submission«. Po tem, ko je to nastavljeno, lahko s to storitvijo " -"»submission« pošiljate\n" +"Omogočanje DKIM za poslano pošto zahteva dodatna dejanja. Za vrednost »mydomain«,\n" +"ki je določena v Postfix, bo ustvarjen ključ SSL. V Postfix bo nastavljena nova storitev\n" +"»submission«. Po tem, ko je to nastavljeno, lahko s to storitvijo »submission« pošiljate\n" "pošto od »mynetworks« z omogočenim overjanjem SASL. S ključem domene bo\n" "podpisana samo pošta, ki bo poslana s to novo storitvijo.\n" @@ -780,28 +749,21 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Javni ključ domene mora ponujati storitev za imena domen. Shranjen bo\n" -"kot zapis DNS TXT v /var/db/dkim/[mojadomena].public.txt in ga je " -"potrebno\n" -"razmestiti v ustrezno storitev za imena domen. Če imenska storitev teče na " -"tem\n" -"strežniku, ki je avtoritativen strežnik za to domeno, bo ključ samodejno " -"dodan\n" +"kot zapis DNS TXT v /var/db/dkim/[mojadomena].public.txt in ga je potrebno\n" +"razmestiti v ustrezno storitev za imena domen. Če imenska storitev teče na tem\n" +"strežniku, ki je avtoritativen strežnik za to domeno, bo ključ samodejno dodan\n" "kot zapis TXT za to domensko cono.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"Če omogočite podporo za DKIM, bo omogočeno tudi pregledovanje virusov " -"(AMaViS)." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "Če omogočite podporo za DKIM, bo omogočeno tudi pregledovanje virusov (AMaViS)." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -845,13 +807,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Način dostave je običajno Neposredno, razen če ne " -"posredujete pošte uporabnika root ali želite dostopati do pošte preko IMAP.<" -"/p>" +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "Način dostave je običajno Neposredno, razen če ne posredujete pošte uporabnika root ali želite dostopati do pošte preko IMAP." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -908,7 +865,6 @@ #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 -#| msgid "To Cyrus IMAP Server" msgid "To IMAP Server" msgstr "Na strežnik IMAP" @@ -1001,7 +957,6 @@ #. Translators: error message #: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 -#| msgid "Error running SuSEconfig." msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "Napaka pri izvajanju config.postfix" @@ -1046,7 +1001,6 @@ #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 -#| msgid "Routing Configuration" msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Izvajanje config.postfix" @@ -1131,7 +1085,6 @@ #. summary header #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 -#| msgid "&Use NIS" msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "Uporabi DKIM" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/multipath.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/multipath.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/multipath.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/ncurses-pkg.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/ncurses-pkg.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/ncurses-pkg.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-25 14:16+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Bojan IVANCIC <bojan(a)inventio.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/ncurses.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/ncurses.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/ncurses.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 20:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -17,8 +17,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" -"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. label for text field showing the selected dir Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/network.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/network.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/network.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 20:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" -"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Commandline help title @@ -93,137 +92,80 @@ msgstr "Notranja napaka" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev požarnega zidu ..." -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata VNC bodo odprta (<a href=\"%s\">zapri</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata VNC bodo blokirana (<a href=\"%s\">odpri</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Požarni zid bo omogočen (<a href=\"%s\">onemogoči</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Požarni zid bo onemogočen (<a href=\"%s\">omogoči</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata SSH bodo odprta (<a href=\"%s\">blokiraj</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata SSH bodo blokirana (<a href=\"%s\">odpri</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Storitev SSH omogočena (<a href=\"%s\">onemogoči</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Storitev SSH bo onemogočena (<a href=\"%s\">omogoči</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Požarni zid in SSH" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Požarni zid in SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Osnovne nastavitve požarnega zidu in SSH-ja" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "Odpri vrata &VNC" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Storitev požarnega zidu in SSH-ja" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Omogoči požarni zid" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 -#| msgid "Open &VNC Ports" +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "Odpri vrata SSH" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 -#| msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service" +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Omogoči storitev SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Požarni zid in SSH</big> \n" -"Požarni zid je obrambni mehanizem, ki računalnik varuje pred omrežnimi " -"napadi.\n" -"SSH je storitev, ki z namenskim odjemalcem omogoča oddaljeno prijavo v ta " -"računalnik." +"Požarni zid je obrambni mehanizem, ki računalnik varuje pred omrežnimi napadi.\n" +"SSH je storitev, ki z namenskim odjemalcem omogoča oddaljeno prijavo v ta računalnik." -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "Tu lahko izberete ali bo po namestitvi požarni zid omogočen.\n" "Priporočamo, da ga pustite omogočenega." -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 -#| msgid "" -#| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" -#| "will be started on computer boot)." +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Ko je požarni zid omogočen, se lahko odločite, ali želite v požarnem zidu " -"odpreti\n" -"vrata storitve SSH in dovoliti oddaljene prijave. Ločeno lahko omogočite tudi " -"storitev SSH (zagnana\n" +"Ko je požarni zid omogočen, se lahko odločite, ali želite v požarnem zidu odpreti\n" +"vrata storitve SSH in dovoliti oddaljene prijave. Ločeno lahko omogočite tudi storitev SSH (zagnana\n" "bo ob zagonu računalnika)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" @@ -233,6 +175,41 @@ "tekočem sistemu ne omogočite storitve za oddaljeno skrbništvo,\n" "vendar jo namestilnik po potrebi lahko zažene samodejno." +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Požarni zid bo omogočen (<a href=\"%s\">onemogoči</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Požarni zid bo onemogočen (<a href=\"%s\">omogoči</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Storitev SSH omogočena (<a href=\"%s\">onemogoči</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Storitev SSH bo onemogočena (<a href=\"%s\">omogoči</a>)" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Vrata VNC bodo odprta (<a href=\"%s\">zapri</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Vrata VNC bodo blokirana (<a href=\"%s\">odpri</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "Vrata SSH bodo odprta (<a href=\"%s\">blokiraj</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Vrata SSH bodo blokirana (<a href=\"%s\">odpri</a>)" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -380,11 +357,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Lokacija opomb k izdaji ni določena. Preizkusa medmrežne povezave ni moč " -"izvesti." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Lokacija opomb k izdaji ni določena. Preizkusa medmrežne povezave ni moč izvesti." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -394,18 +368,14 @@ "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" "Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Prejemanje najnovejših opomb k izdaji je spodletelo zaradi napake na " -"strežniku.\n" +"Prejemanje najnovejših opomb k izdaji je spodletelo zaradi napake na strežniku.\n" "To še ne pomeni, da so nastavitve omrežja napačne.\n" "\n" -"Kliknite »Naprej« za nadaljevanje na naslednji korak namestitve. Za preskok " -"vseh\n" -"korakov, ki potrebujejo medmrežno povezavo, ali za vrnitev na nastavljanje " -"omrežja\n" +"Kliknite »Naprej« za nadaljevanje na naslednji korak namestitve. Za preskok vseh\n" +"korakov, ki potrebujejo medmrežno povezavo, ali za vrnitev na nastavljanje omrežja\n" "kliknite »Prekliči«.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -522,9 +492,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Vmesniki za premoščanje" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Napaka nastavitev: nepripravljen vmesnik." @@ -584,9 +563,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Nastavite na »da«, če dovoljujete, ali na »ne«, če ne dovoljujete oddaljenega " -"upravljanja" +msgstr "Nastavite na »da«, če dovoljujete, ali na »ne«, če ne dovoljujete oddaljenega upravljanja" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:128 @@ -615,7 +592,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve usmerjanja " @@ -629,17 +606,14 @@ msgstr "Pokaži vnos v usmerjevalni tabeli za izbrani cilj" #: src/clients/routing.rb:79 -#| msgid "IP forwarding settings" msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding settings" msgstr "Nastavitve posredovanja IPv4 in IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:87 -#| msgid "IP forwarding settings" msgid "IPv4 only forwarding settings" msgstr "Nastavitve posredovanja samo IPv4" #: src/clients/routing.rb:95 -#| msgid "IP forwarding settings" msgid "IPv6 only forwarding settings" msgstr "Nastavitve posredovanja samo IPv6" @@ -716,7 +690,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Naprava" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Možnosti" @@ -729,40 +703,33 @@ #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:265 -#| msgid "IP forwarding is enabled" msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "Posredovanje %s je omogočeno" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:268 -#| msgid "IP forwarding is disabled" msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "Posredovanje %s ni omogočeno" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:272 -#| msgid "Enabling IP forwarding..." msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Omogočanje posredovanja %s ..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:276 -#| msgid "Disabling IP forwarding..." msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Onemogočanje posredovanja %s ..." #: src/clients/routing.rb:282 -#| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "Posredovanje IPv4:" #: src/clients/routing.rb:292 -#| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Posredovanje IPv6:" #: src/clients/routing.rb:302 -#| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Posredovanje IPv4 in IPv6:" @@ -779,11 +746,8 @@ msgstr "Določen mora biti naslov IP cilja." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Določen mora biti vsaj en od parametrov prehod, omrežna maska in možnosti" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Določen mora biti vsaj en od parametrov prehod, omrežna maska in možnosti" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -795,13 +759,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Opozorilo: šifriranje se ne uporablja." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "Spremeni." @@ -1110,7 +1074,6 @@ #. Table header label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96 -#| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "Oznaka naslova IPv4" @@ -1173,14 +1136,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Vrsta naprave" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Ime &nastavitev" @@ -1193,7 +1156,7 @@ msgstr "Skupina tunela" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Premoščeni napravi" @@ -1228,8 +1191,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "" -"Izberite možnosti vezavnega gonilnika in jih po potrebi uredite." +msgstr "Izberite možnosti vezavnega gonilnika in jih po potrebi uredite." #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1239,7 +1201,6 @@ msgstr "Brez nastavitve povezave in IP-ja (vezani podrejeni vmesniki)" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288 -#| msgid "Use iBFT values" msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Uporabi vrednosti iBFT" @@ -1261,7 +1222,6 @@ #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323 -#| msgid "Statically assigned IP Address" msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Statično dodeljen naslov IP" @@ -1394,53 +1354,46 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "N&aslov" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Nastavite vaš naslov IP." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Strojna oprema" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Vezani podrejeni vmesniki" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Brezžično omrežje" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 -#| msgid "Ifplugd priority" +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Prednost ifplugd" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable " -"Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Prednost ifplugd</big>\n" -"Vsi vmesniki, ki so nastavljeni na Ob priključitvi kabla in " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0,\n" -"bodo uporabljeni z vzajemno izključitvijo. Če sta vsaj dva vmesnika Ob " -"priključitvi kabla,\n" -"potem je potreben način določitve vmesnika, ki bo prevzet. Zato je potrebno " -"nastaviti prednost\n" +"Vsi vmesniki, ki so nastavljeni na Ob priključitvi kabla in IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0,\n" +"bodo uporabljeni z vzajemno izključitvijo. Če sta vsaj dva vmesnika Ob priključitvi kabla,\n" +"potem je potreben način določitve vmesnika, ki bo prevzet. Zato je potrebno nastaviti prednost\n" "vsakega vmesnika.\n" #. Address dialog caption @@ -1448,11 +1401,15 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Nastavitev omrežne kartice" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" +#| "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "Vsaj ena od izbranih naprav je že nastavljena.\n" "Ali želite prilagoditi nastavitve za most (naslov IP 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" @@ -1638,12 +1595,8 @@ msgstr "Za določitev naprave uporabite možnost »id«." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"Vrednost »id« je izven dovoljenega območja. Za preverjanje največje vrednosti " -"uporabite možnost »list«." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "Vrednost »id« je izven dovoljenega območja. Za preverjanje največje vrednosti uporabite možnost »list«." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1669,7 +1622,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Naprava je bila izbrisana." -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1748,10 +1701,8 @@ msgstr "" "Naprava za pravilno delovanje potrebuje strojno programsko opremo.\n" "Običajno jo lahko prenesete s spletne strani izdelovalca gonilnika.\n" -"Če ste strojno programsko opremo že prenesli in namestili, kliknite " -"Nadaljuj\n" -"in nastavite napravo. V nasprotnem primeru kliknite Prekliči in se " -"vrnite\n" +"Če ste strojno programsko opremo že prenesli in namestili, kliknite Nadaljuj\n" +"in nastavite napravo. V nasprotnem primeru kliknite Prekliči in se vrnite\n" "v to pogovorno okno, ko boste namestili strojno programsko opremo.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1763,19 +1714,15 @@ msgstr "Nameščanje strojne programske opreme" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Za uspešno namestitev strojne programske opreme je potrebno izvesti skript " -"»install_bcm43xx_firmware«. Ali ga želite izvesti sedaj?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Za uspešno namestitev strojne programske opreme je potrebno izvesti skript »install_bcm43xx_firmware«. Ali ga želite izvesti sedaj?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Med nameščanjem strojne programske opreme je prišlo do napake." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1790,13 +1737,12 @@ "NetworkManager ne bo več nadzoroval.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "Izbrana naprava ima STARTMODE=nfsroot. Ali jo res želite izbrisati?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Način nastavitve omrežja" @@ -1805,7 +1751,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Nastavitve omrežja" @@ -1836,7 +1782,7 @@ msgstr "Privzeto pot spremeni z DHCP-jem" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1846,7 +1792,7 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." @@ -1854,42 +1800,33 @@ "Vrsta naprave. Razpoložljivih je več vrst naprave.\n" "Izberite vrsto glede na svoje potrebe." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Pravila udev so pravila za upravljalnika naprav jedra Linux, ki " -"omogočajo\n" -"povezovanje strojnega naslova ali ID-ja vodila omrežne naprave z njenim " -"imenom\n" +"Pravila udev so pravila za upravljalnika naprav jedra Linux, ki omogočajo\n" +"povezovanje strojnega naslova ali ID-ja vodila omrežne naprave z njenim imenom\n" "(npr. eth0 in wlan0), ki ostane nespremenjeno tudi po ponovnem zagonu.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start " -"blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Pokaži vidni določilnik priključka omogoča fizično določanje " -"nastavljenega\n" -"omrežnega vmesnika. Nastavite želeni čas, kliknite Utripaj in svetleče " -"diode na\n" +"Pokaži vidni določilnik priključka omogoča fizično določanje nastavljenega\n" +"omrežnega vmesnika. Nastavite želeni čas, kliknite Utripaj in svetleče diode na\n" "omrežnem vmesniku bodo utripale za navedeni čas.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" "Modul jedra. Sem vnesite ime modula (gonilnika) jedra za\n" "omrežno napravo. Če je naprava že nastavljena, v spustnem seznamu\n" @@ -1897,13 +1834,11 @@ "gonilnik s seznama. Običajno privzeti deluje.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for " -"example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" "Določite Možnosti modula jedra. Uporabite obliko\n" "možnost=vrednost. Možnosti naj bodo ločene\n" @@ -1911,16 +1846,12 @@ "kartici nastavljeni z enakim modulom, se možnosti pri shranjevanju\n" "združijo.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"Če nastavite Možnosti ethtool, bo ifup klical ethtool z navedenimi " -"možnostmi.\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "Če nastavite Možnosti ethtool, bo ifup klical ethtool z navedenimi možnostmi.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1930,7 +1861,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1939,7 +1870,7 @@ "v datoteko /etc/modprobe.conf ali /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1948,78 +1879,84 @@ "v priročniku IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands." #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Ročna nastavitev omrežne kartice" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "Vrsta &HotPlug" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "P&CI" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "Modul &jedra" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "Ime &modula" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Udev rules" +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Pravila udev" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Ime naprave" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "Spremeni" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Pokaži vidni določilnik priključka" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunde" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Utripaj" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Možnosti ethtool" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Ročna izbira omrežne kartice" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2030,19 +1967,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Omrežna kartica" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "I&skanje" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2051,7 +1988,7 @@ "Izberite drugo ime." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitev omrežne kartice S/390" @@ -2059,149 +1996,133 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Nastavitve naprave S/390" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Ime vrat" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Številka vrat" # &W is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Omogoči prevzem naslova IP" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Omogoči podporo za &2. plast" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "&Strojni naslov za 2. plast" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Bralni kanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Pisalni kanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Nadzorni kanal" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "" -"Vnesite ime vrat za ta vmesnik (velikost črk se razločuje)." +msgstr "Vnesite ime vrat za ta vmesnik (velikost črk se razločuje)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Vnesite dodate možnosti za ta vmesnik (ločite jih s presledkom)." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Vnesite dodate možnosti za ta vmesnik (ločite jih s presledkom)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled " -"for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Izberite Omogoči prevzem naslova IP, če naj bo za ta vmesnik " -"omogočen prevzem naslova IP." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "Izberite Omogoči prevzem naslova IP, če naj bo za ta vmesnik omogočen prevzem naslova IP." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with " -"layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Izberite Omogoči podporo za 2. plast, če je bila ta kartica " -"nastavljena s podporo za 2. plast." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Izberite Omogoči podporo za 2. plast, če je bila ta kartica nastavljena s podporo za 2. plast." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with " -"layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Vnesite strojni naslov za 2. plast, če je bila ta kartica " -"nastavljena s podporo za 2. plast." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Vnesite strojni naslov za 2. plast, če je bila ta kartica nastavljena s podporo za 2. plast." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Š&tevilka vrat" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "Razpoložljiv čas za &LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Izberite številko vrat za ta vmesnik." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Določite Razpoložljiv čas za LANCMD za ta vmesnik." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Združljivi način" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Razširjeni način" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "Tty na osnovi CTC (povezave Linux–Linux)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Združljivi način z OS/390 in z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokol" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Izberite protokol za ta vmesnik." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Ime sovrstnika" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2210,7 +2131,7 @@ "npr. uporabniško ime z/VM, s katerim bo vzpostavljena povezava.\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2220,7 +2141,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Strojna oprema" @@ -2270,25 +2191,25 @@ "for switching among wired and wireless networks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Način nastavitve omrežja</big>\n" -"Uporabite NetworkManager-ja kot programček za upravljanje povezav " -"vseh\n" -"vmesnikov. Zelo je primeren za preklapljanje med žičnimi in brezžičnimi " -"omrežji.\n" +"Uporabite NetworkManager-ja kot programček za upravljanje povezav vseh\n" +"vmesnikov. Zelo je primeren za preklapljanje med žičnimi in brezžičnimi omrežji.\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" +#| "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +#| "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"Uporabite Tradicionalni način z <tt>ifup</tt>, če ne uporabljate " -"grafičnega\n" -"delovnega okolja (KDE Plasma ali GNOME) ali če morate uporabljate več " -"vmesnikov hkrati.\n" +"Uporabite Tradicionalni način z <tt>ifup</tt>, če ne uporabljate grafičnega\n" +"delovnega okolja (KDE Plasma ali GNOME) ali če morate uporabljate več vmesnikov hkrati.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2298,7 +2219,7 @@ "Omogoča pregled nameščenih omrežnih kartic in\n" "urejanje njihovih nastavitev. \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2306,7 +2227,7 @@ "<big>Dodajanje omrežne kartice:</big> \n" "S klikom na Dodaj lahko ročno nastavite novo omrežno kartico.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2317,14 +2238,13 @@ "odstraniti. Nato kliknite Uredi ali Izbriši.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nastavitve protokola IPv6</big>\n" @@ -2334,12 +2254,12 @@ "modulov. Če v uporabljenih omrežjih protokol IPv6 ni uporabljen, so tako\n" "odzivni časi lahko krajši.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "Vse spremembe bodo uveljavljene po ponovnem zagonu računalnika." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2353,98 +2273,68 @@ "bo uporabljen namesto privzete poti. Sama ideja o privzeti poti\n" "je ta, da lahko rečete \"in vse ostalo naj gre sem\".\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"Za vsako pot vnesite naslov IP ciljnega omrežja, naslov prehoda, in " -"omrežno masko.\n" -"Da katerokoli od teh vrednosti izpustite, uporabite črtico »-«. Izberite " -"napravo, skozi katero\n" +"Za vsako pot vnesite naslov IP ciljnega omrežja, naslov prehoda, in omrežno masko.\n" +"Da katerokoli od teh vrednosti izpustite, uporabite črtico »-«. Izberite napravo, skozi katero\n" "bo usmerjen promet v ciljno omrežje. »-« pomeni katerikoli vmesnik.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" -msgstr "" -"Omogočite posredovanje IPv4 (posredovanje paketov iz zunanjih v " -"notranje omrežje), če je računalnik usmerjevalnik.\n" +msgstr "Omogočite posredovanje IPv4 (posredovanje paketov iz zunanjih v notranje omrežje), če je računalnik usmerjevalnik.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"Omogočite posredovanje IPv6 (posredovanje paketov iz zunanjih v " -"notranje omrežje), če je računalnik usmerjevalnik.\n" -"Opozorilo: Posredovanje IPv6 onemogoči samodejno nastavljanje naslovov " -"IPv6 brez stanja (SLAAC)." +"Omogočite posredovanje IPv6 (posredovanje paketov iz zunanjih v notranje omrežje), če je računalnik usmerjevalnik.\n" +"Opozorilo: Posredovanje IPv6 onemogoči samodejno nastavljanje naslovov IPv6 brez stanja (SLAAC)." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 -#| msgid "" -#| "Enable IP Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" -#| "to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 connectivity \n" -#| "will be affected by this setting. \n" -#| "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing IP forwarding alone is not enough. \n" -#| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" -#| "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is " -"not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pomembno: Če je požarni zid omogočen, samo posredovanje ni dovolj. " -"Omogočiti bi morali tudi lažno predstavljanje in/ali v požarnem zidu " -"nastaviti vsaj eno pravilo preusmerjanja. Uporabite YaST-ov modul za požarni " -"zid.\n" +msgstr "Pomembno: Če je požarni zid omogočen, samo posredovanje ni dovolj. Omogočiti bi morali tudi lažno predstavljanje in/ali v požarnem zidu nastaviti vsaj eno pravilo preusmerjanja. Uporabite YaST-ov modul za požarni zid.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " -"client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. " -"\n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -"Če za pridobitev naslova IP uporabljate strežnik DHCP, preverite, ali " -"preko\n" +"Če za pridobitev naslova IP uporabljate strežnik DHCP, preverite, ali preko\n" "DHCP-ja dobite tudi ime gostitelja. Odjemalec DHCP bo samodejno nastavil\n" "ime gostitelja. Če ime gostitelja spremenite med delovanjem, to lahko zmede\n" -"grafično okolje. To možnost zato onemogočite, če se povezujete v različna " -"omrežja,\n" +"grafično okolje. To možnost zato onemogočite, če se povezujete v različna omrežja,\n" "ki dodeljujejo različna imena gostitelja. " -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even " -"\n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"IP-ju povratne zanke dodeli ime gostitelja gostiteljsko ime tega " -"računalnika\n" -"v datoteki <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> poveže z naslovom IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt>. To je " -"uporabno,\n" -"če želite, da je ime gostitelja vedno moč razrešiti, četudi ni vzpostavljene " -"omrežne povezave.\n" -"V vseh ostalih primerih bodite previdni, še posebej če ta računalnik ponuja " -"omrežne storitve.\n" +"IP-ju povratne zanke dodeli ime gostitelja gostiteljsko ime tega računalnika\n" +"v datoteki <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> poveže z naslovom IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt>. To je uporabno,\n" +"če želite, da je ime gostitelja vedno moč razrešiti, četudi ni vzpostavljene omrežne povezave.\n" +"V vseh ostalih primerih bodite previdni, še posebej če ta računalnik ponuja omrežne storitve.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" @@ -2453,7 +2343,7 @@ "imen gostiteljev. Običajno je oboje moč pridobiti prek DHCP-ja.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2464,7 +2354,7 @@ "(npr. 192.168.0.42) in ne kot ime gostitelja.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2473,31 +2363,24 @@ msgstr "" "Iskalna domena je ime domene, kjer se iskanje gostiteljskega imena začne.\n" "Glavna iskana domena je običajno enaka imenu domene tega računalnika\n" -"(npr. primer.si). Obstajajo lahko tudi dodatne iskalne domene (npr. " -"primer.com).\n" +"(npr. primer.si). Obstajajo lahko tudi dodatne iskalne domene (npr. primer.com).\n" "Domene ločite z vejico ali presledkom.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS " -"domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Vnesite kratko ime za ta računalnik (npr. pc) in domeno DNS (npr. <" -"i>primer.si),\n" -"ki ji pripada. Domena je še posebej pomembna, če je ta računalnik strežnik za " -"e-pošto. Ime\n" +"Vnesite kratko ime za ta računalnik (npr. pc) in domeno DNS (npr. primer.si),\n" +"ki ji pripada. Domena je še posebej pomembna, če je ta računalnik strežnik za e-pošto. Ime\n" "gostitelja tega računalnika si lahko ogledate z ukazom hostname." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" @@ -2505,13 +2388,11 @@ msgstr "" "Izberite način način spreminjanja nastavitev DNS (imenskih strežnikov,\n" "iskalnega seznama, vsebine datoteke /etc/resolv.conf). Običajno t\n" -"upravlja skript netconfig, ki združi statično določene podatke z " -"dinamično\n" -"pridobljenimi (npr. od odjemalca DHCP, NetworkManager-ja ...). To je " -"privzeto.\n" +"upravlja skript netconfig, ki združi statično določene podatke z dinamično\n" +"pridobljenimi (npr. od odjemalca DHCP, NetworkManager-ja ...). To je privzeto.\n" "Za večino nastavitev zadostuje možnost Uporabi privzeta pravila.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2523,40 +2404,31 @@ "policy.\n" msgstr "" "Če izberete Le ročno, netconfig ne bo več smel spreminjati\n" -"datoteke /etc/resolv.conf. Datoteko lahko še vedno urejate ročno. Če " -"izberete\n" -"Uporabi pravila po meri, lahko določite niz pravila po meri, ki je " -"sestavljen\n" -"iz seznama imen vmesnikov, ločenih z vejico. Uporabite lahko tudi nadomestne " -"znake.\n" -"V naprej določeni posebni vrednosti sta STATIC in STATIC_FALLBACK. Za " -"podrobnosti si\n" -"oglejte strani priročnika za netconfig. Opomba: če pustite polje " -"prazno, je to isto,\n" +"datoteke /etc/resolv.conf. Datoteko lahko še vedno urejate ročno. Če izberete\n" +"Uporabi pravila po meri, lahko določite niz pravila po meri, ki je sestavljen\n" +"iz seznama imen vmesnikov, ločenih z vejico. Uporabite lahko tudi nadomestne znake.\n" +"V naprej določeni posebni vrednosti sta STATIC in STATIC_FALLBACK. Za podrobnosti si\n" +"oglejte strani priročnika za netconfig. Opomba: če pustite polje prazno, je to isto,\n" "kot bi izbrali možnost Le ročno.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nastavitev naslova</big>\n" -"Izberite Brez nastavljanja naslova, če tej napravi ne želite " -"dodeliti\n" +"Izberite Brez nastavljanja naslova, če tej napravi ne želite dodeliti\n" "naslova IP. To je še posebej uporabno za vezanje naprav Ethernet.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your " -"BIOS.\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "Omogočite iBFT, če želite omrežje nastaviti v BIOS-u.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" @@ -2565,65 +2437,49 @@ "medmrežnih storitev ni dodelil statičnega naslova IP.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" "Izberite enega od načinov dinamičnega dodeljevanja naslovov. Če imate v\n" -"krajevnem omrežju delujoč strežnik DHCP, izberite DHCP. Omrežne " -"naslove\n" +"krajevnem omrežju delujoč strežnik DHCP, izberite DHCP. Omrežne naslove\n" "se potem samodejno pridobi od tega strežnika.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically." -"\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" -"Za iskanje naslova IP in statično dodelitev najdenega naslova izberite " -"Zeroconf.\n" -"Za uporabo DHCP-ja in zasilno uporabo Zeroconf-a izberiteDHCP + Zeroconf<" -"/b>.\n" +"Za iskanje naslova IP in statično dodelitev najdenega naslova izberite Zeroconf.\n" +"Za uporabo DHCP-ja in zasilno uporabo Zeroconf-a izberiteDHCP + Zeroconf.\n" "Drugače je omrežne naslove potrebno dodeliti statično.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" -msgstr "" -"Vnesite naslov IP (npr. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) tega računalnika " -"in naslov IP oddaljenega računalnika (npr. <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>).<" -"/p>\n" +msgstr "Vnesite naslov IP (npr. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) tega računalnika in naslov IP oddaljenega računalnika (npr. <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>).\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>" -"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Za Statično nastavitev naslovov vnesite statični naslov IP tega " -"računalnika\n" -"(npr. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) in omrežno masko (običajno <tt>255.255.255.0<" -"/tt> ali le dolžino\n" -"predpone <tt>/24</tt>). Po potrebi lahko vnesete tudi popolnoma določeno ime " -"gostitelja\n" -"za ta naslov IP. Ime gostitelja bo zapisano v datoteko <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.<" -"/p>\n" +"Za Statično nastavitev naslovov vnesite statični naslov IP tega računalnika\n" +"(npr. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) in omrežno masko (običajno <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ali le dolžino\n" +"predpone <tt>/24</tt>). Po potrebi lahko vnesete tudi popolnoma določeno ime gostitelja\n" +"za ta naslov IP. Ime gostitelja bo zapisano v datoteko <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2631,7 +2487,7 @@ "Povprašajte svojega omrežnega skrbnika\n" "za dodatne podatke o omrežnih nastavitvah." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2639,7 +2495,7 @@ "Za ta izdelek ne priporočamo nastavitev DHCP.\n" "Deli tega izdelka z DHCP-jem morda ne bodo delovali." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2656,15 +2512,11 @@ "omogočen in bi blokiral ves promet za ta vmesnik. Če področja ne izberete,\n" "druga področja pa tudi ne obstajajo, bo požarni zid onemogočen." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"Obvezen vmesnik določa, ali omrežna storitev sporoči napako, če se " -"ob zagonu vmesnik ne zažene." +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "Obvezen vmesnik določa, ali omrežna storitev sporoči napako, če se ob zagonu vmesnik ne zažene." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2674,32 +2526,26 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Največja enota prenosa</big>\n" -"Največja enota prenosa (angl. Maximum Transfer Unit, MTU) je " -"največja velikost\n" -"paketa, ki se v enem okvirju prenese po omrežju. Običajno tega ni potrebno " -"nastavljati,\n" -"vendar lahko nižja vrednost izboljša hitrost delovanja omrežja, še posebej na " -"počasnih\n" -"klicnih povezavah. Izberite eno izmed priporočenih vrednosti ali pa določite " -"svojo.\n" +"Največja enota prenosa (angl. Maximum Transfer Unit, MTU) je največja velikost\n" +"paketa, ki se v enem okvirju prenese po omrežju. Običajno tega ni potrebno nastavljati,\n" +"vendar lahko nižja vrednost izboljša hitrost delovanja omrežja, še posebej na počasnih\n" +"klicnih povezavah. Izberite eno izmed priporočenih vrednosti ali pa določite svojo.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Izberite podrejene naprave za vezno napravo.\n" -"Na razpolago so samo naprave z vklopom nastavljenim na Nikoli in " -"izbrano možnostjo Brez nastavljanja naslova." +"Na razpolago so samo naprave z vklopom nastavljenim na Nikoli in izbrano možnostjo Brez nastavljanja naslova." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Možnosti odjemalca DHCP</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2710,51 +2556,32 @@ "Če določilnika odjemalca DHCPne nastavite, je privzet kar\n" "strojni naslov omrežnega vmesnika. Biti mora različen za vsakega odjemalca\n" "DHCP v nekem omrežju. Če imate več (navideznih) računalnikov,\n" -"ki uporabljajo isti omrežni vmesnik in s tem isti strojni naslov, tu prosto " -"navedite\n" +"ki uporabljajo isti omrežni vmesnik in s tem isti strojni naslov, tu prosto navedite\n" "edinstven določilnik." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 -#| msgid "" -#| "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -#| "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" -#| "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" -#| "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" -#| "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -#| "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" -#| "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" -#| "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. " -"Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO" -"\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>" -"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" "Poslano ime gostitelja določa niz, ki se uporabi kot ime\n" -"gostitelja, ko odjemalec DHCP pošilja sporočila strežniku DHCP. Nekateri " -"strežniki DHCP\n" +"gostitelja, ko odjemalec DHCP pošilja sporočila strežniku DHCP. Nekateri strežniki DHCP\n" "posodobijo področja imenskega strežnika (zapise za obe smeri) glede na\n" "to ime (dinamičen DNS).\n" "Nekateri DHCP strežniki potrebujejo tudi, da polje\n" -"Poslano ime gostitelja vsebuje določen niz v sporočilih odjemalca " -"DHCP.\n" -"Pustite na AUTO, da se pošlje trenutno ime gostitelja (npr. to, ki je " -"določeno v\n" +"Poslano ime gostitelja vsebuje določen niz v sporočilih odjemalca DHCP.\n" +"Pustite na AUTO, da se pošlje trenutno ime gostitelja (npr. to, ki je določeno v\n" "<tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). Pustite prazno, da se ime gostitelja ne pošlje.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" -#| "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" @@ -2763,10 +2590,7 @@ "V tej razpredelnici lahko nastavite dodatne naslove vmesnika.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 -#| msgid "" -#| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" -#| "the Netmask." +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." @@ -2775,36 +2599,25 @@ "omrežno masko." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 -#| msgid "" -#| "Alias Name is optional and legacy.The total\n" -#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" -"Oznaka naslova IPv4 (prej znana kot vzdevek) je neobvezna in " -"zastarela. Skupna dolžina\n" +"Oznaka naslova IPv4 (prej znana kot vzdevek) je neobvezna in zastarela. Skupna dolžina\n" " imena vmesnika (vključno z dvopičjem in oznako) je največ\n" " 15 znakov. Staro orodje ifconfig pa ga odseka po 9 znakih." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"V imenu vzdevka naj ne bo imena vmesnika. Na primer, vnesite foo in " -"ne eth0:foo" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "V imenu vzdevka naj ne bo imena vmesnika. Na primer, vnesite foo in ne eth0:foo" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2825,15 +2638,14 @@ "Vnesite 5 znakov za 64-bitni ključ, do 13 znakov za 128-bitni ključ, do\n" "16 znakov za 156-bitni ključ in do 29 znakov za 256-bitni ključ.\n" " Šestnajstiški: direkten vnos šestnajstiških vrednosti ključa.\n" -"Vnesite 10 šestnajstiških števk za 64-bitni ključ, 26 števk za 128-bitni " -"ključ,\n" +"Vnesite 10 šestnajstiških števk za 64-bitni ključ, 26 števk za 128-bitni ključ,\n" "32 števk za 156-bitni ključ in 58 števk za 256-bitni ključ.\n" "Lahko uporabite vezaj <tt>-</tt> za ločevanje parov oz. skupin števil\n" "(npr. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>).\n" "\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2842,7 +2654,7 @@ "za brezžična omrežja." #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2857,13 +2669,12 @@ "dostopna točka).\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication " -"mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -2876,7 +2687,7 @@ "dostopno točko, ki ima najvišjo moč signala.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2889,8 +2700,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2898,23 +2708,20 @@ msgstr "" "V nekaterih omrežjih morate nastaviti Način overjanja.\n" "Ta je odvisen od uporabljene tehnologije varovanja, WEP ali WPA. WEP\n" -"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) je sistem šifriranja brezžičnega omrežnega " -"prometa\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) je sistem šifriranja brezžičnega omrežnega prometa\n" "z opcijskim overjanjem na podlagi šifrirnega ključa. Kjer je uporabljen WEP,\n" -"je v večini primerov odprt način (brez overjanja) zadovoljiv. To ne " -"pomeni,\n" +"je v večini primerov odprt način (brez overjanja) zadovoljiv. To ne pomeni,\n" "da ne morete uporabljati šifriranja WEP. Nekatera omrežja lahko potrebujejo\n" "overjanje z deljenim ključem. OPOMBA: overjanje z deljenim ključem\n" "omogoča lažji vdor v vaše omrežje. Razen če nimate posebne potrebe po\n" "overjanju z deljenim ključem, uporabite raje odprt način. Ker je WEP\n" -"dokazano ranljiv, je bil definiran WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access). WPA " -"naj\n" +"dokazano ranljiv, je bil definiran WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access). WPA naj\n" "bi zaprl varnostne luknje, vendar ga ne podpira vsaka strojna oprema.\n" "Če želite uporabiti WPA, izberite za način overjanja WPA-PSK ali\n" "WPA-EAP. To je možno samo v upravljanem načinu delovanja.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2928,7 +2735,7 @@ "dinamično, tako da morate vnesti le 40 do 232 bitov.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2945,7 +2752,7 @@ "enostavno uganiti.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -2954,22 +2761,19 @@ "v naslednjem pogovornem oknu vnesite dodatne parametre.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Vrednosti bodo sedaj zapisane v nastavitveno datoteko vmesnika:\n" "»ifcfg-*» in »/etc/sysconfig/network». Dodatne nastavitve po potrebi dodajte\n" -"ročno. Za vse razpoložljive možnosti si oglejte datoteko »wireless« v isti " -"mapi." +"ročno. Za vse razpoložljive možnosti si oglejte datoteko »wireless« v isti mapi." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 -#| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "Ozn&aka naslova IPv4" @@ -3043,10 +2847,8 @@ "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" "perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.\n" msgstr "" -"WPA-EAP za overjanje uporabnikov uporablja strežnik RADIUS. V EAP-u " -"obstaja\n" -"več načinov za povezovanje s strežnikom in overjanje. To so TLS, TTLS in " -"PEAP.\n" +"WPA-EAP za overjanje uporabnikov uporablja strežnik RADIUS. V EAP-u obstaja\n" +"več načinov za povezovanje s strežnikom in overjanje. To so TLS, TTLS in PEAP.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99 @@ -3058,13 +2860,11 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<" -"/p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "Za TTLS in PEAP vnesite svojo istovetnost in geslo,\n" "kot sta nastavljena na strežniku. Če je potrebno nastaviti uporabniško ime\n" -"za anonimno istovetnost, ga lahko nastavite tu. Običajno to ni " -"potrebno.\n" +"za anonimno istovetnost, ga lahko nastavite tu. Običajno to ni potrebno.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 @@ -3085,8 +2885,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" @@ -3120,8 +2919,7 @@ "a Server Certificate. It is used\n" "to validate the server's authenticity.\n" msgstr "" -"Za izboljšanje varnosti je priporočljivo nastaviti strežniško potrdilo<" -"/b>.\n" +"Za izboljšanje varnosti je priporočljivo nastaviti strežniško potrdilo.\n" "Uporablja se za potrditev pristnosti strežnika.\n" #. push button label @@ -3320,8 +3118,7 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Če želite uporabljati kartico za brezžično omrežje v glavnem ali\n" @@ -3335,8 +3132,7 @@ "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" -"V nekaterih redkih primerih je potrebno posebej nastaviti Bitno " -"hitrost\n" +"V nekaterih redkih primerih je potrebno posebej nastaviti Bitno hitrost\n" "prenosa. Privzeta nastavitev je, da se uporabi največjo možno." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 @@ -3356,8 +3152,7 @@ "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" "Uporabi varčevanje z energijo omogoči uporabo prijemov za\n" -"varčevanje z energijo. To je običajno dobra ideja, še posebej, če " -"uporabljate\n" +"varčevanje z energijo. To je običajno dobra ideja, še posebej, če uporabljate\n" "prenosnik in ste občasno izklopljeni iz električnega omrežja.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -3453,8 +3248,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dolžina ključa določa bitno dolžino vašega ključa WEP.\n" "Možni dolžini sta 64 in 128 bitov, včasih imenovani tudi 40 in 104 bitni.\n" -"Starejša strojna oprema morda ne podpira 128 bitne dolžine, zato nastavite " -"to\n" +"Starejša strojna oprema morda ne podpira 128 bitne dolžine, zato nastavite to\n" "vrednost na 64, če se brezžična omrežna povezava ne vzpostavi." #. Frame label @@ -3499,8 +3293,7 @@ "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Če ne uporabljate potrdila overitelja potrdil (CA), to lahko privede do " -"povezav\n" +"Če ne uporabljate potrdila overitelja potrdil (CA), to lahko privede do povezav\n" "z nevarnimi, zlonamernimi brezžičnimi omrežji. Ali želite nadaljevati?" #. error popup text @@ -3562,53 +3355,49 @@ msgstr "Pripravljanje ..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Oddaljeno upravljanje" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Dovoli oddaljeno upravljanje" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Ne dovoli oddaljenega upravljanja" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>" -").\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" -" <big>Nastavitve oddaljenega upravljanja</big>Če je ta " -"možnost omogočena, boste lahko upravljali ta računalnik na\n" +" <big>Nastavitve oddaljenega upravljanja</big>Če je ta možnost omogočena, boste lahko upravljali ta računalnik na\n" "daljavo z nekega drugega računalnika. Uporabite lahko odjemalca VNC,\n" -"npr. KRDC (povežite se z <tt><ime gostitelja>:%1</tt>), ali spletni " -"brskalnik\n" -"z vstavkom za Javo (povežite se s <tt>http://<ime gostitelja>:%2/</tt>" -").\n" +"npr. KRDC (povežite se z <tt><ime gostitelja>:%1</tt>), ali spletni brskalnik\n" +"z vstavkom za Javo (povežite se s <tt>http://<ime gostitelja>:%2/</tt>).\n" "Ta način oddaljenega upravljanja je manj varen kot SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Nastavitve oddaljenega upravljanja" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Potrebno je namestiti naslednje pakete:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3623,117 +3412,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "nepriključeno" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Neznana" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavitve so bile uspešno shranjene" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavitve DNS-a so bile uspešno shranjene" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavitve DSL-a so bile uspešno shranjene" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavitve gostiteljev so bile uspešno shranjene" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavitve ISDN-a so bile uspešno shranjene" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavitve omrežnih kartic so bile uspešno shranjene" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavitve modemov so bile uspešno shranjene" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavitve posrednikov so bile uspešno shranjene" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavitve ponudnikov so bile uspešno shranjene" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavitve usmerjanja so bile uspešno shranjene" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Ali želite takoj nastaviti pošto?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Ali zaženem nastavitve za %1?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Omrežne kartice" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modemi" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Kartice ISDN" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Naprave DSL" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Vse omrežne naprave" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" -"Omrežje trenutno nadzoruje NetworkManager, njegovih nastavitev\n" -"pa z YaST-om ni moč spreminjati.\n" -"\n" -"Za spreminjanje nastavitev uporabite urejevalnik povezav NetworkManager\n" -"ali pa način nastavljanja omrežja spremenite na tradicionalen način z ifup.\n" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3764,7 +3547,6 @@ #. help #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152 -#| msgid "&Modify DNS configuration" msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "&Spremeni nastavitve DNS" @@ -3840,12 +3622,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it " -"at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Zaradi DNS-ja ki oddaja večim za ime domene ni priporočljivo uporabiti " -"».local«. Uporabite jo na lastno odgovornost." +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Zaradi DNS-ja ki oddaja večim za ime domene ni priporočljivo uporabiti ».local«. Uporabite jo na lastno odgovornost." #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -3938,12 +3716,10 @@ #. CheckBox label #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110 -#| msgid "Enable &IP Forwarding" msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding" msgstr "Omogoči posredovanje &IPv4" #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111 -#| msgid "Enable &IP Forwarding" msgid "Enable I&Pv6 Forwarding" msgstr "Omogoči posredovanje I&Pv6" @@ -3989,7 +3765,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Privzeti prehod ni veljaven." @@ -4029,11 +3805,9 @@ "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Kadar je nastavljena Regularni izraz klicne predpone, lahko " -"uporabniki\n" +"Kadar je nastavljena Regularni izraz klicne predpone, lahko uporabniki\n" "spremenijo klicno predpono v KInternetu, če se ta ujema z izrazom.\n" -"Priporočen izraz je <tt>[09]?</tt>, ki dovoljuje <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt> in " -"prazno predpono.\n" +"Priporočen izraz je <tt>[09]?</tt>, ki dovoljuje <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt> in prazno predpono.\n" "Če je izraz prazen, uporabnikom ni dovoljeno spreminjati predpone.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup @@ -4141,10 +3915,8 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" "Ob NFSroot je podobno kot <tt>samodejno</tt>. Vmesniki s tem\n" @@ -4155,8 +3927,7 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4167,7 +3938,6 @@ #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 -#| msgid "Activate &device" msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "&Vklopi napravo" @@ -4176,8 +3946,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" @@ -4221,71 +3990,79 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "Nastavi &MTU" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Omrežne storitve" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "Tradicionalni kitajski" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Web Services" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Spletne storitve" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Omrežne storitve" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Potreben je programček" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 -#| msgid "" -#| "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" -#| "(knetworkmanager for KDE and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" -#| "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -"NetworkManagerja nadzoruje programček (KDE-jev gradnik za namizje Plasma ali " -"GNOME-ov nm-applet).\n" +"NetworkManagerja nadzoruje programček (KDE-jev gradnik za namizje Plasma ali GNOME-ov nm-applet).\n" "Prepričajte se, da je zagnan, in ga po potrebi ročno zaženite." -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "&Uporabniško nadzorovano z NetworkManagerjem" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "&Tradicionalni način z ifup" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "Nadzorovano z &wicked" +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Splošne nastavitve omrežja" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Nastavitve protokola IPv6" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Omogoči IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Neznana naprava" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Naslov DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Naslov IP ni določen" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4294,12 +4071,12 @@ "%2 – %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Zamenjaj napravo" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Izbira omrežne naprave" @@ -4311,107 +4088,102 @@ msgstr "Potrditev ponovnega zagona omreja" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"Zaradi premoščenega omrežja mora YaST za uveljavitev sprememb znova zagnati " -"omrežne storitve." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "Zaradi premoščenega omrežja mora YaST za uveljavitev sprememb znova zagnati omrežne storitve." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" -msgstr "Ime naprave:" +msgid "Device Name:" +msgstr "Ime naprave" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Base udev rule on" +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "Pravilo udev naj temelji na" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "MAC naslov: %s" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "BusID: %s" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Ime nastavitev že obstaja." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Neveljavno ime nastavitve." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Zapiši ime gostitelja" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Posodobi nastavitve" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Posodobi datoteko /etc/resolv.conf" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev imen gostiteljev in imenskih strežnikov" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Zapisovanje imena gostitelja ..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Posodabljanje nastavitev..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Posodabljanje datoteke /etc/resolv.conf ..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Ime gostitelja: nastavljeno z DHCP-jem" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Ime gostitelja: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Ime gostitelja ne bo zapisano v datoteko /etc/hosts" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Imenski strežniki: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Iskalni seznam: %1" @@ -4430,62 +4202,62 @@ msgstr "Posodabljanje datoteke /etc/hosts ..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Pripravljanje nastavitev omrežja" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Zaznaj omrežne naprave" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Preberi podatke o gonilniku" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Preberi nastavitve naprav" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Preberi nastavitve omrežja" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Preberi nastavitve požarnega zidu" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Preberi nastavitve imena gostitelja in imenskih strežnikov" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Preberi namestitvene podatke" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Preberi nastavitve usmerjanja" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Zaznaj trenutno stanje" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Zaznavanje modula ndiswrapper ..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" @@ -4495,7 +4267,7 @@ "vendar modul jedra ni bil naložen.\n" "Ali želite naložiti modul ndiswrapper?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -4504,42 +4276,42 @@ "Ročno preverite nastavitve.\n" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Zaznavanje omrežnih naprav ..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Branje nastavitev naprav ..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Branje nastavitev omrežja ..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Branje nastavitev požarnega zidu ..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Branje nastavitev imena gostitelja in imenskih strežnikov ..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Branje namestitvenih podatkov ..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Branje nastavitev usmerjanja ..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Zaznavanje trenutnega stanja ..." @@ -4547,294 +4319,302 @@ # 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Zaključeno" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Za uveljavitev te spremembe bo potrebno znova zagnati računalnik." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev omrežja" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Zapiši podatke o gonilnikih" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve naprav" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve omrežja" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve usmerjanja" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve imena gostitelja in imenskih strežnikov" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Nastavi omrežne storitve" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve požarnega zidu" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Vključi omrežne storitve" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Zapisovanje /etc/modprobe.conf ..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev naprav ..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev omrežja ..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev usmerjanja ..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev imena gostitelja in imenskih strežnikov ..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Nastavljanje omrežnih storitev ..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev požarnega zidu ..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Vključevanje omrežnih storitev ..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Na voljo ni nobene omrežne storitve" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Omrežni način" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Vmesnike nadzira Networkmanager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Onemogoči NetworkManager-ja" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Tradicionalni način nastavitve omrežja z NetControl-om – ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Omogoči NetworkManager-ja" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Podpora za protokol IPv6 je omogočena" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Onemogoči IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Podpora za protokol IPv6 je onemogočena" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 -#| msgid "Not connected" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "povezano" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "datagram" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Zagnano samodejno ob zagonu" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Zagnano samodejno ob priključitvi kabla" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Upravljano z NetworkManager-jem" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Se ne bo zahnalo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Zagnano ročno" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Naslov IP je dodeljen z uporabo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 -#| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Naslov IP: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 -#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Naslov IP: %s, maska podomrežja %s" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Ni nastavljeno" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 -#| msgid "Device Name: %1" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Ime naprave: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Vezani podrejeni vmesniki" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 -#| msgid "enslaved in %1" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "vezani v %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Nadrejeni vmesnik" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Brez povezave" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Manjka hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 -#| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). " -"See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"Omrežne kartice ni moč nastaviti, ker naprava jedra (eth0 ali wlan0) ni " -"prisotna. To je največkrat posledica manjkajoče strojne programske opreme (za " -"brezžične naprave). Za podrobnosti si oglejte izhod ukaza dmesg." +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "Omrežne kartice ni moč nastaviti, ker naprava jedra (eth0 ali wlan0) ni prisotna. To je največkrat posledica manjkajoče strojne programske opreme (za brezžične naprave). Za podrobnosti si oglejte izhod ukaza dmesg." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 -#| msgid "" -#| "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" -#| "to configure.\n" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "Ta naprava ni nastavljena. Za nastavitev kliknite Uredi.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Potrebna strojna programska oprema" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "neznano" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "Ta paket ni nameščen in ne bo nameščen." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Nastavi upravljalnika zaslonov" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Ponovno zaženi storitve" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev oddaljenega upravljanja" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Nastavljanje upravljalnika zaslonov ..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "Omogočitev storitve 'uml' ni uspela." + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Ponovno zaganjanje storitve ..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Oddaljeno upravljanje je omogočeno." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Oddaljeno upravljanje je onemogočeno." @@ -4868,46 +4648,66 @@ #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:353 -#| msgid "Gateway: %1" msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Prehod: %s" #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:357 -#| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "Posredovanje IP za IPv4: %s" #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:361 -#| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "Posredovanje IP za IPv6: %s" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Samodejno dodeli področje" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Požarni zid je onemogočen" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(nezaščiteno)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" +#~ "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" +#~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Omrežje trenutno nadzoruje NetworkManager, njegovih nastavitev\n" +#~ "pa z YaST-om ni moč spreminjati.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Za spreminjanje nastavitev uporabite urejevalnik povezav NetworkManager\n" +#~ "ali pa način nastavljanja omrežja spremenite na tradicionalen način z ifup.\n" + +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "&Uporabniško nadzorovano z NetworkManagerjem" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "&Tradicionalni način z ifup" + +#~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked" +#~ msgstr "Nadzorovano z &wicked" + +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "Ime naprave:" + #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "Storitev SSH bo omogočena, vrata SSH bodo odprta (<a href=\"%1\">onemogoči in zapri</a>)" #~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" #~ msgstr "Storitev SSH bo onemogočena, vrata SSH bodo zaprta (<a href=\"%1\">omogoči in odpri</a)" -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "Splošne nastavitve omrežja" - #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Splošne nastavitve &omrežja" @@ -5415,9 +5215,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "Dodaj &ponudnika obstoječemu vmesniku" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Omrežne storitve" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "P&reskoči" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/nfs.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/nfs.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/nfs.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-26 00:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>\n" "Language-Team: slovenian <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/nfs_server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/nfs_server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/nfs_server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-10 10:16+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Boris Šavc <boris.savc(a)odis-info.com>\n" "Language-Team: <sl(a)li.org>\n" @@ -82,31 +82,31 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "Izbran ni noben strežnik." #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "Izbran ni noben strežnik." #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Zahtevani paketi ali knjižnice niso nameščene." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 #, fuzzy msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Napaka: Priključna točka za disketnik ni določena" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -117,11 +117,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -180,42 +180,30 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "&Imenik za izvoz:" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Prebrskaj..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" "Izvozna tabela že\n" "vsebuje ta imenik." -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" -"Uporabniški NFS strežnik (%1) ne more izvoziti imenikov\n" -"s presledki v njihovih imenih.\n" -"Za to opravilo uporabite strežnik, ki je osnovan na jedru (%2)." - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" @@ -223,13 +211,13 @@ "Ali ga ustvarim?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Izberi imenik za izvoz" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "&Gostiteljevo nadomestno ime:" @@ -237,21 +225,21 @@ # &O is taken for "&OK" # 2001-09-13 19:03:37 CEST -ke- #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pcije" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" @@ -262,12 +250,12 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" @@ -277,7 +265,7 @@ "izvoziti nekaj vaših imenikov drugim." #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" @@ -286,7 +274,7 @@ "Če izberete Zaženi NFS strežnik, bo gumb Naprej odprl\n" "nastavitveno pogovorno okno, kjer lahko določite imenike za izvoz." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -294,57 +282,57 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Strežnik NFS" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Poženi" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "Ne zažen&i IrDA" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Omogoči SCPM" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Omogoči SCPM" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Ime NIS &domene" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Omogoči &Ruby skripte" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitev NIS strežnika" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" @@ -356,7 +344,7 @@ "ki se smejo nanj priključiti.\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" @@ -367,73 +355,68 @@ "To so lahko: en gostitelj, omrežna skupina, <nadomestna imena ali\n" "<IP omrežja.\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 #, fuzzy msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "Za več informacij poglejte man exports.\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Dodaj &imenik" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "Ur&edi" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "I&zbriši" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 #, fuzzy msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Uporabi nadomestne znake" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opcije" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Dodaj &gostitelja" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Ur&edi" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "I&zbriši" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 #, fuzzy msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "&Imenik za izvoz:" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -442,7 +425,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -453,81 +436,66 @@ "spremenjeni.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev NFS strežnika..." #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Shrani /etc/exports" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Ponovni zagon servisov" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Shranjevanje /etc/exports..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Ponovno zaganjanje servisov..." # "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. # 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Končano" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev NFS strežnika" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Priključitev v domeno ni možna." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "Ne najdem seznama zvočnih kartic. Prosim, preverite namestitev." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Ni možno zapisati '%1'." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Priključitev v domeno ni možna." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Ni možno zapisati '%1'." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -536,16 +504,38 @@ "Vaše spremembe bodo uveljavljene po ponovnem zagonu.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "Izvoženi NFS imeniki" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +#~ "with spaces in their names.\n" +#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uporabniški NFS strežnik (%1) ne more izvoziti imenikov\n" +#~ "s presledki v njihovih imenih.\n" +#~ "Za to opravilo uporabite strežnik, ki je osnovan na jedru (%2)." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +#~ msgstr "Ne najdem seznama zvočnih kartic. Prosim, preverite namestitev." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Ni možno zapisati '%1'." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Priključitev v domeno ni možna." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Directories" #~ msgstr "I&meniki" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/nis.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/nis.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/nis.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 22:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -22,8 +22,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " -"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module #: src/clients/nis.rb:74 @@ -148,15 +147,13 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details" -".\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavitev požarnega zidu \n" "Za odprtje požarnega zidu, da dovolite dostop do 'ypbind' storitve\n" "z oddaljenih računalnikov, vključite Odpri vrata v požarnem zidu.\n" -"Za izbiro vmesnikov na katerih želite odpreti vrata, pritisnite " -"Podrobnosti požarnega zidu.\n" +"Za izbiro vmesnikov na katerih želite odpreti vrata, pritisnite Podrobnosti požarnega zidu.\n" "Ta možnost je na voljo samo, če je požarni zid omogočen.\n" #. help text @@ -171,35 +168,25 @@ #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" -"Izberite način spreminjanja nastavitev NIS. Običajno to opravlja skript " -"netconfig,\n" +"Izberite način spreminjanja nastavitev NIS. Običajno to opravlja skript netconfig,\n" "ki združi statično določene podatke od tu z dinamično pridobljenimi podatki\n" "(npr. od odjemalca DHCP, orodja NetworkManager, itd.) To so privzeta pravila\n" "in zadostujejo za večino nastavitev. Če izberete »Samo ročno spreminjanje«,\n" -"orodju netconfig onemogočite spreminjanje nastavitev. Datoteko lahko še " -"vedno\n" -"urejate ročno. Če izberete »Pravila po meri«, lahko določite niz s pravilom " -"po meri,\n" -"ki je sestavljen iz seznama imen vmesnikov, ločenih s presledkom. Dovoljeni " -"so\n" -"nadomestni znaki. Posebni in v naprej določeni vrednosti sta STATIC in " -"STATIC_FALLBACK." -"Za podrobnosti si oglejte priročnik za netconfig.\n" +"orodju netconfig onemogočite spreminjanje nastavitev. Datoteko lahko še vedno\n" +"urejate ročno. Če izberete »Pravila po meri«, lahko določite niz s pravilom po meri,\n" +"ki je sestavljen iz seznama imen vmesnikov, ločenih s presledkom. Dovoljeni so\n" +"nadomestni znaki. Posebni in v naprej določeni vrednosti sta STATIC in STATIC_FALLBACK.Za podrobnosti si oglejte priročnik za netconfig.\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 @@ -212,32 +199,21 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 -#| msgid "" -#| "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" -#| "such as users' home directories.\n" -#| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" -#| "either locally or over NIS." msgid "" "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" "such as users' home directories.\n" "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" "either locally or over NIS." msgstr "" -"Samodejni priklopnik (automounter) je prikriti proces (daemon), ki " -"mape\n" +"Samodejni priklopnik (automounter) je prikriti proces (daemon), ki mape\n" "samodejno priklopi, kot na primer domače mape uporabnikov.\n" "Predpostavlja se, da njegove nastavitvene datoteke\n" "(auto.*) obstajajo bodisi krajevno bodisi preko NIS-a." #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." -msgstr "" -"Nastavitve NFS, ki vplivajo na delovanje samodejnega priklopnika, lahko " -"nastavite v »Odjemalec NFS«, ki je dosegljiv s klikom na gumb Nastavitev " -"NFS." +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgstr "Nastavitve NFS, ki vplivajo na delovanje samodejnega priklopnika, lahko nastavite v »Odjemalec NFS«, ki je dosegljiv s klikom na gumb Nastavitev NFS." # &A is taken (&Abbrechen) #. radio button label @@ -337,7 +313,6 @@ #. button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 -#| msgid "&NTP Configuration..." msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "Nastavitev NFS ..." @@ -368,26 +343,14 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Navadno lahko vsak gostitelj poizve, kateri strežnik uporablja uporabnik. " -"Omejitev na lokalnega gostitelja dosežete z izključitvijo možnosti " -"Odgovori oddaljenemu gostitelju." +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "Navadno lahko vsak gostitelj poizve, kateri strežnik uporablja uporabnik. Omejitev na lokalnega gostitelja dosežete z izključitvijo možnosti Odgovori oddaljenemu gostitelju." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." -msgstr "" -"Označite Prekinjen strežnik če naj bodo sprejeti odgovori iz " -"nepriviligiranih vrat. Takšno početje je varnostno tveganje in je tak " -"strežnik bolje zamenjati." +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." +msgstr "Označite Prekinjen strežnik če naj bodo sprejeti odgovori iz nepriviligiranih vrat. Takšno početje je varnostno tveganje in je tak strežnik bolje zamenjati." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 @@ -468,12 +431,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS " -"server." -msgstr "" -"Protokol iskanja lokacije storitev (SLP) se lahko uporabi za " -"iskanje NIS strežnika." +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +msgstr "Protokol iskanja lokacije storitev (SLP) se lahko uporabi za iskanje NIS strežnika." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/nis_server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/nis_server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/nis_server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 1 : n%100==2 ? 2 : n%100==3 || n%" -"100==4 ? 3 : 0);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 1 : n%100==2 ? 2 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 3 : 0);\n" #. translators: command line help text for nis server module #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 @@ -77,8 +76,7 @@ #. command line help text for the 'hosts' option #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" -msgstr "" -"Gostitelji, ki jim je dovoljeno spraševati strežnik ('netmaska:omrežje')" +msgstr "Gostitelji, ki jim je dovoljeno spraševati strežnik ('netmaska:omrežje')" #. summary label #. To translators: label in the dialog @@ -165,8 +163,7 @@ "You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" "'/etc')." msgstr "" -"Spremenite lahko domači imenik NIS strežnika - omrežni informacijski " -"servis\n" +"Spremenite lahko domači imenik NIS strežnika - omrežni informacijski servis\n" "(navadno '/etc')." #. help text 2/3 @@ -175,8 +172,7 @@ "Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" -"Izberite, ali naj bo datoteka passwd združena z datoteko shadow<" -"/i>\n" +"Izberite, ali naj bo datoteka passwd združena z datoteko shadow\n" "(možno samo v primeru, da datoteka shadowobstaja).\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -230,12 +226,10 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"Vnesite NIS domeno. Če je ta gostitelj hkrati tudi NIS odjemalec " -"strežnika tega sistema,\n" +"Vnesite NIS domeno. Če je ta gostitelj hkrati tudi NIS odjemalec strežnika tega sistema,\n" "označite ustrezeno izbiro.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -261,8 +255,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dovolite spremembe gesel dovoli uporabnikom spreminjanje\n" "njihovih gesel s prisotnostjo NIS-a. Gumbi za dovoljenje sprememb prijavne\n" -"lupine ali GECOS-a (polno ime in sorodne informacije) pa se lahko uporabijo " -"za\n" +"lupine ali GECOS-a (polno ime in sorodne informacije) pa se lahko uporabijo za\n" "nastavitev bolj specifičnih opcij.\n" #. To translators: checkbox label @@ -282,7 +275,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "Ta gostitelj je hkrati tudi NIS &odjemalec" @@ -333,15 +326,13 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details" -".\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavitev požarnega zidu \n" "Za odprtje požarnega zidu, da dovolite dostop do NIS strežnika z oddaljenih\n" "računalnikov, vključite Odpri vrata v požarnem zidu.\n" -"Za izbiro vmesnikov na katerih želite odpreti vrata, pritisnite " -"Podrobnosti požarnega zidu.\n" +"Za izbiro vmesnikov na katerih želite odpreti vrata, pritisnite Podrobnosti požarnega zidu.\n" "Ta možnost je na voljo samo, če je požarni zid omogočen.\n" #. To translators: popup dialog heading @@ -381,8 +372,7 @@ "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." msgstr "" "Gostiteljev naslov bo imel dovoljenje, če bo omrežje enako\n" -"rezultatu operacije bitni IN med naslovom gostitelja in omrežne " -"maske." +"rezultatu operacije bitni IN med naslovom gostitelja in omrežne maske." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 @@ -391,8 +381,7 @@ "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" "Vnos z omrežno masko <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> in omrežjem\n" -"<<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> mora obstajati, da omogočite povezave z lokalnega " -"gostitelja.\n" +"<<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> mora obstajati, da omogočite povezave z lokalnega gostitelja.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 @@ -419,30 +408,31 @@ msgstr "Nastavitev gostiteljev za uporabo NIS strežnika" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Vnesite NIS domeno in IP naslov ali ime glavnega strežnika " -"NIS." +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "Vnesite NIS domeno in IP naslov ali ime glavnega strežnika NIS." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"Če je ta gostitelj hkrati tudi NIS odjemalec strežnika tega sistema, " -"izberite ustrezeno možnost." +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "Če je ta gostitelj hkrati tudi NIS odjemalec strežnika tega sistema, izberite ustrezeno možnost." #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "Ime domene N&IS:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" +msgstr "Ime NIS &domene" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Master Server: " +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "Glavni strežnik NIS: " + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Nastavitev podrejenega strežnika" @@ -468,14 +458,8 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"Tukaj vpišite imena gostiteljev, da jih nastavite kot podrejene NIS " -"strežnike. Uporabite Dodaj za dodajanje novega, Uredi za " -"spreminjanje obstoječega in Izbriši za brisanje vnosa." +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "Tukaj vpišite imena gostiteljev, da jih nastavite kot podrejene NIS strežnike. Uporabite Dodaj za dodajanje novega, Uredi za spreminjanje obstoječega in Izbriši za brisanje vnosa." #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 @@ -534,8 +518,7 @@ "Select whether to configure the NIS server as a master or a\n" "slave or not to configure a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"Izberite med nastavitvijo NIS strežnika kot glavni strežnik (master) " -"ali\n" +"Izberite med nastavitvijo NIS strežnika kot glavni strežnik (master) ali\n" "podrejeni strežnik (slave) ali brez nastavitve NIS strežnika.\n" #. help text 2/2 @@ -543,8 +526,7 @@ msgid "" "The NIS server package will be installed first if you want to\n" "configure it." -msgstr "" -"Strežniški paket NIS bo pred nastavitvjo najprej nameščen." +msgstr "Strežniški paket NIS bo pred nastavitvjo najprej nameščen." #. To translators: label in the dialog #: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 @@ -920,6 +902,9 @@ msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "Zaustavljanje NIS odjemalca." +#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#~ msgstr "Ime domene N&IS:" + #~ msgid "NIS &master server:" #~ msgstr "&Glavni NIS strežnik:" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/ntp-client.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/ntp-client.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/ntp-client.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-25 23:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>\n" "Language-Team: slovenian <sl(a)li.org>\n" @@ -57,25 +57,24 @@ msgstr "Neveljavno ime strežnika. " #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Naslov strežnika" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "NTP daemon" msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "NTP demon" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "&NTP Nastavitev..." -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -89,22 +88,32 @@ msgstr "&Nastavi..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Preizkušam NTP strežnik..." +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "Povezave s strežnikom LDAP ni mogoče vzpostaviti." + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -622,6 +631,9 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Samodejni zagon NTP demona</big> \n" "Izberite ali naj se prikriti proces NTP (demon) zažene ob zagonu sistema.\n" @@ -629,7 +641,7 @@ "vzpostavljena pred zagonom NTP demona." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -641,7 +653,7 @@ "Zaženi NTP demon v Chroot ječi. Demone je priporočljivo zagnati\n" "v chroot ječi, saj se delovanje varnejše." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -650,7 +662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -665,7 +677,7 @@ "administratorja ali je informacija o NTP strežnikih na voljo preko DHCP strežnika." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -681,7 +693,7 @@ "Izbriši." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" @@ -691,7 +703,7 @@ "S pritiskom na gumb Umerjanje gonilnika lahko gonilnik umerite." #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" @@ -702,7 +714,7 @@ "Z izbiro gumba Zapletena nastavitev lahko uro lokalnega računalnika usklajujete z večjim številom oddaljenih gostiteljev ali z lokalno priključeno uro." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -711,7 +723,7 @@ "Izberite gonilnik za uro, ki jo želite nastaviti." #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -722,7 +734,7 @@ "Številko enote." #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -739,7 +751,7 @@ "Nekateri tipi ur ne potrebujejo povezave ali pa jo morate narediti ročno." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -748,7 +760,7 @@ "S pritiskom na gumb Umerjanje gonilnika lahko gonilnik umerite." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -761,7 +773,7 @@ "administratorjem ali ponudnikom dostopa v internet." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -774,7 +786,7 @@ "izberite med Lokali NTP strežnik in Javni NTP strežnik." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -785,7 +797,7 @@ "pritisnite Testiraj." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -796,7 +808,7 @@ "ročno usklajevati uro." #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -807,7 +819,7 @@ "oddajanje (broadcast)." #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -819,7 +831,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" @@ -832,7 +844,7 @@ "za natančno nastavitev izvora usklajevanja ure/časa. Podrobnosti so\n" "v datoteki /usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -844,7 +856,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -853,7 +865,7 @@ "Izberite tip usklajevalnega partnerja, ki ga želite dodati.." #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -862,7 +874,7 @@ "usklajevati uro." #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -871,21 +883,21 @@ "uro usklajujete ročno." #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "Za nastavitev lokalne ure, ki je priključena neposredno na vaš računalnik, izberite Radijska ura." #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "Gumb Oddajanje omogoča oddajanje informacij o uri po omrežju." #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -894,7 +906,7 @@ "uporabo pri nastavitvi lokalne ure, uporabite gumb Sprejem." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -905,7 +917,7 @@ "ali ga želite izbrati s seznama znanih NTP strežnikov." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -920,7 +932,7 @@ "S seznama najdenih strežnikov potem izberete strežnik." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -931,7 +943,7 @@ "NTP strežnikov samo za določeno državo, izberite državo v Država." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -952,7 +964,7 @@ "http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -962,7 +974,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -972,7 +984,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -985,7 +997,7 @@ "gonilnika. Nekateri gonilniki ne uporabljajo vseh možnosti." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" @@ -1349,121 +1361,124 @@ # "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. # 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Končano" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Shranjevanje konfiguracije NTP odjemalca" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Zapiši NTP nastavitve" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Ponovno zaženi NTP demon" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavitve..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Ponovni zagon NTP demona..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Ne morem prebrati nastavitve." #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Ne morem ponovno zagnati NTP demona." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "NTP demon se bo pognal ob zagonu sistema." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP demon se ne požene samodejno." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Strežniki: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radijske ure: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Partnerji: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Posreduj informacije o času: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Sprejmi posredovane informacije o času od: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Zapiši nastavitev imena računalnika in DNS-ja" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitvenih datotek..." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Pregled nastavitve modemov" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Preizkušam NTP strežnik..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Strežnik je dosegljiv in se odziva pravilno." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Strežnik ni dosegljiv ali se ne odziva pravilno." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/oneclickinstall.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/oneclickinstall.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/oneclickinstall.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/online-update-configuration.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/online-update-configuration.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/online-update-configuration.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/online-update.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/online-update.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/online-update.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-25 22:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>\n" "Language-Team: slovenian <sl(a)li.org>\n" @@ -132,13 +132,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Inicializiram CD posodobitev..." -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Nenastavljeno." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/sl/po/opensuse_mirror.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/opensuse_mirror.sl.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/opensuse_mirror.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +# Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Imenik" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Napaka" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "da" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ne" + +# &B is taken by "&Beenden". +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Izhod" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Napaka" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &file" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Označite ali odznačite &datoteko" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/packager.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/packager.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/packager.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -22,8 +22,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " -"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. module description @@ -42,9 +41,7 @@ "Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "Delete button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" "the current configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Vnose odstranite tako, da izberete vnos v razpredelnici in kliknete gumb <" -"b>Izbriši. Vnosi bodo takoj odstranjeni iz trenutnih nastavitev.\n" +msgstr "Vnose odstranite tako, da izberete vnos v razpredelnici in kliknete gumb Izbriši. Vnosi bodo takoj odstranjeni iz trenutnih nastavitev.\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" @@ -170,6 +167,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "&Besedilni način" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "Varnostno kopiranje %1 neuspešno. Glej %2 za podrobnosti." + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -384,21 +390,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Izberite omrežne vire, ki jih želite uporabiti, in nato kliknite " -"Naprej.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Izberite omrežne vire, ki jih želite uporabiti, in nato kliknite Naprej.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.<" -"/p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Izberite omrežne vire, ki jih želite uporabiti, in nato kliknite " -"Zaključi.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "Izberite omrežne vire, ki jih želite uporabiti, in nato kliknite Zaključi.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 @@ -477,11 +475,9 @@ msgstr "" "Zaznanega je bilo malo pomnilnika.\n" "\n" -"Če je pomnilnika manj kot %d MiB, uporabe spletnih virov med začetno " -"namestitvijo ne priporočamo.\n" +"Če je pomnilnika manj kot %d MiB, uporabe spletnih virov med začetno namestitvijo ne priporočamo.\n" "\n" -"Namestilnik se lahko sesuje ali pa zmrzne, če dodatni podatki o paketih " -"potrebujejo preveč pomnilnika.\n" +"Namestilnik se lahko sesuje ali pa zmrzne, če dodatni podatki o paketih potrebujejo preveč pomnilnika.\n" "\n" "V tem primeru priporočamo uporabo spletnih virov na že nameščenem sistemu.." @@ -508,12 +504,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Razreševalnik paketov ni uspel. Preverite razdelek s programsko opremo v " -"profilu AutoYaST." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Razreševalnik paketov ni uspel. Preverite razdelek s programsko opremo v profilu AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -537,7 +529,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Začetno nastavljanje ..." @@ -577,11 +569,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Namestitveni viri -- Ta modul ne podpira besedilnega vmesnika, uporabite »%1«." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Namestitveni viri -- Ta modul ne podpira besedilnega vmesnika, uporabite »%1«." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -603,7 +592,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "Lokacija: %1" @@ -748,31 +737,19 @@ "Upravljajte nastavljene vire in storitve programske opreme.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<" -"/P>" -msgstr "" -"Storitev ali Storitev kazala virov (angl. repository index " -"service – RIS) je protokol za upravljanje virov paketov. Storitev lahko " -"ponuja enega ali več virov programske opreme, ki jih skrbnik storitve lahko " -"dinamično spreminja." +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "Storitev ali Storitev kazala virov (angl. repository index service – RIS) je protokol za upravljanje virov paketov. Storitev lahko ponuja enega ali več virov programske opreme, ki jih skrbnik storitve lahko dinamično spreminja." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available " -"at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dodajanje novega vira ali storitve Za dodajanje novega vira " -"kliknite gumb Dodaj in določite vir ali storitev. YaST bo samodejno " -"zaznal, ali je na podani lokaciji vir ali storitev na voljo.\n" +"Dodajanje novega vira ali storitve Za dodajanje novega vira kliknite gumb Dodaj in določite vir ali storitev. YaST bo samodejno zaznal, ali je na podani lokaciji vir ali storitev na voljo.\n" #. help, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 @@ -810,63 +787,39 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the " -"check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Spreminjanje stanja vira ali storitve \n" -"Za spreminjanje lokacije vira kliknite gumb Uredi. Za odstranjevanje " -"vira kliknite gumb Izbriši. Da omogočite ali onemogočite vir ali " -"spremenite stanje osveževanja, v razpredelnici izberite vir in uporabite " -"potrditvena polja pod njo.\n" +"Za spreminjanje lokacije vira kliknite gumb Uredi. Za odstranjevanje vira kliknite gumb Izbriši. Da omogočite ali onemogočite vir ali spremenite stanje osveževanja, v razpredelnici izberite vir in uporabite potrditvena polja pod njo.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) " -"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in " -"more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Prednost vira \n" -"Prednost vira je predstavljena s celim številom med 0 (najvišja prednost) in " -"200 (najnižja prednost). Privzeta prednost je 99. Če je paket na voljo iz več " -"virov, bo uporabljen vir z najvišjo prednostjo.\n" +"Prednost vira je predstavljena s celim številom med 0 (najvišja prednost) in 200 (najnižja prednost). Privzeta prednost je 99. Če je paket na voljo iz več virov, bo uporabljen vir z najvišjo prednostjo.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Za prikaz virov ali storitev na vrhu okna izberite ustrezno možnost." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Za prikaz virov ali storitev na vrhu okna izberite ustrezno možnost." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Ohrani prejete pakete. Izberite to možnost, če želite prejete " -"pakete ohraniti v krajevnem predpomnilniku. Tako jih je kasneje mogoče znova " -"uporabiti za ponovno namestitev. Če možnost ni izbrana, so prejeti paketi po " -"namestitvi izbrisani." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +msgstr "Ohrani prejete pakete. Izberite to možnost, če želite prejete pakete ohraniti v krajevnem predpomnilniku. Tako jih je kasneje mogoče znova uporabiti za ponovno namestitev. Če možnost ni izbrana, so prejeti paketi po namestitvi izbrisani." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory " -"/var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf<" -"/B> file." -msgstr "" -"Privzeto se krajevni predpomnilnik nahaja v mapi " -"/var/cache/zypp/packages. Lokacijo lahko spremenite v datoteki " -"/etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "Privzeto se krajevni predpomnilnik nahaja v mapi /var/cache/zypp/packages. Lokacijo lahko spremenite v datoteki /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -877,7 +830,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Podrobnosti:" @@ -885,7 +838,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Ali želite poskusiti znova?" @@ -991,8 +944,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Odvisnosti ni moč razrešiti samodejno. Potrebno je ročno posredovanje." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" @@ -1009,12 +961,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Namestitev programske opreme -- Ta modul ne podpira besedilnega vmesnika, " -"uporabite »%1«." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Namestitev programske opreme -- Ta modul ne podpira besedilnega vmesnika, uporabite »%1«." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1154,11 +1102,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"Napaka — Nadzorna vsota MD5 se ne ujema. Tega nosilca ne bi smeli " -"uporabljati." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "Napaka — Nadzorna vsota MD5 se ne ujema. Tega nosilca ne bi smeli uporabljati." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1184,74 +1129,49 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ko imate težave z nameščanje in uporabljate namestitveni nosilec CD ali " -"DVD, bi morali preveriti, ali je nosilec pokvarjen.\n" +msgstr "Ko imate težave z nameščanje in uporabljate namestitveni nosilec CD ali DVD, bi morali preveriti, ali je nosilec pokvarjen.\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check" -"\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " -msgstr "" -"Izberite pogon, vstavite nosilec v pogon in kliknite gumb Začni " -"preverjanje ali pa kliknite gumb Preveri sliko ISO in izberite " -"datoteko ISO. Preverjanje lahko traja več minut, odvisno od hitrosti pogona " -"in velikosti nosilca. Preverjanje uporabi nadzorno vsoto MD5." +msgstr "Izberite pogon, vstavite nosilec v pogon in kliknite gumb Začni preverjanje ali pa kliknite gumb Preveri sliko ISO in izberite datoteko ISO. Preverjanje lahko traja več minut, odvisno od hitrosti pogona in velikosti nosilca. Preverjanje uporabi nadzorno vsoto MD5." #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" -msgstr "" -"Če nosilec ne prestane preizkusa, nameščanja z njega ne bi smeli " -"nadaljevati. Lahko spodleti ali pa morda celo izgubite podatke. Najbolje da " -"pokvarjen nosilec nadomestite.\n" +msgstr "Če nosilec ne prestane preizkusa, nameščanja z njega ne bi smeli nadaljevati. Lahko spodleti ali pa morda celo izgubite podatke. Najbolje da pokvarjen nosilec nadomestite.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" -msgstr "" -"Po preverjanju vstavite naslednji nosilec in znova začnite postopek. Vrstni " -"red nosilec ni pomemben.\n" +msgstr "Po preverjanju vstavite naslednji nosilec in znova začnite postopek. Vrstni red nosilec ni pomemben.\n" #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<" -"/P>" -msgstr "" -"Opomba: Ko sistem uporablja nosilec, ga ne morete zamenjati." +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "Opomba: Ko sistem uporablja nosilec, ga ne morete zamenjati." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Za preverjanje nosilca pred nameščanjem iz zagonskega menija izberite " -"možnost preverjanja nosilca." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Za preverjanje nosilca pred nameščanjem iz zagonskega menija izberite možnost preverjanja nosilca." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Če nosilec zapišete sami, v programu za zapisovanje uporabite možnost " -"odmika. Tako se izognete bralnim napakam na koncu nosilca.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +msgstr "Če nosilec zapišete sami, v programu za zapisovanje uporabite možnost odmika. Tako se izognete bralnim napakam na koncu nosilca.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1259,9 +1179,7 @@ msgid "" "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" -msgstr "" -"Da se izognete težavam pri nameščanju, priporočamo, da preverite vse " -"namestitvene nosilce. Ta korak lahko preskočite s klikom na »Naprej«." +msgstr "Da se izognete težavam pri nameščanju, priporočamo, da preverite vse namestitvene nosilce. Ta korak lahko preskočite s klikom na »Naprej«." #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1273,7 +1191,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Začni preverjanje" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Izvrzi" @@ -1400,11 +1318,6 @@ "Upravljajte znane javne ključe GPG.\n" #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Adding a New GPG Key \n" -#| "To add a new GPG key, use Add and specify the path to the key file.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "Adding a New GPG Key \n" @@ -1439,8 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Dodajanje novega ključa GPG \n" -"Za dodajanje novega ključa GPG kliknite gumb Dodaj in navedite pot do " -"datoteke s ključem." +"Za dodajanje novega ključa GPG kliknite gumb Dodaj in navedite pot do datoteke s ključem." #. help, continued #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 @@ -1453,8 +1365,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Spreminjanje stanja ključa GPG\n" -"Za spreminjanje oznake zaupanja kliknite gumb Uredi. Ključ odstranite " -"s klikom na gumb Izbriši.\n" +"Za spreminjanje oznake zaupanja kliknite gumb Uredi. Ključ odstranite s klikom na gumb Izbriši.\n" #. table header #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 @@ -1524,7 +1435,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1562,76 +1473,73 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Med pripravljanjem namestitvenega sistema je prišlo do napake." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Nadzorna datoteka %1 na nosilcu ni bila najdena." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Dodatnih izdelkov ni moč uporabiti." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, Lokacija: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "Lokacija: %1, Pot: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Dodatni izdelki" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "Namestitveni vir vsebuje tudi naslednje dodatne vire.\n" "Izberite vire, ki jih želite uporabiti.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Izbirni dodatni izdelki" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Dodaj &izbrane izdelke" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 -#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Vstavite nosilec z dodatkom %1" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 -#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Vstavite nosilec %2 z izdelkom %1" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Izdelka %1 ni moč dodati." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Neznan izdelek" @@ -1681,7 +1589,7 @@ msgstr "Uporabnik je prekinil nameščanje." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Nosilec %1" @@ -1689,13 +1597,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Zaključeno." @@ -1704,21 +1612,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Naslednji: %1 — %2" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Naslednji: %1" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "Skupno" @@ -1727,213 +1635,221 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Prejemanje %1 (velikost %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (preostaja: %1%2 paketov)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Prejemanje paketov ..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (prejetih %1 od %2 paketov)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Brisanje %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Nameščanje %1 (nameščena velikost %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Uveljavljanje razlikovnega paketa RPM: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a " -"32-bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Vaš računalnik je 64-biten sistem x86-64, namestiti oa poskušate 32-bitno " -"distribucijo." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Vaš računalnik je 64-biten sistem x86-64, namestiti oa poskušate 32-bitno distribucijo." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"Seznam vzorca navaja, katere zmožnosti bodo razpoložljive po namestitvi " -"sistema." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "Seznam vzorca navaja, katere zmožnosti bodo razpoložljive po namestitvi sistema." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free " -"space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"Predlog prikazuje skupno velikost datotek, ki bodo nameščene na sistem. " -"Poleg tega bo sistem vseboval nekatere druge datoteke (začasne in delovne), " -"tako da bo uporabljenega nekaj več prostora, kot prikazuje predlog. Zato je " -"pred začetkom nameščanja priporočljivo imeti vsaj 25 % (ali približno 300 " -"MiB) dodatnega prostora." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "Predlog prikazuje skupno velikost datotek, ki bodo nameščene na sistem. Poleg tega bo sistem vseboval nekatere druge datoteke (začasne in delovne), tako da bo uporabljenega nekaj več prostora, kot prikazuje predlog. Zato je pred začetkom nameščanja priporočljivo imeti vsaj 25 % (ali približno 300 MiB) dodatnega prostora." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the " -"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" -msgstr "" -"Skupna velikost prejemanja je velikost paketov, ki bodo prejeti iz " -"oddaljenih (omrežnih) virov. Ta vrednost je pomembna, če je povezava počasna " -"ali če imate omejeno količino prejemanj.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +msgstr "Skupna velikost prejemanja je velikost paketov, ki bodo prejeti iz oddaljenih (omrežnih) virov. Ta vrednost je pomembna, če je povezava počasna ali če imate omejeno količino prejemanj.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Predlog programov" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Izdelek: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Vrsta sistema: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Vzorci: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Velikost paketov za namestiti: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Prejemanje iz oddaljenih virov: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Ti dodatni izdelki so bili označeni za samodejno odstranitev: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Stopite v stik s proizvajalci teh dodatkov, da vam priskrbijo nove " -"namestitvene nosilce." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Stopite v stik s proizvajalci teh dodatkov, da vam priskrbijo nove namestitvene nosilce." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "" -"Stopite v stik s proizvajalci tega dodatka, da vam priskrbi nov namestitveni " -"nosilec." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Stopite v stik s proizvajalci tega dodatka, da vam priskrbi nov namestitveni nosilec." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Napaka: Razpoložljivega prostora v osnovni mapi %1 (naprava %2) ni moč " -"preveriti, ni moč začeti nameščanja." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Napaka: Razpoložljivega prostora v osnovni mapi %1 (naprava %2) ni moč preveriti, ni moč začeti nameščanja." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Opozorilo: Razpoložljivega prostora v mapi %1 (naprava %2) ni moč preveriti." +msgstr "Opozorilo: Razpoložljivega prostora v mapi %1 (naprava %2) ni moč preveriti." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Na disku ni dovolj prostora." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Na disku ni dovolj prostora. Odstranite nekaj paketov iz izbora." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "Na razdelku %3 je razpoložljivega le %1 (%2 %%) prostora. " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed" +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "Nameščen bo paket %1" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed" +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "Nameščen bo paket %1" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Na »%1« ni najdenega nobenega vira." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Opombe k izdaji za začetno izdajo so del vira za namestitev. Če bo med " -"namestitvijo omogočena medmrežna povezava, boste lahko s spletnega strežnika " -"SuSE Linux pridobili posodobljene opombe k izdaji.\n" +msgstr "Opombe k izdaji za začetno izdajo so del vira za namestitev. Če bo med namestitvijo omogočena medmrežna povezava, boste lahko s spletnega strežnika SuSE Linux pridobili posodobljene opombe k izdaji.\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integriranje zagnanega nosilca ..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Integriranje vira servisnega paketa ni uspelo." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Začetno nastavljanje virov ..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Vstavite %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 ni bil najden" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1942,7 +1858,7 @@ "Za podrobnosti si oglejte dnevniško datoteko %1." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1951,12 +1867,12 @@ "Še enkrat bo priklican predlog programov." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Ocenjevanje izbora paketov ..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1967,36 +1883,42 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Licenčne datoteke %1 ni moč prebrati" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root " -"of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Za pravilen prikaz licence za izdelek datoteko license.tar.gz med gradnjo " -"slike postavite v koren živega nosilca." +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Za pravilen prikaz licence za izdelek datoteko license.tar.gz med gradnjo slike postavite v koren živega nosilca." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Jezik" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" -msgstr "&Da, strinjam se z licenčnim dogovorom" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "Da, strinjam se z vsebino licenčnega dogovora" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "N&e, ne strinjam se" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +#| "on the first media in the file %1" +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" +"Če želite natisniti ta licenčni dogovor, ga lahko najdete\n" +"na prvem nosilcu v datoteki %1" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -2005,7 +1927,7 @@ "na prvem nosilcu v datoteki %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2015,19 +1937,19 @@ "možnosti. Če se z licenčnim dogovorom ne strinjate, se\n" "nastavitev ne bo nadaljevala.\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licenčni dogovor" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Ali res želite prekiniti namestitev dodatnega izdelka?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2036,7 +1958,7 @@ "Ali res želite zavrniti licenčni dogovor?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2045,7 +1967,7 @@ "dodatnega izdelka. Ali res želite zavrniti licenčni dogovor?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Sistem se izklaplja ..." @@ -2132,171 +2054,174 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Navedba &lokacije ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS ..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD ..." # &F is taken by "&FTP" # 2001-10-12 11:34:26 CEST -ke- #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Trdi disk ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "Hranjenje podatkov &USB (ključek, disk) ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Krajevna mapa ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "K&rajevna slika ISO ..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Pr&ejmi opisne datoteke vira" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." -msgstr "" -"Če je lokacija datoteka s sliko ISO nosilca, nastavite Slika ISO.<" -"/p>" +msgstr "Če je lokacija datoteka s sliko ISO nosilca, nastavite Slika ISO." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "Če je vir na več nosilcih, nastavite lokacijo prvega nosilca,\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "Ime &strežnika" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Pot do mape ali slike ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "Slika &ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "Protokol N&FS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Možnosti priklopa" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(privzeto)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Lokacija vira" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotokol" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&Lokacija vira" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Lokacija vira" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Strežnik NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Nosilec CD ali DVD" # &F is taken by "&FTP" # 2001-10-12 11:34:26 CEST -ke- #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Trdi disk" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "Ključek ali disk USB" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Krajevna mapa" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Krajevna slika ISO" @@ -2305,62 +2230,57 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Strežnik in mapa" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Ime vira ne sme biti prazno." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Ime &vira" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.<" -"/p>\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ime vira</big> \n" -"Uporabite Ime vira, da določite ime vira. Če je prazno, bo YaST za ime " -"uporabil ime izdelka (če je na voljo) ali lokacijo.\n" +"Uporabite Ime vira, da določite ime vira. Če je prazno, bo YaST za ime uporabil ime izdelka (če je na voljo) ali lokacijo.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Ime &storitve" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ime storitve</big> \n" -"Uporabite Ime storitve, da določite ime storitve. Če je prazno, bo " -"YaST za ime uporabil del lokacije storitve.\n" +"Uporabite Ime storitve, da določite ime storitve. Če je prazno, bo YaST za ime uporabil del lokacije storitve.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "Lokacija ne sme biti prazna." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&Lokacija" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2372,31 +2292,29 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Urejanje delov lokacije" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Urejanje celotne lokacije" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" "<big>Strežnik NFS</big> \n" -"Uporabite Ime strežnika in Pot do mape ali slike ISO, da " -"določite ime gostitelja strežnika NFS in pot na strežniku," +"Uporabite Ime strežnika in Pot do mape ali slike ISO, da določite ime gostitelja strežnika NFS in pot na strežniku," -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man " -"5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Možnosti priklopa</big> \n" @@ -2406,16 +2324,16 @@ "man 5 nfs." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2424,26 +2342,26 @@ "Nastavite CD-ROM ali DVD-ROM, da določite vrsto nosilca." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Datoteka slike ISO" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "Vnesena pot ni mapa ali pa mapa ne obstaja.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "Vnesena pot ni datoteka ali pa datoteka ne obstaja.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2454,17 +2372,17 @@ "Ali jo želite kljub temu uporabiti?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Pot do mape" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "N&avadna mapa s paketi" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2473,25 +2391,23 @@ "Plain RPM Directory.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Krajevna mapa</big> \n" -"Uporabite Pot do mape, da določite pot do mape. Če mapa vsebuje le " -"pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o izdelku), izberite " -"možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" +"Uporabite Pot do mape, da določite pot do mape. Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "Naprava &USB za hranjenje podatkov" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Datotečni sistem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "&Mapa" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2502,29 +2418,23 @@ "Plain RPM Directory.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ključek ali disk USB</big> \n" -"Izberite napravo USB, na kateri se nahaj vir. Uporabite Pot do mape, " -"da določite mapo vira. Če pot izpustite, bo sistem uporabil korensko mapo " -"diska. Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni " -"podatkov o izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" +"Izberite napravo USB, na kateri se nahaj vir. Uporabite Pot do mape, da določite mapo vira. Če pot izpustite, bo sistem uporabil korensko mapo diska. Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" -msgstr "" -"Datotečni sistem, ki je uporabljen na napravi, bo zaznan samodejno, če " -"izberete »auto«. Če zaznavanje spodleti ali pa želite uporabiti določen " -"datotečni sistem, ga izberite s seznama.\n" +msgstr "Datotečni sistem, ki je uporabljen na napravi, bo zaznan samodejno, če izberete »auto«. Če zaznavanje spodleti ali pa želite uporabiti določen datotečni sistem, ga izberite s seznama.\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Diskovna naprava" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2535,93 +2445,89 @@ "Plain RPM Directory.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" -"Izberite disk, na katerem se nahaja vir. Uporabite Pot do mape, da " -"določite mapo vira. Če pot izpustite, bo sistem uporabil korensko mapo diska. " -"Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o " -"izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" +"Izberite disk, na katerem se nahaja vir. Uporabite Pot do mape, da določite mapo vira. Če pot izpustite, bo sistem uporabil korensko mapo diska. Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Pot do slike ISO" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" "ISO image file." msgstr "" "<big>Krajevna slika ISO</big> \n" -"Uporabite Pot do slike ISO, da določite pot do datoteke s sliko ISO.<" -"/p>" +"Uporabite Pot do slike ISO, da določite pot do datoteke s sliko ISO." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Ime &strežnika" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Vrata" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "So&uporaba" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "Slika &ISO" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Mapa na strežniku" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Over&janje" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonimno" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Delovna skupina ali domena" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Upora&bniško ime" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Geslo" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2629,62 +2535,54 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Strežnik in mapa</big> \n" -"Uporabite Ime strežnika in Pot do mape ali slike ISO, da " -"določite ime gostitelja strežnika NFS in pot na strežniku. Da omogočite " -"overjanje, odstranite izbiro možnosti Anonimno in navedite " -"Uporabniško ime in Geslo.\n" +"Uporabite Ime strežnika in Pot do mape ali slike ISO, da določite ime gostitelja strežnika NFS in pot na strežniku. Da omogočite overjanje, odstranite izbiro možnosti Anonimno in navedite Uporabniško ime in Geslo.\n" "\n" -"Za vir SMB/CIFS določite ime Souporabe in Pot do mape ali slike " -"ISO. Če je lokacija datoteka s sliko ISO nosilca, izberite Slika ISO<" -"/b>.\n" +"Za vir SMB/CIFS določite ime Souporabe in Pot do mape ali slike ISO. Če je lokacija datoteka s sliko ISO nosilca, izberite Slika ISO.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" -msgstr "" -"Za vir HTTP/HTTPS je možno nastaviti Vrata. Za uporabo privzetih " -"vrat pustite nastavitev prazno.\n" +msgstr "Za vir HTTP/HTTPS je možno nastaviti Vrata. Za uporabo privzetih vrat pustite nastavitev prazno.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Želim namestiti dodatni izdelek" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" "or on the hard disk." msgstr "" "<big>Vrsta nosilca</big> \n" -"Vir programov se lahko nahaja na CD-ju, na omrežnem strežniku ali na trdem " -"disku." +"Vir programov se lahko nahaja na CD-ju, na omrežnem strežniku ali na trdem disku." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" "have the product CD set or the DVD available." msgstr "" "\n" -"Za dodajanje CD-ja ali DVD-ja pripravite nabor CD-jev ali DVD " -"izdelka." +"Za dodajanje CD-ja ali DVD-ja pripravite nabor CD-jev ali DVD izdelka." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2699,7 +2597,7 @@ "isti mapi, je potrebno vpisati samo osnovno pot.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2714,45 +2612,47 @@ # there are length limits # 2000-03-08 17:43:39 CET -ke- #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Izberite vrsto nosilca" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Vstavite CD z dodatnim izdelkom" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Vstavite DVD z dodatnim izdelkom" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Zaznan ni bil noben disk USB." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Prejmi datoteke \n" -"Vsak vir vsebuje opisne datoteke, ki opisujejo vsebino vira. Izberite " -"Prejmi opisne datoteke vira, da se po zaprtju tega modula YaST prejmejo " -"datoteke. Če možnosti ne izberete, bo YaST datoteke prejel samodejno, ko jih " -"bo potreboval.\n" +"Vsak vir vsebuje opisne datoteke, ki opisujejo vsebino vira. Izberite Prejmi opisne datoteke vira, da se po zaprtju tega modula YaST prejmejo datoteke. Če možnosti ne izberete, bo YaST datoteke prejel samodejno, ko jih bo potreboval.\n" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Vrsta nosilca" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Dodatni izdelki" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2846,7 +2746,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Nastavljeni viri" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "Po&gon za izvreči" @@ -2920,12 +2822,12 @@ "Izbrani vir nima lokacije." #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Pridobivanje podatkov o %1 najdenih storitvah ..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2936,7 +2838,7 @@ "ki verjetno preprečuje pregledovanje omrežja." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "V vašem omrežju ni bil najden noben vir SLP." @@ -2959,6 +2861,12 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Odstranite izbiro nekaterih paketov." +#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "&Da, strinjam se z licenčnim dogovorom" + +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "N&e, ne strinjam se" + #~ msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..." #~ msgstr "Ključek ali disk &USB ..." @@ -3822,9 +3730,6 @@ #~ msgid "Minimal &Graphical System" #~ msgstr "Minimalni &Grafični sistem" -#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -#~ msgstr "Varnostno kopiranje %1 neuspešno. Glej %2 za podrobnosti." - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Registered Catalogs" #~ msgstr "Registrirani gostitelj" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/pam.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/pam.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/pam.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-13 16:56+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenscina <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/pkg-bindings.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/pkg-bindings.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/pkg-bindings.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-28 02:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Branje zbirke paketov..." @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Inicializiranje ciljnega sistema" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Nameščeni &paketi" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/printer.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/printer.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/printer.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-29 11:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <si(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/product-creator.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/product-creator.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/product-creator.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/proxy.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/proxy.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/proxy.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/qt-pkg.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/qt-pkg.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/qt-pkg.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages-qt.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-26 22:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Igor Gramc <igor.gramc(a)iuv.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" @@ -54,43 +54,43 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Alice odlagališče:" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 #, fuzzy msgid "S&earch" msgstr "Išči" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "Ključne besede" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&Povzetek namestitve" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "&Opis" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Tehnični podatki" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Odvisnosti" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Verzije" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 #, fuzzy msgid "File List" msgstr "&Seznam datotek" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Spremeni" @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -108,197 +108,197 @@ msgstr "&Prekliči" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Sprejmi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Datoteka" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "Uvoz&i..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Izvozi..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "Iz&hod --- Zavrzi spremembe" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Konec --- Shrani spremembe" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Paket" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 #, fuzzy msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Paketi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Posodobi, če je na voljo nova verzija" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Brezpogojno posodobi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 #, fuzzy msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Pot:" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Nastavitev/prilagoditev" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&Alice odlagališče:" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Spletna posodobitev" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "O&dvisnosti" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 #, fuzzy msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "Preverjanja" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 #, fuzzy msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "&Samodejno preverjanje" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opcije" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "Dodani -devel Paketi:" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Namesti vse ustrezne -&devel Pakete" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "Način &overjanja" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying selected packages" msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "Kopiranje izbranih paketov" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Extras" msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "D&odatki" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Prikaži &prejšnje" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Prikaži samodejno spremembe &paketov" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &Resource" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Pokaži &vir" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Namesti vse ustrezne -&devel Pakete" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Namesti vse ustrezne -&devel Pakete" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Namesti vse ustrezne -&devel Pakete" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Pomoč" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Pregled" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Simboli" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Ključi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Vse odvisnosti med paketi so v redu." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "Popravki:" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Shrani seznam paketov" @@ -306,52 +306,52 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Napaka" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 #, fuzzy msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Napaka pri zapisovanju seznama paketov %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Naloži seznam paketov" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Napaka pri nalaganju seznama paketov s/z: %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "Paketi niso bili posodobljeni." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Nadaljuj" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Prekliči" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Dodani -devel Paketi:" @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/qt.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/qt.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/qt.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages-qt.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-26 22:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Igor Gramc <igor.gramc(a)iuv.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" @@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Urejevalnik skript" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/rdp.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/rdp.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/rdp.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/rear.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/rear.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/rear.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/registration.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/registration.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/registration.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -21,36 +21,46 @@ # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" +# &w is taken by &Weiter +# 2001-06-28 16:20:01 CEST -ke- +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Središče za uporabniške nastavitve Novell" + # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" @@ -58,19 +68,63 @@ # -ke- #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating zone files..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Posodabljanje področne datoteke..." + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Predlog programske opreme je resetiranje na privzete vrednosti." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -78,31 +132,37 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" # &w is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:20:01 CEST -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Središče za uporabniške nastavitve Novell" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "N&aslov" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" @@ -110,30 +170,27 @@ # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." -msgstr "" - # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "" + #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -141,60 +198,31 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Podrobnosti..." +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -208,321 +236,414 @@ # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Vaš sistem je pripravljen za uporabo." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" -# -ke- -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "Šifra za registracijo" -msgstr[1] "Šifra za registracijo" -msgstr[2] "Šifra za registracijo" -msgstr[3] "Šifra za registracijo" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Popravljanje je bilo uspešno." -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" -# -ke- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" +#| msgid "Downloading File" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Prenos Datoteke" -# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" -# -ke- -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" +#| msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Uvoz&i certfikate strežnika..." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Registracija izdelka" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "Registracija izdelka vključi vaš izdelek v Novellovo podatkovno bazo in vam omogoči dostop do spletnih posodobitev in tehnične podpore. Za registracijo med namestitvijo izberiteRegistracija izdelka. Za poenostavitev postopka vključite Profil strojne opreme in Neobvezni podatki s svojega sistema ." +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Zaženi med samodejno namestitvijo" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Ne zaženi med samodejno namestitvijo" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Podatki za registracijo" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IP Address: %1" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "IP naslov: %1" + # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" - -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "Nastavitve CUPS strežnika" +#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "&Namesti vso razpoložljivo izvirno kodo" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "URL Strežnika: " + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 #, fuzzy -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "Izberi certifikat" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "Certifikat" + # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "Pripravi povezavo" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "Podrobnosti:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "Izberite datoteko s certifikatom" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "Napačna opcija: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If &Serial Number is Known" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "Če je znana &serijska številka" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "StationID is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "ID postaje ni pravilno." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registration client error." -msgstr "Podatki za registracijo" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 msgid "" -"Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." msgstr "" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration client error." +msgstr "Podatki za registracijo" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." +msgstr "" + #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Podrobnosti..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "Certifikat" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "" +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing routing configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavitev usmerjanja..." -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " -msgstr "" +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Certifikat" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Preverjanje..." +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "Certifikat" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "1 podatek za registracijo" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Neznana LDAP napaka" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Pričetek namestitve..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Licenčni dogovor" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" @@ -530,64 +651,349 @@ "failed." msgstr "Pregled vsebine certifikacijske datoteke ni uspel." +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +msgstr[2] "" +msgstr[3] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the registration data." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "Vnesite registracijske podatke." +msgstr[1] "Vnesite registracijske podatke." +msgstr[2] "Vnesite registracijske podatke." +msgstr[3] "Vnesite registracijske podatke." + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here, see the list of TV stations defined for your system." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "Tu lahko pregledaš seznam TV postaj, ki so definirane za tvoj sistem." + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Podrobnosti..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "ni na voljo" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key Identifier" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "Identifikator ključa" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Verzija" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arhitektura" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Tip pravila" + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Sections" +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "Razpoložljivi odseki" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "Res zbrišem '%1'?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Versions" +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "&Verzije" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "Arhitektura" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "Tip pravila" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "Registracija izdelka vključi vaš izdelek v Novellovo podatkovno bazo in vam omogoči dostop do spletnih posodobitev in tehnične podpore. Za registracijo med namestitvijo izberiteRegistracija izdelka. Za poenostavitev postopka vključite Profil strojne opreme in Neobvezni podatki s svojega sistema ." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "Nastavitve CUPS strežnika" + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "Izberi certifikat" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Izberi certifikat" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "brez" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate File to Import" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Uvoz datoteke s certifikatom" + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate Overview" +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "Pregled certifikatov" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Izberi certifikat" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -# &w is taken by &Weiter -# 2001-06-28 16:20:01 CEST -ke- +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Središče za uporabniške nastavitve Novell" +#| msgid "Invalid time" +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "Napačen čas" +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Preverjanje..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "1 podatek za registracijo" + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "Šifra za registracijo" +#~ msgstr[1] "Šifra za registracijo" +#~ msgstr[2] "Šifra za registracijo" +#~ msgstr[3] "Šifra za registracijo" + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + # &w is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:20:01 CEST -ke- #, fuzzy @@ -647,11 +1053,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "Profil strojne opreme" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Podatki za registracijo" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "Neobvezni podatki " @@ -900,14 +1301,7 @@ #~ msgid "Registration is successful." #~ msgstr "Popravljanje je bilo uspešno." -# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" -# -ke- #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Code" -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration Status at: %1" #~ msgstr "Podatki za registracijo" @@ -979,12 +1373,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "neznan proces" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Zaženi med samodejno namestitvijo" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Ne zaženi med samodejno namestitvijo" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "%1 podatkov za registracijo" @@ -1002,10 +1390,6 @@ #~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" #~ msgstr "Imenski strežniki: %1" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "Certifikat" - #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "&Ključ" @@ -1070,10 +1454,6 @@ #~ msgstr "&Alice odlagališče:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "Predlog programske opreme je resetiranje na privzete vrednosti." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "Posodabljanje področne datoteke..." @@ -1191,10 +1571,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Napačna opcija: %1" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Valid to: " -#~ msgstr "Napačna opcija: %1" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Reject" #~ msgstr "&Izvrzi" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/reipl.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/reipl.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/reipl.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ "Po ponovnem zagonu, naložite sistem\n" "z nalagalnim naslovom vašega korenskega DASD.\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ime" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -280,35 +280,35 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "Nastavljene datoteke:" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "Nič ni nastavljeno." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "Področje tipa %1 ni podprto." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "Nič ni nastavljeno." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Področje tipa %1 ni podprto." Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/relocation-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/relocation-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/relocation-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/s390.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/s390.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/s390.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Odznači vse" #. error popup #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-client.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-client.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-client.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-15 20:19+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" @@ -221,6 +221,17 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "&Najdaljši čas najema" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "Dovoljene storitve" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -925,39 +936,42 @@ # "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. # 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Končano" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Namestitev zahtevanih paketov" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nameščam zahtevane pakete..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM prijava" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uporabi Kerberos" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ne uporabi Kerberos" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Privzeto področje" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 @@ -968,17 +982,17 @@ #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naslov KDC strežnika" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zamik ure" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC strežnik: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -989,7 +1003,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Privzeto področje: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -999,12 +1013,14 @@ msgstr "Overovitev s SMB: %1" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Da" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Ne" @@ -1027,89 +1043,169 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Inicializacija nastavitve odjemalca Samba" -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Inicializacija nastavitve odjemalca Samba" - +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "Preberi globalne Samba nastavitve" +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Preberi globalne Samba nastavitve" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "Preberi tiskalniških nastavitve" +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Preberi tiskalniških nastavitve" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Branje globalnih Samba nastavitev..." +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Branje globalnih Samba nastavitev..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "Branje tiskalniških nastavitev..." +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Branje tiskalniških nastavitev..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev odjemalca Samba" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" + # &W is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Onemogoči Samba servise" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Onemogoči Samba servise" -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Omogoči Samba servise" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Omogoči Samba servise" +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." + # &W is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Onemogočanje Samba servisov..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Onemogočanje Samba servisov..." -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Omogočanje Samba servisov..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Omogočanje Samba servisov..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "Zapis nastavitev v %1 ni možen." +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write device configuration" +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Zapiši nastavitev naprave" +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Storitve 'winbind' ni možno zagnati." +#| msgid "Writing device configuration..." +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavitev naprave..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Zagon prikritega procesa winbind ni možen." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Zapis nastavitev v %1 ni možen." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Storitve 'winbind' ni možno zaustaviti." +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Storitve 'winbind' ni možno zagnati." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Zaustavitev prikritega procesa winbind ni možna." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "Zagon prikritega procesa winbind ni možen." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Ne morem zapisati SCPM nastavitev." +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Storitve 'winbind' ni možno zaustaviti." -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Globalne nastavitve" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "Zaustavitev prikritega procesa winbind ni možna." -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "Delovna skupina ali domena: %1" +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Ne morem zapisati SCPM nastavitev." +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Globalne nastavitve" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Delovna skupina ali domena: %1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "Ustvari le imeniško &drevo" +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Ustvari le imeniško &drevo" +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" -#~ msgstr "&Omogoči avtentikacijo" +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "&Omogoči avtentikacijo" +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "Na&jvečje število starih arhivov varovanja" +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "Na&jvečje število starih arhivov varovanja" +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr "Overovitev s SMB: %1" +#| msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1 " +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Delovna skupina ali domena: %1 " +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 #, fuzzy +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "Overovitev s SMB: %1" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "Popravek za &YOU" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-15 20:39+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-users.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-users.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-users.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 21:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -17,8 +17,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" -"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. helptext @@ -31,20 +30,12 @@ msgstr "Če ne vpišete vrednosti za" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " -"Script " -msgstr "" -"Domači disk, Domača mapa, Pot do profila in Prijavni " -"skript " +msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " +msgstr "Domači disk, Domača mapa, Pot do profila in Prijavni skript " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be " -"used." -msgstr "" -"bodo uporabljene privzete vrednosti, ki so zapisane v krajevnih Samba " -"nastavitvah." +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +msgstr "bodo uporabljene privzete vrednosti, ki so zapisane v krajevnih Samba nastavitvah." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" @@ -86,23 +77,16 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name" -"\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" "empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Ta vstavek lahko uporabite, da omogočite razpoložljivost skupine LDAP v " -"Samba.\n" -"Edina nastavitev, ki jo lahko urejate tu, je lastnost Ime skupine Samba" -",\n" -"ki je ime skupine, ki bo prikazano odjemalcem Samba. Vse ostale nastavitve " -"se\n" +"Ta vstavek lahko uporabite, da omogočite razpoložljivost skupine LDAP v Samba.\n" +"Edina nastavitev, ki jo lahko urejate tu, je lastnost Ime skupine Samba,\n" +"ki je ime skupine, ki bo prikazano odjemalcem Samba. Vse ostale nastavitve se\n" "določijo samodejno. Če Ime skupine Samba pustite prazno, bo\n" "uporabljeno ime, ki je nastavljeno v globalnih nastavitvah te skupine.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/scanner.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/scanner.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/scanner.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-05 22:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Igor Gramc <igor.gramc(a)iuv.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/security.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/security.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/security.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-26 22:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Igor Gramc <igor.gramc(a)iuv.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/services-manager.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/services-manager.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/services-manager.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,14 +17,224 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system setttings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Berem privzete nastavitve sistema..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default (detected)" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Privzeto (zaznano)" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Branje privzetih nastavitev sistema" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system setttings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Berem privzete nastavitve sistema..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&vailable are:" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Na &izbiro so:" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n" +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "Noben popravek ni bil izbran za namestitev.\n" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n" +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "Noben popravek ni bil izbran za namestitev.\n" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Shranjujem nastavitev..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Shranjevanje sistemskih nastavitev" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default &Lease Time" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "Privzeti &najemni čas" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Storitev" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Omogočeno" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Aktivno" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Opis" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Poženi" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enab&le or Disable" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "Omogoč&i ali Onemogoči" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show &details" +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "Prikaži &podrobnosti" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Varnostni urejevalnik" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Ponovno nalagam storitev %1..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Onemogočeno" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "aktiven" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Storitve" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -62,3 +272,79 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Value" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Privzeta vrednost" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Nenastavljeno." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dial mode" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Način izbiranja" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "&Textovni način" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Razpoložljivi vmesniki" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Izberite način" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "Način preklopa" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Datotečni sistem" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Rescue Floppy" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "&Reševalna disketa" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/slp-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/slp-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/slp-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/snapper.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/snapper.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/snapper.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -27,14 +27,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Opis" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Name" msgid "User data" @@ -42,43 +42,43 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "PReP (%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "PReP (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host %1" msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "Gostitelj %1" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New zone" msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Ustvari novo cono" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Single Head" msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -86,17 +86,17 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pred" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Really \n" @@ -105,77 +105,77 @@ msgstr "Resnično zbrišem vir v skupni rabi '%1'?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Single Head" msgid "Single" msgstr "En zaslon" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the list of profiles" msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Branje seznama profilov" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Prilagoditev podomrežij" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tip" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start &Update" msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Zagon &posodobitve" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Time and Date" msgid "End Date" msgstr "Čas in datum" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Uporabnikovi podatki" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Show Changes" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Pokaži &spremembe" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Modify" msgid "Modify" msgstr "&Spremeni" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ # &W is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected IDE device" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" @@ -192,144 +192,144 @@ # &A is taken #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "Naslednji %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Shranjujem spremembe v datoteke..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Card removed" msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Kartica odstranjena" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID." msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Datoteka '%1' ne obstaja. Ne morem nastaviti nov PCI ID." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Nothing was modified yet." msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Zaenkrat ni bilo nič spremenjenega." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore options" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "Obnovitvene opcije" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore options" msgid "Restore" msgstr "Obnovitvene opcije" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Izbran(i)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Odpri" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Izbran(i)" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "" @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -352,17 +352,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Obnavljanje datotek" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/sound.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/sound.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/sound.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-04 22:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Igor Gramc <igor.gramc(a)iuv.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/squid.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/squid.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/squid.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -1517,11 +1517,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikanščina" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arabski" # AM #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 @@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perzijski" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonezijščina" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1606,7 +1606,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Latvijščina" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tajski" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamski" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/sshd.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/sshd.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/sshd.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Število" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/storage.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/storage.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/storage.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 21:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -25,8 +25,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " -"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. popup text @@ -41,8 +40,7 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Program uporabljajte le, če vam je poznano upravljanje razdelkov trdih " -"diskov.\n" +"Program uporabljajte le, če vam je poznano upravljanje razdelkov trdih diskov.\n" "\n" "Nikoli ne upravljajte razdelkov diska, ki je na kakršenkoli način v uporabi\n" "(priklopljen, izmenjalni razdelek, itd.), razen v primeru, da točno veste,\n" @@ -69,25 +67,21 @@ #. Commandline help title #: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 -#| msgid "Share Configuration" msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve shranjevanja" #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 -#| msgid "Disk partitioner" msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Izpiše seznam diskov in razdelkov" #. Command line option help text #: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 -#| msgid "Boot disk" msgid "List disks" msgstr "Izpiše sezam diskov" #. Command line option help text #: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 -#| msgid "Edit partition " msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Izpiše seznam razdelkov" @@ -98,7 +92,6 @@ #. Radiobutton for partition dialog #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 -#| msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Razdeljevanje za strokovnjake ..." @@ -108,7 +101,7 @@ msgstr "Us&tvari nastavitve razdelkov ..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -121,14 +114,13 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 -#| msgid "Proposal settings" msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Uredi nastavitve predloga" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -140,7 +132,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -155,7 +147,7 @@ "strokovnjake opravite želene spremembe.\n" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -173,15 +165,23 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Zahtevanega predloga ni moč ustvariti." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "Za predlog z posebnim razdelkom za /home ni dovolj prostora." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "Za predlog z posebnim razdelkom za /home ni dovolj prostora." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -409,8 +409,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows Uporabljeno je velikost uporabljenega dela razdelka za " -"Windows.\n" +"Windows Uporabljeno je velikost uporabljenega dela razdelka za Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -669,11 +668,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Najden ni bil noben disk. Če je mogoče, za namestitev poskusite uporabiti " -"posodobitveno zgoščenko." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Najden ni bil noben disk. Če je mogoče, za namestitev poskusite uporabiti posodobitveno zgoščenko." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -977,7 +973,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Predlagaj ločen razdelek za &domače mape" @@ -995,7 +991,7 @@ msgstr "Vrsta predloga" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1003,14 +999,13 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Niste določili vrhovnega (korenskega) razdelka za namestitev To ne bo " -"delovalo.\n" +"Niste določili vrhovnega (korenskega) razdelka za namestitev To ne bo delovalo.\n" "Enemu razdelku dodelite vrhovno priklopno točko »/«.\n" "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1018,16 +1013,14 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Razdelek FAT ste poskusili priklopiti v priklopno točko /, /usr, /home, /opt " -"ali /var.\n" -"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave. Za razdelke, priklopljene v te " -"priklopne\n" +"Razdelek FAT ste poskusili priklopiti v priklopno točko /, /usr, /home, /opt ali /var.\n" +"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave. Za razdelke, priklopljene v te priklopne\n" "točke, uporabljate Linuxove datotečne sisteme, kot sta ext4 in ext3.\n" "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1036,14 +1029,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Razdelek FAT ste poskusili priklopiti v priklopno točko /boot.\n" -"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave Za razdelke, priklopljene v to " -"priklopno\n" +"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave Za razdelke, priklopljene v to priklopno\n" "točko, uporabljate Linuxove datotečne sisteme, kot sta ext4 in ext3.\n" "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1052,14 +1044,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Razdelek Btrfs ste priklopiti v priklopno točko /boot.\n" -"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave Za razdelke, priklopljene v to " -"priklopno\n" +"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave Za razdelke, priklopljene v to priklopno\n" "točko, uporabljate Linuxove datotečne sisteme, kot sta ext4 in ext3.\n" "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1080,7 +1071,7 @@ "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1096,7 +1087,7 @@ "Ali res želite obdržati to velikost zagonskega razdelka?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1110,7 +1101,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1129,7 +1120,7 @@ "Ali res želite uporabiti nastavitve brez razdelka /boot?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1149,7 +1140,7 @@ "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1162,7 +1153,7 @@ "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1180,31 +1171,8 @@ "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"Opozorilo: Z vašimi trenutnimi nastavitvami bo namestitev\n" -"%1 naletela na težave pri zagonu, ker nimate razdelka »/boot«\n" -"in ker je vaš korenski razdelek logični nosilec LVM.\n" -"To ne deluje.\n" -"\n" -"Če niste popolnoma prepričani kaj počnete, za /boot\n" -"uporabite običajen razdelek.\n" -"\n" -"Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1228,7 +1196,7 @@ "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1253,19 +1221,18 @@ "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " -"\"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1280,7 +1247,7 @@ "Ali res želite uporabiti nastavitve brez izmenjalnega razdelka?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1293,7 +1260,7 @@ "še posebno v naslednjih primerih:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1305,7 +1272,7 @@ "– če razdelek še ne vsebuje datotečnega sistema\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1316,7 +1283,7 @@ "standardnih priklopnih točk, kot so /, /boot/, /opt ali /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1328,7 +1295,7 @@ "Ali res želite razdelek pustiti neformatiran?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1337,7 +1304,7 @@ "Odstranite jo iz RAID-a, preden jo začnete urejati.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1346,7 +1313,7 @@ "Odstranite jo iz skupine nosilcev, preden jo začnete urejati.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1355,7 +1322,7 @@ "Odstranite nosilec, preden jo začnete urejati.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1364,7 +1331,7 @@ "Odstranite jo iz RAID-a, preden jo izbrišete.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1372,12 +1339,12 @@ "Napravo (%2) uporablja %1.\n" "Odstranite %1, preden jo izbrišete.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Če je razdelek priklopljen, ga ni moč izbrisati." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1386,17 +1353,14 @@ "logični razdelek z višjo številko, ki je v uporabi.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Izbrani razširjen razdelek vsebuje druge razdelke, ki so trenutno " -"priklopljeni:\n" +"Izbrani razširjen razdelek vsebuje druge razdelke, ki so trenutno priklopljeni:\n" "%1\n" "Pred brisanjem razširjenega razdelka, je zelo priporočljivo te\n" "te razdelke odklopiti.\n" @@ -1404,7 +1368,7 @@ "Kliknite »Prekliči«, razen v primeru, da točno veste, kaj delate.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1418,7 +1382,7 @@ "skupin, preden izbrišete razširjeni razdelek.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1432,7 +1396,7 @@ "sistemov RAID, preden izbrišete razširjeni razdelek.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1451,13 +1415,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Vnesenega gesla ne pozabite." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Prazno geslo je dovoljeno." @@ -1486,7 +1450,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Vnesite geslo za datotečni sistem:" @@ -1497,7 +1461,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Ponovno vnesite geslo za po&trditev:" @@ -1520,7 +1484,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1531,7 +1495,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1578,16 +1542,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Oznaka nosilca:\n" -"Ime vneseno v to polju je uporabljeno kot oznaka nosilca. Navadno je to " -"smiselno,\n" -"ko vključite možnost priklopa s pomočjo oznake nosilca. Oznaka nosilca ne " -"sme\n" +"Ime vneseno v to polju je uporabljeno kot oznaka nosilca. Navadno je to smiselno,\n" +"ko vključite možnost priklopa s pomočjo oznake nosilca. Oznaka nosilca ne sme\n" "vsebovati znaka / ali presledkov.\n" #. label text @@ -1762,8 +1723,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 ne more razširiti datotečnega sistema na izbranemu razdelku.\n" -"Samo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs in raiser dovoljujejo razširjanje datotečnega " -"sistema." +"Samo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs in raiser dovoljujejo razširjanje datotečnega sistema." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1774,8 +1734,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 ne more razširiti datotečnega sistema na izbranemu logičnemu nosilcu.\n" -"Samo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs in raiser dovoljujejo razširjanje datotečnega " -"sistema." +"Samo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs in raiser dovoljujejo razširjanje datotečnega sistema." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1829,14 +1788,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Izbrana naprava vsebuje druge razdelke, ki so trenutno priklopljeni:\n" "%1\n" -"Pred brisanjem tabele razdelkov, je zelo priporočljivo te razdelke " -"odklopiti.\n" +"Pred brisanjem tabele razdelkov, je zelo priporočljivo te razdelke odklopiti.\n" "Kliknite »Prekliči«, razen v primeru, da točno veste, kaj delate.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1882,17 +1839,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Create and remove subvolumes \n" -#| "from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Ustvarite in odstranite podnosilce datotečnega sistema Btrfs.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Omogoči samodejne posnetke datotečnega sistema Btrfs z orodjem snapper." +msgstr "Omogoči samodejne posnetke datotečnega sistema Btrfs z orodjem snapper." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1620 @@ -1919,7 +1871,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Omogoči posnetke" @@ -1930,11 +1882,11 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Ravnanje s podnosilci" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Prazna imena podnosilcev niso dovoljena." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1942,11 +1894,11 @@ "Trenutno so dovoljena samo imena podnosilcev, ki se začnejo z »%1«.\n" "»%1« bo samodejno dodan imenu podnosilca." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Ime podnosilca %1 že obstaja." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "V tem pogovornem oknu opravljene spremembe bodo izgubljene." @@ -1989,41 +1941,35 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " -"/var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ta priklopna točka pripada začasnemu datotečnemu sistemu, kot sta /tmp in " -"/var/tmp.\n" -"Če šifrirno geslo pustite prazno, bo sistem ob zagonu za vas ustvaril " -"naključno geslo. To\n" -"pomeni, da boste ob izklopu sistema izgubili vse podatke na tem datotečnem " -"sistemu.\n" +"Ta priklopna točka pripada začasnemu datotečnemu sistemu, kot sta /tmp in /var/tmp.\n" +"Če šifrirno geslo pustite prazno, bo sistem ob zagonu za vas ustvaril naključno geslo. To\n" +"pomeni, da boste ob izklopu sistema izgubili vse podatke na tem datotečnem sistemu.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Če geslo pozabite, boste izgubili dostop do podatkov na tem datotečnem " -"sistemu.\n" +"Če geslo pozabite, boste izgubili dostop do podatkov na tem datotečnem sistemu.\n" "Geslo izberite previdno. Priporočljiva je uporaba kombinacije črk\n" "in številk. Za zagotovitev pravilnega vnosa gesla, le-to vnesete dvakrat.\n" "\n" @@ -2031,11 +1977,10 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2063,7 +2008,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2088,8 +2033,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2121,12 +2065,6 @@ "razdelkov za strokovnjake uničiti oznako diska.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 -#| msgid "" -#| "Warning: Your system states that it reqires an EFI \n" -#| "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" -#| "GPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "You need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\n" msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2232,11 +2170,8 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Neveljaven znak v priklopni točki. Ne uporabljanje znakov »` ' ! \" % #« v " -"priklopni točki." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Neveljaven znak v priklopni točki. Ne uporabljanje znakov »` ' ! \" % #« v priklopni točki." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2256,9 +2191,6 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 -#| msgid "" -#| "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" -#| "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2311,12 +2243,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Datotečni sistem je trenutno priklopljen v %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2326,12 +2258,12 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Odklopi" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2339,20 +2271,20 @@ "Lahko ga poskusite odklopiti ali prekličete.\n" "Kliknite Prekliči, razen če točno veste, kaj počnete." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Če je datotečni sistem priklopljen, da ni mogoče skrčiti." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Če je datotečni sistem priklopljen, da ni mogoče razširiti." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Če je datotečni sistem priklopljen, mu ni mogoče spremeniti velikosti." #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Znova preglej naprave" @@ -2362,47 +2294,54 @@ msgstr "Uvozi priklopne točke ..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Vnos &šifrirnih gesel ..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Nastavi &iSCSI ..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &zFCP..." +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "Nastavi &zFCP ..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Nastavi &več poti ..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Nastavi &DASD ..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Nastavi &zFCP ..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Nastavi &XPRAM ..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Nastavi ..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Razpoložljive naprave za shranjevanje na %1" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2411,7 +2350,7 @@ "naprave za shranjevanje." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2421,7 +2360,7 @@ "podrobne podatke o napravi.\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2430,7 +2369,7 @@ "podrobne podatke o napravi." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2439,7 +2378,7 @@ "Ali res želite znova pregledati diske?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2448,9 +2387,22 @@ "Ali res želite odpreti nastavitve za iSCSI?" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +#| "Really call zFCP configuration?" +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Odprtje nastavitev za zFCP razveljavi vse spremembe.\n" +"Ali res želite odpreti nastavitve za zFCP?" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2459,7 +2411,7 @@ "Ali res želite odpreti nastavitve za več poti?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2468,7 +2420,7 @@ "Ali res želite odpreti nastavitve za DASD?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2477,7 +2429,7 @@ "Ali res želite odpreti nastavitve za zFCP?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2750,7 +2702,43 @@ msgstr "&Uporabljene naprave" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "Izberite velikost novega razdelka." + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&perating Mode" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "N&ačin delovanja" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "Vloga: %s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2759,7 +2747,7 @@ "in želeno vrsto datotečnega sistema." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2770,7 +2758,7 @@ "obstoječ nosilec bo izbrisala vse podatke na njem.\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." @@ -2779,49 +2767,49 @@ "vnesite priklopno točko (/, /boot, /home, /var, ...)." #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Možnosti formatiranja" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Sformatiraj razdelek" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Ne formatiraj razdelka" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Ne priklapljaj razdelka" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Možnosti priklopa" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Priklopi razdelek" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Priklopna točka" # &O is taken for "&OK" # 2001-09-13 19:03:37 CEST -ke- #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Možnos&ti za fstab ..." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Šifrirne datoteke morajo biti šifrirane." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2834,17 +2822,17 @@ "Izberite tudi možnost formatiranja.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Šifrirne datoteke potrebujejo priklopno točko." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs potrebuje priklopno točko." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2859,7 +2847,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2873,21 +2861,21 @@ "uporabljati za prehod v mirovanje (zaustavitev na disk).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Vsi podatki na nosilcu bodo izgubljeni." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "Geslo" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Naprava ne podpira spreminjanja velikosti." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2897,7 +2885,7 @@ "Velikosti razdelka ne morete spreminjati, ker datotečni sistem na razdelku\n" "tega ne podpira.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2906,7 +2894,7 @@ " ali mu je možno spremeniti velikost." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2915,21 +2903,21 @@ "ker je datotečni sistem najverjetneje neskladen.\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Spremeni velikost razdelka %1" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Spremeni velikost logičnega nosilca %1" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Trenutna velikost:: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Trenutno uporabljeno: %1" @@ -2937,8 +2925,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2950,33 +2938,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Največja velikost (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Najmanjša velikost (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Velikost po meri" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Izberite novo velikost." #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2986,7 +2974,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2998,12 +2986,12 @@ "odklopiti datotečni sistem, kar bo zelo pohitrilo spreminjanje velikosti." #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Izhod od %1" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Ponovno pregledovanje diskov ..." @@ -3039,8 +3027,7 @@ "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Ta prikaz kaže vse naprave preslikovalnika naprav, razen tistih, ki so že\n" -"vključene v drugih prikazih. To pomeni, da diski z več potmi, RAID-i iz " -"BIOS-a\n" +"vključene v drugih prikazih. To pomeni, da diski z več potmi, RAID-i iz BIOS-a\n" "in logični nosilci LVM tu niso prikazani.\n" #. helptext @@ -3048,8 +3035,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." -msgstr "" -"Ta prikaz kaže podrobnosti o izbrani napravi preslikovalnika naprav." +msgstr "Ta prikaz kaže podrobnosti o izbrani napravi preslikovalnika naprav." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 @@ -3108,7 +3094,6 @@ #. button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79 -#| msgid "Export Device Graph..." msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Shrani graf naprav ..." @@ -3134,7 +3119,6 @@ #. button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174 -#| msgid "Export Mount Graph..." msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Shrani graf priklopov ..." @@ -3197,50 +3181,50 @@ msgstr "Vneseno področje ni veljavno." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Dodaj razdelek na %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Uredi razdelek %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Ni prostora za premik razdelka %1." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Ali želite premakniti razdelek %1 naprej?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Ali želite premakniti razdelek %1 nazaj?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Ali želite premakniti razdelek %1?" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Naprej" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Nazaj" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Potrditev izbrisa vseh razdelkov" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3248,7 +3232,7 @@ "Disk »%1« vsebuje vsaj en razdelek.\n" "Če nadaljujete, bodo naslednji razdelki izbrisani:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Ali res želite izbrisati vse razdelke na »%1«?" @@ -3261,7 +3245,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Disk je v uporabi in ga ni moč spreminjati." @@ -3804,13 +3788,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ime s potjo zančne datoteke: Mora biti absolutna pot do " -"datoteke,\n" +"Ime s potjo zančne datoteke: Mora biti absolutna pot do datoteke,\n" "ki vsebuje podatke za nastavitev šifrirane zančne naprave.\n" #. helptext @@ -3822,8 +3804,7 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ustvari zančno datoteko: Če je to izbrano, bo ustvarjena " -"datoteka\n" +"Ustvari zančno datoteko: Če je to izbrano, bo ustvarjena datoteka\n" "z velikostjo, navedeno v naslednjem polju. OPOMBA: Če datoteka\n" "že obstaja, bodo izgubljeni vsi podatki v njej.\n" @@ -3850,10 +3831,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "OPOMBA:Med nameščanjem YaST ne more izvajati preizkusov\n" -"skladnosti velikosti datotek in imen s potmi, ker datotečni sistem ni " -"dostopen.\n" -"Ustvarjen bo na koncu nameščanja. Pazite, kakšno velikost in ime s potjo " -"vnesete.\n" +"skladnosti velikosti datotek in imen s potmi, ker datotečni sistem ni dostopen.\n" +"Ustvarjen bo na koncu nameščanja. Pazite, kakšno velikost in ime s potjo vnesete.\n" #. input field label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 @@ -4035,8 +4014,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Ali res želite izbrisati skupino nosilcev »%1« in povezane logične nosilce?" +msgstr "Ali res želite izbrisati skupino nosilcev »%1« in povezane logične nosilce?" # check_en #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes @@ -4117,8 +4095,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Vnesite velikost novega logičnega nosilca ter število in velikost\n" @@ -4136,14 +4113,10 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Tako imenovane tanke nosilce lahko ustvarite\n" -"s poljubno velikostjo nosilca. Potreben prostor se po potrebi pridobi iz " -"dodeljenega\n" -"tanke zaloge. Ustvarite lahko tudi tanek nosilec, ki je večji od tanke " -"zaloge.\n" -"Ko se podatki dejansko zapišejo na tanek nosilec, mora dodeljena tanka " -"zaloga\n" -"seveda zadoščati potrebi po prostoru. Tanki nosilci ne morejo imeti fiksnega " -"števila trakov." +"s poljubno velikostjo nosilca. Potreben prostor se po potrebi pridobi iz dodeljenega\n" +"tanke zaloge. Ustvarite lahko tudi tanek nosilec, ki je večji od tanke zaloge.\n" +"Ko se podatki dejansko zapišejo na tanek nosilec, mora dodeljena tanka zaloga\n" +"seveda zadoščati potrebi po prostoru. Tanki nosilci ne morejo imeti fiksnega števila trakov." #. heading for frame #. Column header @@ -4176,36 +4149,30 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Logični nosilec lahko razglasite za običajen nosilec.\n" -"To je privzeto in pomeni navadne nosilce LVM. Taki so bili vsi nosilci preden " -"je obstajala zmožnost tankega oskrbovanja.\n" +"To je privzeto in pomeni navadne nosilce LVM. Taki so bili vsi nosilci preden je obstajala zmožnost tankega oskrbovanja.\n" "Če niste prepričani, je to najverjetneje prava izbira." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Logični nosilec lahko razglasite za tanko zalogo.\n" -"To pomeni, da tanki nosilci potreben prostor iz take zaloge dodelijo " -"po potrebi." +"To pomeni, da tanki nosilci potreben prostor iz take zaloge dodelijo po potrebi." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" -"." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Logični nosilec lahko razglasite za tanek nosilec.\n" -"To pomeni, da nosilec potreben prostor dodeli po potrebi iz tanke zaloge<" -"/b>." +"To pomeni, da nosilec potreben prostor dodeli po potrebi iz tanke zaloge." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4245,12 +4212,12 @@ msgstr "Uporabljena zaloga" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Dodaj logičen nosilec v %1" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Uredi logičen nosilec %1 v %2" @@ -4259,14 +4226,12 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "Za ustvaritev skupine nosilcev ni dovolj primernih neuporabljenih naprav.\n" "\n" -"Za uporabo LVM-ja je potreben vsaj en neuporabljen razdelek vrste 0x8e (ali " -"0x83)\n" +"Za uporabo LVM-ja je potreben vsaj en neuporabljen razdelek vrste 0x8e (ali 0x83)\n" "ali ena neuporabljena naprava RAID. Temu primerno spremenite tabelo razdelkov." #. error popup @@ -4462,7 +4427,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Nastavitve" @@ -4473,8 +4438,7 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"Spremenili ste razdelke ali nastavitve naprav za shranjevanje. Če s klikom " -"na\n" +"Spremenili ste razdelke ali nastavitve naprav za shranjevanje. Če s klikom na\n" " »%1« končate upravljalnika razdelkov, boste izgubili vse spremembe.\n" "Ali res želite končati?" @@ -4495,11 +4459,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Nastavitve NFS-ja niso na voljo. Preverite namestitev paketa yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Nastavitve NFS-ja niso na voljo. Preverite namestitev paketa yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4518,8 +4479,6 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 -#| msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." -#| msgid_plural "For %1, select at least %2 devices." msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Za %1 izberite vsaj toliko naprav: %2." @@ -4532,26 +4491,21 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Ta stopnja poveča hitrost diska.\n" -"V tem načinu NI redundance. Če odpove en izmed pogonov, podatkov ne bo " -"mogoče obnoviti.\n" +"V tem načinu NI redundance. Če odpove en izmed pogonov, podatkov ne bo mogoče obnoviti.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " -"all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Ta način ima najboljšo redundanco. Lahko\n" -"se uporablja z dvema ali več diski. Način vzdržuje popolno kopijo vseh " -"podatkov\n" +"se uporablja z dvema ali več diski. Način vzdržuje popolno kopijo vseh podatkov\n" "na vseh diskih. Dokler deluje vsaj en disk, ne izgubimo nobenega podatka.\n" "Uporabljeni razdelki v tem načinu naj bi imeli približno isto velikost.\n" @@ -4559,16 +4513,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Ta način kombinira upravljanje z večjim številom diskov\n" -"in še vedno zadrži določeno mero redundance. Način je lahko uporabljen na " -"treh ali več\n" -"diskih. Če odpove en disk, se podatki ohranijo, če hkrati odpovesta dva, so " -"izgubljeni vsi podatki.\n" +"in še vedno zadrži določeno mero redundance. Način je lahko uporabljen na treh ali več\n" +"diskih. Če odpove en disk, se podatki ohranijo, če hkrati odpovesta dva, so izgubljeni vsi podatki.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4584,15 +4534,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." -"\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Dodajte razdelke RAID-u. Glede na vrsto\n" "RAID-a je uporabna velikost diska vsota teh razdelkov (RAID 0), velikost\n" -"najmanjšega razdelka (RAID 1) ali (N–1)-krat najmanjši razdelek (RAID 5)." -"\n" +"najmanjšega razdelka (RAID 1) ali (N–1)-krat najmanjši razdelek (RAID 5).\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4655,16 +4602,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost delcev: Je najmanjši nedeljiv del podatkov, ki\n" -"se lahko zapiše na naprave. Smiselna velikost delcev za RAID 5 je 128 kB. Za " -"RAID 0\n" -"je 32 kB dobra začetna velikost. Pri RAID 1 pa sama velikost nima veliko " -"vpliva.\n" +"se lahko zapiše na naprave. Smiselna velikost delcev za RAID 5 je 128 kB. Za RAID 0\n" +"je 32 kB dobra začetna velikost. Pri RAID 1 pa sama velikost nima veliko vpliva.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4674,12 +4617,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritem parnosti za uporabo z RAID 5/6.\n" -"Levo-simetrični je tisti, ki nudi največjo hitrost na običajnih diskih z " -"vrtljivimi ploščami.\n" +"Levo-simetrični je tisti, ki nudi največjo hitrost na običajnih diskih z vrtljivimi ploščami.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4714,17 +4655,17 @@ msgstr "Spremenite naprave, ki so uporabljene za RAID." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Dodaj RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Spremeni velikost RAID-a %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Uredi RAID %1" @@ -4837,108 +4778,120 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Oznaka" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Za priklop uporabi" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Uporablja ga" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ID BIOS-a" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Podatki o cilindrih" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Podatki o Fibre Channel" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Šifriranje" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Ime naprave" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Oznaka nosilca" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID naprave" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Pot do naprave" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Dodatno" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "End Cylinder" +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "Končni cilinder" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Za priklop privzeto uporabi" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Privzet datotečni sistem" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Poravnava novo ustvarjenih razdelkov" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Naprave za shranjevanje pokaži po" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Vidni podatki o napravah za shranjevanje" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -4947,30 +4900,23 @@ "naprav za shranjevanje." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" -"\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" -"Možnost Za priklop privzeto uporabi določa način priklopa novo " -"ustvarjenih\n" -"datotečnih sistemov. Ime naprave uporablja ime od jedra, ki ni " -"obstojno.\n" -"ID naprave in Pot do naprave uporabljata ime, ki ga udev " -"ustvari iz\n" -"podatkov o strojni opremi. To naj bi bilo obstojno, vendar to na žalost ni " -"vedno res.\n" -"UUID in Oznaka nosilca uporabljata UUID in oznako datotečnega " -"sistema.\n" +"Možnost Za priklop privzeto uporabi določa način priklopa novo ustvarjenih\n" +"datotečnih sistemov. Ime naprave uporablja ime od jedra, ki ni obstojno.\n" +"ID naprave in Pot do naprave uporabljata ime, ki ga udev ustvari iz\n" +"podatkov o strojni opremi. To naj bi bilo obstojno, vendar to na žalost ni vedno res.\n" +"UUID in Oznaka nosilca uporabljata UUID in oznako datotečnega sistema.\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -4979,12 +4925,10 @@ "sistema za novo ustvarjene datotečne sisteme.\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4995,7 +4939,7 @@ "in Windows 7.\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5004,7 +4948,7 @@ "ime, ki je prikazano za trde diske v drevesu." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5071,8 +5015,7 @@ "have no logical volumes." msgstr "" "ta prikaz kaže naprave, katerim ni dodeljena nobena priklopna točka,\n" -"diske, ki nimajo razdelkov, in skupine nosilcev, ki nimajo logičnih " -"nosilcev." +"diske, ki nimajo razdelkov, in skupine nosilcev, ki nimajo logičnih nosilcev." #. popup message #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 @@ -5259,8 +5202,7 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "To pogovorno okno je namenjeno določanju razredov za\n" @@ -5271,12 +5213,9 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " -"\n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "Napravo lahko uvrstite v razred tako, da z desnim gumbom\n" @@ -5291,9 +5230,7 @@ msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." -msgstr "" -"Po izboru razredov za naprave lahko naprave razvrstite s pritiskom na gumb " -"z oznako »%1« ali »%2«." +msgstr "Po izboru razredov za naprave lahko naprave razvrstite s pritiskom na gumb z oznako »%1« ali »%2«." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 @@ -5331,30 +5268,20 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" -") and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"S klikom na gumb %1 lahko izberete datoteko, ki vsebuje vrstice z " -"regularnim izrazom \n" -"in imenom razreda (npr. »sda.* A«). Vse naprave, ki ustrezajo regularnemu " -"izrazu, bodo\n" -"uvrščene v razred določen v posamezni vrstici. Regularni izraz se primerja z " -"imenom iz jedra\n" -"(npr. /dev/sda1), imenom poti iz udev (npr. " -"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) in določilnikom iz " -"udev\n" +"S klikom na gumb %1 lahko izberete datoteko, ki vsebuje vrstice z regularnim izrazom \n" +"in imenom razreda (npr. »sda.* A«). Vse naprave, ki ustrezajo regularnemu izrazu, bodo\n" +"uvrščene v razred določen v posamezni vrstici. Regularni izraz se primerja z imenom iz jedra\n" +"(npr. /dev/sda1), imenom poti iz udev (npr. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) in določilnikom iz udev\n" "(npr. e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1).\n" -"Če ime naprave ustreza več regularnim izrazom, razred določi prvo ujemanje.<" -"/p>" +"Če ime naprave ustreza več regularnim izrazom, razred določi prvo ujemanje." #. headline text #. Column header @@ -5368,71 +5295,65 @@ msgstr "Datoteka z vzorci" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&Velikost tmpfs" # login -> Benutzername #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Podana je neveljavna velikost. Uporabite številko, ki ji sledi en izmed " -"znakov K, M, G ali %.\n" +"Podana je neveljavna velikost. Uporabite številko, ki ji sledi en izmed znakov K, M, G ali %.\n" "Vrednost mora biti vsaj 100K ali med 1% in 200%. Poskusite znova." # login -> Benutzername -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Vrednost mora biti med 1% in 200%. Poskusite znova." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Velikost tmpfs:\n" -"Velikost lahko vnesete kot številko, ki ji sledi en izmed znakov K (kilo), M " -"(mega) ali G (giga).Če številki sledi znak %, to pomeni odstotek velikosti " -"pomnilnika." +"Velikost lahko vnesete kot številko, ki ji sledi en izmed znakov K (kilo), M (mega) ali G (giga).Če številki sledi znak %, to pomeni odstotek velikosti pomnilnika." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Prednost izmenjalnega prostora" # login -> Benutzername #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Vrednost mora biti med 0 in 32767. Poizkusite še enkrat." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prednost izmenjalnega prostora:\n" -"Vnesite prednost izmenjalnega prostora. Višje vrednosti pomenijo višjo " -"prednost.\n" +"Vnesite prednost izmenjalnega prostora. Višje vrednosti pomenijo višjo prednost.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Priklopi &samo za branje" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Priklopi samo za branje:\n" @@ -5440,12 +5361,12 @@ "bo datotečni sitem vedno priklopljen za pisanje." #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Brez č&asa dostopa" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" @@ -5454,52 +5375,47 @@ "Čas dostopa ni posodobljen, ko se datoteka bere. Privzeto je s časom.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "&Uporabnik lahko priklopi" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Uporabnik lahko priklopi:\n" -"Datotečni sistem lahko priklopi naveden uporabnik. Privzeto je to " -"onemogočeno.\n" +"Datotečni sistem lahko priklopi naveden uporabnik. Privzeto je to onemogočeno.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Ne priklopi ob &zagonu sistema" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" -"/tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Ne priklopi ob zagonu sistema:\n" "Datotečni sistem ni samodejno priklopljen ob zagonu sistema.\n" "Ustvarjen je vnos v /etc/fstab in datotečni sistem je priklopljen\n" -"z ustreznimi možnostmi, ko je izveden ukaz <tt>mount <priklopna točka><" -"/tt>\n" -"(<priklopna točka> je imenik kamor je datotečni sistem logično " -"priklopljen).\n" +"z ustreznimi možnostmi, ko je izveden ukaz <tt>mount <priklopna točka></tt>\n" +"(<priklopna točka> je imenik kamor je datotečni sistem logično priklopljen).\n" "Privzeto se priklopi samodejno.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Omogoči podporo za &kvoto" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5510,40 +5426,36 @@ "Privzeto podpora ni omogočena.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Način &zapisovanja podatkov z dnevnikom" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" -"/p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Način zapisovanja podatkov z dnevnikom:\n" "Določi način zapisovanja datotečnih podatkov z dnevnikom.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> — Vsi podatki so zapisani v dnevnik še pred zapisom\n" "na glavni datotečni sistem. Najbolj zmanjša hitrost. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> — Vsi podatki so zapisani na glavni datotečni sistem\n" -"preden so njihovi metapodatki zapisani v dnevnik. Srednje zmanjša hitrost. " -"\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> — Vrstni red podatkov ni ohranjen. Ne zmanjša hitrosti." -"\n" +"preden so njihovi metapodatki zapisani v dnevnik. Srednje zmanjša hitrost. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> — Vrstni red podatkov ni ohranjen. Ne zmanjša hitrosti.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&Seznami nadzora dostopa (ACL)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5552,12 +5464,12 @@ "Omogočite sezname nadzora dostopa na datotečnem sistemu.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Razširjeni uporabniški atributi" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5566,38 +5478,32 @@ "Dovolite razširjene uporabniške atribute na datotečnem sistemu.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr " &Vrednost poljubne možnosti" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Neveljavni znaki v vrednosti poljubne možnosti. Ne uporabljajte presledkov in " -"tabulatorjev. Poskusite znova." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Neveljavni znaki v vrednosti poljubne možnosti. Ne uporabljajte presledkov in tabulatorjev. Poskusite znova." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " -"/etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Vrednost poljubne možnosti:\n" -"V to polje vnesite katerokoli dovoljeno priklopno možnost iz četrtega polja " -"/etc/fstab.\n" +"V to polje vnesite katerokoli dovoljeno priklopno možnost iz četrtega polja /etc/fstab.\n" "Več možnosti ločite z vejico.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Nabo&r znakov za datotečna imena" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5606,68 +5512,60 @@ "Izberite nabor znakov za prikaz datotečnih imen na razdelkih za Windows.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Kodna&tabela za kratka imena FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Kodna tabela za kratka imena FAT:\n" -"Ta kodna tabela se uporablja za pretvarjanje v znake kratkih imen na " -"datotečnih sistemih FAT.\n" +"Ta kodna tabela se uporablja za pretvarjanje v znake kratkih imen na datotečnih sistemih FAT.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Število &FAT-ov" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Število FAT-ov:\n" "Določite število alokacijskih tabel na datotečnem sistemu. Privzeto\n" "število je 2. " #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "&Velikost FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " -"the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost FAT:\n" -"Določite vrsto uporabljene alokacijske tabele (12, 16 ali 32-bitna). Če " -"določite samodejno določanje tipa, bo YaST samodejno izbral najprimernejši " -"tip tabele glede na velikost datotečnega sistema.\n" +"Določite vrsto uporabljene alokacijske tabele (12, 16 ali 32-bitna). Če določite samodejno določanje tipa, bo YaST samodejno izbral najprimernejši tip tabele glede na velikost datotečnega sistema.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Vnosi v korenskem &imeniku" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Najmanjša velikost za »Vnosi v korenskem imeniku« je 112. Poskusite znova." +msgstr "Najmanjša velikost za »Vnosi v korenskem imeniku« je 112. Poskusite znova." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5676,68 +5574,57 @@ "Izberite število vnosov, ki so na voljo v korenskem imeniku.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Razpršilna &funkcija" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " -"directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Razpršilna funkcija:\n" -"Določi ime razpršilne funkcije, ki bo uporabljena za razvrščanje imen datotek " -"v imenikih.\n" +"Določi ime razpršilne funkcije, ki bo uporabljena za razvrščanje imen datotek v imenikih.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Različica datotečnega sistema" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Različica datotečnega sistema:\n" -"Možnost določa katera različica formata reiserfs-a bo uporabljena. »3.5« je " -"namenjena združljivosti nazaj z jedri 2.2.x. »3.6« je novejša različica, " -"vendar je uporabna le z jedri različice 2.4 ali novejše.\n" +"Možnost določa katera različica formata reiserfs-a bo uporabljena. »3.5« je namenjena združljivosti nazaj z jedri 2.2.x. »3.6« je novejša različica, vendar je uporabna le z jedri različice 2.4 ali novejše.\n" #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "&Velikost bloka v bajtih" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloka:\n" -"Navedite velikost bloka v bajtih. Veljavne vrednosti so 512, 1024, 2048 in " -"4096 bajtov na blok. Če je izbira samodejna, bo uporabljena velikost bloka " -"4096..\n" +"Navedite velikost bloka v bajtih. Veljavne vrednosti so 512, 1024, 2048 in 4096 bajtov na blok. Če je izbira samodejna, bo uporabljena velikost bloka 4096..\n" #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Velikost za &inode" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5746,48 +5633,44 @@ "Ta možnost določa velikost za inode datotečnega sistema.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Odstotek prostora za inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Odstotek prostora za inode:\n" -"Možnost določa največji odstotek datotečnega sistema, ki je lahko dodeljen " -"strukturam inode.\n" +"Možnost določa največji odstotek datotečnega sistema, ki je lahko dodeljen strukturam inode.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "&Poravnava za inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Poravnava za inode:\n" -"Možnost določa, če se pri dodeljevanju za strukture inode upošteva poravnava " -"ali ne.\n" +"Možnost določa, če se pri dodeljevanju za strukture inode upošteva poravnava ali ne.\n" "Privzeta izbira je poravnavanje. Dostop do podatkov\n" "pri poravnanem dodeljevanju za inode je navadno bolj učinkovit.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Velikost dnevnika v megabajtih" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5797,28 +5680,26 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " -"size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost dnevnika\n" -"Določite velikost dnevnika (v megabajtih). Če izberete samodejno določitev " -"velikosti, je privzeta vrednost 40 % skupne velikosti.\n" +"Določite velikost dnevnika (v megabajtih). Če izberete samodejno določitev velikosti, je privzeta vrednost 40 % skupne velikosti.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Zaženi &orodje za seznam slabih blokov" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&Dolžina koraka v blokih" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5827,7 +5708,7 @@ "Izberite vrednost večjo od 1.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5840,27 +5721,23 @@ "število blokov v RAID-u.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloka:\n" -"Določite velikost bloka v bajtih. Veljavne vrednosti so 1024, 2048 in 4096 " -"bajtov na blok. Če izberete samodejno, bo velikost bloka določena glede na " -"velikost in predvideno uporabo datotečnega sistema.\n" +"Določite velikost bloka v bajtih. Veljavne vrednosti so 1024, 2048 in 4096 bajtov na blok. Če izberete samodejno, bo velikost bloka določena glede na velikost in predvideno uporabo datotečnega sistema.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bajtov na &inode" # FIXME! # 2001-08-06 14:15:32 CEST -ke- #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5882,12 +5759,12 @@ "vrednost.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Odstotek blokov, &rezerviranih za uporabnika root" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5897,27 +5774,19 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Odstotek blokov, rezerviranih za uporabnika root: Določite odstotek " -"blokov, ki bodo rezervirani za uporabnika root. Privzeta vrednost je " -"izračunana tako, da je običajno rezerviran 1 GB. Zgornja privzeta meja je " -"5.0, spodnja privzeta meja pa 0.1. " +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Odstotek blokov, rezerviranih za uporabnika root: Določite odstotek blokov, ki bodo rezervirani za uporabnika root. Privzeta vrednost je izračunana tako, da je običajno rezerviran 1 GB. Zgornja privzeta meja je 5.0, spodnja privzeta meja pa 0.1. " # &W is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Onemogoči redna preverjanja" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -5926,31 +5795,29 @@ "Onemogoči redna preverjanja datotečnega sistema ob zagonu.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Imeniško kazalo" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Imeniško kazalo:\n" -"Omogoči uporabo razpršenih b-dreves za pohitritev iskanj v velikih imenikih.<" -"/p>\n" +"Omogoči uporabo razpršenih b-dreves za pohitritev iskanj v velikih imenikih.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Brez dnevnika" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Brez dnevnika:\n" @@ -5958,12 +5825,12 @@ "To možnost izberite le v primeru, ko res veste, kaj počnete.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "Dejanje na disku %1 ni dovoljeno.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5985,16 +5852,7 @@ "diska.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" -#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" -#| "partition table.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" -#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" -#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6015,7 +5873,7 @@ "tem disku ne morete odstraniti ali mu spremeniti velikosti.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6031,7 +5889,7 @@ "tega diska.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6049,7 +5907,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Sprememba velikosti ni mogoča:" @@ -6062,7 +5920,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6075,7 +5933,7 @@ "Morda ste podali napačno šifrirno geslo.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6086,7 +5944,7 @@ "Poskusite znova." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6098,24 +5956,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Vnesite šifrirno geslo:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Vnesite geslo" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Na voljo so že naslednji zašifrirani nosilci." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Omogočanje zašifriranega nosilca" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6123,15 +5981,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" "Naslednji nosilci vsebujejo šifrirni podpis, vendar gesla še niso znana.\n" -"Gesla bo potrebno vedeti, če bodo nosilci potrebni med posodabljanjem ali če " -"nosilci vsebujejo zašifriran fizični nosilec LVM." +"Gesla bo potrebno vedeti, če bodo nosilci potrebni med posodabljanjem ali če nosilci vsebujejo zašifriran fizični nosilec LVM." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Ali želite podati šifrirna gesla?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6142,64 +5999,58 @@ "uporabiti za vse naprave." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Vnesite šifrirno geslo" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Ni zašifriranega nosilca za odkleniti." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Podajte geslo za katerokoli od naslednjih naprav:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Podajte geslo za naslednjo napravo:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Poskus odklepanja zašifriranih nosilcev ..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Geslo ni odklenilo nobenega nosilca." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disk IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disk SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" -#| "disk %2 are used.\n" -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Razdelkov ne morete ustvariti, ker so drugi razdelki na disku v uporabi." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Razdelkov ne morete ustvariti, ker so drugi razdelki na disku v uporabi." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6209,7 +6060,7 @@ "Naprave %1 ni moč spremeniti, ker vsebuje omogočen izmenjalni\n" "prostor, ki je potreben za nameščanje.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6219,7 +6070,7 @@ "Naprave %1 ni moč spremeniti, ker vsebuje namestitvene podatke,\n" "ki so potrebni za izvedbo namestitve.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6229,7 +6080,7 @@ "Naprave %1 ni moč odstraniti, ker vsebuje omogočen izmenjalni\n" "prostor, ki je potreben za nameščanje.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6239,7 +6090,7 @@ "Naprave %1 ni moč odstraniti, ker vsebuje namestitvene podatke,\n" "ki so potrebni za izvedbo namestitve.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6251,7 +6102,7 @@ "napravo %2, ki vsebuje omogočen izmenjalni\n" "prostor, ki je potreben za nameščanje.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6262,7 +6113,7 @@ "napravo %2, ki vsebuje podatke, ki so potrebni za izvedbo namestitve.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6273,18 +6124,18 @@ "v uporabi.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Nič ni dodeljeno korenskemu datotečnemu sistemu." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Nameščanje bo skoraj gotovo spodletelo." #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Dodajanje naslednjih razrešitev ni uspelo: %1" @@ -6539,10 +6390,7 @@ "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" "is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" -msgstr "" -"Priklopil prikazuje, kako je priklopljen datotečni sistem: (Jedro) po " -"imenu iz jedra, (Oznaka) po oznaki datotečnega sistema, (UUID) po UUID-ju " -"sistema, (ID) po določilniku naprave in (Pot) po poti naprave.\n" +msgstr "Priklopil prikazuje, kako je priklopljen datotečni sistem: (Jedro) po imenu iz jedra, (Oznaka) po oznaki datotečnega sistema, (UUID) po UUID-ju sistema, (ID) po določilniku naprave in (Pot) po poti naprave.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 @@ -6570,8 +6418,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Zvezdica (*) za priklopno točko nakazuje, da datotečni sistem\n" @@ -6933,53 +6780,41 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Spreminjanje velikosti ni možno, ker datotečni sistem ni skladen. Poskusite " -"iz Windows preveriti datotečni sistem." +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Spreminjanje velikosti ni možno, ker datotečni sistem ni skladen. Poskusite iz Windows preveriti datotečni sistem." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 -#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Ustvari predlog na osnovi &LVM" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "&Zašifriraj skupino nosilcev" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 -#| msgid "File system options:" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Datotečni sistem za korenski razdelek" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 -#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Datotečni sistem za domači razdelek" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 -#| msgid "&Enable Suspend" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Po&večaj izmenjalni prostor za stanje pripravljenosti" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 -#| msgid "Proposal settings" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Nastavitve predloga" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\n" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" @@ -6988,7 +6823,7 @@ "ustrezno možnost. Predlog lahko zašifrirate.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7000,7 +6835,7 @@ "posnetke s snapper-jem. To poveča korenski razdelek." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." @@ -7009,7 +6844,7 @@ "za domači razdelek lahko izberete z ustreznim spustnim seznamom." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." @@ -7018,19 +6853,19 @@ "pošiljanje računalnika v stanje pripravljenosti s shranjevanjem\n" "na disk." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Vnesite geslo za šifriranje predloga." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Geslo:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Ponovno vnesite geslo za potrditev:" @@ -7057,26 +6892,47 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Za priklop privzeto uporabi:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Privzeti datotečni sistem:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Naprave za shranjevanje pokaži po:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Poravnava razdelkov:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Vidni podatki o napravah za shranjevanje:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Opozorilo: Z vašimi trenutnimi nastavitvami bo namestitev\n" +#~ "%1 naletela na težave pri zagonu, ker nimate razdelka »/boot«\n" +#~ "in ker je vaš korenski razdelek logični nosilec LVM.\n" +#~ "To ne deluje.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Če niste popolnoma prepričani kaj počnete, za /boot\n" +#~ "uporabite običajen razdelek.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" + #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "&Uredi nastavitve razdelkov ..." Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/sudo.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/sudo.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/sudo.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/support.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/support.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/support.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -39,16 +39,18 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "SUSE Podpora" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odpri" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -177,11 +179,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavitve za izkušene" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Možnosti" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -213,7 +215,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ime" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -236,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -250,7 +252,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Napredek" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -260,7 +262,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ime datoteke" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -279,6 +281,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<BIG>Prekinitev inicializacije:</BIG> \n" +"Varno prekinite nastavitveno orodje s pritiskom na Prekini.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -295,6 +299,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<BIG>Prekinitev shranjevanja:</BIG> \n" +"Prekinite shranjevanje s pritiskom na gumb Prekini.\n" +"V dodatnem pogovornem oknu bo obvestilo ali je to varno narediti.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -324,8 +332,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -407,7 +415,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -450,7 +458,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -754,7 +762,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -765,7 +773,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaganjanje..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -793,27 +801,29 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaženi SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaganjam SuSEconfig..." +# "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. +# 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Končano" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/sysconfig.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/sysconfig.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/sysconfig.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 21:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -23,8 +23,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " -"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. help text header - sysconfig editor @@ -42,17 +41,14 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Nastavi vrednost spremenljivke. Potrebuje možnosti »spremenljivka« in " -"»vrednost«" +msgstr "Nastavi vrednost spremenljivke. Potrebuje možnosti »spremenljivka« in »vrednost«" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" -msgstr "" -"ali »spremenljivka=vrednost«. Na primer variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" +msgstr "ali »spremenljivka=vrednost«. Na primer variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" #. help text for command 'set' 3/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -147,8 +143,7 @@ "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Uporabite polno ime spremenljivke v obliki <IME_SPREMENLJIVKE>$<IME_DATOTEKE>" -"\n" +"Uporabite polno ime spremenljivke v obliki <IME_SPREMENLJIVKE>$<IME_DATOTEKE>\n" "(npr., %1$%2).\n" #. error popup message @@ -324,10 +319,8 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Po shranitvi vaših sprememb, urejevalnik spremeni spremenljivke v \n" "ustrezni sysconfig datoteki. Nato požene uveljavitvene ukaze, ki spremenijo \n" @@ -337,12 +330,8 @@ #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Pomembno:Še vedno lahko posamezne nastavitvene datoteke spreminjate " -"ročno. Ime datoteke je navedeno v opisu spremenljivke." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Pomembno:Še vedno lahko posamezne nastavitvene datoteke spreminjate ročno. Ime datoteke je navedeno v opisu spremenljivke." #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -355,24 +344,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -#| msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST2 to configure your hardware and system settings." -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Urejevalnik nastavitev sistemaZ urejevalnikom nastavitev " -"sistema lahko spremenite nekatere sistemske nastavitve. Nastavitve strojne " -"opreme in sistema lahko spremenite tudi z orodjem YaST." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Urejevalnik nastavitev sistemaZ urejevalnikom nastavitev sistema lahko spremenite nekatere sistemske nastavitve. Nastavitve strojne opreme in sistema lahko spremenite tudi z orodjem YaST." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Obvestilo:Opisi niso prevedeni, ker so prenešeni neposredno iz " -"nastavitvenih datotek." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Obvestilo:Opisi niso prevedeni, ker so prenešeni neposredno iz nastavitvenih datotek." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -386,7 +364,6 @@ #. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 -#| msgid "Modified Variables" msgid "Save Modified Variables" msgstr "Shrani spremenjene spremenljivke" @@ -402,12 +379,8 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Prikazani so rezultati iskanja. Če je iskan pojem prikazan, ga izberite in " -"pritisnite na gumb »Pojdi na«. S pritiskom na »Prekliči« zapustite iskanje." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Prikazani so rezultati iskanja. Če je iskan pojem prikazan, ga izberite in pritisnite na gumb »Pojdi na«. S pritiskom na »Prekliči« zapustite iskanje." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -524,51 +497,113 @@ "<big>Shranjujem sysconfig nastavitve</big>\n" " Prosim, počakajte... \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " SuSEconfig za vsako nastavitveno datoteko shrani njeno kontrolno vsoto \n" -#~ "in tako lahko ugotovi, če je bila datoteka ročno spremenjena. Če je bila\n" -#~ "datoteka ročno spremenjena, jo SuSEconfig ne spreminja več.\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Iskanje..." -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Iskanje..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Ukaz: " -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "Ukaz: " +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "P&reskoči" -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "P&reskoči" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "Ukaz bo izveden" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "Ukaz bo izveden" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Izvajam ukaz: %1..." -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "Izvajam ukaz: %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Ukaz %1 se ni posrečil" -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Ukaz %1 se ni posrečil" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Shranjevanje sysconfig nastavitev" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Shranjevanje sysconfig nastavitev" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Zapiši nove nastavitve" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "Zapiši nove nastavitve" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "Uveljavi spremembe" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "Uveljavi spremembe" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Shranitev spremenljivke %1 v datoteko %2 ni uspela." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "Shranitev spremenljivke %1 v datoteko %2 ni uspela." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Shranjujem spremenljivko %1..." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "Shranjujem spremenljivko %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Shranjujem spremembe v datoteke..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "Shranjujem spremembe v datoteke..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "Storitev %1 bo ponovno naložena" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Ponovno nalagam storitev %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Ponovni zagon storitve %1 ni uspel." + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "Storitev %1 bo ponovno zagnana" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Ponovno zaganjam storitev %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Ponovno zagon storitve %1 ni uspel." + +# "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. +# 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Končano" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Povzetek nastavitev" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " SuSEconfig za vsako nastavitveno datoteko shrani njeno kontrolno vsoto \n" +#~ "in tako lahko ugotovi, če je bila datoteka ročno spremenjena. Če je bila\n" +#~ "datoteka ročno spremenjena, jo SuSEconfig ne spreminja več.\n" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "Izvedene bodo vse nastavitvene skripte." @@ -587,32 +622,6 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "Nastavitveni modul %1 ni uspel." -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "Storitev %1 bo ponovno naložena" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Ponovno nalagam storitev %1..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Ponovni zagon storitve %1 ni uspel." - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "Storitev %1 bo ponovno zagnana" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Ponovno zaganjam storitev %1..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Ponovno zagon storitve %1 ni uspel." - -# "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. -# 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Končano" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "Povzetek nastavitev" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/tftp-server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/tftp-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/tftp-server.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-21 17:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <si(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/timezone_db.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/timezone_db.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/timezone_db.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-08 13:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/tune.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/tune.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/tune.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-26 21:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Igor Gramc <igor.gramc(a)iuv.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" @@ -21,39 +21,39 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Ta YaST2 modul ne podpira ukaznega vmesnika." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Zaznavanje strojne opreme..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Napredek" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&Vse postavke" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&Shrani v datoteko..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Podatki o strojni opremi" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" @@ -62,19 +62,25 @@ "informacije o strojni opremi vašega računalnika. Za podrobnejše\n" "podatke kliknite na ustrezno vejo.\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "Informacije o strojni opremi lahko shranite v datoteko. Klikni Save to File in vnesite ime datoteke." +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Shrani sistemske nastavitve" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistem" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "S&istem" @@ -1557,10 +1563,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Shrani sistemske nastavitve" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "Shrani sistemske nastavitve" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." #~ msgstr "Shranjujem sistemske nastavitve..." Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/update.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/update.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/update.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-21 10:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <si(a)li.org>\n" @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Opcije Posodobitve" @@ -192,18 +192,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Neznano" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Posodobi %1" @@ -289,9 +289,19 @@ "več delovali. Aktiviraj Zbriši nevzdrževane pakete za odstranitev\n" "teh paketov med posodobitvijo.\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -301,13 +311,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Logični priklop (mount) datotečnega sistema ni možen" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -379,13 +389,13 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Ne morem prebrati trenutnih nastavitev." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "Nameščeni izdelek ni kompatibilen z izdelkom na namestitvenem mediju." @@ -394,15 +404,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Neznan procesor" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -410,24 +420,24 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Samo posodobi nameščene pakete" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Posodobitev bazira na izboru \"%1\"" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -436,17 +446,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Posodobitvene Možnosti" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -459,29 +469,29 @@ "zagnal ali nekatere aplikacije ne bodo delovale pravilno." #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Neznano" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Neznan monitor" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "Razdelek ali sistem za zagon:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -492,12 +502,12 @@ "\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Razdelek ali sistem za posodobitev:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -508,12 +518,12 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Izberi Posodobitev" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -526,42 +536,42 @@ "\n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistem" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Razdelek" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arhitektura" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Datotečni sistem" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Oznaka" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "&Prikaži vse razdelke" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&Zagon" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -570,7 +580,7 @@ "nadgradil s tem izdelkom." #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" @@ -583,21 +593,21 @@ "je drugačna od arhitekture tega izdelka." #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Da, prepiši" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -605,13 +615,13 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Nadaljuj" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" @@ -621,19 +631,19 @@ "poglejte članek SBD v %1." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "MLogični priklop (mount) datotečnega sistema ni možen." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "&Nadaljuj Popravilo Sistema" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -648,7 +658,7 @@ "ali pa ponovno zaženite računalnik.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Preverjanje razdelka %1" @@ -657,26 +667,26 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Prikaži podrobnosti" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Preverjanje datotečnega sistema..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Preverba datoteke ni uspela: " #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -684,13 +694,13 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Preskoči prilagoditve" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 #, fuzzy msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -698,14 +708,14 @@ "Poizkusite znova." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Opozorilo" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -716,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -747,27 +757,27 @@ "Za prekinitev posodobitve kliknite Prekini." #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Določi priklopne možnosti" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Priklopne možnosti" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Priključna točka" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Naprava" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -776,12 +786,12 @@ "(prazno za samodetekcijo)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var particije %1 se ne da priklopiti.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -789,18 +799,18 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "Brez" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "S to konfiguracijo diska ne morem priklopiti /var particije.\n" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -808,24 +818,24 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "Izberite korenski (root) razdelek." #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Naprava " #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "S to konfiguracijo diska ne morem priklopiti /var particije.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -838,7 +848,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -847,17 +857,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Datoteke /etc/fstab nisem našel!" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Korenski razdelek v /etc/fstab ima neveljavno korensko napravo.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Trenutno je priključen kot %1 vendar je izpisan kot %2.\n" @@ -878,36 +888,66 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Iskanje paketov" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "listen value to delete not found" +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "brisanje vrednosti za poslušanje ni uspelo" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Datoteke %1 ni možno prebrati" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Neznan procesor" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Posodobitvene nastavitve" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Posodobi" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Izvedi posodobitev" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Posodobitev sistemske konfiguracije" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Posodobitev nastavitve" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/users.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/users.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/users.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -25,8 +25,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" -"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Users module @@ -108,12 +107,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Seznam članov skupine, navadno uporabniška imena, ločena z vejico. Seznam " -"DN-jev uporabnikov LDAP mora biti ločen z dvopičjem." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Seznam članov skupine, navadno uporabniška imena, ločena z vejico. Seznam DN-jev uporabnikov LDAP mora biti ločen z dvopičjem." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -164,25 +159,13 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " -"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" -"Izberite Krajevno, če želite uporabnike overiti le z uporabo " -"krajevnih datotek /etc/passwd in /etc/shadow." +msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "Izberite Krajevno, če želite uporabnike overiti le z uporabo krajevnih datotek /etc/passwd in /etc/shadow." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home " -"directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" -"Če obstaja predhodna namestitev ali alternativen sistem, je uporabnike možno " -"ustvariti na osnovi tega vira. Da to storite, izberite Uporabniške podatke " -"preberi iz predhodne namestitve. Ta možnost za vsakega uporabnika uporabi " -"obstoječe domače mape ali pa jih ustvari na mestu, določenem za to namestitev." +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "Če obstaja predhodna namestitev ali alternativen sistem, je uporabnike možno ustvariti na osnovi tega vira. Da to storite, izberite Uporabniške podatke preberi iz predhodne namestitve. Ta možnost za vsakega uporabnika uporabi obstoječe domače mape ali pa jih ustvari na mestu, določenem za to namestitev." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -221,25 +204,16 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik NIS ali " -"LDAP, oziroma želite uporabnike overiti na strežniku NT, izberite ustrezno " -"možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z nastavitvijo " -"odjemalca." +msgstr "Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik NIS ali LDAP, oziroma želite uporabnike overiti na strežniku NT, izberite ustrezno možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z nastavitvijo odjemalca." #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." -msgstr "" -"Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik NIS ali " -"LDAP, izberite ustrezno možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da " -"nadaljujte z nastavitvijo odjemalca." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +msgstr "Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik NIS ali LDAP, izberite ustrezno možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z nastavitvijo odjemalca." #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -247,30 +221,19 @@ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik LDAP, " -"oziroma želite uporabnike overiti na strežniku NT, izberite ustrezno možnost. " -"Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z nastavitvijo odjemalca." +msgstr "Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik LDAP, oziroma želite uporabnike overiti na strežniku NT, izberite ustrezno možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z nastavitvijo odjemalca." #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." -msgstr "" -"Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik LDAP, " -"izberite ustrezno možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z " -"nastavitvijo odjemalca." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +msgstr "Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik LDAP, izberite ustrezno možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z nastavitvijo odjemalca." #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" -"Izberite Nastavi overitev Kerberos, da po nastavitvi vira " -"uporabniških podatkov nastavite Kerberos." +msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +msgstr "Izberite Nastavi overitev Kerberos, da po nastavitvi vira uporabniških podatkov nastavite Kerberos." #. check box label #. check box label @@ -313,7 +276,7 @@ msgstr "Geslo za skrbnika sistema (uporabnika »root«)" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Vnesenega gesla ne pozabite." @@ -356,11 +319,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Poleg običajnih uporabnikov sistema, ki pišejo besedila, ustvarjajo grafiko " -"ali brskajo po medmrežju, je uporabnik »root« prisoten na vsakem sistemu. Ta " -"uporabnik je namenjen izvajanju sistemskih opravil. V sistem se kot uporabnik " -"»root« prijavite le takrat, ko želite nekaj namestiti ali nastaviti na " -"sistemski ravni.\n" +"Poleg običajnih uporabnikov sistema, ki pišejo besedila, ustvarjajo grafiko ali brskajo po medmrežju, je uporabnik »root« prisoten na vsakem sistemu. Ta uporabnik je namenjen izvajanju sistemskih opravil. V sistem se kot uporabnik »root« prijavite le takrat, ko želite nekaj namestiti ali nastaviti na sistemski ravni.\n" #. help text, continued 2/5 #. help text, continued 2/5 @@ -368,16 +327,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ker uporabnik »root« poseduje obsežna dovoljenja, geslo zanj izberite " -"previdno. Priporočljiva je uporaba kombinacije črk in številk. Da zagotovite " -"pravilen vnos, geslo znova vpišite še v drugo polje.\n" +"Ker uporabnik »root« poseduje obsežna dovoljenja, geslo zanj izberite previdno. Priporočljiva je uporaba kombinacije črk in številk. Da zagotovite pravilen vnos, geslo znova vpišite še v drugo polje.\n" #. help text, continued 3/5 #. help text, continued 3/5 @@ -386,14 +342,11 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vsa pravila za gesla običajnih uporabnikov veljajo tudi za geslo uporabnika " -"»root«: razlikovati morate velike in male črke, geslo naj bo dolgo najmanj 5 " -"črk in naj ne vsebuje posebnih znakov (npr. šumnikov).\n" +"Vsa pravila za gesla običajnih uporabnikov veljajo tudi za geslo uporabnika »root«: razlikovati morate velike in male črke, geslo naj bo dolgo najmanj 5 črk in naj ne vsebuje posebnih znakov (npr. šumnikov).\n" #. help text, continued 5/5 #. help text, continued 5/5 @@ -413,18 +366,12 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgstr "" -"Če to geslo nameravate uporabljati za ustvarjanje potrdil, mora biti dolgo " -"vsaj %1 znakov." +msgstr "Če to geslo nameravate uporabljati za ustvarjanje potrdil, mora biti dolgo vsaj %1 znakov." #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" -"Da preverite, ali je trenutna razporeditev tipkovnice pravilna, poskusite " -"vnesti besedilo v polje Preizkusite razpored tipkovnice." +msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "Da preverite, ali je trenutna razporeditev tipkovnice pravilna, poskusite vnesti besedilo v polje Preizkusite razpored tipkovnice." #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -565,26 +512,19 @@ #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 -#| msgid "Login Settings" msgid "Authentication " msgstr "Overjanje " #. Help text for password expert dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 -#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" -"Izberite način šifriranja gesel za krajevne in sistemske uporabnike." +msgstr "Izberite način šifriranja gesel za krajevne in sistemske uporabnike." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms " -"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 je trenutni standard za razprševanje. Uporaba drugih " -"algoritmov ni priporočljiva, razen če je to potrebno zaradi združljivosti." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "SHA-512 je trenutni standard za razprševanje. Uporaba drugih algoritmov ni priporočljiva, razen če je to potrebno zaradi združljivosti." #. text entry #. text entry @@ -665,8 +605,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pri vnašanju gesla bodite pozorni na rabo velikih in malih črk. Geslo naj ne " -"vsebuje posebnih znakov (npr. šumnikov).\n" +"Pri vnašanju gesla bodite pozorni na rabo velikih in malih črk. Geslo naj ne vsebuje posebnih znakov (npr. šumnikov).\n" "\n" #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers @@ -674,8 +613,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -686,9 +624,6 @@ #. additional help text about password #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long." msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." @@ -714,10 +649,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" @@ -727,18 +660,13 @@ "črke (brez šumnikov), števke in <tt>._-</tt>\n" "Če ne veste, kaj počnete, raje ne uporabite velikih črk.\n" "Uporabniška imena imajo strožje omejitve kot gesla. Omejitve\n" -"lahko spremenite v datoteki /etc/login.defs. Za podrobnosti preberite njeno " -"stran priročnika.\n" +"lahko spremenite v datoteki /etc/login.defs. Za podrobnosti preberite njeno stran priročnika.\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" -"Če želite za uporabnika »root« uporabiti isto geslo kot za prvega " -"uporabnika, izberite To geslo uporabi za skrbnika sistema." +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "Če želite za uporabnika »root« uporabiti isto geslo kot za prvega uporabnika, izberite To geslo uporabi za skrbnika sistema." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -746,26 +674,20 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tu nastavljena uporabniško ime in geslo sta potrebna za prijavo in delo v " -"sistemu GNU/Linux. Če je omogočena Samodejna prijava, se prijava " -"preskoči. Uporabnik je samodejno prijavljen v sistem.\n" +"Tu nastavljena uporabniško ime in geslo sta potrebna za prijavo in delo v sistemu GNU/Linux. Če je omogočena Samodejna prijava, se prijava preskoči. Uporabnik je samodejno prijavljen v sistem.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail<" -"/b>.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pošta za uporabnika root bo posredovana temu uporabnika, če izberete možnost " -"»Prejemanje sistemske pošte«.\n" +"Pošta za uporabnika root bo posredovana temu uporabnika, če izberete možnost »Prejemanje sistemske pošte«.\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -781,13 +703,11 @@ #. summary label #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 -#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." msgid "The password encryption method is %s." msgstr "Način šifriranja gesel je %s." #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 -#| msgid "User %1 will be imported." msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." msgstr[0] "Uvožen bo uporabnik %s." @@ -807,9 +727,6 @@ #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" -#| "the password should have at least %1 characters." msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -921,8 +838,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for home option #: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" -msgstr "" -"Seznam skupin, katerih član je uporabnik (medsebojno so ločene z vejico)" +msgstr "Seznam skupin, katerih član je uporabnik (medsebojno so ločene z vejico)" #. translators: command line help text for show option #: src/clients/users.rb:267 @@ -948,12 +864,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that " -"were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Razpredelnica prikazuje vse dovoljene atribute za trenutni vnos LDAP, ki v " -"prejšnjih pogovornih oknih niso bili nastavljeni." +"Razpredelnica prikazuje vse dovoljene atribute za trenutni vnos LDAP, ki v prejšnjih pogovornih oknih niso bili nastavljeni." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -976,13 +890,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Vsak atribut lahko uredite z Uredi. Nekateri atributi \n" -"so lahko obvezni, kot je določeno v uporabniški predlogi v modulu " -"odjemalca LDAP.\n" +"so lahko obvezni, kot je določeno v uporabniški predlogi v modulu odjemalca LDAP.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -1001,14 +913,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." -msgstr "" -"Predmet pravila za gesla temu uporabniku dodelite v Razločevalno ime " -"predmeta pravila za gesla. Omogočite Ponastavi geslo, da " -"ponastavite geslo spremenjenega uporabnika." +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." +msgstr "Predmet pravila za gesla temu uporabniku dodelite v Razločevalno ime predmeta pravila za gesla. Omogočite Ponastavi geslo, da ponastavite geslo spremenjenega uporabnika." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1110,38 +1016,18 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.<" -"/p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Določite omejitev velikosti z navedbo števila blokov velikosti 1 KiB, ki " -"so uporabniku na voljo na tem datotečnem sistemu. Dodatno lahko določite " -"omejitev števila struktur inode, ki so uporabniku na voljo na datotečnem " -"sistemu.\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" +msgstr "Določite omejitev velikosti z navedbo števila blokov velikosti 1 KiB, ki so uporabniku na voljo na tem datotečnem sistemu. Dodatno lahko določite omejitev števila struktur inode, ki so uporabniku na voljo na datotečnem sistemu.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Določite lahko mehko in trdo omejitev velikosti in števila struktur inode. " -"Mehka omejitev določa, kdaj bo uporabnik obveščen o približevanju omejitvi; " -"trda omejitev pa določa, kdaj bodo zahtevki za pisanje zavrnjeni." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Določite lahko mehko in trdo omejitev velikosti in števila struktur inode. Mehka omejitev določa, kdaj bo uporabnik obveščen o približevanju omejitvi; trda omejitev pa določa, kdaj bodo zahtevki za pisanje zavrnjeni." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Ko uporabnik doseže mehko omejitev, se omogočita vnosni polji za obdobje " -"dopuščanja. Določite čas, ko je uporabniku dovoljeno prekoračiti zgoraj " -"nastavljeni mehki omejitvi. Čas dopuščanja se prične odštevati takoj." +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Ko uporabnik doseže mehko omejitev, se omogočita vnosni polji za obdobje dopuščanja. Določite čas, ko je uporabniku dovoljeno prekoračiti zgoraj nastavljeni mehki omejitvi. Čas dopuščanja se prične odštevati takoj." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 @@ -1152,38 +1038,18 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.<" -"/p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Določite omejitev velikosti z navedbo števila blokov velikosti 1 KiB, ki " -"so skupini na voljo na tem datotečnem sistemu. Dodatno lahko določite " -"omejitev števila struktur inode, ki so skupini na voljo na datotečnem " -"sistemu.\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" +msgstr "Določite omejitev velikosti z navedbo števila blokov velikosti 1 KiB, ki so skupini na voljo na tem datotečnem sistemu. Dodatno lahko določite omejitev števila struktur inode, ki so skupini na voljo na datotečnem sistemu.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Določite lahko mehko in trdo omejitev velikosti in števila struktur inode. " -"Mehka omejitev določa, kdaj bo skupina obveščena o približevanju omejitvi; " -"trda omejitev pa določa, kdaj bodo zahtevki za pisanje zavrnjeni." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Določite lahko mehko in trdo omejitev velikosti in števila struktur inode. Mehka omejitev določa, kdaj bo skupina obveščena o približevanju omejitvi; trda omejitev pa določa, kdaj bodo zahtevki za pisanje zavrnjeni." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Ko skupina doseže mehko omejitev, se omogočita vnosni polji za obdobje " -"dopuščanja. Določite čas, ko je skupini dovoljeno prekoračiti zgoraj " -"nastavljeni mehki omejitvi. Čas dopuščanja se prične odštevati takoj." +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Ko skupina doseže mehko omejitev, se omogočita vnosni polji za obdobje dopuščanja. Določite čas, ko je skupini dovoljeno prekoračiti zgoraj nastavljeni mehki omejitvi. Čas dopuščanja se prične odštevati takoj." #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -1502,15 +1368,13 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Najdena je bila slika zašifrirane mape in datoteki s\n" "ključema »%1« in »%2«.\n" "Ali želite najdeno uporabiti za trenutnega uporabnika?\n" "\n" -"To pomeni, da bodo namesto trenutne domače mape uporabljeni podatki iz te " -"slike." +"To pomeni, da bodo namesto trenutne domače mape uporabljeni podatki iz te slike." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -1866,37 +1730,31 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Privzeta prijavna lupina \n" -"Ime prijavne lupine novega uporabnika. Izberite jo s seznama ali vnesite " -"svojo pot do lupine.\n" +"Ime prijavne lupine novega uporabnika. Izberite jo s seznama ali vnesite svojo pot do lupine.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Privzeta domača mapa \n" "Začetna predpona poti za domačo mapo novega uporabnika. Uporabnikovo ime bo\n" -"dodano na koncu te vrednosti, da se ustvari privzeto ime domače mape novega " -"uporabnika.\n" +"dodano na koncu te vrednosti, da se ustvari privzeto ime domače mape novega uporabnika.\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Mapa z ogrodjem \n" -"Ko se doda novega uporabnika, se vsebino te mape prekopira v uporabnikovo " -"domačo mapo.\n" +"Ko se doda novega uporabnika, se vsebino te mape prekopira v uporabnikovo domačo mapo.\n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1912,13 +1770,11 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Datum preteka \n" -"Datum, ko se onemogoči uporabnikov račun. Biti mora v obliki LLLL-MM-DD. " -"Pustite prazno za neomejeno veljavnost.\n" +"Datum, ko se onemogoči uporabnikov račun. Biti mora v obliki LLLL-MM-DD. Pustite prazno za neomejeno veljavnost.\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -2003,8 +1859,7 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" @@ -2024,11 +1879,9 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2036,15 +1889,12 @@ "črke (brez šumnikov), števke in <tt>._-</tt>\n" "Če ne veste, kaj počnete, raje ne uporabite velikih črk.\n" "Uporabniška imena imajo strožje omejitve kot gesla. Omejitve\n" -"lahko spremenite v datoteki /etc/login.defs. Za podrobnosti preberite njeno " -"stran priročnika.\n" +"lahko spremenite v datoteki /etc/login.defs. Za podrobnosti preberite njeno stran priročnika.\n" "\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.<" -"/p>" +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." msgstr "" "Za dodajanje uporabnikov ali skupin v vaš sistem\n" "kliknite Upravljanje z uporabniki." @@ -2066,12 +1916,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za urejanje različnih nastavitev gesla tega uporabnika (npr. datum preteka) " -"kliknite Nastavitve gesla.\n" +"Za urejanje različnih nastavitev gesla tega uporabnika (npr. datum preteka) kliknite Nastavitve gesla.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2136,8 +1984,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2251,12 +2098,8 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"Za ustvarjenje domače mape, ki ni enaka kot privzeta, izberite možnost " -"Dovoljenja za domačo mapo." +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "Za ustvarjenje domače mape, ki ni enaka kot privzeta, izberite možnost Dovoljenja za domačo mapo." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2271,16 +2114,8 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. " -"Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Če spremenite lokacijo uporabnikove domače mape, lahko njeno trenutno " -"vsebino premaknete z možnostjo Premakni na novo lokacijo, ki je " -"izbrana privzeto. V nasprotnem bo nova domača mapa ustvarjena brez obstoječih " -"podatkov." +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "Če spremenite lokacijo uporabnikove domače mape, lahko njeno trenutno vsebino premaknete z možnostjo Premakni na novo lokacijo, ki je izbrana privzeto. V nasprotnem bo nova domača mapa ustvarjena brez obstoječih podatkov." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 @@ -2289,30 +2124,18 @@ "Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" "does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." msgstr "" -"Da domačo mapo zašifrirate, izberite možnost Zašifriraj domačo mapo" -"\n" -"in nastavite njeno velikost. Šifriranje domače mape ne prinaša visoke stopnje " -"varnosti\n" -"pred drugimi uporabniki. Če računalnik delite z več uporabniki, lahko en " -"izmed njih varnost\n" -"ogrozi s tem, da pridobi ključ drugega uporabnika in s tem dostop do " -"zašifriranih podatkov.\n" +"Da domačo mapo zašifrirate, izberite možnost Zašifriraj domačo mapo\n" +"in nastavite njeno velikost. Šifriranje domače mape ne prinaša visoke stopnje varnosti\n" +"pred drugimi uporabniki. Če računalnik delite z več uporabniki, lahko en izmed njih varnost\n" +"ogrozi s tem, da pridobi ključ drugega uporabnika in s tem dostop do zašifriranih podatkov.\n" "Če potrebujete visoko stopnjo varnosti, računalnika ne delite z drugimi." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration " -"first." -msgstr "" -"Če uporabljate bralnik prstnih odtisov, domačih map ni mogoče zašifrirati. " -"Za šifriranje uporabniških domačih map onemogočite bralnik prstnih odtisov.<" -"/p>" +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "Če uporabljate bralnik prstnih odtisov, domačih map ni mogoče zašifrirati. Za šifriranje uporabniških domačih map onemogočite bralnik prstnih odtisov." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2405,12 +2228,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." -msgstr "" -"Nastavitve posameznega vstavka zaženete s pritiskom na gumb Zaženi" -"." +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgstr "Nastavitve posameznega vstavka zaženete s pritiskom na gumb Zaženi." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2468,23 +2287,19 @@ #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a " -"user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Največje število dni za enako geslo Nastavite koliko dni lahko " -"uporabnik\n" +"Največje število dni za enako geslo Nastavite koliko dni lahko uporabnik\n" "uporablja geslo, preden mu preteče veljavnost.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age " -"of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"Najmanjše število dni za enako geslo Nastavite najmanjšo " -"starost\n" +"Najmanjše število dni za enako geslo Nastavite najmanjšo starost\n" "gesla, preden lahko uporabnik spremeni geslo.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -2518,169 +2333,88 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Sprememba vrednosti\n" -"Te nastavitve lahko spreminjate tako, da zaženete ustrezne module. Module " -"izberite z gumbom Nastavi.\n" +"Te nastavitve lahko spreminjate tako, da zaženete ustrezne module. Module izberite z gumbom Nastavi.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies" -", and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of " -"attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"Uporabite zavihke Pravila sprememb gesel, Pravila preteka gesel<" -"/b> in Pravila onemogočanja, da izberete skupino atributov pravil za " -"gesla LDAP, ki jih želite nastaviti." +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "Uporabite zavihke Pravila sprememb gesel, Pravila preteka gesel in Pravila onemogočanja, da izberete skupino atributov pravil za gesla LDAP, ki jih želite nastaviti." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Določite Največje število gesel v zgodovini, da nastavite, koliko " -"predhodno uporabljenih gesel naj bo shranjenih. Shranjenih gesel ni mogoče " -"uporabiti." +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "Določite Največje število gesel v zgodovini, da nastavite, koliko predhodno uporabljenih gesel naj bo shranjenih. Shranjenih gesel ni mogoče uporabiti." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Izberite Uporabnik mora po ponastavitvi spremeniti geslo, da " -"uporabnike prisilite v spremembo svojih gesel po tem, ko jih skrbnik " -"ponastavi ali spremeni." +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "Izberite Uporabnik mora po ponastavitvi spremeniti geslo, da uporabnike prisilite v spremembo svojih gesel po tem, ko jih skrbnik ponastavi ali spremeni." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." -msgstr "" -"Izberite Uporabnik lahko spremeni geslo, da uporabnikom dovolite " -"spreminjati svoja gesla." +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +msgstr "Izberite Uporabnik lahko spremeni geslo, da uporabnikom dovolite spreminjati svoja gesla." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Če je ob novem geslu potrebno podati tudi obstoječe geslo, izberite Za " -"spremembo gesla je potrebno staro geslo." +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "Če je ob novem geslu potrebno podati tudi obstoječe geslo, izberite Za spremembo gesla je potrebno staro geslo." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are " -"modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"Izberite, ali se med spreminjanjem ali dodajanjem gesel preverja njihova " -"kakovost. Če naj se gesel ne preverja, izberite Brez preverjanja. S " -"Sprejmi nepreverljiva gesla bodo gesla sprejeta, četudi jih ne bo mogoče " -"preveriti. To se na primer zgodi, ko uporabnik poda zašifrirano geslo. S " -"Sprejmi le preverjena gesla bodo gesla zavrnjena, če preverjanje " -"kakovosti ne bo uspelo ali pa gesla ne bo mogoče preveriti." +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +msgstr "Izberite, ali se med spreminjanjem ali dodajanjem gesel preverja njihova kakovost. Če naj se gesel ne preverja, izberite Brez preverjanja. S Sprejmi nepreverljiva gesla bodo gesla sprejeta, četudi jih ne bo mogoče preveriti. To se na primer zgodi, ko uporabnik poda zašifrirano geslo. S Sprejmi le preverjena gesla bodo gesla zavrnjena, če preverjanje kakovosti ne bo uspelo ali pa gesla ne bo mogoče preveriti." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "" -"V Najkrajša dolžina gesla nastavite najmanjše število znakov v geslu." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "V Najkrajša dolžina gesla nastavite najmanjše število znakov v geslu." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." -msgstr "" -"Najnižja starost gesla nastavi, koliko časa mora preteči med " -"spreminjanji gesla." +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +msgstr "Najnižja starost gesla nastavi, koliko časa mora preteči med spreminjanji gesla." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." -msgstr "" -"Najvišja starost gesla, nastavi, koliko časa po spremembi geslo " -"preteče." +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +msgstr "Najvišja starost gesla, nastavi, koliko časa po spremembi geslo preteče." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should " -"be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "" -"V Čas prikaza opozorila pred pretekom gesla nastavite,koliko časa " -"pred pretekom gesla se uporabniku, ki se overja, pokaže opozorilo o preteku.<" -"/p>" +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "V Čas prikaza opozorila pred pretekom gesla nastavite,koliko časa pred pretekom gesla se uporabniku, ki se overja, pokaže opozorilo o preteku." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in " -"Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -"V Dovoljene uporabe pretečenega gesla nastavite, kolikokrat je " -"lahko pretečeno geslo uporabljeno za overitev." +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "V Dovoljene uporabe pretečenega gesla nastavite, kolikokrat je lahko pretečeno geslo uporabljeno za overitev." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"Izberite Omogoči zaklep gesla, da se po določenem številu " -"zaporednih neuspelih overitev onemogoči uporabo gesla." +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "Izberite Omogoči zaklep gesla, da se po določenem številu zaporednih neuspelih overitev onemogoči uporabo gesla." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"V Neuspele overitve za zaklep gesla nastavite število zaporednih " -"neuspelih overitev po katerih uporaba gesla ne bo več mogoča." +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "V Neuspele overitve za zaklep gesla nastavite število zaporednih neuspelih overitev po katerih uporaba gesla ne bo več mogoča." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration" -"." -msgstr "" -"V Trajanje zaklepa gesla nastavite, koliko časa gesla ni moč " -"uporabljati." +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +msgstr "V Trajanje zaklepa gesla nastavite, koliko časa gesla ni moč uporabljati." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures " -"are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication " -"has occurred." -msgstr "" -"Trajanje pomnilnika neuspelih overitev nastavi čas, po katerem so " -"neuspele overitve izbrisane iz števca neuspehov, četudi med tem ni bilo " -"nobene uspešne overitve." +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +msgstr "Trajanje pomnilnika neuspelih overitev nastavi čas, po katerem so neuspele overitve izbrisane iz števca neuspehov, četudi med tem ni bilo nobene uspešne overitve." #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -2805,24 +2539,16 @@ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" "user home directories.\n" -msgstr "" -"Če naj bodo domače mape uporabnikov LDAP shranjene na tem računalniku, " -"izberite ustrezno možnost. Sprememba te vrednosti ne povzroči nobenega " -"neposrednega dejanja. To je le podatek za YaST-ov uporabniški modul, s " -"katerim lahko upravljate domače mape.\n" +msgstr "Če naj bodo domače mape uporabnikov LDAP shranjene na tem računalniku, izberite ustrezno možnost. Sprememba te vrednosti ne povzroči nobenega neposrednega dejanja. To je le podatek za YaST-ov uporabniški modul, s katerim lahko upravljate domače mape.\n" #. help text caption #. help text #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Za prilagoditev nastavitev, shranjenih na strežniku LDAP, kliknite" -"Nastavi. Če še niste povezani ali ste spremenili svoje nastavitve, boste " -"vprašani po geslu.\n" +msgstr "Za prilagoditev nastavitev, shranjenih na strežniku LDAP, klikniteNastavi. Če še niste povezani ali ste spremenili svoje nastavitve, boste vprašani po geslu.\n" #. password policy help text caption #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 @@ -2832,13 +2558,9 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to " -"add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Izbrano pravilo za gesla nastavite s klikom na Uredi. Za dodajanje " -"novega pravila kliknite Dodaj. Nastavitve so na voljo le, če so " -"pravila za gesla na strežniku LDAP omogočena." +msgstr "Izbrano pravilo za gesla nastavite s klikom na Uredi. Za dodajanje novega pravila kliknite Dodaj. Nastavitve so na voljo le, če so pravila za gesla na strežniku LDAP omogočena." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 @@ -3121,8 +2843,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -3200,23 +2921,17 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." -msgstr "" -"Tu razširite iskalne filtre za uporabnike in skupine preko privzetih " -"iskalnih filtrov." +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." +msgstr "Tu razširite iskalne filtre za uporabnike in skupine preko privzetih iskalnih filtrov." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" -"S Privzeto naložite privzeti filter iz nastavitvenih modulov za " -"uporabnike in skupine,\n" +"S Privzeto naložite privzeti filter iz nastavitvenih modulov za uporabnike in skupine,\n" "ki je shranjen na strežniku LDAP (vrednosti atributov »suseSearchFilter«).\n" "Če še niste povezani, boste vprašani po geslu.\n" @@ -3315,38 +3030,32 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Spodaj opisane možnosti so na voljo le, če uporabljate upravljalnika prijav " -"KDM ali GDM.\n" +"Spodaj opisane možnosti so na voljo le, če uporabljate upravljalnika prijav KDM ali GDM.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Samodejna prijava \n" -"Če je nastavljena Samodejna prijava, bo prijava preskočena. Samodejno " -"bo prijavljen uporabnik, ki ga izberete s seznama.\n" +"Če je nastavljena Samodejna prijava, bo prijava preskočena. Samodejno bo prijavljen uporabnik, ki ga izberete s seznama.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Prijava brez gesla \n" "Z izbiro te možnosti se lahko vsi uporabniki prijavijo v sistem brez vnosa\n" -"gesla. Drugače je potrebno pri prijavi vnesti geslo, tudi v primeru, ko je " -"uporabnik določen za samodejno prijavo.\n" +"gesla. Drugače je potrebno pri prijavi vnesti geslo, tudi v primeru, ko je uporabnik določen za samodejno prijavo.\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3372,8 +3081,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Uporabnika %1 ni moč izbrisati. To je potrebno izvesti na strežniku NIS." +msgstr "Uporabnika %1 ni moč izbrisati. To je potrebno izvesti na strežniku NIS." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -3520,23 +3228,17 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Linux je večuporabniški sistem. Več različnih uporabnikov je lahko hkrati " -"prijavljenih v sistem. Za preprečevanje zmede, mora imeti vsak uporabnik " -"svojo edinstveno istovetnost. Poleg tega mora vsak uporabnik pripadati vsaj " -"eni skupini.\n" +"Linux je večuporabniški sistem. Več različnih uporabnikov je lahko hkrati prijavljenih v sistem. Za preprečevanje zmede, mora imeti vsak uporabnik svojo edinstveno istovetnost. Poleg tega mora vsak uporabnik pripadati vsaj eni skupini.\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown " -"in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Uporabniki in skupine so razporejeni v različne nabore. Nabor, ki je trenutno " -"prikazan v razpredelnici, spremenite z Nastavi filter. Prikaz " -"prilagodite s Prilagodi filter.\n" +"Uporabniki in skupine so razporejeni v različne nabore. Nabor, ki je trenutno prikazan v razpredelnici, spremenite z Nastavi filter. Prikaz prilagodite s Prilagodi filter.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 @@ -3548,12 +3250,9 @@ "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kliknite Možnosti za strokovnjake za ureditev različnih nastavitev za " -"strokovnjake:\n" -"vrsto šifriranja gesel, način overjanja uporabnikov, privzete vrednosti za " -"nove\n" -"uporabnike ali nastavitve prijave. Z možnostjo Takoj zapiši spremembe " -"shranite \n" +"Kliknite Možnosti za strokovnjake za ureditev različnih nastavitev za strokovnjake:\n" +"vrsto šifriranja gesel, način overjanja uporabnikov, privzete vrednosti za nove\n" +"uporabnike ali nastavitve prijave. Z možnostjo Takoj zapiši spremembe shranite \n" "vse dozdajšnje spremembe brez izhoda iz nastavitvenega modula.\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label @@ -3565,8 +3264,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za shranitev spremenjenih nastavitev uporabnikov in skupin v vaš sistem, " -"kliknite %1.\n" +"Za shranitev spremenjenih nastavitev uporabnikov in skupin v vaš sistem, kliknite %1.\n" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 @@ -3579,8 +3277,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"To pogovorno okno uporabite za pridobivanje podatkov o obstoječih uporabnikih " -"in dodajanje ali spreminjanje uporabnikov.\n" +"To pogovorno okno uporabite za pridobivanje podatkov o obstoječih uporabnikih in dodajanje ali spreminjanje uporabnikov.\n" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 @@ -3614,22 +3311,19 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za urejanje ali brisanje obstoječega uporabnika, ga izberite s seznama " -"obstoječih uporabnikov in kliknite gumb Uredi ali Izbriši.\n" +"Za urejanje ali brisanje obstoječega uporabnika, ga izberite s seznama obstoječih uporabnikov in kliknite gumb Uredi ali Izbriši.\n" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"To pogovorno okno uporabite za pridobivanje podatkov o obstoječih skupinah in " -"dodajanje ali spreminjanje skupin.\n" +"To pogovorno okno uporabite za pridobivanje podatkov o obstoječih skupinah in dodajanje ali spreminjanje skupin.\n" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 @@ -3639,8 +3333,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za preklop v pogovorno okno za uporabnike izberite zavihek Uporabniki<" -"/p>\n" +"Za preklop v pogovorno okno za uporabnike izberite zavihek Uporabniki\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 @@ -3664,8 +3357,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za urejanje ali brisanje obstoječe skupine, jo izberite s seznama obstoječih " -"skupin in kliknite gumb Uredi ali Izbriši.\n" +"Za urejanje ali brisanje obstoječe skupine, jo izberite s seznama obstoječih skupin in kliknite gumb Uredi ali Izbriši.\n" # loginname -> "Benutzername". #. popup error label @@ -4227,8 +3919,7 @@ #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"Popravite jih ročno, preden ponovno poženete YaST-ov uporabniški modul." +msgstr "Popravite jih ročno, preden ponovno poženete YaST-ov uporabniški modul." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -4261,8 +3952,7 @@ "V datoteki %1 je čudna vrstica:\n" "%2\n" "Mogoče vsebuje napačno število dvopičij ali pa manjka kakšen del vrstice.\n" -"Pred ponovnim zagonom YaST-ovega modula za uporabnike ročno popravite " -"datoteko." +"Pred ponovnim zagonom YaST-ovega modula za uporabnike ročno popravite datoteko." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 @@ -4273,8 +3963,7 @@ msgstr "" "V datoteki %1 je čudna vrstica.\n" "Mogoče vsebuje napačno število dvopičij ali pa manjka kakšen del vrstice.\n" -"Pred ponovnim zagonom YaST-ovega modula za uporabnike ročno popravite " -"datoteko." +"Pred ponovnim zagonom YaST-ovega modula za uporabnike ročno popravite datoteko." #. default error message #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 @@ -4492,8 +4181,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "" -"Pri nastavitvi posredovanja pošte za uporabnika root je prišlo do napake." +msgstr "Pri nastavitvi posredovanja pošte za uporabnika root je prišlo do napake." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 @@ -4816,22 +4504,22 @@ "Iz skupine najprej odstranite te uporabnike." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Uporabniki</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Skupine</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Nastavitve prijave</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Uporabnik %1 je nastavljen za samodejno prijavo" @@ -4852,7 +4540,6 @@ #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 -#| msgid "Users Configuration" msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitev Kerberos" @@ -4867,7 +4554,6 @@ msgstr "Upravljanje principalov Kerberos" #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 -#| msgid "Cannot execute /usr/sbin/userdel.local" msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "Ne morem izvesti kadmin.local." @@ -4998,7 +4684,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -5013,17 +4699,14 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za geslo uporabite le znake, ki jih je mogoče najti na angleških " -"tipkovnicah.\n" -"V primeru sistemske napake se bo morda potrebno prijaviti brez krajevno " -"prilagojene tipkovnice.\n" +"Za geslo uporabite le znake, ki jih je mogoče najti na angleških tipkovnicah.\n" +"V primeru sistemske napake se bo morda potrebno prijaviti brez krajevno prilagojene tipkovnice.\n" "" #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/vm.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/vm.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/vm.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-21 17:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <si(a)li.org>\n" @@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ msgstr "Zahtevane izbire niso nameščene." #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" @@ -50,132 +50,168 @@ "Z namestitvijo pričnite v gostiteljevem sistemu." #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Nameščeni &paketi" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitev omrežne kartice" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Nastavitev orodij za upravljanje uporabnikov" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Namestitev prekinjena." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Zahtevane izbire niso nameščene." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Konfiguriranje navideznega stroja..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Zahtevane izbire niso nameščene." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Prekinjen strežnik" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Namestitev prekinjena." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Namestitev prekinjena." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Preverjanje zahtevanih paketov..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Nameščanje paketov..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Ne morem namestiti zahtevanih paketov." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Posodabljanje nastavitvenih datotek..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Prilagajanje splošnih nastavitev..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Ethernet omrežna kartica" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -188,29 +224,29 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Zahtevane izbire niso nameščene." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Zahtevane izbire niso nameščene." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Zahtevane izbire niso nameščene." Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/wagon.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/wagon.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/wagon.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/wol.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/wol.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/wol.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 21:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" @@ -17,8 +17,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" -"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -81,8 +80,7 @@ "over the network." msgstr "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" -"S pomočjo WoL, lahko računalnik enostavno »zbudite« s pošiljanjem " -"»magičnega paketa« \n" +"S pomočjo WoL, lahko računalnik enostavno »zbudite« s pošiljanjem »magičnega paketa« \n" "preko omrežja." #. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); @@ -115,7 +113,5 @@ "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" msgstr "" "Predhodno nastavljenih odjemalcev ni na voljo.\n" -"Pač pa so na tem sistemu bile najdene nastavitve DHCP. Ali želite uvoziti " -"nastavitve\n" +"Pač pa so na tem sistemu bile najdene nastavitve DHCP. Ali želite uvoziti nastavitve\n" "gostiteljev (naslove MAC in imena gostiteljev) iz »/etc/dhcpd.conf«?\n" - Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/xpram.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/xpram.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/xpram.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/yast2-apparmor.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/yast2-apparmor.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/yast2-apparmor.sl.po 2014-10-07 15:59:55 UTC (rev 89801) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian\n" @@ -340,11 +340,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy msgid "&Done" @@ -1168,23 +1168,31 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "Ne morem naložiti modula %1." -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "Shrani v &vse profile" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Spremenjeni viri aktivnega profila:" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "Aktivni profil" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "Nastavljene datoteke:" @@ -1192,45 +1200,45 @@ #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Ime pro&fila" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Način" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Atributi datoteke" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitev upravnika profilov" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Prilagodi Zagonski nalagalnik" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select an action:" msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89800 - trunk/yast/my/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:59:22 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89800 Added: trunk/yast/my/po/cio.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/opensuse_mirror.my.po Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/add-on-creator.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/add-on.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/audit-laf.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/auth-client.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/auth-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/autoinst.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/base.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/bootloader.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/ca-management.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/cluster.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/control-center.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/control.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/country.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/crowbar.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/dhcp-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/dns-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/drbd.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/fcoe-client.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/firewall-services.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/firewall.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/firstboot.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/ftp-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/geo-cluster.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/gtk.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/http-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/inetd.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/installation.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/instserver.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/iplb.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-client.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-lio-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/isns.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/kdump.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/kerberos-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/kerberos.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/languages_db.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/ldap-client.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/ldap-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/ldap.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/live-installer.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/lxc.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/mail.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/multipath.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses-pkg.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/network.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/nfs.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/nfs_server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/nis.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/nis_server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/ntp-client.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/oneclickinstall.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/online-update-configuration.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/online-update.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/packager.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/pam.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/pkg-bindings.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/printer.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/product-creator.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/proxy.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/qt-pkg.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/qt.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/rdp.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/rear.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/registration.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/reipl.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/relocation-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/s390.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/samba-client.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/samba-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/samba-users.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/scanner.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/security.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/services-manager.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/slp-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/snapper.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/sound.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/squid.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/sshd.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/storage.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/sudo.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/support.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/sysconfig.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/tftp-server.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/timezone_db.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/tune.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/update.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/users.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/vm.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/wagon.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/wol.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/xpram.my.po trunk/yast/my/po/yast2-apparmor.my.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/add-on-creator.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/add-on-creator.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/add-on-creator.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/add-on.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/add-on.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/add-on.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "" @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "" @@ -215,40 +215,40 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -260,33 +260,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -308,102 +308,102 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/audit-laf.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/audit-laf.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/audit-laf.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -780,30 +780,44 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -812,36 +826,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "" #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -849,26 +863,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/auth-client.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/auth-client.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/auth-client.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/auth-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/auth-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/auth-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -236,6 +236,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -655,20 +659,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +684,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +701,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +715,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +725,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +757,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +776,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +785,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +816,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +851,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +882,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +908,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +920,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +944,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +960,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +991,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1014,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1026,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1105,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1125,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1197,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1207,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1238,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1771,10 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -2690,8 +2700,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2954,7 +2964,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2977,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/autoinst.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/autoinst.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/autoinst.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -104,8 +104,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -115,33 +114,26 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -273,21 +265,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2157,12 +2149,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2261,11 +2253,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2445,35 +2437,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/base.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/base.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/base.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1370,6 +1370,25 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -1949,15 +1968,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1965,27 +1984,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -1995,326 +2014,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" @@ -2377,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2386,26 +2405,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" -msgstr "" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2706,51 +2722,51 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2759,57 +2775,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2820,34 +2836,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2856,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2865,89 +2881,89 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2955,103 +2971,103 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3061,68 +3077,68 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3133,27 +3149,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3161,7 +3177,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -3217,44 +3233,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3262,12 +3254,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3384,7 +3376,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3709,7 +3701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3718,23 +3710,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3748,12 +3740,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3766,96 +3758,102 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4463,7 +4461,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/bootloader.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/bootloader.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/bootloader.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -122,22 +122,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" @@ -162,10 +162,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "" @@ -258,23 +257,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -283,25 +288,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -309,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -318,72 +323,72 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -435,110 +440,110 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -574,24 +579,40 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -624,30 +645,50 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -661,7 +702,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -792,11 +833,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1647,33 +1684,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1682,31 +1720,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1729,232 +1769,126 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ca-management.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/ca-management.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/ca-management.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -659,11 +659,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -671,29 +678,29 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -724,51 +731,99 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -822,7 +877,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -854,18 +909,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -877,40 +932,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -984,83 +1039,203 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1150,7 +1325,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1578,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1780,6 +1955,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1788,77 +1970,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/my/po/cio.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/cio.my.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/cio.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/cluster.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/cluster.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/cluster.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -76,229 +76,229 @@ msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -311,23 +311,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -336,7 +339,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -347,28 +350,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -387,96 +390,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/control-center.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/control-center.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/control-center.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/control.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/control.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/control.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,708 +15,206 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/country.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/country.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/country.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/crowbar.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/crowbar.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/crowbar.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/dhcp-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/dhcp-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/dhcp-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -535,75 +535,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -611,48 +610,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -660,7 +659,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -671,7 +670,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -679,53 +678,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -733,8 +732,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -742,135 +741,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -883,15 +882,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -903,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/dns-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/dns-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/dns-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/drbd.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/drbd.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/drbd.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,6 +20,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -57,20 +67,72 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -94,7 +156,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -108,7 +170,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -125,14 +187,77 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -142,32 +267,33 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -175,30 +301,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -207,7 +333,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -215,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -231,12 +357,13 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -278,8 +405,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -293,85 +420,144 @@ #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/fcoe-client.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/fcoe-client.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/fcoe-client.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -35,20 +35,55 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." msgstr "" +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +msgid "not available" +msgstr "" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -56,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -64,12 +99,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -77,28 +112,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -106,30 +141,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -449,197 +484,188 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/firewall-services.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/firewall-services.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/firewall-services.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/firewall.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/firewall.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/firewall.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/firstboot.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/firstboot.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/firstboot.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ftp-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/ftp-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/ftp-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/geo-cluster.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/geo-cluster.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/geo-cluster.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,249 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,75 +322,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/gtk.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/gtk.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/gtk.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/http-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/http-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/http-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/inetd.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/inetd.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/inetd.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/installation.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/installation.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/installation.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -51,22 +51,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "" @@ -245,6 +245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -355,10 +356,22 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -546,11 +559,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -571,13 +584,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "" + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -596,64 +618,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "" #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -672,11 +694,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -689,13 +706,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" @@ -874,12 +884,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -888,38 +898,38 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" @@ -928,45 +938,45 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 msgid "&Export Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -976,7 +986,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1004,7 +1014,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1013,7 +1023,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1022,7 +1032,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1031,7 +1041,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1040,7 +1050,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1048,12 +1058,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1062,7 +1072,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1070,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1078,11 +1088,11 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1197,65 +1207,49 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1263,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1272,151 +1266,151 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1426,7 +1420,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1436,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1445,7 +1439,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1454,7 +1448,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1462,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1531,52 +1525,47 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1608,7 +1597,7 @@ msgstr "" #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1801,3 +1790,44 @@ #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" + +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "" + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/instserver.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/instserver.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/instserver.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/iplb.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/iplb.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/iplb.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,22 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +216,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +456,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -578,6 +594,12 @@ msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,6 +612,20 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-client.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-client.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-client.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -63,146 +63,150 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -211,9 +215,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -421,12 +425,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -434,36 +438,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -543,12 +547,16 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -557,6 +565,6 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-lio-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-lio-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-lio-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/isns.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/isns.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/isns.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -277,81 +277,81 @@ msgstr "" #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/kdump.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/kdump.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/kdump.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -488,15 +488,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1079,126 +1070,126 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/kerberos-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/kerberos-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/kerberos-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/kerberos.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/kerberos.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/kerberos.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/languages_db.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/languages_db.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/languages_db.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ldap-client.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/ldap-client.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/ldap-client.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ldap-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/ldap-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/ldap-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ldap.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/ldap.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/ldap.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/live-installer.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/live-installer.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/live-installer.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/lxc.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/lxc.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/lxc.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/mail.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/mail.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/mail.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/multipath.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/multipath.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/multipath.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses-pkg.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses-pkg.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses-pkg.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/network.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/network.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/network.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -83,84 +83,50 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -168,13 +134,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -182,13 +148,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -450,9 +451,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -532,7 +542,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -630,7 +640,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -699,13 +709,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1064,14 +1074,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1084,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1267,35 +1277,35 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1309,11 +1319,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1524,7 +1534,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1612,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1622,13 +1632,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1637,7 +1646,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1664,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1672,20 +1681,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1693,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1701,19 +1710,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1721,92 +1730,92 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1814,26 +1823,26 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1841,138 +1850,138 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1980,7 +1989,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2023,28 +2032,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2052,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2062,12 +2070,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2076,7 +2084,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2084,13 +2092,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2098,14 +2106,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2114,7 +2122,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2123,14 +2131,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2138,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2146,7 +2154,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2154,7 +2162,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2164,7 +2172,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2178,26 +2186,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2205,7 +2213,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2213,7 +2221,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2221,7 +2229,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2229,19 +2237,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2252,11 +2260,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2266,19 +2274,19 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2288,7 +2296,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2301,21 +2309,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2323,14 +2331,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2347,14 +2355,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2364,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2376,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2397,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2407,7 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2418,14 +2426,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2969,23 +2977,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -2996,17 +3004,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3017,112 +3025,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3367,7 +3374,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3561,76 +3568,81 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" +msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3646,98 +3658,94 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 -msgid "Device name:" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3756,389 +3764,408 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4186,16 +4213,16 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/nfs.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/nfs.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/nfs.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/nfs_server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/nfs_server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/nfs_server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -71,27 +71,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -155,63 +155,55 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -219,25 +211,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -245,51 +237,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -297,82 +289,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -380,83 +367,71 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/nis.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/nis.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/nis.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/nis_server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/nis_server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/nis_server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -368,22 +368,27 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ntp-client.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/ntp-client.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/ntp-client.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,21 +45,20 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -72,21 +71,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -588,10 +595,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -599,7 +609,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -608,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -618,7 +628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -628,14 +638,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -643,14 +653,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -658,7 +668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -670,14 +680,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -686,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -695,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -703,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -711,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -719,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -728,7 +738,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -736,7 +746,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -748,49 +758,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -798,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -808,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -816,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -829,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -837,7 +847,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -847,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -856,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1189,117 +1199,120 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/oneclickinstall.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/oneclickinstall.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/oneclickinstall.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/online-update-configuration.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/online-update-configuration.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/online-update-configuration.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/online-update.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/online-update.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/online-update.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -107,13 +107,18 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/my/po/opensuse_mirror.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/opensuse_mirror.my.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/opensuse_mirror.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/packager.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/packager.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/packager.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -138,6 +138,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -455,7 +464,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -518,7 +527,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -737,7 +746,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -745,7 +754,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1071,7 +1080,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1292,7 +1301,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1324,71 +1333,71 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1433,7 +1442,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1441,13 +1450,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1455,21 +1464,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1478,144 +1487,185 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1623,50 +1673,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1675,72 +1725,74 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1819,165 +1871,170 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -1986,53 +2043,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2042,23 +2099,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2067,42 +2124,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2110,17 +2167,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2130,20 +2187,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2156,7 +2213,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2164,11 +2221,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2180,12 +2237,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2193,71 +2250,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2272,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2281,12 +2338,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2294,7 +2351,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2302,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2312,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2321,25 +2378,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2349,11 +2406,15 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2445,7 +2506,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2515,12 +2578,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2528,7 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/pam.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/pam.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/pam.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/pkg-bindings.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/pkg-bindings.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/pkg-bindings.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" @@ -177,6 +177,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/printer.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/printer.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/printer.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/product-creator.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/product-creator.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/product-creator.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/proxy.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/proxy.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/proxy.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/qt-pkg.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/qt-pkg.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/qt-pkg.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -39,47 +39,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -89,175 +89,175 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -265,56 +265,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/qt.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/qt.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/qt.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/rdp.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/rdp.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/rdp.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/rear.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/rear.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/rear.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/registration.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/registration.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/registration.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,45 +16,84 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -62,47 +101,49 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 -msgid "&Skip Registration" +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -msgid "Registration" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -110,55 +151,25 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -170,325 +181,613 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Registration Code" +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 -msgid "Register the Product" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -msgid "Server Settings" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Registration client error." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 -msgid "" -"Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -msgid "Registration failed." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 -msgid "Details: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" msgstr "" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +msgid "Registration client error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +msgid "Details: %s" +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Searching..." +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +msgstr "" + +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" + +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/reipl.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/reipl.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/reipl.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -238,30 +238,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/relocation-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/relocation-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/relocation-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/s390.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/s390.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/s390.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/samba-client.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/samba-client.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/samba-client.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -188,6 +188,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -760,7 +769,10 @@ msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" @@ -830,12 +842,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -858,6 +872,143 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/samba-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/samba-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/samba-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/samba-users.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/samba-users.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/samba-users.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/scanner.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/scanner.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/scanner.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/security.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/security.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/security.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/services-manager.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/services-manager.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/services-manager.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,192 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +241,63 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/slp-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/slp-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/slp-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/snapper.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/snapper.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/snapper.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -22,258 +22,258 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -294,17 +294,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/sound.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/sound.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/sound.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/squid.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/squid.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/squid.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/sshd.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/sshd.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/sshd.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/storage.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/storage.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/storage.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -129,15 +129,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -753,7 +759,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -771,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -781,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -791,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -801,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -811,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -824,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -834,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -845,7 +851,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -857,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -869,7 +875,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -878,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -889,22 +895,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -918,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -933,12 +925,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -951,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -960,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -969,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -977,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -985,53 +977,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1040,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1050,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1060,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1075,13 +1067,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1108,7 +1100,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1119,7 +1111,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1139,7 +1131,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1148,7 +1140,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1460,7 +1452,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1471,21 +1463,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1517,7 +1509,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1530,7 +1522,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1543,7 +1535,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1565,7 +1557,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1739,12 +1731,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1752,31 +1744,31 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1786,54 +1778,59 @@ msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1841,51 +1838,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2150,14 +2154,44 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2165,54 +2199,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2221,17 +2255,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2241,7 +2275,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2250,56 +2284,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2307,8 +2341,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2320,33 +2354,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2356,7 +2390,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2365,12 +2399,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2553,56 +2587,56 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" @@ -2615,7 +2649,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3468,12 +3502,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3669,7 +3703,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" @@ -3867,17 +3901,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -3978,115 +4012,123 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4097,14 +4139,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4113,14 +4155,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4425,23 +4467,23 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4449,29 +4491,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4479,36 +4521,36 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4518,12 +4560,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4531,12 +4573,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4548,40 +4590,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4589,89 +4631,89 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4679,12 +4721,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4692,37 +4734,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4731,12 +4773,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4744,31 +4786,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4777,19 +4819,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4802,12 +4844,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4815,41 +4857,41 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -4857,12 +4899,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -4875,7 +4917,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -4888,7 +4930,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4898,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4912,7 +4954,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4925,7 +4967,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4934,7 +4976,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4942,7 +4984,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -4951,24 +4993,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -4976,12 +5018,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -4989,86 +5031,86 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5076,7 +5118,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5084,7 +5126,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5092,18 +5134,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5691,48 +5733,48 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5741,32 +5783,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" @@ -5793,22 +5835,22 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/sudo.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/sudo.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/sudo.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/support.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/support.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/support.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/sysconfig.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/sysconfig.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/sysconfig.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -463,3 +463,99 @@ "Please wait... \n" "\n" msgstr "" + +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/tftp-server.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/tftp-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/tftp-server.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/timezone_db.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/timezone_db.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/timezone_db.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/tune.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/tune.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/tune.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,53 +16,58 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/update.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/update.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/update.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "" @@ -148,18 +148,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "" @@ -218,9 +218,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -228,13 +238,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -305,12 +315,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -318,14 +328,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -333,22 +343,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -357,17 +367,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -376,27 +386,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -404,12 +414,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -417,12 +427,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -431,69 +441,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -501,29 +511,29 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -533,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -542,23 +552,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -566,24 +576,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -594,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -607,39 +617,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -647,17 +657,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -665,22 +675,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -690,7 +700,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -699,17 +709,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -728,34 +738,60 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/users.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/users.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/users.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -3978,22 +3978,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/vm.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/vm.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/vm.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,132 +27,164 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -165,26 +197,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/wagon.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/wagon.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/wagon.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/wol.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/wol.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/wol.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/xpram.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/xpram.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/xpram.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/yast2-apparmor.my.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/yast2-apparmor.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/yast2-apparmor.my.po 2014-10-07 15:59:22 UTC (rev 89800) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -295,11 +295,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "" @@ -1059,61 +1059,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89799 - trunk/yast/ro/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:59:10 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89799 Added: trunk/yast/ro/po/cio.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/opensuse_mirror.ro.po Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/add-on-creator.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/add-on.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/audit-laf.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/auth-client.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/auth-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/autoinst.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/base.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/bootloader.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/ca-management.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/cluster.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/control-center.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/control.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/country.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/crowbar.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/dhcp-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/dns-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/drbd.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/fcoe-client.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/firewall-services.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/firewall.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/firstboot.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/ftp-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/geo-cluster.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/gtk.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/http-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/inetd.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/installation.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/instserver.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/iplb.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/iscsi-client.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/iscsi-lio-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/iscsi-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/isns.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/kdump.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/kerberos-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/kerberos.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/languages_db.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/ldap-client.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/ldap-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/ldap.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/live-installer.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/lxc.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/mail.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/multipath.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/ncurses-pkg.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/ncurses.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/network.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/nfs.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/nfs_server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/nis.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/nis_server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/ntp-client.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/oneclickinstall.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/online-update-configuration.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/online-update.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/packager.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/pam.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/pkg-bindings.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/printer.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/product-creator.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/proxy.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/qt-pkg.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/qt.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/rdp.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/rear.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/registration.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/reipl.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/relocation-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/s390.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/samba-client.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/samba-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/samba-users.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/scanner.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/security.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/services-manager.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/slp-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/snapper.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/sound.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/squid.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/sshd.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/storage.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/sudo.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/support.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/sysconfig.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/tftp-server.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/timezone_db.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/tune.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/update.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/users.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/vm.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/wagon.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/wol.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/xpram.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/yast2-apparmor.ro.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/add-on-creator.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/add-on-creator.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/add-on-creator.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/add-on.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/add-on.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/add-on.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -56,21 +56,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Produse add-on" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inițializez..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Inițializez produsele add-on..." @@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Necunoscut" @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Instalare produs add-on" @@ -244,33 +244,33 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Nu s-a găsit nici un produs în depozit." #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Nu a fost găsită nici o sursă de instalare software pe mediul de stocare." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Inițializez sursa nouă..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Director: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Selecție sursă de instalare software" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ "Au fost găsite mai multe surse de instalare pe mediul respectiv.\n" "Alegeți sursa care va fi folosită.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Surse de instalare găsite" @@ -292,33 +292,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Doriți într-adevăr să anulați instalarea produsului add-on?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Selectați o sursă de instalare." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Dependențele produsului add-on nu pot fi rezolvate." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Selectare produs" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Produse disponibile" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ "produsele care doriți să le instalați.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Dependențele produsului add-on selectat nu pot fi rezolvate." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -346,110 +346,110 @@ "Pentru a adăuga un nou produs, apăsați Adaugă. Pentru a șterge un produs, selectați-l și apăsați Șterge." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, Director: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produs" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Mediu" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Selectați produsul de șters." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Îndepărtez produsul add-on selectat..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installed Add-On Products" msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Produse add-on instalate" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Product" msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Produs add-on" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "&Rulează Managerul de Aplicații ..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system." msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "Sunt afișate toate produsele add-on instalate pe sistemul dvs." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use the Add button to add a new add-on product, or the Delete button to remove an add-on which is in use." msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "Apăsați Adaugă pentru a adăuga un nou produs add-on sau Șterge pentru a elimina un add-on utilizat." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Vânzător: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Vânzător necunoscut" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Versiune: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Versiune necunoscută" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "URL sursă de instalare: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "URL de sursă de instalare necunoscut" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Alias sursă de instalare: %1 " #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Produs necunoscut" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "URL necunoscut" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ "Sunteți sigur că doriți să-l ștergeți?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Îndepărtez dependențele produsului..." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/audit-laf.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/audit-laf.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/audit-laf.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -859,40 +859,50 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Nu pot citi audit.rules." -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -"Daemon-ul auditd nu rulează.\n" -"Doriți să-l porniți acum?" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start daemon." +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Pornește daemonul." + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -"Modulul de kernel 'apparmor' a fost încărcat.\n" -"Kernelul folosește un demon activ ce loghează evenimente de\n" -"audit în /var/log/audit/audit.log (setare implicită). \n" -"Doriți să porniți demonul acum?" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "&Start" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Audit daemon not running" -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "Daemonul de audit nu rulează." +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "Nu instala" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon" msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Nu se poate porni daemonul de audit." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -901,36 +911,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Salvez configurațiai audit" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Scrie setările" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Scrie regulile" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Scriu setările..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Scriu regulile..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "Regulile sunt deja blocate." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -938,30 +948,53 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed" msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Repornirea daemonului de audit a eșuat." #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Nu pot scrie setările în auditd.conf." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules" msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "Reporniți yast2-audit-laf și verificați regulile." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Nu pot scrie setările în auditd.rules." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "Fișier jurnal" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" +#~ "Do you want to start it now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Daemon-ul auditd nu rulează.\n" +#~ "Doriți să-l porniți acum?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +#~ "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" +#~ "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" +#~ "Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Modulul de kernel 'apparmor' a fost încărcat.\n" +#~ "Kernelul folosește un demon activ ce loghează evenimente de\n" +#~ "audit în /var/log/audit/audit.log (setare implicită). \n" +#~ "Doriți să porniți demonul acum?" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Audit daemon not running" +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "Daemonul de audit nu rulează." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/auth-client.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/auth-client.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/auth-client.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Renunță" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajutor" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nou" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ #. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis #: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setări de bază:" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Services:" @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prevenirea SPAM-ului" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adaugă" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editează" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Șterge" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -391,23 +391,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/auth-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/auth-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/auth-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -24,59 +24,59 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activează/deactivează serviciul" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adaugă o nouă bază de date" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afişează o listă cu bazele de date disponibile" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afişează o listă a schemelor configurate momentan" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adaugă o schemă la listă" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activează serviciul" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deactivează serviciul" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tip bază de date (\"hdb\" sau \"bdb\")" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN bază din baza de date" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN pentru autentificare administrator" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parolă administrator" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Directorul pentru baza de date" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișier" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Poziție" #. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); #. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); @@ -92,27 +92,27 @@ #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eroare la adăugarea bazei de date..." #. error popup #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Baza de date LDAP a fost deja creată. Puteți modifica setările mai târziu pe sistemul instalat." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[parolă root]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[setare manuală]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot obține parola root sistem. Setați o parolă LDAP server pentru a continua." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -124,15 +124,15 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN bază:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN root:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parolă LDAP:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" @@ -145,40 +145,40 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deschide port în firewall" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DA" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NU" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall-ul este dezactivat" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Înregistrează la daemonul SLP:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pornește serverul LDAP: " #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server OpenLDAP" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server Open&LDAP" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -189,6 +189,9 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" +"Pachetul '%1' nu este disponibil.\n" +"YaST2 nu poate continua configurarea\n" +"fără instalarea pachetului." #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -198,6 +201,8 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"YaST2 nu poate continua configurarea fără\n" +"a instala pachetele necesare." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." @@ -208,6 +213,8 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" +"Server OpenLDAP: Certificatul comun server nu este disponbil.\n" +"StartTLS este deactivat." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 @@ -217,7 +224,7 @@ #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Am detectat o configuraţie existentă." #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" @@ -229,14 +236,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restartează" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuraţie nouă" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migrate existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Migrează configurația existentă" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -247,11 +260,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migrează configurația existentă" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creează o configurație nouă de la început" #. LdapServer summary dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 @@ -275,28 +288,28 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setări generale" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Porneşte &serverul LDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Înregistrare la un daemon &SLP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setări firewall" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serverul LDAP nu rulează." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" @@ -344,7 +357,7 @@ #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configur&are avansată" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" @@ -356,14 +369,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurare de bază Kerberos" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, #. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "R&ealm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dom&eniu" #. abort? #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 @@ -376,24 +389,24 @@ #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurare avansată Kerberos" #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Opțiuni avansate" #. label widget #. header label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecția curentă: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurație:" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 @@ -418,7 +431,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caută" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -435,11 +448,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nu este un DN LDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parolă" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -466,7 +479,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocol" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -483,18 +496,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișier certificat &CA (format PEM)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caută..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selectați un fișier certificat CA" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -590,7 +603,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Validează parola" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" @@ -599,11 +612,11 @@ #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configurația de pornire</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Pornește serverul LDAP</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" @@ -625,6 +638,8 @@ "LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" "is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" +"LDAP este interfaţa standard LDAP pe portul 389. Comunicarea securizată TLS/SSL\n" +"este posibilă cu operaţia StartTLS dacă este configurat un certificat server." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -641,7 +656,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Setări firewall</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" @@ -655,21 +670,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a \n" +#| "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and \n" +#| "supports subtree renames. It is otherwise identical to bdb. A hdb-Database\n" +#| "needs a larger idlcachesize for good search performance than a bdb-Database.\n" +#| "" msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" +"Selectaţi baza de date între hdb şi bdb. Hdb este o \n" +"versiune a backend-ului bdb ce utilizează o mapare ierarhică şi \n" +"suportă redenumiri de subarbori. În rest este identică cu bdb. O bază de date hdb\n" +"necesită un idlcachesize mai mare decât una bdb pentru o performanţă mai ridicată a căutărilor.\n" +"" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opțiunea DN bază specifică rădăcina bazei de date ce va fi creată." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -679,14 +708,17 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" +"Dacă acest asistent a fost pornit în timpul instalării, \n" +"Parola administrator LDAP este setată iniţial pe parola root a sistemului\n" +"introdusă anterior în procesul de instalare. " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -696,13 +728,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -710,7 +742,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -720,28 +752,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Editează baza de date BDB</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduceți DN-ul complet sau doar prima parte și anexați DN-ul bază automat cu Anexează DN bază." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -752,17 +784,19 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Setări reguli parole</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" +"Pentru a utiliza regulile pentru parole pentru această bază de date, activați \n" +"Activează regulile pentru parole.." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -771,7 +805,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -780,30 +814,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduceți numele obiectului-regulă implicit în DN obiect regulă implicit." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configurare index</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -811,34 +845,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -846,30 +880,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configurare control acces</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -877,21 +911,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -903,11 +937,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -915,21 +949,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -939,15 +973,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -955,28 +989,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -986,22 +1020,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>Anulez inițializarea:</big> \n" +"Anulați utilitarul de configurare apăsând butonul Anuleazăi acum." #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1009,11 +1045,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Rezumatul configuraţiei serverului LDAP</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1021,78 +1057,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cu Pornește serverul LDAP Da sau Nu puteți porni sau opri serverul LDAP." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Setări TLS</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Setări generale</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Importă certificat</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1100,19 +1136,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mai jos puteți configura anumiți parametri globali." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1120,71 +1156,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1192,7 +1228,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1202,29 +1238,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pentru a adăuga o bază de date nouă, apăsați Adaugă bază de date...." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1233,233 +1269,233 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chiar dacă domeniul Kerberos poate fi orice şir ASCII, prin convenţie se utilizează majuscule, ca şi în numele domeniului dvs.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Șirul specifică locația bazei de date Kerberos pentru acest domeniu." #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acest şir specifică locaţia fişierului keytab utilizat de kadmin pentru autentificare în baza de date." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Această valoare de timp absolut specifică data de expirare implicită a entităților create în acest domeniu." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aceşti indicatori specifică atributele implicite ale entităţii create în acest domeniu." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite postdatate" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activarea acestui indicator permite entității obținerea de tichete postdatabile." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite redirecționabile" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activarea acestui indicator permite entității obținerea de tichete redirectabile." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite cu posibilitate de înnoire" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activarea acestui indicator permite entității obținerea de tichete cu posibilitate de înnoire." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite cu posibilitate de proxy" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activarea acestui indicator permite entității obținerea de tichete proxy." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite autentificarea utilizator-la-utilizator" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activarea acestui indicator permite entității obținerea unei chei de sesiune pentru un alt utilizator, permițând autentificarea utilizator-la-utilizator pentru această entitate." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Necesită preauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dacă acest indicatpr este activat pentru entitatea unui client, această entitate este necesară pentru preautentificarea în KDC înainte de a recepţiona orice tichete. Dacă activaţi acest indicatorpentru entitatea unui server, tichetele server pentru această entitate vor fi emise către clienţi doar cu un TGT ce are setat tichetul preautentificat." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Necesită hwauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dacă acest indicator este activat, entitatea trebuie să se preautentifice utilizând un dispozitiv hardware înainte de a recepţiona tichete." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite serviciul" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activarea acestui indicator permite KDC emiterea de tichete pentru această entitate." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite cereri tgs" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activarea acesti indicator permite entității obținerea de tichete bazate pe un tichet-de-acordare-de-tichete în loc de repetarea procedurii de autentificare folosite pentru obținerea TGT." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite tichete" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La activarea acestui indicator, KDC va emite tichete pentru această entitate. Deactivarea indicatorului în esență deactivează entitatea pentru acest domeniu." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Necesită modificare" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activarea acestui indicator forțează modificarea parolei pentru această entitate." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serviciu de modificare parole" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dacă acest indicator este activat, marchează entitatea ca serviciu de modificare parole. Este recomandată doar utilizarea în situații speciale, de exemplu dacă parola unui utilizator a expirat, utiilzatorul trebuie să primească tichete pentru această entitate pentru a o putea modifica fără a trece prin procedura normală de autentificare cu parolă." #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Şirul locaţie al fişierului dicţionar ce conţine şiruri ce nu sunt permise ca parole. Dacă nu este setat sau dacă nu există nici o regulă asociată entităţii, nu va fi efectuată nici o verificare." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acest număr de port specifică portul pe care daemonul kadmind va asculta pentru acest domeniu." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ace_st șir specifică locația unde a fost stocată cheia master cu kdb5stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acest şir specifică lista de porturi pe care KDC va asculta pentru acest domeniu." #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acest șir specifică numele entității asociate cu cheia master. Valoarea implicită este K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acest şir tip de cheie reprezintă tipul de cheie al cheii master." #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acest interval de timp specifică perioada de valabilitate maximă a unui tichet pentru acest domeniu." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acest interval de timp specifică perioada de timp maximă în care poate fi înnoit un tichet pentru acest domeniu." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O listă de şiruri key:salt ce specifică combinaţiile implicite key/salt ale entităţilor pentru acest domeniu." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Specifică combinaţiile key/salt permise pentru entităţile din acest domeniu." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Specifică dacă lista domeniilor tranzitate pentru tichetele inter-domenii trebuie validată în raport cu calea de tranzit obținută din numele domeniilor și secțiunea [capaths] din fișierul krb5.conf file" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acest indicator specific LDAP indică numărul de conexiuni ce vor fi menţinute de serverul LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Specifică lista de subarbori ce conțin entitățile unui domeniu. Lista conține DN-urile obiectelor din subarbore separate prin două puncte(:).Aria de căutare specifică aria pentru căutarea entităților în subarbore." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Specifică DN-ul obiectului container în care vor fi create entitățile unui domeniu. Dacă referința containerului nu este creată pentru un domeniu, entitățile vor fi create în containerul domeniului." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Specifică timpul de valabilitate maxim al tichetelor pentru entitățile acestui domeniu." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Specifică timpul maxim de înnoire al tichetelor pentru entitățile acestui domeniu.." #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -1472,39 +1508,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setări avansate" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Calea către baze de date" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Calea către baze &de date" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișier ACL" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Fișier ACL" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Keytab Administrator" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Expirare implicită entitate" #. checkbox text #. checkbox text @@ -1517,12 +1553,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Disponibil" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Dată" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 @@ -1535,7 +1571,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oră" #. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", #. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), @@ -1546,133 +1582,133 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indicatori impliciți entitate" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 msgid "Allow p&ostdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite p&ostdatate" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 msgid "Allow &forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite redirecționabile" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 msgid "Allow rene&wable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite cu posibilitate de înnoire" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 msgid "Allow &proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite cu posibilitate de &proxy" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite autentificarea &utilizator-la-utilizator" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 msgid "Requires pr&eauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Necesită pr&eauth" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 msgid "Requires &hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Necesită &hwauth" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 msgid "Allow &service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite &serviciul" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite cereri tgs" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 msgid "Allow &tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite &tichete" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 msgid "Need &change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Necesită modifi&care" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serviciu de modificare p&arole" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișier dictionar" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port daemon kadmin" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port daemon kpasswd" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișier chei ascunse" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port KDC" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nume cheie master" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tip cheie master" #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item @@ -1681,14 +1717,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Durata de viată maximă a tichetului" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zile" #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item @@ -1697,66 +1733,66 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Durata de reînnoire maximă a tichetului" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipuri de criptare implicite" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipuri de criptare suportate de KDC" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Respinge tranzitul eronat" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numărul conexiunilor LDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișierul pentru parola LDAP" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caută în subarbori" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aria de căutare" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "căutare în &subarbori" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 msgid "&one level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "un nivel" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Container principal" #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setări avansate LDAP" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1766,6 +1802,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "Configurarea clientului LDAP" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1812,7 +1854,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inițializez..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1820,22 +1862,22 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurația de pornire" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setări globale" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișiere schemă" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setări nivel jurnalizare" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 @@ -1846,26 +1888,26 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setări TLS" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Baze de date" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN Sufix" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tip bază de date" #. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuraţia dvs TLS/SSl pare a fi incompletă." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" @@ -1875,12 +1917,12 @@ #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selectați noul fișier schemă" #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișierul schemă este deja în listă." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -1897,12 +1939,12 @@ #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selectați fișierul certificat" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selectați fițierul cu cheia certificat" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -1917,31 +1959,31 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chiar doriți să ștergeți baza de date?" #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot scrie setările bazei de date curente." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot citi setările bazei de date curente." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "New Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Parolă de administrare nouă" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criptar&e parolă" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -1955,7 +1997,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1963,7 +2005,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Da" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -1979,11 +2021,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurare regulilor pentru parole" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurare control acces" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 msgid "Replication Provider" @@ -2003,7 +2045,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2012,19 +2054,19 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișiere &schemă incluse." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setectați indicatorii nive&lului de jurnalizare:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apeluri funcție trace" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manipulare pachete debug" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" @@ -2032,39 +2074,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestiunea conexiunilor" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipărește pachetele trimise și primite" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procesarea filtrului de căutare" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procesarea fișierului de configurare" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procesarea Access Control List" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jurnalizează conexiuni, operații și rezultate" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intrări jurnal trimise" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipărește comunicarea cu back-end-uri shell" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parcurgerea datelor introduse" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" @@ -2072,23 +2114,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nimic" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecte&ază indicatori permisiuni:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cereri LDAPv2 Bind " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conectare anonimă dacă datele de acces nu sunt vide" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conectare neautentificată dacă DN nu este vid" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" @@ -2116,11 +2158,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setări de bază" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activează TLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" @@ -2128,27 +2170,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizează certificate comune server" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importă certificat" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Fișier certificat (format PEM)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caută..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișier cheie certificat (format PEM -- necriptat)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Răsfoiește.." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2156,23 +2198,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN &Bază" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN administrator" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Anexează DN bază" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifică parola" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editează baza de date BDB" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" @@ -2188,11 +2230,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kilobytes" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "minute" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" @@ -2208,11 +2250,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editează baza de date" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipul de bază de date nu este suportat momentan." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" @@ -2220,12 +2262,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribut" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Presence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prezenţă" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 @@ -2235,44 +2277,44 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Substring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Subşir" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 msgid "Change Administrator Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifică parolă administrator" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Add Index" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adaugă index" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setări reguli parole" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activează reguli parole" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hash parole clear text" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comunică starea \"Cont blocat\"" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN obiect regulă implicit" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editează regula" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toate intrările" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" @@ -2280,35 +2322,35 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intrările cu DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toţi" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clienţi autentificați" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cleinţi anonimi" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intrarea accesată (însăşi)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizatorul cu DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toate intrările din subarbore" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toţi membrii grupului" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" @@ -2316,69 +2358,69 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fără acces" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fără acces (dar furnizează informaţiile în caz de eroare)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autentificare" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compară" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Citire" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scriere" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestionează (acces complet)" #. don't count frontend and Config DB #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Baze de date nouă" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setări de bază ale bazei de date" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Administrator DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anexează DN bază" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Parolă de administrator LDAP" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Director bază de date" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizează această bază de date ca implicită pentru clienţii OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selectați directorul bazei de date" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN bază trebuie setat." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2386,11 +2428,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN root trebuie setat dacă se atribuie o parolă." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validarea parolei a eșuat." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2400,52 +2442,52 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trebuie specificat un director." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Directorul nu există. Doriți să îl creez?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autentificarea a eșuat. Probabil parola este incorectă.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mesajul de eroare este:" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Încerc din nou?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 msgid "Available Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipuri de atribute disponibile" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipuri de atribute selectate" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pentru cine se va aplica această regulă" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 msgid "Entry DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intrare DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selectează" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definiţi nivelul de acces" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" @@ -2466,27 +2508,27 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 msgid "Subtree DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN subarbore" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 msgid "Group DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN grup" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editează regula de cotrol acces" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 msgid "Target Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obiecte destinaţie" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 msgid "Matching the filter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ce corespunde filtrului:" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 msgid "LDAP Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtru LDAP" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" @@ -2494,23 +2536,23 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribute" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editează" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nivel de acces" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 msgid "Who" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cine" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2518,11 +2560,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sus" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jos" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2539,11 +2581,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Țintă" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtru" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 msgid "" @@ -2561,7 +2603,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2573,19 +2615,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zile" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ore" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minute" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Secunde" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2643,7 +2685,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Citesc configurația de pornire" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" @@ -2651,7 +2693,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Citesc datele de configurare" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" @@ -2665,70 +2707,70 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Căutarea LDAP a eșuat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schemă URI LDAP invalidă." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inițializarea LDAP a eșuat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP bind a eșuat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniţializarea schemei LDAP a eşuat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Citirea schemei LDAP a eșuat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schema Kerberos este necunoscută pentru serverul LDAP." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modificarea bazei de date kerberos a eşuat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modificarea LDAP a eșuat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informații incomplete." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipul bazei de date nu este suportat." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activez serverul LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pornesc serverul LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activez serverul OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Repornesc serverul OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" @@ -2744,23 +2786,23 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scriu configurația de pornire" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Curăţ directorul config" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creez configuraţia" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pornesc serverul OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creez obiectele de bază" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" @@ -2780,29 +2822,29 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Curăţarea directorului config a eșuat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eroare la popularea bazei de date de configurare cu \"slapadd\"." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activarea serviciului LDAP a eşuat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pornirea serviciului LDAP a eşuat." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opresc serverul LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deactivez serverul LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" @@ -2824,23 +2866,23 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scriu fişierele sysconfig" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplic modificările bazei de date de configurare" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplic modificările /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creez obiectele de bază pentru bazele de date nou create" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actualizez obiectele reguli parole implicite " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" @@ -2848,7 +2890,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Repornesc serverul OpenLDAP dacă este necesar" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" @@ -2856,11 +2898,11 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crearea obiectelor de bază a eşuat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crearea obiectelor reguli parole a eşuat. " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" @@ -2872,7 +2914,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Înregistrează la serviciul SLP:" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " @@ -2880,19 +2922,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creează următoarele baze de date:" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sufix bază de date: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tip bază de date: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neconfigurat încă." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2900,12 +2942,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișierul certificat nu există" #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișierul cu cheia certificatului nu există." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -2917,11 +2959,11 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Curăţ directorul pentru baza de date de configuraţie" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Convertesc slapd.conf pentru baza de date de configuraţie" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" @@ -2929,7 +2971,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Repornesc serverul LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" @@ -2937,11 +2979,11 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Date de ieșire ale \"slaptest\":\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migrarea configuraţiei existente a eşuat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." @@ -2949,13 +2991,13 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certificatul comun server nu este disponbil. StartTLS este deactivat." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2968,246 +3010,246 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot scrie krb5.conf." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crearea bazei de date Kerberos a eşuat." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scrierea în fișierul password a eșuat." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "nu este un DN LDAP valid." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prima parte a sufixului trebuie să fie c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= sau dc=." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu am putut crea directorul." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scrierea în krb5.conf a eșuat." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scrierea în kdc.conf a eșuat." #. error at paramter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipul de bază de date '%s' nu este suportat. Sunt permise 'bdb' și 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "countryName trebuie să fie un cod de țară ISO-3166 din 2 litere." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'rootdn' invalid." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'rootdn' trebuie să fie mai mic decât 'suffix'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pentru a seta o parolă trebuie să definiți 'rootdn'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definiți 'rootpw'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'%s' este o metodă de criptare nesuportată." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definiți 'directory'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Directorul nu există." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valoarea dimensiunii cache-ului este invalidă." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valoare chekpoint invalidă." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definiți 'passwd'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editarea bazei de date a eșuat." #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lipsește parametrul 'suffix'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot restarta serviciul." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot opri serviciul." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișierul certificat CA nu există." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Calea către certificatul CA nu există." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișierul certificat nu există." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valoare invalidă pentru 'TLSVerifyClient'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scrierea a eșuat" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lipsește parametrul 'ServerCertificateFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot citi fișierul certificat." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lipsește parametrul 'ServerCertificateData'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Date PEM corupte." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lipsește parametrul 'ServerKeyFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot citi fișierul cu cheia." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lipsește parametrul 'ServerKeyData'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot citi fișierul certificat CA." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot scrie fișierul certificat." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot scrie fișierul cu cheia." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot scrie fișierul certificat CA." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/autoinst.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/autoinst.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/autoinst.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "a activa/dezactiva toate pachetele de manipulare" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Listă de parametri vidă" @@ -146,33 +145,28 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Calea către profilul AutoYaST trebuie setată." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Client pentru crearea unui profil AutoYaST bazat pe sistemul curent." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "module cunoscute: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "lista modulelor separate prin virgulă pentru clonare" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Clonez sistemul..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Profilul autoyast rezultat poate fi găsit în /root/autoinst.xml." #. help 1/2 @@ -319,23 +313,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Execut post-scripturile" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Determine running services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Determină serviciile care rulează" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Termin configurarea" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy #| msgid "processing resource %1" msgid "Processing resource %1" @@ -2416,12 +2410,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr " - Disc" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " - Grup de volume" @@ -2522,11 +2516,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Discuri" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Total of %1 drive" #| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives" @@ -2717,28 +2711,28 @@ msgstr "Rularea programului ce rezolvă pachetele a eșuat. Vă rog verificați secțiunea software din profilul autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "Planul de partiționare configurat în profilul dvs. XML nu încape pe harddisk. Lipsesc %1MB" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Nu a fost configurat nici un echipament anume" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Evaluez partiția root. Vă rog așteptați..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Nu am găsit nici o partiție root Linux." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2747,7 +2741,7 @@ "ce paritiție root să fie folosită. Instalarea automata nu este posibilă.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "dispozitivul '%1' nu a fost găsit de către aplicația de depozitare" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/base.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/base.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/base.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-02 13:54-0700\n" "Last-Translator: Alexandru Szasz <alexxed(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "Omite" @@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Parolă" @@ -1531,6 +1531,31 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Nu am putut să instalez pachetele necesare." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Actualizez configurația..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "Această operațiune poate dura" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kerberos schema file not found" +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "Fișierul cu schema Kerberos nu a fost găsit." + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2185,15 +2210,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Placă de rețea" @@ -2201,27 +2226,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Necunoscut" @@ -2231,326 +2256,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Adresă adițională" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Placă de rețea ARCnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Mod transfer asincron (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Conexiune Bluetooth" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Rețea bond" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Placă ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Interfață channel-to-channel (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Conexiune DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Dummy" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dispozitive de rețea de probă" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Placă de rețea ethernet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Placă de rețea FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "Interfață paralelă de înaltă performanță (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Interfață Hipersockets (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Conexiune ISDN" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Dispozitiv de rețea pe infraroșu" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Dispozitiv pe infraroșu" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Placă de rețea OSA LCS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Dispozitiv loopback" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Placă de rețea Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Paralel" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Conexiune paralelă" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "Dispozitiv OSA-Express sau QDIO (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-în-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "Dispozitiv de încapsulare IPv6-în-IPv4" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Serial" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Conexiune serială" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Placă de rețea token ring" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Dispozitiv de rețea USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Dispozitiv de rețea VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Wireless" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Placă de rețea wireless" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Rețea XP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtual LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Bridge" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Punte între rețele" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Tunel în rețea" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "TAP rețea" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Dispozitiv InfiniBand" @@ -2613,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr "Dir&ectoare exportate" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2626,30 +2651,31 @@ "Chiar continuați?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "No running network detected!" -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Nu am detectat nicio rețea activă!" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "Reporniți instalarea și configurați rețeaua în Linuxrc" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" +#| "and start this module again" msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" "Configurați rețeaua cu YaST sau plug-in-ul Network Manager\n" "și reporniți acest modul" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "sau continuați fără rețea." - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2970,51 +2996,51 @@ msgstr "&Dezinstalează" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Pachet: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Dimensiune: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Timp rămas până la reconectarea automată: %1" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Descarc pachetul %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Descarc pachetul" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Afișează &detalii" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Pachetul %1 este defect, verificarea integrității a eșuat." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Să încerc din nou instalarea pachetului?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Anulez instalarea?" @@ -3023,15 +3049,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Eroare: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" @@ -3044,35 +3070,35 @@ "Se recomandă verificarea ulterioară a sistemului prin rularea modulul de Gestiune Software." #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Deinstalez pachetul %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Instalez pachetul %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Deinstalez pachetul" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Instalez pachetul" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Îndepărtarea pachetului %1 a eșuat." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Instalarea pachetului %1 a eșuat." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3081,7 +3107,7 @@ "Se recomandă verificarea ulterioară a sistemului prin rularea modulul de Gestiune Software." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3096,27 +3122,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Partea A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Partea B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Discul %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Mediu %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3125,7 +3151,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3138,7 +3164,7 @@ "Verificați drepturle de scriere pentru director." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3151,57 +3177,57 @@ "Verificați dacă serverul este accesibil." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "Mediul corect al sursei de instalare nu a putut fi montat." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Omite autoîmprospătarea" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Eject" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Ejectează a&utomat CD-ul sau DVD-ul" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Să reîncerc instalarea?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Să omit mediul de stocare?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ignor mediul defect..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Creez sursa de instalare %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." @@ -3210,32 +3236,32 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Nu pot obține descrierea sursei remote de instalare." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "A apărut o eroare la obținerea noilor metadate." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Sursa de instalare nu este validă." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Metadatele sursei de instalare sunt invalide." @@ -3243,96 +3269,96 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Reîncerc?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Examinez sursa de instalare %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "A apărut o eroare la examinarea sursei de instalare." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Detalii examinare sursă de instalare." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Metadatele sursei de instalare sunt invalide." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Sursă de instalare %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Descarc pachetul delta RPM %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Descarc pachetul delta RPM" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Aplic pachetul delta RPM %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Aplic pachetul delta RPM" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Descarc pachetul patch RPM %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Descarc pachetul patch RPM" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Pornesc scriptul %1 (petic %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Rulez scriptul" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Petic: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Script: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Date de ieșire ale scriptului" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3341,7 +3367,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3356,44 +3382,44 @@ "pot lipsi sau pot fi depășite." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Omite împrospătares" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Descarc" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Se descarcă: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Verific baza de date de pachete" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Reconstruiesc baza de date de pachete. Acest proces poate dura." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Stare" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3402,12 +3428,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Convertesc baza de date de pachete. Acest proces poate dura." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3416,12 +3442,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Citesc baza de date RPM..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Citesc pachetele instalate" @@ -3432,27 +3458,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Scanez baza de date RPM..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Inițializarea destinației a eșuat." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Baza de date RPM a fost citită" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Autentificare utilizator" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3463,7 +3489,7 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "N&ume utilizator" @@ -3534,48 +3560,8 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Acceptați acest acord de licențiere?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" -"Sistemul curent nu este stabil, \n" -" deoarece unele pachete au dependențe nerezolvate." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "Rezolvarea automată a dependențelor a eșuat. Este necesară rezolvarea manuală a dependențelor." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -#| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -#| "in the package manager." -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" -"Yast a adăugat sau șters automat unele pachete,\n" -" verificați în managerul de pachete schimbările\n" -" care sunt programate să repare sistemul." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n" -#| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" -"Porniți managerul de pachete pentru a repara problemele\n" -"sau instalați numai pachetele deja confirmate?" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" @@ -3588,12 +3574,12 @@ "care trebuie rezolvate manual în managerul de pachete." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Instalarea pachetelor necesare a eșuat." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3604,12 +3590,12 @@ "se poate ca YaST să nu funcționeze corect.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Nu pot continua fără instalarea pachetelor necesare." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3756,7 +3742,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pachete" @@ -4256,7 +4242,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4281,7 +4267,7 @@ "că aparține într-adevăr acestui proprietar." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n" @@ -4292,18 +4278,18 @@ "Data expirării: %1" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Importă cheie GnuPG neautorizată" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4337,12 +4323,12 @@ "Doriți totuși să-l utilizați?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Rezumat greșit" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4373,87 +4359,95 @@ "Doriți totuși să-l utilizați?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Rezumat necunoscut" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Instalez..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Mediu" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Pachete rămase" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Oră" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Acțiuni efectuate:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while packages are being installed." msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Așteptați ca pachetele să fie instalate." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "Oprirea instalării pachetelor poate fi oprită folosind butonul Anulează. În acest caz sistemul de operare poate fi instabil sau nu va porni dacă componentele de bază nu s-au instalat." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "&Note de publicare" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "&Prezentare" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalii" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Execută actualizarea" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Se execută instalarea" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Instalare pachete" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4462,17 +4456,17 @@ "părăsiți instalarea?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Anulat" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fișierul nu a fost găsit." #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Jurnal sistem (%1)" @@ -5088,7 +5082,7 @@ msgstr "A apărut o eroare la crearea initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5205,7 +5199,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -6120,6 +6114,49 @@ "Nu există zonă reverse pentru %1 administrată de serverul dvs. DNS.\n" "Hostname %2 nu poate fi adaugat." +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "No running network detected!" +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Nu am detectat nicio rețea activă!" + +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "sau continuați fără rețea." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n" +#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sistemul curent nu este stabil, \n" +#~ " deoarece unele pachete au dependențe nerezolvate." + +#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." +#~ msgstr "Rezolvarea automată a dependențelor a eșuat. Este necesară rezolvarea manuală a dependențelor." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~| "in the package manager." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~ "in the software manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yast a adăugat sau șters automat unele pachete,\n" +#~ " verificați în managerul de pachete schimbările\n" +#~ " care sunt programate să repare sistemul." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n" +#~| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" +#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Porniți managerul de pachete pentru a repara problemele\n" +#~ "sau instalați numai pachetele deja confirmate?" + #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Dimensiune instalată" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/bootloader.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/bootloader.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/bootloader.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -147,22 +147,22 @@ msgstr "Sistemul va reporni acum..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Nu a fost selectat nici un bootloader pentru instalare. Sistemul dvs. s-ar putea să nu fie bootabil." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Din cauza partiționării bootloader-ul nu a putut fi instalat corect" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Bootare" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Bootare" @@ -171,12 +171,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "Ordinea discurilor" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Setări ordine disc" @@ -187,10 +187,9 @@ msgstr "Meniu de boot" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Opțiuni pentru bootloader" @@ -309,11 +308,17 @@ "în Opțiuni pentru bootloader pentru a actualiza MBR dacă este necesar, sau configurați celălalt manager de boot\n" "pentru a poni această secțiune." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "Partiție de boot personalizată permite selectarea unei partiții pentru bootare." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." @@ -321,7 +326,7 @@ "Matricea MD este construită din 2 discuri. Activează redundanța pentru matricea MD\n" "activează scrierea GRUB către MBR al ambelor discuri." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." @@ -329,7 +334,7 @@ "Utilizarea consolei serial îți permite definirea parametrilor necesari\n" "pentru folosirea unei console serial. Vă rugăm să consultați documentația GRUB (<code>info grub</code>) pentru detalii." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -343,7 +348,7 @@ "sub forma <code>serial console</code>. În acest caz, terminalul în care apăsați o tastă\n" "va fi selectat ca terminal GRUB." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." @@ -351,19 +356,19 @@ "Secțiune alternativă la eșecul celei implicite conține o listă cu numere de\n" "secțiuni ce vor fi utilizate pentru bootare dacă secțiunea implicită nu este bootabilă." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "Opțiunea Ascunde meniul la bootareascunde meniul de boot." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "Fișier meniu grafic stabilește fișierul utilizat pentru meniul grafic de boot." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "Activează semnalele acustice activare/dezactivare." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -374,7 +379,7 @@ "în Reintroduceți parola." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -386,72 +391,72 @@ "Pentru a specifica ordinea discurile în conformitate cu ordinea din BIOS, folosiți\n" "butoanele Sus și Jos pentru a rearanja discurile." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Locațiile bootloader-ului" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Setează &marcajul activ în partiția tabelului pentru partiția de inițiere" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "Întârzierea în secunde" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Secția de boot implicită" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Scrie &codul de boot generic în MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "Utilizează un grub autorizat" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Partiție de boot personalizată" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Bootează din Master Boot Record" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Bootează din partiția root" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Bootează din partiția de root" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Bootează de pe partiția extinsă" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "Parametrii conexiune serială" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Secțiuni alternative la eșecul celei implicite" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Ascunde meniul la bootare" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "Fișier meniu grafic" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "Parolă pentru interfața meniu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Indicator de debug" @@ -503,122 +508,122 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Folosește &consola serial" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "Argumente &consolă" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "Echipament" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "Maparea de dispozitive trebuie să conțină cel puțin un dispozitiv" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "D&iscuri" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "S&us" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "Jos" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Locația bootloader-ului" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Bootează din &Master Boot Record" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Bootează din partiția root" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Boo&tează din partiția de root" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Locația bootloader-ului" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Bootează din &Master Boot Record" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Bootează de pe partiția extinsă" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Partiție de boot personalizată" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Activează red&undanța pentru matricea MD" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "&Detaliile instalării bootloader-ului" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Opțiuni pentru bootloader" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Parametrii kernel adăugați: %1" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Opțiuni pentru bootloader" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Securizat" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Activează suport &Quota" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Locația bootloader-ului" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -654,24 +659,42 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Parametrii opționali în linie de comandă pentru kernel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "Distribuție:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Mod VGA" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -704,30 +727,54 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "Nespecificat" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[set]" +msgid "set" +msgstr "[setat]" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr "De şters:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -741,7 +788,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "Partiția de boot este de tip NFS. Bootloaderul nu poate fi instalat." @@ -872,11 +919,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "Xen" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "Discheta" @@ -1874,13 +1917,13 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Bootarea din MBR este activă (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">dezactivează</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" @@ -1888,31 +1931,32 @@ #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Inițierea din partiția /boot este activată (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">dezactivează</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "Inițierea din partiția /boot este dezactivată (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">activează</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Inițierea din partiția \"/\" este activată (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">dezactivează</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "Inițierea din partiția \"/\" este dezactivată (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">dezactivează</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Location: %1" msgid "Change Location: %s" @@ -1923,31 +1967,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Tipul bootloader-ului: %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr " (\"/boot\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (extended)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr " (\"/\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Locația stării: %1" @@ -1970,238 +2016,182 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "Propune și co&mbină cu meniurile GRUB existente" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Activează securitate &GSS" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Bootloader necunoscut: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Combinație nesuportată între platforma hardware %1 și bootloaderul %2" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "Partiția cu numărul > 3 este utilizată pentru a porni cu tabela de partiții GPT" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "Dispozitivul de inițiere este pe un disc iSCSI: %1. Sistemul nu se va putea iniția." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Dispozitivul de boot este pe tipul raid: %1. Sistemul nu va boota." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "Dispozitivul de boot este pe RAID1 software. Selectați altă locație pentru bootloader, de ex. Master Boot Record" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "Nu s-a putut determina ordinea exactă a discurilor pentru maparea de dispozitive. Ordinea discurilor poate fi modificată în \"Detalii instalare bootloader\"" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Verifică bootloader-ul" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Citește partiționarea" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Încarcă setările bootloader-ului" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Verific bootloader-ul..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Citesc partiționarea..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Încarc setările bootloader-ului..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Inițializez configurarea bootloader-ului" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "Parametrii kernel adăugați: %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Creează initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Salvează fișierele de configurare ale bootloader-ului" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Instalează bootloader-ul" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Creez initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Salvez fișierele de configurare ale bootloader-ului..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Instalez bootloader-ul..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Salvez configurarea bootloader-ului" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "Dispozitivul de inițiere este pe un disc iSCSI: %1. Sistemul nu se va putea iniția." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "Mod sigur" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "Harddisk" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Mod sigur" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "Test de memorie" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Harddisk" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "MBR inaintea instalarii" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "Test de memorie" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "Kernelul anterior" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "MBR inaintea instalarii" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "Diagnostic vanzator" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "Kernelul anterior" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "_Linux" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "Diagnostic vanzator" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "_Mod sigur" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "_Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "Discheta" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "_Mod sigur" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "Harddisk" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "Discheta" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "Test de memorie" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Harddisk" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "MBR inaintea instalarii" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "Test de memorie" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "Kernelul anterior" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "MBR inaintea instalarii" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "Diagnostic vanzator" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "Kernelul anterior" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "Diagnostic vanzator" + #~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." #~ msgstr "Bootloader este instalat pe o partiție care nu se află în întregime sub %1 GB. Sistemul ar putea să nu pornească dacă BIOS-ul suporta numai lba24 (rezultatul este eroare 18 în timpul instalării MBR-ului)." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/ca-management.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/ca-management.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/ca-management.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -69,25 +69,25 @@ msgstr "Unitate organizațională" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organizație" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "Localitate" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Stat (provincie)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "Țară" @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr "Nume CA" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Nume comun" @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "Email" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Unitate organizațională" @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Certificat server comun" @@ -711,11 +711,20 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, te rog citește manualul." +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "Acest certificat poate fi schimbat importând un certificat dintr-un fișier." + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -723,22 +732,22 @@ msgstr "Descriere" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "Ște&rgere" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Importă/Înlocuiește" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Certificatul nu a expirat încă.\n" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -747,7 +756,7 @@ "\n" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "Ești sigur că doriți ștergerea certificatului?" @@ -780,11 +789,69 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "Emis pentru:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Nume comun: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&rganization:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "O&rganizație:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Locaţie:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Stat (privincie): " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Țară: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "Emis de:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -792,7 +859,7 @@ "\n" "Valabil de la: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -801,34 +868,34 @@ "Valabil pentru: " #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "&Avansat..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Vizualizare" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "Modifi&că parola CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "Cree&ază SubCA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Exportă în &&fișier" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "Exportă în &LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "&Editează implicit" @@ -882,7 +949,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sumar" @@ -914,18 +981,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (critic)\n" @@ -937,40 +1004,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(critic) " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "Copiază Subject Alt Name din CA" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(critic)\n" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment: " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType: " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "Copiază adresa e-mail standard" @@ -1046,83 +1113,227 @@ "\n" "Certificatul nu a fost găsit" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Numele comun: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Organizație: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Organizație: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Stat (privincie): " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Țară: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr " Tip " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key Length: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "Lungimea cheii: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "Număruls erial al update-ului de zonă" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "Perioadă de valabilitate: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "Perioadă de valabilitate: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "Perioadă de valabilitate: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "Valabil" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "Revocat" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "Expirat" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Stare" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "Adresă e-mail" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Adaugă" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Adaugă certificat server" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "Adaugă certificat client" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "Modifi&că parola" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "&Revocă" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "Șterge" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "Exportă" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Exportă în &fișier" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "Exportă în LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Exportă ca certificat server comun" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "Ștergeți certificatul curent?" @@ -1220,7 +1431,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "Perioadă de &&valabilitate (zile):" @@ -1656,7 +1867,7 @@ msgstr " zile\n" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "Lungimea căii " @@ -1864,6 +2075,15 @@ "\n" "Cererea nu a fost găsită.\n" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Generate Time" +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "Generează timpul" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1872,77 +2092,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "Extensia \"%1\" nu a fost găsită." #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "Aceasta este o cerere CA. Chiar o semnați ca %1?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "Aceasta nu este o cerere CA. Chiar o semnați ca cerere CA?" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "Această zonă arată cererea de semnare." #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "Cererea are anumite extensii speciale pe care le puteți accepta." #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "Dacă refuzați aceste extensii, vor fi folosite valorile implicite." -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "Extensii cerute" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "Semnați cererea ca %1 (pasul 1/2)" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "Această zonă vă oferă o vedere de ansamblu a tuturor setărilor pentru cererea ce va fi semnată." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "Apăsați Semnează cererea pentru a continua." -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "zile" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr " (critic)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "&Editează cererea" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "Semnează cererea ca %1 (pasul 2/2)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "Semnează cererea" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "Cererea a fost semnată." Added: trunk/yast/ro/po/cio.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/cio.ro.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/cio.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +# Romanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Interfețe disponibile" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Dispozitiv" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Utilizat" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nu" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "da" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Canal fibră" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Selectează tot" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Selecţia fişierelor" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "R&ead Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "Ci&teşte canalul" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Ieșire" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/cluster.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/cluster.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/cluster.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -89,231 +89,231 @@ msgstr "Configurează CUPS" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Renunță" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sender Address" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Adresă expeditor" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sender Address" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Adresă expeditor" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Transport" msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Transport" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Canal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network &Address:" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "&Adresa de rețea:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Master's Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "&Adresa serverului Master" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multicast" msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Multicast" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy #| msgid "R&ead Channel" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Ci&teşte canalul" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Clustering" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sender Address" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Adresă expeditor" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Activează securitate &GSS" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "Rulează" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Nu rulează" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Bootare" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 #, fuzzy #| msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "Pornit: Pornește acum și la bootare" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "Oprit -- Serverul va fi pornit doar manual" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Pornește și oprește" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Starea curentă: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Pornește firewall-ul acum" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Oprește firewall-ul acum" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Main Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Gazda principală" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "Adaugă" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "Întârziere" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editează" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Selectare fișier" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Linii fstab propuse" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a user name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Introduceţi un nume de utilizator." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write hostname" msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Scrie numele gazdei" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile." msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Introduceți un nume nou pentru profilul %1." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Introduceţi numele de fişier" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 already exists.\n" @@ -326,46 +326,46 @@ "Să-l înlocuiesc?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Parcurgerea fișierului cu cheia a eșuat." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Crearea imaginii a eșuat." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -378,23 +378,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -403,7 +406,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -414,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -427,7 +430,7 @@ "Vă rog așteptați..." #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -436,7 +439,7 @@ "Opriți utilitarul de configurare fără riscuri apăsând Anulează acum.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -449,7 +452,7 @@ "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -474,41 +477,41 @@ msgstr "Inițializez..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Inițializez configurarea imprimantei" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Citește baza de date" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Citesc setările anterioare" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Citire configurație firewall" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Citesc baza de date..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Citesc setările vechi..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -516,71 +519,71 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gata" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Nu pot instala pachetele necesare." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Modifică configurația existentă" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Nu pot citi database1." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Nu pot citi database2." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Nu pot detecta echipamentele." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Salvez configurația" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Scrie setările" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Salvează modificările profilului" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Scriu setările..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Salvez modificările din fișiere..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nu pot scrie configurația." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/control-center.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/control-center.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/control-center.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/control.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/control.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/control.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -29,731 +29,401 @@ "X-Generator: Narro 2.0 on http://tradu.softwareliber.ro\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n==0 || (n%100 > 0 && n%100 < 20)) ? 1 : 2;\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Instalare produs add-on" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Instalare limbă" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Instalarea a fost terminată cu succes.\n" +"Sistemul dvs. este pregătit să fie folosit.\n" +"Apăsaţi Gata pentru a vă autentifica în sistem.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Vă rugăm să ne vizitaţi la http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"\n" +"\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Inițializez..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Configurez rețeaua..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Configurez hardware-ul..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Termin configurarea..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Server CIM" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Setări de instalare" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Prezentare generală" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Expert" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Setări de instalare live" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Setări pentru actualizare" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configurare rețea" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare servicii rețea" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Configurare hardware" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Pregătire" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Salvez configurația rețelei" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Configurare rețea" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Bun venit" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Activare rețea" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Activare disc" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Analiza sistemului" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Produse add-on" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Disc" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Fus orar" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Setări utilizator" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalare" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Sumar instalare" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Se execută instalarea" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "Repară" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instalare" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Disc" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistemul ce va fi actualizat" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Actualizează" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Sumar actualizare" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Execută actualizarea" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Informații sistem" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Execută repararea" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Instalare de bază" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Limbă" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "Setări AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurație" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Rețea" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Configurarea sistemului" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Centru clienți" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Instalare produs add-on" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Actualizare on-line" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Instalare limbă" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Note de publicare" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Inițializez..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Configurare automată" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Configurez rețeaua..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Parolă root" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Configurez hardware-ul..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Verifică instalarea" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Termin configurarea..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Nume gazdă" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Setări utilizator" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Utilizatori" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Sumar instalare" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "Setări AutoYaST" +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "Repară" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Configurarea sistemului" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Informații sistem" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Curăță" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Execută repararea" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Limbă" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Scenariu de bază pentru server" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Rețea" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server oferă mai multe scenarii de bază.\n" -"Se alege un scenariu care se potrivește cel mai bine." +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Centru clienți" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "Calculator fizic (pentru virtualizare)" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Actualizare on-line" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "Mașină virtuală (pentru medii virtualizate ca XEN)" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Note de publicare" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Gazdă pentru virtualizare XEN (X11 nu este configurat în mod implicit)" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Configurare automată" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Configurare servicii rețea" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Parolă root" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Scenariu pentru server" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Verifică instalarea" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Sumar instalare" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Nume gazdă" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Serviciu" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Utilizatori" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Curăță" + +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Scenariu de bază pentru server" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" +#~ "Choose the one that matches your server the best." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server oferă mai multe scenarii de bază.\n" +#~ "Se alege un scenariu care se potrivește cel mai bine." + +#~ msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" +#~ msgstr "Calculator fizic (pentru virtualizare)" + +#~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" +#~ msgstr "Mașină virtuală (pentru medii virtualizate ca XEN)" + +#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Gazdă pentru virtualizare XEN (X11 nu este configurat în mod implicit)" + +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Scenariu pentru server" + +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Serviciu" + #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Gazdă pentru virtualizare XEN (X11 nu este configurat în mod implicit)" +#~| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Gazdă pentru virtualizare XEN (X11 nu este configurat în mod implicit)" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Selectare desktop" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Selectare desktop" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Parolă root" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Parolă root" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Felicitări!\n" -"Instalarea openSUSE pe computerul dvs. este gata.\n" -"După ce apăsați Gata puteți să vă autentificați în sistem.\n" -"Vizitați-ne la %1.\n" -"Distracție plăcută! Echipa de dezvoltatori SUSE\n" -"\t " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Felicitări!\n" +#~ "Instalarea openSUSE pe computerul dvs. este gata.\n" +#~ "După ce apăsați Gata puteți să vă autentificați în sistem.\n" +#~ "Vizitați-ne la %1.\n" +#~ "Distracție plăcută! Echipa de dezvoltatori SUSE\n" +#~ "\t " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"Mediul de lucru al calculatorului oferă interfața grafică a calculatorului\n" -" dumneavoastră, precum și o suită de aplicații pentru email, browsing,\n" -" productivitate, jocuri și utilitare de administrare a calculatorului.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE oferă mai multe opțiuni de medii de lucru.Cele mai\n" -"utilizate medii sunt GNOME și KDE, și sunt în aceeași măsură suportate\n" -" în cadrul openSUSE. Ambele sunt ușor de folosit, puternic integrate\n" -" și au un aspect atractiv. Fiecare mediu de lucru are un stil\n" -" diferit, așa încât gusturile personale determină care e cel mai potrivit mediu de lucru\n" -" pentru dumneavoastră." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#~ "manage your computer.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mediul de lucru al calculatorului oferă interfața grafică a calculatorului\n" +#~ " dumneavoastră, precum și o suită de aplicații pentru email, browsing,\n" +#~ " productivitate, jocuri și utilitare de administrare a calculatorului.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE oferă mai multe opțiuni de medii de lucru.Cele mai\n" +#~ "utilizate medii sunt GNOME și KDE, și sunt în aceeași măsură suportate\n" +#~ " în cadrul openSUSE. Ambele sunt ușor de folosit, puternic integrate\n" +#~ " și au un aspect atractiv. Fiecare mediu de lucru are un stil\n" +#~ " diferit, așa încât gusturile personale determină care e cel mai potrivit mediu de lucru\n" +#~ " pentru dumneavoastră." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "Desktop GNOME" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Desktop GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "Desktop KDE" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Desktop KDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "Desktop XFCE" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Desktop XFCE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "Mediul de lucru LXDE" +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Mediul de lucru LXDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "X Window minimal" +#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" +#~ msgstr "X Window minimal" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Desktop la distanță" +#~| msgid "Remote Desktop" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Desktop la distanță" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Selecție server minimală (mod text)" +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Selecție server minimală (mod text)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Sursă de instalare online" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Sursă de instalare online" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/country.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/country.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/country.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/crowbar.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/crowbar.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/crowbar.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/dhcp-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/dhcp-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/dhcp-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" @@ -550,17 +550,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Trebuie selectată cel puțin o interfață de rețea." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +#| "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" +#| "Really use this interface?\n" msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" "Interfața de rețea selectată nu este configurată (nu s-a alocat adresa ip \n" "și mască rețea). Folosirea acesteia în configurația serverului DHCP poate să nu funcționeze.\n" @@ -568,60 +572,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "Suport &LDAP" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Nume server DHCP (opțional)" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Nume &domeniu" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "I&P server de nume primar" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP &server de nume secundar" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "&Gateway implicit (router)" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "Server de sincronizare N&TP" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "&Print Server" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "Server &WINS" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Timp de va&labilitate implicit" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "Uni&tăți" @@ -629,48 +633,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Valoarea specificată nu este un hostname sau o adresă IP validă" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Informații despre sub-rețele" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Rețea &curentă" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "&Masca de rețea curentă" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Biți mască de rețea" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "Adresa &IP minimă" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "Adersa IP ma&ximă" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "Interval de adrese IP" @@ -678,7 +682,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -689,7 +693,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -697,53 +701,53 @@ msgstr "U&ltima adresă IP" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Permite &BOOTP dinamic" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Timp de valabilitate" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "Implicit" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "&Maxim" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "Uni&tăți" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Creează zonă DNS nouă de la început" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Editează zona DNS curentă" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Citește informații despre zona curentă" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "&Sincronizează serverul DNS..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -753,8 +757,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Introduceți valori pentru ambele limite ale intervalului de adrese IP." @@ -762,8 +766,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -772,127 +776,127 @@ "Adresa IP %1 nu corespunde cu rețeaua %2/%3." #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Gazdă înregistrată" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nume" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Adresă hardware" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tip" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Configurare listă" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nume" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Adresa &IP" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "Adresă hardware" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token Ring" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "Modifică în listă" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Ș&terge din listă" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Adresa hardware este invalidă.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "Adresa hardware trebuie să fie unică." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "Numele gazdei nu poate fi vid." #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Există deja o gazdă cu numele %1." #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Introduceți un IP gazdă." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Adersa hardware trebuie definită." #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Selectați întâi o gazdă." #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Valoarea de intrare trebuie definită." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -913,15 +917,15 @@ "Continuați?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" nu este o opțiune validă pentru linia de comandă DHCP server" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "Opțiunea din linie de comandă DHCP server \"-%1\" necesită un argument" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -933,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "Asistent de configurare server DHCP (%1 din 4)" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/dns-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/dns-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/dns-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/drbd.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/drbd.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/drbd.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -38,6 +38,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Configurare globală DRBD" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -75,27 +85,87 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Configurare resurse" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resource Configuration" +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare resurse" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resource Configuration" +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare resurse" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Citesc fișierul de configurație" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Nu am reușit să determin configurația pentru scanarea prin rețea." + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Drbd Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Configurare drbd" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "First part of configuration of drbd" -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" -msgstr "Prima parte a configurării drbd" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "Prima parte a configurării CASA" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Second part of configuration of drbd" -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" -msgstr "A doua parte a configurării drbd" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "A doua parte a configurării CASA" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 @@ -122,7 +192,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Inițializez configurarea</big> \n" "Vă rog așteptați... \n" @@ -140,14 +210,14 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "" +#| "<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Configurare server NFS</big> \n" -"" +"<big>Salvez configurația</big> \n" +"Vă rog așteptați... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 @@ -167,14 +237,81 @@ msgstr "Pornește configurarea DRBD." #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Configurație globală DRBD</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Configurație globală DRBD</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>Configurație globală DRBD</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "Bifați \"Deactivează verificarea IP\" petnru a deactiva una dinre verificările de consistențiă ale drbdadm" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -190,7 +327,7 @@ " Dialogul va afișa contorul o dată la 'dialog-refresh' secunde,\n" " setați-l pe 0 pentru a deactiva complet reîmprospătarea. " -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Minor Count:\n" @@ -200,9 +337,10 @@ #| " as configured mentioned in this file. " msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" "Număr minor:\n" " folosiți-l dacă doriți să definiți mai multe resurse mai târziu\n" @@ -211,39 +349,33 @@ " au fost configurate în acest fișier. " #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Drbd Configuration</big> \n" #| "Configure drbd here. \n" msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configurarea drbd</big> \n" "Aici configurați drbd. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" -#| "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" -#| "If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" -#| "Then press Configure.\n" +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adăugarea unui drbd:</big> \n" -"Alegeți un drbd din lista celor detectate.\n" -"Dacă drbd-ul dvs nu a fost detectat, folosiți Altul (nedetectat).\n" -"Apoi apăsați Configurează.\n" +"Alegeţi un drbd din lista celor detectate.\n" +"Dacă drbd-ul dvs nu a fost detectat, folosiţi Altul (nedetectat).\n" +"Apoi apăsaţi Configurează.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -254,7 +386,7 @@ "puteți schimba configurația.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big> \n" @@ -262,7 +394,7 @@ #| "edit their configurations. \n" msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Prezentare generală a configurației drbd</big> \n" @@ -270,28 +402,19 @@ "le editați configurația. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" -#| "Press Add to configure a drbd." +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>Adăugarea unui drbd:</big> \n" "Apăsați Adaugă pentru a configura un drbd." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -#| "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" -#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Editarea sau ștergerea:</big> \n" @@ -299,7 +422,7 @@ "Apoi apăsați Editează sau Șterge dupa caz.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -311,7 +434,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -322,7 +445,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -341,14 +464,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Numele nodurilor trebuie să fie diferite." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please fill out all fields." -msgid "Fill out all fields." +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Vă rugăm să completați toate câmpurile." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -389,16 +513,12 @@ msgstr "Propagă configurarea" #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To propagate this configuration ,\n" -#| "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" -"Pentru a propaga această configurație,\n" -"copiași fișierul de configurare'/etc/drbd.conf' manual în restul nodurilor." +"Pentru a propaga această configuraţie,\n" +"copiaşi fişierul de configurare'/etc/drbd.conf' manual în restul nodurilor." #. } #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122 @@ -413,91 +533,266 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Pornirea serviciului LDAP a eşuat." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Drbd service failed" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Oprirea serviciului Drbd a eșuat." #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Configurare Heartbeat" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inițializez..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "Nu pot scrie în idmapd.conf." + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Inițializez configurația DRBD" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Citire setări globale" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Citire resurse" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Citire stare demon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Citesc setările globale..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Citesc resursele..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Citesc starea demonului..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gata" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Configurația grupurilor de resurse" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Scriu configurația DRBD" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Scrie setările globale" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Scrie resursele" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Setează starea demonului" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Scriu setările globale..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Scriu resursele..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Setez starea demonului..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "Nu pot creat directorul '%1'." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "First part of configuration of drbd" +#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Prima parte a configurării drbd" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Second part of configuration of drbd" +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "A doua parte a configurării drbd" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Inițializez configurarea</big> \n" +#~ "Vă rog așteptați... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Configurare server NFS</big> \n" +#~ "" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Drbd Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Configure drbd here. \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "Configure DRBD here. \n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Configurarea drbd</big> \n" +#~ "Aici configurați drbd. \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +#~| "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +#~| "If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#~| "Then press Configure.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" +#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#~ "Then press Configure.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Adăugarea unui drbd:</big> \n" +#~ "Alegeți un drbd din lista celor detectate.\n" +#~ "Dacă drbd-ul dvs nu a fost detectat, folosiți Altul (nedetectat).\n" +#~ "Apoi apăsați Configurează.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big> \n" +#~| "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" +#~| "edit their configurations. \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" +#~ "Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +#~ "edit their configurations. \n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Prezentare generală a configurației drbd</big> \n" +#~ "Obțineti o prezentare generală a drbd-urilor instalate. În plus\n" +#~ "le editați configurația. \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +#~| "Press Add to configure a drbd." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Adăugarea unui drbd:</big> \n" +#~ "Apăsați Adaugă pentru a configura un drbd." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~| "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" +#~| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Editarea sau ștergerea:</big> \n" +#~ "Alegeți un drbd de șters sau editat.\n" +#~ "Apoi apăsați Editează sau Șterge dupa caz.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "To propagate this configuration ,\n" +#~| "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To propagate this configuration,\n" +#~ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pentru a propaga această configurație,\n" +#~ "copiași fișierul de configurare'/etc/drbd.conf' manual în restul nodurilor." + #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" #~ msgstr "Configurarea drbd" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/fcoe-client.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/fcoe-client.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/fcoe-client.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -46,8 +46,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "&FcoeClient" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "da" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nu" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." @@ -55,15 +65,44 @@ "Nu se poate elimina interfața FCoE. \n" "Comanda %1 a eșuat." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "nu este disponibil" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Neconfigurat" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of Interface %1" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Configurația interfeței %1" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -71,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -79,12 +118,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "Se creează și se pornește FCoE pe dispozitivul VLAN detectat" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" @@ -100,32 +139,32 @@ "pe %1 și să porniți inițiatorul FCoE?" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Nu s-a putut crea și porni FCoE pentru %1." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "Commanda \"%1\" pentru %2 a eșuat." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Chiar doriți să eliminați interfața FCoE %1?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -136,27 +175,27 @@ "Eliminarea sa poate duce la un sistem inutilizabil." #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Eliminarea interfeței %1 a eșuat." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Distrugerea interfeței %1 a eșuat." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." @@ -165,7 +204,7 @@ "interfața nu suportă DCB." #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -196,7 +235,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Da" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -204,7 +243,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -269,7 +308,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Driver" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -516,27 +555,39 @@ msgstr "Doriți să-l instalez acum?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Nu pot detecta echipamentele." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Nu pot porni serviciul winbind." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot restart the service." +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Nu pot restarta serviciul." + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -546,130 +597,113 @@ "Se pot edita configurările și se poate recrea interfața VLAN \n" "FCoE pentru a se obține o configurație validă." -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Se inițializează configurația fcoe-client" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Verifică pachetele instalate" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 msgid "Check services" msgstr "Verificare servicii" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Detectare plăci de rețea" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Citește /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Se caută pachetele instalate..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Se caută serviciile..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Detectez plăcile de rețea..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Se citește /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gata" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Pornirea serviciilor a eșuat." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Nu pot detecta echipamentele." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Nu se poate citi /etc/fcoe/config." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Se salvează configurația fcoe-client" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Scrie setările" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Se repornește serviciul FCoE" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Se ajustează pornirea serviciilor" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Scriu setările..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Se repornește serviciul FCoE..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Se ajustează pornirea serviciilor..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Nu s-au putut scrie setările în /etc/fcoe/config." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -678,47 +712,47 @@ "Pentru detalii consultați /var/log/YaST2/y2log." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Repornirea serviciului fcoe a eșuat." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/openldap ." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Nu se poate scrie /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "Configurație generală FCoE" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Interfețe" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "Placa de rețea:" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "Pornirea serviciilor" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "activat" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "dezactivat" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/firewall-services.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/firewall-services.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/firewall-services.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/firewall.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/firewall.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/firewall.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/firstboot.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/firstboot.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/firstboot.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/ftp-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/ftp-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/ftp-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/geo-cluster.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/geo-cluster.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/geo-cluster.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -72,92 +72,299 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Citesc fișierul de configurație" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "port" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adaugă" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editează" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Șterge" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Renunță" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter a password" +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "Vă rog introduceți o parolă" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repositories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "Surse de instalare" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Height" +msgid "weights" +msgstr "Înălțime" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expired" +msgid "expire" +msgstr "Expirat" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "Modele obligatorii" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "URL-ul introdus nu este valid." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "URL-ul introdus nu este valid." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "URL-ul introdus nu este valid." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "URL-ul introdus nu este valid." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "Software ce va fi instalat:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "Software ce va fi instalat:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "Adresa IP a gateway-ului este invalidă." + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "Numele zonei %1 există deja." + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "Eroare: Numele configuraţiei nu poate fi vid." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Eroare: Numele configuraţiei nu poate fi vid." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Cheia este invalidă." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "Software ce va fi instalat:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "Software ce va fi instalat:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "Software ce va fi instalat:" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Sumarul configurării gazdei:" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Citesc fișierul de configurație" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printer Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Configurare imprimantă" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare firewall" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inițializez..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Nu pot scrie configurația." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Nu pot scrie configurația." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -166,120 +373,108 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Citesc setările anterioare" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Citesc setările vechi..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gata" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scrie setările" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scriu setările..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot scrie configurația." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sumarul configurației..." #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Citește baza de date" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detectez dispozitivele" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Citesc baza de date..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detectez dispozitivele..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot citi database1." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot citi database2." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot detecta echipamentele." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rulează SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rulez SuSEconfig..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sumarul configurației ..." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/gtk.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/gtk.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/gtk.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -202,11 +202,11 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:643 msgid "Back" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Înapoi" #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Următor" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 msgid "Current step" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/http-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/http-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/http-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/inetd.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/inetd.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/inetd.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/installation.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/installation.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/installation.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -85,22 +85,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Copiez fișierele pe sistemul instalat..." @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ msgstr "Instalarea din imagini este dezactivată (<a href=\"%1\">activează</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Inițializez managerul de ferestre implicit..." @@ -299,6 +299,7 @@ msgstr "Actualizări pentru %1 %2" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Produs necunoscut" @@ -357,7 +358,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acord de licență" @@ -426,10 +427,24 @@ "a opri procesul de instalare.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "Licența trebuie acceptată" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Note de publicare" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -537,7 +552,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sistemul va reporni acum..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -626,11 +641,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Configurează interfețele &FCoE" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Configurează discurile iSCSI" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -653,15 +668,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "Instalarea e pe cale să înceapă!" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Note de publicare" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Inițializez" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Inițializez instalarea..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -682,64 +704,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Finalizez instalarea de bază" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Creez lista de scripturi finale ce vor fi apelate..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Copiază fișierele pe sistemul instalat" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Salvează configurația" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Salvează setările de instalare" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Instalează managerul de boot" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Pregătește sistemul pentru boot inițial" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Verific etapa: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Apelez pasul %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gata" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Eroare la instalare" @@ -760,11 +782,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Instalarea se inițializează." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Inițializez instalarea..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -777,13 +794,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Pregătesc configurarea inițială a sistemului..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Inițializez" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -996,12 +1006,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Trec peste configurare conform dorinței utilizatorului" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1012,31 +1022,31 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "EROARE: Lipsește titlul" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Adaptez propunerea la setările curente..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analizez sistemul dumneavoastră..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "EROARE: Nu există nici o propunere" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1045,7 +1055,7 @@ "Au apărut erori." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Sumar instalare" @@ -1054,25 +1064,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "Omite configurarea" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Utilizează următoarea configurație" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "Modifi&că..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1080,21 +1090,21 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Resetează la valorile implicite" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1108,7 +1118,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1139,7 +1149,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1151,7 +1161,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1163,7 +1173,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1175,7 +1185,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1187,7 +1197,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1198,12 +1208,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "Propunere instalare UML" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1214,7 +1224,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1225,7 +1235,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1233,11 +1243,11 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "Actualizare" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Instalează" @@ -1354,62 +1364,46 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Testez hard diskurile..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "Caută partițiile Linux" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "Caut partițiile Linux..." - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Caută fișierele sistem" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Caut fișierele sistem..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialize package manager" msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Inițializează gestiunea de aplicații" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing package manager..." msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Se inițializează gestiunea de aplicații..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "Evaluează posibilitatea de actualizare" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Evaluez posibilitatea de actualizare..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Testez sistemul..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST acum sondează componentele hardware și instalează sistemul." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1422,7 +1416,7 @@ "Nu am găsit nici un harddisk pentru a face instalarea.\n" "Verificați componentele hardware!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1433,7 +1427,7 @@ "(în special pe sisteme S/390 sau iSCSI)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1450,7 +1444,7 @@ "Verificați componentele hardware.\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1459,31 +1453,31 @@ "Anulez instalarea." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Șters" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Activat" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Dezactivat" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Surse de instalare utilizate anterior" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1492,27 +1486,27 @@ "sistemul ce se actualizează momentan:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Starea curentă" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Sursă de instalare" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Ac&tivează/deactivează starea" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." @@ -1521,7 +1515,7 @@ " găsite pe sistemul pe care îl actualizați. Activați-le pe acelea pe care doriți să le includeți în procedura de actualizare" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." @@ -1530,30 +1524,30 @@ "butonul Schimbă starea sau dublu-clic pe elementul respectiv din tabel." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "Pentru a modifica URL-ul, apăsați butonul Modifică...." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Necunoscut" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "U&RL sursă de instalare" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Rețeaua nu este configurată" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1563,49 +1557,49 @@ "Doriți să o configurați?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Adaug și șterg surse de instalare..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "Depozitele sunt adăugate și eliminate." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Îndepărtează sursele de instalare neutilizate" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Îndepărtez sursele de instalare neutilizate..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Adaugă sursele de instalare activate" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Adaug sursele de instalare activate..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Adaugă sursele de instalare deactivate" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Adaug sursele de instalare deactivate..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Este necesar un mediu de stocare corespunzător" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1619,7 +1613,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1629,7 +1623,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1641,7 +1635,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1653,7 +1647,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1664,7 +1658,7 @@ "URL: %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1742,52 +1736,47 @@ msgstr "Salvez configurația proxy-ului..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "Se activează generatorul de numere aleatoare..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Salvez fusul orar..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Salvez limba..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Salvez configurația consolei..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Salvez configurația tastaturii..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Stochez informațiile despre produs..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Se salvează setările de instalare automată..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Salvez setările de securitate..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Salvez setările programelor de boot..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Salvez configurația hardware..." @@ -1821,7 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "Se scrie configurația YaST..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2057,6 +2046,69 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Caut partițiile Linux..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Administrare la distanță" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "Eșec în citirea informațiilor despre imaginile de instalare" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Instalez..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Memorez preferințele utilizatorului..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Restabilesc preferințele utilizatorului..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea nu a putut rezolva automat dependențele pachetelor.\n" +"Administratorul de aplicații va fi deschis pentru a le rezolva manual." + +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "Licența trebuie acceptată" + +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "Caută partițiile Linux" + +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "Caut partițiile Linux..." + +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "Evaluează posibilitatea de actualizare" + +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Evaluez posibilitatea de actualizare..." + +#~ msgid "Enabling random number generator..." +#~ msgstr "Se activează generatorul de numere aleatoare..." + #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Dispozitiv de rețea: %1" @@ -2579,25 +2631,6 @@ #~ msgid "Initializing fonts..." #~ msgstr "Inițializez fonturile..." -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "Eșec în citirea informațiilor despre imaginile de instalare" - -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Instalez..." - -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Memorez preferințele utilizatorului..." - -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Restabilesc preferințele utilizatorului..." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" -#~ "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Instalarea nu a putut rezolva automat dependențele pachetelor.\n" -#~ "Administratorul de aplicații va fi deschis pentru a le rezolva manual." - #~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." #~ msgstr "Pentru a accesa sistemul X11 trebuie instalat pachetul %1." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/instserver.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/instserver.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/instserver.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/iplb.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/iplb.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/iplb.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurație globală" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -92,6 +92,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "da" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nu" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Configurație globală" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Configurarea serverului de mail" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -118,7 +138,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Execută" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -201,7 +221,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -441,7 +461,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -478,7 +498,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serviciu" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -490,7 +510,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cerere" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" @@ -502,11 +522,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autentificare" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parolă" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -522,7 +542,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mască de rețea" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -530,7 +550,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocol" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -538,15 +558,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adaugă" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editează" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Șterge" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -572,13 +592,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "Renunță" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" msgstr "" -#. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -591,10 +617,30 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "Adresa IP este invalidă." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a new share" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "Adaugă o nouă partajare" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set up the mail server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "Configureazp serverul de mail" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inițializez..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -621,7 +667,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gata" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -631,19 +677,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scrie setările" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rulează SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scriu setările..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rulez SuSEconfig..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -653,10 +699,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot scrie configurația." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sumarul configurației..." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/iscsi-client.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/iscsi-client.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/iscsi-client.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -78,146 +78,154 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "Port iSNS" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "Nume inițiator" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Offloa&d Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "Car&d de offload" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interfață" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Adresă portal" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Nume țintă" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Pornire" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Adaugă" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editare" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "Ieșire" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Conectat" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "Detectare" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "Autentificare" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Conectează" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Fără autentificare" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Autentificare intrată" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "Nume de utilizator" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Parolă" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Autentificarea ieșită" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "Pornire" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Adresă IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Cheie" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valoare" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Serviciu" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Ținte conectate" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Ținte detectate" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Perzentare inițiator iSCSI" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -226,9 +234,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "Detectare inițiatoare iSCSI" @@ -479,12 +487,12 @@ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Introduceți adresa IP." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Introduceți portul." @@ -492,36 +500,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "Adevărat" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "Fals" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "Destinația cu acest nume este deja conectată. Asigurați-vă că multipathing-ul este activ pentru a preveni coruperea datelor." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Continuă" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Renunță" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Ținta este deja conectată." @@ -603,12 +611,18 @@ msgstr "Configurează starea serviciului." #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" -msgstr "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Software" +msgid "default (Software)" +msgstr "Selectează software" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "tot" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -617,6 +631,9 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Sumarul configurației..." + +#~ msgid "(Software)" +#~ msgstr "(Software)" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/iscsi-lio-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/iscsi-lio-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/iscsi-lio-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/iscsi-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/iscsi-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/iscsi-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/isns.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/isns.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/isns.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -306,81 +306,81 @@ msgstr "Inițializez..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "Pentru a configura serviciul isns, trebuie instalat pachetul %1." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Doriți să-l instalez acum?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Inițializez configurația demonului isns" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Citește baza de date" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Citesc setările anterioare" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detectez dispozitivele" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Citesc baza de date..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Citesc setările vechi..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detectez dispozitivele..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gata" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Salvez configurația isns" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Scrie setările" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Rulează SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Scriu setările..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Rulez SuSEconfig..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nu pot scrie configurația." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/kdump.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/kdump.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/kdump.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -384,8 +384,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Este necesar un reboot pentru a aplica aceste modificări." @@ -523,15 +523,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "Pachetul pentru kexec-tools nu este disponibil." - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "Pachetul pentru kdump nu este disponibil." - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1188,131 +1179,137 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Inițializez configurația kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Citesc fișierul config..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Citesc opțiunile de pornire a kernelului..." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Citesc memoria disponibilă..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Citesc partițiile..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Nu pot citi fișierul config /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Nu pot citi opțiunile de pornire a kernelului." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Nu pot citi memoria disponibilă." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Salvez configurația kdump" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Scrie configurația" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Actualizează opțiunile de bootare" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Scriu setările..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Actualizez opțiunile de bootare..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gata" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nu pot scrie setările." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Aăugarea parametrului crashkernel la bootloader a eșuat." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Stare kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "activată" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "deactivată" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Valoarea opțiunii crashkernel: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Format dump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Destinație dump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Numărul imaginilor dump: %1" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "Pachetul pentru kexec-tools nu este disponibil." + +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "Pachetul pentru kdump nu este disponibil." + #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "ACTIVAT" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/kerberos-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/kerberos-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/kerberos-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/kerberos.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/kerberos.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/kerberos.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/languages_db.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/languages_db.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/languages_db.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/ldap-client.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/ldap-client.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/ldap-client.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/ldap-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/ldap-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/ldap-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/ldap.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/ldap.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/ldap.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Serverul este picat sau inaccesibil.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Valorea DN lipsește sau este invalidă.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -56,6 +60,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Tipul atributului nu a fost găsit.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -63,23 +69,25 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Clasa obiectului nu a fost găsită.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conexiunea cu serverul LDAP nu poate fi realizată." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A apărut o problemă la conectarea cu serverul LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A apărut o problemă la citirea datelor de pe serverul LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -99,26 +107,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A apărut o problemă la citirea schemei de pe serverul LDAP." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A apărut o eroare LDAP necunoscută." #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afișează detalii" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eroare necunoscută. Probabil 'yast2-ldap' nu este disponibil." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -133,6 +141,10 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" +"Un posibil motiv pentru eşuarea conexiunii este: clientul dvs. este\n" +"configurat pentru TLS/SSL, dar serverul nu suportă.\n" +"\n" +"Încercaţi din nou conectarea fără TLS/SSL?\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed @@ -145,17 +157,17 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parolă server &LDAP" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server: %1:%2" #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Acces Anonim" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -164,6 +176,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"Un părinte direct pentru DN '%1' \n" +"nu există indirectorul LDAP.\n" +"Obiectul cu DN selectat nu poate fi creat.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -171,17 +186,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"Pe serverul LDAP nu există\n" +"nici o înregistrare cu DN '%1'. Să o creez acum?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deschide" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setați valoarea nouă pentru atributul curent." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -193,6 +210,12 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Dacă atributul poate avea mai multe valori, le puteți adăuga cu\n" +"Adaugă valoare. Uneori butonul conține o listă a\n" +"valorilor posibile pentru atributul curent.\n" +"Dacă valoarea atributului editat trebuie să fie un nume distinct (DN),\n" +"puteți să-l selectați din arborele LDAP utilizând Caută.\n" +"\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -203,79 +226,86 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Descrierea atributlui \"%1\": " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valoarea atributului \"%1\"" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valori ale atributului \"%1\"" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Adaugă Valoare" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Înr&egistrare goală" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Răsfoiește" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"Valoarea %1 este deja utilizată.\n" +"Selectați altă valoare." #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurarea uneltelor de administrare" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurarea uneltelor de administrare grupuri" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clasă obiect module noi" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Numele modulului nou (valoare \"cn\")" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"Valoarea introdusă este deja utilizată.\n" +"Selectați altă valoare.\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduceți numele modulului." #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"Aici setați valorile atributelor ce aparțin \n" +"unui obiect ce folosește schema actuală. Astfel de valori sunt folosite ca implicite când\n" +"noul obiect este creat.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -283,33 +313,37 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"Puteți folosi sint_axă specială pentru a crea valori de\n" +"atribute bazate pe cele existente. Expresia %numeatr va fi înlocuită\n" +"cu valoarea atributului \"numeatr\" (de exemplu, folosiți \"/home/%uid\"\n" +"ca valoare a \"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Numele Atributului" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valorea Atributului" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Căutați în arborele LDAP din partea stângă a dialogului." #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "După ce a fost selectat obiectul LDAP din arbore, tabelul va afişa datele obiectului. Utilizați Editează pentru a modifica valorile atributelor selectate. Utilizați Salvează pentru a salva modificările în LDAP." #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 @@ -317,47 +351,49 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"Există modificări ale intrării curente ce nu au fost salvate.\n" +"Renunțați la aceste modificări?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Browser LDAP" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setările actuale ale clientului LDAP" #. combo box label #. combo box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conexiuni LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN administrator" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L&DAP TLS" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acces a&nonim" #. InputField label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduceți numele noii conexiuni LDAP" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 @@ -365,18 +401,20 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"Atributul \"%1\" este obligatoriu.\n" +"Introduceți o valoare." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Reîncarcă" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribut" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valoare" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/live-installer.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/live-installer.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/live-installer.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/lxc.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/lxc.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/lxc.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/mail.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/mail.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/mail.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/multipath.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/multipath.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/multipath.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/ncurses-pkg.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/ncurses-pkg.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/ncurses-pkg.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/ncurses.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/ncurses.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/ncurses.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/network.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/network.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/network.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -125,106 +125,56 @@ msgstr "Eroare internă" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Scriu configurația Paravanului..." -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Portul SSH este blocat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">deschide</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Portul SSH este blocat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">deschide</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Instalarea din imagini este activată (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Instalarea din imagini este dezactivată (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "Portul SSH este blocat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">deschide</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Portul SSH este blocat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">deschide</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Instalarea din imagini este activată (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Instalarea din imagini este dezactivată (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Paravan și SSH" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Paravan și SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Configurarea de bază a Paravanului și SSH-ului" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "Porturi &RPC" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Paravan și Serviciu SSH" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Activează Paravanul" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "Porturi &RPC" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service" msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Deschide portul SSH și activează serviciul SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -236,7 +186,7 @@ "SSH este un serviciu care permite logarea de la distanță pe acest calculator folosind un\n" "client SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." @@ -244,7 +194,7 @@ "Aici poți alege dacă paravanul de protecție va fi activat sau dezactivat după\n" "instalare. Este recomandat să fie activat." -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" @@ -260,13 +210,64 @@ "fi inițiat la pornirea calculatorului)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Instalarea din imagini este activată (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Instalarea din imagini este dezactivată (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Instalarea din imagini este activată (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Instalarea din imagini este dezactivată (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Portul SSH este blocat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">deschide</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Portul SSH este blocat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">deschide</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "Portul SSH este blocat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">deschide</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Portul SSH este blocat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">deschide</a>)" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -542,9 +543,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Interfață sau șir" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration Error : uninitialized interface!" msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." @@ -630,7 +640,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Configurația de routare" @@ -734,7 +744,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispozitiv" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opțiuni" @@ -819,13 +829,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Atenție: nu este utilizată criptarea." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "Modifică." @@ -1200,14 +1210,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Tip &&dispozitiv" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Numele configurației" @@ -1220,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr "Grupul Tunelului" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Dispozitive interconectate" @@ -1417,29 +1427,29 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresă" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Configurați adresa dvs IP." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "Bond &Slaves" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Wireless" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ifplugd priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1447,7 +1457,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1466,11 +1476,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Configurare placă de rețea" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1683,7 +1693,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Dispozitivul a fost șters." -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1775,7 +1785,7 @@ msgstr "O eroare a apărut în timpul instalării microcodului." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1790,13 +1800,12 @@ "ea nu va mai fi gestionată de NetworkManager.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "Dispozitivul selectat are STARTMODE=nfsroot. Sigur șterg?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Metodă de configurare rețea" @@ -1805,7 +1814,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Setări rețea" @@ -1832,7 +1841,7 @@ msgstr "Schimbă Calea Implictă prin DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1842,20 +1851,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1863,7 +1872,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1874,19 +1883,19 @@ "dispozitivul tău în listă. Dacă este necesar, alege un driver din listă, dar de obicei valorile inițiale merg.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "Dacă specificați opțiuni prin Opțiuni ethtool, ifup va adresa ethtool cu aceste opțiuni.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1896,7 +1905,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1905,7 +1914,7 @@ "scrise în /etc/modprobe.conf sau /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1914,78 +1923,84 @@ "manualul IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands." #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configurare manuală a plăcii de rețea" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "Tip &Hotplug" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "P&CI" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "Modul &&kernel" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "Nu&mele modulului" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Udev rules" +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Reguli udev" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nume echipament" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "Modifică" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Arată portul vizibil pentru identificare" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Secunde" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Clipire" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Opțiunile Uneltei Eth" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Selectare manuală a plăcii de rețea" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1995,19 +2010,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Placă de rețea" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Caută" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2016,7 +2031,7 @@ "Alege unul diferit." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configurarea plăcii de rețea S/390 " @@ -2024,131 +2039,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Configurația dispozitivului S/390" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "Nume &port" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Număr port" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "P&ermite IPA takeover" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Activează suport &layer 2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "&Adresă MAC Layer2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Citește Canalul" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Scrie Canalul" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Controlează Canalul" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "Introduceți Numele portului pentru această interfață (case-sensitive)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "Introduceți Opțiunile adiționale pentru această interfață (separate prin spații)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "Selectați Permite IPA takeover dacă vreți să fie activată forțarea adresei IP pentru această interfață." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Selectați Activează suport layer 2 dacă această placă a fost configurată cu suport layer 2." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Introduceți Adresa Layer 2 MAC dacă această placă a fost configurată cu suport layer 2." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Număr port" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "Temporizare &LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Alegeți Numărul portului pentru această interfață." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Specificați Temporizarea LANCMD pentru această interfață." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Mod compatibilitate" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Mod extins" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "tty bazat pe CTC (conexiuni Linux-Linux)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Mod compatibil cu OS/390 și z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Alegeți Protocolul pentru această interfață." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Nume &pereche" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2157,7 +2172,7 @@ "de exemplu numele de utilizator z/VM cu care să se realizeze conexiunea (case-sensitive).\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2167,7 +2182,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Dialog hardware" @@ -2218,18 +2233,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" +#| "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +#| "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" "Utilizați Metoda tradițională prin <tt>ifup</tt>\n" "dacă nu rulați nici un mediu desktop (GNOME sau KDE)\n" "sau dacă doriți să utilizați mai multe interfețe deodată.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2239,7 +2258,7 @@ "Obțineți un sumar al plăcilor de rețea instalate. Adițional,\n" "editați-le configurația. \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2247,7 +2266,7 @@ "<big>Adăugarea unei plăci de rețea:</big> \n" "Apăsați Adaugă pentru a configura o placă de rețea manual.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2258,7 +2277,7 @@ "Apăsați apoi Editează sau Șterge, după caz.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2268,12 +2287,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "Toate modificările vor avea efect după reboot." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2287,7 +2306,7 @@ "fi utilizată în locul rutei implicite. Ideea rutei implicite poate fi exprimată astfel:\n" "\"restul va merge aici.\"\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2298,13 +2317,13 @@ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2312,14 +2331,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2333,7 +2352,7 @@ "Astfel, dezactivează această opțiune dacă te conectezi la rețele diferite care oferă \n" "nume de gazdă diferite. " -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2342,7 +2361,7 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" @@ -2351,7 +2370,7 @@ "rezolvarea numelor de gazdă. De obicei acestea pot fi obținute prin DHCP.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2362,7 +2381,7 @@ "(de exemplu 192.168.0.42), nu ca nume de gazdă.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2374,7 +2393,7 @@ "computerului dvs. (de exemplu suse.de). Pot exista domenii de căutare adiționale\n" "(ca suse.com) Separați domeniile prin virgule sau spații.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2386,7 +2405,7 @@ "calculator este un server de mail. Poți vedea numele gazdă al calculatorului tău folosind comanda\n" "hostname." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2396,7 +2415,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2410,21 +2429,21 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "Bifați iBFT dacă doriți să păstrați rețeaua configurată în BIOS.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" @@ -2433,7 +2452,7 @@ "atribuită de administratorul de sistem sau de către furnizorul de internet.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2441,7 +2460,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2452,7 +2471,7 @@ ". Altfel, adresele de rețea trebuie să fie atribuite Static.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2463,7 +2482,7 @@ "pentru partenerul de conexiune.\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2471,7 +2490,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2479,7 +2498,7 @@ "Contactați administratorul de rețea pentru mai multe informații legate\n" "de configurația rețelei." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2487,7 +2506,7 @@ "Configurarea DHCP nu este recomandată pentru acest produs.\n" "Este posibil ca anumite componente ale produsului să nu funcționeze cu DHCP." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2505,11 +2524,11 @@ "selectați nici o zonă și nu există altele, paravanul de protecție \n" "va fi dezactivat." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "Interfață obligatorie specifică dacă va fi raportată o eroare în caz că pornirea interfeței la bootare eșuează." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2519,7 +2538,7 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." @@ -2528,12 +2547,12 @@ "Numai dispozitivele cu activarea dispozitivului setată la Niciodată și Fără Configurarea Adresei sunt disponibile." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Opțiuni client DHCP</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2548,7 +2567,7 @@ "aceeași interfață și, implicit, aceeași adresă hardware." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2561,7 +2580,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" @@ -2574,7 +2593,7 @@ "Configurare adrese suplimentare dintr-o interfață (un alias al acesteia) în acest tabel.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -2587,7 +2606,7 @@ "o Mască de rețea." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Alias Name is optional and legacy.The total\n" @@ -2603,14 +2622,14 @@ " limitat la 15 caractere și învechitul utilitar ifconfig îl limitează la 9." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "Nu includeți numele interfeței în numele aliasului. Introduceți de exemplu foo în loc de eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2627,7 +2646,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2636,7 +2655,7 @@ "pentru rețeaua wireless." #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2651,7 +2670,7 @@ "rețea se comportă ca un access point).\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2670,7 +2689,7 @@ "cel mai puternic.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2707,7 +2726,7 @@ "Managed.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2722,7 +2741,7 @@ "sunt generați dinamic, astfel trebuie să introduceți doar între 40 și 232 bits.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2739,7 +2758,7 @@ "ușor de ghicit ca frază-parolă.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -2748,7 +2767,7 @@ "introduceți parametrii adiționali în dialogul următor.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3352,23 +3371,23 @@ msgstr "Inițializez..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Administrare la distanță" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "Permite &&administrarea la distantă" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "Nu permite a&&dministrarea la distantă" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3385,17 +3404,17 @@ "Această formă de administrare de la distanță este mai nesigură decât folosirea SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Setări administrare la distanță" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Aceste pachete trebuie instalate:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3410,112 +3429,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "deconectat" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Necunoscut" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Configurația a fost salvată cu succes" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Configurația DNS a fost salvată cu succes" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Configurația DSL a fost salvată cu succes" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Configurația gazdelor a fost salvată cu succes" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Configurația ISDN a fost salvată cu succes" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Configurația plăcii de rețea a fost salvată cu succes" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Configurația modemului a fost salvată cu succes" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Configurația proxy a fost salvată cu succes" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Configurația providerului a fost salvată cu succes" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Configurația de rutare a fost salvată cu succes" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Configurați poșta electronică acum?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Să rulez configurarea %1?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Plăci de rețea" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modemuri" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Plăci ISDN" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Dispozitive DSL" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Toate dispozitivele de rețea" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3768,7 +3786,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Gateway-ul implicit este invalid." @@ -3991,14 +4009,42 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "Setează &MTU" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Servicii de rețea" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "Chineză tradițională" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Squid Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Serviciu squid" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Servicii de rețea" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Aplet necesar" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" @@ -4013,50 +4059,35 @@ "(KNetworkManager pentru KDE șiun aplet nm pentru GNOME).\n" "Dacă nu rulează acesta se pornește manual." -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "Controlat de &utilizator prin NetworkManager" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "Me&toda tradițională prin ifup" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Setări generale rețea" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Setări protocol IPv6" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Activează IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dispozitiv necunoscut" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Adresă DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Nu a fost asignată nici o adresă IP" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4065,12 +4096,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "S&chimbă dispozitivul" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Selectare dispozitiv de rețea" @@ -4086,106 +4117,102 @@ msgstr "Datorită rețelei în punte, YaST2 trebuie să repornească rețeaua pentru aplicarea configurărilor." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Nume echipament" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "Adresa IP: %1/%2" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name already exists!" msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Numele configurației există deja." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Citesc fișierul de configurație" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Scrie numele gazdei" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Actualizează configurația" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Actualizează /etc/resolv.conf" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Salvez numele gazdei și configurația DNS..." #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Scriu numele gazdei..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Actualizez configurația..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Actualizez /etc/resolv.conf..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Numele gazdei: setat de DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Numele gazdei: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Numele gazdei nu va fi scris în /etc/hosts" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Servere de nume: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Lista de căutare: %1" @@ -4204,71 +4231,71 @@ msgstr "Actualizez /etc/hosts..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Inițializez configurația rețelei" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Detectează dispozitivele de rețea" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Citește informatiile driver-ului" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Citește configurația dispozitivului" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Citește configurația rețelei" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Citire configurație paravan de protecție" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Citește numele gazdei și configurația DNS" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Citește informațiile de instalare" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Citește configurația rutelor" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Detectează starea curentă" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting for ndiswrapper..." msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Se detectează ndiswrapper..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -4277,243 +4304,249 @@ "Verificați configurația manual.\n" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Detectez dispozitivele de rețea..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Citesc configurația dispozitivelor..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Citesc configurația rețelei..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Citesc configurația paravanului de protecție..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Citesc numele gazdei și configurația DNS..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Citesc informațiile de instalare..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Citesc informațiile de rutare..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Detectez starea curentă..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gata" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To apply this change a reboot is needed." msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Pentru a aplica această modificare se cere o repornire." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Salvez configurația rețelei" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Scrie informațiile de driver" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Scrie configurația dispozitivelor" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Scrie configurația rețelei" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Scrie configurația rutelor" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Scrie configurația DNS și numele gazdei" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Setează serviciile de rețea" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Scrie configurația paravanului de protecție" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Activează serviciile de rețea" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Scriu /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Scriu configurația dispozitivelor..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Scriu configurația rețelei..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Scriu configurația rutelor..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Scriu numele gazdei și configurația DNS..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Configurez serviciile de rețea..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Scriu configurația paravanului de protecție..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Activez serviciile de rețea..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Nici o rețea nu este activă" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Mod de rețea" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Interfețe controlate de NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Deactivează NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Configurare clasică a rețelei cu NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Activează NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Suportul pentru protocolul IPv6 este activat" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Deactivează IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Suportul pentru protocolul IPv6 este deactivat" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not connected" msgid "connected" msgstr "Neconectat" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Pornit automat la boot" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Pornit automat la conectarea prin cablu" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Gestionat de NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Nu va fi pornit deloc" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Pornit manual" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Adresare desemnată IP folosind" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Adresa IP: %1/%2" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4522,44 +4555,44 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Neconfigurat" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Nume dispozitiv: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Neconectat" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Hwinfo inexistent" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Nu pot configura placa de rețea deoarece dispozitivul kernel (eth0, wlan0) nu este prezent. Acest lucru este cauzat de lipsa pachetului (pentru dispozitive wlan). Inițiază dmesg pentru mai multe detalii." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4571,44 +4604,61 @@ "Dispozitivul nu este configurat. apasă Editare\n" "pentru a configura.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Microcod necesar" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "necunoscut" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "Pachetul SuSEfirewall2 nu este instalat, firewall-ul va fi deactivat." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Configurează gestiune afișaj" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Repornește serviciul" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Salvez configurația administrării la distanță" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Configurez gestiunea afișajului..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "Activarea serviciului LDAP a eşuat." + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Repornesc serviciul..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Administrarea la distanță este activată." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Administrarea la distanță este deactivată." @@ -4662,21 +4712,32 @@ msgstr "Redirecționare IP:" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "zonă atribuită automat" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Paravan de protecție dezactivat" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Neprotejat)" +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "Controlat de &utilizator prin NetworkManager" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "Me&toda tradițională prin ifup" + #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "Nume echipament" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "Serviciul SSH este activat, portul SSH este deschis (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">dezactivează și închide</a>)" @@ -4686,9 +4747,6 @@ #~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" #~ msgstr "Serviciul SSH este dezactivat, portul SSH este închis (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">activează și deschide</a>)" -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "Setări generale rețea" - #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Setări generale rețea" @@ -5200,9 +5258,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "Adaugă &&provider la interfața existentă" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Servicii de rețea" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "Omite" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/nfs.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/nfs.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/nfs.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/nfs_server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/nfs_server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/nfs_server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -90,27 +90,27 @@ msgstr "Opțiune da/nu pentru activarea/dezactivarea NFS securizat." #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "Serverul NFS este activat" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "Serverul NFS este dezactivat" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Pachetele necesare (%1) nu sunt instalate." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Nu a fost specificat nici un punct de montare." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -121,13 +121,13 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Please use the 'set enablev4' command." msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "Domeniul nu poate fi setat fără a activa NFSv4. Utilizați comanda 'set enablev4'." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command set must be used as in 'set option=value'. Please use 'set help' to get information about the options." msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." @@ -185,59 +185,48 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "&Director ce va fi exportat" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "Caută..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "Introduceți o cale nevidă pentru export. De exemplu, /exporturi." #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "Tabela de exporturi conține deja acest director." -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" -"Serverul NFS user mode (%1) nu poate exporta directoare\n" -"ce conțin spații în nume.\n" -"Folosiți serverul kernel-based (%2) pentru asta." - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "Directorul nu există. Doriți să îl creez?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Selectați directorul ce va fi exportat" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "&Host wildcard" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pțiuni" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" @@ -246,7 +235,7 @@ "NFSv4 este activat (pagina anterioară).\n" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -256,12 +245,12 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "Imposibil de citit fișierul /etc/idmapd.conf. Stabilește setările implicite pentru domeniul 'localdomain'." #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." @@ -270,7 +259,7 @@ "și veți exporta anumite directoare către alții." #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." @@ -278,7 +267,7 @@ "Dacă alegeți Pornește serverul NFS, apăsând Următorul\n" "veți deschide un dialog de configurare în care alegeți directoarele ce vor fi exportate." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -286,51 +275,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Server NFS" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "Pornește" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "&Nu porni" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Activează NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Acti&vează NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Introduceți nu&mele domeniului NFSv4:" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Activează securitate &GSS" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Configurarea serverului NFS" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -341,7 +330,7 @@ "să monteze acest director.\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" @@ -351,68 +340,63 @@ "Poate fi o singură gazdă, grupuri, wildcards sau\n" "rețele IP.\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "Folosește un asterix (<tt>*</tt>) în loc de nume pentru a specifica toate adresele." -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "Lăsați câmpul necompletat pentru a specifica toate gazdele" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "Consultați <tt>man exports</tt> pentru mai multe informații.\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "A&daugă un director" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editează" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Șterge" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Host wildcard" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opțiuni" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Adaugă o gazdă" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "&Editare" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Șterge" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Directoare ce vor fi exportate" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -421,7 +405,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -432,80 +416,62 @@ "asupra directoarelor exportate.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Scriu configurarea serverului NFS" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Salvează /etc/exports" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Repornește serviciile" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Salvez /etc/exports..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Repornesc serviciile..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gata" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Scriu setările serverului NFS. Vă rog așteptați..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Nu pot scrie în idmapd.conf." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "Nu s-a putut porni idmapd. Verificați setările domeniului." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Nu s-a putut reporni idmapd." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd" -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Nu se poate opri idmapd." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Nu s-a putut reporni idmapd." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "'svcgssd' rulează. Nu îl pot opri." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -514,15 +480,42 @@ "Modificările vor fi active după reboot.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "Exporturi NFS" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "Domeniul NFSv4 pentru idmapping este %1." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +#~ "with spaces in their names.\n" +#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Serverul NFS user mode (%1) nu poate exporta directoare\n" +#~ "ce conțin spații în nume.\n" +#~ "Folosiți serverul kernel-based (%2) pentru asta." + +#~ msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." +#~ msgstr "Lăsați câmpul necompletat pentru a specifica toate gazdele" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." +#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +#~ msgstr "Nu s-a putut porni idmapd. Verificați setările domeniului." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Nu s-a putut reporni idmapd." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd" +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Nu se poate opri idmapd." + #~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." #~ msgstr "'svcgssd' rulează deja. Nu îl pot restarta." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/nis.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/nis.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/nis.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/nis_server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/nis_server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/nis_server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "Această gazdă este și un &client NIS" @@ -407,22 +407,31 @@ msgstr "Configurare gazde de interogare server NIS" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "Introduceți domeniul NIS și adresa IP sau numele de gazdă al serverului NIS master." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "Dacă această gazdă este și un client NIS ce utilizează această mașină ca server, bifați opțiunea corespunzătoare." #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "Nume domeniu N&IS:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" +msgstr "Nume &&domeniu NIS" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Master Server: " +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "Server NIS master: " + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Configurare server slave" @@ -892,3 +901,6 @@ #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "Opresc clientul NIS." + +#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#~ msgstr "Nume domeniu N&IS:" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/ntp-client.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/ntp-client.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/ntp-client.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -62,21 +62,20 @@ msgstr "Nume de gazdă server NTP invalid %1" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Adresa serverului NTP" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "&Rulează NTP ca demon" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Salvează Configurația NTP" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -89,7 +88,7 @@ msgstr "&Configurează..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -102,14 +101,24 @@ "dacă nu este instalat pachetul %1.\n" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Sincronizare cu serverul NTP..." +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "Conexiunea cu serverul LDAP nu poate fi realizată." + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -615,11 +624,20 @@ #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" +#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" +#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" +#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Pornește serviciul NTP </big>\n" "Selectați dacă pentru a porni serviciul NTP acum și la fiecare pornire a sistemului. \n" @@ -627,7 +645,7 @@ "rețea trebuie să fie începută înainte de pornirea serviciului NTP.\n" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -639,7 +657,7 @@ "Rulează daemonul NTP în chroot jail. Pornirea oricarui daemon in chroot jail\n" "este mult mai sigură si recomandată." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -648,7 +666,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -663,7 +681,7 @@ "rețea dacă informațiile despre serverele NTP sunt furnizate de serverul DHCP." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -678,7 +696,7 @@ "existentă, selectați-o și apăsați Șterge." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" @@ -687,7 +705,7 @@ "Pentru a vizualiza jurnalele aplicației NTP, apasă pe Arată jurnalul.\n" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -698,7 +716,7 @@ "sau cu un ceas conectat local, utilizați Configurarea avansată." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -707,7 +725,7 @@ "Selectați driverul pentru ceasul ce va fi configurat." #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -718,7 +736,7 @@ "Numărul de unități." #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -737,7 +755,7 @@ "creat manual." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -746,7 +764,7 @@ "Pentru a calibra driverul ceasului, apăsați Calibrare driver." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -759,7 +777,7 @@ "la provider-ul dvs. de internet." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -772,7 +790,7 @@ "alegeți între Server NTP local și Server NTP public." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -783,7 +801,7 @@ "apăsați Testează." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -794,7 +812,7 @@ "utilizați Adresă." #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -805,7 +823,7 @@ "text Adresă." #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -817,7 +835,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -825,7 +843,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -844,7 +862,7 @@ "Setări de Securitate.\n" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -853,7 +871,7 @@ "Selectați aici tipul de pereche de sincronizare ce va fi adăugat." #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -862,7 +880,7 @@ "sincronizarea, selectați Server." #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -871,7 +889,7 @@ "selectați Pereche." #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -880,7 +898,7 @@ "selectați Ceas radio." #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -889,7 +907,7 @@ "Broadcast emis." #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -898,7 +916,7 @@ "și a le utiliza pentru setaera orei locale, selectați Broadcast recepționat." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -909,7 +927,7 @@ "alegeți din lista de servere NTP cunoscute." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -923,7 +941,7 @@ "Selectați apoi serverul din lista de servere găsite." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -934,7 +952,7 @@ "Pentru afișarea serverelor NTP dintr-o anumită țară, selectați Țara." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -955,7 +973,7 @@ "pentru a găsi un server NTP din zonă." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -965,7 +983,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -980,7 +998,7 @@ "clientul dvs. NTP va fi sincronizat o dată pe oră, de fiecare dată cu alte servere.\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -993,7 +1011,7 @@ "parte. Unele drivere nu utilizează toate opțiunile." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1346,117 +1364,120 @@ msgstr "Citesc setările NTP..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gata" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Salvez configurația clientului NTP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Scrie setările NTP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Restartează daemonul NTP" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Scriu configurația..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Restartez daemonul NTP..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Nu se poate actualiza politica de configurare dinamică." #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Nu pot restarta daemonul NTP." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "Daemonul NTP pornește la pornirea sistemului." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "Daemonul NTP nu pornește automat." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servere: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Ceasuri radio: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Perechi: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Transmite ora exactă prin broadcast la: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Acceptă informația de oră exactă transmisă prin boradcast de: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Combină configurarea statică și DHCP." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Numai configurare statică." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Configurare politică personală." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Testez serverul NTP..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Serverul este accesibil și răspunde corect." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Serverul nu este accesibil sau dă răspuns eronat." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/oneclickinstall.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/oneclickinstall.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/oneclickinstall.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/online-update-configuration.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/online-update-configuration.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/online-update-configuration.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/online-update.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/online-update.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/online-update.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -127,8 +127,8 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Inițializez actualizarea online" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -136,6 +136,13 @@ "Nici o sursă de actualizări\n" "nu este încă configurată. Activez configurația fluxului acum?" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Neconfigurat încă." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/ro/po/opensuse_mirror.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/opensuse_mirror.ro.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/opensuse_mirror.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# Romanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Director" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Eroare" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "da" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nu" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Ieșire" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Eroare" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Selecte&ază sau deselectează tot" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/packager.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/packager.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/packager.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -170,6 +170,21 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "Mod &text" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" +#| "the logs for details.\n" +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" +"Verificarea actualizărilor a eșuat. Verificați\n" +"jurnalul pentru detalii.\n" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -516,7 +531,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inițializez..." @@ -583,7 +598,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -823,7 +838,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detalii:" @@ -831,7 +846,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Încerc din nou?" @@ -1191,7 +1206,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "Pornește verificarea" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Eject" @@ -1441,7 +1456,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1477,75 +1492,75 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "A apărut o eroare la pregătirea sistemului de instalare." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Fișierul de control %1 nu a fost găsit pe mediu." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Nu se pot folosi produse adiționale." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Cale: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Produse Adiționale" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Se Selectează Produsele Adiționale" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Adaugă produsele selectate" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Introduceți CD-ul cu produsele add-on" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Introduceți primul mediu de instalare." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Nu s-a putut adăuga produsul %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Produs necunoscut" @@ -1597,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr "Instalare întreruptă de către utilizator." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Mediu %1" @@ -1605,13 +1620,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Gata." @@ -1619,21 +1634,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Următorul: %1 -- %2" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Următorul: %1" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" @@ -1642,148 +1657,195 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Descarc %1 (dimensiune download %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Pachete rămase: %1%2 pachete)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Se descarcă pachetele..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "(Se descarcă %1 din %2 pachete)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Șterg %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Se instalează %1 (dimensiune %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Aplic delta RPM: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Calculatorul dvs. este un sistem x86-64 pe 64 de biți, dar încercați să instalați o distribuție pe 32 de biți." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "Lista de modele arată ce funcții vor fi disponibile după ce sistemul va fi instalat." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Propunere instalare UML" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produs: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Tipul Sistemului: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Modele: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Dimensiunea pachetului ce va fi instalat: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Descarcă lista de surse de instalare online: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These Add-On products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Următoarele produse add-on au fost marcate pentru eliminare automată: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Eroare: Nu se poate verifica spațiul liber în directorul de bază %1 (dispozitivul %2), instalarea nu poate porni." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Atenție: nu este suficient spațiu liber în directorul %1 (dispozitivul %2)." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Prea puțin spațiu pe disc." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Nu există suficient spațiu pe disc. Îndepărtați câteva pachete din selecție." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "Există doar %1 (%2%%) spațiu liber disponibil pe partiția %3. " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed" +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "Pachetul %1 va fi instalat" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "pachetele %1 vor fi actualizate" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Products that must be installed" +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "Produse ce trebuie instalate" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Nu am găsit nici o sursă de instalare la '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1791,31 +1853,31 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integrez mediile de stocare bootate..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Eșuare în a integra sursa de instalare a pachetului de mentenanță." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Inițializez sursele de instalare..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Introduceți %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "Nu am găsit %1 CD 1" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1824,7 +1886,7 @@ "Consultați fișierul jurnal %1 pentru detalii." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1833,12 +1895,12 @@ "Propunerea de software va fi reapelată." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Evaluez selecția de pachete..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1847,34 +1909,40 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Nu pot citi fișierul %1 cu licența" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Pentru a afișa corect licența produsului, copiați fișierul license.tar.gz în rădăcina mediului live la crearea imaginii." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Limbă" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" -msgstr "Da, sunt de acord cu licența" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "D&a, sunt de acord cu prevederile licenței." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "Nu, nu sunt de acord" +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +#| "on the first media in the file %1" +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să tipăriți aceste EULA, le puteți găsi\n" +"pe primul mediu de stocare în fișierul %1" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -1883,7 +1951,7 @@ "pe primul mediu de stocare în fișierul %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1893,19 +1961,19 @@ "dintre opțiunile disponibile. Dacă nu sunteți de acord cu licența,\n" "configurația va fi anulată.\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acord de licență" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Chiar doriți să anulați instalarea produsului add-on?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1914,7 +1982,7 @@ "Chiar refuzați acordul de licență?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1923,7 +1991,7 @@ "produsului add-on. Chiar refuzați acordul de licență?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Sistemul este în curs de oprire..." @@ -2010,72 +2078,77 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Se specifică adresa &URL ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "Disc dur ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "USB de stocare în masă (stick USB, disc)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "Fo&lder local ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "I&magine ISO &locală..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Se descarcă fișierele împreună cu descrierea surselor de instalare" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2084,7 +2157,7 @@ "a mediului de stocare, setați Imagine ISO." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2093,88 +2166,88 @@ "setați locația primului mediu de stocare.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "Nume &server" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "Calea către director sau imaginea ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&Imagine ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "Protocol NFS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Opțiuni de montare" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (default)" msgid "(default)" msgstr " (implicit)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Adresa URL a sursei de instalare" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotocol" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "Adresa &URL a sursei de instalare" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "URL sursă de instalare" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Server NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Medui CD sau DVD" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Harddisk" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "Stick USB sau disc" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Director local" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Imagine ISO locală" @@ -2183,24 +2256,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Server și director" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Numele sursei de instalare nu poate fi vid." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Numele su&rsei de instalare" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" @@ -2209,12 +2282,12 @@ "Utilizați Nume sursă de instalare pentru a specifica numele sursei de instalare. Dacă nu completați această intrare, YaST va utiliza numele produsului (dacă este disponibil) sau URL-ul ca nume.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Nume serviciu" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" @@ -2223,17 +2296,17 @@ "Folosește Numele Serviciului pentru a specifica numele serviciului. Dacă este gol, YaST va folosi o parte din URL-ul serviciului ca nume.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL-ul nu poate fi vid." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2245,16 +2318,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Editare parțială adresă URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Editare adresă URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2264,7 +2337,7 @@ "Utilizați Nume server și Cale către director sau imagine ISO\n" "pentru a specifica numele de gazdă al serverului NFS și calea către server." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2273,16 +2346,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2291,12 +2364,12 @@ "Setați CD-ROM sau DVD-ROM pentru a specifica tipul mediului de stocare." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Fișier imagine ISO" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2305,7 +2378,7 @@ "sau directorul nu există.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2314,7 +2387,7 @@ "sau fișierul nu există.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2322,17 +2395,17 @@ msgstr "Fișierul '%1' nu pare să fie o imagine ISO. Îl folosesc oricum?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "Cale către director" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Director R&PM simplu" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2342,20 +2415,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "Dispozitiv de stocare USB" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "Sistem de &&fișiere" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Director" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2368,7 +2441,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2376,11 +2449,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "Dispozitiv disc" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2392,12 +2465,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "Calea către imaginea ISO" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2408,71 +2481,71 @@ "fișierul imagine ISO." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "&Nume server" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "Partajare" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&Imagine ISO" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Directorul de pe server" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&tentificare" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonim" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "Grup de lucru sau domeniu" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "N&ume utilizator" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Parolă" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2494,7 +2567,7 @@ "a mediului de mediului de instalare, setați imagine ISO.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2505,12 +2578,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2521,7 +2594,7 @@ "sau pe hard disk." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2532,7 +2605,7 @@ "tineti CD-urile sau DVD-ul produsului la îndemână." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2542,7 +2615,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2551,27 +2624,27 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the media type." msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Selectați tipul de mediu" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Introduceți CD-ul cu produsele add-on" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Introduceți DVD-ul produsului add-on" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Nici un disc USB nu a fost găsit." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2581,11 +2654,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Tip sursă instalare" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Product" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Produs add-on" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2677,7 +2756,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Surse de instalare configurate" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "Unitate &&de ejectat" @@ -2749,12 +2830,12 @@ "Sursa de instalare selectată nu are URL." #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Colectez informații despre %1 servicii găsite..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2765,7 +2846,7 @@ "și probabil blochează scanarea rețelei." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "În rețeaua dvs. nu au fost găsite surse de instalare SLP." @@ -2790,6 +2871,14 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Deselectați câteva pachete." +#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "Da, sunt de acord cu licența" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "Nu, nu sunt de acord" + #~ msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..." #~ msgstr "Stick sau disc USB..." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/pam.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/pam.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/pam.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/pkg-bindings.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/pkg-bindings.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/pkg-bindings.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Se încarcă managerul de pachete..." @@ -189,6 +189,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Inițializează sistemul țintă" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Citește pachetele instalate" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/printer.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/printer.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/printer.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-02 13:54-0700\n" "Last-Translator: Alexandru Szasz <alexxed(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/product-creator.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/product-creator.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/product-creator.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/proxy.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/proxy.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/proxy.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/qt-pkg.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/qt-pkg.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/qt-pkg.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -58,47 +58,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "Su&rse de instalare" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "&Caută" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "Cuvinte cheie" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "Sumar instalare" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "D&escriere" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "Da&te tehnice" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Dependențe" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versiuni" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "Listă de fișiere" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Jurnal de modificări" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -108,177 +108,177 @@ msgstr "Renunță" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Acceptă" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Fișier" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "Im&portă..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Exportă..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "Ieșire -- Elimină modificările" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "Termină -- Salvează modificările" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Pachet" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Toate pachetele" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Actualizează dacă există o versiune mai nouă" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Actualizează necondiționat" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Petice" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Configurație" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "Surse de instalare..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Actualizare online..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Dependențe" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "Verifică acum…" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "Verificare automată" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opțiuni" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "Arată pachetele -de&vel" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Arată pachetele -debuginfo" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "Mod de Verificare a Sistemului" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "Ignoră pachetele recomandate pentru pachete deja &instalate" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "Curăță atunci când se șterg pachetele" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "Permite schimbarea furnizorului" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "Suplim&entar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Afișează &produsele" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Afișează modificările automate de pachete" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "History" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "V&izualizare istoric" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Instalează toate pachetele -&devel care se potrivesc" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Instalează toate pachetele -de&buginfo care se potrivesc" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Instalează toate pachetele -debuginfo care se potrivesc" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Generează scenariul de &test pentru rezolvarea dependențelor" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "Ajutor" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "Prezentare" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Simboluri" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "Taste" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Toate dependențele de pachete sunt corecte." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "&Petice" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Salvează lista de pachete" @@ -286,56 +286,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Eroare" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Eroare la exportarea listei de pachete în %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Încarcă lista de pachete" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Eroare la încărcarea listei de pachete din %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "pachetele %1 vor fi actualizate" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "C&ontinuă" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "Renunță" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Anulează schimbul</a> pachetelor din sistem la versiunea din sursa de pachete %2" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Schimbă pachetele din sistem</a> către versiunea din sursa de pachete (%2)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Subpachete adăugate:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/qt.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/qt.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/qt.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Editor foi de stil" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ "Vreți să inversez butoanele?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Click neașteptat" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/rdp.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/rdp.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/rdp.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/rear.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/rear.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/rear.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/registration.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/registration.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/registration.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -31,53 +31,102 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n==0 || (n%100 > 0 && n%100 < 20)) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Înregistrare locală a serverului" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use custom registration server " msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Utilizare înregistrare personalizată a serverului " +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Configurare centru clienți Novell" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Înregistrare locală a serverului" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating zone files..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Actualizez fișierele de zonă..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated." +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Aplicațiile din sursele de instalare au fost atualizate." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -85,55 +134,59 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Configurare centru clienți Novell" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "Adresă de mail" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Înregistrare locală a serverului" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Înregistrare" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -141,59 +194,31 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Detalii..." +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Ajutor modul de înregistrare" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Ajutor modul de înregistrare" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" -msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait, while volumes are being detected." +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "Vă rog așteptați cât sunt încărcate volumele." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -205,318 +230,431 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Register New User" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Înregistrare utilizator nou" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Sistemul dvs. este gata de utilizat." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "Cod de înregistrare" -msgstr[1] "Cod de înregistrare" -msgstr[2] "Cod de înregistrare" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration was successful." msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Înregistrarea a avut loc cu succes." -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Server Certificate" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Certificat server comun" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Import Certificate" +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Importă certificat" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" +msgstr "Înregistrarea produsului" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Rulează în timpul autoinstalării" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Nu rula în timpul autoinstalării" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Date de înregistrare ce vor fi folosite" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "Adresă de mail" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" -msgstr "Înregistrarea produsului" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "&Instalează toate sursele disponibile" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "Înregistrarea produsului include produsul în baza de date Novell, permițându-vă să obțineți actualizări online și suport tehnic. Pentru a vă înregistra în timpul instalării automate, selectați Rulează înregistrarea produsului. Pentru a simplifica procedura, includeți informații despre sistemul dvs. cu Profil hardware și Informații opționale." +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "Registration Server" +msgstr "Înregistrare server:" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Server URLs" +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "URL-uri servere LDAP" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Discovery" +msgid "Use SLP discovery" +msgstr "Detectare" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr "Ca certificat server" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "Certificat SMT: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Ajutor modul de înregistrare" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "Conexiune curentă" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "Detalii:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "Selectați fișierul certificat" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" -msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" +#| msgid "Valid" +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "Valabil" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "Setări server SMT" +#| msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "Obținerea listei de certificate a eșuat." -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "Înregistrare locală a serverului" +#| msgid "Expires: %1" +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "Expiră: %1" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n" +#| "Expiry date: %1" +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "" +"ATENŢIE: Cheia a expirat!\n" +"Data expirării: %1" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" -msgstr "Server CA certificat:" +#| msgid "If &Serial Number is Known" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "Dacă numărul &serial este cunoscut" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." -msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Amprentă: " -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Amprentă: " #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Destinația este invalidă." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration can not be performed." msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Înregistrarea nu poate fi efectuată." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detalii..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SMT Certificate" -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "Certificat SMT" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Amprentă: " +#| msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Salvez configurația administrării la distanță" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Amprentă: " +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Certificat SMT" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Verific..." +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "Certificat SMT" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Use local registration server" -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "Utilizare locală înregistrare server" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown error" msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Eroare necunoscută" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting registration..." msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Pornire înregistrare ..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acord de licență" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" msgid "" @@ -525,64 +663,335 @@ "failed." msgstr "Descărcarea fișierului certificat SMT eșuată" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +msgstr[2] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +msgstr[2] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Ajutor modul de înregistrare" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "Aici puteţi vedea toate produsele add-on instalate pe sistemul dvs." + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Detalii..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "nu este disponibil" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Ajutor modul de înregistrare" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "Identificator" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versiune" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arhitectură" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Tip regulă" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Sections" +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "Secţiuni disponibile" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "Chiar șterg '%1'?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "Identificator producător" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "&Versiune" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "Arhitectură" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "Tip regulă" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "Înregistrarea produsului include produsul în baza de date Novell, permițându-vă să obțineți actualizări online și suport tehnic. Pentru a vă înregistra în timpul instalării automate, selectați Rulează înregistrarea produsului. Pentru a simplifica procedura, includeți informații despre sistemul dvs. cu Profil hardware și Informații opționale." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "Inițializez sursele de instalare disponibile" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "Setări server SMT" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Înregistrare locală a serverului" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "Server CA certificat:" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Server CA certificat:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "nimic" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Certificate File" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Selectați fișierul certificat" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Ajutor modul de înregistrare" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate has been imported." +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "Certificatul a fost importat." + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Server CA certificate:" msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Server CA certificat:" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Configurare centru clienți Novell" +#| msgid "Invalid value." +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "Valoare invalidă." +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Înregistrare locală a serverului" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Verific..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use local registration server" +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "Utilizare locală înregistrare server" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "Cod de înregistrare" +#~ msgstr[1] "Cod de înregistrare" +#~ msgstr[2] "Cod de înregistrare" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "Configurare centru clienți Novell" @@ -629,11 +1038,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "Profil hardware" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Date de înregistrare ce vor fi folosite" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "Informații opționale" @@ -945,11 +1349,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Opțiunea este vidă." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Code" -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration Status at: %1" #~ msgstr "Date de înregistrare ce vor fi folosite" @@ -1020,12 +1419,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "necunoscut" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Rulează în timpul autoinstalării" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Nu rula în timpul autoinstalării" - #~ msgid "Included Information" #~ msgstr "Informații incluse" @@ -1038,9 +1431,6 @@ #~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" #~ msgstr "Server SMT: %1" -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "Certificat SMT: %1" - #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "Cheie" @@ -1109,9 +1499,6 @@ #~ "Aplicațiile din sursele de instalare au fost atualizate.\n" #~ "Găsiți mai multe detalii în modulul aplicațiilor din sursele de instalare." -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "Aplicațiile din sursele de instalare au fost atualizate." - #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "Găsi detalii în modulul aplicații din sursele din instalare." @@ -1130,9 +1517,6 @@ #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." #~ msgstr "Va puteti înregistra pentru sprijin la instalare." -#~ msgid "Registration server:" -#~ msgstr "Înregistrare server:" - #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" #~ msgstr "Locație server CA certificat:" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/reipl.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/reipl.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/reipl.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ "cu WWPN '%2'\n" "și LUN '%3'.\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nume" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "reipl configuration" @@ -293,31 +293,31 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "Fișiere configurate:" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "Metoda în care ccw este configurată și utilizată." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "Echipamentul nu este configurat" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "Tipul %1 al zonei nu este suportat." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "Metoda fcp este configurată și setată." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "Echipamentul nu este configurat" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Tipul %1 al zonei nu este suportat." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/relocation-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/relocation-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/relocation-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/s390.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/s390.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/s390.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-02 13:58-0700\n" "Last-Translator: Alexandru Szasz <alexxed(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Deselectează tot" #. error popup #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/samba-client.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/samba-client.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/samba-client.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -213,6 +213,19 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "M&axim" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "Servicii permise" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "Numele Grupului" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -864,59 +877,62 @@ msgstr "Scriu configurația..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gata" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalez pachetele necesare" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalez pachetele solicitate..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autentificare PAM" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Folosește Kerberos" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu folosi Kerberos" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Domeniul kerberos implicit" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Domeniu implicit" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adresa serverului KDC" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abaterea ceasului" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server KDC: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -928,7 +944,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Domeniu kerberos Implicit: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -938,19 +954,21 @@ msgstr "Autentificare offline activată" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Da" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Nu" #. summary line #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuraţia obţinută via DNS" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 @@ -958,6 +976,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"Abaterea ceasului este invalidă.\n" +"Încercați din nou.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -965,67 +985,146 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"Durata de viață este invalidă.\n" +"Încercați din nou." -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Inițializez configurația clientului Samba" -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Inițializez configurația clientului Samba" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Citește setările Samba globale" -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "Citește setările Samba globale" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Citește starea winbind" -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "Citește starea winbind" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Citesc setările Samba globale..." -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Citesc setările Samba globale..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Citesc starea winbind..." -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "Citesc starea winbind..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Salvez configurația clientului Samba" -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Deactivează serviciile Samba" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Scrie setările" -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Activează serviciile Samba" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Deactivează serviciile Samba" -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Deactivez serviciiile Samba..." +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Activează serviciile Samba" -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Activez serviciile Samba..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Scriu setările..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "Nu pot scrie setările în %1." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Deactivez serviciiile Samba..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Nu pot porni serviciul winbind." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Activez serviciile Samba..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Nu pot porni daemonul winbind." +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Scrie configurația Kerberos" -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Nu pot opri serviciul winbind." +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Scriu configurația Kerberos..." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Nu pot opri daemonul winbind." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Nu pot scrie setările în %1." -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Nu pot scrie setările PAM." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Nu pot porni serviciul winbind." -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Configurație globală" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "Nu pot porni daemonul winbind." -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "Grup de lucru sau domeniu: %1" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Nu pot opri serviciul winbind." -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "Creează directorul home la autentificare" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "Nu pot opri daemonul winbind." -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "Număr maxim de partajări: %1" +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Nu pot scrie setările PAM." -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr "Autentificare cu SMB: %1" +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Configurație globală" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Grup de lucru sau domeniu: %1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Creează directorul home la autentificare" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "Autentificare offline activată" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "Număr maxim de partajări: %1" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Grup de lucru sau domeniu: %1" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "Autentificare cu SMB: %1" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/samba-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/samba-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/samba-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/samba-users.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/samba-users.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/samba-users.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/scanner.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/scanner.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/scanner.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/security.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/security.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/security.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/services-manager.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/services-manager.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/services-manager.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,14 +17,226 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n==0 || (n%100 > 0 && n%100 < 20)) ? 1 : 2;\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Citesc setările de sistem implicite..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "Calea implicită initrd" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Calea implicită initrd" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Citeşte setările de sistem implicite" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Citesc setările de sistem implicite..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Partajări disponibile" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "Sugestia software a fost resetată pe valorile implicite." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "Nu a fost selectat nici un pachet pentru instalare." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "Nu a fost selectat nici un pachet pentru instalare." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Scriu configurația..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Scriu configurarea sistemului" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default &Lease Time" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "Timp de va&labilitate implicit" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Serviciu" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Activat" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Activ" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descriere" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Start" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "Activează/deactivează kdump" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "Afișează &detalii" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Manager de securitate" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading service status ..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Citesc statusul serviciului ..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Dezactivat" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "activ" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servicii" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -62,3 +274,83 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default realm" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Domeniu kerberos implicit" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Neconfigurat încă." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "%1: Nu am putut modifica starea dispozitivului" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dial mode" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Mod de apel" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Mod text" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Graphical interface" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Interfață &grafică" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Selectare mod" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "Mod comutare" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Default Settings" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "Editează setările implicite" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Alt sistem" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Mod DMA cerut" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/slp-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/slp-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/slp-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/snapper.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/snapper.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/snapper.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -35,266 +35,266 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descriere" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Puncte de restaurare" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "Singur" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Pre & Post" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Se citește lista de puncte de restaurare..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Current Configuration:" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Configurația curentă" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tip" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Data inițială" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Dată de sfârșit" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Arată modificările" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Sumar punct de restaurare selectat" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Se calculează fișierele modificate..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Se calculează modificările din fișiere..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File does not exist." msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Fișierul nu există." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File Contents: %1" msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Conținutul fișierului: %1" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Modul fișierului a fost modificat din '%1' în '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "A fost modificat utilizatorul proprietar al fișierului din '%1' în '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "A fost modificat grupul proprietar al fișierului din '%1' în '%2'." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "Restaurare de la primul" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Restaurează" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Restaurare de la al doilea" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Afișează diferența dintre punctul de restaurare și sistemul actual" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Afișează diferența dintre punctul de restaurare actual și cel selectat:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Afișează diferența dintre primul și cel de-al doilea punct de restaurare" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Afișează diferența dintre primul punct de restaurare și sistemul actual" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Afișează diferența dintre cel de-al doilea punct de restaurare și sistemul actual" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Data și ora de creare a primului punct de restaurare:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Data și ora de creare a celui de-al doilea punct de restaurare:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "Data și ora de creare a punctului de restaurare:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "Deschide" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Restaurează selecția" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "" @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -327,17 +327,17 @@ "din punctul de restaurare '%2' pe sistemul curent?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "Nu a fost selectat nici un fișier pentru restaurare" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Se restaurează fișierele" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/sound.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/sound.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/sound.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/squid.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/squid.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/squid.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -1450,11 +1450,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikaans" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arabă" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Persană" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indoneziană" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Letonă" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Malay" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thailandeză" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1622,11 +1622,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzbecă" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnameză" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/sshd.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/sshd.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/sshd.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Număr" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/storage.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/storage.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/storage.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ msgstr "&Creare partiții după o schemă ..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Proposal settings" @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr "Propunere de setări" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ "expert de partiționare.\n" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -173,15 +173,23 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Nu pot crea sugestia cerută." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "Nu este suficient spațiu disponibil pentru partiția separată /home propusă." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "Nu este suficient spațiu disponibil pentru partiția separată /home propusă." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -959,7 +967,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Sugerează o partiție &&home separată" @@ -977,7 +985,7 @@ msgstr "Tip sugestie" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -992,7 +1000,7 @@ "Sigur folosești această configurație?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1007,7 +1015,7 @@ "Chiar folosiți această configurare?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1022,7 +1030,7 @@ "Sigur folosiți această configurare?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1037,7 +1045,7 @@ "Sigur folosiți această configurare?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1058,7 +1066,7 @@ "Doriți să modificați?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1068,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1079,7 +1087,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1091,7 +1099,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1111,7 +1119,7 @@ "\n" "Doriți să modificați?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1120,7 +1128,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1137,31 +1145,8 @@ "Doriți să modificați?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"Atenție: Cu configurația curentă, instalația ta %1 \n" -"va avea probleme la inițiere, deoarece nu ai partiția \"boot\"\n" -" și partiția \"root\" este un volum logic LVM.\n" -"Așa nu merge.\n" -"\n" -"Dacă nu știi exact ceea ce faci, folosește o partiție\n" -"normală pentru fișierele de sub /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Sigur folosești această configurație?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1175,7 +1160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1190,12 +1175,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Sigur folosești această configurație?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1208,7 +1193,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1217,7 +1202,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1229,7 +1214,7 @@ "- dacă această partiție încă nu conține nici un sistem de fișiere\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1237,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1248,7 +1233,7 @@ "Doriți să modificați configurația?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1257,7 +1242,7 @@ "Îndepărtați-l de pe acest RAID înainte de editare.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1266,7 +1251,7 @@ "Îndepărtați-l din acest grup de volume înainte de editare.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1275,7 +1260,7 @@ "Îndepărtați acest volum înainte de editare.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1284,7 +1269,7 @@ "Îndepărtați-l de pe RAID înainte de a-l șterge.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1292,19 +1277,19 @@ "Dispozitivul (%2) este utilizat de %1.\n" "Îndepărtați %1 înainte de a-l șterge.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Nu poate fi șters în timp ce este montat." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1313,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1328,7 +1313,7 @@ "înainte de a șterge partiția extinsă.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1343,7 +1328,7 @@ "înainte de a șterge partiția extinsă.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1362,15 +1347,15 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Nu uitați ce introduceți aici!" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Parola goală este permisă." @@ -1401,7 +1386,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1414,7 +1399,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1438,7 +1423,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1449,7 +1434,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1813,7 +1798,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1824,25 +1809,25 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Manipulare subvolume" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty password is not allowed." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Nu sunt permise nume de subvolume vide." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Numele de subvolum %1 există deja." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Modificările efectuate până acum în acest dialog se vor pierde." @@ -1885,7 +1870,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1898,7 +1883,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1917,7 +1902,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1949,7 +1934,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2153,12 +2138,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Sistemul de fișiere este montat momentan pe %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2168,14 +2153,14 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unmounting %1$s" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Demontează" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2183,26 +2168,26 @@ "Puteți încerca să-l demontați acum sau anulați.\n" "Apăsați Anulare decât dacă știți exact ceea ce faceți." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Nu se poate reduce sistemul de fișiere cât timp este montat." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Nu se poate extinde sistemul de fișiere cât timp este montat." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Nu se poate redimensiona sistemul de fișiere cât timp este montat." #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Rescanează Dispozitivele" @@ -2212,47 +2197,54 @@ msgstr "Import Punctele de Montare..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "S&pecifică parola de criptare..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Configurez &iSCSI..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &zFCP..." +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "Configurez &zFCP..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Configurez Calea Multiplă..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Configurez DASD..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Configurez &zFCP..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Configurez XPRAM..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Configurează..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Spațiu Disponibil pe %1" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2261,7 +2253,7 @@ "disponibile." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2269,7 +2261,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2278,7 +2270,7 @@ "navighezi către o imagine cu informații detaliate despre dispozitiv." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2287,7 +2279,7 @@ "Sigur rescanez discurile?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2296,16 +2288,29 @@ "Sigur apelez configurarea iSCSI?" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +#| "Really call zFCP configuration?" +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Apelarea Configurației zFCP anulează toate schimbările curente.\n" +"Sigur apelez Configurația zFCP?" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2314,7 +2319,7 @@ "Sigur apelez Configurația DASD?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2323,7 +2328,7 @@ "Sigur apelez Configurația zFCP?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2602,7 +2607,45 @@ msgstr "Dispozitive Folosite" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "Alege mărimea noii partiții." + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&perating Mode" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Mod de o&perare" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "Progresul aplicării delta RPM" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "Rol: %s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2611,7 +2654,7 @@ "formatată și alege tipul sistemului de fișiere." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2622,54 +2665,54 @@ "existent va șterge toate datele de pe el.\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Opțiuni de Formatare" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Formatează partiția" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Nu formata partiția" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Nu monta partiția" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Opțiuni de Montare" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Montează partiția" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Punct de &montare" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Opțiuni Fstab..." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Fișierele crypt trebuie să fie criptate." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2682,17 +2725,17 @@ "De asemenea verifică opțiunea de formatare.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Fișierele crypt necesită un punct de montare." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs necesită un punct de montare." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2707,7 +2750,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2721,23 +2764,23 @@ "(suspendare pe disk).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All data previously present on the volume will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Toate datele stocate pe acest volum se vor pierde!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "Parolă" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2747,7 +2790,7 @@ "Nu puteți redimensiona partiția selectată deoarece sistemul de fișiere\n" "de pe această partiție nu permite redimensionări.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2756,7 +2799,7 @@ "poate fi redimensionată cât timp este montată." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2765,21 +2808,21 @@ "deoarece sistemul de fișiere pare a fi inconsistent.\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Ajustează Partiția %1" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Ajustează Volumul Logic %1" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Dimensiunea curentă: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Valoare curentă: %1" @@ -2787,8 +2830,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2800,27 +2843,27 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Mărimea Maximă (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Dimensiune minimă (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Dimensiune personalizată" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2829,7 +2872,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2839,7 +2882,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2848,12 +2891,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Rezultatul %1" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Rescanez discurile..." @@ -3046,50 +3089,50 @@ msgstr "Regiunea propusă este invalidă." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Adaugă Partiția pe %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Editează partiția %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Nu există spațiu în partiția mutată %1." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Mută partiția %1 înainte?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Mută partiția %1 înapoi?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Mută partiția %1?" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Înainte" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Înapoi" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Confirmați ștergerea tuturor partițiilor" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3097,7 +3140,7 @@ "Discul '%1' conține cel puțin o partiție.\n" "Dacă veți continua, partițiile următoare vor fi șterse:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Sigur doriți să ștergeți toate partițiile de pe '%1'?" @@ -3110,7 +3153,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Discul este folosit și nu poate fi modificat." @@ -4047,12 +4090,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Adaugă Volum Logic pe %1" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Editează volumul logic %1 la %2" @@ -4264,7 +4307,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Setări" @@ -4484,17 +4527,17 @@ msgstr "Schimbă dispozitivele care sunt folosite pentru RAID." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Adaugă RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Redimensionează RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Editează RAID %1" @@ -4605,110 +4648,122 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etichetă" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Montat de" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Utilizat de" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ID BIOS" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Informații Cilindru" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Informații Canal Fibră" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Criptare" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nume echipament" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Etichetă vo&lum" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID dispozitiv" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Cale dis&pozitiv" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "&Opțional" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "End Cylinder" +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "Cilindru de Sfârșit" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Implicit Montat de către" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Sistem de Fișiere Inițial" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Alinierea partițiilor nou create" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Arată Dispozitivele de Stocare după" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Informații vizibile pe dispozitivele de stocare" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -4717,7 +4772,7 @@ "generale:" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4728,14 +4783,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4744,7 +4799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -4753,7 +4808,7 @@ "numele discurilor hard prezente în meniul de navigare." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5081,12 +5136,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Dimen&siune Tmpfs" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5094,14 +5149,14 @@ "Dimensiune specificată nevalidă. Folosiți numărul urmat de K, M, G sau %.\n" "Valoarea trebuie să fie peste 100K sau între 1% și 200%. Reâncercați." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Valoarea trebuie să fie între 1% și 200%. Încercați din nou." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5109,17 +5164,17 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Prioritate swap" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Valoarea trebuie să fie între 0 și 32767. Încercați din nou." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5128,12 +5183,12 @@ "Introduceți prioritatea swap. Numere mai mari înseamnă prioritate mai mare.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Montare numai-citire" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -5141,26 +5196,26 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &user" msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "Montabil de către &utilizator" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5169,12 +5224,12 @@ "Sistemul de fișiere poate fi montat de către un utilizator obișnuit. Valoare implicită este fals.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Nu monta la pornirea &sistemului" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -5184,12 +5239,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Activează suport &Quota" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5200,12 +5255,12 @@ "Implicit este fals.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Mod &jurnalizare date" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -5217,12 +5272,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Listă control &acces (ACL)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5231,12 +5286,12 @@ "Activează listele de control al accesului pe sistemul de fișiere.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Atribut&e utilizator extinse" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5245,16 +5300,16 @@ "Permite atribute utilizator extinse ăn sistemul de fișiere.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -5265,12 +5320,12 @@ "câmp din /etc/fstab. Opțiunile multiple sunt separate prin virgule.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "&Set de caractere pentru numele de fișiere" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5279,12 +5334,12 @@ "Stabiliți setul de caractere utilizat pentru afișarea numelor de fișiere din partițiile Windows.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Code&page pentru numele FAT scurte" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" @@ -5293,12 +5348,12 @@ "Acest codepage este utilizat pentru conversia către caracterele pentru numele scurte de fișiere pe sistemele de fișiere FAT.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Numărul de &FAT-uri" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." @@ -5307,59 +5362,59 @@ "Specificați numărul de tabele FAT din sistemul de fișiere. Valoarea implicită este 2." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FAT &size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "Dimen&siune FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hash &function" msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Funcție hash" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FS &revision" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "Versiune SF" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -5369,14 +5424,14 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Block &size in bytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Dimen&siune bloc în bytes" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -5384,13 +5439,13 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "D&imensiune inode" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5399,14 +5454,14 @@ "Această opțiune specifică dimensiunea inode-ului sistemului de fișiere.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "Procentajul de s&pațiu Inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" @@ -5415,12 +5470,12 @@ "Opțiunea \"Procentajul de spațiu Inode\" specifică procentajul maxim de spațiu din sistemul de fișiere ce poate fi alocat pentru inode-uri.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -5429,14 +5484,14 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "Dimensiune &jurnal în megabytes" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5446,7 +5501,7 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" @@ -5455,24 +5510,24 @@ "Setează dimensiunea jurnalului (în megabytes). Valoarea implicită este 40% din spațiul total.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Apelează &utilitarul de blocuri defecte" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5485,19 +5540,19 @@ "dintr-un stripe RAID.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5510,14 +5565,14 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "P&rocentaj de blocuri rezervate pentru root" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5527,29 +5582,29 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Opțiunea &Directory Index" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" @@ -5558,12 +5613,12 @@ "Permite folosirea hashed b-trees pentru a grăbi căutările în directoare mari.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Nici un jurnal" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -5574,12 +5629,12 @@ "ce se face.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5592,7 +5647,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -5625,7 +5680,7 @@ "partiții din acest disc aici.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5635,7 +5690,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5653,7 +5708,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Redimensionarea nu este posibilă:" @@ -5666,7 +5721,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5675,7 +5730,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5686,7 +5741,7 @@ "Încearcă din nou." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5698,26 +5753,26 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Introduc&eți parola de criptare." #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Furnizează parola" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Următoarele volume criptate sunt disponibile." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Activarea volumelor criptate" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5729,14 +5784,14 @@ "Este necesar să se cunoască parola dacă volumele sunt necesare fie \n" "în timpul unei actualizări sau dacă acestea conțin un volum fizic criptat LVM." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to provide crypt passwords?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Doriți să specificați parole de criptare?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5747,62 +5802,62 @@ "Parola va fi testată pentru toate dispozitivele." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Introduceți parola de criptare" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Nu există volume criptate pentru a fi deblocate." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please provide password for any of the following devices:" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Specificați parole pentru oricare dintre următoarele dispozitive:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please provide password for the following device:" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Specificați parola pentru următorul dispozitiv:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Se încearcă deblocarea volumelor criptate..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Parola nu a deblocat niciun volum." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disc IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disc SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disc" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID MD" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -5812,7 +5867,7 @@ "Dispozitivul %1 nu poate fi modificat deoarece conșine un swap activat\n" "ce este necesar pentru efectuarea instalării.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -5822,7 +5877,7 @@ "Dispozitivul %1 nupoate fi modificat deoarece conține datele de instalare\n" "necesare la efectuarea instalării.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -5832,7 +5887,7 @@ "Dispozitivul %1 nupoate fi îndepărtat deoarece conține swap activat\n" "ce este necesar pentru efectuarea instalării.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -5842,7 +5897,7 @@ "Dispozitivul %1 nu poate fi îndepărtate deoarece conține datele de instalare\n" "necesare la efectuarea instalării.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5850,7 +5905,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5858,7 +5913,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5866,18 +5921,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Nu s-a alocat nimic ca sistem de fișiere root!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Aproape sigur instalarea va eșua!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -6540,56 +6595,56 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Creează sugestie bazată pe &LVM" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "&Criptare" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Opțiuni sistem de fișiere:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Sugerează o partiție &&home separată" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Proposal settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Propunere de setări" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6598,32 +6653,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Tastează parola pentru propunerea de criptare." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Parolă:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Reintroduceți parola pentru verificare:" @@ -6650,26 +6705,47 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Montare Implicită:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Sistem de fișiere implicit:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Arată Dispozitivele de Stocare după:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Aliniere partiție:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Informațiile Vizibile despre Dispozitivele de Stocare:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atenție: Cu configurația curentă, instalația ta %1 \n" +#~ "va avea probleme la inițiere, deoarece nu ai partiția \"boot\"\n" +#~ " și partiția \"root\" este un volum logic LVM.\n" +#~ "Așa nu merge.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Dacă nu știi exact ceea ce faci, folosește o partiție\n" +#~ "normală pentru fișierele de sub /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Sigur folosești această configurație?\n" + #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "&Editare partiții după o schemă ..." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/sudo.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/sudo.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/sudo.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/support.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/support.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/support.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -39,16 +39,18 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "SUSE Suport" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deschis" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -93,7 +95,7 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Salvează ca" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "Directory to Save" @@ -118,7 +120,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu pot scrie configurația." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -177,11 +179,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setări avansate" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opțiuni" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -209,11 +211,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adresă de mail" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nume" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -236,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -250,7 +252,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Progres" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -260,7 +262,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nume fișier" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -279,6 +281,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Anularea inițializării:</big> \n" +"Opriți utilitarul de configurare fără riscuri apăsând Anulează acum.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -295,6 +299,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Anulez salvarea:</big> \n" +"Anulați procedura de salvare prin apăsarea Anulează.\n" +"Un dialog adițional vă va informa dacă este sigur sau nu.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -319,13 +327,16 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Editarea sau ștergerea:</big> \n" +"Dacă apăsați Editează, va apărea un dialog adițional în care\n" +"puteți schimba configurația.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -407,7 +418,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -450,7 +461,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -469,6 +480,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Configurare partea a doua</big> \n" +"Apăsați Următor pentru a continua.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -477,6 +491,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Selectați ceva</big> \n" +"Nu este posibil. Trebuie să-l codați mai întâi :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -754,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -765,7 +782,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inițializez..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -774,7 +791,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parolă root" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -793,30 +810,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scrie setările" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rulează SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scriu setările..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rulez SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gata" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sumarul configurației..." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/sysconfig.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/sysconfig.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/sysconfig.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -498,51 +498,111 @@ "Vă rog așteptați... \n" "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SuSEconfig salvează o sumă de control pentru fiecare fișier de configurație astfel încât\n" -#~ "să poată detecta dacă ați modificat manual vreunul din ele. Dacă ați schimbat manual un fișier\n" -#~ "de configurație, nu se va atinge de acesta.\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Caut..." -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Caut..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Comanda: " -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "Comanda: " +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "Omite" -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "Omite" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "O comandă va fi executată" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "O comandă va fi executată" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Pornesc comanda: %1..." -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "Pornesc comanda: %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Comanda %1 a eșuat" -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Comanda %1 a eșuat" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Salvez configurarea sysconfig" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Salvez configurarea sysconfig" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Scriu noile setări" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "Scriu noile setări" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "Activez schimbările" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "Activez schimbările" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Salvarea variabilei %1 în fișierul %2 a eșuat." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "Salvarea variabilei %1 în fișierul %2 a eșuat." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Salvez variabila %1..." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "Salvez variabila %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Salvez modificările din fișiere..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "Salvez modificările din fișiere..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "Serviciul %1 va fi reîncărcat" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Reîncarc serviciul %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Reîncărcarea serviciului %1 a eșuat" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "Serviciul %1 va fi repornit" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Repornesc serviciul %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Repornirea serviciului %1 a eșuat" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Gata" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Sumarul configurației" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SuSEconfig salvează o sumă de control pentru fiecare fișier de configurație astfel încât\n" +#~ "să poată detecta dacă ați modificat manual vreunul din ele. Dacă ați schimbat manual un fișier\n" +#~ "de configurație, nu se va atinge de acesta.\n" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "Vor fi pornite toate script-urile de configurare." @@ -560,27 +620,3 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "Modului de configurare %1 a eșuat." - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "Serviciul %1 va fi reîncărcat" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Reîncarc serviciul %1..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Reîncărcarea serviciului %1 a eșuat" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "Serviciul %1 va fi repornit" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Repornesc serviciul %1..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Repornirea serviciului %1 a eșuat" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Gata" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "Sumarul configurației" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/tftp-server.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/tftp-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/tftp-server.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/timezone_db.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/timezone_db.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/timezone_db.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/tune.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/tune.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/tune.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -28,36 +28,36 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n==0 || (n%100 > 0 && n%100 < 20)) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Detecție Hardware - acest modul nu suportă interfața în linie de comandă, folosiți în schimb '%1'." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Examinez hardware-ul..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progres" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "To&ate înregistrările" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&Salvează în fișier..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Informații despre hardware" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" @@ -65,18 +65,25 @@ "Modulul Informații despre hardware afișează detalii despre\n" "hardwareul calculatorului dvs. Apăsați pe oricare nod pentru mai multe informații.\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "Puteți salva informațiile hardware ăntr-un fișier. Apăsați Salvează în fișier și introduceți numele fișierului." +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Setări sistem" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistem" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "Sistem" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/update.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/update.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/update.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Opțiuni actualizare" @@ -172,18 +172,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Necunoscut" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "actualizare la %1" @@ -253,9 +253,19 @@ "mai funcționeze. Selectați Șterge pachetele neîntreținute pentru a șterge\n" "acele pachete în timpul actualizării.\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -265,13 +275,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Nu am putut monta sistemul destinație" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" "O instalare care ar putea fi incompletă a fost detectată pe partiția selectată.\n" @@ -344,12 +354,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Nu pot citi baza de date RPM curentă." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "Produsul instalat nu este compatibil cu cel de pe mediul de instalare." @@ -357,14 +367,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Produs necunoscut" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -372,22 +382,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "Atenție: Actualizez de la %1 la %2 , produsele nu corespund exact." #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Actualizează numai pachetele instalate" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Actualizare pe bază de modele" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -400,17 +410,17 @@ "șterse.\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "Opți&uni actualizare" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Nu există nici unul dintre aceste fișiere: %1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -423,27 +433,27 @@ "ca unele programe să nu funcționeze corect." #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Linux necunoscut" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Necunoscut sau non-Linux" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "Partiția sau sistemul de boot:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -454,12 +464,12 @@ "\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Partiția sau sistemul de actualizat:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -470,12 +480,12 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Selectează pentru actualizare" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -488,42 +498,42 @@ "\n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistem" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partiție" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arhitectură" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Sistem de fișiere" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etichetă" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "Afișează toate partițiile" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&Boot" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -532,7 +542,7 @@ "cu acest produs." #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" @@ -541,7 +551,7 @@ "este diferită de cea a acestui produs.\n" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" @@ -550,13 +560,13 @@ "Sunteți sigur că doriți să o folosiți?" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Da, utilizează" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -568,12 +578,12 @@ "\n" "Sunteți sigur că doriți să continuați?" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Da, continuă" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -582,17 +592,17 @@ "detalii despre cum să rezolvați această problemă." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Sistem Linux necunoscut" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Sistem non-Linux" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -607,7 +617,7 @@ "sau restartați computerul.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Verific partiția %1" @@ -616,23 +626,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Afișează &detalii" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Verific sistemul de fișiere pe %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Verificarea sistemului de fișiere a eșuat" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -643,24 +653,24 @@ "Doriți continuarea montării dispozitivului?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "Omite montarea" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Parolă greșita. Încercați din nou?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Atenție" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -677,7 +687,7 @@ "Doriți continuarea actualizării actualului sistem?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -698,27 +708,27 @@ "Pentru a abandona actualizarea apăsați Anulare.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "Indică opțiuni de montare" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Opțiuni de montare" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Punct de montare" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispozitiv" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -727,12 +737,12 @@ "(lăsați necompletat pentru autodetecție)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "Partiția /var %1 nu a putut fi montată.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -744,17 +754,17 @@ "IDuri udev: %5, \n" "cale udev: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "Nimic" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Nu pot găsi automat partiția /var" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -765,22 +775,22 @@ "pentru a continua procesul de actualizare." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Selectați dispozitivul pentru partiția /var" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Informații dispozitiv" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Nu pot monta partiția /var în configurația curentă a discului.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -793,7 +803,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -806,17 +816,17 @@ "metoda de montare pentru toate partițiile." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Nu am găsit fstab." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Partiția root din /etc/fstab conține un dispozitiv root invalid.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Este montată ca %1 dar afișată ca %2.\n" @@ -837,37 +847,72 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Se caută sisteme disponibile" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kerberos schema file not found" +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "Fișierul cu schema Kerberos nu a fost găsit." + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read license file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Nu pot citi fișierul %1 cu licența" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Produs necunoscut" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "Permite downgrade-ul pachetelor" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "Selectarea pachetelor %1 pentru instalare a eșuat." + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Setări pentru actualizare" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Actualizare" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Execută actualizarea" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Actualizează configurația sistemului" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Configurația pentru actualizare" +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Permite downgrade-ul pachetelor" + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "Curățare" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/users.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/users.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/users.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ msgstr "Parola pentru administratorul sistem \"root\"" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Nuuitați ceea ce introduceți aici." @@ -4538,22 +4538,22 @@ "Îndepărtați utilizatorii mai întâi." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Utilizatori</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Grupuri</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Setări de autentificare</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Utilizatorul %1 este configurat pentru autentificarea automată" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/vm.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/vm.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/vm.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ msgstr "Instalare Hypervisor și utilitare" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "x86_64 este singura arhitectură suportată pentru găzduirea de mașini virtuale. Arhitectura dvs. este " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -53,126 +53,166 @@ "Porniți instalarea din sistemul gazdă.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Verific pachetele instalate" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Configurarea punții între rețele" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Configurez serverul VM (domeniu 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>Configurarea serverului VM<big/>Configurarea serverului VM (domeniul 0) are două părți." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "Pachetele necesare sunt mai întâi instalate pe sistem. Apoi GRUB este setat ca încărcător de sistem (dacă nu este folosit deja) și secțiunea Xen este adăugată meniului de pornire dacă lipsește." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Instalarea va fi anulată." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Hypervisor și utilitarele au fost instalate." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Configurez mașina virtuală..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Hypervisor și utilitarele au fost instalate." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Server defect" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Xen Section" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "Secțiune Xen" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Instalarea va fi anulată." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Instalarea va fi anulată." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Rulez în modul text. Să instalez totuși componentele grafice?" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Verific pachetele..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Instalez pachetele..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Nu pot instala pachetele necesare." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Configurez puntea implicită dintre rețele..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Punte între rețele" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "Pentru a realiza o configurare normală a mașinilor virtuale, este recomandat un pod de rețea. Configurați un pod de rețea implicit</?p>" @@ -185,35 +225,35 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "Pentru guests instalați Xen, după care reporniți mașina și selectați secțiunea Xen în meniul de încărcare.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "Pentru guests instalați Xen, după care reporniți mașina și selectați secțiunea Xen în meniul de încărcare.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor și utilitarele au fost instalate." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor și utilitarele au fost instalate." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/wagon.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/wagon.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/wagon.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/wol.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/wol.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/wol.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/xpram.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/xpram.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/xpram.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/yast2-apparmor.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/yast2-apparmor.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/yast2-apparmor.ro.po 2014-10-07 15:59:10 UTC (rev 89799) @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -333,11 +333,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "Gata" @@ -1197,61 +1197,71 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "Nu s-a putut recunoaște modul: " -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enforce" +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "Forțează" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "Afișează toate profilurile" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Configurează modul pentru profilurile active" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "Afișare profiluri active" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "Configurează modul pentru toate profilurile" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Nume profil" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mod" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Comutare mod" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "Setează toate pe enforce (forțare)" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "Setează toate pe complain (reclamație)" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Configurare mod profil" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Configurează mod profil" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select an action:" msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89798 - trunk/yast/ko/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:58:25 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89798 Added: trunk/yast/ko/po/cio.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/opensuse_mirror.ko.po Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/add-on-creator.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/add-on.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/audit-laf.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/autoinst.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/ca-management.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/cluster.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/control-center.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/control.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/crowbar.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/dhcp-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/dns-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/drbd.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/fcoe-client.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall-services.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/firstboot.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/ftp-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/geo-cluster.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/gtk.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/http-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/inetd.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/installation.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/instserver.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/iplb.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-client.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-lio-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/isns.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/kdump.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/kerberos-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/kerberos.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/languages_db.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/ldap-client.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/ldap-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/ldap.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/live-installer.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/lxc.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/mail.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/multipath.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/ncurses-pkg.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/ncurses.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/network.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/nfs.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/nfs_server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/nis.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/nis_server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/ntp-client.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/oneclickinstall.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/online-update-configuration.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/online-update.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/packager.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/pam.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/pkg-bindings.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/printer.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/product-creator.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/proxy.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/qt-pkg.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/qt.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/rdp.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/rear.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/registration.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/reipl.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/relocation-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/s390.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-client.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-users.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/scanner.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/security.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/services-manager.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/slp-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/snapper.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/sound.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/squid.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/sshd.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/sudo.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/support.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/sysconfig.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/tftp-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/timezone_db.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/tune.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/update.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/users.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/vm.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/wagon.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/wol.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/yast2-apparmor.ko.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/add-on-creator.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/add-on-creator.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/add-on-creator.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-10 17:39+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/add-on.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/add-on.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/add-on.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-13 10:20+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Add-On 제품" @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Add-On 제품 초기화 중..." @@ -103,10 +103,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Add-On 설치" @@ -253,35 +253,35 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "저장소에서 제품을 찾을 수 없습니다." #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "미디어는 소프트웨어 저장소가 없습니다." # progress stage title #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "새로운 소스 초기화 중..." # Proposal for home directory of uml user -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, 디렉터리: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "소프트웨어 저장소 선택" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ "선택한 미디어에서 여러개의 저장소를 찾았습니다.\n" "사용할 저장소를 선택하세요.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "찾은 저장소(&F)" @@ -304,35 +304,35 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Add-On 제품 설치를 중단하시겠습니까?" # message box #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "저장소 선택" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Add-On 제품의 의존성 조건이 충족되지 않습니다." # dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "제품 선택" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "사용 가능한 제품" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -343,13 +343,13 @@ "선택하세요.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "선택한 Add-On 제품의 의존성 조건이 충족되지 않습니다." # host editing help 1/1 #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -363,107 +363,107 @@ # Proposal for home directory of uml user #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, 디렉터리: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "제품" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "미디어" # message box #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "삭제할 제품을 선택하십시오." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "선택한 Add-On 제거 중..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "설치된 Add-on 제품" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Add-on 제품" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" # radio button label #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "소프트웨어 관리자 실행(&P)..." # helptext for TV Stations Dialog 1/3 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "이곳에서 시스템에 설치된 모든 Add-on 제품을 확인할 수 있습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "추가 버튼을 사용하여 새로운 Add-on 제품을 추가하거나, 삭제로 사용하는 Add-on 을 제거합니다." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "제조사: %1 " # monitor vendor not known -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "알 수 없는 제조사" # part of the package description -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "버전: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "알 수 없는 버전" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "저장소 URL: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "알 수 없는 저장소 URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "저장소 별명: %1 " #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "알 수 없는 URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ "이것을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "제품 의존성 제거 중..." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/audit-laf.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/audit-laf.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/audit-laf.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-12 01:38+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -1052,42 +1052,51 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "audit.rules 를 읽을 수 없습니다." -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -"audit 데몬을 실행 하지 않았습니다.\n" -"지금 시작 하시겠습니까?" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start daemon." +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "데몬 시작" + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -"'apparmor' 커널 모듈을 불러왔습니다.\n" -"커널은 로그 audit 이벤트를 /var/log/audit/audit.log (기본)에\n" -"기록하기 위해 실행 중인 audit 데몬을 사용합니다.\n" -"데몬을 지금 시작하시겠습니까?" -# service sttus - label -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "시작(&S)" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Audit daemon not running" -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "Audit 데몬이 실행중이 아님" +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "설치하지 않음" # error report -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon" msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "audit 데몬을 시작할 수 없음" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The reason might be that the rules are locked.\n" @@ -1109,31 +1118,31 @@ # FIXME check abort correctly # PowerManagement read dialog caption #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Audit 구성 저장 중" # translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 기록" # translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "규칙 기록" # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 기록하고 있습니다..." # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "규칙 기록 중..." @@ -1142,11 +1151,11 @@ # error message - the entered ip address is already # configured for another virtual host #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "규칙이 이미 잠겨 있습니다." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" @@ -1162,7 +1171,7 @@ "이후에 시스템을 재시작 해야 합니다." #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed" msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." @@ -1170,29 +1179,53 @@ # error report #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "설정을 auditd.conf 에 기록할 수 없습니다." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules" msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "yast2-audit-laf 를 다시 시작하고 규칙을 확인" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "설정을 auditd.rules 에 기록할 수 없습니다." # menu button label #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "로그 파일" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" +#~ "Do you want to start it now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "audit 데몬을 실행 하지 않았습니다.\n" +#~ "지금 시작 하시겠습니까?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +#~ "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" +#~ "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" +#~ "Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "'apparmor' 커널 모듈을 불러왔습니다.\n" +#~ "커널은 로그 audit 이벤트를 /var/log/audit/audit.log (기본)에\n" +#~ "기록하기 위해 실행 중인 audit 데몬을 사용합니다.\n" +#~ "데몬을 지금 시작하시겠습니까?" + +# service sttus - label #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Audit daemon not running" +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "Audit 데몬이 실행중이 아님" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "알 수 없는 옵션입니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -54,15 +54,16 @@ msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'" msgstr "" +# Button label #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "취소" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "확인" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "도움말" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -95,7 +96,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새로 만들기" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ #. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis #: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 설정:" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Services:" @@ -170,24 +171,26 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SPAM 차단" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" msgstr "" +# Pushbutton label - add host into list #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "추가" +# Button label #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "편집" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "삭제" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -391,23 +394,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -24,95 +24,107 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스 활성화/비활성화" +# Progress stage #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 데이터베이스 추가" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재 사용가능한 데이터베이스의 목록 표시" +# Commandline option help #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재 설정된 스키마의 목록 표시" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "목록에 스키마 추가" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스 활성화" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스 비활성화" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스 종류 (\"hdb\" 또는 \"bdb\")" +# Progress stage #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이타베이스용 베이스 DN" +# RichText label #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrator 로그인용 DN" +# push button label #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrator 열쇠글" +# Progress stage #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이타베이스용 디렉터리" +# Table header item - DNS key listing +# _("Type"), +# Table header item - DNS key listing +# table header #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "파일" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "위치" +# src/isdn/complex.ycp:263 src/modem/complex.ycp:205 #. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); #. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); #. #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 msgid "No base DN provided\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "제공되는 베이스 DN 없음\n" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스는 서비스가 비활성화 되었을 때 생성할 수 없음" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스를 추가하는 중에 오류" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 데이터베이스는 이미 생성되었습니다. 설치된 시스템에서 나중에 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[루트 열쇠글]" +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:258 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:52 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[수동으로 설정]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "시스템 루트 열쇠글을 검색할 수 없습니다. 계속하려면 LDAP 서버 열쇠글을 설정하세요." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -122,17 +134,19 @@ msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" msgstr "" +# text entry label #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "베이스 DN:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "루트 DN:" +# PasswordEntry label #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 열쇠글:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" @@ -142,43 +156,50 @@ msgid "Provider: " msgstr "" +# item of menu button #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "방화벽 포트 열기" +# encryption type #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "" +msgstr "예" +# DN is a X509 property called "Distinguised Name". Probably not +# translatable. 'N' stands for new. +# 'N' stands for new. #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "아니요" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "방화벽은 비활성화 되어있음" +# progress stage #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLP 데몬에서 등록:" +# check box #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버 시작:" #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP 서버" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP 서버(&L)" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -189,6 +210,9 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" +"'%1' 꾸러미를 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" +"이 꾸러미를 설치하지 않으면 YaST2에서 구성을\n" +" 계속할 수 없습니다." #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -198,6 +222,8 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"YaST2는 필요한 꾸러미 설치 없이는 \n" +"구성을 계속할 수 없습니다." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." @@ -208,16 +234,19 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" +"OpenLDAP 서버: 일반 서버 인증서를 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" +"StartTLS가 비활성화됩니다." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of OpenLDAP MirrorMode replication" msgstr "" +# translators: error message #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "기존 구성이 감지되었습니다." #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" @@ -225,18 +254,29 @@ "Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" +"기존 구성이 있지만 LDAP 서버는 현지 실행 중이 아닙니다.\n" +"서버를 지금 시작하고 구성 데이터를 다시 읽거나 스크래치로부터 새 구성을\n" +"생성하시겠습니까?" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재시작" +# dialog label #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 구성" +# translators: error message #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migrate existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "기존 구성 이행" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -245,13 +285,15 @@ "configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgstr "" +# translators: error message #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기존 구성 이행" +# radiobutton #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "스크래치로부터 새 구성 생성" #. LdapServer summary dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 @@ -270,33 +312,38 @@ msgid "Authentication Server Configuration" msgstr "" +# Translators: dialog caption #. ********************* #. * dialog functions ** #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "일반 설정" +# check box #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버 시작(&S)" +# progress stage #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLP 데몬에서 등록(&S)" +# check box #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "방화벽 설정" +# service sttus - label #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버가 실행 중이 아닙니다." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" @@ -341,10 +388,11 @@ msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." msgstr "" +# dialog label #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고급 구성(&A)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" @@ -356,14 +404,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 Kerberos 설정" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, #. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "R&ealm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Realm(&E)" #. abort? #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 @@ -376,24 +424,26 @@ #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고급 Kerberos 구성" #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고급 옵션(&O)" +# header label +# label widget #. label widget #. header label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재의 선택: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "구성:" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 @@ -418,7 +468,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "찾아보기" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -435,11 +485,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "은(는) 잘못된 LDAP DN 입니다." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -466,7 +516,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로토콜" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -483,18 +533,19 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA 인증서 파일(PEM 형식)(&A)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "찾아보기(&W)..." +# src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA 인증서 파일 선택" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -585,25 +636,28 @@ msgid "Enter new &Password" msgstr "" +# TextEntry label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:961 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글 확인(&V)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" msgstr "" +# summary heading: configured shares #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>시작 구성</h3>" +# check box #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>LDAP 서버 시작</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" @@ -612,9 +666,13 @@ "After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" +# src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 +# src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 +# Wireless expert dialog caption +# Frame label #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>프로토콜 청취자</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." @@ -625,6 +683,8 @@ "LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" "is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" +"LDAP 는 기본 LDAP 인터페이스로 389 포트를 사용합니다. TLS/SSL 암호화 통신은\n" +"서버 증명서르 설정한 후 StartTLS 조작으로 가능합니다." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -639,9 +699,10 @@ "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" +# Translators: dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>방화벽 설정</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" @@ -652,24 +713,41 @@ #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>기초 데이터베이스 설정</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a \n" +#| "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and \n" +#| "supports subtree renames. It is otherwise identical to bdb. A hdb-Database\n" +#| "needs a larger idlcachesize for good search performance than a bdb-Database.\n" +#| "" msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" +"데이터베이스 를 hdb 및 bdb 로부터 선택하세요. \n" +"Hdb 는 bdb 백엔드의 파생형으로 계층 구조 데이터베이스\n" +"레이아웃을 사용하고 하위 트리의 이름변경을 지원합니다. 이외는 bdb와 같습니다.\n" +"hdb-데이터베이스는 양호한 성능을 유지하기 위해 bdb-데이터베이스 보다 큰\n" +"idlcachesize 가 필요합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +# help text, richtext format +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" +"베이스 DN 옵션은 데이터베이스를 만들 때 루트 항목의\n" +"이름을 지정합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -679,14 +757,17 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" +"이 마법사로 설치하는 경우\n" +"초기 LDAP Administrator 열쇠글 은 시스템 루트 열쇠글과 같게 설정됩니다.\n" +" " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -696,13 +777,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -710,7 +791,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -720,28 +801,30 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>BDB 데이터베이스 편집</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" +"완전한 DN 을 입력하거나 첫번째 부분 및베이스 DN 추가로 베이스 DN 을\n" +"자동으로 추가합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,18 +834,27 @@ "large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" +"항목 캐시 및 색인 캐시 (IDL 캐시) 로 오픈LDAP 내부 캐시 크기를 조정할\n" +"수 있습니다. 항목 캐시 에서는 오픈LDAP 안의 메모리 캐시에 저장할 항목 수 를 지정합니다.\n" +"메모리(RAM)가 충분히 있는 환경에서는 메모리에 데이터베이스 전체를 저장할 수 있을 정도의 값으로\n" +"설정해 두면 좋을 것입니다. 색인 캐시 (IDL 캐시) 는 색인을 붙일 수 있었던 속성의 검색을\n" +"빨리하기 위해 사용합니다. 일반적으로 HDB-데이터베이스는 검색 성능 때문에 좀 더 큰 IDL 캐시를\n" +"필요로 합니다(대체로 항목 캐시의 3배 정도).\n" +"" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>열쇠글 정책 설정</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" +"이 데이터베이스에 열쇠글 정책을 사용하려면 \n" +"열쇠글 정책 활성화를 활성화 하세요." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,8 +862,13 @@ "needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" +"데이터베이스에 저장하기 전에 추가 및 수정 요청 내에 존재하는 일반 텍스트 열쇠글을\n" +"오픈LDAP 서버가 암호화하도록 지정하려면 일반 텍스트 열쇠글 해시을 선택하세요.\n" +"이는 X.500/LDAP 정보 모델을 위반하는 것이지만 열쇠글 수정 확장 작업을 사용하여\n" +"열쇠글을 관리하지 않는 LDAP 클라이언트에는 보완이 필요할 수 있습니다.\n" +"" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -780,30 +877,31 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 정책 개체 DN에 기본 정책 개체의 이름을 입력하십시오." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +# dialog label +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>색인 구성</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -811,34 +909,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -846,30 +944,31 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +# heading text +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>접근 제어 구성</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -877,21 +976,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -903,11 +1002,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -915,21 +1014,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -939,15 +1038,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -955,28 +1054,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -986,34 +1085,38 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +# Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>초기화 중단:</big> \n" +"지금 중단을 눌러 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단하십시오." #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" "informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" msgstr "" +# dialog caption #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>LDAP 서버 구성 요약</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1021,78 +1124,79 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Start LDAP 서버 시작 예 또는 아니요를 사용하여 LDAP 서버를 시작하거나 중지합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>TLS 설정</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +# Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>기초 설정</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>인증서 가져오기</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1100,91 +1204,102 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 항목 아래에서 몇몇 전역 매개변수를 구성합니다." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" +"이 대화상자에서 스키마 파일을 추가합니다. 추가를 누르면 새 스키마를 선택할 수 있는\n" +"파일 대화 상자가 열립니다. 주의: 오픈LDAP(back-config 를 사용했을 때)는 현재 스키마 데이터 제거를\n" +" 지원하지 않습니다." #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "오픈LDAP 서버가 허용하거나 비허용할 특별 기능을 선택:" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +# pushbutton label +# Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>허용 플래그 선택</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" +"인증서가 비어있지 않을 때 익명 바인드: 증명서가 비어 있지 않을 경우 익명\n" +"바인드를 허용합니다.(예. 열쇠글이 제공되지만 바인드 DN 이 없을때) " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" +"DN 이 공백이 아닐 때 미인증서 바인드: DN이 비어 있지 않을 때\n" +"미인증서(익명) 바인드를 허용합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +# pushbutton label +# Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>금지 플래그 선택</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1192,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,30 +1316,31 @@ "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" +# help text 2/7, optional #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 데이터베이스를 추가하려면 데이터베이스 추가...를 누릅니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1233,233 +1349,243 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용하는 Kerberos realm 에는 아스키 문자를 사용할 수 있지만 규약에서는 도메인 이름과 같은 대문자로 설정하게 되어 있습니다.\n" +# help text, richtext format #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 문자는 이 realm 에대한 Kerberos 데이터베이스의 위치를 지정합니다." #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" +# help text, richtext format #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 문자는 kadmin 이 데이터베이스에 인증하기 위해 사용하는 keytab 파일의 위치를 지정합니다." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 절대 시간은 이 realm 에서 작성한 법칙의 기본 만료 날짜를 지정합니다." +# help text, richtext format #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 플래그는 이 realm 에서 만든 법칙의 기본 속성을 지정합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "연기 허용" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 플래그를 활성화하여 법칙으로 postdateable 티켓 가져오기를 허용합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +# radio button, type of zone +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "forwardable 허용" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 플래그를 활성화하여 법칙으로 forwardable 티켓 가져오기를 허용합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +# pushbutton +# push button +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "renewable 허용" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 플래그를 활성화하여 법칙으로 renewable 티켓 가져오기를 허용합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "proxiable 허용" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 플래그를 활성화하여 법칙으로 프록시 티켓 가져오기를 허용합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용자간 인증 활성화" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 플래그를 활성화하여 법칙으로 사용자 사이의 인증을 위한 다른 사용자용 세션 키 가져오기를 허용합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사전 인증 요구" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "클라이언트 법칙에서 이 플래그를 활성화하면, 법칙에 대해 KDC 로부터 티켓을 받기 전에 사전 인증을 하게 됩니다. 서비스 법칙으로 이 플래그를 활성화하면, 이 법칙용 서비스 티켓이 사전 인증 티켓은 설정된 TGT 인가 티켓에 대해서만 발행되게 됩니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +# tree node string +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "하드웨어 인증 요구" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 플래그를 활성화면, 법칙은 티켓을 수신하기 전에 하드웨어 장치를 이용한 사전 인증을 하게 됩니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스 허용" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 플래그를 활성화하여 KDC 가 이 법칙에 서비스 티켓 발행하는것을 허용합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "tgs 요청을 허용" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 플래그를 활성화하여 법칙이 TGT(ticket-granting-ticket)를 기반으로 한 티켓을 발행하게 됩니다. TGT를 가져오기 위해서는 인증 순서를 반복하지 않습니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "티켓 허용" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 플래그를 활성화하여 KDE 가 이 법칙에 대해 티켓을 발행합니다. 비활성화하면 실질적으로는 이 realm의 법칙을 무효로 합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "변경해야 함" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 플래그를 활영화하여 이 법칙의 열쇠글을 강제로 변경합니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글 변경 서비스" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 플래그를 활성화하면, 이 법칙이 열쇠글 변경 서비스로 마크 됩니다. 이것은 특별한 경우에만 쓰입니다. 예를들어 사용자의 열쇠글의 만료기간이 조작되어 있는 경우, 사용자는 그 법칙에 대해 기존의 열쇠글 인증에 의하지 않고 티켓을 받을 필요가 있을 때 사용됩니다." #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 항목에는 열쇠글에 포함되어 있어서는 안되는 문자를 포함한 파일의 위치를 지정합니다. 만약 이 태그가 설정되어 있지 않거나 법칙에 할당할 정책이 없는 경우 열쇠글 확인은 하지 않게됩니다." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 포트 번호는 이 realm 을 위해 kadmind 데몬이 수신하는 포트를 지정합니다." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" +msgstr "kdb5_stash 에 저장되는 마스터 키를 두는 위치를 지정합니다.." +# help text, richtext format #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 문자는 이 realm 을 위해 KDC 가 수신하는 포트 목록을 지정합니다." #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마스터 키에 관련된 법칙의 이름을 지정합니다. 기본 값은 K/M 입니다." #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 키 형식에서는 마스트키 형식을 나타냅니다." +# help text, richtext format #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 차분 시간은 이 realm 에서 티켓의 최대 유효 시간을 지정합니다." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 델타 시간 설정에서는 이 realm내에서의 티켓 최대 유효 시간을 지정합니다." +# help text, richtext format #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "키/salt 목록 문자는 이 realm 에 대해서 법칙의 기본 키/salt 의 편성을 지정합니다." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 realm 에 대한 법칙의 key/salt 편성을 허용을 지정합니다." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "realm 사이를 연결하는 티켓의 전송 목록에 대해, realm 이름으로부터 산출된 전송 경로와 krb5.conf 파일의 [capaths] 와 사이의 확인 유무를 결정합니다." #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 LDAP 지정 태그는 LDAP 서버를 통해 유지되는 접속 수를 나타냅니다." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." -msgstr "" +msgstr "realm 의 법칙에 포함되는 하위 목록을 지정합니다. 목록에는 콜론(:)으로 구분된 하위 개체의 DN을 나타냅니다.검색 스코프는 하위 이하의 법칙을 검색하기 위한 스코프를 지정합니다." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Srealm 의 법칙이 작성되는 컨테이너의 DN 을 지정합니다. 이 realm 용 컨테이너 참조가 설정되어 있지 않은 경우, 법칙은 realm 컨테이너내에 작성됩니다." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 realm 내의 법칙에 대한 최대 티켓 유효 시간을 지정합니다." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 realm 내의 법칙에 대한 최대 갱신 시간을 지정합니다." #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -1472,40 +1598,43 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고급 설정" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이타베이스 경로" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이타베이스 경로(&D)" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ACL 파일" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ACL 파일(&F)" +# textentry label #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "관리자 Keytab" +# text entry #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 법칙 만료시간" +# label text #. checkbox text #. checkbox text #. checkbox text @@ -1517,12 +1646,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용 가능(&A)" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "날짜(&D)" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 @@ -1535,7 +1664,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "시간(&T)" #. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", #. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), @@ -1546,134 +1675,142 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 법칙 플래그" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 msgid "Allow p&ostdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "postdated(&O)" +# radio button, type of zone #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 msgid "Allow &forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "forwardable 허용(&F)" +# pushbutton +# push button #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 msgid "Allow rene&wable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "renewable 허용(&W)" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 msgid "Allow &proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "proxiable 허용(&P)" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용자간 인증 활성화(&U)" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 msgid "Requires pr&eauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사전 인증 요구(&E)" +# tree node string #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 msgid "Requires &hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "하드웨어 인증 요청(&H)" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 msgid "Allow &service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스 허용(&S)" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "tgs 요청을 허용(&Q)" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 msgid "Allow &tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "티켓 허용(&T)" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 msgid "Need &change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "변경해야 함(&C)" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글 변경 서비스(&A)" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사전 파일" +# User name for user: "radiusd" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kadmin 도메인 포트" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kpasswd 데몬 포트" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "키 숨김 파일" +# table header #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC 포트" +# selection box #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "마스터 키 이름" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "마스터 키 종류" +# textentry label #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 @@ -1681,15 +1818,17 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "티켓 최대 유효 시간" +# combo box item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "일(&D)" +# Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:420 @@ -1697,66 +1836,71 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "티켓 최대 갱신 시간" +# frame label #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 암호화 형식" +# frame label #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC 가 지원하는 암호화 형식" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "잘못된 전송 거부" +# translators: menu item to test the currently selected LDAP url #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 연결의 수" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 열쇠글용 파일" +# the label for Filter: Search results #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "하위 검색" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "스코프 검색" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "하위 검색(&S)" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 msgid "&one level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 레벨(&O)" +# header text #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" -msgstr "" +msgstr "법칙 컨테이너" #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고급 LDAP 설정" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1766,6 +1910,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "LDAP 클라이언트 설정" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1802,6 +1952,7 @@ msgid "Changes will take effect immediately after clicking \"Yes\"" msgstr "" +# Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -1812,75 +1963,79 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." +# summary heading: configured shares #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** #. * tree structure definition ** #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "시작 구성" +# dialog caption #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전역 설정" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "스키마 파일" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "로그 레벨 설정" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "허용/금지 기능" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TLS 설정" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이타베이스" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "접미사 DN" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스 형식" #. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용자의 TLS/SSL 구성이 불완전한 것 같습니다." +# popup question #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "정말 \"ldaps\" 프로토콜 청취자를 활성화 하시겠습니까?" #. add a new file to the list #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 스키마 파일 선택" +# translators: error message #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "스키마 파일이 이미 목록에 있습니다." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -1894,15 +2049,17 @@ msgid "A common server certificate is not available." msgstr "" +# src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서 파일 선택" +# src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서 키 파일 선택" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -1915,33 +2072,38 @@ msgid "Cannot delete Config database" msgstr "" +# yes-no popup contents #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "정말 데이터베이스를 삭제하시겠습니까?" +# error message - %1 is file name #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재 데이터베이스에 대한 설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." +# Error message popup: #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재 데이터베이스에 대한 설정을 읽을 수 없습니다." +# push button label #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "New Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 관리자 열쇠글" +# menubutton label #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글 암호화(&E)" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -1955,7 +2117,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "아니요" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1963,27 +2125,30 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "예" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" msgstr "" +# dialog label #. **************************************** #. tree generation functions ** #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290 msgid "Index Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "색인 구성" +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글 정책 구성" +# heading text #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "접근 제어 구성" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 msgid "Replication Provider" @@ -1997,190 +2162,210 @@ msgid "&Start Kerberos Server" msgstr "" +# src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 +# src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 +# Wireless expert dialog caption +# Frame label #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 msgid "Protocol Listeners" -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로토콜 청취자" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSL 을 통한 LDAP (ldaps)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "포함된 스키마 파일(&S)" +# selection box caption #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "로그 레벨 플래그 선택(&L):" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "추적 함수 호출" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "디버그 패킷 처리" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "복잡한 추적 디버깅 (function args)" +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:242 +# DIALOG TEXTS +# Connection dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "연결 관리" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "송수신된 인쇄 패킷" +# menubutton label #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "검색 필터 프로세싱" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "구성 파일 프로세싱" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "접근 제어 목록 프로세싱" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "" +msgstr "로그 연결, 작동 및 결과" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전송된 로그 엔트리" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "" +msgstr "쉘 백엔드와의 인쇄 통신" +# push button #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "엔트리 구문 분석" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPSync 사본" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "없음" +# pushbutton label +# Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "허용 플래그 선택(&A):" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPv2 바인드 요청" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자격 증명이 비어 있지 않을 때 익명 바인드" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN이 비어 있지 않을 때 인증되지 않은 바인드" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "처리할 비인증 업데이트 작동" +# pushbutton label +# Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "금지 플래그 선택(&D):" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "익명 바인드 요청의 수락을 비활성화 (익명에 의한 디렉터리 접근은 금지되지 않음)" +# summary item #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "간단한 바인드 인증 비활성화" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "StartTLS 작업을 받을 때 익명상태의 강제 세션을 비활성화" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증되어있으면 StartTLS 작동은 금지" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기초 설정" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TLS 활성화" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSL 을 통한 LDAP (ldaps) 인터페이스" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "일반 서버 인증서 사용" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서 가져오기" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서 파일(PEM 형식)(&F)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "찾아보기(&B)..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서 키 파일 (PEM 형식 -- 암호화되지 않음)(&K)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "찾아보기(&R)..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA 관리 모듈 실행" +# text entry label #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "베이스 DN(&B)" +# textentry label #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "관리자 DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "베이스 DN 추가(&A)" +# TextEntry label #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글 변경" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BDB 데이터베이스 편집" +# src/config/proxy.y2cc:11 +# Rich text title #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" -msgstr "" +msgstr "항목 캐시" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "색인 캐시 (IDL 캐시)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" @@ -2188,11 +2373,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "킬로바이트" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "분" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" @@ -2208,71 +2393,77 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스 편집" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스 종류는 현재 지원되지 않습니다." +# dialog label #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "색인 구성" +# table header 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "속성" +# item of a combo box #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Presence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "존재" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Equality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "균등" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Substring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "하위문자열" +# push button label #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 msgid "Change Administrator Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrator 열쇠글 변경" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Add Index" -msgstr "" +msgstr "색인 추가" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글 정책 설정" +# checkbox #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글 정책 활성화" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "일반 텍스트 열쇠글 해싱" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"잠긴 계정\" 상태 공개" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 정책 개체 DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "정책 편집" +# title label #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "모든 항목" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" @@ -2280,105 +2471,114 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN 이 있는 항목" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" -msgstr "" +msgstr "모두" +# summary item #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증된 클라이언트" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "익명 사용자 클라이언트" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "접근 끝난 항목(자신)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN 이 있는 사용자" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" -msgstr "" +msgstr "하위트리의 모든 항목" +# selection box label #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "그룹의 모든 구성원" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" msgstr "" +# src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "접근 없음" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "접근 안됨(오류 정보는 표시)" +# summary item #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증" +# text entry #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" -msgstr "" +msgstr "비교" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "읽기" +# CD-R or CD-RW writer device #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "쓰기" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "관리 (완전 접근)" #. don't count frontend and Config DB #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 데이터베이스" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기초 데이터베이스 설정" +# textentry label #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "관리자 DN(&A)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "베이스 DN 추가(&P)" +# push button label #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 관리자 열쇠글(&P)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스 디렉터리(&D)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 데이터베이스를 기본 오픈LDAP 클라이언트로 사용" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스 디렉터리 선택" +# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "베이스 DN을 설정해야 합니다." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2386,11 +2586,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글이 지정되면 루트 DN을 설정해야 합니다." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글 확인에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2398,54 +2598,59 @@ "%2" msgstr "" +# command line error report #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "디렉터리를 지정해야 합니다." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "디렉터리가 존재하지 않습니다. 작성 하시겠습니까?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증에 실패했습니다. 열쇠글이 틀린 것 같습니다.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" -msgstr "" +msgstr "오류 메시지: '" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다시 시도 하시겠습니까?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 msgid "Available Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용 가능한 속성 종류" +# message box #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "선택한 속성 종류" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 규칙을 적용시킴" +# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 +# Frame title #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 msgid "Entry DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "항목 DN" +# frame label #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "선택" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "접근 레벨 정의" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" @@ -2466,27 +2671,30 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 msgid "Subtree DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "하위 DN" +# table header #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 msgid "Group DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "그룹 DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "접근 제어 규칙 편집" +# check box label - restore option #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 msgid "Target Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "대상 개체" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 msgid "Matching the filter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "거르개에 해당:" +# menubutton label #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 msgid "LDAP Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 거르개" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" @@ -2494,35 +2702,40 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "특성" +# Button label #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "편집" +# menu button item #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "접근 단위" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 msgid "Who" -msgstr "" +msgstr "누가" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "" +# push button +# Button label #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "위" +# push button #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "아래" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2537,13 +2750,17 @@ msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" +# Tv frequency table #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "대상" +# label of the Filter menu ( keep it short ) - filters out a set of packages +# Labels and menu entries for the YaST Online Update +# label of the Online Update 'Filter' menu (keep it short) #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "거르개" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 msgid "" @@ -2559,9 +2776,10 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" +# table header #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "포트" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2571,21 +2789,23 @@ msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" +# combo box item #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "일" +# combo box item #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "시간" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "분" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "초" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2641,17 +2861,21 @@ msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" +# src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 +# src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "시작 구성 읽는 중" +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "구성 백엔드 읽는 중" +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "구성 데이터 읽는 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" @@ -2663,72 +2887,78 @@ "Is the LDAPI listener enabled?\n" msgstr "" +# menubutton label #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 검색에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." -msgstr "" +msgstr "잘못된 LDAP URI 스키마입니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 초기화에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 바인드에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 스키마 초기화에 실패했습니다." +# menubutton label #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 스키마 읽기에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos 의 스키마는 LDAP 서버에서는 알 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" +# Error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "kerberos 데이터베이스 수정에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 수정에 실패했습니다." +# progress step #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "불완전한 데이터입니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "지원되지 않는 데이터베이스 형식입니다." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버 활성화 중" +# check box #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버 시작 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "오픈LDAP 서버 활성화 중" +# menubutton entry, try to keep short #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "오픈LDAP 서버 재시작 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" @@ -2742,25 +2972,31 @@ msgid "Activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "" +# src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 +# src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "시작 구성 기록 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정 디렉터리 비우는 중" +# src/config/isdn.y2cc:11 src/isdn/wizards.ycp:63 src/isdn/wizards.ycp:84 +# FIXME check abort correctly +# PowerManagement read dialog caption #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "구성 생성 중" +# check box #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "오픈LDAP 서버 시작 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "베이스 개체 생성 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" @@ -2772,37 +3008,40 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "slapd.conf 로부터 백엔드 설정으로 전환에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPI 프로토콜 청취자 활성화에 실패했습니다." +# Error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정 디렉터리 비우기에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "구성 데이터베이스를 \"slapadd\" 로 설정하는데 오류가 발생하였습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서비스를 활성화하지 못했습니다." +# error popup text #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서비스 시작에 실패했습니다." +# check box #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버 중지 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버 비활성화 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" @@ -2824,43 +3063,46 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sysconfig 파일 기록 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "변경 사항을 구성 데이터베이스에 적용 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "변경 사항을 /etc/openldap/ldap.conf 에 적용" +# error report #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새로 만든 데이터베이스의 기본 개체 생성 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 열쇠글 정책 개체 업데이트 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "색인 작업이 완료될 때 까지 오픈LDAP 가 백그라운드로 기다림(몇 분 정도 걸릴 수 있음)" +# menubutton entry, try to keep short #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" -msgstr "" +msgstr "필요한 경우 오픈LDAP 서버 다시 시작" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" msgstr "" +# error report #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 개체 생성에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글 정책 개체 생성에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" @@ -2870,9 +3112,10 @@ msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." msgstr "" +# progress stage #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLP 서비스에 등록:" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " @@ -2880,19 +3123,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음 데이터베이스를 생성:" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스 접미사:" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이타베이스 종류:" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "아직 설정되지 않았습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2900,12 +3143,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서 파일이 존재하지 않음" #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서 키 파일이 존재하지 않습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -2915,21 +3158,23 @@ msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?" msgstr "" +# Progress stage #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "구성 데이터베이스의 디렉터리 비우는 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "slapd.conf 를 설정 데이터베이스로 변환 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "시작 구성을 설정 데이터베이스로 사용 전환 중" +# menubutton entry, try to keep short #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버 재시작 중" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" @@ -2937,25 +3182,26 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"slaptest\" 의 출력:\n" +# translators: error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재 구성의 이동에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPI 청취자 활성화에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "일반 서버 인증서를 사용할 수 없습니다. StartTLS가 비활성화됩니다." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2968,246 +3214,260 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +# message box %1 is filename +# error report. %1 is filename +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." -msgstr "" +msgstr "krb5.conf 를 기록할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +# error report +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos 데이터베이스 만들기에 실팼습니다." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글 파일에 기록하는데 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "은(는) 잘못된 LDAP DN 입니다." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "접미사의 첫 번째 부분은 c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=이어야 합니다." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "루트 DN은 베이스 DN의 자식 개체 이어야 합니다." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +# error message +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "디렉터리를 작성할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "krb5.conf 에 쓰기에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "kdc.conf 에 쓰기에 실패했습니다." #. error at paramter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스 종류 '%s' 는(은) 지원되지 않습니다. 'bdb' 와 'hdb' 가 허용됩니다." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "국가명은 ISO-3166 국가 2글자 코드여야 합니다." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'rootdn'이 잘못되었습니다." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'rootdn'은 '접미사' 아래에 와야 합니다." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글을 설정하려면 'rootdn'을 지정해야 합니다." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'rootpw' 를 지정하세요." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'%s'은(는) 지원되지 않는 crypt 방법입니다." +# textentry label #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'디렉터리'를 정의하십시오." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "디렉터리가 존재하지 않습니다." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "캐시 크기 값이 잘못되었습니다." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "검사점 값이 잘못되었습니다." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'passwd'를 정의하십시오." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스 편집에 실패했습니다." #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'suffix' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." +# translators: error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스를 재시작할 수 없습니다." +# error report #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스를 중지할 수 없습니다." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA 인증서 파일이 존재하지 않습니다." +# Error message. +# %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d, +# eg. nfsserver #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA 인증서 경로가 존재하지 않습니다." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서 파일이 존재하지 않습니다." +# translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'TLSVerifyClient'에 대한 값이 잘못되었습니다." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "쓰기에 실패했습니다." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'ServerCertificateFile' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서 파일을 읽을 수 없습니다." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'ServerCertificateData' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PEM 데이터가 손상되었습니다." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'ServerKeyFile' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "키 파일을 읽을 수 없습니다." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'ServerKeyData' 매개변수가 누락되었습니다." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA 인증서 파일을 읽을 수 없습니다." +# translators: error message un failed certificate import #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서 파일을 쓸 수 없습니다." +# message box %1 is filename +# error report. %1 is filename #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "키 파일을 쓸 수 없습니다." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA 인증서 파일을 쓸 수 없습니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/autoinst.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/autoinst.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/autoinst.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 16:58+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -117,8 +117,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "모든 꾸러미 핸들링 활성화/비활성화" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "빈 매개변수 목록" @@ -130,40 +129,35 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "AutoYast 프로파일의 경로가 지정되어야 함" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Client for autoyast configuration on the running system" msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "실행 중인 시스템의 AutoYast 구성용 클라이언트" # summary text - unknown DMA mode is selected -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown mode" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "알 수 없는 모드" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "작동하기 위한 모듈의 콤마 구분자 리스트" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "시스템 복제 중..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "결과 autoyast 프로파일은 /root/autoinst.xml에서 찾을 수 있습니다." # help 1/2 @@ -319,25 +313,25 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "포스트-스크립트 실행 중" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Determine running services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "실행 중인 서비스 확인" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" # src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 # src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "설정 완료 중" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy #| msgid "processing resource %1" msgid "Processing resource %1" @@ -2537,12 +2531,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr " - 드라이브" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " - 볼륨 그룹 " @@ -2649,11 +2643,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "드라이브" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Total of %1 drive" #| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives" @@ -2863,29 +2857,29 @@ msgstr "꾸러미 해결기 실행에 실패했습니다. autoyast 프로파일의 사용자 소프트웨어 섹션을 확인하세요." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "XML 프로파일에 설정한 파티션 계획은 하드디스크에 적합하지 않습니다. %1 MB 부족" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "특별한 장치가 설정되지 않았습니다." #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "루트 파티션을 검사합니다. 잠시 기다리십시오..." # a popup #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "리눅스 루트 파티션이 없습니다." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2894,7 +2888,7 @@ "구성하지 않았습니다. 자동 설치를 수행할 수 없습니다.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "스토리지 백엔드로 장치 '%1'을 찾지못함" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-14 17:35+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "생략(&S)" @@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "열쇠글(&P)" @@ -1686,6 +1686,32 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "필요한 꾸러미들의 설치를 실패했습니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "구성 업데이트 중..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "약간의 시간이 소요될 수 있습니다." + +# error report for command line +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kerberos schema file not found" +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "Kerberos 스키마 파일을 찾을 수 없음" + # Confirm user request to abort installation #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 @@ -2395,15 +2421,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "모뎀" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "네트워크 카드" @@ -2411,27 +2437,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" @@ -2441,344 +2467,344 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "추가 주소" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet 네트워크 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "비동기 전송 모드(ATM)" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:256 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:51 #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth 연결" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "네트워크 결합" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "워크스테이션용 공용 링크 접근(CLAW)" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:251 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:338 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" # Selection box item # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL 연결" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "더미" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "더미 네트워크 장치" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "엔터프라이즈 시스템 커넥터" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:273 # combo box entry, networking technology name #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "이더넷" # src/config/lan.y2cc:21 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "이더넷 네트워크 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI 네트워크 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "FICON(Fiberchannel System Connector)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "고성능 병렬 인터페이스(HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "하이퍼소켓" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "하이퍼소켓 인터페이스 (HSI)" # src/config/isdn.y2cc:21 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN 연결" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "적외선통신" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "적외선 네트워크 장치" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "적외선 통신 장치" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" # src/config/lan.y2cc:21 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS 네트워크 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "루프백" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "루프백 장치" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet 네트워크 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "패러럴 라인" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "병렬 라인 연결" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express 또는 QDIO 장치(QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 캡슐화(Encapssulation)장치" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "시리얼 라인" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "직렬 라인 연결" # combo box entry, networking technology name #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "토큰링" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "토큰링 네트워크 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB 네트워크 장치" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare 네트워크 장치" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "무선" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "무선 네트워크 카드" # Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP 네트워크" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" # screen title for uml disks -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "가상 LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "브릿지" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "네트워크 브리지" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "네트워크 TUNnel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "네트워크 TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand 장치" @@ -2854,7 +2880,7 @@ msgstr "내보낸 디렉터리(&E)" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2866,32 +2892,32 @@ " \n" " 계속하시겠습니까?" -# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "No running network detected!" -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "실행 중인 네트워크 검색된것 없음!" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "설치 및 Linuxrc 에서 네트워크 설정 다시 시작" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" +#| "and start this module again" msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" "YaST 또는 네트워크 관리자-플러그인으로\n" " 네트워크 설정 및 이 모듈을 다시 시작" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "또는 네트워크 없이 계속합니다." - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -3232,54 +3258,54 @@ msgstr "설치 제거(&U)" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "꾸러미:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "크기:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "자동 재시도까지 남은 시간: %1" # message in a progress popup #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1(%2) 꾸러미 다운로드 중..." # label in a popup informing about currently processed action #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "꾸러미 다운로드 중" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "자세히 보기(&d)" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "꾸러미 %1 파일은 깨졌습니다. 무결성 확인 실패." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "꾸러미 설치를 다시 시도하시겠습니까?" # Confirm user request to abort installation #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "설치를 중단하시겠습니까?" @@ -3288,15 +3314,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "오류: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" @@ -3309,39 +3335,39 @@ "잠시 후 소프트웨어 관리 모듈을 실행하여 시스템을 확인하세요." #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1(%2) 꾸러미 설치 제거 중..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1(%2) 꾸러미 설치 중..." # progress stages -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "꾸러미 설치 제거 중" # progress stages -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "꾸러미 설치 중" # error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "%1 꾸러미 제거에 실패했습니다." # error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "%1 꾸러미의 설치를 실패하였습니다." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3350,7 +3376,7 @@ "잠시 후 소프트웨어 관리 모듈을 실행하여 시스템을 확인하세요." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3368,13 +3394,13 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "A면" # media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "B면" @@ -3382,18 +3408,18 @@ # %1 is integer number (greater than 1) # %2 is processor model name #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (디스크 %2)" # label of a combo box (medium means floppy or hard disk) #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (매체 %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3402,7 +3428,7 @@ "삽입하십시오." #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3415,7 +3441,7 @@ "디렉터리에 접근할 수 있는지 확인해주세요." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3430,60 +3456,60 @@ # FIXME # currently unused #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "올바른 저장소 미디어를 마운트 할 수 없습니다." # Button label #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "새로고침 생략" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "꺼냄(&E)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "CD 또는 DVD 를 자동으로 꺼냄(&U)" # Confirm user request to abort installation #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "설치를 다시 시도하시겠습니까?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "미디어를 생략하시겠습니까?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "잘못된 미디어 무시 중..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL(&U)" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "%1 저장소 만드는 중" # message popup #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." @@ -3493,32 +3519,32 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "원격 저장소 설명을 검색할 수 없습니다." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "새 메타데이터를 검색하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "저장소가 올바르지 않습니다." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "저장소 메타데이터가 올바르지 않습니다." @@ -3526,102 +3552,102 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "다시 시도 하시겠습니까?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "%1 저장소 탐색 중" # message popup #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "저장소를 탐색하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "저장소 탐색 세부항목." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "저장소 메타데이터가 올바르지 않습니다." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "저장소 %1" # message in a progress popup #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1(%2) 델타 RPM 꾸러미 다운로드 중..." # label in a popup informing about currently processed action #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "델타 RPM 꾸러미 다운로드 중" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "%1 델타 RPM 꾸러미 적용 중..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "델타 RPM 꾸러미 적용 중" # message in a progress popup #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1(%2) 패치 RPM 꾸러미 다운로드 중..." # label in a popup informing about currently processed action #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "패치 RPM 꾸러미 다운로드 중" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "%1 스크립트(패치 %2) 시작하는 중..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "스크립트 실행 중" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "패치:" # a pre script (included in a YOU patch) #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "스크립트:" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "스크립트의 출력" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3630,7 +3656,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3646,49 +3672,49 @@ # Button label #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "새로 고침 생략(&S)" # frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "다운로드 중" # message in a progress popup #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "다운로드 중: %1" # heading of popup #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "꾸러미 데이터베이스 확인 중" # message in a progress popup #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "꾸러미 데이터베이스를 다시 만들고 있습니다. 이 작업은 시간이 많이 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" # error message, %1 is the cause for the error #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3698,13 +3724,13 @@ # message in a progress popup #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "꾸러미 데이터베이스를 전환합니다. 이 처리는 약간의 시간이 걸립니다." # error message, %1 is the cause for the error #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3714,12 +3740,12 @@ # translators: progress step 1/1 #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "RPM 데이터베이스 읽는 중..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "설치된 꾸러미 읽는 중" @@ -3730,28 +3756,28 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "RPM 데이터베이스 검색 중..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "대상 초기화에 실패했습니다." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM 데이터베이스 읽기" # summary item #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "사용자 인증" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3763,7 +3789,7 @@ # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" @@ -3827,48 +3853,8 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "이 사용권 계약을 수용하십니까?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" -"현재 시스템에 일관성이 없습니다.\n" -"일부 꾸러미의 의존성이 해결되지 않았습니다." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "의존성을 자동으로 해결하는데 실패했습니다. 필요한 의존성을 수동으로 해결하세요." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -#| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -#| "in the package manager." -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" -"Yast 가 일부 꾸러미를 자동으로 추가 또는 제거했습니다.\n" -"꾸러미 관리자에서 변동된 부분을 확인하세요\n" -"." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n" -#| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" -"꾸러미 관리자를 시작하여 문제점을 수정하거나\n" -"확인된 꾸러미가 설치 준비 되었는지 확인하였습니까?" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" @@ -3882,12 +3868,12 @@ # error popup #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "요구된 꾸러미의 설치가 실패하였습니다." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3898,12 +3884,12 @@ " YaST가 제대로 작동하지 않을 수 있습니다.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "필요한 꾸러미를 설치하지 않으면 계속 진행할 수 없습니다." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -4052,7 +4038,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "꾸러미" @@ -4562,7 +4548,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4587,7 +4573,7 @@ "키가 정말로 그 소유자에게 속하는 것인지 확인해야 합니다." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n" @@ -4598,12 +4584,12 @@ "만료 날짜: %1" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "신뢰되지 않은 GnuPG 키 가져오기" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Trust" msgid "&Trust" @@ -4611,7 +4597,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4645,12 +4631,12 @@ "파일을 사용하시겠습니까?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "잘못된 다이제스트" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4681,80 +4667,89 @@ "파일을 사용하시겠습니까?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "알 수 없는 다이제스트" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "설치 중..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "미디어" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "계류되는 꾸러미" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "시간" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "작업 수행:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while packages are being installed." msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "꾸러미를 설치하는 동안 기다려 주십시오." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "설치 중단 꾸러미 설치는 중단 버튼을 눌러 중단할 수 있습니다. 하지만, 이로인해 시스템이 불안정하거나, 기초 시스템 구성요소가 설치되지 않아 부팅이 안될 수도 있습니다." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "버전 변경사항(&N)" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "슬라이드 쇼(&W)" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:277 #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "세부 사항(&D)" +# power saving scheme name, combo box and default contents of text entry +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "업데이트 실행" + # Multiple modules with the same 'label' will be # collapsed to one single user-visible step. # The step is considered finished when the last module # with the same 'label' is finished. -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" @@ -4762,12 +4757,12 @@ # the headline of the help popup #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "꾸러미 설치" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4776,17 +4771,17 @@ "종료하시겠습니까?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "중단됨" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "파일을 찾을 수 없습니다." #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "시스템 로그(%1)" @@ -5425,7 +5420,7 @@ msgstr "initrd 생성 도중 오류가 발생했습니다." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5559,10 +5554,11 @@ msgid "B" msgstr "B" +# KiloByte abbreviated #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KiB" # MegaByte abbreviated #. MegaByte abbreviated @@ -6523,6 +6519,50 @@ "DNS 서버에 의해 관리되는 %1에 역방향 영역이 없습니다.\n" "%2 호스트 이름을 추가할 수 없습니다." +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "No running network detected!" +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "실행 중인 네트워크 검색된것 없음!" + +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "또는 네트워크 없이 계속합니다." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n" +#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "현재 시스템에 일관성이 없습니다.\n" +#~ "일부 꾸러미의 의존성이 해결되지 않았습니다." + +#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." +#~ msgstr "의존성을 자동으로 해결하는데 실패했습니다. 필요한 의존성을 수동으로 해결하세요." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~| "in the package manager." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~ "in the software manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yast 가 일부 꾸러미를 자동으로 추가 또는 제거했습니다.\n" +#~ "꾸러미 관리자에서 변동된 부분을 확인하세요\n" +#~ "." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n" +#~| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" +#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "꾸러미 관리자를 시작하여 문제점을 수정하거나\n" +#~ "확인된 꾸러미가 설치 준비 되었는지 확인하였습니까?" + #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "설치된 크기" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 16:38+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -153,22 +153,22 @@ # warning text in the summary rixhtext #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "어떤 부트 로더도 설치하기위해서 선택할 수 없습니다. 여러분의 시스템은 부팅할 수 없습니다." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "파티셔닝 때문에 부트 로더를 제대로 설치할 수 없습니다." #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "부팅" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "부팅(&B)" @@ -177,12 +177,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "디스크 순서" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "디스크 순서 설정" @@ -196,10 +196,9 @@ # frame # table cell / label #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "부트 로더 옵션" @@ -317,11 +316,17 @@ " 부트 로더 옵션에서 파티션 테이블에서 부트 파티션에 대한 활성 플래그 설정과 MBR에 일반 부트 코드 쓰기 \n" " 중 하나를 선택합니다." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "사용자 정의 부트 파티션 을 사용하면 부팅할 파티션을 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." @@ -329,7 +334,7 @@ "MD 어레이는 2개의 디스크로 구성됩니다. MD 어레이 용장도 활성화\n" "로 각각의 디스크 MBR에 GRUB을 기록합니다." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." @@ -337,7 +342,7 @@ "직렬 연결 사용으로 직렬 콘솔에 사용할 매개 변수를\n" "지정 할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 grub 설명서(<code>info grub</code>)를 참조하세요." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -351,7 +356,7 @@ " <code>serial console</code>로 전달해도 됩니다. 이러한 경우 키를 눌렀던 터미널이\n" " GRUB 터미널로 선택됩니다." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." @@ -359,19 +364,19 @@ "기본값이 실패하면 섹션 fallback에는 기본 섹션이 부팅 불가능한\n" " 경우에 부팅하는 데 사용할 섹션 번호 목록이 포함되어 있습니다." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "부트 메뉴 숨기기 를 선택하면 부팅 할 때 메뉴가 표시되지 않습니다." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "그래픽 메뉴 파일은 그래픽 부트 메뉴에 사용할 파일을 정의합니다." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "소리 신호 활성화로 소리 신호를 켜고 끌 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -382,7 +387,7 @@ "다시 입력한 경우에만 받아들입니다." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -399,82 +404,82 @@ # table cell / label # frame # table cell / label -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "부트 로더 위치" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "부트 파티션에 대한 파티션 테이블에서 플래그 활성 설정(&A)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "제한 시간(초)(&T)" # table item / label -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "기본 부트 섹션(&D)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "MBR에 일반 부트 코드 쓰기(&G)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "신뢰하는 Grub 사용(&T)" # label / table entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "사용자 정의 부트 파티션" # radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드에서 부팅" # radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "루트 파티션에서 부팅" # radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "부트 파티션에서 부팅" # radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "확장 파티션으로 부팅" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:242 # DIALOG TEXTS # Connection dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "직렬 연결 매개 변수(&P)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "기본값이 실패한 경우 Fallback 섹션" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "부팅 시 메뉴 숨기기(&H)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "그래픽 메뉴 파일(&M)" # translators: command line help text for add option -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "메뉴 인터페이스용 열쇠글(&S)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "디버깅 플래그(&I)" @@ -530,85 +535,85 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "직렬 콘솔 사용(&S)" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "콘솔 인수(&C)" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "장치(&D)" # message box #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "장치 맵은 최소한 하나의 장치를 포함해야 함" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "디스크(&i)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "위(&U)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "아래(&D)" -# table cell / label -# frame -# table cell / label +# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +msgstr "루트 파티션에서 부팅(&R)" + +# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgstr "부트 파티션에서 부팅(&T)" + +# table cell / label +# frame +# table cell / label +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "부트 로더 위치" # radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드에서 부팅(&M)" # radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "루트 파티션에서 부팅(&R)" - -# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "부트 파티션에서 부팅(&T)" - -# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "확장 파티션으로 부팅(&E)" # label / table entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "사용자 정의 부트 파티션(&U)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "MD 배열 여분 허용" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "부트 로더 설치 세부 사항(&D)" @@ -616,16 +621,16 @@ # table cell / label # frame # table cell / label -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "부트 로더 옵션" # Provider dialog caption -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgid "Kernel Parameters" @@ -634,21 +639,21 @@ # table cell / label # frame # table cell / label -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "부트 로더 옵션" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "안전한" # yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" @@ -658,14 +663,14 @@ # frame # table cell / label #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "부트 로더 위치" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -703,31 +708,49 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" -# Provider dialog caption +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +# Provider dialog caption +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "선택적 커널 명령줄 매개변수(&P)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "배포판:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "VGA 모드(&V)" # Provider dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "선택적 커널 명령줄 매개변수(&P)" # table header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe Source Type" msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "소스 종류 탐색" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -763,10 +786,30 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "불확실(&U)" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[set]" +msgid "set" +msgstr "[설정]" + +# to translators: sound card has been removed from the machine +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "제거" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not change name" +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "이름이 변경하지 않음" + # Item of cards list: #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" @@ -774,30 +817,35 @@ #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "새 그래픽 메뉴 파일 선택" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use &serial console" msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "직렬 콘솔 사용(&S)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "충돌 결과:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Console arguments" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "콘솔 인수(&C)" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -811,7 +859,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "부트파티션이 NFS 형식입니다. 부트 로더를 설치할 수 없었습니다." @@ -952,11 +1000,7 @@ # entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space # are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used # try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "플로피 디스크" @@ -2040,13 +2084,13 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "MBR로 부터 부팅 활성화 (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">비활성화</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" @@ -2054,31 +2098,32 @@ #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "/boot 파티션으로 부터 부팅 활성화 (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">비활성화</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "/boot 파티션으로 부터 부팅 비활성화 (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">활성화</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "\"/\" 으로 부터 부팅 활성화 (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">비활성화</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "\"/\" 으로 부터 부팅 비활성화 (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">활성화</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Location: %1" msgid "Change Location: %s" @@ -2090,31 +2135,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "부트 로더 유형: %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr " (\"/boot\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (extended)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr " (\"/\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "위치 상태: %1" @@ -2138,7 +2185,12 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "존재하는 GRUB 메뉴와 함께 제안과 통합(&M)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" @@ -2146,120 +2198,124 @@ # command line error report, %1 is model name #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "알 수 없는 부트로더: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "지원되지 않는 하드웨어 플랫폼 %1 과 부트로더 %2 의 조합" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "GPT 파티션 테이블로 부팅할 때 3 보다 큰 파티션 번호가 사용되고 있음" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "부트 장치가 iSCSI 디스크에 있습니다: %1. 시스템을 부팅할 수 없습니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "레이드에 부트장치가 있습니다: %1. 시스템을 부팅할 수 없습니다." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "부트 장치가 소프트웨어 RAID1에 있습니다. 다른 부트로더 위치를 선택하세요.(예. 마스터 부트 레코드)" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "장치 맵을 작성하려고 디스크의 순서를 정의하려고 했지만 할 수 없었습니다. \"부트 로더 설치 자세히\" 에서 작업을 변경할 수 있습니다." -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" # progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "부트 로더 검사 " #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "파티션 읽는 중" # progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "부트 로더 설정들 적재" # progress stage, text in dialog (short) #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "부트 로더를 검사 중..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "파티션을 읽는 중..." # progress stage, text in dialog (short) #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "부트 로더 설정을 적재 중..." # progress bar caption #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "부트 로더 구성을 초기화합니다." # Provider dialog caption #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "추가된 커널 매개변수: %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "initrd 생성" # progress stage, text in dialog (short) #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "부트 로더 구성 파일 저장" # progress stage, text in dialog (short) #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "부트 로더 설치" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "initrd 생성 중..." # progress stage, text in dialog (short) #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "부트 로더 설정파일을 저장 중 ... " # progress stage, text in dialog (short) #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "부트 로더를 설치 중..." @@ -2267,161 +2323,96 @@ # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 # progress line #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "부트 로더 구성 저장 중" +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "부트 장치가 iSCSI 디스크에 있습니다: %1. 시스템을 부팅할 수 없습니다." + # entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space # are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used # try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "리눅스" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "리눅스" # entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space # are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used # try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "안전모드" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "안전모드" # entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space # are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used # try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "하드디스크" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "하드디스크" # entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space # are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used # try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "메모리 검사" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "메모리 검사" # entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space # are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used # try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "설치 전 MBR " +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "설치 전 MBR " -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "이전 커널" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "이전 커널" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "제조사 진단" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "제조사 진단" # entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters # are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to # be able to have translations with and without diacritics # please use diacritics here -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "리눅스(_L)" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "리눅스(_L)" # entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters # are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to # be able to have translations with and without diacritics # please use diacritics here -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "안전 모드(_F)" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "안전 모드(_F)" # entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters # are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to # be able to have translations with and without diacritics # please use diacritics here -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "플로피 디스크(_F)" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "플로피 디스크(_F)" # entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters # are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to # be able to have translations with and without diacritics # please use diacritics here -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "하드 디스크(_H)" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "하드 디스크(_H)" # entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters # are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to # be able to have translations with and without diacritics # please use diacritics here -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "메모리 검사(_M)" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "메모리 검사(_M)" # entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters # are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to # be able to have translations with and without diacritics # please use diacritics here -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "설치 전 MBR(_M)" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "설치 전 MBR(_M)" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "이전 커널(_P)" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "이전 커널(_P)" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "제조사 진단(_V)" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "제조사 진단(_V)" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/ca-management.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/ca-management.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/ca-management.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-19 10:27+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -64,26 +64,26 @@ # list item #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "조직" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "구/군/시" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "상태" # ComboBoxlabel for country list #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "국가" @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ # Textentry with name of the domain #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "일반 이름" @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "전자 우편" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "조직 단위" @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "일반 서버 인증서" @@ -744,11 +744,20 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "기타 정보는 설명서를 참고하세요." +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "파일로부터 인증서를 가져와야 이 인증서를 교체할 수 있습니다." + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -756,13 +765,13 @@ msgstr "설명" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "제거(&R)" # Button label #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "가져오기/바꾸기(&I)" @@ -770,12 +779,12 @@ # %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d, # eg. nfsserver #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "인증서가 아직 만료되지 않았습니다.\n" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -785,7 +794,7 @@ # yes-no popup contents #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "인증서를 정말 삭제 하시겠습니까?" @@ -821,12 +830,74 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "발급 대상:" +# label text +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "일반 이름:" + +# list item +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&rganization:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "조직(&R):" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "위치:" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "시/도:" + +# text entry +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "국가:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + # help text caption 1 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "발급자:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -834,7 +905,7 @@ "\n" "유효 기간 시작: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -843,38 +914,38 @@ "유효 기간 끝: " #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "고급(&A)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "보기(&V)" # User account information, first version of group password -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "CA 열쇠글 변경(&C)" # progress stages -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "하위 CA 작성(&R)" # Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "파일로 내보내기(&F)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "LDAP로 내보내기(&L)" # push button label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "기본값 편집(&E)" @@ -932,7 +1003,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "요약" @@ -964,18 +1035,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "(중요)\n" @@ -988,42 +1059,42 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(중요)" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "CA에서 주체 대체 이름 복사" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(중요)\n" # table header #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment:" # table header #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType:" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "표준 전자 우편 주소 복사" @@ -1103,93 +1174,246 @@ "\n" "인증서를 찾을 수 없습니다." +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "일반 이름:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "조직:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "조직:" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "시/도:" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "국가:" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr " 타입 " + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr " 타입 " + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key Length: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "키 길이:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "영역 업데이트의 일련 번호" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "유효 기간:" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "유효 기간:" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "유효 기간:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "유효함" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "해지" # menubutton item #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "만료됨" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # Table header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "전자 우편 주소" # Pushbutton label - add host into list -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "서버 인증서 추가" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "클라이언트 인증서 추가" # User account information, first version of group password -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "열쇠글 변경(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "해지(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "삭제(&D)" # menubutton item #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "내보내기" # Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "파일로 내보내기" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "LDAP로 내보내기" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "일반 서버 인증서로 내보내기" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "현재 인증서를 삭제하시겠습니까?" @@ -1303,7 +1527,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "유효 기간(일)(&V):" @@ -1776,7 +2000,7 @@ # ComboBox label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "경로 길이" @@ -1999,6 +2223,21 @@ "\n" "요구사항을 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" +# Combobox - new server key - algorithm type +# `HSquash ( `ComboBox ( `id ( "new_key_algorithm" ), _("Algo&rithm") , +# // FIXME: real list of algorithms +# [ "hmdac-md5", "des3" ] +# ) ), +# Pushbutton - generate new server key +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Generate Time" +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "생성 시간" + # command line error report, %1 is section name #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention @@ -2008,82 +2247,82 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "%1 확장을 찾을 수 없습니다." #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "이것은 CA 요구사항입니다. %1(으)로서 서명하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "이것은 CA 요구사항이 아닙니다. CA 요구사항에 서명하시겠습니까?" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "이 프레임에서는 요구사항 서명을 보여줍니다." #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "요구사항에는 특수한 요구사항 확장이 있는데, 사용자는 이를 수용할 수 있습니다." # general help trailer #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "이러한 확장을 거부할 경우 기본값이 대신 사용됩니다." -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "요구된 확장" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "요구사항을 %1(으)로서 서명(1/2 단계)" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "이 프레임에서는 서명할 요구사항의 모든 설정에 대한 개요를 보여줍니다." # help text, continued #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "계속하려면 요구사항 서명을 클릭하십시오." # combo box item -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " 일" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "(중요)" # label of a combo box (search popup) -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "요구사항 편집(&E)" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "요구사항을 %1(으)로서 서명(2/2 단계)" # tree node string -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "요구사항 서명" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "요구사항에 서명되었습니다." @@ -3168,6 +3407,3 @@ #~ msgid "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST modules." #~ msgstr "기타 YaST 모듈에서는 일반 서버 인증서가 사용됩니다." - -#~ msgid "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." -#~ msgstr "파일로부터 인증서를 가져와야 이 인증서를 교체할 수 있습니다." Added: trunk/yast/ko/po/cio.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/cio.ko.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/cio.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +# KOREAN message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ko\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +# multi selection box +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "사용 가능한 인터페이스" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "장치" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "사용됨" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "아니요" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "예" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "파이버 채널" + +# pushbutton label +# Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "모두 선택(&S)" + +# Push button that will pop up the detailed +# software selection (e.g. Multimedia, Games, +# KDE, Gnome, ... - not the individual packages!) +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "세부 선택...(&D)" + +# end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&All Selected Packages" +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "모든 선택한 꾸러미(&A)" + +# button label +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Scan the Channels" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "채널 검색(&S)" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "종료" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/cluster.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/cluster.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/cluster.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -94,38 +94,38 @@ msgstr "CUPS 구성" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "확인" # Button label -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "원격 주소:" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "원격 주소:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" # is %1 in following translation text # "Printer administration for %1" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Transport" msgid "Transport:" @@ -133,13 +133,13 @@ # textentry label # table header 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "채널" # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network &Address:" msgid "Bind Network Address:" @@ -147,86 +147,89 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # text entry -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Last IP Address:" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "마지막 IP 주소:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multicast" msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "멀티캐스트" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Channel" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "채널 읽기" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "클러스터링" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" -msgstr "" +# encryption type +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expected MD5: %1" +msgid "Expected Votes:" +msgstr "예상 MD5: %1" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "원격 주소:" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "GSS 보안 활성화(&G)" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "실행 중" # status of cound card -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "실행중이지 않음" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "부팅" # Radiobutton label - DNS starting # Radiobutton label -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 #, fuzzy #| msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" @@ -234,89 +237,89 @@ # Radiobutton label - DNS starting # Radiobutton label -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "끄기 -- 수동으로 서버 시작" # Frame label (stoping starting DNS server) -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "설정/해제" # Current status -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "현재 상태: " # Pushbutton for starting the DNS server -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Squid Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Squid 지금 시작" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "방화벽 지금 중지" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Main Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "주 호스트" # Pushbutton label - add host into list -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "지연 시간" # Button label -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "파일 선택" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "제안된 fstab 행" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" # error message -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a user name." msgid "Enter a hostname" @@ -324,21 +327,21 @@ # translators: error message for share command line action # must provide the share name -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write hostname" msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "호스트 이름을 기입" # label of a text input field -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a filename" msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "파일이름을 입력" # label of a text input field -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" @@ -346,7 +349,7 @@ # For translators %1 is archive file name (e.g. /tmp/backup.tar) #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 already exists.\n" @@ -359,46 +362,46 @@ "덮어 쓰시겠습니까?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "키 파일을 구문 분석하는 데 실패했습니다." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "이미지 만들기에 실패했습니다." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -411,23 +414,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -436,7 +442,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -448,7 +454,7 @@ # help text 1/1 #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -462,7 +468,7 @@ # Read dialog help 2/2 #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -472,7 +478,7 @@ # Write dialog help 1/2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -486,7 +492,7 @@ # Write dialog help 2/2 #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -513,7 +519,7 @@ # progress label #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" @@ -521,13 +527,13 @@ # Progress stage #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "데이타베이스 읽기" # Progress stage #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "이전의 설정사항 읽기" @@ -535,7 +541,7 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # Progress stage 5/5 #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" @@ -543,19 +549,19 @@ # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "데이타 베이스를 읽고 있습니다..." # Progress step 3/5 #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "이전 설정값을 읽고 있습니다..." # Progress step 5/5 #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -564,11 +570,11 @@ # progress step #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages" msgid "Cannot install required package" @@ -576,7 +582,7 @@ # translators: error message #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" @@ -584,19 +590,19 @@ # Error message #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "데이터베이스1을 읽을 수 없습니다." # Error message #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "database2를 읽을 수 없습니다." # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "장치를 검색할 수 없습니다." @@ -604,7 +610,7 @@ # FIXME check abort correctly # PowerManagement read dialog caption #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" @@ -612,12 +618,12 @@ # translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "세팅 기록" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" @@ -625,19 +631,19 @@ # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "변경사항을 파일에 저장하는 중..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/control-center.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/control-center.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/control-center.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-27 20:21+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/control.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/control.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/control.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-20 10:42+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -19,24 +19,14 @@ "X-Poedit-Country: KOREA, REPUBLIC OF\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" -# Button that will really abort the installation -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Add-On 제품 설치" - -# the headline of the help popup -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "언어 설치" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\n" #| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" #| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" #| "\n" #| "\n" #| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" @@ -47,784 +37,457 @@ "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "설치가 성공적으로 완료되었습니다.\n" "이제 시스템을 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" -"시스템에 로그인하려면 완료를 클릭하십시오.\n" +"시스템에 로그인하려면 완료를 클릭하십시오.\n" "\n" "\n" "http://www.novell.com/linux/를 방문하여 주십시오.\n" "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "초기화..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "네트워크 설정 중..." - -# src/config/proxy.y2cc:21 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "하드웨어 설정 중..." - -# src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 -# src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "구성 마치는 중..." - # Table header item - listing mail servers -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "CIM 서버" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "설치 설정" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "개요" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "고급" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "라이브 설치 설정" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "업데이트 설정" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "네트워크 설정" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr " 네트워크 서비스 구성" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "하드웨어 구성정보" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "준비" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "네트워크 구성 저장" + +# table item / label +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "네트워크 설정" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "환영합니다" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "네트워크 활성화" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "디스크 활성화" # the type of user set -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "시스템 분석" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Add-On 제품" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +# tree node string +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "디스크" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "시간대" -# screen title for uml options -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "사용자 설정" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "설치" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "설치 개요" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "설치 요약" # Multiple modules with the same 'label' will be # collapsed to one single user-visible step. # The step is considered finished when the last module # with the same 'label' is finished. -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "설치 실행" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "복구" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "설치" - -# tree node string -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "디스크" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "업데이트할 시스템" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "업데이트" # the label for Filter: Installation summary -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "업데이트 요약" # power saving scheme name, combo box and default contents of text entry -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "업데이트 실행" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "시스템 정보" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "복구 실행" - # 'label' is what the user will see -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "기본 설치" -# 'label' is the workflow step description the user -# will see in the side bar during installation. -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "언어" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "AutoYaST 설정" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "구성" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "네트워크" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "시스템 구성" -# caption -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "고객 센터" +# Button that will really abort the installation +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Add-On 제품 설치" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "온라인 업데이트" +# the headline of the help popup +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "언어 설치" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "버전 변경사항" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\t" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "설치가 성공적으로 완료되었습니다.\n" +#~ "이제 시스템을 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" +#~ "시스템에 로그인하려면 완료를 클릭하십시오.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "http://www.novell.com/linux/를 방문하여 주십시오.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "자동 설정" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "초기화..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "루트 열쇠글" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "네트워크 설정 중..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "설치 점검" +# src/config/proxy.y2cc:21 +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "하드웨어 설정 중..." -# src/config/dns.y2cc:11 -# text entry -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "호스트네임" +# src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 +# src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "구성 마치는 중..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "사용자" +# screen title for uml options +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "사용자 설정" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "AutoYaST 설정" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "설치 개요" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "시스템 구성" +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "복구" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "정리" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "시스템 정보" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"설치가 성공적으로 완료되었습니다.\n" -"이제 시스템을 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" -"시스템에 로그인하려면 완료를 클릭하십시오.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"http://www.novell.com/linux/를 방문하여 주십시오.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "복구 실행" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "서버 기초 시나리오" +# 'label' is the workflow step description the user +# will see in the side bar during installation. +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "언어" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" -"SUSE 리눅스 엔터프라이즈 서버는 별도의 기초 시나리오를 제공합니다.\n" -"사용자의 서버와 일치하는것을 선택하세요." +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "네트워크" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "물리적 머신 (전체 가상화 게스트도 포함)" +# caption +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "고객 센터" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "가상 머신 (Xen 같은 Paravirtualized 환경용)" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "온라인 업데이트" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Xen 가상화 호스트 (기본으로 로컬 X11 을 설정하지 않음)" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "버전 변경사항" -# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr " 네트워크 서비스 구성" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "자동 설정" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "서버 시나리오" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "루트 열쇠글" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "설치 요약" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "설치 점검" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "서비스" +# src/config/dns.y2cc:11 +# text entry +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "호스트네임" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "사용자" + +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "정리" + +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "서버 기초 시나리오" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" +#~ "Choose the one that matches your server the best." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SUSE 리눅스 엔터프라이즈 서버는 별도의 기초 시나리오를 제공합니다.\n" +#~ "사용자의 서버와 일치하는것을 선택하세요." + +#~ msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" +#~ msgstr "물리적 머신 (전체 가상화 게스트도 포함)" + +#~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" +#~ msgstr "가상 머신 (Xen 같은 Paravirtualized 환경용)" + +#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Xen 가상화 호스트 (기본으로 로컬 X11 을 설정하지 않음)" + +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "서버 시나리오" + +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "서비스" + #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Xen 가상화 호스트 (기본으로 로컬 X11 을 설정하지 않음)" +#~| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Xen 가상화 호스트 (기본으로 로컬 X11 을 설정하지 않음)" # Headline for X11 configuration screen: # The user selects screen resolution and color depth. -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "데스크톱 선택" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "데스크톱 선택" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "루트 열쇠글" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "루트 열쇠글" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"축하합니다!\n" -"컴퓨터에 오픈수세 설치를 마쳤습니다.\n" -"완료를 클릭하면 시스템에 로그인할 수 있습니다.\n" -"%1 에 방문해보세요.\n" -"즐거운 시간 보내시기 바랍니다! 당신의 오픈수세 개발팀\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "축하합니다!\n" +#~ "컴퓨터에 오픈수세 설치를 마쳤습니다.\n" +#~ "완료를 클릭하면 시스템에 로그인할 수 있습니다.\n" +#~ "%1 에 방문해보세요.\n" +#~ "즐거운 시간 보내시기 바랍니다! 당신의 오픈수세 개발팀\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"데스크톱 환경에서 기본으로 제공하는 웹 브라우저, 오피스 모음이나\n" -"게임, 컴퓨터 관리 유틸리티외에 필요한 응용프로그램을 별도로\n" -"선택할 수 있습니다.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"오픈수세에서는 다양한 데스크톱 환경을 제공합니다. 가장 폭넓게\n" -"이용되고 있는 데스크톱 환경은 그놈(GNOME)과 KDE 입니다.\n" -"오픈수세 커뮤니티는 이 환경들을 동등하게 지원합니다.\n" -"양 쪽 다 쓰기 쉽게 디자인 되어 있고, 사용에 아무런 제약이\n" -"없습니다. 각각의 데스크톱 환경에는 그만의 독특한 모양이\n" -"있어 개인의 취향에 맞게 선택하시면 됩니다." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#~ "manage your computer.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "데스크톱 환경에서 기본으로 제공하는 웹 브라우저, 오피스 모음이나\n" +#~ "게임, 컴퓨터 관리 유틸리티외에 필요한 응용프로그램을 별도로\n" +#~ "선택할 수 있습니다.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "오픈수세에서는 다양한 데스크톱 환경을 제공합니다. 가장 폭넓게\n" +#~ "이용되고 있는 데스크톱 환경은 그놈(GNOME)과 KDE 입니다.\n" +#~ "오픈수세 커뮤니티는 이 환경들을 동등하게 지원합니다.\n" +#~ "양 쪽 다 쓰기 쉽게 디자인 되어 있고, 사용에 아무런 제약이\n" +#~ "없습니다. 각각의 데스크톱 환경에는 그만의 독특한 모양이\n" +#~ "있어 개인의 취향에 맞게 선택하시면 됩니다." # Headline for X11 configuration screen: # The user selects screen resolution and color depth. -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "그놈 데스크톱" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "그놈 데스크톱" # Headline for X11 configuration screen: # The user selects screen resolution and color depth. -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "KDE 데스크톱" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "KDE 데스크톱" # Headline for X11 configuration screen: # The user selects screen resolution and color depth. -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE 데스크톱" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "XFCE 데스크톱" # Headline for X11 configuration screen: # The user selects screen resolution and color depth. -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "LXDE 데스크톱" +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "LXDE 데스크톱" # button text -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "최소 X 윈도우" +#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" +#~ msgstr "최소 X 윈도우" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "대체 데스크탑" +#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "대체 데스크탑" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "최소 서버 사양(텍스트 모드)" +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "최소 서버 사양(텍스트 모드)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "온라인 저장소" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "온라인 저장소" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-14 17:42+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/crowbar.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/crowbar.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/crowbar.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/dhcp-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/dhcp-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/dhcp-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-03 12:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" @@ -637,22 +637,21 @@ # Popup text #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "네트워크 인터페이스를 적어도 하나는 선택해야 합니다." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected network interface has currently no configuration (no assigned IP address \n" #| "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" #| "Really use this interface?\n" msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" "선택한 네트워크 인터페이스에 현재 구성이 없습니다(IP 주소와 넷마스크가 할당되지 \n" "않음). DHCP 서버 구성에서 사용하면 작동하지 않을 수 있습니다.\n" @@ -661,70 +660,70 @@ # configuration will be saved in ldap? #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "LDAP 지원(&L)" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP 서버 이름(&N)(선택 사항)" # text entry #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "도메인 네임(&D)" # Textentry with IP address of primary name server #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "주 이름 서버 IP(&P)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:324 src/services/dns.ycp:160 # Textentry with IP address of secondary name server #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "보조 이름 서버 IP(&S)" # Textentry with IP address of default router #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "기본 게이트웨이(라우터)(&G)" # Textentry with IP address of time server #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP 시간 서버(&T)" # Textentry with IP address of print server #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "프린트 서버(&P)" # Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "WINS 서버(&W)" # Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "기본 임대 시간(&L)" # Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "단위(&U)" @@ -734,32 +733,32 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "지정한 값은 유효한 호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소가 아닙니다." # dialog caption #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "서브넷 정보" # radio button #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "현재 네트워크(&N)" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "현재 넷마스크(&M)" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "넷마스크 비트(&T)" @@ -767,7 +766,7 @@ # text entry #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "최소 IP 주소(&I)" @@ -776,14 +775,14 @@ # text entry #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "최대 IP 주소(&X)" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP 주소 범위" @@ -793,7 +792,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -806,7 +805,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -815,59 +814,59 @@ # checkbox #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "동적 BOOTP 허용(&B)" # Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "임대 시간" # push button label #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "기본(&D)" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "최대(&M)" # Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "단위(&T)" # push button #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "아무 것도 없는 상태에서 새 DNS 영역 만들기" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "현재 DNS 영역 편집" # radiobutton #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "현재 영역 정보 가져오기" # check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "DNS 서버 동기화(&S)..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -877,8 +876,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "IP 주소 범위 양 끝에 값을 입력하십시오." @@ -886,8 +885,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -897,7 +896,7 @@ # Label of the registered hosts table #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "등록된 호스트" @@ -906,20 +905,20 @@ # Table header item - Name of the host # Textentry label - name of the host #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" # MAC address of the host # Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "하드웨어 주소" # Network type of the host #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "종류" @@ -927,13 +926,13 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # Frame label - configuration of particular host #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "설정 목록" # Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "이름(&N)" @@ -941,7 +940,7 @@ # text entry #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소(&I)" @@ -949,31 +948,31 @@ # MAC address of the host # Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "하드웨어 주소(&H)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:273 # combo box entry, networking technology name #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "이더넷(&E)" # combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "토큰링(&T)" # Pushbutton label - change host in list #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "목록에서 변경(&H)" # Pushbutton label - delete host from list #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "목록에서 삭제(&T)" @@ -981,14 +980,14 @@ # combo box entry, networking technology name #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "이더넷" # combo box entry, networking technology name #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "토큰링" @@ -997,63 +996,63 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "하드웨어 주소가 잘못되었습니다.\n" # message popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "하드웨어 주소에는 고유한 이름을 사용해야 합니다." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "호스트 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." # translators: popup error message for "add share" # translators: error message for "add share" command line action #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "%1(이)라는 이름을 갖는 호스트가 이미 존재합니다." # message popup #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "호스트 IP를 입력하십시오." # A popup error text # error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "하드웨어 주소를 정의해야 합니다." # error popup #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "먼저 호스트를 선택하십시오." # A popup error text # error popup #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "입력 값을 정의해야 합니다." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -1074,15 +1073,15 @@ " 계속하시겠습니까?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\"은(는) 유효한 DHCP 서버 명령줄 옵션이 아닙니다." -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "DHCP 서버 명령줄 옵션 \"-%1\"에 인수가 필요합니다." -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1111,7 +1110,7 @@ # dialog caption, %1 is step number #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP 서버 마법사(%1/4)" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/dns-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/dns-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/dns-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-03 12:09+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/drbd.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/drbd.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/drbd.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-22 16:51+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -28,6 +28,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "DRBD 의 전체 구성" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + # summary heading: configured shares #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -66,29 +76,90 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "자원 구성" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resource Configuration" +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "자원 구성" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resource Configuration" +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "자원 구성" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +# translators: error message +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read configuration file." +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "구성 파일을 읽을 수 없습니다." + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "구성 %1 삭제에 실패했습니다." + # dialog label #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Drbd Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Drbd 구성" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "First part of configuration of drbd" -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" -msgstr "Drbd 의 구성 첫번째 부분" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "CASA 구성 첫번째 부분" # dialog header #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Second part of configuration of drbd" -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" -msgstr "DRBD 의 구성 두번째 부분" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "CASA 구성 두번째 부분" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 @@ -119,7 +190,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>구성 초기화</big> \n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오. \n" @@ -139,14 +210,14 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "" +#| "<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>NFS 서버 구성</big> \n" -"" +"<big>구성 저장</big> \n" +"잠시 기다려 주십시오. \n" # Write dialog help 2/2 #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -170,14 +241,85 @@ # Local connection config dialog help 1/5 # Remote connection config dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>DRBD 의 전체 구성</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +# Local connection config dialog help 1/5 +# Remote connection config dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>DRBD 의 전체 구성</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +# Local connection config dialog help 1/5 +# Remote connection config dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>DRBD 의 전체 구성</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "\"IP 확인 비활성화\"로 drbdadm의 정상 확인 1개를 비활성화" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -193,19 +335,13 @@ " 대화상자는 '대화상자-새로고침' 으로 설정한 시간으로 카운트하는것 외에, \n" " 0 으로 설정하여 다시 그리기를 완료시킬 수 도 있습니다." -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Minor Count:\n" -#| " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" -#| " without reloading the module.\n" -#| " by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" -#| " as configured mentioned in this file. " +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" "마이너 카운트:\n" " 모듈 다시 불러오기 없이 다른 자원을 정의 하려는 \n" @@ -214,30 +350,24 @@ " " #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Drbd Configuration</big> \n" #| "Configure drbd here. \n" msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Drbd 구성</big> \n" "여기서 Drbd 를 설정합니다. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" -#| "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" -#| "If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" -#| "Then press Configure.\n" +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Drbd 추가:</big> \n" @@ -247,7 +377,7 @@ # src/isdn/complex.ycp:153 #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -258,7 +388,7 @@ " 대화 상자가 추가로 열립니다.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big> \n" @@ -266,7 +396,7 @@ #| "edit their configurations. \n" msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Drbd 구성 개요</big> \n" @@ -274,29 +404,20 @@ "여기에서 구성을 편집할 수 있습니다. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" -#| "Press Add to configure a drbd." +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>Drbd 추가:</big> \n" "추가를 눌러 Drbd를 설정합니다." # src/isdn/complex.ycp:239 #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -#| "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" -#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>편집 또는 삭제:</big> \n" @@ -306,7 +427,7 @@ # src/isdn/complex.ycp:226 # Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -318,7 +439,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -331,7 +452,7 @@ # src/isdn/complex.ycp:226 # Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -352,14 +473,15 @@ # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # popup message -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile name must be set." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "프로파일 이름을 지정해야 합니다." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -410,13 +532,9 @@ msgstr "구성 적용" #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To propagate this configuration ,\n" -#| "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" "이 구성을 전달하려면 , \n" "구성 파일 '/etc/drbd.conf' 를 나머지 노드에 직접 복사하세요." @@ -438,7 +556,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "LDAP 서비스 시작에 실패했습니다." # error popup text @@ -446,99 +564,301 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "LDAP 서비스 시작에 실패했습니다." # summary heading: configured shares #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "구성 Heartbeat" # Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +# error message - %1 is file name +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "idmapd.conf에 쓸 수 없습니다." + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD 구성 초기화 중" # translators: progress stage 1/4 #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "전체 설정 읽기" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "자원 읽기" # progress stage -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "데몬 상태 읽기" # translators: progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "전체 설정 읽는 중..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "자원 읽는 중..." # progress step -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "데몬 상태 읽는 중..." # progress step -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:" +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "ipsec.conf를 저장하지 못했습니다." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "자원 그룹의 설정" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + # src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 # src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD 구성 기록 중" # Progress stage 2/3 #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "전역 설정 기록" # progress stage label -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "자원 기록" # progress stage -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "데몬 상태 지정" # Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "전역 설정 기록 중..." # progress step label -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "자원 기록 중..." # progress step -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "데몬 상태 설정 중..." +# error popup message +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "'%1' 디렉터리를 생성할 수 없습니다." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "First part of configuration of drbd" +#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Drbd 의 구성 첫번째 부분" + +# dialog header +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Second part of configuration of drbd" +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "DRBD 의 구성 두번째 부분" + +# Read dialog help 1/2 +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>구성 초기화</big> \n" +#~ "잠시 기다려 주십시오. \n" + +# Write dialog help 1/2 +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>NFS 서버 구성</big> \n" +#~ "" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Minor Count:\n" +#~| " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +#~| " without reloading the module.\n" +#~| " by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +#~| " as configured mentioned in this file. " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Minor Count:\n" +#~ "Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" +#~ "module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" +#~ "configured in this file.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "마이너 카운트:\n" +#~ " 모듈 다시 불러오기 없이 다른 자원을 정의 하려는 \n" +#~ " 경우에 사용합니다.\n" +#~ " 기본적으로 이 파일에 기록된 장치 수와 같은 모듈을 불러 옵니다.\n" +#~ " " + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Drbd Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Configure drbd here. \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "Configure DRBD here. \n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Drbd 구성</big> \n" +#~ "여기서 Drbd 를 설정합니다. \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +#~| "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +#~| "If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#~| "Then press Configure.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" +#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#~ "Then press Configure.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Drbd 추가:</big> \n" +#~ "감지된 Drbd 목록에서 Drbd 를 선택합니다.\n" +#~ "Drbd 가 감지되지 않으면, 기타(감지된것 없음)를 사용합니다.\n" +#~ "그런 다음 설정을 누릅니다.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big> \n" +#~| "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" +#~| "edit their configurations. \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" +#~ "Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +#~ "edit their configurations. \n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Drbd 구성 개요</big> \n" +#~ "설치되어 있는 Drbd 의 개요를 표시합니다. 추가로 \n" +#~ "여기에서 구성을 편집할 수 있습니다. \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +#~| "Press Add to configure a drbd." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Drbd 추가:</big> \n" +#~ "추가를 눌러 Drbd를 설정합니다." + +# src/isdn/complex.ycp:239 +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~| "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" +#~| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>편집 또는 삭제:</big> \n" +#~ "변경 또는 제거할 Drbd 를 선택하고,\n" +#~ "편집 또는 삭제 누르세요.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "To propagate this configuration ,\n" +#~| "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To propagate this configuration,\n" +#~ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "이 구성을 전달하려면 , \n" +#~ "구성 파일 '/etc/drbd.conf' 를 나머지 노드에 직접 복사하세요." + # Command line help text for the Xipsec module #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" #~ msgstr "DRBD 의 구성" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/fcoe-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/fcoe-client.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/fcoe-client.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -50,9 +50,19 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "NFS 클라이언트" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "예" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "아니요" + # error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -60,16 +70,46 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "%1 꾸러미 제거에 실패했습니다." +# part of a text +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "유용하지 않습니다." + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "구성되지 않음" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "설정 안 함" + # command line help text for summary action #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of printer" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "프린터 구성" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -77,7 +117,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -85,12 +125,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -98,20 +138,20 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "%1 영역을 만들 수 없습니다." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "'%1 명령어 실패" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" @@ -119,14 +159,14 @@ # popup text #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "정말로 현재 볼륨 그룹을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -134,7 +174,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." @@ -142,28 +182,28 @@ # error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "%1 꾸러미 제거에 실패했습니다." # error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "%1 꾸러미 제거에 실패했습니다." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -196,7 +236,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "예" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -204,7 +244,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "아니요" # translators: table entry text for SSL being required for each request #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) @@ -288,9 +328,10 @@ msgid "DCB capable" msgstr "" +# tree node string - means "hardware driver" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "드라이버" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -617,54 +658,50 @@ msgstr "지금 설치하시겠습니까?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "장치를 검색할 수 없습니다." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "winbind 서비스를 시작할 수 없습니다." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +# translators: error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot restart the service." +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "서비스를 재시작할 수 없습니다." + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" @@ -672,12 +709,12 @@ # Progress stage 1/5 #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "설치된 꾸러미 점검" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" @@ -686,7 +723,7 @@ # src/config/lan.y2cc:21 # Popup text #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" @@ -694,7 +731,7 @@ # Progress stage 2/5 #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -702,14 +739,14 @@ # Progress step 1/5 #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "설치된 RPM 꾸러미 확인 중..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." @@ -718,13 +755,13 @@ # src/config/lan.y2cc:21 # Popup text #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "네트워크 카드 검색 중" # Progress step 2/9 #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -733,13 +770,13 @@ # progress step #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" # error popup text #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." @@ -747,13 +784,13 @@ # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "장치를 검색할 수 없습니다." # translators: error message #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." @@ -761,7 +798,7 @@ # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" @@ -769,12 +806,12 @@ # translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "세팅 기록" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" @@ -783,7 +820,7 @@ # progress bar states # progress stage #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust spooler services" msgid "Adjust start of services" @@ -791,12 +828,12 @@ # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." @@ -805,7 +842,7 @@ # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 # progress step #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." @@ -813,13 +850,13 @@ # error report #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/ntp.conf." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "/etc/ntp.conf에 설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -827,7 +864,7 @@ # error popup text #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." @@ -835,7 +872,7 @@ # error report #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." @@ -844,7 +881,7 @@ # Local connection config dialog help 1/5 # Remote connection config dialog help 1/5 #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgid "General FCoE configuration" @@ -852,21 +889,21 @@ # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "인터페이스" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" # error popup text #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -874,13 +911,13 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "활성화" # translators: service status radio button label # translators: server module status -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "비활성화" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall-services.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall-services.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall-services.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-15 19:15+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 16:55+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/firstboot.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/firstboot.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/firstboot.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-28 11:19+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/ftp-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/ftp-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/ftp-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-16 10:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/geo-cluster.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/geo-cluster.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/geo-cluster.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ msgid "GeoCluster Overview" msgstr "" +# progress stage #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -72,214 +73,446 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "구성 파일 읽기" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +# menubutton item +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "포트" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +# Pushbutton label - add host into list +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "추가" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +# Button label +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "편집" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "삭제" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "확인" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +# Button label +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "취소" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +# Searchdialog +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter a password" +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "열쇠글을 입력해주세요." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS entries" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "NFS 항목" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Height" +msgid "weights" +msgstr "세로" + +# menubutton item +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expired" +msgid "expire" +msgstr "만료됨" + +# list detected +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "필수 패턴" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "'이(가) 잘못되었습니다." + +# src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 +# src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 +# translators: error message for wrong LDAP source +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "입력한 URL 이 올바르지 않음" + +# src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 +# src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 +# translators: error message for wrong LDAP source +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "입력한 URL 이 올바르지 않음" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "'이(가) 잘못되었습니다." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "설치 될 소프트웨어:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "설치 될 소프트웨어:" + +# src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 +# src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "게이트웨이 IP 주소가 잘못되었습니다." + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "%1 영역 이름은 이미 존재합니다." + +# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "구성 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." + +# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "구성 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "키가 잘못되었습니다." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "설치 될 소프트웨어:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "설치 될 소프트웨어:" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "호스트 구성 요약:" + +# progress stage +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "구성 파일 읽기" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printer Configurations" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "프린터 구성" + +# menubutton item +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "방화벽 구성" + +# Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." + +# Error message +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "일반 설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +# Error message +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "일반 설정을 쓸 수 없습니다." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" +# Progress stage #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. TODO FIXME Names of real stages #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이전의 설정사항 읽기" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" +# Progress step 3/5 #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이전 설정값을 읽고 있습니다..." +# progress step #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "완료됨" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" +# translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "세팅 기록" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" +# translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." +# TODO FIXME: your code here... +# Configuration summary text for autoyast #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "구성 요약..." +# Progress stage #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이타베이스 읽기" +# Progress stage #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "장치 검색" +# translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이타 베이스를 읽고 있습니다..." +# Progress step #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "장치를 검색하고 중..." +# Error message #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스1을 읽을 수 없습니다." +# Error message #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스2를 읽을 수 없습니다." +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "장치를 검색할 수 없습니다." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행" +# translators: progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행 중입니다..." +# TODO FIXME: your code here... +# Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "구성 요약..." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/gtk.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/gtk.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/gtk.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-20 10:15+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -231,13 +231,15 @@ msgid "Exit" msgstr "종료" +# Button label #: src/YGUtils.cc:643 msgid "Back" -msgstr "" +msgstr "뒤로" +# button label (without shortcut sign) #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음" # table header #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/http-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/http-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/http-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 16:36+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/inetd.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/inetd.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/inetd.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-30 17:25+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/installation.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/installation.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/installation.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-19 14:41+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -66,22 +66,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "설치될 시스템으로 파일 복사 중..." @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ msgstr "이미지로부터 설치 비활성화(<a href=\"%1\">활성화</a>)" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "기본 창 관리자 초기화 중..." @@ -304,6 +304,7 @@ msgstr "%1 %2 에 대한 업데이트" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" @@ -365,7 +366,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "사용권 계약" @@ -449,11 +450,24 @@ "설치를 중단할 수 있습니다.\n" "\n" -# text is shown in a line of a package list -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "사용권 동의가 필요" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "출시 메모" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -574,7 +588,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이제 시스템이 다시 시작 됩니다..." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 # Proposal for uml user name @@ -685,12 +699,12 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "리소스 설정(&R)" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "iSCSI 디스크 구성(&I)" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -714,15 +728,23 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "설치가 시작되었습니다!" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "출시 메모" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "초기화 중" +# progress stage title +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "설치 초기화 중..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 #, fuzzy @@ -749,67 +771,67 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "기본 설치 완료중" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "완료 스크립트 목록 생성을 호출..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "설치된 시스템으로 파일 복사" # summary heading: configured shares #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "설정 저장" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "설치 설정 저장" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "부트 관리자 설치" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "처음 부팅을 위한 시스템 준비" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "스테이지 %1 확인 중..." # progress title, %1 is queue name #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "%1 단계 호출하는 중..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" # progress step #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "설치 오류" @@ -830,12 +852,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "설치 초기화 될 동안 잠시 기다려 주세요." -# progress stage title -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "설치 초기화 중..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -848,13 +864,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "초기 시스템 구성을 준비 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "초기화 중" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -1090,12 +1099,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "사용자 요청에 따라 하드웨어 구성을 생략중" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1106,32 +1115,32 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "오류: 제목 누락" # error report #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "제안사항을 현재 설정에 반영 중..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "시스템 분석중..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "오류: 제안 없음" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1140,7 +1149,7 @@ "오류가 있습니다." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "설치 개요" @@ -1149,25 +1158,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "설정을 건너뜁니다(&S)" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "다음 설정 사용(&U)" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "변경(&C)..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1175,25 +1184,25 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "변경하고자 하는 항목을 클릭하거나, \"변경...\" 메뉴를 사용해 변경하십시오." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "변경하고자 하는 항목을 클릭하거나, \"변경...\" 메뉴를 사용해 변경하십시오." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "기본값으로 재설정(&R)" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1207,7 +1216,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1238,7 +1247,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1255,7 +1264,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1269,7 +1278,7 @@ # General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1283,7 +1292,7 @@ # General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1295,7 +1304,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1307,12 +1316,12 @@ # Proposal in uml module #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML 설치 제안" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1323,7 +1332,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1334,7 +1343,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Some proposals might be\n" @@ -1350,12 +1359,12 @@ " 변경하려면 시스템 관리자에게 문의하십시오." #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "업데이트(&U)" # Button label -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "설치(&I)" @@ -1486,57 +1495,41 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "하드디스크 검색 중..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "리눅스 파티션을 검색" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "리눅스 파티션을 검색 중..." - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "시스템 파일 검색" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "시스템 파일 검색 중..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialize package manager" msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "꾸러미 관리자 초기화" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing package manager..." msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "꾸러미 관리자 초기화 중..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "업데이트가 가능한지 분석" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "업데이트가 가능한지 분석하는 중..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "시스템 검색" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..." msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "설치된 시스템과 컴퓨터 하드웨어를 구성하는 동안 잠시 기다려 주세요..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1549,7 +1542,7 @@ "하드웨어를 점검하십시오.\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1562,7 +1555,7 @@ "설치에 필요한 하드디스크를 찾지못했습니다.\n" "하드웨어를 점검하십시오.\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1578,7 +1571,7 @@ "(s390 또는 iSCSI 시스템 등)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1596,7 +1589,7 @@ # error report #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1605,33 +1598,33 @@ "설치가 중단됩니다." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "제거됨" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "활성화" # translators: service status radio button label # translators: server module status #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "비활성화" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "이전에 사용된 저장소" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1641,28 +1634,28 @@ # Current status #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "현재 상태" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "저장소" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" # translators: toggle button label #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "상태 변경(&T)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." @@ -1671,7 +1664,7 @@ "업그레이드 처리에 필요한 저장소를 활성화 시키세요." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." @@ -1680,31 +1673,31 @@ "상태 변경 버튼을 클릭하거나 테이블 안의 아이템을 각각 더블 클릭하세요." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "변경... 버튼으로 URL을 변경 합니다." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "저장소 URL(&R)" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:164 #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "네트워크가 설정되지 않음" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1713,53 +1706,53 @@ "설정 하시겠습니까?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "저장소 추가 및 제거 중..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while repositories are being added and removed." msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "저장소가 추가 및 제거되는 동안 잠시 기다려 주십시오." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "사용하지 않는 저장소 제거" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "사용하지 않는 저장소 제거 중..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "사용 할 저장소 추가" # command line help text for add action #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "사용 할 저장소 추가 중..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "비활성화 저장소 추가" # command line help text for add action #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "비활성화 저장소 추가 중..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "미디어 요청이 올바름" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Make sure that media with label %1\n" @@ -1779,7 +1772,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1792,7 +1785,7 @@ # error report # Error report #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1804,7 +1797,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1819,7 +1812,7 @@ # Error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "An error occurred when enabling repository\n" @@ -1838,7 +1831,7 @@ # error report # Error report #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1927,66 +1920,61 @@ msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." msgstr "프록시 구성 저장 중..." -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - # Progress step 2/3 #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "시간대 저장 중..." # src/config/proxy.y2cc:21 #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "언어 저장 중..." # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "콘솔 구성 저장 중..." # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "키보드 구성 저장 중..." # progress bar item #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "제품 정보 저장 중..." # Translators: progress label # smtp-auth #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "자동 설치 설정 저장 중..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "보안 설정 저장 중..." # progress bar item # progres bar label #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "부트 스크립트 설정 저장 중..." # progress window content #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "하드웨어 구성 저장 중..." @@ -2022,7 +2010,7 @@ msgstr "YaST 구성 기록 중..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2307,7 +2295,74 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "리눅스 파티션을 검색 중..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "원격 관리" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "설치 이미지에 대한 정보를 읽는데 실패" + +# label in a popup informing about currently processed action +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "배치하는 중..." + # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "사용자 환경설정 저장 중..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "사용자 환경설정 복원 중..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n" +#| "Package manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" +"설치도중에는 꾸러미의 의존성을 자동으로 해결해주지 않습니다.\n" +"나중에 꾸러미 관리자를 열어서 수동으로 해결할 수 있을것입니다." + +# text is shown in a line of a package list +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "사용권 동의가 필요" + +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "리눅스 파티션을 검색" + +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "리눅스 파티션을 검색 중..." + +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "업데이트가 가능한지 분석" + +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "업데이트가 가능한지 분석하는 중..." + +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 # Proposal item - TAP device name #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "네트워크 장치: %1" @@ -3029,31 +3084,6 @@ #~ "찾을 수 없습니다.\n" #~ " 하드웨어를 점검하십시오.\n" -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "설치 이미지에 대한 정보를 읽는데 실패" - -# label in a popup informing about currently processed action -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "배치하는 중..." - -# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "사용자 환경설정 저장 중..." - -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "사용자 환경설정 복원 중..." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n" -#~| "Package manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" -#~ "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "설치도중에는 꾸러미의 의존성을 자동으로 해결해주지 않습니다.\n" -#~ "나중에 꾸러미 관리자를 열어서 수동으로 해결할 수 있을것입니다." - # Popup text #~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/instserver.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/instserver.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/instserver.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-30 17:13+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/iplb.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/iplb.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/iplb.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전체적인 설정" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -92,6 +92,27 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "예" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "아니요" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "전체적인 설정" + +# Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "메일 서버 구성" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -118,7 +139,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "실행" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -201,7 +222,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -441,7 +462,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -478,7 +499,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -488,9 +509,10 @@ msgid "Http Method" msgstr "" +# tree node string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "요청" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" @@ -502,11 +524,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "로그인" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "열쇠글" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -522,7 +544,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "넷마스크" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -530,23 +552,25 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로토콜" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" msgstr "" +# Pushbutton label - add host into list #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "추가" +# Button label #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "편집" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "삭제" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -572,13 +596,20 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "확인" +# Button label #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "취소" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" msgstr "" -#. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -591,10 +622,35 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +# src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 +# src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "IP 주소가 정확하지 않습니다." + +# translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a new share" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "새로운 사용자 추가" + +# Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set up the mail server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "메일 서버 설정" + +# Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -619,9 +675,10 @@ msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "" +# progress step #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "완료됨" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -629,21 +686,24 @@ msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" msgstr "" +# translators: progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "세팅 기록" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행" +# translators: progress step 1/1 #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." +# translators: progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행 중입니다..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -653,10 +713,12 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." +# TODO FIXME: your code here... +# Configuration summary text for autoyast #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "구성 요약..." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-client.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-client.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:53+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -81,106 +81,112 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "iSNS 포트" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "이니시에이터 이름" # Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound Card" -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "사운드 카드" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "인터페이스" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # Textentry label - IP address of the host -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "포털 주소" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "대상 이름" # dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "시작" # Pushbutton label - add host into list -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" # Button label #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" # combo box item -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "로그아웃" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "연결됨" # tree node string - means "hardware driver" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "검색" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "로그인" # Table header -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "연결" # summary item #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "인증 없음" # summary item -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "들어오는 인증" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "사용자 이름" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "열쇠글" @@ -188,64 +194,64 @@ # list<string> lmod = []; # list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; # Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "나가는 인증" # dialog caption #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "시작" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # Textentry label - IP address of the host #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소" # table header -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "포트" # Table header item - DNS key listing # table header -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "키" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "서비스" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "연결된 대상" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "검색된 대상" # the headline of the disk space popup #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터 개요" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -254,9 +260,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터 검색" @@ -546,14 +552,14 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # text entry #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "IP 주소를 입력하십시오." # User account information, second version of group password, # please use newline if it is longer than 48 characters #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "포트를 입력하세요." @@ -562,32 +568,32 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "참" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "거짓" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "이 TargetName을 가진 대상이 이미 연결되었습니다. 데이터 손상을 방지할 수 있도록 다중 경로 지정이 활성화되어야 합니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "계속" # Button label -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" @@ -596,7 +602,7 @@ # error message - the entered ip address is already # configured for another virtual host #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "대상이 이미 연결되어있습니다." @@ -692,14 +698,18 @@ # Frame caption for software selection #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" -msgstr "소프트웨어" +#| msgid "Select Software" +msgid "default (Software)" +msgstr "소프트웨어 선택" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "모두" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> differ.\n" @@ -718,6 +728,12 @@ # TODO FIXME: your code here... # Configuration summary text for autoyast #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "구성 요약..." + +# Frame caption for software selection +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Software" +#~ msgid "(Software)" +#~ msgstr "소프트웨어" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-lio-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-lio-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-lio-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-07 15:16+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/isns.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/isns.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/isns.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-13 16:35+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -349,91 +349,91 @@ msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "isns 서비스를 구성하려면 %1 꾸러미를 설치해야 합니다." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "지금 설치 하시겠습니까?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "isns 데몬 구성 초기화" # Progress stage #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "데이타베이스 읽기" # Progress stage #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "이전의 설정사항 읽기" # Progress stage #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "장치 검색" # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "데이터베이스를 읽고 있습니다..." # Progress step 3/5 #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "이전 설정값을 읽고 있습니다..." # Progress step #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "장치를 검색하고 중..." # progress step #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "isns 구성 저장" # translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "세팅 기록" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행" # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." # translators: progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행 중입니다..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/kdump.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/kdump.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/kdump.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-22 12:48+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -407,8 +407,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "변경 사항을 적용하려면 시스템을 다시 시작해야 합니다." @@ -556,15 +556,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "Kdump(&K)" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "kexec-tools 꾸러미를 사용할 수 없습니다." - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "kdump 꾸러미를 사용할 수 없습니다." - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1330,7 +1321,7 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1339,137 +1330,143 @@ # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump 구성 초기화 중" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "설정 파일 읽는 중..." # dialog caption #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "커널 부팅 옵션 읽는 중..." # Progress step #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "사용가능한 메모리 읽은 중..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "디스크 파티션을 읽는 중..." # error report #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/kdump 설정 파일을 읽을 수 없음" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "커널 부팅 옵션을 읽을 수 없습니다." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "사용가능한 메모리를 읽을 수 없습니다." # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump 구성 저장 중" # translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 기록" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "부팅 옵션 업데이트" # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 기록하고 있습니다..." # progress step #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "부팅 옵션 업데이트 중..." # progress step #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "부트로더에 crashkernel 매개변수를 추가 중입니다." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump 상태: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "활성화" # translators: service status radio button label # translators: server module status -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "비활성화" # To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernel 옵션의 값: %1" # button text -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "덤프 형식: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "덤프 대상: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "덤프 수: %1" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "kexec-tools 꾸러미를 사용할 수 없습니다." + +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "kdump 꾸러미를 사용할 수 없습니다." + #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "활성화" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/kerberos-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/kerberos-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/kerberos-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 16:45+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/kerberos.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/kerberos.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/kerberos.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:52+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/languages_db.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/languages_db.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/languages_db.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-10 12:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/ldap-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/ldap-client.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/ldap-client.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:47+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/ldap-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/ldap-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/ldap-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:52+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/ldap.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/ldap.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/ldap.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"서버가 다운되었거나 접근할 수 없습니다.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"DN의 값이 없거나 잘못되었습니다.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -56,6 +60,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"속성 종류를 찾을 수 없습니다.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -63,23 +69,26 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"객체 클래스를 찾을수 없습니다.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버에 연결할 수 없습니다." +# error popup #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버에 연결하는 동안 문제가 발생했습니다." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버에서 데이터를 읽어 오는 동안 문제가 발생했습니다." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -99,26 +108,27 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버에서 스키마를 읽어 오는 동안 문제가 발생했습니다." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "알 수 없는 LDAP 오류가 발생했습니다." #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "상세 보기(&S)" +# error message #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "알 수 없는 오류입니다. 'yast2-ldap'를 사용할 수 없는 것 같습니다." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -133,6 +143,10 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" +"사용하는 클라이언트는 TLS/SSL 를 설정했지만\n" +"서버가 지원하지 않는것 같습니다.\n" +"\n" +"TLS/SSL 없이 다시 접속 해보시겠습니까?\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed @@ -145,17 +159,19 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버 열쇠글(&L)" +# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:321 src/services/dns.ycp:158 +# summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "서버: %1:%2" #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "익명 접속(&A)" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -164,6 +180,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"'%1' DN에 대한 직접적인 부모가\n" +"LDAP 디렉터리 안에 존재 하지 않습니다.\n" +"객체와 선택된 DN을 생성 할 수 없습니다.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -171,18 +190,22 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"LDAP 서버상에 '%1' DN 과 함께\n" +"아무런 항목도 존재하지 않습니다. 지금 만드시겠습니까?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "열기(&O)" +# help text 1/3 #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재 속성들에 대한 새로운 값을 설정 하십시오." +# help text 2/3 #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 msgid "" @@ -193,7 +216,20 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"속성이 값을 여러 개 가질 수 있으면 값 추가를\n" +"사용하여 새 항목을 추가합니다. 가끔 버튼에 현재 속성에 사용할 수 있는\n" +"값 목록이 포함되어 있습니다.\n" +"편집한 속성 값이 고유 이름(DN)이면 찾아보기를\n" +"사용하여 LDAP 트리에서 선택할 수 있습니다.\n" +" \n" +# help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. +# The description will be not translated: maybe add a note +# "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? +# Example: +# "The description of attribute \"%1\" (available only in english):" +# or: +# "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note #. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? @@ -203,180 +239,214 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr " \"%1\" 속성의 설명: " +# textentry label #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "속성 \"%1\" 의 값(&V)" +# textentry label #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "속성 \"%1\" 의 값(&V)" +# button label #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "값 추가(&A)" +# menubutton item (default value) #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "빈 항목(&E)" +# Button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "찾아보기(&W)" +# error popup #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"'%1' 값은 이미 존재합니다.\n" +"다른 값을 선택하세요." +# description of configuration object #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용자 관리의 설정 도구들" +# description of configuration object #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "그룹 관리의 설정 도구들" +# label #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새로운 모듈의 객체 클래스" +# textentry label, do not translate "cn" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새로운 모듈의 이름(&N)(\"cn\" 값)" +# error popup #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"입력된 값은 이미 존재합니다.\n" +"다른 값을 선택하세요.\n" +# error popup #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "모듈 이름을 입력 하세요." +# help text 1/3 #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"여기,현재 템플릿을 사용 중인 객체에 속하는\n" +"속성들의 값을 설정하십시오. 각각의 값들은\n" +"새로운 객체가 생성될때 기본으로써 사용됩니다.\n" +# help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the #. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"여러분은 존재하는 것으로 부터 속성 값들을 생성하기 위해서 특별한 구문을 사용 합니다.\n" +"%attr_name 표현은 \"attr_name\" 속성의 값으로 대체 될 것 입니다.\n" +"(예,\"homeDirectory\")의 값으로써 \"/home/%uid\"을 사용 합니다.\n" +# combobox label #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "속성 이름(&N)" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "속성 값(&V)" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "" +msgstr "왼쪽 다이알로그 부분에서 LDAP 트리를 찾아봅니다." #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "트리에서 LDAP 개체를 선택하면, 테이블에 개체 데이터가 나타납니다. 편집 을 사용하여 선택한 속성의 값을 변경하세요. 저장 을 선택하면 변경사항이 LDAP 에 저장됩니다." +# popup text #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"현재 엔트리에 저장하지 않은 변경 사항이 있습니다.\n" +"이를 버리시겠습니까?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 탐색기" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재 LDAP 클라이언트 설정" +# RichText label #. combo box label #. combo box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 연결" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP 서버" +# textentry label #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "관리자 DN" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP TLS(&D)" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "익명 접근(&N)" #. InputField label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 LDAP 연결의 이름 입력" +# error popup, %1 is attribute name #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"\"%1\"은(는) 필수 특성입니다.\n" +"값을 입력하십시오." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다시 불러오기(&R)" +# table header 1/2 #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "속성" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "값" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/live-installer.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/live-installer.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/live-installer.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-28 11:47+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/lxc.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/lxc.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/lxc.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/mail.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/mail.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/mail.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-21 13:09+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/multipath.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/multipath.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/multipath.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-18 11:31+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/ncurses-pkg.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/ncurses-pkg.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/ncurses-pkg.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-13 01:34+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/ncurses.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/ncurses.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/ncurses.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-20 09:56+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/network.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/network.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/network.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:50+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -118,82 +118,28 @@ # menubutton item #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "방화벽 구성 기록 중..." -# label in proposal text -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" - -# label in proposal text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "이미지로부터 설치 활성화(<a href=\"%1\">비활성화</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "이미지로부터 설치 비활성화(<a href=\"%1\">활성화</a>)" - -# label in proposal text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" - -# label in proposal text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "이미지로부터 설치 활성화(<a href=\"%1\">비활성화</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "이미지로부터 설치 비활성화(<a href=\"%1\">활성화</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "방화벽과 SSH" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "방화벽과 SSH(&F)" # menubutton item -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "기본 방화벽과 SSH 구성" # table header #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open &VNC Ports" @@ -201,32 +147,32 @@ # src/clients/lan_proposal.ycp:62 #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "방화벽과 SSH 서비스" # Progress step 3/3 #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "방화벽 활성화" # table header #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "RPC 포트(&R)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service" msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "SSH 포트를 열고 SSH 서비스 활성화" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -238,7 +184,7 @@ "방어 시스템입니다. SSH는 이 컴퓨터에 원격으로 접속할 수 있게 해주는\n" "서비스입니다." -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." @@ -246,7 +192,7 @@ "이곳에서 방화벽을 활성화하거나 비활성화를 선택할 수 있습니다.\n" "활성화하는것을 권장합니다." -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" @@ -262,13 +208,68 @@ "서비스를 활성화하게 됩니다.(추가로 SSH 서비스는 컴퓨터 부팅 때 자동으로 시작됩니다.)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "이미지로부터 설치 활성화(<a href=\"%1\">비활성화</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "이미지로부터 설치 비활성화(<a href=\"%1\">활성화</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "이미지로부터 설치 활성화(<a href=\"%1\">비활성화</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "이미지로부터 설치 비활성화(<a href=\"%1\">활성화</a>)" + +# label in proposal text +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" + +# label in proposal text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" + +# label in proposal text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" + +# label in proposal text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)" + # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts @@ -593,9 +594,18 @@ msgstr "브릿지용 인터페이스" # dialog title -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration Error : uninitialized interface!" msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." @@ -708,7 +718,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "라우팅 구성" @@ -837,7 +847,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "장치" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "옵션" @@ -927,14 +937,14 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "경고: 암호화가 사용되지 않았습니다." # item of a combo box #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "변경하십시오." @@ -1345,7 +1355,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "장치 형식(&D)" @@ -1353,7 +1363,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "구성 이름(&C)" @@ -1366,7 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "터널 그룹" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "브릿지된 장치" @@ -1595,30 +1605,30 @@ # Textentry - addind mail server - Name #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "주소(&A)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:205 #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "IP 주소를 설정하십시오." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "하드웨어(&H)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "보조 본드(&B)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "무선(&W)" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1626,7 +1636,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1640,15 +1650,15 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "네트워크 카드 설정" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" #| "Remove the configuration?\n" msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "선택한 장치 하나가 이미 구성되어 있습니다. \n" "설정을 제거 하시겠습니까?\n" @@ -1878,7 +1888,7 @@ # Table header # _("No."), # Table header -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1996,7 +2006,7 @@ msgstr "펌웨어를 설치하는 도중 오류가 발생했습니다." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -2011,14 +2021,13 @@ " 인터페이스를 더 이상 NetworkManager로 관리할 수 없습니다.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "선택하고 있는 장치는 STARTMODE=nfsroot 입니다. 정말 삭제하시겠습니까?" # table item / label #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "네트워크 설정 방법" @@ -2028,7 +2037,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "네트워크 설정" @@ -2059,7 +2068,7 @@ msgstr "DHCP를 통해 기본 라우트 변경" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -2069,13 +2078,13 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Udev Rules are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n" @@ -2090,7 +2099,7 @@ "장치 이름(예: eth1, wlan0)을 설정하고, 재부팅한 다음 장치이름을 \n" "고정하기 위한 규칙입니다.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -2098,7 +2107,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -2110,7 +2119,7 @@ # Manual dialog help 2/4 #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Additionally, you may specify Options for the Kernel module. Use this format: option=value. Each entry should be space \n" @@ -2125,13 +2134,13 @@ "예를들어, io=0x300 irq=5. 주의: 만일 두개의 카드가 같은 모듈이름으로\n" "설정이 되어 있다면, 옵션들은 저장되는 동안 통합이 될 것입니다.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" # Manual dialog help 4/4 #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -2142,7 +2151,7 @@ # Manual dialog help 5/4 #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -2151,7 +2160,7 @@ "/etc/modprobe.conf 또는 /etc/chandev.conf에 기록됩니다.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -2160,91 +2169,93 @@ # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 # Manual dialog caption #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "수동 네트워크 카드 구성" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "PCMCIA (&p)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "USB(&U)" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "핫플러그 유형(&H)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "PCI(&C)" # Frame label #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "커널 모듈(&K)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:310 # Text entry label #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "모듈 이름(&M)" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Udev rules" +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev 규칙" # tree node string -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름" # item of a combo box -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "변경" # translators: frame title for new hsot identification details -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Identification" -msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "서버 ID" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "초" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Blin" msgid "Blink" msgstr "브린어" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Xgl options" -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Xgl 옵션" # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "수동 네트워크 카드 선택" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2254,21 +2265,21 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "네트워크 카드(&N)" # Text entry field #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "검색(&S)" # Popup text #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2278,7 +2289,7 @@ # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 네트워크 카드 설정" @@ -2287,32 +2298,32 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 장치 설정" # src/config/dns.y2cc:11 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "포트 이름(&P)" # src/config/dns.y2cc:11 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "포트 번호" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IPA 취득 활성화(&E)" # yes-no popup #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "계층 2 지원 활성화(&L)" @@ -2320,105 +2331,105 @@ # test entry, MAC better not to be translated, # translation would decrease the understandability #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "계층 2 MAC 주소(&M)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "채널 읽기" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "채널 쓰기" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "채널 제어" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "이 인터페이스에 대한 포트 이름을 입력하십시오(대소문자 구분)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "이 인터페이스에 대한 추가 옵션을 입력하십시오(공백으로 구분)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "이 인터페이스에 대해 IP 주소 취득을 활성화해야 하는 경우 IPA 취득 활성화를 선택하십시오." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "이 카드가 계층 2 지원 기능으로 구성된 경우 계층 2 지원 활성화를 선택하십시오." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "이 카드가 계층 2 지원 기능으로 구성된 경우 계층 2 MAC 주소를 입력하십시오." # src/config/dns.y2cc:11 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "포트 번호(&P)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "LANCMD 시간 초과(&L)" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "이 인터페이스에 대한 포트 번호를 선택하십시오." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "이 인터페이스에 대한 LANCMD 시간 초과를 선택하십시오." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "호환성 모드" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "확장 모드" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC 기반 tty(리눅스 대 리눅스 연결)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "OS/390 및 z/OS와의 호환성 모드" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜(&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "이 인터페이스에 대한 프로토콜을 선택하십시오." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "피어 이름(&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2428,7 +2439,7 @@ # error report #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "An error occured while creating device.\n" @@ -2443,7 +2454,7 @@ # tree node string #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "하드웨어 대화상자" @@ -2507,11 +2518,15 @@ " 다중 무선 네트워크 사이에서 전환하는 데 적합합니다.\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" +#| "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +#| "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" "데스크톱 환경(GNOME 또는 KDE)을 실행하지 않거나\n" @@ -2519,7 +2534,7 @@ "<tt>ifup</tt>를 사용한 일반 방법을 사용하세요.\n" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:221 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2530,7 +2545,7 @@ " 구성을 편집할 수도 있습니다. \n" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:226 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2539,7 +2554,7 @@ "수동으로 새 네트워크 카드를 구성하려면 추가를 누르십시오.\n" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:239 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2555,7 +2570,7 @@ "이 다음 편집 또는 삭제를 누르십시오.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" @@ -2580,13 +2595,13 @@ "빨라집니다.\n" # help text 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "모든 변경 내용은 시스템 다시 시작 후에 적용됩니다." # Routing dialog help 1/2 #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2600,7 +2615,7 @@ " 대신 그 항목이 사용됩니다. 기본 라우팅은 \"여기에 다른 값을 입력하십시오\"라는\n" " 정도의 개념이라고 할 수 있습니다.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" @@ -2616,13 +2631,13 @@ "장치를 선택하고 라우트할 네트워크를 지정하면 됩니다.어느 인터페이스든 상관 없다면 \"-\" 를 지정하면 됩니다.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2630,7 +2645,7 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" @@ -2638,7 +2653,7 @@ msgstr "" # DNS dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2652,7 +2667,7 @@ "이 옵션을 사용하지 마세요. 실행 중에 호스트 이름이 변경되면 데스크톱에 \n" "문제가 생길 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2661,7 +2676,7 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" @@ -2671,7 +2686,7 @@ # DNS dialog help 2/5 #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2683,7 +2698,7 @@ # DNS dialog help 3/5 #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2695,7 +2710,7 @@ " 같습니다(예: suse.de). 추가 검색 도메인이 있을 수도 있습니다\n" " (예: suse.com) 쉼표 또는 공백으로 도메인을 구분하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2707,7 +2722,7 @@ "hostname 명령을 사용하여 컴퓨터의 호스트 이름을 확인할 수 있습니다.\n" "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Select the way how DNS configuration (name servers, search list, the content of \n" @@ -2729,7 +2744,7 @@ "설정으로, 기본 정책 사용 옵션을 선택하는것으로 대부분의 경우에 적합한 \n" "설정입니다." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "By choosing Only Manually option, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify \n" @@ -2757,7 +2772,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" @@ -2772,12 +2787,12 @@ "이 장치에 대해 IP주소를 설정 하지 않으려면 주소 설정 없음을 선택하세요.\n" "이 설정은 이더넷 장치에 대해 본딩 기능을 이용하는 경우에 해당합니다.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" @@ -2786,7 +2801,7 @@ "가변 주소를 선택하세요.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" @@ -2802,7 +2817,7 @@ "하게 됩니다.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2813,7 +2828,7 @@ "를 선택하세요. 이외에, 고정 IP를 선택하여 주소를 설정 할 수 있습니다.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2824,7 +2839,7 @@ "\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" @@ -2840,7 +2855,7 @@ "호스트 이름을 입력할 수 있습니다. 호스트 이름은 <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>에 기록됩니다.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2848,7 +2863,7 @@ "네트워크 설정에 대해서 자세히 알기 원하면 여러분의 네트워크 관리자\n" "에게 연락하십시오." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2856,7 +2871,7 @@ "이 제품에 대해서는 DHCP 구성을 하지 않는 것이 좋습니다.\n" "이 제품의 구성 요소가 DHCP와 작동하지 않을 수도 있습니다." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2874,11 +2889,11 @@ "차단됩니다. 영역을 선택하지 않고 다른 인터페이스도 있는 경우 \n" "방화벽이 비활성화 됩니다." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "필수 인터페이스는 부팅 시 인터페이스를 시작하지 못할 경우 네트워크 서비스에서 실패를 보고할지 여부를 지정합니다." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" @@ -2902,7 +2917,7 @@ "개선되는 경우가 있습니다. 추천하는 값부터 시작하여 \n" "필요한 값을 입력하세요.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." @@ -2912,12 +2927,12 @@ # Client connection dialog help 1/5 #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>DHCP 클라이언트 옵션</big> " #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2933,7 +2948,7 @@ # DHCP dialog help 4/8 #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" @@ -2964,7 +2979,7 @@ "로 설정합니다. 호스트 이름을 보내지 않으려면 비워 둡니다.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" @@ -2977,7 +2992,7 @@ "이 상자에서 인터페이스(해당 별명)의 추가 주소를 구성합니다.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -2990,7 +3005,7 @@ "입력하십시오." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Alias Name is optional and legacy.The total\n" @@ -3006,14 +3021,14 @@ "넘을 수 없습니다. 또 구버전 ifconfig 유틸리티는 9 문자 이후는 삭제합니다." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "별명 이름에 인터페이스 이름을 포함하지 마십시오. 예를 들어 eth0:foo 대신 foo를 입력하십시오." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" @@ -3056,7 +3071,7 @@ " \n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -3068,7 +3083,7 @@ # restrict to Ad-hoc, Managed and Master only # Wireless dialog help 2/7 #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -3083,7 +3098,7 @@ "액세스 포인트 역할을 함)가 있습니다.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -3102,7 +3117,7 @@ "결합됩니다.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -3139,7 +3154,7 @@ "가능합니다.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -3154,7 +3169,7 @@ " 자동으로 생성되므로 40에서 232비트까지만 입력하면 됩니다.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -3171,7 +3186,7 @@ "단어를 암호문으로 사용하지 마십시오.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -3180,7 +3195,7 @@ "다음 대화 상자에 몇 가지 추가 매개변수를 입력하십시오.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3856,24 +3871,24 @@ msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "원격 관리" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "원격 관리 허용(&A)" # RadioButton label #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "원격 관리 허용 하지 않음(&D)" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3890,17 +3905,17 @@ "이러한 원격 관리 방식은 SSH를 사용하는 것보다 보안성이 떨어집니다.\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "원격 관리 설정" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "다음의 꾸러미가 설치되어 있어야 합니다:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3917,81 +3932,93 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "연결되지 않음" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알수없음" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "구성이 성공적으로 저장되었습니다." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DNS 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DSL 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ISDN 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "네트워크 카드 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "모뎀 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Proxy 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "서비스 제공자 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "라우팅 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." # src/dsl/wizards.ycp:33 src/lan/wizards.ycp:32 src/routines/routines.ycp:128 #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "지금 메일을 설정하시겠습니까?" # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "%1을 설정하시겠습니까?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "네트워크 카드" @@ -4000,52 +4027,27 @@ # Table label # Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "모뎀" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:251 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:338 #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN 카드" # Table label # Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL 장치" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "모든 네트워크 장치" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -#| "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "To edit the settings, use NetworkManager connection editor, or\n" -#| "switch the network setup method to Traditional method with ifup." -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" -"네트워크는 현재 네트워크관리자로 제어되고 있고, 그 설정은 YaST\n" -"로 편집할 수 없습니다.\n" -"\n" -"설정을 편집하려면 네트워크관리자 연결 편집기를 사용하거나\n" -"네트워크 설정 방법을 전통적인 방법인 ifup 로 전환하면 됩니다." - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -4333,7 +4335,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "기본 게이트웨이가 잘못되었습니다." @@ -4575,71 +4577,87 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "MTU 설정(&M)" +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "네트워크 서비스" + +# dialog subtitle +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "중국어 번체" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Squid Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Squid 서비스" + +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "네트워크 서비스" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reboot needed!" msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "시스템 재시작이 필요합니다!" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -# tree node -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "사용자가 NetworkManager를 사용하여 제어(&U)" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "ifup를 사용한 일반 방법(&T)" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +# screen title for uml options #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "일반 네트워크 설정" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "IPv6 프로토콜 설정" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 활성화" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "알수 없는 장치" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP 주소" # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "할당된 IP 주소 없음" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4648,13 +4666,13 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "장치 변경(&C)" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "네트워크 장치 선택" @@ -4674,43 +4692,39 @@ # tree node string #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "장치 이름" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # translators: IP address for the new host #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "IP 주소: %1/%2" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" # Popup text -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name already exists!" msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "구성 이름이 이미 있습니다!" # progress stage -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Invalid configuration name." @@ -4719,26 +4733,26 @@ # translators: error message for share command line action # must provide the share name #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "호스트 이름을 기입" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "설정 업데이트" # Progress stage 2/5 #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf 업데이트" # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # Progress step 6/9 #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "호스트 이름 및 DNS 구성 저장 중..." @@ -4746,13 +4760,13 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "호스트 이름을 쓰는 중..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "구성 업데이트 중..." @@ -4760,36 +4774,36 @@ #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf 업데이트 중..." # Summary text #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "호스트 이름: DHCP에 의해 설정됨" # Summary text #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "호스트 이름: %1" # summary part -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "/etc/hosts에 호스트 이름이 기록되지 않습니다." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:321 src/services/dns.ycp:158 # Summary text #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "네임 서버들: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "검색 대상: %1" @@ -4812,73 +4826,73 @@ # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "네트워크 구성 초기화" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "네트워크 장치 탐색" # Progress stage 2/9 #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "드라이버 정보 읽기" # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "장치 설정 불러오기" # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "네트워크 설정 불러오기" # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 불러오기" # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 # Progress stage 6/9 #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "호스트 이름 및 DNS 구성 읽기" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "설치 정보 불러오기" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "라우팅설정 불러오기" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "현재 상태 검색" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:251 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:338 #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting for ndiswrapper..." msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "ndiswrapper를 검색하는 중..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is a ndiswrapper configuration detected,\n" @@ -4893,7 +4907,7 @@ "커널 묘듈이 읽혀지지 않습니다.\n" "ndiswrapper를 읽어들입니까?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "ndiswrapper kernel module wasn't loaded.\n" @@ -4906,47 +4920,47 @@ "수동으로 설정을 확인하세요." #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "장치를 탐색하고 있습니다..." # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "장치 설정 불어오는 중..." # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "네트워크 설정 불러오는 중..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 불러오는 중..." # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # Progress step 6/9 #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "호스트 이름 및 DNS 구성 읽는 중..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "설치 정보 불러오는 중..." # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "라우팅 설정 불러오는 중..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "현재 상태 검색 중..." @@ -4955,13 +4969,13 @@ # src/modules/Modem.ycp:158 #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To apply this change a reboot is needed." msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." @@ -4969,209 +4983,215 @@ # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "네트워크 구성 저장" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "드라이버 정보 저장" # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "장치 설정 쓰기" # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "네트워크 설정 쓰기" # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "라우팅 설정 저장" # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # Progress stage 6/10 #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "호스트 이름 및 DNS 구성 쓰기" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "네트워크 서비스 설정" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "네트워크 서비스 활성화" # Progress step 2/10 #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf를 쓰는 중..." # src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 # src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "장치 설정 쓰기중..." # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "네트워크 설정 쓰기중..." # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "라우팅 설정 저장 중..." # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # Progress step 6/10 #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "호스트 이름 및 DNS 구성 쓰는 중..." # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "네트워크 서비스 설정 중..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장 중..." # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "네트워크 서비스 활성화중..." # screen title for uml options -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "실행 중인 네트워크 없음" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "네트워크 모드" # tree node #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager로 제어되는 인터페이스" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager 비활성화" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "ifup를 사용한 기존 네트워크 설정 방법" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager 활성화" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "IPv6 프로토콜 지원이 활성화됨" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 비활성화" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "IPv6 프로토콜 지원이 비활성화됨" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not connected" msgid "connected" msgstr "연결 안됨" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "부팅 시 자동으로 시작됨" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "케이블 연결 시 자동으로 시작됨" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager 에 의해 관리됨" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "전혀 시작되지 않습니다." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "수동으로 시작됨" # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "다음을 사용하여 IP 주소 할당" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # translators: IP address for the new host -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" @@ -5179,7 +5199,7 @@ # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -5188,47 +5208,47 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "구성되지 않음" # label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "장치 이름: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "보조 서버 결합" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "연결 안됨" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "hwinfo 없음" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "커널 장치(eth0, wlan0)가 없기때문에 네트워크 카드의 설정을 할 수 없습니다. 이것은 가끔 펌웨어가 없어서 나타나는 현상이기도 합니다.(무선랜 같은 경우). dmesg 로 자세히 확인해볼 수 있습니다." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -5241,49 +5261,66 @@ "을 눌러 설정하세요.\n" # translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "필요한 펌웨어" # translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 꾸러미가 설지되지 않았습니다. 방화벽이 비활성화 될것입니다." + # src/dsl/wizards.ycp:33 src/lan/wizards.ycp:32 src/routines/routines.ycp:128 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "디스플레이 관리자 설정" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "서비스 재시작" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "원격 관리 구성 저장 중" # src/config/proxy.y2cc:21 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "디스플레이 관리자 설정 중..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "'uml' 서비스를 활성화하지 못했습니다." + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "서비스 재시작 중..." # label in proposal text -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "원격 관리가 활성화 되었습니다." # label in proposal text -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "원격 관리가 비활성화 되었습니다." @@ -5343,20 +5380,53 @@ # Combobox item #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "자동 영역 할당" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "방화벽 비활성화됨" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(보호되지 않음)" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" +#~| "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "To edit the settings, use NetworkManager connection editor, or\n" +#~| "switch the network setup method to Traditional method with ifup." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" +#~ "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" +#~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "네트워크는 현재 네트워크관리자로 제어되고 있고, 그 설정은 YaST\n" +#~ "로 편집할 수 없습니다.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "설정을 편집하려면 네트워크관리자 연결 편집기를 사용하거나\n" +#~ "네트워크 설정 방법을 전통적인 방법인 ifup 로 전환하면 됩니다." + +# tree node +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "사용자가 NetworkManager를 사용하여 제어(&U)" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "ifup를 사용한 일반 방법(&T)" + +# tree node string +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "장치 이름" + # label in proposal text #, fuzzy #~| msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" @@ -5370,10 +5440,6 @@ #~ msgstr "SSH 서비스가 비활성화 되고 SSH 포트가 닫힘(<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">활성화 및 열기</a>)" # screen title for uml options -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "일반 네트워크 설정" - -# screen title for uml options #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "일반 네트워크 설정(&N)" @@ -6023,10 +6089,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "기존 인터페이스에 서비스 제공자 추가(&P)" -# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "네트워크 서비스" - # src/isdn/interface.ycp:99 #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "생략(&K)" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/nfs.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/nfs.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/nfs.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-30 17:14+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/nfs_server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/nfs_server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/nfs_server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:52+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -84,28 +84,28 @@ msgstr "보안 NFS 활성화/비활성화에 대한 예/아니요 옵션" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "NFS 서버가 활성화됨" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "NFS 서버가 비활성화됨" # text describing packages are not available (it's a label - keep it short!) #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "필요한 꾸러미(%1)가 설치되지 않았습니다." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "마운트 포인트를 지정하지 않았습니다." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Please use the 'set enablev4' command." msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "NFSv4 활성화 없이 도메인 설정을 할 수 없습니다. 'set enablev4' 명령을 사용하세요." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command set must be used as in 'set option=value'. Please use 'set help' to get information about the options." msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." @@ -196,62 +196,51 @@ # text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "내보낼 디렉터리(&D)" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "찾아보기(&B)..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "비어 있지 않은 내보내기 경로를 입력하세요. (예: /exports)." #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "내보내기 테이블에 이 디렉터리가 이미 있습니다." -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" -"사용자 모드 NFS 서버(%1)는 이름에 공백이 있는 디렉터리를 \n" -"내보낼 수 없습니다.\n" -"그렇게 하려면 커널 기반 서버(%2)를 사용하십시오." - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "디렉터리가 존재하지 않습니다. 작성하시겠습니까?" # title in the file selection dialog #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "내보낼 디렉터리 선택" # text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "호스트 와일드카드(&H)" # text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "옵션(&P)" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "'fsid=0'is not a valid option unless \n" @@ -264,7 +253,7 @@ "않았다면 'fsid=0'은 올바른 옵션이 아닙니다." #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -274,12 +263,12 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "/etc/idmapd.conf 파일을 읽을 수 없습니다. 도메인의 기본값인 'localdomain'을 사용합니다." #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." @@ -288,7 +277,7 @@ "다른 곳으로 내보낼지 여부를 선택합니다." #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." @@ -296,7 +285,7 @@ "NFS 서버 시작을 선택하고 다음을 클릭하면\n" "내보낼 디렉터리를 지정할 수 있는 구성 대화 상자가 열립니다." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4,\n" @@ -312,7 +301,7 @@ "도메인으로 그대로 두거나 잘 모르면 idmapd 및 idmapd.conf에 대한 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오.\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, please enable the Enable GSS Security \n" @@ -325,44 +314,44 @@ "확인란을 활성화하세요. GSS API를 사용하려면 시스템에 kerberos와 gssapi(nfs-utils > 1.0.7)가 있어야 합니다.\n" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS 서버" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "시작(&S)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "시작 안 함(&N)" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "NFSv4 활성화" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "NFSv4 활성화(&V)" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "NFSv4 도메인 이름 입력(&M):" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "GSS 보안 활성화(&G)" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS 서버 구성" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -373,7 +362,7 @@ " 호스트가 아래쪽 상자에 표시됩니다.\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" @@ -383,69 +372,64 @@ "설정합니다. 단일 호스트, 그룹, 와일드카드 또는 IP 네트워크가\n" "될 수 있습니다.\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "모든 호스트를 지정하려면 별표(<tt>*</tt>)를 입력하세요." -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "모든 호스트를 지정하려면 필드를 비워 둡니다." - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "자세한 내용은 <tt>man exports</tt>를 참조하십시오.\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "디렉터리 추가(&D)" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "편집(&E)" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "삭제(&L)" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "호스트 와일드카드" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "옵션" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "호스트 추가(&H)" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "편집(&I)" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "삭제(&T)" # text entry label #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "내보낼 디렉터리" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -454,7 +438,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -465,86 +449,66 @@ "않았습니다.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS 서버 구성 쓰기" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "/etc/exports 저장하기" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "서비스 재시작" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "/etc/exports 저장 중..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "서비스 재시작 중..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "NFS 서버 설정을 쓰고 있습니다. 잠시 기다려 주십시오..." # error message - %1 is file name #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "idmapd.conf에 쓸 수 없습니다." -# popup error message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "idmapd를 시작할 수 없습니다. 도메인 설정을 확인하십시오." - -# translators: error message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "idmapd를 다시 시작할 수 없습니다." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd" -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "idmapd를 중지할 수 없습니다." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Please ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) set up is correct." msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "svcgssd를 시작할 수 없습니다. kerberos와 gssapi(nfs-utils)의 설정이 올바른지 확인하세요." # translators: error message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "idmapd를 다시 시작할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "'svcgssd'는 실행 중입니다. 중지할 수 없습니다." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -553,15 +517,44 @@ "시스템을 다시 시작해야 변경사항이 활성화됩니다.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "NFS 내보내기" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "idmapping 용 NFSv4 도메인은 %1 입니다." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +#~ "with spaces in their names.\n" +#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "사용자 모드 NFS 서버(%1)는 이름에 공백이 있는 디렉터리를 \n" +#~ "내보낼 수 없습니다.\n" +#~ "그렇게 하려면 커널 기반 서버(%2)를 사용하십시오." + +#~ msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." +#~ msgstr "모든 호스트를 지정하려면 필드를 비워 둡니다." + +# popup error message +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." +#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +#~ msgstr "idmapd를 시작할 수 없습니다. 도메인 설정을 확인하십시오." + +# translators: error message +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "idmapd를 다시 시작할 수 없습니다." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd" +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "idmapd를 중지할 수 없습니다." + #~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." #~ msgstr "'svcgssd'는 이미 실행 중입니다. 다시 시작할 수 없습니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/nis.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/nis.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/nis.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:51+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/nis_server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/nis_server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/nis_server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:34+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "이 호스트는 NIS 클라이언트도 됩니다.(&C)" @@ -403,22 +403,31 @@ msgstr "NIS 서버 질의 호스트 설정" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "NIS 도메인과 IP 주소 또는 마스터 NIS 서버의 호스트 이름을 입력하십시오." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "이 호스트 역시 이 컴퓨터를 서버로 사용하는 NIS 클라이언트이면 해당 옵션을 선택하십시오." #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "NIS 도메인 네임(&I):" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" +msgstr " NIS 도메인명(&D)" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Master Server: " +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "NIS 마스터 서버:" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "슬레이브 서버 설치" @@ -895,6 +904,9 @@ msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "NIS 클라이언트를 종료하고 있습니다." +#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#~ msgstr "NIS 도메인 네임(&I):" + #~ msgid "NIS &master server:" #~ msgstr "NIS 주서버(&M):" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/ntp-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/ntp-client.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/ntp-client.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:53+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -48,13 +48,13 @@ msgstr "잘못된 NTP 서버 호스트이름 %1" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "NTP 서버 주소(&N)" # User name for user: "ntp" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "NTP daemon" msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" @@ -62,12 +62,11 @@ # button label (run YaST client for NTP) #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP 구성 저장(&S)" # frame -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -80,7 +79,7 @@ msgstr "설정(&C)..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -94,14 +93,24 @@ # check box #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "DNS 서버와 동기화 중..." +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "LDAP 서버에 연결할 수 없습니다." + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" # local clock type name @@ -706,11 +715,20 @@ # help text 1/4 #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" +#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" +#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" +#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>NTP 데몬 시작</big> \n" "시스템 부팅 시 NTP 데몬을 시작할지 여부를 선택합니다.\n" @@ -719,7 +737,7 @@ # help text 2/4 #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -731,7 +749,7 @@ " Chroot Jail에서 NTP 데몬 실행을 설정합니다. chroot jail에서 아무 데몬이나 시작하는\n" " 것이 더 안전하므로 이 방법을 권장합니다." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" @@ -750,7 +768,7 @@ "서버의 개요 설정으로, 각각의 서버에 대한 접근 제어 플래그를 설정 할 수 있습니다. 추가로 이 옵션은 NTP를 DHCP 이용하여 설정 했을 경우 이용할 수 있습니다.\n" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -766,7 +784,7 @@ # help text 3/4 #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -782,7 +800,7 @@ # help text 4/4 #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" @@ -792,7 +810,7 @@ # help text to a button #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -804,7 +822,7 @@ # help text 1/4 #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -814,7 +832,7 @@ # help text 2/4 #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -826,7 +844,7 @@ # help text 3/4 #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -846,7 +864,7 @@ # help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -856,7 +874,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/2 #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -870,7 +888,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/2 #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -883,7 +901,7 @@ " 로컬 NTP 서버 또는 공공 NTP 서버를 선택하십시오." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -895,7 +913,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 2 #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -907,7 +925,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 3 #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -919,7 +937,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 4 #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -932,7 +950,7 @@ # help text 3/4, optional #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Options</big> \n" @@ -950,7 +968,7 @@ "옵션에 옵션을 넣어주세요.\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm을 확인하세요." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -970,7 +988,7 @@ # help text 1/6 #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -980,7 +998,7 @@ # help text 2/6 #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -990,7 +1008,7 @@ # help text 3/6 #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -1000,7 +1018,7 @@ # help text 4/6 #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -1010,7 +1028,7 @@ # help text 5/6 #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -1020,7 +1038,7 @@ # help text 6/6 #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -1029,7 +1047,7 @@ "이를 로컬 시간 설정에 사용하려면 들어오는 브로드캐스트를 선택합니다." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -1041,7 +1059,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/2 #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -1056,7 +1074,7 @@ " 그런 다음 발견된 서버 목록에서 서버를 선택합니다." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -1067,7 +1085,7 @@ " 국가에 대한 NTP 서버만 표시하려면 국가에서 선택합니다." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -1088,7 +1106,7 @@ " 자신에게 근접한 NTP를 찾아볼 수도 있습니다." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -1098,7 +1116,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -1114,7 +1132,7 @@ # help text 1/2 #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -1128,7 +1146,7 @@ # help text 2/2 #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "For information about the meaning of the options, install package\n" @@ -1547,10 +1565,13 @@ # progress step #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" @@ -1558,127 +1579,127 @@ # NtpClient read dialog caption #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP 클라이언트 구성을 저장하는 중" # progress stage #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "NTP 설정 기록" # progress stage #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP 데몬 다시 시작" # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 기록 중..." # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "NTP 데몬을 다시 시작하는 중..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "동적 구성 정책을 업데이트 할 수 없습니다." # error report #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "NTP 데몬을 다시 시작할 수 없습니다." # summary string #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "시스템을 시작할 때 NTP 데몬을 시작합니다." # summary string #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP 데몬을 자동으로 시작하지 않습니다." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:321 src/services/dns.ycp:158 # summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "서버: %1" # summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "라디오 클럭: %1" # summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "피어: %1" # summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "다음에 대한 브로드캐스트 시간 정보: %1" # summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "다음에서 브로드캐스트된 시간 정보 허용: %1" # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # Progress stage 6/10 #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "고정 및 DHCP 구성을 결합합니다." # pushbutton #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "단독 고정 구성 입니다." # src/dsl/complex.ycp:134 #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "사용자 정의 구성 정책입니다." # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 # progress step #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "NTP 서버 테스트 중..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "서버가 연결되어 있고 적절히 응답합니다." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "서버가 연결되어 있지 않고 응답하지 않습니다." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/oneclickinstall.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/oneclickinstall.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/oneclickinstall.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oneclickinstall.ko.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-19 14:41+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/online-update-configuration.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/online-update-configuration.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/online-update-configuration.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-13 01:35+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/online-update.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/online-update.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/online-update.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-28 11:16+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "온라인 업데이트 초기화 중" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -123,6 +123,13 @@ "업데이트 저장소가\n" "아직 없습니다. 지금 저장소를 구성하시겠습니까?" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "아직 설정되지 않았습니다." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/ko/po/opensuse_mirror.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/opensuse_mirror.ko.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/opensuse_mirror.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +# KOREAN message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ko\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +# type of item (displayed in the table) +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "디렉터리" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "오류" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "예" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "아니요" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "종료" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "오류" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "모두 선택 또는 선택 취소(&A)" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/packager.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/packager.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/packager.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-13 01:36+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -185,6 +185,16 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "텍스트 모드(&T)" +# an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "%1의 백업이 실패되었습니다. 자세한 내용은 %2을 보십시오." + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -588,7 +598,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." @@ -660,7 +670,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -944,7 +954,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "세부 사항" @@ -952,7 +962,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "다시 시도하시겠습니까?" @@ -1368,7 +1378,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "확인 시작(&S)" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "꺼냄(&E)" @@ -1657,7 +1667,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1701,19 +1711,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "설치 시스템을 준비하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "%1 제어 파일을 미디어에서 찾을 수 없습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "추가 제품을 사용할 수 없습니다." @@ -1721,23 +1731,23 @@ # %1 is integer number (greater than 1) # %2 is processor model name #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" # Proposal for home directory of uml user -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, 경로: %2" # selection box label #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "추가 제품" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The installation repository contains also the listed additional repositories.\n" @@ -1750,24 +1760,24 @@ "사용하고자 하는 것을 선택하세요." # selection box label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "추가 제품 선택" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "선택한 제품 추가(&P)" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Add-On 제품 CD를 삽입하십시오." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" @@ -1775,14 +1785,14 @@ # error message - %1 is file name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "%1 제품을 추가할 수 없습니다." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" @@ -1842,7 +1852,7 @@ # label of a combo box (medium means floppy or hard disk) #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Medium: %1" msgid "Medium %1" @@ -1852,13 +1862,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "완료되었습니다." @@ -1866,7 +1876,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1877,7 +1887,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1886,7 +1896,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "합계" @@ -1896,12 +1906,12 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1 다운로드 중(다운로드 크기 %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (Remaining: %1, %2 packages)" msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" @@ -1910,7 +1920,7 @@ # label in a popup informing about currently processed action #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." @@ -1918,7 +1928,7 @@ # label in a popup informing about currently processed action #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" @@ -1926,44 +1936,44 @@ #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1 삭제" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "%1 설치 중 (설치후 크기 %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "다음 델타 RPM 적용 중: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "이 컴퓨터는 64비트 x86-64 시스템입니다. 그러나 여기에 32비트 배포 버전을 설치하려고 했습니다." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "패턴 목록 상태기능은 시스템 설치 후에 사용할 수 있습니다." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slighltly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "제안에는 시스템에 설치될 최종 크기를 표시하고 있습니다. 그러나, 시스템에 다른 파일(임시 파일과 작업 파일)이 공간을 사용하기 때문에 제안된 크기보다 조금 많을 것입니다. 그러므로 설치를 시작하기 전에 25% (또는 300MB) 정도의 빈 공간을 확보 해두는것이 괜찮은 방법입니다." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be downloaded from remote (network) repositories.\n" @@ -1977,66 +1987,66 @@ # Proposal in uml module #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "소프트웨어 제안" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "제작: %1" # the installation proposal item # %1 is system name #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "시스템 종류: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "패턴: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "설치할 꾸러미 크기: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "원격 저장소로부터 다운로드 중: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These Add-On products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "이 Add-On 제품은 자동-제거 되도록 마크되었습니다: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please, contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new the installation media." msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "새 설치 미디어 제공을 받으려면 이 Add-On 의 제조사에 연락하세요." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please, contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with the new installation media." msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "새 설치 미디어 제공을 받으려면 이 Add-On 의 제조사에 연락하세요." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" # there is no enough space #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n" @@ -2048,27 +2058,75 @@ # part of a text #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "디스크 공간이 부족합니다." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "디스크 공간이 부족합니다. 꾸러미 몇 개를 한 번에 제거하십시오." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "%3 파티션에 사용 가능한 여유 공간이 %1(%2%%)만 있습니다. " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed" +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "%1 패키지가 설치되어질 것입니다." + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "%1 꾸러미가 업데이트 됨" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +# Popup Text +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Products that must be installed" +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "설치해야만 하는 제품" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "'%1' 에서 저장소를 찾을 수 없음." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -2086,33 +2144,33 @@ " 다운로드할 수 있습니다." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "부팅된 미디어 통합 중..." # error report #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "서비스 팩 저장소 통합에 실패." # progress stage title #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "저장소 초기화 중..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1 CD 1 을 삽입" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 을 찾을 수 없음" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -2121,7 +2179,7 @@ "자세한 내용은 %1 로그 파일에서 확인하십시오." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -2130,12 +2188,12 @@ "소프트웨어 제안이 다시 호출됩니다." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "꾸러미 선택을 분석하는 중..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2144,35 +2202,41 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "%1 저작권 파일을 읽을 수 없음" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" # menue label text #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "언어(&L)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" -msgstr "예. 사용권 계약에 동의합니다(&Y)" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "사용권 계약에 동의합니다.(&A)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "아니요. 동의하지 않습니다(&O)" +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +#| "on the first media in the file %1" +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" +"이 EULA의 인쇄는 첫번째 미디어의 \n" +"%1 파일로 할 수 있습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -2181,7 +2245,7 @@ "%1 파일로 할 수 있습니다." #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2191,20 +2255,20 @@ "하나를 선택하십시오. 사용권 계약에 동의하지 않으면 구성이\n" " 중단됩니다.\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "사용권 계약" # Confirm user request to abort installation #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Add-On 제품 설치를 중단하시겠습니까?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2213,7 +2277,7 @@ "정말 동의를 거부 하시겠습니까?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2223,7 +2287,7 @@ # progress step #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "시스템 종료 중..." @@ -2317,73 +2381,80 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Custom Registration Server" +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "사용자 등록 서버" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "URL 지정(&U)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "FTP(&F)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "HTTP(&H)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTTPS(&P)..." # tree node string (System Management BIOS) #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "SMB/CIFS(&S)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "NFS...(&N)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "CD...(&C)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "DVD...(&D)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "하드 디스크(&H)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "USB 대용량 스토리지(USB 스틱, 디스크)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "Local 디렉터리(&L)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "내부 ISO 이미지(&L)..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "저장소 설명 파일 내려받기(&D)" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2392,7 +2463,7 @@ "파일이면 ISO 이미지를 설정합니다." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2401,68 +2472,68 @@ "해당 미디어의 첫 번째 미디어 위치를 설정하세요.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "서버 이름(&S)" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "디렉터리 또는 ISO 이미지 경로(&P)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 이미지(&I)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "NFS v4 프로토콜(&F)" # Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "마운트 옵션" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(기본)" # translators: command line help text for groupname option -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "저장소의 URL" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "프로토콜(&r)" # translators: command line help text for groupname option #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "저장소의 URL(&U)" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "저장소 URL" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS 서버" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD 또는 DVD 미디어" @@ -2470,23 +2541,23 @@ # are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used # try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "하드디스크" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB 스틱 또는 디스크" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "로컬 디렉터리" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "내부 ISO 이미지" @@ -2495,26 +2566,26 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "서버 디렉터리" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # translators: error message #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "저장소 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "저장소 이름(&R)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" @@ -2523,12 +2594,12 @@ "저장소 이름을 사용하여 저장소의 이름을 지정합니다. 만약 비어 있을경우 YaST 제품이름 또는 URL을 이름으로 지정합니다.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "서비스 이름(&S)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" @@ -2539,17 +2610,17 @@ # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # error popup #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL을 비워 둘 수 없습니다." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL(&U)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2561,16 +2632,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "URL의 부분 편집" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "전체 URL 편집" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2580,7 +2651,7 @@ "서버 이름과 디렉터리 경로 또는 ISO 이미지\n" "를 사용하여 NFS 서버 호스트 이름과 경로를 지정." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2589,16 +2660,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM(&C)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "DVD-ROM(&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2607,13 +2678,13 @@ "미디어의 종류를 지정하려면 CD-ROM이나 DVD-ROM을 설정합니다." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO 이미지 파일" # error message #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2622,7 +2693,7 @@ "아니거나 없는 디렉터리입니다.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2631,7 +2702,7 @@ "아니거나 없는 파일입니다.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2642,17 +2713,17 @@ "사용 하시겠습니까?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "디렉터리 경로(&P)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "순수 RPM 디렉터리(&P)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" @@ -2674,22 +2745,22 @@ "체크하세요." #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "USB 대용량 저장 장치(&U)" # type of item (displayed in the table) #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "파일 시스템(&F)" # type of item (displayed in the table) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "디렉터리(&C)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" @@ -2718,7 +2789,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system which is used on the device will be automatically\n" @@ -2735,11 +2806,11 @@ # combo box label #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "디스크 장치(&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Disk</big> \n" @@ -2767,12 +2838,12 @@ "선택하세요." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 이미지 경로(&P)" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2783,74 +2854,74 @@ " 경로를 지정 합니다." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "서버 이름(&N)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "포트(&P)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "공유(&S)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO 이미지(&I)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "서버상의 디렉터리:(&D)" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "인증(&t)" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "익명(&A)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "작업그룹 또는 도메인(&W)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:143 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:154 # src/provider/dialogs.ycp:325 #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "열쇠글(&P)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "FTP(&F)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "HTTP(&T)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTTPS(&P)" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2875,7 +2946,7 @@ "파일이면 ISO 이미지를 설정합니다.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2886,12 +2957,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2902,7 +2973,7 @@ "하드디스크로 설정할 수 있습니다." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2913,7 +2984,7 @@ " 사용 가능한 제품 CD 세트나 DVD가 필요합니다." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2937,7 +3008,7 @@ " 기본 경로만 있으면 됩니다.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2956,29 +3027,29 @@ " /data1/CD1)를 지정하십시오.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the media type." msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "미디어 종류를 선택하십시오." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Add-On 제품 CD를 삽입하십시오." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Add-On 제품 DVD를 삽입하십시오." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:324 src/services/dns.ycp:160 # popup error message #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "검색된 USB 디스크 없음." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Download Files \n" @@ -3000,11 +3071,17 @@ "나중에 필요할 때 자동으로 다운로드 합니다. \n" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "미디어 종류" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Product" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Add-On 제품" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -3110,7 +3187,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "구성된 저장소" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "드라이브 꺼냄(&D)" @@ -3195,12 +3274,12 @@ # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 # Routing dialog caption #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "발견된 %1 서비스의 정보 수집하는 중..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -3211,7 +3290,7 @@ " 실행되고 있기 때문입니다." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "네트워크에서 SLP 저장소를 찾을 수 없습니다." @@ -3240,6 +3319,14 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "일부 꾸러미 선택을 해제하십시오." +#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "예. 사용권 계약에 동의합니다(&Y)" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "아니요. 동의하지 않습니다(&O)" + #~ msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..." #~ msgstr "USB 스틱 또는 디스크(&U)..." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/pam.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/pam.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/pam.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-26 11:35+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/pkg-bindings.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/pkg-bindings.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/pkg-bindings.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-16 10:19+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "꾸러미 관리자 불러오는 중..." @@ -194,6 +194,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "대상 시스템 초기화" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "설치된 꾸러미 읽기" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/printer.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/printer.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/printer.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-01 19:51+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/product-creator.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/product-creator.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/product-creator.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 16:56+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/proxy.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/proxy.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/proxy.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/qt-pkg.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/qt-pkg.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/qt-pkg.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-03 12:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -44,42 +44,42 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "저장소(&R)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "검색(&E)" # DEBUG #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "키워드(&K)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "설치매체(&I)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "설명(&E)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "기술 정보(&T)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "의존성 검사" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "버전(&V)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "파일 목록" # item of a combo box -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "로그 변경" @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -98,188 +98,188 @@ msgstr "취소(&C)" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "적용(&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "파일(&F)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "가져오기(&I)..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "내보내기(&E)..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "나가기 -- 변경사항 버림(&X)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "나가기 -- 변경사항 저장(&Q)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "꾸러미(&P)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "모든 꾸러미" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "새로운 버전이 사용가능하면 업데이트" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "무조건 업데이트" # Input field for path -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "패치(&P)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "구성" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "저장소(&R)..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "온라인 업데이트(&O)..." # menu item of the Etc. menu # submenu: dependency -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "의존성(&D)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "지금 확인(&C)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "자동 확인(&A)" # this is a menu entry #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "옵션(&O)" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "개발 꾸러미 표시(&V)" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "-debuginfo/-debugsource 꾸러미 표시(&D)" # ComboBox label -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "시스템 조회 모드(&S)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflicting packages" msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "충돌 꾸러미" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Extras" msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "특별기능(&E)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "제품 보기(&P)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "꾸러미 변경사항 표시(&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &Resource" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "리소스 보기(&R)" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "일치하는 모든 개발 꾸러미 설치(&D)" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "일치하는 모든 디버그 정보 꾸러미 설치(&B)" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "일치하는 모든 -debugsource 꾸러미 설치(&S)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "의존성 해결기 테스트 사례 생성(&T)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "도움말(&H)" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "개요(&O)" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "상징(&S)" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "키(&K)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "모든 꾸러미의 의존성에 문제가 없습니다." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "패치(&A)" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "꾸러미 목록 저장하기" @@ -287,51 +287,51 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "오류" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "%1에 꾸러미 목록을 내보내는 중 오류 발생" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "꾸러미 목록 불러오기" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "%1로 부터 꾸러미 목록을 불러오는 중 오류 발생" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 꾸러미가 업데이트 됨" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "계속(&C)" # Button label -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "취소(&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" # Progress stage 0/7 -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "추가된 하위 꾸러미:" @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/qt.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/qt.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/qt.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-12 01:04+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "스타일시트 편집기" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ "마우스의 왼쪽과 오른쪽 버튼 기능을 바꾸시겠습니까?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "예기치 않은 클릭" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/rdp.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/rdp.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/rdp.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/rear.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/rear.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/rear.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/registration.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/registration.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/registration.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-12 01:22+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -23,55 +23,106 @@ # dialog caption #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use custom registration server " msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "사용자 등록 서버 사용" +# radiobutton +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Novell 고객 센터 구성" + # dialog caption #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" # dialog caption #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "등록 코드" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "/etc/hosts 업데이트 중..." + +# dialog caption +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "등록 코드" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "구성 이름이 누락되었습니다." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated." +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "소프트웨어 저장소가 업데이트되었습니다." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -79,59 +130,65 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" # radiobutton -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Novell 고객 센터 구성" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +# src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 +# table header +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "전자 우편 주소" # dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "등록 코드" # dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" + +# dialog caption +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "등록" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -# dialog caption -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "등록 코드" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -139,60 +196,33 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +# dialog caption +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "세부 사항..." +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "등록 모듈 도움말" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - # dialog caption #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "등록 모듈 도움말" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" -msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait, while volumes are being detected." +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "볼륨을 감지하는 중입니다. 기다려 주세요." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -205,281 +235,396 @@ # Label of the registered hosts table #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Register New User" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "새 사용자 등록" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "사용자의 시스템이 사용할 준비가 되었습니다." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -# dialog caption -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "등록 코드" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration was successful." msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "등록에 성공하였습니다." -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -# dialog caption -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +# error popup text +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "등록 코드" +#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "SMT 인증서 파일 다운로드에 실패" -# dialog caption -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "등록 코드" +#| msgid "Import Certificate" +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "인증서 가져오기" # dialog caption -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "제품 등록" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "제품을 등록하면 Novell의 데이터베이스에 사용자 제품이 포함되므로 온라인 업데이트 및 기술 지원을 받을 수 있습니다. 설치하는 동안 자동으로 등록하려면 제품 등록 실행을 선택하십시오. 절차를 간소화하려면 하드웨어 프로파일 및 선택적 정보를 통해 시스템의 정보를 포함할 수 있습니다." +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "자동 설치 도중 실행" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 +# error message +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "사용하는 네트워크에 임의의 SMT 서버가 있는 경우, SMT 서버 설정으로 SMT 서버의 URL과 증명서 위치를 지정하세요. 자세한 내용은 SMT 설명서에서 확인하세요." +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "자동 설치 도중 실행 안 함" -# dialog caption -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" -msgstr "등록 코드" +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "사용할 등록 데이터" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" +# src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 +# table header +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "전자 우편 주소" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" +msgstr "구성 이름이 누락되었습니다." + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installed (Available)" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "설치되었음 (사용가능)" + # dialog caption -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "SMT 서버 설정" +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "Registration Server" +msgstr "등록 서버:" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "서버 URL: " + +# tree node string - means "hardware driver" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Discovery" +msgid "Use SLP discovery" +msgstr "검색" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr "서버 인증서로서" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "SMT 인증서: %1" + # dialog caption -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "등록 모듈 도움말" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "연결 준비" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "세부사항:" + # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" -msgstr "서버 CA 인증:" +#| msgid "Select Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "인증서 파일 선택" -# dialog caption -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." -msgstr "등록 코드" +#| msgid "Valid" +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "유효함" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" +# Error message. +# %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d, +# eg. nfsserver +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "인증서가 아직 만료되지 않았습니다.\n" + +# menubutton item +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expires: " +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "만료됨:" + +# Error message. +# %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d, +# eg. nfsserver +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "인증서가 아직 만료되지 않았습니다.\n" + +# radiobutton +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If &Serial Number is Known" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "시리얼 번호가 알려져 있다면(&U)" + +# label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: NIS Groups', 'Filter: Custom' +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "지문:" + +# label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: NIS Groups', 'Filter: Custom' +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "지문:" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "대상이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +# dialog caption +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "등록 코드" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration can not be performed." msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "등록을 실행할 수 없습니다." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -# dialog caption -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "등록 코드" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "세부 사항..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SMT Certificate" -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "SMT 인증서" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -# label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: NIS Groups', 'Filter: Custom' -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "지문:" +#| msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "원격 관리 구성 저장 중" -# label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: NIS Groups', 'Filter: Custom' -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "지문:" +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "SMT 인증서" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "확인 중..." +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "SMT 인증서" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Use local registration server" -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "로컬 등록 서버 사용" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown error" msgid "Unknown product" @@ -487,50 +632,52 @@ # progress stages #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting registration..." msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "등록 시작 중..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용권 계약" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" # error popup text #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" msgid "" @@ -539,65 +686,356 @@ "failed." msgstr "SMT 인증서 파일 다운로드에 실패" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the registration data." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "등록 자료를 넣으십시오." + +# dialog caption +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "등록 모듈 도움말" + +# helptext for TV Stations Dialog 1/3 +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "이곳에서 시스템에 설치된 모든 Add-On 제품을 확인할 수 있습니다." + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "세부 사항..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +# part of a text +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "유용하지 않습니다." + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +# dialog caption +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "등록 모듈 도움말" + +# text entry +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "ID" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "버전" + +# tree node string +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "아키텍쳐" + +# table header +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "규칙 유형" + +# dialog caption +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "등록 코드" + +# label in a popup informing about currently processed action +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading %1 extension..." +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "확장 %1 다운로드 중..." + +# yes-no popup +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "'%1'을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" + +# tree node string +# tree node string - CPU information +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "제조업체 식별자" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "버전(&V)" + +# tree node string +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "아키텍쳐(&A)" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Release" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "출시(&R)" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "제품을 등록하면 Novell의 데이터베이스에 사용자 제품이 포함되므로 온라인 업데이트 및 기술 지원을 받을 수 있습니다. 설치하는 동안 자동으로 등록하려면 제품 등록 실행을 선택하십시오. 절차를 간소화하려면 하드웨어 프로파일 및 선택적 정보를 통해 시스템의 정보를 포함할 수 있습니다." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "사용하는 네트워크에 임의의 SMT 서버가 있는 경우, SMT 서버 설정으로 SMT 서버의 URL과 증명서 위치를 지정하세요. 자세한 내용은 SMT 설명서에서 확인하세요." + +# dialog caption +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "등록 코드" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "사용 가능한 저장소 초기화" + +# dialog caption +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "SMT 서버 설정" + +# dialog caption +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "서버 CA 인증:" + +# src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "서버 CA 인증:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "없음" + +# src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Certificate File" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "인증서 파일 선택" + +# dialog caption +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "등록 모듈 도움말" + +# IPsec configure1 dialog caption #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate has been imported." +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "인증서를 가져왔습니다." + +# src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Server CA certificate:" msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "서버 CA 인증:" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -# radiobutton +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Novell 고객 센터 구성" +#| msgid "Invalid value." +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "잘못된 값입니다." +# dialog caption +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "확인 중..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use local registration server" +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "로컬 등록 서버 사용" + +# dialog caption +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "등록 코드" + +# dialog caption +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "등록 코드" + +# dialog caption +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "등록 코드" + # radiobutton #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" @@ -660,11 +1098,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "하드웨어 프로파일" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "사용할 등록 데이터" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "선택적 정보" @@ -1054,11 +1487,6 @@ #~ msgstr "옵션이 비어 있습니다." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Configuration name is missing." -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "구성 이름이 누락되었습니다." - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "The registration module is not available." #~ msgid "Registration code does not match mail address." #~ msgstr "registration 모듈이 사용가능한 상태가 아닙니다." @@ -1142,13 +1570,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "알수 없는 프로세스" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "자동 설치 도중 실행" - -# error message -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "자동 설치 도중 실행 안 함" - #, fuzzy #~| msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~| msgid_plural "%1 items of registration data" @@ -1171,9 +1592,6 @@ #~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" #~ msgstr "SMT 서버: %1" -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "SMT 인증서: %1" - #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "키(&K)" @@ -1266,9 +1684,6 @@ #~ "소프트웨어 저장소가 업데이트 되었습니다.\n" #~ "소프트웨어 저장소 모듈에서 자세한 내용을 찾아보세요." -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "소프트웨어 저장소가 업데이트되었습니다." - #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "소프트웨어 저장소 모듈에서 자세한 내용을 찾을 수 있습니다." @@ -1305,10 +1720,6 @@ #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." #~ msgstr "설치 지원을 위해 등록할 수 있습니다." -# dialog caption -#~ msgid "Registration server:" -#~ msgstr "등록 서버:" - # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" #~ msgstr "서버 CA 인증 위치:" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/reipl.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/reipl.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/reipl.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-22 12:03+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ "(WWPN '%2', LUN '%3')(으)로부터\n" "IPL 과 시스템을 다시 불러옵니다.\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -146,9 +146,10 @@ msgid "nss parameters" msgstr "ccw 매개변수" +# Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이름(&N)" # Translators: dialog caption #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 @@ -324,33 +325,33 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "reipl 방법 설정" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "ccw 방법이 설정되었고 사용되고 있습니다." # report message -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "ccw 방법이 설정되었습니다." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "ccw 방법이 지원되지 않습니다." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "fcp 방법이 설정되었고 사용되고 있습니다." # report message -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "fcp 방법이 설정되었습니다." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "fcp 방법이 지원되지 않습니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/relocation-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/relocation-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/relocation-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/s390.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/s390.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/s390.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:46+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "모두 선택 취소(&D)" #. error popup #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-client.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-client.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:13+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -232,6 +232,20 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "최대(&A)" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "허용된 서비스" + +# textentry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "그룹 이름" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -1000,59 +1014,62 @@ msgstr "설정사항을 기록하는 중..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "요구된 꾸러미들 설치" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "요구된 꾸러미 설치 중..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM 로그인" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kerberos 사용" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kerberos 사용하지 않음" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 영역" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 도메인" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC 서버 주소" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "시간차" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC 서버: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -1064,7 +1081,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 영역: %1 " # Translators: button # TODO ... @@ -1076,19 +1093,22 @@ msgstr "오프라인 인증 활성화됨" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "아니요" +# textentry label #. summary line #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DNS를 통해 구성을 취득" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 @@ -1096,6 +1116,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"시간차가 잘못되었습니다.\n" +"다시 시도하십시오.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1103,82 +1125,170 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"수명이 잘못되었습니다.\n" +"다시 시도하십시오." -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" - # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 # Samba-client read dialog caption -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "삼바 클라이언트 설정 초기화 중" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "삼바 클라이언트 설정 초기화 중" # translators: progress stage 1/4 -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "전역 삼바 설정 읽기" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "전역 삼바 설정 읽기" # translators: progress stage 3/4 -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "winbind 상태 읽기" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "winbind 상태 읽기" # translators: progress step 1/4 -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "전역 삼바 설정 읽는 중..." +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "전역 삼바 설정 읽는 중..." # translators: progress step 3/4 -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "winbind 상태 읽는 중..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "winbind 상태 읽는 중..." +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "삼바 클라이언트 설정 저장 중" + +# translators: progress stage 1/2 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "세팅 기록" + # translators: write progress stage -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "삼바 서비스 비활성화" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "삼바 서비스 비활성화" # translators: write progress stage -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "삼바 서비스 활성화" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "삼바 서비스 활성화" +# translators: progress step 1/1 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." + # translators: write progress step -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "삼바 서비스를 비활성화하는 중..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "삼바 서비스를 비활성화하는 중..." # translators: write progress step -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "삼바 서비스를 활성화하는 중..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "삼바 서비스를 활성화하는 중..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "%1 설정사항을 기록할 수 없습니다." +# src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 +# src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Kerberos 구성 쓰기" -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "winbind 서비스를 시작할 수 없습니다." +# src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 +# src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Kerberos 구성 쓰는 중..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "winbind 데몬을 시작할 수 없습니다." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "%1 설정사항을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "winbind 서비스를 중지할 수 없습니다." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "winbind 서비스를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "winbind 데몬을 중지할 수 없습니다." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "winbind 데몬을 시작할 수 없습니다." -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "PAM 설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "winbind 서비스를 중지할 수 없습니다." -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "전체적인 설정" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "winbind 데몬을 중지할 수 없습니다." -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "작업그룹 또는 도메인: %1" +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "PAM 설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "로그인 시 홈 디렉터리 작성" +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "전체적인 설정" -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "최대 공유 개수: %1" +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "작업그룹 또는 도메인: %1" +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "로그인 시 홈 디렉터리 작성" + +# Translators: button +# TODO ... +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "오프라인 인증 활성화됨" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "최대 공유 개수: %1" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "워크그룹 또는 도메인: %1" + # summary item: authentication using winbind -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr "SMB로 인증: %1" +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "SMB로 인증: %1" +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "새로운 패치(&N)" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-14 17:46+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-users.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-users.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-users.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-03 13:19+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/scanner.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/scanner.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/scanner.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:45+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/security.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/security.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/security.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-20 13:50+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/services-manager.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/services-manager.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/services-manager.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,14 +17,240 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +# progress step label +# progress step label +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "기본 시스템 설정 읽는 중..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + +# progress stage #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "기본 시스템 설정" + +# progress stage +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "기본 시스템 설정" + +# progress stage +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "기본 시스템 설정" + +# progress step label +# progress step label +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "기본 시스템 설정 읽는 중..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "공유가 가능한 것" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "소프트웨어 제안을 기본 값으로 재설정합니다." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "설치하기 위해 선택한 꾸러미가 없습니다." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "설치하기 위해 선택한 꾸러미가 없습니다." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +# src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 +# src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "설정 저장 중..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "시스템 설정 저장 중" + +# progress stage +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "기본 시스템 설정" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "서비스" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "활성화" + +# combo box item +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "활성" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "설명" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "시작(&S)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "Kdump 활성화/비활성화" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "세부 사항 표시(&D)" + +# Frame caption for software selection +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "소프트웨어 관리자" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the service status..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "서비스 상태 읽는 중..." + +# translators: service status radio button label +# translators: server module status +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "비활성화" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "활성화" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스(&S)" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스들" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -62,3 +288,88 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:235 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Bridge" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "기본 브릿지" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "아직 설정되지 않았습니다." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "%1: 장치의 상태를 변경할 수 없습니다." + +# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:318 +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dial mode" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "다이얼 모드" + +# command description +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "텍스트 모드" + +# multi selection box +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Graphical interface" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "그래픽 인터페이스(&G)" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "설치 방법 선택" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "전환 모드" + +# table item / label +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Default Settings" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "기본 설정 편집" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "기타 시스템" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "필요한 DMA 모드" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/slp-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/slp-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/slp-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:33+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/snapper.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/snapper.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/snapper.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -28,15 +28,15 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User name" msgid "User data" @@ -44,27 +44,27 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C&leanup Script" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "스크립트 지우기(&L)" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify %1" msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "%1 수정" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" # table cell, %1 is device name (eg. /dev/hda1) #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "PReP (%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ # table entry, %1 is IP address #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host %1" msgid "Post (%1)" @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ # push button #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New " msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "새로 작성" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the list of profiles" msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -95,42 +95,42 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" # yes-no popup #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "'%1'을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "싱가포르" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the list of profiles" msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." @@ -138,49 +138,49 @@ # dialog caption #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Current Configuration:" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "현재 구성:" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "형식" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "시작 날짜" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "끝 날짜" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 # Frame title -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "사용자 데이타" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Show Changes" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "변경사항 보기(&S)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "수정" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -188,21 +188,21 @@ # option description #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected Service" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "선택된 서비스" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "다음 %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." @@ -210,27 +210,27 @@ # table cell, NTP relationship type #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "실패한 확인 승인" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" # to translators: sound card has been removed from the machine #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Card removed" msgid "File was removed." msgstr "카드 제거됨" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ # %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d, # eg. nfsserver #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." @@ -246,101 +246,101 @@ # popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Nothing was modified yet." msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "수정 사항이 없습니다." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "R&estore and Reset" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "복원 및 재설정(&E)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore Options" msgid "Restore" msgstr "복원 옵션" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "새로 고침 선택됨(&F)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "열기(&O)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "새로 고침 선택됨(&F)" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgid "" @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgid "" @@ -365,19 +365,19 @@ msgstr "모듈 '%1' 의 설정을 사용자의 현재 시스템에 적용하시겠습니까?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "설치하기 위해 선택한 꾸러미가 없습니다." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "파일 복구" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/sound.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/sound.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/sound.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-14 17:51+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/squid.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/squid.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/squid.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-03 11:54+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -1770,11 +1770,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "아프리칸스어" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "아라비아어" # AM #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "페르시아어" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인도네시아어" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "라트비아어" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "말레이어" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "태국어" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1944,11 +1944,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "우즈베크어" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "베트남어" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/sshd.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/sshd.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/sshd.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 16:56+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -302,10 +302,11 @@ msgid "Sshd Overview" msgstr "" +# table header label #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "번호" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 16:54+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ # FIXME! Reused old trans intentionally! # FIXME! #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Special settings" @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ msgstr "기타 설정" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ "\n" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -203,15 +203,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "요쳥한 제안을 작성할 수 없습니다." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -1113,7 +1119,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "별도의 홈 파티션 제안(&H)" @@ -1132,7 +1138,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1148,7 +1154,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You tried to mount a fat partition to one of\n" @@ -1173,7 +1179,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You tried to mount a fat partition to the\n" @@ -1196,7 +1202,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You tried to mount a fat partition to the\n" @@ -1219,7 +1225,7 @@ # popup text %1 is a number #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1241,7 +1247,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning:\n" @@ -1263,7 +1269,7 @@ "정말 이 크기를 부트 파티션으로 사용하시겠습니까?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1277,7 +1283,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1306,7 +1312,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1326,7 +1332,7 @@ "\n" "정말 이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1335,7 +1341,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1353,31 +1359,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 -msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"경고: 현재 \"boot\" 파티션이 없고 \"root\" 파티션이\n" -"LVM 논리 볼륨입니다. 이러한 구성은 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" -"현재 설정을 사용하면 설치된 %1을(를)\n" -"부팅할 때 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" -"\n" -"이 작업에 대해 잘 모르는 경우에는 /boot 아래의\n" -"일반 파티션에서 파일을 사용하십시오.\n" -"\n" -"정말 이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" - -# popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" @@ -1415,7 +1397,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1453,13 +1435,13 @@ # / yes-no popup contents #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "정말 이 설정대로 사용하시겠습니까?" # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1491,7 +1473,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1511,7 +1493,7 @@ # continued popup text #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1524,7 +1506,7 @@ # continued popup text #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1541,7 +1523,7 @@ # continued popup text #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1553,7 +1535,7 @@ # popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. /dev/md0 #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1563,7 +1545,7 @@ # popup text %1 is replaced by a name #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1573,7 +1555,7 @@ # popup text %1 is replaced by a name #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1583,7 +1565,7 @@ # popup text %2 is a partition name, %1 is the raid name #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1592,7 +1574,7 @@ "삭제하기 전에 먼저 RAID에서 장치를 제거하십시오.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1600,12 +1582,12 @@ "장치(%2)를 %1에서 사용하고 있습니다.\n" "삭제하기 전에 먼저 %1을(를) 제거하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" @@ -1621,7 +1603,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1641,7 +1623,7 @@ # popup text, Do not translate LVM. #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1655,7 +1637,7 @@ # popup text, Do not translate LVM. #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1670,7 +1652,7 @@ # popup text, Do not translate LVM. #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1693,15 +1675,15 @@ # advise user to remember his new password #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "이곳에 입력한 열쇠글을 잊어버리지 않도록 주의하세요." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "열쇠글 비워두기 허용." @@ -1742,7 +1724,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1757,7 +1739,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1790,7 +1772,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1802,7 +1784,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -2264,7 +2246,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -2277,25 +2259,25 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "서명 처리" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty password is not allowed." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "빈 열쇠글은 허용되지 않습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "%1 영역 이름은 이미 존재합니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2338,7 +2320,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2365,7 +2347,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -2383,7 +2365,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -2416,7 +2398,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2701,12 +2683,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2714,34 +2696,34 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unmounting %1$s" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "%1$s을(를) 언마운트 중" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" # popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "%1에 파티션을 생성할 수 없습니다." # popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "%1에 파티션을 생성할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -2752,7 +2734,7 @@ "%1 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "장치 다시 검색" @@ -2763,52 +2745,60 @@ # Heading text #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "열쇠글 입력" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "iSCSI 설정(&I)..." +# push button label #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &zFCP..." +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "zFCP 설정(&Z)..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "다중경로 설정(&M)..." # Network card status #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "DASD 설정(&D)..." # push button label #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "zFCP 설정(&Z)..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "XPRAM 설정(&X)..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "설정..." # table item / label #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "사용할 수 있는 %1 의 저장매체" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2817,7 +2807,7 @@ "표시합니다." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "By double clicking on a table entry\n" @@ -2833,7 +2823,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2842,7 +2832,7 @@ "장치에 관한 자세한 정보를 볼 수 있습니다." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2851,7 +2841,7 @@ "디스크를 다시 검색하시겠습니까?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2860,9 +2850,22 @@ "iSCSI 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +#| "Really call zFCP configuration?" +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" +"zFCP 구성을 호출하면 현재 모든 변경 사항이 취소 됩니다.\n" +"zFCP 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Calling Multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2875,7 +2878,7 @@ "다중경로 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2884,7 +2887,7 @@ "DASD 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2893,7 +2896,7 @@ "zFCP 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -3200,9 +3203,47 @@ msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "사용 장치(&U)" +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "새 파티션의 크기를 선택하세요." + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "운영 체제" + +# frame +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "델타 RPM 응용 프로그램 진행" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +# summary item: selected role for the samba server +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "역할: %s" + # helptext for popup create partition line 1 of 6 #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -3211,7 +3252,7 @@ "포맷할지 결정하세요." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -3226,7 +3267,7 @@ # helptext for popup create partition line 2 of 6 #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -3239,51 +3280,51 @@ "(/, /boot, /usr, /var, 등.)" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "포맷 옵션" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "파티션 포맷" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "파티션을 포맷하지 않음" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "파티션을 마운트 하지 않음" # Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "마운트 옵션" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "파티션 마운트" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "마운트 포인트" # button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fstab 옵션(&T)..." # popup message #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Crypt 파일은 암호화 되어야 합니다." # popup text #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -3296,19 +3337,19 @@ "포맷 옵션에 대해서도 확인 하세요.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Crypt 파일은 마운트 포인트가 필요합니다." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Crypt 파일은 마운트 포인트가 필요합니다." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -3323,7 +3364,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -3345,23 +3386,23 @@ "\n" # Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "모든 변경을 잃어버리게 될 것입니다.!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "열쇠글" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -3372,7 +3413,7 @@ " 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" # popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "" @@ -3381,7 +3422,7 @@ msgstr "%1에 파티션을 생성할 수 없습니다." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -3394,23 +3435,23 @@ "때문에 %1 파티션 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "%1 파티션 크기 조정" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "%1 논리 볼륨 크기 조정" # heading / label #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "현재 크기: %1" # table header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "현재 사용: %1" @@ -3420,8 +3461,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3434,7 +3475,7 @@ # IntField - max. log size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" @@ -3442,26 +3483,26 @@ # IntField - max. log size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "최소 크기 (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "사용자 정의 크기" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "새 크기를 선택하세요." #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -3471,7 +3512,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3480,12 +3521,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "%1 의 출력" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "디스크 다시 검색 중..." @@ -3707,36 +3748,36 @@ msgstr "입력한 영역이 잘못되었습니다." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "%1 에 파티션 추가" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr " %1 파티션 편집" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition." msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "확장 파티션에 공간이 남아있지 않습니다." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap" msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "파티션 %1을 스왑으로 조절합니다." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount partition" msgid "Move partition %1?" @@ -3744,22 +3785,22 @@ # radio button, type of zone #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "전달" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "배경" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "모든 파티션의 삭제 확인" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3768,7 +3809,7 @@ "계속할 경우 이 파티션은 삭제됩니다." # popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "정말 \"%1\"에 있는 모든 파티션을 삭제하시겠습니까?" @@ -3785,7 +3826,7 @@ # translators: error message #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "디스크가 사용 중이고 수정할 수 없습니다." @@ -4853,13 +4894,13 @@ # popup heading #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "%1 에 논리적 볼륨 추가" # popup heading #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "%2의 논리 볼륨 %1 편집" @@ -5091,7 +5132,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "설정" @@ -5343,17 +5384,17 @@ msgstr "RAID 로 사용되는 장치를 변경합니다." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAID 추가 %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 크기 변경" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 편집" @@ -5469,64 +5510,64 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "레이블" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "마운트 방식" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "사용" # tree node string #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "실린더 정보" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Fibre 채널 정보" # Text entry label #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "암호화" # tree node string #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름" # label text #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "볼륨 레이블" @@ -5534,9 +5575,8 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "장치 ID" @@ -5544,45 +5584,59 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "장치 경로" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "옵션" + +# label text +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "End Cylinder" +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "마지막 실린더" + # src/isdn/interface.ycp:235 #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "기본 마운트 방법" # Translators: text entry label # Translators: combo box label #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "기본 파일 시스템" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "저장 장치 표시 방법" # dialog caption #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "저장매체 장치의 정보 표시:" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -5591,7 +5645,7 @@ "표시됨:" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -5602,7 +5656,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Default File System gives the file\n" @@ -5615,7 +5669,7 @@ "파일 시스템의 종류를 지정합니다." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -5624,7 +5678,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5633,7 +5687,7 @@ "하위조직에서 하드 디스크 이름을 표시하는 방법을 지정합니다." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -6009,14 +6063,14 @@ msgstr "패턴" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "크기(&S)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "" @@ -6024,14 +6078,14 @@ "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "값은 반드시 0에서 32767사이어야 합니다. 다시 시도하세요" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "값은 반드시 0에서 32767사이어야 합니다. 다시 시도하세요" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -6039,17 +6093,17 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "스왑 우선순위(&p)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "값은 반드시 0에서 32767사이어야 합니다. 다시 시도하세요" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -6058,14 +6112,14 @@ "스왑 우선순위를 입력해 주세요. 높은 숫자가 높은 우선순위를 의미합니다.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount &read-only" msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "읽기 전용 마운트(&R)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Mount Read-Only:\n" @@ -6079,14 +6133,14 @@ "파일 시스템에 기록하는 것이 불가능합니다. 기본값은 아니요(false) 입니다.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No &access time" msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "접근 시간 기록 하지 않음(&A)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No access time:\n" @@ -6099,14 +6153,14 @@ "파일을 읽을 때 접근 시간을 업데이트 하지 않습니다. 기본값은 불가입니다." #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &user" msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "일반사용자에게 마운트 허용(&U)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -6115,12 +6169,12 @@ "일반 사용자가 파일 시스템을 마운트 할수 있습니다. 기본값은 불가입니다.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "시스템이 시작할때 마운트를 하지 않습니다(&S)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" @@ -6145,12 +6199,12 @@ # yes-no popup #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Quota 지원 활성화(&Q)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -6161,13 +6215,13 @@ "기본값은 아니요(false)입니다.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "데이터 저널링 모드(&J)" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -6195,12 +6249,12 @@ " <tt>writeback</tt> -- 데이터 순서가 유지되지 않습니다. 속도는 빠르지만 만일의 상황에 대응할 수 없습니다.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Access Control Lists (ACL)(&A)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -6209,12 +6263,12 @@ "파일 시스템에 ACL을 활성화합니다.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "확장된 사용자 속성(&E)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -6223,21 +6277,21 @@ "파일 시스템에 확장된 사용자 속성을 사용할 수 있게 합니다.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Arbitrary option &value" msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "임의의 항목 값(&v)" # error popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "마운트 포인트에 잘못된 문자가 있습니다. 마운트 포인트에 \"`'!\"%#\" 를 사용하지 마세요." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -6248,13 +6302,13 @@ " 옵션이 여러 개 있으면 쉼표로 구분하여 입력합니다.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "파일이름을 위한 문자셋(&S)" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -6263,13 +6317,13 @@ "윈도우 파티션의 파일이름을 표시하기 위해 사용될 문자셋을 설정하십시오.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "간단한 FAT 이름을 위한 코드페이지(&P)" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" @@ -6278,12 +6332,12 @@ "이 코드 페이지는 FAT 파일 시스템의 짧은 이름 문자를 변환하기 위해 쓰입니다.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "FAT의 갯수(&F)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." @@ -6292,7 +6346,7 @@ "파일 시스템의 파일 위치 테이블의 개수를 지정하세요. 기본값은 2 입니다." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FAT &size" msgid "FAT &Size" @@ -6300,7 +6354,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FAT size:\n" @@ -6313,21 +6367,21 @@ "파일 할당 테이블이 사용할 종류(12, 16 또는 32-bit)를 지정해주세요. 자동지정을 선택하면 YaST는 자동으로 파일 시스템 크기에 알맞은 값을 선택합니다.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root &dir entries" msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "루트 디렉터리 엔트리(&D)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "\"루트 디렉터리를 위한 엔트리\"의 최소 사이즈는 112입니다. 다시 입력해 주시기 바랍니다." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Root dir entries:\n" @@ -6340,7 +6394,7 @@ "루트 디렉터리의 유효한 엔트리 값을 선택해 주시기 바랍니다." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hash &function" msgid "Hash &Function" @@ -6348,7 +6402,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hash function:\n" @@ -6361,14 +6415,14 @@ "디렉터리의 파일 이름을 정렬하기 위한 해시 기능의 종류을 지정합니다." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FS &revision" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "파일 시스템 리비젼(&r)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FS revision:\n" @@ -6382,7 +6436,7 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Block &size in bytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" @@ -6390,7 +6444,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6405,14 +6459,14 @@ # label text #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Inode 크기(&I)" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -6421,14 +6475,14 @@ "이 옵션은 파일 시스템의 inode 크기를 지정합니다.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "아이노드 공간 할당량(&P)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Percentage of inode space:\n" @@ -6441,7 +6495,7 @@ "\"i노드 공간의 비율\"은 i노드에 할당될 수 있는 파일 시스템 공간의 최대 비율을 지정합니다.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inode &aligned" msgid "Inode &Aligned" @@ -6449,7 +6503,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Inode Aligned:\n" @@ -6468,14 +6522,14 @@ "효율적인 접근을 합니다.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "로그크기(MB)(&L)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6490,7 +6544,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Log size\n" @@ -6503,19 +6557,19 @@ " 로그 크기(MB)를 설정하십시오. 자동으로 선택하도록 하면 기본적으로 전체 크기의 40%로 설정됩니다." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "배드 블럭 리스트 도구 실행(&U)" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stride &length in blocks" msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "블럭당 Stride 길이(&L)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" @@ -6529,7 +6583,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6542,7 +6596,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6555,7 +6609,7 @@ "블럭의 바이트수를 지정하십시오. 유효한 블럭의 크기는 블럭당 1024, 2048, 4096입니다. 자동을 선택하시면, 블럭의 크기는 그 파일시스템의 크기와 쓰임새에 따라 결정됩니다.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bytes per &inode" msgid "Bytes per &Inode" @@ -6563,7 +6617,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bytes per inode:\n" @@ -6586,14 +6640,14 @@ "파일 시스템이 생성된 후 inode의 수를 늘이는 것이 불가능하기 때문에, 이 매개변수 값은 신중히 설정하십시오\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "root를 위해 예약된 블럭의 퍼센티지(&R)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6608,21 +6662,21 @@ # help text, richtext format #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "root를 위해 예약된 블럭의 퍼센티지:관리자를 위해 예약된 블럭의 퍼센티지를 기입하십시오. 기본값은 5%입니다.." #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable regular checks" msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "기본 점검 비활성화" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Disable regular checks:\n" @@ -6635,12 +6689,12 @@ "부팅할 때 기본 파일 시스템 점검을 비활성화 합니다.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "디렉터리 색인 기능(&D)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" @@ -6649,12 +6703,12 @@ "항목이 많은 디렉터리의 검색 속도를 빨리하기 위해 b-tree 라고 하는 해시 기능을 활성화 합니다.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -6662,13 +6716,13 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" # popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6702,7 +6756,7 @@ # popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6735,7 +6789,7 @@ " 없습니다.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6758,7 +6812,7 @@ "그러나 이 기능은 디스크애 존재하는 모든 파티션의 데이터를 파괴합니다.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6776,7 +6830,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "크기를 조정할 수 없습니다." @@ -6789,7 +6843,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -6809,7 +6863,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6821,7 +6875,7 @@ # error popup #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6839,7 +6893,7 @@ # Translators: popup dialog heading #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" @@ -6847,23 +6901,23 @@ # Heading text #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "열쇠글 입력" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "암호화 볼륨 그룹" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6872,14 +6926,14 @@ msgstr "" # popup question -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "재시도 하시겠습니까?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6888,13 +6942,13 @@ # Translators: popup dialog heading #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "암호화 키 입력" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" @@ -6902,7 +6956,7 @@ # vendor and device information strings as stored # in the hardware-probing database. #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" @@ -6912,53 +6966,53 @@ # vendor and device information strings as stored # in the hardware-probing database. #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2에서 아래 장치를 검색했습니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" # this is a heading -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "DASD 디스크" # this is a heading -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "DASD 디스크" # tree node string -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "디스크" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy #| msgid "RAID" msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "RAID" msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -6968,7 +7022,7 @@ "파일 시스템을 마운트할 수 없기 때문에\n" "%1 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6978,7 +7032,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치 작업에 필요한 스왑이 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "설정을 변경할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6988,7 +7042,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치 작업에 필요한 설치 데이터가 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "설정을 변경할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6998,7 +7052,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치 작업에 필요한 스왑이 포함되어 있기 때문에 \n" "삭제할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -7008,7 +7062,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치 작업에 필요한 설치데이터가 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "삭제할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -7026,7 +7080,7 @@ "간접적으로 변경하게 되므로\n" "삭제할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -7042,7 +7096,7 @@ "간접적으로 변경하게 되므로 삭제할 수 없습니다.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -7056,20 +7110,20 @@ "%1 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "루트 파일시스템 복사 중..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add the following resolvables failed: %1" msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" @@ -7827,21 +7881,21 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "일관성이 없는 파일 시스템으로 인해 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다. Windows에서 파일 시스템을 확인해 보십시오." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "LVM 기반 계획안 만들기(&L)" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" @@ -7849,33 +7903,33 @@ # heading text #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "파일 시스템 옵션:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "별도의 홈 파티션 제안(&H)" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:242 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Special settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "기타 설정" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -7888,7 +7942,7 @@ "LVM 기반 제안을 만들려면 해당 버튼을 선택하세요.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7897,28 +7951,28 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" # heading text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "암호화에 대한 열쇠글을 입력하세요." # PasswordEntry label #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "열쇠글:" @@ -7926,7 +7980,7 @@ # Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "확인을 위해 같은 열쇠글을 다시 입력하세요:" @@ -7954,33 +8008,55 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "기본 마운트 방법:" # Translators: text entry label # Translators: combo box label -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Default File System" msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "기본 파일 시스템" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "저장매체 장치 표시 방법" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partition mounted" msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "마운트된 파티션" # dialog caption -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "저장매체 장치의 정보 표시:" +# popup text +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "경고: 현재 \"boot\" 파티션이 없고 \"root\" 파티션이\n" +#~ "LVM 논리 볼륨입니다. 이러한 구성은 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" +#~ "현재 설정을 사용하면 설치된 %1을(를)\n" +#~ "부팅할 때 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "이 작업에 대해 잘 모르는 경우에는 /boot 아래의\n" +#~ "일반 파티션에서 파일을 사용하십시오.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "정말 이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" + #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "파티션 설정 편집(&E)..." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/sudo.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/sudo.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/sudo.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-14 01:01+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/support.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/support.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/support.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -22,10 +22,13 @@ msgid "Configuration of support" msgstr "" +# screen caption +# screen title +# screen caption #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "지원" #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 @@ -37,18 +40,24 @@ msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "" +# screen caption +# screen title +# screen caption #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "SUSE 지원 서비스" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" +# ComboBox item #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "공개" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -93,7 +102,7 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다른 이름으로 저장" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "Directory to Save" @@ -118,7 +127,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -175,13 +184,14 @@ msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "" +# dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전문가 설정" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "옵션" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -207,13 +217,17 @@ msgid "Company" msgstr "" +# src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 +# table header #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전자 우편 주소" +# src/isdn/complex.ycp:266 src/modem/complex.ycp:207 +# src/provider/complex.ycp:186 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이름" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -236,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -248,9 +262,10 @@ msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "" +# Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "처리" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -260,7 +275,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "파일 명" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -273,12 +288,15 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +# Read dialog help 2/2 #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>초기화 취소:</big> \n" +"지금 취소를 누름으로써 설정 유틸리티를 안전하게 취소할 수 있습니다.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -287,6 +305,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +# Write dialog help 2/2 #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" @@ -295,6 +314,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>저장 중단:</big> \n" +"중단을 눌러 저장을 중단하십시오.\n" +"이 작업이 안전한지 여부를 알려 주는 추가 대화 상자가 나타납니다.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -312,6 +335,7 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" +# src/isdn/complex.ycp:153 #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" @@ -319,13 +343,16 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>편집 또는 삭제:</big> \n" +"편집을 누르면 구성을 변경할 수 있는\n" +" 대화 상자가 추가로 열립니다.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -407,7 +434,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -450,7 +477,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -462,6 +489,8 @@ " \n" msgstr "" +# src/isdn/complex.ycp:226 +# Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 msgid "" @@ -469,6 +498,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>구성 2부</big> \n" +"계속하려면 다음을 누르십시오.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -477,6 +509,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>항목 선택</big> \n" +"선택은 불가능합니다. 먼저 코딩을 해야 합니다. :-)\n" +" " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -754,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -762,10 +797,11 @@ msgid "Support Configuration" msgstr "" +# Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -774,7 +810,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "루트 열쇠글" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -790,33 +826,39 @@ msgid "Saving Support Configuration" msgstr "" +# translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "세팅 기록" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행" +# translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." +# translators: progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행 중입니다..." +# progress step #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "완료됨" +# TODO FIXME: your code here... +# Configuration summary text for autoyast #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "구성 요약..." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/sysconfig.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/sysconfig.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/sysconfig.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-12 21:20+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -536,53 +536,113 @@ "<big>sysconfig 설정을 저장하는 중입니다</big>\n" " 기다려주십시오... \n" -# helptext for popup - part 3/3 -#~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " SuSEconfig는 각 구성 파일의 체크섬을 저장하기 때문에 사용자가 특정 구성 파일을\n" -#~ "수동으로 변경했는지 여부를 추적할 수 있습니다. 수동으로 변경한 구성 파일에 대해서는 아무런\n" -#~ "작업도 수행되지 않습니다.\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "검색 중..." -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "검색 중..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "명령어: " -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "명령어: " - # src/isdn/interface.ycp:99 -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "생략(&k)" +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "생략(&k)" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "명령어가 실행될 것입니다" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "명령어가 실행될 것입니다" -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "명령어 시작 중입니다: %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "명령어 시작 중입니다: %1..." -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "'%1 명령어 실패" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "'%1 명령어 실패" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "sysconfig 설정 저장" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "sysconfig 설정 저장" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "새로운 설정사항 기록" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "새로운 설정사항 기록" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "변경사항 활성화" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "변경사항 활성화" -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "%2 파일에 %1 변수를 저장하는 중에 실패되었습니다." +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "%2 파일에 %1 변수를 저장하는 중에 실패되었습니다." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "%1 변수를 저장하는 중..." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "%1 변수를 저장하는 중..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "변경사항을 파일에 저장하는 중..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "변경사항을 파일에 저장하는 중..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "%1 서비스는 다시 읽어드릴 것입니다" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "%1 서비스를 다시 읽어들이는 중..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "%1 서비스 다시 읽어들임 실패" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "%1 서비스가 재시작될 것입니다" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "%1 서비스를 재시작하는 중..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "%1 서비스의 재시작 실패" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "완료" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "설정 요약" + +# helptext for popup - part 3/3 +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " SuSEconfig는 각 구성 파일의 체크섬을 저장하기 때문에 사용자가 특정 구성 파일을\n" +#~ "수동으로 변경했는지 여부를 추적할 수 있습니다. 수동으로 변경한 구성 파일에 대해서는 아무런\n" +#~ "작업도 수행되지 않습니다.\n" + # message #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "모든 구성 스크립트를 시작합니다." @@ -606,30 +666,6 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "구성 모듈 %1을(를) 실행하지 못했습니다." -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "%1 서비스는 다시 읽어드릴 것입니다" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "%1 서비스를 다시 읽어들이는 중..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "%1 서비스 다시 읽어들임 실패" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "%1 서비스가 재시작될 것입니다" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "%1 서비스를 재시작하는 중..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "%1 서비스의 재시작 실패" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "완료" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "설정 요약" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/tftp-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/tftp-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/tftp-server.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-02 17:38+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/timezone_db.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/timezone_db.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/timezone_db.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-16 17:09+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/tune.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/tune.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/tune.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-23 12:58+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -17,39 +17,39 @@ "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "하드웨어 감지 - 이 모듈은 명령줄 인터페이스를 지원하지 않습니다. '%1' 를 사용하세요." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "하드웨어 찾는 중..." # Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "진행" # title label #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "모든 항목(&A)" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "파일에 저장(&S)..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "하드웨어 정보" # help text #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" @@ -57,21 +57,30 @@ " 하드웨어 정보는 컴퓨터의 상세한 하드웨어 모듈을 표시합니다.\n" "좀더 자세한 정보를 원한다면 아무 노드나 클릭해 주십시오.\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "하드웨어 정보를 파일에 저장할 수 있습니다. 파일에 저장을 클릭하고 파일 이름을 입력하십시오." +# progress bar stage +# progress stage +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "시스템 설정" + # this is a heading # tree node string #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "시스템" # this is a menu entry #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "시스템(&Y)" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/update.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/update.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/update.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.ko.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-03 13:21+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "업데이트 옵션" @@ -182,18 +182,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "%1 업데이트" @@ -275,9 +275,19 @@ "있습니다. 업데이트하는 동안 이러한 꾸러미를 삭제하려면\n" " 지속되지 않는 꾸러미들을 삭제를 활성화하십시오.\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -287,13 +297,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "목표 시스템의 마운트 실패" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" @@ -372,12 +382,12 @@ # error report #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "현재 RPM 데이터베이스를 읽을 수 없습니다." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "설치된 제품이 설치 미디어에 있는 제품과 호환되지 않습니다." @@ -385,14 +395,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" @@ -408,22 +418,22 @@ "다른 버전 제품의 소프트웨어 저장소를 비활성화 시키세요." #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "위험: '%1'에서 '%2'로 업데이트 중, 제품이 올바르게 일치하지 않습니다." #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "설치된 꾸러미만 업데이트" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "패턴을 기반으로 업데이트" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Update Options</big>\n" @@ -442,17 +452,17 @@ "그 외에 관리되지 않는 꾸러미를 삭제할지 유지할 지도 결정할 수 있습니다." #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "업데이트 옵션(&U)" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "다음 파일이 모두 없습니다:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -466,13 +476,13 @@ # summary text - unknown DMA mode is selected #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "알 수 없는 리눅스" # src/config/dns.y2cc:11 #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "알 수 없거나 리눅스가 아님" @@ -480,17 +490,17 @@ # %1 is integer number (greater than 1) # %2 is processor model name #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1(%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "부팅 할 파티션 또는 시스템:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -501,12 +511,12 @@ "\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "업데이트 할 파티션 또는 시스템:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -517,12 +527,12 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "업데이트를 위한 선택" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -535,45 +545,45 @@ "\n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "시스템" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "파티션" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "아키텍쳐" # type of item (displayed in the table) #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "파일 시스템" # table header #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "라벨" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "모든 파티션 표시(&S)" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:256 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:51 #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "부팅(&B)" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -582,7 +592,7 @@ "찾을 수 없습니다." #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" @@ -595,7 +605,7 @@ "다릅니다." #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" @@ -604,13 +614,13 @@ "이 파티션을 사용하시겠습니까?" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "예(&Y), 사용합니다." #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -622,12 +632,12 @@ "\n" "계속 하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "예, 계속합니다(&Y)" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -636,18 +646,18 @@ "SBD 문서를 참조하십시오." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "알 수 없는 리눅스 시스템" # Button that will continue with the repair #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "비 리눅스 시스템" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -662,7 +672,7 @@ " 컴퓨터를 다시 시작하십시오.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "파티션 %1 을 검사" @@ -671,23 +681,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "세부 사항 표시(&D)" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "%1의 파일 시스템을 확인하는 중..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "파일 시스템 확인에 실패" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -703,14 +713,14 @@ " 장치 마운팅을 계속하시겠습니까?" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "마운트를 생략(&S)" # popup text # error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "열쇠글이 잘못되었습니다. 다시 시도하시겠습니까?" @@ -729,14 +739,14 @@ # the computer system has a 64bit (x86-64) bit processor but # the user booted from a 32bit installation medium #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "경고" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" @@ -761,7 +771,7 @@ "현재 시스템에 업데이트를 계속 합니까?" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -795,29 +805,29 @@ # DIALOG TEXTS # Connection dialog caption #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "마운트 옵션 지정(&S)" # Table label for basic-options listing #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "마운트 옵션" # label text #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "마운트 포인트(&M)" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "장치(&D)" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -828,12 +838,12 @@ # FIXME # currently unused #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var 파티션 %1을(를) 마운트할 수 없습니다.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -845,18 +855,18 @@ "udev IDs: %5, \n" "udev 경로: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "없음" # message box #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "/var 파티션을 자동으로 찾을 수 없음" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -867,24 +877,24 @@ "선택하고 업그레이드 진행을 계속하세요." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "/var 파티션 장치를 선택(&S)" # table column headings #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "장치 정보" # message box #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "이 디스크 구성으로는 /var 파티션을 마운트할 수 없습니다.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -897,7 +907,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -910,17 +920,17 @@ "다른 것으로 변경하기를 강력하게 권장합니다." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "fstab를 찾을수 없습니다." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "/etc/fstab의 루트 파티션에 잘못된 루트 장치가 있습니다.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "이 장치는 현재 %1(으)로 마운트되어 있지만 %2(으)로 표시됩니다.\n" @@ -941,39 +951,75 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "가능한 업데이트를 확인 중..." +# error report for command line +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kerberos schema file not found" +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "Kerberos 스키마 파일을 찾을 수 없음" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read license file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "%1 저작권 파일을 읽을 수 없음" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "꾸러미 다운그레이드 허용" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation" +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "설치할 패키지 %1개를 선택하지 못했습니다." + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "업데이트 설정" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "업데이트" # power saving scheme name, combo box and default contents of text entry -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "업데이트 실행" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "시스템 구성 업데이트" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "업데이트 설정" +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "꾸러미 다운그레이드 허용" + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "정리" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/users.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/users.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/users.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-14 17:32+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ # advise user to remember his new password #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "이곳에 입력한 열쇠글을 잊어버리지 않도록 주의하세요." @@ -5077,23 +5077,23 @@ # summary label #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>사용자</h3>" # summary label #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>그룹</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>로그인 설정</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "%1 사용자는 자동 로그인으로 설정됨" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/vm.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/vm.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/vm.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-28 14:50+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ msgstr "Hypervisor와 도구 설치" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" # we are already in UML, for nested UML we would need # nested UML kernel (CONFIG_NEST_LEVEL=1) which is not present #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ "호스트 시스템에서 설치를 시작하십시오.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "설치된 꾸러미 확인" @@ -58,130 +59,172 @@ # Commandline help title # Network cards summary dialog caption #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "네트워크 브리지 구성" # description of configuration object #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "VM 서버(도메인 0) 구성" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>VM 서버 구성</big>VM 서버(도메인 0)의 구성에는 두 개 부분이 있습니다." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "필요한 꾸러미가 먼저 시스템에 설치됩니다. 그런 다음 부트 로더가 GRUB로 전환되고(사용되고 있지 않은 경우) Xen 섹션이 없는 경우 부트 로더로 추가됩니다." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 #, fuzzy #| msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel." msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "Xen과 리눅스 커널을 부팅하는 데 필요한 다중 부팅 표준을 지원하기 때문에 GRUB가 필요합니다." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "구성이 성공적으로 완료되면 부트 로더 메뉴에서 VM 서버를 부팅할 수 있습니다." #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "설치가 중단됩니다." # text describing selections are not available (it's a label - keep it short!) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Hypervisor와 도구가 설치되었습니다." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "가상 머신 구성 중..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin tools" +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "관리 도구" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +# text describing selections are not available (it's a label - keep it short!) +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Hypervisor와 도구가 설치되었습니다." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "브로큰 서버" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin tools" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "관리 도구" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "설치가 중단됩니다." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "설치가 중단됩니다." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "텍스트 모드로 실행 중입니다. GUI 구성요소를 설치하시겠습니까?" # Progress step 1/5 #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "꾸러미 점검 중..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "꾸러미 설치 중..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "필요한 꾸러미를 설치할 수 없습니다." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "설정 파일을 업데이트 중..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "기본 네트워크 브리지 구성 중..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "네트워크 브리지." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "가상 머신 호스팅을 위한 일반 네트워크 구성에는 네트워크 브리지가 필요합니다.기본 네트워크 브리지를 설정하시겠습니까?" @@ -194,38 +237,38 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "Xen 게스트 설치 후에는 컴퓨터를 다시 시작하여 부트 로더 메뉴에서 Xen 을 선택하세요.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "Xen 게스트 설치 후에는 컴퓨터를 다시 시작하여 부트 로더 메뉴에서 Xen 을 선택하세요.\n" # text describing selections are not available (it's a label - keep it short!) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor와 도구가 설치되었습니다." # text describing selections are not available (it's a label - keep it short!) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor와 도구가 설치되었습니다." # text describing selections are not available (it's a label - keep it short!) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/wagon.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/wagon.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/wagon.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wagon.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-15 02:48+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/wol.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/wol.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/wol.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-12 21:19+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-20 10:20+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/yast2-apparmor.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/yast2-apparmor.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/yast2-apparmor.ko.po 2014-10-07 15:58:25 UTC (rev 89798) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-21 12:06+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -354,11 +354,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "완료(&D)" @@ -1397,64 +1397,74 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "모드를 인식할 수 없습니다:" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enforce" +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "항상 사용" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "모든 프로파일 표시" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "활성 프로파일용 모드 구성" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "활성 프로파일 표시" # help text -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "모든 프로파일용 모드 구성" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "프로파일 이름" # According to QIM Screenshot # -ke- -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "모드" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "모드 전환" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "모두 강제 모드로 설정" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "모두 컴플레인 모드로 설정" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "프로파일 모드 구성" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "프로파일 모드 설정" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select an action:" msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89797 - trunk/yast/af/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:57:27 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89797 Added: trunk/yast/af/po/cio.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/geo-cluster.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/iplb.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/opensuse_mirror.af.po Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/add-on-creator.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/add-on.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/audit-laf.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/auth-client.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/auth-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/autoinst.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/base.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/bootloader.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/ca-management.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/cluster.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/control-center.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/control.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/country.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/crowbar.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/dhcp-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/dns-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/drbd.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/fcoe-client.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/firewall-services.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/firewall.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/firstboot.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/ftp-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/gtk.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/http-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/inetd.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/installation.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/instserver.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/iscsi-client.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/iscsi-lio-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/iscsi-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/isns.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/kdump.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/kerberos-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/kerberos.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/languages_db.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/ldap-client.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/ldap-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/ldap.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/live-installer.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/lxc.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/mail.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/multipath.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/ncurses-pkg.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/ncurses.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/network.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/nfs.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/nfs_server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/nis.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/nis_server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/ntp-client.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/oneclickinstall.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/online-update-configuration.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/online-update.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/packager.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/pam.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/pkg-bindings.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/printer.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/product-creator.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/proxy.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/qt-pkg.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/qt.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/rdp.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/rear.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/registration.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/reipl.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/relocation-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/s390.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/samba-client.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/samba-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/samba-users.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/scanner.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/security.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/services-manager.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/slp-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/snapper.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/sound.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/squid.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/sshd.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/storage.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/sudo.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/support.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/sysconfig.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/tftp-server.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/timezone_db.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/tune.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/update.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/users.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/vm.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/wagon.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/wol.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/xpram.af.po trunk/yast/af/po/yast2-apparmor.af.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/add-on-creator.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/add-on-creator.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/add-on-creator.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/add-on.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/add-on.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/add-on.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1853 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Byvoegprodukte" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1854 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1855 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van byvoegprodukte ..." @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:359 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:924 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:933 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:896 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Byvoegprodukinstallasie" @@ -228,37 +228,37 @@ #. ], #. ... #. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:570 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1568 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Geen produk in die katalogus gevind nie" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:304 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Geen katalogus op medium gevind nie." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:323 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van nuwe bron ..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:364 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Gids: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:377 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Sagtewarekeuse" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ "Daar is veelvoudige katalogusse op die gekose medium gevind.\n" " Kies die katalogus om te gebruik.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Geen inskywings gevind nie" @@ -282,34 +282,34 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:728 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Staak byvoegprodukinstallasie werklik?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:412 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Kies 'n inskrywing." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:617 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Daar kan nie voldoen word aan die afhanklikhede van die byvoegproduk nie." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:698 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Produkkeuse" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:704 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Beskikbare produkte" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" @@ -321,12 +321,12 @@ " om te installeer.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:778 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Daar kan nie voldoen word aan die afhanklikhede van die gekose byvoegprodukte nie." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:899 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big>\n" @@ -345,97 +345,97 @@ " kies dit en klik Skrap." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:928 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Gids: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:954 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produk" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:956 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media:" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1115 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Kies 'n produk om te skrap." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1123 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1235 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Byvoegprodukte" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1242 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Byvoegprodukte" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1244 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1258 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 #, fuzzy msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Pakket Bestuurder" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "Gebruik Nuwe om 'n nuwe patroon te skep of Voer in om 'n bestaande een in te voer." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1317 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Opsomming: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1318 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "onbekende verkoper" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1321 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Weergawe: " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1322 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Onbekende fout" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1325 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "Opsomming: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1331 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Onbekende prosesseerder" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Opsomming: %1 " @@ -443,18 +443,18 @@ #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1618 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1671 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Onbekende prosesseerder" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1621 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Onbekend" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1677 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1694 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Bywerk van kernmodule-afhanklikhede ..." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/audit-laf.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/audit-laf.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/audit-laf.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -862,32 +862,51 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Kan katalogusse nie lees nie." -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?" +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "Wil u Registrasie oorslaan?" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound Daemons" +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Klankdemone" + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "&Begin" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "Waarskuwing: Xend loop nie" +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "Moenie installeer nie" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Kan die NTP-demon nie herbegin nie." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -896,40 +915,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Berg van inetd-konfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Skryf die instellings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Skryf die patrone" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Skryf van die patrone ..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "Die teiken is reeds verbind." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -937,35 +956,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Herbegin van die diens %1 het misluk" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Kan instellings nie skryf na '%1' nie." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Kan instellings nie skryf na '%1' nie." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "&Plaaslike lêer" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "Waarskuwing: Xend loop nie" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "Onbekende opsie: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/auth-client.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/auth-client.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/auth-client.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kanselleer" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Goed" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hulp" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nuwe" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voeg by" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hersien" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skrap" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/auth-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/auth-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/auth-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontsper die diens" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Versper die diens" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lêer" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open poort in brandmuur" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brandmuur word versper" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Herbegin" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Hersien bestaande konfigurasie" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -274,7 +280,7 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Algemene instellings" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs @@ -290,7 +296,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brandmuurinstellings" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -355,7 +361,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Basiese Kerberos-instellings" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -387,7 +393,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Huidige keuse:" #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 @@ -438,7 +444,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wagwoord" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -465,7 +471,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokol" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -487,7 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rondbl&aai ..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -655,20 +661,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +686,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +703,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +727,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +759,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +787,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +818,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +853,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +884,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +910,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +922,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +946,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +962,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +993,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>Staak inisialisering:</big> \n" +"Staak die konfigurasienutsprogram veilig deur Staak nou te druk." #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1018,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1030,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1109,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1129,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1201,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1211,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1242,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1775,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "LDAP-kliëntkonfigurasie" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1811,7 +1827,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1850,7 +1866,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Databasisse" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -1940,7 +1956,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wagwoord&enkriptering" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -1954,7 +1970,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nee" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1962,7 +1978,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ja" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -1978,7 +1994,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wagwoordbeleid-konfigurasie" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" @@ -2002,7 +2018,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2071,7 +2087,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geen" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2139,7 +2155,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Rondblaai ..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2147,7 +2163,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "B&laai rond" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2159,7 +2175,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrateur-DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" @@ -2219,7 +2235,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eienskap" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2247,7 +2263,7 @@ #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wagwoordbeleid-instellings" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" @@ -2331,11 +2347,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lees" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skryf" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" @@ -2356,7 +2372,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H&eg basis-DN aan" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" @@ -2416,7 +2432,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Probeer weer?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2493,11 +2509,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eienskappe" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hersien" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2509,7 +2525,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2560,7 +2576,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Poort" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2572,19 +2588,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dae" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ure" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minute" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sekondes" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2690,8 +2706,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2891,7 +2907,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nog nie gekonfigureer nie." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2954,7 +2970,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2983,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kon nie 'n gids skep nie." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/autoinst.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/autoinst.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/autoinst.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:376 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:426 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -110,8 +110,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Modemparameters" @@ -123,38 +122,33 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Pad na AutoYaST-profiel ontbreek." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Kopieer van X Window-stelselkonfigurasie na stelsel toe ..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown mode" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "Onbekende modus" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Comma separated list of runlevels" msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "Komma-geskeide lys loopvlakke" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Kloon van die stelsel ..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Die gevolglike autoyast-profiel kan in /root/autoinst.xml gevind word." #. help 1/2 @@ -304,23 +298,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Uitvoer van naskripte" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Herbegin van dienste" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Voltooi van konfigurasie" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:406 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Ondersoek van bron %1" @@ -494,19 +488,19 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:45 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "Wag asseblief terwyl die stelsel vir outo-installasie voorberei word." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Voer voorafgeïnstalleerde gebruikerskripte uit" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Konfigureer algemene instellings" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Stel taal op" @@ -514,7 +508,7 @@ msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Skep partisieplanne" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Konfigureer sagtewarekeuses" @@ -526,11 +520,11 @@ msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Uitvoer van voorafgeïnstalleerde gebruikerskripte ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Konfigureer van algemene instellings ..." @@ -544,7 +538,7 @@ msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Skep van partisieplanne ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Konfigureer van sagtewarekeuses ..." @@ -558,7 +552,7 @@ msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Konfigureer van taal ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Voorberei van stelsel vir geoutomatiseerde installasie" @@ -572,12 +566,12 @@ #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:181 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:181 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:144 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Konfigureer van taal ..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:267 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -586,7 +580,7 @@ "Probeer weer.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:291 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:289 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -2488,13 +2482,13 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:127 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid " - Drive" msgstr "&Aandrywer" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:131 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "Volumegroep" @@ -2599,11 +2593,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:680 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Aandrywers" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:684 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Total of %1 drive" #| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives" @@ -2812,28 +2806,28 @@ msgstr "Die loopaksie van die pakketoplosser het misluk. Gaan asseblief u sagteware-afdeling in die outoyast-profiel na." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "Die partisieplan wat in u XML-profiel gekonfigureer is, pas nie op die harde skyf nie. %1MG ontbreek." -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Geen spesifieke toestel gekonfigureer" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Evalueer van wortelpartisie. 'n Oomblik, asseblief ..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Geen Linux-wortelpartisie gevind nie." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2842,7 +2836,7 @@ "welke wortelpartisie gebruik behoort te word nie. Outomatiese installasie nie moontlik nie.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/base.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/base.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/base.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ #. push button #. Button label #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:938 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Op" @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Af" @@ -853,36 +853,36 @@ msgstr "&Gekose opsie" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Huidige opsie:" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:721 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "Die gekose opsie is reeds teenwoordig." #. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887 msgid "Ch." msgstr "Ch." #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:890 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895 msgid "Option" msgstr "Opsie" #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:892 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" #. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902 msgid "" "<big>Editing the Settings</big> \n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ " inskrywing van die tabel en klik dan Hersien." #. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:906 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911 msgid "" "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." @@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ "'n opsie te verwyder, kies dit en klik Skrap." #. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:916 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921 msgid "" "The Ch. column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed." @@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ "of die opsie gewysig is." #. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:926 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931 msgid "" "To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use Up and Down to move it up or down\n" @@ -988,8 +988,13 @@ " Kies of aktiveer elemente met [SPACE] of [ENTER].\n" " Sommige elemente gebruik pylsleutels (bv. om af te rol in lyste)." -#. NCurses Control Center help 2/9 +#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 msgid "" "Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." @@ -997,8 +1002,8 @@ "Knoppies is toegerus met kortpadsleutels (die verligte\n" "letter). Gebruik [ALT] en die letter om die knoppie te aktiveer." -#. NCurses Control Center help 3/9 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 +#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345 msgid "" "Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.\n" @@ -1006,8 +1011,8 @@ "Druk [ESC] om keuse-oopwippe toe te maak (bv. uit\n" "kieslysknoppies) sonder om enigiets te kies.\n" -#. NCurses Control Center help 4/9 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 +#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349 msgid "" "2) Substitution of Keystrokes \n" "Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1021,8 +1026,8 @@ " As [TAB] en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + [TAB] nie werk nie,\n" " skuif die fokus vorentoe met [CTRL] + [F] en agtertoe met [CTRL] + [B]." -#. NCurses Control Center help 5/9 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:350 +#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357 msgid "" "If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1032,24 +1037,28 @@ "probeer [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] vir [ALT] + [H].\n" " [ESC] + [TAB] is ook 'n vervanging vir [ALT] + [TAB]." -#. NCurses Control Center help 6/9 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:356 +#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "3) Function Keys \n" +#| "F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n" +#| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog." msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n" -"Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Funksiesleutels \n" "F-sleutels bied vinnige toegang tot hooffunksies.\n" " Druk F1 om die funksiesleutelbindings vir die huidige dialoog te kry." -#. NCurses Control Center help 7/9 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:362 +#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" msgstr "Die F-sleutels word gewoonlik met 'n sekere aksie in verband gebring." -#. NCurses Control Center help 8/9 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:364 +#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372 msgid "" "F1 = Help \n" "F2 = Info or Description \n" @@ -1073,8 +1082,8 @@ " F9 = Staak of Kanselleer \n" " F10 = Goed, Volgende, Voltooi of Aanvaar " -#. NCurses Control Center help 9/9 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:377 +#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385 msgid "" "In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available." @@ -1282,7 +1291,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Slaan oor" @@ -1305,7 +1314,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wagwoord" @@ -1504,6 +1513,31 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Die installasie van vereiste pakkette het misluk." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Bywerk van konfigurasie ..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "Dit kan 'n rukkie duur ..." + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "Beheerlêer %1 is nie gevind nie." + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2074,9 +2108,25 @@ msgid "Select &None" msgstr "Kies &niks" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842 +msgid "" +"Error checking service status:\n" +"%{details}" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting service %1." +msgid "" +"Error setting service status:\n" +"%{details}" +msgstr "Fout in aanvangs van diens %1." + #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:996 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2089,7 +2139,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1007 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " @@ -2098,7 +2148,7 @@ "klik %2. " #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1015 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2107,47 +2157,47 @@ "ontsper word." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1027 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Open poort in brandmuur" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Brandmuurbesonderhede" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1061 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Open poort in &brandmuur" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1068 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "Brandmuur&besonderhede" -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1096 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Brandmuurinstellings" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1103 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "Brandmuur is oop" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Netwerkkaart" @@ -2155,27 +2205,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" @@ -2185,331 +2235,331 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Bykomende adres" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet-netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asinkroniese oordragmodus (ATM, Asynchronous Transfer Mode)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth-verbinding" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bandnetwerk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Gewone koppelingstoegang vir werkstasie (CLAW, Common Link Access for Workstation)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN-kaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Kanaal-tot-kanaal-koppelvlak (CTC, Channel to Channel)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL-verbinding" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Fop" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Fopnetwerktoestel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Ondernemingstelselverbinder (ESCON, Enterprise System Connector )" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet-netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI-netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Veselkanaalstelselverbinder (FICON, Fiberchannel System Connector )" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "Hoëwerkverrigting-parallelkoppelvlak (HIPPI, High Performance Parallel Interface)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersokke" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersokkekoppelvlak (HIS, Hipersockets Interface)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN-verbinding" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infrarooinetwerktoestel" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infrarooitoestel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS-netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Teruglus" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Teruglustoestel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet-netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Parallelreël" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Parallelreëlverbinding" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express of QDIO-toestel (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4-omhulseltoestel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Seriereël" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Seriereëlverbinding" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Kentekenring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Kentekenringnetwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB-netwerktoestel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare-netwerktoestel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Draadloos" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Draadlosenetwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP-Netwerk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Skynwerklike gebruikers" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Brug" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Netwerkmodus" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "TAP" msgstr "UTK" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Infrarooitoestel" @@ -2573,7 +2623,7 @@ msgstr "&Uitgevoerde gidse" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2586,28 +2636,23 @@ " Werklik voortgaan?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Kentekenring-netwerkbeheerder" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -#, fuzzy -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "2: Plaaslike multigebruiker sonder afstandsnetwerk" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2690,84 +2735,84 @@ "Laat loop YaST2-brandmuur en wys dit toe.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2491 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Inisialiseer van brandmuurkonfigurasie" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2499 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "Gaan netwerktoestelle na" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2501 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "Lees huidige konfigurasie" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2503 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "Gaan moontlik dienste in konflik na" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2505 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500 #, fuzzy msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" msgstr "Lees van lys geïnstalleerde pakkette ..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2509 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2504 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "Nagaan van netwerkdienste ..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2511 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2506 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "Lees van huidige konfigurasie ..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2513 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2508 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "Nagaan van dienste wat moontlik in konflik is ..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2515 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2510 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading dynamic definitions of installed services..." msgstr "Lees van lys geïnstalleerde pakkette ..." #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2676 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Skryf van brandmuurkonfigurasie" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2684 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2679 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Skryf brandmuurinstellings" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2686 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2681 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Verstel brandmuurdiens" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2685 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Skryf van brandmuurinstellings ..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2692 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2687 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "Verstel van brandmuurdiens ..." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2711 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2706 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "Skryf van instellings het misluk" #. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3509 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3504 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Onbekende protokol %1" @@ -2868,14 +2913,55 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "U installeer nou 'n stelsel bo-oor SSH, maar het nie die SSH-poort na die brandmuur geopen nie." +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception +#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService() +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. $[ +#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" : [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], +#. ] +#. ); +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:345 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:617 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "Diens %1 bestaan nie." + #. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:384 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "Service: %1" -msgstr "Diens %1" +#| msgid "Service name" +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "Diensnaam" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. This should never happen, just for cases..., %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:463 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:483 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Onbekende diens '%1'" @@ -2901,52 +2987,52 @@ msgstr "&Installeer" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Pakket:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Grootte:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Aflaai van pakket %1 (%2) ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Aflaai van pakket" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Toon &besonderhede" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Lêerintegriteitsnagaan het misluk." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Probeer weer installasie van die pakket?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Staak die installasie?" @@ -2955,57 +3041,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Fout: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Oninstalleer van pakket %1 (%2) ..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Installeer van package %1 (%2) ..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Oninstalleer van pakket" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Installeer van pakket" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Verwyder van pakket %1 het misluk." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Installasie van pakket %1 het misluk." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" @@ -3021,29 +3107,29 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Kant A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Kant B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3052,7 +3138,7 @@ "'%1' in" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" @@ -3065,7 +3151,7 @@ " Gaan na dat die gids toeganklik is." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" @@ -3078,60 +3164,60 @@ " Gaan na dat die bediener toeganklik is." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "Die regte katalogusmedium kon nie geheg word nie." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Verwerp" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 #, fuzzy msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "&Herwin DNS outomaties" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Weer die installasie probeer?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Slaan die medium oor?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ignoreer van die slegte medium ..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Skep van bron %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "'n Fout het voorgekom tydens lees van die katalogus." @@ -3139,9 +3225,9 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Kan nie die afstandskatalogusbeskrywing herwin nie." @@ -3149,24 +3235,24 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "'n Fout het voorgekom tydens herwin van die nuwe metadata." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Die bron is nie geldig nie." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Die bronmetadata is ongeldig." @@ -3175,101 +3261,101 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Probeer weer?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Ondersoek van bron %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "'n Fout het voorgekom terwyl die bron ondersoek is." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Bronondersoekte besonderhede:" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Die bronmetadata is ongeldig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "&Profielbewaarplek:" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Aflaai van delta-RPM-pakket %1 (%2) ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Aflaai van Delta RPM-pakket" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Toepas van delta-RPM-pakket %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Toepas van delta-RPM-pakket" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Aflaai van regstelling-RPM-pakket %1 (%2) ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Aflaai van Patch RPM-pakket" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Begin van skrip %1 (regstelling %2) ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Loop van skrip" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Regstelling:" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skrip:" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Uitset van die skrip" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3278,7 +3364,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3288,46 +3374,46 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Vernuwe" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading" msgstr "&Aflaai van" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Aflaai van: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Nagaan van pakketdatabasis" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Herbou van pakketdatabasis. Hierdie proses kan dalk 'n rukkie duur." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3336,12 +3422,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Omstel van pakketdatabasis. Hierdie proses kan dalk 'n rukkie duur." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3350,13 +3436,13 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Lees van die databasis ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Bevestig geïnstalleerde pakkette" @@ -3368,30 +3454,30 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 #, fuzzy msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Lees van die databasis ..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Inisialiseer van die teikengids het misluk" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 #, fuzzy msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "MySQL-databasis" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Gebruikerbekragtiging" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 #, fuzzy msgid "" "URL: %1\n" @@ -3400,7 +3486,7 @@ msgstr "URL: %1" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikernaam" @@ -3466,44 +3552,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Aanvaar u hierdie lisensie-ooreenkoms?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Installering van vereiste pakkette het misluk." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3514,12 +3576,12 @@ " werk YaST dalk nie behoorlik nie.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Kan nie voortgaan sonder om vereiste pakkette te installeer nie." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3679,7 +3741,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakkette" @@ -4126,7 +4188,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4151,17 +4213,17 @@ " die sleutel werklik aan daardie eienaar behoort." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Voer die onbetroubare GnuPG-sleutel in" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Trust" msgid "&Trust" @@ -4169,7 +4231,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4192,13 +4254,13 @@ " Gebruik dit in elk geval?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Waarskuwings" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4217,85 +4279,101 @@ " Gebruik dit in elk geval?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Onbekende lêerstelsel" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:311 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:332 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Installeer van aandrywer ..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media:" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:538 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installed Size" -msgstr "Geïnstalleerde grootte:" +#| msgid "" +#| "Remaining:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Remaining" +msgstr "" +"Oorblywend:\n" +"%1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:542 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Tyd" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:558 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 #, fuzzy msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Aksies toegelaat vir gebruikers:\n" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Wag asseblief terwyl pakkette geïnstalleer word." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" +#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "%s Release Notes" +msgstr "Vrystellingsnotas" + #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Skyfieverton&ing" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Besonderhede" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy -msgid "Release &Notes" -msgstr "Vrystellingsnotas" +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Doen bywerking" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:696 -msgid "Perform Installation" +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Doen installasie" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Pakketinstallasie" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:808 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4304,83 +4382,19 @@ " uit die installasie gaan?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:820 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Gestaak" -#. Error message. -#. %1 is a name of an init script in /usr/lib/systemd/system, -#. eg. nfsserver -#: library/runlevel/src/modules/Service.rb:106 -msgid "Empty service name: %1." -msgstr "Leë diensnaam: %1." - -#. Error message. -#. %1 is a name of an init script in /usr/lib/systemd/system, -#. eg. nfsserver -#: library/runlevel/src/modules/Service.rb:132 +#. read file content +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." -msgid "Service %1 does not exist in %2." -msgstr "Diens %1 bestaan nie." +#| msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgid "File not found." +msgstr "Lêer %1 kan nie gevind word nie." -#. Get complete systemd unit id -#. @param name name or alias of the unit -#. @return (resolved) unit Id -#: library/runlevel/src/modules/Service.rb:153 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Unable to disable service %1:\n" -#| "%2" -msgid "" -"Unable to query '%1' unit Id\n" -"Command returned: %2\n" -msgstr "" -"Nie in staat om diens te versper nie %1:\n" -"%2" - -#. extract key anv value -#: library/runlevel/src/modules/Service.rb:173 -msgid "Unable to parse '%1' unit Id query output: '%2'\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Error message. -#. %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d, -#. Disabling means that the service should not start -#. in appropriate runlevels, eg. at boot time. -#. %2 is the stderr output of insserv(8) -#: library/runlevel/src/modules/Service.rb:273 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Unable to disable service %1:\n" -#| "%2" -msgid "" -"Unable to disable service %1\n" -"Command '%2' returned:%3\n" -msgstr "" -"Nie in staat om diens te versper nie %1:\n" -"%2" - -#. Error message. -#. %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d, -#. Enabling means that the service should start -#. in appropriate runlevels, eg. at boot time. -#. %2 is the stderr output of insserv(8) -#: library/runlevel/src/modules/Service.rb:316 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Unable to enable service %1 in runlevels %2:\n" -#| "%3" -msgid "" -"Unable to enable service %1\n" -"Command %2 returned\n" -"%3" -msgstr "" -"Nie in staat om diens %1 te ontsper in loopvlakke nie %2:\n" -"%3" - -#. Fill the LogView with file contents -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:189 +#. Fill the LogView with file content +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Stelselopgawe (%1)" @@ -4989,7 +5003,7 @@ msgstr "Daar het 'n fout voorgekom tydens initrd-skepping." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5108,7 +5122,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KiG" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -5204,18 +5218,18 @@ #. button text #. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" #. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:261 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:526 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "&Pas toe" #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:289 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Inisieer ..." #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:343 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "YaST2\n" @@ -5228,14 +5242,14 @@ "Inisialiseer van..." #. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:381 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1195 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1244 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modules" msgid "Module" @@ -5993,6 +6007,68 @@ "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Kentekenring-netwerkbeheerder" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "2: Plaaslike multigebruiker sonder afstandsnetwerk" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Service: %1" +#~ msgstr "Diens %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installed Size" +#~ msgstr "Geïnstalleerde grootte:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Release &Notes" +#~ msgstr "Vrystellingsnotas" + +#~ msgid "Empty service name: %1." +#~ msgstr "Leë diensnaam: %1." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +#~ msgid "Service %1 does not exist in %2." +#~ msgstr "Diens %1 bestaan nie." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Unable to disable service %1:\n" +#~| "%2" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to query '%1' unit Id\n" +#~ "Command returned: %2\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nie in staat om diens te versper nie %1:\n" +#~ "%2" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Unable to disable service %1:\n" +#~| "%2" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to disable service %1\n" +#~ "Command '%2' returned:%3\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nie in staat om diens te versper nie %1:\n" +#~ "%2" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Unable to enable service %1 in runlevels %2:\n" +#~| "%3" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to enable service %1\n" +#~ "Command %2 returned\n" +#~ "%3" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nie in staat om diens %1 te ontsper in loopvlakke nie %2:\n" +#~ "%3" + #~ msgid "&Enter Password:" #~ msgstr "&Voer wagwoord in:" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/bootloader.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/bootloader.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/bootloader.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -122,473 +122,36 @@ msgstr "Die stelsel sal nou herselflaai ..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:151 -msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:170 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -"The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" -"The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" -msgstr "" -"Konfigureer 'n geldige selflaaiprogram alvorens u voortgaan. \n" -"Ingeval geen keuse gemaak kan word nie, is dit dalk nodig om 'n PReP-selflaaipartisie te skep." - -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:205 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Geen selflaaiprogram is vir installasie gekies nie. U stelsel is dalk nie selflaaibaar nie." -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#. Handle function of a widget -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event description of event that occured -#. @return [Symbol] to return to wizard sequencer, or nil -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:218 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:344 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The LILO is not supported now." -msgstr "Hierdie skandeerders word nie ondersteun nie." - #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Vanweë die partisionering kan die selflaaiprogram nie behoorlik geïnstalleer word nie." -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:239 -msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." -msgstr "Die gekose selflaaipad sal nie vir u installasie geaktiveer word nie. U stelsel mag dalk nie selflaaibaar wees nie." - -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:259 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -"In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." -msgstr "" -"Konfigureer 'n geldige selflaaiprogram alvorens u voortgaan. \n" -"Ingeval geen keuse gemaak kan word nie, is dit dalk nodig om 'n PReP-selflaaipartisie te skep." - -#. FIXME: better eliminate use of loader_device in the -#. future, no one knows what it is for -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -"In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." -msgstr "" -"Konfigureer 'n geldige selflaaiprogram alvorens u voortgaan. \n" -"Ingeval geen keuse gemaak kan word nie, is dit dalk nodig om 'n PReP-selflaaipartisie te skep." - #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:394 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Selflaaiing" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:396 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Selflaaiing" -#. save some sysconfig variables -#. register new agent pointing into the mounted filesystem -#: src/clients/inst_lilo_convert.rb:77 -msgid "Stay &LILO" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_lilo_convert.rb:81 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" -msgstr "Berg instellings en herbegin brandmuur nou" - -#: src/clients/inst_lilo_convert.rb:98 -msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" -msgstr "" - -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/dialogs.rb:42 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&ELILO Global Options" -msgstr "&Kundige globale instellings ..." - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/dialogs.rb:45 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Booting Mode" -msgstr "Selflaaiing" - #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/dialogs.rb:52 -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/dialogs.rb:116 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Global Section Options" -msgstr "Konfigurasie-opsies" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/dialogs.rb:56 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Root Filesystem" -msgstr "&Afstandslêerstelsel" - -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/dialogs.rb:74 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Detailed Global Options" -msgstr "&Gedetailleerde lokaliteitsinstelling" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/dialogs.rb:77 -msgid "Other Options" -msgstr "Ander opsies" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/dialogs.rb:129 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Loader Global Options" -msgstr "Selflaaiprogramopsies" - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/elilo/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/ppc/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:24 -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> " -msgstr "<big>Selflaaiprogramplek</big> " - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:27 -msgid "Boot Image Location" -msgstr "Selflaai-afbeeldingsplek" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:28 -msgid "" -"Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" -"in case of boot problems." -msgstr "" -"Stel vlak van woordrykheid [0-5] Vermeerder woordrykheid van ELILO\n" -"in geval van selflaaiprobleme." - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:31 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" -"Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" -"used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" -msgstr "" -"Globale Aanhegstring van opsies na kernopdragreël \n" -"Laat u globale, bykomende parameters definieer om na die kern aan te gee. Hierdie word\n" -" gebruik as daar geen ‘aanheg’ in ’n gegewe afdeling verskyn nie." - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:36 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -"ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" -"Browse\n" -msgstr "" -"Naam van verstek-initrd-lêer, indien nie leeg nie, definieer die aanvanklike\n" -"ram-skyf om te gebruik. Óf voer die pad- en lêernaam direk in, óf kies deur gebruik van\n" -"Blaai rond\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:41 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -"file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" -"Browse" -msgstr "" -"Naam van verstek-initrd-lêer, indien nie leeg nie, definieer die aanvanklike\n" -"ram-skyf om te gebruik. Óf voer die pad- en lêernaam direk in, óf kies deur gebruik van\n" -"Blaai rond\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" -"Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." -msgstr "" -"Spesifiseer gebruikerkoppelvlak vir ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekskieslys') \n" -"Pas op: 'tekskieslys' het af en toe probleme op sommige masjiene veroorsaak." - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -"By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" -"However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" -"may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" -"avoid forcing the variable.\n" -msgstr "" -"Voorkom EDD30-modus \n" -"As EDD30 by verstek af is, sal ELILO probeer om die veranderlike op WAAR te stel.\n" -" Sommige beheerders ondersteun egter nie EDD30 nie en om die veranderlike te dwing,\n" -" kan dalk probleme veroorsaak. Wat elilo-3.2 dus betref, is daar ’n keuse om \n" -" te vermy dat die veranderlike afgedwing word.\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"Allow attempt to relocate \n" -"In case of memory allocation error at initial load point of\n" -"kernel, allow attempt to relocate (assume this kernel is relocatable).\n" -"" -msgstr "" -"Laat poging toe om te verplaas \n" -"In geval van ’n geheuetoewysingsfout by die aanvanklike laaipunt van die \n" -" kern, laat poging toe om te verplaas (aanvaar dat hierdie kern verplaasbaar is).\n" -" " - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Force Interactive Mode\n" -"Force interactive mode during booting" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Set Default Root Filesystem\n" -"Set global root filesystem for Linux/ia64" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Set the User Interface for ELILO\n" -"Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" -"Some choosers may take advantage of this option to\n" -"display the content of a file when a certain function\n" -"key X is pressed. X can vary from 1-12 to cover\n" -"function keys F1 to F12" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load\n" -"Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load.\n" -"If this option is used then no other file will be tried." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)\n" -"A message that is printed on the main screen if supported by\n" -"the chooser." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:88 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds\n" -"The number of 10th of seconds to wait before\n" -"auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n" -"Default is 0" -msgstr "Vertraging om te wag voor outoselflaaiing in sekondes (gebruik indien nie in interaktiewe modus nie)" - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/zipl/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:98 -#: src/include/bootloader/zipl/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Boot Image Location" -msgstr "Selflaai-afbeeldingsplek" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:99 -msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" -msgstr "Vertraging om te wag voor outoselflaaiing in sekondes (gebruik indien nie in interaktiewe modus nie)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Force interactive mode" -msgstr "Dwing interaktiewe modus" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:103 -msgid "Set level of verbosity [0-5]" -msgstr "Stel woordrykheidsvlak [0-5]" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:104 -msgid "Set default root filesystem" -msgstr "Stel verstek-stamlêerstelsel" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:105 -msgid "Force rootfs to be mounted read-only" -msgstr "Dwing rootfs om as slegs-lees geheg te wees" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:106 -msgid "Global append string of options to kernel command line" -msgstr "Globale aanhegstring van opsies na kernopdragreël" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:109 -msgid "Name of default initrd file" -msgstr "Naam van verstek-initrd-lêer" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:110 -msgid "Name of default image file" -msgstr "Naam van verstek-afbeeldingslêer" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -msgstr "Spesifiseer gebruikerkoppelvlak vir ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekskieslys')" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" -msgstr "Boodskap op hoofskerm gedruk (indien ondersteun)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Display the content of a file by function keys" -msgstr "Vertoon die inhoud van 'n lêer aan die hand van funksiesleutels" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Prevent EDD30 mode" -msgstr "Verhoed EDD30-modus" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -msgstr "Spesifiseer die lêernaam vir 'n spesifieke FPSWA wat gelaai moet word" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:118 -msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" -msgstr "Laat poging toe om te verplaas" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/helps.rb:119 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" -msgstr "Pasmaak-selflaaipartisie" - -#. Common widgets of global settings for ELILO -#. @return [Hash{String => map<String,Object>}] CWS widgets -#. end PMAC -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:38 -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:470 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line" -msgstr "Globale aanhegstring van opsies na kernopdragreël" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:42 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Name of Default Image File" -msgstr "Naam van verstek-afbeeldingslêer" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:47 -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:474 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Nam&e of Default Initrd File" -msgstr "Naam van verstek-initrd-lêer" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:52 -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:479 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Set Default &Root Filesystem" -msgstr "Stel verstek-stamlêerstelsel" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:56 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Prevent EDD30 Mode" -msgstr "Verhoed EDD30-modus" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:60 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Force Interactive Mode" -msgstr "Dwing interaktiewe modus" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:64 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Force rootfs to Be Mounted Read-Only" -msgstr "Dwing rootfs om as slegs-lees geheg te wees" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:69 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -msgstr "Spesifiseer gebruikerkoppelvlak vir ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekskieslys')" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:73 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" -msgstr "Vertraging om te wag voor outoselflaaiing in sekondes (gebruik indien nie in interaktiewe modus nie)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:81 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" -msgstr "Vertoon die inhoud van 'n lêer aan die hand van funksiesleutels" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:86 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load" -msgstr "Spesifiseer die lêernaam vir 'n spesifieke FPSWA wat gelaai moet word" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:91 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Set Level of &Verbosity [0-5]" -msgstr "Stel woordrykheidsvlak [0-5]" - -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/options.rb:97 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)" -msgstr "Boodskap op hoofskerm gedruk (indien ondersteun)" - -#. Bootloader target widget -#. Get widget term -#. @return widget term -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/widgets.rb:47 -#, fuzzy -msgid "EFI Label" -msgstr "Etiket" - -#. check box -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/widgets.rb:57 -msgid "&Create EFI Entry" -msgstr "&Skep EFI-inskrywing" - -#. text entry label -#: src/include/bootloader/elilo/widgets.rb:65 -msgid "&EFI Entry Name" -msgstr "&EFI-inskrywingnaam" - #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "Skyfvolgorde" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Filter-instellings" @@ -600,12 +163,9 @@ msgstr "Selflaaikieslys" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. add board specific settings +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:113 -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Selflaaiprogramopsies" @@ -724,17 +284,23 @@ " in Selfaaiprogram-opsies om die meesterselflaai-rekord by te werk indien dit benodig word, óf konfigureer u ander selflaaibestuurder\n" " om hierdie afdeling te begin." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "Pasmaak-selflaaipartisie laat u ’n partisie kies waarvandaan geselflaai word" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" @@ -743,7 +309,7 @@ "Serieverbinding-parameters laat u die parameters om \n" "vir ’n seriekonsole te gebruik, definieer. Sien asseblief die grub-dokumentasie (<code>info-grub</code>) vir besonderhede." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -757,7 +323,7 @@ " opdrag toe as <code>seriekonsole</code>. In hierdie geval sal ’n terminaal waarin u \n" " enige sleutel druk, as ’n GRUB-terminaal gekies word." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." @@ -765,19 +331,19 @@ "Terugval-afdelings indien verstek Misluk bevat ’n lys afdelingnommers\n" " wat gebruik sal word vir selflaaiing ingeval die verstekafdeling onselflaaibaar is." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "Die kies van Verberg Kieslys op Selflaai sal die selflaaikieslys verberg" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "Grafiese Kieslyslêer definieer die lêer om te gebruik vir die grafiese selflaaikieslys." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" @@ -789,7 +355,7 @@ " dit in Tik wagwoord weer herhaal." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" @@ -802,78 +368,82 @@ "Om die volgorde van die skywe volgens die volgorde in die BTAS te spesifiseer, gebruik\n" " die Op- en Af-knoppie om die skywe te herorden." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Selflaaiprogramplekke" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Stel aktiewe vlaggie as selflaaipartisie in partisietabel " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "Afsnytyd in sekondes" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Verstekselflaai-afdeling" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Skryf generiese selflaaikode na MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +msgid "Custom Boot Partition" +msgstr "Pasmaak-selflaaipartisie" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Selflaai vanaf meesterselflaai-rekord" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Selflaai vanaf wortelpartisie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Selflaai vanaf selflaaipartisie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Selflaai vanaf wortelpartisie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "Serieverbinding-parameters" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 #, fuzzy msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Terugval-afdeling as verstek misluk" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Verberg kieslys tydens selflaai" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "Grafiese kieslyslêer" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "Wagwoord vir die kieslyskoppelvlak" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Ontfout vlaggie" @@ -928,125 +498,133 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Seriekonsole" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "ongeldige argumente" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:452 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Toestel" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:541 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "'n Klas moet ten minste een drukker bevat." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:550 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "S&kywe" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:562 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Op" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Af" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:737 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:779 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:118 -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:184 -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:392 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Selflaaiprogramplek" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:743 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:785 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:820 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Selflaai vanaf meesterselflaai-rekord" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Selflaai vanaf wortelpartisie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:746 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Selflaai vanaf selflaaipartisie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:750 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Selflaaiprogramplek" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 #, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Selflaai vanaf meesterselflaai-rekord" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 +#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Selflaai vanaf wortelpartisie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:757 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:791 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:832 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Pasmaak-selflaaipartisie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:825 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:884 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:876 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "Selflaaiprogram-installasie&besonderhede" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:46 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Selflaaiprogramopsies" -#. if name is not included, that it is not displayed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:63 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Ander kern&parameters:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:79 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Selflaaiprogramopsies" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Veilig" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:158 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Ontsper &Laag 2-ondersteuning" +#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgid "Boot &Loader Location" +msgstr "Selflaaiprogramplek" + +#. help text +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 +msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: #. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp @@ -1082,27 +660,45 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Opsionele kernopdragreëlparameter" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "Verspreiding:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Vga-modus" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Opsionele kernopdragreëlparameter" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -1138,9 +734,28 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "&Ongespesifiseerd" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1st" +msgid "set" +msgstr "1e" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr "Verwyder" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" @@ -1148,340 +763,66 @@ #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Grafiese kieslyslêer" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Seriekonsole" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Konflikoplossing:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "ongeldige argumente" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/dialogs.rb:52 -#, fuzzy -msgid "PReP Specific Settings" -msgstr "Spesiale instellings" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/dialogs.rb:65 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Mac Specific Settings" -msgstr "Spesiale instellings" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/dialogs.rb:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "CHRP Specific Settings" -msgstr "Spesiale instellings" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Boot Location\n" -"This is the partition number of your boot partition. On a\n" -"PowerMac it must be in HFS format because we use the hfsutils to\n" -"copy the files to that partition. On CHRP you need a 41 PReP\n" -"boot partition, /boot/second from the quik package is stored there " +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Boot Folder Path\n" -"Only for Pmac. Folder that contains your boot stuff, this\n" -"folder will be blessed to mark it bootable." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:38 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" -"Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" -"used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" -msgstr "" -"Globale Aanhegstring van opsies na kernopdragreël \n" -"Laat u globale, bykomende parameters definieer om na die kern aan te gee. Hierdie word\n" -" gebruik as daar geen ‘aanheg’ in ’n gegewe afdeling verskyn nie." - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:43 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -"ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" -"Browse\n" -msgstr "" -"Naam van verstek-initrd-lêer, indien nie leeg nie, definieer die aanvanklike\n" -"ram-skyf om te gebruik. Óf voer die pad- en lêernaam direk in, óf kies deur gebruik van\n" -"Blaai rond\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:48 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -"file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" -"Browse" -msgstr "" -"Naam van verstek-initrd-lêer, indien nie leeg nie, definieer die aanvanklike\n" -"ram-skyf om te gebruik. Óf voer die pad- en lêernaam direk in, óf kies deur gebruik van\n" -"Blaai rond\n" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"Set Default Root Filesystem\n" -"Set global root filesystem for Linux" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" -"specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" -"If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -"The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" -"this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -"variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" -"\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -" will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" -"The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" -"will crash if there is no monitor attached." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -"It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" -"if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:79 -msgid "" -"Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -"Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" -"to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" -"complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" -"the FAT formatted file system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" -"Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -"buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:95 -msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "PPC-selflaaiprogramplek" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:96 -msgid "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM" -msgstr "Wysig selflaaitoestel in NV-RAM" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:97 -msgid "Time-Out in Tenths of Seconds" -msgstr "Afsnytyd in tiendes van sekondes" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:98 -msgid "Default Boot Section" -msgstr "Verstekselflaai-afdeling" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:99 -msgid "Default Root Device" -msgstr "Verstekbasistoestel" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:100 -msgid "Append Options for Kernel Command Line" -msgstr "Heg opsies vir kernopdragreël aan" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Default initrd Path" -msgstr "Verstek-initrd-pad" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication" -msgstr "Partisie vir selflaaiprogramduplisering" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:103 -msgid "Always Boot from FAT Partition" -msgstr "Selflaai altyd vanaf FAT-partisie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:104 -msgid "Do not use OS-chooser" -msgstr "Moenie OS-kieser gebruik nie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:105 -msgid "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -msgstr "Installeer selflaaiprogram selfs oor foute" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:106 -msgid "PReP or FAT Partition" -msgstr "PReP- of FAT-partisie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:107 -msgid "Boot Folder Path" -msgstr "Selflaaiprogrampad" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:108 -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:111 -msgid "PReP Partition" -msgstr "PReP-partisie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:109 -msgid "Write to Boot Slot" -msgstr "Skryf na selflaaigleuf" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:110 -msgid "Create Boot Image in File" -msgstr "Skep selflaai-afbeelding in lêer" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/helps.rb:112 -msgid "HFS Boot Partition" -msgstr "HFS-selflaaipartisie" - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. modules/BootPOWERLILO.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Module containing specific functions for POWERLILO configuration -#. and installation -#. -#. Authors: -#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz> -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de> -#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:69 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Partition for Boot Loader &Duplication" -msgstr "Partisie vir selflaaiprogramduplisering" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "HFS Boot &Partition" -msgstr "HFS-selflaaipartisie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:194 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&PReP or FAT Partition" -msgstr "PReP- of FAT-partisie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:260 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&PReP partitions" -msgstr "PReP-partisie" - #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:329 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Kies lêer" -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:402 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&PReP Partition" -msgstr "PReP-partisie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:419 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Create Boot &Image in File" -msgstr "Skep selflaai-afbeelding in lêer" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:435 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Write to Boot Slot" -msgstr "Skryf na selflaaigleuf" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:483 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Change Boot Device in &NV-RAM" -msgstr "Wysig selflaaitoestel in NV-RAM" - -#. CHRP -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:488 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Always Boot from FAT Partition" -msgstr "Selflaai altyd vanaf FAT-partisie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:492 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -msgstr "Installeer selflaaiprogram selfs oor foute" - -#. end CHRP -#. PREP also for PMAC -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:500 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Boot &Folder Path" -msgstr "Selflaaiprogrampad" - -#. end PREP -#. PMAC -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:507 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Do not Use OS-chooser" -msgstr "Moenie OS-kieser gebruik nie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/ppc/options.rb:511 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux" -msgstr "Afsnytyd in sekondes" - #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:89 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:274 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "Vanweë die partisionering kan die selflaaiprogram nie behoorlik geïnstalleer word nie." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Selflaaiprograminstellings" #. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." msgstr "Daar is geen opsies om vir die huidige selflaaiprogram te stel nie." #. heading #. heading #. heading -#. heading -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:173 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:321 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325 msgid "Kernel Section" msgstr "Kernafdeling" @@ -1493,18 +834,14 @@ #. frame #. frame #. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:257 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:395 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:556 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:604 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:660 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Section Settings" msgstr "Afdelingsinstellings" @@ -1517,35 +854,29 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:227 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:298 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:437 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:527 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:576 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:632 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:680 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:874 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" msgstr "Selflaaiprograminstellings: Afdelingsbestuurder" #. heading #. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585 msgid "Xen Section" msgstr "Xen-afdeling" #. heading -#. heading #. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:550 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591 @@ -1554,7 +885,7 @@ #. heading #. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Section" @@ -1562,28 +893,28 @@ #. label #. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:713 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "Other System Section" msgstr "Ander stelselafdeling" #. combobox label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803 msgid "&Filename" msgstr "&Lêernaam" #. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:964 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Filename: %1" msgstr "Lêernaam: %1" #. multiline edit header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828 msgid "Fi&le Contents" msgstr "Lê&erinhoud" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836 msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" msgstr "Kundige met-die-hand konfigurasie" @@ -1592,7 +923,7 @@ #. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections #. menu button #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:685 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641 msgid "Other" msgstr "Ander" @@ -1600,61 +931,57 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "Afbeelding" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:135 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134 msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "Slapskyf" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:156 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "Menu" msgstr "Selflaaikieslys" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:165 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161 msgid "Dump" msgstr "" #. table header, Def stands for default -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255 msgid "Def." msgstr "Verstek" #. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiket" #. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:790 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746 msgid "Type" msgstr "Soort" #. table header; header for section details, either #. the specification of the kernel image to load, #. or the specification of device to boot from -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 msgid "Image / Device" msgstr "Afbeelding/Toestel" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271 msgid "Set as De&fault" msgstr "Stel as ver&stek" #. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:316 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "&Selflaaiprogram" #. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:349 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -1668,26 +995,8 @@ " \n" " Voortgaan?\n" -#. continue/cancel pop-up -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:386 -msgid "" -"\n" -"ELILO supports only the EFI boot architecture. If yor\n" -"firmware does not support it, your computer will not\n" -"boot." -msgstr "" - -#. continue/cancel pop-up -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:403 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Bootloader you selected does not support the EFI boot\n" -"architecture. If your firmware does not support legacy\n" -"booting, your computer will not boot." -msgstr "" - #. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:421 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" @@ -1709,91 +1018,91 @@ #. radiobutton #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:443 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593 msgid "&Propose New Configuration" msgstr "&Stel nuwe konfigurasie voor" #. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:450 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406 msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" msgstr "Ska&kel huidige konfigurasie om" #. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:459 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415 msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" msgstr "&Begin nuwe konfigurasie van nuuts af" #. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:467 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423 msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" msgstr "&Lees konfigurasie wat op skyf geberg is" #. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:477 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433 msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" msgstr "Her&stel konfigurasie wat voor omskakeling geberg is" #. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:558 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514 msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." msgstr "Kies die selflaaiprogram voordat afdelings geredigeer word." #. pushbutton #. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:607 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:630 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586 msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" msgstr "H&ersien konfigurasielêers" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:644 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600 msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgstr "&Begin van nuuts af" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:652 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608 msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" msgstr "&Herlees konfigurasie vanaf skyf" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:669 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625 msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" msgstr "Herstel MBR op harde skyf" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633 msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" msgstr "Skryf selflaaiprogram se selflaaikode na skyf" #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:709 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665 msgid "MBR restored successfully." msgstr "MBR is suksesvol herstel." #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:712 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668 msgid "Failed to restore MBR." msgstr "Misluk om MBR te herstel." #. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:735 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." msgstr "Skryf van netwerkinstellings het misluk." #. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730 msgid "&Section Management" msgstr "&Afdelingsbestuur" #. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:784 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740 msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" msgstr "Selflaaiprogram-&installasie" #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:863 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818 msgid "Boot &Loader Options" msgstr "Self&laaiprogramopsies" @@ -2105,13 +1414,8 @@ "laai en 'n selflaaisektor op 'n partisie van die skyf begin. Hierdie word gebruik vir\n" " die selflaai van ander bedryfstelsels." -#. error popup - label, %1 is bootloader name -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lib_iface.rb:283 -msgid "Error occurred while installing %1." -msgstr "Fout het voorgekom tydens installering %1." - #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:1133 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:743 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Volgorde van harde skywe: %1" @@ -2146,10 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "Selflaaiprogram" #. popup, %1 is bootloader name -#. data saved to floppy disk -#. popup, %1 is bootloader name #: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:348 msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." msgstr "Die %1 selflaaisektor is op die slapskyf geskryf." @@ -2167,17 +1468,8 @@ "Hierdie funksie is nie beskikbaar as die selflaai\n" "program nie gespesifiseer is nie." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Clone the selected section '%1' instead\n" -"of creating a new empty section?\n" -msgstr "" -"Kloon eerder die gekose afdeling'%1' in plaas daarvan\n" -"om 'n nuwe leë afdeling te skep?\n" - #. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:62 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 msgid "" "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost.\n" @@ -2186,40 +1478,17 @@ "Alle wysigings sal verlore gaan.\n" #. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:73 -msgid "" -"Really reset your settings for sections?\n" -"All your changes made in section management will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" -"Stel u instellings werklik weer in vir afdelings?\n" -"Al u wysigings wat in afdelingsbestuur gemaak is, sal verlore gaan.\n" - -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:84 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59 msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgstr "Skrap werklik afdeling %1?" -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Really reset all\n" -"your settings? All your changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" -"Stel werklik al\n" -"u instellings weer? Al u wysigings sal verlore gaan.\n" - #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:99 -msgid "Set the boot loader location." -msgstr "Stel die selflaaiprogram plek." - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "Die wagwoord moenie leeg wees nie." #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -2228,7 +1497,7 @@ "pas nie. Hertik die wagwoord." #. message popup, %1 is sectino label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88 msgid "" "The disk settings have changed.\n" "Check section %1 settings.\n" @@ -2237,7 +1506,7 @@ "Gaan afdeling%1instellings na.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100 msgid "" "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" @@ -2248,28 +1517,28 @@ #. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set #. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete #. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:158 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116 #, fuzzy msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" msgstr "Stel die selflaaiprogram plek." #. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:170 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128 msgid "Do Not Create a File System" msgstr "Moenie 'n lêerstelsel skep nie" #. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:172 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130 msgid "Create an ext2 File System" msgstr "Skep 'n ext2-lêerstelsel" #. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:178 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136 msgid "Create a FAT File System" msgstr "Skep 'n FAT-lêerstelsel" #. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:184 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142 msgid "" "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" @@ -2280,29 +1549,29 @@ " en bevestig met Goed.\n" #. checkbox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:192 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150 msgid "&Low Level Format" msgstr "&Laevlakformattering" #. combobox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153 msgid "&Create File System" msgstr "&Skep lêerstelsel" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:224 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" msgstr "Laevlakformattering het misluk. Probeer weer?" #. error report #. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:237 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:249 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207 msgid "Creating file system failed." msgstr "Skep van lêerstelsel het misluk." #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:260 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218 msgid "" "The name selected is already used.\n" "Use a different one.\n" @@ -2311,7 +1580,7 @@ "Gebruik 'n ander een.\n" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:271 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229 msgid "" "An error occurred during boot loader\n" "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" @@ -2319,44 +1588,14 @@ "'n Fout het tydens selflaaiprogram\n" "installasie voorgekom. Probeer weer selflaaiprogramkonfigurasie?\n" -#. message popup, gfxmenu is option name, leave as is -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:282 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed.\n" -"Check the gfxmenu settings.\n" -msgstr "" -"Die skyfinstellings het verander.\n" -"Gaan the gfxmenu-instellings na.\n" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:292 -msgid "Really delete the selected option?" -msgstr "Skrap werklik die gekose opsie?" - #. FIXME too generic, but was already translated -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:301 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:336 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241 msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." msgstr "Kan die selflaaiprogram nie installeer nie." -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:328 -msgid "" -"Sorry, there are currently\n" -"no options to set here." -msgstr "" -"Jammer, tans is daar\n" -"geen opsies om hier te stel nie." - -#. popup - continuing - alternative 1 ... -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:354 -msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive. The system will now be rebooted." -msgstr "Laat die slapskyf in die aandrywer. Die stelsel sal nou selfherlaai word." - #. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of #. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:387 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -2379,7 +1618,7 @@ " Voortgaan?\n" #. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:409 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305 msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" msgstr "&Ja, herskryf" @@ -2726,409 +1965,766 @@ "Vanweë die partisionering\n" "kan die selflaaiprogram nie behoorlik geïnstalleer word nie." -#: src/include/bootloader/zipl/helps.rb:27 -msgid "Default Boot Section/Menu" -msgstr "Verstekselflaai-afdeling/Kieslys" - -#. summary part, %1 is a list of device names -#: src/modules/BootCommon.rb:825 -msgid "Master boot records of disks %1" -msgstr "Meesterselflaai-rekords van skywe %1" - -#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) -#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) -#: src/modules/BootCommon.rb:839 src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:715 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "Selflaaiprogramsoort: %1" - -#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#. summary text for boot loader locations, sum up all locations to one string -#: src/modules/BootCommon.rb:846 src/modules/BootPOWERLILO.rb:985 -msgid "Location: %1" -msgstr "Plek: %1" - -#. section name "suffix" for default section -#. section name "suffix" for default section -#. section name "suffix" for default section -#. section name "suffix" for default section -#: src/modules/BootCommon.rb:852 src/modules/BootELILO.rb:390 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:775 src/modules/BootPOWERLILO.rb:993 -msgid " (default)" -msgstr "(verstek)" - -#. summary text. %1 is list of bootloader sections -#. summary text. %1 is list of bootloader sections -#. summary text. %1 is list of bootloader sections -#: src/modules/BootCommon.rb:862 src/modules/BootELILO.rb:401 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:786 src/modules/BootPOWERLILO.rb:1004 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sections: %1" -msgstr "Afdelings: %1" - -#. summary text -#: src/modules/BootCommon.rb:870 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Do not install boot loader; just create \n" -"configuration files" -msgstr "" -"Moenie selflaaiprogram installeer nie; skep slegs\n" -"konfigurasielêers" - -#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) -#. FIXME: -#. - evaluate and use the text from iSeriesSummary(), PRePSummary() and -#. CHRPSummary() -#. - add the cases for mac_old and mac_new (see BootPPC::Summary()) -#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name -#: src/modules/BootELILO.rb:365 src/modules/BootPOWERLILO.rb:969 -msgid "Boot loader type: %1" -msgstr "Selflaaiprogramsoort: %1" - -#. summary text -#: src/modules/BootELILO.rb:374 -msgid "Do Not Create EFI Boot Manager Entry" -msgstr "Moenie EFI-selflaaibestuurder-inskrywing skep nie" - -#. summary text, %1 is label of the entry of EFI boot manager -#: src/modules/BootELILO.rb:380 -msgid "Create EFI Boot Manager Entry %1" -msgstr "Skep EFI-selflaaibestuurder-inskrywing %1" - -#. means: process received signal SIGSEGV -#. please, use some usual translation -#. proofreaders: don't change this text -#: src/modules/BootELILO.rb:450 -msgid "Segmentation fault" -msgstr "Segmentasiefout" - -#. error popup - label, %1 is bootloader name -#: src/modules/BootELILO.rb:456 -msgid "Error Occurred while Installing %1" -msgstr "Fout het voorgekom tydens installeer van %1" - -#. FIXME find a better way to report status -#: src/modules/BootELILO.rb:646 -msgid "" -"System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\n" -"computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." -msgstr "" - #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:664 +#. +#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:668 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:680 +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:684 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:690 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:694 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:702 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Plek: %1" +#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" +msgstr "Selflaaiprogramsoort: %1" + #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:725 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:731 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:737 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:743 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:757 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Plek: %1" +#. section name "suffix" for default section +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768 +msgid " (default)" +msgstr "(verstek)" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Sections: %1" +msgstr "Afdelings: %1" + #. summary text -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:795 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" msgstr "Moenie selflaaiprogram installeer nie; skep slegs konfigurasielêers" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:941 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "Stel voor aan en &vleg saam met bestaande GRUB-kieslyste" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgstr "LDAP- veilige poort: %1" + #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:77 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Onbekende model: %1" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:83 -#, fuzzy -msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" -msgstr "Hierdie skandeerders word nie ondersteun nie." - #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:129 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:157 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:197 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "Geen selflaaitoestel is gevind nie" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:215 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Geen selflaaitoestel is gevind nie" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:235 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:261 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -msgstr "Die teikengids is ongeldig of die pad is nie absoluut nie." +#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgstr "" -#. Check if there is bios_id -#. if not show warning -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:289 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 +msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" -#. error report -#: src/modules/BootZIPL.rb:111 -msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." -msgstr "Kopieer van hardewarekonfigurasie-sjabloon het misluk." - -#. summary -#: src/modules/BootZIPL.rb:205 -msgid "Install S390 Boot Loader" -msgstr "Installeer S390-selflaaiprogram" - #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Gaan selflaaiprogram na" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:176 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Lees partisionering" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Laai selflaaiprogram-instellings" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Gaan selflaaiprogram na ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:184 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Lees van partisionering ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Laai van selflaaiprogram-instellings ..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Inisialiseer selflaaiprogramkonfigurasie" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "Bygevoegde kernparameters: %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:386 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Skep initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:388 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Berg selflaaiprogram-konfigurasielêers" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Installeer selflaaiprogram" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Skep van initrd ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:396 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Berg van selflaaiprogram-konfigurasielêers ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Installeer van selflaaiprogram ..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Berg van selflaaiprogramkonfigurasie" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Konfigureer 'n geldige selflaaiprogram alvorens u voortgaan. \n" +#~ "Ingeval geen keuse gemaak kan word nie, is dit dalk nodig om 'n PReP-selflaaipartisie te skep." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "Staakveilig" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." +#~ msgstr "Hierdie skandeerders word nie ondersteun nie." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "Harde skyf" +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "Die gekose selflaaipad sal nie vir u installasie geaktiveer word nie. U stelsel mag dalk nie selflaaibaar wees nie." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "Geheuetoets" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Konfigureer 'n geldige selflaaiprogram alvorens u voortgaan. \n" +#~ "Ingeval geen keuse gemaak kan word nie, is dit dalk nodig om 'n PReP-selflaaipartisie te skep." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "MBR voor installasie" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Konfigureer 'n geldige selflaaiprogram alvorens u voortgaan. \n" +#~ "Ingeval geen keuse gemaak kan word nie, is dit dalk nodig om 'n PReP-selflaaipartisie te skep." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "Vorige kern" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" +#~ msgstr "Berg instellings en herbegin brandmuur nou" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "Verkopers se foutopsporings" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" +#~ msgstr "&Kundige globale instellings ..." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:238 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "_Linux" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Booting Mode" +#~ msgstr "Selflaaiing" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:245 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "_Staakveilig" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Global Section Options" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurasie-opsies" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:252 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "_Slapskyf" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Root Filesystem" +#~ msgstr "&Afstandslêerstelsel" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:259 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "_Harde skyf" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Detailed Global Options" +#~ msgstr "&Gedetailleerde lokaliteitsinstelling" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:266 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "_Geheuetoets" +#~ msgid "Other Options" +#~ msgstr "Ander opsies" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:273 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "_MBR voor installasie" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Global Options" +#~ msgstr "Selflaaiprogramopsies" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:280 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "_Vorige kern" +#~ msgid "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> " +#~ msgstr "<big>Selflaaiprogramplek</big> " -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:287 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "_Verkopers se foutopsporings" +#~ msgid "Boot Image Location" +#~ msgstr "Selflaai-afbeeldingsplek" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" +#~ "in case of boot problems." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stel vlak van woordrykheid [0-5] Vermeerder woordrykheid van ELILO\n" +#~ "in geval van selflaaiprobleme." + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Globale Aanhegstring van opsies na kernopdragreël \n" +#~ "Laat u globale, bykomende parameters definieer om na die kern aan te gee. Hierdie word\n" +#~ " gebruik as daar geen ‘aanheg’ in ’n gegewe afdeling verskyn nie." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Browse\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Naam van verstek-initrd-lêer, indien nie leeg nie, definieer die aanvanklike\n" +#~ "ram-skyf om te gebruik. Óf voer die pad- en lêernaam direk in, óf kies deur gebruik van\n" +#~ "Blaai rond\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Browse" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Naam van verstek-initrd-lêer, indien nie leeg nie, definieer die aanvanklike\n" +#~ "ram-skyf om te gebruik. Óf voer die pad- en lêernaam direk in, óf kies deur gebruik van\n" +#~ "Blaai rond\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" +#~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spesifiseer gebruikerkoppelvlak vir ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekskieslys') \n" +#~ "Pas op: 'tekskieslys' het af en toe probleme op sommige masjiene veroorsaak." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" +#~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" +#~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" +#~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voorkom EDD30-modus \n" +#~ "As EDD30 by verstek af is, sal ELILO probeer om die veranderlike op WAAR te stel.\n" +#~ " Sommige beheerders ondersteun egter nie EDD30 nie en om die veranderlike te dwing,\n" +#~ " kan dalk probleme veroorsaak. Wat elilo-3.2 dus betref, is daar ’n keuse om \n" +#~ " te vermy dat die veranderlike afgedwing word.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Allow attempt to relocate \n" +#~ "In case of memory allocation error at initial load point of\n" +#~ "kernel, allow attempt to relocate (assume this kernel is relocatable).\n" +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Laat poging toe om te verplaas \n" +#~ "In geval van ’n geheuetoewysingsfout by die aanvanklike laaipunt van die \n" +#~ " kern, laat poging toe om te verplaas (aanvaar dat hierdie kern verplaasbaar is).\n" +#~ " " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds\n" +#~ "The number of 10th of seconds to wait before\n" +#~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n" +#~ "Default is 0" +#~ msgstr "Vertraging om te wag voor outoselflaaiing in sekondes (gebruik indien nie in interaktiewe modus nie)" + +#~ msgid "Boot Image Location" +#~ msgstr "Selflaai-afbeeldingsplek" + +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" +#~ msgstr "Vertraging om te wag voor outoselflaaiing in sekondes (gebruik indien nie in interaktiewe modus nie)" + +#~ msgid "Force interactive mode" +#~ msgstr "Dwing interaktiewe modus" + +#~ msgid "Set level of verbosity [0-5]" +#~ msgstr "Stel woordrykheidsvlak [0-5]" + +#~ msgid "Set default root filesystem" +#~ msgstr "Stel verstek-stamlêerstelsel" + +#~ msgid "Force rootfs to be mounted read-only" +#~ msgstr "Dwing rootfs om as slegs-lees geheg te wees" + +#~ msgid "Global append string of options to kernel command line" +#~ msgstr "Globale aanhegstring van opsies na kernopdragreël" + +#~ msgid "Name of default initrd file" +#~ msgstr "Naam van verstek-initrd-lêer" + +#~ msgid "Name of default image file" +#~ msgstr "Naam van verstek-afbeeldingslêer" + +#~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" +#~ msgstr "Spesifiseer gebruikerkoppelvlak vir ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekskieslys')" + +#~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" +#~ msgstr "Boodskap op hoofskerm gedruk (indien ondersteun)" + +#~ msgid "Display the content of a file by function keys" +#~ msgstr "Vertoon die inhoud van 'n lêer aan die hand van funksiesleutels" + +#~ msgid "Prevent EDD30 mode" +#~ msgstr "Verhoed EDD30-modus" + +#~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" +#~ msgstr "Spesifiseer die lêernaam vir 'n spesifieke FPSWA wat gelaai moet word" + +#~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" +#~ msgstr "Laat poging toe om te verplaas" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line" +#~ msgstr "Globale aanhegstring van opsies na kernopdragreël" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File" +#~ msgstr "Naam van verstek-afbeeldingslêer" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Nam&e of Default Initrd File" +#~ msgstr "Naam van verstek-initrd-lêer" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set Default &Root Filesystem" +#~ msgstr "Stel verstek-stamlêerstelsel" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Prevent EDD30 Mode" +#~ msgstr "Verhoed EDD30-modus" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Force Interactive Mode" +#~ msgstr "Dwing interaktiewe modus" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Force rootfs to Be Mounted Read-Only" +#~ msgstr "Dwing rootfs om as slegs-lees geheg te wees" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" +#~ msgstr "Spesifiseer gebruikerkoppelvlak vir ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekskieslys')" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Vertraging om te wag voor outoselflaaiing in sekondes (gebruik indien nie in interaktiewe modus nie)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" +#~ msgstr "Vertoon die inhoud van 'n lêer aan die hand van funksiesleutels" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load" +#~ msgstr "Spesifiseer die lêernaam vir 'n spesifieke FPSWA wat gelaai moet word" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set Level of &Verbosity [0-5]" +#~ msgstr "Stel woordrykheidsvlak [0-5]" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)" +#~ msgstr "Boodskap op hoofskerm gedruk (indien ondersteun)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "EFI Label" +#~ msgstr "Etiket" + +#~ msgid "&Create EFI Entry" +#~ msgstr "&Skep EFI-inskrywing" + +#~ msgid "&EFI Entry Name" +#~ msgstr "&EFI-inskrywingnaam" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "PReP Specific Settings" +#~ msgstr "Spesiale instellings" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mac Specific Settings" +#~ msgstr "Spesiale instellings" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "CHRP Specific Settings" +#~ msgstr "Spesiale instellings" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Globale Aanhegstring van opsies na kernopdragreël \n" +#~ "Laat u globale, bykomende parameters definieer om na die kern aan te gee. Hierdie word\n" +#~ " gebruik as daar geen ‘aanheg’ in ’n gegewe afdeling verskyn nie." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Browse\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Naam van verstek-initrd-lêer, indien nie leeg nie, definieer die aanvanklike\n" +#~ "ram-skyf om te gebruik. Óf voer die pad- en lêernaam direk in, óf kies deur gebruik van\n" +#~ "Blaai rond\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Browse" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Naam van verstek-initrd-lêer, indien nie leeg nie, definieer die aanvanklike\n" +#~ "ram-skyf om te gebruik. Óf voer die pad- en lêernaam direk in, óf kies deur gebruik van\n" +#~ "Blaai rond\n" + +#~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" +#~ msgstr "PPC-selflaaiprogramplek" + +#~ msgid "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM" +#~ msgstr "Wysig selflaaitoestel in NV-RAM" + +#~ msgid "Time-Out in Tenths of Seconds" +#~ msgstr "Afsnytyd in tiendes van sekondes" + +#~ msgid "Default Boot Section" +#~ msgstr "Verstekselflaai-afdeling" + +#~ msgid "Default Root Device" +#~ msgstr "Verstekbasistoestel" + +#~ msgid "Append Options for Kernel Command Line" +#~ msgstr "Heg opsies vir kernopdragreël aan" + +#~ msgid "Default initrd Path" +#~ msgstr "Verstek-initrd-pad" + +#~ msgid "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication" +#~ msgstr "Partisie vir selflaaiprogramduplisering" + +#~ msgid "Always Boot from FAT Partition" +#~ msgstr "Selflaai altyd vanaf FAT-partisie" + +#~ msgid "Do not use OS-chooser" +#~ msgstr "Moenie OS-kieser gebruik nie" + +#~ msgid "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" +#~ msgstr "Installeer selflaaiprogram selfs oor foute" + +#~ msgid "PReP or FAT Partition" +#~ msgstr "PReP- of FAT-partisie" + +#~ msgid "Boot Folder Path" +#~ msgstr "Selflaaiprogrampad" + +#~ msgid "PReP Partition" +#~ msgstr "PReP-partisie" + +#~ msgid "Write to Boot Slot" +#~ msgstr "Skryf na selflaaigleuf" + +#~ msgid "Create Boot Image in File" +#~ msgstr "Skep selflaai-afbeelding in lêer" + +#~ msgid "HFS Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "HFS-selflaaipartisie" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Partition for Boot Loader &Duplication" +#~ msgstr "Partisie vir selflaaiprogramduplisering" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "HFS Boot &Partition" +#~ msgstr "HFS-selflaaipartisie" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&PReP or FAT Partition" +#~ msgstr "PReP- of FAT-partisie" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&PReP partitions" +#~ msgstr "PReP-partisie" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&PReP Partition" +#~ msgstr "PReP-partisie" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Create Boot &Image in File" +#~ msgstr "Skep selflaai-afbeelding in lêer" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Write to Boot Slot" +#~ msgstr "Skryf na selflaaigleuf" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Change Boot Device in &NV-RAM" +#~ msgstr "Wysig selflaaitoestel in NV-RAM" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Always Boot from FAT Partition" +#~ msgstr "Selflaai altyd vanaf FAT-partisie" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" +#~ msgstr "Installeer selflaaiprogram selfs oor foute" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Boot &Folder Path" +#~ msgstr "Selflaaiprogrampad" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Do not Use OS-chooser" +#~ msgstr "Moenie OS-kieser gebruik nie" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux" +#~ msgstr "Afsnytyd in sekondes" + +#~ msgid "Error occurred while installing %1." +#~ msgstr "Fout het voorgekom tydens installering %1." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Clone the selected section '%1' instead\n" +#~ "of creating a new empty section?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kloon eerder die gekose afdeling'%1' in plaas daarvan\n" +#~ "om 'n nuwe leë afdeling te skep?\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really reset your settings for sections?\n" +#~ "All your changes made in section management will be lost.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stel u instellings werklik weer in vir afdelings?\n" +#~ "Al u wysigings wat in afdelingsbestuur gemaak is, sal verlore gaan.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really reset all\n" +#~ "your settings? All your changes will be lost.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stel werklik al\n" +#~ "u instellings weer? Al u wysigings sal verlore gaan.\n" + +#~ msgid "Set the boot loader location." +#~ msgstr "Stel die selflaaiprogram plek." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n" +#~ "Check the gfxmenu settings.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die skyfinstellings het verander.\n" +#~ "Gaan the gfxmenu-instellings na.\n" + +#~ msgid "Really delete the selected option?" +#~ msgstr "Skrap werklik die gekose opsie?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Sorry, there are currently\n" +#~ "no options to set here." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jammer, tans is daar\n" +#~ "geen opsies om hier te stel nie." + +#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive. The system will now be rebooted." +#~ msgstr "Laat die slapskyf in die aandrywer. Die stelsel sal nou selfherlaai word." + +#~ msgid "Default Boot Section/Menu" +#~ msgstr "Verstekselflaai-afdeling/Kieslys" + +#~ msgid "Master boot records of disks %1" +#~ msgstr "Meesterselflaai-rekords van skywe %1" + +#~ msgid "Location: %1" +#~ msgstr "Plek: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do not install boot loader; just create \n" +#~ "configuration files" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Moenie selflaaiprogram installeer nie; skep slegs\n" +#~ "konfigurasielêers" + +#~ msgid "Boot loader type: %1" +#~ msgstr "Selflaaiprogramsoort: %1" + +#~ msgid "Do Not Create EFI Boot Manager Entry" +#~ msgstr "Moenie EFI-selflaaibestuurder-inskrywing skep nie" + +#~ msgid "Create EFI Boot Manager Entry %1" +#~ msgstr "Skep EFI-selflaaibestuurder-inskrywing %1" + +#~ msgid "Segmentation fault" +#~ msgstr "Segmentasiefout" + +#~ msgid "Error Occurred while Installing %1" +#~ msgstr "Fout het voorgekom tydens installeer van %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" +#~ msgstr "Hierdie skandeerders word nie ondersteun nie." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "Geen selflaaitoestel is gevind nie" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "Die teikengids is ongeldig of die pad is nie absoluut nie." + +#~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." +#~ msgstr "Kopieer van hardewarekonfigurasie-sjabloon het misluk." + +#~ msgid "Install S390 Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "Installeer S390-selflaaiprogram" + +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "Linux" + +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Staakveilig" + +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Harde skyf" + +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "Geheuetoets" + +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "MBR voor installasie" + +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "Vorige kern" + +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "Verkopers se foutopsporings" + +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "_Linux" + +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "_Staakveilig" + +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "_Slapskyf" + +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "_Harde skyf" + +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "_Geheuetoets" + +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "_MBR voor installasie" + +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "_Vorige kern" + +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "_Verkopers se foutopsporings" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" #~ "Then reconnect and run the following:\n" #~ "%1\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -3150,11 +2746,6 @@ #~ "Na selflaaiing, herverbind en laat die volgende loop:\n" #~ " /usr/lib/YaST2/startup/YaST2.ssh" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" -#~ msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -#~ msgstr "LDAP- veilige poort: %1" - #~ msgid "Menu Description File" #~ msgstr "Kieslysbeskrywingslêer" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/ca-management.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/ca-management.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/ca-management.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -59,27 +59,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Organization" msgstr "Magtiging" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Locality" msgstr "Plaaslik" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Toestand" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 #, fuzzy msgid "Country" @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ msgstr "DASD-naam" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "Common Name" @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "E-pos" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organisasie-eenheid" @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 #, fuzzy msgid "Common Server Certificate" @@ -728,11 +728,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -740,32 +747,32 @@ msgstr "Beskrywing" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "&Verwyder" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Vervang" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Diens %1 bestaan nie." #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1" msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -804,18 +811,72 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "Welkom!" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 #, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Volume&naam:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Magtiging" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Plek: %1" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Soort" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "L&and:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#, fuzzy msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "Welkom!" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -823,39 +884,39 @@ msgstr "Ongeldige opsie: %1" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "Ge&vorderd" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Oorsig" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "&Voer wagwoord in:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "S&kep houer" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "&Uitgevoerde gidse" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "&Voer uit na lêer" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "&Verstek" @@ -913,7 +974,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 #, fuzzy msgid "Summary" msgstr "Welkom!" @@ -946,18 +1007,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 #, fuzzy msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "Maak opgawe van slegs die kritiese" @@ -971,34 +1032,34 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "Soort" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 #, fuzzy msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "Soort" @@ -1006,7 +1067,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 #, fuzzy msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "E-&posadres" @@ -1089,94 +1150,229 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "Media nie gevind nie." +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Soort" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Magtiging" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Soort" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Soort" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Soort" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "Soort" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "Soort" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "Soort" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Number" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "Serienommer" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "Soort" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "Soort" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "Soort" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Expired" msgstr "Gerepareer" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "IP-adres" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "Add" msgstr "&Voeg by" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "&Bedienersertifikaat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "&Kliëntsertifikaat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&Gebruiker kan wagwoord wysig" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "&Delete" msgstr "Skra&p" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "Export" msgstr "&Uitvoer" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to File" msgstr "&Uitgevoerde gidse" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "&Voer uit na lêer" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "&Bedienersertifikaat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "&Kliëntsertifikaat" @@ -1279,7 +1475,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1766,7 +1962,7 @@ msgstr "1 dag" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Path Length " msgstr "&Sleutellengte" @@ -1992,6 +2188,14 @@ "\n" "Eienskapsoort nie gevind nie.\n" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "&Genereer" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -2000,34 +2204,34 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 #, fuzzy msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "Afdeling %1 nie gevind nie." #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 #, fuzzy msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" @@ -2035,22 +2239,22 @@ "Indien u onseker is, gebruik die verstekwaardes wat reeds gekies is.\n" " " -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "Versoekte eksterne IP (opsioneel)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" @@ -2058,32 +2262,32 @@ "Klik Volgende om aan te gaan na die volgende dialoog.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid " days" msgstr "1 dag" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "&Hersien RAID" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 #, fuzzy msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "Gebaretale" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 #, fuzzy msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "1 regstelling is geïnstalleer." @@ -3132,52 +3336,52 @@ msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde vir opsie '%1': %2" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1833 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 msgid "Missing 'data' map." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1842 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1846 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1852 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1858 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1864 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1877 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1884 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1893 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1902 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1908 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1931 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1952 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1957 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1997 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2016 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2048 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2055 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2062 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2069 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2076 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2104 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2116 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2134 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2139 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2158 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2165 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2172 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2179 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2186 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2192 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2198 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2204 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2219 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2225 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2231 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde vir opsie '%1': %2" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1870 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "Password (%s) is too simple." msgstr "word vereis deur ..." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1917 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1938 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1945 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1964 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2004 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2023 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2098 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2112 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2123 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2147 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2211 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 #, perl-format msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1926 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/af/po/cio.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/cio.af.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/cio.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2007 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: installation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Runlevels" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Beskikbare loopvlakke" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Toestel" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Gebruikte" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nee" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ja" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Veselkanaal" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Kies alles" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "&Gedetailleerde keuse ..." + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&Kanaal" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/cluster.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/cluster.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/cluster.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -87,220 +87,226 @@ msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "Gekonfigureer in" -#. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "Goed" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Kanselleer" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Afstandsadres:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Re&mote IP Address" +msgid "Redundant IP Address" +msgstr "Af&stand-IP-adres" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" -#. only work when IPv4 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:375 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Kanaal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:385 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Address Setup" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Netwerkadresopstelling" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:416 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Portal Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Portaaladres" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:393 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:394 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:418 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Remote Address:" -msgid "Member Address:" -msgstr "Afstandsadres:" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:407 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Scan the Channels" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Skandeer die kanale" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Klustering" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:431 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:434 -msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 -msgid "rrp mode:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:701 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Address:" +msgid "Member Address:" +msgstr "Afstandsadres:" + +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Ontsper veiligheidsgebeurteniskennisgewing" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:704 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:707 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:887 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "Aan die loop" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No network running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "Geen netwerk wat loop nie" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Selflaaiing" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Started manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "Met die hand begin" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Skakel aan en af" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Huidige status:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Begin brandmuur nou" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:896 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Stop brandmuur nou" -#. pacemaker will start corosync automatically. -#. to stop pacemaker, you have to stop corosync first. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:991 +#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Plaaslike gasheer" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "Voeg by" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "Vertraging" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Hersien" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1003 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Kies lêer" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Voorgestelde fstab-reëls" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1019 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a valid host name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Voer 'n geldige gasheernaam in." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile." msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Voer 'n naam vir die nuwe %1-profiel in." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Voer die lêernaam in" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Archive %1 already exists.\n" @@ -313,46 +319,46 @@ "Wil jy dit werklik oorskryf?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Lees van lêer op %1 het misluk.\n" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Afbeeldingskepping het misluk." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -365,23 +371,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -390,7 +399,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -401,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" @@ -414,7 +423,7 @@ "Wag asseblief... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -423,7 +432,7 @@ "Staak die konfigurasienutsprogram veilig deur Staak nou te druk.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" @@ -436,7 +445,7 @@ "Wag, asseblief ..." #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -461,41 +470,41 @@ msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Inisialiseer van drukkerkonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:392 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Lees die databasis" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Lees die vorige instellings" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:396 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Lees brandmuurinstellings" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Lees van die databasis ..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Lees van die vorige instellings ..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -503,75 +512,75 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Kan vereiste pakkette nie installeer nie." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:430 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Wysig bestaande konfigurasie" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Kan databasis 1 nie lees nie." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Kan databasis 2 nie lees nie." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:465 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Kan toestelle nie bespeur nie." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:482 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Berg van die konfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:498 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Skryf die instellings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:500 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Berg wysigings na die Profiel toe" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Berg van wysigings na die lêers ..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan instellings nie skryf nie." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/control-center.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/control-center.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/control-center.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/control.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/control.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/control.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -18,28 +18,30 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Byvoegprodukinstallasie" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Pakketinstallasie" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 -#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -52,745 +54,367 @@ " \n" " \t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Konfigureer van selflaaier ..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Konfigureer van taal ..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Voltooi van konfigurasie" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IMAP Server" msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "IMAP-bediener" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Installasie-instellings" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Oorsig" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Kundige" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Installasie-instellings" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Werk instellings by" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Netwerkkonfigurasie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Netwerkdienskonfigurasie (xinetd)" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Hardewarekonfigurasie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Voorbereiding" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Berg van Netwerkkonfigurasie ..." + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Address Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Netwerkadresopstelling" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Welkom" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Skyfaktivering" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Skyfaktivering" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Stelselontleding" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Byvoegprodukte" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Skyf" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tydsone" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Basis-instellings" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installasie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Installasiemedia" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Installasie-opsomming" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Doen installasie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "&Repareer" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installasie" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Skyf" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Stelsel vir bywerking" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Werk by" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Werk opsomming by" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Doen bywerking" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Stelselinligting" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Doen herstelwerk" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Basisinstallasie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Taal" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "OutoYaST-instellings" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Netwerk" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Stelselkonfigurasie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Kliëntesentrum" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Byvoegprodukinstallasie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Aanlynbywerking" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Pakketinstallasie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Vrystellingsnotas" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " Die installasie is suksesvol voltooi.\n" +#~ " U stelsel is gereed vir gebruik.\n" +#~ " Klik Volooi om op die stelsel aan te teken.\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " Besoek ons asseblief by http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " \t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Basiese konfigurasie" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 #, fuzzy -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Stamwagwoord" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Konfigureer van selflaaier ..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 #, fuzzy -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Installasie" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Konfigureer van taal ..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Gasheernaam" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Voltooi van konfigurasie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Gebruikers" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Basis-instellings" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "OutoYaST-instellings" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Installasiemedia" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Stelselkonfigurasie" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "&Repareer" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Maak skoon" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Stelselinligting" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -" Die installasie is suksesvol voltooi.\n" -" U stelsel is gereed vir gebruik.\n" -" Klik Volooi om op die stelsel aan te teken.\n" -" \n" -" \n" -" Besoek ons asseblief by http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -" \n" -" \t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Doen herstelwerk" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Bedienernaam:" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Taal" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Netwerk" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Kliëntesentrum" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Aanlynbywerking" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Vrystellingsnotas" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Netwerkdienskonfigurasie (xinetd)" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Basiese konfigurasie" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Bediener-instellings" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Stamwagwoord" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Installasie-opsomming" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Installasie" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Diens" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Gasheernaam" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Gebruikers" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Werkskermkeuse" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Maak skoon" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Stamwagwoord" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Bedienernaam:" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Geluk!\n" -" Die installasie van openSUSE op u masjien is voltooi.\n" -" Nadat u Voltooi geklik het, kan u aanteken op die stelsel.\n" -" Besoek ons by %1.\n" -" Geniet dit sommer baie! U SUSE-ontwikkelingspan\n" -" \t" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Bediener-instellings" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Diens" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Werkskermkeuse" + +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Stamwagwoord" + #, fuzzy -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "Werkskerm" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Geluk!\n" +#~ " Die installasie van openSUSE op u masjien is voltooi.\n" +#~ " Nadat u Voltooi geklik het, kan u aanteken op die stelsel.\n" +#~ " Besoek ons by %1.\n" +#~ " Geniet dit sommer baie! U SUSE-ontwikkelingspan\n" +#~ " \t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 #, fuzzy -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "Werkskerm" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Werkskerm" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 #, fuzzy -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "Werkskerm" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Werkskerm" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 #, fuzzy -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "Werkskerm" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Werkskerm" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Werkskerm" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Alternatiewe werkskerms" +#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Alternatiewe werkskerms" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Aanlynbywerking" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Aanlynbywerking" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/country.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/country.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/country.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-27 11:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -82,7 +82,9 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" msgstr "Instellings wat hier gemaak is, is slegs op die konsolesleutelbord van toepassing. Konfigureer die sleutelbord vir die grafiese gebruikerkoppelvlak met 'n ander stuk gereedskap, soos SaX.\n" #. heading text @@ -726,23 +728,9 @@ msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Tydsone" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:144 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Die huidige stelseltyd en -datum word vertoon. Verander dit na die regte waardes en druk \n" -"Pas toe.\n" - -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." -msgstr "Druk Toets om u IR-beheer te toets." - #. help for time calculation basis: #. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:155 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" "Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" @@ -764,8 +752,8 @@ " na dagligbesparingstyd en terug.\n" " \n" -#. help text: extra note about localtim -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:168 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -775,74 +763,82 @@ "" msgstr "" +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "" +"\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" +"\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" +"\n" +"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "" +"Die huidige stelseltyd en -datum word vertoon. Verander dit na die regte waardes en druk \n" +"Pas toe.\n" + +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." +msgstr "Druk Toets om u IR-beheer te toets." + #. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:245 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Huidige datum in DD-MM-JJJJ-formaat" #. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:261 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Huidige tyd in UU:MM:SS-formaat" #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:276 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Huidige datum" #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:280 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Huidige tyd" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:290 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" -msgstr "&Hardewarehorlosie gestel op" - #. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:305 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Met die hand" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:321 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change the Option" msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Wysig die opsie" #. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:334 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Sinkroniseer met ZENworks" #. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:354 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Wysig stelseldata en -tyd" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:427 -msgid "" -"\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" -"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" -"\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" -"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" -"\n" -"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" -"\n" -"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" -msgstr "" - #. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:496 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -851,7 +847,7 @@ "Voer die regte tyd in.\n" #. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:505 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -860,7 +856,7 @@ "Voer die regte datum in.\n" #. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:571 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 #, fuzzy #| msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgid "Other &Settings..." @@ -868,26 +864,31 @@ #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:643 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:921 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930 #, fuzzy msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Hierdie drukker is nie gekonfigureer nie" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:645 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:679 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:709 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:923 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932 #, fuzzy msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Wysig stelseldata en -tyd" +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" +msgstr "&Hardewarehorlosie gestel op" + #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:664 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:696 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Streek" @@ -895,15 +896,20 @@ #. title for selection box 'timezone' #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:674 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:703 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:776 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:783 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "Tyd&sone" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Date and Time:" +msgstr "Wysig stelseldata en -tyd" + #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -912,7 +918,7 @@ "<big>Tydsone- en horlosie-instellings</big>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:822 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" @@ -927,7 +933,7 @@ " \n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:836 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -938,12 +944,12 @@ " " #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:846 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Horlosie- en tydsone" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:956 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Kies 'n geldige tydsone." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/crowbar.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/crowbar.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/crowbar.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/dhcp-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/dhcp-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/dhcp-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 #, fuzzy msgid "IP" msgstr "SIP" @@ -608,86 +608,85 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Geen netwerkkoppelvlakke is gekonfigureer nie" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP-ondersteuning aktief" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "Berg konfigurasie" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Toestelnaam" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "Naambediener &1" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 #, fuzzy msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Gasheernaam en naambediener" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 #, fuzzy msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "Verstek&deurgang" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP-bediener" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "IPP-bediener" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&NFS-bedieners" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 #, fuzzy msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "&Verstek-leeftyd" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -695,41 +694,41 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #, fuzzy msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Die gespesifiseerde lêer bestaan nie of is leeg." #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Berg konfigurasie" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 #, fuzzy msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Huidige opsie:" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Huidige status:" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 #, fuzzy msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Netmasker" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -737,13 +736,13 @@ #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP-adres" @@ -752,7 +751,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -764,7 +763,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -773,58 +772,58 @@ msgstr "IP-adres" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 #, fuzzy msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "&Huurlyn" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Verstek" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 #, fuzzy msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "Ma&ksimum" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 #, fuzzy msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "&Begin nuwe konfigurasie van nuuts af" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Huidige DMA-modus" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Lees huidige konfigurasie" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -832,8 +831,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -841,151 +840,151 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 #, fuzzy msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Afst&andsgashere" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "IP-adres" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Soort" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 #, fuzzy msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Sta&ak opstelling" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Naam" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "&Hardeware" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 #, fuzzy msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ander" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 #, fuzzy msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "Kentekenring" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 #, fuzzy msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "Wysig IPP-luister" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 #, fuzzy msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Kies uit &lys" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Kentekenring" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Die waarde van %1 is ongeldig." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 #, fuzzy msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "Gedeeldenaam kan nie leeg wees nie." #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 #, fuzzy msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Gedeelde %1 bestaan reeds." #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Voer ’n stasienaam in." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Die adres vir hierdie gebruiker is reeds gedefinieer." #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Kies eers 'n skrip." #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 #, fuzzy msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Hierdie item moet voltooi word." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -998,16 +997,16 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 #, fuzzy msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "%1 is nie 'n geldige, absolute padnaam nie." -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -1019,7 +1018,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP-bedienerdemon" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/dns-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/dns-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/dns-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2724 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 msgid "ACLs" msgstr "" @@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ #. check box #. check box #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2720 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "Ontsper &Laag 2-ondersteuning" @@ -1646,63 +1646,63 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1929 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "" #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2336 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 #, fuzzy msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "'n Fout het voorgekom." #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2408 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 #, fuzzy msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "Afdelingsredigeerder" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2429 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2441 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2431 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2443 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 #, fuzzy msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "Opname" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2433 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2447 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2435 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2449 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 #, fuzzy msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "Opname" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2445 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 #, fuzzy msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "Opname" @@ -1710,21 +1710,21 @@ #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2461 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2698 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2901 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 #, fuzzy msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "Stellings vir sone: %1" #. ); #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2497 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "Ge&vorderd" #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2545 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "Ten minste een van %1 moet gestel word." @@ -1733,26 +1733,26 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2607 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2712 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 #, fuzzy msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "DNS-bediener" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 #, fuzzy msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "Uitgaande posbediener" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2778 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1760,37 +1760,37 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2798 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 #, fuzzy msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "Geen pakketbron gedefinieer nie." #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2810 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 #, fuzzy msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "Die sekondêre naambediener is ongeldig." #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2921 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 #, fuzzy msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "Af&stand-IP-adres" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 #, fuzzy msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "Huidige DMA-modus" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2968 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 #, fuzzy msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "&Stuur stampos deur na" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3004 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/drbd.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/drbd.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/drbd.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -21,6 +21,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Globale konfigurasie" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -60,24 +70,84 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Modulekonfigurasie" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Modulekonfigurasie" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Modulekonfigurasie" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The file is a configuration file." +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Die lêer is 'n konfigurasielêer." + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Misluk om die konfigurasie vir skandering via netwerk te bepaal." + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DNS-konfigurasie" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Eerste deel van konfigurasie van CASA" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Tweede deel van konfigurasie van CASA" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -109,7 +179,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Inisialiseer Konfigurasie</big> \n" "Wag asseblief... \n" @@ -127,14 +197,14 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait..." +#| "<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Berg van die konfigurasie</big> \n" -"Wag, asseblief ..." +"<big>Berging van Konfigurasie</big> \n" +"Wag asseblief... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 @@ -155,14 +225,79 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Verbindingskonfigurasie</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Verbindingskonfigurasie</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>Verbindingskonfigurasie</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -172,31 +307,37 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Kdump-konfigurasie</big> \n" "Konfigureer kdump-hier. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" +#| "If your kdump was not detected, select Other (not detected).\n" +#| "Then press Configure.\n" msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Byvoeg van 'n Kdump:</big> \n" @@ -205,7 +346,7 @@ "Druk dan Konfigureer.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -216,11 +357,11 @@ " die konfigurasie gewysig moet word.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Kdump-konfigurasie-oorsig</big> \n" @@ -228,21 +369,28 @@ "hul konfigurasies hersien. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Press Add to configure a kdump." msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>Byvoeg van 'n Kdump:</big> \n" "Druk Voeg by om 'n kdump te konfigureer." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#| "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" +#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Hersiening of Skrapping:</big> \n" @@ -250,7 +398,7 @@ "Druk dan Hersien of Skrap soos verkies.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -262,7 +410,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -273,7 +421,7 @@ " " #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -293,14 +441,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokol" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scheme name must be set." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Skemanaam moet gestel word." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -346,8 +495,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -365,105 +514,228 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Begin van die 'lirc'-diens het misluk." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Stop dienste" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Hardewarekonfigurasie" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Inisialiseer van DSL-konfigurasie" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Lees globale Samba-instellings" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Lees hulpbrongroepe" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Lees die winbind-status" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Lees van globale Samba-instellings ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Lees van hulpbrongroepe ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Lees die winbind-status ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Konfigurasie van hulpbrongroepe" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Skryf van NFS-konfigurasie" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Skryf globale instellings" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Skryf hulpbrongroepe" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Bespeur huidige status" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Skryf van globale instellings ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Skryf van hulpbrongroepe ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Bespeur van huidige status ..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "Kan gids '%1' nie skep nie." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Eerste deel van konfigurasie van CASA" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Tweede deel van konfigurasie van CASA" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Inisialiseer Konfigurasie</big> \n" +#~ "Wag asseblief... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Berg van die konfigurasie</big> \n" +#~ "Wag, asseblief ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" +#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#~ "Then press Configure.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Byvoeg van 'n Kdump:</big> \n" +#~ "Kies 'n kdump uit die lys bespeurde kdumps.\n" +#~ "As u kdump nie bespeur was nie, kies Ander (nie bespeur nie).\n" +#~ "Druk dan Konfigureer.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Byvoeg van 'n Kdump:</big> \n" +#~ "Druk Voeg by om 'n kdump te konfigureer." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Hersiening of Skrapping:</big> \n" +#~ "Kies 'n kdump om te verander of te verwyder.\n" +#~ "Druk dan Hersien of Skrap soos verkies.\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Drbd Configuration" #~ msgstr "DNS-konfigurasie" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/fcoe-client.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/fcoe-client.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/fcoe-client.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasie van NFS-kliënt" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:66 +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..." @@ -43,8 +43,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "NFS-kliënt" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ja" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nee" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:90 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -52,15 +62,46 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Verwyder van pakket %1 het misluk." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "is nie beskikbaar nie" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Nie gekonfigureer nie" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "False" +msgid "false" +msgstr "Vals" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:274 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Konfigurasie van IPsec" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:336 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -68,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -76,12 +117,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:385 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:388 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -89,34 +130,34 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:411 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Kan rekening nie vir gebruiker %1 skep nie." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:448 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "Opdrag %1 het misluk" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:551 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Is u seker u wil die gekose %1 verwyder " #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:559 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -124,34 +165,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:569 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:718 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Verwyder van pakket %1 het misluk." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:730 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Verwyder van pakket %1 het misluk." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:799 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -170,121 +211,156 @@ msgstr "Met die hand" #. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:105 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabled" msgid "&FCoE Enable" msgstr "Ontsper" +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Ja" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Nee" + #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Requires" msgid "&DCB Required" msgstr "Vereis" #. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&AUTO_VLAN" msgstr "" #. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Service Start" msgid "FCoE Service Start" msgstr "Diensaanvang" #. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Service Start" msgid "Lldpad Service Start" msgstr "Diensaanvang" -#. column headers of a table with network interfaces (keep them short) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:169 +#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Device" msgstr "Toestel" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC-adres" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "Model" msgstr "Model" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:173 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interface" msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface" msgstr "Koppelvlak" -#. continue column headers -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabled" msgid "FCoE Enable" msgstr "Ontsper" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Requires" msgid "DCB Required" msgstr "Vereis" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "AUTO VLAN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "DCB capable" msgstr "" +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "Driver" +msgstr "Aandrywer" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Flag &1" +msgid "Flag FCoE" +msgstr "Vlaggie &1" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "Flag iSCSI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Storage Media" +msgid "Storage Only" +msgstr "Bergingsmedia" + #. button labels -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart Detection" msgid "Retry &Detection" msgstr "Herbegin bespeuring" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Update Settings" msgid "Change &Settings" msgstr "Werk instellings by" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Name of Interface" msgid "Create &FCoE Interface" msgstr "&Naam van koppelvlak" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Select Interface" msgid "&Remove Interface" msgstr "&Kies koppelvlak" #. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" msgid "Configuration Settings" msgstr "Ad&ministrasie-instellings" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:211 +#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "&Ontfout" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "&Use syslog" msgstr "" @@ -530,18 +606,56 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:280 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "Om die iSCSI-inisieerder te konfigureer, moet die %1 pakket geïnstalleer wees." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:283 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Installeer dit nou?" +#. start service lldpad first +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" +msgstr "Kan '%1'-diens nie begin nie" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" +msgstr "Kan '%1'-diens nie begin nie" + +#. first start lldpad +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" +msgstr "Kan '%1'-diens nie begin nie" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Kan windbind-diens nie begin nie." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot mount file system." +msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." +msgstr "Kan lêerstelsel nie heg nie." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Kan '%1'-diens nie begin nie" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:893 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -549,59 +663,59 @@ msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1257 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Inisialiseer van inetd-konfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Gaan geïnstalleerde pakkette na" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1274 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Netwerkdienste" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Bespeur van netwerkkaarte ..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1278 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Lees /etc/ipsec.conf" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1282 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Nagaan van geïnstalleerde RPM-pakkette ..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Nagaan van netwerkdienste ..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Bespeur van netwerkkaarte ..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -609,123 +723,123 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1290 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1383 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Begin van die 'lirc'-diens het misluk." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Kan toestelle nie bespeur nie." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Kan die konfigurasie nie lees nie." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1354 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Berg van inetd-konfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Skryf die instellings" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart the service" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Herbegin die diens" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1373 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust spooler services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Verstel aanstuurderdienste" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1377 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Herbegin van diens ..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Verstel van aanstuurderdienste ..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Kan instellings nie na /etc/samba/smb.conf. skryf nie." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1419 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Begin van die 'lirc'-diens het misluk." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1426 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Kan sysconfig-veranderlikes nie skryf nie." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "<big>Verbindingskonfigurasie</big>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Koppelvlakke" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1505 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1515 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -733,11 +847,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1523 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1533 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ontsper" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1534 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "versper" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/firewall-services.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/firewall-services.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/firewall-services.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/firewall.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/firewall.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/firewall.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:28\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/firstboot.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/firstboot.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/firstboot.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:28\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/ftp-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/ftp-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/ftp-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Added: trunk/yast/af/po/geo-cluster.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/geo-cluster.af.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/geo-cluster.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2007 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: installation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" +msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" +msgstr "Konfigurasie van IPsec" + +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clustering" +msgid "GeoCluster" +msgstr "Klustering" + +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clustering" +msgid "&GeoCluster" +msgstr "Klustering" + +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +msgstr "Klaskonfigurasie" + +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printer Overview" +msgid "GeoCluster Overview" +msgstr "Drukkeroorsig" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Werk konfigurasielêers by" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 +msgid "arbitrator ip" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial port" +msgid "transport" +msgstr "Seriepoort" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Im&port" +msgid "port" +msgstr "Voer in" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 +msgid "site" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "Voeg by" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "Hersien" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Skrap" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Packet" +msgid "ticket" +msgstr "Pakkie" + +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "Goed" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "Kanselleer" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address." +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "Voer ’n geldige e-posadres in." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Key and Value" +msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" +msgstr "Voer sleutel en waarde in" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +msgid "timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "Gidse" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "Vereiste patrone" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgstr "' is nie geldig nie." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "' is nie geldig nie." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "Die bron is nie geldig nie." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "' is nie geldig nie." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "' is nie geldig nie." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgid "ticket can not be null" +msgstr "Lêer %1 kan nie gevind word nie." + +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "Deurgang-IP-adres is ongeldig." + +#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 +msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "Geo Cluster configure" +msgstr "Nog nie gekonfigureer nie." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Local IP Address of Your Machine" +msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" +msgstr "&Plaaslike IP-adres van u masjien" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Local IP Address of Your Machine" +msgid "Edit IP address of your site" +msgstr "&Plaaslike IP-adres van u masjien" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "Verskaffernaam %1 bestaan reeds." + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "Konfigurasienaam kan nie leeg wees nie." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Konfigurasienaam kan nie leeg wees nie." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Sleutel is ongeldig." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Voeg volledige konfigurasielêers by" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Werk konfigurasielêers by" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Klaskonfigurasie" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Brandmuurkonfigurasie" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Kan algemene instellings nie skryf nie." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "Kan algemene instellings nie skryf nie." + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Kan algemene instellings nie skryf nie." + +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Security Configuration" +msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Inisialiseer van veiligheidskonfigurasie" + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgstr "Lees die vorige instellings" + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "Lees brandmuurinstellings" + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgstr "Lees van die vorige instellings ..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Voltooid" + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving the Configuration" +msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Berg van die konfigurasie" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Skryf die instellings" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" +msgstr "Skryf brandmuurinstellings" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" +msgstr "Skryf van brandmuurinstellings ..." + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Kan instellings nie skryf nie." + +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 +msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgstr "Konfigurasie-opsomming ..." + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Lees die databasis" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +msgid "Detect the devices" +msgstr "Bespeur die toestelle" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Lees van die databasis ..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +msgid "Detecting the devices..." +msgstr "Bespeur van die toestelle ..." + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Kan databasis 1 nie lees nie." + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +msgid "Cannot read the database2." +msgstr "Kan databasis 2 nie lees nie." + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgstr "Kan toestelle nie bespeur nie." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Laat loop SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Laat loop van SuSEconfig ..." + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +msgid "Configuration summary ..." +msgstr "Konfigurasie-opsomming ..." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/gtk.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/gtk.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/gtk.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-08-06 11:07+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -15,1332 +15,930 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:91 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:632 -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1109 src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:129 -#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:259 src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:219 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Naam" +#. translator: byte shorthand +#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B" +msgstr "kG" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:92 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:634 -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1110 src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:137 -#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:260 src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:220 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Weergawe" +#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:26 +msgid "KB" +msgstr "kG" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:94 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1111 -#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:221 -msgid "Size" -msgstr "Grootte" +#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:27 +msgid "MB" +msgstr "MG" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:96 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:529 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Aksie" +#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:28 +msgid "GB" +msgstr "GG" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:98 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:635 -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1112 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:564 -#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:222 +#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:29 +msgid "TB" +msgstr "TG" + +#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:115 #, fuzzy -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "&Profielbewaarplek:" +msgid "of" +msgstr "van" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:100 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:633 -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1113 src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:223 +#: src/YGTreeView.cc:119 #, fuzzy -msgid "Supportability" -msgstr "Ondersteuningsdata" +msgid "Total selected:" +msgstr "Geen bediener is gekies nie." -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:105 +#: src/YGTreeView.cc:358 #, fuzzy -msgid "Package _listing:" -msgstr "Kataloguskeuse" +msgid "No entries." +msgstr "Geen inskywings gevind nie" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:115 -msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Press a patch in the list to see more information about it.To install a patch, just click on its \"checkbox\"." -msgstr "" +#: src/YGUI.cc:28 +msgid "Error" +msgstr "Fout" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:120 -msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Browse packages using the groups list on the left.Press a package in the list to see more information about it.To install or remove a package, just click on its \"checkbox\"." +#: src/YGUI.cc:132 +msgid "" +"Command line options for the YaST2 UI (GTK plugin):\n" +"\n" +"--noborder no window manager border for main dialogs\n" +"--fullscreen use full screen for main dialogs\n" +"--nothreads run without additional UI threads\n" +"--help prints this help text\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:153 +#: src/YGUI.cc:327 #, fuzzy -msgid "Priorities" -msgstr "Omruil&voorkeur" +#| msgid "Parse control file" +msgid "Open Macro file" +msgstr "Ontleed beheerlêer" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:154 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:162 +#: src/YGUI.cc:343 #, fuzzy -msgid "Repositories" -msgstr "Terugstel van lêers" +msgid "Macro recording done." +msgstr "Geen rekord gevind nie." -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:160 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "Groepe" - -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:161 -msgid "RPM Groups" -msgstr "RPM-groepe" - -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:163 +#: src/YGUI.cc:349 #, fuzzy -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Ondersteuningsdata" +msgid "Save Macro" +msgstr "&Berg Opgawe" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:167 +#: src/YGUI.cc:358 #, fuzzy -msgid "Patterns" -msgstr "Patrone" +msgid "Save y2logs" +msgstr "Berg opgawe as ..." -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:168 +#: src/YGUI.cc:368 +#, c-format +msgid "Could not run: '%s' (exit value: %d)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGUI.cc:394 #, fuzzy -msgid "Languages" -msgstr "Gebaretale" +msgid "No dialog to take screenshot of." +msgstr "Couldn't open file: %s." -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:276 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "Lisensie-ooreenkoms" - -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:277 +#: src/YGUI.cc:409 #, fuzzy -msgid "Do you accept the terms of this license?" -msgstr "Aanvaar u hierdie lisensie-ooreenkoms?" +msgid "Could not take screenshot." +msgstr "Couldn't open file: %s." -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:281 +#: src/YGUI.cc:450 #, fuzzy -msgid "Warning Message" -msgstr "Waarskuwings" +msgid "Save screenshot" +msgstr "Couldn't open file: %s." -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:281 +#: src/YGUI.cc:462 #, fuzzy -msgid "Install anyway?" -msgstr "Installeer &in elk geval" +#| msgid "Could not set base selection: %1" +msgid "Could not save to:" +msgstr "Kon nie basiskeuse stel nie: %1" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:370 -msgid "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." -msgstr "" - -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:592 +#: src/YGUI.cc:505 #, fuzzy -msgid "Changes not saved!" -msgstr "Gewysig, nog nie geberg nie" +#| msgid "Select:" +msgid "Select" +msgstr "Kies:" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:594 +#: src/YGUtils.cc:626 #, fuzzy -msgid "Quit anyway?" -msgstr "Installeer &in elk geval" +msgid "Apply" +msgstr "&Pas toe" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:620 +#: src/YGUtils.cc:627 #, fuzzy -msgid "Unsupported packages" -msgstr "Onbevestigde pakkette" +msgid "Accept" +msgstr "&Aanvaar" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:622 -msgid "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" - -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:683 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Aanlynbywerking" - -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:688 +#: src/YGUtils.cc:628 #, fuzzy -msgid "Software Manager" -msgstr "Stelselbestuurder" +msgid "Install" +msgstr "&Installeer" -#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:696 -msgid "Please wait..." -msgstr "Wag, asseblief ..." +#: src/YGUtils.cc:629 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "Goed" -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:11 -msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed." -msgstr "" +#: src/YGUtils.cc:630 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "Kanselleer" -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:19 -msgid "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:27 -msgid "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages that are available from the repositories you have configured will be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-bottom box." -msgstr "" - -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:30 -msgid "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</blockquote>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:34 +#: src/YGUtils.cc:631 #, fuzzy -msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>" -msgstr "<h1>Waarskuwing</h1>" +#| msgid "&Abort" +msgid "Abort" +msgstr "&Staak" -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:35 -msgid "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the Version list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your changes to be performed." -msgstr "" - -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:48 -msgid "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." -msgstr "" - -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:54 +#: src/YGUtils.cc:632 src/ygtkwizard.c:155 #, fuzzy -msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>" -msgstr "<h3>Gebruikers</h3>" +msgid "Close" +msgstr "&Sluit" -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:55 -msgid "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file." -msgstr "" +#: src/YGUtils.cc:633 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Ja" -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:63 -msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the RPM Groups filter." -msgstr "" +#: src/YGUtils.cc:634 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Nee" -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:67 -msgid "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool from the YaST control center." -msgstr "" +#: src/YGUtils.cc:635 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "Voeg by" -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:73 -msgid "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box." -msgstr "" +#: src/YGUtils.cc:636 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "Hersien" -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:84 -msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system." -msgstr "" +#: src/YGUtils.cc:637 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Skrap" -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:87 -msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:<ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:99 -msgid "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for upgrades on the Software Manager." -msgstr "" - -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:29 -msgid "Information only available for installed packages." -msgstr "Inligting slegs vir geïnstalleerde pakkette beskikbaar." - -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:87 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:583 +#: src/YGUtils.cc:638 #, fuzzy -msgid "Several selected" -msgstr "Geen bediener is gekies nie." +msgid "Up" +msgstr "&Op" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:156 -msgid "Web site:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:163 +#: src/YGUtils.cc:639 #, fuzzy -msgid "Patch issued:" -msgstr "Regstellings:" +msgid "Down" +msgstr "&Af" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:195 +#: src/YGUtils.cc:640 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Days" -msgid "as" -msgstr "Dae" +msgid "Enable" +msgstr "Ontsper" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:321 +#: src/YGUtils.cc:641 #, fuzzy -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Besonderhede:" +msgid "Disable" +msgstr "Versper" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:340 +#: src/YGUtils.cc:642 #, fuzzy -msgid "Size:" -msgstr "Grootte:" +msgid "Exit" +msgstr "Hersien" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:341 -#, fuzzy -msgid "License:" -msgstr "Lisensie:" +#: src/YGUtils.cc:643 +msgid "Back" +msgstr "Terug" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:365 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Versions" -msgstr "Weergawe:" +#: src/YGUtils.cc:644 +msgid "Next" +msgstr "Volgende" -#. Translators: this refers to the package status -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:408 src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:206 -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:215 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:992 +#: src/ygtksteps.c:75 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installed" -msgstr "&Installeer" +msgid "Current step" +msgstr "Huidige datum" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:436 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:494 -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:291 -msgid "Remove" -msgstr "Verwyder" +#: src/ygtktreeview.c:135 +msgid "Loading..." +msgstr "Laai van ..." -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:445 +#: src/ygtktreeview.c:214 #, fuzzy -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Laai af" +msgid "&Show column" +msgstr "Toon selflaaikieslys" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:449 +#: src/ygtkwizard.c:83 #, fuzzy -msgid "Downgrade" -msgstr "Laai af" +msgid "Clear" +msgstr "&Maak skoon" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:453 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Re-install" -msgstr "&Installeer" +#: src/ygtkwizard.c:107 src/ygtkwizard.c:617 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Hulp" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:458 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:498 -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:293 src/YGUtils.cc:628 +#: src/ygtkwizard.c:161 #, fuzzy -msgid "Install" -msgstr "&Installeer" +#| msgid "&Finish" +msgid "&Find:" +msgstr "&Voltooi" -#. static property (always "Undo") -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:465 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:505 -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:289 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:881 +#: src/ygtkwizard.c:448 #, fuzzy -msgid "Undo" -msgstr "Horlosies" +msgid "more" +msgstr "meer ..." -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:655 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Supportability:" -msgstr "Ondersteuningsdata" +#~ msgid "Name" +#~ msgstr "Naam" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:675 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Afhanklikhede" +#~ msgid "Version" +#~ msgstr "Weergawe" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:739 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installed Version:" -msgstr "Geïnstalleerde weergawe" +#~ msgid "Size" +#~ msgstr "Grootte" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:740 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available Version:" -msgstr "Beskikbare weergawe: %1 (%2)" +#~ msgid "Action" +#~ msgstr "Aksie" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:854 #, fuzzy -msgid "File list" -msgstr "Lêerlys" +#~ msgid "Repository" +#~ msgstr "&Profielbewaarplek:" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:971 #, fuzzy -msgid "Changelog" -msgstr "Wysig opgawe" +#~ msgid "Supportability" +#~ msgstr "Ondersteuningsdata" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:995 -msgid "Changelog applies only to the installed version." -msgstr "" - -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1021 #, fuzzy -msgid "Authors" -msgstr "Skrywers:" +#~ msgid "Package _listing:" +#~ msgstr "Kataloguskeuse" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1034 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Action not specified." -msgid "Attribute not-specified." -msgstr "Aksie nie gespesifiseer nie." +#~ msgid "Priorities" +#~ msgstr "Omruil&voorkeur" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1086 #, fuzzy -msgid "Developed by:" -msgstr "Ontwikkeling" +#~ msgid "Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Terugstel van lêers" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1089 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Packaged by:" -msgstr "Pakket:" +#~ msgid "Groups" +#~ msgstr "Groepe" -#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1105 -msgid "Applies to" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "RPM Groups" +#~ msgstr "RPM-groepe" -#. Translators: this refers to the package status -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:204 -msgid "Available" -msgstr "Beskikbaar" - -#. Translators: this refers to the package status -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:208 src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:220 #, fuzzy -msgid "Modified" -msgstr "Veranderde lêers:" +#~ msgid "Support" +#~ msgstr "Ondersteuningsdata" -#. Translators: "Any status" may be translated as "All statuses" (whichever's smaller) -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:212 src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:322 -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:555 src/ygtkpkgrpmgroupsview.cc:56 #, fuzzy -msgid "All packages" -msgstr "Installeer pakkette" +#~ msgid "Patterns" +#~ msgstr "Patrone" -#. Translators: this refers to the package status -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:214 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:999 -#: src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:377 #, fuzzy -msgid "Not installed" -msgstr "Nie geïnstalleer nie (%1)" +#~ msgid "Languages" +#~ msgstr "Gebaretale" -#. Translators: refers to package status: may be translated as "Upgrade" -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Laai af" +#~ msgid "License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "Lisensie-ooreenkoms" -#. Translators: this refers to the package status -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:219 #, fuzzy -msgid "Locked" -msgstr "Sluit" +#~ msgid "Do you accept the terms of this license?" +#~ msgstr "Aanvaar u hierdie lisensie-ooreenkoms?" -#. Translators: this is shown next to the "Upgrade All" button -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:283 #, fuzzy -msgid "Only Upgrade Patches" -msgstr "Laai af" +#~ msgid "Warning Message" +#~ msgstr "Waarskuwings" -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:289 #, fuzzy -msgid "Upgrade All" -msgstr "Laai af" +#~ msgid "Install anyway?" +#~ msgstr "Installeer &in elk geval" -#. Translators: when "upload" isn't easy to translate, translate this as "7 days old" -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:339 -msgid "(uploaded last 7 days)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:374 #, fuzzy -msgid "All repositories" -msgstr "Terugstel van lêers" +#~ msgid "Changes not saved!" +#~ msgstr "Gewysig, nog nie geberg nie" -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:397 -msgid "None" -msgstr "Geen" - -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:488 -msgid "Repository not refreshed in a long time." -msgstr "" - -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:507 -msgid "Switch installed packages to the versions in this repository" -msgstr "" - -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:527 src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:542 #, fuzzy -msgid "Edit Repositories" -msgstr "Terugstel van lêers" +#~ msgid "Quit anyway?" +#~ msgstr "Installeer &in elk geval" -#. Translators: "Any priority" may be translated as "All priorities" (whichever's smaller) -#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:577 #, fuzzy -msgid "All patches" -msgstr "Alle regstellings" +#~ msgid "Unsupported packages" +#~ msgstr "Onbevestigde pakkette" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:28 +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Aanlynbywerking" + #, fuzzy -msgid "automatic" -msgstr "Outomaties" +#~ msgid "Software Manager" +#~ msgstr "Stelselbestuurder" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:30 -msgid "user:" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Please wait..." +#~ msgstr "Wag, asseblief ..." -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:96 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:273 -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:960 #, fuzzy -msgid "install" -msgstr "&Installeer" +#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Waarskuwing</h1>" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:98 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:119 -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:277 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:965 #, fuzzy -msgid "upgrade" -msgstr "Laai af" +#~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>" +#~ msgstr "<h3>Gebruikers</h3>" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:100 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:289 -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:974 -#, fuzzy -msgid "remove" -msgstr "Verwyder" +#~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." +#~ msgstr "Inligting slegs vir geïnstalleerde pakkette beskikbaar." -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:102 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:279 -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:967 #, fuzzy -msgid "downgrade" -msgstr "Laai af" +#~ msgid "Several selected" +#~ msgstr "Geen bediener is gekies nie." -#. (edition == prev_edition) -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:104 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:281 -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:969 #, fuzzy -msgid "re-install" -msgstr "&Installeer" +#~ msgid "Patch issued:" +#~ msgstr "Regstellings:" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:126 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:209 #, fuzzy -msgid "patch" -msgstr "regstellings" +#~| msgid "Days" +#~ msgid "as" +#~ msgstr "Dae" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:134 #, fuzzy -msgid "auto" -msgstr "Skrywers:" +#~ msgid "Details" +#~ msgstr "Besonderhede:" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:303 #, fuzzy -msgid "add repository" -msgstr "&Profielbewaarplek:" +#~ msgid "Size:" +#~ msgstr "Grootte:" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:311 #, fuzzy -msgid "remove repository" -msgstr "&Profielbewaarplek:" +#~ msgid "License:" +#~ msgstr "Lisensie:" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:318 #, fuzzy -msgid "change repository alias" -msgstr "Pakketbewaarplek" +#~ msgid "Versions" +#~ msgstr "Weergawe:" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:325 #, fuzzy -msgid "change repository url" -msgstr "Pakketbewaarplek" +#~ msgid "Installed" +#~ msgstr "&Installeer" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:394 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save to" -msgstr "&Berg Opgawe" +#~ msgid "Remove" +#~ msgstr "Verwyder" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:516 src/YGTreeView.cc:358 #, fuzzy -msgid "No entries." -msgstr "Geen inskywings gevind nie" +#~ msgid "Upgrade" +#~ msgstr "Laai af" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:554 #, fuzzy -msgid "Version / URL" -msgstr "Weergawe" +#~ msgid "Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Laai af" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:588 #, fuzzy -msgid "Requested by" -msgstr "Versoekte hat" +#~ msgid "Re-install" +#~ msgstr "&Installeer" -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:609 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Datum" - -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:623 -#, fuzzy, c-format -msgid "Show History (%s)" -msgstr "Gids" - -#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:625 -msgid "Save to File" -msgstr "Berg na lêer" - -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:486 src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:299 -msgid "&Install" -msgstr "&Installeer" - -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:489 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Upgrade" -msgstr "Laai af" +#~ msgid "Undo" +#~ msgstr "Horlosies" -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:492 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Re-install" -msgstr "&Installeer" +#~ msgid "Supportability:" +#~ msgstr "Ondersteuningsdata" -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:495 src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:291 -msgid "&Remove" -msgstr "&Verwyder" +#~ msgid "Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "Afhanklikhede" -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:498 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Undo" -msgstr "Horlosies" +#~ msgid "Installed Version:" +#~ msgstr "Geïnstalleerde weergawe" -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:505 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Unlock" -msgstr "Horlosies" +#~ msgid "Available Version:" +#~ msgstr "Beskikbare weergawe: %1 (%2)" -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:508 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Lock" -msgid "&Lock" -msgstr "Sluit" +#~ msgid "File list" +#~ msgstr "Lêerlys" -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:702 #, fuzzy -msgid "No matches." -msgstr "Regstellings gekry." +#~ msgid "Changelog" +#~ msgstr "Wysig opgawe" -#. if (sel->toModify()) -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:976 #, fuzzy -msgid "modify" -msgstr "&Verander" +#~ msgid "Authors" +#~ msgstr "Skrywers:" -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:984 -msgid "locked: right-click to unlock" -msgstr "" - -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:987 #, fuzzy -msgid "To install" -msgstr "&Installeer" +#~| msgid "Action not specified." +#~ msgid "Attribute not-specified." +#~ msgstr "Aksie nie gespesifiseer nie." -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:990 #, fuzzy -msgid "To remove" -msgstr "Verwyder" +#~ msgid "Developed by:" +#~ msgstr "Ontwikkeling" -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:995 #, fuzzy -msgid "(upgrade available)" -msgstr "geen pakket beskikbaar nie" +#~ msgid "Packaged by:" +#~ msgstr "Pakket:" -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:1002 -msgid "status changed by the dependencies resolver" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Available" +#~ msgstr "Beskikbaar" -#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:1040 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installed packages" -msgstr "Geïnstalleerde &pakkette" +#~ msgid "Modified" +#~ msgstr "Veranderde lêers:" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:99 src/YGUI.cc:28 -msgid "Error" -msgstr "Fout" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "All packages" +#~ msgstr "Installeer pakkette" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:220 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Import from File" -msgid "Import from" -msgstr "&Voer in uit lêer" +#~ msgid "Not installed" +#~ msgstr "Nie geïnstalleer nie (%1)" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:299 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Could not stop IPsec." -msgid "Could not open:" -msgstr "Kon IPsec nie stop nie." +#~ msgid "Upgrades" +#~ msgstr "Laai af" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:313 #, fuzzy -msgid "Export to" -msgstr "&Uitvoer" +#~ msgid "Locked" +#~ msgstr "Sluit" -#. #-#-#-#-# gtk.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Post error popup -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:370 src/YGUI.cc:463 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Could not set base selection: %1" -msgid "Could not save to:" -msgstr "Kon nie basiskeuse stel nie: %1" +#~ msgid "Only Upgrade Patches" +#~ msgstr "Laai af" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:384 #, fuzzy -msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." -msgstr "Gebruik dit om uitgebreide opgawes te genereer om foute in die afhanklikheidsoplosser te help opspoor. Die opgawes sal in die gids geberg word. <tt>%1</tt>" +#~ msgid "Upgrade All" +#~ msgstr "Laai af" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:386 -msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:" -msgstr "" - -#. Translators: if there is no direct translation to Dependencies Resolver, then translate it to e.g. Dependencies Manager -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:392 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" -msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver Testcase" -msgstr "Genereer afhanklikheidsoplosser-toetssaak" +#~ msgid "All repositories" +#~ msgstr "Terugstel van lêers" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:406 -msgid "Success" -msgstr "Sukses" +#~ msgid "None" +#~ msgstr "Geen" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:407 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " -msgid "Dependencies resolver test case written to:" -msgstr "Afhanklikheidsoplosser se toetsgeval geskryf na" +#~ msgid "Edit Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Terugstel van lêers" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" -msgstr "Afhanklikheidsoplosser-toetssaak geskryf na <tt>%1</tt>Berei <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-argief voor om aan Bugzilla te heg?" +#~ msgid "All patches" +#~ msgstr "Alle regstellings" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" -"Please check disk space and permissions for:" -msgstr "Fout tydens skep van afhanklikheidsoplosser-toetssaakGaan asseblief skyfspasie na, asook toestemmings vir <tt>%1</tt>" +#~ msgid "automatic" +#~ msgstr "Outomaties" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:701 -msgid "F&ile" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "install" +#~ msgstr "&Installeer" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:703 -msgid "&Import..." -msgstr "&Voer in ..." +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "upgrade" +#~ msgstr "Laai af" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:705 -msgid "&Export..." -msgstr "&Uitvoer ..." +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "remove" +#~ msgstr "Verwyder" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:711 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configuration" -msgid "&Configuration" -msgstr "Konfigurasie" +#~ msgid "downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Laai af" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:713 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Repositories..." -msgstr "Terugstel van lêers" +#~ msgid "re-install" +#~ msgstr "&Installeer" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:716 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Online Update..." -msgstr "Aanlynbywerking" +#~ msgid "patch" +#~ msgstr "regstellings" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:719 -msgid "&Dependencies" -msgstr "&Afhanklikhede" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "auto" +#~ msgstr "Skrywers:" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:721 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Check New Passwords" -msgid "&Check Now" -msgstr "&Gaan nuwe wagwoorde na" +#~ msgid "add repository" +#~ msgstr "&Profielbewaarplek:" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:723 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Autocheck" -msgstr "O&utonagaan" +#~ msgid "remove repository" +#~ msgstr "&Profielbewaarplek:" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:726 -msgid "&Options" -msgstr "&Opsies" - -#. Translators: don't translate the "-devel" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:729 #, fuzzy -msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" -msgstr "Aanbevole pakkette" +#~ msgid "change repository alias" +#~ msgstr "Pakketbewaarplek" -#. Translators: don't translate the "-debuginfo/-debugsource" part -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:731 #, fuzzy -msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" -msgstr "Aanbevole pakkette" +#~ msgid "change repository url" +#~ msgstr "Pakketbewaarplek" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:732 #, fuzzy -msgid "&System Verification Mode" -msgstr "Stelselprofielplek" +#~ msgid "Save to" +#~ msgstr "&Berg Opgawe" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:733 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Ignore recommended packages for already installed packages" -msgstr "Aanbevole pakkette" +#~ msgid "Version / URL" +#~ msgstr "Weergawe" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:736 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" -msgstr "Kies van pakkette..." +#~ msgid "Requested by" +#~ msgstr "Versoekte hat" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:737 -msgid "&Allow vendor change" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Date" +#~ msgstr "Datum" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:741 #, fuzzy -msgid "E&xtras" -msgstr "&Ekstras" +#~ msgid "Show History (%s)" +#~ msgstr "Gids" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:743 -msgid "Show &Products" -msgstr "Toon &produkte" +#~ msgid "Save to File" +#~ msgstr "Berg na lêer" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:745 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show &Changes" -msgstr "Geen wysiging nie" +#~ msgid "&Install" +#~ msgstr "&Installeer" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:748 #, fuzzy -msgid "Show &History" -msgstr "Gids" +#~ msgid "&Upgrade" +#~ msgstr "Laai af" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:751 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Selection Dependencies" -msgid "Show &Unneeded Dependencies" -msgstr "Keuse-afhanklikhede" +#~ msgid "&Re-install" +#~ msgstr "&Installeer" -#. Translators: keep "-_devel" untranslated -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:757 -msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" -msgstr "Installeer alles wat pas - &devel-pakkette" +#~ msgid "&Remove" +#~ msgstr "&Verwyder" -#. Translators: keep "-debug-_info" untranslated -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:760 #, fuzzy -msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&info Packages" -msgstr "Installeer alles wat pas - de&buginfo-pakkette" +#~ msgid "&Undo" +#~ msgstr "Horlosies" -#. Translators: keep "-debug-_source" untranslated -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:763 #, fuzzy -msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&source Packages" -msgstr "Installeer alles wat pas - de&buginfo-pakkette" +#~ msgid "&Unlock" +#~ msgstr "Horlosies" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:766 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" -msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver &Testcase" -msgstr "Genereer afhanklikheidsoplosser-toetssaak" +#~| msgid "Lock" +#~ msgid "&Lock" +#~ msgstr "Sluit" -#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:768 #, fuzzy -msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependencies Conflicts" -msgstr "Stel weer &geïgnoreerde afhanklikheidskonflikte" +#~ msgid "No matches." +#~ msgstr "Regstellings gekry." -#: src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:296 #, fuzzy -msgid "Remove: cannot remove patterns" -msgstr "Aanbevole patrone" +#~ msgid "modify" +#~ msgstr "&Verander" -#: src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:373 -msgid "" -"Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n" -"\n" -"You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "To install" +#~ msgstr "&Installeer" -#: src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:86 #, fuzzy -msgid "Candidate provides:" -msgstr "Skryf verskaffers" +#~ msgid "To remove" +#~ msgstr "Verwyder" -#: src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:90 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installed provides:" -msgstr "Geïnstalleerde grootte:" +#~ msgid "(upgrade available)" +#~ msgstr "geen pakket beskikbaar nie" -#: src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:143 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Verkoper" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installed packages" +#~ msgstr "Geïnstalleerde &pakkette" -#. Translators: same as "Listing of Products" -#: src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:161 #, fuzzy -msgid "Products Listing" -msgstr "Produkregistrasie" +#~| msgid "&Import from File" +#~ msgid "Import from" +#~ msgstr "&Voer in uit lêer" -#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:38 src/ygtkwizard.c:83 #, fuzzy -msgid "Clear" -msgstr "&Maak skoon" +#~| msgid "Could not stop IPsec." +#~ msgid "Could not open:" +#~ msgstr "Kon IPsec nie stop nie." -#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:90 -msgid "" -"Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n" -"(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Export to" +#~ msgstr "&Uitvoer" -#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:97 src/ygtkwizard.c:161 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Finish" -msgid "&Find:" -msgstr "&Voltooi" +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." +#~ msgstr "Gebruik dit om uitgebreide opgawes te genereer om foute in die afhanklikheidsoplosser te help opspoor. Die opgawes sal in die gids geberg word. <tt>%1</tt>" -#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:103 #, fuzzy -msgid "Name & Summary" -msgstr "Werk opsomming by" +#~| msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" +#~ msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver Testcase" +#~ msgstr "Genereer afhanklikheidsoplosser-toetssaak" -#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:104 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Beskrywing" +#~ msgid "Success" +#~ msgstr "Sukses" -#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:106 -msgid "File name" -msgstr "Lêernaam" - -#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:120 -msgid "by" -msgstr "" - -#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:223 -#, c-format -msgid "%sPatterns are available%s that correspond to your search criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:243 #, fuzzy -msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages." -msgstr "Inligting slegs vir geïnstalleerde pakkette beskikbaar." +#~| msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " +#~ msgid "Dependencies resolver test case written to:" +#~ msgstr "Afhanklikheidsoplosser se toetsgeval geskryf na" -#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:38 #, fuzzy -msgid "view all changes" -msgstr "Berg van alle wysigings." +#~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" +#~ msgstr "Afhanklikheidsoplosser-toetssaak geskryf na <tt>%1</tt>Berei <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-argief voor om aan Bugzilla te heg?" -#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:68 -#, fuzzy, c-format -msgid "%s %d preselected packages" -msgstr "Kopieer gekose pakkette" - -#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:75 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Kind of Dependency" -msgid "plus 1 dependency" -msgstr "Soort afhanklikheid" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" +#~ "Please check disk space and permissions for:" +#~ msgstr "Fout tydens skep van afhanklikheidsoplosser-toetssaakGaan asseblief skyfspasie na, asook toestemmings vir <tt>%1</tt>" -#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:77 -#, fuzzy, c-format -#| msgid "(by dependencies)" -msgid "plus %d dependencies" -msgstr "(vlgs. afhanklikhede)" +#~ msgid "&Import..." +#~ msgstr "&Voer in ..." -#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:90 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No changes to perform" -msgstr "Geen wysigings wat tot dusver gemaak is, kon uitgevoer word nie." +#~ msgid "&Export..." +#~ msgstr "&Uitvoer ..." -#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:149 #, fuzzy -msgid "To install:" -msgstr "&Installeer" +#~| msgid "Configuration" +#~ msgid "&Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurasie" -#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:152 #, fuzzy -msgid "To upgrade:" -msgstr "Laai af" +#~ msgid "&Repositories..." +#~ msgstr "Terugstel van lêers" -#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:155 #, fuzzy -msgid "To remove:" -msgstr "Verwyder" +#~ msgid "&Online Update..." +#~ msgstr "Aanlynbywerking" -#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:232 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Space available:" -msgstr "geen pakket beskikbaar nie" +#~ msgid "&Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "&Afhanklikhede" -#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:105 #, fuzzy -msgid "Disk space required:" -msgstr "Toestel vereis." +#~| msgid "&Check New Passwords" +#~ msgid "&Check Now" +#~ msgstr "&Gaan nuwe wagwoorde na" -#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:108 #, fuzzy -msgid "Download size:" -msgstr "Algehele aflaaigrootte:" +#~ msgid "&Autocheck" +#~ msgstr "O&utonagaan" -#. Translators: please keep the %s order intact. They refer to mount_point, needed_space -#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:155 -#, c-format -msgid "Partition %s is %s over-capacity" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "&Options" +#~ msgstr "&Opsies" -#. Translators: please keep the %s order intact. They refer to used_space, total_space -#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:158 -#, c-format -msgid "%s filled out of %s" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" +#~ msgstr "Aanbevole pakkette" -#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:239 -msgid "Close software manager when done" -msgstr "" - -#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:261 #, fuzzy -msgid "Revert?" -msgstr "Omkeerbaar" +#~ msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" +#~ msgstr "Aanbevole pakkette" -#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:280 #, fuzzy -msgid "Summary of changes" -msgstr "Opsommingskennisgewing" +#~ msgid "&System Verification Mode" +#~ msgstr "Stelselprofielplek" -#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:282 #, fuzzy -msgid "Review the changes to perform." -msgstr "Berg die wysigings in %1?" +#~ msgid "&Ignore recommended packages for already installed packages" +#~ msgstr "Aanbevole pakkette" -#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:290 #, fuzzy -msgid "See History" -msgstr "Gids" +#~ msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" +#~ msgstr "Kies van pakkette..." -#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:193 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Selection Dependencies" -msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies" -msgstr "Keuse-afhanklikhede" +#~ msgid "E&xtras" +#~ msgstr "&Ekstras" -#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:195 -msgid "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, nor comprehensive. Use with care." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Show &Products" +#~ msgstr "Toon &produkte" -#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:205 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Remove" -msgid "Remove All" -msgstr "Verwyder" +#~ msgid "Show &Changes" +#~ msgstr "Geen wysiging nie" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:24 #, fuzzy -msgid "Education" -msgstr "Plek" +#~ msgid "Show &History" +#~ msgstr "Gids" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:25 -msgid "Games" -msgstr "Speletjies" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Selection Dependencies" +#~ msgid "Show &Unneeded Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "Keuse-afhanklikhede" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:26 -msgid "Graphics" -msgstr "Grafika" +#~ msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" +#~ msgstr "Installeer alles wat pas - &devel-pakkette" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:27 -msgid "Office" -msgstr "Kantoor" - -#: src/yzypptags.cc:28 #, fuzzy -msgid "Programming" -msgstr "Program" +#~ msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&info Packages" +#~ msgstr "Installeer alles wat pas - de&buginfo-pakkette" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:29 -msgid "Multimedia" -msgstr "Multimedia" - -#: src/yzypptags.cc:30 -msgid "System" -msgstr "Stelsel" - -#. Translators: keep translation short -#: src/yzypptags.cc:32 #, fuzzy -msgid "Desktop (GNOME)" -msgstr "Werkskerm" +#~ msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&source Packages" +#~ msgstr "Installeer alles wat pas - de&buginfo-pakkette" -#. Translators: keep translation short -#: src/yzypptags.cc:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "Desktop (KDE)" -msgstr "Werkskerm" +#~| msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" +#~ msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver &Testcase" +#~ msgstr "Genereer afhanklikheidsoplosser-toetssaak" -#. Translators: keep translation short -#: src/yzypptags.cc:36 #, fuzzy -msgid "Desktop (XFCE)" -msgstr "Werkskerm" +#~ msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependencies Conflicts" +#~ msgstr "Stel weer &geïgnoreerde afhanklikheidskonflikte" -#. Translators: keep translation short -#: src/yzypptags.cc:38 #, fuzzy -msgid "Desktop (Others)" -msgstr "Kelties (ander)" +#~ msgid "Remove: cannot remove patterns" +#~ msgstr "Aanbevole patrone" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:39 -msgid "Publishing" -msgstr "Uitgee-" - -#. Translators: keep translation short -#: src/yzypptags.cc:41 #, fuzzy -msgid "Admin Tools" -msgstr "Gereedskap" +#~ msgid "Candidate provides:" +#~ msgstr "Skryf verskaffers" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:42 #, fuzzy -msgid "Localization" -msgstr "Plek" +#~ msgid "Installed provides:" +#~ msgstr "Geïnstalleerde grootte:" -#. Translators: this refers to patch priority -#: src/yzypptags.cc:43 src/yzyppwrapper.cc:754 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "Veiligheid" +#~ msgid "Vendor" +#~ msgstr "Verkoper" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:44 #, fuzzy -msgid "Communication" -msgstr "Kommunikasiebeheerder" +#~ msgid "Products Listing" +#~ msgstr "Produkregistrasie" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:45 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Netwerk" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Name & Summary" +#~ msgstr "Werk opsomming by" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:46 src/yzyppwrapper.cc:758 -msgid "Documentation" -msgstr "Dokumentasie" +#~ msgid "Description" +#~ msgstr "Beskrywing" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:47 -msgid "Utilities" -msgstr "Nutsprogramme" +#~ msgid "File name" +#~ msgstr "Lêernaam" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:49 -msgid "Unknown" -msgstr "Onbekend" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages." +#~ msgstr "Inligting slegs vir geïnstalleerde pakkette beskikbaar." -#: src/yzypptags.cc:50 #, fuzzy -msgid "Suggested" -msgstr "&Voorstel" +#~ msgid "view all changes" +#~ msgstr "Berg van alle wysigings." -#. Translators: this refers to patch priority -#: src/yzypptags.cc:51 src/yzyppwrapper.cc:756 -msgid "Recommended" -msgstr "Aanbeveel" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%s %d preselected packages" +#~ msgstr "Kopieer gekose pakkette" -#. Translators: this refers to packages no longer available in any repository. -#: src/yzypptags.cc:53 -msgid "Unmaintained" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Kind of Dependency" +#~ msgid "plus 1 dependency" +#~ msgstr "Soort afhanklikheid" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:54 #, fuzzy -msgid "Recent" -msgstr "Verwerp" +#~| msgid "(by dependencies)" +#~ msgid "plus %d dependencies" +#~ msgstr "(vlgs. afhanklikhede)" -#: src/yzypptags.cc:55 #, fuzzy -msgid "Multiversion" -msgstr "Multimedia" +#~ msgid "No changes to perform" +#~ msgstr "Geen wysigings wat tot dusver gemaak is, kon uitgevoer word nie." -#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:169 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installed:" -msgstr "&Installeer" +#~ msgid "To install:" +#~ msgstr "&Installeer" -#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:169 src/YGProgressBar.cc:115 #, fuzzy -msgid "of" -msgstr "van" +#~ msgid "To upgrade:" +#~ msgstr "Laai af" -#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:211 #, fuzzy -msgid "Reboot required:" -msgstr "word vereis deur" +#~ msgid "To remove:" +#~ msgstr "Verwyder" -#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:212 -msgid "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Space available:" +#~ msgstr "geen pakket beskikbaar nie" -#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:216 #, fuzzy -msgid "Relogin required:" -msgstr "word vereis deur" +#~ msgid "Disk space required:" +#~ msgstr "Toestel vereis." -#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:217 -msgid "you must logout and login again for this patch to take effect." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Download size:" +#~ msgstr "Algehele aflaaigrootte:" -#. Translators: this refers to patch priority -#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:760 -msgid "Optional" -msgstr "Opsioneel" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Revert?" +#~ msgstr "Omkeerbaar" -#. Translators: this refers to patch priority -#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:762 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Ander" - -#. translator: byte shorthand -#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:25 #, fuzzy -msgid "B" -msgstr "kG" +#~ msgid "Summary of changes" +#~ msgstr "Opsommingskennisgewing" -#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:26 -msgid "KB" -msgstr "kG" - -#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:27 -msgid "MB" -msgstr "MG" - -#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:28 -msgid "GB" -msgstr "GG" - -#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:29 -msgid "TB" -msgstr "TG" - -#: src/YGTreeView.cc:119 #, fuzzy -msgid "Total selected:" -msgstr "Geen bediener is gekies nie." +#~ msgid "Review the changes to perform." +#~ msgstr "Berg die wysigings in %1?" -#: src/YGUI.cc:133 -msgid "" -"Command line options for the YaST2 UI (GTK plugin):\n" -"\n" -"--noborder no window manager border for main dialogs\n" -"--fullscreen use full screen for main dialogs\n" -"--nothreads run without additional UI threads\n" -"--help prints this help text\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/YGUI.cc:328 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Parse control file" -msgid "Open Macro file" -msgstr "Ontleed beheerlêer" +#~ msgid "See History" +#~ msgstr "Gids" -#: src/YGUI.cc:344 #, fuzzy -msgid "Macro recording done." -msgstr "Geen rekord gevind nie." +#~| msgid "Selection Dependencies" +#~ msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "Keuse-afhanklikhede" -#: src/YGUI.cc:350 #, fuzzy -msgid "Save Macro" -msgstr "&Berg Opgawe" +#~| msgid "Remove" +#~ msgid "Remove All" +#~ msgstr "Verwyder" -#: src/YGUI.cc:359 #, fuzzy -msgid "Save y2logs" -msgstr "Berg opgawe as ..." +#~ msgid "Education" +#~ msgstr "Plek" -#: src/YGUI.cc:369 -#, c-format -msgid "Could not run: '%s' (exit value: %d)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Games" +#~ msgstr "Speletjies" -#: src/YGUI.cc:395 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No dialog to take screenshot of." -msgstr "Couldn't open file: %s." +#~ msgid "Graphics" +#~ msgstr "Grafika" -#: src/YGUI.cc:410 +#~ msgid "Office" +#~ msgstr "Kantoor" + #, fuzzy -msgid "Could not take screenshot." -msgstr "Couldn't open file: %s." +#~ msgid "Programming" +#~ msgstr "Program" -#: src/YGUI.cc:451 +#~ msgid "Multimedia" +#~ msgstr "Multimedia" + +#~ msgid "System" +#~ msgstr "Stelsel" + #, fuzzy -msgid "Save screenshot" -msgstr "Couldn't open file: %s." +#~ msgid "Desktop (GNOME)" +#~ msgstr "Werkskerm" -#: src/YGUI.cc:506 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Select:" -msgid "Select" -msgstr "Kies:" +#~ msgid "Desktop (KDE)" +#~ msgstr "Werkskerm" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:626 #, fuzzy -msgid "Apply" -msgstr "&Pas toe" +#~ msgid "Desktop (XFCE)" +#~ msgstr "Werkskerm" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:627 #, fuzzy -msgid "Accept" -msgstr "&Aanvaar" +#~ msgid "Desktop (Others)" +#~ msgstr "Kelties (ander)" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:629 -msgid "OK" -msgstr "Goed" +#~ msgid "Publishing" +#~ msgstr "Uitgee-" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:630 -msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Kanselleer" - -#: src/YGUtils.cc:631 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Abort" -msgid "Abort" -msgstr "&Staak" +#~ msgid "Admin Tools" +#~ msgstr "Gereedskap" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:632 src/ygtkwizard.c:155 #, fuzzy -msgid "Close" -msgstr "&Sluit" +#~ msgid "Localization" +#~ msgstr "Plek" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:633 -msgid "Yes" -msgstr "Ja" +#~ msgid "Security" +#~ msgstr "Veiligheid" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:634 -msgid "No" -msgstr "Nee" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Communication" +#~ msgstr "Kommunikasiebeheerder" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:635 -msgid "Add" -msgstr "Voeg by" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Netwerk" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:636 -msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Hersien" +#~ msgid "Documentation" +#~ msgstr "Dokumentasie" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:637 -msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Skrap" +#~ msgid "Utilities" +#~ msgstr "Nutsprogramme" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:638 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Up" -msgstr "&Op" +#~ msgid "Unknown" +#~ msgstr "Onbekend" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:639 #, fuzzy -msgid "Down" -msgstr "&Af" +#~ msgid "Suggested" +#~ msgstr "&Voorstel" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:640 +#~ msgid "Recommended" +#~ msgstr "Aanbeveel" + #, fuzzy -msgid "Enable" -msgstr "Ontsper" +#~ msgid "Recent" +#~ msgstr "Verwerp" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:641 #, fuzzy -msgid "Disable" -msgstr "Versper" +#~ msgid "Multiversion" +#~ msgstr "Multimedia" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:642 #, fuzzy -msgid "Exit" -msgstr "Hersien" +#~ msgid "Installed:" +#~ msgstr "&Installeer" -#: src/YGUtils.cc:643 -msgid "Back" -msgstr "" - -#: src/YGUtils.cc:644 -msgid "Next" -msgstr "" - -#: src/ygtksteps.c:75 #, fuzzy -msgid "Current step" -msgstr "Huidige datum" +#~ msgid "Reboot required:" +#~ msgstr "word vereis deur" -#: src/ygtktreeview.c:135 -msgid "Loading..." -msgstr "Laai van ..." - -#: src/ygtktreeview.c:214 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Show column" -msgstr "Toon selflaaikieslys" +#~ msgid "Relogin required:" +#~ msgstr "word vereis deur" -#: src/ygtkwizard.c:107 src/ygtkwizard.c:617 -msgid "Help" -msgstr "Hulp" +#~ msgid "Optional" +#~ msgstr "Opsioneel" -#: src/ygtkwizard.c:448 -#, fuzzy -msgid "more" -msgstr "meer ..." +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "Ander" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/http-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/http-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/http-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/inetd.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/inetd.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/inetd.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ #. id, #. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:190 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 msgid "On" msgstr "Aan" @@ -140,13 +140,13 @@ msgstr "Af" #. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:210 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:212 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" @@ -250,38 +250,38 @@ #. execute dialog #. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "Voeg 'n nuwe diensinskrywing by" #. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:532 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "Kan die diens nie skrap nie. Dit is nie geïnstalleer nie." #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:556 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Om 'n diens te skrap, kies een in die hoofdialoog" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:603 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." msgstr "Om 'n diens te aktiveer of deaktiveer, kies een in die hoofdialoog" #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:740 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "Hersien 'n diensinskrywing" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Om 'n diens te hersien, kies een in die hoofdialoog" #. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:786 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -290,54 +290,54 @@ "Internet-superbediener sal versper word." #. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Diens" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "RPC-weergaw&e" #. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "Diens is akti&ef" #. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "Soks&oort" #. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokol" #. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "&Wag" #. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Gebruiker" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Groep" #. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "B&ediener" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "Bedienerargumen&te" #. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "Op&merking" @@ -351,14 +351,14 @@ #. It does not get the NIS entries. #. "+" is filtered out. #. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:332 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:352 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--verstek--" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -367,12 +367,12 @@ "Voer geldige waardes in.\n" #. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "" #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "Die gebruiker %1 word slegs vir interne bedienerprosesse gereserveer." @@ -629,14 +629,14 @@ " \n" #. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:193 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 msgid "---" msgstr "---" #. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". #. Please, make the #. translation as short as possible. -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:205 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 msgid "NI" msgstr "NI" @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ #. read database #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" @@ -684,25 +684,25 @@ msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." #. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:336 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "Kan instellings nie skryf nie!" #. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:606 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 msgid "<ul>All services are marked as stopped.</ul>" msgstr "<ul>Alle dienste is gemerk as gestop.</ul>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618 msgid "Network services" msgstr "Netwerkdienste" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "Netwerkdienste word bestuur via %1" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Hierdie dienste sal ontsper word" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/installation.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/installation.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/installation.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -60,22 +60,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopieer van lêers na geïnstalleerde stelsel ..." @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "Installasiemodus" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van verstekvensterbestuurder ..." @@ -272,6 +272,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Onbekende modus" @@ -332,7 +333,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lisensie-ooreenkoms" @@ -404,11 +405,24 @@ " installasieproses te staak.\n" " \n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 #, fuzzy -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "moet weer geïnstalleer word" +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Vrystellingsnotas" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 #, fuzzy @@ -535,7 +549,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die stelsel sal nou herselflaai ..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -543,8 +557,8 @@ #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:93 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:134 +#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 +#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Gebruik afbeelding %1" @@ -595,15 +609,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 -msgid "All data on the disk will be destroyed!!!" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All changes will be lost!" +msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" +msgstr "Alle wysigings sal verloor word!" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be destroyed and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 @@ -634,11 +650,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Konfigureer &ZFCP-skywe" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Konfigureer &iSCSI-skywe" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -662,14 +678,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:117 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Inisialiseer" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Vrystellingsnotas" +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Inisialiseer van die installasie ..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 @@ -691,67 +715,67 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:122 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Voltooi van basiese installasie" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Voorinstallasieskripte" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Kopieer lêers na geïnstalleerde stelsel" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Berg konfigurasie" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Berg installasie-instellings" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:189 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Installeer selflaaibestuurder" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:199 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Berei stelsel voor vir eerste selflaai" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Gaan na vir %1 binêre ..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:393 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Versamel van stelseldata ..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:413 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:450 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Installasiefout" @@ -774,12 +798,6 @@ "Wag asseblief terwyl die basisstelsel geïnstalleer word.\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Inisialiseer van die installasie ..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -794,13 +812,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Skryf van die stelselkonfigurasie" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Inisialiseer" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -873,10 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:501 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1056 +#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Setup" msgstr "Netwerkopstellingsmetode" @@ -938,481 +946,6 @@ "'n Fout tydens inisialiseer van pakketbeskrywings.\n" "Gaan die opgawelêer %1 na vir meer besonderhede." -#. TRANSLATORS: hardware information - HTML summary text -#. %1 is replaced with a variable network_device -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:135 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Network Device: %1" -msgstr "Netwerktoestelle" - -#. TRANSLATORS: hardware information - HTML summary text -#. %1 is replaced with "Wireless" or "Wired" -#. See #nt1 below -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Network type: %1" -msgstr "Netwerktoestelle" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Describes a "Network type" -#. see #nt1 above -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:151 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Draadloos" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Describes a "Network type" -#. see #nt1 above -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:154 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Wired" -msgstr "Draadloos" - -#. TRANSLATORS: hardware information - HTML summary text -#. %1 is replaced with a variable device_model -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:164 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Model: %1" -msgstr "Modus: %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: hardware information - HTML summary text -#. %1 is replaced with a variable mac_address -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:176 -msgid "MAC Address: %1" -msgstr "MAC-adres: %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: hardware information - HTML summary text -#. %1 is replaced with a variable hardware_vendor -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:192 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hardware Vendor: %1" -msgstr "Hardewarehorlosie: %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: hardware information - HTML summary text -#. %1 is either "Connected" or "Disconnected" (*1) -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:205 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Link is: %1" -msgstr "Afdelings: %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: hardware information, see *1 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:208 -msgid "Connected" -msgstr "Verbind" - -#. TRANSLATORS: hardware information, see *1 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:210 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Disconnected" -msgstr "Verbind" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:284 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Network Setup Wizard: Probing Hardware..." -msgstr "Ondersoekvan hardeware ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog busy message -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:287 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Probing network cards..." -msgstr "Bespeur van netwerkkaarte ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:290 -msgid "Network cards are being probed now." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: a fallback card name for *2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:309 src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:921 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unknown Network Card" -msgstr "Onbekende netwerktoestel" - -#. TRANSLATORS: hardware information widget content (a fallback) -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:401 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No additional information" -msgstr "Bykomende inligting" - -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:438 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"No network card has been selected.\n" -"\n" -"Select a network card to configure it later.\n" -msgstr "Lees netwerkkaartkonfigurasie" - -#. TRANSLATORS: popup dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:450 -msgid "Warning" -msgstr "Waarskuwing" - -#. TRANSLATORS: popup dialog question -#. %1 is replaced with a network device string -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:454 -msgid "" -"The link of the selected interface %1 is disconnected.\n" -"It needs to be connected for a proper network configuration.\n" -"Are you sure you want to use it?" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: popup dialog button -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:462 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Yes, Use it" -msgstr "&Ja, herskryf" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:503 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Select a network card to be configured." -msgstr "Lees netwerkkaartkonfigurasie" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:509 -msgid "Network Card" -msgstr "Netwerkkaart" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:509 -msgid "Device" -msgstr "Toestel" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Rich text widget label -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:515 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" -msgstr "Toon inligting van gekose gebruiker" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:519 -msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:523 -msgid "" -"If you do not need a network connection now,\n" -"you can safely skip the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:527 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To configure a network card, select it from the list\n" -"and click the Next button.\n" -"Otherwise, click Cancel.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Om ’n bestaande gebruiker te hersien of te skrap, kies een gebruiker uit die lys en \n" -" klik Hersien of Skrap.\n" -" \n" - -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:616 -#, fuzzy -msgid "IP address cannot be empty." -msgstr "Gedeeldenaam kan nie leeg wees nie." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 is replaced with invalid IP address -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:625 -#, fuzzy -msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address." -msgstr "%1 is 'n ongeldige konteks" - -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:640 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Netmask cannot be empty." -msgstr "URL kan nie leeg wees nie." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 is replaced with invalid netmask -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:647 -#, fuzzy -msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask." -msgstr "%1 is 'n ongeldige konteks" - -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:658 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Gateway IP address cannot be empty." -msgstr "Gedeeldenaam kan nie leeg wees nie." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 is replaced with invalid IP address -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:667 -#, fuzzy -msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address of the gateway." -msgstr "%1 is 'n ongeldige konteks" - -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:682 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DNS server IP address cannot be empty." -msgstr "Gedeeldenaam kan nie leeg wees nie." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 is replaced with invalid IP address -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:691 -#, fuzzy -msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address of the DNS server." -msgstr "Voer die adres van die KDC-bediener in." - -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:736 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Proxy server name or IP address must be set." -msgstr "NIS-bedienernaam of -adres" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 is replaced with invalid IP address -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:746 -msgid "" -"'%1' is an invalid IP address or invalid hostname\n" -"of a proxy server." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:765 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Proxy port must be set." -msgstr "Gebruiker moet gestel word." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 is replaced with invalid IP address -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 is replaced with invalid IP address -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:773 src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:792 -msgid "" -"'%1' is an invalid proxy port number.\n" -"\n" -"Port number must be between 1 and 65535 inclusive." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label, %1 is replaced with a selected network device name, e.g, eth3 -#. See *2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:916 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Select your joystick type:" -msgid "Select your network setup type for %1" -msgstr "&Kies u stuurstangsoort:" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:933 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Address Setup (via &DHCP)" -msgstr "O&utomatiese adresopstelling (via DHCP)" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:940 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Static Address Setup" -msgstr "S&tatiese adresopstelling" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:952 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Static Address Settings" -msgstr "S&tatiese adresopstelling" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:959 -msgid "&IP Address" -msgstr "&IP-adres" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:964 -msgid "Net&mask" -msgstr "Net&masker" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:973 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Default &Gateway IP" -msgstr "Verstek&deurgang" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:980 -#, fuzzy -msgid "D&NS Server IP" -msgstr "DNS-bediener" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:997 -msgid "&Use Proxy for Accessing the Internet" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1007 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&HTTP Proxy Server" -msgstr "HTTP-bediener" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1019 -msgid "&Port" -msgstr "&Poort" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1031 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Us&er (optional)" -msgstr "&Opsioneel" - -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1040 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Pass&word (optional)" -msgstr "Wagwoordenkriptering" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1059 -msgid "" -"<big>Network Setup</big>\n" -" Configure your network card.\n" -"Select either DHCP or static setup. DHCP fits for most cases.\n" -"For details contact your Internet provider or your network\n" -"administrator.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1067 -msgid "" -"<big>Proxy</big>\n" -" Proxy is a server-based cache for accessing the web.\n" -"In most cases, if you have a direct connection to the Internet,\n" -"you do not need to use one.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup content (HTML) -#. %1 is replaced with a bash command -#. %2 is replaced with (possibly multiline) error output of the command -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1186 -msgid "" -"Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.\n" -"The output of the command was:\n" -"<pre>%2</pre>" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: popup hedline -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1229 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1250 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1267 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Setting up Network Failed" -msgstr "Opstel van netwerkdienste ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1389 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A failure occurred during preparing\n" -"the installation system for writing the proxy configuration." -msgstr "" -"'n Fout het tydens selflaaiprogram\n" -"installasie voorgekom. Probeer weer selflaaiprogramkonfigurasie?\n" - -#. TRANSLATORS: a pop-up dialog headline -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1633 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1754 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Internet Test Failed" -msgstr "Handtekeningnagaan het misluk" - -#. TRANSLATORS: a pop-up dialog question, see buttons *3 -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1635 -msgid "" -"The Internet connection test failed. You should be\n" -"redirected to the previous dialog to change the configuration.\n" -"Go back and change it?" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: popup dialog button (*3) -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1641 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Go Back" -msgstr "Terug" - -#. TRANSLATORS: popup dialog button (*3) -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1643 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Skip" -msgstr "&Slaan oor" - -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1797 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjust automatic network setup (via DHCP)" -msgstr "Ou&tomatiese opstelling (via DHCP)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1802 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjusting automatic network setup (via DHCP)..." -msgstr "Ou&tomatiese opstelling (via DHCP)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1819 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjust static network setup" -msgstr "Lees van netwerkinstellings ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1824 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjusting static network setup..." -msgstr "Lees van netwerkinstellings ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1844 -msgid "" -"Unknown network setup.\n" -"\n" -"Please, go back and provide a valid network setup." -msgstr "" - -#. Always write settings, might be already in use -#. and we might want to disable it -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1856 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Write proxy settings" -msgstr "Versper volmaginstellings" - -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1860 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Writing proxy settings..." -msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1877 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjust installation system" -msgstr "&Selflaai-geïnstalleerde stelsel" - -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1882 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjusting installation system..." -msgstr "Beweeg na geïnstalleerde stelsel ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1896 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Test Internet connection" -msgstr "Toets Internetverbinding" - -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1900 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Testing Internet connection..." -msgstr "Toets van die Internetverbinding ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1914 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Writing Network Setup..." -msgstr "Skryf van netwerkinstellings ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1920 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -msgstr "Wag asseblief terwyl pakkette geïnstalleer word." - -#. If writing failed, return `back -#: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1954 -msgid "" -"Writing the network settings failed.\n" -"You will be returned to the previous dialog to either\n" -"change the settings or cancel the network setup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" @@ -1453,14 +986,19 @@ msgid "Other" msgstr "Ander" +#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) +#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 +msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." +msgstr "" + #. 1 GB is a good approximation -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:87 +#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 #, fuzzy msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Ondersoek van harde skywe ..." #. kilobytes -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:108 +#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installeer van pakkette ..." @@ -1488,12 +1026,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Oorslaan van konfigurasie op gebruikerversoek" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1504,32 +1042,32 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "FOUT: Ontbrekende titel" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Toon die opsomming van die huidige instellings" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analiseer van u stelsel ..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "FOUT: Geen voorstel nie" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1538,7 +1076,7 @@ "Daar was foute." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installasiemedia" @@ -1548,25 +1086,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Slaan konfigurasie oor" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Gebruik volgende konfigurasie" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Wysig ..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1574,25 +1112,25 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Klik enige opskrif om wysigings aan te bring of gebruik die \"Wysig...\"-kieslys hieronder." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Klik enige opskrif om wysigings aan te bring of gebruik die \"Wysig...\"-kieslys hieronder." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Herinstel as verstekte" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1606,7 +1144,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1638,7 +1176,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1655,7 +1193,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1668,7 +1206,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1680,7 +1218,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1692,7 +1230,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1703,12 +1241,12 @@ " \n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML-installasievoorstel" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1719,7 +1257,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1730,7 +1268,7 @@ " \n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Some proposals might be\n" @@ -1746,11 +1284,11 @@ " 'n voorstel wat gesluit is te wysig, moet u u stelseladministrateur vra." #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Werk by" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Installeer" @@ -1878,60 +1416,41 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Ondersoek van harde skywe ..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "Soek na verlore partisies" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 #, fuzzy -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "Soek na geldige Linux-partisies ..." - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 -#, fuzzy msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Soek na verlore partisies" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Soek na stamtoestel ..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Evalueer van pakketkeuse ..." - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -#, fuzzy msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Inisialiseer van nuwe pakketdatabasis ..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van nuwe pakketdatabasis ..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Stelselnagaan" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "Wag asseblief terwyl die stelsel gekonfigureer word." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1944,7 +1463,7 @@ "Gaan asseblief u hardeware na!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1957,7 +1476,7 @@ "Daar is geen harde skywe vir die installasie gevind nie.\n" "Gaan asseblief u hardeware na!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1965,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1982,7 +1501,7 @@ " Gaan u hardeware na.\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" @@ -1992,161 +1511,161 @@ "Staak van installasie." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove" msgid "Removed" msgstr "Verwyder" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ontsperde" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Versperde" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 #, fuzzy msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Kies bykomende hulpbronne:" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Huidige status:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "&Profielbewaarplek:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Knikkerstatus" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "Bronne om te registreer" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "program is nie gekonfigureer nie" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Kies bykomende hulpbronne:" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" "\n" "Wag asseblief terwyl die afbeelding onttrek word.\n" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Lees konfigurasie wat voorheen geberg is" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Lees van konfigurasie wat voorheen geberg is ..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Lees konfigurasie wat voorheen geberg is" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Kies bykomende hulpbronne:" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Lees konfigurasie wat voorheen geberg is" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Kies bykomende hulpbronne:" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -2156,7 +1675,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -2166,7 +1685,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" @@ -2178,7 +1697,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" @@ -2188,7 +1707,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" @@ -2199,7 +1718,7 @@ "%2" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" @@ -2246,7 +1765,7 @@ "basiese konfigurasie van die stelsel te gaan.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/installation.rb:82 +#: src/clients/installation.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "Geen werkvloei vir hierdie installasiemodus gedefinieer nie." @@ -2258,7 +1777,7 @@ msgstr "Skryf van herleidingskonfigurasie ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64 msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..." msgstr "Bywerk van kernmodule-afhanklikhede ..." @@ -2285,68 +1804,57 @@ msgstr "Berg van volmagkonfigurasie ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Berg van tydsone ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Berg van taal ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Berg van konsolekonfigurasie ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Berg van sleutelbordkonfigurasie ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Berg van produkinligting ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Berg van outomatiese-installasie-instellings ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading security settings..." msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Lees van veiligheidsinstellings ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving sound card settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Berg van klankkaartinstellings ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Berg van hardewarekonfigurasie ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ssh_service_finish.rb:65 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Enabling SSH service on installed system..." -msgstr "Kopieer van SSH-instellings na geïnstalleerde stelsel ..." - -#. progress step title #: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." msgstr "Kopieer van SSH-instellings na geïnstalleerde stelsel ..." @@ -2376,7 +1884,7 @@ msgstr "Skryf van YaST-konfigurasie ..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2635,7 +2143,331 @@ msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." msgstr "Herbegin van diens %1 ..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Shrink Windows partition" +msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." +msgstr "&Krimp Windows-partisie" + +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Afstandsadministrasie" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "Misluk om die installasie-RAM-skyf te skep." + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Aflaai van afbeelding ..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Stop van dienste ..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Terugstel van pakket %1..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "moet weer geïnstalleer word" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Network Device: %1" +#~ msgstr "Netwerktoestelle" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Network type: %1" +#~ msgstr "Netwerktoestelle" + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Draadloos" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Wired" +#~ msgstr "Draadloos" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Model: %1" +#~ msgstr "Modus: %1" + +#~ msgid "MAC Address: %1" +#~ msgstr "MAC-adres: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Hardware Vendor: %1" +#~ msgstr "Hardewarehorlosie: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Link is: %1" +#~ msgstr "Afdelings: %1" + +#~ msgid "Connected" +#~ msgstr "Verbind" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Disconnected" +#~ msgstr "Verbind" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Network Setup Wizard: Probing Hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Ondersoekvan hardeware ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Probing network cards..." +#~ msgstr "Bespeur van netwerkkaarte ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unknown Network Card" +#~ msgstr "Onbekende netwerktoestel" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No additional information" +#~ msgstr "Bykomende inligting" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No network card has been selected.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Select a network card to configure it later.\n" +#~ msgstr "Lees netwerkkaartkonfigurasie" + +#~ msgid "Warning" +#~ msgstr "Waarskuwing" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Yes, Use it" +#~ msgstr "&Ja, herskryf" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select a network card to be configured." +#~ msgstr "Lees netwerkkaartkonfigurasie" + +#~ msgid "Network Card" +#~ msgstr "Netwerkkaart" + +#~ msgid "Device" +#~ msgstr "Toestel" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" +#~ msgstr "Toon inligting van gekose gebruiker" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure a network card, select it from the list\n" +#~ "and click the Next button.\n" +#~ "Otherwise, click Cancel.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Om ’n bestaande gebruiker te hersien of te skrap, kies een gebruiker uit die lys en \n" +#~ " klik Hersien of Skrap.\n" +#~ " \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "IP address cannot be empty." +#~ msgstr "Gedeeldenaam kan nie leeg wees nie." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address." +#~ msgstr "%1 is 'n ongeldige konteks" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Netmask cannot be empty." +#~ msgstr "URL kan nie leeg wees nie." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask." +#~ msgstr "%1 is 'n ongeldige konteks" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Gateway IP address cannot be empty." +#~ msgstr "Gedeeldenaam kan nie leeg wees nie." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address of the gateway." +#~ msgstr "%1 is 'n ongeldige konteks" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DNS server IP address cannot be empty." +#~ msgstr "Gedeeldenaam kan nie leeg wees nie." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address of the DNS server." +#~ msgstr "Voer die adres van die KDC-bediener in." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Proxy server name or IP address must be set." +#~ msgstr "NIS-bedienernaam of -adres" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Proxy port must be set." +#~ msgstr "Gebruiker moet gestel word." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&Select your joystick type:" +#~ msgid "Select your network setup type for %1" +#~ msgstr "&Kies u stuurstangsoort:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatic Address Setup (via &DHCP)" +#~ msgstr "O&utomatiese adresopstelling (via DHCP)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Static Address Setup" +#~ msgstr "S&tatiese adresopstelling" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Static Address Settings" +#~ msgstr "S&tatiese adresopstelling" + +#~ msgid "&IP Address" +#~ msgstr "&IP-adres" + +#~ msgid "Net&mask" +#~ msgstr "Net&masker" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Default &Gateway IP" +#~ msgstr "Verstek&deurgang" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "D&NS Server IP" +#~ msgstr "DNS-bediener" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&HTTP Proxy Server" +#~ msgstr "HTTP-bediener" + +#~ msgid "&Port" +#~ msgstr "&Poort" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Us&er (optional)" +#~ msgstr "&Opsioneel" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Pass&word (optional)" +#~ msgstr "Wagwoordenkriptering" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +#~ msgstr "Opstel van netwerkdienste ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A failure occurred during preparing\n" +#~ "the installation system for writing the proxy configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "'n Fout het tydens selflaaiprogram\n" +#~ "installasie voorgekom. Probeer weer selflaaiprogramkonfigurasie?\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Internet Test Failed" +#~ msgstr "Handtekeningnagaan het misluk" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Go Back" +#~ msgstr "Terug" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Skip" +#~ msgstr "&Slaan oor" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Adjust automatic network setup (via DHCP)" +#~ msgstr "Ou&tomatiese opstelling (via DHCP)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Adjusting automatic network setup (via DHCP)..." +#~ msgstr "Ou&tomatiese opstelling (via DHCP)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Adjust static network setup" +#~ msgstr "Lees van netwerkinstellings ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Adjusting static network setup..." +#~ msgstr "Lees van netwerkinstellings ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Write proxy settings" +#~ msgstr "Versper volmaginstellings" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +#~ msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Adjust installation system" +#~ msgstr "&Selflaai-geïnstalleerde stelsel" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Adjusting installation system..." +#~ msgstr "Beweeg na geïnstalleerde stelsel ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Test Internet connection" +#~ msgstr "Toets Internetverbinding" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Testing Internet connection..." +#~ msgstr "Toets van die Internetverbinding ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." +#~ msgstr "Skryf van netwerkinstellings ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." +#~ msgstr "Wag asseblief terwyl pakkette geïnstalleer word." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "Soek na verlore partisies" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "Soek na geldige Linux-partisies ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Evalueer van pakketkeuse ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enabling SSH service on installed system..." +#~ msgstr "Kopieer van SSH-instellings na geïnstalleerde stelsel ..." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Creating automatic configuration..." #~ msgstr "Skryf van herleidingskonfigurasie ..." @@ -2843,22 +2675,6 @@ #~ " Gaan u hardeware na.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "Misluk om die installasie-RAM-skyf te skep." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Aflaai van afbeelding ..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Stop van dienste ..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Terugstel van pakket %1..." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" #~ "Select the default type." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/instserver.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/instserver.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/instserver.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Added: trunk/yast/af/po/iplb.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/iplb.af.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/iplb.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -0,0 +1,792 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2007 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: installation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" +msgid "Configuration of IPLB" +msgstr "Konfigurasie van IPsec" + +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +msgid "Iplb" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +msgid "&Iplb" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Globale konfigurasie" + +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" +msgstr "Samba-bedienerkonfigurasie" + +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DSL Configuration" +msgid "IPLB Configuration" +msgstr "DSL-konfigurasie" + +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Overview" +msgid "IPLB Overview" +msgstr "Oorsig" + +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" +msgstr "Eerste deel van konfigurasie van CASA" + +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" +msgstr "Tweede deel van konfigurasie van CASA" + +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ja" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nee" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Globale konfigurasie" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Samba-bedienerkonfigurasie" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CRL Check Interval" +msgid "Check Interval" +msgstr "CRL-nagaaninterval" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check environment" +msgid "Check Timeout" +msgstr "Gaan omgewing na" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failure" +msgid "Failure Count" +msgstr "Mislukking" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +msgid "Negotiate Timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ro&llback" +msgid "Fallback" +msgstr "Te&rugrol" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Callback Of&f" +msgid "Callback" +msgstr "Terugbel a&f" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +msgid "Execute" +msgstr "Voer uit" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "Email Alert" +msgstr "E-posadres" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "Email Alert Freq" +msgstr "E-posadres" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Status" +msgid "Email Alert Status" +msgstr "Toetsstatus" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Reload" +msgid "Auto Reload" +msgstr "&Herlaai" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Quiet" +msgid "Quiescent" +msgstr "Stil" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +msgid "Fork" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Supervised" +msgstr "Diens" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Config File" +msgid "Log File" +msgstr "Konfig lêer" + +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>check interval</big> = n\n" +"Defines the number of second between server checks.\n" +"Default: 10 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 5 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>failure count</big> = n\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 1\n" +"\n" +"<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 30 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"option.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 0\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"with each other.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: all\n" +"\n" +"<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" +"configuration.\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" +"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" +"\n" +"<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" +"\n" +"<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Default: no\n" +"\n" +"<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: yes\n" +"\n" +"<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" +"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" +"Default: no\n" +"\n" +"<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"Default: no\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" +"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" +"underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" +"activated. Default is negotiate.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"Default:\n" +"<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: none\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" +"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" +"Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" +"</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" +"</dt><dt>* virtual server port\n" +"</dt><dt>* real server ip\n" +"</dt><dt>* real server port\n" +"</dt><dt>Default: /bin/true\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>check port</big> = n\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" +"Default: port specified for each real server\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" +"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" +"rows. This is a required setting.\n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" +" are replaced with a new line character.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" +"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"Default: GET\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" +"For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"Default:\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"SIP servers.\n" +"For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" +"Default:\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" +"from uname if unset.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" +"is a required setting.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" +"passwd above).\n" +"Default: empty string\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>persistent</big> = n\n" +"Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>netmask</big> = w.x.y.z\n" +"Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Default: \"wrr\"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" +"protocol must be fwm.\n" +"Default:\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" +"</dt></dl>\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 5 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 30 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>failure count</big> = n\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 1\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"option.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 0\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"with each other.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: all\n" +"\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: yes\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key Type" +msgid "Check Type" +msgstr "Sleutelsoort" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check for Patches" +msgid "Check Port" +msgstr "Soek na regstellings" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Diens" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands:" +msgid "Check Command" +msgstr "Opdragte:" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setup Method" +msgid "Http Method" +msgstr "Opstelmetode" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Requires" +msgid "Request" +msgstr "Vereis" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "JJY Receivers" +msgid "Receive" +msgstr "JJY-ontvangers" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Virtual domains" +msgid "Virtual Host" +msgstr "Skynwerklike domeine" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Teken aan" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "Wagwoord" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Databases" +msgid "Database Name" +msgstr "Databasisse" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Samba secrets" +msgid "Radius Secret" +msgstr "Lees Samba-geheime" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Persian" +msgid "Persistent" +msgstr "Persies" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +msgid "Netmask" +msgstr "Netmasker" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Schedule" +msgid "Scheduler" +msgstr "Skedule" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +msgid "Protocol" +msgstr "Protokol" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Virtual Users" +msgid "Virtual Servers" +msgstr "Skynwerklike gebruikers" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "Voeg by" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "Hersien" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Skrap" + +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Virtual Users" +msgid "Virtual Server" +msgstr "Skynwerklike gebruikers" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mail Server" +msgid "Real Servers" +msgstr "Posbediener" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check Swap Areas" +msgid "Check type" +msgstr "Gaan omruilareas na" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Socket type" +msgid "Auth type" +msgstr "Soksoort" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other" +msgid "Others" +msgstr "Ander" + +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "Goed" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "Kanselleer" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server Address" +msgid "Real Server's IP Address" +msgstr "Bedieneradres" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repair Method" +msgid "Forward Method" +msgstr "Reparasiemetode" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +msgid "weight" +msgstr "" + +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "Die IP-adres is ongeldig." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a new share" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "Voeg 'n nuwe gedeelde by" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the role of the server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "Stel die rol van die bediener" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." + +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" +msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" +msgstr "Inisialiseer van DSL-konfigurasie" + +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgid "Read the global settings" +msgstr "Lees die globale Samba-instellings" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Read the virtual host settings" +msgstr "Lees die vorige instellings" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgid "Reading the global settings..." +msgstr "Lees die globale Samba-instellings ..." + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." +msgstr "Lees van die vorige instellings ..." + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Voltooid" + +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving DSL Configuration" +msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" +msgstr "Berg van DSL-konfigurasie" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Skryf die instellings" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Laat loop SuSEconfig" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Laat loop van SuSEconfig ..." + +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Kan instellings nie skryf nie." + +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgstr "Konfigurasie-opsomming ..." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/iscsi-client.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/iscsi-client.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/iscsi-client.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -65,149 +65,155 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "Poort" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "Inisieerdernaam" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound Card" -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "Klankkaart" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Koppelvlak" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Portaaladres" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Teikennaam" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Aanvangs" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Voeg by" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Hersien" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "Afteken" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Verbind" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "Ontdekking" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "Teken aan" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Verbind" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Geen bekragtiging" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Inkomende bekragtiging" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "Gebruikernaam" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Wagwoord" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Uitgaande bekragtiging" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "Begin" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "Poort" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Sleutel" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Diens" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Verbinde teikens" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Ontdekte teikens" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "iSCSI-inisieerderoorsig" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -216,9 +222,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "iSCSI-inisieerderontdekking" @@ -521,12 +527,12 @@ msgstr "Die teiken is reeds verbind." #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:117 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI-inisieerderkonfigurasie" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:119 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." @@ -581,31 +587,37 @@ msgstr "Voltooid" #. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:235 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Berg van iSCSI-inisieerderkonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:244 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "Write AutoYaST settings" msgstr "Skryf die pasmaakinstellings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 #, fuzzy msgid "Set up service status" msgstr "Stop dienste" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "Sagteware" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All" +msgid "all" +msgstr "Alles" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 #, fuzzy msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" @@ -618,7 +630,7 @@ " As u ’n ander inisieerdernaam wil gebruik, verander dit in die BTAS." #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Konfigurasie-opsomming ..." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/iscsi-lio-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/iscsi-lio-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/iscsi-lio-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Uitgaande bekragtiging" -#. radio button (starting iscsitarget service - option 1) +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Tydens &selflaaiing" @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsci/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi inititiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 @@ -776,6 +776,15 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." +#. local IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1409 +msgid "Cannot save lio setup" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1413 +msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" +msgstr "" + #. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 #, fuzzy @@ -829,7 +838,7 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:307 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" @@ -853,27 +862,45 @@ msgstr "Berg van iSCSI-inisieerderkonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:297 -msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Skryf die instellings" +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Skryf brandmuurinstellings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:299 -msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "Laat loop SuSEconfig" +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write lio configuration" +msgstr "Skryf konfigurasie" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:303 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." +msgstr "Skryf van brandmuurinstellings ..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:305 -msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "Laat loop van SuSEconfig ..." +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing lio configuration..." +msgstr "Skryf van konfigurasie ..." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Konfigurasie-opsomming ..." + +#~ msgid "Write the settings" +#~ msgstr "Skryf die instellings" + +#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "Laat loop SuSEconfig" + +#~ msgid "Writing the settings..." +#~ msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." + +#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +#~ msgstr "Laat loop van SuSEconfig ..." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/iscsi-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/iscsi-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/iscsi-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/isns.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/isns.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/isns.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -311,82 +311,82 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." -#. test if required package ("isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "Om die isns-diens te konfigureer, moet die %1 pakket geïnstalleer wees." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Installeer dit nou?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Inisialiseer van isns-demonkonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Lees die databasis" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Lees die vorige instellings" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Bespeur die toestelle" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Lees van die databasis ..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Lees van die vorige instellings ..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Bespeur van die toestelle ..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Berg van isns-konfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Skryf die instellings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Laat loop SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Laat loop van SuSEconfig ..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan instellings nie skryf nie." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/kdump.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/kdump.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/kdump.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -398,8 +398,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:902 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "'n Herselflaai is nodig om veranderings toe te pas." @@ -540,16 +540,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Versper" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "Pakket vir kexec-hulpmiddels is nie beskikbaar nie." - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "'n Geskikte agterkant is nie beskikbaar nie." - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 #, fuzzy @@ -1229,37 +1219,37 @@ #. Function validates options in #. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:668 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 #, fuzzy msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" msgstr "&Gids oor bediener" #. install cifs-mount package -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 #, fuzzy msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" msgstr "U moet 'n diens-ID spesifiseer." -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:683 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:709 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 #, fuzzy msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" msgstr "&Gids oor bediener" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:693 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:760 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 #, fuzzy msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" msgstr "U moet 'n diens-ID spesifiseer." -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:750 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 #, fuzzy msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" msgstr "U moet 'n diens-ID spesifiseer." #. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; #. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:801 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 #, fuzzy msgid "Select directory for saving dump images" msgstr "&Gids oor bediener" @@ -1268,157 +1258,165 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1446 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1474 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 +#. FIXME what about dracut? +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:918 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Inisialiseer van modemkonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:927 src/modules/Kdump.rb:935 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Lees van die konfigurasie ..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:929 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Kan algemene instellings nie lees nie." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:931 src/modules/Kdump.rb:939 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Bespeur van beskikbare katalogusse ..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:937 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Lees van partisionering ..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:951 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Kan konfig-lêer /etc/sysconfig/kdump nie lees nie" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kan algemene instellings nie lees nie." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Kan lêer %1 nie lees nie" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Berg van modemkonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Skryf die instellings" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Bywerkopsies" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1027 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1029 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Bywerk van konfigurasie ..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan instellings nie skryf nie." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Byvoeg van ineenstortkern-parameter by selflaaiprogramfout." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1169 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "op loopvlak %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1170 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ontsper" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1170 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "versper" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1177 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Leë waarde vir opsie. %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1184 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "&Formaat" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1191 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Ma&ksimum aantal ou rugsteunkopieë" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Ma&ksimum aantal ou rugsteunkopieë" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "Pakket vir kexec-hulpmiddels is nie beskikbaar nie." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "'n Geskikte agterkant is nie beskikbaar nie." + #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "ONTSPER" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/kerberos-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/kerberos-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/kerberos-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/kerberos.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/kerberos.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/kerberos.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/languages_db.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/languages_db.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/languages_db.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/ldap-client.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/ldap-client.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/ldap-client.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/ldap-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/ldap-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/ldap-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/ldap.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/ldap.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/ldap.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Die bediener kon af of onbereikbaar wees.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Die waarde van DN ontbreek of is ongeldig.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -55,6 +59,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Eienskapsoort nie gevind nie.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -62,23 +68,25 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Voorwerpsklas nie gevind nie.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verbinding na die LDAP-bediener kan nie bewerkstellig word nie." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'n Probleem het voorgekom terwyl daar met die LDAP-bediener verbind is." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'n Probleem het voorgekom terwyl data vanaf die LDAP-bediener gelees is." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -98,26 +106,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'n Probleem het voorgekom terwyl skemas vanaf die LDAP-bediener gelees is." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'n Onbekende LDAP-fout het voorgekom." #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Toon besonderhede" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Onbekende fout. Dalk is 'yast2-ldap' nie beskikbaar nie." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -144,7 +152,7 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&LDAP-bedienerwagwoord" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 @@ -154,7 +162,7 @@ #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Onbekende toegang" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -163,6 +171,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"'n Direkte ouer vir DN '%1' \n" +"bestaan nie in die LDAP-gids nie.\n" +" Die onderwerp met die gekose DN kan nie geskep word nie.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -170,17 +181,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"Daar bestaan geen inskrywing met DN '%1'\n" +" op die LDAP-bediener nie. Skep dit nou?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Open" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stel die nuwe waarde vir die huidige eienskap." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -192,6 +205,12 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"As die eienskap meer waardes kan hê, voeg nuwe inskrywings by \n" +"met Voeg waarde by. Soms bevat die knoppie die lys van\n" +" moontlike waardes om vir die huidige eienskap te gebruik.\n" +" As die waarde van die hersiene eienskap 'n onderskeibare naam (DN) is,\n" +" is dit moontlik om dit uit die LDAP-boom te kies deur van Blaai rond gebruik te maak.\n" +" \n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -202,79 +221,86 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die beskrywing van eienskap\"%1\": " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Waarde van \"%1\" eienskap" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Waardes van \"%1\" eienskap" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Voeg waarde by" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Leë inskrywing" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bla&ai rond ..." #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"Die waarde '%1' bestaan reeds.\n" +"Kies asseblief 'n ander een." #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurasie van gebruikerbestuursgereedskap" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurasie van groepbestuursgereedskap" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorwerpklas van nuwe module" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Naam van nuwe module (\"cn\"-waarde)" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"Die ingevoerde waarde bestaan reeds.\n" +"Kies 'n ander een.\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voer die modulenaam in." #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"Stel hier die waardes van eienskappe wat behoort\n" +"aan 'n voorwerp deur van die huidige sjabloon gebruik te maak. Sulke waardes word gebruik as verstekke wanneer\n" +" die nuwe voorwerp geskep word.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -282,23 +308,27 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"U kan spesiale sintaks gebruik om eienskap\n" +"waardes uit dieselfde bestaande waardes te skep. Die uitdrukking %attr_naam sal vervang word\n" +" met die waarde van eienskap \"attr_name\" (gebruik bv. \"/home/%uid\"\n" +" as 'n waarde van\"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eienskap &Naam" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eienskap&waarde" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 @@ -316,11 +346,13 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"Daar is ongebergde wysigings in die huidige inskrywing.\n" +"Wegdoen met hierdie wysigings?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-blaaier" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 @@ -336,12 +368,12 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-bediener" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrateur-DN" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 @@ -364,18 +396,20 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"Die \"%1\"-eienskap is verpligtend.\n" +"Voer 'n waarde in." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Herlaai" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eienskap" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Waarde" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/live-installer.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/live-installer.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/live-installer.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/lxc.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/lxc.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/lxc.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/mail.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/mail.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/mail.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/multipath.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/multipath.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/multipath.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/ncurses-pkg.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/ncurses-pkg.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/ncurses-pkg.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 11:09+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 @@ -1056,17 +1056,17 @@ #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 #, fuzzy -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." msgstr "Die betekenis van die statusvlaggies:+: Regstellings rakende u installasie word voorafgekies. Dit sal afgelaai en geïnstalleer word op u stelsel. As u 'n sekere regstelling nie wil hê nie, ontkies dit met '-'." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If you want to deselect one of the patches with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch is satified." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibilty to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menus contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." msgstr "" #. label for a warning popup Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/ncurses.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/ncurses.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/ncurses.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 11:09+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ msgstr "&Gedetailleerde uitsig" #. column header name of diretcory -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:667 -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 src/NCFileSelection.cc:687 +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 msgid "Directory Name" msgstr "Gidsnaam" @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ msgstr "Gidsnaam" #. column header name of the file -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:435 -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:444 src/NCFileSelection.cc:460 +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:443 src/NCFileSelection.cc:459 msgid "File name" msgstr "Lêernaam" @@ -64,29 +64,27 @@ msgstr "Filter:" #. column header size of the file -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:446 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:445 msgid "Size" msgstr "Grootte" #. column header file permissions -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:448 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:447 src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Toelatings" #. column header user -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:450 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:449 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 msgid "User" msgstr "Gebruiker" #. column header group -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:452 src/NCFileSelection.cc:679 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 msgid "Group" msgstr "Groep" -#. part of title (headline) of the textmode yast -#: src/NCurses.cc:486 -msgid "Press F1 for Help" -msgstr "Druk F1 vir hulp" +#~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" +#~ msgstr "Druk F1 vir hulp" #~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." #~ msgstr "Druk F1 weer om verdere hulp te kry, of ESC om hierdie dialoog te sluit." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/network.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/network.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/network.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -102,84 +102,62 @@ msgstr "Interne sone" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:66 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Skryf van brandmuurkonfigurasie" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:97 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Brandmuur word <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">-ontsper</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Brandmuur word <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">-ontsper</a>" - -#. Summary is visible even if firewall is disabled - it also installs and enables the SSHD service -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:138 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-poort word <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">-geopen</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:144 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-poort word <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">-geopen</a>" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Brandmuur&sone" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:221 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Brandmuur" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:232 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Brandmuurkonfigurasie" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "&RPC-poorte" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:246 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Brandmuurkoppelvlakke" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Brandmuur" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:265 -msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&RPC Ports" +msgid "Open SSH Port" +msgstr "&RPC-poorte" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:276 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable VPN Services" +msgid "Enable SSH Service" +msgstr "Ontsper VPN-dienste" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -187,39 +165,70 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:285 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/general_proposal.rb:103 +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 #, fuzzy -msgid "General Network Settings" -msgstr "Algemene instellings" +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Brandmuur word <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">-ontsper</a>" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/general_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 #, fuzzy -msgid "General &Network Settings" -msgstr "Algemene instellings" +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Brandmuur word <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">-ontsper</a>" +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Brandmuur word <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">-ontsper</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Brandmuur word <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">-ontsper</a>" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Brandmuur word <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">-ontsper</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Brandmuur word <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">-ontsper</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "Brandmuur word <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">-ontsper</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Brandmuur word <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">-ontsper</a>" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -422,7 +431,7 @@ #. For use with autoinstallation and proposal #. @param [String] mode if "proposal", NM dialog may be skipped #. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:84 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:96 msgid "Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Netwerkkaartkonfigurasie" @@ -506,32 +515,22 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Koppelvlak of string" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:201 -msgid "Internal error. Please report a bug." -msgstr "" - -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Konfigurasiefout: nie-geïnisialiseerde koppelvlak!" -#. create a textual proposal -#: src/clients/lan_proposal.rb:77 -msgid "Detecting network cards..." -msgstr "Bespeur van netwerkkaarte ..." - -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/lan_proposal.rb:155 -msgid "Network Interfaces" -msgstr "Netwerkkoppelvlakke" - -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/lan_proposal.rb:157 -msgid "&Network Interfaces" -msgstr "&Netwerkkoppelvlakke" - #. translators: command line help for network module #: src/clients/network.rb:60 #, fuzzy @@ -624,7 +623,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Roeteringskonfigurasie" @@ -728,14 +727,14 @@ msgstr "Netmasker" #. Table header 4/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:119 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 msgid "Device" msgstr "Toestel" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opsies" @@ -815,13 +814,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1291 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Waarskuwing: geen enkriptering word gebruik nie." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "Wysig." @@ -1135,13 +1134,14 @@ #. Table header label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96 -msgid "Alias Name" -msgstr "Aliasnaam" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IPv4 address" +msgid "IPv4 Address Label" +msgstr "IPv4-adres" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" @@ -1199,151 +1199,149 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Toestelsoort" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:176 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Konfigurasienaam" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 -msgid "Persistent Tunnel" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:186 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:187 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 #, fuzzy msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Voeg nuwe groep by" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:196 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1325 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Modemtoestelle" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 #, fuzzy msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Brandmuurkoppelvlakke" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:219 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CHAN IDS" msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "CHAN IDS" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Slaves" msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Bandslawe" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Up" msgid "Up" msgstr "&Op" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:241 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Down" msgid "Down" msgstr "&Af" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "Bandslawe" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:261 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "Bandaandryweropsies" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " msgstr "Kies die bandaandryweropsies en hersien dit, indien nodig. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:824 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:291 -msgid "Use iBFT values" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use Default Values" +msgid "Use iBFT Values" +msgstr "Gebruik verstekwaardes" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294 #, fuzzy msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "&Dinamiese IP-adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:313 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "Produkweergawe en -vrystelling" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "LDAP-weergawe 2" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "LDAP-weergawe 2" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:326 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323 #, fuzzy -msgid "Statically assigned IP Address" +msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Plaaslike IP-adres" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:330 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "&Subnetmasker" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Gasheernaam" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "Af&stand-IP-adres" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "Die afstand-IP-adres is ongeldig." #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1354,13 +1352,13 @@ " as u weet dat die bespeuring verkeerd was." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "Konfigurasie %1 is reeds teenwoordig." #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1374,23 +1372,23 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1114 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 #, fuzzy msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Toestel-IP-adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1121 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108 #, fuzzy msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "Voer 'n geldige gebruikernaam in." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1129 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Voer 'n geldige gebruikernaam in." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1137 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1400,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1156 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1410,67 +1408,67 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Algemeen" #. TODO: #. "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1222 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "&Toestelaktivering" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1226 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Brandmuur&sone" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218 #, fuzzy msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Posoordragagent" #. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1241 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "Konfigureer hier die gedetailleerde netwerkkaartinstellings." #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adres" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Konfigureer u IP-adres." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1311 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardeware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1318 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "Bandslawe" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1332 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Draadloos" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1418 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" -msgid "Ifplugd priority" +msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Omruil&voorkeur" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1424 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1480,17 +1478,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1513 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Netwerkkaart" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "Dit lyk asof %1 reeds gekonfigureer is. \n" " Voortgaan met konfigurasie?" @@ -1705,63 +1703,52 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Die toestel is geskrap." -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:67 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:603 -msgid "Network Setup Method" -msgstr "Netwerkopstellingsmetode" - -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:76 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "&Gebruikerbeheerd met NetworkManager" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:82 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "&Tradisionele metode met ifup" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:88 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:99 -#, fuzzy -msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" -msgstr "IP-protokolle" - -#. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:100 src/modules/Lan.rb:853 -msgid "Enable IPv6" -msgstr "Ontsper IPv6" - -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:119 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. ************************************************************************** +#. File: include/network/lan/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Network configuration +#. Summary: Summary, overview and IO dialogs for network cards config +#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 msgid "Note" msgstr "" -#. "store" : storeOverview, -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116 #, fuzzy msgid "Global Options" msgstr "&Algemene opsies:" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Oorsig" #. continue-cancel popup, #178848 #. %1 is a (long) path to a README file -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154 msgid "" "A Xen network bridge was detected.\n" "Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n" @@ -1775,7 +1762,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" @@ -1788,7 +1775,7 @@ " Om die firmatuur te installeer, voeg Byvoeg-CD by u YaST-installasiebronne en keer\n" " na hierdie konfigurasiedialoog terug." -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" @@ -1807,36 +1794,22 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:278 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "Installeer van firmatuur ..." -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "’n Fout het tydens installasie voorgekom." -#. Store the NetworkManager widget -#. @param [String] key id of the widget -#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:384 -msgid "Applet needed" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:385 -msgid "" -"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" -"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" -"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." -msgstr "" - #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:522 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1851,12 +1824,21 @@ " sal die koppelvlak nie langer deur NetworkManager bestuur word nie.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:567 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" -#. #148485: always show the device overview -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:620 +#. Network setup method dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 +msgid "Network Setup Method" +msgstr "Netwerkopstellingsmetode" + +#. Evaluates if user should be asked again according dialogs result value +#. +#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some +#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation +#. popup. +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Lees netwerkinstellings" @@ -1885,7 +1867,7 @@ msgstr "&Wysig gasheernaam via DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1893,20 +1875,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1914,7 +1896,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1922,7 +1904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" @@ -1934,12 +1916,12 @@ " byvoorbeeld io=0x300 irq=5. Nota: As twee kaarte\n" " met dieselfde modulenaam gekonfigureer word, sal opsies tydens berging saamgevleg word." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1949,7 +1931,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1958,7 +1940,7 @@ "geskryf word na /etc/modprobe.conf of /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1967,83 +1949,83 @@ "in die handleiding: IBM-toestelaandrywers en -installasie-opdragte gespesifiseer is." #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Met-die-hand Netwerkkaartkonfigurasie" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "&Warmpropsoort" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "P&CI" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Kernmodule" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Modulenaam" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Toestelnaam" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "Wysig" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Identification" -msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Bedieneridentifikasie" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekondes" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Blin" msgid "Blink" msgstr "Blin" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Bykomende domeine" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Met-die-hand netwerkkaartkeuse" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2053,19 +2035,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Netwerkkaart" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Soek" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -2075,7 +2057,7 @@ "Kies ’n ander een." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390-netwerkkaartkonfigurasie" @@ -2083,135 +2065,135 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390-toestelinstellings" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Poortnaam" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "&Poortnommer" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Ontsper IPA-oorname" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Ontsper &Laag 2-ondersteuning" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Laag 2 &MAC-adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Kanaal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "&Skryf wysigings nou" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Beheerlêer gewysig." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "Voer die Poortnaam vir hierdie koppelvlak in (kas-gevoelig)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "Voer enige bykomende Opsies vir hierdie koppelvlak in (geskei deur spasies)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "Kies Ontsper IPA-oorname as IP-adresoorname vir hierdie tussenvlak ontsper behoort te word." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Kies Ontsper laag 2-ondersteuning as hierdie kaart met laag 2-ondersteuning gekonfigureer is." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Voer die Laag 2 MAC-adres in as hierdie kaart met laag 2-ondersteuning gekonfigureer is." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Poortnommer" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD-afsnytyd" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Kies diePoortnommer vir hierdie koppelvlak." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Spesifiseer die LANCMD-afsnytyd vir hierdie koppelvlak." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Versoenbaarheidsmodus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Uitgebreide modus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-gebaseerde tty (Linux-tot-Linux-verbindings)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Versoenbaarheidsmodus met OS/390 en z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokol" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Kies dieProtokol vir hierdie koppelvlak." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Eweknienaam" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2220,7 +2202,7 @@ "byvoorbeeld die z/VM-gebruikernaam waarmee verbind moet word (kas-gevoelig).\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2229,7 +2211,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Hardewaredata" @@ -2285,19 +2267,18 @@ " om tussen bedrade en veelvuldige draadlose netwerke te wissel.\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" "Gebruik die tradisionele metode met <tt>ifup</tt>\n" "as u nie ’n werkskerm-omgewing (GNOME of KDE) laat loop nie,\n" " of dit nodig vind om veelvuldige koppelvlakke gelyktydig te gebruik.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2307,7 +2288,7 @@ "Verkry ’n oorsig van geïnstalleerde netwerkkaarte. Bykomend\n" " hersien u die konfigurasie daarvan. \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2315,7 +2296,7 @@ "<big>Byvoeging van ’n netwerkkaart:</big> \n" "Druk Voeg by om ’n nuwe netwerkkaart met die hand te konfigureer.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2327,7 +2308,7 @@ " Druk dan Hersien of Skrap soos verlang.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2337,12 +2318,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "Alle wysigings sal na herselflaai toegepas word." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2356,7 +2337,7 @@ " in plaas van die verstekroete gebruik. Die idee met die verstekroete is maar net \n" " om u in staat te stel om sê en alles anders behoort hierheen te kom.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2364,13 +2345,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2378,14 +2359,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" @@ -2403,7 +2384,7 @@ " die gasheernaam met looptyd die grafiese werkskerm kan verwar.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2412,7 +2393,7 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" @@ -2421,7 +2402,7 @@ "gasheername. Hulle kan gewoon deur DHCP verkry word.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2432,7 +2413,7 @@ " (bv. 192.168.0.42) ingevoer word en nie as ’n gasheernaam nie.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2444,7 +2425,7 @@ " u rekenaar (bv. suse.de). Daar is dalk bykomende soekdomeine\n" " (soos suse.com) Skei die domeine met kommas of ’n oop spasie.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2452,7 +2433,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2462,7 +2443,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2476,19 +2457,19 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" @@ -2498,7 +2479,7 @@ "deur die stelseladministrateur, of u kabel- of DSL-verskaffer toegewys is nie." #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" @@ -2509,7 +2490,7 @@ "as u ’n DHCP-bediener het wat op u plaaslike netwerk loop.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2517,7 +2498,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" @@ -2529,7 +2510,7 @@ " van u eweknie in." #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" @@ -2541,7 +2522,7 @@ "IP-adres in." #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2549,7 +2530,7 @@ "Skakel met u netwerkadministrateur vir meer inligting oor\n" "die netwerkkonfigurasie." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2557,7 +2538,7 @@ "DHCP-konfigurasie word nie vir hierdie produk aanbeveel nie.\n" "Komponente hiervan werk dalk nie saam met DHCP nie." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" @@ -2575,11 +2556,11 @@ " koppelvlak geblok wees. As u nie ’n sone kies nie en geen ander bestaan nie, \n" " sal die brandmuur versper word." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "Verpligte koppelvlak spesifiseer of die netwerkdiens ’n mislukkig aanmeld as die koppelvlak nie daarin slaag om op selflaaityd te begin nie." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2589,7 +2570,7 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" @@ -2597,13 +2578,13 @@ msgstr "Kies die reddingstoestelle vir die bandtoestel. Slegs die toestelle met Toestelaktivering is nooit, en gestel as Geen adresopstelling, is beskikbaar." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Skep kliëntverbinding</big> " #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2618,11 +2599,11 @@ " netwerkkoppelvlak en dus dieselfde hardewareadres gebruik." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" @@ -2641,39 +2622,43 @@ " Laat leeg om nie ’n gasheernaam te stuur nie." #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" -"Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.\n" +"Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "Konfigureer bykomende adresse van ’n koppelvlak (die aliasse daarvan) in hierdie dialoog." #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" +#| "the Netmask." msgid "" -"Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" +"Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" "Voer ’n Aliasnaam, ’n IP-adres en\n" "die Netmasker in." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" -"Alias Name is optional and legacy.The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "Moenie die koppelvlaknaam by die aliasnaam insluit nie. Voer byvoorbeeld foo in plaas van eth0:foo in." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" @@ -2703,7 +2688,7 @@ " \n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2712,7 +2697,7 @@ "vir draadlose netwerking." #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2727,7 +2712,7 @@ " tree as ’n toegangspunt op).\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2746,7 +2731,7 @@ " seinsterkte het.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" @@ -2783,7 +2768,7 @@ " Bestuur.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2798,7 +2783,7 @@ " dinamies gegenereer; u hoef dus slegs 40 tot 232 bisse in te voer.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2815,7 +2800,7 @@ " maklik geraai kan word as die toelaatfrase, gebruik nie.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -2824,7 +2809,7 @@ "voer sommige bykomende parameters in die volgende dialoog in.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2838,8 +2823,10 @@ #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 -msgid "Alias &Name" -msgstr "Alias&naam" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IPv4 address" +msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" +msgstr "IPv4-adres" #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222 @@ -3424,28 +3411,28 @@ msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP-besonderhede" -#: src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:85 +#: src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:97 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Afstandsadministrasie" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Laat afstandsadministrasie toe" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Moenie afstandsadministrasie toelaat nie" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" @@ -3462,17 +3449,17 @@ " Hierdie vorm van afstandsadministrasie is minder veilig as die gebruik van SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Afstandsadministrasie-instellings" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Hierdie pakkette moet geïnstalleer word:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:158 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3487,112 +3474,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:250 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "ontprop" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurasie suksesvol geberg" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DNS-konfigurasie suksesvol geberg" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:291 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DSL-konfigurasie suksesvol geberg" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Gasheerkonfigurasie suksesvol geberg" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ISDN-konfigurasie suksesvol geberg" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Netwerkkaartkonfigurasie suksesvol geberg" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Modemkonfigurasie suksesvol geberg" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Volmagkonfigurasie suksesvol geberg" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Verskafferkonfigurasie suksesvol geberg" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Herleidingskonfigurasie suksesvol geberg" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Konfigureer pos nou?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:331 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Laat konfigurasie van %1 loop?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:679 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Netwerkkaarte" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:683 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:687 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN-kaarte" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:691 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL-toestelle" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Alle netwerktoestelle" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1065 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3622,7 +3608,7 @@ #. help #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Modify DNS configuration" +msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "DNS-konfigurasie" #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 @@ -3673,8 +3659,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:700 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:714 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "Gasheernaam en domeinnaam" @@ -3693,7 +3679,7 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event #. @param event the event being handled #. @return nil so that the dialog loops on -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:446 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 #, fuzzy msgid "No interface with dhcp" msgstr "Netwerkkoppelvlak" @@ -3702,28 +3688,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "Die soeklys kan nie meer as %1 domeine hê nie." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:534 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "Die soeklys kan nie meer as %1 karakters hê nie." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:543 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "Die soekdomein '%1' is ongeldig." #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:743 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Gasheernaam- en naambedienerkonfigurasie" @@ -3857,7 +3843,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Die verstekdeurgang is ongeldig." @@ -3882,12 +3868,12 @@ msgstr "Skra&p" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:53 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55 msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression" msgstr "&Skakelvoorafkode-algemene-uitdrukking" #. dial prefix regex help -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:56 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" "change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" @@ -3902,43 +3888,43 @@ " om die voorafkode te wysig nie.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:68 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70 msgid "Setup Method" msgstr "Opstelmetode" #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:74 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76 msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "O&utomatiese adresopstelling (via DHCP)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78 msgid "S&tatic Address Setup" msgstr "S&tatiese adresopstelling" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81 msgid "H" msgstr "H" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96 msgid "At Boot Time" msgstr "Op tydstip van selflaaityd" #. is a part of the static help text -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nooit nie" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107 msgid "By NetworkManager" msgstr "Deur NetworkManager" #. help text for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112 msgid "" "By NetworkManager: a desktop applet\n" "controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST." @@ -3947,12 +3933,12 @@ "beheer die koppelvlak. Daar is geen nodigheid om dit in YaST op te stel nie." #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Met die hand" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Manually: You control the interface manually\n" @@ -3962,12 +3948,12 @@ "via 'ifup' of 'kinternet' beheer (sien 'Gebruiker-beheerd' hier onder)." #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:124 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126 msgid "On Cable Connection" msgstr "Oor kabelverbinding" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130 msgid "" "On Cable Connection:\n" "The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n" @@ -3980,12 +3966,12 @@ " draadlose koppelvlak met ’n toegangspunt kan verbind.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:137 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139 msgid "On Hotplug" msgstr "Oor Warmprop" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141 msgid "" "With On Hotplug,\n" "the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n" @@ -3999,12 +3985,12 @@ #. Combo box option for Device Activation #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:148 src/include/network/widgets.rb:158 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160 msgid "On NFSroot" msgstr "Oor NFSroot" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" @@ -4016,7 +4002,7 @@ " Gebruik dit wanneer u ’n nfs- of iscsi-stamlêerstelsel het.\n" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:160 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" @@ -4027,14 +4013,14 @@ " Gebruik dit wanneer u ’n nfs- of iscsi-stamlêerstelsel het.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 #, fuzzy -msgid "Activate &device" +msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "&Aktiveer alle dienste" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" @@ -4046,59 +4032,118 @@ "koppelvlak opgestel behoort te word. Op tydstip van selflaaityd begin dit tydens stelselselflaaiing. Nooit begin nie die toestel nie.\n" " %1\n" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:245 -msgid "IPoIB device mode" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Device: " +msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" +msgstr "Selflaaitoestel:" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall is not installed." msgstr "Brandmuur word versper" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:264 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268 msgid "576 (dial-up)" msgstr "" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:274 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" msgstr "" #. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:282 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "&MTU" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Netwerkdiens" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "Tradisionele Sjinees" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add &Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Voeg &diens by" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Netwerkdienste" + +#. Store the NetworkManager widget +#. @param [String] key id of the widget +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 +msgid "Applet needed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 +msgid "" +"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" +"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" +"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Algemene instellings" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" +msgstr "IP-protokolle" + +#. enable ipv6 support +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 +msgid "Enable IPv6" +msgstr "Ontsper IPv6" + #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Onbekende toestel" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adres" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Geen IP-adres toegewys nie" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "%1 \n" @@ -4106,72 +4151,80 @@ msgstr "Volgende %1: %2 -- %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Wysig toestel" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Netwerktoestelkeuse" +#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue +#. +#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Confirm Network Restart" +msgstr "&Konfigureer netwerkkaarte" + +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "" + #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Toestelnaam" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "IPv4-adres" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Konfigurasie %1 is reeds teenwoordig." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound card configuration module." msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Klankkaartkonfigurasiemodule." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Skryf skemas" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:548 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Werk konfigurasie by" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Lees /etc/ipsec.conf" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Lees van gasheernaam en DNS-konfigurasie ..." @@ -4179,46 +4232,46 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Skryf van skemas ..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:666 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Bywerk van konfigurasie ..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Lees van /etc/modprobe.conf ..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Gasheernaam: Gestel volgens DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Gasheernaam: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Gasheernaam sal nie geskryf word na /etc/hosts nie" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Naambedieners: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Soek lys: %1" @@ -4240,337 +4293,323 @@ msgstr "Bywerk van pakkette ..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Inisialiseer van netwerkkonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Bespeur netwerktoestelle" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Lees aandrywerinligting" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Lees toestelkonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Lees netwerkkonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Lees brandmuurinstellings" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:308 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Lees gasheernaam en DNS-konfigurasie" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:310 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Lees installasie-inligting" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Lees herleidingskonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Bespeur huidige status" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:328 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Bespeur van hardeware ..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:347 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Bespeur van netwerktoestelle ..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Lees van toestelkonfigurasie ..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Lees van netwerkkonfigurasie ..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:392 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Lees van brandmuurinstellings ..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Lees van gasheernaam en DNS-konfigurasie ..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:407 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Lees van installasie-inligting ..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:413 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Lees van herleidingskonfigurasie ..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:419 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Bespeur van huidige status ..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:425 src/modules/Lan.rb:687 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:451 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "'n Herselflaai is nodig om veranderings toe te pas." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Berg van Netwerkkonfigurasie ..." #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Skryf aandrywersinligting" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:529 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Skryf toestelkonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Skryf netwerkkonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Skryf herleidingskonfigurasie" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Skryf gasheernaam en DNS-konfigurasie" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Stel netwerkdienste op" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:541 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Skryf brandmuurinstellings" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:545 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Aktiveer netwerkdienste" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:562 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Skryf van /etc/modprobe.conf ..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Skryf van toestelkonfigurasie ..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:583 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Skryf van netwerkkonfigurasie ..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Skryf van herleidingskonfigurasie ..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:597 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Skryf van gasheernaam en DNS-konfigurasie ..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Opstel van netwerkdienste ..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Skryf van brandmuurinstellings ..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Aktiveer van netwerkdienste ..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:683 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "Lees netwerkinstellings" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Netwerkmodus" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:828 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "&Gebruikerbeheerd met NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:830 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Versper NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 #, fuzzy msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "&Tradisionele metode met ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:839 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Ontsper NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Ontsperde ondersteuning vir IPv6-protokol" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:847 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Versper IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Ontsperde ondersteuning vir IPv6-protokol" -#. no exception needed for virtualbox* (bnc#648044) http://www.virtualbox.org/manual/ch06.html -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:861 -msgid "Proposed bridged configuration for virtual machine network" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:866 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Use non-bridged configuration" -msgstr "Tydsonekonfigurasie" - -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:870 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Proposed non-bridged network configuration" -msgstr "Skryf netwerkkonfigurasie" - -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:873 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Use bridged configuration" -msgstr "Skryf konfigurasie" - #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "(nie verbind nie)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:183 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1181 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1185 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1189 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Begin outomaties op tydstip van selflaaiing" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Begin outomaties op tydstip van kabelverbinding" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Bestuur deur NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1201 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Sal hoegenaamd nie begin word nie" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Met die hand begin" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1218 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP-adres met gebruik van DHCP toegewys" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1222 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IPv4-adres" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4579,47 +4618,47 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1256 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Nie gekonfigureer nie" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Toestelnaam: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Bandslawe" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1314 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Ending Banner" msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "&Eindbanier" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "(nie verbind nie)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1327 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1353 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4629,50 +4668,67 @@ "Konfigureer klankkaarte om die klankkonfigurasiemodule te begin.\n" " " -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1360 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Benodigde inligting" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1360 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "onbekend" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "Hierdie pakket is nie en sal nie geïnstalleer word nie." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Konfigureer pos nou?" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Herbegin die diens" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Berg van iSCSI-inisieerderkonfigurasie" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Konfigureer van taal ..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "Begin van die 'lirc'-diens het misluk." + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Herbegin van diens ..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Afstandsadministrasie word ontsper." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Afstandsadministrasie word versper." @@ -4729,21 +4785,71 @@ msgstr "IP-deurstuuraksie: aan" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:81 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Outomaties" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:83 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Brandmuur versper" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:95 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Onbeskermd)" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "SSH-poort word <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">-geopen</a>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "SSH-poort word <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">-geopen</a>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "General &Network Settings" +#~ msgstr "Algemene instellings" + +#~ msgid "Detecting network cards..." +#~ msgstr "Bespeur van netwerkkaarte ..." + +#~ msgid "Network Interfaces" +#~ msgstr "Netwerkkoppelvlakke" + +#~ msgid "&Network Interfaces" +#~ msgstr "&Netwerkkoppelvlakke" + +#~ msgid "Alias Name" +#~ msgstr "Aliasnaam" + +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "&Gebruikerbeheerd met NetworkManager" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "&Tradisionele metode met ifup" + +#~ msgid "Alias &Name" +#~ msgstr "Alias&naam" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "Toestelnaam" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Use non-bridged configuration" +#~ msgstr "Tydsonekonfigurasie" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Proposed non-bridged network configuration" +#~ msgstr "Skryf netwerkkonfigurasie" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Use bridged configuration" +#~ msgstr "Skryf konfigurasie" + #~ msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." #~ msgstr "Daar is geen gebruikerkoppelvlak vir hierdie module beskikbaar nie." @@ -5219,9 +5325,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "Voeg &verskaffer aan bestaande koppelvlak by" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Netwerkdienste" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "S&laan oor" @@ -6487,10 +6590,6 @@ #~ msgid "&Select Interface" #~ msgstr "&Kies koppelvlak" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Confirm Network Restart" -#~ msgstr "&Konfigureer netwerkkaarte" - #~ msgid "Initializing Modem Configuration" #~ msgstr "Inisialiseer van modemkonfigurasie" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/nfs.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/nfs.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/nfs.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -386,12 +386,12 @@ msgstr "NFS-kliëntkonfigurasie" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:431 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Kan gids '%1' nie skep nie." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:448 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -402,52 +402,52 @@ " die NFS-kliëntkonfigurasie aangebring word nie.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:493 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "Skryf van NFS-konfigurasie" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:498 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Stop dienste" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:500 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Begin dienste" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Stop van dienste ..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Begin van dienste ..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Skryf van NFS-kliëntinstellings. Wag, asseblief ..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "Kan die NFS-inskrywings nie vanaf /etc/fstab heg nie." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:554 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS-inskrywings" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 inskrywings gekonfigureer" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/nfs_server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/nfs_server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/nfs_server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -76,31 +76,31 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "&NFS-bedieners" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "Brandmuur word versper" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Hierdie pakkette moet geïnstalleer word:" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 #, fuzzy msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Geen NFS-hegting gespesifiseer nie." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -109,11 +109,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -171,36 +171,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "&Gids oor bediener" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "Rondbl&aai ..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" @@ -208,19 +200,19 @@ "Skep dit?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Kies gids" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Gebruik oorheerskaarte" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "&Opsies" @@ -228,14 +220,14 @@ #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" @@ -244,25 +236,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -270,57 +262,57 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-bediener" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Begin" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "Ek aanvaar dit nie" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Ontsper IPv6" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Ontsper IPv6" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Voer ’n stasienaam in." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Ontsper &skermskut" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Berg konfigurasie" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -328,80 +320,75 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "&Plaaslike gids ..." #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Hersien" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Skr&ap" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 #, fuzzy msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Gebruik oorheerskaarte" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Options" msgstr "&Opsies" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "&Gasheer:" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Her&sien" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Skra&p" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 #, fuzzy msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Gids %1 bestaan nie." #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" @@ -409,7 +396,7 @@ msgstr "Kan gids '%1' nie skep nie." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" @@ -421,97 +408,96 @@ " die NFS-kliëntkonfigurasie aangebring word nie.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Skryf van brandmuurkonfigurasie" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Kan '%1'-diens nie herbegin nie" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Berg van tydsone ..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Verstel van brandmuurdiens ..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Skryf van brandmuurinstellings ..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Kan %1 nie skryf nie." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "Klankkaartdatabasis nie gevind nie. Gaan asseblief u installasie na." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Kan %1 nie skryf nie." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Kan %1 nie skryf nie." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349 -msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." -msgstr "" +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service" +msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." +msgstr "Kan '%1'-diens nie herbegin nie" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "&Uitvoer" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +#~ msgstr "Klankkaartdatabasis nie gevind nie. Gaan asseblief u installasie na." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Kan %1 nie skryf nie." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Kan %1 nie skryf nie." + #~ msgid "Directories" #~ msgstr "Gidse" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/nis.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/nis.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/nis.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/nis_server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/nis_server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/nis_server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "Versper die NIS-kliënt" @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ msgstr "&NFS-bedienergasheernaam" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" @@ -416,18 +416,24 @@ "Wagwoord in om as die aantekening te gebruik (vra u verskaffer as u onseker is)." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "&Domeinnaam" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "NIS-bediener" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Samba-bediener" @@ -968,6 +974,10 @@ msgstr "NIS-kliënt" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#~ msgstr "&Domeinnaam" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "NIS &master server:" #~ msgstr "NIS-bediener" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/ntp-client.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/ntp-client.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/ntp-client.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -42,60 +42,69 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:137 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "Voer 'n geldige bedienernaam in." #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:235 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Bedieneradres" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "Herbegin NTP-demon" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:254 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP-konfigurasie" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:265 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "&Sinkroniseer wagwoorde" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:271 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Konfigureer ..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Sinkroniseer met ZENworks" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "Verbinding na die LDAP-bediener kan nie bewerkstellig word nie." + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -607,6 +616,9 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Begin NTP Daemon outomaties</big> \n" "Kies of die NTP-demon begin moet word wanneer die stelsel geselflaai word. Die\n" @@ -614,7 +626,7 @@ " netwerkverbinding moet begin word voordat die NTP-demon begin." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -626,7 +638,7 @@ " Laat loop NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail. Om enige demon in 'n chroot-tronk te begin\n" " is veiliger en word sterk aanbeveel." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -635,7 +647,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -650,7 +662,7 @@ " die inligting oor NTP-bedieners deur die DHCP-bediener voorsien word." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -665,7 +677,7 @@ " kies dit en klik Skrap." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" @@ -675,7 +687,7 @@ "Om in ’n nuwe venster na die opgawes van NTP-demon te kyk, klik op die Vertoon opgawe-knoppie." #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -686,7 +698,7 @@ " 'n plaaslik-verbinde horlosie te sinkroniseer, gebruik Gevorderde konfigurasie." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -695,7 +707,7 @@ "Kies die aandrywer vir horlosie om te konfigureer." #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -706,7 +718,7 @@ " Eenheidsnommer stel." #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -725,7 +737,7 @@ " moet dit met die hand geskep word." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -734,7 +746,7 @@ "Om die horlosie-aandrywer te kalibreer, klik Aandrywerkalibrasie." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -747,7 +759,7 @@ "verskaffer." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -760,7 +772,7 @@ " kies tussen Plaaslike NTP-bediener en Openbare NTP-bediener." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -771,7 +783,7 @@ " klik Toets." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -782,7 +794,7 @@ " gebruik Adres." #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -793,7 +805,7 @@ "-teksveld." #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -805,7 +817,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" @@ -818,7 +830,7 @@ " Opsies-teksveld. Vir besonderhede sien\n" " /usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -830,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -839,7 +851,7 @@ "Kies die soort sinkronisasie-eweknie om hier by te voeg." #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -848,7 +860,7 @@ "kies Bediener." #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -857,7 +869,7 @@ "Eweknie." #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -866,7 +878,7 @@ "kies Radiohorlosie." #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -875,7 +887,7 @@ "Uitgaande uitsending." #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -884,7 +896,7 @@ "en hulle te gebruik om plaaslike tyd te stel, kies Inkomende uitsending." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -895,7 +907,7 @@ " die NTP-bediener uit die lys bekende NTP-bedieners." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -910,7 +922,7 @@ " Kies dan 'n bediener uit die lys gevinde bedieners." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -921,7 +933,7 @@ " NTP-bedieners slegs vir 'n bepaalde land te vertoon, kies dit in Land." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -942,7 +954,7 @@ " om 'n NTP-bediener naby u te kry." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -952,7 +964,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -967,7 +979,7 @@ " u NTP-kliënt gesinkroniseer word met verskillende bedieners elke uur.\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -980,7 +992,7 @@ " aandrywer af. Sommige aandrywers gebruik nie al die opsies nie." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" @@ -1344,121 +1356,124 @@ msgstr "Lees van NTP-instellings ..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:899 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Berg van NTP-kliëntkonfigurasie" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Skryf NTP-instellings" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Herbegin NTP-demon" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Herbegin van NTP-demon ..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Kan die konfigurasie nie lees nie." #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:869 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Kan die NTP-demon nie herbegin nie." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:963 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "Die NTP-demon begin wanneer die stelsel aan die gang kom." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:969 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "Die NTP-demon begin nie outomaties nie." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:975 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Bedieners: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radiohorlosies: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:983 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Eweknieë: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:987 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Saai tydinligting uit aan: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:991 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Aanvaar uitgesaaidetyd-inligting vanaf: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Skryf gasheernaam en DNS-konfigurasie" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Werk konfigurasielêers by ..." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Muiskonfigurasie-opsomming.." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Toets van die NTP-bediener ..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1077 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Bediener is bereikbaar en reageer behoorlik." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Bediener is onbereikbaar of reageer nie behoorlik nie." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1099 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/oneclickinstall.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/oneclickinstall.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/oneclickinstall.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:46 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:47 msgid "Select the software components you wish to install:" msgstr "" @@ -242,140 +242,140 @@ msgstr "’n Fout het voorgekom." #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:17 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:18 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Software Repositories" msgstr "Bykomende toegelate poorte" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:23 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:24 msgid "Select the software repositories you wish to subscribe to:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:31 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:32 msgid "Remain subscribed to these repositories after installation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:40 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:41 #, fuzzy msgid "Software to Be Installed" msgstr "moet weer geïnstalleer word" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:54 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "Software to Be Removed" msgstr "Sagtewarekeuse" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:60 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:61 msgid "Select the software components you wish to remove:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:68 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:69 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation not possible" msgstr "Installasie is voltooi" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:70 -msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for this version of openSUSE." +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:82 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Software is being installed." msgstr "moet weer geïnstalleer word" #. This wouldn't be necessary if regexpsub wasn't so retarded. -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:123 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:122 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Description:" msgstr "Geen beskrywing" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:182 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:234 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:181 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "Package Description:" msgstr "Pakketbeskrywing" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:293 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:292 msgid "" "Have you reviewed the changes that will be made to your system?\n" "Malicious packages could damage your system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:303 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not ask me again" msgstr "Maak geen opgawe nie" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:349 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:353 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:361 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:360 msgid "If you continue, the following changes will be made to your system:" msgstr "" #. Put remove message at top, incase people try to push it off the bottom of the warning by adding lots of packages. -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:373 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:372 msgid "Software to be removed:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:386 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:385 msgid "Repositories to be added:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:390 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:389 msgid "Note:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:400 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:399 #, fuzzy msgid "Software to be installed:" msgstr "moet weer geïnstalleer word" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:415 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:414 #, fuzzy msgid "Proposal" msgstr "Voorstelsoort" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:417 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Customize" msgstr "Pasmaking" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:486 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Software installation" msgstr "Staak die installasie?" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:495 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation was successful" msgstr "Pakketinstallasie was suksesvol." -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:500 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:499 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation was only partially successful." msgstr "Pakketinstallasie was nie suksesvol nie." -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:508 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " msgstr "" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:516 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 #, fuzzy msgid "Error Message" msgstr "AppArmor-boodskap" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:525 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "The following repositories could not be added" msgstr "Die volgende stappe sal uitgevoer word:" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:535 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:534 #, fuzzy msgid "The following patterns could not be installed" msgstr "" @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ "Die volgende pakkette word\n" " nie geïnstalleer nie." -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:545 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "The following packages could not be installed" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/online-update-configuration.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/online-update-configuration.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/online-update-configuration.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/online-update.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/online-update.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/online-update.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -120,13 +120,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Inisialiseer van aanlynbywerking" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Nog nie gekonfigureer nie." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" @@ -527,8 +534,10 @@ #. Dialog label above a list of patches #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 -msgid "These patches will need rebooting after instalation" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install patches during installation" +msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" +msgstr "Installeer regstellings tydens installasie" #. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 Added: trunk/yast/af/po/opensuse_mirror.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/opensuse_mirror.af.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/opensuse_mirror.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2007 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: installation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Gids" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Fout" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ja" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nee" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Fout" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Kies of ontkies &Alles" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/packager.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/packager.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/packager.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -176,6 +176,18 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "&Teksmodus" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" +"Nagaan van die mees onlangse bywerkings het misluk. Kyk na\n" +"die opgawes vir besonderhede.\n" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -505,18 +517,18 @@ msgstr "Installeer van pakkette ..." #. error report, %1 is number -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:319 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." msgstr "Misluk om %1 pakkette vir installasie te kies." #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:355 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Kon basiskeuse nie stel nie: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:365 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." @@ -524,7 +536,7 @@ #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:413 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 msgid "" "Installation failed.\n" "\n" @@ -538,7 +550,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." @@ -607,7 +619,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -875,7 +887,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Besonderhede:" @@ -883,7 +895,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1203 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Probeer weer?" @@ -1291,7 +1303,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Begin nagaan" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Verwerp" @@ -1562,7 +1574,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1190 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1598,83 +1610,83 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:580 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:771 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "'n Fout het voorgekom terwyl die installasiestelsel voorberei is." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Beheerlêer %1 is nie gevind nie." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Sit die byvoegproduk-CD in" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "URL: %1" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Gids: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Bykomende inligting" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Produkkeuse" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Byvoegprodukte" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Sit die byvoegproduk-CD in" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Voer die eerste installasiemedium in." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Kan %1 nie skryf nie." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Onbekende modus" @@ -1732,7 +1744,7 @@ msgstr "Installasie gestaak." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "&Medium" @@ -1741,13 +1753,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Gedoen." @@ -1755,7 +1767,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1764,7 +1776,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1773,7 +1785,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totaal" @@ -1782,12 +1794,12 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Aflaai van %1 (aflaaigrootte %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" @@ -1796,118 +1808,118 @@ #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Aflaai van pakket" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "Aflaai van pakket" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Skrap van %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Nie geïnstalleer nie (%1 -> %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Toepas van delta-RPM: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "U rekenaar is 'n 64 bis x 86-64-stelsel. U probeer egter 'n 32 bis-verspreiding installeer." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:310 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "UML-installasievoorstel" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produk: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Stelsel: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Patrone" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:388 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Grootte van pakkette om te installeer: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:401 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Aflaai van vrystellingsnotas" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n" @@ -1918,28 +1930,75 @@ "In elk geval voortgaan?\n" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:595 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Nie genoeg skyfspasie nie." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:597 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Nie genoeg skyfspasie nie. Verwyder sommige pakkette in die enkelkeuse." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "Slegs %1 (%2%%) oop spasie is op partisie %3 beskikbaar. " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "Pakket %1 sal geïnstalleer word.." + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "%1 pakkette sal bygewerk word" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "Pakket %1 sal geïnstalleer word.." + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1211 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Geen katalogus by '%1' gevind nie." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1484 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -1957,33 +2016,33 @@ " vanaf die SUSE Linux-webbediener aflaai." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1511 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integreer van selfgelaaide media ..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1533 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Misluk om dienspakketbron te integreer." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van nuwe bron ..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1792 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Voer %1 CD 1 in" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1794 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 nie gevind nie" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1904 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1992,56 +2051,65 @@ "Gaan die opgawelêer %1 na vir meer besonderhede." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2170 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2188 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Evalueer van pakketkeuse ..." +#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 +msgid "" +"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" +"Pattern has not been found." +msgstr "" + #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:189 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:196 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Kan lêer %1 nie lees nie" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:190 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:332 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Taal" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:389 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "&Ja, ek aanvaar die lisensie-ooreenkoms" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:397 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "N&ee, ek aanvaar dit nie" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:437 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:453 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2051,34 +2119,34 @@ "een van die beskikbare opsies. As u nie die lisensie-ooreenkoms aanvaar nie,\n" " sal die konfigurasie gestaak word.\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:465 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lisensie-ooreenkoms" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Staak byvoegprodukinstallasie werklik?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1118 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1135 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Stelsel word afgesluit ..." @@ -2155,8 +2223,93 @@ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" msgstr "Misluk om regstelling-RPM af te laai: %1" +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:30 +msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." +msgstr "&Skandeer met gebruik van SLP..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" +msgstr "Konfigureer monitor" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +msgid "Specify &URL..." +msgstr "Spesifiseer &URL ..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +msgid "&FTP..." +msgstr "&FTP ..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +msgid "&HTTP..." +msgstr "&HTTP ..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 +msgid "HTT&PS..." +msgstr "HTT&PS ..." + +#. radio button +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 +msgid "&SMB/CIFS" +msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +msgid "&NFS..." +msgstr "&NFS ..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +msgid "&CD..." +msgstr "&CD ..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +msgid "&DVD..." +msgstr "&DVD ..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Hard Disk..." +msgstr "&Harde skyf" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +msgid "&Local Directory..." +msgstr "&Plaaslike gids ..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Local ISO Image..." +msgstr "Skep van ISO-afbeelding ..." + +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Download repository description files" +msgstr "Geen beskrywing" + #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2165,7 +2318,7 @@ "van die media hou, stel ISO-afbeelding." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:66 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" @@ -2175,53 +2328,53 @@ "stel die plek van die eerste medium van die stel." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:75 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Bedienernaam" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:83 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1530 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Pad na gids of ISO-afbeelding" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ISO-afbeelding" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:93 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Protocol" msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "&Protokol" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:99 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Hegopsies" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:103 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (default)" msgid "(default)" msgstr "(verstek)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Naam van die &opsie" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:123 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotokol" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "Naam van die &opsie" @@ -2229,40 +2382,40 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "&Profielbewaarplek:" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:150 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-bediener" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD- of DVD-media" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Harde skyf" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:835 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Plaaslike gids" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:162 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "ISO-afbeelding" @@ -2272,26 +2425,26 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:166 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:170 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Bediener en gids" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Gedeeldepad kan nie leeg wees nie." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:399 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&Profielbewaarplek:" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:414 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" @@ -2302,13 +2455,13 @@ " gids of die lêer wat die ISO-afbeelding van die installasiemedia hou." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:428 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Diensnaam" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:436 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" @@ -2319,17 +2472,17 @@ " gids of die lêer wat die ISO-afbeelding van die installasiemedia hou." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:471 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL kan nie leeg wees nie." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:484 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:498 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" @@ -2342,16 +2495,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:671 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1798 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:678 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:690 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" @@ -2362,7 +2515,7 @@ "Gebruik Bedienernaam en Pad na gids of ISO-afbeelding\n" " om die NFS-bedienergasheernaam en pad op die bediener te spesifiseer." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2371,16 +2524,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:752 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:754 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:759 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2389,12 +2542,12 @@ "Stel CD-ROM of DVD-ROM om die soort media te spesifiseer." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-afbeeldinglêer" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:873 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" @@ -2404,7 +2557,7 @@ "Probeer weer.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" @@ -2412,7 +2565,7 @@ msgstr "Die gespesifiseerde lêer bestaan nie." #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2420,18 +2573,18 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Pad na gids" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1214 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "&Pad na gids" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:971 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" @@ -2445,23 +2598,23 @@ " gids wat RPM-pakkette hou, te spesifiseer." #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "Massabergingstoestel" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1279 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "Lêerstelsel" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Gids" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" @@ -2478,7 +2631,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1295 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2486,12 +2639,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Slapskyftoestel" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" @@ -2507,13 +2660,13 @@ " gids wat RPM-pakkette hou, te spesifiseer." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Pad na gids of ISO-afbeelding" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" @@ -2525,79 +2678,73 @@ " gids wat RPM-pakkette hou, te spesifiseer." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1512 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Bediener&naam" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Poort" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1521 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Deel" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1534 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO-afbeelding" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Gids oor bediener" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1542 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Be&kragtiging" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1549 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Naamloos" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1558 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "Werkgroep of domein" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikernaam" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wagwoord" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1652 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1666 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 -msgid "&SMB/CIFS" -msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" - #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1829 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" @@ -2623,100 +2770,21 @@ "van die media hou, stel ISO-afbeelding." #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1842 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1909 -msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." -msgstr "&Skandeer met gebruik van SLP..." - -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1913 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" -msgstr "Konfigureer monitor" - -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1978 -msgid "Specify &URL..." -msgstr "Spesifiseer &URL ..." - -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1920 -msgid "&FTP..." -msgstr "&FTP ..." - -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1922 -msgid "&HTTP..." -msgstr "&HTTP ..." - -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 -msgid "HTT&PS..." -msgstr "HTT&PS ..." - -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1928 -msgid "&NFS..." -msgstr "&NFS ..." - -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1981 -msgid "&CD..." -msgstr "&CD ..." - -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1932 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1983 -msgid "&DVD..." -msgstr "&DVD ..." - -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1934 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1985 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Hard Disk..." -msgstr "&Harde skyf" - -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 -msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." +#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether defined +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1943 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1989 -msgid "&Local Directory..." -msgstr "&Plaaslike gids ..." - -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1945 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1991 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Local ISO Image..." -msgstr "Skep van ISO-afbeelding ..." - -#. check box -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1953 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Download repository description files" -msgstr "Geen beskrywing" - -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1987 -msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..." -msgstr "" - #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2030 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" @@ -2728,7 +2796,7 @@ " of op die harde skyf geleë wees." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2739,7 +2807,7 @@ " moet u die produk-CD-stel of -DVD beskikbaar hê." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2049 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2763,7 +2831,7 @@ " in een gids gekopieer word.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2061 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2782,28 +2850,28 @@ " die eerste CD geplaas is, byvoorbeeld /data1/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the media type." msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Kies die mediasoort." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2082 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Sit die byvoegproduk-CD in" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2083 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Sit die byvoegproduk-DVD in" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2101 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 #, fuzzy msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Geen harde skywe is bespeur nie" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2281 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2813,11 +2881,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2500 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2524 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Mediasoort" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Byvoegprodukte" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -2923,7 +2997,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Konfigureer monitor" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "&Skyf om uitgewerp te word" @@ -3002,12 +3078,12 @@ "Die gekose bron het geen URL nie." #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Versamel van inligting van %1 dienste gevind ..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" @@ -3019,7 +3095,7 @@ " wat waarskynlik die netwerkskandering blokkeer." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "Daar is geen SLP-katalogusse op u netwerk gevind nie." @@ -3050,6 +3126,11 @@ msgstr "Ontkies asseblief sommige pakkette." #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "N&ee, ek aanvaar dit nie" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "All registered repositories are shown here.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4313,12 +4394,6 @@ #~ msgid "Minimal &Graphical System" #~ msgstr "Minimale &grafiese stelsel" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nagaan van die mees onlangse bywerkings het misluk. Kyk na\n" -#~ "die opgawes vir besonderhede.\n" - #~ msgid "Registered Catalogs" #~ msgstr "Geregistreerde katalogusse" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/pam.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/pam.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/pam.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/pkg-bindings.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/pkg-bindings.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/pkg-bindings.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #. still not initialized, throw an exception #. translators: this is an error message -#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:127 +#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager" msgstr "Kan pakketdatabasis nie inisialiseer nie." @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Herbou van die pakketdatabasis ..." @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Inisialiseer die teikenstelsel" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde &pakkette" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/printer.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/printer.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/printer.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-09 11:51\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/product-creator.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/product-creator.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/product-creator.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -2176,27 +2176,27 @@ msgstr "" #. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Path to directory with packages" msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" msgstr "Pad na gids met pakkette" #. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:711 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Standard output file name" msgstr "Voer die lêernaam in" #. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Error output file name" msgstr "Voer die lêernaam in" -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:769 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 already exists.\n" @@ -2212,43 +2212,43 @@ #. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result #. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part #. of command line option) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed." msgstr "Gaan na vir chroot-gids %1..." #. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:857 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgstr "Voorberei van skyfafbeelding" #. button label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:875 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Save Log" msgid "Save logs" msgstr "&Berg Opgawe" #. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:949 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 #, fuzzy msgid "Image creation failed." msgstr "Argiefskepping het misluk" #. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating Image" msgstr "Skep van ISO-afbeelding ..." #. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:985 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 msgid "Image creation succeeded." msgstr "Afbeeldingskepping was suksesvol." #. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Image creation canceled." msgstr "Argiefskepping het misluk" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/proxy.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/proxy.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/proxy.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/qt-pkg.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/qt-pkg.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/qt-pkg.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages-qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 11:09+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -45,48 +45,48 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "Terugstel van lêers" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "S&oek" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "Sleutelwoorde" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&Installasie-opsomming" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "B&eskrywing" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Tegniese data" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Afhanklikhede" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Weergawes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "Lêerlys" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Wysig opgawe" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -96,193 +96,193 @@ msgstr "&Kanselleer" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Aanvaar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Lêer" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Voer in ..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Uitvoer ..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "G&aan uit - wegdoen met wysigings" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Gaan uit - berg wysigings" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Pakket" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Alle pakkette" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Werk by as nuwer weergawe beskikbaar is" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Werk onvoorwaardelik by" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Regstelling" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Konfigurasie" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "Terugstel van lêers" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Aanlynbywerking" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Afhanklikhede" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 #, fuzzy msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "Gaan n&a" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 #, fuzzy msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "O&utonagaan" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opsies" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "&Toon mislukte pakkettelys" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Installeer alles wat pas - de&buginfo-pakkette" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Bekragtigingsmodus" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selecting packages..." msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "Kies van pakkette..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Extras" msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&Ekstras" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Toon &produkte" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Toon &outomatiese pakketwysigings" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &details" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Toon &besonderhede" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Installeer alles wat pas - &devel-pakkette" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Installeer alles wat pas - de&buginfo-pakkette" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Installeer alles wat pas - de&buginfo-pakkette" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Genereer afhanklikheidsoplosser-toetssaak" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Help" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Oorsig" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Simbole" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Sleutels" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Alle pakketafhanklikhede is goed." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "Regstellings" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Berg pakketlys" @@ -290,56 +290,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:602 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fout" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "'n Fout tydens uitvoer van pakketlys na %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Laai pakketlys" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "'n Fout tydens laai van pakketlys vanaf %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 pakkette sal bygewerk word" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Gaan voort" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "K&anselleer" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Bygevoegde subpakkette:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:292 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:293 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:283 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Werk by" @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:197 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:309 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:197 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:310 #: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:100 msgid "Taboo" msgstr "Taboe" @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." msgstr "Hiedie pakket is nie geïnstalleer nie en behoort onder geen omstandighede geïnstalleer te word nie, veral nie vanweë onopgeloste afhanklikhede wat ander pakkette dalk het of kan kry nie." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:315 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." msgstr "Pakkette gestel op \taboe\" word behandel asof hulle nie op enige installasiemedium bestaan nie." @@ -646,67 +646,67 @@ msgstr "Dit kan gebeur, byvoorbeeld as 'n ander pakket hierdie een uitgedien maak." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:264 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 msgid "Special Keys Overview" msgstr "Spesialesleutels-oorsig" #. Translators: Additional hint that will be added to any of the following keyboard actions. #. Automatic word wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:269 msgid "In any case, go to the next list item." msgstr "Gaan in elk geval na die volgende lysitem." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:275 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:276 msgid "Add" msgstr "Voeg by" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:277 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." msgstr "Kry hierdie pakket. Installeer dit as dit nog nie gedoen is nie. Werk dit tot die mees onlangse weergawe by as dit geïnstalleer is en as daar 'n nuwer weergawe is." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:284 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Verwyder" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:286 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." msgstr "Raak ontslae van hierdie pakket. Merk dit as \"moenie installeer nie\" as dit nog nie geïnstalleer is nie. Skrap dit as dit geïnstalleer is." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:294 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." msgstr "Werk hierdie pakket by as dit geïnstalleer is en daar is 'n nuwer weergawe. Ignoreer pakkette wat nie geïnstalleer is nie." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:301 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 msgid "Undo Update" msgstr "Herroep bywerking" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:303 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." msgstr "Herroep die uitwerking van \">\" bo: Stel pakket om te \"hou\" as dit tans op \"bywerk\" gestel is. Ignoreer al die ander pakkette." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:311 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " msgstr "Stel hierdie pakket op \"taboe\" as dit nie geïnstalleer is nie. maak seker dat hierdie pakket nie geïnstalleer word nie, veral nie vanweë onopgeloste afhanklikhede wat ander pakkette dalk het of kan kry nie." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:321 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 msgid "Protect" msgstr "Beskerm" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:323 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " msgstr "Stel hierdie pakket op \"beskermd\" as dit geïnstalleer is. maak seker dat hierdie pakket nie verander word nie, veral nie vanweë onopgeloste afhanklikhede wat ander pakkette dalk het of kan kry nie." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:327 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." msgstr "Gebruik hierdie vir derdepartypakkette wat nie oorskryf behoort te word deur nuwer weergawes wat saam met die verspreiding kom nie." @@ -799,15 +799,15 @@ msgstr "Berg konfliktelys" #. caption -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:202 src/YQPkgList.cc:603 +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:202 src/YQPkgList.cc:606 msgid "Cannot open file %1" msgstr "Kan lêer '%1' nie open nie" -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:295 +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:292 msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgstr "Konflikoplossing:" -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:332 +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:329 msgid "<a href='/'>%1 more...</a>" msgstr "" @@ -919,24 +919,19 @@ #. Translators: Button with pop-up menu to open a new page (very much like #. in a web browser) with another package filter view or to switch to an #. existing one if it's open already -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:174 src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:178 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:172 src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:176 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Oorsig" -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:197 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Close the current page" -msgstr "Wysig die huidige volmaginstellings" - -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:547 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:530 msgid "Move page &left" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:557 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:540 msgid "Move page &right" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:564 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:547 #, fuzzy msgid "&Close page" msgstr "&Sluit" @@ -990,17 +985,17 @@ msgid "Language" msgstr "Taal" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:84 src/YQPkgList.cc:623 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:84 src/YQPkgList.cc:626 msgid "Package" msgstr "Pakket" #. headers << _( "Patch" ); _nameCol = numCol++; -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:85 src/YQPkgList.cc:624 src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:116 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:85 src/YQPkgList.cc:627 src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:114 #: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:66 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Opsomming" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:90 src/YQPkgList.cc:625 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:90 src/YQPkgList.cc:628 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed (Available)" msgstr "Geïnstalleer (%1)" @@ -1018,12 +1013,12 @@ msgstr "Weergawe" #. headers << _( "Source" ); _srpmStatusCol = numCol++; -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:108 src/YQPkgList.cc:626 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:108 src/YQPkgList.cc:629 msgid "Size" msgstr "Grootte" #: src/YQPkgList.cc:247 src/YQPkgList.cc:517 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:579 -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:438 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:436 msgid "&All in This List" msgstr "&Alles in hierdie lys" @@ -1051,51 +1046,51 @@ #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:579 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:582 msgid "Export Package List" msgstr "Voer pakketlys uit" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:622 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:625 #, c-format msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:884 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:887 msgid "Install Sources" msgstr "Installeer bronne" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:885 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:888 msgid "Do Not Install Sources" msgstr "Moenie bronne installeer nie" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:889 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:892 msgid "No Sources Available" msgstr "Geen bronne beskikbaar nie" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:904 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:907 msgid "Installed Version: %1" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde weergawe: %1" #. Translators: This is the relation between two versions of one package #. if both versions are the same, e.g., both "1.2.3-42", "1.2.3-42" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:922 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:925 msgid "same" msgstr "dieselfde" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:924 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:927 msgid "newer" msgstr "nuwer" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:925 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:928 msgid "older" msgstr "ouer" #. Translators: %1 is the version, %2 is one of "newer", "older", "same" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:928 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:931 msgid "Available Version: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Beskikbare weergawe: %1 (%2)" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:932 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:935 msgid "Not available for installation" msgstr "Nie beskikbaar vir installasie nie" @@ -1117,23 +1112,23 @@ msgstr "Toon vorderingsinligting" #. Translators: Additional hint what caused an auto-status -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1475 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1472 msgid "(by a software selection)" msgstr "(vlgs. 'n sagtewarekeuse)" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1477 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1474 msgid "(by dependencies)" msgstr "(vlgs. afhanklikhede)" #. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are installed, #. but whose dependencies are broken (no longer satisfied) -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1493 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1490 msgid "Dependencies broken" msgstr "Afhanklikhede gebreek" #. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are not installed, #. but whose dependencies are satisfied -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1503 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1500 msgid "All dependencies satisfied" msgstr "Alle afhanklikhede bevredig" @@ -1324,33 +1319,33 @@ msgid "All Patches" msgstr "Alle regstellings" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:112 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "Patch Description" msgstr "Regstellingsbeskrywing" #. Translators: These are patch categories #. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:616 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:100 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:614 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:100 msgid "YaST" msgstr "YaST" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:617 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:615 msgid "security" msgstr "veiligheid" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:618 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:616 msgid "recommended" msgstr "aanbevole" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:619 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:617 msgid "optional" msgstr "opsioneel" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:620 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:618 msgid "document" msgstr "dokument" -#: src/YQPkgPatternList.cc:172 +#: src/YQPkgPatternList.cc:170 msgid "Pattern" msgstr "Patroon" @@ -1582,13 +1577,30 @@ #: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| " \n" +#| "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Possible reasons:\n" +#| "<ul>\n" +#| "<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n" +#| "<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n" +#| "<li>They are third-party packages\n" +#| "</ul>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please choose manually what to do with them.\n" +#| "The safest course of action is to delete them.\n" +#| "" msgid "" " \n" "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" "\n" -"\n" "The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n" -"\n" "\n" "Possible reasons:\n" "<ul>\n" @@ -1621,7 +1633,7 @@ " Die veiligste handelswyse is om dit te skrap.\n" " " -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:218 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211 msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)" msgstr "" @@ -1634,11 +1646,11 @@ #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE #. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ #. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:372 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:409 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:393 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Hierdie weergawe is in u stelsel geïnstalleer." @@ -1652,6 +1664,50 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Close the current page" +#~ msgstr "Wysig die huidige volmaginstellings" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ " \n" +#~ "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Possible reasons:\n" +#~ "<ul>\n" +#~ "<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n" +#~ "<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n" +#~ "<li>They are third-party packages\n" +#~ "</ul>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please choose manually what to do with them.\n" +#~ "The safest course of action is to delete them.\n" +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " \n" +#~ "<h2>Bywerkprobleem</h2>\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " <lettergroottekleur=blou>\n" +#~ " Die pakkette in hierdie lys kan nie outomaties bygewerk word nie.\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " Moontlike redes:\n" +#~ " <ul>\n" +#~ " <li>Hulle word deur ander pakkette as uitgedien beskou\n" +#~ " <li>Daar is geen nuwer weergawe om na by te werk op enige installasiemedia nie\n" +#~ " <li>Hulle is derdepartypakkette\n" +#~ " </ul>\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " Kies asseblief met die hand wat om met hulle te doen.\n" +#~ " Die veiligste handelswyse is om dit te skrap.\n" +#~ " " + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..." #~ msgstr "Soek na pakkette ..." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/qt.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/qt.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/qt.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages-qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 11:08+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -45,22 +45,22 @@ #. Window title for help wizard window #. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut #. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:62 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:110 src/YQWizard.cc:821 -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1263 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853 +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" #. Close button for wizard help window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:65 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:111 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 msgid "&Close" msgstr "&Sluit" -#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:45 +#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 #, fuzzy msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Afdelingsredigeerder" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:635 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "Wissel +-linker- en regtermuisknoppies?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:648 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Onverwagte klik" @@ -115,22 +115,27 @@ msgid "Configure YaST Logging:" msgstr "Konfigureer pos nou?" -#. Steps panel bottom buttons ("Help", "Release Notes") -#. Layouts for the buttons -#: src/YQWizard.cc:282 -msgid "Release Notes..." -msgstr "Vrystellingsnotas ..." +#. +#. "Release Notes" button +#. +#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut +#: src/YQWizard.cc:869 +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Vrystellingsnotas" #. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1267 +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324 msgid "Steps" msgstr "Stappe" #. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1271 +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328 msgid "Tree" msgstr "Boom" +#~ msgid "Release Notes..." +#~ msgstr "Vrystellingsnotas ..." + #~ msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" #~ msgstr "%1 bestaan! Werklik oorskryf?" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/rdp.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/rdp.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/rdp.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/rear.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/rear.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/rear.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/registration.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/registration.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/registration.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -15,216 +15,972 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:49 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Registrasiekode" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:51 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:79 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Registrasiekode" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112 +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Nagaan van ..." +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Novell-kliëntesentrumkonfigurasie" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "1 item van registrasiedata" +msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" +msgstr "Registrasiekode" +#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 +msgid "Registering the System..." +msgstr "" + +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registering %s ..." +msgstr "Registrasiekode" + +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating boot options..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Bywerk van selflaai-opsies..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Registrasiekode" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Konfigurasienaam ontbreek." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Die verstekdeurgang is ongeldig." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#. label text describing the registration (1/2) +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 +msgid "" +"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" +"a registered system." +msgstr "" + +#. label text describing the registration (2/2), +#. not displayed in installed system +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgstr "Novell-kliëntesentrumkonfigurasie" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The target is already connected." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Die teiken is reeds verbind." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "E-posadres" + +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration &Code" +msgstr "Registrasiekode" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Registrasiekode" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Registrasiekode" + +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "" + +#. not set yet? +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Registration added some update repositories.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to install the latest available\n" +"on-line updates during installation?" +msgstr "" + +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading file system modules..." +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Laai van lêerstelselmodules ..." + +#. dialog title +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Registrasiekode" + +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "" + +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 +msgid "" +"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" +"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" +"\n" +"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" +"Customer Center for online registration.\n" +"\n" +"Really skip the registration now?" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Register New User" +msgid "Register Again" +msgstr "Registreer Nuwe Gebruiker" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &Vendor" +msgid "Select Extensions" +msgstr "Kies &verkoper" + +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "U stelsel is gereed vir gebruik." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 +msgid "" +"The base product was not found,\n" +"check your system." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module." +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "Hierdie is 'n YaST2-module." + +#. popup message: registration finished properly +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration was successfull." +msgstr "Reparasie was suksesvol." + +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +msgstr "" + +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Aflaai van SMT-sertifikaatlêer het misluk" + +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Sertifikaat" + +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" +msgstr "Produkregistrasie" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Laat loop tydens outo-installasie" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Moenie tydens outo-installasie laat loop nie" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Registrasiedata om te gebruik" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "E-posadres" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" +msgstr "Konfigurasienaam ontbreek." + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "&Installeer alle beskikbare bronne" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" +msgstr "Registrasiekode" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "Bediener-URL:" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Discovery" +msgid "Use SLP discovery" +msgstr "Ontdekking" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr "&Bedienersertifikaat" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "Sertifikaat" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "R&adio Card Modules" +msgid "Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "R&adiokaartmodules" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "Berei verbinding voor" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "Besonderhede:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "Kies sertifikaatlêer" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Issuer" +msgid "Issued To" +msgstr "Uitreiker" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organizational Unit" +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "Organisasie-eenheid" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organizational Unit" +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "Organisasie-eenheid" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Used By" +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "Gebruik deur" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "Ongeldige opsie: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "Die bron is nie geldig nie." + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: %1:" +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "Fout: %1:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Number" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "Serienommer" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Vingerafdruk: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Vingerafdruk: %1" + #. Error popup -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:135 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:141 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Destination is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address or the registration\n" -"code is not valid." -msgstr "Bestemming is ongeldig." +#| msgid "Write network configuration" +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "Skryf netwerkkonfigurasie" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: display error details from the response -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 msgid "" -"Registration server error.\n" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" "\n" -"Retry registration later." +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:151 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "Registrasiekode" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Registrasiedata om te gebruik" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:155 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:165 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +msgid "Details: %s" +msgstr "Besonderhede: %s" + +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." +msgstr "Invoer van aanskoplêer ..." + +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current connection setup" +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +msgstr "Lees huidige verbinding-opstelling" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing routing configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Skryf van herleidingskonfigurasie ..." + +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Sertifikaat" + +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +msgstr "" + +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate" +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "Sertifikaat" + +#. create UI label for a base product +#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @return [String] UI Label +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown processor" +msgid "Unknown product" +msgstr "Onbekende prosesseerder" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." +msgstr "Berg van selflaaiprogram-konfigurasielêers ..." + +#. # error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." +msgstr "Begin van die 'lirc'-diens het misluk." + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." +msgstr "Lees van lêer op %1 het misluk.\n" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." +msgstr "Begin van die 'lirc'-diens het misluk." + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." +msgstr "Herlaai van die diens %1 het misluk" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "Lisensie-ooreenkoms" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading files..." +msgid "Downloading Licenses..." +msgstr "Aflaai van lêers ..." + +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "License Agreement" +msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." +msgstr "Lisensie-ooreenkoms" + +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "" +"Downloading the license for\n" +"%s\n" +"failed." +msgstr "Lees van die instellings het misluk." + +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "License Agreement" +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "Lisensie-ooreenkoms" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "Registrasiekode" -#. announce (register the system) first -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:183 -msgid "Registering the System..." +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:183 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:202 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:550 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the registration data." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "Voer die registrasiedata in." +msgstr[1] "Voer die registrasiedata in." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Scanner Model Selection" +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Skandeerdermodelkeuse" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" -#. remember the base products for later (to get the respective addons) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:202 +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "Registrasiekode" -msgstr[1] "Registrasiekode" +#| msgid "&Available Network Modules:" +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "&Beskikbare netwerkmodules:" -#. content for the main registration dialog -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -msgid "Network Configuration..." -msgstr "Novell-kliëntesentrumkonfigurasie" +#| msgid "Details:" +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Besonderhede:" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -msgstr "Novell-kliëntesentrumkonfigurasie" +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "is nie beskikbaar nie" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247 -msgid "&Email" +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:249 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration &Code" +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "Registrasiekode" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:256 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Skip Registration" +#| msgid "Device Identifier" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "Toestel-identifiseerder" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Weergawe" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Argitektuur" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Reëlsoort" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "Registrasiekode" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:264 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "" -#. display the main registration dialog -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:270 +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" -msgstr "Novell-kliëntesentrumkonfigurasie" +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "Skrap '%1' werklik?" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283 +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "Verkoperidentifiseerder" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "&Weergawe" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "Argitektuur" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "Reëlsoort" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." msgid "" -"You can manually change the repository states,\n" -"select repositories which will be used for installation." +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "Produkregistrasie sluit u produk in Novell se databasis in, en stel u in staat om aanlynbywerkings en tegniese ondersteuning te kry. Om te registreer terwyl u outomaties installeer, kies Laat loop produkregistrasie. Om die prosedure te vereenvoudig, sluit inligting vanaf u stelsel met Hardewareprofiel en Opsionele inligting in." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "Indien u netwerk ’n pasmaak-SMT-bediener ontplooy, stel asseblief die URL van die SMT-bediener en die plek van die SMT-sertifikaat in SMT-bediener-instellings. Raadpleeg asseblief u SMT-handleiding vir verdere bystand." + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Registrasiekode" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:287 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "Bediener-instellings" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 #, fuzzy -msgid "Repository State" -msgstr "Pakketbewaarplek" +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Registrasiekode" -#. the media check box is displayed only at installation -#. to modify the installation workflow (display extra add-on dialog) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:355 -msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:366 -msgid "Select an addon to show details here" +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "&Bedienersertifikaat" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" -#. rich text content: the selected addon requires a registration key -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:389 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "geen" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 #, fuzzy -msgid "A Registration Key is Required" +#| msgid "Certificate File to Import" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Sertifikaatlêer om in te voer" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Registrasiekode" -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate Overview" +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "Sertifikaatoorsig" -#. maximum number or reg codes which can be displayed in two column layout -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:420 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read certificates" +msgid "Self signed certificate" +msgstr "Lees sertifikate" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 +msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Available Products and Extensions" +#. push button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Script to Import" +msgid "&Trust and Import" +msgstr "Skrip om in te voer" + +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 -msgid "Registering Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:649 -msgid "Enter Registration Keys for Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:664 -msgid "" -"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" -"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/scc_finish.rb:47 +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -msgid "Setting original repository configuration..." -msgstr "Begin van installasie ..." +#| msgid "Invalid time" +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "Ongeldige tyd" +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Registrasiekode" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Nagaan van ..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "1 item van registrasiedata" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Destination is invalid." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The email address or the registration\n" +#~ "code is not valid." +#~ msgstr "Bestemming is ongeldig." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" +#~ msgstr "Novell-kliëntesentrumkonfigurasie" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repository State" +#~ msgstr "Pakketbewaarplek" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "A Registration Key is Required" #~ msgstr "Registrasiekode" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Setting original repository configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Begin van installasie ..." + #~ msgid "Online Update Configuration" #~ msgstr "Aanlynbywerkingskonfigurasie" @@ -258,22 +1014,12 @@ #~ msgid "Register Now (Recommended)" #~ msgstr "Konfigureer nou (aanbevole)" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Register New User" -#~ msgid "Register Later" -#~ msgstr "Registreer Nuwe Gebruiker" - #~ msgid "Include for Convenience" #~ msgstr "Sluit in vir gerief" #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "Hardewareprofiel" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Registrasiedata om te gebruik" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "Opsionele inligting" @@ -603,11 +1349,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Reparasie was suksesvol." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Configuration name is missing." -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Konfigurasienaam ontbreek." - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration Status at: %1" #~ msgstr "Registrasiedata om te gebruik" @@ -624,11 +1365,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Boodskap:" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Error: %1:" -#~ msgid "Expiry: %1" -#~ msgstr "Fout: %1:" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration status is not available." #~ msgstr "Registrasiedata om te gebruik" @@ -688,15 +1424,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "onbekende proses" -#~ msgid "Product Registration" -#~ msgstr "Produkregistrasie" - -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Laat loop tydens outo-installasie" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Moenie tydens outo-installasie laat loop nie" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "%1 items van registrasiedata" @@ -718,10 +1445,6 @@ #~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" #~ msgstr "Bediener: %1" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "Sertifikaat" - #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "&Sleutel" @@ -731,9 +1454,6 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "Sleutel is ongeldig." -#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "Produkregistrasie sluit u produk in Novell se databasis in, en stel u in staat om aanlynbywerkings en tegniese ondersteuning te kry. Om te registreer terwyl u outomaties installeer, kies Laat loop produkregistrasie. Om die prosedure te vereenvoudig, sluit inligting vanaf u stelsel met Hardewareprofiel en Opsionele inligting in." - #~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #~ msgstr "Kry meer inligting oor die registrasieproses by <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." @@ -747,21 +1467,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Ander inligting wat vir registrasie gebruik word, word in Registrasiedata getoon. Voeg 'n nuwe sleutel en waardepaar by deur Voeg by te druk en dan die gepaste waardes in te voer. Hierdie parameters is dié wat met <tt>suse_register -a</tt> aangestuur kan word. Kry meer inligting oor voorgaande met <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Verwyder 'n paar met Skrap of verander 'n bestaande paar met Hersien." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -#~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -#~ msgstr "Indien u netwerk ’n pasmaak-SMT-bediener ontplooy, stel asseblief die URL van die SMT-bediener en die plek van die SMT-sertifikaat in SMT-bediener-instellings. Raadpleeg asseblief u SMT-handleiding vir verdere bystand." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "DNS-bediener" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate" -#~ msgstr "Sertifikaat" - #~ msgid "Run Product Registration" #~ msgstr "Laat produkregistrasie loop" @@ -814,18 +1522,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Invoer van bewaarplekke..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "Die verstekdeurgang is ongeldig." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "Invoer van bewaarplekke..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registration was successful." -#~ msgstr "Reparasie was suksesvol." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "The default update repository has been added." #~ msgstr "Die verstekdeurgang is ongeldig." @@ -923,9 +1623,6 @@ #~ "Die huidige keuse is ongeldig:\n" #~ "%1" -#~ msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" -#~ msgstr "Aflaai van SMT-sertifikaatlêer het misluk" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Could not mount floppy disk" #~ msgstr "Kan slapskyf nie heg nie" @@ -987,14 +1684,6 @@ #~ msgid "Valid from: " #~ msgstr "Geldig vanaf:" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Valid to: " -#~ msgstr "Ongeldige opsie: %1" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Fingerprint: " -#~ msgstr "Vingerafdruk: %1" - #~ msgid "Trust" #~ msgstr "Vertrou" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/reipl.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/reipl.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/reipl.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. Command line help text for the Xreipl module -#: src/clients/reipl.rb:54 +#: src/clients/reipl.rb:53 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration of reipl" msgstr "Konfigurasie van pos" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:125 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:162 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -66,70 +66,79 @@ #. Reipl configure dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100 #, fuzzy msgid "Reipl Configuration" msgstr "&Slaan konfigurasie oor" #. Reipl configure dialog contents -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "reipl methods" msgstr "Opstelmetode" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&ccw" msgstr "" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "&fcp" msgstr "" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "&nss" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "ccw parameters" msgstr "Parameter" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Toestel" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "&Loadparm" msgstr "&Laai" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "fcp parameters" msgstr "Parameter" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:126 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "D&evice" msgstr "T&oestel" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "&Worldwide port number" msgstr "" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:138 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Lo&gical unit number" msgstr "" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "B&oot program selector" msgstr "" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150 -msgid "Boo&t record logical block address" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "nss parameters" +msgstr "Parameter" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "&Name" +msgstr "&Naam" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "reipl configuration" msgstr "Poskonfigurasie" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "help missing in helps.ycp" msgstr "" @@ -251,35 +260,35 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "Gekonfigureerde lêers:" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:1002 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "Die toestel is nie gekonfigureer nie" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:1005 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "Hierdie skandeerders word nie ondersteun nie." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "Die toestel is nie gekonfigureer nie" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Hierdie skandeerders word nie ondersteun nie." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/relocation-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/relocation-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/relocation-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/s390.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/s390.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/s390.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ #. error popup message #. error popup message #. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:200 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:671 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:200 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:677 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "No disk selected." @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:406 #, fuzzy msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "&Afdelingsbestuur" @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ #. table header #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:407 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Channel" @@ -228,121 +228,121 @@ msgstr "Kanaal" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formaat" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:411 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430 #, fuzzy msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "&Gebruik LDAP" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:418 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "Device" msgstr "Toestel-ID" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "Soort" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428 #, fuzzy msgid "Access Type" msgstr "Toestelsoort" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatted" msgstr "Formaat" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 #, fuzzy msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "Bykomende inligting" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:439 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:445 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "&Kanaal" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:446 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "Ma&ksimum" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Lêernaam" #. menu button #. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "Doen installasie" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Selections" msgid "&Select All" msgstr "&Keuses" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:466 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ontkies alles" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:537 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "" #. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "DASD-skywe" #. text entry #. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:592 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:598 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Channel" msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "Kanaal" #. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:596 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602 #, fuzzy msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "&Formatteer slapskyf" #. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "&Gebruik LDAP" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:621 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:632 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:638 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:347 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:400 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:642 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:428 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "" @@ -967,55 +967,55 @@ msgstr "Lees van die instellings het misluk." #. delete group entry if disabled -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:859 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure General Settings " msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" msgstr "Konfigureer algemene instellings" #. update screen -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:879 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 #, fuzzy #| msgid "New System User" msgid "New TS-Shell User" msgstr "Nuwe stelselgebruiker" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:892 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" msgstr "" #. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1018 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1030 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1042 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." msgstr "" #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1055 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." msgstr "" #. check password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1079 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." msgstr "" #. check home directory -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1085 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The specified directory does not exist." msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." msgstr "Die gespesifiseerde gids bestaan nie." #. update ts member selection -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1435 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The source is not valid." msgid "The group name is not valid!" @@ -1023,8 +1023,8 @@ #. change tab selection back #. check for z/VM ID entries -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1495 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1596 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." @@ -1542,21 +1542,21 @@ msgstr "Onbekende foutkode." #. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:631 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:638 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "Formaat" #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:660 src/modules/DASDController.rb:757 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:667 src/modules/DASDController.rb:764 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "" #. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 #. integers, #. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:728 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:735 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "" @@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:252 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 #: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 msgid "Finished" @@ -1727,49 +1727,49 @@ msgstr "Opsionele kernparameters" #. Inittab write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:229 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "Berg van IrDa-konfigurasie" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:238 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write IRC settings" msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" msgstr "Skryf IRC-instellings" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write IRC settings" msgid "Write HVC settings" msgstr "Skryf IRC-instellings" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Write kernel parameters" msgstr "Ander kern&parameters:" #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." msgstr "Skryf van IRC-instellings ..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:248 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." msgid "Writing HVC settings..." msgstr "Skryf van IRC-instellings ..." #. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:250 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the patterns..." msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/samba-client.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/samba-client.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/samba-client.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -207,6 +207,19 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "Ma&ksimum" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "Toegelate dienste" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "Groepnaam" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -855,100 +868,294 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:334 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 +msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" +msgstr "Berg van Kerberos-kliëntkonfigurasie" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 +msgid "Write PAM settings" +msgstr "Skryf PAM-instellings" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 +msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" +msgstr "Skryf Kerberos-kliëntinstellings" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 +msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" +msgstr "Skryf OpenSSH-instellings" + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 +msgid "Writing PAM settings..." +msgstr "Skryf van PAM-instellings ..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 +msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." +msgstr "Skryf van Kerberos-kliëntinstellings ..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 +msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." +msgstr "Skryf van OpenSSH-instellings ..." + +#. final progress step label +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Voltooid" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 +msgid "Install required packages" +msgstr "Installeer vereiste pakkette" + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 +msgid "Installing required packages..." +msgstr "Installeer vereiste pakkette ..." + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +msgid "PAM Login" +msgstr "PAM-aantekening" + +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +msgid "Use Kerberos" +msgstr "Gebruik Kerberos" + +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" +msgstr "Moenie Kerberos gebruik nie" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +msgid "Default Realm" +msgstr "Verstekgebied" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +msgid "Default Domain" +msgstr "Verstekdomein" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +msgid "KDC Server Address" +msgstr "KDC-bedieneradres" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +msgid "Clock Skew" +msgstr "Horlosieverskil" + +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +msgid "KDC Server: %1 " +msgstr "KDC-bediener: %1 " + +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +msgid "Default Domain: %1 " +msgstr "Verstekdomein: %1 " + +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +msgid "Default Realm: %1 " +msgstr "Verstekgebied: %1 " + +#. summary text (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1 " +msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" +msgstr "Kerberos-bekragtiging ontsper: %1 " + +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Ja" + +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Nee" + +#. summary line +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration &Base DN" +msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" +msgstr "Konfigurasie&basis-DN" + +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +msgid "" +"Clock skew is invalid.\n" +"Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"Horlosieverskil is ongeldig.\n" +"Probeer weer.\n" -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Inisialiseer van Samba-kliëntkonfigurasie" +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"Lifetime is invalid.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"Leeftyd is ongeldig.\n" +"Probeer weer." -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "Lees die globale Samba-instellings" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Inisialiseer van Samba-kliëntkonfigurasie" -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "Lees die winbind-status" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Lees die globale Samba-instellings" -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Lees die globale Samba-instellings ..." +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Lees die winbind-status" -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "Lees die winbind-status ..." +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Lees die globale Samba-instellings ..." -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Voltooid" +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Lees die winbind-status ..." -#~ msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Berg van Samba-kliëntkonfigurasie" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Berg van Samba-kliëntkonfigurasie" -#~ msgid "Write the settings" -#~ msgstr "Skryf die instellings" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Skryf die instellings" -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Versper Samba-dienste" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Versper Samba-dienste" -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Ontsper Samba-dienste" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Ontsper Samba-dienste" -#~ msgid "Writing the settings..." -#~ msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Versper van Samba-dienste ..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Versper van Samba-dienste ..." -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Ontsper van Samba-dienste ..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Ontsper van Samba-dienste ..." -#~ msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" -#~ msgstr "Skryf Kerberos-konfigurasie" +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Skryf Kerberos-konfigurasie" -#~ msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." -#~ msgstr "Skryf van Kerberos-konfigurasie ..." +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Skryf van Kerberos-konfigurasie ..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "Kan instellings nie skryf na '%1' nie." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Kan instellings nie skryf na '%1' nie." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Kan windbind-diens nie begin nie." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Kan windbind-diens nie begin nie." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Kan windbind-demon nie begin nie." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "Kan windbind-demon nie begin nie." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Kan windbind-diens nie stop nie." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Kan windbind-diens nie stop nie." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Kan windbind-demon nie stop nie." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "Kan windbind-demon nie stop nie." -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Kan PAM-instellings nie skryf nie." +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Kan PAM-instellings nie skryf nie." -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Globale konfigurasie" +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Globale konfigurasie" -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "Werkgroep of domein: %1" +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Werkgroep of domein: %1" -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "Skep tuisgids as u aanteken" +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Skep tuisgids as u aanteken" -#~ msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" -#~ msgstr "Ongekoppelde bekragtiging ontsper" +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "Ongekoppelde bekragtiging ontsper" -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "Maksimum aantal delings: %1" +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "Maksimum aantal delings: %1" -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "Werkgroep of domein: %1" +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Werkgroep of domein: %1" -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr "Bekragtiging met SMB: %1" +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "Bekragtiging met SMB: %1" -#~ msgid "Yes" -#~ msgstr "Ja" +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "No" -#~ msgstr "Nee" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "&Nuwe regstellings" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/samba-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/samba-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/samba-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -896,12 +896,19 @@ #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" +#| "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" +#| "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" +#| "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +#| "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection." msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection." +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Samba-bedienersoort</big>\n" "'n Domeinbeheerder laat Windows-kliënte toe om op 'n Windows-domein aan te teken.\n" @@ -910,7 +917,7 @@ " Die opsies wat in die konfigurasiedialoë beskikbaar is, hang af van die instellings in hierdie keuse." #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" @@ -923,11 +930,11 @@ " hang af van die instellings in hierdie keuse." #. Share list dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "<big>Shares</big>" msgstr "<big>Gedeeldes</big>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them. " @@ -936,7 +943,7 @@ "ontsper of versper is, en basiese inligting oor hulle. " #. Share list dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "A share can be enabled or disabled.\n" "A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n" @@ -951,7 +958,7 @@ " " #. Share list dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:92 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n" "Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" @@ -966,7 +973,7 @@ "-kieslys te kies.\n" #. Share list dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "Use Add to add a new share, Edit to modify\n" "already existing share, and Delete to \n" @@ -977,7 +984,7 @@ " die inligting oor 'n gedeelde te verwyder.\n" #. Identity dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<big>Identity</big> \n" "These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" @@ -988,7 +995,7 @@ " hoofrol daarvan in die netwerk.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" "server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" @@ -1005,7 +1012,7 @@ " Nie 'n DC nie-waarde.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" "The Base Settings set up the domain and the\n" "server role. Primary Domain Controller allows Windows clients\n" @@ -1018,7 +1025,7 @@ " as 'n domeinbeheerder behoort deel te neem nie, kies Nie 'n DC nie.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "WINS is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n" "network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n" @@ -1035,7 +1042,7 @@ " en voer die IP-adres van die WINS-bediener in.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "Optionally, set a Server NetBIOS Name. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network." @@ -1044,7 +1051,7 @@ "NetBIOS-naam is die naam wat die bediener in die SMB-netwerk gebruik." #. Samba role dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" @@ -1054,7 +1061,7 @@ "gedetailleerde konfigurasie, soos LDAP-instellings, gebruikerbekragtingsbronne en\n" " kundige globale instellings.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<big>Trusted Domains</big> \n" "NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" @@ -1068,7 +1075,7 @@ " Skep hier 'n lys domeine waarvoor \n" " die Samba-bediener toegang behoort te voorsien.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "To add a new domain into the list, press Add.\n" "Enter the name of the domain to trust\n" @@ -1084,7 +1091,7 @@ " die vertrouensverhouding gevestig. Om 'n domein te skrap,\n" " kies dit in die lys en druk Skrap.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" "see the Samba HOWTO collection.\n" @@ -1093,7 +1100,7 @@ " sien die Samba-HOWTO-versameling.\n" #. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Edit a Share</big> \n" "Here, fine-tune the options of a share.\n" @@ -1102,7 +1109,7 @@ "Fynstel hier die opsies van 'n gedeelde.\n" #. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" @@ -1111,7 +1118,7 @@ "'n bestaande opsie te verander, en Skrap om 'n opsie te skrap.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big> \n" "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.\n" @@ -1120,7 +1127,7 @@ "Fynstel hier die globale opsies van die bediener.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" @@ -1129,7 +1136,7 @@ "'n reeds bestaande opsie te verander, en Skrap om 'n opsie te skrap.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big> \n" "Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" @@ -1140,7 +1147,7 @@ "-bediener.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" "the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" @@ -1155,12 +1162,12 @@ " Stel LDAP-administrasiewagwoord.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" msgstr "Nota: Instellings word geberg voordat die LDAP-administrasiewagwoord gestel word.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>User Authentication Information Backends</big> \n" @@ -1175,14 +1182,14 @@ " kan vir veelvuldige agterkante gebruik word.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" "If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "smbpasswd file is the file using the same format as\n" "the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" @@ -1195,7 +1202,7 @@ " formaat te hê.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "LDAP is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" "the information.\n" @@ -1204,7 +1211,7 @@ "die inligting na te gaan.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.\n" @@ -1232,7 +1239,7 @@ #. selected LDAP back-end. #. "), #. add new share dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<big>Add a New Share</big> \n" "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" @@ -1241,7 +1248,7 @@ "Voer hier die basiese inligting oor 'n gedeelde wat bygevoeg moet word, by.\n" #. add new share dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Share Name is used for accessing\n" "the share from clients. Share Description describes the\n" @@ -1252,7 +1259,7 @@ " doel van die gedeelde." #. add new share dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:255 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 msgid "" "There are two types of shares. A Printer share\n" "is presented as a printer to clients. A Directory share \n" @@ -1265,7 +1272,7 @@ " vir 'n gidsgedeelde ingevoer word.\n" #. add new share dialog help 4/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 msgid "" "If Read-Only is checked, users\n" "of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" @@ -1275,7 +1282,7 @@ "van 'n diens nie lêers in die diens se\n" " gids skep of verander nie.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:267 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 msgid "" "Inherit ACLS can be used to ensure\n" "that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" @@ -1286,20 +1293,16 @@ " geëer word wanneer 'n subgids geskep word.\n" #. add new share dialog help -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:273 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients.\n" -"This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume." +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:275 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem.\n" -"This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume." +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" #. help for LDAP Settings dialog -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Settings</big> \n" "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" @@ -1315,31 +1318,31 @@ msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:292 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:296 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" "Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" "Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:304 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" "Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" "With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" #. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 msgid "" "If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n" "service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n" @@ -1352,7 +1355,7 @@ " nie langer as domeinlede bekragtig nie.\n" #. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:318 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n" "directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n" @@ -1365,7 +1368,7 @@ " /etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" #. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:325 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 msgid "" "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1374,7 +1377,7 @@ "gids sluit talle geheime van u stelsel in.\n" #. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1383,7 +1386,7 @@ "gids sluit talle geheime van u stelsel in.\n" #. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:335 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" @@ -1391,7 +1394,7 @@ "Uitvoer van / sou aanleiding tot veiligheidsprobleme kon gee, aangesien Samba-kliënte in u \n" "hele lêerstelsel kan rondblaai.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:339 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" "detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/samba-users.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/samba-users.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/samba-users.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/scanner.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/scanner.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/scanner.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/security.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/security.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/security.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/services-manager.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/services-manager.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/services-manager.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,14 +16,222 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Lees van die verstekstelselinstellings ..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "Verstek-initrd-pad" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Verstek-initrd-pad" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Lees die verstekstelselinstellings" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Lees van die verstekstelselinstellings ..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Beskikbare gedeeldes" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "Geen pakket is vir installasie gekies nie." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "Geen pakket is vir installasie gekies nie." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Skryf van konfigurasie ..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Skryf van die stelselkonfigurasie" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Diens" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Ontsper" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Aktief" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Beskrywing" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Begin" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "Ontsper/Versper Kdump" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "Toon &besonderhede" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Veiligheidsbestuurder" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Lees van Samba-diensinstellings ..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Versper" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "Aktief" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dienste" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -61,3 +269,83 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Image" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Verstekafbeelding" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Nog nie gekonfigureer nie." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not add interface." +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "Kon intervlak nie byvoeg nie." + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphical Menu File" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Grafiese kieslyslêer" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Teksmodus" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Interfaces" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Brandmuurkoppelvlakke" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Kies modus" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "&Wissel modus" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Image" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "Verstekafbeelding" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Ander stelsel" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Vereiste DMA-modus" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/slp-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/slp-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/slp-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/snapper.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/snapper.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/snapper.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrywing" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Map" msgid "User data" @@ -39,45 +39,45 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C&leanup Script" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "M&aak skrip skoon" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "(%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "(%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "USB port (%1)" msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "USB-poort (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New Partition" msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Skep nuwe partisie" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -85,243 +85,243 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Voor" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "Skrap '%1' werklik?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "Singapoer" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Lees van lys gebruikers ..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cl&ear Current Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Ve&e huidige konfigurasie uit" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Soort" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Aanvangsdatum" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Einddatum" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Us&er Data" msgid "User Data" msgstr "Ge&bruikerdata" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Change" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Geen wysiging nie" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Modify" msgid "Modify" msgstr "&Verander" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected IDE device" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Gekose IDE-toestel" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "Volgende %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Berg van wysigings na die lêers ..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Aanvaar van mislukte bevestigings" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File %1 does not exists" msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Lêer %1 bestaan nie" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File Contents: %1" msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Lêerinhoud: %1" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restored Files:" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "Teruggesteldelêers:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore Options" msgid "Restore" msgstr "Terugstelopsies" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Device Select" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Netwerktoestelkeuse" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Open" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Device Select" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Netwerktoestelkeuse" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "" @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -344,21 +344,21 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "Geen pakket is vir installasie gekies nie." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restoring Files" msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Terugstel van lêers" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" @@ -417,17 +417,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup error -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:90 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." msgstr "Veranderlike %1 is nie gevind nie." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:212 -msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available." -msgstr "" - #. Initialize snapper agent #. Return true on success #. Delete existing snapshot @@ -436,25 +431,25 @@ #. Return true on success #. Create new snapshot #. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:233 src/modules/Snapper.rb:260 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:280 src/modules/Snapper.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 msgid "Reason not known." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:235 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration Completed" msgid "Configuration not found." msgstr "Konfigurasie voltooi" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:237 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network configuration is not valid." msgid "Configuration is not valid." msgstr "Netwerkkonfigurasie is nie geldig nie." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:244 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog." msgid "" @@ -462,14 +457,14 @@ "%1" msgstr "Misluk om die katalogus te inisialiseer." -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:262 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgid "Snapshot was not found." msgstr "Veranderlike %1 is nie gevind nie." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to test %1." msgid "" @@ -478,7 +473,7 @@ msgstr "Misluk om %1 te toets." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgid "" @@ -486,24 +481,24 @@ "%1" msgstr "Misluk om %1 te deaktiveer." -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." msgstr "Veranderlike %1 is nie gevind nie." -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." msgstr "Veranderlike %1 is nie gevind nie." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to read %1." msgid "" @@ -512,45 +507,53 @@ msgstr "Misluk om %1 te lees." #. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:322 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing System Manager" msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Inisialiseer van stelselbestuurder" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:333 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Read the list of snapshots" msgstr "Lees van lys gebruikers ..." #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Lees van die databasis ..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 +msgid "" +"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" +"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" +"tool can be used to create configurations." +msgstr "" + #. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:385 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restoring Files" msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Terugstel van lêers" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete" msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "Skrap" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:467 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Skipped\n" msgid "%1 skipped\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/sound.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/sound.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/sound.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/squid.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/squid.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/squid.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -1499,180 +1499,208 @@ msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching." msgstr "" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 +msgid "Afrikaans" +msgstr "Afrikaans" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 +msgid "Arabic" +msgstr "Arabies" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" msgstr "Armeens" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 +msgid "Azerbaijani" +msgstr "Azerbaijaans" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 +msgid "Bulgarian" +msgstr "Bulgaars" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "Katalaans" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 -msgid "Dutch" -msgstr "Nederlands" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 +msgid "Czech" +msgstr "Tsjeggies" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 -msgid "Finnish" -msgstr "Fins" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 +msgid "Danish" +msgstr "Deens" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 +msgid "German" +msgstr "Duits" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grieks" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 -msgid "Italian" -msgstr "Italiaans" - -#. language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 -msgid "Lithuanian" -msgstr "Litaus" +msgid "English" +msgstr "Engels" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 -msgid "Romanian" -msgstr "Roemeens" - -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 -msgid "Serbian" -msgstr "Serwies" - -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spaans" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 -msgid "Turkish" -msgstr "Turks" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 +msgid "Estonian" +msgstr "Estonies" -#. language name - combo box entry; don't translate the encoding suffix -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Ukrainian-1251" -msgstr "Oekraïnies" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 +msgid "Persian" +msgstr "Persies" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 -msgid "Azerbaijani" -msgstr "Azerbaijaans" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 +msgid "Finnish" +msgstr "Fins" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 -msgid "Czech" -msgstr "Tsjeggies" - -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 -msgid "English" -msgstr "Engels" - -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 msgid "French" msgstr "Frans" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "Hebreeus" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 +msgid "Hungarian" +msgstr "Hongaars" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 +msgid "Indonesian" +msgstr "Indonesies" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 +msgid "Italian" +msgstr "Italiaans" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japannees" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 +msgid "Korean" +msgstr "Koreaans" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 +msgid "Latvian" +msgstr "Letties" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 +msgid "Lithuanian" +msgstr "Litaus" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 +msgid "Malay" +msgstr "Maleis" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 +msgid "Dutch" +msgstr "Nederlands" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 +msgid "Occitan" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Pools" -#. language name - combo box entry; don't translate the encoding suffix -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 +msgid "Portuguese" +msgstr "Portugees" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "Russian-koi8-r" +#| msgid "Portuguese" +msgid "Brazilian Portuguese" +msgstr "Portugees" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 +msgid "Romanian" +msgstr "Roemeens" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 +msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russies" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:99 -msgid "Simplified Chinese" -msgstr "Vereenvoudigde Sjinees" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 +msgid "Slovak" +msgstr "Slowaaks" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:103 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 +msgid "Slovenian" +msgstr "Sloweens" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serbian" +msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" +msgstr "Serwies" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serbian" +msgid "Serbian Latin" +msgstr "Serwies" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Sweeds" -#. language name - combo box entry; don't translate the encoding suffix -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:105 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Ukrainian-koi8-u" -msgstr "Oekraïnies" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 +msgid "Thai" +msgstr "Thai" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:109 -msgid "Bulgarian" -msgstr "Bulgaars" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 +msgid "Turkish" +msgstr "Turks" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:113 -msgid "Danish" -msgstr "Deens" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 +msgid "Ukrainian" +msgstr "Oekraïnies" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:115 -msgid "Estonian" -msgstr "Estonies" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 +msgid "Uzbek" +msgstr "Oesbeks" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:117 -msgid "German" -msgstr "Duits" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 +msgid "Vietnamese" +msgstr "Viëtnamees" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:119 -msgid "Hungarian" -msgstr "Hongaars" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 +msgid "Simplified Chinese" +msgstr "Vereenvoudigde Sjinees" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:123 -msgid "Korean" -msgstr "Koreaans" +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 +msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgstr "Tradisionele Sjinees" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:125 -msgid "Portuguese" -msgstr "Portugees" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Ukrainian-1251" +#~ msgstr "Oekraïnies" -#. language name - combo box entry; don't translate the encoding suffix -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:129 #, fuzzy -msgid "Russian-1251" -msgstr "Russies" +#~ msgid "Russian-koi8-r" +#~ msgstr "Russies" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:133 -msgid "Slovak" -msgstr "Slowaaks" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Ukrainian-koi8-u" +#~ msgstr "Oekraïnies" -#. language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:135 -msgid "Traditional Chinese" -msgstr "Tradisionele Sjinees" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Russian-1251" +#~ msgstr "Russies" -#. language name - combo box entry; don't translate the encoding suffix -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:139 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ukrainian-utf8" -msgstr "Oekraïnies" +#~ msgid "Ukrainian-utf8" +#~ msgstr "Oekraïnies" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/sshd.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/sshd.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/sshd.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nommer" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/storage.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/storage.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/storage.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -97,8 +97,9 @@ #. Radiobutton for partition dialog #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." -msgstr "Hersien partisie" +#| msgid "Expert Partitioner" +msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." +msgstr "Kundige partisioneerder" #. Radiobutton for partition dialog #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 @@ -107,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "&Skep pasmaatpartisie-opstelling" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -120,7 +121,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" @@ -128,7 +129,7 @@ msgstr "Skryf globale instellings" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ "partisioneerder-dialoog.\n" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -185,16 +186,22 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 #, fuzzy msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Onmoontlik om die gevraagde voorstel te skep." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:313 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -1033,7 +1040,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6157 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Stel afsonderlike &tuispartisie voor" @@ -1052,7 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "Voorstelsoort" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" @@ -1066,7 +1073,7 @@ " Wys die stamhegpunt \"/\" aan ’n partisie toe.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:263 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -1080,7 +1087,7 @@ " Gebruik ’n Linux-lêerstelsel, soos ext2 of reiserfs, vir hierdie hegpunte.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:276 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -1094,7 +1101,7 @@ " Gebruik 'n Linux-lêerstelsel, soos ext2 of reiserfs, vir hierdie hegpunte.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:290 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -1108,7 +1115,7 @@ " Gebruik 'n Linux-lêerstelsel, soos ext2 of reiserfs, vir hierdie hegpunte.\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1130,7 +1137,7 @@ " Wysig dit?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1146,7 +1153,7 @@ " Wil u dit doen?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:342 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1157,7 +1164,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1177,7 +1184,7 @@ " Wil u u opstelling wysig?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1197,7 +1204,7 @@ " \n" " Wysig dit?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1206,7 +1213,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:419 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" @@ -1224,33 +1231,9 @@ " Wysig dit?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:440 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"Waarskuwing: Met u huidige opstelling sal u %1 installasieprobleme ervaar tydens die selflaai-aksie, omdat u geen \"selflaai\"\n" -"-partisie het nie en u \"wortel\"-partisie ’n LVM- logiese volume is.\n" -" Dit werk nie.\n" -" \n" -" \n" -" As u nie presies weet wat u doen nie, gebruik ’n normale\n" -" partisie vir u lêers onder /selflaai.\n" -" \n" -" Wysig dit?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:461 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1274,7 +1257,7 @@ " Wysig dit?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1300,13 +1283,13 @@ " Wysig dit?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Skrap werklik hierdie stelselgroep?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:514 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1329,7 +1312,7 @@ " Wil u dit wysig?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:530 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1345,7 +1328,7 @@ " veral in enige van die volgende gevalle:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1358,7 +1341,7 @@ " - as hierdie partisie nie reeds ’n lêerstelsel bevat nie\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:544 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1374,7 +1357,7 @@ " soos /, /boot, /usr, /opt, of /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:550 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1386,7 +1369,7 @@ " Wil u u opstelling wysig?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1395,7 +1378,7 @@ "Verwyder dit uit die RAID voordat dit hersien word.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1404,7 +1387,7 @@ "Verwyder dit uit die volumegroep voordat dit hersien word.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1413,7 +1396,7 @@ "Verwyder die volume voordat dit hersien word.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:659 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1422,7 +1405,7 @@ "Verwyder dit uit die RAID voordat dit geskrap word.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1430,13 +1413,13 @@ "Die toestel (%2) word gebruik deur %1.\n" "Verwyder %1 voordat dit geskrap word.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:682 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Die toestel is geskrap." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:718 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" @@ -1451,7 +1434,7 @@ " partisie met hoër getal in gebruik is.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:794 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1470,7 +1453,7 @@ " Kies asseblief Kanselleer, tensy u presies weet wat u doen.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:812 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1485,7 +1468,7 @@ " voordat die uitgebreide partisie geskrap word.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:823 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1500,7 +1483,7 @@ " die uitgebreide partisie geskrap word.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:834 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1521,15 +1504,15 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6284 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Moenie vergeet wat u hier ingevoer het nie!" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Leë opsiestringe word nie toegelaat nie." @@ -1565,7 +1548,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1578,7 +1561,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1604,7 +1587,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1615,7 +1598,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -2053,38 +2036,38 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6138 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" #. heading text #. button text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1661 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:418 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Signature Handling" msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Handtekeninghantering" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Leë opsiestringe word nie toegelaat nie." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Verskaffernaam %1 bestaan reeds." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2127,7 +2110,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2147,7 +2130,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -2166,7 +2149,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -2199,7 +2182,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2270,9 +2253,9 @@ " As u hierdie skyf vir installasie benodig, behoort u\n" " die skyfetiket in die kundige partisioneerder te vernietig." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:186 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" -"Warning: Your system states that it reqires an EFI \n" +"Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" "GPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\n" "\n" @@ -2411,9 +2394,16 @@ msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "U hegpunt moet met ’n \"/\" begin" +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +msgid "" +"It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" +"to a device without a swap file system." +msgstr "" + #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2422,14 +2412,14 @@ "Die minimum grootte vir hierdie lêerstelsel is %2.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2444,12 +2434,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:945 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:950 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2457,39 +2447,39 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:961 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Heg" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:977 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1023 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Dit is nie moontlik om ’n NIS-gebruiker te skrap nie." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1036 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Dit is nie moontlik om ’n NIS-gebruiker te skrap nie." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1047 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Dit is nie moontlik om ’n partisie op %1 te skep nie." #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "&Ram-skyf" @@ -2501,63 +2491,69 @@ msgstr "Leë hegpunt" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Voer verskafferwagwoord in" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Konfigureer &iSCSI-skywe" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "&Konfigureer ..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Konfigureer volledig-outomatiese bywerking ..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&Konfigureer ..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&Konfigureer ..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&Konfigureer ..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure..." msgstr "&Konfigureer ..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Beskikbare skemas: %1" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2565,14 +2561,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2580,7 +2576,7 @@ msgstr "Herlees van die partisietabel kanselleer alle huidige wysigings. Herlees werklik die partisietabel?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2588,9 +2584,17 @@ msgstr "Herlees van die partisietabel kanselleer alle huidige wysigings. Herlees werklik die partisietabel?" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "Herlees van die partisietabel kanselleer alle huidige wysigings. Herlees werklik die partisietabel?" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2598,7 +2602,7 @@ msgstr "Herlees van die partisietabel kanselleer alle huidige wysigings. Herlees werklik die partisietabel?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2606,7 +2610,7 @@ msgstr "Herlees van die partisietabel kanselleer alle huidige wysigings. Herlees werklik die partisietabel?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2614,7 +2618,7 @@ msgstr "Herlees van die partisietabel kanselleer alle huidige wysigings. Herlees werklik die partisietabel?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2906,15 +2910,55 @@ msgstr "Gebrugde toestelle" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 #, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Kies die nuwe grootte vir u %1 partisie.\n" +" " + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&perating Mode" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Be&dryfsmodus" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "Delta RPM-toepassingsvordering" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "Rol: %s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "Kies eerstens die soort partisie en of hierdie partisie geformateer behoort te word." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2922,7 +2966,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -2930,55 +2974,55 @@ msgstr "Voer dan die hegpunt ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, ens.) in." #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "&Konfigurasie-opsies" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Grootte van die partisie." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Grootte van die partisie." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Skyf na partisie" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Hegopsies" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "partisie" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Hegpunt" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab-opsies" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Geen skema gekies nie." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" @@ -2992,19 +3036,19 @@ " Merk ook die formaatopsie.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Voorsien ’n hegpunt." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Voorsien ’n hegpunt." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3020,7 +3064,7 @@ " \n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -3029,23 +3073,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Alle wysigings sal verloor word!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "Wagwoord" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -3055,7 +3099,7 @@ "U kan nie die grootte van ’n gekose partisie verstel nie, omdat die lêerstelsel\n" " op hierdie partisie nie grootteverstelling ondersteun nie.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "" @@ -3064,7 +3108,7 @@ msgstr "Dit is nie moontlik om ’n partisie op %1 te skep nie." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -3077,24 +3121,24 @@ "omdat die lêerstelsel skynbaar inkonsekwent is.\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Verstel grootte van partisie" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Grootteverstelling van logiese volume" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Huidige status: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Huidige status: %1" @@ -3103,8 +3147,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3116,7 +3160,7 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy @@ -3124,14 +3168,14 @@ msgstr "Linux-grootte (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Linux-grootte (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -3139,7 +3183,7 @@ msgstr "&Pasmaakgrootte" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" @@ -3149,7 +3193,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -3162,7 +3206,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3171,13 +3215,13 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Uitset:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Lees van skyfpartisies..." @@ -3397,67 +3441,67 @@ msgstr "Die ingevoerde LDAP URL is ongeldig." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Hersien partisie %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Hersien partisie %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition." msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Geen spasie is in die uitgebreide partisie gelaat nie." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap" msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Voeg partisie %1 by vir omruil" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "partisie" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Forward" msgid "Forward" msgstr "&Stuur deur" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "Agtergrond" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Heg van alle partisies ..." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Skrap werklik alle partisies op %1?" @@ -3472,7 +3516,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3841,7 +3885,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<BIG>Attention:</BIG> YaST2 has scanned your hard disks and found an old Linux system\n" @@ -3855,7 +3899,7 @@ "met hegpunte gevind. Sien regs ’n lys met die hegpunte wat gevind is. \n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:295 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3863,45 +3907,45 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:318 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "Geen vorige stelsel met hegpunte is bespeur nie." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "Toon &vorige" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "Toon &volgende" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Import Mount Points from Existing /etc/fstab" msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "&Voer hegpunte vanaf bestaande /etc/fstab in" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:358 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Collect System Files" msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Versamel Stelsellêers" #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:364 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Import" msgid "Import" msgstr "&Voer in" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Wrong password." msgid "Wrong Password Provided." @@ -4476,13 +4520,13 @@ msgstr "Gebruik deur" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Hersien logiese volume" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Hersien logiese volume" @@ -4710,7 +4754,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Instellings" @@ -4958,19 +5002,19 @@ " \n" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Voeg RAI&D by" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Verwy&der RAID" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "&Hersien RAID" @@ -5083,67 +5127,67 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiket" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "UUID" msgstr "ID" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Heg volgens" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Used by" msgstr "Gebruik deur" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BTAS" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Skryf aandrywersinligting" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Berg gasheerinligting" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Encryption" msgstr "&Enkriptering" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Toestelnaam" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Volume-&etiket" @@ -5151,59 +5195,72 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Toestel-ID" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Toestelpad" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Opsioneel" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" Eindsilinder: " + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Verstekdomein" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Plaaslike lêerstelsel" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Bergingstoestel" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Gebruikerinligtingsbronne" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -5214,14 +5271,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -5230,14 +5287,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5581,14 +5638,14 @@ msgstr "Patroon" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&Grootte" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "" @@ -5596,14 +5653,14 @@ "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Waarde moet tussen 0 en 32767 wees. Probeer weer." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Waarde moet tussen 0 en 32767 wees. Probeer weer." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5611,17 +5668,17 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Omruil&voorkeur" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Waarde moet tussen 0 en 32767 wees. Probeer weer." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5630,14 +5687,14 @@ "Voer die omruilvoorkeur in. Hoër getalle beteken hoër voorkeur.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount &read-only" msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Heg &slegs-lees" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" @@ -5648,14 +5705,14 @@ "Geen skryfbare toegang tot die lêerstelsel is moontlik nie. Verstek is vals.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No &access time" msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Geen &toegangstyd nie" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No access time:\n" @@ -5668,14 +5725,14 @@ "Toegangstye word nie bygewerk wanneer ’n lêer gelees word nie. Verstek is vals." #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &user" msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "Hegbaar deur &gebruiker" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5684,12 +5741,12 @@ "Die lêerstelsel kan dalk deur ’n gewone gebruiker geheg word. Verstek is vals.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Moenie heg tydens stelsel&begin nie" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" @@ -5706,13 +5763,13 @@ " gegee word. Verstek is vals.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Ontsper &Laag 2-ondersteuning" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" @@ -5723,12 +5780,12 @@ "Die lêerstelsel kan dalk deur ’n gewone gebruiker geheg word. Verstek is vals.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Data&joernaalmodus" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -5748,12 +5805,12 @@ " <tt>terugskryf</tt> -- Data-ordening word nie bewaar nie.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&Toegangbeheerlyste (Access Control Lists, ACL)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5762,12 +5819,12 @@ "Ontsper toegangbeheerlyste op die lêerstelsel.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Uitgebreide gebruikereienskappe" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5776,19 +5833,19 @@ "Laat uitgebreide gebruikereienskappe op die lêerstelsel toe.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Arbitrary option &value" msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Willekeurige opsie&waarde" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "Ongeldige karakter in hegpunt. Moenie \"`'!\"%#\" in ’n hegpunt gebruik nie." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -5799,12 +5856,12 @@ " Veelvuldige opsies word deur kommas geskei.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Kar&akterstel vir lêername" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5813,12 +5870,12 @@ "Stel die karakterstel wat vir die vertoning van lêername in Windows-partisies gebruik word.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Kode&blad vir kort FAT-name" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" @@ -5827,12 +5884,12 @@ "Hierdie kodeblad word gebruik vir die omstelling na kortnaamkarakters op FAT-lêerstelsels.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Aantal &FAT’s" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." @@ -5841,14 +5898,14 @@ "Spesifiseer die aantal lêertoekenningstabelle in die lêerstelsel. Die verstek is 2." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FAT &size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT-&grootte" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" @@ -5858,21 +5915,21 @@ "Spesifiseer die soort lêertoekenningstabelle wat gebruik is (12, 16 of 32 bis). Indien outo gespesifiseer word, sal YaST2 outomaties die waarde wat die geskikste vir die lêerstelselgrootte is, kies.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root &dir entries" msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Stam&gidsinskrywings" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "Die minimum grootte vir \"Stamgidsinskrywings\" is 112. Probeer assebliefweer." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Root dir entries:\n" @@ -5885,14 +5942,14 @@ "Kies die aantal inskrywings wat in die stamgids beskikbaar is." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hash &function" msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Hutssleutel&funksie" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hash function:\n" @@ -5905,14 +5962,14 @@ "Dit spesifiseer die naam van die hutssleutelfunksie wat gebruik moet word om die lêername in gidse te sorteer." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FS &revision" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS-&hersiening" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FS revision:\n" @@ -5926,14 +5983,14 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Block &size in bytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Blok&grootte in grepe" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -5947,13 +6004,13 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Inode-grootte" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5962,14 +6019,14 @@ "Hierdie opsie spesifiseer die inode-grootte van die lêerstelsel.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Persentasie van inode-spasie" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Percentage of inode space:\n" @@ -5982,14 +6039,14 @@ "Die opsie \"Persentasie van inode-spasie\" spesifiseer die maksimum persentasie van spasie in die lêerstelsel wat aan inodes toegeken kan word.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inode &aligned" msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode-&gerig" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Inode Aligned:\n" @@ -6008,14 +6065,14 @@ " is gewoonlik meer doeltreffend as ongerigte toegang.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Opgawegrootte in megagrepe" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6029,7 +6086,7 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Log size\n" @@ -6042,19 +6099,19 @@ "Stel die opgawegrootte (in megagrepe). Indien outo, is die verstek 40% van die gemiddelde grootte." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Roep swakbloklys-&nutsprogram op" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stride &length in blocks" msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Tree&lengte in blokke" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" @@ -6067,7 +6124,7 @@ "Kies asseblief ’n waarde groter as 1." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6080,7 +6137,7 @@ " RAID-streep as argument gebruik.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6093,14 +6150,14 @@ "Spesifiseer die grootte van blokke in grepe. Geldige blokgroottewaardes is 1024, 2048 en 4096 grepe per blok. Indien outo gekies word, word die blokgrootte bepaal deur die lêerstelselgrootte en verwagte gebruik van die lêerstelsel.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bytes per &inode" msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Grepe per &inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bytes per inode:\n" @@ -6123,14 +6180,14 @@ " aantal inodes op ’n lêerstelsel nadat dit geskep is, uit te brei nie; maak dus seker dat u ’n redelike waarde vir hierdie parameter invoer.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Persentasie van blokke &gereserveer vir stam" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6144,47 +6201,47 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "Persentasie van blokke gereserveer vir stam Spesifiseer die persentasie van blokke gereserveer vir die supergebruiker. Hierdie waarde verstek na 5%." #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Versper diens" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Gids oor bediener" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Journal" msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "Skyfjoernaal" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -6192,12 +6249,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:917 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:927 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6230,7 +6287,7 @@ " skyf hier byvoeg, hersien, die grootte verstel of verwyder nie.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:945 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6263,7 +6320,7 @@ " skyf hier byvoeg, hersien, die grootte verstel of verwyder nie.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:964 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6287,7 +6344,7 @@ " skyf vernietig.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:976 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6305,7 +6362,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Grootteverstelling nie moontlik nie" @@ -6318,7 +6375,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -6337,7 +6394,7 @@ " Die enkripteringswagwoord wat voorsien is, kon foutief wees.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6349,7 +6406,7 @@ " Probeer asseblief weer." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6362,29 +6419,29 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Voer enkripteringsleutel in" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Voer verskafferwagwoord in" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Volumegroep" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6392,14 +6449,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Wil u weer probeer?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6407,98 +6464,98 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Voer enkripteringsleutel in" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YaST2 het die volgende toestel bespeur" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2 het die volgende toestel bespeur" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "DASD-skywe" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "DASD-skywe" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Skyf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6506,14 +6563,15 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5312 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6521,20 +6579,20 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set global root filesystem" msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Stel globale selflaailêerstelsel" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6004 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -7200,52 +7258,52 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4500 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5627 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Grootteverstelling onmoontlik vanweë onkonsekwente fs. Probeer om fs onder Windows na te gaan." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6091 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Skep &LVM-gebaseerde voorstel" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6106 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "Volumegroep" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6124 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Lêerstelselopsies:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6171 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Stel afsonderlike &tuispartisie voor" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6189 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6199 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Skryf globale instellings" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6214 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" @@ -7255,7 +7313,7 @@ "Om ’n LVM-gebaseerde voorstel te skep, kies die ooreenstemmende knoppie." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6221 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7264,33 +7322,33 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6237 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Voer u wagwoord vir die geënkripteerde lêerstelsel in." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6269 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Wagwoord:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6280 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Voer die wagwoord weer in ter wille van &bevestiging:" @@ -7318,33 +7376,59 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Verstekdomein" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Plaaslike lêerstelsel" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Bergingstoestel" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partitioning" msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Partisionering" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Gebruikerinligtingsbronne" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." +#~ msgstr "Hersien partisie" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Waarskuwing: Met u huidige opstelling sal u %1 installasieprobleme ervaar tydens die selflaai-aksie, omdat u geen \"selflaai\"\n" +#~ "-partisie het nie en u \"wortel\"-partisie ’n LVM- logiese volume is.\n" +#~ " Dit werk nie.\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " As u nie presies weet wat u doen nie, gebruik ’n normale\n" +#~ " partisie vir u lêers onder /selflaai.\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " Wysig dit?\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Import Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "&Skep pasmaatpartisie-opstelling" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/sudo.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/sudo.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/sudo.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/support.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/support.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/support.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,16 +38,18 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "SUSE-ondersteuning" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -117,7 +119,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan instellings nie skryf nie." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -176,11 +178,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundige instellings" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opsies" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -208,11 +210,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-posadres" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naam" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -235,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -249,7 +251,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vordering" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -259,7 +261,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lêernaam" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -278,6 +280,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Staak inisialisering:</big> \n" +"Staak die konfigurasienutsprogram veilig deur Staak nou te druk.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -294,6 +298,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Staak berging:</big> \n" +"Staak die bergingsprosedure deur Staak te druk.\n" +" 'n Bykomende dialoog deel mee of dit veilig is om dit te doen.\n" +" \n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -318,13 +326,16 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Hersiening of Skrapping</big> \n" +"As u Hersien druk, open 'n bykomende dialoog waarin \n" +" die konfigurasie gewysig moet word.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +417,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +460,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -468,6 +479,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Konfigurasie Deel Twee</big> \n" +"Druk Volgende om voort te gaan.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -476,6 +490,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Kies van Iets</big> \n" +"Dit is nie moontlik nie. U moet dit eers kodeer. :-)\n" +" " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -753,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -764,7 +781,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inisialiseer van ..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -792,30 +809,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skryf die instellings" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laat loop SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skryf van die instellings ..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laat loop van SuSEconfig ..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voltooid" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurasie-opsomming ..." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/sysconfig.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/sysconfig.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/sysconfig.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ msgid "Prepare Command: " msgstr "Berei opdrag voor:" -#. header in the variable description text, SuSEconfig/ULconfig module names are appended +#. header in the variable description text #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 msgid "Configuration Script: " msgstr "Konfigurasieskrip:" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string #. combo box label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:856 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 msgid "S&etting of: " msgstr "S&tel van:" @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ #. header label #. label widget -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:843 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "Huidige keuse:" @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ #. Translation: push button label #. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:895 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Soek" @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ msgid "&Configuration Options" msgstr "&Konfigurasie-opsies" -#. helptext for popup - part 1/3 +#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" @@ -312,87 +312,76 @@ " ooreenstemmende sysconfig-lêer. Dan begin dit aktiveringsopdragte, wat die onderliggende konfigurasielêers wysig, stop en begin demone,\n" " en laat laevlak-konfigurasiegereedskap loop, sodat u konfigurasie in sysconfig ’n aanvang neem.\n" -#. helptext for popup - part 2/3 +#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." msgstr "Belangrik: U kan steeds elke individuele konfigurasielêer met die hand redigeer. Die naam van die lêer word in die veranderlike beskrywing vertoon." -#. helptext for popup - part 3/3 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:829 -msgid "" -" SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -" you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -" it will not touch it.\n" -msgstr "" -" SuSEconfig berg ’n nagaansom van elke konfigurasielêer, sodat dit kan bespeur of\n" -" u enige daarvan met die hand gewysig het. As u ’n konfigurasielêer met die hand gewysig het, \n" -"sal dit nie daaraan raak nie.\n" - -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:836 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig-redigeerder" #. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:865 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Verstek" #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:872 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 #, fuzzy #| msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST2 to configure your hardware and system settings." msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." msgstr "StelselkonfigurasieredigeerderMet die stelselkonfigurasieredigeerder kan u sommige stelselinstellings wysig. U kan ook YaST2 gebruik om u hardeware- en stelsel-instellings te konfigureer." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:876 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." msgstr "Nota: Beskrywings word nie vertaal nie, omdat hulle direk vanaf konfigurasielêers gelees word." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:883 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 msgid "&Use Current Value" msgstr "&Gebruik huidige waarde" #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:885 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 msgid "&Add New Variable..." msgstr "&Voeg nuwe veranderlike by ..." #. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modified Variables" msgid "Save Modified Variables" msgstr "Veranderde veranderlikes" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:933 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 msgid "Confirm Each Activation Command" msgstr "Bevestig elke aktiveringsopdrag" #. // popup dialog header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:955 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 msgid "Search Result" msgstr "Soekresultaat" #. help text in popup dialog -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:957 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." msgstr "Die soekresultate word hier vertoon. As u die verlangde item sien, kies dit en klik dan \"Gaan na\". Klik andersins \"Kanselleer\" om hierdie dialoog te sluit." #. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:962 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 msgid "&Go to" msgstr "&Gaan na" #. popup message - search result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:987 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 msgid "No entries found" msgstr "Geen inskywings gevind nie" #. popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:998 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" @@ -497,42 +486,111 @@ "Wag, asseblief … \n" " \n" -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Soek na ..." +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Soek na ..." -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "Opdrag:" +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Opdrag:" -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "S&laan oor" +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "S&laan oor" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "’n Opdrag sal uitgevoer word" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "’n Opdrag sal uitgevoer word" -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "Begin van opdrag: %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Begin van opdrag: %1..." -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Opdrag %1 het misluk" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Opdrag %1 het misluk" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Berg van sysconfig-konfigurasie" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Berg van sysconfig-konfigurasie" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "Skryf die nuwe instellings" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Skryf die nuwe instellings" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "Aktiveer die veranderings" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "Aktiveer die veranderings" -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "Berg van veranderlike %1 na die lêer %2 het misluk." +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Berg van veranderlike %1 na die lêer %2 het misluk." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "Berg van veranderlike %1 ..." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Berg van veranderlike %1 ..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "Berg van wysigings na die lêers ..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Berg van wysigings na die lêers ..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "Diens %1 sal herlaai word" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Herlaai van diens %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Herlaai van die diens %1 het misluk" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "Diens %1 sal herbegin word" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Herbegin van diens %1 ..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Herbegin van die diens %1 het misluk" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Voltooid" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Konfigurasie-opsomming" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " SuSEconfig berg ’n nagaansom van elke konfigurasielêer, sodat dit kan bespeur of\n" +#~ " u enige daarvan met die hand gewysig het. As u ’n konfigurasielêer met die hand gewysig het, \n" +#~ "sal dit nie daaraan raak nie.\n" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "Alle konfigurasieskripte sal begin word." @@ -551,30 +609,6 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "Konfigurasiemodule %1 het misluk." -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "Diens %1 sal herlaai word" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Herlaai van diens %1..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Herlaai van die diens %1 het misluk" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "Diens %1 sal herbegin word" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Herbegin van diens %1 ..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Herbegin van die diens %1 het misluk" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Voltooid" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "Konfigurasie-opsomming" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/tftp-server.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/tftp-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/tftp-server.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -163,26 +163,35 @@ #. error popup #. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:140 +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 msgid "" "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" "However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" "Exiting.\n" msgstr "" +#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it +#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. +#. If it is running, restart it. +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot enable service '%1'." +msgid "Cannot reload service %{name}" +msgstr "Kan diens '%1' nie ontsper nie." + #. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:293 +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "TFTP Server Enabled:" msgstr "TFTP-bediener" #. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:295 +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:298 +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "&Plaaslike gids ..." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/timezone_db.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/timezone_db.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/timezone_db.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/tune.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/tune.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/tune.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -15,38 +15,38 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Hierdie YaST2-module ondersteun nie die opdraglynkoppelvlak nie." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Ondersoekvan hardeware ..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Vordering" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&Alle inskrywings" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&Berg na lêer ..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Hardeware-inligting" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" @@ -54,18 +54,25 @@ "Die Hardeware-inligtingmodule vertoon die hardeware\n" "besonderhede van u rekenaar. Klik enige nodus vir meer inligting.\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "U kan hardeware-inligting na ’n lêer toe berg. Klik Berg na lêer en voer die lêernaam in." +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Stelselinstellings" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Stelsel" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "S&telsel" @@ -1477,8 +1484,5 @@ #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr "&Stelselinstellings ..." -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "Stelselinstellings" - #~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." #~ msgstr "Berg van stelselinstellings ..." Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/update.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/update.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/update.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Bywerkopsies" @@ -175,18 +175,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Werk modus by" @@ -271,9 +271,19 @@ "verder nie. Aktiveer Skrap ononderhoude pakkette om daardie\n" " pakkette tydens die bywerking te skrap.\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -283,13 +293,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Hegting van teikenstelsel het misluk." #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -360,12 +370,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Kan die huidige RPM-databasis nie lees nie." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "Die geïnstalleerde produk is nie met die produk op die installasiemedia versoenbaar nie." @@ -374,15 +384,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Onbekende prosesseerder" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -390,24 +400,24 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Werk slegs geïnstalleerde pakkette by" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Bywerking gebaseer op patrone" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -416,17 +426,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Werk opsies by" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Geeneen van hierdie lêers bestaan nie:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -439,27 +449,27 @@ " sommige van die toepassings werk dalk nie behoorlik nie." #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Onbekende Linux" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Onbekende of nie-Linux" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "Partisie of stelsel om te selflaai:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -470,12 +480,12 @@ " \n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Partisie of stelsel om by te werk:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -486,12 +496,12 @@ " \n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Kies vir bywerking" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -504,42 +514,42 @@ " \n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Stelsel" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partisie" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Argitektuur" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Lêerstelsel" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiket" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "&Toon alle partisies" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&Selflaai" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -548,7 +558,7 @@ "op die gekose partisie gevind nie." #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" @@ -561,21 +571,21 @@ "verskil van dié van hierdie produk." #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Ja, herskryf" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -583,13 +593,13 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Gaan voort" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" @@ -599,17 +609,17 @@ "oor hoe om hierdie probleem op te los." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Onbekende Linux-stelsel" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Nie-Linux-stelsel" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -624,7 +634,7 @@ " of herbegin u rekenaar.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Nagaan van partisie %1" @@ -633,24 +643,24 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Toon &besonderhede" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Nagaan van lêerstelsel op %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Handtekeningnagaan het misluk" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -666,25 +676,25 @@ " Wil u voortgaan met die hegting van die toestel?" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Slaan konfigurasie oor" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Verkeerde wagwoord. Probeer weer?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarskuwing" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -695,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -726,27 +736,27 @@ " Om bywerking te staak, klik Kanselleer." #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Spesifiseer hegopsies" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Hegopsies" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Hegpunt" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Toestel" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -755,12 +765,12 @@ " (maak leeg vir outobespeuring)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "Die /var-partisie %1 kon nie geheg word nie.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -768,18 +778,18 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Kan /var-partisie nie met hierdie skyfkonfigurasie heg nie.\n" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -787,24 +797,24 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "Kies 'n wortelpartisie" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Toestel-ID" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Kan /var-partisie nie met hierdie skyfkonfigurasie heg nie.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -817,7 +827,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -826,17 +836,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Geen fstab gevind nie" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Die wortelpartisie in /etc/fstab het ’n ongeldige stamtoestel.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Dit word tans geheg as %1, maar gelys as %2.\n" @@ -857,40 +867,75 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Soek na eDirectory-bome" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "Beheerlêer %1 is nie gevind nie." + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Kan lêer %1 nie lees nie" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Onbekende prosesseerder" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 #, fuzzy -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "Alle pakkette" +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "Misluk om %1 pakkette vir installasie te kies." -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Werk instellings by" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Werk by" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Doen bywerking" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Werk stelselkonfigurasie by" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Werk konfigurasie by" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Alle pakkette" + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "Maak skoon" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/users.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/users.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/users.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -256,13 +256,13 @@ #. selection box label #. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:503 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "&Kies gebruikers wat gelees moet word" #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:511 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "Kies of ontkies &Alles" @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ msgstr "Wagwoord vir die stelseladministrateur \"stam\"" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Moenie vergeet wat u hier ingevoer het nie!" @@ -291,7 +291,8 @@ msgstr "Bev&estig wagwoord" #. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 +#. text entry label +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Sleutelborduitleg" @@ -303,7 +304,7 @@ #. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 #. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 msgid "" "\n" "Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" @@ -323,7 +324,7 @@ #. help text, continued 2/5 #. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:103 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" @@ -341,7 +342,7 @@ #. help text, continued 3/5 #. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:116 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -359,7 +360,7 @@ #. help text, continued 5/5 #. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:130 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" @@ -371,7 +372,7 @@ #. additional help text about password #. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %1 characters long." @@ -392,8 +393,8 @@ #. error popup #. The two group password information do not match #. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:182 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:684 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" @@ -406,7 +407,7 @@ #. report if user forgot to enter a password #. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 msgid "" "No password entered.\n" @@ -417,7 +418,7 @@ #. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number #. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:221 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" @@ -435,8 +436,8 @@ #. last part of message popup #. last part of message popup #. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:236 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:710 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Reset Password" @@ -608,7 +609,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:446 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -621,7 +622,7 @@ " \n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:449 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -637,7 +638,7 @@ #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers #. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" @@ -650,7 +651,7 @@ " " #. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" @@ -664,7 +665,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:468 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -677,7 +678,7 @@ " \n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -696,14 +697,14 @@ " \n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:478 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "" #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:481 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" @@ -713,7 +714,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" "Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" @@ -724,23 +725,23 @@ #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) #. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Kundige instellings" #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:621 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:624 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 #, fuzzy msgid "The password encryption method is %s." msgstr "Wagwoordenkripteringsmetode" #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:631 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 #, fuzzy msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." @@ -748,17 +749,17 @@ msgstr[1] "Diens %1 sal herbegin word" #. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:646 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Wysig ..." #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:653 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Opsomming" #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" @@ -4611,23 +4612,23 @@ " Verwyder eers hierdie gebruikers uit die groep." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Gebruikers</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Groepe</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "Aantekeninstellings" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" @@ -4647,21 +4648,27 @@ " op die LDAP-bediener nie. Skep dit nou?" #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:121 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 #, fuzzy msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Outo-installeer konfigurasie" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:132 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." +msgstr "Kan toestelle nie bespeur nie." + #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 msgid "LDAP Attributes" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/vm.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/vm.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/vm.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ msgstr "Hiperkykgleuf en gereedskap word geïnstalleer." #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:139 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:158 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -41,98 +41,201 @@ "Begin installasie in die gasheerstelsel.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:175 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Bevestig geïnstalleerde pakkette" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Netwerkkaartkonfigurasie" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:192 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Konfigureer van die SM-bediener (domein 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>VM-bedienerkonfigurasie</big>Konfigurasie van die VM-bediener (domein 0) het twee dele." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:199 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "Die vereiste pakkette word eers in die stelsel geïnstalleer. Dan word die selflaaiprogram na GRUB oorgeskakel as dit nie reeds gebruik word nie en die Xen-afdeling word by die selflaaiprogram-kieslys gevoeg as dit ontbreek." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:203 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 #, fuzzy #| msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel." msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "GRUB word benodig omdat dit die multiselflaaistandaard wat vereis word om Xen- en Linux-kern te selflaai, ondersteun." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:207 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "Wanneer die konfigurasie suksesvol voltooi is, is dit moontlik om die SM-bediener vanaf die selflaaiprogramkieslys te selflaai." #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Die installasie sal gestaak word." -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:218 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 -msgid "Select the virtualization platform to install." +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" +msgstr "Hiperkykgleuf en gereedskap word geïnstalleer." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Konfigureer van die skynmasjien ..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor" +msgid "KVM Hypervisor" +msgstr "Hiperkykgleuf" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "Gebreekte bediener" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution Containers" +msgid "libvirt LXC containers" +msgstr "Verspreidingshouers" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 +msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Full Virtualization" +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Volledige skynwerklikheid" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor" +msgid "Xen Hypervisor" +msgstr "Hiperkykgleuf" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Gebreekte bediener" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Xen Section" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "Xen-afdeling" + +#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Installation Help" +msgid "Package installation failed\n" +msgstr "Pakket-installasiehulp" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Package installation failed.\n" +#| "Press OK to exit.\n" +msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" +msgstr "" +"Pakketinstallasie het misluk. \n" +"Druk Goed om uit te gaan.\n" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Package installation failed.\n" +#| "Press OK to exit.\n" +msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" +msgstr "" +"Pakketinstallasie het misluk. \n" +"Druk Goed om uit te gaan.\n" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Package installation failed.\n" +#| "Press OK to exit.\n" +msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" +msgstr "" +"Pakketinstallasie het misluk. \n" +"Druk Goed om uit te gaan.\n" + #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:297 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Nagaan van pakkette ..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:313 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Installeer van pakkette ..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:318 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:325 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Kan vereiste pakkette nie installeer nie." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:335 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Werk konfigurasielêers by ..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:346 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Konfigureer van algemene instellings ..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:367 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Bridge" msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Netwerkbrug" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:368 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -145,11 +248,11 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:433 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -161,25 +264,37 @@ "\n" " Herselflaai die masjien en kies die Xen-afdeling in die selflaaiprogramkieslys om dit te begin.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" #| "\n" #| "Reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu to start it.\n" -msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" "Die masjien is gereed om die SM-bediener te begin.\n" "\n" " Herselflaai die masjien en kies die Xen-afdeling in die selflaaiprogramkieslys om dit te begin.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Hiperkykgleuf en gereedskap word geïnstalleer." +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." +msgstr "Hiperkykgleuf en gereedskap word geïnstalleer." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." +msgstr "Hiperkykgleuf en gereedskap word geïnstalleer." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Xen Network Bridge." #~ msgstr "Netwerkbrug" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/wagon.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/wagon.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/wagon.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/wol.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/wol.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/wol.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/xpram.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/xpram.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/xpram.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/yast2-apparmor.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/yast2-apparmor.af.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/yast2-apparmor.af.po 2014-10-07 15:57:27 UTC (rev 89797) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 #, fuzzy -msgid "Select a listed profile and press Next to edit it." +msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." msgstr "Maak asseblief ’n keuse uit die gelyste profiele en druk Volgende om die profiel te hersien." #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 @@ -320,11 +320,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "&Gedoen" @@ -1189,61 +1189,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "Kon modus nie erken nie:" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "Toon Alle profiele" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Konfigureer Modus vir aktiewe profiele" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "Toon Aktiewe profiele" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "Konfigureer Modus vir alle profiele" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Profielnaam" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modus" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Knikker Modus" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "Stel Alles op Dwing af" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "Stel Alles op Kla" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Profielmodus-konfigurasie" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Konfigureer Profielmodus" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89796 - trunk/yast/tr/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:56:50 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89796 Added: trunk/yast/tr/po/cio.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/opensuse_mirror.tr.po Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on-creator.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/audit-laf.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-client.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/autoinst.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/base.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/bootloader.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ca-management.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/cluster.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/control-center.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/control.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/country.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/dhcp-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/dns-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/drbd.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/fcoe-client.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall-services.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/firstboot.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ftp-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/geo-cluster.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/gtk.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/http-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/inetd.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/installation.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/instserver.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/iplb.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-client.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-lio-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/isns.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/kdump.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-client.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/live-installer.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/lxc.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/mail.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/multipath.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses-pkg.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/network.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs_server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/nis.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/nis_server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ntp-client.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/oneclickinstall.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update-configuration.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/packager.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/pkg-bindings.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/printer.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/product-creator.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/proxy.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/qt-pkg.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/qt.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/rdp.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/rear.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/registration.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/reipl.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/relocation-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/s390.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-client.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-users.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/scanner.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/security.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/services-manager.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/slp-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/snapper.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/sound.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/squid.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/sshd.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/storage.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/sudo.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/support.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/sysconfig.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/tftp-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/tune.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/update.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/users.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/vm.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/wagon.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/wol.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/xpram.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/yast2-apparmor.tr.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on-creator.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on-creator.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on-creator.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -302,9 +302,7 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." msgstr "Dosya bir yapılandırma dosyası." #. error message @@ -354,18 +352,14 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." msgstr "Bir seçeneği silmek için seçip Sil düğmesine basın." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." -msgstr "" -"Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için Özel yapılandırma " -"seçeneğini kullanın." +msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +msgstr "Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için Özel yapılandırma seçeneğini kullanın." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 @@ -376,9 +370,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"Build." +msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." msgstr "Bir seçeneği silmek için seçip Sil düğmesine basın." #. table header item @@ -1207,23 +1199,17 @@ #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." msgstr "" #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." msgstr "" #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " -"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product." +msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:448 @@ -1237,8 +1223,7 @@ #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the name and version of add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 @@ -1248,9 +1233,7 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." msgstr "" # clients/support_question.ycp:109 @@ -1262,9 +1245,7 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product." +msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." msgstr "" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. @@ -1274,11 +1255,7 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." msgstr "" #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) @@ -1291,158 +1268,107 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file." +msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." msgstr "" #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Use Import to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"ISO dosyasını oluşturmayı başlatmak için İleri düğmesine basın." +msgstr "ISO dosyasını oluşturmayı başlatmak için İleri düğmesine basın." #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here." +msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." msgstr "" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." msgstr "" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." msgstr "" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " -"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." msgstr "" #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here." -msgstr "" -"Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " -"existing one." -msgstr "" -"Listede olmayan bir sağlayıcıyı eklemek için Yeni düğmesine basın." -"" +msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgstr "Listede olmayan bir sağlayıcıyı eklemek için Yeni düğmesine basın." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." msgstr "" #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." msgstr "" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory." +msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." msgstr "" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." msgstr "" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " -"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values." +msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." msgstr "" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow." +msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." msgstr "" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." msgstr "" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." msgstr "" #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." msgstr "" #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " -"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." msgstr "" #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product." +msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." msgstr "" #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." msgstr "" #. help text for signing dialog, cont. @@ -1452,55 +1378,40 @@ #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." msgstr "" #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." msgstr "" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long." +msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." msgstr "" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires." +msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." msgstr "" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." msgstr "" #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgstr "Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." # include/scanner/scanner_overview.ycp:84 #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"" +msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." msgstr "" "Yeni yapılandırmayı kaydetmek için\n" "Sonlandır düğmesine basın.\n" @@ -1648,9 +1559,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " msgstr "" #. label of content file 'VERSION' key @@ -1679,10 +1588,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." msgstr "" #. label of content file key @@ -1715,9 +1621,7 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." msgstr "" # menuentries/menuentry_language.ycp:13 @@ -1798,10 +1702,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " -"LABEL.lang is expected." +msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." msgstr "" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:42 clients/hwinfo.ycp:64 @@ -1844,9 +1745,7 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." msgstr "" #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key @@ -1884,8 +1783,7 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." msgstr "" #. label for 'Prs' pattern key @@ -1899,9 +1797,7 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." msgstr "" # include/cups/ui.ycp:463 @@ -1915,12 +1811,7 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" #. label for 'Ord' pattern key @@ -1930,9 +1821,7 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1542 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1573 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1695 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1883 @@ -1955,11 +1844,7 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." msgstr "" # clients/support_send.ycp:113 clients/support_send.ycp:128 @@ -1971,9 +1856,7 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." msgstr "" #. label for 'Obs' pattern key @@ -1997,9 +1880,7 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." msgstr "" #. label for 'Sup' pattern key @@ -2010,10 +1891,7 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." msgstr "" # clients/inst_part_proposal.ycp:57 @@ -2030,9 +1908,7 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." msgstr "" #. label for 'Ext' pattern key @@ -2104,9 +1980,7 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." msgstr "" #. label for 'Del' key @@ -2117,9 +1991,7 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." msgstr "" #. label for 'Eul' key @@ -2129,9 +2001,7 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." msgstr "" #. label of key @@ -2143,9 +2013,7 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements." +msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." msgstr "" "Seçilen disk bölümünde kurulu olan sistemin mimarisi\n" "bu ürününkinden farklı." @@ -2158,9 +2026,7 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires</" -"b> from others." +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." msgstr "" # clients/support_send.ycp:113 clients/support_send.ycp:128 @@ -2172,9 +2038,7 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." msgstr "" #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key @@ -2185,9 +2049,7 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." msgstr "" #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key @@ -2198,9 +2060,7 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." msgstr "" #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key @@ -2236,9 +2096,7 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." msgstr "" #. table item label @@ -2255,9 +2113,7 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." msgstr "" #. table item label Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -41,12 +41,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) eksik. Komut satırı seçeneğini " -"xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) eksik. Komut satırı seçeneğini xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." # include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:148 include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:206 # include/ui/common_popups.ycp:243 @@ -146,8 +142,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." msgstr "Bir seçeneği silmek için seçip Sil düğmesine basın." # include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:199 @@ -366,10 +361,8 @@ "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Makine yapılandırması</big> \n" -"Makine ayarlarını düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve " -"Düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" -"Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için Ekle düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek " -"için de Sil düğmesini kullanın." +"Makine ayarlarını düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve Düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" +"Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için Ekle düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek için de Sil düğmesini kullanın." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 @@ -434,9 +427,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/audit-laf.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/audit-laf.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/audit-laf.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -523,8 +523,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Yapılandırması başlatılıyor</big>\n" @@ -537,8 +536,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 @@ -567,22 +565,16 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Yeni yapılandırma ekleme:</big> \n" "Ekle düğmesine basıp yeni bir yapılandırma oluşturabilirsiniz." @@ -597,42 +589,33 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" @@ -640,13 +623,10 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" @@ -655,8 +635,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Yeni yapılandırma ekleme:</big> \n" @@ -665,20 +644,16 @@ #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" @@ -686,8 +661,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 @@ -711,28 +685,23 @@ #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" @@ -742,10 +711,8 @@ #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" @@ -753,8 +720,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 1/6 @@ -763,39 +729,31 @@ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 6/6 @@ -841,15 +799,9 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To configure the Samba client, the %1 package must be installed." -#| "" -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması " -"gerekir." +#| msgid "To configure the Samba client, the %1 package must be installed." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 #, fuzzy @@ -959,9 +911,10 @@ msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" +# clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2930 #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Başlat" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Do not start" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-client.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TAMAM" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yardım" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yeni" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -179,15 +179,16 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ekle" +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Düzenle" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Silinecek" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -205,70 +206,48 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 @@ -284,42 +263,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 @@ -331,20 +296,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 @@ -360,50 +320,36 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section @@ -414,37 +360,27 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 @@ -452,51 +388,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 @@ -504,9 +424,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 @@ -514,9 +432,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 @@ -528,8 +444,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 @@ -553,27 +468,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 @@ -581,9 +488,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 @@ -595,15 +500,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider @@ -612,9 +513,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 @@ -622,9 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 @@ -634,32 +531,23 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 @@ -672,15 +560,11 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 @@ -724,8 +608,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 @@ -741,106 +624,67 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 @@ -848,10 +692,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 @@ -859,16 +700,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 @@ -880,17 +716,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 @@ -918,30 +748,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 @@ -957,13 +776,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 @@ -971,9 +788,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 @@ -981,52 +796,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 @@ -1034,33 +832,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 @@ -1076,16 +864,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 @@ -1101,9 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 @@ -1119,8 +900,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 @@ -1132,28 +912,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 @@ -1165,15 +936,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 @@ -1181,9 +948,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 @@ -1195,39 +960,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 @@ -1235,9 +988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 @@ -1254,16 +1005,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 @@ -1271,15 +1017,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 @@ -1295,9 +1037,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section @@ -1306,21 +1046,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 @@ -1328,8 +1062,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" #. end Export Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -42,13 +42,14 @@ msgid "Add a schema to the list" msgstr "" +# include/runlevel/ui.ycp:373 include/runlevel/ui.ycp:469 #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hizmeti etkinleştir" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hizmeti kapat" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dosya" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -98,9 +99,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." msgstr "" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); @@ -113,9 +112,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 @@ -149,7 +146,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall'da port aç" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -164,7 +161,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall kapalı" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -202,11 +199,11 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"YaST gerekli paketleri kurmadan\n" +"yapılandırma işlemine devam edemez." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -227,10 +224,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" @@ -287,7 +282,7 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel ayarlar" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs @@ -303,7 +298,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall ayarları" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -311,9 +306,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page @@ -370,7 +363,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Temel Kerberos ayarları" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -397,12 +390,13 @@ msgid "Advanced &Options" msgstr "" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:718 #. label widget #. header label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geçerli seçim: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 @@ -453,7 +447,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parola" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -480,7 +474,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokol" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -502,7 +496,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Göz at..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -521,9 +515,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -561,15 +553,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -596,8 +585,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" @@ -628,10 +616,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -644,18 +630,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -682,17 +664,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -703,24 +681,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" @@ -754,8 +726,7 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -769,35 +740,25 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" @@ -813,14 +774,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" @@ -834,15 +791,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -856,33 +810,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -901,11 +850,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" @@ -921,8 +868,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -935,11 +881,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -949,8 +893,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" @@ -960,16 +903,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -981,14 +919,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -997,8 +931,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1012,8 +945,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1046,10 +978,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 @@ -1060,10 +990,8 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1077,6 +1005,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<BIG>Başlama işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1104,15 +1034,11 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1123,15 +1049,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1143,8 +1066,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" @@ -1166,18 +1088,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1188,10 +1107,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1209,26 +1126,21 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 @@ -1237,17 +1149,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 @@ -1258,8 +1167,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1277,16 +1185,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1301,12 +1207,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1317,84 +1220,63 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 @@ -1439,9 +1321,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 @@ -1450,12 +1330,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 @@ -1464,9 +1339,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 @@ -1475,9 +1348,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 @@ -1486,10 +1357,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 @@ -1498,10 +1366,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 @@ -1519,49 +1384,33 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type @@ -1571,69 +1420,47 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife @@ -1643,9 +1470,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. ################################################################################# @@ -1970,9 +1795,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1980,8 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2006,7 +1828,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başlatılıyor..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -2019,7 +1841,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel ayarları" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 @@ -2042,10 +1864,11 @@ msgid "TLS Settings" msgstr "" +# clients/online_update_details.ycp:81 #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Veri tabanları" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -2135,7 +1958,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parola &şifrelemesi" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -2149,7 +1972,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hayır" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -2157,7 +1980,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Evet" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2197,7 +2020,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2266,7 +2089,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiçbiri" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2293,9 +2116,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 @@ -2303,8 +2124,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 @@ -2337,7 +2157,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Göz at..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2345,7 +2165,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Göz at..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2417,7 +2237,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Özellik" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2529,11 +2349,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oku" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yaz" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" @@ -2636,9 +2456,10 @@ msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "" +# include/sound/ui.ycp:266 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seç" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2691,11 +2512,12 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nitelikler" +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Düzenle" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2707,7 +2529,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2756,9 +2578,10 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:260 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2768,21 +2591,23 @@ msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:71 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gün" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saat" +# include/cups/ui.ycp:342 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dakika" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saniye" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2815,8 +2640,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 @@ -3041,9 +2865,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 @@ -3063,9 +2885,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 @@ -3092,9 +2912,10 @@ msgid "Database Type: " msgstr "" +# include/ui/summary.ycp:84 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Henüz yapılandırılmadı." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -3167,9 +2988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 @@ -3200,9 +3019,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed @@ -3236,7 +3053,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klasör oluşturulamadı." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format @@ -3244,8 +3061,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/autoinst.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/autoinst.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/autoinst.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -135,8 +135,7 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Yapılandırma hedef sisteme kaydediliyor." # include/cups/ui.ycp:2577 include/cups/ui.ycp:2598 @@ -166,29 +165,22 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" "Bu pencereyi kullanarak dosyanın içindekileri kopyalayın ve\n" -"kurulumun yapılacağı sistemdeki yolu belirtin. YaST dosyayı belirtilen yere " -"kopyalayacaktır." +"kurulumun yapılacağı sistemdeki yolu belirtin. YaST dosyayı belirtilen yere kopyalayacaktır." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Kopyalanmış dosyaların korunması için dosyaların sahibini ve izinlerini " -"ayarlayın.\n" -"Dosya sahibini kullanıcıbelirticisi:grupbelirticisi düzeniyle girin. " -"İzinler, yapılacak\n" -"değişikliklerin sembolik bir temsili ya da yeni dosya iznini belirten " -"sekizlik sayı düzeninde\n" +"Kopyalanmış dosyaların korunması için dosyaların sahibini ve izinlerini ayarlayın.\n" +"Dosya sahibini kullanıcıbelirticisi:grupbelirticisi düzeniyle girin. İzinler, yapılacak\n" +"değişikliklerin sembolik bir temsili ya da yeni dosya iznini belirten sekizlik sayı düzeninde\n" "bir sayı olacaktır." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -264,14 +256,11 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"Çoğu uygulama ve servis için, önceden hazırladığınız ve kurulacak " -"sisteme\n" +"Çoğu uygulama ve servis için, önceden hazırladığınız ve kurulacak sisteme\n" "kopyalanması gereken bir yapılandırma dosyası olabilir.\n" "Bu durum örneğin bir web sunucusu kuracaksanız ve elinizde hazır bir\n" "httpd.conf dosyası mevcutsa geçerlidir." @@ -669,12 +658,10 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Tecrübenize bağlı olarak, kurulum mesajlarının kayıt ve gösterimini " -"(zaman aşımı ile)\n" +"Tecrübenize bağlı olarak, kurulum mesajlarının kayıt ve gösterimini (zaman aşımı ile)\n" "atlayabilirsiniz. \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 @@ -699,14 +686,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aşağıdaki temel seçeneklerden birini seçin ve Ayrıntılar " -"düğmesi\n" +"Aşağıdaki temel seçeneklerden birini seçin ve Ayrıntılar düğmesi\n" "ile ek seçenekler ve paketler ekleyin.\n" "\n" @@ -718,8 +703,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 @@ -741,21 +725,16 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "/etc/fstab içinde bağlama tipi:\n" -"Normalde bir dosya sistemi /etc/fstab içinde kendi aygıt adı ile " -"tanımlanır.\n" +"Normalde bir dosya sistemi /etc/fstab içinde kendi aygıt adı ile tanımlanır.\n" "Bu tanımlama bağlanılacak dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın adı verilerek\n" "bulunacak şekilde de ayarlanabilir. Her dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın\n" -"adı verilerek bağlanamaz, bu yüzden eğer bir seçenek seçilemez ise, bu " -"seçeneği\n" +"adı verilerek bağlanamaz, bu yüzden eğer bir seçenek seçilemez ise, bu seçeneği\n" "kullanmak olanaksızdır.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -763,15 +742,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Yığın adı:\n" -"Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer yığın " -"adı\n" +"Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer yığın adı\n" "ile aygıt bağlama seçeneği aktifleştirilirse bir anlam kazanır.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82 @@ -980,8 +957,7 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 @@ -1175,8 +1151,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "" -"Kontrol dosyası sınıfları oluşturmak için bu arabirimi kullanın. \n" +msgstr "Kontrol dosyası sınıfları oluşturmak için bu arabirimi kullanın. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1289,9 +1264,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" -msgstr "" -"Listelenmiş sınıflardan, bu kontrol dosyasına ait olmasını " -"istediklerinizi seçin.\n" +msgstr "Listelenmiş sınıflardan, bu kontrol dosyasına ait olmasını istediklerinizi seçin.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 msgid "No profiles in this class" @@ -1488,9 +1461,7 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1508,9 +1479,7 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "" #. EXIT @@ -1652,8 +1621,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Dışarıdan kickstart dosyası alındı.\n" @@ -1794,8 +1762,7 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1808,14 +1775,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Eğer AutoYaST'ın ikinci aşamasını kapatırsanız kurulum ilk yeniden başlatma " -"sonrasında\n" +"Eğer AutoYaST'ın ikinci aşamasını kapatırsanız kurulum ilk yeniden başlatma sonrasında\n" "(paket seçiminden sonra) normal-elle çalıştırılan modda devam edecektir.\n" "\n" @@ -1977,16 +1942,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" "Bu araç xmllint komutunu kullanarak profili DTD'ye göre\n" -"doğrular ve eksik veri olup olmadığını kontrol eder. Bazı eksik veri " -"girişleri\n" -"bilinçli yapılmış olabilir ve -örneğin- sınıf yaratılırken ortaya çıkan " -"hatalar\n" +"doğrular ve eksik veri olup olmadığını kontrol eder. Bazı eksik veri girişleri\n" +"bilinçli yapılmış olabilir ve -örneğin- sınıf yaratılırken ortaya çıkan hatalar\n" "görmezden gelinebilir.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -2007,18 +1969,15 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Dışarıdan bir Kickstart dosyası almak için yapılandırma dosyasının yolunu " -"girmeniz\n" -"yeterlidir. Bu alınan veriler SuSE ile daha geniş yapılandırma seçenekleri " -"eklenebilmesi\n" +"Dışarıdan bir Kickstart dosyası almak için yapılandırma dosyasının yolunu girmeniz\n" +"yeterlidir. Bu alınan veriler SuSE ile daha geniş yapılandırma seçenekleri eklenebilmesi\n" "için Yapılandırma Yönetim Sistemi'ne alınacaktır.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Bu araç, sistemden bilgileri alarak yeni bir profil oluşturur.\n" "Öngörülen bilgiler dışında okunmasını istediğiniz bölümlendirme ve paket\n" @@ -2031,8 +1990,7 @@ # clients/inst_kernel.ycp:269 #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Sağdaki tablo hedef sistemde oluşturulacak disk bölümlerini gösterir.\n" @@ -2076,8 +2034,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Eğer bir disk bölümü belirlenmemiş ve seçili sürücü root disk\n" @@ -2099,24 +2056,9 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "By default, AutoYaST2 will create an extended partition and adds all new " -#| "partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct " -#| "AutoYaST2 to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as " -#| "extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a " -#| "partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Öntanımlı olarak, AutoYaST ek bir bölüm oluşturacak ve tüm yeni disk " -"bölümlerini mantıksal sürücüler olarak ekleyecektir. AutoYaST'nin belli " -"bölümleri birincil disk bölümü ya da genişletilmiş bölüm olarak " -"oluşturmasını da sağlayabilirsiniz. Ek olarak bölümlerin boyutlarını MB " -"yerine sektör sayısıyla verebilirsiniz." +#| msgid "By default, AutoYaST2 will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST2 to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Öntanımlı olarak, AutoYaST ek bir bölüm oluşturacak ve tüm yeni disk bölümlerini mantıksal sürücüler olarak ekleyecektir. AutoYaST'nin belli bölümleri birincil disk bölümü ya da genişletilmiş bölüm olarak oluşturmasını da sağlayabilirsiniz. Ek olarak bölümlerin boyutlarını MB yerine sektör sayısıyla verebilirsiniz." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -2130,30 +2072,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"LVM ve RAID kurulumu için dökümantasyona başvurun ve yapılandırmayı mevcut " -"bir\n" -"kontrol dosyasına ekleyin. Hazırlık olarak sadece formatlanmamış LVM ve " -"RAID\n" +"LVM ve RAID kurulumu için dökümantasyona başvurun ve yapılandırmayı mevcut bir\n" +"kontrol dosyasına ekleyin. Hazırlık olarak sadece formatlanmamış LVM ve RAID\n" "bölümleri oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"HTTP(S) protokolü ile '%1' adresi bulunamadı. Sunucu %2 hata kodunu döndürdü." +msgstr "HTTP(S) protokolü ile '%1' adresi bulunamadı. Sunucu %2 hata kodunu döndürdü." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"FTP protokolü ile '%1' adresi bulunamadı. Sunucu %2 hata kodunu döndürdü." +msgstr "FTP protokolü ile '%1' adresi bulunamadı. Sunucu %2 hata kodunu döndürdü." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2234,16 +2171,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Kurulum öncesi komut dosyaları</h3>\n" -"Kurulum başlangıcından önce sistemde çalıştırılacak komutları ekleyin.</" -"P>\n" +"Kurulum başlangıcından önce sistemde çalıştırılacak komutları ekleyin.\n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2261,8 +2196,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2271,8 +2205,7 @@ "Kurulum sonrası komut dosyalarının chroot ortamında çalıştırılması\n" "için chroot komut dosyaları seçeneğini işaretleyin. Bu komut\n" "dosyaları sistemin ilk açılışından önce çalıştırılacaktır. Chroot komut\n" -"dosyaları normalde kurulu sistemde çalıştırılır. Kurulu sistemdeki " -"dosyalara\n" +"dosyaları normalde kurulu sistemde çalıştırılır. Kurulu sistemdeki dosyalara\n" "ulaşmak için komut dosyalarında \"/mnt\" noktasını kullanın.\n" "\n" @@ -2281,15 +2214,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Chroot komut dosyalarının daha ileri bir aşamada çalıştırılmasını\n" -"açılış yükleyicisini \"chrooted\" seçeneği ile yapılandırarak " -"sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"açılış yükleyicisini \"chrooted\" seçeneği ile yapılandırarak sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" "Bu şekilde komut dosyaları direk olarak kurulu sistemde çalıştırılacaktır.\n" "\n" @@ -2300,8 +2231,7 @@ #| "\n" #| "<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\n" #| "These scripts are executed during the initial boot process and after\n" -#| "YaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are " -#| "executed \n" +#| "YaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are executed \n" #| "using a special rc script that is executed only once. \n" #| "The final scripts are executed toward the end of the boot\n" #| "process and after network has been intialized.\n" @@ -2330,8 +2260,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2347,26 +2276,18 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Ağ erişimi:</H3>\n" -"Kurulum sonrası komut dosyaları çalıştırılırken ağ erişimi kapalı " -"olacaktır,\n" -"ağa erişebilmek için komut dosyalarında ağ hizmetlerini etkinleştirmek " -"gerekir.\n" -"Buna alternatif olarak başlangıç komut dosyalarını kullanabilirsiniz, bu " -"dosyaların\n" -"yürütülmesi ile sistem tam olarak yapılandırılmış olacaktır. Eğer ağ " -"üzerinden\n" -"otomatik kurulum yaptıysanız kurulum sonrası komut dosyası için Ağ " -"seçeneğini\n" +"Kurulum sonrası komut dosyaları çalıştırılırken ağ erişimi kapalı olacaktır,\n" +"ağa erişebilmek için komut dosyalarında ağ hizmetlerini etkinleştirmek gerekir.\n" +"Buna alternatif olarak başlangıç komut dosyalarını kullanabilirsiniz, bu dosyaların\n" +"yürütülmesi ile sistem tam olarak yapılandırılmış olacaktır. Eğer ağ üzerinden\n" +"otomatik kurulum yaptıysanız kurulum sonrası komut dosyası için Ağ seçeneğini\n" "de kullanabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" @@ -2374,20 +2295,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Geri bildirim ve hata ayıkla:</H3>\n" -"Başlangıç komut dosyaları dışındaki tüm komut dosyaları STDOUT+STDERR " -"çıktılarını açılacak\n" -"bir pencerede gösterebilir. Eğer hata ayıklama modunu açarsanız, bu bildirim " -"pencerelerinde daha\n" -"geniş çıktı alabilir, bu şekilde komut dosyalarındaki hataları daha kolay " -"bulabilirsiniz.\n" +"Başlangıç komut dosyaları dışındaki tüm komut dosyaları STDOUT+STDERR çıktılarını açılacak\n" +"bir pencerede gösterebilir. Eğer hata ayıklama modunu açarsanız, bu bildirim pencerelerinde daha\n" +"geniş çıktı alabilir, bu şekilde komut dosyalarındaki hataları daha kolay bulabilirsiniz.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Script Editor" @@ -2484,15 +2400,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Otomatik kurulum işlemine komut dosyaları ekleyerek kurulumu " -"ihtiyaçlarınıza\n" -"göre özelleştirebilir ve kurulumun farklı bölümlerinde kontrolü " -"sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"Otomatik kurulum işlemine komut dosyaları ekleyerek kurulumu ihtiyaçlarınıza\n" +"göre özelleştirebilir ve kurulumun farklı bölümlerinde kontrolü sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2519,12 +2432,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"XML inceleyicisi autoyast profilini ayrıştırırken bir hata bildirdi. Hata " -"mesajı:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "XML inceleyicisi autoyast profilini ayrıştırırken bir hata bildirdi. Hata mesajı:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2604,30 +2513,25 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Yapılandırmayı oluşturmak için gereken modüllerin çoğu YaST2 Kontrol\n" "Merkezi'ndeki modüllerle aynıdır. Bu sistemi yapılandırmak yerine girilen\n" -"veriler toplanıp bir kontrol dosyasına yazılabilir, bu şekilde başka bir " -"sisteme\n" +"veriler toplanıp bir kontrol dosyasına yazılabilir, bu şekilde başka bir sisteme\n" "AutoYaST ile kurulum yapmak mümkün olur.\n" "\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" -"Mevcut ve bilinen modüllerin yerine, örneğin, disk bölümlendirme, genel " -"ayarlar\n" +"Mevcut ve bilinen modüllerin yerine, örneğin, disk bölümlendirme, genel ayarlar\n" "ve yazılım seçenekleri için, özel ve geniş yapılandırmalara uygun olan yeni\n" "arayüzler oluşturuldu.\n" @@ -2836,9 +2740,7 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" # @@ -2850,9 +2752,7 @@ msgstr "Kurulu paketlerin listesi okunuyor..." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); @@ -2867,8 +2767,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 @@ -2919,8 +2818,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" @@ -2972,16 +2870,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 @@ -3062,9 +2956,7 @@ msgstr "&Tamam" #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sonuç olarak oluşturulan autoyast profili /root/autoinst.xml dosyasında " -#~ "bulunabilir." +#~ msgstr "Sonuç olarak oluşturulan autoyast profili /root/autoinst.xml dosyasında bulunabilir." # menuentries/menuentry_runlevel.ycp:56 #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" @@ -3090,28 +2982,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Gereksinimlerinize uygun olarak disk bölüm bilgisini\n" -#~ "girin. Var olan bir disk bölümünü kullanmak için kullanılacak bölümün " -#~ "numarasını girin (bölüm numarası 1'den başlar), ve boyut belirtmeyin.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "girin. Var olan bir disk bölümünü kullanmak için kullanılacak bölümün numarasını girin (bölüm numarası 1'den başlar), ve boyut belirtmeyin.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Bir yığın grubunun parçası olan disk bölümleri için (yığın grubundaki " -#~ "mantıksal bölümler değil), bölüm belirticisini 0x8e olarak girerek daha " -#~ "sonra yığın grubunu seçin. Yığın grubu önceden AutoYaST ile hazırlanmış " -#~ "olmalıdır.\n" +#~ "Bir yığın grubunun parçası olan disk bölümleri için (yığın grubundaki mantıksal bölümler değil), bölüm belirticisini 0x8e olarak girerek daha sonra yığın grubunu seçin. Yığın grubu önceden AutoYaST ile hazırlanmış olmalıdır.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Daha fazla bilgi için çevrimiçi belgelere başvurun.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3171,23 +3053,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Bölüm boyutunu ya da bölüm numarasını girin." #~ msgid "To reuse a partition, the partition number is required." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bir disk bölümünü yeniden kullanmak için bölüm numarasını girmelisiniz." +#~ msgstr "Bir disk bölümünü yeniden kullanmak için bölüm numarasını girmelisiniz." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Yığın gruplarını burada oluşturabilir ve düzenleyebilirsiniz. Daha sonra " -#~ "fiziksel sabit diskin bölümlendirme penceresinden bu yığın grubu için " -#~ "fiziksel disk bölümleri atayın. Bu disk bölümlerinin belirticisini 0x8e " -#~ "olarak ayarlayın.\n" +#~ "Yığın gruplarını burada oluşturabilir ve düzenleyebilirsiniz. Daha sonra fiziksel sabit diskin bölümlendirme penceresinden bu yığın grubu için fiziksel disk bölümleri atayın. Bu disk bölümlerinin belirticisini 0x8e olarak ayarlayın.\n" #~ "\n" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.ycp:319 @@ -3558,10 +3434,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "By default, the system reboots after the initial phase of\n" -#~ "installation is completed. You can prevent the system from booting and " -#~ "continue\n" -#~ "directly into the installed system. This is not recommended and should be " -#~ "used\n" +#~ "installation is completed. You can prevent the system from booting and continue\n" +#~ "directly into the installed system. This is not recommended and should be used\n" #~ "only for debugging purposes.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -3591,8 +3465,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The package repository is where you have copied\n" -#~ "the SuSE CDs. This directory must have a subdirectory called suse " -#~ "that\n" +#~ "the SuSE CDs. This directory must have a subdirectory called suse that\n" #~ "contains all the packages.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Paket deposu SuSE CD'lerini kopyaladığınız yerdir.\n" @@ -3668,21 +3541,15 @@ #~ msgstr "Donanım saati" #~ msgid "" -#~ "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the " -#~ "files.\n" -#~ "Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be " -#~ "a symbolic\n" -#~ "representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the " -#~ "bit pattern for the\n" +#~ "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" +#~ "Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +#~ "representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" #~ "new permissions.\n" #~ "\t\t\t\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kopyalanmış dosyaların korunması için dosyaların sahibini ve " -#~ "izinlerini ayarlayın.\n" -#~ "Dosya sahibini kullanıcıbelirticisi:grupbelirticisi düzeniyle " -#~ "girin. İzinler yapılacak\n" -#~ "değişiliklerin sembolik bir temsili ya da yeni dosya iznini belirten " -#~ "sekizli sayı tabanında\n" +#~ "Kopyalanmış dosyaların korunması için dosyaların sahibini ve izinlerini ayarlayın.\n" +#~ "Dosya sahibini kullanıcıbelirticisi:grupbelirticisi düzeniyle girin. İzinler yapılacak\n" +#~ "değişiliklerin sembolik bir temsili ya da yeni dosya iznini belirten sekizli sayı tabanında\n" #~ "bir sayı olacaktır.\n" #~ "\t\t\t\t" @@ -3692,10 +3559,8 @@ #~ "physical volumes belonging to this group.\n" #~ " " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"%1\" grubundaki mantıksal yığınlar yapılandırılmamış aygıtlar " -#~ "üzerinde.\n" -#~ "Önce eski yığın gruplarını silin ya da bu gruba ait olan fiziksel " -#~ "yığınları içeren\n" +#~ "\"%1\" grubundaki mantıksal yığınlar yapılandırılmamış aygıtlar üzerinde.\n" +#~ "Önce eski yığın gruplarını silin ya da bu gruba ait olan fiziksel yığınları içeren\n" #~ "tüm aygıtları yapılandırın.\n" #~ " " @@ -3725,21 +3590,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Using this feature, import Alice configuration\n" #~ "files.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu özelliği kullanarak dışarıdan bir Alice yapılandırma dosyası " -#~ "alabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ msgstr "Bu özelliği kullanarak dışarıdan bir Alice yapılandırma dosyası alabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "System configuration in Alice files may vary in their scope " -#~ "from what is offered\n" -#~ "in AutoYaST, so some limitations should be taken into " -#~ "consideration. A standard Alice\n" -#~ "configuration file with no special customization can, however, be " -#~ "imported without any loss of data.\n" +#~ "System configuration in Alice files may vary in their scope from what is offered\n" +#~ "in AutoYaST, so some limitations should be taken into consideration. A standard Alice\n" +#~ "configuration file with no special customization can, however, be imported without any loss of data.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bir Alice dosyasının kapsamı AutoYaST'ta\n" -#~ "gördüğünüz kadarından fazla veya az olabilir, bu nedenle bazı " -#~ "sınırlamalar gözönüne alınmalıdır.\n" +#~ "gördüğünüz kadarından fazla veya az olabilir, bu nedenle bazı sınırlamalar gözönüne alınmalıdır.\n" #~ "Dağıtıma özel ayarlar içermeyen bir Alice yapılandırma dosyası\n" #~ "yine de fazla kayıp olmadan alınabilir.\n" @@ -3756,10 +3615,8 @@ #~ msgid "Import Data from an Alice Repository" #~ msgstr "Alice deposundaki verileri al" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following package is needed for importing ALICE data: %1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dışarıdan ALICE dosyası almak için şu paket gereklidir:%1" +#~ msgid "The following package is needed for importing ALICE data: %1" +#~ msgstr "Dışarıdan ALICE dosyası almak için şu paket gereklidir:%1" #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Şimdi kurulmasını istiyor musunuz?" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/base.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/base.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/base.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -138,8 +138,7 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"'yast2 %1 %2 help' ile mevcut seçeneklerin tam listesini edinebilirsiniz." +msgstr "'yast2 %1 %2 help' ile mevcut seçeneklerin tam listesini edinebilirsiniz." # clients/sound_complex.ycp:244 clients/sound_complex.ycp:338 clients/sound_complex.ycp:354 clients/sound_complex.ycp:441 clients/sound_write.ycp:82 #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module @@ -238,27 +237,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"'yast2 %1 <komut> help' komutuyla mevcut seçeneklerin bir listesini " -"edinebilirsiniz." +msgstr "'yast2 %1 <komut> help' komutuyla mevcut seçeneklerin bir listesini edinebilirsiniz." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) eksik. Komut satırı seçeneğini " -"xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) eksik. Komut satırı seçeneğini xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) boş. Komut satırı seçeneğini " -"xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) boş. Komut satırı seçeneğini xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." # include/cups/ui.ycp:2577 include/cups/ui.ycp:2598 #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line @@ -520,8 +509,7 @@ "%1. Otherwise set %2." msgstr "" "<big>Hizmet başlangıcı</big> \n" -"Hizmetin bilgisayarınızın her açılışında başlatılması için %1 " -"seçeneğini,\n" +"Hizmetin bilgisayarınızın her açılışında başlatılması için %1 seçeneğini,\n" "diğer durumlarda %2 seçeneğini işaretleyin." #. help text for service auto start widget @@ -539,8 +527,7 @@ "Otherwise set %2." msgstr "" "<big>Hizmet başlangıcı</big> \n" -"Hizmetin bilgisayarınızın her açılışında başlatılması için %1 " -"seçeneğini,\n" +"Hizmetin bilgisayarınızın her açılışında başlatılması için %1 seçeneğini,\n" "diğer durumlarda %2 seçeneğini işaretleyin." #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! @@ -1028,20 +1015,13 @@ "Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists)." msgstr "" "1) Genel \n" -"Pencere öğeleri arasında bir sonraki öğeye geçmek için [TAB] tuşunu, bir " -"önceki öğeye geçmek için ise [SHIFT] (ya da [ALT]) + [TAB] tuşlarını " -"kullanın.\n" +"Pencere öğeleri arasında bir sonraki öğeye geçmek için [TAB] tuşunu, bir önceki öğeye geçmek için ise [SHIFT] (ya da [ALT]) + [TAB] tuşlarını kullanın.\n" "Öğeleri seçmek ya da etkinleştirmek için [BOŞLUK] ya da [ENTER]\n" -"tuşlarını kullanın. Bazı öğelerde (örneğin listelerde) ok tuşları da " -"kullanılabilir." +"tuşlarını kullanın. Bazı öğelerde (örneğin listelerde) ok tuşları da kullanılabilir." #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 @@ -1093,8 +1073,7 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 @@ -1962,8 +1941,7 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2977,34 +2955,28 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" msgstr "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around @@ -3012,52 +2984,33 @@ #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" -msgstr "" -"SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">açık</a>, ancak " -"henüz bir ağ arabirimi yapılandırılmamış" +msgstr "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">açık</a>, ancak henüz bir ağ arabirimi yapılandırılmamış" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"SSH üzerinden bir sistem kuruyorsunuz ama firewall'da SSH portunu " -"açmamışsınız." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "SSH üzerinden bir sistem kuruyorsunuz ama firewall'da SSH portunu açmamışsınız." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) portları <a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal" -"\">açık</a>" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) portları <a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) portları <a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal" -"\">açık</a>" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) portları <a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) yardımıyla bir sistem kuruyorsunuz ama firewall'da VNC " -"portlarını açmamışsınız." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) yardımıyla bir sistem kuruyorsunuz ama firewall'da VNC portlarını açmamışsınız." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -3075,15 +3028,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH " -#| "port on the firewall." -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"SSH üzerinden bir sistem kuruyorsunuz ama firewall'da SSH portunu " -"açmamışsınız." +#| msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "SSH üzerinden bir sistem kuruyorsunuz ama firewall'da SSH portunu açmamışsınız." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3280,18 +3227,15 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3831,8 +3775,7 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3851,10 +3794,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" @@ -3879,8 +3820,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -4011,11 +3951,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Özet</BIG> Yedekleme işleminin sonucu gösterilmektedir." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>Özet</BIG> Yedekleme işleminin sonucu gösterilmektedir." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 #, fuzzy @@ -4108,8 +4045,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4304,8 +4240,7 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL @@ -4370,8 +4305,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4427,11 +4361,7 @@ msgstr "Paketler kuruluyor, lütfen bekleyin." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES @@ -5270,8 +5200,7 @@ "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" msgstr "" -"Geçerli bir makine adı harflerden, rakamlardan ve tire işaretlerinden " -"oluşur.\n" +"Geçerli bir makine adı harflerden, rakamlardan ve tire işaretlerinden oluşur.\n" "Makine adı tire ile başlayıp bitemez.\n" #. Translators: dot: "." @@ -6146,15 +6075,13 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "%1 ters IPv4 adresi geçerli değil.\n" "\n" "Geçerli ters IPv4, 0-255 aralığında bulunan 4 tamsayının, noktalarla\n" "ayrılarak, arkasına '.in-addr.arpa.' eklenmesiyle oluşur.\n" -"Örneğin, IPv4 adresi 192.168.21.1 olan bilgisayar için, '1.32.168.192.in-" -"addr.arpa.' yazılır.\n" +"Örneğin, IPv4 adresi 192.168.21.1 olan bilgisayar için, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' yazılır.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make #. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') @@ -6201,8 +6128,7 @@ msgstr "" "Geçersiz SOA kaydı.\n" "%1 BIND zamanı şeklinde olmalıdır.\n" -"BIND zaman şekli, numaralar ve W,D,H,M ve S duyarlı harflerinden " -"kurulmuştur.\n" +"BIND zaman şekli, numaralar ve W,D,H,M ve S duyarlı harflerinden kurulmuştur.\n" "Zaman saniye ise, son ek kullanmaya gerek yoktur.\n" "Değerleri 12H15m, 86400 veya 1W30M şeklinde giriniz.\n" @@ -6298,8 +6224,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "3) Fonksiyon tuşları \n" #~ "F tuşları ana fonksiyonlara hızlı erişim sağlar.\n" -#~ "F1 tuşuna basarak o anki pencerede kullanılabilecek tuşları " -#~ "görebilirsiniz." +#~ "F1 tuşuna basarak o anki pencerede kullanılabilecek tuşları görebilirsiniz." # include/runlevel/ui.ycp:429 #, fuzzy @@ -6605,21 +6530,14 @@ #~ msgid "modem" #~ msgstr "modem" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall is <a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">disabled</a>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">kapalı</a>" +#~ msgid "Firewall is <a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">disabled</a>" +#~ msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">kapalı</a>" #~ msgid "SSH port is <a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">blocked</a>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">bloklanmış</a>" +#~ msgstr "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">bloklanmış</a>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are <a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "enable_vnc_in_proposal\">blocked</a>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) portları <a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal" -#~ "\">bloklanmış</a>" +#~ msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are <a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">blocked</a>" +#~ msgstr "Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) portları <a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">bloklanmış</a>" # include/nfs/ui.ycp:327 #~ msgid "" @@ -6693,8 +6611,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" -#~ "To create a new TSIG key, set the File Name of the file in which " -#~ "to\n" +#~ "To create a new TSIG key, set the File Name of the file in which to\n" #~ "create the key and the Key ID to identify the key then click\n" #~ "Generate.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6750,8 +6667,7 @@ #~ msgid "<li>SSH: %1</li>\n" #~ msgstr "<li>Alanlar: %1</li>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You are about to upgrade a 64-bit installation with a 32-bit distribution." +#~ msgid "You are about to upgrade a 64-bit installation with a 32-bit distribution." #~ msgstr "32-bit'lik dağıtımla 64-bit'lik kurulumu güncellemek üzeresiniz." #~ msgid "This is not supported. Proceed at your own risk." @@ -6764,8 +6680,7 @@ #~ "64-bit'lik dağıtım ile güncelleme yapmak için sistemi DVD'nin diğer\n" #~ "\t yüzünden açın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You are about to upgrade a 32-bit installation with a 64-bit distribution." +#~ msgid "You are about to upgrade a 32-bit installation with a 64-bit distribution." #~ msgstr "64-bit'lik dağıtımla 32-bit'lik bir kurulumu güncelleyeceksiniz." #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/bootloader.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/bootloader.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/bootloader.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -134,17 +134,12 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Kurulmak üzere herhangi bir açılış yükleyicisi seçilmemiş. Sisteminiz " -"açılmayabilir." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Kurulmak üzere herhangi bir açılış yükleyicisi seçilmemiş. Sisteminiz açılmayabilir." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label @@ -209,10 +204,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" @@ -234,8 +227,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 @@ -258,53 +250,44 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 @@ -316,26 +299,21 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" @@ -344,9 +322,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu." +msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 @@ -356,8 +332,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" @@ -644,23 +619,17 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" "\n" "Ek grup üyelikleri:\n" @@ -668,22 +637,15 @@ "\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 @@ -1185,10 +1147,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Sıfırla düğmesi ile mevcut\n" @@ -1276,8 +1236,7 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." @@ -1328,8 +1287,7 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "<big>Başlangıç ayarları</big> \n" -"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları " -"ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1341,8 +1299,7 @@ "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "<big>Başlangıç ayarları</big> \n" -"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları " -"ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1354,8 +1311,7 @@ "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "<big>Başlangıç ayarları</big> \n" -"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları " -"ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1375,8 +1331,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" @@ -1423,8 +1378,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" @@ -1667,61 +1621,45 @@ msgstr "Gelişmiş ayarlar" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via Browse." +msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" +msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." msgstr "Buradan yerel Bluetooth aygıtının sınıfını seçebilirsiniz." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux." +msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " -"this section." +msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer." +msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.\n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1731,9 +1669,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." msgstr "" "\n" "Ek grup üyelikleri:\n" @@ -1753,21 +1689,16 @@ msgstr "Disk bölümü sisteme bağlı" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file." +msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk." +msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" msgstr "" @@ -1798,8 +1729,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." msgstr "" @@ -2001,8 +1931,7 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal @@ -2010,39 +1939,29 @@ #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals @@ -2113,9 +2032,7 @@ #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 @@ -2141,11 +2058,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" #. check if boot device is on raid0 @@ -2156,17 +2069,12 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) @@ -2324,12 +2232,8 @@ #~ msgstr "%1 bölge tipi desteklenmemektedir." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kurulmak üzere herhangi bir açılış yükleyicisi seçilmemiş. Sisteminiz " -#~ "açılmayabilir." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "Kurulmak üzere herhangi bir açılış yükleyicisi seçilmemiş. Sisteminiz açılmayabilir." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" @@ -2674,19 +2578,16 @@ #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the hard disk?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Açılış yükleyicisini diskete kurmayı seçtiniz.\n" -#~ "Açılış yükleyicisinin menüsü disketten açılış yapmak için bir girdi " -#~ "içeriyor.\n" +#~ "Açılış yükleyicisinin menüsü disketten açılış yapmak için bir girdi içeriyor.\n" #~ "Bu girdi sabit diskten açılış yapacak bir girdi ile değiştirilsin mi?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " -#~ "disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Açılış yükleyicisini sabit diske kurmayı seçtiniz.\n" -#~ "Açılış yükleyicisinin menüsü sabit diskten açılış yapmak için bir girdi " -#~ "içeriyor.\n" +#~ "Açılış yükleyicisinin menüsü sabit diskten açılış yapmak için bir girdi içeriyor.\n" #~ "Bu girdi disketten açılış yapacak bir girdi ile değiştirilsin mi?" #~ msgid "other" @@ -2709,9 +2610,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisi ayarlarını sıfırla" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot " -#~ "partition with ext2 filesytem" +#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot partition with ext2 filesytem" #~ msgstr "Hedef dizini geçersiz ya da / ile başlamıyor." #~ msgid "Add a new section" @@ -3063,8 +2962,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Depending on the modules needed, select the\n" -#~ "appropriate floppy from the list of module floppies then click Next</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "appropriate floppy from the list of module floppies then click Next\n" #~ "to continue.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Modül disketleri listesinden gereken modüllere\n" @@ -3084,8 +2982,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Boot Floppies \n" -#~ "These boot floppies can be used to boot your installed system or a rescue " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "These boot floppies can be used to boot your installed system or a rescue system\n" #~ "(from the first CD-ROM or the rescue floppy)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Açılış disketi: \n" @@ -3095,8 +2992,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Rescue Floppy: \n" #~ "To start the rescue system, boot from the boot floppy or the SuSE CD-ROM\n" -#~ "and select Manual installation -> Start installation / system</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "and select Manual installation -> Start installation / system\n" #~ "-> Rescue system. You will be prompted for the rescue floppy." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kurtarma disketi: \n" @@ -3109,30 +3005,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Module Floppies \n" #~ "All SuSE kernels are modularized. This means that most drivers\n" -#~ "are loaded as kernel modules on demand. Because the space on one single " -#~ "floppy\n" +#~ "are loaded as kernel modules on demand. Because the space on one single floppy\n" #~ "is not sufficient for all kernel modules, consider creating one\n" #~ "of the module floppies." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Modül disketleri \n" -#~ "Tüm SuSE çekirdekleri modüller haline getirilmiştir. Bunun anlamı, bir " -#~ "çok\n" -#~ "sürücü gerektiği anda çekirdek modülü olarak yüklenir. Tek bir disket " -#~ "üzerinde tüm\n" -#~ "çekirdek modülleri için gerekli alan olmadığından modül " -#~ "disketlerinden\n" +#~ "Tüm SuSE çekirdekleri modüller haline getirilmiştir. Bunun anlamı, bir çok\n" +#~ "sürücü gerektiği anda çekirdek modülü olarak yüklenir. Tek bir disket üzerinde tüm\n" +#~ "çekirdek modülleri için gerekli alan olmadığından modül disketlerinden\n" #~ "bir tane oluşturmalısınız.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Custom Floppy \n" -#~ "To create a floppy from another image, select Custom Floppy. You " -#~ "will\n" +#~ "To create a floppy from another image, select Custom Floppy. You will\n" #~ "be prompted for the file containing the floppy image." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Özel disket \n" -#~ "Başka bir görüntü dosyasından disket oluşturmak için Özel disket " -#~ "seçeneğini\n" +#~ "Başka bir görüntü dosyasından disket oluşturmak için Özel disket seçeneğini\n" #~ "işaretleyin. Disket görüntüsünü içeren dosya yeri size sorulacaktır.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3143,8 +3033,7 @@ #~ "of the floppy image.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Özel disket \n" -#~ "Başka bir görüntü dosyasından disket oluşturmak için Özel disket " -#~ "seçeneğini\n" +#~ "Başka bir görüntü dosyasından disket oluşturmak için Özel disket seçeneğini\n" #~ "işaretleyin. Disket görüntüsünü içeren dosya yeri size sorulacaktır.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3160,12 +3049,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Floppy Device:</big> \n" -#~ "If your computer has multiple floppy drives, select the correct device.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "If your computer has multiple floppy drives, select the correct device.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Disket sürücüsü:</big> \n" -#~ "Eğer bilgisayarınızda birden çok disket sürücüsü varsa doğru sürücüyü " -#~ "seçin.\n" +#~ "Eğer bilgisayarınızda birden çok disket sürücüsü varsa doğru sürücüyü seçin.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Format Floppy Disk:</big> \n" @@ -3202,13 +3089,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Select Floppy Image:</big> \n" #~ "Enter the URL from which to download the floppy image.\n" -#~ "If necessary, also specify the user name and password for authentication." -#~ "\n" +#~ "If necessary, also specify the user name and password for authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Disket görüntü dosyası seç:</big> \n" #~ "Oluşturulacak disketin içereceği görüntü dosyasının adresini girin.\n" -#~ "Gerekliyse kimlik doğrulaması için kullanıcı adı ve parola da " -#~ "girebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Gerekliyse kimlik doğrulaması için kullanıcı adı ve parola da girebilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "&USB (modules disk 1)" #~ msgstr "&USB (modül disketi 1)" @@ -3378,15 +3263,10 @@ #~ msgstr "MILO açılış yöneticisini kur" #~ msgid "Boot configuration on new PowerMacs is not yet implemented." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yeni PowerMac'ler için açılış yapılandırılması henüz geliştirilmedi." +#~ msgstr "Yeni PowerMac'ler için açılış yapılandırılması henüz geliştirilmedi." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the BootX App in classic MacOS to boot the file 'vmlinuz-" -#~ "oldworld'" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "'vmlinux-oldworld' dosyandan açılış için klasik MacOS'ta BootX programını " -#~ "yapılandırın." +#~ msgid "Configure the BootX App in classic MacOS to boot the file 'vmlinuz-oldworld'" +#~ msgstr "'vmlinux-oldworld' dosyandan açılış için klasik MacOS'ta BootX programını yapılandırın." # clients/rc_config_step1.ycp:119 #~ msgid "Boot configuration for this board is not yet implemented." @@ -3396,34 +3276,21 @@ #~ msgstr "Tahta türü: %1" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is no 41 PReP boot nor a FAT16 partition. You cannot boot from the " -#~ "hard disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mevcut bir 41 PReP açılış bölümü yok. Bu sabit diskten açılış " -#~ "yapamazsınız." +#~ msgid "There is no 41 PReP boot nor a FAT16 partition. You cannot boot from the hard disk." +#~ msgstr "Mevcut bir 41 PReP açılış bölümü yok. Bu sabit diskten açılış yapamazsınız." #~ msgid "No boot configuration. Configure booting manually." #~ msgstr "Açılış yapılandırması yok. Açılışı el ile yapılandırın." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "yaboot will be written to %1. A correct boot path will be prepended to " -#~ "boot-device variable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "yaboot %1 dosyasına yazılacak. Bu sürücüden açılış yapmak için SMS " -#~ "Multiboot'u kullanın." +#~ msgid "yaboot will be written to %1. A correct boot path will be prepended to boot-device variable." +#~ msgstr "yaboot %1 dosyasına yazılacak. Bu sürücüden açılış yapmak için SMS Multiboot'u kullanın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A stream file will be written to %1. Copy this file to OS400 side and " -#~ "boot with *STMF." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 dosyasına yazılacak. Bu dosyayı OS400 tarafına kopyalayıp *STMF ile " -#~ "açılış yapın." +#~ msgid "A stream file will be written to %1. Copy this file to OS400 side and boot with *STMF." +#~ msgstr "%1 dosyasına yazılacak. Bu dosyayı OS400 tarafına kopyalayıp *STMF ile açılış yapın." #~ msgid "The kernel will be written to %1. Use *NWSSTG on OS400 side." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Çekirdek %1 dosyasına yazılacak. OS400 tarafında *NWSSTG'yi kullanın." +#~ msgstr "Çekirdek %1 dosyasına yazılacak. OS400 tarafında *NWSSTG'yi kullanın." #~ msgid "The kernel will be written to slot B." #~ msgstr "Çekirdek B slotuna yazılacak." @@ -3440,17 +3307,11 @@ #~ msgid "Unknown" #~ msgstr "Bilinmiyor" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is no 41 PReP boot partition. You cannot boot from the hard disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mevcut bir 41 PReP açılış bölümü yok. Bu sabit diskten açılış " -#~ "yapamazsınız." +#~ msgid "There is no 41 PReP boot partition. You cannot boot from the hard disk." +#~ msgstr "Mevcut bir 41 PReP açılış bölümü yok. Bu sabit diskten açılış yapamazsınız." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The zImage.prep from CD1/boot must be written to a 41 PReP boot partition." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "CD1/boot dizinindeki zImage.prep dosyası 41 PReP açılış bölümüne " -#~ "yazılmalıdır." +#~ msgid "The zImage.prep from CD1/boot must be written to a 41 PReP boot partition." +#~ msgstr "CD1/boot dizinindeki zImage.prep dosyası 41 PReP açılış bölümüne yazılmalıdır." #~ msgid "Stream File for *STMF Booting" #~ msgstr "*STFM açılışı için strea dosyası" @@ -3656,14 +3517,11 @@ #~ "ya da Geçerli bölüm seçeneklerini kullanın.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "By checking Enable Boot Loader Password Protection and setting a " -#~ "password,\n" +#~ "By checking Enable Boot Loader Password Protection and setting a password,\n" #~ "protect the computer from being booted by an unauthorized person.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Açılış yükleyicisi parola koruması seçeneğini işaretleyip bir parola " -#~ "koyarak\n" -#~ "bilgisayarınızın izinsiz kişiler tarafından açılmasına engel " -#~ "olabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Açılış yükleyicisi parola koruması seçeneğini işaretleyip bir parola koyarak\n" +#~ "bilgisayarınızın izinsiz kişiler tarafından açılmasına engel olabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Forcing saving everything also forces \n" @@ -3682,11 +3540,8 @@ #~ "Diskleri BIOS'un gördüğü şekildeki sıraya göre dizin.\n" #~ "Ne yaptığınıza emin değilseniz bir değişiklik yapmayın.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "yaboot will be written to %1. Use SMS Multiboot to boot from this drive." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "yaboot %1 dosyasına yazılacak. Bu sürücüden açılış yapmak için SMS " -#~ "Multiboot'u kullanın." +#~ msgid "yaboot will be written to %1. Use SMS Multiboot to boot from this drive." +#~ msgstr "yaboot %1 dosyasına yazılacak. Bu sürücüden açılış yapmak için SMS Multiboot'u kullanın." #~ msgid "MBRs of Disks %1" #~ msgstr "%1 disklerinin ana açılış kaydı (MBR)" @@ -3835,8 +3690,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Boot Floppy: \n" -#~ "This boot floppy can be used to boot your installed system or a rescue " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "This boot floppy can be used to boot your installed system or a rescue system\n" #~ "(from the first CD-ROM or the rescue floppy).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Açılış disketi: \n" @@ -3846,29 +3700,23 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Module Floppies \n" #~ "All SuSE kernels are modularized. This means that most drivers\n" -#~ "are loaded as kernel modules on demand. Because the space on one single " -#~ "floppy\n" +#~ "are loaded as kernel modules on demand. Because the space on one single floppy\n" #~ "is not sufficient for all kernel modules, consider creating one\n" #~ "of the module floppies.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Modül disketleri \n" -#~ "Tüm SuSE çekirdekleri modüller haline getirilmiştir. Bunun anlamı, bir " -#~ "çok\n" -#~ "sürücü gerektiği anda çekirdek modülü olarak yüklenir. Tek bir disket " -#~ "üzerinde tüm\n" -#~ "çekirdek modülleri için gerekli alan olmadığından modül " -#~ "disketlerinden\n" +#~ "Tüm SuSE çekirdekleri modüller haline getirilmiştir. Bunun anlamı, bir çok\n" +#~ "sürücü gerektiği anda çekirdek modülü olarak yüklenir. Tek bir disket üzerinde tüm\n" +#~ "çekirdek modülleri için gerekli alan olmadığından modül disketlerinden\n" #~ "bir tane oluşturmalısınız.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Custom Floppy \n" -#~ "To create a floppy from another image, select Custom Floppy. You " -#~ "will\n" +#~ "To create a floppy from another image, select Custom Floppy. You will\n" #~ "be prompted for the file containing the floppy image.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Özel disket \n" -#~ "Başka bir görüntü dosyasından disket oluşturmak için Özel disket " -#~ "seçeneğini\n" +#~ "Başka bir görüntü dosyasından disket oluşturmak için Özel disket seçeneğini\n" #~ "işaretleyin. Disket görüntüsünü içeren dosya yeri size sorulacaktır.\n" # clients/bootfloppy.ycp:408 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ca-management.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ca-management.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ca-management.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -112,8 +112,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 @@ -131,11 +130,9 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -416,9 +413,7 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." msgstr "" #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) @@ -442,15 +437,13 @@ msgstr "Ayarları yaz" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 @@ -519,10 +512,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 @@ -535,9 +526,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." msgstr "" #. menu title @@ -580,8 +569,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -589,8 +577,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -691,8 +678,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" @@ -721,51 +707,37 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." msgstr "" #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " msgstr "" #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." msgstr "" #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." msgstr "" #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." msgstr "" #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." msgstr "" #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." msgstr "" #. help text 8/8 @@ -839,9 +811,7 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:2210 @@ -970,9 +940,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." msgstr "" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:44 @@ -986,16 +954,12 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." msgstr "" # include/tv/ui.ycp:398 @@ -1021,17 +985,14 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Save to finish the input." -msgstr "" -"İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." +msgstr "İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 @@ -1150,10 +1111,7 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 @@ -1164,16 +1122,12 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 @@ -1184,9 +1138,7 @@ #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." msgstr "" "Burada, DSL bağlantısı için gerken en\n" "önemli ayarları yapabilirsiniz." @@ -1466,8 +1418,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "View shows a complete description." -msgstr "" -"İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." +msgstr "İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 @@ -1532,8 +1483,7 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." msgstr "" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:44 @@ -1578,11 +1528,7 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:172 @@ -1600,19 +1546,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:172 @@ -1822,9 +1760,7 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 @@ -1833,17 +1769,14 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." msgstr "" "FTP proxy adresi dosya transfer hizmetine (FTP) erişimi sağlayan\n" "proxy sunucusunun adıdır." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." msgstr "" "Birincil kaynak birincil ad sunucusunun tam alan adını\n" "içermelidir." @@ -1851,16 +1784,12 @@ #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." msgstr "Sunucu yöneticisinin e-posta adresi" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." msgstr "" # menuentries/menuentry_runlevel.ycp:44 @@ -1896,24 +1825,17 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 @@ -1922,47 +1844,32 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." msgstr "" # @@ -2007,9 +1914,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2023,23 +1928,18 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Create to generate the certificate." -msgstr "" -"İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." +msgstr "İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2174,11 +2074,7 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 @@ -2250,9 +2146,7 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 @@ -2263,31 +2157,24 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." msgstr "" # clients/inst_environment.ycp:412 #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." msgstr "" "\n" "Emin değilseniz, seçili öntanımlı değerleri kullanın.\n" @@ -2393,16 +2280,14 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" # clients/inst_environment.ycp:412 #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" "\n" "Emin değilseniz, seçili öntanımlı değerleri kullanın.\n" @@ -2420,9 +2305,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2492,14 +2375,12 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label @@ -2757,15 +2638,12 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 @@ -2805,8 +2683,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" #. popup window header @@ -2887,8 +2764,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_load.ycp:923 @@ -3638,12 +3514,9 @@ # include/nfs/ui.ycp:175 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "For a list of Options please read the manpage mount(8)." +#~| msgid "For a list of Options please read the manpage mount(8)." #~ msgid "For more informations, please read the manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçenekler istesi için mount(8) komutunun manual (man) " -#~ "sayfasına bakınız." +#~ msgstr "Seçenekler istesi için mount(8) komutunun manual (man) sayfasına bakınız." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Export to file failed" @@ -3663,10 +3536,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "For further information about fstab please type man fstab\n" #~| "in a terminal.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Daha fazla bilgi için man fstab yardım sayfasına bakın.\n" +#~ msgid "For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual." +#~ msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi için man fstab yardım sayfasına bakın.\n" # include/nfs/routines.ycp:188 #, fuzzy Added: trunk/yast/tr/po/cio.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/cio.tr.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/cio.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +# Turkish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Görkem Çetin <gorkem(a)gelecek.com.tr>, 1999, 2000. +# Mehmet Mıdık <mmidik(a)setra.net.tr>, 2000. +# Metin Oral <moral(a)suse.de>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 10:13+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Görkem Çetin <gorkem(a)gelecek.com.tr>\n" +"Language-Team: turkish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:790 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Mevcut arayüzler" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Aygıt" + +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:758 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Kullanılan" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:438 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "hayır" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:434 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "evet" + +# classnames.ycp:108 +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Fiber kanal" + +# include/sound/ui.ycp:241 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select all" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Tümünü seç" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Dosyaa seçimi" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "R&ead Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&Okuma kanalı" + +# include/nis_server/ui.ycp:56 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Çık" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/cluster.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/cluster.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/cluster.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -193,15 +193,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" # clients/sound_complex.ycp:163 @@ -369,8 +365,7 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" @@ -394,116 +389,47 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -527,8 +453,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/control-center.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/control-center.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/control-center.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -169,9 +169,7 @@ #~ "Modülü başlatma işlemi bir kaç saniye sürebilir, lütfen bekleyiniz.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search" -#~ "\" button" +#~ msgid "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search\" button" #~ msgstr "\"Ara\" düğmesine basarak anahtar kelime aratabilirsiniz" #~ msgid "Nothing found" @@ -204,10 +202,8 @@ #~ "if the latter is the case, try to run the Control Center as root. \n" #~ "Also make sure that you do not run out of disk space. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer ilk olarak değinilen soruna sahipseniz tüm YaST2 birimlerini yeniden " -#~ "kurun;\n" -#~ "Eğer sorununuz ikincisi ise Kontrol Merkezi'ni root (Yönetici) olarak " -#~ "çalıştırın.\n" +#~ "Eğer ilk olarak değinilen soruna sahipseniz tüm YaST2 birimlerini yeniden kurun;\n" +#~ "Eğer sorununuz ikincisi ise Kontrol Merkezi'ni root (Yönetici) olarak çalıştırın.\n" #~ "Ayrıca yeterli oranda disk alanının olduğuna da emin olun." #~ msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/control.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/control.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/control.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -398,8 +398,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Sanal makine (Xen gibi yarı-sanallaştırılmış ortamlar için)" #~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Xen Sanallaştırması (Yerel X11 Standart Ayarlara Göre Yapılandırılmadı)" +#~ msgstr "Xen Sanallaştırması (Yerel X11 Standart Ayarlara Göre Yapılandırılmadı)" #~ msgid "Server Scenario" #~ msgstr "Sunucu Senaryosu" @@ -411,8 +410,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" #~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Xen Sanallaştırması (Yerel X11 Standart Ayarlara Göre Yapılandırılmadı)" +#~ msgstr "Xen Sanallaştırması (Yerel X11 Standart Ayarlara Göre Yapılandırılmadı)" # clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:162 clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:430 clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:309 #~ msgid "Desktop Selection" @@ -456,14 +454,11 @@ #~ "oyunlar, ve bilgisayarınızı yönetmeye yardımcı araçlar\n" #~ "için bir uygulama takımıdır.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "OpenSUSE istediğiniz bir masaüstü ortamını seçmenizi sağlar.En yaygın " -#~ "olarak \n" -#~ "kullanılan masaüstü ortamları GNOME ve KDE'dir ve bunlar openSUSE altında " -#~ "eşit olarak\n" +#~ "OpenSUSE istediğiniz bir masaüstü ortamını seçmenizi sağlar.En yaygın olarak \n" +#~ "kullanılan masaüstü ortamları GNOME ve KDE'dir ve bunlar openSUSE altında eşit olarak\n" #~ "desteklenirler.Her iki masaüstü ortamı da kullanımı kolay, tamamen \n" #~ "bütünleşmiş ve çekici bir yapıya sahip. Her masaüstünün farklı\n" -#~ "bir tarzı vardır bu nedenle kişisel zevkinize göre hangisi en uygun " -#~ "masaüstüyse\n" +#~ "bir tarzı vardır bu nedenle kişisel zevkinize göre hangisi en uygun masaüstüyse\n" #~ "seçebilirsiniz." #~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/country.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/country.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/country.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -59,11 +59,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"'%1' Klavye düzeni geçersizdir. 'list' komutu ile mümkün olan değerleri " -"görebilirsiniz." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "'%1' Klavye düzeni geçersizdir. 'list' komutu ile mümkün olan değerleri görebilirsiniz." # clients/inst_environment.ycp:203 #. summary item @@ -98,9 +95,7 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" msgstr "" #. heading text @@ -184,16 +179,14 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kurulum sırasında ve kurulacak sistemde\n" "kullanılacak klavye düzenini seçin.\n" "Dene bölümünde seçtiğiniz düzeni deneyebilirsiniz.\n" -"Tekrar hızı ve bekleme süresi gibi bazı ayarları Uzman Ayarları " -"bölümünden yapabilirsiniz.\n" +"Tekrar hızı ve bekleme süresi gibi bazı ayarları Uzman Ayarları bölümünden yapabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" # clients/inst_environment.ycp:412 @@ -217,23 +210,19 @@ #| "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" #| "installation and in the installed system. \n" #| "Test the layout in Test.\n" -#| "For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -#| "Settings.\n" +#| "For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" #| "\n" msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kurulum sırasında ve kurulacak sistemde\n" "kullanılacak klavye düzenini seçin.\n" "Dene bölümünde seçtiğiniz düzeni deneyebilirsiniz.\n" -"Tekrar hızı ve bekleme süresi gibi bazı ayarları Uzman Ayarları " -"bölümünden yapabilirsiniz.\n" +"Tekrar hızı ve bekleme süresi gibi bazı ayarları Uzman Ayarları bölümünden yapabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" # clients/inst_environment.ycp:417 @@ -381,11 +370,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 geçerli bir dil değil. 'list' komutu ile mümkün olan değerleri " -"görebilirsiniz." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 geçerli bir dil değil. 'list' komutu ile mümkün olan değerleri görebilirsiniz." # menuentries/menuentry_language.ycp:13 #. label text @@ -434,13 +420,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seçilen birincil ve ikincil diller için ek paketler kurulacak, ve gerekli " -"olmayan paketler de kaldırılacak.\n" +"Seçilen birincil ve ikincil diller için ek paketler kurulacak, ve gerekli olmayan paketler de kaldırılacak.\n" "" # clients/inst_language.ycp:130 @@ -499,8 +483,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kurulumu Durdur düğmesi ile istediğiniz anda kurulumdan " -"çıkabilirsiniz.\n" +"Kurulumu Durdur düğmesi ile istediğiniz anda kurulumdan çıkabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" # clients/inst_language.ycp:162 @@ -533,18 +516,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Klavye düzenini uyarla seçeneği ile klavye düzenini ana dile göre " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" -"Saat dilimini uyarla seçeneği ile de saat dilimini ana dile göre " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"Klavye düzenini uyarla seçeneği ile klavye düzenini ana dile göre ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"Saat dilimini uyarla seçeneği ile de saat dilimini ana dile göre ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -600,37 +578,27 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "root kullanıcısı için yerel ayarlar\n" -"yerelleştirme değişkenlerin (LC_*) root kullanıcısı için nasıl " -"ayarlanacağını belirler." +"yerelleştirme değişkenlerin (LC_*) root kullanıcısı için nasıl ayarlanacağını belirler." #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Sadece ctype: Root kullanıcısının sadece LC_CTYPE değeri normal " -"kullanıcılarla aynı\n" +"Sadece ctype: Root kullanıcısının sadece LC_CTYPE değeri normal kullanıcılarla aynı\n" "olur. Diğer değerler boş bırakılır. \n" -"Evet: Root kullanıcısının tüm ortam değerleri normal kullanıcılarla " -"aynı olur. \n" +"Evet: Root kullanıcısının tüm ortam değerleri normal kullanıcılarla aynı olur. \n" "Hayır: Root kullanıcısının tüm yerel ayarları boş bırakılır.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Detaylı yerelleştirme ayarları ana pencerede sunulmayan bir dil " -"için yerelleştirme ayarları yapmayı sağlar. Seçili yer için mevcut tercüme " -"bulunmayabilir." +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Detaylı yerelleştirme ayarları ana pencerede sunulmayan bir dil için yerelleştirme ayarları yapmayı sağlar. Seçili yer için mevcut tercüme bulunmayabilir." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -703,13 +671,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "Seçili dil için kaynakta az destek sağlanmıştır.\n" -"Bu dilde daha iyi destek almak için Dil Eklenti CD'sini kurulum " -"kaynaklarına\n" +"Bu dilde daha iyi destek almak için Dil Eklenti CD'sini kurulum kaynaklarına\n" "ekleyin." #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -808,28 +774,21 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Bilgisayarınızın saatinin yerel saate mi yoksa UTC'ye (Evrensel Saat " -"Koordinatına) mı ayarlanacağını\n" -"Donanım Saati Ayarı bölümünden seçin. Başka bir işletim sistemi " -"kurulu\n" +"Bilgisayarınızın saatinin yerel saate mi yoksa UTC'ye (Evrensel Saat Koordinatına) mı ayarlanacağını\n" +"Donanım Saati Ayarı bölümünden seçin. Başka bir işletim sistemi kurulu\n" "(Microsoft Windows gibi) çoğu PC için yerel saat seçilmelidir.\n" -"Sadece Linux kurulu makineler genelde Evrensel saat koordinatı'na (UTC) göre " -"ayarlanır.\n" -"Eğer donanım saati UTC'ye ayarlanmışsa sistem standart saat ile gün " -"ışığından faydalanma\n" +"Sadece Linux kurulu makineler genelde Evrensel saat koordinatı'na (UTC) göre ayarlanır.\n" +"Eğer donanım saati UTC'ye ayarlanmışsa sistem standart saat ile gün ışığından faydalanma\n" "saati arasında otomatik geçiş yapabilir.\n" "\n" @@ -848,14 +807,11 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -866,21 +822,16 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." msgstr "" -"Şu anki sistem saati ve tarihi gösterilmektedir. Bu değerleri düzgün " -"olarak ayarlayın ve\n" +"Şu anki sistem saati ve tarihi gösterilmektedir. Bu değerleri düzgün olarak ayarlayın ve\n" "Uygula düğmesine basın.\n" #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." -msgstr "" -"Sına düğmesine basarak kızılötesi kontrol aygıtını " -"sınayabilirsiniz." +msgstr "Sına düğmesine basarak kızılötesi kontrol aygıtını sınayabilirsiniz." #. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 @@ -1013,8 +964,7 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" @@ -1349,24 +1299,16 @@ msgid "US International" msgstr "Dahili bölge" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -#~ "keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX." -#~ "\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Burada yapılan ayarlar sadece konsol klavyesini etkiler. Grafik " -#~ "arayüzün klavye ayarlarını SaX gibi bir araçla yapabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.\n" +#~ msgstr "Burada yapılan ayarlar sadece konsol klavyesini etkiler. Grafik arayüzün klavye ayarlarını SaX gibi bir araçla yapabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Kilitlenecek aygıtlar için Scroll lock, Num lock ve Caps lock " -#~ "ayarlarının uygulanacağı aygıtları aralarında boşluk bırakarak " -#~ "girebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Kilitlenecek aygıtlar için Scroll lock, Num lock ve Caps lock ayarlarının uygulanacağı aygıtları aralarında boşluk bırakarak girebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" @@ -1402,14 +1344,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Saat ve Tarih" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The current system time and date are displayed. Change them to the " -#~ "correct values manually, or select a NTP server to adapt your time " -#~ "automatically. Use Configure to run the NTP client configuration.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. Change them to the correct values manually, or select a NTP server to adapt your time automatically. Use Configure to run the NTP client configuration." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Şu anki sistem saati ve tarihi gösterilmektedir. Bu değerleri düzgün " -#~ "olarak ayarlayın ve\n" +#~ "Şu anki sistem saati ve tarihi gösterilmektedir. Bu değerleri düzgün olarak ayarlayın ve\n" #~ "Uygula düğmesine basın.\n" #~ msgid "United Arab Emirates" @@ -1855,10 +1792,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "LANG Environment Settings for User root:\n" -#~ "This determines how the locale variables (LC_*) are set for the root user." -#~ "\n" -#~ "ctype only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -#~ "values\n" +#~ "This determines how the locale variables (LC_*) are set for the root user.\n" +#~ "ctype only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" #~ "are unset. \n" #~ "yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" #~ "no: root has all locale variables unset.\n" @@ -1866,13 +1801,10 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "root kullanıcısı için LANG ortam ayarları:\n" -#~ "Bu seçenek root kullanıcısı için yerel ayarların (LC_*) nasıl " -#~ "ayarlanacağını belirtir.\n" -#~ "ctype: Root kullanıcısının sadece LC_CTYPE değeri normal " -#~ "kullanıcılarla aynı\n" +#~ "Bu seçenek root kullanıcısı için yerel ayarların (LC_*) nasıl ayarlanacağını belirtir.\n" +#~ "ctype: Root kullanıcısının sadece LC_CTYPE değeri normal kullanıcılarla aynı\n" #~ "olur. Diğer değerler boş bırakılır. \n" -#~ "evet: Root kullanıcısının tüm ortam değerleri normal " -#~ "kullanıcılarla aynı olur. \n" +#~ "evet: Root kullanıcısının tüm ortam değerleri normal kullanıcılarla aynı olur. \n" #~ "hayır: Root kullanıcısının tüm yerel ayarları boş bırakılır.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1954,8 +1886,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Secondary Languages \n" -#~ "In the selection box, specify additional languages you want to use on " -#~ "your system.\n" +#~ "In the selection box, specify additional languages you want to use on your system.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -1973,11 +1904,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Ek dosya" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'%1' is not a valid language. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ID ya da TV kartı modeli. 'cards' komutu ile geçerli değerleri " -#~ "görebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "'%1' is not a valid language. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +#~ msgstr "ID ya da TV kartı modeli. 'cards' komutu ile geçerli değerleri görebilirsiniz." # clients/inst_mouse.ycp:123 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/dhcp-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/dhcp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/dhcp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -637,8 +637,7 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" @@ -872,8 +871,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" @@ -1048,8 +1046,7 @@ msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -1071,8 +1068,7 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -1096,8 +1092,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) @@ -1132,8 +1127,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1158,8 +1152,7 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1230,13 +1223,10 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1528,8 +1518,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1890,10 +1879,8 @@ "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Yapılandırılmış ifadeler</big> \n" -"Mevuct bir ifadeyi değiştirmek için seçimi yapın ve Düzenle " -"düğmesine\n" -"basın. Yeni bir ifade eklemek için yeni oluşacak ifadeyi içerecek ifadeyi " -"seçerek\n" +"Mevuct bir ifadeyi değiştirmek için seçimi yapın ve Düzenle düğmesine\n" +"basın. Yeni bir ifade eklemek için yeni oluşacak ifadeyi içerecek ifadeyi seçerek\n" "Ekle düğmesine basın.\n" "Bir ifadeyi silmek için seçimi yaparak Sil düğmesine basın." @@ -1909,8 +1896,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Gelişmiş özellikler</big> \n" "DHCP sunucusunun kayıt dosyasını değiştirmek,\n" -"sunucunun dinlediği ağ arayüzlerini değiştirmek ya da Dinamik DNS " -"güncellemelerinde\n" +"sunucunun dinlediği ağ arayüzlerini değiştirmek ya da Dinamik DNS güncellemelerinde\n" "kimlik doğrulama için kullanılan TSIG anahtarlarını yönetmek için\n" "Gelişmiş düğmesini kullanın." @@ -2034,10 +2020,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>TSIG anahtarı</big> \n" "Dinamik DNS güncellemeleri yapmak için kimlik doğrulama anahtarı ayarlanmış\n" -"olmalıdır. Bu işlem için gerekli anahtarı TSIG anahtarı ile " -"yapabilirsiniz.\n" -"Bu anahtar DHCP ve DNS sunucuları için aynı olmalıdır. İleri ve geri " -"bölgeler için \n" +"olmalıdır. Bu işlem için gerekli anahtarı TSIG anahtarı ile yapabilirsiniz.\n" +"Bu anahtar DHCP ve DNS sunucuları için aynı olmalıdır. İleri ve geri bölgeler için \n" "anahtarı belirtin." #. help text 3/4 @@ -2058,13 +2042,11 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Güncellenecek bölgeler</big> \n" -"Güncellenecek ileri ve geri bölgelerini seçin. Her ikisi için de birincil " -"isim\n" +"Güncellenecek ileri ve geri bölgelerini seçin. Her ikisi için de birincil isim\n" "sunucusunu da belirleyin. Eğer isim sunucusu DHCP sunucusu ile aynı\n" "makine üzerine çalışıyorsa bu alanları boş bırakabilirsiniz." @@ -2072,10 +2054,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" @@ -2084,8 +2064,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ağ kartı seçimi</big> \n" "Üzerinde DHCP sunucusu çalıştırılacak ağ kartını seçin." @@ -2151,10 +2130,8 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "" -"Baskı sunucusu ile öntanımlı baskı sunucusu ayarlanabilir." +msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "Baskı sunucusu ile öntanımlı baskı sunucusu ayarlanabilir." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2168,12 +2145,10 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"Öntanımlı hat süresi değeri ile verilen IP'nin ne kadar süre " -"sonra\n" +"Öntanımlı hat süresi değeri ile verilen IP'nin ne kadar süre sonra\n" "eskiyip istemcinin yeni IP istemesinin sağlanması ayarlanır." #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 @@ -2191,16 +2166,14 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IP adres aralığı</big> \n" "Burada istemcilere hat olarak verilecek İlk IP adresi ve\n" -"Son IP adresi değerlerini girin. Bu adresler aynı ağ maskesine " -"uymalıdır.\n" +"Son IP adresi değerlerini girin. Bu adresler aynı ağ maskesine uymalıdır.\n" "Örneğin, 192.168.1.1 ve 192.168.1.64" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 @@ -2223,8 +2196,7 @@ "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." msgstr "" "En yüksek hat süresi (isteğe bağlı) seçeneği ile bir IP'nin DHCP\n" -"sunucusunda bir istemci için bloke edileceği en yüksek süre ayarlanabilir.</" -"p>" +"sunucusunda bir istemci için bloke edileceği en yüksek süre ayarlanabilir." #. Help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 @@ -2903,8 +2875,7 @@ #~ "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" #~ "These values must be IP addresses." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Birincil ad sunucusu IP'si ve İkincil ad sunucusu IP'si\n" +#~ "Birincil ad sunucusu IP'si ve İkincil ad sunucusu IP'si\n" #~ "DHCP istemcileri için ad sunucularını belirtir.\n" #~ "Değerler IP adresleri olmalıdır." @@ -2992,8 +2963,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Group Name</big> \n" -#~ "Set the name of the group of declarations. It is just for your " -#~ "identification.\n" +#~ "Set the name of the group of declarations. It is just for your identification.\n" #~ "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Grup adı</big> \n" @@ -3022,8 +2992,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Dynamic DNS</big> \n" -#~ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Dinamik DNS</big> \n" #~ "Bu subnet'teki makineler için dinamik DNS ayarlayacaksanız\n" @@ -3046,14 +3015,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" #~ "Here, set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -#~ "that should leased to the clients. These addresses must match the same " -#~ "netmask.\n" +#~ "that should leased to the clients. These addresses must match the same netmask.\n" #~ "For instance, 192.168.1.1 and 192.168.1.64" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>IP adres aralığı</big> \n" #~ "Burada istemcilere hat olarak verilecek İlk IP adresi ve\n" -#~ "Son IP adresi değerlerini girin. Bu adresler aynı ağ maskesine " -#~ "uymalıdır.\n" +#~ "Son IP adresi değerlerini girin. Bu adresler aynı ağ maskesine uymalıdır.\n" #~ "Örneğin, 192.168.1.1 ve 192.168.1.64" #~ msgid "" @@ -3146,8 +3113,7 @@ #~ "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." #~ msgstr "" #~ "En yüksek hat süresi (isteğe bağlı) seçeneği ile bir IP'nin DHCP\n" -#~ "sunucusunda bir istemci için bloke edileceği en yüksek süre ayarlanabilir." -#~ "" +#~ "sunucusunda bir istemci için bloke edileceği en yüksek süre ayarlanabilir." #~ msgid "Time Server" #~ msgstr "Zaman sunucusu" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/dns-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/dns-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/dns-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -586,19 +586,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Ad sunucusu (dolaylı, ya da bir noktayla biten ve alan adını içeren tam isim)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Ad sunucusu (dolaylı, ya da bir noktayla biten ve alan adını içeren tam isim)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"E-Posta sunucusu (dolaylı, ya da bir noktayla biten ve alan adıyla birlikte " -"tam isim)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "E-Posta sunucusu (dolaylı, ya da bir noktayla biten ve alan adıyla birlikte tam isim)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -638,8 +633,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "An interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" -msgstr "" -"Daha fazla yönetilemeyecek bölge kayıtları sonrasında geçmesi gerek süre" +msgstr "Daha fazla yönetilemeyecek bölge kayıtları sonrasında geçmesi gerek süre" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated @@ -662,10 +656,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"DNS kaynağı kayıt değeri, 'example.org' un A kaydı için '192.0.34.166' gibi" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "DNS kaynağı kayıt değeri, 'example.org' un A kaydı için '192.0.34.166' gibi" # include/nfs/ui.ycp:83 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -1612,8 +1604,7 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" @@ -1710,8 +1701,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry @@ -1808,8 +1798,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Başlama işleminden çıkılyor</big> \n" -"Çıkış düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz." +"Çıkış düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -1870,8 +1859,7 @@ "DNS bölge ayarlarını düzenlemek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi\n" "seçin ve Düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" "Yeni bir DNS bölgesi eklemek için Ekle düğmesine,\n" -"yapılandırılmış bir DNS bölgesini kaldırmak için Sil düğmesine basın." -"" +"yapılandırılmış bir DNS bölgesini kaldırmak için Sil düğmesine basın." #. help 4/4 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 @@ -1914,8 +1902,7 @@ "<big>Dinamik DNS bölge güncellemeleri</big> \n" "Bölgeler DHCP sunucusu tarafından yeni atanan IP adresleri sayesinde\n" "otomatik olarak güncellenebilir. DDNS güncellemelerini etkinleştirmek\n" -"için Dinamik güncellemelere izin ver seçeneği ile TSIG anahtarı</" -"b>'nı\n" +"için Dinamik güncellemelere izin ver seçeneği ile TSIG anahtarı'nı\n" "ayarlayın. Bu anahtar DHCP ve DNS sunucuları için aynı olmalıdır." #. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1953,10 +1940,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>Ana sunucular</big> \n" @@ -1969,33 +1954,28 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" "<big>Alan türü</big> \n" "Bu ad sunucusunu bu bölge dahilinde ana veri kaynağı olarak atamak için\n" "Ana sunucu seçeneğini, bağımlı ad sunucusu olarak atamak için\n" -"Bağımlı seçeneğini kullanın. Ana sunucudan alınan verileri aynen " -"iletecek\n" -"bir sunucu aynalaması için Ayna sunucusu seçeneğini seçebilirsiniz.</" -"p>" +"Bağımlı seçeneğini kullanın. Ana sunucudan alınan verileri aynen iletecek\n" +"bir sunucu aynalaması için Ayna sunucusu seçeneğini seçebilirsiniz." #. help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -#| "DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -#| "back.\n" +#| "DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" #| "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" #| "addresses (select Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" #| "(select Reverse)." msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" @@ -2012,8 +1992,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Interface Classes</big> \n" -#| "Select through which interface classes access to the DNS server should " -#| "be\n" +#| "Select through which interface classes access to the DNS server should be\n" #| "allowed. The interface classes are defined in the\n" #| "firewall configuration component." msgid "" @@ -2071,8 +2050,7 @@ "Primary Source must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server." msgstr "" -"Birincil kaynak birincil ad sunucusunun alan adıyla birlikte tam " -"adını\n" +"Birincil kaynak birincil ad sunucusunun alan adıyla birlikte tam adını\n" "içermelidir." #. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail @@ -2092,14 +2070,12 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed " -#| "on\n" +#| "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" #| "master servers (so slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" #| "entire zone)." msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "Seri numara bir bölgenin ana sunucu üzerinde değiştirilip\n" @@ -2124,8 +2100,7 @@ "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" "Yineleme sayısı ayarı ile bağımlı sunucuların ana sunucudan\n" -"yaptığı senkronizasyon işlemi başarısız olursa bu işlemin kaç kez " -"yinelenmesi\n" +"yaptığı senkronizasyon işlemi başarısız olursa bu işlemin kaç kez yinelenmesi\n" "gerektiğini belirlenir." #. help text 8/9 - Expiry @@ -2135,10 +2110,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Eskime süresi bağımlı sunuculardaki bölgelerin tekrar senkronize " -"edilene\n" -"kadar isteklere cevap vermeyecek durumda kalması için geçecek süreye denir.</" -"p>" +"Eskime süresi bağımlı sunuculardaki bölgelerin tekrar senkronize edilene\n" +"kadar isteklere cevap vermeyecek durumda kalması için geçecek süreye denir." #. help text 9/9 - Minimum #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 @@ -2148,8 +2121,7 @@ "negative answers (name resolution failed)." msgstr "" "En az süresi bağımlı sunucuların negatif cevapları ne kadar\n" -"süre boyunca önbellekte tutacakları belirlenir (başarısız ad çözümlemeleri)." -"" +"süre boyunca önbellekte tutacakları belirlenir (başarısız ad çözümlemeleri)." #. ddns keys dialog #. help text 1/1 @@ -2158,18 +2130,15 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>TSIG anahtar yönetimi</big> \n" "Dinamik bölge güncellemeleri için kullanılacak TSIG\n" "anahtarlarını belirleyin. Yeni bir TSIG anahtarı eklemek\n" "için Dosya adı bölümünü ya da düGöz atğmesi ni\n" -"kullanın ve Ekle düğmesine basın. Mevcut bir TSIG anahtarını silmek " -"için\n" +"kullanın ve Ekle düğmesine basın. Mevcut bir TSIG anahtarını silmek için\n" "listeden seçin ve Sil düğmesine basın.\n" " " @@ -2233,10 +2202,8 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Yeni bir yönlendirici eklemek için IP adresini girip Ekle " -"düğmesine\n" -"basın. Yapılandırılmış bir yönlendiriciyi silmek için de seçip Sil " -"düğmesine basın." +"Yeni bir yönlendirici eklemek için IP adresini girip Ekle düğmesine\n" +"basın. Yapılandırılmış bir yönlendiriciyi silmek için de seçip Sil düğmesine basın." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -2278,26 +2245,20 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sistem kaydında tut seçeneği ile DNS sunucu kayıt mesajlarının sistem " -"kaydında\n" -"tutulmasını sağlayabilirsiniz. DNS sunucu kaydının ayrı bir dosyada " -"tutulması için\n" +"Sistem kaydında tut seçeneği ile DNS sunucu kayıt mesajlarının sistem kaydında\n" +"tutulmasını sağlayabilirsiniz. DNS sunucu kaydının ayrı bir dosyada tutulması için\n" "Dosyaya kayıt tut seçeneğini seçip\n" "Dosya adı ve En yüksek boyut bilgilerini girin.\n" "DNS sunucusu eski kayıt dosyalarının otomatik olarak üzerine yazacaktır.\n" -"En fazla sürüm sayısı seçeneği ile en fazla kaç dosya " -"kaydedilebileceğini\n" +"En fazla sürüm sayısı seçeneği ile en fazla kaç dosya kaydedilebileceğini\n" "belirtebilirsiniz.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 @@ -2305,13 +2266,10 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "In Additional Logging,\n" -#| "set which loggable actions should be logged. Common actions are always " -#| "logged.\n" -#| "Log All DNS Queries logs all queries from clients to the DNS " -#| "server.\n" +#| "set which loggable actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" +#| "Log All DNS Queries logs all queries from clients to the DNS server.\n" #| "Log Zone Updates logs when DNS has been updated.\n" -#| "Log Zone Transfers logs when zone is completely transferred to " -#| "the \n" +#| "Log Zone Transfers logs when zone is completely transferred to the \n" #| "secondary\n" #| "name server.\n" msgid "" @@ -2324,14 +2282,10 @@ "name server.\n" msgstr "" "Ek kayıt tut bölümünde\n" -"kaydı tutulacak diğer işleri seçebilirsiniz. Normal durumların kaydı her " -"zaman tutulur.\n" -"Tüm DNS sorgulamalarını kaydet ile istemcilerden DNS sunucusuna " -"yapılan\n" -"tüm sorguların, Tüm bölge güncellemelerini kaydet ile DNS " -"güncellemelerinin, \n" -"Bölge aktarımlarını kaydet ile de bölgenin bir bütün olarak bağımlı " -"ad sunucusuna\n" +"kaydı tutulacak diğer işleri seçebilirsiniz. Normal durumların kaydı her zaman tutulur.\n" +"Tüm DNS sorgulamalarını kaydet ile istemcilerden DNS sunucusuna yapılan\n" +"tüm sorguların, Tüm bölge güncellemelerini kaydet ile DNS güncellemelerinin, \n" +"Bölge aktarımlarını kaydet ile de bölgenin bir bütün olarak bağımlı ad sunucusuna\n" "taşınmasının kaydını tutabilirsiniz.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 @@ -2358,8 +2312,7 @@ "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" "Yeni bir ACL girdisi için Ad ve Değer girip Ekle\n" -"düğmesine basın. Mevcut bir ACL girdisini silmek için girdiyi seçip Sil</" -"b>\n" +"düğmesine basın. Mevcut bir ACL girdisini silmek için girdiyi seçip Sil\n" "düğmsine basın.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 @@ -2381,8 +2334,7 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" "Daha önceden oluşturulmuş bir anahtar eklemek için Dosya adını\n" "girip (ya da Bak düğmesi ile seçip) Ekle düğmesine basın. \n" @@ -2411,8 +2363,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "Yeni bir ACL girdisi için Ad ve Değer girip Ekle\n" @@ -2422,19 +2373,15 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "Yeni bir bölge eklemek için Bölge adı ve Bölge türü\n" "değerlerini girip Ekle düğmesine basın. \n" -"Tersine bir bölge eklemek için Bölge Adı için tersine IP adresinin " -"bir bölümünden\n" -"sonra .in-addr.arpa girin. (örneğin, <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ağı " -"için\n" +"Tersine bir bölge eklemek için Bölge Adı için tersine IP adresinin bir bölümünden\n" +"sonra .in-addr.arpa girin. (örneğin, <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ağı için\n" " <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> girip Ekle düğmesine basın.)\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 @@ -2442,10 +2389,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2453,10 +2398,8 @@ msgstr "" "Yeni bir bölge eklemek için Bölge adı ve Bölge türü\n" "değerlerini girip Ekle düğmesine basın. \n" -"Tersine bir bölge eklemek için Bölge Adı için tersine IP adresinin " -"bir bölümünden\n" -"sonra .in-addr.arpa girin. (örneğin, <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ağı " -"için\n" +"Tersine bir bölge eklemek için Bölge Adı için tersine IP adresinin bir bölümünden\n" +"sonra .in-addr.arpa girin. (örneğin, <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ağı için\n" " <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> girip Ekle düğmesine basın.)\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 @@ -2467,18 +2410,15 @@ "mail servers, select it, and click Edit.\n" "To remove a configured zone, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Bölge aktarımı, ad ya da posta sunucuları gibi bölge ayarlarını " -"değiştirmek için\n" +"Bölge aktarımı, ad ya da posta sunucuları gibi bölge ayarlarını değiştirmek için\n" "bölgeyi seçip Bölgeyi düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" -"Yapılandırılmış bir bölgeyi silmek için de seçip Bölgeyi sil " -"düğmesine basın.\n" +"Yapılandırılmış bir bölgeyi silmek için de seçip Bölgeyi sil düğmesine basın.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS ve bölge aktarımı</big> \n" @@ -2494,10 +2434,8 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Bölgenin dinamik olarak güncellenmesi için Dinamik güncellemelere izin " -"ver\n" -"seçeneğini işaretleyip TSIG anahtarını seçin. Bölgenin dinamik " -"olarak\n" +"Bölgenin dinamik olarak güncellenmesi için Dinamik güncellemelere izin ver\n" +"seçeneğini işaretleyip TSIG anahtarını seçin. Bölgenin dinamik olarak\n" "güncellenmesi için en azından bir TSIG anahtarı belirtilmelidir.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 @@ -2512,8 +2450,7 @@ "\n" "Bölgenin aktarımına izin vermek için Bölge aktarımına izin ver\n" "seçeneğini işaretleyip aktarım sırasında uzak makinenin kontrol edeceği\n" -"ACL'leri seçin. Bölge aktarımı için en azından bir ACL " -"belirtilmelidir." +"ACL'leri seçin. Bölge aktarımı için en azından bir ACL belirtilmelidir." #. Zone Editor - Help #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 @@ -2536,15 +2473,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>NS kayıtları</big> \n" "Yeni bir ad sunucusu eklemek için ad sunucusunun adresini girip Ekle\n" -"düğmesine basın. Listelenmiş sunuculardan birini silmek için de sunucuyu " -"seçip\n" +"düğmesine basın. Listelenmiş sunuculardan birini silmek için de sunucuyu seçip\n" "Sil düğmesine basın.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers @@ -2573,8 +2508,7 @@ msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "Seri numara bir bölgenin ana sunucu üzerinde değiştirilip\n" @@ -2597,10 +2531,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Eskime süresi bağımlı sunuculardaki bölgelerin tekrar senkronize " -"edilene\n" -"kadar isteklere cevap vermeyecek durumda kalması için geçecek süreye denir.</" -"p>" +"Eskime süresi bağımlı sunuculardaki bölgelerin tekrar senkronize edilene\n" +"kadar isteklere cevap vermeyecek durumda kalması için geçecek süreye denir." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 @@ -2633,8 +2565,7 @@ "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Her tür kayıt için RFC dökümanlarında özel yazım kuralları belirlenmiştir.</" -"p>\n" +"Her tür kayıt için RFC dökümanlarında özel yazım kuralları belirlenmiştir.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 @@ -2663,27 +2594,22 @@ "Kayıt anahtarı bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" "ya da nokta ile biten -alan adıyla birlikte tam- bir makine adıdır.\n" "Değer, bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" -"ya da nokta ile biten tam bir makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil " -"edilmelidir.\n" +"ya da nokta ile biten tam bir makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil edilmelidir.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "NS: Ad sunucusu:\n" -"Kayıt anahtarı şu anki bölgeye göre dolaylı bir bölge adı ya da nokta " -"ile\n" -"biten bir alan adıdır. Değer bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir " -"makine adı\n" -"ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil " -"edilmelidir.\n" +"Kayıt anahtarı şu anki bölgeye göre dolaylı bir bölge adı ya da nokta ile\n" +"biten bir alan adıdır. Değer bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" +"ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil edilmelidir.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 @@ -2698,8 +2624,7 @@ "Kayıt anahtarı bölgeye bağlı bir makine veya bölge adı, ya da\n" "nokta ile biten tam bir alan veya makine adıdır.\n" "Değer bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" -"ya da nokta ile biten tam bir makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil " -"edilmelidir.\n" +"ya da nokta ile biten tam bir makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil edilmelidir.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 @@ -2707,8 +2632,7 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2716,14 +2640,11 @@ msgstr "" "PTR: Tersine tercüme:\n" "Kayıt anahtarı, bir nokta ile biten (IP adresinden oluşturulmuş)\n" -"tam bir tersine bölge adı (örneğin <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> için <tt>1.0.168.192." -"in-addr.arpa.</tt>)\n" +"tam bir tersine bölge adı (örneğin <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> için <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>)\n" "ya da şu anki bölgeye göre göreceli bir tersine bölge adı\n" -"(örneğin <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> bölgesindeki <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> " -"IP adresi\n" +"(örneğin <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> bölgesindeki <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> IP adresi\n" "için <tt>1</tt>) olabilir.\n" -"Değer, nokta ile biten ve alan alan adını içeren tam bir makine " -"adıdır.\n" +"Değer, nokta ile biten ve alan alan adını içeren tam bir makine adıdır.\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 @@ -2805,8 +2726,7 @@ "<big>Bölge aktarımı</big> \n" "Bölgenin aktarımına izin vermek için Bölge aktarımına izin ver\n" "seçeneğini işaretleyip aktarım sırasında uzak makinenin kontrol edeceği\n" -"ACL'leri seçin. Bölge aktarımı için en azından bir ACL " -"belirtilmelidir." +"ACL'leri seçin. Bölge aktarımı için en azından bir ACL belirtilmelidir." #. forward zone help text 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 @@ -3293,20 +3213,15 @@ #~ "it cannot answer.\n" #~ "For a dial-up connection, it can be useful\n" #~ "to allow the PPP daemon to update the forwarders after the connection\n" -#~ "is established. For this, select PPP Daemon Sets Forwarders. To " -#~ "update forwarders\n" +#~ "is established. For this, select PPP Daemon Sets Forwarders. To update forwarders\n" #~ "only manually, select Set Forwarders Manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Yönlendiriciler</big> \n" -#~ "Yönlendiriciler kendi DNS sunucunuzun cevap veremediği sorguları " -#~ "yönlendireceği\n" +#~ "Yönlendiriciler kendi DNS sunucunuzun cevap veremediği sorguları yönlendireceği\n" #~ "DNS sunucularıdır.\n" -#~ "Çevirmeli ağ bağlantıları için, bağlantı kurulduktan sonra PPP " -#~ "daemon'unun yönlendiricileri\n" -#~ "güncellemesi için Yönlendiricileri PPP daemon'u belirlesin " -#~ "seçeneğini işaretlemeniz\n" -#~ "faydalı olabilir. Yönlendiricileri sadece el ile güncellemek için " -#~ "Yönlendiricileri el ile ata\n" +#~ "Çevirmeli ağ bağlantıları için, bağlantı kurulduktan sonra PPP daemon'unun yönlendiricileri\n" +#~ "güncellemesi için Yönlendiricileri PPP daemon'u belirlesin seçeneğini işaretlemeniz\n" +#~ "faydalı olabilir. Yönlendiricileri sadece el ile güncellemek için Yönlendiricileri el ile ata\n" #~ "seçeneğini işaretleyin.\n" #~ msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." @@ -3378,15 +3293,13 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" #~ "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -#~ "For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -#~ "'192.168.32.1'.\n" +#~ "For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "%1 ters IPv4 adresi geçerli değil.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Geçerli ters IPv4, 0-255 aralığında bulunan 4 tamsayının, noktalarla\n" #~ "ayrılarak, arkasına '.in-addr.arpa.' eklenmesiyle oluşur.\n" -#~ "Örneğin, IPv4 adresi 192.168.21.1 olan bilgisayar için, '1.32.168.192.in-" -#~ "addr.arpa.' yazılır.\n" +#~ "Örneğin, IPv4 adresi 192.168.21.1 olan bilgisayar için, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' yazılır.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" @@ -3394,8 +3307,7 @@ #~ "such as 'host.example.org.'.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dolaylı bilgisayar adı %1 , %2 bölgesiyle kullanılamıyor.\n" -#~ "Nokta ile tamamlanan ve alan adını da içeren tam bir bilgisayar adı " -#~ "girin, \n" +#~ "Nokta ile tamamlanan ve alan adını da içeren tam bir bilgisayar adı girin, \n" #~ "örneğin 'host.example.org.' gibi.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3416,14 +3328,12 @@ #~ "Invalid SOA record.\n" #~ "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" #~ "A BIND time type consists of numbers and the case-insensitive\n" -#~ "suffixes W, D, H, M, and S. Time in seconds is allowed without the " -#~ "suffix.\n" +#~ "suffixes W, D, H, M, and S. Time in seconds is allowed without the suffix.\n" #~ "Enter values such as 12H15m, 86400, or 1W30M.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geçersiz SOA kaydı.\n" #~ "%1 BIND zamanı şeklinde olmalıdır.\n" -#~ "BIND zaman şekli, numaralar ve W,D,H,M ve S duyarlı harflerinden " -#~ "kurulmuştur.\n" +#~ "BIND zaman şekli, numaralar ve W,D,H,M ve S duyarlı harflerinden kurulmuştur.\n" #~ "Zaman saniye ise, son ek kullanmaya gerek yoktur.\n" #~ "Değerleri 12H15m, 86400 veya 1W30M şeklinde giriniz.\n" @@ -3485,14 +3395,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Firewall ayarlarını &uyarla" #~ msgid "" -#~ "To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone " -#~ "Type,\n" +#~ "To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" #~ "and click Add.\n" -#~ "To add a new reverse zone, enter a part of reverse IP address followed " -#~ "by\n" +#~ "To add a new reverse zone, enter a part of reverse IP address followed by\n" #~ "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -#~ "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" #~ "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" #~ "To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" #~ "mail servers, select it then click Edit Zone.\n" @@ -3500,17 +3407,12 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yeni bir bölge eklemek için Bölge adı ve Bölge türü\n" #~ "değerlerini girip Ekle düğmesine basın. \n" -#~ "Tersine bir bölge eklemek için bölge adı için tersine IP adresinin " -#~ "bir bölümünden\n" -#~ "sonra <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> girin (örneğin, <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ağı " -#~ "için\n" -#~ " <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt>), Bölge türü'nü seçin ve Ekle</" -#~ "b> düğmesine basın.\n" -#~ "Bir bölgenin aktarım, ad ve e-posta sunucuları gibi ayarlarını " -#~ "değiştirmek için bölgeyi seçip\n" +#~ "Tersine bir bölge eklemek için bölge adı için tersine IP adresinin bir bölümünden\n" +#~ "sonra <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> girin (örneğin, <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ağı için\n" +#~ " <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt>), Bölge türü'nü seçin ve Ekle düğmesine basın.\n" +#~ "Bir bölgenin aktarım, ad ve e-posta sunucuları gibi ayarlarını değiştirmek için bölgeyi seçip\n" #~ "Bölgeyi düzenle düğmesini kullanın.\n" -#~ "Yapılandırılmış bir bölgeyi silmek için bölgeyi seçip Bölgeyi sil</" -#~ "b> düğmesine basın. \n" +#~ "Yapılandırılmış bir bölgeyi silmek için bölgeyi seçip Bölgeyi sil düğmesine basın. \n" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1225 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1283 #~ msgid "" @@ -3618,24 +3520,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Additional Logging</big> \n" -#~ "Set which loggable actions should be logged. Common actions are always " -#~ "logged. \n" -#~ "Log Named Queries logs all queries from clients to the DNS server." -#~ " \n" +#~ "Set which loggable actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged. \n" +#~ "Log Named Queries logs all queries from clients to the DNS server. \n" #~ "Log Zone Updates logs when the DNS has been updated. \n" -#~ "Log Zone Transfers logs when zone is completely transferred to " -#~ "secondary\n" +#~ "Log Zone Transfers logs when zone is completely transferred to secondary\n" #~ "name server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ek kayıt tut</big> \n" -#~ "Kaydı tutulabilecek diğer durumları seçebilirsiniz. Normal durumların " -#~ "kaydı her zaman\n" +#~ "Kaydı tutulabilecek diğer durumları seçebilirsiniz. Normal durumların kaydı her zaman\n" #~ "tutulur. \n" -#~ "Adlandırılmış sorgular ile istemcilerden DNS sunucusuna yapılan " -#~ "sorguların, Bölge güncellemeleri ile DNS güncellemelerinin," -#~ " \n" -#~ "Bölge aktarımları ile de bölge bir bütün olarak başka bir ad " -#~ "sunucusuna taşınmasının\n" +#~ "Adlandırılmış sorgular ile istemcilerden DNS sunucusuna yapılan sorguların, Bölge güncellemeleri ile DNS güncellemelerinin, \n" +#~ "Bölge aktarımları ile de bölge bir bütün olarak başka bir ad sunucusuna taşınmasının\n" #~ "kaydını tutabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3652,10 +3547,8 @@ #~ "before allowing the zone to be updated dynamically.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Dinamik DNS</big> \n" -#~ "Bölgenin dinamik olarak güncellenmesi için Dinamik güncellemelere izin " -#~ "ver\n" -#~ "seçeneğini işaretleyip TSIG anahtarını seçin. Bölgenin dinamik " -#~ "olarak\n" +#~ "Bölgenin dinamik olarak güncellenmesi için Dinamik güncellemelere izin ver\n" +#~ "seçeneğini işaretleyip TSIG anahtarını seçin. Bölgenin dinamik olarak\n" #~ "güncellenmesi için en azından bir TSIG anahtarı belirtilmelidir.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3668,22 +3561,18 @@ #~ "<big>Bölge aktarımı</big> \n" #~ "Bölgenin aktarımına izin vermek için Bölge aktarımına izin ver\n" #~ "seçeneğini işaretleyip aktarım sırasında uzak makinenin kontrol edeceği\n" -#~ "ACL'leri seçin. Bölge aktarımı için en azından bir ACL " -#~ "belirtilmelidir." +#~ "ACL'leri seçin. Bölge aktarımı için en azından bir ACL belirtilmelidir." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -#~ "To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -#~ "b>. \n" +#~ "To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add. \n" #~ "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" #~ "Delete.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>NS kayıtları</big> \n" -#~ "Yeni bir ad sunucusu eklemek için ad sunucusunun adresini girip Ekle</" -#~ "b> düğmesine\n" +#~ "Yeni bir ad sunucusu eklemek için ad sunucusunun adresini girip Ekle düğmesine\n" #~ "basın. \n" -#~ "Listelenmiş sunuculardan birini silmek için de seçip Sil düğmesine " -#~ "basın.\n" +#~ "Listelenmiş sunuculardan birini silmek için de seçip Sil düğmesine basın.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>MX Records</big> \n" @@ -3695,8 +3584,7 @@ #~ "<big>MX kayıtları</big> \n" #~ "Yeni bir e-posta sunucusu eklemek için e-posta sunucu adresini ve\n" #~ "önceliğini girip Ekle düğmesine basın. \n" -#~ "Listelenmiş sunuculardan birini silmek için seçip Sil düğmesine " -#~ "basın.\n" +#~ "Listelenmiş sunuculardan birini silmek için seçip Sil düğmesine basın.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name \n" @@ -3710,43 +3598,36 @@ #~ "Kayıt anahtarı bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" #~ "ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır.\n" #~ "Değer bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" -#~ "ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil " -#~ "edilmelidir.\n" +#~ "ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil edilmelidir.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "MX -- Mail Relay \n" #~ "Record Key is a host or zone name relative to the current zone\n" #~ "or an absolute host or zone name followed by a dot.\n" -#~ "Value is a host name relative to the current zone or fully " -#~ "qualified\n" +#~ "Value is a host name relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" #~ "host name followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "MX -- E-posta relay \n" #~ "Kayıt anahtarı bölge içinde bir makine veya bölge adı ya da\n" #~ "nokta ile biten bir alan veya makine adıdır.\n" #~ "Değer bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" -#~ "ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil " -#~ "edilmelidir.\n" +#~ "ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil edilmelidir.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "PTR -- Reverse Translation \n" #~ "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from IP address)\n" #~ "followed by a dot\n" -#~ "(e.g., 1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa. for IP address 192.168.0.1</" -#~ "i>)\n" +#~ "(e.g., 1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa. for IP address 192.168.0.1)\n" #~ " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" #~ "(e.g., 1 for IP address 192.168.0.1 in zone\n" #~ "0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.).\n" #~ "Value is a fully qualified host name followed by a dot.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "PTR -- Tersine tercüme \n" -#~ "Kayıt anahtarı tam bir tersine bölge adı ve (IP adresinden " -#~ "oluşturulup) bir\n" -#~ "nokta ile biten (örneğin 192.168.0.1 için 1.0.168.192.in-addr." -#~ "arpa.)\n" +#~ "Kayıt anahtarı tam bir tersine bölge adı ve (IP adresinden oluşturulup) bir\n" +#~ "nokta ile biten (örneğin 192.168.0.1 için 1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.)\n" #~ "ya da şu anki bölgeye göre göreceli bir tersine bölge adı\n" -#~ "(örneğin 0.168.192.in-addr.arpa. bölgesinde 192.168.0.1 IP " -#~ "adresi\n" +#~ "(örneğin 0.168.192.in-addr.arpa. bölgesinde 192.168.0.1 IP adresi\n" #~ "için 1) olabilir.\n" #~ "Değer nokta ile biten bir makine adıdır.\n" @@ -3817,8 +3698,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" #~ "To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n" -#~ "Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot " -#~ "jail\n" +#~ "Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" #~ "is more secure and strongly recommended." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" @@ -3828,37 +3708,28 @@ #~ "önerilir." #~ msgid "" -#~ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" #~ "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yeni bir yönlendirici eklemek için IP adresini girip Ekle</" -#~ "b> düğmesine\n" -#~ "basın. Yapılandırılmış bir yönlendiriciyi silmek için de seçip Sil " -#~ "düğmesine basın." +#~ "Yeni bir yönlendirici eklemek için IP adresini girip Ekle düğmesine\n" +#~ "basın. Yapılandırılmış bir yönlendiriciyi silmek için de seçip Sil düğmesine basın." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Log Type</big> \n" -#~ "Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to system " -#~ "log.\n" +#~ "Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to system log.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select Log to " -#~ "File and specify the File Name to which to save the log and \n" +#~ "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select Log to File and specify the File Name to which to save the log and \n" #~ "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -#~ "The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum " -#~ "Versions\n" +#~ "The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" #~ "to specify how many files with the log should be saved.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Kayıt türü</big> \n" -#~ "Sistem kaydında tut seçeneği ile DNS sunucu kayıt mesajlarının " -#~ "sistem kaydında\n" +#~ "Sistem kaydında tut seçeneği ile DNS sunucu kayıt mesajlarının sistem kaydında\n" #~ "tutulmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ "DNS sunucu kaydının ayrı bir dosyada tutulması için Dosyaya kayıt tut</" -#~ "b> seçip\n" +#~ "DNS sunucu kaydının ayrı bir dosyada tutulması için Dosyaya kayıt tut seçip\n" #~ "Dosya adı ve En yüksek boyut bilgilerini girin.\n" -#~ "DNS sunucusu kayıt dosyalarını otomatik olarak çevirecektir. En yüksek " -#~ "sürüm\n" +#~ "DNS sunucusu kayıt dosyalarını otomatik olarak çevirecektir. En yüksek sürüm\n" #~ "seçeneği ile kayıt ile kaç dosya kaydedileceğini belirtebilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3866,8 +3737,7 @@ #~ "Each Type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Kayıt ayarları</big> \n" -#~ "Her Tür kayıt için RFC dökümanlarında özel yazım kuralları " -#~ "belirlenmiştir." +#~ "Her Tür kayıt için RFC dökümanlarında özel yazım kuralları belirlenmiştir." #~ msgid "Starting the DNS daemon failed." #~ msgstr "DNS daemon'u başlatılamadı." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/drbd.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/drbd.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/drbd.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -179,8 +179,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -228,30 +227,19 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -259,47 +247,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -309,20 +275,16 @@ msgstr "<big>Bağlantı yapılandırması</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/fcoe-client.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/fcoe-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/fcoe-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -50,15 +50,17 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "NFS istemcisi" +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:434 #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "evet" +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:438 #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "hayır" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 @@ -225,7 +227,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Evet" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -233,7 +235,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hayır" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1542 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1573 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1695 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1883 #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) @@ -309,7 +311,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sürücü" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -387,8 +389,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 @@ -435,8 +436,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<big>Adding a Modem:</big> \n" #| "Choose a modem from the list of detected modems. If your modem was not\n" -#| "autodetected, use Other (not detected). Then press Configure</" -#| "b>.\n" +#| "autodetected, use Other (not detected). Then press Configure.\n" #| "" msgid "" "<big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big> \n" @@ -473,9 +473,7 @@ #| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" #| "Select the connection to edit or delete from the list.\n" #| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." msgstr "" "<big>Düzenleme ya da silme</big> \n" "Değiştirmek ya da silmek istediğiniz bağlantıyı seçip\n" @@ -483,18 +481,12 @@ #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." msgstr "" #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 @@ -510,30 +502,17 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." msgstr "" # clients/sound.ycp:138 @@ -545,9 +524,7 @@ #| "To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n" #| "Then press Edit.\n" #| "\n" -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." msgstr "" "\n" "Bir kartın yapılandırmasını değiştirmek için, kartı seçin.\n" @@ -569,9 +546,7 @@ #| "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" #| "These settings are written into the file /etc/sysconfig/language.\n" #| "\n" -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." msgstr "" "\n" "Burada dil modülünün ince ayarlarını yapabilirsiniz.\n" @@ -582,10 +557,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" #. edit dialog help 1/3 @@ -595,20 +567,12 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." msgstr "" #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." msgstr "" #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -667,15 +631,9 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To configure the Samba client, the %1 package must be installed." -#| "" -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması " -"gerekir." +#| msgid "To configure the Samba client, the %1 package must be installed." +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall-services.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall-services.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall-services.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -27,8 +27,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -136,9 +135,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." msgstr "" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:181 menuentries/menuentry_nfs_server.ycp:23 @@ -150,9 +147,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." msgstr "" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:181 menuentries/menuentry_nfs_server.ycp:23 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -258,8 +258,7 @@ "\n" "Custom'i kullanarak <tt>any</tt> gibi özel dizgeler girin.\n" "Ayrıca, burada henüz yapılandırılmamış olan arayüzler de girebilirsiniz.\n" -"Eğer maskelemeye ihtiyaç duyarsanız, <tt>any</tt> dizgesine izin verilmez.</" -"p>\n" +"Eğer maskelemeye ihtiyaç duyarsanız, <tt>any</tt> dizgesine izin verilmez.\n" "\n" "Her ağ aygıtı bir güvenlik duvarı bölgesine atanmalıdır.\n" "Atanmamış arayüzler üzerinden trafik engellenir.\n" @@ -285,17 +284,14 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>İzin Verilen Hizmetler</big>\n" -" Burada, ağdan ulaşılabilir olması gereken hizmetleri ya da geçitleri " -"belirtin.\n" +" Burada, ağdan ulaşılabilir olması gereken hizmetleri ya da geçitleri belirtin.\n" "Ağlar, güvenlik duvarı bölgelerine ayrılır.\n" "\n" "Bir hizmete izin vermek için, Bölge'yi ve \n" @@ -303,34 +299,27 @@ "İzin verilen bir hizmeti kaldırmak için, Bölge'yi ve \n" "İzin Verilen Hizmet'i seçin sonra da Kaldır'a basın.\n" "\n" -"Güvenlik Duvarını Dahili Bölgeden Koru'nun seçimini iptal ederek, " -"bölgeden \n" -"korumayı kaldırın. Bu bölgeden tüm hizmetler ve geçitler korumasız olacaktır." -"\n" +"Güvenlik Duvarını Dahili Bölgeden Koru'nun seçimini iptal ederek, bölgeden \n" +"korumayı kaldırın. Bu bölgeden tüm hizmetler ve geçitler korumasız olacaktır.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Ek ayarlar Gelişmiş kullanılarak yapılabilir.\n" -"Girdiler bir boşlukla ayrılmalıdır. Burada TCP, UDP, ve RPC geçitlerine ve " -"IP iletişim\n" +"Girdiler bir boşlukla ayrılmalıdır. Burada TCP, UDP, ve RPC geçitlerine ve IP iletişim\n" "kurallarına izin verebilirsiniz.\n" "TCP ve UDP geçitleri geçit adları (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" -"geçit numaraları (<tt>3128</tt>) ve geçit aralıklarıyla (<tt>8000:8520</tt>) " -"girilebilir.\n" -"RPC geçitleri hizmet adlarıyla girilmelidir (<tt>portmap</tt> ya da " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"geçit numaraları (<tt>3128</tt>) ve geçit aralıklarıyla (<tt>8000:8520</tt>) girilebilir.\n" +"RPC geçitleri hizmet adlarıyla girilmelidir (<tt>portmap</tt> ya da <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "IP iletişim kurallarını iletişim kuralı adıyla girin (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -338,17 +327,14 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Maskeleme</big>\n" -" Maskeleme, dahili ağınızı güvenlik duvarınızın arkasına saklayan ve " -"dahili ağınızın\n" +" Maskeleme, dahili ağınızı güvenlik duvarınızın arkasına saklayan ve dahili ağınızın\n" "harici ağa, internet gibi, bağlanmasına izin veren bir işlevdir.\n" "Harici ağdan dahili ağa yapılan istekler engellenir.\n" "Ağlarınızı harici ağdan saklamak için Ağları Maskele'yi\n" @@ -359,80 +345,55 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form." -"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Harici ağdan yapılan isteklerin dahili ağınıza ulaşamamasına rağmen, " -"güvenlik duvarınız\n" -"üzerinden istenen her hangi bir geçidi şeffaf olarak herhangi bir dahili " -"IP'ye yönlendirebilirsiniz.\n" -"Yeni bir yönlendirme kuralı eklemek için, Ekle'ye basın ve " -"yönlendirme formunu tamamlayın.\n" +"Harici ağdan yapılan isteklerin dahili ağınıza ulaşamamasına rağmen, güvenlik duvarınız\n" +"üzerinden istenen her hangi bir geçidi şeffaf olarak herhangi bir dahili IP'ye yönlendirebilirsiniz.\n" +"Yeni bir yönlendirme kuralı eklemek için, Ekle'ye basın ve yönlendirme formunu tamamlayın.\n" "\n" -"Herhangi bir yönlendirme kuralını kaldırmak için, tablodan seçin ve " -"Kaldır'a basın.\n" +"Herhangi bir yönlendirme kuralını kaldırmak için, tablodan seçin ve Kaldır'a basın.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Yayım Yapılandırması</big>\n" -" Yayım paketleri, komşu bilgisayarları bulmak ya da ağdaki her " -"bilgisayara bilgi göndermek için yollanan\n" +" Yayım paketleri, komşu bilgisayarları bulmak ya da ağdaki her bilgisayara bilgi göndermek için yollanan\n" "özel UDP paketleridir.\n" -"Mesela, CUPS sunucuları, yayım paketlerini kullanarak yazdırma kuyruğu " -"hakkında bilgi sağlarlar.\n" +"Mesela, CUPS sunucuları, yayım paketlerini kullanarak yazdırma kuyruğu hakkında bilgi sağlarlar.\n" "\n" -"İzin verilen arayüzlerde seçilen SuSEfirewall2 hizmetleri, gerekli yayım " -"geçitlerini buraya\n" -"otomatik olarak eklerler. Herhangi birini kaldırmak ya da başka bir tane " -"eklemek için, o bölgeye ait boşluk tuşuyla ayrılmış geçitlerin listesini " -"düzenleyin.\n" +"İzin verilen arayüzlerde seçilen SuSEfirewall2 hizmetleri, gerekli yayım geçitlerini buraya\n" +"otomatik olarak eklerler. Herhangi birini kaldırmak ya da başka bir tane eklemek için, o bölgeye ait boşluk tuşuyla ayrılmış geçitlerin listesini düzenleyin.\n" "\n" -"Bırakılan diğer yayım paketleri günlüklenir. Daha geniş ağlarda çok daha " -"fazla paket olabilirdi.\n" -"Bu paketlerin günlüklemesini engellemek için Kabul Edilmeyen Paketleri " -"Günlükle\n" +"Bırakılan diğer yayım paketleri günlüklenir. Daha geniş ağlarda çok daha fazla paket olabilirdi.\n" +"Bu paketlerin günlüklemesini engellemek için Kabul Edilmeyen Paketleri Günlükle\n" "seçneği istenilen bölgeler için kaldırılmalıdır\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" @@ -440,103 +401,75 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPsec Desteği</big>\n" -" IPsec, güvenilmeyen ağlar aracılığıyla, internet gibi, güvenilen " -"makineler arasında şifrelenmiş\n" -"bir haberleşmedir. Bu konuşma penceresi, Açık'ı kullanarak dahili bir " -"bölge için\n" +" IPsec, güvenilmeyen ağlar aracılığıyla, internet gibi, güvenilen makineler arasında şifrelenmiş\n" +"bir haberleşmedir. Bu konuşma penceresi, Açık'ı kullanarak dahili bir bölge için\n" "IPsec'i açar.\n" "\n" -"Ayrıntılar, şifresi çözülmüş IPsec paketlerini nası lbaşarıyla " -"kullanacağınızı\n" +"Ayrıntılar, şifresi çözülmüş IPsec paketlerini nası lbaşarıyla kullanacağınızı\n" "ayarlar. Mesela, iç bölgedenmiş gibi değerlendirilebilirler.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Günlükleme Düzeyi</big>\n" -" Bu, IP paket günlükleme ayarları için bir temel yapılandırma " -"penceresidir. Burada,\n" -"gelen bağlantı paketleri için günlüklemeyi yapılandırın. Dışarı gidenler hiç " -"günlüklenmez.\n" +" Bu, IP paket günlükleme ayarları için bir temel yapılandırma penceresidir. Burada,\n" +"gelen bağlantı paketleri için günlüklemeyi yapılandırın. Dışarı gidenler hiç günlüklenmez.\n" "\n" -"Günlüklenen iki grup IP paketi vardır: Kabul Edilen Paketler ve " -"Kabul Edilmeyen Paketler.\n" -"Her grubun günlüklemesinin 3 düzeyinden birini seçebilirsiniz: Tümünü " -"Günlükle her paketi\n" -"günlükler, Sadece Kritik Olanı Günlükle sadece ilginç olanları " -"günlükler, ya da Hiç Günlükleme\n" -"hiç bir şeyi günlüklemez. En azından kabul edilen kritik paketleri " -"günlüklemeniz önerilir.\n" +"Günlüklenen iki grup IP paketi vardır: Kabul Edilen Paketler ve Kabul Edilmeyen Paketler.\n" +"Her grubun günlüklemesinin 3 düzeyinden birini seçebilirsiniz: Tümünü Günlükle her paketi\n" +"günlükler, Sadece Kritik Olanı Günlükle sadece ilginç olanları günlükler, ya da Hiç Günlükleme\n" +"hiç bir şeyi günlüklemez. En azından kabul edilen kritik paketleri günlüklemeniz önerilir.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Özet</big>\n" " Burada, yapılandırma ayarlarınızın bir özetini bulabilirsiniz.\n" -"Bu özet, genel yapılandırma ve her güvenlik duvarı bölgesi için farklı " -"bölümlere ayrılır.\n" +"Bu özet, genel yapılandırma ve her güvenlik duvarı bölgesi için farklı bölümlere ayrılır.\n" "Varolan her bölge burada özetlenir.\n" "\n" -"Güvenlik Duvarı Başlıyor güvenlik duvarının başlangıçta mı " -"yoksa sadece elle mi başlatıldığını gösterir..\n" +"Güvenlik Duvarı Başlıyor güvenlik duvarının başlangıçta mı yoksa sadece elle mi başlatıldığını gösterir..\n" "\n" -"Güvenlik duvarı bölgelerinin aşağıdaki ögeleri özetlerinde göstermek için " -"atanmış bir ağ arayüzünün olması gerekir:\n" +"Güvenlik duvarı bölgelerinin aşağıdaki ögeleri özetlerinde göstermek için atanmış bir ağ arayüzünün olması gerekir:\n" "\n" -"Arayüzler: Tüm arayüzler, yapılandırma adı ve aygıt adı ile " -"listelenir.\n" +"Arayüzler: Tüm arayüzler, yapılandırma adı ve aygıt adı ile listelenir.\n" "\n" -"Hizmetleri, Geçitleri ve İletişim Kurallarını Aç: Bu, izin verilen " -"tüm ağ hizmetlerini,\n" -"ek TCP (Aktarım Kontrolü İletişim Kuralı), UDP (Kullanıcı Verilem İletişim " -"Kuralı), ve RPC (Uzaktan\n" -"Yordam Çağrısı) geçitlerini ve IP (Internet İletişim Kuralı) iletişim " -"kurallarını listeler.\n" +"Hizmetleri, Geçitleri ve İletişim Kurallarını Aç: Bu, izin verilen tüm ağ hizmetlerini,\n" +"ek TCP (Aktarım Kontrolü İletişim Kuralı), UDP (Kullanıcı Verilem İletişim Kuralı), ve RPC (Uzaktan\n" +"Yordam Çağrısı) geçitlerini ve IP (Internet İletişim Kuralı) iletişim kurallarını listeler.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 @@ -556,8 +489,7 @@ "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>." msgstr "" "TCP Geçitleri ve UDP Geçitleri geçit numaralarının,\n" -"geçit adlarının ya da geçit aralıklarının boşluklarla ayrılmış listesi " -"olarak girilebilir.\n" +"geçit adlarının ya da geçit aralıklarının boşluklarla ayrılmış listesi olarak girilebilir.\n" "örn: <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> ya da <tt>137:139</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 @@ -565,12 +497,10 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "RPC Geçitleri RPC hizmetlerinin bir listesidir, örn.,\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> ya da <tt>portmap</tt> (boşluklarla " -"ayrılmış olarak)." +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> ya da <tt>portmap</tt> (boşluklarla ayrılmış olarak)." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -582,19 +512,16 @@ "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers." msgstr "" "IP İletişim Kuralları bir iletişim kuralları listesidir.\n" -"örn: <tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt> ya da <tt>chaos</tt> (boşluklarla " -"ayrılmış).\n" +"örn: <tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt> ya da <tt>chaos</tt> (boşluklarla ayrılmış).\n" "Şu anki iletişim kurallarının bir listesini\n" -"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers konumunda bulabilirsiniz.</" -"p>" +"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers konumunda bulabilirsiniz." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -612,17 +539,14 @@ "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file." msgstr "" "Geçit adı geçit numarasına IANA organizasyonu tarafından atanmış\n" -"bir addır. Bir geçit numarasına atanmış birden fazla geçit adı olabilir. Şu " -"anda\n" -"kullanımda olan atamaları <tt>/etc/services</tt> file dosyasında " -"bulabilirsiniz." +"bir addır. Bir geçit numarasına atanmış birden fazla geçit adı olabilir. Şu anda\n" +"kullanımda olan atamaları <tt>/etc/services</tt> file dosyasında bulabilirsiniz." #. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 @@ -1230,9 +1154,7 @@ msgstr "Kontrol dosyası tanımlanmamış" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" msgstr "" # clients/sound_manual.ycp:41 @@ -1276,8 +1198,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Yapılandırma yazıldıktan sonra güvenlik duvarı durdurulacak" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1398,8 +1319,7 @@ msgstr "" "%1\n" "ek hizmet ayarlarınız\n" -"yanlış gibi görünüyor. Girdiler virgül yerine boşluk karekterleriyle " -"ayrılmalıdır\n" +"yanlış gibi görünüyor. Girdiler virgül yerine boşluk karekterleriyle ayrılmalıdır\n" "virgüllere izin verilmez.\n" "\n" "Şu anki ayarları kullanmak istediğinizden emin misiniz?" @@ -1410,8 +1330,7 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." msgstr "Maskeleme, en az bir dahili arayüz ve bir başka arayüze ihtiyaç duyar." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message @@ -1669,8 +1588,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "" -"Geçit (port) adı ya da numarası; virgülle ayrılmış birden fazla geçit (port)" +msgstr "Geçit (port) adı ya da numarası; virgülle ayrılmış birden fazla geçit (port)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 @@ -2152,9 +2070,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Yapılandırma yazıldıktan sonra güvenlik duvarı çalışıyor olacak" #~ msgid "Firewall will not be running after the configuration gets written" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yapılandırma yazıldıktan sonra güvenlik duvarı güvenlik duvarı çalışmıyor " -#~ "olacak" +#~ msgstr "Yapılandırma yazıldıktan sonra güvenlik duvarı güvenlik duvarı çalışmıyor olacak" #~ msgid "&When Booting" #~ msgstr "Açılışta" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/firstboot.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/firstboot.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/firstboot.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -48,10 +48,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -233,10 +231,8 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " -"start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" "Uzman kullanıcılar şu anda tüm SuSE yapılandırma modüllerini\n" @@ -319,8 +315,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kurulumu Durdur düğmesi ile istediğiniz anda kurulumdan " -"çıkabilirsiniz.\n" +"Kurulumu Durdur düğmesi ile istediğiniz anda kurulumdan çıkabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #. error message @@ -500,6 +495,5 @@ #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçilen dil yazı modunda kullanılamaz. Kurulum için İngilizce " -#~ "kullanılacak,\n" +#~ "Seçilen dil yazı modunda kullanılamaz. Kurulum için İngilizce kullanılacak,\n" #~ "seçilen dil yeni sistemde etkinleştirilecektir." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ftp-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ftp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ftp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -96,8 +96,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" msgstr "&Kimlik doğrulama ve kullanıcı kaynakları" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -121,9 +120,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -133,16 +130,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -152,9 +145,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -266,8 +257,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -1489,8 +1479,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -1521,8 +1510,7 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Selected Service \n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1581,8 +1569,7 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "\n" @@ -1657,10 +1644,8 @@ msgid "" "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" "Anonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1679,8 +1664,7 @@ "Anonymous Can Upload \n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1689,10 +1673,8 @@ msgid "" "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" msgstr "" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1782,8 +1764,7 @@ "Security Settings \n" "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1987,15 +1968,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access.\n" +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access." +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." msgstr "" #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" @@ -2021,9 +1998,7 @@ #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." msgstr "" #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both @@ -2055,9 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 @@ -2234,8 +2207,7 @@ #~ "FTP Directory is directory which is used for FTP users.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "İskelet dizini \n" -#~ "Bu dizinin içeriği yeni bir kullanıcı eklendiğinde o kullanıcının kendi " -#~ "ev dizinine kopyalanır.\n" +#~ "Bu dizinin içeriği yeni bir kullanıcı eklendiğinde o kullanıcının kendi ev dizinine kopyalanır.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2252,8 +2224,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Kimlik doğrulama \n" -#~ "Buradan sisteminizdeki kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz\n" +#~ "Buradan sisteminizdeki kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini seçebilirsiniz\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/geo-cluster.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/geo-cluster.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/geo-cluster.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -94,17 +94,18 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ekle" +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Düzenle" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Silinecek" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 @@ -116,7 +117,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TAMAM" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 @@ -288,14 +289,15 @@ msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" msgstr "" +# menuentries/menuentry_sendmail.ycp:33 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Güvenlik Duvarı Yapılandırması" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başlatılıyor..." #. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 @@ -325,7 +327,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Önceki ayarları oku" #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" @@ -335,13 +337,14 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Önceki ayarlar okunuyor..." +# clients/lan_inetd.ycp:54 clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:792 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:146 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:158 #. Progress finished #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sonlandı" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster write dialog caption @@ -354,7 +357,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarları yaz" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 @@ -364,7 +367,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar yazılıyor..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 @@ -375,7 +378,7 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar yazılamıyor." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast @@ -386,45 +389,49 @@ #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Veri tabanını oku" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aygıtları algıla" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Veri tabanı okunuyor..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aygıtlar algılanıyor..." +# +# clients/cups.ycp:147 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Veritabanı okunamıyor." +# +# clients/cups.ycp:147 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "database2 okunamadı." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aygıtlar algılanamadı." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i çalıştır" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig çalıştırılıyor..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yapılandırma özeti ..." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/gtk.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/gtk.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/gtk.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -215,13 +215,17 @@ msgid "Exit" msgstr "Çık" +# include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:44 +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:51 #: src/YGUtils.cc:643 msgid "Back" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geri" +# include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:52 include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:130 +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:47 #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İleri" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 #, fuzzy @@ -632,13 +636,8 @@ #~ msgstr "&Dışarıya ver" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependencies resolver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bağımlılık çözücüsündeki hataları incelemek için bununla geniş günlük " -#~ "dosyaları oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu günlük dosyaları <tt>%1</tt> " -#~ "dizininde saklanacaktır." +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." +#~ msgstr "Bağımlılık çözücüsündeki hataları incelemek için bununla geniş günlük dosyaları oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu günlük dosyaları <tt>%1</tt> dizininde saklanacaktır." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" @@ -655,19 +654,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu <tt>%1</tt> dosyasına yazıldı.</" -#~ "p>Bugzilla'ya gönderilmek için <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> dosyası " -#~ "oluşturulsun mu?" +#~ msgstr "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu <tt>%1</tt> dosyasına yazıldı.Bugzilla'ya gönderilmek için <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> dosyası oluşturulsun mu?" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" #~ "Please check disk space and permissions for:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir hata meydana " -#~ "geldiLütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol " -#~ "edin" +#~ msgstr "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir hata meydana geldiLütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol edin" #~ msgid "&Import..." #~ msgstr "&Dışarıdan al..." @@ -1442,15 +1435,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Paket kategorileri" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is " -#~ "recommended it be installed.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is recommended it be installed.)" #~ msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve kurulmayacaktır." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is suggested</" -#~ "b> it be installed.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is suggested it be installed.)" #~ msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve kurulmayacaktır." #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/http-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/http-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/http-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -370,8 +370,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -396,30 +395,22 @@ #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80." +msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." msgstr "" #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." msgstr "" #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." msgstr "" #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press Finish." +msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." msgstr "" #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 @@ -427,8 +418,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Yapılandırmayı sonlandır</big>\n" "Yapılandırmayı bitirmeden önce yapılan ayarları kontrol edin.\n" @@ -440,8 +430,7 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>HTTP sunucu modüllerinin düzenlenmesi</big> \n" @@ -454,8 +443,7 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" -"p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" msgstr "" "Bir modülün durumunu değiştirmek için\n" "tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçip Durum aç/kapa düğmesine basın.\n" @@ -474,13 +462,11 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -#| "Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactive it, " -#| "choose\n" +#| "Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactive it, choose\n" #| "Disabled.\n" msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>HTTP sunucu ayarları</big> \n" @@ -496,10 +482,8 @@ "The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Firewall'da seçili portları aç seçeneğini etkinleştirmeniz " -"halinde\n" -"YaST2'ye Apache2'nin dinlediği portları firewall için ayarlaması " -"gerektiğini\n" +"Firewall'da seçili portları aç seçeneğini etkinleştirmeniz halinde\n" +"YaST2'ye Apache2'nin dinlediği portları firewall için ayarlaması gerektiğini\n" "belirtirsiniz. Firewall'un arabirimlerinde bir değişiklik yapılmayacaktır.\n" "Bu seçenek sadece firewall etkinse mevcuttur.\n" @@ -533,28 +517,21 @@ #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " -"change settings." -msgstr "" -"Ayarları değiştirmek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçip Düzenle " -"düğmesine basın." +msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." +msgstr "Ayarları değiştirmek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçip Düzenle düğmesine basın." #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 #, fuzzy msgid "Log Files displays server log files." -msgstr "" -"Kayıt dosyaları sunucu kayıt dosyalarının gösterilmesini sağlar.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Kayıt dosyaları sunucu kayıt dosyalarının gösterilmesini sağlar." #. hosts list help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" @@ -568,48 +545,37 @@ #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " -"Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Bir makineyi değiştirmek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçin ve " -"Düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" -"Yeni bir makine eklemek için Ekle düğmesini, bir makineyi silmek için " -"de Sil düğmesini kullanın." +"Bir makineyi değiştirmek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçin ve Düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" +"Yeni bir makine eklemek için Ekle düğmesini, bir makineyi silmek için de Sil düğmesini kullanın." #. host editing help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Makine yapılandırması</big> \n" -"Makine ayarlarını düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve " -"Düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" -"Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için Ekle düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek " -"için de Sil düğmesini kullanın." +"Makine ayarlarını düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve Düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" +"Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için Ekle düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek için de Sil düğmesini kullanın." #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -"b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Host için dinleme ayarları</big> \n" @@ -619,15 +585,11 @@ #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Bir girdiyi düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve Düzenle</" -"b> düğmesine basın.\n" -"Yeni bir girdi eklemek için Ekle düğmesini, bir girdiyi silmek için " -"de Sil düğmesini kullanın." +"Bir girdiyi düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve Düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" +"Yeni bir girdi eklemek için Ekle düğmesini, bir girdiyi silmek için de Sil düğmesini kullanın." #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 @@ -646,30 +608,24 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Genel davranış SSL seçeneği ile belirlenir. Makine ya hiç SSL\n" "desteğine sahip olmaz (SSL desteği yok), ya hem SSL hem de normal\n" -"bağlantıları kabul eder (SSL mevcut), ya da sadece SSL " -"bağlantılarını\n" +"bağlantıları kabul eder (SSL mevcut), ya da sadece SSL bağlantılarını\n" "kabul eder (SSL gerekli).\n" "\n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Bir seçeneği değiştirmek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçin ve " -"Düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" -"Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için Ekle düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek " -"için de Sil düğmesini kullanın." +"Bir seçeneği değiştirmek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçin ve Düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" +"Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için Ekle düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek için de Sil düğmesini kullanın." #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -693,16 +649,14 @@ "Note: If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Not: Eğer bir makine için SSL'i etkinleştirirseniz mod_ssl " -"modülü\n" +"Not: Eğer bir makine için SSL'i etkinleştirirseniz mod_ssl modülü\n" "sunucu tarafından yüklenmelidir.\n" #. new host dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Yeni makine</big> \n" "Burada yeni sanal makine için temel bilgileri girebilirsiniz." @@ -712,8 +666,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" @@ -734,20 +687,16 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Sunucu çözümlemesi</big> \n" "Apache 2 bir HTTP isteği için hangi sanal makine ayarlarını kullanacağını\n" "belirlemelidir. Prensipte iki temel yaklaşım vardır. Eğer gelen istekteki\n" -"HTTP başlıkları kullanılırsa sunucu başlıkta belirtilen makine adını " -"arar.\n" -"Diğer yöntem ise sunucuya bağlanan istemcinin IP adresini " -"belirlemektir.\n" +"HTTP başlıkları kullanılırsa sunucu başlıkta belirtilen makine adını arar.\n" +"Diğer yöntem ise sunucuya bağlanan istemcinin IP adresini belirlemektir.\n" "Ayrıntılar için Apache 2 dökümanlarına bakabilirsiniz.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 @@ -755,8 +704,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Yeni makine</big> \n" "Burada yeni sanal makine için temel bilgileri girebilirsiniz." @@ -765,8 +713,7 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 @@ -780,10 +727,7 @@ #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." msgstr "" #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 @@ -917,12 +861,8 @@ #. notification about package needed 1/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "" -"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması " -"gerekir." +msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." +msgstr "HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #. notification about package needed 2/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 @@ -1017,8 +957,7 @@ #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" -msgstr "" -"Otomatik kurulum için bir modül bilinmeyen bir şekilde değiştirilmiş: %1" +msgstr "Otomatik kurulum için bir modül bilinmeyen bir şekilde değiştirilmiş: %1" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560 @@ -1693,12 +1632,8 @@ msgstr "Medya türü ve isteme metoduna göre CGI komut dosyalarını çalıştırır." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Döküman ağacı ve adres yönlendirmesi için ana makinenin dosya sisteminin " -"farklı bölümlerini birleştirir." +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Döküman ağacı ve adres yönlendirmesi için ana makinenin dosya sisteminin farklı bölümlerini birleştirir." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 #, fuzzy @@ -1725,8 +1660,7 @@ msgstr "Yazı dosyaları yardımıyla kimlik doğrulaması sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "Unix'in ls komutuna benzer şekilde dizin listeleri oluşturur" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 @@ -1736,9 +1670,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"\"Bölü işareti ile sonlanan\" adreslerin yönlendirmesini ve dizin katalog " -"dosyalarının sunumunu sağlar" +msgstr "\"Bölü işareti ile sonlanan\" adreslerin yönlendirmesini ve dizin katalog dosyalarının sunumunu sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" @@ -1746,8 +1678,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Kullanıcı tarafından belirlenen şekilde HTTP eskime başlıklarını oluşturur" +msgstr "Kullanıcı tarafından belirlenen şekilde HTTP eskime başlıklarını oluşturur" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" @@ -1758,24 +1689,16 @@ msgstr "Sunucuya yapılan isteklerin kaydını tutar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" -msgstr "" -"Dosyanın davranış ve içeriğine göre dosya uzantılarının ilişkilendirilmesini " -"sağlar" +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "Dosyanın davranış ve içeriğine göre dosya uzantılarının ilişkilendirilmesini sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "İçerik anlaşmalarını sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Yapılan isteğin karakteristiğine göre ortam değişkenlerinin ayarlanmasını " -"sağlar" +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Yapılan isteğin karakteristiğine göre ortam değişkenlerinin ayarlanmasını sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" @@ -1783,8 +1706,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" -msgstr "" -"CGI komut dosyalarının belli kullanıcı ve gruplar olarak çalışmasını sağlar" +msgstr "CGI komut dosyalarının belli kullanıcı ve gruplar olarak çalışmasını sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 msgid "User-specific directories" @@ -1803,12 +1725,8 @@ msgstr "MD5 kullanıcı kimliği doğrulama sistemi" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"HTTP temel kimlik doğrulama veritabanının bir LDAP dizininde saklanmasını " -"sağlar" +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "HTTP temel kimlik doğrulama veritabanının bir LDAP dizininde saklanmasını sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" @@ -1839,12 +1757,8 @@ msgstr "Protokol modüllerini tanımlamak için basit bir echo sunucusu" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"İsteğe verilecek cevabı istemciye ulaştırmadan önce harici bir uygulamadan " -"geçirir" +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "İsteğe verilecek cevabı istemciye ulaştırmadan önce harici bir uygulamadan geçirir" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" @@ -1863,22 +1777,16 @@ msgstr "Sunucu yapılandırmasına kapsamlı bir bakış sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"Diğer LDAP modülleri için LDAP bağlantı havuzu ve sonuç saklama servisleri" +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "Diğer LDAP modülleri için LDAP bağlantı havuzu ve sonuç saklama servisleri" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Her istekte giren ve çıkan byte sayısının kaydını tutar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "" -"Bir dosyanın içeriğindeki bir kaç byte'a bakarak o dosyanın MIME türünü " -"belirler" +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "Bir dosyanın içeriğindeki bir kaç byte'a bakarak o dosyanın MIME türünü belirler" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" @@ -1902,27 +1810,20 @@ msgstr "mod_proxy için HTTP destek modülü" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"İstenen URL'lerin o anda yazılması için kural tabanlı yeniden yazma motoru " -"sağlar" +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "İstenen URL'lerin o anda yazılması için kural tabanlı yeniden yazma motoru sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "Kullanıcıların yanlış yazmış olabileceği URL'leri düzeltmeyi dener" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" msgstr "SSL ve TSL protokollerini kullanarak güçlü şifreleme sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "" -"Her istek için kendine özgü bir belirtece sahip bir ortam değişkeni oluşturur" +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "Her istek için kendine özgü bir belirtece sahip bir ortam değişkeni oluşturur" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 #, fuzzy @@ -2030,8 +1931,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -#~ "kesebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "The list of options presents\n" @@ -2062,8 +1962,7 @@ #~ "Note: If you enable use of SSL for a host, the mod_ssl \n" #~ "module should be loaded by the server.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Not: Eğer bir makine için SSL'i etkinleştirirseniz mod_ssl</" -#~ "i> modülü\n" +#~ "Not: Eğer bir makine için SSL'i etkinleştirirseniz mod_ssl modülü\n" #~ "sunucu tarafından yüklenmelidir.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2096,12 +1995,8 @@ #~ msgid "Only \"defaulthost\" can be specified as the host to configure" #~ msgstr "Yapılandırılacak host olarak sadece \"defaulthost\" seçilebilir" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the host to configure. Only \"defaulthost\" is valid at the " -#~ "moment." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yapılandırılacak host'un adı. Şu anda sadece \"defaulthost\" mevcut " -#~ "durumda." +#~ msgid "Name of the host to configure. Only \"defaulthost\" is valid at the moment." +#~ msgstr "Yapılandırılacak host'un adı. Şu anda sadece \"defaulthost\" mevcut durumda." #~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" #~ msgstr "SuSEconfig'i çalıştır" @@ -2117,8 +2012,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -#~ "the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the " -#~ "DNS name returned as a part\n" +#~ "the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" #~ "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" #~ "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" #~ "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" @@ -2147,17 +2041,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "By enabling Open Firewall on Selected Ports, \n" -#~ "instruct YaST2 to adapt the firewall according the ports where Apache2 " -#~ "listens. \n" +#~ "instruct YaST2 to adapt the firewall according the ports where Apache2 listens. \n" #~ "The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n" #~ "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Firewall'da seçili portları aç seçeneğini etkinleştirmeniz " -#~ "halinde\n" -#~ "YaST2'ye Apache2'nin dinlediği portları firewall için ayarlaması " -#~ "gerektiğini\n" -#~ "belirtirsiniz. Firewall'un arabirimlerinde bir değişiklik " -#~ "yapılmayacaktır.\n" +#~ "Firewall'da seçili portları aç seçeneğini etkinleştirmeniz halinde\n" +#~ "YaST2'ye Apache2'nin dinlediği portları firewall için ayarlaması gerektiğini\n" +#~ "belirtirsiniz. Firewall'un arabirimlerinde bir değişiklik yapılmayacaktır.\n" #~ "Bu seçenek sadece firewall etkinse mevcuttur.\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/inetd.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/inetd.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/inetd.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -440,8 +440,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işleminin durdurulması:</BIG> \n" -"Durdur düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini şu anda güvenli bir " -"şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Durdur düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini şu anda güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 @@ -492,8 +491,7 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>Hizmet durumu:</big> \n" "--- ile işaretli hizmetler kapalı (kilitli) durumdadır.\n" @@ -503,12 +501,10 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Hizmet durumunu değiştirme:</big> \n" -"Açmak ya da kapamak istediğiniz hizmeti seçin ve Durum değiştir(Aç/kapat)" -" düğmesine basın.\n" +"Açmak ya da kapamak istediğiniz hizmeti seçin ve Durum değiştir(Aç/kapat) düğmesine basın.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -539,13 +535,11 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Yapılandırmanın durdurulması:</big>\n" "Durdur düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı durdurabilirsiniz.\n" -"Bu durumda yaptığınız değişiklikler değerlendirilmeyecek ve orijinal " -"yapılandırmaya dönülecektir.\n" +"Bu durumda yaptığınız değişiklikler değerlendirilmeyecek ve orijinal yapılandırmaya dönülecektir.\n" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:100 #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. @@ -589,12 +583,8 @@ # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:113 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Burada kısa tanımlar vardır, ayrıntılar için info xinetd.conf " -"dosyasına bakın.\n" +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgstr "Burada kısa tanımlar vardır, ayrıntılar için info xinetd.conf dosyasına bakın.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -614,21 +604,17 @@ msgstr "" "Soket türü, hizmetin stream tabanlı olmasına, datagram tabanlı\n" "olmasına, IP'ye direk erişim gerektirmesine ya da güvenilir sıralı datagram\n" -"iletimi gerektirmesine göre stream, dgram, raw ya da seqpacket olabilir.</" -"p>\n" +"iletimi gerektirmesine göre stream, dgram, raw ya da seqpacket olabilir.\n" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:124 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Protokol, /etc/protocols dosyasında belirtilen geçerli bir " -"protokol\n" -"olmalıdır. Örnek olarak tcp,udp,rpc/tcp ya da rpc/" -"udp verilebilir.\n" +"Protokol, /etc/protocols dosyasında belirtilen geçerli bir protokol\n" +"olmalıdır. Örnek olarak tcp,udp,rpc/tcp ya da rpc/udp verilebilir.\n" "\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 @@ -648,8 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bekle/bekleme girdisi ile hizmetin tek bir iş biriminden\n" "(thread) mi yoksa çoklu iş birimlerinden mi oluşacağını, ve bağlantıyı\n" -"xinetd'nin mi yoksa sunucu programın mı kabul edeceğini " -"belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"xinetd'nin mi yoksa sunucu programın mı kabul edeceğini belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" "Eğer değer evet ise hizmet tek iş biriminden oluşacaktır. Bu da,\n" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:134 @@ -674,8 +659,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Sunucu programı bölümüne sokete bir istek geldiğinde\n" -"süpersunucu tarafından çalıştırılacak programı girin. Bu " -"programaerilebilecek parametreleri Sunucu parametreleri bölümüne\n" +"süpersunucu tarafından çalıştırılacak programı girin. Bu programaerilebilecek parametreleri Sunucu parametreleri bölümüne\n" "girebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/installation.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/installation.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/installation.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -41,14 +41,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" #. this is a heading @@ -66,9 +62,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview @@ -123,9 +117,7 @@ msgstr "Kurum kaynağı" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 @@ -141,9 +133,7 @@ msgstr "Kurum kaynağı" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" msgstr "" #. Image name, Image location @@ -152,15 +142,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 @@ -187,20 +173,16 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 @@ -210,10 +192,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -408,8 +388,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -450,8 +429,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kurulumu Durdur düğmesi ile istediğiniz anda kurulumdan " -"çıkabilirsiniz.\n" +"Kurulumu Durdur düğmesi ile istediğiniz anda kurulumdan çıkabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) @@ -559,12 +537,9 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" #. Dialog busy message @@ -579,12 +554,9 @@ #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"X11 sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." +#| msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "X11 sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 #, fuzzy @@ -631,8 +603,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_load.ycp:380 @@ -675,9 +646,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 @@ -929,16 +898,13 @@ #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" #. Error message @@ -995,8 +961,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup @@ -1015,22 +980,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" @@ -1187,21 +1147,15 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Değişiklik yapmak için başlıklara tıklayın ya da \"Değiştir...\" menüsünü " -"kullanın." +msgstr "Değişiklik yapmak için başlıklara tıklayın ya da \"Değiştir...\" menüsünü kullanın." #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." -msgstr "" -"Değişiklik yapmak için başlıklara tıklayın ya da \"Değiştir...\" menüsünü " -"kullanın." +msgstr "Değişiklik yapmak için başlıklara tıklayın ya da \"Değiştir...\" menüsünü kullanın." #. menu button item #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 @@ -1227,13 +1181,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Görüntülenen değerlerle yeni bir kurulum yapmak için Kabul et " -"düğmesini kullanın.\n" +"Görüntülenen değerlerle yeni bir kurulum yapmak için Kabul et düğmesini kullanın.\n" "\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1261,8 +1213,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" -#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " -#| "abort.\n" +#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" #| "\n" msgid "" "\n" @@ -1270,8 +1221,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sabit diskinizde herhangi bir değişiklik yapılmadı, güvenli bir şekilde " -"iptal edebilirsiniz.\n" +"Sabit diskinizde herhangi bir değişiklik yapılmadı, güvenli bir şekilde iptal edebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #. Help text for update proposal @@ -1284,8 +1234,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Görüntülenen değerlerle güncelleme yapmak için Kabul et düğmesini " -"kullanın.\n" +"Görüntülenen değerlerle güncelleme yapmak için Kabul et düğmesini kullanın.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -1361,8 +1310,7 @@ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Bazı öneriler sistem yöneticisi\n" -"tarafından kilitlenmiş olup değiştirilemez. Kilitli bir öneriyi değiştirmek " -"istiyorsanız\n" +"tarafından kilitlenmiş olup değiştirilemez. Kilitli bir öneriyi değiştirmek istiyorsanız\n" "sistem yöneticisine başvurun." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1623 @@ -1404,14 +1352,11 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Here are the release notes for the installed\n" -#| "Linux system. They provide a brief summary of new features and changes.</" -#| "p>" +#| "Linux system. They provide a brief summary of new features and changes." msgid "" "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" -msgstr "" -"Burada kurulu Linux sisteminin sürüm notları yer almaktadır.Bu notlar " -"değişikliklerin ve yeni özelliklerin bir özetini sunar. p/b>" +msgstr "Burada kurulu Linux sisteminin sürüm notları yer almaktadır.Bu notlar değişikliklerin ve yeni özelliklerin bir özetini sunar. p/b>" # clients/online_update_load.ycp:923 #. informative message in RichText widget @@ -1547,8 +1492,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report @@ -1646,8 +1590,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 @@ -2217,9 +2160,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." msgstr "" #. progress step title @@ -2404,8 +2345,7 @@ #~ "Otherwise, click Cancel.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Mevcut bir kullanıcıyı düzenlemek ya da silmek için listeden bir " -#~ "kullanıcı\n" +#~ "Mevcut bir kullanıcıyı düzenlemek ya da silmek için listeden bir kullanıcı\n" #~ "seçip Düzenle ya da Sil düğmesine basın.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2564,9 +2504,7 @@ # clients/scanner.ycp:294 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." #~ msgstr "Lütfen yapılandırma dosyası güncellenirken bekleyiniz..." #, fuzzy @@ -2626,22 +2564,19 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~| "your\n" +#~| "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~| "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~| "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~| "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Yeni kurulum seçeneğini makinenizde bir Linux sistemi mevcut " -#~ "değilse\n" +#~ "Yeni kurulum seçeneğini makinenizde bir Linux sistemi mevcut değilse\n" #~ "ya da mevcut Linux sistemini ve tüm yapılandırma bilgilerini tamamen\n" #~ "yenilemek istiyorsanız seçin.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2783,11 +2718,8 @@ #~ "Internet'e bağlanma işlemi başarısız\n" #~ "oldu. Ayrıntılar için kayıt dosyasına bakın.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "X11 sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "X11 sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Şimdi kurulmasını istiyor musunuz?" @@ -2800,8 +2732,7 @@ #~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #~ "Please check your hardware!\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sistemde bir sabit disk bulunamadı.\n" #~ "Donanımınızı kontrol edin.\n" @@ -2816,8 +2747,7 @@ #~ "found for the installation.\n" #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sistemde bir sabit disk ve bir sabit disk\n" #~ "yöneticisi bulunamadı.\n" @@ -2846,8 +2776,7 @@ #~ msgstr "SuSEconfig bitiriliyor." #~ msgid "SuSEconfig disabled in /etc/sysconfig/suseconfig" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "/etc/sysconfig/suseconfig dosyasında SuSEconfig devre dışı bırakılmış" +#~ msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/suseconfig dosyasında SuSEconfig devre dışı bırakılmış" #~ msgid "Done." #~ msgstr "Sonlandı." @@ -2866,15 +2795,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Yeni kurulum seçeneğini makinenizde bir Linux sistemi mevcut " -#~ "değilse\n" +#~ "Yeni kurulum seçeneğini makinenizde bir Linux sistemi mevcut değilse\n" #~ "ya da mevcut Linux sistemini ve tüm yapılandırma bilgilerini tamamen\n" #~ "yenilemek istiyorsanız seçin.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2915,8 +2842,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2930,8 +2856,7 @@ #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçilen dil yazı modunda kullanılamaz. Kurulum için İngilizce " -#~ "kullanılacak,\n" +#~ "Seçilen dil yazı modunda kullanılamaz. Kurulum için İngilizce kullanılacak,\n" #~ "seçilen dil yeni sistemde etkinleştirilecektir." #~ msgid "" @@ -3118,8 +3043,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system " -#~ "on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. With this option, try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -3132,15 +3056,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Boot Installed System if you have a Linux system on your " -#~ "hard\n" +#~ "Select Boot Installed System if you have a Linux system on your hard\n" #~ "disk that will not boot. With this option, try to fix problems manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Kurulu sistemi aç seçeneğini sabit diskte kurulu ancak açılmayan\n" -#~ "bir Linux sistemi varsa kullanın. Bu seçenek ile sorunları elle " -#~ "gidermeyi\n" +#~ "bir Linux sistemi varsa kullanın. Bu seçenek ile sorunları elle gidermeyi\n" #~ "deneyebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3159,8 +3081,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Other Options then\n" -#~ "select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system " -#~ "on\n" +#~ "select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -3173,15 +3094,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Other Options then\n" -#~ "select Boot Installed System if you have a Linux system on your " -#~ "hard\n" +#~ "select Boot Installed System if you have a Linux system on your hard\n" #~ "disk that will not boot. With this option, try to fix problems manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Kurulu sistemi aç seçeneğini sabit diskte kurulu ancak açılmayan\n" -#~ "bir Linux sistemi varsa kullanın. Bu seçenek ile sorunları elle " -#~ "gidermeyi\n" +#~ "bir Linux sistemi varsa kullanın. Bu seçenek ile sorunları elle gidermeyi\n" #~ "deneyebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3221,8 +3140,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "FIXME: help will be added later..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tüm değişiklikler sistem yeniden başlatılınca etkinleşecektir." +#~ msgstr "Tüm değişiklikler sistem yeniden başlatılınca etkinleşecektir." # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 #, fuzzy @@ -3367,11 +3285,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" -#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit " -#~ "confirmation\n" +#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" #~ "of acceptance of its license.\n" -#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" #~ " \n" #~ "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" #~ "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree.\n" @@ -3400,8 +3316,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Seçili paketler kurulacaktır." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select language extensions to be installed and click Accept." +#~ msgid "Select language extensions to be installed and click Accept." #~ msgstr "Bir seçeneği silmek için seçip Sil düğmesine basın." #~ msgid "Probing floppy disk devices" @@ -3584,10 +3499,8 @@ #~ "select it and click Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Makine yapılandırması</big> \n" -#~ "Makine ayarlarını düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve " -#~ "Düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" -#~ "Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için Ekle düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek " -#~ "için de Sil düğmesini kullanın." +#~ "Makine ayarlarını düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve Düzenle düğmesine basın.\n" +#~ "Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için Ekle düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek için de Sil düğmesini kullanın." #~ msgid "Media" #~ msgstr "Medya" @@ -3609,8 +3522,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" -#~ "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license " -#~ "agreement,\n" +#~ "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" #~ "the configuration will be aborted.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Lisans anlaşmasını dikkatle okuyun ve mevcut seçeneklerden\n" @@ -3639,8 +3551,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Yeni bir kurulum yapmak yerine mevcut &product; kurulumunu güncellemek " -#~ "için\n" +#~ "Yeni bir kurulum yapmak yerine mevcut &product; kurulumunu güncellemek için\n" #~ "Mod başlığına tıklayın veya Değiştir... menüsünden\n" #~ "Mod seçeneğini kullanın.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3800,8 +3711,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Hizmetler başlatılıyor..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please wait, while the installation inicialization is in progress." +#~ msgid "Please wait, while the installation inicialization is in progress." #~ msgstr "Lütfen sistem yapılandırılırken bekleyin." #~ msgid "&Other..." @@ -3878,10 +3788,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If desired, experts can use the full range of SUSE's configuration\n" -#~ "modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it " -#~ "starts\n" -#~ "after Finish is pressed. Note: The Control Center does not have a " -#~ "back button to\n" +#~ "modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it starts\n" +#~ "after Finish is pressed. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" #~ "return to this installation sequence.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Uzman kullanıcılar şu anda tüm SuSE yapılandırma modüllerini\n" @@ -3972,8 +3880,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system " -#~ "on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. With this option, try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -3988,11 +3895,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" -#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit " -#~ "confirmation\n" +#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" #~ "of accepting its license.\n" -#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" #~ " \n" #~ "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" #~ "To reject the licence of the package, click I Disagree.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/instserver.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/instserver.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/instserver.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -403,16 +403,14 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\n" "to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -449,8 +447,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -479,8 +476,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 @@ -498,8 +494,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" msgstr "" @@ -511,24 +506,20 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" -"p>\n" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 @@ -538,8 +529,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next</" -"b>, you can\n" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\n" "select ISO image files.\n" msgstr "" @@ -559,8 +549,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 @@ -599,11 +588,9 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "Adding a Repository: \n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press Configure.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -627,8 +614,7 @@ "configuration if necessary. \n" msgstr "" "<big>CD yazma yapılandırması genel görünümü</big> \n" -"Mevcut yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi alabilir ve ek olarak " -"buyapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz. \n" +"Mevcut yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi alabilir ve ek olarak buyapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148 @@ -655,8 +641,7 @@ #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" @@ -669,8 +654,7 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" @@ -798,8 +782,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure an installation source." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Sağlayıcı ekleme:</big> \n" -#~ "Elle yeni bir sağlayıcı yapılandırmak için Ekle düğmesine basın.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Elle yeni bir sağlayıcı yapılandırmak için Ekle düğmesine basın." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/iplb.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/iplb.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/iplb.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel yapılandırma" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -91,14 +91,16 @@ msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "" +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:434 #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "evet" +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:438 #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "hayır" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" @@ -132,9 +134,10 @@ msgid "Callback" msgstr "" +# include/package_utils.ycp:639 #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Çalıştır" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -177,151 +180,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -329,87 +269,42 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -432,9 +327,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -445,105 +338,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -557,120 +413,73 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -686,9 +495,10 @@ msgid "Check Port" msgstr "" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:750 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hizmet" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -710,13 +520,14 @@ msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "" +# include/security/ui.ycp:695 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kullanıcı girişi" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parola" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -732,7 +543,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ağ maskesi" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -740,7 +551,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokol" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -748,15 +559,16 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ekle" +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Düzenle" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Silinecek" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -782,7 +594,7 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TAMAM" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" @@ -824,7 +636,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başlatılıyor..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -849,9 +661,10 @@ msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "" +# clients/lan_inetd.ycp:54 clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:792 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:146 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:158 #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sonlandı" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -861,19 +674,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarları yaz" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i çalıştır" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar yazılıyor..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig çalıştırılıyor..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -883,7 +696,7 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar yazılamıyor." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-client.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -279,8 +279,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -326,8 +325,7 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>DSL aygıtı ekleme:</BIG> \n" -"Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL aygıtınız " -"otomatik\n" +"Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL aygıtınız otomatik\n" "olarak algılanmadıysa Diğer (algılanmamış) seçeneğini kullanıp\n" "Yapılandır düğmesine basın." @@ -352,8 +350,7 @@ "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>CD yazma yapılandırması genel görünümü</big> \n" -"Mevcut yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi alabilir ve ek olarak " -"buyapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz. \n" +"Mevcut yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi alabilir ve ek olarak buyapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 @@ -381,8 +378,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" @@ -399,46 +395,34 @@ msgstr "Uyarı" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " -"Password." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." msgstr "" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:91 @@ -451,19 +435,15 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " -"to any target." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." msgstr "" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:91 @@ -578,9 +558,7 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" # clients/online_update.ycp:45 @@ -617,12 +595,8 @@ #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" -msgstr "" -"Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması " -"gerekir." +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 #, fuzzy @@ -697,7 +671,7 @@ #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" -msgstr "" +msgstr "tümü" #. } #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 @@ -833,8 +807,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -#~ "kesebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-lio-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-lio-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-lio-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -321,8 +321,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -375,8 +374,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<big>Adding a Modem:</big> \n" #| "Choose a modem from the list of detected modems. If your modem was not\n" -#| "autodetected, use Other (not detected). Then press Configure</" -#| "b>.\n" +#| "autodetected, use Other (not detected). Then press Configure.\n" #| "" msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big> \n" @@ -503,44 +501,27 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password." +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." msgstr "" #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " -"initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " -"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " -"disabled here." +msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" #. edit target @@ -552,11 +533,9 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -564,8 +543,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" @@ -576,27 +554,21 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target @@ -938,7 +910,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall ayarlarını yaz" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 @@ -948,7 +920,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall ayarları yazılıyor..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -234,8 +234,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:46 @@ -375,25 +374,19 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password.\n" -"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or " -"Edit or Delete them." +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" +"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." msgstr "" #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete</" -"b>." +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, " -"LVM, or RAID.\n" +msgid "It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:131 @@ -410,17 +403,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes). \n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" #. extract ScsiId @@ -614,12 +603,8 @@ #~ msgstr "&İptal et" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure the iSCSI target, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması " -#~ "gerekir." +#~ msgid "To configure the iSCSI target, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Install it now?" @@ -666,8 +651,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -#~ "kesebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Şimdi kurulmasını istiyor musunuz?" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/isns.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/isns.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/isns.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -188,8 +188,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 @@ -225,55 +224,29 @@ " CASA'yı buradan yapılandırın. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of " -"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." msgstr "" #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains. " +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " msgstr "" #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." msgstr "" #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** @@ -362,12 +335,8 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması " -"gerekir." +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/kdump.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/kdump.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/kdump.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -55,23 +55,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -102,9 +96,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -150,9 +142,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -201,9 +191,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -214,9 +202,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -469,8 +455,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -834,8 +819,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" @@ -854,12 +838,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -877,10 +856,8 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" @@ -888,8 +865,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 @@ -897,8 +873,7 @@ msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" @@ -910,8 +885,7 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 @@ -980,8 +954,7 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -996,48 +969,39 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." msgstr "" #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" @@ -1058,8 +1022,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -602,8 +602,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -636,16 +635,13 @@ #. Help text: ask for database backend 2/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the " -"credentials." +msgid "<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the credentials." msgstr "" #. Help text: ask for database backend 3/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new " -"LDAP server\n" +"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new LDAP server\n" "on this machine and use it as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" @@ -662,18 +658,14 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Enter the User Name and the\n" #| "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" "Kullanıcı girişi için kullanılan Kullanıcı adını ve\n" "Parolayı girin (emin değilseniz servis sağlayıcınıza danışın)." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:65 @@ -694,32 +686,27 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:87 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP " -"server." +msgid "With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default." msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the " -"LDAP server.\n" +"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "Only read access is required for this account.\n" msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to " -"the LDAP server.\n" +"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "This account also needs write access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -733,8 +720,7 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 3/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.\n" msgstr "" @@ -746,22 +732,18 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, " -"the password you entered\n" +"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the password you entered\n" "as the KDC Master password is also used for the LDAP administrator. \n" msgstr "" #. Help text: New LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the " -"LDAP administrator." +msgid "When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP administrator." msgstr "" #. Help text: Summary 1/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." +msgid "This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." msgstr "" #. Help text: Summary 2/3 @@ -771,46 +753,33 @@ #. Help text: Summary 3/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:133 -msgid "" -"You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit</" -"b> button." +msgid "You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit button." msgstr "" #. ============================================================================== #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:155 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:158 @@ -858,9 +827,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:54 @@ -871,12 +838,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:54 @@ -887,9 +849,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:191 @@ -899,9 +859,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:196 @@ -910,10 +868,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:201 @@ -923,10 +878,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:206 @@ -947,50 +899,34 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:219 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:223 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:227 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type @@ -1000,69 +936,47 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:243 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:247 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:251 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:263 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:267 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:275 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife @@ -1072,9 +986,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -220,20 +220,12 @@ #. help text (do not transl. values "m","h", "d") #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:61 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default " -"Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. " -"Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for " -"hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</" -"tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." +msgid "By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." msgstr "" "Bilet ömrü, Yenilenebilir ömür ve Saat toleransı\n" -"değerleri saniye cinsindendir. Alternatif olarak süre birimini " -"belirleyebilir\n" -"(dakika için m, saat için h ya da gün için d) ve " -"bunları\n" -"gireceğiniz değere sonek olarak kullanabilirsiniz (örneğin bir gün için " -"1d\n" +"değerleri saniye cinsindendir. Alternatif olarak süre birimini belirleyebilir\n" +"(dakika için m, saat için h ya da gün için d) ve bunları\n" +"gireceğiniz değere sonek olarak kullanabilirsiniz (örneğin bir gün için 1d\n" "ya da 24h)\n" #. textentry label @@ -252,16 +244,10 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:115 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to " -"another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. " -"Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of " -"them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." +msgid "Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." msgstr "" -"İletilebilir biletler sizin tam kimliğinizin (TGT) başka bir " -"makineye\n" -"nakledilmesini sağlar. Proxy'lenebilir biletler ise sadece belli " -"bazı\n" +"İletilebilir biletler sizin tam kimliğinizin (TGT) başka bir makineye\n" +"nakledilmesini sağlar. Proxy'lenebilir biletler ise sadece belli bazı\n" "biletlerin nakline izin verir.\n" #. checkbox label @@ -279,9 +265,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after " -"closing the session." +msgid "If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after closing the session." msgstr "" "Biletleri koru etkinleştirilirse PAM modülü biletleri oturum\n" "kapatıldıktan sonra da saklar ve korur.\n" @@ -289,10 +273,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:159 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos " -"Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -"user authentication on the SSH server." +msgid "To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server." msgstr "" "openssh istemcisi için Kerberos desteğini etkinleştirmek için\n" "ilgili kutuyu işaretleyin. Böyle bir durumda Kerberos biletleri ssh\n" @@ -300,9 +281,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication " -"attempts by users it does not know." +msgid "Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication attempts by users it does not know." msgstr "" # clients/ui_widgets.ycp:182 clients/ui_widgets.ycp:210 @@ -314,16 +293,11 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:190 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by " -"users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for " -"disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." +msgid "When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." msgstr "" "Eğer Minimum UID değeri 0'dan büyükse UID'leri bu numaradan küçük\n" -"olan kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama talepleri reddedilir. Bu işlem Kerberos " -"kimlik\n" -"doğrulamasını sistem yöneticisi (root) için kapatmakta kullanılabilir." -"\n" +"olan kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama talepleri reddedilir. Bu işlem Kerberos kimlik\n" +"doğrulamasını sistem yöneticisi (root) için kapatmakta kullanılabilir.\n" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -334,13 +308,10 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:205 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly " -"matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." +msgid "The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." msgstr "" "\n" -"Saat toleransı değeri makinenin sistem saatine tam uymayan saat " -"damgalarında gösterilecek toleranstır." +"Saat toleransı değeri makinenin sistem saatine tam uymayan saat damgalarında gösterilecek toleranstır." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:230 @@ -367,9 +338,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "" -"To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate " -"configuration module in Configure User Data." +msgid "To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate configuration module in Configure User Data." msgstr "" #. menu item @@ -392,9 +361,7 @@ #. help text for "Credential Cac&he Directory" #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:267 -msgid "" -"Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as " -"Credential Cache Directory." +msgid "Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as Credential Cache Directory." msgstr "" #. push button label @@ -409,9 +376,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:292 -msgid "" -"Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place " -"the user's session-specific credential cache." +msgid "Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place the user's session-specific credential cache." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -422,9 +387,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:308 -msgid "" -"Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab " -"File Location." +msgid "Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab File Location." msgstr "" #. push button label @@ -439,9 +402,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:333 -msgid "" -"With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the " -"principal's name from the system user name." +msgid "With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the principal's name from the system user name." msgstr "" # menuentries/menuentry_scanner.ycp:36 @@ -453,16 +414,12 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:348 -msgid "" -"The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a " -"password questions." +msgid "The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a password questions." msgstr "" #. generic help for Services tab #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:362 -msgid "" -"All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no " -"service or a specific list of services separated by commas." +msgid "All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no service or a specific list of services separated by commas." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -472,9 +429,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "" -"When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) " -"with no address information are requested." +msgid "When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) with no address information are requested." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -484,9 +439,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:388 -msgid "" -"Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." -"" +msgid "Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -497,9 +450,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "" -"Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information.</" -"p>" +msgid "Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -510,10 +461,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:420 -msgid "" -"Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the " -"presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate " -"the user." +msgid "Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate the user." msgstr "" # classnames.ycp:12 @@ -525,9 +473,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:437 -msgid "" -"List the services allowed to provide credentials in External " -"Credentials." +msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External Credentials." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -538,9 +484,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:454 -msgid "" -"Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared " -"memory is used during authentication." +msgid "Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared memory is used during authentication." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -550,9 +494,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the " -"value of Validate Initial Ticket." +msgid "Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the value of Validate Initial Ticket." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -563,9 +505,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:488 -msgid "" -"With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password " -"before the authentication attempt." +msgid "With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password before the authentication attempt." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -575,10 +515,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:504 -msgid "" -"If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user " -"for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow " -"insufficient for authentication." +msgid "If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow insufficient for authentication." msgstr "" #. directory location popup label @@ -623,15 +560,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Authentication with Kerberos</big> \n" -"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable " -"Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in " -"the network for this to work.\n" +"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kerberos ile kimlik doğrulama \n" -"Kullanıcılar için Kerberos kimlik doğrulamasını etkinleştirmeki için PAM " -"ayarlarını güncelleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kullanıcılar için Kerberos kimlik doğrulamasını etkinleştirmeki için PAM ayarlarını güncelleyebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/5 @@ -640,42 +574,31 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Basic Client Settings:\n" -"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or " -"address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To " -"specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." +"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." msgstr "" "\n" "Temel istemci ayarları \n" -"Anahtar dağıtma merkezinizin (KDC) Alan, öntanımlı realm ve " -"host adı ya da adresi bilgilerini girin.\n" +"Anahtar dağıtma merkezinizin (KDC) Alan, öntanımlı realm ve host adı ya da adresi bilgilerini girin.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:719 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -"realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the " -"server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more " -"information.\n" +"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Alan adı için genelde büyük harflerle öntanımlı realm adı kullanılır. Bunu " -"siz istediğiniz gibi de seçebilirsiniz.\n" +"Alan adı için genelde büyük harflerle öntanımlı realm adı kullanılır. Bunu siz istediğiniz gibi de seçebilirsiniz.\n" #. help text for Use DNS to acquire the configuration data at runtime #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:723 -msgid "" -"Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let " -"your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This " -"option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." +msgid "Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." -msgstr "" -"Daha fazla ayar için Gelişmiş ayarlar düğmesini kullanın." +msgstr "Daha fazla ayar için Gelişmiş ayarlar düğmesini kullanın." #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:752 @@ -945,43 +868,30 @@ #~ "AFS etkinleştirilmeyecek." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The AFS client is currently running, but must be restarted to activate " -#~ "changes.\n" +#~ "The AFS client is currently running, but must be restarted to activate changes.\n" #~ "Restart it now?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Warning: Restarting the AFS client stops all processes using AFS. If your " -#~ "home directory is exported via AFS, entire X sessions could be killed.\n" -#~ "You can restart the AFS client later using the 'rcafs-client restart' " -#~ "command.\n" +#~ "Warning: Restarting the AFS client stops all processes using AFS. If your home directory is exported via AFS, entire X sessions could be killed.\n" +#~ "You can restart the AFS client later using the 'rcafs-client restart' command.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "AFS istemcisi şu anda çalışmakta, ancak değişikliklerin etkinleştirilmesi " -#~ "için yeniden başlatılması gerekiyor.\n" +#~ "AFS istemcisi şu anda çalışmakta, ancak değişikliklerin etkinleştirilmesi için yeniden başlatılması gerekiyor.\n" #~ "Yeniden başlatılsın mı?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Uyarı: AFS istemcisinin yeniden başlatılması AFS'yi kullanan tüm " -#~ "programları durduracaktır. Eğer '/home' dizini AFS ile dışarı " -#~ "aktarılmışsa tüm X oturumları kapatılabilir.\n" -#~ "AFS istemcisini daha sonra 'rcafs-client restart' komutuyla yeniden " -#~ "başlatabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Uyarı: AFS istemcisinin yeniden başlatılması AFS'yi kullanan tüm programları durduracaktır. Eğer '/home' dizini AFS ile dışarı aktarılmışsa tüm X oturumları kapatılabilir.\n" +#~ "AFS istemcisini daha sonra 'rcafs-client restart' komutuyla yeniden başlatabilirsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "The AFS client is currently running, but you have chosen to stop it.\n" #~ "Stop it now?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Warning: Stopping the AFS client will stop all processes using AFS. If " -#~ "your home directory is exported via AFS, entire X sessions could be " -#~ "killed.\n" +#~ "Warning: Stopping the AFS client will stop all processes using AFS. If your home directory is exported via AFS, entire X sessions could be killed.\n" #~ "You can stop the AFS client later using the 'rcafs-client stop' command.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "AFS istemcisi şu anda çalışıyor, ve siz bu istemciyi durdurmayı seçtiniz. " -#~ "İstemci durdurulsun mı?\n" +#~ "AFS istemcisi şu anda çalışıyor, ve siz bu istemciyi durdurmayı seçtiniz. İstemci durdurulsun mı?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Uyarı: AFS istemcisinin durdurulması AFS'yi kullanan tüm programları da " -#~ "durduracaktır. Eğer '/home' dizini AFS ile dışarı aktarılmışsa tüm X " -#~ "oturumları kapatılabilir.\n" -#~ "AFS istemcisini daha sonra 'rcafs-client stop' komutuyla " -#~ "durdurabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Uyarı: AFS istemcisinin durdurulması AFS'yi kullanan tüm programları da durduracaktır. Eğer '/home' dizini AFS ile dışarı aktarılmışsa tüm X oturumları kapatılabilir.\n" +#~ "AFS istemcisini daha sonra 'rcafs-client stop' komutuyla durdurabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "AFS Settings Changed" #~ msgstr "AFS ayarları değiştirildi" @@ -1041,19 +951,13 @@ #~ "The AFS client is currently running, but you have chosen to stop it.\n" #~ "Stop it now?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Warning: Stopping the AFS client will stop all processes using AFS. If " -#~ "the '/home' directory is exported via AFS, entire X sessions could be " -#~ "killed.\n" +#~ "Warning: Stopping the AFS client will stop all processes using AFS. If the '/home' directory is exported via AFS, entire X sessions could be killed.\n" #~ "You can stop the AFS client later using the 'rcafs-client stop' command.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "AFS istemcisi şu anda çalışıyor, ve siz bu istemciyi durdurmayı seçtiniz. " -#~ "İstemci durdurulsun mı?\n" +#~ "AFS istemcisi şu anda çalışıyor, ve siz bu istemciyi durdurmayı seçtiniz. İstemci durdurulsun mı?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Uyarı: AFS istemcisinin durdurulması AFS'yi kullanan tüm programları da " -#~ "durduracaktır. Eğer '/home' dizini AFS ile dışarı aktarılmışsa tüm X " -#~ "oturumları kapatılabilir.\n" -#~ "AFS istemcisini daha sonra 'rcafs-client stop' komutuyla " -#~ "durdurabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Uyarı: AFS istemcisinin durdurulması AFS'yi kullanan tüm programları da durduracaktır. Eğer '/home' dizini AFS ile dışarı aktarılmışsa tüm X oturumları kapatılabilir.\n" +#~ "AFS istemcisini daha sonra 'rcafs-client stop' komutuyla durdurabilirsiniz.\n" # clients/cups.ycp:158 #~ msgid "Writing Kerberos Client Settings" @@ -1062,22 +966,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Basic Client Settings \n" -#~ "Enter your domain, default realm, and the host name " -#~ "or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC).\n" +#~ "Enter your domain, default realm, and the host name or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Temel istemci ayarları \n" -#~ "Anahtar dağıtma merkezinizin (KDC) Alan, öntanımlı realm ve " -#~ "host adı ya da adresi bilgilerini girin.\n" +#~ "Anahtar dağıtma merkezinizin (KDC) Alan, öntanımlı realm ve host adı ya da adresi bilgilerini girin.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -#~ "realm name. You can select freely, however.\n" +#~ "It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name. You can select freely, however.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Alan adı için genelde büyük harflerle öntanımlı realm adı kullanılır. " -#~ "Bunu siz istediğiniz gibi de seçebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Alan adı için genelde büyük harflerle öntanımlı realm adı kullanılır. Bunu siz istediğiniz gibi de seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "Kerberos Support for &AFS" #~ msgstr "&AFS için Kerberos desteği" @@ -1094,10 +994,8 @@ #~ "(TGT) to another machine. Proxiable tickets only let you transfer\n" #~ "particular tickets.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "İletilebilir biletler sizin tam kimliğinizin (TGT) başka bir " -#~ "makineye\n" -#~ "nakledilmesini sağlar. Proxy'lenebilir biletler ise sadece belli " -#~ "bazı\n" +#~ "İletilebilir biletler sizin tam kimliğinizin (TGT) başka bir makineye\n" +#~ "nakledilmesini sağlar. Proxy'lenebilir biletler ise sadece belli bazı\n" #~ "biletlerin nakline izin verir.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1109,8 +1007,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "To enable Kerberos support for your openssh client, check the\n" -#~ "appropriate check box. In such a case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -#~ "user\n" +#~ "appropriate check box. In such a case, Kerberos tickets are used for user\n" #~ "authentication on the ssh server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "openssh istemcisi için Kerberos desteğini etkinleştirmek için\n" @@ -1119,26 +1016,19 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "When Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by\n" -#~ "users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator (root</" -#~ "i>).\n" +#~ "users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for\n" +#~ "disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator (root).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer Minimum UID değeri 0'dan büyükse UID'leri bu numaradan " -#~ "küçük\n" -#~ "olan kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama talepleri reddedilir. Bu işlem " -#~ "Kerberos kimlik\n" -#~ "doğrulamasını sistem yöneticisi (root) için kapatmakta " -#~ "kullanılabilir.\n" +#~ "Eğer Minimum UID değeri 0'dan büyükse UID'leri bu numaradan küçük\n" +#~ "olan kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama talepleri reddedilir. Bu işlem Kerberos kimlik\n" +#~ "doğrulamasını sistem yöneticisi (root) için kapatmakta kullanılabilir.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The Clock Skew is the tolerance for the time stamps not exactly " -#~ "matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." +#~ "The Clock Skew is the tolerance for the time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Saat toleransı değeri makinenin sistem saatine tam uymayan saat " -#~ "damgalarında gösterilecek toleranstır." +#~ "Saat toleransı değeri makinenin sistem saatine tam uymayan saat damgalarında gösterilecek toleranstır." #~ msgid "Tickets are For&wardable" #~ msgstr "Biletler &iletilebilir" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-client.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -273,9 +273,7 @@ #. help text 2/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "" -"To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP</" -"b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." msgstr "" #. help text 3/9 @@ -283,48 +281,36 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch." -"conf\n" +"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" "removed." msgstr "" "Eğer LDAP'ı durdurduysanız /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" -"içindeki LDAP parola girdileri kaldırılacak ve compat ile " -"değiştirilecektir\n" +"içindeki LDAP parola girdileri kaldırılacak ve compat ile değiştirilecektir\n" "PAM yapılandırması değiştirilecek ve LDAP\n" "girdileri kaldırılacak." #. help text 3.5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "" -"To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select " -"Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." msgstr "" #. help text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "" -"Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system " -"to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." msgstr "" #. help text 4/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) " -"in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base " -"DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " -"the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." -"example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Burada kullanıcılarınızı bir OpenLDAP sunucu ile\n" -"onaylamak için makinanızı bir LDAP istemci olarak " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"onaylamak için makinanızı bir LDAP istemci olarak ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" "Arama tabanı adını (taban DN, dc=benimalanim,dc=com gibi) ve LDAP\n" "sunucu adrsini giriniz.(ldap.ornek.com veya 10.20.0.2 gibi). Boşluk vererek\n" "birden çok sunucu tanımlayabilirsiniz.\n" @@ -332,10 +318,7 @@ #. help text 5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "" -"With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " -"service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN " -"from server." +msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." msgstr "" #. help text 6/9 @@ -343,8 +326,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL</" -"b>\n" +"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" msgstr "" @@ -355,28 +337,19 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " -"config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on " -"server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords " -"never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration " -"dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to " -"allow if it's disabled.\n" +"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" +" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" +" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " -"URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They " -"have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " -"default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.\n" msgstr "" @@ -389,8 +362,7 @@ "Advanced Configuration.\n" "To configure security settings, click\n" "SSL/TLS Configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Daha fazla ayar için Gelişmiş ayarlar düğmesini kullanın." +msgstr "Daha fazla ayar için Gelişmiş ayarlar düğmesini kullanın." #. help text 9/9 (additional) #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 @@ -401,16 +373,14 @@ #| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" #| "either locally or over NIS." msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -"such\n" +"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Automounter kullanıcıların ev dizinleri gibi dizinleri otomatik olarak\n" "sisteme bağlayan bir daemon'dur.\n" -"Yapılandırma dosyalarının (auto.*) mevcut ve yerel olarak ya da NIS " -"üzerinden\n" +"Yapılandırma dosyalarının (auto.*) mevcut ve yerel olarak ya da NIS üzerinden\n" "erişilebilir durumda olduğu sayılmaktadır." # menuentries/menuentry_disk.ycp:27 @@ -564,8 +534,7 @@ #. yes/no question #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is " -"disabled.\n" +"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" "Enable certificate checks now?" msgstr "" @@ -579,21 +548,16 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and " -"KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD " -"Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"\n" +"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" +"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of " -"the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation " -"of its values." +"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name @@ -606,8 +570,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 msgid "" "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -"certificates\n" +"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" "or the explicit path to one certificate file." msgstr "" @@ -630,36 +593,30 @@ msgid "" "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" "Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) " -"or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -"appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 msgid "" "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only " -"created when they do not already exist.\n" +"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " -"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" msgstr "" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:78 include/security/ui.ycp:622 @@ -913,9 +870,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886 #, fuzzy msgid "Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory." -msgstr "" -"Burada powertweak yapılandırmasını düzenleyebilirsiniz. /etc/powertweak/" -"tweaks altında saklanır." +msgstr "Burada powertweak yapılandırmasını düzenleyebilirsiniz. /etc/powertweak/tweaks altında saklanır." #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890 @@ -930,8 +885,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1318,10 +1272,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" -#~ "SSL\n" -#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA " -#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bazı LDAP sunucular StartTLS [RFC2830]'u\n" #~ "destekler. Eğer sunucunuz destekliyor ve yapılandırılmışsa,\n" @@ -1350,8 +1302,7 @@ #~ "LDAP Version 2.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Normalde LDAP sürüm 3 protokolü\n" -#~ "kullanılacaktır. Eğer protokol 2'yi kullanan bir sunucunuz varsa " -#~ "(örneğin\n" +#~ "kullanılacaktır. Eğer protokol 2'yi kullanan bir sunucunuz varsa (örneğin\n" #~ "OpenLDAP v1) LDAP Sürüm 2'yi aktif etmelisiniz." #, fuzzy @@ -1400,9 +1351,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Burada powertweak yapılandırmasını düzenleyebilirsiniz. /etc/" -#~ "powertweak/tweaks altında saklanır." +#~ msgstr "Burada powertweak yapılandırmasını düzenleyebilirsiniz. /etc/powertweak/tweaks altında saklanır." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Basic IrDA Settings" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -119,9 +119,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." msgstr "" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); @@ -136,9 +134,7 @@ msgstr "El ile" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." msgstr "" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 @@ -253,9 +249,7 @@ "yapılandırma işlemine devam edemez." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -279,10 +273,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" @@ -370,9 +362,7 @@ msgstr "DNS sunucusu kapalı." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page @@ -576,9 +566,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975 @@ -620,15 +608,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -657,8 +642,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" @@ -697,10 +681,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -714,18 +696,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -754,10 +732,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is " -"a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" @@ -774,24 +750,18 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" @@ -825,8 +795,7 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -843,35 +812,25 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" @@ -889,14 +848,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" @@ -910,15 +865,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -937,33 +889,28 @@ "değiştirilmesini sağlar.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -986,11 +933,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1008,8 +953,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1020,18 +964,14 @@ "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"Ekle düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, " -"Düzenle\n" -"ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da Sil ile bir seçeneği " -"silebilirsiniz.\n" +"Ekle düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, Düzenle\n" +"ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da Sil ile bir seçeneği silebilirsiniz.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1043,8 +983,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" @@ -1056,16 +995,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -1078,14 +1012,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221 @@ -1095,8 +1025,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:224 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1112,8 +1041,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1148,10 +1076,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 @@ -1164,10 +1090,8 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1185,8 +1109,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlama işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz." +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:269 @@ -1226,19 +1149,14 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clicking Next completes the configuration." -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." -msgstr "" -"İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." +msgstr "İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293 msgid "" @@ -1248,15 +1166,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1268,8 +1183,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" @@ -1293,18 +1207,15 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1316,10 +1227,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1337,26 +1246,21 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357 @@ -1366,17 +1270,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364 @@ -1387,8 +1288,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1407,16 +1307,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1431,12 +1329,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1450,32 +1345,26 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" @@ -1505,9 +1394,7 @@ msgstr "Sunucu adresi: " #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1516,8 +1403,7 @@ msgstr "LDAP sunucusu" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -1879,9 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "&Tümünü seç" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179 @@ -1890,8 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "&Kimlik doğrulamasını etkinleştir" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188 @@ -2518,8 +2401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 @@ -2705,9 +2587,7 @@ msgstr "&Açılış yükleyicisi parola korumasını etkinleştir" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" msgstr "" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 @@ -2738,9 +2618,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "An error occurred while creating the database\n" #| "of printers." -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" "Yazıcı veritabanı oluşturulurken\n" "bir hata oluştu." @@ -2879,9 +2757,7 @@ msgstr "Makine adı belirlenemedi:" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520 @@ -2899,9 +2775,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed @@ -2943,8 +2817,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415 @@ -3214,8 +3087,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" -#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog " -#~ "informs whether it\n" +#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog informs whether it\n" #~ "is safe to do so. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Kayıt işleminin durdurulması:</BIG> \n" @@ -3301,8 +3173,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure an LDAP server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Sağlayıcı ekleme:</big> \n" -#~ "Elle yeni bir sağlayıcı yapılandırmak için Ekle düğmesine basın.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Elle yeni bir sağlayıcı yapılandırmak için Ekle düğmesine basın." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -3343,8 +3214,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select a schema file in the list and press Delete to remove it " -#~ "from the\n" +#~ "Select a schema file in the list and press Delete to remove it from the\n" #~ "configuration file." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sil düğmesine basarak seçili girdiyi IPsec yapılandırmasından\n" @@ -3355,9 +3225,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Ağ kartının gelişmiş ayarlarını buradan yapabilirsiniz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With Select Certificate..., configure new certificates for this " -#~ "service." +#~ msgid "With Select Certificate..., configure new certificates for this service." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Sertifika:</big>Bu bağlantı için kullanılacak sertifikayı\n" #~ "seçin." @@ -3365,8 +3233,7 @@ # clients/ui_helps.ycp:130 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters of this database." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz." +#~ msgstr "Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Proxy Cache" @@ -3397,13 +3264,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Adding an LDAP Server:</big> \n" #~ "Choose an LDAP server from the list of detected LDAP servers.\n" -#~ "If your LDAP server was not autodetected, use Other (not detected)</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "If your LDAP server was not autodetected, use Other (not detected).\n" #~ "Then press Configure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>DSL aygıtı ekleme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL " -#~ "aygıtınız otomatik\n" +#~ "Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL aygıtınız otomatik\n" #~ "olarak algılanmadıysa Diğer (algılanmamış) seçeneğini kullanıp\n" #~ "Yapılandır düğmesine basın." @@ -3657,12 +3522,8 @@ #~ msgstr "mevcut değil" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure the LDAP server, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması " -#~ "gerekir." +#~ msgid "To configure the LDAP server, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Şimdi kurulmasını istiyor musunuz?" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:252 @@ -28,8 +27,7 @@ #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" #. hint to error message @@ -114,7 +112,7 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayrıntıları &göster" #. error message #. error message @@ -179,7 +177,7 @@ #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Aç" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 @@ -229,9 +227,10 @@ msgid "&Empty Entry" msgstr "" +# include/nfs/ui.ycp:93 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Göz at" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 @@ -276,8 +275,7 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" @@ -290,8 +288,7 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" @@ -313,10 +310,7 @@ #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." msgstr "" #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) @@ -345,7 +339,7 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP sunucusu" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 @@ -382,9 +376,9 @@ #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Özellik" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Değer" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/live-installer.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/live-installer.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/live-installer.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -154,12 +154,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</" -"p>" +"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" "\n" -"Görüntülenen değerlerle yeni bir kurulum yapmak için Kabul et " -"düğmesini kullanın.\n" +"Görüntülenen değerlerle yeni bir kurulum yapmak için Kabul et düğmesini kullanın.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -184,8 +182,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sabit diskinizde herhangi bir değişiklik yapılmadı, güvenli bir şekilde " -"iptal edebilirsiniz.\n" +"Sabit diskinizde herhangi bir değişiklik yapılmadı, güvenli bir şekilde iptal edebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/1 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/lxc.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/lxc.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/lxc.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -331,20 +331,15 @@ #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>LXC Overview</big> \n" -"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current " -"status.\n" -"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with " -"Destroy.\n" +"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current status.\n" +"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with Destroy.\n" "" msgstr "" #. Overview dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"You can start selected container with Start. The container is " -"started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or " -"manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close " -"it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" +"You can start selected container with Start. The container is started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" "Note that Connect option is not available in text mode." msgstr "" @@ -357,25 +352,17 @@ #. Create dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, " -"and enter desired network settings." +msgid "Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, and enter desired network settings." msgstr "" #. Create dialog help, part 3 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic " -"address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use " -"the Configure Network button and create one." +msgid "Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use the Configure Network button and create one." msgstr "" #. Create dialog help, part 4 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:63 -msgid "" -"Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the " -"container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will " -"be used." +msgid "Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will be used." msgstr "" #. Create dialog help, part 5 @@ -383,8 +370,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Press Next to start creating the ISO file." msgid "Use Create to start the creation process." -msgstr "" -"ISO dosyasını oluşturmayı başlatmak için İleri düğmesine basın." +msgstr "ISO dosyasını oluşturmayı başlatmak için İleri düğmesine basın." #. info label (try to keep the text short) #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:226 @@ -392,9 +378,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Samba client configuration module.\n" #| "See Samba documentation for details." -msgid "" -"Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for " -"details." +msgid "Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for details." msgstr "" "Samba istemci yapılandırma modülü.\n" "Ayrıntılar için Samba dökümanlarına göz atın." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/mail.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/mail.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/mail.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -78,8 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Kayıt işleminin kesilmesi:</BIG> \n" "Kes düğmesine basarak kayıt işlemini kesebilirsiniz.\n" -"Açılacak ek bir pencere kesme işleminin güvenli olup olmayacağını " -"bildirilecektir.\n" +"Açılacak ek bir pencere kesme işleminin güvenli olup olmayacağını bildirilecektir.\n" "\n" #. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 @@ -88,8 +87,7 @@ msgid "" "Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install." -msgstr "" -"Kurulacak e-posta sistemini (e-posta iletim yöneticisi, MTA) seçin." +msgstr "Kurulacak e-posta sistemini (e-posta iletim yöneticisi, MTA) seçin." #. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 @@ -107,8 +105,7 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 @@ -118,23 +115,19 @@ "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Her kullanıcı için e-postayı gönderenin adresinin tekrar yazılmasını " -"belirtin.\n" +"Her kullanıcı için e-postayı gönderenin adresinin tekrar yazılmasını belirtin.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Bazı sunucular e-postaların gönderimi için kullanıcı kimliği " -"doğrulanmasını\n" -"gerektirir. Burada bu özellik için bilgileri girebilirsiniz. Eğer kimlik " -"doğrulanması\n" +"Bazı sunucular e-postaların gönderimi için kullanıcı kimliği doğrulanmasını\n" +"gerektirir. Burada bu özellik için bilgileri girebilirsiniz. Eğer kimlik doğrulanması\n" "kullanmayacaksanız burayı boş bırakabilirsiniz.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 @@ -142,8 +135,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." -"com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "E-posta gönderme sunucuları genelde çevirmeli bağlantılara yöneliktir.\n" @@ -154,12 +146,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kullanıcı adı bölümüne servis sağlayıcınızdan edindiğiniz " -"kullanıcı adını girin.\n" +"Kullanıcı adı bölümüne servis sağlayıcınızdan edindiğiniz kullanıcı adını girin.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -180,8 +170,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Not: Yapılandırma dosyanızda birden çok sunucu belirtilmiş olsa da,\n" -" kolaylık sağlamak amacıyla bu pencerede sadece bir sunucu " -"gösterilmektedir.\n" +" kolaylık sağlamak amacıyla bu pencerede sadece bir sunucu gösterilmektedir.\n" "Bu sunucular silinmeyecektir.\n" #. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 @@ -201,13 +190,11 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Bu tabloda yerel olarak yollanan e-postaları yönlendirebilirsiniz.\n" -"Diğer bir yerel kullanıcıya (özellikle root gibi sistem hesapları " -"için\n" +"Diğer bir yerel kullanıcıya (özellikle root gibi sistem hesapları için\n" "kullanışlıdır), başka bir uzak e-posta adresine ya da adres listesine\n" "yönlendirme yapabilirsiniz.\n" @@ -278,9 +265,7 @@ msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." -msgstr "" -"YaST sadece Postfix ve Sendmail programlarını yapılandırabilir, ancak iki " -"program da yüklü değil." +msgstr "YaST sadece Postfix ve Sendmail programlarını yapılandırabilir, ancak iki program da yüklü değil." #. not to be displayed, #37554. #. but ProbePackages still has to be called. @@ -716,8 +701,7 @@ #| "with AMaViS.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -769,13 +753,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" @@ -787,16 +768,14 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label @@ -843,13 +822,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Root kullanıcısının e-postalarını yönlendirecekseniz ya da e-" -"postalarınıza IMAP ile ulaşmayacaksanız iletim tipi seçeneği normalde " -"procmail olarak kullanılır." +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "Root kullanıcısının e-postalarını yönlendirecekseniz ya da e-postalarınıza IMAP ile ulaşmayacaksanız iletim tipi seçeneği normalde procmail olarak kullanılır." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -892,9 +866,7 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "" -"Root kullanıcısının e-postaları yönlendirilmeyecekse procmail'i " -"kullanamazsınız." +msgstr "Root kullanıcısının e-postaları yönlendirilmeyecekse procmail'i kullanamazsınız." #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail normally @@ -994,8 +966,7 @@ "%2" msgstr "" "%1 dosyası okunamıyor. Bu dosyanın YaST tarafından okunabilmesi\n" -"için sabit bir biçime sahip olması gerekmektedir. Ayrıntılar için şu dosyaya " -"bakın:\n" +"için sabit bir biçime sahip olması gerekmektedir. Ayrıntılar için şu dosyaya bakın:\n" "%2" #. Translators: error message @@ -1639,8 +1610,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -#~ "kesebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -1916,11 +1886,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Geçersiz yedek yolu." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pencerede TV kartınızın kızılötesi kontrol aygıtını " -#~ "yapılandırabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." +#~ msgstr "Bu pencerede TV kartınızın kızılötesi kontrol aygıtını yapılandırabilirsiniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Enable IMAP Quota" @@ -1994,8 +1961,7 @@ #~ "%2" #~ msgstr "" #~ "%1 dosyası okunamıyor. Bu dosyanın YaST tarafından okunabilmesi\n" -#~ "için sabit bir biçime sahip olması gerekmektedir. Ayrıntılar için şu " -#~ "dosyaya bakın:\n" +#~ "için sabit bir biçime sahip olması gerekmektedir. Ayrıntılar için şu dosyaya bakın:\n" #~ "%2" #, fuzzy @@ -2017,17 +1983,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "YaST2 can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" #~ "but neither of them is installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "YaST sadece Postfix ve Sendmail programlarını yapılandırabilir, ancak iki " -#~ "program da yüklü değil." +#~ msgstr "YaST sadece Postfix ve Sendmail programlarını yapılandırabilir, ancak iki program da yüklü değil." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not " -#~ "forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Root kullanıcısının e-postalarını yönlendirecekseniz ya da e-" -#~ "postalarınıza IMAP ile ulaşmayacaksanız iletim tipi seçeneği " -#~ "normalde procmail olarak kullanılır." +#~ msgid "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +#~ msgstr "Root kullanıcısının e-postalarını yönlendirecekseniz ya da e-postalarınıza IMAP ile ulaşmayacaksanız iletim tipi seçeneği normalde procmail olarak kullanılır." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "This will corrupt your actual configuration." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/multipath.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/multipath.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/multipath.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -270,42 +270,29 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." -" \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 @@ -313,27 +300,19 @@ msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -" \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" @@ -342,15 +321,10 @@ msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" @@ -358,10 +332,8 @@ #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -" \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgstr "" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses-pkg.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses-pkg.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses-pkg.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -64,8 +64,7 @@ msgstr "paketler bağımlılıkları çözmek için değiştirilmiştir:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 @@ -138,29 +137,19 @@ msgstr "Y&eni yamalar" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -"already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " -"Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 @@ -197,9 +186,7 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" msgstr "" # /usr/lib/YaST2/timezone_raw.ycp:482 @@ -784,67 +771,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." msgstr "" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." msgstr "" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" msgstr "" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" -"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" msgstr "" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"Hareketler: Seçili paketin (ya da listedeki tüm paketlerin) " -"silinmesi ya da kurulması gibi işlemleri sağlar, .Değişiklikler menüde " -"belirtildiği üzere ilgili tuşlara basarak doğrudan da yapılabilir (Ayrıntılı " -"bilgi için 'Paket durumu yardımı' bölümüne bakınız)." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "Hareketler: Seçili paketin (ya da listedeki tüm paketlerin) silinmesi ya da kurulması gibi işlemleri sağlar, .Değişiklikler menüde belirtildiği üzere ilgili tuşlara basarak doğrudan da yapılabilir (Ayrıntılı bilgi için 'Paket durumu yardımı' bölümüne bakınız)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." msgstr "" #. the headline of the help window @@ -855,28 +808,14 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"Paket durumu, Hareketler menüsünden ya da menüde belirtilen " -"tuşlarla değiştirilebilir. Örneğin, '+' tuşu ile ek bir paket " -"yükleyebilirsiniz. \"Tabu\" durumu paketin kurulumunun kaldırılmaması " -"gerektiğini ve kurulu sürümün korunması gerektiğini belirtir." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "Paket durumu, Hareketler menüsünden ya da menüde belirtilen tuşlarla değiştirilebilir. Örneğin, '+' tuşu ile ek bir paket yükleyebilirsiniz. \"Tabu\" durumu paketin kurulumunun kaldırılmaması gerektiğini ve kurulu sürümün korunması gerektiğini belirtir." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"Hareketler menüsü ayrıca listelenmiş tüm paketlerin durumunu " -"değiştirebilmeyi sağlar. ('Tüm listelenmiş paketler' seçeneğini kullanın)" +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "Hareketler menüsü ayrıca listelenmiş tüm paketlerin durumunu değiştirebilmeyi sağlar. ('Tüm listelenmiş paketler' seçeneğini kullanın)" #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -888,29 +827,14 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : paket kurulum için seçilmişa+ : paket kurulum " -"için otomatikman seçilmiş > : paketi güncellea> </" -"b>: paketi otomatik olarak güncelle i : paket kurulu durumda</" -"p> - : paket silinecek---: paketi hiç bir zaman " -"kurma" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : paket kurulum için seçilmişa+ : paket kurulum için otomatikman seçilmiş > : paketi güncellea> : paketi otomatik olarak güncelle i : paket kurulu durumda - : paket silinecek---: paketi hiç bir zaman kurma" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-: paket \"korunuyor\" -- kurulu paketi saklayın ve hiç bir " -"zaman güncellemeyin ya da silmeyin." +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-: paket \"korunuyor\" -- kurulu paketi saklayın ve hiç bir zaman güncellemeyin ya da silmeyin." # include/tv/ui.ycp:493 #. label for an error popup @@ -921,61 +845,29 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." msgstr "" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." msgstr "" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:632 #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"Paket aratmak için anahtar kelime girin. Paket adının bir kısmı ile arama " -"yapabilirsiniz, örneğin tüm 3D paketlerini aramak için \"3d\" girin. " -" Paket tanımlarında da arama yapmak istiyorsanız ilgili seçeneği " -"işaretleyin. 'Enter' tuşuyla aramayı başlatabilirsiniz.br>" +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "Paket aratmak için anahtar kelime girin. Paket adının bir kısmı ile arama yapabilirsiniz, örneğin tüm 3D paketlerini aramak için \"3d\" girin. Paket tanımlarında da arama yapmak istiyorsanız ilgili seçeneği işaretleyin. 'Enter' tuşuyla aramayı başlatabilirsiniz.br>" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." msgstr "" #. label for an error popup @@ -985,83 +877,31 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"Öntanımlı olarak, her durum değişikliği yapıldığında paket bağımlılıkları " -"kontrol edilir. Her paket çakışması ve ek paket gereksinimleri hakkında " -"bilgilendirileceksiniz. (Etc menüsündeki Bağımlılılar seçeneği " -"değişik ayarlar sunar)" +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Öntanımlı olarak, her durum değişikliği yapıldığında paket bağımlılıkları kontrol edilir. Her paket çakışması ve ek paket gereksinimleri hakkında bilgilendirileceksiniz. (Etc menüsündeki Bağımlılılar seçeneği değişik ayarlar sunar)" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed " -"Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package " -"will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of " -"installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the " -"system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode</" -"i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the " -"YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." msgstr "" #. label of a frame with search settings @@ -1282,63 +1122,29 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_select.ycp:134 #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"\"recommended\" modundaki yamaları kurmalısınız. \"security\" " -"modundakiler güvenlik yamalarıdır ve bu yamaların kurulumu şiddetle " -"önerilir. İlk önce her zaman \"YaST\" yamaları kurulacaktır. Diğer yamalar " -"ikinci bir çalıştırma sırasında kurulmalıdır." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "\"recommended\" modundaki yamaları kurmalısınız. \"security\" modundakiler güvenlik yamalarıdır ve bu yamaların kurulumu şiddetle önerilir. İlk önce her zaman \"YaST\" yamaları kurulacaktır. Diğer yamalar ikinci bir çalıştırma sırasında kurulmalıdır." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." msgstr "" #. label for a warning popup @@ -1383,12 +1189,8 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"İptal ile çıkmanız durumunda yaptığınız seçimler kaybolacaktır.Çıkmak " -"istediğinize emin misiniz? " +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "İptal ile çıkmanız durumunda yaptığınız seçimler kaybolacaktır.Çıkmak istediğinize emin misiniz? " # clients/inst_language.ycp:116 #. the label of language table @@ -1443,20 +1245,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Güncelleme sorun listesi Bu listedeki paketler otomatik olarak " -"güncellenemez.Olası nedenler:Bu paketler başka paketler " -"tarafından eskileştirilmiş.Kurulum medyalarında güncellenecek yeni " -"bir sürüm mevcut değil.Bu paketler üçüncü kişi paketleridirBu " -"paketlerle ne yapılacağını elle seçin. Yapılacak en güvenli hareket " -"paketleri silmektir." +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Güncelleme sorun listesi Bu listedeki paketler otomatik olarak güncellenemez.Olası nedenler:Bu paketler başka paketler tarafından eskileştirilmiş.Kurulum medyalarında güncellenecek yeni bir sürüm mevcut değil.Bu paketler üçüncü kişi paketleridirBu paketlerle ne yapılacağını elle seçin. Yapılacak en güvenli hareket paketleri silmektir." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 @@ -1484,28 +1274,13 @@ # clients/online_update_select.ycp:140 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -#~ "installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on " -#~ "your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</" -#~ "p> i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ " -#~ ": You have selected this patch for installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Durum işaretlerinin anlamı:+: Kurulumunuza göre " -#~ "belirlenip seçilmiş yamalar. Bu yamalar indirilip sisteminize " -#~ "kurulacaktır. Eğer bir yamanın kurulumunu istemiyorsanız '-' ile seçimini " -#~ "kaldırın." +#~ msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ : You have selected this patch for installation." +#~ msgstr "Durum işaretlerinin anlamı:+: Kurulumunuza göre belirlenip seçilmiş yamalar. Bu yamalar indirilip sisteminize kurulacaktır. Eğer bir yamanın kurulumunu istemiyorsanız '-' ile seçimini kaldırın." # clients/online_update_select.ycp:134 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"recommended\" modundaki yamaları kurmalısınız. \"security\" " -#~ "modundakiler güvenlik yamalarıdır ve bu yamaların kurulumu şiddetle " -#~ "önerilir. İlk önce her zaman \"YaST\" yamaları kurulacaktır. Diğer " -#~ "yamalar ikinci bir çalıştırma sırasında kurulmalıdır." +#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "\"recommended\" modundaki yamaları kurmalısınız. \"security\" modundakiler güvenlik yamalarıdır ve bu yamaların kurulumu şiddetle önerilir. İlk önce her zaman \"YaST\" yamaları kurulacaktır. Diğer yamalar ikinci bir çalıştırma sırasında kurulmalıdır." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:647 #, fuzzy @@ -1625,12 +1400,8 @@ #~ msgid "Technical data" #~ msgstr "&Teknik bilgi" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "i: This patch is already installed.>: The patch " -#~ "will be reinstalled." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "i: Bu yama kurulu durumda.>: Bu yama yeniden " -#~ "kurulacak." +#~ msgid "i: This patch is already installed.>: The patch will be reinstalled." +#~ msgstr "i: Bu yama kurulu durumda.>: Bu yama yeniden kurulacak." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Toggle [SPACE]" @@ -1888,76 +1659,29 @@ #~ msgid "S&elections" #~ msgstr "Seçimler" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The package installation dialog offers the features to customize your " -#~ "SuSE Linux installation. You have the opportunity to make your own " -#~ "decision about the installation or removal of particular packages. For " -#~ "example, select additional categories for installation (see menu " -#~ "Filter) or deselect unwanted packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paket kurulum penceresi SuSE Linux kurulumunu kendinize göre " -#~ "ayarlamanızı sağlar. Paketlerin kurulumu ya da kaldırımı hakkında kendi " -#~ "seçiminizi yapabilirsiniz. Örneğin kurulum için ilave paketler seçebilir " -#~ "ya da istenmeyen paketleri kaldırabilirsiniz (Filtre menüsüne " -#~ "bakınız.)" +#~ msgid "The package installation dialog offers the features to customize your SuSE Linux installation. You have the opportunity to make your own decision about the installation or removal of particular packages. For example, select additional categories for installation (see menu Filter) or deselect unwanted packages." +#~ msgstr "Paket kurulum penceresi SuSE Linux kurulumunu kendinize göre ayarlamanızı sağlar. Paketlerin kurulumu ya da kaldırımı hakkında kendi seçiminizi yapabilirsiniz. Örneğin kurulum için ilave paketler seçebilir ya da istenmeyen paketleri kaldırabilirsiniz (Filtre menüsüne bakınız.)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The list shows all packages belonging to the current filter with " -#~ "status information in the first column. To change the package status, see " -#~ "Actions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Liste filtreye bağlı olan paketleri gösterir. İlk kolonda durum " -#~ "bilgisi mevcuttur. Paket durumunu değiştirmek için Hareketler " -#~ "menüsüne bakınız." +#~ msgid "The list shows all packages belonging to the current filter with status information in the first column. To change the package status, see Actions." +#~ msgstr "Liste filtreye bağlı olan paketleri gösterir. İlk kolonda durum bilgisi mevcuttur. Paket durumunu değiştirmek için Hareketler menüsüne bakınız." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Be careful when deleting packages and always pay attention to " -#~ "Warning pop-ups." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lütfen paket silerken dikkat ediniz ve Uyarı pencerelerine önem " -#~ "gösteriniz." +#~ msgid "Be careful when deleting packages and always pay attention to Warning pop-ups." +#~ msgstr "Lütfen paket silerken dikkat ediniz ve Uyarı pencerelerine önem gösteriniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Description of the menus: Filter: the packages shown in the " -#~ "package list match the selected filter, such as an RPM group, a keyword, " -#~ "or a category of packages (like Development or Games)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Menülerin tanımı: Filtre:Paket listesinde gösterilen " -#~ "paketler seçili filtreye uyar. Örneğin; RPM grubu, anahtar kelime ya da " -#~ "paket kategorisi (Geliştirme, oyunlar gibi)." +#~ msgid "Description of the menus: Filter: the packages shown in the package list match the selected filter, such as an RPM group, a keyword, or a category of packages (like Development or Games)." +#~ msgstr "Menülerin tanımı: Filtre:Paket listesinde gösterilen paketler seçili filtreye uyar. Örneğin; RPM grubu, anahtar kelime ya da paket kategorisi (Geliştirme, oyunlar gibi)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Information: you have the possibility to view different " -#~ "information about the selected package in the window on the bottom of the " -#~ "dialog, such as the long description, all available versions of the " -#~ "package, or the file list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bilgi: Pencerenin altındaki kutudan seçilen paketin uzun " -#~ "tanımı, varolan sürümler ya da dosya listesi gibi bilgileri " -#~ "edinebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Information: you have the possibility to view different information about the selected package in the window on the bottom of the dialog, such as the long description, all available versions of the package, or the file list." +#~ msgstr "Bilgi: Pencerenin altındaki kutudan seçilen paketin uzun tanımı, varolan sürümler ya da dosya listesi gibi bilgileri edinebilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Etc.: The menu item 'Dependencies' offers different settings " -#~ "for the dependency checking. Automatic dependency check means check after " -#~ "every change of the package status whether all requirements are fulfilled " -#~ "or whether conflicts occurred." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Diğer: 'Bağımlılıklar' menüsü bağımlılık kontrolü için değişik " -#~ "seçenekler sunar. Otomatik bağımlılık kontrolü, her paket değişiminden " -#~ "sonra tüm gereksinimlerin sağlandığını ya da paket çakışması olmadığını " -#~ "onaylama işlemine denir." +#~ msgid "Etc.: The menu item 'Dependencies' offers different settings for the dependency checking. Automatic dependency check means check after every change of the package status whether all requirements are fulfilled or whether conflicts occurred." +#~ msgstr "Diğer: 'Bağımlılıklar' menüsü bağımlılık kontrolü için değişik seçenekler sunar. Otomatik bağımlılık kontrolü, her paket değişiminden sonra tüm gereksinimlerin sağlandığını ya da paket çakışması olmadığını onaylama işlemine denir." #~ msgid "To save or load a package selection, choose 'Selections'." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paket seçimi yüklemek ya da kaydetmek için 'Seçimler' seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanın." +#~ msgstr "Paket seçimi yüklemek ya da kaydetmek için 'Seçimler' seçeneğini kullanın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package " -#~ "status." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ayrıca ENTER ve BOŞLUK tuşları ile paket durumunu " -#~ "değiştirebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status." +#~ msgstr "Ayrıca ENTER ve BOŞLUK tuşları ile paket durumunu değiştirebilirsiniz." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1485 #~ msgid "Package/Library" @@ -1973,84 +1697,35 @@ #~ msgid "Additional Information" #~ msgstr "Ek bilgi" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Special keys: Function keys provide a quick access to the main " -#~ "functions (frequently used buttons) of this dialog. See the listing below " -#~ "to get the bindings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Özel tuşlar: Fonksiyon tuşları penceredeki ana görevlere (sık " -#~ "kullanılan düğmelere) hızlı erişim sağlar. Bu tuşların görevleri için " -#~ "aşağıdaki listeye bakınız." +#~ msgid "Special keys: Function keys provide a quick access to the main functions (frequently used buttons) of this dialog. See the listing below to get the bindings." +#~ msgstr "Özel tuşlar: Fonksiyon tuşları penceredeki ana görevlere (sık kullanılan düğmelere) hızlı erişim sağlar. Bu tuşların görevleri için aşağıdaki listeye bakınız." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Shortcuts are used to perform the desired action by pressing the " -#~ "Alt key followed by the key marked in the corresponding button, " -#~ "check box, radio button, or other item.If the Alt key " -#~ "combinations are captured by the X server, use ESC instead." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kısayollar Alt tuşu ile birlikte istenilen düğmenin, seçim " -#~ "düğmelerinin ya da diğer öğelerin adındaki işaretlenmiş harflere basarak " -#~ "istenilen görevi yerine getirmek için kullanılır. Eğer Alt ile " -#~ "yapılan tuş kombinasyonları X sunucusu tarafından kullanılıyorsa ESC</" -#~ "b> tuşunu da kullanabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Shortcuts are used to perform the desired action by pressing the Alt key followed by the key marked in the corresponding button, check box, radio button, or other item.If the Alt key combinations are captured by the X server, use ESC instead." +#~ msgstr "Kısayollar Alt tuşu ile birlikte istenilen düğmenin, seçim düğmelerinin ya da diğer öğelerin adındaki işaretlenmiş harflere basarak istenilen görevi yerine getirmek için kullanılır. Eğer Alt ile yapılan tuş kombinasyonları X sunucusu tarafından kullanılıyorsa ESC tuşunu da kullanabilirsiniz." #~ msgid "General keyboard navigation:" #~ msgstr "Genel klavye dolaşımı:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To move inside a dialog, use Tab to go forward and Alt " -#~ "or Shift + Tab to go back. If the Alt and " -#~ "Shift key combinations are occupied by the window manager or the " -#~ "terminal, Ctrl + F (forward) and Ctrl + B " -#~ "(back) can be used instead.." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pencerede Tab tuşu ileriye, Alt ya da Shift " -#~ "ile Tab tuşu ise geriye hareket etmek için kullanılır. Eğer " -#~ "Alt ve Shift tuş kombinasyonları pencere yöneticisi ya da " -#~ "terminal tarafından kullanılıyosa Ctrl F (ileri) ve " -#~ "Ctrl B (geri) tuşları kullanılabilir." +#~ msgid "To move inside a dialog, use Tab to go forward and Alt or Shift + Tab to go back. If the Alt and Shift key combinations are occupied by the window manager or the terminal, Ctrl + F (forward) and Ctrl + B (back) can be used instead.." +#~ msgstr "Bu pencerede Tab tuşu ileriye, Alt ya da Shift ile Tab tuşu ise geriye hareket etmek için kullanılır. Eğer Alt ve Shift tuş kombinasyonları pencere yöneticisi ya da terminal tarafından kullanılıyosa Ctrl F (ileri) ve Ctrl B (geri) tuşları kullanılabilir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The command specified on an activated button (e.g., Next, Add) is " -#~ "executed if the Enter key is pressed. Radio buttons or " -#~ "check boxes are switched on or off with Enter or Space. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçili düğmeye ait komutu (İleri, Ekle gibi) çalıştırmak için " -#~ "Enter düğmesini kullanın. Seçim düğmelerini açma kapama işlerini " -#~ "ise Enter ya da Boşluk tuşlarıyla yapabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "The command specified on an activated button (e.g., Next, Add) is executed if the Enter key is pressed. Radio buttons or check boxes are switched on or off with Enter or Space. " +#~ msgstr "Seçili düğmeye ait komutu (İleri, Ekle gibi) çalıştırmak için Enter düğmesini kullanın. Seçim düğmelerini açma kapama işlerini ise Enter ya da Boşluk tuşlarıyla yapabilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Scroll in lists or text (e.g., the help text) with the arrow " -#~ "keys." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Liste ya da yazılarda (yardım yazıları gibi) kaydırma işlemini ok</" -#~ "b> tuşlarıyla gerçekleştirebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Scroll in lists or text (e.g., the help text) with the arrow keys." +#~ msgstr "Liste ya da yazılarda (yardım yazıları gibi) kaydırma işlemini ok tuşlarıyla gerçekleştirebilirsiniz." #~ msgid "Save Package List" #~ msgstr "Paket listesini kaydet" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The current package selection can be saved on a floppy (insert a " -#~ "formatted floppy) or on the hard disk. Select the medium and specify " -#~ "the file name in the input field below." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Şu anki paket seçimi bir diskete (biçimlendirilmiş bir disket takın) " -#~ "ya da sabit diske kaydedilebilir. Aşağıdaki alandan kullanacağınız " -#~ "medyayı ve dosya ismini belirtin." +#~ msgid "The current package selection can be saved on a floppy (insert a formatted floppy) or on the hard disk. Select the medium and specify the file name in the input field below." +#~ msgstr "Şu anki paket seçimi bir diskete (biçimlendirilmiş bir disket takın) ya da sabit diske kaydedilebilir. Aşağıdaki alandan kullanacağınız medyayı ve dosya ismini belirtin." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Could not find a formatted floppy. Check that a formatted and verified " -#~ "floppy is inserted in the drive." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Biçimlendirilmiş bir disket bulunamıyor. Biçimlendirilmiş ve kontrol " -#~ "edilmiş bir disket taktığınızı kontrol edin." +#~ msgid "Could not find a formatted floppy. Check that a formatted and verified floppy is inserted in the drive." +#~ msgstr "Biçimlendirilmiş bir disket bulunamıyor. Biçimlendirilmiş ve kontrol edilmiş bir disket taktığınızı kontrol edin." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Could not write to file. Check that the path name is correct and " -#~ "the directory is accessible." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dosyaya yazılamıyor. Yol ismini ve dizinin erişilebilir olup " -#~ "oldmadığını kontrol edin." +#~ msgid "Could not write to file. Check that the path name is correct and the directory is accessible." +#~ msgstr "Dosyaya yazılamıyor. Yol ismini ve dizinin erişilebilir olup oldmadığını kontrol edin." #~ msgid "Your settings have been saved to the floppy disk." #~ msgstr "Ayarlarınız diskete kaydedildi." @@ -2064,27 +1739,14 @@ #~ msgid "Really overwrite your package selection?" #~ msgstr "Paket seçiminin gerçekten üstüne yazmak istiyor musunuz?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the medium and the name of the file containing the user-" -#~ "defined package selection to install. If required, insert the floppy.</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Özel paket seçimini kaydettiğiniz medyayı ve dosya ismini belirtin." -#~ " Gerekiyorsa disketi de takın." +#~ msgid "Specify the medium and the name of the file containing the user-defined package selection to install. If required, insert the floppy." +#~ msgstr "Özel paket seçimini kaydettiğiniz medyayı ve dosya ismini belirtin. Gerekiyorsa disketi de takın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Could not mount the floppy. Check that the floppy is inserted in the " -#~ "drive." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Disket sürücü sisteme bağlanılamıyor. Disketin sürücüye takılı olup " -#~ "olmadığını kontrol ediniz." +#~ msgid "Could not mount the floppy. Check that the floppy is inserted in the drive." +#~ msgstr "Disket sürücü sisteme bağlanılamıyor. Disketin sürücüye takılı olup olmadığını kontrol ediniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Could not load the settings. Check that the path name is correct " -#~ "and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ayarlar okunamıyor. Yolun doğru olduğuna ve gerekli durumdaysa, " -#~ "doğru disketi taktığınıza emin olun." +#~ msgid "Could not load the settings. Check that the path name is correct and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly." +#~ msgstr "Ayarlar okunamıyor. Yolun doğru olduğuna ve gerekli durumdaysa, doğru disketi taktığınıza emin olun." # clients/inst_rpmupdate.ycp:1079 #~ msgid "The package selection is loaded succesfully." @@ -2139,16 +1801,11 @@ #~ msgid "Filter:" #~ msgstr "Filtre:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this " -#~ "dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "F1 tuşuna basarak daha geniş yardım alabilir ya da ESC " -#~ "tuşu ile bu pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." +#~ msgstr "F1 tuşuna basarak daha geniş yardım alabilir ya da ESC tuşu ile bu pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz." #~ msgid "Press F1 or ESC to close this dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "F1 ya da ESC tuşları ile pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz." +#~ msgstr "F1 ya da ESC tuşları ile pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz." #~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation" #~ msgstr "Metin modunda dolaşım" @@ -2269,12 +1926,8 @@ #~ msgid "are not installed." #~ msgstr "kurulu değil." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Could not load the settings. Check that the path name is correct " -#~ "and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly./p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ayarlar okunamıyor. Yolun doğru olduğuna ve gerekli durumdaysa, " -#~ "doğru disketi taktığınıza emin olun." +#~ msgid "Could not load the settings. Check that the path name is correct and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly./p>" +#~ msgstr "Ayarlar okunamıyor. Yolun doğru olduğuna ve gerekli durumdaysa, doğru disketi taktığınıza emin olun." #~ msgid "&Toggle [RET]" #~ msgstr "&Değiştir [ENT]" @@ -2298,11 +1951,5 @@ # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1999 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "X : this package is selected for installation_ : " -#~ "the package will not be installeda : automatically selected " -#~ "package (another selected package depends on it)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "X : bu paket kurulmak için seçilmiştir_ : paket " -#~ "kurulmayacaktıra : otomatik olarak seçilmiştir (başka bir " -#~ "paketin seçilmesine bağlı olarak)" +#~ msgid "X : this package is selected for installation_ : the package will not be installeda : automatically selected package (another selected package depends on it)" +#~ msgstr "X : bu paket kurulmak için seçilmiştir_ : paket kurulmayacaktıra : otomatik olarak seçilmiştir (başka bir paketin seçilmesine bağlı olarak)" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -98,16 +98,11 @@ #~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" #~ msgstr "Yardım için F1 tuşuna basın" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this " -#~ "dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "F1 tuşuna basarak daha geniş yardım alabilir ya da ESC " -#~ "tuşu ile bu pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." +#~ msgstr "F1 tuşuna basarak daha geniş yardım alabilir ya da ESC tuşu ile bu pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz." #~ msgid "Press F1 or ESC to close this dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "F1 ya da ESC tuşları ile pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz." +#~ msgstr "F1 ya da ESC tuşları ile pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz." #~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation" #~ msgstr "Metin modunda dolaşım" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/network.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/network.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/network.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -171,26 +171,21 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" @@ -388,8 +383,7 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes @@ -399,10 +393,8 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" @@ -823,9 +815,7 @@ msgstr "En azından bir adres belirtilmelidir." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 @@ -1145,8 +1135,7 @@ #. Label text #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" -msgstr "" -"Bu güncellemeler YaST çevrimiçi güncelleme aracı ile indirilip kurulsun mu?" +msgstr "Bu güncellemeler YaST çevrimiçi güncelleme aracı ile indirilip kurulsun mu?" #. Heading #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347 @@ -1502,12 +1491,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1706,12 +1692,8 @@ msgstr "Aygıtı belirlemek için \"id\" seçeneğini kullanın." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"\"id\" değeri sınırın dışında. \"list\" seçeneği ile \"id\" seçeneğinin " -"alabileceği en yüksek değeri görebilirsiniz." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "\"id\" değeri sınırın dışında. \"list\" seçeneği ile \"id\" seçeneğinin alabileceği en yüksek değeri görebilirsiniz." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1795,8 +1777,7 @@ "See %1 for details." msgstr "" "Bir Xen ağ köprüsü algılandı.\n" -"Köprü komut dosyası tarafından ağ arabirimlerinin isimleri " -"değiştirildiğinden\n" +"Köprü komut dosyası tarafından ağ arabirimlerinin isimleri değiştirildiğinden\n" "arabirimlerin yapılandırılmaması ve yeniden başlatılmaması gerekiyor.\n" "Ayrıntılar için %1 dosyasına bakın." @@ -1810,11 +1791,9 @@ "First add the add-on CD to your YaST software repositories then return \n" "to this configuration dialog.\n" msgstr "" -"Bu aygıtın çalışması için dahili yazılım (firmware) dosyasına ihtiyaç " -"vardır. Bu dosya\n" +"Bu aygıtın çalışması için dahili yazılım (firmware) dosyasına ihtiyaç vardır. Bu dosya\n" "%1 eklenti CD'sinden kurulabilir.\n" -"Bu yazılımı kurmak için eklenti CD'sini YaST kurulum kaynaklarına ekleyin ve " -"bu\n" +"Bu yazılımı kurmak için eklenti CD'sini YaST kurulum kaynaklarına ekleyin ve bu\n" "yapılandırma penceresine geri dönün." #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214 @@ -1837,9 +1816,7 @@ msgstr "Ürün Bilgisi kuruluyor..." #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" # clients/sound_volume.ycp:135 @@ -1928,17 +1905,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1946,10 +1920,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 @@ -1957,21 +1929,16 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" "Modül için seçenekler şu formatta girilmelidir:\n" "seçenek=değer. Her girdi arasında boşluk olmalıdır,\n" "örneğin, io=220 irq=5. Not: Eğer aynı modül adıyla\n" -"iki kart yapılandırıldıysa, seçenekler kaydetme sırasında birleştirilecektir." -"" +"iki kart yapılandırıldıysa, seçenekler kaydetme sırasında birleştirilecektir." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 @@ -1991,8 +1958,7 @@ "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" "Burada ağ aygıtını ayarlayabilirsiniz. Değerler\n" -"/etc/modprobe.conf ya da /etc/chandev.conf dosyalarına " -"yazılacaktır.\n" +"/etc/modprobe.conf ya da /etc/chandev.conf dosyalarına yazılacaktır.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 @@ -2000,8 +1966,7 @@ "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" -"Modüller için seçenekler IBM aygıt sürücüleri ve kurulum komutları</" -"b>\n" +"Modüller için seçenekler IBM aygıt sürücüleri ve kurulum komutları\n" "kitapçığındaki düzenle girilmelidir." #. Manual dialog caption @@ -2180,41 +2145,24 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "" -"Bu arayüz için Port adı seçin (büyük-küçük harf duyarlı)." +msgstr "Bu arayüz için Port adı seçin (büyük-küçük harf duyarlı)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Bu arayüz için ek seçenekleri girin (boşluk ile ayrılacak şekilde)." -"" +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Bu arayüz için ek seçenekleri girin (boşluk ile ayrılacak şekilde)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Bu arabirim için IP adresi ele geçirme kullanılacaksa IPA ele " -"geçirmeyi etkinleştir seçeneğini işaretleyin." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "Bu arabirim için IP adresi ele geçirme kullanılacaksa IPA ele geçirmeyi etkinleştir seçeneğini işaretleyin." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Bu kart layer 2 desteği ile yapılandırılmışsa Layer 2 desteğini " -"etkinleştir seçeneğini işaretleyin." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Bu kart layer 2 desteği ile yapılandırılmışsa Layer 2 desteğini etkinleştir seçeneğini işaretleyin." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Bu kart layer 2 desteği ile yapılandırılmışsa Layer 2 MAC adresi " -"bölümünü doldurun." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Bu kart layer 2 desteği ile yapılandırılmışsa Layer 2 MAC adresi bölümünü doldurun." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 @@ -2374,8 +2322,7 @@ "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Yeni ağ kartı ekleme:</big> \n" -"Ekle düğmesine basarak el ile yeni bir ağ kartı ekleyebilirsiniz.</" -"p>\n" +"Ekle düğmesine basarak el ile yeni bir ağ kartı ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy @@ -2395,8 +2342,7 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2414,20 +2360,16 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" "Yönlendirme ayarları bu pencerede yapılabilir.\n" -"Varsayılan ağ geçidi erişilebilir tüm hedeflerle zayıf bir şekilde " -"eşleştirir.\n" -"Eğer istenen adrese uyan başka bir girdi bulunursa varsayılan rota yerine " -"bulunan o rota\n" -"kullanılacaktır. Varsayılan rotanın mantığı size kolayca, \"diğer herşey " -"buraya gitsin\"\n" +"Varsayılan ağ geçidi erişilebilir tüm hedeflerle zayıf bir şekilde eşleştirir.\n" +"Eğer istenen adrese uyan başka bir girdi bulunursa varsayılan rota yerine bulunan o rota\n" +"kullanılacaktır. Varsayılan rotanın mantığı size kolayca, \"diğer herşey buraya gitsin\"\n" "dedirtebilmektir.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 @@ -2447,8 +2389,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2457,30 +2398,23 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Eğer IP adresi almak için DHCP kullanıyorsanız, makina adının\n" "DHCP ile alınmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" "Eğer her biri bir makine adı atayan birden fazla ağa bağlanacaksanız bunu\n" -"kullanmayın, çünkü çalışma sırasında makine adı değişikliği grafik " -"arayüzünün\n" +"kullanmayın, çünkü çalışma sırasında makine adı değişikliği grafik arayüzünün\n" "düzgün çalışmamasına yol açacaktır.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2500,8 +2434,7 @@ "(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.\n" msgstr "" "Ad sunucusu makine adlarını IP adreslerine çeviren bir bilgisayardır.\n" -"Bu değer bir makine adı olarak değil, bir IP adresi olarak " -"girilmelidir\n" +"Bu değer bir makine adı olarak değil, bir IP adresi olarak girilmelidir\n" "(192.168.0.42 gibi).\n" #. resolver dialog help @@ -2509,36 +2442,29 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "Arama alanı makine adlarının aranmaya başlandığı\n" -"alan adıdır. Birincil arama alanı genellikle bilgisayarınızın alan adı</" -"b> ile\n" +"alan adıdır. Birincil arama alanı genellikle bilgisayarınızın alan adı ile\n" "aynıdır (örneğin: suse.de). Bunun yanı sıra ek arama alanları da olabilir\n" "(örneğin: suse.com) Alanları virgülle ya da boşlukla ayırın.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2559,15 +2485,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2595,18 +2518,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2618,12 +2538,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Bilgisayarınızın IP adresini (örneğin: 192.168.100.99),\n" "ağ maskesini (genelde 255.255.255.0) ve gerekiyorsa ana\n" @@ -2664,12 +2581,8 @@ "firewall kullanan arabirim yoksa firewall kapatılacaktır." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"Zorunlu arabirim, sistem açılışında arabirim başlatılamazsa ağ " -"hizmetinin hata verip vermeyeceğini belirler." +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "Zorunlu arabirim, sistem açılışında arabirim başlatılamazsa ağ hizmetinin hata verip vermeyeceğini belirler." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" @@ -2677,16 +2590,14 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 @@ -2699,8 +2610,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." @@ -2715,15 +2625,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2744,22 +2651,16 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" -"Takma ad bölümünde arabirim adını eklemeyin. Örneğin, eth0:foo " -"yerine foo\n" +"Takma ad bölümünde arabirim adını eklemeyin. Örneğin, eth0:foo yerine foo\n" "girmelisiniz." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup @@ -2784,10 +2685,8 @@ "Üç adet Anahtar giriş türü arasından seçim yapın.\n" " Parola ile anahtar girilen parola cümlesinden oluşturulur.\n" " ASCII modunda anahtar girilen karakterlerin ASCII değerlerinden\n" -"oluşturulur. 64-bit anahtarlar için 5 karakter, 128-bit anahtarlar için en " -"fazla 13\n" -"karakter, 156-bit anahtarlar için en fazla 16 karakter ve 256-bit anahtarlar " -"için en fazla\n" +"oluşturulur. 64-bit anahtarlar için 5 karakter, 128-bit anahtarlar için en fazla 13\n" +"karakter, 156-bit anahtarlar için en fazla 16 karakter ve 256-bit anahtarlar için en fazla\n" "29 karakter girilmelidir.\n" " Onaltılık kod ile anahtarı direk olarak onaltılık kodlar halinde\n" "girebilirsiniz. 64-bit anahtarlar için 10 basamak, 128-bit anahtarlar için\n" @@ -2826,8 +2725,7 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -2837,8 +2735,7 @@ "istasyonlar birbiriyle iletişim kurmak için aynı ESSID'yi kullanmalıdır.\n" "Eğer çalışma modunu Yönetilmiş seçer ve WPA kimlik\n" "doğrulama modunu seçmezseniz bu seçeneği boş bırakabilir ya da <tt>any</tt>\n" -"olarak doldurabilirsiniz. Bu durumda, kablosuz ağ kartı sinyal gücü en " -"yüksek\n" +"olarak doldurabilirsiniz. Bu durumda, kablosuz ağ kartı sinyal gücü en yüksek\n" "olan erişim noktasına bağlanacaktır.\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2856,8 +2753,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2870,12 +2766,10 @@ "WEP kullanılan bir çok durumda Açık mod (kimlik doğrulama\n" "olmadan) kullanılır. Bu WEP şifreleme kullanılmadığı anlamına gelmez.\n" "Bazı ağlarda WEP Paylaşılmış anahtar kimlik doğrulaması\n" -"kullanılabilir. NOT: Paylaşılmış anahtar yönteminde potansiyel " -"saldırganların\n" +"kullanılabilir. NOT: Paylaşılmış anahtar yönteminde potansiyel saldırganların\n" "ağa girmesi daha kolay olacaktır. Özel olarak paylaşılmış anahtar yöntemini\n" "kullanmanız gerekmiyorsa Açık yöntemini kullanın. WEP'in güvensiz\n" -"olması nedeniyle WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) geliştirilmiştir, " -"ancak\n" +"olması nedeniyle WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) geliştirilmiştir, ancak\n" "tüm donanımlar bu yöntemi desteklememektedir. Eğer WPA kullanacaksanız\n" "kimlik doğrulama türü olarak WPA-PSK ya da WPA-EAP seçin.\n" "Bu sadeceYönetilen modunda kullanılabilir.\n" @@ -2893,8 +2787,7 @@ "anahtarını girin. 64, 128, 156 ya da 256 bit'ten oluşan bir\n" "anahtar boyutu seçebilirsiniz, ancak tüm aygıtlar tüm anahtar boyutlarını\n" "desteklememektedir. Bu anahtarların 24 bitlik bölümü dinamik olarak\n" -"oluşturulur, bu yüzden sadece 40 - 232 bitlik bölümünün girilmesi gerekir.</" -"p>\n" +"oluşturulur, bu yüzden sadece 40 - 232 bitlik bölümünün girilmesi gerekir.\n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 @@ -2926,8 +2819,7 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Bu değerler '/etc/sysconfig/network' altındaki 'ifcfg-*' arabirim\n" @@ -3024,8 +2916,7 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "TTLS ve PEAP için sunucuda yapılandırılmış Kimlik\n" "ve Parola değerlerini girmelisiniz. Eğer kullanıcıyı\n" @@ -3051,18 +2942,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" "TLS, bir kullanıcı adı ve parola kombinasyonu yerine bir İstemci\n" -"sertifikası gerektirmektedir. İletişim için açık ve gizli bir anahtar " -"çifti\n" +"sertifikası gerektirmektedir. İletişim için açık ve gizli bir anahtar çifti\n" "kullanılır, bu yüzden özel anahtarınızı içeren bir İstemci anahtarı\n" -"ve onun İstemci anahtar şifresi bilgilerine ihtiyacınız olacaktır.</" -"p>\n" +"ve onun İstemci anahtar şifresi bilgilerine ihtiyacınız olacaktır.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144 @@ -3118,10 +3006,8 @@ "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" "Burada dahili kimlik doğrulama metodunu (2. evre olarak da bilinir)\n" -"yapılandırabilirsiniz. Varsayılan olarak tüm yöntemlere izin verilir. Eğer " -"izin\n" -"verilecek yöntemleri sınırlamak istiyorsanız, ya da kimlik doğrulama " -"konusunda\n" +"yapılandırabilirsiniz. Varsayılan olarak tüm yöntemlere izin verilir. Eğer izin\n" +"verilecek yöntemleri sınırlamak istiyorsanız, ya da kimlik doğrulama konusunda\n" "sorunlar yaşıyorsanız dahili kimlik doğrulama yöntemini seçin.\n" #. radio button group label @@ -3134,8 +3020,7 @@ "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" -"Eğer PEAP kullanıyorsanız belirli bir PEAP sürümünün kullanılmasını " -"zorlayabilirsiniz\n" +"Eğer PEAP kullanıyorsanız belirli bir PEAP sürümünün kullanılmasını zorlayabilirsiniz\n" "(sürüm 0 ya da 1). Normalde bunu seçmenize gerek yoktur.\n" # clients/lvm_config.ycp:311 @@ -3249,8 +3134,7 @@ #. Error popup #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." -msgstr "" -"Parolanın uzunluğu 8 ve 63 karakter arası olmalıdır (8 ve 63 dahildir)." +msgstr "Parolanın uzunluğu 8 ve 63 karakter arası olmalıdır (8 ve 63 dahildir)." #. Error popup #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611 @@ -3301,14 +3185,12 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Eğer kablosuz ağ kartını Ana ya da Ad-hoc modunda çalıştıracaksanız\n" "kartın kullanacağı kanalı burada belirleyin. Bu işlem yönetilen\n" -"modunda gerekli değildir, ağ kartı erişim noktalarını ararken farklı " -"kanallar arasında\n" +"modunda gerekli değildir, ağ kartı erişim noktalarını ararken farklı kanallar arasında\n" "dolaşacaktır.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 @@ -3336,10 +3218,8 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Güç koruma mekanizmalarını kullanmak için Güç koruma yönetimi kullan</" -"b>\n" -"seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz. Gücünü şebeke elektriğinden almayan bir " -"dizüstü bilgisayara\n" +"Güç koruma mekanizmalarını kullanmak için Güç koruma yönetimi kullan\n" +"seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz. Gücünü şebeke elektriğinden almayan bir dizüstü bilgisayara\n" "sahipseniz bu seçeneği kullanmak faydalı olabilir.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -3418,18 +3298,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "Bu pencerede veriler yollanmadan önce şifrelemede kullanılacak\n" -"WEP anahtarını belirleyebilirsiniz. Sadece biri veri şifrelemesinde " -"kullanılmak\n" +"WEP anahtarını belirleyebilirsiniz. Sadece biri veri şifrelemesinde kullanılmak\n" "üzere dört adet anahtar ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu anahtar öntanımlı olandır.\n" -"Diğer anahtarlar veri şifrelemesini çözmekte kullanılabilir. Normalde " -"sadece\n" +"Diğer anahtarlar veri şifrelemesini çözmekte kullanılabilir. Normalde sadece\n" "bir anahtar kullanmak yetecektir." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 @@ -3485,8 +3362,7 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" @@ -3573,17 +3449,14 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "Bu özellik etkinleştirilirse bu makineyi uzaktaki başka bir\n" "makineyle yönetme şansına sahip olursunuz. krdc gibi bir VNC istemcisiyle\n" "(<hostname>:%1 adresine bağlanarak) ya da Java destekli\n" -"bir web tarayıcıyla (http://<hostname>:%2/ adresine " -"bağlanarak)\n" -"uzaktan yönetim işlemini yapabilirsiniz. Bu tür uzaktan yönetim, SSH " -"kullanmaktan\n" +"bir web tarayıcıyla (http://<hostname>:%2/ adresine bağlanarak)\n" +"uzaktan yönetim işlemini yapabilirsiniz. Bu tür uzaktan yönetim, SSH kullanmaktan\n" "daha az güvenlidir.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -3828,9 +3701,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text @@ -4020,8 +3891,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" @@ -4142,27 +4012,22 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"NFSroot ile seçeneği 'otomatik' gibi çalışır. Ancak bu başlangıç " -"modundaki arayüzler\n" +"NFSroot ile seçeneği 'otomatik' gibi çalışır. Ancak bu başlangıç modundaki arayüzler\n" "'rcnetwork stop' ile kapatılamaz. 'ifdown <arayüz>' komutu hala çalışır.\n" "Bir nfs ya da iscsi ana dosya sistemi varsa bu seçeneği kullanın.\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"NFSroot ile seçeneği 'otomatik' gibi çalışır. Ancak bu başlangıç " -"modundaki arayüzler\n" +"NFSroot ile seçeneği 'otomatik' gibi çalışır. Ancak bu başlangıç modundaki arayüzler\n" "'rcnetwork stop' ile kapatılamaz. 'ifdown <arayüz>' komutu hala çalışır.\n" "Bir nfs ya da iscsi ana dosya sistemi varsa bu seçeneği kullanın.\n" @@ -4177,15 +4042,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "Aygıt etkinleştirmesi ile ağ arabiriminin ne zaman\n" -"kurulacağını seçebilirsiniz. Sistem açılışında ile sistem açılırken " -"arabirimi başlatmayı, Hiç bir zaman ile de arabirimin " -"başlatılmamasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"kurulacağını seçebilirsiniz. Sistem açılışında ile sistem açılırken arabirimi başlatmayı, Hiç bir zaman ile de arabirimin başlatılmamasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" "%1\n" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247 @@ -4318,9 +4180,7 @@ msgstr "Ağ kartlarını &yapılandır" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name @@ -4662,9 +4522,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings @@ -4814,10 +4672,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 @@ -4827,8 +4682,7 @@ "to configure.\n" msgstr "" "Eğer ses kartı henüz yapılandırılmadıysa, ses kartı \n" -"yapılandırma modülünü başlatmak için Ses Kartlarını Yapılandır'a " -"basın.\n" +"yapılandırma modülünü başlatmak için Ses Kartlarını Yapılandır'a basın.\n" "" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 @@ -5004,24 +4858,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">açık</a>" +#~ msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">açık</a>" +#~ msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" #~ msgstr "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #, fuzzy @@ -5061,37 +4909,28 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -#~ "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. " -#~ "Some \n" +#~ "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" #~ "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" #~ "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" #~ "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -#~ "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave " -#~ "AUTO\n" -#~ "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -#~ "HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +#~ "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +#~ "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" #~ "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yollanacak makine adı bölümü dhcpd DHCP mesajlarını yollarken\n" -#~ "kullanacağı makine adı seçeneğini belirtir. Bazı DHCP sunucuları bu " -#~ "makine adına\n" +#~ "kullanacağı makine adı seçeneğini belirtir. Bazı DHCP sunucuları bu makine adına\n" #~ "göre sunucu girdilerini günceller (dinamik DNS).\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ayrıca bazı DHCP sunucuları istemcilerden alınan DHCP mesajlarında " -#~ "belirli bir\n" -#~ "yazı bulunması için Yollanacak makine adı bölümüne ihtiyaç " -#~ "duyarlar.\n" -#~ "Şu anki makine adının yollanması için OTOMATİK seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanın.\n" +#~ "Ayrıca bazı DHCP sunucuları istemcilerden alınan DHCP mesajlarında belirli bir\n" +#~ "yazı bulunması için Yollanacak makine adı bölümüne ihtiyaç duyarlar.\n" +#~ "Şu anki makine adının yollanması için OTOMATİK seçeneğini kullanın.\n" #~ "Bir makine adı yollanmaması için bu alanı boş bırakın." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" -#~ "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this " -#~ "table.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bir arayüzün ek adreslerini (takma adlarını) burada girebilirsiniz." +#~ "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.\n" +#~ msgstr "Bir arayüzün ek adreslerini (takma adlarını) burada girebilirsiniz." #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -5190,8 +5029,7 @@ #~ "Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Hazırlama işleminin durdurması\n" -#~ "</BIG> Şu anda Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı " -#~ "güvenli\n" +#~ "</BIG> Şu anda Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı güvenli\n" #~ "bir şekilde durdurabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5208,8 +5046,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Kayıt işleminin durdurulması</BIG> \n" #~ "Durdur düğmesine basarak kayıt işlemini durdurabilirsiniz.\n" -#~ "Bir pencerede size durdurma işleminin güvenli olup olmadığı hakkında " -#~ "bilgi verilecektir.\n" +#~ "Bir pencerede size durdurma işleminin güvenli olup olmadığı hakkında bilgi verilecektir.\n" #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use." #~ msgstr "%1 sağlayıcısı kullanımda." @@ -5234,8 +5071,7 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a DSL device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>DSL aygıtı ekleme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Ekle düğmesine basarak el ile bir DSL aygıtı yapılandırabilirsiniz." -#~ "" +#~ "Ekle düğmesine basarak el ile bir DSL aygıtı yapılandırabilirsiniz." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5270,17 +5106,14 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " -#~ "to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " -#~ "VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "İlk önce, PPP modunu seçiniz. Bu ya\n" #~ "Ethernet üzerinden PPP (PPPoE) ya da ATM üzerinden PPP\n" #~ "(PPPoATM) seçeneği olacaktır. Eğer DSL modeminiz makinenize ethernet ile\n" -#~ "bağlıysa kuEthernet üzerinden PPP seçeneğini lanın. Emin " -#~ "değilseniz\n" +#~ "bağlıysa kuEthernet üzerinden PPP seçeneğini lanın. Emin değilseniz\n" #~ "servis sağlayıcınıza danışın." #~ msgid "" @@ -5291,19 +5124,14 @@ #~ "kartınızı yapılandırın." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " -#~ "up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "PPP moduna bağlı ayarlar, DSL bağlantısının kurulması için " -#~ "gereklidir.\n" -#~ "VPI/VPC sadece ATM üzerinden PPP kullanılıyorsa, " -#~ "Ethernet\n" -#~ "kartı ise sadece Ethernet üzerinden PPP kullanılıyorsa " -#~ "geçerlidir.\n" +#~ "PPP moduna bağlı ayarlar, DSL bağlantısının kurulması için gereklidir.\n" +#~ "VPI/VPC sadece ATM üzerinden PPP kullanılıyorsa, Ethernet\n" +#~ "kartı ise sadece Ethernet üzerinden PPP kullanılıyorsa geçerlidir.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, 0.38\n" @@ -5317,10 +5145,8 @@ #~ "modem is connected. If you did not set up your ethernet card yet, do\n" #~ "so by pressing Configure Network Cards." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "PPPoE için DSL modeminizin bağlı olduğu ethernet kartının aygıtını " -#~ "girin.\n" -#~ "Eğer bir ethernet kartı kurmadıysanız Ağ kartlarını yapılandır " -#~ "düğmesine\n" +#~ "PPPoE için DSL modeminizin bağlı olduğu ethernet kartının aygıtını girin.\n" +#~ "Eğer bir ethernet kartı kurmadıysanız Ağ kartlarını yapılandır düğmesine\n" #~ "basarak önce bu işlemi yürütün." #, fuzzy @@ -5399,8 +5225,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Kayıt işleminin durdurulması:</BIG> \n" #~ "Durdur düğmesine basarak kayıt işlemini durdurabilirsiniz.\n" -#~ "Bir pencerede size durdurma işleminin güvenli olup olmadığı hakkında " -#~ "bilgi verilecek.\n" +#~ "Bir pencerede size durdurma işleminin güvenli olup olmadığı hakkında bilgi verilecek.\n" #~ msgid "Select the item to edit." #~ msgstr "Düzenlenecek seçeneği işaretleyin." @@ -5436,8 +5261,7 @@ #~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>ISDN kartları genel görünümü</BIG> \n" -#~ "Burada, kurulu ISDN kartlarını ve bağlantı ayarlarını görebilir, ve buna " -#~ "ek\n" +#~ "Burada, kurulu ISDN kartlarını ve bağlantı ayarlarını görebilir, ve buna ek\n" #~ "olarak yapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5445,8 +5269,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure an ISDN card manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bir ISDN kartı ekleme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Ekle düğmesine basarak ISDN kartınızı elle yapılandırabilirsiniz.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Ekle düğmesine basarak ISDN kartınızı elle yapılandırabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG> \n" @@ -5459,12 +5282,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bir ISDN bağlantısı ekleme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Ekle düğmesine basarak bir ISDN çevirmeli bağlantısı " -#~ "yapılandırabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Ekle düğmesine basarak bir ISDN çevirmeli bağlantısı yapılandırabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5488,12 +5309,10 @@ #~ msgstr "ISDN ayrıntılı ayarları" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ " Uzak telefon numarası listesi bu arabirime bağlanmasına izin " -#~ "verilen\n" +#~ " Uzak telefon numarası listesi bu arabirime bağlanmasına izin verilen\n" #~ "uzak makinaları kontrol eder.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5504,43 +5323,33 @@ #~ "numaralara izin ver seçeneğini kaldırın.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer geri arama modu kapalıysa, çağrılar özel işlem " -#~ "görmeden\n" +#~ "Eğer geri arama modu kapalıysa, çağrılar özel işlem görmeden\n" #~ "alınacaktır.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer geri arama modu sunucu ise, gelen çağrılar " -#~ "alındıktan sonra\n" +#~ "Eğer geri arama modu sunucu ise, gelen çağrılar alındıktan sonra\n" #~ "geri arama tetiklenecektir.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer geri arama modu istemci ise, yerel sistem ilk " -#~ "çağrıyı yapacak ve\n" +#~ "Eğer geri arama modu istemci ise, yerel sistem ilk çağrıyı yapacak ve\n" #~ "uzak makinanın geri arama yapması için bekleyecek.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " -#~ "call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " -#~ "server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geri arama aralığı ilk arama ile geri aramanın (sunucu) ya da " -#~ "telefonu\n" -#~ "kapamanın (istemci) arasındaki saniye sayısıdır. Bu değer sunucuda " -#~ "istemcidekinden\n" +#~ "Geri arama aralığı ilk arama ile geri aramanın (sunucu) ya da telefonu\n" +#~ "kapamanın (istemci) arasındaki saniye sayısıdır. Bu değer sunucuda istemcidekinden\n" #~ "daha büyük olmalıdır.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5578,15 +5387,12 @@ #~ msgstr "ISDN hizmet seçimi" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer birleşik bir ISDN ve DSL CAPI kontrol kartınız varsa DSL " -#~ "bağlantınızı\n" -#~ "DSL CAPI arabirimi ekle ile yapılandırın. Bu işlemi daha sonra " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "Eğer birleşik bir ISDN ve DSL CAPI kontrol kartınız varsa DSL bağlantınızı\n" +#~ "DSL CAPI arabirimi ekle ile yapılandırın. Bu işlemi daha sonra DSL\n" #~ "yapılandırma penceresinden de yapabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5596,18 +5402,15 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "ISDN üzerinden ağ erişimi için iki arabirime ihtiyaç vardır:\n" #~ "RawIP ve SyncPPP. Bir çok durumda SyncPPP\n" -#~ "arabirimi kullanılacaktır. Tüm yaygın servis sağlayıcılarda bu kullanılır." -#~ "\n" +#~ "arabirimi kullanılacaktır. Tüm yaygın servis sağlayıcılarda bu kullanılır.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " -#~ "providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Değişik internet sağlayıcıları arasında geçiş yapmak için\n" -#~ "her sağlayıcı için ayrı bir arabirime gerek yoktur. Aynı arabirime birden " -#~ "çok\n" +#~ "her sağlayıcı için ayrı bir arabirime gerek yoktur. Aynı arabirime birden çok\n" #~ "sağlayıcı ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5622,10 +5425,8 @@ #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer birleşik bir ISDN/DSL CAPI kontrol kartınız varsa DSL " -#~ "bağlantınızı\n" -#~ "DSL CAPI arabirimi ekle ile yapılandırın. Bu işlemi daha sonra " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "Eğer birleşik bir ISDN/DSL CAPI kontrol kartınız varsa DSL bağlantınızı\n" +#~ "DSL CAPI arabirimi ekle ile yapılandırın. Bu işlemi daha sonra DSL\n" #~ "yapılandırma penceresinden de yapabilirsiniz." #~ msgid "Add &DSL CAPI Interface" @@ -5654,24 +5455,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " -#~ "digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " -#~ "means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Telefon numaram -- ISDN kartınız direk olarak şirket tarafından " -#~ "sağlanan\n" -#~ "sokete bağlıysa kendi telefon numaranızı (MSN) alan kodu olmadan girin. " -#~ "Kart\n" -#~ "bir PBX'e bağlıysa PBX'in MSN'ini (telefon eklentisi ya da eklentinin son " -#~ "hanesini\n" -#~ "ya da hanelerini) girin. BU başarısız olursa 0 kullanmayı deneyin, bu şu " -#~ "anda\n" +#~ "Telefon numaram -- ISDN kartınız direk olarak şirket tarafından sağlanan\n" +#~ "sokete bağlıysa kendi telefon numaranızı (MSN) alan kodu olmadan girin. Kart\n" +#~ "bir PBX'e bağlıysa PBX'in MSN'ini (telefon eklentisi ya da eklentinin son hanesini\n" +#~ "ya da hanelerini) girin. BU başarısız olursa 0 kullanmayı deneyin, bu şu anda\n" #~ "kullanılan MSN manasına gelir." #~ msgid "" @@ -5684,8 +5477,7 @@ #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer el ile seçeneğini seçerseniz hizmeti aşağıdaki komutları " -#~ "kullanarak\n" +#~ "Eğer el ile seçeneğini seçerseniz hizmeti aşağıdaki komutları kullanarak\n" #~ "el ile başlatmalı/durdurmalısınız (sisteme 'root' olarak girmişken):\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " başlat: ifup ippp0\n" @@ -5696,35 +5488,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " -#~ "channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " -#~ "automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " -#~ "goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kanal birleştirme ile Multilink PPP olarak bilinen 128 " -#~ "kBit'lik\n" -#~ "bir bağlantı kurabilirsiniz. İkinci kanalı etkinleştirmek ya da kapamak " -#~ "için\n" +#~ "Kanal birleştirme ile Multilink PPP olarak bilinen 128 kBit'lik\n" +#~ "bir bağlantı kurabilirsiniz. İkinci kanalı etkinleştirmek ya da kapamak için\n" #~ "şu komutları kullanın:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "Buna ek olarak xibod paketini kurarsanız bu işlemin otomatik " -#~ "olarak yapılmasını\n" -#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz. Bu şekilde, eğer daha fazla bant genişliğine gerek " -#~ "duyulursa bir kanal\n" +#~ "Buna ek olarak xibod paketini kurarsanız bu işlemin otomatik olarak yapılmasını\n" +#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz. Bu şekilde, eğer daha fazla bant genişliğine gerek duyulursa bir kanal\n" #~ "eklenir, ve trafik azalırsa bir kanal kaldırılır.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5732,8 +5517,7 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Harici firewall arayüzü seçeneği ile firewall\n" @@ -5864,8 +5648,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " -#~ "salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Eğer eski ISA kartlardan birine sahipseniz, IO port bellek adresi ve\n" #~ "IRQ değerlerini girebilirsiniz.\n" @@ -5890,10 +5673,8 @@ #~ "Bazı ISDN katları için birden fazla sürücü mevcuttur.\n" #~ "Lütfen listeden birini seçin.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ISDN protokolü: Genel durumlarda protokol Euro ISDN'dir." +#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "ISDN protokolü: Genel durumlarda protokol Euro ISDN'dir." #~ msgid "" #~ "Area Code: Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" @@ -5904,20 +5685,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " -#~ "one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Arama ön eki: Hat almak için bir arama ön ekine\n" -#~ "ihtiyaç duyuyorsanız bu eki buraya girebilirsiniz. Bu sadece dahili S0 " -#~ "yolunda kullanılır ve en çok\n" +#~ "ihtiyaç duyuyorsanız bu eki buraya girebilirsiniz. Bu sadece dahili S0 yolunda kullanılır ve en çok\n" #~ "\"0\" değerine rastlanır.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " -#~ "Log." +#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tüm ISDN trafiğinin kaydını tutmak istemiyorsanız ISDN kaydını " -#~ "başlat\n" +#~ "Tüm ISDN trafiğinin kaydını tutmak istemiyorsanız ISDN kaydını başlat\n" #~ "seçeneğinin kapatın." #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" @@ -6141,16 +5917,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Tüm modem yapılandırma değerlerini girin." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " -#~ "etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aygıt modeminizin bağlı olduğu portu belirtir. ttyS0, ttyS1 " -#~ "değerleri\n" -#~ "DOS/Windows'daki COM1, COM2 portlarına karşılık gelir. ttyACM0 ve " -#~ "ttyACM1\n" +#~ "Aygıt modeminizin bağlı olduğu portu belirtir. ttyS0, ttyS1 değerleri\n" +#~ "DOS/Windows'daki COM1, COM2 portlarına karşılık gelir. ttyACM0 ve ttyACM1\n" #~ "USB portlarını temsil eder." #~ msgid "" @@ -6162,19 +5934,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " -#~ "additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " -#~ "your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Telefon hattına bağlı olarak Arama modunu seçin. Çoğu\n" #~ "telefon şirketi Arama modu olarak Tonlu aramayı kullanır.\n" -#~ "Modeminizin sesini açmak için Hopalör açık seçeneğini " -#~ "işaretleyin.\n" -#~ "Modemin çevir sesini algılayana kadar beklemesi için Çevir sesini " -#~ "algıla\n" +#~ "Modeminizin sesini açmak için Hopalör açık seçeneğini işaretleyin.\n" +#~ "Modemin çevir sesini algılayana kadar beklemesi için Çevir sesini algıla\n" #~ "seçeneğini işaretleyin.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6218,8 +5985,7 @@ #~ "Baud Rate is a transmission speed that tells\n" #~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Baud hızı değeri bilgisayarın modemle saniyede kaç bitlik bir " -#~ "hızla\n" +#~ "Baud hızı değeri bilgisayarın modemle saniyede kaç bitlik bir hızla\n" #~ "iletişim kuracağını belirler.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6270,12 +6036,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " -#~ "Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " -#~ "there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Gerektiği zaman ara seçeneği Internet'ten veri istendiği\n" @@ -6288,8 +6051,7 @@ #~ "When Modify DNS is enabled, the name server will be\n" #~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "DNS değiştirilmesi seçeneği etkinleştirildiğinde ad " -#~ "sunucusu \n" +#~ "DNS değiştirilmesi seçeneği etkinleştirildiğinde ad sunucusu \n" #~ "Internet'e bağlandığınızda otomatik olarak değiştirilecektir." #~ msgid "" @@ -6303,29 +6065,23 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ad sunucuları makine adlarını (örneğin, www.suse.com) IP\n" -#~ "adreslerine (213.95.15.200 gibi) çevirme işleminde kullanılır. Ad " -#~ "sunucularını\n" +#~ "adreslerine (213.95.15.200 gibi) çevirme işleminde kullanılır. Ad sunucularını\n" #~ "sadece gerektiği zaman ara seçeneği seçilirse ya da\n" #~ "DNS değiştirilmesi seçeneği kapatılırsa girmek gerekir.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " -#~ "dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " -#~ "this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Budala mod çevirmeli bağlantı sunucusundan gelebilecek bilgi " -#~ "istemlerinin\n" -#~ "algılanmasını kapatır. Bağlantı kurma işlemi yavaş çalışıyor ya da hiç " -#~ "çalışmıyorsa bu\n" +#~ "Budala mod çevirmeli bağlantı sunucusundan gelebilecek bilgi istemlerinin\n" +#~ "algılanmasını kapatır. Bağlantı kurma işlemi yavaş çalışıyor ya da hiç çalışmıyorsa bu\n" #~ "seçeneği kullanmayı deneyin.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6341,12 +6097,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " Boş durma zaman aşımı ayarı ile boş duran bir bağlantının\n" -#~ "ne kadar süre sonra kapatılacağı belirlenir (0 değeri ile zaman aşımı " -#~ "gerçekleşmez).\n" +#~ "ne kadar süre sonra kapatılacağı belirlenir (0 değeri ile zaman aşımı gerçekleşmez).\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "min" @@ -6408,10 +6162,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " -#~ "case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Her bağlantıda sağlayıcı size geçici bir IP adresi atıyorsa\n" @@ -6421,32 +6173,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " -#~ "static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " -#~ "almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bağlantı kurulduktan sonra alan adı sunucularını değiştirmek " -#~ "isterseniz\n" -#~ "Eş DNS kullan seçeneğini işaretleyin. Bu işlem statik DNS " -#~ "yapılandırmasını\n" -#~ "bağlantı ile edinilen DNS sunucusunun IP adresi ile değiştirecektir. " -#~ "Günümüzde\n" -#~ "hemen hemen her servis sağlayıcı eş DNS kullanımını " -#~ "desteklemektedir.\n" +#~ "Bağlantı kurulduktan sonra alan adı sunucularını değiştirmek isterseniz\n" +#~ "Eş DNS kullan seçeneğini işaretleyin. Bu işlem statik DNS yapılandırmasını\n" +#~ "bağlantı ile edinilen DNS sunucusunun IP adresi ile değiştirecektir. Günümüzde\n" +#~ "hemen hemen her servis sağlayıcı eş DNS kullanımını desteklemektedir.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " -#~ "special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Eğer geri arama modu kapalıysa, çağrılar özel işlem görmeden,\n" #~ "normal olarak alınacaktır." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " -#~ "callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Eğer geri arama modu sunucu ise, gelen çağrılar alındıktan sonra\n" @@ -6461,13 +6205,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " -#~ "reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Varsayılan rota seçeneği ile bu sağlayıcı için\n" -#~ "varsayılan rotayı seçebilirsiniz. Bu sağlayıcı ile tek makinelere ya da " -#~ "alt ağlara\n" +#~ "varsayılan rotayı seçebilirsiniz. Bu sağlayıcı ile tek makinelere ya da alt ağlara\n" #~ "erişmeyecekseniz bu seçenek doğru olacaktır." #~ msgid "Select Internet Service Provider (ISP)" @@ -6549,8 +6291,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a new provider manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Sağlayıcı ekleme:</big> \n" -#~ "Elle yeni bir sağlayıcı yapılandırmak için Ekle düğmesine basın.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Elle yeni bir sağlayıcı yapılandırmak için Ekle düğmesine basın.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -6572,9 +6313,7 @@ #~ "sonra listeden servis sağlayıcıyı seçin." #~ msgid "Use New to add a provider not in the list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Listede olmayan bir sağlayıcıyı eklemek için Yeni düğmesine " -#~ "basın." +#~ msgstr "Listede olmayan bir sağlayıcıyı eklemek için Yeni düğmesine basın." #~ msgid "Choose one of the available provider types." #~ msgstr "Mevcut sağlayıcı türlerinden birini seçin." @@ -6590,8 +6329,7 @@ #~ "dialing number, connect to the home page %2 or call the hot line\n" #~ "%3.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 için kayıt olmak ve en iyi telefon numarasını bumak için, " -#~ "%2\n" +#~ "%1 için kayıt olmak ve en iyi telefon numarasını bumak için, %2\n" #~ "sayfasına bağlanın ya da %3 yardım hattını arayın.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6599,8 +6337,7 @@ #~ "dialing number, connect to the home page %2." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "%1 için kayıt olmak ve en iyi telefon numarasını bumak için, " -#~ "%2\n" +#~ "%1 için kayıt olmak ve en iyi telefon numarasını bumak için, %2\n" #~ "sayfasına bağlanın.\n" #~ "" @@ -6625,18 +6362,15 @@ #~ msgstr "Servis sağlayıcı için Sağlayıcı adı girin." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Servis sağlayıcı için Ad ve erişim için Telefon numarası " -#~ "girin.\n" +#~ "Servis sağlayıcı için Ad ve erişim için Telefon numarası girin.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Paket sarma tipini seçin.\n" @@ -6664,29 +6398,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kullanıcı adının başına t-online-com/, sonunda da\n" #~ "@t-online-com.de eklenecektir." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Parolanın her gerektiğinde sorulması için Parolayı her seferinde " -#~ "sor\n" +#~ "Parolanın her gerektiğinde sorulması için Parolayı her seferinde sor\n" #~ "seçeneğini işaretleyin.\n" -#~ "İnternet servis sağlayıcınız parolaların diskte kaydedilmesine izin " -#~ "vermeyebilir.\n" -#~ "Parolayı buraya yazarsanız (sadece root tarafından okunabilecek şekilde) " -#~ "diske\n" +#~ "İnternet servis sağlayıcınız parolaların diskte kaydedilmesine izin vermeyebilir.\n" +#~ "Parolayı buraya yazarsanız (sadece root tarafından okunabilecek şekilde) diske\n" #~ "şifrelenmeden yazılacaktır.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6755,8 +6484,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Kullanıcı adını girin." #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " -#~ "field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6770,12 +6498,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kullanıcı adı bölümüne boş karakteri (/ karakterinden\n" -#~ "sonraki) Kamp kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip " -#~ "İleri\n" +#~ "sonraki) Kamp kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip İleri\n" #~ "düğmesine basın. (Zorluk çekerseniz servis sağlayıcınıza başvurun).\n" #~ msgid "Access AOL-DSL." @@ -6783,19 +6509,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " -#~ "need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " -#~ "enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " -#~ "request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kullanıcı adı bölümündeki boşluğu (@ karakterinden\n" -#~ "önceki) AOL kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip İleri</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "önceki) AOL kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip İleri\n" #~ "düğmesine basın. Eğer yeni bir AOL müşterisiyseniz ve ilk defa arama\n" #~ "yapacaksanız AOL PIN numaranızı girmelisiniz. Eğer Windows sisteminiz\n" #~ "varsa bu PIN kodunu AOL bağlantı programına girin, yoksa AOL destek\n" @@ -6806,13 +6527,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kullanıcı adı bölümüne boş karakteri (/ karakterinden\n" -#~ "sonraki) 1&1 kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip İleri</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "sonraki) 1&1 kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip İleri\n" #~ "düğmesine basın. (Zorluk çekerseniz servis sağlayıcınıza başvurun).\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL." @@ -6830,13 +6549,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kullanıcı adı bölümüne boş karakteri (/ karakterinden\n" -#~ "sonraki) T-Online Business kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da " -#~ "girip İleri\n" +#~ "sonraki) T-Online Business kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip İleri\n" #~ "düğmesine basın. (Zorluk çekerseniz servis sağlayıcınıza başvurun).\n" #~ msgid "Provider Configuration" @@ -6846,15 +6563,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " -#~ "will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Normalde bir ağ arabirimini sadece sistem yöneticisinin açmaya ve\n" -#~ "kapamaya izni vardır. Kullanıcı kontollü ile normal bir kullanıcı " -#~ "da\n" +#~ "kapamaya izni vardır. Kullanıcı kontollü ile normal bir kullanıcı da\n" #~ "arabirimi KInternet ile kontrol edebilir.\n" #~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" @@ -7215,8 +6929,7 @@ #~ "proxy sunucusunun adıdır.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " -#~ "secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "HTTPS proxy adresi web'e (WWW) güvenli erişim için kullanılan\n" @@ -7229,8 +6942,7 @@ #~ "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" #~ "to the file transfer services (FTP)." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "FTP proxy adresi dosya transfer hizmetine (FTP) erişimi " -#~ "sağlayan\n" +#~ "FTP proxy adresi dosya transfer hizmetine (FTP) erişimi sağlayan\n" #~ "proxy sunucusunun adıdır." #, fuzzy @@ -7239,10 +6951,8 @@ #~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tüm Protokoller İçin Aynı Proxy'yi Kullan seçeneği seçili " -#~ "durumdaysa\n" -#~ "sadece HTTP proxy adresini girmeniz yeterli olacaktır, bu proxy tüm " -#~ "protokoller\n" +#~ "Tüm Protokoller İçin Aynı Proxy'yi Kullan seçeneği seçili durumdaysa\n" +#~ "sadece HTTP proxy adresini girmeniz yeterli olacaktır, bu proxy tüm protokoller\n" #~ "için (HTTP, HTTPS ve FTP) kullanılacaktır." #~ msgid "" @@ -7250,23 +6960,18 @@ #~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" #~ "for example, %1.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Proxy dışı alanlar isteklerin önbellek kullanımı olmadan " -#~ "doğrudan\n" -#~ "yapılacağı alanların virgül ile ayrılmış listesidir, örneğin %1 " -#~ "gibi.\n" +#~ "Proxy dışı alanlar isteklerin önbellek kullanımı olmadan doğrudan\n" +#~ "yapılacağı alanların virgül ile ayrılmış listesidir, örneğin %1 gibi.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." -#~ "\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kimlik doğrulama gerektiren bir proxy sunucusu kullanıyorsanız\n" -#~ "Proxy kullanıcı adı ve Proxy parolası bölümlerini doldurun. " -#~ "Geçerli\n" -#~ "bir kullanıcı adı noktalama işaretleri dışındaki yazdırılabilir ASCII " -#~ "karakterlerinden oluşur.\n" +#~ "Proxy kullanıcı adı ve Proxy parolası bölümlerini doldurun. Geçerli\n" +#~ "bir kullanıcı adı noktalama işaretleri dışındaki yazdırılabilir ASCII karakterlerinden oluşur.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7346,8 +7051,7 @@ #~ "If Automatically Reconnect is enabled, the connection will\n" #~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "DNS değiştirilmesi seçeneği etkinleştirildiğinde ad " -#~ "sunucusu \n" +#~ "DNS değiştirilmesi seçeneği etkinleştirildiğinde ad sunucusu \n" #~ "Internet'e bağlandığınızda otomatik olarak değiştirilecektir." # clients/online_update_start.ycp:151 @@ -7359,29 +7063,21 @@ #~ msgstr "&Ağ maskesi" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply " -#~ "on both IPv4 and IPv6." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sistem bir yönlendirici ise IP yönlendirmesini etkinleştirin.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply on both IPv4 and IPv6." +#~ msgstr "Sistem bir yönlendirici ise IP yönlendirmesini etkinleştirin." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Your hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> and will be \n" -#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this " -#~ "modification, \n" +#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this modification, \n" #~ "uncheck Write Hostname to /etc/hosts box. In that case your \n" #~ "hostname will not be resolvable without an active network.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer IP adresini DHCP ile alıyorsanız makine adınız /etc/hosts " -#~ "dosyasına\n" +#~ "Eğer IP adresini DHCP ile alıyorsanız makine adınız /etc/hosts dosyasına\n" #~ "yazılacak ve 127.0.0.2 IP adresinden çözümlenebilir olacaktır.\n" -#~ "Bu varsayılan davranıştır. Bunu kapatmak istiyorsanız bu kutunun " -#~ "seçimini\n" -#~ "kaldırın, ancak bu durumda aktif ağ olmadan makine adınız " -#~ "çözümlenemeyecektir.\n" +#~ "Bu varsayılan davranıştır. Bunu kapatmak istiyorsanız bu kutunun seçimini\n" +#~ "kaldırın, ancak bu durumda aktif ağ olmadan makine adınız çözümlenemeyecektir.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "&Write Hostname to /etc/hosts" @@ -7398,10 +7094,8 @@ #~ "networks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cevap yayını iste seçeneği ile DHCP istemcisinin sunucuya\n" -#~ "cevaplarının yayınlanmasını istemesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Bu seçenek " -#~ "makineniz,\n" -#~ "örneğin, farklı ağlar arasında hareket eden mobil bir istemciyse " -#~ "gerekebilir." +#~ "cevaplarının yayınlanmasını istemesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Bu seçenek makineniz,\n" +#~ "örneğin, farklı ağlar arasında hareket eden mobil bir istemciyse gerekebilir." #~ msgid "Request Broad&cast Response" #~ msgstr "&Yayın cevabı iste" @@ -7440,20 +7134,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you plan to use a dial-up Internet connection and have set up your\n" -#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be " -#~ "temporarily\n" +#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be temporarily\n" #~ "disabled during the connection." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer çevirmeli Internet bağlantısını kullanmayı düşünüyorsanız " -#~ "bağlantı\n" -#~ "ayarlarını yaparken dinamik DNS atamasını kullanın, bu değerler bağlantı " -#~ "sırasında\n" +#~ "Eğer çevirmeli Internet bağlantısını kullanmayı düşünüyorsanız bağlantı\n" +#~ "ayarlarını yaparken dinamik DNS atamasını kullanın, bu değerler bağlantı sırasında\n" #~ "geçici olarak iptal edilecektir." #~ msgid "Optionally enter the name server list and domain search list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ad sunucu listesini ve alan arama listesini isteğe bağlı olarak " -#~ "girebilirsiniz." +#~ msgstr "Ad sunucu listesini ve alan arama listesini isteğe bağlı olarak girebilirsiniz." #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that the hostname is global--it applies to all\n" @@ -7472,16 +7161,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Modify the current version of the file.\n" -#~ "Press Accept and continue editing other data. You are able to " -#~ "return to this dialog at a later time, \n" +#~ "Press Accept and continue editing other data. You are able to return to this dialog at a later time, \n" #~ "when the above service has terminated.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ol>\n" #~ "<li>Dosyanın geçerli (değiştirilmiş) halini değiştirmek için </li>\n" -#~ "<li>'Kabul et' düğmesine basın ve diğer bilgileri düzenlemeye devam " -#~ "edin.\n" -#~ "Yukarıdaki hizmet sonlandırıldığında bu pencereye geri dönebilirsiniz.</" -#~ "li>\n" +#~ "<li>'Kabul et' düğmesine basın ve diğer bilgileri düzenlemeye devam edin.\n" +#~ "Yukarıdaki hizmet sonlandırıldığında bu pencereye geri dönebilirsiniz.</li>\n" #~ "</ol>\n" #~ msgid "Name Servers: Set by DHCP" @@ -7490,17 +7176,11 @@ #~ msgid "Search List: Set by DHCP" #~ msgstr "Arama listesi: DHCP tarafından belirlenir" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to." #~ msgstr "Bu bilgisayarın adını ve ait olduğu DNS alanını girin" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server.</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bilgisayar e-posta sunucusu olarak kullanılacaksa alan adı özellikle " -#~ "önemlidir." +#~ msgid "The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server." +#~ msgstr "Bilgisayar e-posta sunucusu olarak kullanılacaksa alan adı özellikle önemlidir." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Change /etc/resolv.conf manually" @@ -7543,12 +7223,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Bölge yok, tüm trafik bloklanmış" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Because Device Control for Non-root User has been enabled, the %1</" -#~ "b> packages must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması " -#~ "gerekir." +#~ msgid "Because Device Control for Non-root User has been enabled, the %1 packages must be installed." +#~ msgstr "HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #~ msgid "Modem &IP Address" #~ msgstr "Modem &IP adresi" @@ -7584,8 +7260,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter IP Address (e.g., 192.168.100.99)\n" -#~ "for your computer and the Remote IP Address (e.g., " -#~ "192.168.100.254)\n" +#~ "for your computer and the Remote IP Address (e.g., 192.168.100.254)\n" #~ "of your peer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bilgisayarınız için bir IP adresi (örneğin: 192.168.100.99)\n" @@ -7799,8 +7474,7 @@ #~ "The values are written to /etc/sysconfig/hardware/hwcfg-*.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Burada ağ aygıtınızı ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" -#~ "Değerler /etc/sysconfig/hardware/hwcfg-* dosyasına yazılacaktır.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Değerler /etc/sysconfig/hardware/hwcfg-* dosyasına yazılacaktır.\n" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:389 menuentries/menuentry_hwinfo.ycp:14 #~ msgid "&Hardware Configuration Name" @@ -7853,8 +7527,7 @@ #~ "%1 - %2 (%3) ile dene" #~ msgid "Clicking Next completes the configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." +#~ msgstr "İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "No Address Setup" @@ -7863,11 +7536,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Without an address" #~ msgstr "&Adres almadan" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "without an IPv4 address, this is useful when the interface is used for " -#~ "pppoe" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "IPv4 adresi olmadan, arabirim pppoe için kullanılıyorsa yararlı olacaktır" +#~ msgid "without an IPv4 address, this is useful when the interface is used for pppoe" +#~ msgstr "IPv4 adresi olmadan, arabirim pppoe için kullanılıyorsa yararlı olacaktır" #~ msgid "Default Gateway TODO: the original help is bad" #~ msgstr "" @@ -7894,8 +7564,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You changed the default device number.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "This possibility is only intended for systems with built-in network " -#~ "cards\n" +#~ "This possibility is only intended for systems with built-in network cards\n" #~ "or cards with multiple interfaces. If you do not have such network card,\n" #~ "this would probably result in a nonfunctional network configuration.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7925,17 +7594,14 @@ #~ "Böylece ağ adresleri sunucudan otomatik\n" #~ "olarak alınacaktır.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Otherwise, network addresses must be assigned manually." +#~ msgid "Otherwise, network addresses must be assigned manually." #~ msgstr "Aksi taktirde ağ adresi el ile girilmelidir." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" #~ "You can set the maximum transfer unit (MTU) of an interface." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Arabirimin maksimum transfer birimini (MTU) buradan " -#~ "ayarlayabilirsiniz." +#~ msgstr "Arabirimin maksimum transfer birimini (MTU) buradan ayarlayabilirsiniz." #~ msgid "" #~ "This setting is not available\n" @@ -7972,8 +7638,7 @@ #~ "YaST2 çevrimiçi güncelleme gibi programlar bunları kullanacaktır.\n" #~ "Diğer programlar (lynx, wget gibi) ise bunları yeni kullanıcı girişi\n" #~ "yapıldıktan sonra kullanacaktır. Bazı programlar da kendi\n" -#~ "ayarlama sistemlerine sahip olduklarından bu ayarları " -#~ "desteklememektedir.\n" +#~ "ayarlama sistemlerine sahip olduklarından bu ayarları desteklememektedir.\n" #~ msgid "Here, configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings." #~ msgstr "Burada Internet proxy (önbellek) ayarlarını yapabilirsiniz." @@ -8021,20 +7686,15 @@ #~ "Select Enable IPv6 to enable ipv6 module in kernel.\n" #~ "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is default option.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kernel'de ipv6 modülünü etkinleştirmek için IPv6'yı Etkinleştir</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "seçeneğini kullanın. IPv6'yı IPv4 ile birlikte kullanabilirsiniz. Bu " -#~ "varsayılan seçenektir.\n" +#~ "Kernel'de ipv6 modülünü etkinleştirmek için IPv6'yı Etkinleştir\n" +#~ "seçeneğini kullanın. IPv6'yı IPv4 ile birlikte kullanabilirsiniz. Bu varsayılan seçenektir.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Disable IPv6 to disable autoload kernel module for " -#~ "ipv6.\n" -#~ "When ipv6 protocol is not used on your network, response time will be " -#~ "faster.\n" +#~ "Select Disable IPv6 to disable autoload kernel module for ipv6.\n" +#~ "When ipv6 protocol is not used on your network, response time will be faster.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kernel'de ipv6 modülünün otomatik olarak yüklenmemesi için IPv6'yı\n" -#~ "Kapat seçeneğini kullanın. Ağınızda ipv6 protokolü " -#~ "kullanılmıyorsa\n" +#~ "Kapat seçeneğini kullanın. Ağınızda ipv6 protokolü kullanılmıyorsa\n" #~ "yanıt süreleri kısalacaktır.\n" #~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Overview" @@ -8122,15 +7782,11 @@ #~ "Proxy User Name and Proxy Password.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kimlik doğrulama gerektiren bir proxy sunucusu kullanıyorsanız\n" -#~ "Proxy kullanıcı adı ve Proxy parolası bölümlerini doldurun." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Proxy kullanıcı adı ve Proxy parolası bölümlerini doldurun.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -#~ "spacess)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu arayüz için Port adı seçin (büyük-küçük harf duyarlı)." +#~ msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spacess)." +#~ msgstr "Bu arayüz için Port adı seçin (büyük-küçük harf duyarlı)." #~ msgid "Checking for latest updates..." #~ msgstr "Son güncellemeler kontrol ediliyor..." @@ -8217,8 +7873,7 @@ #~ msgstr "%2 sağlayıcısı ile %3 protokolüyle %1 olarak yapılandırıldı." #~ msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%2 adresiyle (%3 uzak adresiyle) ve %1 protokolü ile yapılandırıldı." +#~ msgstr "%2 adresiyle (%3 uzak adresiyle) ve %1 protokolü ile yapılandırıldı." #~ msgid "Configured as %1 with %2." #~ msgstr "%2 protokolü ile %1 olarak yapılandırıldı." @@ -8232,12 +7887,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether to get\n" -#~ "a host name via DHCP or to set name servers and searched domains via DHCP." -#~ "" +#~ "a host name via DHCP or to set name servers and searched domains via DHCP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Eğer IP adresi almak için DHCP kullanıyorsanız, ana makina adının\n" -#~ "DHCP ile alınmasını sağlayın ya da isim sunucuları ve arama alanlarını " -#~ "DHCP ile ayarlayın." +#~ "DHCP ile alınmasını sağlayın ya da isim sunucuları ve arama alanlarını DHCP ile ayarlayın." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Change Host Name via DHCP" @@ -8259,8 +7912,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Also select this if you do not have a static\n" -#~ "IP address assigned by the system administrator or your cable or DSL " -#~ "provider.\n" +#~ "IP address assigned by the system administrator or your cable or DSL provider.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sistem yöneticinizden, ya da kablo veya DSL servis sunucunuzdan\n" @@ -8276,8 +7928,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the IP address (e.g., 192.168.100.99) for\n" -#~ "your computer, the network mask (usually 255.255.255.0), and, optionally, " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "your computer, the network mask (usually 255.255.255.0), and, optionally, the\n" #~ "default gateway IP address." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bilgisayarınızın IP adresini (örneğin: 192.168.100.99),\n" @@ -8350,21 +8001,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Adding a DSL Device:</big> \n" -#~ "Select a DSL device from the list of detected DSL devices. If your DSL " -#~ "device\n" +#~ "Select a DSL device from the list of detected DSL devices. If your DSL device\n" #~ "was not autodetected, use Other (not detected). Then press\n" #~ "Configure." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>DSL aygıtı ekleme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL " -#~ "aygıtınız otomatik\n" +#~ "Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL aygıtınız otomatik\n" #~ "olarak algılanmadıysa Diğer (algılanmamış) seçeneğini kullanıp\n" #~ "Yapılandır düğmesine basın." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -#~ "If you press Change, an additional dialog opens in which to change " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "If you press Change, an additional dialog opens in which to change the\n" #~ "configuration." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Düzenleme ya da silme:</BIG> \n" @@ -8409,8 +8057,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>ISDN kartı ekleme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Algılanan ISDN kartları listesinden bir ISDN kartı seçin. Eğer ISDN " -#~ "kartınız otomatik\n" +#~ "Algılanan ISDN kartları listesinden bir ISDN kartı seçin. Eğer ISDN kartınız otomatik\n" #~ "olarak algılanmadıysa Diğer (algılanmamış) seçeneğini kullanıp\n" #~ "Yapılandır düğmesine basın." @@ -8423,8 +8070,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Düzenleme ya da silme:</BIG> \n" #~ "Düzenle düğmesine basarsanız yapılandırmayı\n" -#~ "ce çevirmeli bağlantı ayarlarını değiştirebileceğiniz ek bir pencere " -#~ "açılacaktır.\n" +#~ "ce çevirmeli bağlantı ayarlarını değiştirebileceğiniz ek bir pencere açılacaktır.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy @@ -8443,13 +8089,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" #~ "Choose a network card from the list of detected network cards.\n" -#~ "If your network card was not autodetected, select Other (not detected)" -#~ "\n" +#~ "If your network card was not autodetected, select Other (not detected)\n" #~ "then press Configure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ağ kartı ekleme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Algılanan ağ kartları listesinden bir ağ kartı seçin. Eğer ağ kartınız " -#~ "otomatik\n" +#~ "Algılanan ağ kartları listesinden bir ağ kartı seçin. Eğer ağ kartınız otomatik\n" #~ "olarak algılanmadıysa Diğer (algılanmamış) seçeneğini kullanıp\n" #~ "Yapılandır düğmesine basın." @@ -8476,8 +8120,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Adding a Modem:</big> \n" #~ "Choose a modem from the list of detected modems. If your modem was not\n" -#~ "autodetected, use Other (not detected). Then press Configure</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "autodetected, use Other (not detected). Then press Configure.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Modem ekleme:</BIG> \n" @@ -8512,8 +8155,7 @@ #~ "authentication. NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" #~ "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" #~ "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -#~ "mode. As WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -#~ "Access)\n" +#~ "mode. As WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" #~ "was defined to close its security holes, but not every hardware supports\n" #~ "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK as the\n" #~ "authentication mode. This is only possible in operation mode\n" @@ -8527,30 +8169,21 @@ #~ "WEP kullanılan bir çok durumda Açık mod (kimlik doğrulama\n" #~ "olmadan) kullanılır. Bu WEP şifreleme kullanılmadığı anlamına gelmez.\n" #~ "Bazı ağlarda WEP Paylaşılmış anahtar kimlik doğrulaması\n" -#~ "kullanılabilir. NOT: Paylaşılmış anahtar yönteminde potansiyel " -#~ "saldırganların\n" -#~ "ağa girmesi daha kolay olacaktır. Özel olarak paylaşılmış anahtar " -#~ "yöntemini\n" +#~ "kullanılabilir. NOT: Paylaşılmış anahtar yönteminde potansiyel saldırganların\n" +#~ "ağa girmesi daha kolay olacaktır. Özel olarak paylaşılmış anahtar yöntemini\n" #~ "kullanmanız gerekmiyorsa Açık yöntemini kullanın. WEP'in güvensiz\n" -#~ "olması nedeniyle WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) geliştirilmiştir, " -#~ "ancak\n" +#~ "olması nedeniyle WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) geliştirilmiştir, ancak\n" #~ "tüm donanımlar bu yöntemi desteklememektedir. Eğer WPA kullanacaksanız\n" -#~ "kimlik doğrulama türü olarak WPA-PSK seçin. Bu sadeceYönetilen</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "modda kullanılabilir. WPA ile kullanılan başka kimlik doğrulama " -#~ "yöntemleri\n" +#~ "kimlik doğrulama türü olarak WPA-PSK seçin. Bu sadeceYönetilen\n" +#~ "modda kullanılabilir. WPA ile kullanılan başka kimlik doğrulama yöntemleri\n" #~ "de mevcuttur fakat %1 bunlaru desteklememektedir.\n" #~ msgid "&Multiple Keys" #~ msgstr "&Çoklu anahtarlar" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Parolanın her seferinde sorulması için Parolayı daima sor " -#~ "seçeneğini işaretleyin." +#~ msgid "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time." +#~ msgstr "Parolanın her seferinde sorulması için Parolayı daima sor seçeneğini işaretleyin." #~ msgid "Unknown (PPPOE-style) DSL Device Detected" #~ msgstr "Bilinmeyen (PPPOE türü) DSL aygıtı algılandı" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -185,16 +185,14 @@ msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" @@ -202,10 +200,8 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" @@ -340,8 +336,7 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" @@ -353,9 +348,7 @@ msgid "" "For a list of Options,\n" "read the man page mount(8)." -msgstr "" -"Seçenekler istesi için mount(8) komutunun manual (man) sayfasına " -"bakınız." +msgstr "Seçenekler istesi için mount(8) komutunun manual (man) sayfasına bakınız." # include/nfs/ui.ycp:177 #. popup heading @@ -552,8 +545,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "For further information about fstab,\n" #~ "refer to <tt>man fstab</tt>.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Daha fazla bilgi için man fstab yardım sayfasına bakın.\n" +#~ msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi için man fstab yardım sayfasına bakın.\n" # include/nfs/ui.ycp:88 #, fuzzy @@ -646,11 +638,8 @@ #~ "bağlama noktasını seçebilirsiniz" # include/nfs/ui.ycp:175 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For a list of Options please read the manpage mount(8)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçenekler istesi için mount(8) komutunun manual (man) " -#~ "sayfasına bakınız." +#~ msgid "For a list of Options please read the manpage mount(8)." +#~ msgstr "Seçenekler istesi için mount(8) komutunun manual (man) sayfasına bakınız." # include/nfs/ui.ycp:204 #~ msgid "" @@ -664,8 +653,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "For further information about fstab please type man fstab\n" #~ "in a terminal.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Daha fazla bilgi için man fstab yardım sayfasına bakın.\n" +#~ msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi için man fstab yardım sayfasına bakın.\n" # include/nfs/ui.ycp:240 #~ msgid "Configuration of the NFS client" @@ -674,12 +662,8 @@ #~ msgid "Not implemented yet" #~ msgstr "Bu özellik henüz geliştirilmedi." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the Network File System, the %1 package must be " -#~ "installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ağ Dosya Sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması " -#~ "gerekir." +#~ msgid "To access the Network File System, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Ağ Dosya Sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Şimdi kurmak istiyormusunuz?" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs_server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs_server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs_server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -78,9 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." msgstr "" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 @@ -129,14 +127,11 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" #. Then no need to check for conflict. @@ -270,9 +265,7 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:168 @@ -294,26 +287,21 @@ "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -"Eğer NFS sunucusunu başlat seçeneği seçilirse İleri " -"düğmesi\n" -"ile dışarı aktarılacak dizinlerin seçimini sağlayacak bir pencere " -"açılacaktır." +"Eğer NFS sunucusunu başlat seçeneği seçilirse İleri düğmesi\n" +"ile dışarı aktarılacak dizinlerin seçimini sağlayacak bir pencere açılacaktır." #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:181 menuentries/menuentry_nfs_server.ycp:23 @@ -380,20 +368,17 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" "Makine genellemeleri hangi makinelerin seçili dizine erişebileceğinin\n" -"seçimini sağlar. Bu tek makine, ağ grupları, genellemeler</" -"I>\n" +"seçimini sağlar. Bu tek makine, ağ grupları, genellemeler\n" "ya da IP ağları olabilir.\n" #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:260 @@ -528,9 +513,7 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 @@ -549,8 +532,7 @@ "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" "NFS sunucusu yeniden başlatılamıyor.\n" -"Yaptığınız değişiklikler sistemi yeniden başlattıktan sonra " -"etkinleşecektir.\n" +"Yaptığınız değişiklikler sistemi yeniden başlattıktan sonra etkinleşecektir.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 @@ -631,26 +613,19 @@ # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:168 #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can choose whether you want to start NFS server on your " -#~ "computer\n" +#~ "Here you can choose whether you want to start NFS server on your computer\n" #~ "and export some of your directories to the others." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Burada bilgisayarınızda NFS sunucusu başlatılmasına ve bazı " -#~ "dizinlerin\n" -#~ "diğer kişilerin kullanımı için dışarı aktarılmasına karar verebilirsiniz." -#~ "" +#~ "Burada bilgisayarınızda NFS sunucusu başlatılmasına ve bazı dizinlerin\n" +#~ "diğer kişilerin kullanımı için dışarı aktarılmasına karar verebilirsiniz." # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:173 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you choose Start NFS server, the Next button will " -#~ "open\n" -#~ "a configuration dialog where you can specify the directories to export.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ "If you choose Start NFS server, the Next button will open\n" +#~ "a configuration dialog where you can specify the directories to export." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer NFS sunucusunu başlat seçeneği seçilirse İleri " -#~ "düğmesi\n" -#~ "ile dışarı aktarılacak dizinlerin seçimini sağlayacak bir pencere " -#~ "açılacaktır." +#~ "Eğer NFS sunucusunu başlat seçeneği seçilirse İleri düğmesi\n" +#~ "ile dışarı aktarılacak dizinlerin seçimini sağlayacak bir pencere açılacaktır." # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:181 menuentries/menuentry_nfs_server.ycp:23 #~ msgid "NFS server" @@ -675,8 +650,7 @@ #~ "IP networks.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Makine genellemeleri hangi makinelerin seçili dizine erişebileceğinin\n" -#~ "seçimini sağlar. Bu tek makine, ağ grupları, " -#~ "genellemeler\n" +#~ "seçimini sağlar. Bu tek makine, ağ grupları, genellemeler\n" #~ "ya da IP ağları olabilir.\n" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:285 @@ -691,12 +665,8 @@ #~ msgid "Directories to export to the others" #~ msgstr "Diğer makinalara aktarılacak dizinler" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure the Network File System, the %1 package must be " -#~ "installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ağ dosya sistemini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu " -#~ "olması gerekir." +#~ msgid "To configure the Network File System, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Ağ dosya sistemini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Şimdi kurulmasını istiyor musunuz?" @@ -831,29 +801,24 @@ #~ msgstr "Çekirdek modülü için bazı özel değerleri geçebilirsiniz." #~ msgid "" -#~ "IO address, IRQ and MemBase are card hardware attributes which usually " -#~ "should be \n" -#~ "correctly detected for newer card models, if you have an older card model " -#~ "please have a look into your technical manual \n" +#~ "IO address, IRQ and MemBase are card hardware attributes which usually should be \n" +#~ "correctly detected for newer card models, if you have an older card model please have a look into your technical manual \n" #~ "or contact your salesman." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "IO adressi, IRQ ve bellek yeni kartlarda genelde doğru olarak " -#~ "tespitedilir\n" +#~ "IO adressi, IRQ ve bellek yeni kartlarda genelde doğru olarak tespitedilir\n" #~ "kartınız eski ise, kartın elkitabından gereken değerlere bakınız\n" #~ "veya kartı aldığınız yere danışın." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "ISDN protocol: In most cases the protocol is Euro-ISDN " -#~ "especially \n" +#~ "ISDN protocol: In most cases the protocol is Euro-ISDN especially \n" #~ " use this if your ISDN-card is connected directly to the NTBA. \n" #~ " 1TR6 is only rarely used (e.g. some ISDN-stations \n" #~ " use it for the internal ISDN connections and if your \n" #~ " ISDN-card is connected to such a ISDN-station you \n" #~ " have to use 1TR6." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "ISDN protokolü: Genelde Euro-ISDN özellikle ISDN-kartınız " -#~ "doğrudan\n" +#~ "ISDN protokolü: Genelde Euro-ISDN özellikle ISDN-kartınız doğrudan\n" #~ " NTBA ya bağlı ise bunu kullanın.\n" #~ " 1TR6 çok ender kullanılır ( bazı ISDN-istasyonları\n" #~ " bunu içsel ISDN bağlantıları için kullanır\n" @@ -889,47 +854,32 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number - As your own telephone number (MSN) you \n" -#~ " put in your telephone number (without area code!), if your ISDN-" -#~ "card is connected \n" +#~ " put in your telephone number (without area code!), if your ISDN-card is connected \n" #~ " directly to the NTBA. If it is connected to an ISDN-station, \n" -#~ " put in the MSN which is stored in the ISDN-station (e.g. your " -#~ "phone extension or \n" -#~ " the last digit or digits of your phone extension) or - if this " -#~ "fails - try \n" -#~ " to use just 0 (which normally causes that the default MSN is " -#~ "actually used)." +#~ " put in the MSN which is stored in the ISDN-station (e.g. your phone extension or \n" +#~ " the last digit or digits of your phone extension) or - if this fails - try \n" +#~ " to use just 0 (which normally causes that the default MSN is actually used)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Telefon numaram - ISDN kartınız doğrudan NTBA'ya \n" -#~ " bağlı ise kendi Telefon numaranızı (MSN) olduğu gibi yazın " -#~ "(bölge kodu hariç!) \n" +#~ " bağlı ise kendi Telefon numaranızı (MSN) olduğu gibi yazın (bölge kodu hariç!) \n" #~ " Fakat ISDN-istasyonuna bağlı ise, \n" -#~ " ISDN-istasyonunda hafızada olan MSN girin (örn. telefon iç hat " -#~ "yada \n" -#~ " iç hatınızın son rakamını yada rakamlarını) veya - bu başarılı " -#~ "olmaz ise - sadece \n" -#~ " 0 deneyin (bu genelde kullanımda olan MSN ninizi kullanılmasını " -#~ "sağlar)." +#~ " ISDN-istasyonunda hafızada olan MSN girin (örn. telefon iç hat yada \n" +#~ " iç hatınızın son rakamını yada rakamlarını) veya - bu başarılı olmaz ise - sadece \n" +#~ " 0 deneyin (bu genelde kullanımda olan MSN ninizi kullanılmasını sağlar)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Dial mode - Off means no connections at all are possible." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dial mode - Off şu an bağlantılar mümkün olmadığını söyler." +#~ msgid "Dial mode - Off means no connections at all are possible." +#~ msgstr "Dial mode - Off şu an bağlantılar mümkün olmadığını söyler." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Manual - only outgoing connections made manually are " -#~ "possible. \n" -#~ " Incoming connections can be made. Incoming callback connections " -#~ "are not possible \n" -#~ " If you select Manually in the dial mode, you can build " -#~ "or \n" -#~ " close a connection using the tool kimon or kinternet</" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Manual - only outgoing connections made manually are possible. \n" +#~ " Incoming connections can be made. Incoming callback connections are not possible \n" +#~ " If you select Manually in the dial mode, you can build or \n" +#~ " close a connection using the tool kimon or kinternet \n" #~ " or (as user root) with the commands: \n" #~ " isdnctrl dial ippp0 isdnctrl hangup ippp0" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Elle - sadece dışarı olan bağlantılar elle yapılır. \n" -#~ " Gelen bağlantılar yapılabilir. Gelen geri ara bağlantıları " -#~ "mümkün değil \n" +#~ " Gelen bağlantılar yapılabilir. Gelen geri ara bağlantıları mümkün değil \n" #~ " Elle arama modunda, bir bağlantıyı kimon veya \n" #~ " kinternet ile bağlantı oluşturup kesebilirsiniz \n" #~ " yada (root olarak)bu emirler ile: \n" @@ -937,36 +887,27 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Automatic - when necessary, a connection will be made \n" -#~ "automatically; this is also the only mode where incoming callback calls " -#~ "will succeed \n" -#~ "(i.e. connections that you call back). It will also hangup after the " -#~ "specified hup-timeout" +#~ "automatically; this is also the only mode where incoming callback calls will succeed \n" +#~ "(i.e. connections that you call back). It will also hangup after the specified hup-timeout" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Otomatik - gerekir ise bir bağlantı otomatikmen \n" #~ "yapılacaktır; gelen geriara isteğini başarabilen tek moddur \n" -#~ "(örn. geri çevirmek istediğiniz bağlantılar). Belirlenmiş hup-timeout'dan " -#~ "sonra bağlantıyı kesecektir" +#~ "(örn. geri çevirmek istediğiniz bağlantılar). Belirlenmiş hup-timeout'dan sonra bağlantıyı kesecektir" #~ msgid "" #~ "Automatic hang-up -you can set that \n" -#~ " the line will be hang up automatically after 'IDLE timeout'. The " -#~ "checkbox Chargehup tells that the line stays connected \n" -#~ " after 'IDLE timeout', and it will be hung up immediately before the " -#~ "next counting pulse \n" -#~ " (this only works, if your isdn-provider transmits the charge-info " -#~ "during and after the connection)" +#~ " the line will be hang up automatically after 'IDLE timeout'. The checkbox Chargehup tells that the line stays connected \n" +#~ " after 'IDLE timeout', and it will be hung up immediately before the next counting pulse \n" +#~ " (this only works, if your isdn-provider transmits the charge-info during and after the connection)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Otomatik kapat ayarını kurabilirsiniz \n" -#~ " hat otomatikmen boş zamanaşımından sonra kesilecek. Chargehup onay " -#~ "kutusuboş zamanaşımından sonra hattın bağlı kaldığnı söyler\n" +#~ " hat otomatikmen boş zamanaşımından sonra kesilecek. Chargehup onay kutusuboş zamanaşımından sonra hattın bağlı kaldığnı söyler\n" #~ " ve bir dahaki sayaç atımından hemen önce bağlantıyı keser \n" -#~ " (Bu işlem ancak isdn-sağlayıcınız bağlantı sırasında ve sonrasında " -#~ "yükleme-bilgisi iletirse mümkün.)" +#~ " (Bu işlem ancak isdn-sağlayıcınız bağlantı sırasında ve sonrasında yükleme-bilgisi iletirse mümkün.)" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to start-up the connection during the \n" -#~ "system boot, please press the appropriate button. If not, you have to use " -#~ "(as user root) the following commands: \n" +#~ "system boot, please press the appropriate button. If not, you have to use (as user root) the following commands: \n" #~ " rci4l_hardware start \n" #~ " rci4l start \n" #~ " rcroute start \n" @@ -1047,15 +988,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check the button for dynamic DNS assignment \n" -#~ "if you want to change your domain name servers after the connection is " -#~ "up. (This replace your static DNS \n" -#~ "configuraton with obtain DNS servers IP addreses) Today almost all " -#~ "providers \n" +#~ "if you want to change your domain name servers after the connection is up. (This replace your static DNS \n" +#~ "configuraton with obtain DNS servers IP addreses) Today almost all providers \n" #~ "use Dynamic DNS assignment" #~ msgstr "" #~ " Dinamik DNS ataması düğmesini kullanın \n" -#~ "DNS-Sunucularınızı bağlantı kurulduktan sonra değiştirmek istiyorsanız. " -#~ "(Static DNS ayar yerine DNS-Sunucularından\n" +#~ "DNS-Sunucularınızı bağlantı kurulduktan sonra değiştirmek istiyorsanız. (Static DNS ayar yerine DNS-Sunucularından\n" #~ "IP numaraları verilecektir) Sağlayıcıların hemen hepsi \n" #~ "Dinamik DNS atamasıkullanıyor." @@ -1066,25 +1004,14 @@ #~ msgid "ISDN IP address settings" #~ msgstr "ISDN IP adresi ayarları." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special " -#~ "processing." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geri arama modu kapalı ise, aramalar özel işlem görmeden işlenecek." +#~ msgid "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special processing." +#~ msgstr "Geri arama modu kapalı ise, aramalar özel işlem görmeden işlenecek." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, then after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback is triggered." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geri arama modu sunucu ise, gelen bir aramadan sonra geri arama " -#~ "başlatılacaktır." +#~ msgid "If callback mode is server, then after getting an incoming call, a callback is triggered." +#~ msgstr "Geri arama modu sunucu ise, gelen bir aramadan sonra geri arama başlatılacaktır." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is client, then the local system does the initial call " -#~ "and then waits for callback of the remote machine." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geri arama modu istemci ise, aramayı yerel sistem yapar ve ondan sonra " -#~ "uzaktaki makinadan geri aramayı bekler" +#~ msgid "If callback mode is client, then the local system does the initial call and then waits for callback of the remote machine." +#~ msgstr "Geri arama modu istemci ise, aramayı yerel sistem yapar ve ondan sonra uzaktaki makinadan geri aramayı bekler" #~ msgid "Callback functions" #~ msgstr "Geri Arama işlevleri" @@ -1101,9 +1028,7 @@ #~ msgid "ISDN callback settings" #~ msgstr "ISDN Geri Arama ayarları" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Can't delete all ISDN card configuration while you have configure some " -#~ "connections." +#~ msgid "Can't delete all ISDN card configuration while you have configure some connections." #~ msgstr "ISDN cart ayarları bağlantı ayarları olduğu sürece silinemez" #~ msgid "Starting ISDN hardware failed." @@ -1125,8 +1050,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Please realize that not all hardware can be detected automatically.\n" -#~ "If your hardware is not shown here, you will still be able to configure " -#~ "it \n" +#~ "If your hardware is not shown here, you will still be able to configure it \n" #~ "manually.\n" #~ "Just press the appropriate configuration button in this dialog.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1202,19 +1126,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Uygun olan Sağlayıcıyı seçin lütfen." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Choose the country or region where you are located and then choose one " -#~ "of the listed providers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bulunduğunuz ülkeyi veya bölgeyi seçin ve ondan sonra listeden " -#~ "sağlayıcıyı seçin." +#~ msgid "Choose the country or region where you are located and then choose one of the listed providers." +#~ msgstr "Bulunduğunuz ülkeyi veya bölgeyi seçin ve ondan sonra listeden sağlayıcıyı seçin." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use the New button to add provider that cannot be found in the " -#~ "list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yeni düğmesini kullanarak listede bulunamayan sağlayıcıyı " -#~ "ekleyin." +#~ msgid "Use the New button to add provider that cannot be found in the list." +#~ msgstr "Yeni düğmesini kullanarak listede bulunamayan sağlayıcıyı ekleyin." #~ msgid "Country" #~ msgstr "Ülke" @@ -1245,59 +1161,29 @@ #~ msgid "%1Hotline: %2" #~ msgstr "%1Ana sayfa: %2" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To register for %1 and to find the best dialing number please " -#~ "connect to the homepage %2 or call the hotline %3." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 kayıt yapmak için ve iyi numarayı (arma numarası) bulmak " -#~ "için sayfamıza bakın veya %2 veya telefon servisimizi arayın " -#~ "%3." +#~ msgid "To register for %1 and to find the best dialing number please connect to the homepage %2 or call the hotline %3." +#~ msgstr "%1 kayıt yapmak için ve iyi numarayı (arma numarası) bulmak için sayfamıza bakın veya %2 veya telefon servisimizi arayın %3." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To register for %1 and to find the best dialing number please " -#~ "connect to the homepage %2." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 kayıt için ve en iyi arama (giriş) numarasını bulmak için " -#~ "sayfamıza bakın %2." +#~ msgid "To register for %1 and to find the best dialing number please connect to the homepage %2." +#~ msgstr "%1 kayıt için ve en iyi arama (giriş) numarasını bulmak için sayfamıza bakın %2." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To register for %1 and to find the best dialing number please " -#~ "call the hotline %2." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1için kayıt olmak ve en uygun arama numarasını tespit etmek " -#~ "için acil hattı arayın %2." +#~ msgid "To register for %1 and to find the best dialing number please call the hotline %2." +#~ msgstr "%1için kayıt olmak ve en uygun arama numarasını tespit etmek için acil hattı arayın %2." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Access to your internet provider. If you have selected your provider " -#~ "from the list these values are already pre-filled." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Internet sağlayıcınıza erişin. Sağlayıcınızı listeden seçdiyseniz " -#~ "değerler önceden verilmiştir." +#~ msgid "Access to your internet provider. If you have selected your provider from the list these values are already pre-filled." +#~ msgstr "Internet sağlayıcınıza erişin. Sağlayıcınızı listeden seçdiyseniz değerler önceden verilmiştir." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please select the type of packet-encapsulation. RawIP means " -#~ "that MAC-headers are stripped off, SyncPPP stands for Synchronous " -#~ "PPP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paket-kuşatma türünü seçin lütfen. RawIP MAC-üstbilgileri " -#~ "iletilmiyor, SyncPPP Synchronous PPP nin kısaltılmasıdır." +#~ msgid "Please select the type of packet-encapsulation. RawIP means that MAC-headers are stripped off, SyncPPP stands for Synchronous PPP." +#~ msgstr "Paket-kuşatma türünü seçin lütfen. RawIP MAC-üstbilgileri iletilmiyor, SyncPPP Synchronous PPP nin kısaltılmasıdır." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please enter a name of the connection and a phone number</" -#~ "b> to access your provider." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bağlantı için bir isim ve bir telefon numarası girin " -#~ "sağlayıcınıza erişmek için." +#~ msgid "Please enter a name of the connection and a phone number to access your provider." +#~ msgstr "Bağlantı için bir isim ve bir telefon numarası girin sağlayıcınıza erişmek için." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter the user name and the password that will be used " -#~ "for logging in (ask your provider if you are not sure)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Günlük için Kullanıcı adı vede parola girin (emin değil " -#~ "iseniz sğlayıcınıza sorun)." +#~ msgid "Enter the user name and the password that will be used for logging in (ask your provider if you are not sure)." +#~ msgstr "Günlük için Kullanıcı adı vede parola girin (emin değil iseniz sğlayıcınıza sorun)." #~ msgid "ISDN type" #~ msgstr "ISDN türü" @@ -1390,8 +1276,7 @@ #~ " name for your computer. Name server list and domain search list are \n" #~ " optional." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bilgisayarınız için isim ve alan adı tanımlamalarını yapın. Alan adı " -#~ "ve \n" +#~ "Bilgisayarınız için isim ve alan adı tanımlamalarını yapın. Alan adı ve \n" #~ "alan tarama listeleri seçimliktir." # @@ -1401,8 +1286,7 @@ #~ " entered as an IP address (e.g., 10.10.0.1) not as a host \n" #~ " name." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Alan adı sunucusu makina adından IP adresine dönüşüm yapan " -#~ "bilgisayara \n" +#~ "Alan adı sunucusu makina adından IP adresine dönüşüm yapan bilgisayara \n" #~ "verilen isimdir. Mutlaka IP adresi olarak girilmelidir (örneğin \n" #~ "10.10.0.1 gibi). " @@ -1414,29 +1298,24 @@ #~ " suse.de). There may be additional search domains (e.g., \n" #~ " suse.com)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Arama alanı ise bilgisayarın bağlantı yapacağı zaman aramada " -#~ "bulunacağı \n" +#~ "Arama alanı ise bilgisayarın bağlantı yapacağı zaman aramada bulunacağı \n" #~ "sıralamayı belirler. Birincil arama alanı genellikle bilgisayarın bağlı \n" #~ "olduğu alan adıdır. Birden fazla arama alanı da belirtilebilir. " #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using DHCP to get \n" -#~ " an IP address, you can check whether to get hostname via DHCP or leave " -#~ "it unchanged." +#~ " an IP address, you can check whether to get hostname via DHCP or leave it unchanged." #~ msgstr "" #~ "IP adressi için DHCP kullanıyor \n" -#~ " iseniz makine adını ya DHCP ile sağlıyabilirsiniz yada değiştirilmemiş " -#~ "olarak bırakın." +#~ " iseniz makine adını ya DHCP ile sağlıyabilirsiniz yada değiştirilmemiş olarak bırakın." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you plan to use dialup internet connection \n" -#~ "and have set up your connection to use dynamic DNS assignment these " -#~ "values will be temporally \n" +#~ "and have set up your connection to use dynamic DNS assignment these values will be temporally \n" #~ "disabled during the connection." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Çevirmeli Internet bağlantısı kullanmyı \n" -#~ "düşünüyor ve bağlantınız dinamik DNS ataması olarak ayarlı ise bu " -#~ "değerler bağlantı sırasında \n" +#~ "düşünüyor ve bağlantınız dinamik DNS ataması olarak ayarlı ise bu değerler bağlantı sırasında \n" #~ "işlem dışı kalacak." # @@ -1509,12 +1388,8 @@ #~ msgid "In this dialog you can modify your hardware settings." #~ msgstr "Bu pencerede donatım ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use the Edit button to modify existing hardware setting, use " -#~ "the Delete button to remove it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Donatım ayarlarını değiştirmek için Düzenle düğmesini kullanın," -#~ "kaldırmak için Sil düğmesini kullanın." +#~ msgid "Use the Edit button to modify existing hardware setting, use the Delete button to remove it." +#~ msgstr "Donatım ayarlarını değiştirmek için Düzenle düğmesini kullanın,kaldırmak için Sil düğmesini kullanın." #~ msgid "Type" #~ msgstr "Tür" @@ -1556,38 +1431,26 @@ #~ msgid "Please enter all modem configuration values." #~ msgstr "Tüm modem yapılandırma değerlerini girin lütfen" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem name is an arbitrary string to identify your modem." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Modem ismi modeminizi tanımak için dilemsel bir dizgidir " +#~ msgid "Modem name is an arbitrary string to identify your modem." +#~ msgstr "Modem ismi modeminizi tanımak için dilemsel bir dizgidir " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are on PBX, you probably have to enter a dial prefix. " -#~ "Often this is 9." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Eğer santral arkasındysanız, bir arama öneki girmelisiniz." +#~ msgid "If you are on PBX, you probably have to enter a dial prefix. Often this is 9." +#~ msgstr " Eğer santral arkasındysanız, bir arama öneki girmelisiniz." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The field device says to which port your modem is attached " -#~ "(ttyS0, ttyS1, etc refers to serial \n" -#~ "ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc. in DOS/Windows; ttyACM0, " -#~ "ttyACM1 refers to USB ports)" +#~ "The field device says to which port your modem is attached (ttyS0, ttyS1, etc refers to serial \n" +#~ "ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc. in DOS/Windows; ttyACM0, ttyACM1 refers to USB ports)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aygıt alanı modemin hangi bağlantı noktasına bağlı oldğunu " -#~ "söyler (ttyS0, ttyS1, etc dizisel bağlantı noktalarına \n" -#~ "başvurur ve genelde COM1, COM2'ye uyar, vs. DOS/Windowsda; ttyACM0, " -#~ "ttyACM1 USB bağlantı noktalarına başvurur)" +#~ "Aygıt alanı modemin hangi bağlantı noktasına bağlı oldğunu söyler (ttyS0, ttyS1, etc dizisel bağlantı noktalarına \n" +#~ "başvurur ve genelde COM1, COM2'ye uyar, vs. DOS/Windowsda; ttyACM0, ttyACM1 USB bağlantı noktalarına başvurur)" #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose dial mode according to your phone link \n" -#~ "(Most telephone companies use tone dial as the dial method</" -#~ "B>). Check the additional check boxes if you want \n" -#~ "to turn on your modem speaker and if you want your modem to wait " -#~ "until it detects dialtone." +#~ "(Most telephone companies use tone dial as the dial method). Check the additional check boxes if you want \n" +#~ "to turn on your modem speaker and if you want your modem to wait until it detects dialtone." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Arama modunu telefon bağlantınıza uygun seçin \n" -#~ "(Telefon şirketlerin çoğu ton aramayı arama yöntem).olarak " -#~ "kullanır. Igili yerden modem hoparlörünü kullan\n" +#~ "(Telefon şirketlerin çoğu ton aramayı arama yöntem).olarak kullanır. Igili yerden modem hoparlörünü kullan\n" #~ "ayarını ve modeminizin arama sesi gelene kadar bekle ayarını yapın." #~ msgid "Modem name" @@ -1630,12 +1493,8 @@ #~ "Veri iletişim hızı bilgisayarınız ve modeminiz saniyede \n" #~ "kaç bit ile iletişim yapdığını bildiren bir öğe dir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You should find all the relevant information about init strings " -#~ "in your modem manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "init dizgileri ile ilgili gerekli bilgileri modem elkitabında " -#~ "bulablirsiniz." +#~ msgid "You should find all the relevant information about init strings in your modem manual." +#~ msgstr "init dizgileri ile ilgili gerekli bilgileri modem elkitabında bulablirsiniz." #~ msgid "BaudRate" #~ msgstr "Modem Hızı" @@ -1655,20 +1514,14 @@ #~ msgid "Modem parameters details" #~ msgstr "Modem parametrelerin ayrıntıları" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have more than one modem, you can set one as the default for " -#~ "this provider." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Birden fazla modeme sahip iseniz, bunu sağlayıcınız için geçerli olan " -#~ "olarak ayarlıyabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "If you have more than one modem, you can set one as the default for this provider." +#~ msgstr "Birden fazla modeme sahip iseniz, bunu sağlayıcınız için geçerli olan olarak ayarlıyabilirsiniz." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you plan to use more than one provider, you can set one as " -#~ "default. \n" +#~ "If you plan to use more than one provider, you can set one as default. \n" #~ "(This one will be used if you won't explicitly use another.)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Birden fazla sağlayıcının hizmetini kullanmak istiyorsanız, bir " -#~ "tanesini geçerli olan yapın. \n" +#~ "Birden fazla sağlayıcının hizmetini kullanmak istiyorsanız, bir tanesini geçerli olan yapın. \n" #~ "(Bu kullanılacaktır başka bir tanesini belirtmediyniz sürece.)" #~ msgid "" @@ -1712,12 +1565,8 @@ #~ msgid "Connection parameters" #~ msgstr "Bağlantı parametreleri" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check the buttons for reestablishing connection and modifying DNS " -#~ "according to your wish." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tekrar bağlanmak için düğmeleri onaylayın ve DNS'i isteyinizeuygun " -#~ "değiştirin." +#~ msgid "Check the buttons for reestablishing connection and modifying DNS according to your wish." +#~ msgstr "Tekrar bağlanmak için düğmeleri onaylayın ve DNS'i isteyinizeuygun değiştirin." #~ msgid "Other settings" #~ msgstr "Diğer ayarlar" @@ -1801,29 +1650,11 @@ #~ msgid "The default route configuration will now be saved." #~ msgstr "Geçerli yol atayıcı yapılandırması şimdi kaydedilecek" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Sendmail needs a configuration file (/etc/sendmail.cf). You will " -#~ "probably find one of the configurations below suits your needs." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sendmail için bir yapılandırma dosyası gereklidir (/etc/sendmail.cf)." -#~ "Size uygun bir dosyayı aşşağıda bulabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Sendmail needs a configuration file (/etc/sendmail.cf). You will probably find one of the configurations below suits your needs." +#~ msgstr "Sendmail için bir yapılandırma dosyası gereklidir (/etc/sendmail.cf).Size uygun bir dosyayı aşşağıda bulabilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have special requirements that these do not cover, you may " -#~ "create your own. Please have a look at /usr/share/sendmail, one of the " -#~ "pre-existing configurations may well fit your requirements. ATTENTION:" -#~ " If you plan to install your own modified sendmail.cf you should " -#~ "select the last item in the list and install the file yourself. " -#~ "Otherwise, SuSEconfig will copy the selected file to sendmail.cf and your " -#~ "changes will be lost." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak bir dosya bulamadıysanız, kendi " -#~ "dosyanızıkendiniz oluşturabilirsiniz. Lütfen /usr/share/sendmail altına " -#~ "bir göz atınvar olan dosyalardan biri ihtiyacınızı karşılayabilir." -#~ "DIKKAT: Eğerkendi oluşturduğunuz senmail.cf'yi kurmak istiyorsanız," -#~ "listedeki son seçeneğiseçip dosyayı kendiniz kurun. Yoksa SuSEconfig " -#~ "seçili dosyayı sendmail.cf olarak kopyalar ve yaptığınız değişiklikler " -#~ "kaybolur." +#~ msgid "If you have special requirements that these do not cover, you may create your own. Please have a look at /usr/share/sendmail, one of the pre-existing configurations may well fit your requirements. ATTENTION: If you plan to install your own modified sendmail.cf you should select the last item in the list and install the file yourself. Otherwise, SuSEconfig will copy the selected file to sendmail.cf and your changes will be lost." +#~ msgstr "Eğer ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak bir dosya bulamadıysanız, kendi dosyanızıkendiniz oluşturabilirsiniz. Lütfen /usr/share/sendmail altına bir göz atınvar olan dosyalardan biri ihtiyacınızı karşılayabilir.DIKKAT: Eğerkendi oluşturduğunuz senmail.cf'yi kurmak istiyorsanız,listedeki son seçeneğiseçip dosyayı kendiniz kurun. Yoksa SuSEconfig seçili dosyayı sendmail.cf olarak kopyalar ve yaptığınız değişiklikler kaybolur." #~ msgid "Sendmail Configuration" #~ msgstr "Sendmail yapılandırması" @@ -1849,12 +1680,8 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration of sendmail" #~ msgstr "Sendmail yapılandırması" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this dialog you can view and modify all variables in /etc/rc.config " -#~ "which are relevant for sendmail." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pencerede /etc/rc.config içindeki sendmail ile ilgili değişkenleri " -#~ "görebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "In this dialog you can view and modify all variables in /etc/rc.config which are relevant for sendmail." +#~ msgstr "Bu pencerede /etc/rc.config içindeki sendmail ile ilgili değişkenleri görebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Domain names for local delivery" @@ -1974,14 +1801,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Here your machine can be set up as a \n" #~ " NIS client. Just enter your NIS domain (e.g, suse.de) as the \n" -#~ " first entry and the NIS server's IP address (e.g., 10.20.0.2) as the " -#~ "second. To\n" +#~ " first entry and the NIS server's IP address (e.g., 10.20.0.2) as the second. To\n" #~ " deactivate NIS services, select the Do not use NIS button." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sisteminizi NIS istemci olarak yapılandırabilirsiniz. " -#~ "Sadeceilk \n" -#~ "girdi alanına NIS alanınızı (suse.de gibi) ikincisinede IP adresini" -#~ "(10.20.0.2gibi)\n" +#~ "Sisteminizi NIS istemci olarak yapılandırabilirsiniz. Sadeceilk \n" +#~ "girdi alanına NIS alanınızı (suse.de gibi) ikincisinede IP adresini(10.20.0.2gibi)\n" #~ "NIS hizmetini durdurmak için, NIS hayır düğmesinin işaretini kaldırın." #~ msgid "" @@ -2080,8 +1904,7 @@ #~ "You can select dynamic address assignment, if you have a DHCP\n" #~ "server running on your local network." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer yerel ağınızda bir DHCP sunucusu varsa dinamik IP " -#~ "atamasını\n" +#~ "Eğer yerel ağınızda bir DHCP sunucusu varsa dinamik IP atamasını\n" #~ "seçebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy @@ -2089,25 +1912,19 @@ #~ "You also should select this if you do not have a static IP address\n" #~ "assigned to you by your cable or DSL provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kablo yada DSL hizmeti aldığınız firma size sabit bir IP adresi " -#~ "atamadıysa\n" +#~ "Kablo yada DSL hizmeti aldığınız firma size sabit bir IP adresi atamadıysa\n" #~ "bu seçeneği seçmelisiniz" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Network addresses will then be obtained automatically from the " -#~ "server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Ağ adresiniz sunucudan otamatik olarak alınacaktır.\n" +#~ msgid "Network addresses will then be obtained automatically from the server." +#~ msgstr " Ağ adresiniz sunucudan otamatik olarak alınacaktır.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configuration will be finished by clicking the Next button." +#~ msgid "Configuration will be finished by clicking the Next button." #~ msgstr "Yapılandırma İleri düğmesine basılarak bitirilecektir." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Otherwise, you must assign the network addresses manually." +#~ msgid "Otherwise, you must assign the network addresses manually." #~ msgstr "Diğer halde, ağ adresini elle girmelisiniz." #, fuzzy @@ -2116,8 +1933,7 @@ #~ "network mask (usually 255.255.255.0) and, optionally, the default\n" #~ "gateway IP address." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sisteminiz için bir IP adresi ve ağ maskesi girin (192.168.100.99 gibi) " -#~ "ağ \n" +#~ "Sisteminiz için bir IP adresi ve ağ maskesi girin (192.168.100.99 gibi) ağ \n" #~ "maskesi (genellikle 255.255.255.0) gibidir. Varsa geçit adresinide girin." #, fuzzy @@ -2185,20 +2001,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Yapılandırmak istediğiniz kartı seçin lütfen." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the list contains autodetected (and not yet configured) " -#~ "cards, select one and go ahead." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Liste otomatik algılanmış (ve daha yapılanmamış)kartlariçeriyor " -#~ "ise bir tanesini seçin ve devam edin." +#~ msgid "If the list contains autodetected (and not yet configured) cards, select one and go ahead." +#~ msgstr "Liste otomatik algılanmış (ve daha yapılanmamış)kartlariçeriyor ise bir tanesini seçin ve devam edin." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Choose compiled in the kernel if you know that your network " -#~ "card has support included in your Linux kernel." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Çerkirdekte derlenmişi seçin Linux çekirdeği ağ kartınıza destek " -#~ "içerdiğini biliyor iseniz." +#~ msgid "Choose compiled in the kernel if you know that your network card has support included in your Linux kernel." +#~ msgstr "Çerkirdekte derlenmişi seçin Linux çekirdeği ağ kartınıza destek içerdiğini biliyor iseniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Otherwise use manual selection." @@ -2212,15 +2020,11 @@ #~ msgstr "&Otomatık algılanmış listesi" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The base configuration of your network devices is set here. Use " -#~ "Edit button to \n" -#~ "edit the network device address, Delete button to remove the entry." -#~ "" +#~ "The base configuration of your network devices is set here. Use Edit button to \n" +#~ "edit the network device address, Delete button to remove the entry." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Burada Ağ'nızın temel yapılanmaları kayıtlıdır. Düzenle " -#~ "düğmesini işliyerek\n" -#~ "ağ aygıt adressini düzenleyin, Sil düğmesini girdiyi silmek için.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Burada Ağ'nızın temel yapılanmaları kayıtlıdır. Düzenle düğmesini işliyerek\n" +#~ "ağ aygıt adressini düzenleyin, Sil düğmesini girdiyi silmek için." #~ msgid "" #~ "Use Add button to configure your hardware and \n" @@ -2271,8 +2075,7 @@ #~ msgid "Name" #~ msgstr "Isim" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Deleting hardware will also erase you interface configuration, proceed?" +#~ msgid "Deleting hardware will also erase you interface configuration, proceed?" #~ msgstr "Donanımın silinmesi arabirim ayarlarınıda silecektir, devam et?" #~ msgid "Unknown provider" @@ -2321,14 +2124,11 @@ #~ " use Back button to go back." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ağ kartı bulundu.\n" -#~ " Bu ağ kartını yapılandırmak istiyorsanız İleri düğmesini " -#~ "kullanın\n" +#~ " Bu ağ kartını yapılandırmak istiyorsanız İleri düğmesini kullanın\n" #~ " Geri düğmesini geri dönmek için." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Skip button to skip the configuration of this card." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Atla düğmesini bu kartın yapılanmasını atlamak için basın. " +#~ msgid "Press Skip button to skip the configuration of this card." +#~ msgstr "Atla düğmesini bu kartın yapılanmasını atlamak için basın. " #~ msgid "The network card\n" #~ msgstr "Ağ kartı\n" @@ -2349,14 +2149,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The only one card was detected on your system and DHCP\n" -#~ "server is present. If you choose quick automatic setup, this card " -#~ "will be configured with\n" +#~ "server is present. If you choose quick automatic setup, this card will be configured with\n" #~ "DHCP and dynamic address will be assigned to your computer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sisteminizde sadece bir tane kart bulundu ve DHCP\n" #~ "sunucu mevcut. Eğer hızlı otamatik ayarı, seçerseniz bu kart \n" -#~ "DHCP ile yapılandırılacak ve sisteminize dinamik adres atanacaktır." -#~ "" +#~ "DHCP ile yapılandırılacak ve sisteminize dinamik adres atanacaktır." #~ msgid "" #~ "You can still have a full controll over the network card setup if\n" @@ -2383,18 +2181,13 @@ #~ msgid "Autodetected %1 card" #~ msgstr "Otamatik algılana kart %1" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can set-up your networking device. The values will be written " -#~ "into /etc/modules.conf." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Burada ağın aygıtını kurabilirsiniz. Değerleri /etc/modules.conf</" -#~ "i>'a yazılacak." +#~ msgid "Here you can set-up your networking device. The values will be written into /etc/modules.conf." +#~ msgstr "Burada ağın aygıtını kurabilirsiniz. Değerleri /etc/modules.conf'a yazılacak." #~ msgid "" #~ "Options for the module should be written in format \n" #~ "option=value and each entry should be space separated, \n" -#~ "e.g. io=220 irq=5. Note: If you will configure two cards " -#~ "with \n" +#~ "e.g. io=220 irq=5. Note: If you will configure two cards with \n" #~ "the same module name, options will be merged during saving.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Modül seçenekleri şu formatta yazılabilir \n" @@ -2402,12 +2195,8 @@ #~ "io=220 irq=5 gibi. Not: Eğer aynı modül adıyla iki kart\n" #~ "yapılandıcaksanız, seçenekler kayıt sırasında karışacaktır.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can get a list of available network cards by pressing the List</" -#~ "b> button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mevcut kartların listesini Liste düğmesine basarak " -#~ "görebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "You can get a list of available network cards by pressing the List button." +#~ msgstr "Mevcut kartların listesini Liste düğmesine basarak görebilirsiniz." #~ msgid "Network interface" #~ msgstr "Ağ Arayüzü" @@ -2443,12 +2232,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Please select the network card you want to configure. \n" -#~ "You can search for a particular network card by entering the name in the " -#~ "search entry." +#~ "You can search for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yapılandırmak istediğiniz ağ kartını seçin lütfen. \n" -#~ "Özel bir kartı aramak için ismi arama girişine yazarak araya bilirsiniz.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Özel bir kartı aramak için ismi arama girişine yazarak araya bilirsiniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sea&rch" @@ -2530,10 +2317,8 @@ #~ msgstr "NFS istemci yapılandırması" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The table contains all the NFS entries which will be written to /etc/" -#~ "fstab.\n" -#~ "For changing the configuration please use the New, Edit " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "The table contains all the NFS entries which will be written to /etc/fstab.\n" +#~ "For changing the configuration please use the New, Edit and\n" #~ "Delete buttons.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Tablo /etc/fstab içine yazılacak olan NFS girdilerini içerir.\n" @@ -2541,19 +2326,16 @@ #~ "Yeni Düzenle ve Sil düğmelerini kullanın.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "To confirm the changes, please use the Next button. To dismiss " -#~ "them,\n" +#~ "To confirm the changes, please use the Next button. To dismiss them,\n" #~ "use Back.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Değişiklileri onaylamak için, İleri düğmesine basın.Olduğu " -#~ "gibi\n" +#~ "Değişiklileri onaylamak için, İleri düğmesine basın.Olduğu gibi\n" #~ "bırakmak için Geri düğmesini kullanın.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For further information about fstab please type man fstab\n" #~ "in a terminal.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Daha fazla bilgi için man fstab yardım sayfasına bakın.\n" +#~ msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi için man fstab yardım sayfasına bakın.\n" #~ msgid "Server" #~ msgstr "Sunucu" @@ -2641,11 +2423,8 @@ #~ msgid "network.png" #~ msgstr "network.png" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Launch this module to configure your network device and local network." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu modülü ağ kartını yapılandırmak ve yerel ağ ayarlarını yapmak için " -#~ "kullanın" +#~ msgid "Launch this module to configure your network device and local network." +#~ msgstr "Bu modülü ağ kartını yapılandırmak ve yerel ağ ayarlarını yapmak için kullanın" #~ msgid "Configure your network device and local network" #~ msgstr "Ağ aygıtını ve yerel ağı yapılandır" @@ -2765,14 +2544,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "A double-click on a row of the table will copy the information to the\n" -#~ "Fstab entry field. Delete button can delete the selected " -#~ "row\n" -#~ "in the table. So if you just want to edit an entry, double-click on it, " -#~ "press\n" +#~ "Fstab entry field. Delete button can delete the selected row\n" +#~ "in the table. So if you just want to edit an entry, double-click on it, press\n" #~ "Delete, edit the entry and click Add.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tablo satırına çift tıklayarak bilgiyi\"Fstab girdileri " -#~ "alanına\n" +#~ "Tablo satırına çift tıklayarak bilgiyi\"Fstab girdileri alanına\n" #~ "kopyalaybilirsiniz.Sil düğmesiyle tablodaki seçili satırı\n" #~ "silebilirsiniz. Eğer girdiyi değiştirmek istiyorsanız silip yeniden\n" #~ "giriş yapınız.\n" @@ -2789,8 +2565,7 @@ # #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "One or more previously configured devices (such as a second network card " -#~ "or ISDN\n" +#~ "One or more previously configured devices (such as a second network card or ISDN\n" #~ " adapter) were found in your system. Some of them have been assigned a\n" #~ " network address range (IP address/network mask) which conflicts\n" #~ " with your new configuration. It is not possible to use multiple\n" @@ -2799,22 +2574,19 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Sistemde daha önce tanımlanmış ve IP adresi verilmiş aygıtlar bulundu. \n" -#~ "Bu aygıtların bazılarına şimdiki sistemle çakışan IP aralıkları " -#~ "verilmiş. \n" +#~ "Bu aygıtların bazılarına şimdiki sistemle çakışan IP aralıkları verilmiş. \n" #~ "Sistemde aynı IP'lere sahip iki ağ aygıtı kullanılamaz.\n" #~ "" # #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This dialog displays a list of all incorrectly configured devices. A " -#~ "checked line in \n" +#~ "This dialog displays a list of all incorrectly configured devices. A checked line in \n" #~ "the list means that device is active.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Bu pencerede çakışan tüm aygıtlar görüntüleniyor. Yanında seçili " -#~ "işareti \n" +#~ "Bu pencerede çakışan tüm aygıtlar görüntüleniyor. Yanında seçili işareti \n" #~ "bulunan aygıtlar etkin durumdadır. \n" #~ "" @@ -2880,21 +2652,18 @@ #~ msgid "Looking for network cards on your system..." #~ msgstr "Sistemdeki ağ kartları taranıyor..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST2 autodetects network cards installed in your system." +#~ msgid "YaST2 autodetects network cards installed in your system." #~ msgstr "YaST sistemdeki ağ kartlarını otomatik olarak tanır." # #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you have more than one network card, select the one you want to " -#~ "configure.\n" +#~ "If you have more than one network card, select the one you want to configure.\n" #~ "Click next button to continue with network configuration." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Eğer daha fazla ağ kartınız varsa hangisini yapılandıracağınızı seçiniz.\n" -#~ "Ayarlama işlemlerine devam etmek için İleri düğmesine tıklayınız.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Ayarlama işlemlerine devam etmek için İleri düğmesine tıklayınız." # #~ msgid "No built-in network card was detected." @@ -2951,31 +2720,18 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "'kinet' ile Internete bağlanabilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You entered invalid characters in field \"%1\".You can enter " -#~ "only numbers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"%1\" alanına geçersiz karakterler girdiniz. Sadece rakam " -#~ "girebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "You entered invalid characters in field \"%1\".You can enter only numbers" +#~ msgstr "\"%1\" alanına geçersiz karakterler girdiniz. Sadece rakam girebilirsiniz." #~ msgid "Invalid characters in field \"%1\"!" #~ msgstr "\"%1\" alanında geçersiz karakterler!" # ycp-format -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You entered invalid characters in field \"%1\".Valid characters " -#~ "are numbers, *, #, SPACE, - and ,</" -#~ "B>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"%1\" alanına bazı geçersiz karakterler girdiniz. Geçerli " -#~ "olankarakterler: rakamlar, *, #, boşluk, -" -#~ " ve ,." +#~ msgid "You entered invalid characters in field \"%1\".Valid characters are numbers, *, #, SPACE, - and ,." +#~ msgstr "\"%1\" alanına bazı geçersiz karakterler girdiniz. Geçerli olankarakterler: rakamlar, *, #, boşluk, - ve ,." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please choose a valid baud rate.Possible values are %1.</" -#~ "P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lütfen geçerli bir modem hızı seçin. Önerilen değerler: %1." +#~ msgid "Please choose a valid baud rate.Possible values are %1." +#~ msgstr "Lütfen geçerli bir modem hızı seçin. Önerilen değerler: %1." #~ msgid "Invalid baud rate" #~ msgstr "Geçersiz hız" @@ -2986,10 +2742,8 @@ #~ msgid "Invalid IP address format in field \"%1\"" #~ msgstr "\"%1\" alanında geçersiz IP adres biçimi" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The field \"%1\" must not be empty.Please enter a value." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"%1\" alanı boş bırakılmamalıdır.Lütfen bir değer giriniz." +#~ msgid "The field \"%1\" must not be empty.Please enter a value." +#~ msgstr "\"%1\" alanı boş bırakılmamalıdır.Lütfen bir değer giriniz." #~ msgid "The field \"%1\" must not be empty" #~ msgstr "\"%1\" alanı boş bırakılmamalıdır" @@ -2997,12 +2751,8 @@ #~ msgid "Input error" #~ msgstr "Giriş hatası" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You need to select the type of your ISDN card and enter the " -#~ "required parameters manually (likely values of the parameters are shown)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Burada ISDN kartınızın tipini seçin ve gerekli parametreleri elle " -#~ "girin (olası parametre değerleri belirtilmiştir)." +#~ msgid "You need to select the type of your ISDN card and enter the required parameters manually (likely values of the parameters are shown)" +#~ msgstr "Burada ISDN kartınızın tipini seçin ve gerekli parametreleri elle girin (olası parametre değerleri belirtilmiştir)." #~ msgid "Manual ISDN selection and configuration" #~ msgstr "Yarı otomatik ISDN seçimi ve yapılandırması" @@ -3022,21 +2772,11 @@ #~ msgid "Internet access - ISDN configuration" #~ msgstr "Internet bağlantısı - ISDN ayarları" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You need to enter a local IP address and a remote IP address for your " -#~ "ISP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kendi sisteminiz ve bağlanacağınız ISS için birer IPgirmelisiniz.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgid "You need to enter a local IP address and a remote IP address for your ISP." +#~ msgstr "Kendi sisteminiz ve bağlanacağınız ISS için birer IPgirmelisiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If your Internet provider supports dynamic DNS assignment, you can " -#~ "choose the appropriate checkbox. All major Internet providers support " -#~ "this feature." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer servis sağlayıcınız dinamik DNS tanımına izin veriyorsa buna " -#~ "uygun olan kutucuğa tıklayınız.Bir çok servis sağlayıcı bu imkaanı sunar." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "If your Internet provider supports dynamic DNS assignment, you can choose the appropriate checkbox. All major Internet providers support this feature." +#~ msgstr "Eğer servis sağlayıcınız dinamik DNS tanımına izin veriyorsa buna uygun olan kutucuğa tıklayınız.Bir çok servis sağlayıcı bu imkaanı sunar." #~ msgid "Internet access - ISDN network configuration" #~ msgstr "Internet bağlantısı - ISDN ağ yapılandırması" @@ -3048,16 +2788,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Uzak" # ycp-format -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can't use this IP address (%1), because it is part of an " -#~ "existing, already configured network. Please choose another address ..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verilen IP adresini (%1) kullanamazsınız, çünkü bu adres daha önce " -#~ "tanımlanmış bir ağa aittir. Lütfen başka bir adres seçiniz ..." +#~ msgid "You can't use this IP address (%1), because it is part of an existing, already configured network. Please choose another address ..." +#~ msgstr "Verilen IP adresini (%1) kullanamazsınız, çünkü bu adres daha önce tanımlanmış bir ağa aittir. Lütfen başka bir adres seçiniz ..." # ycp-format -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The ISDN network parameters you entered conflict with %1 network device" +#~ msgid "The ISDN network parameters you entered conflict with %1 network device" #~ msgstr "Girdiğiniz ISDN ağ parametreleri %1 ağ aygıtıyla çakışıyor" # ycp-format @@ -3073,22 +2808,15 @@ #~ msgid " Often this is 9." #~ msgstr "Bu önek genellikle 9dur." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Most telephone companies use tone dial as the dial method</" -#~ "B>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Çoğu telefon şirketi çevirme yöntemi olarak tonlu çevirme</" -#~ "I> kullanır." +#~ msgid "Most telephone companies use tone dial as the dial method." +#~ msgstr "Çoğu telefon şirketi çevirme yöntemi olarak tonlu çevirme kullanır." #~ msgid "You can adjust the INIT strings for your device." #~ msgstr "Şimdi aygıtınız için INIT ayarlarını yapabilirsiniz " -#~ msgid "" -#~ " This may be neccessary, if you are using a terminal adapter or a special " -#~ "modems." +#~ msgid " This may be neccessary, if you are using a terminal adapter or a special modems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer bir terminal bağdaştırıcı ya da özel tip modem kullanıyorsanız " -#~ "modem\n" +#~ "Eğer bir terminal bağdaştırıcı ya da özel tip modem kullanıyorsanız modem\n" #~ "aygıtı için bazı INIT satırları belirtmeniz gerekebilir." #~ msgid "" @@ -3121,14 +2849,8 @@ #~ msgid "Baud Rate" #~ msgstr "Modem Hızı" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An attempt to find external modems and internal modems will be made." -#~ "If you are using an ISA-PnP or PCI-Modem, please refer to the " -#~ "manual.Please wait..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Harici modemler ve standart dahili modemler bulunacaktır. Eğer bir " -#~ "ISA-PnP ya da PCI modem kullanıyorsanız kılavuz sayfasına göz " -#~ "atmanızı öneririz. Lütfen bekleyiniz..." +#~ msgid "An attempt to find external modems and internal modems will be made.If you are using an ISA-PnP or PCI-Modem, please refer to the manual.Please wait..." +#~ msgstr "Harici modemler ve standart dahili modemler bulunacaktır. Eğer bir ISA-PnP ya da PCI modem kullanıyorsanız kılavuz sayfasına göz atmanızı öneririz. Lütfen bekleyiniz..." #~ msgid "Modem and ISDN autodetection" #~ msgstr "Modem ve ISDN otomatik tanıma" @@ -3143,9 +2865,7 @@ #~ msgid "Both an ISDN card and a modem were detected." #~ msgstr "Hem modem, hem de ISDN kart bulundu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please select the one that will be used for your internet connection.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgid "Please select the one that will be used for your internet connection." #~ msgstr "Lütfen Internet bağlantısı için birini seçiniz." #~ msgid "Several devices for connecting to the Internet were found." @@ -3160,16 +2880,11 @@ #~ msgid "A modem was detected." #~ msgstr "Bir modem bulundu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please continue continue to configure your Internet connection." +#~ msgid "Please continue continue to configure your Internet connection." #~ msgstr "Internet bağlantınızı yapılandırmak için devam edin" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note: Serial ports in Linux are named differently than in DOS, e.g., /" -#~ "dev/ttyS0 = COM1, /dev/ttyS1 = COM2..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Linuxta seri portları DOS'tan farklı isimlendirilmiştir.(/dev/ttyS0 " -#~ "=COM1,/dev/ttyS1 = COM2 ... gibi)." +#~ msgid "Note: Serial ports in Linux are named differently than in DOS, e.g., /dev/ttyS0 = COM1, /dev/ttyS1 = COM2..." +#~ msgstr "Linuxta seri portları DOS'tan farklı isimlendirilmiştir.(/dev/ttyS0 =COM1,/dev/ttyS1 = COM2 ... gibi)." #~ msgid "Was detected on" #~ msgstr "Algılandı" @@ -3191,22 +2906,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you are using a PCI-Modem run lspci -v and determine the " -#~ "IRQ and PORT.\n" -#~ "Then execute setserial /dev/modem port PORT irq IRQ and try again." -#~ "\n" +#~ "If you are using a PCI-Modem run lspci -v and determine the IRQ and PORT.\n" +#~ "Then execute setserial /dev/modem port PORT irq IRQ and try again.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "ISA-PnP card: run pnpdump -c > /etc/isapnp.conf and\n" #~ "isapnp /etc/isapnp.conf. \n" -#~ "Determine the IRQ and PORT. Then execute setserial /dev/modem port " -#~ "PORT irq IRQ\n" +#~ "Determine the IRQ and PORT. Then execute setserial /dev/modem port PORT irq IRQ\n" #~ "and try again.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Eğer bir PCI modem kullanıyorsanız lspci -v komutunu \n" #~ "çalıştırarak IRQ ve PORT numarasını öğrenin. Ardından \n" -#~ "setserial /dev/modem port PORT_NUMARASI irq IRQ_NUMARASI " -#~ "komutunu \n" +#~ "setserial /dev/modem port PORT_NUMARASI irq IRQ_NUMARASI komutunu \n" #~ "çalıştırıp tekrar deneyin.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "ISA-PnP kartı: pnpdump -c > /etc/isapnp.conf komutunu, \n" @@ -3218,10 +2929,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Further Information can be found in the manual.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you are able to connect to the internet on another machine, have a " -#~ "look at\n" -#~ "the support database 'http://sdb.suse.de/sdb/en/html' and the modem " -#~ "trouble shooting\n" +#~ "If you are able to connect to the internet on another machine, have a look at\n" +#~ "the support database 'http://sdb.suse.de/sdb/en/html' and the modem trouble shooting\n" #~ "tool 'http://sdb.suse.de/sdb/en/html/hoe_wvcheck.html'.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -3235,16 +2944,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Try again" #~ msgstr "&Tekrar dene" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please choose:<UL><LI> new and enter the tel. no., login " -#~ "and password,</LI><LI>or select a predefined Call-by-Call provider " -#~ "from the list for your country,</LI><LI>or edit the current settings.</" -#~ "LI></UL>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lütfen<UL><LI>Yeni bağlantıyı seçin ve telefon numarası, " -#~ "kullanıcı adı ve parolayı girin, </LI><LI>ya da ön tanımlı listeden " -#~ "ülkenize göre bir ISS seçin.Veya Düzenle düğmesiyle şimdiki " -#~ "ayarları değiştirin.</LI></UL>" +#~ msgid "Please choose:<UL><LI> new and enter the tel. no., login and password,</LI><LI>or select a predefined Call-by-Call provider from the list for your country,</LI><LI>or edit the current settings.</LI></UL>" +#~ msgstr "Lütfen<UL><LI>Yeni bağlantıyı seçin ve telefon numarası, kullanıcı adı ve parolayı girin, </LI><LI>ya da ön tanımlı listeden ülkenize göre bir ISS seçin.Veya Düzenle düğmesiyle şimdiki ayarları değiştirin.</LI></UL>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Save Password:\n" @@ -3272,9 +2973,5 @@ #~ msgid "Network/Modem+ISDN" #~ msgstr "Ağ/Modem+ISDN" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Choose this item to configure your Internet connection if you are using a " -#~ "modem or ISDN-card." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Modem ya da ISDN kart kullanıyorsanız internet bağlantınızı yapılandırmak " -#~ "için bu seçeneği seçin." +#~ msgid "Choose this item to configure your Internet connection if you are using a modem or ISDN-card." +#~ msgstr "Modem ya da ISDN kart kullanıyorsanız internet bağlantınızı yapılandırmak için bu seçeneği seçin." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/nis.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/nis.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/nis.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -142,8 +142,7 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Firewall ayarları \n" @@ -159,25 +158,20 @@ " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.\n" msgstr "" "NIS alanını (örneğin, example.com)\n" -"ve NIS sunucusunun adresini (örneğin, nis.example.com ya da 10.20.1.1) girin." -"\n" +"ve NIS sunucusunun adresini (örneğin, nis.example.com ya da 10.20.1.1) girin.\n" #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" @@ -206,16 +200,12 @@ msgstr "" "Automounter kullanıcıların ev dizinleri gibi dizinleri otomatik olarak\n" "sisteme bağlayan bir daemon'dur.\n" -"Yapılandırma dosyalarının (auto.*) mevcut ve yerel olarak ya da NIS " -"üzerinden\n" +"Yapılandırma dosyalarının (auto.*) mevcut ve yerel olarak ya da NIS üzerinden\n" "erişilebilir durumda olduğu sayılmaktadır." #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" -"p>" +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." msgstr "" #. radio button label @@ -359,25 +349,15 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Normalde bir makine bir istemcinin hangi sunucuyu kullandığını " -"sorgulayabilir. Uzak makinelere cevap ver seçeneği yardımıyla bu " -"sorguyu sadece yerel makine için sınırlandırabilirsiniz." +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "Normalde bir makine bir istemcinin hangi sunucuyu kullandığını sorgulayabilir. Uzak makinelere cevap ver seçeneği yardımıyla bu sorguyu sadece yerel makine için sınırlandırabilirsiniz." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." msgstr "" -"Bozuk sunucu seçilirse yetkisiz bir port üzerinde çalışan " -"sunuculardan gelen cevaplar\n" +"Bozuk sunucu seçilirse yetkisiz bir port üzerinde çalışan sunuculardan gelen cevaplar\n" "kabul edilir. Bu bir güvenlik riskidir ve sunucu değiştirilmelidir." #. help text 3/4 @@ -464,12 +444,9 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -"" +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." msgstr "" -"Hizmet konum protokolü (SLP - Service Location Protocol) NIS " -"sunucusunu\n" +"Hizmet konum protokolü (SLP - Service Location Protocol) NIS sunucusunu\n" "bulmakta kullanılabilir." # clients/online_update_details.ycp:113 @@ -647,15 +624,10 @@ msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS sunucusu bulunamadı." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using DHCP and the server provides the NIS domain " -#~ "name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up " -#~ "in the network module." +#~ msgid "If you are using DHCP and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer DHCP kullanıyorsanız ve sunucu NIS alan adı ya da " -#~ "sunucuları sağlıyorsa\n" -#~ "bunların kullanımını burada açabilirsiniz. DHCP ağ modülünde " -#~ "ayarlanabilir." +#~ "Eğer DHCP kullanıyorsanız ve sunucu NIS alan adı ya da sunucuları sağlıyorsa\n" +#~ "bunların kullanımını burada açabilirsiniz. DHCP ağ modülünde ayarlanabilir." # clients/nis_write.ycp:63 #~ msgid "Error while running portmapper." @@ -702,12 +674,8 @@ #~ "Alan değiştirildi.\n" #~ "Değişikliklerin etkinleşmesi için sistemi yeniden başlatın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the Network Information Services, the %1 package must " -#~ "be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ağ Bilgi Hizmetlerine ulaşmak için %1 paketi kurulu olmalıdır.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "To access the Network Information Services, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Ağ Bilgi Hizmetlerine ulaşmak için %1 paketi kurulu olmalıdır." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Şimdi kurulsun mu?" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/nis_server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/nis_server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/nis_server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -182,8 +182,7 @@ #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" "passwd dosyanız shadow dosyasıyla ve group dosyası\n" @@ -193,8 +192,7 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "You can also adjust the minimum user and group id." -msgstr "" -"Ayrıca en düşük kullanıcı ve grup belirticilerini belirleyebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Ayrıca en düşük kullanıcı ve grup belirticilerini belirleyebilirsiniz." # clients/ui_widgets.ycp:182 clients/ui_widgets.ycp:210 #. To translators: intfield label @@ -248,12 +246,10 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"Bir NIS alanı girin. Bu makine ayrıca kendini sunucu olarak " -"kullanan bir istemciyse\n" +"Bir NIS alanı girin. Bu makine ayrıca kendini sunucu olarak kullanan bir istemciyse\n" "ilgili seçeneği işaretleyin.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -277,10 +273,8 @@ "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" "be used to set up these more specific options.\n" msgstr "" -"Parolalarda değişikliğe izin ver ile kullanıcıların NIS " -"sunucusunun\n" -"bilinci dahilinde parolalarını değiştirmesine olanak tanıyabilirsiniz. " -"Kullanıcı\n" +"Parolalarda değişikliğe izin ver ile kullanıcıların NIS sunucusunun\n" +"bilinci dahilinde parolalarını değiştirmesine olanak tanıyabilirsiniz. Kullanıcı\n" "girişi kabuğu ya da GECOS (tam ad ve diğer bilgiler) ile ilgili düğmeler\n" "ile bu bilgileri de değiştirebilirsiniz.\n" @@ -352,8 +346,7 @@ msgstr "" "Makineniz NIS alan adının DHCP ile değiştirilmesine ayarlanmış.\n" "Bu durum biraz önce girdiğiniz alan adının değişmesine yol açabilir.\n" -"Ayarlarınızı kontrol edip NIS sunucusunda DHCP istemcisi çalıştırmamayı " -"düşünün.\n" +"Ayarlarınızı kontrol edip NIS sunucusunda DHCP istemcisi çalıştırmamayı düşünün.\n" #. firewall openning help #: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 @@ -361,8 +354,7 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Firewall ayarları \n" @@ -405,8 +397,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Hangi makinelerin NIS sunucusuna sorgu yollayabileceğini ayarlayın." +msgstr "Hangi makinelerin NIS sunucusuna sorgu yollayabileceğini ayarlayın." # include/nis_server/securenets.ycp:141 #. help text 2/4 @@ -415,10 +406,8 @@ "A host address will be allowed if network is equal\n" "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." msgstr "" -"Makinenin adresi ve Ağ maskesi değerlerinin bit düzeyinde VE</" -"i>\n" -"işlemine tabi tutulmasında ortaya çıkan değer Ağ değeriyle eşit " -"olursa o\n" +"Makinenin adresi ve Ağ maskesi değerlerinin bit düzeyinde VE\n" +"işlemine tabi tutulmasında ortaya çıkan değer Ağ değeriyle eşit olursa o\n" "makineye erişim sağlanır." #. help text 3/4 @@ -459,20 +448,13 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Ana NIS sunucusunun NIS alanını ve IP adresini girin." +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "Ana NIS sunucusunun NIS alanını ve IP adresini girin." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"Eğer bu makine kendini sunucu olarak kullanan bir NIS istemcisiyse ilgili " -"seçeneği işaretleyin." +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "Eğer bu makine kendini sunucu olarak kullanan bir NIS istemcisiyse ilgili seçeneği işaretleyin." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 @@ -515,15 +497,10 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." msgstr "" -"Burada bağımlı NIS sunucuları olarak yapılandırılacak makinelerin " -"adlarını girin. Ekle\n" -"düğmesi ile yeni bir tane ekleyebilir, Düzenle düğmesi ile mevcut " -"girdiyi düzenleyebilir\n" +"Burada bağımlı NIS sunucuları olarak yapılandırılacak makinelerin adlarını girin. Ekle\n" +"düğmesi ile yeni bir tane ekleyebilir, Düzenle düğmesi ile mevcut girdiyi düzenleyebilir\n" "ve Sil düğmesi ile bir girdiyi silebilirsiniz." # include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:157 include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:183 include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:193 include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:203 @@ -591,10 +568,8 @@ "Select whether to configure the NIS server as a master or a\n" "slave or not to configure a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"NIS sunucusunu ana sunucu ya da bağımlı olarak " -"yapılandırmayı\n" -"seçebilir, ya da bir NIS sunucusu olmayacak şekilde yapılandırmayabilirsiniz." -"\n" +"NIS sunucusunu ana sunucu ya da bağımlı olarak yapılandırmayı\n" +"seçebilir, ya da bir NIS sunucusu olmayacak şekilde yapılandırmayabilirsiniz.\n" # include/nis_server/what.ycp:51 #. help text 2/2 @@ -602,8 +577,7 @@ msgid "" "The NIS server package will be installed first if you want to\n" "configure it." -msgstr "" -"NIS sunucu paketi ilk yapılandırma sırasında kurulacaktır." +msgstr "NIS sunucu paketi ilk yapılandırma sırasında kurulacaktır." # include/nis_server/what.ycp:55 #. To translators: label in the dialog Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ntp-client.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ntp-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ntp-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -29,45 +29,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"Seçtiğiniz NTP sunucusunu kullanarak sistem saatşnş ayarlamak için " -"Şimdi Senkronize Ete tıklayın. Eğer NTP yi hemen kullanmak " -"istiyorsanız, NTP Yapılandırmasını Kaydet seçeneğini aktifleştirin.</" -"p>" +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "Seçtiğiniz NTP sunucusunu kullanarak sistem saatşnş ayarlamak için Şimdi Senkronize Ete tıklayın. Eğer NTP yi hemen kullanmak istiyorsanız, NTP Yapılandırmasını Kaydet seçeneğini aktifleştirin." #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"NTP yi deamon olarak çalıştır seçeneğini etkinleştirirseniz, NTP " -"servisi deamon olarak başlatılacak. Aksi taktirde sistem saati belli " -"aralıklarla ayarlanacak. Öntanımlı aralık 15 dakikadır.Bu süreyi yüklemeden " -"sonra yast2 ntp-client module ile değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "NTP yi deamon olarak çalıştır seçeneğini etkinleştirirseniz, NTP servisi deamon olarak başlatılacak. Aksi taktirde sistem saati belli aralıklarla ayarlanacak. Öntanımlı aralık 15 dakikadır.Bu süreyi yüklemeden sonra yast2 ntp-client module ile değiştirebilirsiniz." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Gelişmiş NTP yapılandırmasını açmak için Yapılandır butonunu " -"kullanın." +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "Gelişmiş NTP yapılandırmasını açmak için Yapılandır butonunu kullanın." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." -msgstr "" -"NTP sunucusuyla senkronizasyon sadece ağ yapılandırıldıktan sonra " -"yapılabilir." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr "NTP sunucusuyla senkronizasyon sadece ağ yapılandırıldıktan sonra yapılabilir." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -619,8 +596,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlama işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz." +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 @@ -650,10 +626,8 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" @@ -674,21 +648,14 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Güvenli NTP Yapılandırması</big> \n" -"Sadece Yapılandırılmış Sunucular için NTP Servisini Sınırla " -"seçeneğini seçerseniz, diğer sunucular bilgisayarınızdaki NTP ayarlarını " -"görüntüleyemeyecek \n" -"ve değiştiremeyecek.NTP servisi <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> dosyasındaki ve " -"bilgisayarınızdaki sunucularla sınırlandırıldı \n" -"Erişim kontrol bayrakları sunucuların genel bakış tablosunda ayarlanabilir. " -"Eğer NTP DHCP ile yapılandırılmışsa bu seçenek geçerli olmaz.\n" +"Sadece Yapılandırılmış Sunucular için NTP Servisini Sınırla seçeneğini seçerseniz, diğer sunucular bilgisayarınızdaki NTP ayarlarını görüntüleyemeyecek \n" +"ve değiştiremeyecek.NTP servisi <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> dosyasındaki ve bilgisayarınızdaki sunucularla sınırlandırıldı \n" +"Erişim kontrol bayrakları sunucuların genel bakış tablosunda ayarlanabilir. Eğer NTP DHCP ile yapılandırılmışsa bu seçenek geçerli olmaz.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 @@ -701,8 +668,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>DHCP ile yapılandırma</big> \n" "NTP sunucu bilgilerini el ile girmek yerine ağ sunucusundan DHCP protokolü\n" -"aracılığıyla almak için NTP daemon'unu DHCP ile yapılandır " -"seçeneğini\n" +"aracılığıyla almak için NTP daemon'unu DHCP ile yapılandır seçeneğini\n" "işaretleyin. DHCP sunucusundan NTP sunucu bilgisi gelip gelmediğini sistem\n" "yöneticinizden öğrenebilirsiniz." @@ -711,18 +677,14 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Yapılandırılmış sunucular</big> \n" -"NTP sunucularını, eşlerini, yerel saatleri ve NTP yayınlarını düzenlemek " -"için\n" -"ilgili satırı seçip Düzenle düğmesine basın. Yeni bir senkronizasyon " -"eşi\n" -"eklemek için Ekle düğmesini kullanın. Mevcut bir senkronizasyon " -"eşini\n" +"NTP sunucularını, eşlerini, yerel saatleri ve NTP yayınlarını düzenlemek için\n" +"ilgili satırı seçip Düzenle düğmesine basın. Yeni bir senkronizasyon eşi\n" +"eklemek için Ekle düğmesini kullanın. Mevcut bir senkronizasyon eşini\n" "kaldırmak için seçimi yapıp Sil düğmesine basın." #. help text 5/5 @@ -732,15 +694,13 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Kayıtları Görüntüle</big> \n" -"NTP daemonun kayıtlarını görüntülemek için Kayıtları Görüntüleye " -"tıklayın.\n" +"NTP daemonun kayıtlarını görüntülemek için Kayıtları Görüntüleye tıklayın.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Gelişmiş Yapılandırma</big> \n" @@ -771,8 +731,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -780,8 +739,7 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>Aygıt</big> \n" -"Saati çalıştırmak için, saatin bağlı olduğu aygıta özel bir sembolink " -"bağlant \n" +"Saati çalıştırmak için, saatin bağlı olduğu aygıta özel bir sembolink bağlant \n" "ı oluşturmak gerekebilir.Bunu yapmak için Sembolink Oluşturu\n" "kontrol edip, Aygıt ayarlamalısınız.Aygıtı aramak için\n" "Araya tıklayın.\n" @@ -807,8 +765,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>NTP Sunucu Adresi</big> \n" "NTP Sunucusunun adresini ayarlamak için, Adres girdisini kullanın.\n" -"Bir NTP sunucusu bulmak için, ağ yöneticinize ya da İnternet Servis " -"Sağlayıcınıza \n" +"Bir NTP sunucusu bulmak için, ağ yöneticinize ya da İnternet Servis Sağlayıcınıza \n" "sorun." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 @@ -879,8 +836,7 @@ #| "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm." msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" @@ -893,22 +849,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Erişim Kontrol Ayarları</big> \n" -"Uzak sunucunun NTP deamonunuzda ne tür değişiklikler yapabileceğini " -"belirlemek için,\n" -" sunucu için kontrol bayraklarını belirleyin (<tt>sınırlı</tt></" -"b>yönergeler için\n" +"Uzak sunucunun NTP deamonunuzda ne tür değişiklikler yapabileceğini belirlemek için,\n" +" sunucu için kontrol bayraklarını belirleyin (<tt>sınırlı</tt>yönergeler için\n" "/etc/ntp.conf) . Bu normalde notrap\n" "nomodify noquery olarak ayarlanır. Bu seçenek sadece eğer\n" -"Güvenlik Ayarları'ndaki Sadece Yapılandırılmış Sunucular için NTP " -"Servisini Sınırla\n" +"Güvenlik Ayarları'ndaki Sadece Yapılandırılmış Sunucular için NTP Servisini Sınırla\n" "seçeneğini seçmişseniz geçerlidir.\n" #. help text 1/6 @@ -944,8 +896,7 @@ "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" -"Direk olarak bilgisayarınıza bağlı olan yerel saati yapılandırmak " -"istiyorsanız\n" +"Direk olarak bilgisayarınıza bağlı olan yerel saati yapılandırmak istiyorsanız\n" "Radyo Saat'i seçin." #. help text 5/6 @@ -963,10 +914,8 @@ "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" -"İnternette diğer sunucular tarafından yayınlanmış NTP paketlerini kabul " -"edip,\n" -"onları yerel saati ayarlamak için kullanmak istiyorsanız, İç " -"Yayınlamai seçin." +"İnternette diğer sunucular tarafından yayınlanmış NTP paketlerini kabul edip,\n" +"onları yerel saati ayarlamak için kullanmak istiyorsanız, İç Yayınlamai seçin." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -976,8 +925,7 @@ "the NTP server from the list of known NTP servers." msgstr "" "<big>Sunucu Konumu</big>\n" -"Yerel ağda NTP sunucusunu aramak istiyorsanız seçin, ya da bilinen NTP " -"sunucuları listesinden NTP sunucusunu seçin." +"Yerel ağda NTP sunucusunu aramak istiyorsanız seçin, ya da bilinen NTP sunucuları listesinden NTP sunucusunu seçin." #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 @@ -998,15 +946,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Genel NTP Sunucularını Seçmek</big> \n" -"Kullanmak için Genel NTP Sunucuları listesinden NTP sunucusunu seçin." -"NTP\n" -"sunucularını sadece belli bir ülkede görüntülemek için ülkeyi Ülkede " -"seçin." +"Kullanmak için Genel NTP Sunucuları listesinden NTP sunucusunu seçin.NTP\n" +"sunucularını sadece belli bir ülkede görüntülemek için ülkeyi Ülkede seçin." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 @@ -1023,11 +968,9 @@ "<big>Not</big> \n" "Listelenmiş NTP sunucuları her ülkeden erişilebilir olmayabilir.\n" "Listedeki herhangi bir NTP sunucusunu kullanmadan önce, sistem yöneticinize\n" -"ya da İnternet servis sağlayıcınıza size yakın bir yerde NTP sunucusu olup " -"olmadığını sorun ve\n" +"ya da İnternet servis sağlayıcınıza size yakın bir yerde NTP sunucusu olup olmadığını sorun ve\n" "o sunucuyu tercih edin.\n" -"Ayrıca size yakın bir NTP sunucusu bulmak için:http://www.eecis.udel.edu/" -"~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" +"Ayrıca size yakın bir NTP sunucusu bulmak için:http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" "" #. help text 5/5 @@ -1037,8 +980,7 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Sunucu Erişilebilirlik Testi</big> \n" -"Sunucunun düzgün cevap verip vermediğini test etmek için, Teste " -"tıklayın." +"Sunucunun düzgün cevap verip vermediğini test etmek için, Teste tıklayın." #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) @@ -1046,15 +988,12 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Rastgele bir Sunucu Kullan</big> \n" -"Bu servis pool.ntp.org tarafından teklif edilmiştir. Eğer bu seçeneği " -"seçerseniz,\n" +"Bu servis pool.ntp.org tarafından teklif edilmiştir. Eğer bu seçeneği seçerseniz,\n" "yapılandırmanıza üç farklı sunucu eklenecek. Sunucu isimleri kalıcıdır,\n" " ama DNS kayıtları (IP) her saat başı değişir. Bu da demektir ki\n" "NTP istemciniz her saat farklı sunucularla senkronize olur.\n" @@ -1063,15 +1002,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Saat Sürücüsü Kalibrasyonu</big> \n" -"Saat sürücüsünün yapılandırılması gerekebilir. Bu diyalogta, bir çok " -"yapılandırma\n" +"Saat sürücüsünün yapılandırılması gerekebilir. Bu diyalogta, bir çok yapılandırma\n" "seçeneği ayarlanabilir. Ayrıntılı ayarlar ayrıntılı sürücüye bağlıdır.\n" "Bazı sürücüler bütün ayarları kullanamaz." @@ -1084,12 +1020,10 @@ #| "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm" msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" "Ayarların anlamları hakkında daha fazla bilgi için, ntp-doc\n" -" paketini yükleyin ve /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>\n" +" paketini yükleyin ve /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm\n" "linkine göz atın. " # include/ui/common_popups.ycp:279 @@ -1581,14 +1515,8 @@ "Paketin %1'ine sahip olmadan, yerel ağda\n" "NTP sunucusu için arama yapamazsınız." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or " -#~ "network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server " -#~ "configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "'%1' sunucusundaki test sorgusu başarısız oldu. Eğer sunucuya " -#~ "ulaşılamıyorsa ya da ağ yapılandırılmadıysa 'Hayır'a basarak reddedin. " -#~ "NTP sunucu yapılandırmasını tekrar gidilsin mi?" +#~ msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#~ msgstr "'%1' sunucusundaki test sorgusu başarısız oldu. Eğer sunucuya ulaşılamıyorsa ya da ağ yapılandırılmadıysa 'Hayır'a basarak reddedin. NTP sunucu yapılandırmasını tekrar gidilsin mi?" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/oneclickinstall.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/oneclickinstall.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/oneclickinstall.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -41,9 +41,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of One Click Install " -"instructions" +msgid "File containing internal representation of One Click Install instructions" msgstr "" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 @@ -142,8 +140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." msgstr "" #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * @@ -229,17 +226,13 @@ msgstr "Kurulum kaynakları" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " -"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "" #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "" "%1 kuyruğu kaydedilirken bir hata oluştu\n" "\n" @@ -247,24 +240,17 @@ #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "" #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "" #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " -"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 @@ -309,8 +295,7 @@ msgstr "Kurulum-tamamlandı" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." msgstr "" # include/nis_server/what.ycp:77 @@ -343,9 +328,7 @@ msgstr "Bu mesajı tekrar gösterme." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 @@ -406,9 +389,7 @@ msgstr "Paket kurulumu başarısız oldu." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" -"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " msgstr "" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 @@ -493,9 +474,7 @@ msgstr "bilinmeyen" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." msgstr "" #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update-configuration.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update-configuration.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update-configuration.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -196,22 +196,15 @@ "Sonlandır düğmesine basın.\n" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." msgstr "" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." msgstr "" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:51 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -65,18 +65,12 @@ #. command line help text for cd_directory option #: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" -msgstr "" -"Yama CDsi üstündeki veri yamaları için rehber (varsayılan değer'%1'dir)" +msgstr "Yama CDsi üstündeki veri yamaları için rehber (varsayılan değer'%1'dir)" #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Sistem kurulum ve güncelleme depoları başlatılıyor.Yazılım depoları " -"Yükleme Kaynağı modülü değişmiş olabilir." +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "Sistem kurulum ve güncelleme depoları başlatılıyor.Yazılım depoları Yükleme Kaynağı modülü değişmiş olabilir." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -169,17 +163,12 @@ msgstr "" "Güncelleme sunucusuna bağlanıldıktan sonra,\n" "YaST tüm seçili yamaları indirmeye başlayacaktır.\n" -"Bu biraz zaman alabilir. İndirme işleminin ayrıntıları giriş penceresinde " -"gösterilecektir." +"Bu biraz zaman alabilir. İndirme işleminin ayrıntıları giriş penceresinde gösterilecektir." #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Eğer mevcut yamalar ile ilgili özel mesajlar varsa, yama kurulduğunda " -"ekstra bir iletişimde gösterilecektir.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "Eğer mevcut yamalar ile ilgili özel mesajlar varsa, yama kurulduğunda ekstra bir iletişimde gösterilecektir.\n" # include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:210 # include/ui/common_popups.ycp:244 @@ -263,8 +252,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Yüklü güncelleştirmelerden en az biri oturumu yeniden başlatmayı " -"gerektirir.\n" +"Yüklü güncelleştirmelerden en az biri oturumu yeniden başlatmayı gerektirir.\n" "Mümkün olduğu en kısa sürede sisteminize yeniden giriş yapın." #. popup message @@ -282,8 +270,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Yüklü güncelleştirmelerden en az biri sistemin düzgün çalışması için baştan " -"başlatmayı gerektirir.\n" +"Yüklü güncelleştirmelerden en az biri sistemin düzgün çalışması için baştan başlatmayı gerektirir.\n" "Sisteminizi mümkün olan en kısa sürede yeniden başlatın." #. popup message @@ -295,8 +282,7 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Bu güncelleştirmelerin düzgün çalışması için sistemin yeniden başlatılmasını " -"gerektirir:\n" +"Bu güncelleştirmelerin düzgün çalışması için sistemin yeniden başlatılmasını gerektirir:\n" "\n" "%1.\n" "\n" @@ -305,18 +291,15 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Mevcut paket yönetimi için YaST'ın yeniden başlatılmasını gerektiren yamalar " -"var.\n" -"İlk olarak bu yamalar yüklenmelidir ve diğer bütün yamalar yeniden " -"başlattıktan sonra yüklenmelidir.\n" +"Mevcut paket yönetimi için YaST'ın yeniden başlatılmasını gerektiren yamalar var.\n" +"İlk olarak bu yamalar yüklenmelidir ve diğer bütün yamalar yeniden başlattıktan sonra yüklenmelidir.\n" "\n" "Şimdi yüklenmesi için bazı başka uygulamalar seçtiniz.\n" "\n" Added: trunk/yast/tr/po/opensuse_mirror.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/opensuse_mirror.tr.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/opensuse_mirror.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# Turkish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Görkem Çetin <gorkem(a)gelecek.com.tr>, 1999, 2000. +# Mehmet Mıdık <mmidik(a)setra.net.tr>, 2000. +# Metin Oral <moral(a)suse.de>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 10:13+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Görkem Çetin <gorkem(a)gelecek.com.tr>\n" +"Language-Team: turkish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Dizin" + +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:95 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Hata" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:434 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "evet" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:438 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "hayır" + +# include/nis_server/ui.ycp:56 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Çık" + +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:95 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Hata" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1553 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &file" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Dosya seç/&seçimi kaldır" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/packager.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/packager.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/packager.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -395,16 +395,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 @@ -525,9 +521,7 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." msgstr "" #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area @@ -596,9 +590,7 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Bu YaST2 modülü komut satırı arabirimini desteklemiyor." #. pad to 3 characters @@ -790,21 +782,15 @@ msgstr "Bu pencerede çeşitli açılış ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -849,11 +835,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -861,17 +844,12 @@ #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "" #. help text, continued @@ -879,14 +857,11 @@ msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 @@ -1033,8 +1008,7 @@ #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "" "Tarayıcınız otomatikman algılanamadı.\n" "Elle yapılandırma gerçekleştirmelisiniz." @@ -1053,9 +1027,7 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Bu YaST2 modülü komut satırı arabirimini desteklemiyor." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) @@ -1206,8 +1178,7 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." msgstr "" #. the correct MD5 is unknown @@ -1237,16 +1208,14 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " @@ -1255,10 +1224,8 @@ #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" #. help text - media check 5/8 @@ -1271,9 +1238,7 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." msgstr "" "<BIG>Ad:</BIG> \n" "Toplama sistemi yapılandırmasına erişilirken kullanılacak\n" @@ -1282,9 +1247,7 @@ #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." msgstr "" "Tabloda her bölüm açılış menüsündeki bir seçeneği\n" "gösterir." @@ -1292,10 +1255,8 @@ #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" #. advice check of the media @@ -1661,8 +1622,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1862,35 +1822,25 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Ancak bir 32-bit kurulum yapmaya çalışıyorsunuz." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" # include/tv/ui.ycp:214 @@ -1939,23 +1889,17 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" @@ -2023,10 +1967,8 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -2040,8 +1982,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2119,9 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "Dosya okunamadı: %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" # clients/support_question.ycp:85 @@ -2507,9 +2446,7 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" # include/runlevel/ui.ycp:429 @@ -2523,8 +2460,7 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message @@ -2569,8 +2505,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" @@ -2801,8 +2736,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2811,8 +2745,7 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2916,8 +2849,7 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" @@ -3390,11 +3322,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" -#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit " -#~ "confirmation\n" +#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" #~ "of acceptance of its license.\n" -#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" #~ " \n" #~ "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" #~ "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3987,21 +3917,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Dizin &seçin" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Choose a directory to which to install. Depending on the software " -#~ "selection, make sure\n" +#~ "Choose a directory to which to install. Depending on the software selection, make sure\n" #~ "enough space is available.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kurulumun yapılacağı dizini seçin. Yaptığınız yazılım seçimine göre " -#~ "yeterli disk\n" +#~ "Kurulumun yapılacağı dizini seçin. Yaptığınız yazılım seçimine göre yeterli disk\n" #~ "alanının bulunduğuna emin olun.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Additionally, you can create an archive image of the directory using " -#~ "tar. To create an \n" +#~ "Additionally, you can create an archive image of the directory using tar. To create an \n" #~ "image, specify the name and the location in the respective fields.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Buna ek olarak, tar ile dizinin arşivini oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu " -#~ "şekilde bir arşiv oluşturmak için\n" +#~ "Buna ek olarak, tar ile dizinin arşivini oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu şekilde bir arşiv oluşturmak için\n" #~ "ilgili ad ve yer bölümlerini doldurun.\n" #~ msgid "Select Directory" @@ -4139,8 +4065,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ " Bunun için &product; ile birlikte gelen tüm CD'leri kullanmak " -#~ "zorunda \n" +#~ " Bunun için &product; ile birlikte gelen tüm CD'leri kullanmak zorunda \n" #~ "değilsiniz. Diğer CD'lerin içinden çıkan programları daha sonra da \n" #~ "kurma imkanınız vardır.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4158,11 +4083,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Temel sistem sadece &product; çalıştırmak için gerekli olan\n" -#~ "paketleri içerir. Bu seçenekte (X11, KDE, GNOME gibi) grafik " -#~ "masaüstü ortamı \n" +#~ "paketleri içerir. Bu seçenekte (X11, KDE, GNOME gibi) grafik masaüstü ortamı \n" #~ "yoktur. Bu seçeneği kendi seçiminiz için temel alma amacıyla,\n" -#~ "grafiksel arabirim kullanmamak için veya bellek ya da disk alanı " -#~ "yetersiz\n" +#~ "grafiksel arabirim kullanmamak için veya bellek ya da disk alanı yetersiz\n" #~ "sistemler için seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4348,8 +4271,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ " Bunun için &product; ile birlikte gelen tüm CD'leri kullanmak " -#~ "zorunda \n" +#~ " Bunun için &product; ile birlikte gelen tüm CD'leri kullanmak zorunda \n" #~ "değilsiniz. Diğer CD'lerin içinden çıkan programları daha sonra da \n" #~ "kurma imkanınız vardır.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4366,11 +4288,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Temel sistem sadece &product; çalıştırmak için gerekli olan\n" -#~ "paketleri içerir. Bu seçenekte (X11, KDE, GNOME gibi) grafik " -#~ "masaüstü ortamı \n" +#~ "paketleri içerir. Bu seçenekte (X11, KDE, GNOME gibi) grafik masaüstü ortamı \n" #~ "yoktur. Bu seçeneği kendi seçiminiz için temel alma amacıyla,\n" -#~ "grafiksel arabirim kullanmamak için veya bellek ya da disk alanı " -#~ "yetersiz\n" +#~ "grafiksel arabirim kullanmamak için veya bellek ya da disk alanı yetersiz\n" #~ "sistemler için seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4652,8 +4572,7 @@ #~ msgid "Disk Space Exhausted" #~ msgstr "Disk alanı bitti." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." +#~ msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." #~ msgstr "Yeterli disk alanı yok. Bazı paketleri kaldırın." # clients/inst_sw_details.ycp:267 @@ -4799,11 +4718,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Temel sistem sadece &product; çalıştırmak için gerekli olan\n" -#~ "paketleri içerir. Bu seçenekte (X11, KDE, GNOME gibi) grafik " -#~ "masaüstü ortamı \n" +#~ "paketleri içerir. Bu seçenekte (X11, KDE, GNOME gibi) grafik masaüstü ortamı \n" #~ "yoktur. Bu seçeneği kendi seçiminiz için temel alma amacıyla,\n" -#~ "grafiksel arabirim kullanmamak için veya bellek ya da disk alanı " -#~ "yetersiz\n" +#~ "grafiksel arabirim kullanmamak için veya bellek ya da disk alanı yetersiz\n" #~ "sistemler için seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4821,8 +4738,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Cannot read media description for %1.\n" -#~ " Packages from this media cannot " -#~ "be installed." +#~ " Packages from this media cannot be installed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "%1 için medya tanım bilgisi okunamadı.\n" #~ "Bu medyadan paket kurulamaz." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/pkg-bindings.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/pkg-bindings.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/pkg-bindings.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -26,37 +26,25 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." msgstr "" #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." msgstr "" #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository..." +msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." msgstr "" #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories..." +msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." msgstr "" #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content..." +msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_load.ycp:923 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/printer.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/printer.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/printer.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -76,20 +76,17 @@ #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." msgstr "Gerekli paketler kurulmadan devam edilemez." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." msgstr "Gerekli paketler kurulmadan devam edilemez." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." msgstr "" #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: @@ -205,17 +202,14 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -234,9 +228,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." msgstr "" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system @@ -566,9 +558,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." msgstr "" #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: @@ -592,9 +582,7 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." msgstr "" #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called @@ -649,9 +637,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 @@ -713,9 +699,7 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." msgstr "" # clients/sound_options.ycp:165 @@ -746,8 +730,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" msgstr "" # include/scanner/scanner_notfound.ycp:34 @@ -826,8 +809,7 @@ msgid "" "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" "the RPM package hplip must be installed." -msgstr "" -"X11 sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." +msgstr "X11 sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 #, fuzzy @@ -886,11 +868,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Ağ Dosya Sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." -"" +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Ağ Dosya Sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -977,11 +956,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"X11 sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "X11 sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1061,8 +1037,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 #, fuzzy msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"X11 sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." +msgstr "X11 sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1336,8 +1311,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 @@ -1509,11 +1483,8 @@ #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"X11 sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "X11 sistemine erişim için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 @@ -1730,8 +1701,7 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "" #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: @@ -1742,8 +1712,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 @@ -1795,14 +1764,12 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1899,19 +1866,14 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -" \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1930,8 +1892,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1939,10 +1900,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1954,8 +1913,7 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1980,8 +1938,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -2062,8 +2019,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2071,10 +2027,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2111,12 +2065,9 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2125,8 +2076,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -" \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2134,8 +2084,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2150,10 +2099,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2259,8 +2206,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" @@ -2272,24 +2218,19 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -" \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2407,10 +2348,8 @@ "Example device URIs: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " -"installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the " -"data\n" +"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" "to a bluetooth printer.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2419,8 +2358,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2468,8 +2406,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2512,8 +2449,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2581,12 +2517,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -2596,8 +2530,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -" \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -2653,10 +2586,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -" \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -2689,8 +2620,7 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" @@ -2701,17 +2631,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -" \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2804,8 +2731,7 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2945,8 +2871,7 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2993,8 +2918,7 @@ #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. @@ -3026,8 +2950,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 @@ -3037,9 +2960,7 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: @@ -3104,9 +3025,7 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -3256,8 +3175,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, @@ -3268,9 +3186,7 @@ #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: @@ -3285,8 +3201,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "" #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy @@ -3344,9 +3259,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. @@ -3617,8 +3530,7 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -3705,17 +3617,14 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "NIS sunucu adı ya da adresi" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default @@ -3787,9 +3696,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." msgstr "" # include/cups/ui.ycp:2432 @@ -4234,8 +4141,7 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: @@ -4252,16 +4158,13 @@ #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve kurulmayacaktır." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve kurulmayacaktır." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:647 @@ -4435,8 +4338,7 @@ # include/nfs/nfs_write.ycp:80 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgstr "/etc/fstab dosyasında belirtilen NFS girdileri bağlanamıyor." # include/nfs/nfs_write.ycp:80 @@ -4446,14 +4348,12 @@ # include/nfs/nfs_write.ycp:80 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgstr "/etc/fstab dosyasında belirtilen NFS girdileri bağlanamıyor." # include/nfs/nfs_write.ycp:80 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgstr "/etc/fstab dosyasında belirtilen NFS girdileri bağlanamıyor." # include/nfs/nfs_write.ycp:80 @@ -4610,8 +4510,7 @@ # classnames.ycp:12 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied" +#~ msgid "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied" #~ msgstr "&Harici arabirimlerden erişime izin ver" # classnames.ycp:12 @@ -4780,8 +4679,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "'Error Policy' is not yet implemented." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yeni PowerMac'ler için açılış yapılandırılması henüz geliştirilmedi." +#~ msgstr "Yeni PowerMac'ler için açılış yapılandırılması henüz geliştirilmedi." # clients/rc_config_step1.ycp:119 #, fuzzy @@ -4854,8 +4752,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Bilinmeyen PPD dosya takma adı: %1" #~ msgid "Only one of 'allowusers' and 'denyusers' can be specified." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "'allowusers' ve 'denyusers' seçeneklerinden sadece biri seçilebilir." +#~ msgstr "'allowusers' ve 'denyusers' seçeneklerinden sadece biri seçilebilir." #~ msgid "Detected Printers:" #~ msgstr "Algılanan yazıcılar:" @@ -4910,20 +4807,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Yapılandırılmış kuyruğu düzenle" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that " -#~ "are not mentioned remain untouched." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "PPD dosyasına doğrudan yazılacak seçenekleri belirleyin. Dİğer seçenekler " -#~ "değiştirilmeden kalacaklardır." +#~ msgid "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched." +#~ msgstr "PPD dosyasına doğrudan yazılacak seçenekleri belirleyin. Dİğer seçenekler değiştirilmeden kalacaklardır." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are " -#~ "not mentioned remain untouched." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "/etc/cups/lpoptions dosyasına yazılacak seçenekleri belirleyin. Diğer " -#~ "seçenekler değiştirilmeden kalacaklardır." +#~ msgid "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched." +#~ msgstr "/etc/cups/lpoptions dosyasına yazılacak seçenekleri belirleyin. Diğer seçenekler değiştirilmeden kalacaklardır." #~ msgid "List known manufacturers" #~ msgstr "Bilinen üreticileri listele" @@ -4932,9 +4821,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Bilinen üreticilerin bilinen modellerini listele" #~ msgid "List known nicknames for specified model of specified manufacturers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bilinen üreticilerin belirtilen bir modelinin bilinen takma adlarını " -#~ "listele" +#~ msgstr "Bilinen üreticilerin belirtilen bir modelinin bilinen takma adlarını listele" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "List options of the PPD file of the specified queue" @@ -5012,12 +4899,8 @@ #~ msgstr "CUPS istemcini kullan" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server " -#~ "will be used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Öntanımlı kuyruğu seçin. Seçim yapılmazsa sunucudaki öntanımlı kuyruk " -#~ "kullanılacaktır." +#~ msgid "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server will be used" +#~ msgstr "Öntanımlı kuyruğu seçin. Seçim yapılmazsa sunucudaki öntanımlı kuyruk kullanılacaktır." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Type of the test page: ascii, graphic, or photo" @@ -5025,9 +4908,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "During the following step, only local printers are detected.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bİr sonraki adım sırasında YaST2 sadece yerel yazıcıları algılamaya " -#~ "çalışacaktır.\n" +#~ msgstr "Bİr sonraki adım sırasında YaST2 sadece yerel yazıcıları algılamaya çalışacaktır.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -5038,8 +4919,7 @@ #~ "Detect your printers now?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yazıcı algılaması şimdi başlatılabilir. Bazı durumlarda algılama işlemi\n" -#~ "sistemin kilitlenmesine yol açabilir. Eğer sistem kilitlenirse, " -#~ "yapılandırma\n" +#~ "sistemin kilitlenmesine yol açabilir. Eğer sistem kilitlenirse, yapılandırma\n" #~ "işlemini yeniden başlattığınızda Algılamayı atla seçeneğini kullanınız.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Algılamayı başlatmayı istiyor musunuz?" @@ -5856,23 +5736,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>I/O Addresses</big> If you have an uncommon parallel " -#~ "port \n" +#~ "<big>I/O Addresses</big> If you have an uncommon parallel port \n" #~ "card, it may not be possible to detect it automatically. In such cases,\n" -#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by " -#~ "commas \n" -#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, " -#~ "<tt>\n" -#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.If your parallel port works, leave this field " -#~ "untouched." +#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by commas \n" +#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, <tt>\n" +#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.If your parallel port works, leave this field untouched." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Paralel port IO:</big> Eğer normalden farklı bir " -#~ "paralel portunuz\n" -#~ "varsa bu port otomatik olarak algılanamayabilir. Bu durumda IO adresini " -#~ "belirtmelisiniz.\n" +#~ "<big>Paralel port IO:</big> Eğer normalden farklı bir paralel portunuz\n" +#~ "varsa bu port otomatik olarak algılanamayabilir. Bu durumda IO adresini belirtmelisiniz.\n" #~ "IO adreslerini birinciden sonuncuya doğru virgülle ayırarak girin.\n" -#~ "Örneğin: <tt>0x378,0x2f8</tt> gibi. Eğer paralel portunuz çalışıyorsa " -#~ "boş bırakınız.\n" +#~ "Örneğin: <tt>0x378,0x2f8</tt> gibi. Eğer paralel portunuz çalışıyorsa boş bırakınız.\n" #~ msgid "Changes will be saved immediately after you press OK." #~ msgstr "Tamam düğmesine bastığınızda değişiklikler kaydedilecektir." @@ -5888,15 +5761,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Other Settings:\n" -#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ " -#~ "depending on your\n" +#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ depending on your\n" #~ "spooler. Leave it empty to use the defaults. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Diğer ayarlar:</big> \n" -#~ "Seri portunuz için fazladan ayarlar yapabilirsiniz. Bu ayarlar " -#~ "toplayıcıya bağlı olarak\n" -#~ "farklılık gösterebilir. Ön tanımlı ayarları kullanmak için boş bırakın.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Seri portunuz için fazladan ayarlar yapabilirsiniz. Bu ayarlar toplayıcıya bağlı olarak\n" +#~ "farklılık gösterebilir. Ön tanımlı ayarları kullanmak için boş bırakın.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Parallel Printer Connection" @@ -5932,8 +5802,7 @@ #~ "type of the local port to which your printer is connected." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Paralel, USB, Seri, IrDA yazıcısı</BIG> \n" -#~ "Yerel olarak bağlı bir yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için yazıcınızın bağlı " -#~ "olduğu\n" +#~ "Yerel olarak bağlı bir yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için yazıcınızın bağlı olduğu\n" #~ "yerel port türünü belirtin.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -5979,8 +5848,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Network Printer</BIG> \n" -#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, select\n" #~ "Print Directly to a Network Printer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ağ yazıcısı</BIG> \n" @@ -5997,10 +5865,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Yapılandırımış yazıcı için yeni kuyruk\n" #~ "</BIG> \n" -#~ "Yazıcı yeri, üretici ve model adı gibi bilgileri tekrar girmeye gerek " -#~ "kalmadan\n" -#~ "yapılandırılmış bir yazıcıya yeni bir kuyruk ekleyebilirsiniz. Bunun " -#~ "için\n" +#~ "Yazıcı yeri, üretici ve model adı gibi bilgileri tekrar girmeye gerek kalmadan\n" +#~ "yapılandırılmış bir yazıcıya yeni bir kuyruk ekleyebilirsiniz. Bunun için\n" #~ "Mevcut yazıcı için yeni kuyruk oluştur seçeneğini kullanın.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6009,8 +5875,7 @@ #~ "To set another kind of queue, select Other Setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Diğer tür kurulum:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Başka tür bir kuyruk aygıtı kurmak istiyorsanız, Diğer tür kurulum " -#~ "düğmesine basın.\n" +#~ "Başka tür bir kuyruk aygıtı kurmak istiyorsanız, Diğer tür kurulum düğmesine basın.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6026,13 +5891,11 @@ #~ "<BIG>CUPS Client-Only</BIG> \n" #~ "All queues of one CUPS server will be available to this computer.\n" #~ "Every new queue added to the server will be accessible on this computer.\n" -#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only " -#~ "configuration,\n" +#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only configuration,\n" #~ "because no local CUPS server is running." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>CUPS sadece istemci</BIG> \n" -#~ "Bir CUPS sunucusunun tüm kuyrukları bu bilgisayarda kullanılabilir " -#~ "olacaktır.\n" +#~ "Bir CUPS sunucusunun tüm kuyrukları bu bilgisayarda kullanılabilir olacaktır.\n" #~ "Sunucuya eklenecek tüm kuyruklar da kullanılabilecektir. Sadece istemci\n" #~ "modunda çalışırken yerel bir CUPS sunucusu çalışmadığından sisteme yerel\n" #~ "yazıcılar ekleyemezsiniz.\n" @@ -6052,8 +5915,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Remote IPP Queue</BIG> \n" -#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be " -#~ "accessible\n" +#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be accessible\n" #~ "on this computer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Uzak IPP kuyruğu</BIG> \n" @@ -6068,8 +5930,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Doğrudan TCP port basımı</BIG> \n" #~ "Yazdırma işlemleri doğrudan uzak bilgisayarın TCP soketine gönderilir.\n" -#~ "Çoğu yazdırma sunucu kutuları ve ağ yazıcıları için bu seçeneği " -#~ "kullanabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Çoğu yazdırma sunucu kutuları ve ağ yazıcıları için bu seçeneği kullanabilirsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6091,12 +5952,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "CUPS Class \n" -#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS " -#~ "will divide print jobs between members of the class." +#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS will divide print jobs between members of the class." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>CUPS sınıfı</BIG> \n" -#~ "Bazı yazıcıları bir sınıfta toplayıp sınıfa baskı yapabilirsiniz. CUPS " -#~ "baskı işlerini sınıf üyeleri arasında paylaştıracaktır.\n" +#~ "Bazı yazıcıları bir sınıfta toplayıp sınıfa baskı yapabilirsiniz. CUPS baskı işlerini sınıf üyeleri arasında paylaştıracaktır.\n" # include/cups/helps.ycp:410 #, fuzzy @@ -6202,8 +6061,7 @@ #~ "</BIG> Set advanced settings of the serial port here.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Seri port ayrıntıları:\n" -#~ "</BIG> Seri portun gelişmiş ayarlarını buradan yapabilirsiniz.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "</BIG> Seri portun gelişmiş ayarlarını buradan yapabilirsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6239,11 +6097,8 @@ #~ "Yazım sunucunuzun makine adını giriniz.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Remote Queue</BIG> Enter the name of the remote printer." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Uzak kuyruk:</BIG> Uzak yazıcının adını giriniz." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Remote Queue</BIG> Enter the name of the remote printer." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Uzak kuyruk:</BIG> Uzak yazıcının adını giriniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6251,8 +6106,7 @@ #~ "Enter the username and password for accessing the print server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Kullanıcı, parola:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Yazım sunucusuna erişim için gereken kullanıcı adı ve parolayı giriniz.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Yazım sunucusuna erişim için gereken kullanıcı adı ve parolayı giriniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To verify the name,\n" @@ -6264,8 +6118,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Program Name</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets the\n" #~ "job using standard input.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Program adı:</BIG> \n" @@ -6275,16 +6128,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>URI</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be " -#~ "used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is " -#~ "missing,\n" +#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is missing,\n" #~ "for example, if you installed a new CUPS back-end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>URI:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Yazıcının URI'sini girin. CUPS için olan bu evrensel kuyruk tipi CUPS " -#~ "tarafından desteklenen, ancak YaST tarafından desteklenmeyen\n" -#~ "yeni bir kuyruk tipine sahip olduğunuz zaman kullanılabilir.(örneğin, " -#~ "daha yeni bir CUPS sistemi kurmuşsanız)" +#~ "Yazıcının URI'sini girin. CUPS için olan bu evrensel kuyruk tipi CUPS tarafından desteklenen, ancak YaST tarafından desteklenmeyen\n" +#~ "yeni bir kuyruk tipine sahip olduğunuz zaman kullanılabilir.(örneğin, daha yeni bir CUPS sistemi kurmuşsanız)" # include/cups/helps.ycp:174 #~ msgid "" @@ -6296,33 +6145,24 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, " -#~ "which \n" +#~ "You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, which \n" #~ "are problematic if you use multiple USB printers and the order in which\n" #~ "they are turned on is not fixed.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Standart aygıt adlarını (örneğin, /dev/usb/lp0) " -#~ "kullanabilirsiniz,\n" -#~ "ancak birden fazla USB yazıcısı kullanıyorsanız hangi yazıcının hangi " -#~ "sırada\n" +#~ "Standart aygıt adlarını (örneğin, /dev/usb/lp0) kullanabilirsiniz,\n" +#~ "ancak birden fazla USB yazıcısı kullanıyorsanız hangi yazıcının hangi sırada\n" #~ "açıldığı belli olmadığından sorunlarla karşılaşabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which " -#~ "contain,\n" -#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which contain,\n" +#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of the\n" #~ "printer.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diğer imkan ise CUPS türü adları, yani yazıcının gerçek adı yerine\n" -#~ "yazıcının üretici, model ve seri numarasını içeren adları kullanmaktır.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "yazıcının üretici, model ve seri numarasını içeren adları kullanmaktır.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bazı USB yazıcıların seri numaralarını rapor etmediğine dikkat edin.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgid "Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers." +#~ msgstr "Bazı USB yazıcıların seri numaralarını rapor etmediğine dikkat edin." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6331,52 +6171,36 @@ #~ "or as a stand-alone printing system. \n" #~ "To use local printers, you cannot use the client-only installation." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Toplayıcı</BIG> LPRng ve CUPS toplayıcıları arasında " -#~ "geçiş yapabilirsiniz. Cups toplayıcısı ağ yazım sunucusuna istemci " -#~ "olarak\n" +#~ "<BIG>Toplayıcı</BIG> LPRng ve CUPS toplayıcıları arasında geçiş yapabilirsiniz. Cups toplayıcısı ağ yazım sunucusuna istemci olarak\n" #~ "ya da tek başına baskı sistemi olarak kurulabilir. \n" -#~ "Yerel yazıcıları kullanmak için, 'sadece istemci kurulumu'nu " -#~ "kullanamazsınız." +#~ "Yerel yazıcıları kullanmak için, 'sadece istemci kurulumu'nu kullanamazsınız." # include/cups/helps.ycp:192 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Save Method</BIG> Select whether to save changed queues " -#~ "only or all queues." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Kayıt yöntemi</BIG> Sadece değişen kuyrukları ya da tüm " -#~ "kuyrukları kaydetmeyi seçin." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Save Method</BIG> Select whether to save changed queues only or all queues." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Kayıt yöntemi</BIG> Sadece değişen kuyrukları ya da tüm kuyrukları kaydetmeyi seçin." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG> Problems " -#~ "configuring printing can be caused by\n" -#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking Reinstall " -#~ "Printing Packages might fix these problems.\n" +#~ "<BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG> Problems configuring printing can be caused by\n" +#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking Reinstall Printing Packages might fix these problems.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Baskı paketlerini yeniden kur</BIG> Baskı " -#~ "yapılandırmasında sorunlar yaşıyorsanız bu sorunlar kurulumunuzdaki\n" -#~ "eski ya da bozulmuş paketler tarafından ortaya çıkıyor olabilir. Baskı " -#~ "paketlerini yeniden kur düğmesine basarak bu sorunları çözebilirsiniz." -#~ "\n" +#~ "<BIG>Baskı paketlerini yeniden kur</BIG> Baskı yapılandırmasında sorunlar yaşıyorsanız bu sorunlar kurulumunuzdaki\n" +#~ "eski ya da bozulmuş paketler tarafından ortaya çıkıyor olabilir. Baskı paketlerini yeniden kur düğmesine basarak bu sorunları çözebilirsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG> To uninstall all " -#~ "currently configured queues,\n" +#~ "<BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG> To uninstall all currently configured queues,\n" #~ "select Clear Current Configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Mevcut yapılandırmanın temizlenmesi</BIG></" -#~ "B> Yapılandırılmış tüm kuyrukları silmek için\n" +#~ "<BIG>Mevcut yapılandırmanın temizlenmesi</BIG> Yapılandırılmış tüm kuyrukları silmek için\n" #~ "Mevcut yapılandırmayı temizle düğmesini kullanın.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG> To change advanced " -#~ "CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n" +#~ "<BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG> To change advanced CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n" #~ "CUPS Server Settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Gelişmiş CUPS sunucusu ayarları</BIG> Yayın yapma ya da " -#~ "izinler gibi gelişmiş CUPS sunucusu ayarlarını değiştirmek için\n" +#~ "<BIG>Gelişmiş CUPS sunucusu ayarları</BIG> Yayın yapma ya da izinler gibi gelişmiş CUPS sunucusu ayarlarını değiştirmek için\n" #~ "CUPS sunucusu ayarlar düğmesini kullanın.\n" # include/cups/helps.ycp:174 @@ -6393,62 +6217,43 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Allow Browsing</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your " -#~ "queues the same way as their local ones.\n" -#~ "Browse Addresses shows IP addresses (like 192.168.0.1) of " -#~ "computers to which to send information about your queues. Use Add, " -#~ "Edit,\n" -#~ "and Delete to modify the list of addresses. For the entire " -#~ "network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as " -#~ "192.168.0.255).\n" +#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your queues the same way as their local ones.\n" +#~ "Browse Addresses shows IP addresses (like 192.168.0.1) of computers to which to send information about your queues. Use Add, Edit,\n" +#~ "and Delete to modify the list of addresses. For the entire network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as 192.168.0.255).\n" #~ "To have browsing settings suggested based on your network setup,\n" #~ "click Propose." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Göstermeye izin ver</BIG> \n" -#~ "Eğer göstermeye izin verirseniz, ağdaki diğer bilgisayarlar kendi yerel " -#~ "kuyruklarını gördükleri gibi sizin kuyruklarınızı da görebilecektir.\n" -#~ "Gösterilecek adresler ile kuyruklarınız hakkında bilgi " -#~ "gönderilecek olan bilgisayarların IP adreslerini (192.168.0.1 " -#~ "gibi) görebilirsiniz. Adresleri değiştirmek için Ekle,\n" -#~ "Düzenle ve <Sil> düğmelerini kullanabilirsiniz. Tüm ağa izin " -#~ "vermek için ağınızın yayın adresini kullanın. (192.168.0.255 " -#~ "gibi)\n" -#~ "Ağ kurulumunuzu temel alan bir ayar oluşturmak için Öner düğmesine " -#~ "basın." +#~ "Eğer göstermeye izin verirseniz, ağdaki diğer bilgisayarlar kendi yerel kuyruklarını gördükleri gibi sizin kuyruklarınızı da görebilecektir.\n" +#~ "Gösterilecek adresler ile kuyruklarınız hakkında bilgi gönderilecek olan bilgisayarların IP adreslerini (192.168.0.1 gibi) görebilirsiniz. Adresleri değiştirmek için Ekle,\n" +#~ "Düzenle ve <Sil> düğmelerini kullanabilirsiniz. Tüm ağa izin vermek için ağınızın yayın adresini kullanın. (192.168.0.255 gibi)\n" +#~ "Ağ kurulumunuzu temel alan bir ayar oluşturmak için Öner düğmesine basın." #~ msgid "" #~ "After enabling browsing, the permission for / should be set\n" #~ "accordingly so other computers can print.\n" -#~ "For example, when 192.168.0.255 is used as the browse address, " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "For example, when 192.168.0.255 is used as the browse address, the\n" #~ "permission for / must be set to 192.168.0.* to allow all \n" #~ "hosts on your network to print." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Gösterme izinini aktifleştirdikten sonra diğer bilgisayarların\n" #~ "baskı işlemi yapabilmesi için / için izin verilmesi gerekir.\n" -#~ "Örneğin gösterilecek adres 192.168.0.255 olarak ayarlandıktan " -#~ "sonra\n" +#~ "Örneğin gösterilecek adres 192.168.0.255 olarak ayarlandıktan sonra\n" #~ "ağdaki diğer bilgisayarların baskı yapabilmesi amacıyla / için\n" #~ "izin 192.168.0.* olarak ayarlanmalıdır." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Access Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to " -#~ "use your CUPS server.\n" -#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your " -#~ "server, and, optionally,\n" -#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press Change " -#~ "Permissions\n" +#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to use your CUPS server.\n" +#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your server, and, optionally,\n" +#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press Change Permissions\n" #~ " to view or change the permission settings." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Erişim ayarları</BIG> \n" -#~ "Ağınızdaki CUPS sunucusunu kullanacak diğer bilgisayarlara verilecek " -#~ "izinlerini ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" -#~ "Bu izinler tüm sunucu için, sunucunun yönetimi için ve seçime bağlı " -#~ "olarak yazıcı ve sınıflara göre\n" -#~ "ayarlanabilir. İstediğiniz alanı seçip İzinleri değiştir düğmesine " -#~ "basarak ilgili izinleri\n" +#~ "Ağınızdaki CUPS sunucusunu kullanacak diğer bilgisayarlara verilecek izinlerini ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Bu izinler tüm sunucu için, sunucunun yönetimi için ve seçime bağlı olarak yazıcı ve sınıflara göre\n" +#~ "ayarlanabilir. İstediğiniz alanı seçip İzinleri değiştir düğmesine basarak ilgili izinleri\n" #~ "görebilir ya da değiştirebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy @@ -6481,8 +6286,7 @@ #~ "or denied. Addresses can be normal IP addresses (<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>), \n" #~ "address blocks using * as a wild card (<tt>192.168.0.*</tt>),\n" #~ "addresses with mask (<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</" -#~ "tt>),\n" +#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</tt>),\n" #~ "partial domain names (<tt>*.example.com</tt> or <tt>.example.com</tt>),\n" #~ "interface specifications (<tt>@IF(eth0)</tt>),\n" #~ "or the special words <tt>All</tt>, <tt>None</tt>, and <tt>@LOCAL</tt>.\n" @@ -6490,13 +6294,11 @@ #~ "ethernet, but not modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>İzinler</BIG> \n" -#~ "IP adreslerinin listesini ve izinlerini düzenleyebilirsiniz. Her satır " -#~ "bir adres\n" +#~ "IP adreslerinin listesini ve izinlerini düzenleyebilirsiniz. Her satır bir adres\n" #~ "ve adres sahibinin erişim izni olup olmadığı bilgisini içerir.\n" #~ "Adresler normal IP adresleri (192.168.0.1 gibi),\n" #~ "* ile yapılan adres blokları (192.168.0.* gibi),\n" -#~ "ağ maskeleri (192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 ya da 192.168.0.0/24</" -#~ "I> gibi),\n" +#~ "ağ maskeleri (192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 ya da 192.168.0.0/24 gibi),\n" #~ "tam alan adları (yazıcı.ornek.com gibi),\n" #~ "kısmi alan adları (*.ornek.com or .ornek.com) ya da\n" #~ "Hepsi ve Hiçbiri gibi özel kelimeler olabilir.\n" @@ -6512,11 +6314,8 @@ #~ "Kalıtsal izinleri kullan seçeneğini seçiniz.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Manufacturer</BIG> Select the manufacturer of your " -#~ "printer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Üretici:</BIG> Yazıcınızın üreticisini seçiniz." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Manufacturer</BIG> Select the manufacturer of your printer." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Üretici:</BIG> Yazıcınızın üreticisini seçiniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6545,15 +6344,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding PPD Files to the Database</BIG> \n" #~ "If your printer manufacturer provides PPD files, you can add them to the\n" -#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied " -#~ "from\n" +#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied from\n" #~ "a hard disk or removable media.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>PPD dosyalarını veritabanına ekle:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Eğer yazıcı üreticiniz PPD dosyaları sağlıyorsa, bu dosyaları " -#~ "veritabanına\n" -#~ "ekleyebilirsiniz. PPD dosyaları FTP ya da HTTP sunucularından " -#~ "indirilebilir ya da\n" +#~ "Eğer yazıcı üreticiniz PPD dosyaları sağlıyorsa, bu dosyaları veritabanına\n" +#~ "ekleyebilirsiniz. PPD dosyaları FTP ya da HTTP sunucularından indirilebilir ya da\n" #~ "sabit disk ya da çıkarılabilir disketlerden kopyalanabilir.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6568,13 +6364,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Printers</BIG> \n" -#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this " -#~ "printer\n" +#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this printer\n" #~ "and you will not need to select vendor, model, and connection again.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Yazıcılar:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Kurulu yazıcılardan birini seçin. Bu yazıcıya üretici, model ve bağlantı " -#~ "özelliklerini\n" +#~ "Kurulu yazıcılardan birini seçin. Bu yazıcıya üretici, model ve bağlantı özelliklerini\n" #~ "yeniden seçmenize gerek kalmadan yeni kuyruklar eklenecektir.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6583,8 +6377,7 @@ #~ "To print with this configuration, use this name as the queue name.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Baskı için ad:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Bu yapılandırmayla yazdırmak için, kuyruk adı olarak bu adı kullanın.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Bu yapılandırmayla yazdırmak için, kuyruk adı olarak bu adı kullanın.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6633,8 +6426,7 @@ #~ "filtreleme yapılıp yapılmayacağını seçebilirsiniz. Filtreleme yapan\n" #~ "bir baskı sunucusu (IPP ve LPD gibi) kullanıyorsanız önerilmez,\n" #~ "ancak yerel yazıcılar ve filtreleme yapmayan sunucular için (SMB\n" -#~ "ve IPX sunucuları, ağ yazıcıları ve baskı sunucu kutuları gibi) " -#~ "gereklidir.\n" +#~ "ve IPX sunucuları, ağ yazıcıları ve baskı sunucu kutuları gibi) gereklidir.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6676,13 +6468,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Values</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the " -#~ "lower box.\n" +#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the lower box.\n" #~ " Select a new value by clicking it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Değerler:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Yukarıdaki kutuda bir seçenek seçerseniz değerler listesi aşağıdaki " -#~ "kutuda görünür.\n" +#~ "Yukarıdaki kutuda bir seçenek seçerseniz değerler listesi aşağıdaki kutuda görünür.\n" #~ " Üzerine tıklayarak yeni bir değer seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6751,8 +6541,7 @@ #~ "To try your printer with another driver, choose it here.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Model:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Yazıcınızı başka bir sürücü ile denemek istiyorsanız, bu sürücüyü buradan " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Yazıcınızı başka bir sürücü ile denemek istiyorsanız, bu sürücüyü buradan seçebilirsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6781,22 +6570,16 @@ #~ "ve parolayı değiştirebilirsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Connection</BIG> You can change the connection for this " -#~ "printer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Bağlantı:</BIG> Bu yazıcı için bağlantıyı " -#~ "değiştirebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Connection</BIG> You can change the connection for this printer." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Bağlantı:</BIG> Bu yazıcı için bağlantıyı değiştirebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Print Filter Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Baskı filtre ayarları: \n" -#~ "Filtre seçeneklerini buradan düzenleyin. Bu seçenekler değişik yazıcı " -#~ "modellerinde farklılık gösterir.\n" +#~ "Filtre seçeneklerini buradan düzenleyin. Bu seçenekler değişik yazıcı modellerinde farklılık gösterir.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6813,19 +6596,16 @@ #~ "Adjust users who are allowed to print using this queue.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Sınırlama ayarları:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Bu kuyruğu kullanarak baskı yapma izni verilmiş kullanıcıları düzenleyin." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Bu kuyruğu kullanarak baskı yapma izni verilmiş kullanıcıları düzenleyin.\n" # include/cups/helps.ycp:291 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>State and Banner Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Durum ve ön-son sayfa ayarları:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Bu kuyruktaki her işten önce ve sonra durum sayfasının ve ön-son " -#~ "sayfaların basılmasını ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Bu kuyruktaki her işten önce ve sonra durum sayfasının ve ön-son sayfaların basılmasını ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" # include/cups/helps.ycp:410 #, fuzzy @@ -6845,12 +6625,8 @@ #~ "Bu sınıfın üyesi olacak kuyrukları seçin.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Class Settings</BIG> You can change some settings for " -#~ "this class." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Sınıf ayarları:</BIG> Bu sınıf için bazı ayarları " -#~ "değiştirebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Class Settings</BIG> You can change some settings for this class." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Sınıf ayarları:</BIG> Bu sınıf için bazı ayarları değiştirebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6865,14 +6641,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>New Printer</BIG> \n" -#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer " -#~ "database.\n" +#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer database.\n" #~ "Use Advanced Setup to configure it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Yeni Yazıcı:</BIG> \n" #~ "Yazıcı modeli, yazıcı veritabanı kullanılarak algılanamadı.\n" -#~ "Yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için Gelişmiş kurulum seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanmalısınız.\n" +#~ "Yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için Gelişmiş kurulum seçeneğini kullanmalısınız.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6880,18 +6654,15 @@ #~ "This printer is configured using default settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Hızlı otomatik kurulum:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Bu yazıcı için baskı yapılandırması öntanımlı değerler kullanılarak " -#~ "yapılacaktır.\n" +#~ "Bu yazıcı için baskı yapılandırması öntanımlı değerler kullanılarak yapılacaktır.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Normal Setup</BIG> \n" -#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options " -#~ "for the configuration.\n" +#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options for the configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Normal kurulum:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Algılanan model bilgisi kullanılacaktır. Oluşturulan yapılandırma için " -#~ "isim ve ayarları seçebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Algılanan model bilgisi kullanılacaktır. Oluşturulan yapılandırma için isim ve ayarları seçebilirsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6899,8 +6670,7 @@ #~ "Choose a printer model or try a generic driver.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Gelişmiş kurulum:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Başka bir yazıcı modelini ya da genel bir sürücü kullanmanızı sağlar.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Başka bir yazıcı modelini ya da genel bir sürücü kullanmanızı sağlar.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6954,12 +6724,8 @@ #~ "düğmesine basınız.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Printers</BIG> In this dialog, manage printers on your " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Yazıcılar:</BIG> Bu pencerede sisteminizdeki " -#~ "yazıcılıarı yönetebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Printers</BIG> In this dialog, manage printers on your system." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Yazıcılar:</BIG> Bu pencerede sisteminizdeki yazıcılıarı yönetebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6977,12 +6743,10 @@ #~ " You can only edit configurations created with YaST. A change of\n" #~ " default printer will take effect after the next login.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Silme, düzenleme ve bir yapılandırmayı varsayılan yapma:</" -#~ "BIG> \n" +#~ "<BIG>Silme, düzenleme ve bir yapılandırmayı varsayılan yapma:</BIG> \n" #~ "Tablodan yazıcı seçip ilgili düğmeye basın.\n" #~ "Sadece YaST ile oluşturulmuş yapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz.\n" -#~ "Varsayılan yazıcıyı değiştirme işlemi sisteme bir sonraki girişinizde " -#~ "etkin olacaktır.\n" +#~ "Varsayılan yazıcıyı değiştirme işlemi sisteme bir sonraki girişinizde etkin olacaktır.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7039,10 +6803,8 @@ #~ "Apply. To display all PPD files, click Clear.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>PPD dosyalarının filtrelenmesi</big> \n" -#~ "Gösterilen PPD dosyalarını filtrelemek için Filtre girip " -#~ "Kullan\n" -#~ "düğmesine basın. Tüm PPD dosyalarını görmek için Filtreyi sil " -#~ "düğmesine\n" +#~ "Gösterilen PPD dosyalarını filtrelemek için Filtre girip Kullan\n" +#~ "düğmesine basın. Tüm PPD dosyalarını görmek için Filtreyi sil düğmesine\n" #~ "basın.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -7062,8 +6824,7 @@ #~ "Set users that may or may not use this printer or class.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Sınırlamalar:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Bu yazıcıyı ya da sınıfı kullandırmak istediğiniz ya da istemediğiniz " -#~ "kullanıcıları belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Bu yazıcıyı ya da sınıfı kullandırmak istediğiniz ya da istemediğiniz kullanıcıları belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" # include/cups/helps.ycp:279 #~ msgid "" @@ -7100,8 +6861,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Sınıf üyeleri:</BIG> \n" #~ "Bir sınıfa bağlı yazıcıların listesidir.\n" -#~ "Bir sınıfa yazdırma işi yollarsanız, bu iş sınıf üyesi yazıcılardan " -#~ "birine gönderilir.\n" +#~ "Bir sınıfa yazdırma işi yollarsanız, bu iş sınıf üyesi yazıcılardan birine gönderilir.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7137,8 +6897,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Downloading a PPD File</big> \n" #~ "Enter the URL from which to download a PPD file.\n" -#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>PPD dosyası indirme</big> \n" #~ "PPD dosyasının indirileceği adresi girin. Eğer gerekliyse, kimlik\n" @@ -7585,8 +7344,7 @@ #~ "Sıradaki adımda YaST sadece yerel yazıcıları algılamaya çalışacaktır.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Yazıcı algılaması şimdi başlatılabilir. Bazı durumlarda algılama işlemi\n" -#~ "sistemin kilitlenmesine yol açabilir. Eğer sistem kilitlenirse, " -#~ "yapılandırma\n" +#~ "sistemin kilitlenmesine yol açabilir. Eğer sistem kilitlenirse, yapılandırma\n" #~ "işlemini yeniden başlattığınızda Algılamayı atla seçeneğini kullanınız.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Algılamayı başlatmayı istiyor musunuz?" @@ -7722,20 +7480,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Listening to CUPS servers to provide access to remote queues %1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<LI>Uzak kuyruklara rahat erişim için uzak CUPS sunucularını dinle.</LI>" +#~ msgstr "<LI>Uzak kuyruklara rahat erişim için uzak CUPS sunucularını dinle.</LI>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is closed by firewall %1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<li>Uzak CUPS sunucularını dinlemek için kullanılan port firewall " -#~ "tarafından kapalı.</li>" +#~ msgstr "<li>Uzak CUPS sunucularını dinlemek için kullanılan port firewall tarafından kapalı.</li>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is open on %1 %2" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<li>Uzak CUPS sunucularını dinlemek için kullanılan port %1 üzerinde açık." -#~ "</li>" +#~ msgstr "<li>Uzak CUPS sunucularını dinlemek için kullanılan port %1 üzerinde açık.</li>" # include/cups/ui.ycp:1911 #, fuzzy @@ -7753,9 +7506,7 @@ #~ msgstr "ISO-8859-9: Bu Türkçe bir deneme yazısıdır." #~ msgid "!!! COMMON EXPLANATION !!!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Asagidaki satirlar farkli dil kodlamalarinda yazilar icerir.Secimin dogru " -#~ "olup olmadigini kontrol edin." +#~ msgstr "Asagidaki satirlar farkli dil kodlamalarinda yazilar icerir.Secimin dogru olup olmadigini kontrol edin." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7849,19 +7600,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Seçenekler:" #~ msgid "The border lines start and end at the edges of the imageable area." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kenar çizgileri resim çizilebilen alanin köselerinde baslar ve biter" +#~ msgstr "Kenar çizgileri resim çizilebilen alanin köselerinde baslar ve biter" #~ msgid "They have 1 inch or 2 cm to the edges of the imageable area." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Resim çizilebilen alanin köselerine 1 inch ya da 2 cm uzakliktalardir." +#~ msgstr "Resim çizilebilen alanin köselerine 1 inch ya da 2 cm uzakliktalardir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript " -#~ "driver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Resim çizilebilen alanin boyutu yazicinin modeline ve Ghostscript " -#~ "sürücüsüne baglidir." +#~ msgid "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript driver." +#~ msgstr "Resim çizilebilen alanin boyutu yazicinin modeline ve Ghostscript sürücüsüne baglidir." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Here it begins on the bottom left at" @@ -8286,15 +8031,13 @@ #~ "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" #~ "To open the firewall to accept IPP broadcast packets\n" #~ "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -#~ "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall " -#~ "Details.\n" +#~ "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" #~ "This option is available only if the firewall is enabled." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Firewall ayarları</big> \n" #~ "Firewall'u uzak bilgisayarlardan IPP yayın paketlerini kabul edecek\n" #~ "şekilde ayarlamak için Firewall'da port aç seçeneğini kullanın.\n" -#~ "Portun açılacağı arayüzleri seçmek için Firewall ayarları " -#~ "düğmesine\n" +#~ "Portun açılacağı arayüzleri seçmek için Firewall ayarları düğmesine\n" #~ "basın. Bu seçenek sadece firewall etkin ise mevcuttur." #, fuzzy @@ -8418,8 +8161,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Proposing Multiple Queues</BIG> \n" #~ "To have multiple queues for various configurations of the\n" -#~ "printer suggested for you, check Automatically Propose Multiple " -#~ "Queues.\n" +#~ "printer suggested for you, check Automatically Propose Multiple Queues.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Çoklu kuyruk önerimi:</BIG> \n" #~ "YaST'nin yazıcının farklı yapılandırmaları için çoklu kuyruk önermesi\n" @@ -8427,15 +8169,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Advanced Settings</BIG> Press Advanced to " -#~ "modify\n" -#~ "advanced spooler settings or switch between the CUPS and LPRng spoolers.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "<BIG>Advanced Settings</BIG> Press Advanced to modify\n" +#~ "advanced spooler settings or switch between the CUPS and LPRng spoolers.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Gelişmiş ayarlar:</BIG> Gelişmiş toplayıcı ayarlarını " -#~ "değiştirmek\n" -#~ "ve CUPS ile LPRng toplayıcıları arasında geçiş yapmak için Gelişmiş</" -#~ "B> düğmesine basın.\n" +#~ "<BIG>Gelişmiş ayarlar:</BIG> Gelişmiş toplayıcı ayarlarını değiştirmek\n" +#~ "ve CUPS ile LPRng toplayıcıları arasında geçiş yapmak için Gelişmiş düğmesine basın.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Attempting to save unnamed printer. Skipping %1." @@ -8534,8 +8272,7 @@ #~ "Detect your printers?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yazıcı algılaması şimdi başlatılabilir. Bazı durumlarda algılama işlemi\n" -#~ "sistemin kilitlenmesine yol açabilir. Eğer sistem kilitlenirse, " -#~ "yapılandırma\n" +#~ "sistemin kilitlenmesine yol açabilir. Eğer sistem kilitlenirse, yapılandırma\n" #~ "işlemini yeniden başlattığınızda Algılamayı atla seçeneğini kullanınız.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Algılamayı başlatmayı istiyor musunuz?" @@ -8805,35 +8542,26 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Parallel port IO:</big> If you have an uncommon " -#~ "parallel port \n" +#~ "<big>Parallel port IO:</big> If you have an uncommon parallel port \n" #~ "card, it may not be possible to automatically detect it. In such cases,\n" -#~ "you must specify its IO addresses. Enter IO addresses separated by " -#~ "commas \n" +#~ "you must specify its IO addresses. Enter IO addresses separated by commas \n" #~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. Example: <tt>\n" -#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt> If your parallel port works, leave this field " -#~ "untouched." +#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt> If your parallel port works, leave this field untouched." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Paralel port IO:</big> Eğer normalden farklı bir " -#~ "paralel portunuz\n" -#~ "varsa bu port otomatik olarak algılanamayabilir. Bu durumda IO adresini " -#~ "belirtmelisiniz.\n" +#~ "<big>Paralel port IO:</big> Eğer normalden farklı bir paralel portunuz\n" +#~ "varsa bu port otomatik olarak algılanamayabilir. Bu durumda IO adresini belirtmelisiniz.\n" #~ "IO adreslerini birinciden sonuncuya doğru virgülle ayırarak girin.\n" -#~ "Örneğin: <tt>0x378,0x2f8</tt> gibi. Eğer paralel portunuz çalışıyorsa " -#~ "boş bırakınız.\n" +#~ "Örneğin: <tt>0x378,0x2f8</tt> gibi. Eğer paralel portunuz çalışıyorsa boş bırakınız.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Other settings:</big> \n" -#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ " -#~ "depending on your\n" +#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ depending on your\n" #~ "spooler. Leave it empty for defaults. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Diğer ayarlar:</big> \n" -#~ "Seri portunuz için fazladan ayarlar yapabilirsiniz. Bu ayarlar " -#~ "toplayıcıya bağlı olarak\n" -#~ "farklılık gösterebilir. Ön tanımlı ayarları kullanmak için boş bırakın.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Seri portunuz için fazladan ayarlar yapabilirsiniz. Bu ayarlar toplayıcıya bağlı olarak\n" +#~ "farklılık gösterebilir. Ön tanımlı ayarları kullanmak için boş bırakın.\n" #~ msgid "USB printer connection" #~ msgstr "USB yazıcı bağlantısı" @@ -8897,8 +8625,7 @@ #~ "</BIG> Set advanced settings of the serial port here.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Seri port ayrıntıları:\n" -#~ "</BIG> Seri portun gelişmiş ayarlarını buradan yapabilirsiniz.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "</BIG> Seri portun gelişmiş ayarlarını buradan yapabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Workgroup:</BIG> \n" @@ -8918,53 +8645,35 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>URI:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be " -#~ "used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is " -#~ "missing\n" +#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is missing\n" #~ "(for example, if you installed a new CUPS back-end)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>URI:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Yazıcının URI'sini girin. CUPS için olan bu evrensel kuyruk tipi CUPS " -#~ "tarafından desteklenen, ancak YaST tarafından desteklenmeyen\n" -#~ "yeni bir kuyruk tipine sahip olduğunuz zaman kullanılabilir.(örneğin, " -#~ "daha yeni bir CUPS sistemi kurmuşsanız)" +#~ "Yazıcının URI'sini girin. CUPS için olan bu evrensel kuyruk tipi CUPS tarafından desteklenen, ancak YaST tarafından desteklenmeyen\n" +#~ "yeni bir kuyruk tipine sahip olduğunuz zaman kullanılabilir.(örneğin, daha yeni bir CUPS sistemi kurmuşsanız)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can use classical device names (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0), " -#~ "which \n" +#~ "You can use classical device names (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0), which \n" #~ "are problematic if you use multiple USB printers and the order in which\n" #~ "they are turned on is not fixed.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Standart aygıt adlarını (örneğin, /dev/usb/lp0) " -#~ "kullanabilirsiniz,\n" -#~ "ancak birden fazla USB yazıcısı kullanıyorsanız hangi yazıcının hangi " -#~ "sırada\n" +#~ "Standart aygıt adlarını (örneğin, /dev/usb/lp0) kullanabilirsiniz,\n" +#~ "ancak birden fazla USB yazıcısı kullanıyorsanız hangi yazıcının hangi sırada\n" #~ "açıldığı belli olmadığından sorunlarla karşılaşabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Allow Browsing</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your " -#~ "queues the same way as their local ones.\n" -#~ "Browse Addresses shows IP addresses (like 192.168.0.1) of " -#~ "computers to which to send information about your queues. Use Add, " -#~ "Edit,\n" -#~ "and Delete to modify the list of addresses. For the entire " -#~ "network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as " -#~ "192.168.0.255).\n" +#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your queues the same way as their local ones.\n" +#~ "Browse Addresses shows IP addresses (like 192.168.0.1) of computers to which to send information about your queues. Use Add, Edit,\n" +#~ "and Delete to modify the list of addresses. For the entire network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as 192.168.0.255).\n" #~ "To be suggested browsing settings based on your network setup,\n" #~ "click Propose." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Göstermeye izin ver</BIG> \n" -#~ "Eğer göstermeye izin verirseniz, ağdaki diğer bilgisayarlar kendi yerel " -#~ "kuyruklarını gördükleri gibi sizin kuyruklarınızı da görebilecektir.\n" -#~ "Gösterilecek adresler ile kuyruklarınız hakkında bilgi " -#~ "gönderilecek olan bilgisayarların IP adreslerini (192.168.0.1 " -#~ "gibi) görebilirsiniz. Adresleri değiştirmek için Ekle,\n" -#~ "Düzenle ve <Sil> düğmelerini kullanabilirsiniz. Tüm ağa izin " -#~ "vermek için ağınızın yayın adresini kullanın. (192.168.0.255 " -#~ "gibi)\n" -#~ "Ağ kurulumunuzu temel alan bir ayar oluşturmak için Öner düğmesine " -#~ "basın." +#~ "Eğer göstermeye izin verirseniz, ağdaki diğer bilgisayarlar kendi yerel kuyruklarını gördükleri gibi sizin kuyruklarınızı da görebilecektir.\n" +#~ "Gösterilecek adresler ile kuyruklarınız hakkında bilgi gönderilecek olan bilgisayarların IP adreslerini (192.168.0.1 gibi) görebilirsiniz. Adresleri değiştirmek için Ekle,\n" +#~ "Düzenle ve <Sil> düğmelerini kullanabilirsiniz. Tüm ağa izin vermek için ağınızın yayın adresini kullanın. (192.168.0.255 gibi)\n" +#~ "Ağ kurulumunuzu temel alan bir ayar oluşturmak için Öner düğmesine basın." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Order of application</BIG> \n" @@ -8999,26 +8708,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding PPD Files to Database:</BIG> \n" #~ "If your printer manufacturer provides PPD files, you can add them to the\n" -#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied " -#~ "from hard\n" +#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied from hard\n" #~ "disk or removable media.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>PPD dosyalarını veritabanına ekle:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Eğer yazıcı üreticiniz PPD dosyaları sağlıyorsa, bu dosyaları " -#~ "veritabanına\n" -#~ "ekleyebilirsiniz. PPD dosyaları FTP ya da HTTP sunucularından " -#~ "indirilebilir ya da\n" +#~ "Eğer yazıcı üreticiniz PPD dosyaları sağlıyorsa, bu dosyaları veritabanına\n" +#~ "ekleyebilirsiniz. PPD dosyaları FTP ya da HTTP sunucularından indirilebilir ya da\n" #~ "sabit disk ya da çıkarılabilir disketlerden kopyalanabilir.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Printers:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this " -#~ "printer\n" +#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this printer\n" #~ "and you will not need to select vendor, model, and connection again.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Yazıcılar:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Kurulu yazıcılardan birini seçin. Bu yazıcıya üretici, model ve bağlantı " -#~ "özelliklerini\n" +#~ "Kurulu yazıcılardan birini seçin. Bu yazıcıya üretici, model ve bağlantı özelliklerini\n" #~ "yeniden seçmenize gerek kalmadan yeni kuyruklar eklenecektir.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -9026,8 +8730,7 @@ #~ "To print with this configuration, use this name as the queue name.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Baskı için ad:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Bu yapılandırmayla yazdırmak için, kuyruk adı olarak bu adı kullanın.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Bu yapılandırmayla yazdırmak için, kuyruk adı olarak bu adı kullanın.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Description of Class:</big> \n" @@ -9057,8 +8760,7 @@ #~ "filtreleme yapılıp yapılmayacağını seçebilirsiniz. Filtreleme yapan\n" #~ "bir baskı sunucusu (IPP ve LPD gibi) kullanıyorsanız önerilmez,\n" #~ "ancak yerel yazıcılar ve filtreleme yapmayan sunucular için (SMB\n" -#~ "ve IPX sunucuları, ağ yazıcıları ve baskı sunucu kutuları gibi) " -#~ "gereklidir.\n" +#~ "ve IPX sunucuları, ağ yazıcıları ve baskı sunucu kutuları gibi) gereklidir.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Print Form Feed between Jobs:\n" @@ -9108,12 +8810,8 @@ #~ "<BIG>Bağlantı:</BIG> \n" #~ "Bu uzak yazıcı için bir uzak makina adı ve kuyruk seçin.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Connection:</BIG> You can change the connection for " -#~ "this printer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Bağlantı:</BIG> Bu yazıcı için bağlantıyı " -#~ "değiştirebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Connection:</BIG> You can change the connection for this printer." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Bağlantı:</BIG> Bu yazıcı için bağlantıyı değiştirebilirsiniz." # include/cups/helps.ycp:267 #~ msgid "" @@ -9121,8 +8819,7 @@ #~ "Adjust users who are allowed to print using this queue.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Sınırlama ayarları:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Bu kuyruğu kullanarak baskı yapma izni verilmiş kullanıcıları düzenleyin." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Bu kuyruğu kullanarak baskı yapma izni verilmiş kullanıcıları düzenleyin.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Class members:</BIG> \n" @@ -9133,12 +8830,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Normal setup:</BIG> \n" -#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options " -#~ "for the created configuration.\n" +#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options for the created configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Normal kurulum:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Algılanan model bilgisi kullanılacaktır. Oluşturulan yapılandırma için " -#~ "isim ve ayarları seçebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Algılanan model bilgisi kullanılacaktır. Oluşturulan yapılandırma için isim ve ayarları seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To try printing with\n" @@ -9158,19 +8853,11 @@ #~ "Diğer seçeneğini işaretleyip Yapılandır\n" #~ "düğmesine basarak yazıcınızı elle yapılandırabilirsiniz.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Printers:</BIG> In this dialog, manage printers on your " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Yazıcılar:</BIG> Bu pencerede sisteminizdeki " -#~ "yazıcılıarı yönetebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Printers:</BIG> In this dialog, manage printers on your system." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Yazıcılar:</BIG> Bu pencerede sisteminizdeki yazıcılıarı yönetebilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Saving changes:</BIG> Press Finish to save " -#~ "changes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Değişiklikleri kaydetme:</BIG> Değişiklikleri kaydetmek " -#~ "için Bitir düğmesine basınız." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Saving changes:</BIG> Press Finish to save changes." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Değişiklikleri kaydetme:</BIG> Değişiklikleri kaydetmek için Bitir düğmesine basınız." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Saving:</BIG> \n" @@ -9198,8 +8885,7 @@ #~ "You can specify users that may or may not use this printer or class.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Sınırlamalar:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Bu yazıcıyı ya da sınıfı kullandırmak istediğiniz ya da istemediğiniz " -#~ "kullanıcıları belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Bu yazıcıyı ya da sınıfı kullandırmak istediğiniz ya da istemediğiniz kullanıcıları belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" # include/cups/helps.ycp:291 #~ msgid "" @@ -9225,14 +8911,12 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Sınıf üyeleri:</BIG> \n" #~ "Bir sınıfa bağlı yazıcıların listesidir.\n" -#~ "Bir sınıfa yazdırma işi yollarsanız, bu iş sınıf üyesi yazıcılardan " -#~ "birine gönderilir.\n" +#~ "Bir sınıfa yazdırma işi yollarsanız, bu iş sınıf üyesi yazıcılardan birine gönderilir.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Downloading a PPD File</big> \n" #~ "Enter the URL from which to download a PPD file.\n" -#~ "If necessary, also specify the user name and password for the " -#~ "authentication.\n" +#~ "If necessary, also specify the user name and password for the authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>PPD dosyası indirme</big> \n" #~ "PPD dosyasının indirileceği adresi girin. Eğer gerekliyse, kimlik\n" @@ -9508,12 +9192,8 @@ #~ msgid "CUPS daemon died during initialization" #~ msgstr "CUPS deamon'u başlatılma sırasında kapandı" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<a href=\"printer_conf\">Test</a> your printer configuration before " -#~ "proceeding." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Devam etmeden önce yazıcı yapılandırmasını <a href=\"printer_conf" -#~ "\">deneyiniz.</a>" +#~ msgid "<a href=\"printer_conf\">Test</a> your printer configuration before proceeding." +#~ msgstr "Devam etmeden önce yazıcı yapılandırmasını <a href=\"printer_conf\">deneyiniz.</a>" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:647 #~ msgid "Failed to install required packages." @@ -9539,8 +9219,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Network Printer</BIG> \n" -#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, select\n" #~ "Print Directly to a Network Printer.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ağ yazıcısı</BIG> \n" @@ -9556,10 +9235,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Yapılandırımış yazıcı için yeni kuyruk\n" #~ "</BIG> \n" -#~ "Yazıcı yeri, üretici ve model adı gibi bilgileri tekrar girmeye gerek " -#~ "kalmadan\n" -#~ "yapılandırılmış bir yazıcıya yeni bir kuyruk ekleyebilirsiniz. Bunun " -#~ "için\n" +#~ "Yazıcı yeri, üretici ve model adı gibi bilgileri tekrar girmeye gerek kalmadan\n" +#~ "yapılandırılmış bir yazıcıya yeni bir kuyruk ekleyebilirsiniz. Bunun için\n" #~ "Mevcut yazıcı için yeni kuyruk oluştur seçeneğini kullanın.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -9567,8 +9244,7 @@ #~ "To set another kind of queue, select Other Kind of Setup.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Diğer tür kurulum:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Başka tür bir kuyruk aygıtı kurmak istiyorsanız, Diğer tür kurulum " -#~ "düğmesine basın.\n" +#~ "Başka tür bir kuyruk aygıtı kurmak istiyorsanız, Diğer tür kurulum düğmesine basın.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Parallel, USB, Serial, IrDA Port:</BIG> \n" @@ -9605,6 +9281,4 @@ #~ msgstr "%1 yazılamıyor." #~ msgid "<li>Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is open on %1.</li>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<li>Uzak CUPS sunucularını dinlemek için kullanılan port %1 üzerinde açık." -#~ "</li>" +#~ msgstr "<li>Uzak CUPS sunucularını dinlemek için kullanılan port %1 üzerinde açık.</li>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/product-creator.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/product-creator.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/product-creator.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -375,8 +375,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" -#| " Please wait while the directory structure for the new ISO " -#| "image is created.\n" +#| " Please wait while the directory structure for the new ISO image is created.\n" #| " \n" #| " \n" msgid "" @@ -384,15 +383,13 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "\n" -" Yeni ISO imaj dosyasının dizin yapısı oluşturuluyor. Lütfen " -"bekleyin.\n" +" Yeni ISO imaj dosyasının dizin yapısı oluşturuluyor. Lütfen bekleyin.\n" " \n" " \n" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "Press Next to start creating the ISO file." -msgstr "" -"ISO dosyasını oluşturmayı başlatmak için İleri düğmesine basın." +msgstr "ISO dosyasını oluşturmayı başlatmak için İleri düğmesine basın." #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 msgid "Create skeleton with common files" @@ -608,31 +605,20 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 #, fuzzy msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için Özel yapılandırma " -"seçeneğini kullanın." +msgstr "Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için Özel yapılandırma seçeneğini kullanın." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." -msgstr "" -"İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." +msgstr "İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Start the detailed configuration of particular plug-in by selecting " -#| "Launch." -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." -msgstr "" -"Başlat düğmesine basarak bir eklentinin yapılandırmasını " -"başlatabilirsiniz." +#| msgid "Start the detailed configuration of particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." +msgstr "Başlat düğmesine basarak bir eklentinin yapılandırmasını başlatabilirsiniz." #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 @@ -949,14 +935,12 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aşağıdaki temel seçeneklerden birini seçin ve Ayrıntılar " -"düğmesi\n" +"Aşağıdaki temel seçeneklerden birini seçin ve Ayrıntılar düğmesi\n" "ile ek seçenekler ve paketler ekleyin.\n" "" @@ -987,8 +971,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" @@ -996,11 +979,8 @@ #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." msgstr "" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 @@ -1073,22 +1053,18 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Başlangıç ayarları</big> \n" -"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları " -"ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "Örneğin, \n" -"CD'yi otomatik kurulumlar için yapılandırın ve kurulum kaynak yerini " -"belirtin.\n" -"Emin değilseniz, dosyayı olduğu gibi bırakarak orijinal halini kullanın.</" -"p>\n" +"CD'yi otomatik kurulumlar için yapılandırın ve kurulum kaynak yerini belirtin.\n" +"Emin değilseniz, dosyayı olduğu gibi bırakarak orijinal halini kullanın.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 @@ -1104,8 +1080,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 @@ -1136,8 +1111,7 @@ "edit those configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>CD yazma yapılandırması genel görünümü</big> \n" -"Mevcut yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi alabilir ve ek olarak " -"buyapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz. \n" +"Mevcut yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi alabilir ve ek olarak buyapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 @@ -1174,10 +1148,8 @@ #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 @@ -1208,10 +1180,8 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Package Manager\n" #| "Use the package manager without any preselected packages. All\n" -#| "packages that would be automatically selected during installation must " -#| "be\n" -#| "selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you " -#| "are\n" +#| "packages that would be automatically selected during installation must be\n" +#| "selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you are\n" #| "creating this CD.\n" #| "\n" msgid "" @@ -1223,8 +1193,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Paket yöneticisi\n" -"Paket yöneticisini önceden seçimleri yapılmamış paketlerle kullanın. Bu " -"CD'yi\n" +"Paket yöneticisini önceden seçimleri yapılmamış paketlerle kullanın. Bu CD'yi\n" "oluştururken seçilen tüm paketlerin hedef donanım ve yapı ayarlarına göre\n" "seçilmesi gerekmektedir.\n" "\n" @@ -1243,14 +1212,11 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -1303,25 +1269,20 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." msgstr "" #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1528,16 +1489,12 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1671,9 +1628,7 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." msgstr "" # clients/inst_do_resize.ycp:170 @@ -1694,8 +1649,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:137 @@ -1717,9 +1671,7 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." msgstr "" #. label @@ -1730,9 +1682,7 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 @@ -1745,9 +1695,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the Version of your image configuration." -msgstr "" -"Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için Özel yapılandırma " -"seçeneğini kullanın." +msgstr "Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için Özel yapılandırma seçeneğini kullanın." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 @@ -1758,8 +1706,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_load.ycp:380 @@ -1783,9 +1730,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." msgstr "" # @@ -1820,10 +1765,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." msgstr "" #. label (above table) @@ -1840,10 +1782,7 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." msgstr "" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:45 @@ -1861,10 +1800,7 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1886,10 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "Yapılandırma dosyası: " #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1898,10 +1831,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." msgstr "" #. push button label @@ -1917,9 +1847,7 @@ msgstr "Bitiş öncesi &script'i" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1937,9 +1865,7 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image Specification." +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." msgstr "" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 @@ -1970,9 +1896,7 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." msgstr "" # clients/inst_environment.ycp:203 @@ -1983,9 +1907,7 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1995,9 +1917,7 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." msgstr "" # clients/inst_mouse.ycp:97 @@ -2046,8 +1966,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" "Bir Takma ad, IP adresi ve Ağ maskesi\n" @@ -2087,16 +2006,12 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." msgstr "" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." msgstr "" # clients/inst_mouse.ycp:97 @@ -2113,18 +2028,14 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." msgstr "" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Next to continue with the configuration." -msgstr "" -"İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." +msgstr "İleri düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz." #. combo box item #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 @@ -2140,9 +2051,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." msgstr "" #. busy popup Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/proxy.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/proxy.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/proxy.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -212,10 +212,8 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" @@ -233,8 +231,7 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" "HTTPS proxy adresi web'e (WWW) güvenli erişim için kullanılan\n" @@ -261,20 +258,16 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:475 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "With Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option checked, it " -#| "is\n" -#| "enough to fill in HTTP proxy URL, which will then be used for all " -#| "protocols\n" +#| "With Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option checked, it is\n" +#| "enough to fill in HTTP proxy URL, which will then be used for all protocols\n" #| "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP)." msgid "" "If you check Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" -"Tüm Protokoller İçin Aynı Proxy'yi Kullan seçeneği seçili " -"durumdaysa\n" -"sadece HTTP proxy adresini girmeniz yeterli olacaktır, bu proxy tüm " -"protokoller\n" +"Tüm Protokoller İçin Aynı Proxy'yi Kullan seçeneği seçili durumdaysa\n" +"sadece HTTP proxy adresini girmeniz yeterli olacaktır, bu proxy tüm protokoller\n" "için (HTTP, HTTPS ve FTP) kullanılacaktır." #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 @@ -286,8 +279,7 @@ "for example, %1.\n" msgstr "" "Proxy dışı alanlar isteklerin önbellek kullanımı olmadan doğrudan\n" -"yapılacağı alanların virgül ile ayrılmış listesidir, örneğin %1 gibi." -"\n" +"yapılacağı alanların virgül ile ayrılmış listesidir, örneğin %1 gibi.\n" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 @@ -296,19 +288,15 @@ #| msgid "" #| "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #| "Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only." -#| "\n" +#| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only.\n" msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" "Kimlik doğrulama gerektiren bir proxy sunucusu kullanıyorsanız\n" -"Proxy kullanıcı adı ve Proxy parolası bölümlerini doldurun. " -"Geçerli\n" -"bir kullanıcı adı noktalama işaretleri dışındaki yazdırılabilir ASCII " -"karakterlerinden oluşur.\n" +"Proxy kullanıcı adı ve Proxy parolası bölümlerini doldurun. Geçerli\n" +"bir kullanıcı adı noktalama işaretleri dışındaki yazdırılabilir ASCII karakterlerinden oluşur.\n" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/qt-pkg.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/qt-pkg.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/qt-pkg.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -361,15 +361,11 @@ msgstr "&İptal et" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:460 @@ -405,16 +401,8 @@ msgstr "Hata: Yetersiz disk alanı!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız bu şekilde yüklemeye devam edebilirsiniz, " -"ancak bu şekilde el ile tamir gerektirebilecek bozuk bir sistem elde etme " -"ihtimali oluşacaktır . Böyle bir durumda ne yapacağınızı tam bilmiyorsanız " -"İptal et düğmesine basın ve bazı paketlerin seçimini kaldırın." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız bu şekilde yüklemeye devam edebilirsiniz, ancak bu şekilde el ile tamir gerektirebilecek bozuk bir sistem elde etme ihtimali oluşacaktır . Böyle bir durumda ne yapacağınızı tam bilmiyorsanız İptal et düğmesine basın ve bazı paketlerin seçimini kaldırın." # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 @@ -440,12 +428,8 @@ msgstr "Otomatik değişiklikler" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"El ile yaptığınız paket seçimine ek olarak aşağıdaki paketler bağımlılıkları " -"çözmek için yeniden düzenlendi:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "El ile yaptığınız paket seçimine ek olarak aşağıdaki paketler bağımlılıkları çözmek için yeniden düzenlendi:" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 @@ -461,9 +445,7 @@ msgstr "Onaylanmamış paketler" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 @@ -478,12 +460,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Not: Bu sadece kısa bir genel görünümdür. Ayrıntılar için el kitabına " -"bakın." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "Not: Bu sadece kısa bir genel görünümdür. Ayrıntılar için el kitabına bakın." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 @@ -491,194 +469,92 @@ msgstr "Bu pencerede indirilecek ve kurulacak yamalarını seçin." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"Sol taraftaki liste yama türü (güvenlik, önerilen ya da isteğe bağlı) ve " -"(tahmini) indirme süreleriyle birlikte mevcut yamaları içerir." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "Sol taraftaki liste yama türü (güvenlik, önerilen ya da isteğe bağlı) ve (tahmini) indirme süreleriyle birlikte mevcut yamaları içerir." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" -"b> check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Bu liste normalde sadece sisteminizde kurulu olmayan yamaları gösterir. Bu " -"özelliği listenin altındaki Kurulu yamaları dahil et seçeneği ile " -"değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +msgstr "Bu liste normalde sadece sisteminizde kurulu olmayan yamaları gösterir. Bu özelliği listenin altındaki Kurulu yamaları dahil et seçeneği ile değiştirebilirsiniz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Yama tanımı alanı seçili olan yama hakkında geniş bir açıklama sunar. " -"Listeden tanımını görmek istediğiniz yamayı seçin." +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "Yama tanımı alanı seçili olan yama hakkında geniş bir açıklama sunar. Listeden tanımını görmek istediğiniz yamayı seçin." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"Soldaki paket listesi seçili yamanın içeriğini, içerdiği paketleri, " -"gösterir. Bir yamanın içerdiği paketleri tek tek kuramaz ya da " -"kaldıramazsınız, bu durum sistem tutarlığını sağlamak içindir." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "Soldaki paket listesi seçili yamanın içeriğini, içerdiği paketleri, gösterir. Bir yamanın içerdiği paketleri tek tek kuramaz ya da kaldıramazsınız, bu durum sistem tutarlığını sağlamak içindir." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Yamalara ek olarak sol üstteki Filtre bölümünden farklı liste " -"filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz:" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "Yamalara ek olarak sol üstteki Filtre bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"Bu pencerede kurulacak, güncellenecek ya da kaldırılacak paketleri seçin. " -"Paketleri tek tek seçebilir ya da genel paket \"seçimlerini\" " -"kullanabilirsiniz." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "Bu pencerede kurulacak, güncellenecek ya da kaldırılacak paketleri seçin. Paketleri tek tek seçebilir ya da genel paket \"seçimlerini\" kullanabilirsiniz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Bir paketin durumunu değiştirmek için paketin durum ikonuna tıklayın, ya da " -"sağ tıklayarak seçenekleri içeren menüyü açın." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Bir paketin durumunu değiştirmek için paketin durum ikonuna tıklayın, ya da sağ tıklayarak seçenekleri içeren menüyü açın." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Bağımlılıkları kontrol et düğmesi ile paket bağımlılıklarını " -"çözebilirsiniz. Bazı paketler başka paketlerin kurulmasını gerektirir, bazı " -"paketler ise sadece bazı belli paketler kurulu değilse kurulabilir. Bu " -"kontrol gerekli paketleri otomatik olarak seçer ve bağımlılık çakışmaları " -"varsa bunları bildirir." +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Bağımlılıkları kontrol et düğmesi ile paket bağımlılıklarını çözebilirsiniz. Bazı paketler başka paketlerin kurulmasını gerektirir, bazı paketler ise sadece bazı belli paketler kurulu değilse kurulabilir. Bu kontrol gerekli paketleri otomatik olarak seçer ve bağımlılık çakışmaları varsa bunları bildirir." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"Bu pencereyi Kabul et ile geçtiğinizde bu kontrol otomatik olarak " -"yapılacaktır." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "Bu pencereyi Kabul et ile geçtiğinizde bu kontrol otomatik olarak yapılacaktır." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Sol üstteki Filtre bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini " -"kullanabilirsiniz." +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Sol üstteki Filtre bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"Seçimler mantıksal olarak birlikte olan bazı paket setlerini gösterir." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "Seçimler mantıksal olarak birlikte olan bazı paket setlerini gösterir." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Seçimin yanındaki işaretleme düğmesi ile seçimin tümünü seçebilirsiniz. " -"Ayrıca sağ taraftaki listeden paketleri tek tek seçebilirsiniz." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Seçimin yanındaki işaretleme düğmesi ile seçimin tümünü seçebilirsiniz. Ayrıca sağ taraftaki listeden paketleri tek tek seçebilirsiniz." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"Paket grupları paketleri kategoriler halinde gösterir. Kategori ve " -"alt kategorilerin listesini açabilirsiniz. Bir kategoriye basarak o " -"kategoriye dahil olan paketleri sağ taraftaki listede görebilirsiniz." +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "Paket grupları paketleri kategoriler halinde gösterir. Kategori ve alt kategorilerin listesini açabilirsiniz. Bir kategoriye basarak o kategoriye dahil olan paketleri sağ taraftaki listede görebilirsiniz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -"Bilgi: En alttaki \"zzz Tümü\" seçeneğinden tüm paketleri " -"görebilirsiniz. Bu işlem yavaş makinelerde biraz sürebilir." +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "Bilgi: En alttaki \"zzz Tümü\" seçeneğinden tüm paketleri görebilirsiniz. Bu işlem yavaş makinelerde biraz sürebilir." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"Ara seçeneği ile gireceğiniz kriterlere göre paket araması " -"yapabilirsiniz. Bu işlem, adını bildiğiniz bir paketi bulmanın en kolay " -"yoludur." +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "Ara seçeneği ile gireceğiniz kriterlere göre paket araması yapabilirsiniz. Bu işlem, adını bildiğiniz bir paketi bulmanın en kolay yoludur." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "" -"Bilgi: Bu şekilde bir kütüphaneyi hangi paketin içerdiğini " -"bulabilirsiniz. Bunun için Sağlananlar alanından arama yapın." +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "Bilgi: Bu şekilde bir kütüphaneyi hangi paketin içerdiğini bulabilirsiniz. Bunun için Sağlananlar alanından arama yapın." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"Kurulum özeti normalde sisteminizde yapılan değişiklikleri gösterir " -"-- hangi paketlerin kurulacağı, kaldırılacağı ya da güncelleneceği gibi." +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "Kurulum özeti normalde sisteminizde yapılan değişiklikleri gösterir -- hangi paketlerin kurulacağı, kaldırılacağı ya da güncelleneceği gibi." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " -"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"İlk önce Bağımlılıkları kontrol et özelliğini kullanıp Kabul et</" -"b> düğmesini seçmeden önce Kurulum özeti seçeneğini kullanmanız " -"önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm değişiklikleri " -"görebilirsiniz." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "İlk önce Bağımlılıkları kontrol et özelliğini kullanıp Kabul et düğmesini seçmeden önce Kurulum özeti seçeneğini kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"Ayrıca hangi paketlerin hangi durumla görüneceklerini seçebilirsiniz. Bunun " -"için soldaki seçim kutularını kullanın." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "Ayrıca hangi paketlerin hangi durumla görüneceklerini seçebilirsiniz. Bunun için soldaki seçim kutularını kullanın." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"Bilgi: Bu filtrenin etkisini tersine çevirebilirsiniz. Sisteminizde " -"hangi paketlerin aynı kalacağını görebilirsiniz. Bunun için Koru " -"seçeneğini seçin ve diğer her şeyin seçimini kaldırın." +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "Bilgi: Bu filtrenin etkisini tersine çevirebilirsiniz. Sisteminizde hangi paketlerin aynı kalacağını görebilirsiniz. Bunun için Koru seçeneğini seçin ve diğer her şeyin seçimini kaldırın." # clients/support_send.ycp:18 #. Make sure all images used here are specified in @@ -731,12 +607,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Bu paket kuruludur, paket güncellenir ya da yeniden kurulur (sürümler " -"aynıysa)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Bu paket kuruludur, paket güncellenir ya da yeniden kurulur (sürümler aynıysa)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -758,21 +630,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Bu paket kurulu değildir ve hiçbir şekilde kurulmamalıdır (özellikle diğer " -"paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve hiçbir şekilde kurulmamalıdır (özellikle diğer paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"\"Tabu\" olarak belirlenmiş paketlere sanki kurulum medyasında değillermiş " -"gibi davranılacaktır." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "\"Tabu\" olarak belirlenmiş paketlere sanki kurulum medyasında değillermiş gibi davranılacaktır." # include/sound/ui.ycp:280 #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -782,20 +645,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Bu paket kurulu durumdadır ve değiştirilmemelidir (özellikle diğer " -"paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Bu paket kurulu durumdadır ve değiştirilmemelidir (özellikle diğer paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini " -"istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -805,19 +660,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Bu pakete diğer bazı paketler tarafından ihtiyaç duyulduğundan bu paket " -"otomatikman kurulacaktır." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Bu pakete diğer bazı paketler tarafından ihtiyaç duyulduğundan bu paket otomatikman kurulacaktır." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"Bilgi: Böyle bir paketten kurtulmak için \"tabu\" seçeneğini " -"kullanabilirsiniz." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "Bilgi: Böyle bir paketten kurtulmak için \"tabu\" seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz." # clients/online_update_start.ycp:151 #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -828,12 +676,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak diğer bazı paketler bu paketin yeni bir " -"sürümüne ihtiyaç duyuyor. Bu yüzden güncelleme yapılacaktır." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak diğer bazı paketler bu paketin yeni bir sürümüne ihtiyaç duyuyor. Bu yüzden güncelleme yapılacaktır." # include/sound/ui.ycp:280 #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -844,17 +688,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak paket bağımlılıkları yüzünden silinecektir." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak paket bağımlılıkları yüzünden silinecektir." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "" -"Bu durum paketin diğer bazı paketler tarafından eskitilmesi durumunda " -"meydana gelebilir." +msgstr "Bu durum paketin diğer bazı paketler tarafından eskitilmesi durumunda meydana gelebilir." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -874,12 +713,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Paketi seçer, kurulu değilse kurulumu sağlar, kurulu ise de yeni sürüm " -"mevcutsa güncelleme yapar." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Paketi seçer, kurulu değilse kurulumu sağlar, kurulu ise de yeni sürüm mevcutsa güncelleme yapar." # clients/hwinfo.ycp:55 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -889,21 +724,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Paketten kurtulmayı sağlar. Paket kurulu değilse \"kurulmayacak\" olarak " -"belirler, kuruluysa da siler." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Paketten kurtulmayı sağlar. Paket kurulu değilse \"kurulmayacak\" olarak belirler, kuruluysa da siler." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Paket kuruluysa ve yeni sürüm mevcutsa güncelleme yapar. Paket kurulu " -"değilse etkisiz kalır." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Paket kuruluysa ve yeni sürüm mevcutsa güncelleme yapar. Paket kurulu değilse etkisiz kalır." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1623 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -913,23 +740,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Yukarıdaki \">\" tuşunun etkinliğini kaldırır. Paket \"güncellenecek\" " -"olarak seçiliyse \"korunacak\" olarak değiştirilir. Diğer tüm durumlarda " -"etkisiz kalır." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Yukarıdaki \">\" tuşunun etkinliğini kaldırır. Paket \"güncellenecek\" olarak seçiliyse \"korunacak\" olarak değiştirilir. Diğer tüm durumlarda etkisiz kalır." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Paket kurulu değilse \"tabu\" konumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü " -"tarafından kurulmayacağına bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Paket kurulu değilse \"tabu\" konumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü tarafından kurulmayacağına bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -939,21 +756,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Paket kurulu ise \"korunacak\" durumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü " -"tarafından değiştirilmeyeceğine bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Paket kurulu ise \"korunacak\" durumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü tarafından değiştirilmeyeceğine bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini " -"istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" # include/slide_show.ycp:192 include/slide_show.ycp:225 #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 @@ -1020,13 +828,8 @@ #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Bağımlılık çözücüsündeki hataları incelemek için bununla geniş günlük " -"dosyaları oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu günlük dosyaları <tt>%1</tt> dizininde " -"saklanacaktır." +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Bağımlılık çözücüsündeki hataları incelemek için bununla geniş günlük dosyaları oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu günlük dosyaları <tt>%1</tt> dizininde saklanacaktır." #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -1034,13 +837,8 @@ msgstr "Çözücü Test Durumu" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu <tt>%1</tt> dosyasına yazıldı.</" -"p>Bugzilla'ya gönderilmek için <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> dosyası " -"oluşturulsun mu?" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu <tt>%1</tt> dosyasına yazıldı.Bugzilla'ya gönderilmek için <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> dosyası oluşturulsun mu?" # clients/sound_volume.ycp:190 #. parent @@ -1050,12 +848,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir hata meydana " -"geldiLütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol edin" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir hata meydana geldiLütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol edin" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -2034,31 +1828,14 @@ #~ msgid "(by selection)" #~ msgstr "(seçim tarafından)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a " -#~ "predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım " -#~ "seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" " -#~ "gibi)." +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is " -#~ "contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", " -#~ "\"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will " -#~ "automatically be updated." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama paketin yeni bir sürümü mevcut. Bu " -#~ "yeni sürüm yüklemeyi istediğiniz bir yazılım seçimi dahilindedir (\"Çoklu " -#~ "ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi), bu yüzden paket otomatik olarak " -#~ "güncellenecektir." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will automatically be updated." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama paketin yeni bir sürümü mevcut. Bu yeni sürüm yüklemeyi istediğiniz bir yazılım seçimi dahilindedir (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi), bu yüzden paket otomatik olarak güncellenecektir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection " -#~ "(e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama kullanılan yazılım seçimi (\"Çoklu " -#~ "ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi) yüzünden paket silinecektir " +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama kullanılan yazılım seçimi (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi) yüzünden paket silinecektir " # clients/hwinfo.ycp:54 #~ msgid "Source" @@ -2238,33 +2015,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Disketin sistemden ayrılamıyor" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies and then " -#~ "switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This " -#~ "way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "İlk önce Bağımlılıkları kontrol et özelliğini kullanıp Kabul " -#~ "et düğmesini seçmeden önce Kurulum özeti seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm " -#~ "değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies and then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +#~ msgstr "İlk önce Bağımlılıkları kontrol et özelliğini kullanıp Kabul et düğmesini seçmeden önce Kurulum özeti seçeneğini kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package will be installed automatically, because it is contained in " -#~ "a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım " -#~ "seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" " -#~ "gibi)." +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically, because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi)." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Error while creating a dependency resolver test case</" -#~ "p>Please check the disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir hata meydana " -#~ "geldiLütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol " -#~ "edin" +#~ msgid "Error while creating a dependency resolver test casePlease check the disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +#~ msgstr "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir hata meydana geldiLütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol edin" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 #~ msgid "Installation Sources" @@ -2278,9 +2038,5 @@ #~ msgstr "Kurum kaynağı" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In addition to \"patches\", you can also select one of the other filter " -#~ "views from the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"YOU yamalarına\" ek olarak sol üstteki Filtre bölümünden farklı " -#~ "liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "In addition to \"patches\", you can also select one of the other filter views from the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +#~ msgstr "\"YOU yamalarına\" ek olarak sol üstteki Filtre bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/qt.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/qt.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/qt.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ #. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut #: src/YQWizard.cc:869 msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sürüm Notları" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:104 #. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut @@ -378,17 +378,8 @@ #~ msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" #~ msgstr "Hata: Yetersiz disk alanı!" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but " -#~ "you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you " -#~ "are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel " -#~ "now and deselect some packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız bu şekilde yüklemeye devam edebilirsiniz, " -#~ "ancak bu şekilde el ile tamir gerektirebilecek bozuk bir sistem elde etme " -#~ "ihtimali oluşacaktır . Böyle bir durumda ne yapacağınızı tam " -#~ "bilmiyorsanız İptal et düğmesine basın ve bazı paketlerin seçimini " -#~ "kaldırın." +#~ msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +#~ msgstr "Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız bu şekilde yüklemeye devam edebilirsiniz, ancak bu şekilde el ile tamir gerektirebilecek bozuk bir sistem elde etme ihtimali oluşacaktır . Böyle bir durumda ne yapacağınızı tam bilmiyorsanız İptal et düğmesine basın ve bazı paketlerin seçimini kaldırın." # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 #~ msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -397,12 +388,8 @@ #~ msgid "Automatic Changes" #~ msgstr "Otomatik değişiklikler" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -#~ "changed to resolve dependencies:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El ile yaptığınız paket seçimine ek olarak aşağıdaki paketler " -#~ "bağımlılıkları çözmek için yeniden düzenlendi:" +#~ msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +#~ msgstr "El ile yaptığınız paket seçimine ek olarak aşağıdaki paketler bağımlılıkları çözmek için yeniden düzenlendi:" #~ msgid "Abandon all changes?" #~ msgstr "Tüm değişiklikleri iptal et?" @@ -413,181 +400,71 @@ #~ msgid "The YaST2 Package Manager" #~ msgstr "YaST paket yöneticisi" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -#~ "details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Not: Bu sadece kısa bir genel görünümdür. Ayrıntılar için el " -#~ "kitabına bakın." +#~ msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +#~ msgstr "Not: Bu sadece kısa bir genel görünümdür. Ayrıntılar için el kitabına bakın." #~ msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." #~ msgstr "Bu pencerede indirilecek ve kurulacak yamalarını seçin." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -#~ "respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -#~ "(estimated) download size." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sol taraftaki liste yama türü (güvenlik, önerilen ya da isteğe bağlı) ve " -#~ "(tahmini) indirme süreleriyle birlikte mevcut yamaları içerir." +#~ msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +#~ msgstr "Sol taraftaki liste yama türü (güvenlik, önerilen ya da isteğe bağlı) ve (tahmini) indirme süreleriyle birlikte mevcut yamaları içerir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -#~ "your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed " -#~ "Patches check box below the list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu liste normalde sadece sisteminizde kurulu olmayan yamaları gösterir. " -#~ "Bu özelliği listenin altındaki Kurulu yamaları dahil et seçeneği " -#~ "ile değiştirebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +#~ msgstr "Bu liste normalde sadece sisteminizde kurulu olmayan yamaları gösterir. Bu özelliği listenin altındaki Kurulu yamaları dahil et seçeneği ile değiştirebilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -#~ "currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its " -#~ "description here." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yama tanımı alanı seçili olan yama hakkında geniş bir açıklama " -#~ "sunar. Listeden tanımını görmek istediğiniz yamayı seçin." +#~ msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +#~ msgstr "Yama tanımı alanı seçili olan yama hakkında geniş bir açıklama sunar. Listeden tanımını görmek istediğiniz yamayı seçin." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -#~ "selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or " -#~ "delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This " -#~ "is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Soldaki paket listesi seçili yamanın içeriğini, içerdiği paketleri, " -#~ "gösterir. Bir yamanın içerdiği paketleri tek tek kuramaz ya da " -#~ "kaldıramazsınız, bu durum sistem tutarlığını sağlamak içindir." +#~ msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +#~ msgstr "Soldaki paket listesi seçili yamanın içeriğini, içerdiği paketleri, gösterir. Bir yamanın içerdiği paketleri tek tek kuramaz ya da kaldıramazsınız, bu durum sistem tutarlığını sağlamak içindir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other " -#~ "filter views from Filter at the upper left:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yamalara ek olarak sol üstteki Filtre bölümünden farklı " -#~ "liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz:" +#~ msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +#~ msgstr "Yamalara ek olarak sol üstteki Filtre bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You " -#~ "can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pencerede kurulacak, güncellenecek ya da kaldırılacak paketleri seçin. " -#~ "Paketleri tek tek seçebilir ya da genel paket \"seçimlerini\" " -#~ "kullanabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +#~ msgstr "Bu pencerede kurulacak, güncellenecek ya da kaldırılacak paketleri seçin. Paketleri tek tek seçebilir ya da genel paket \"seçimlerini\" kullanabilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -#~ "right-click it to open a context menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bir paketin durumunu değiştirmek için paketin durum ikonuna tıklayın, ya " -#~ "da sağ tıklayarak seçenekleri içeren menüyü açın." +#~ msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +#~ msgstr "Bir paketin durumunu değiştirmek için paketin durum ikonuna tıklayın, ya da sağ tıklayarak seçenekleri içeren menüyü açın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -#~ "Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can " -#~ "only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This " -#~ "check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it " -#~ "will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bağımlılıkları kontrol et düğmesi ile paket bağımlılıklarını " -#~ "çözebilirsiniz. Bazı paketler başka paketlerin kurulmasını gerektirir, " -#~ "bazı paketler ise sadece bazı belli paketler kurulu değilse kurulabilir. " -#~ "Bu kontrol gerekli paketleri otomatik olarak seçer ve bağımlılık " -#~ "çakışmaları varsa bunları bildirir." +#~ msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +#~ msgstr "Bağımlılıkları kontrol et düğmesi ile paket bağımlılıklarını çözebilirsiniz. Bazı paketler başka paketlerin kurulmasını gerektirir, bazı paketler ise sadece bazı belli paketler kurulu değilse kurulabilir. Bu kontrol gerekli paketleri otomatik olarak seçer ve bağımlılık çakışmaları varsa bunları bildirir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will " -#~ "automatically be performed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pencereyi Kabul et ile geçtiğinizde bu kontrol otomatik olarak " -#~ "yapılacaktır." +#~ msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." +#~ msgstr "Bu pencereyi Kabul et ile geçtiğinizde bu kontrol otomatik olarak yapılacaktır." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box " -#~ "at the upper left:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sol üstteki Filtre bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme " -#~ "seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +#~ msgstr "Sol üstteki Filtre bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -#~ "belong together." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçimler mantıksal olarak birlikte olan bazı paket setlerini " -#~ "gösterir." +#~ msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +#~ msgstr "Seçimler mantıksal olarak birlikte olan bazı paket setlerini gösterir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -#~ "also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the " -#~ "right." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçimin yanındaki işaretleme düğmesi ile seçimin tümünü seçebilirsiniz. " -#~ "Ayrıca sağ taraftaki listeden paketleri tek tek seçebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +#~ msgstr "Seçimin yanındaki işaretleme düğmesi ile seçimin tümünü seçebilirsiniz. Ayrıca sağ taraftaki listeden paketleri tek tek seçebilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " -#~ "collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any " -#~ "category to display the packages in that category in the package list on " -#~ "the right side." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paket grupları paketleri kategoriler halinde gösterir. Kategori ve " -#~ "alt kategorilerin listesini açabilirsiniz. Bir kategoriye basarak o " -#~ "kategoriye dahil olan paketleri sağ taraftaki listede görebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +#~ msgstr "Paket grupları paketleri kategoriler halinde gösterir. Kategori ve alt kategorilerin listesini açabilirsiniz. Bir kategoriye basarak o kategoriye dahil olan paketleri sağ taraftaki listede görebilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list " -#~ "that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bilgi: En alttaki \"zzz Tümü\" seçeneğinden tüm paketleri " -#~ "görebilirsiniz. Bu işlem yavaş makinelerde biraz sürebilir." +#~ msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +#~ msgstr "Bilgi: En alttaki \"zzz Tümü\" seçeneğinden tüm paketleri görebilirsiniz. Bu işlem yavaş makinelerde biraz sürebilir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various " -#~ "criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know " -#~ "its name." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ara seçeneği ile gireceğiniz kriterlere göre paket araması " -#~ "yapabilirsiniz. Bu işlem, adını bildiğiniz bir paketi bulmanın en kolay " -#~ "yoludur." +#~ msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +#~ msgstr "Ara seçeneği ile gireceğiniz kriterlere göre paket araması yapabilirsiniz. Bu işlem, adını bildiğiniz bir paketi bulmanın en kolay yoludur." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -#~ "certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bilgi: Bu şekilde bir kütüphaneyi hangi paketin içerdiğini " -#~ "bulabilirsiniz. Bunun için Sağlananlar alanından arama yapın." +#~ msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +#~ msgstr "Bilgi: Bu şekilde bir kütüphaneyi hangi paketin içerdiğini bulabilirsiniz. Bunun için Sağlananlar alanından arama yapın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system " -#~ "-- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kurulum özeti normalde sisteminizde yapılan değişiklikleri " -#~ "gösterir -- hangi paketlerin kurulacağı, kaldırılacağı ya da " -#~ "güncelleneceği gibi." +#~ msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +#~ msgstr "Kurulum özeti normalde sisteminizde yapılan değişiklikleri gösterir -- hangi paketlerin kurulacağı, kaldırılacağı ya da güncelleneceği gibi." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch " -#~ "to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way " -#~ "you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "İlk önce Bağımlılıkları kontrol et özelliğini kullanıp Kabul " -#~ "et düğmesini seçmeden önce Kurulum özeti seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm " -#~ "değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +#~ msgstr "İlk önce Bağımlılıkları kontrol et özelliğini kullanıp Kabul et düğmesini seçmeden önce Kurulum özeti seçeneğini kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see " -#~ "here; use the check boxes at the left side." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ayrıca hangi paketlerin hangi durumla görüneceklerini seçebilirsiniz. " -#~ "Bunun için soldaki seçim kutularını kullanın." +#~ msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +#~ msgstr "Ayrıca hangi paketlerin hangi durumla görüneceklerini seçebilirsiniz. Bunun için soldaki seçim kutularını kullanın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -#~ "what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep " -#~ "and uncheck everything else." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bilgi: Bu filtrenin etkisini tersine çevirebilirsiniz. " -#~ "Sisteminizde hangi paketlerin aynı kalacağını görebilirsiniz. Bunun için " -#~ "Koru seçeneğini seçin ve diğer her şeyin seçimini kaldırın." +#~ msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +#~ msgstr "Bilgi: Bu filtrenin etkisini tersine çevirebilirsiniz. Sisteminizde hangi paketlerin aynı kalacağını görebilirsiniz. Bunun için Koru seçeneğini seçin ve diğer her şeyin seçimini kaldırın." # clients/support_send.ycp:18 #~ msgid "Symbols Overview" @@ -616,12 +493,8 @@ #~ msgid "Update" #~ msgstr "Güncellenecek" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -#~ "versions are the same)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket kuruludur, paket güncellenir ya da yeniden kurulur (sürümler " -#~ "aynıysa)." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket kuruludur, paket güncellenir ya da yeniden kurulur (sürümler aynıysa)." #~ msgid "Delete" #~ msgstr "Silinecek" @@ -632,111 +505,60 @@ #~ msgid "Taboo" #~ msgstr "Tabu" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -#~ "circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -#~ "other packages might have or get." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve hiçbir şekilde kurulmamalıdır (özellikle " -#~ "diğer paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." +#~ msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve hiçbir şekilde kurulmamalıdır (özellikle diğer paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -#~ "installation media." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"Tabu\" olarak belirlenmiş paketlere sanki kurulum medyasında " -#~ "değillermiş gibi davranılacaktır." +#~ msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +#~ msgstr "\"Tabu\" olarak belirlenmiş paketlere sanki kurulum medyasında değillermiş gibi davranılacaktır." # include/sound/ui.ycp:280 #~ msgid "Protected" #~ msgstr "Korunmuş" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -#~ "because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket kurulu durumdadır ve değiştirilmemelidir (özellikle diğer " -#~ "paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." +#~ msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket kurulu durumdadır ve değiştirilmemelidir (özellikle diğer paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten " -#~ "by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini " -#~ "istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" +#~ msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +#~ msgstr "Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" #~ msgid "Autoinstall" #~ msgstr "Otomatikman kur" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -#~ "needs it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pakete diğer bazı paketler tarafından ihtiyaç duyulduğundan bu paket " -#~ "otomatikman kurulacaktır." +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +#~ msgstr "Bu pakete diğer bazı paketler tarafından ihtiyaç duyulduğundan bu paket otomatikman kurulacaktır." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bilgi: Böyle bir paketten kurtulmak için \"tabu\" seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +#~ msgstr "Bilgi: Böyle bir paketten kurtulmak için \"tabu\" seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz." # clients/online_update_start.ycp:151 #~ msgid "Autoupdate" #~ msgstr "Otomatikman güncelle" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -#~ "version, so it will automatically be updated." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak diğer bazı paketler bu paketin yeni bir " -#~ "sürümüne ihtiyaç duyuyor. Bu yüzden güncelleme yapılacaktır." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak diğer bazı paketler bu paketin yeni bir sürümüne ihtiyaç duyuyor. Bu yüzden güncelleme yapılacaktır." # include/sound/ui.ycp:280 #~ msgid "Autodelete" #~ msgstr "Otomatikman sil" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that " -#~ "it is deleted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak paket bağımlılıkları yüzünden silinecektir." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak paket bağımlılıkları yüzünden silinecektir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu durum paketin diğer bazı paketler tarafından eskitilmesi durumunda " -#~ "meydana gelebilir." +#~ msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." +#~ msgstr "Bu durum paketin diğer bazı paketler tarafından eskitilmesi durumunda meydana gelebilir." # clients/inst_sw_details.ycp:197 #~ msgid "(by selection)" #~ msgstr "(seçim tarafından)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a " -#~ "predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım " -#~ "seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" " -#~ "gibi)." +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is " -#~ "contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", " -#~ "\"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will " -#~ "automatically be updated." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama paketin yeni bir sürümü mevcut. Bu " -#~ "yeni sürüm yüklemeyi istediğiniz bir yazılım seçimi dahilindedir (\"Çoklu " -#~ "ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi), bu yüzden paket otomatik olarak " -#~ "güncellenecektir." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will automatically be updated." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama paketin yeni bir sürümü mevcut. Bu yeni sürüm yüklemeyi istediğiniz bir yazılım seçimi dahilindedir (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi), bu yüzden paket otomatik olarak güncellenecektir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection " -#~ "(e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama kullanılan yazılım seçimi (\"Çoklu " -#~ "ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi) yüzünden paket silinecektir " +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama kullanılan yazılım seçimi (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi) yüzünden paket silinecektir " #~ msgid "Special Keys Overview" #~ msgstr "Özel tuşlara genel bakış" @@ -747,69 +569,38 @@ #~ msgid "Add" #~ msgstr "Ekle" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -#~ "latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paketi seçer, kurulu değilse kurulumu sağlar, kurulu ise de yeni sürüm " -#~ "mevcutsa güncelleme yapar." +#~ msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +#~ msgstr "Paketi seçer, kurulu değilse kurulumu sağlar, kurulu ise de yeni sürüm mevcutsa güncelleme yapar." # clients/hwinfo.ycp:55 #~ msgid "Remove" #~ msgstr "Kaldır" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -#~ "installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paketten kurtulmayı sağlar. Paket kurulu değilse \"kurulmayacak\" olarak " -#~ "belirler, kuruluysa da siler." +#~ msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +#~ msgstr "Paketten kurtulmayı sağlar. Paket kurulu değilse \"kurulmayacak\" olarak belirler, kuruluysa da siler." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. " -#~ "Ignore packages that are not installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paket kuruluysa ve yeni sürüm mevcutsa güncelleme yapar. Paket kurulu " -#~ "değilse etkisiz kalır." +#~ msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +#~ msgstr "Paket kuruluysa ve yeni sürüm mevcutsa güncelleme yapar. Paket kurulu değilse etkisiz kalır." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1623 #~ msgid "Undo Update" #~ msgstr "Güncellemeyi geri çevir" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is " -#~ "currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yukarıdaki \">\" tuşunun etkinliğini kaldırır. Paket \"güncellenecek\" " -#~ "olarak seçiliyse \"korunacak\" olarak değiştirilir. Diğer tüm durumlarda " -#~ "etkisiz kalır." +#~ msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +#~ msgstr "Yukarıdaki \">\" tuşunun etkinliğini kaldırır. Paket \"güncellenecek\" olarak seçiliyse \"korunacak\" olarak değiştirilir. Diğer tüm durumlarda etkisiz kalır." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this " -#~ "package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved " -#~ "dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paket kurulu değilse \"tabu\" konumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü " -#~ "tarafından kurulmayacağına bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +#~ msgstr "Paket kurulu değilse \"tabu\" konumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü tarafından kurulmayacağına bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 #~ msgid "Protect" #~ msgstr "Koru" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this " -#~ "package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved " -#~ "dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paket kurulu ise \"korunacak\" durumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık " -#~ "çözümü tarafından değiştirilmeyeceğine bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +#~ msgstr "Paket kurulu ise \"korunacak\" durumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü tarafından değiştirilmeyeceğine bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -#~ "versions that may come with the distribution." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini " -#~ "istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" +#~ msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +#~ msgstr "Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" # include/slide_show.ycp:192 include/slide_show.ycp:225 #~ msgid "&Details..." @@ -844,37 +635,21 @@ #~ msgstr "Bağımlılık Çözücüsü &Test Durumu Oluştur" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</" -#~ "tt>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bağımlılık çözücüsündeki hataları incelemek için bununla geniş günlük " -#~ "dosyaları oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu günlük dosyaları <tt>%1</tt> " -#~ "dizininde saklanacaktır." +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +#~ msgstr "Bağımlılık çözücüsündeki hataları incelemek için bununla geniş günlük dosyaları oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu günlük dosyaları <tt>%1</tt> dizininde saklanacaktır." #~ msgid "Solver Test Case" #~ msgstr "Çözücü Test Durumu" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " -#~ "<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu <tt>%1</tt> dosyasına yazıldı.</" -#~ "p>Bugzilla'ya gönderilmek için <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> dosyası " -#~ "oluşturulsun mu?" +#~ msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +#~ msgstr "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu <tt>%1</tt> dosyasına yazıldı.Bugzilla'ya gönderilmek için <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> dosyası oluşturulsun mu?" # clients/sound_volume.ycp:190 #~ msgid "Success" #~ msgstr "Başarılı" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -#~ "disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir hata meydana " -#~ "geldiLütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol " -#~ "edin" +#~ msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +#~ msgstr "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir hata meydana geldiLütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol edin" #~ msgid "Save Conflicts List" #~ msgstr "Çakışma listesini kaydet" @@ -1347,33 +1122,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Disketin sistemden ayrılamıyor" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies and then " -#~ "switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This " -#~ "way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "İlk önce Bağımlılıkları kontrol et özelliğini kullanıp Kabul " -#~ "et düğmesini seçmeden önce Kurulum özeti seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm " -#~ "değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies and then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +#~ msgstr "İlk önce Bağımlılıkları kontrol et özelliğini kullanıp Kabul et düğmesini seçmeden önce Kurulum özeti seçeneğini kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package will be installed automatically, because it is contained in " -#~ "a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım " -#~ "seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" " -#~ "gibi)." +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically, because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi)." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Error while creating a dependency resolver test case</" -#~ "p>Please check the disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir hata meydana " -#~ "geldiLütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol " -#~ "edin" +#~ msgid "Error while creating a dependency resolver test casePlease check the disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +#~ msgstr "Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir hata meydana geldiLütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol edin" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 #~ msgid "Installation Sources" @@ -1387,9 +1145,5 @@ #~ msgstr "Kurum kaynağı" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In addition to \"patches\", you can also select one of the other filter " -#~ "views from the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"YOU yamalarına\" ek olarak sol üstteki Filtre bölümünden farklı " -#~ "liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "In addition to \"patches\", you can also select one of the other filter views from the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +#~ msgstr "\"YOU yamalarına\" ek olarak sol üstteki Filtre bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/rdp.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/rdp.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/rdp.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -91,8 +91,7 @@ #| "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" #| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" #| "client, such as krdc (connect to <hostname>:%1), or\n" -#| "a Java-capable web browser (connect to http://<hostname>:%2/</" -#| "i>).\n" +#| "a Java-capable web browser (connect to http://<hostname>:%2/).\n" #| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" @@ -104,10 +103,8 @@ "Bu özellik etkinleştirilirse bu makineyi uzaktaki başka bir\n" "makineyle yönetme şansına sahip olursunuz. krdc gibi bir VNC istemcisiyle\n" "(<hostname>:%1 adresine bağlanarak) ya da Java destekli\n" -"bir web tarayıcıyla (http://<hostname>:%2/ adresine " -"bağlanarak)\n" -"uzaktan yönetim işlemini yapabilirsiniz. Bu tür uzaktan yönetim, SSH " -"kullanmaktan\n" +"bir web tarayıcıyla (http://<hostname>:%2/ adresine bağlanarak)\n" +"uzaktan yönetim işlemini yapabilirsiniz. Bu tür uzaktan yönetim, SSH kullanmaktan\n" "daha az güvenlidir.\n" #. Dialog frame title Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/rear.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/rear.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/rear.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -54,9 +54,7 @@ msgstr "Bu sistem ACPI ya da APM modlarını desteklemiyor." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 @@ -158,61 +156,36 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." -#| "" -msgid "" -"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Buradan bilgisayarınızdaki kızılötesi (IrDA) arayüzünü " -"yapılandırabilirsiniz." +#| msgid "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." +msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." +msgstr "Buradan bilgisayarınızdaki kızılötesi (IrDA) arayüzünü yapılandırabilirsiniz." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "" -"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want " -"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "" -"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have " -"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " -"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " -"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "" -"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"Rescan USB Devices." +msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten." +msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "" -"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " -"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "" -"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's " -"output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " -"your system!" +msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "" -"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes " -"the configuration dialog without saving." +msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." msgstr "" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 @@ -300,9 +273,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" msgstr "" # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:3559 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/registration.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/registration.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/registration.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -149,9 +149,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? @@ -208,15 +206,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. error message @@ -329,7 +323,7 @@ #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayrıntılar:" #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" @@ -463,7 +457,7 @@ #. %s are error details #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 msgid "Details: %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayrıntılar: %s" #. progress label #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 @@ -537,7 +531,7 @@ #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lisans anlaşması" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -572,9 +566,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -595,22 +587,17 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow @@ -639,9 +626,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 @@ -652,13 +637,15 @@ msgid "Identifier" msgstr "" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sürüm" +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:42 clients/hwinfo.ycp:64 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yapı" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Release Type" @@ -697,19 +684,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" @@ -748,7 +731,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 msgid "none" -msgstr "" +msgstr "yok" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 @@ -781,38 +764,27 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -1043,8 +1015,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Şu paketlerin kurulması gereklidir:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "Şu paketlerin kurulması gereklidir:" #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/reipl.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/reipl.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/reipl.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ad" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -183,8 +183,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 @@ -218,10 +217,8 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.\n" @@ -231,10 +228,8 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<" -"device ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" @@ -256,10 +251,8 @@ #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"" +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." msgstr "" #. Configure dialog help 7 @@ -280,8 +273,7 @@ #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/relocation-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/relocation-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/relocation-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -253,8 +253,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -287,11 +286,7 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" @@ -299,13 +294,9 @@ #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/s390.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/s390.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/s390.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -401,8 +401,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlama işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz." +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 @@ -451,8 +450,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Daha fazla ayar için Gelişmiş ayarlar düğmesini kullanın." +msgstr "Daha fazla ayar için Gelişmiş ayarlar düğmesini kullanın." #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 @@ -465,8 +463,7 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" @@ -496,8 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" -msgstr "" -"Daha fazla ayar için Gelişmiş ayarlar düğmesini kullanın." +msgstr "Daha fazla ayar için Gelişmiş ayarlar düğmesini kullanın." #. Initialization dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -522,30 +518,24 @@ #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 6/8 @@ -585,9 +575,7 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" msgstr "Anahtar oluşturulacak. Devam edilsin mi?" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() @@ -620,17 +608,12 @@ "<big>Saat Dilimi ve Saat Yapılandırması</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 @@ -643,16 +626,13 @@ #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered." +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 @@ -668,17 +648,13 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " -"and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 @@ -705,8 +681,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 @@ -719,10 +694,8 @@ #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " -"to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 @@ -742,17 +715,12 @@ msgstr "<big>Bağlantı yapılandırması</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." msgstr "" #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " msgstr "" #. Text approval @@ -1064,13 +1032,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." msgstr "" #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty @@ -1110,9 +1076,7 @@ #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 @@ -1147,19 +1111,12 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." -" " +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 @@ -1171,47 +1128,34 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"" +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" msgstr "" #. Dialog content @@ -1301,15 +1245,12 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 @@ -1335,8 +1276,7 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" @@ -1347,26 +1287,17 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." msgstr "" #. radio button label @@ -1531,8 +1462,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Daha fazla ayar için Gelişmiş ayarlar düğmesini kullanın." +msgstr "Daha fazla ayar için Gelişmiş ayarlar düğmesini kullanın." #. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 @@ -1569,14 +1499,11 @@ #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" @@ -2256,10 +2183,8 @@ #~ "already configured dump device, select it and click Edit.\n" #~ "To remove a configured dump device, select it and click Delete." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yeni bir yönlendirici eklemek için IP adresini girip Ekle</" -#~ "b> düğmesine\n" -#~ "basın. Yapılandırılmış bir yönlendiriciyi silmek için de seçip Sil " -#~ "düğmesine basın." +#~ "Yeni bir yönlendirici eklemek için IP adresini girip Ekle düğmesine\n" +#~ "basın. Yapılandırılmış bir yönlendiriciyi silmek için de seçip Sil düğmesine basın." # clients/inst_rpmupdate.ycp:269 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-client.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -184,9 +184,7 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." msgstr "" # clients/support_question.ycp:85 @@ -456,8 +454,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -532,8 +529,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işleminin durdurulması:</BIG> \n" -"Durdur düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"durdurabilirsiniz.\n" +"Durdur düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde durdurabilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 @@ -572,8 +568,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Samba iş grubunun seçimi</big> \n" @@ -587,8 +582,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "Linux kimlik doğrulaması için SMB bilgilerini kullan seçeneği\n" "de NT sunucusuna karşın parolaların kontrolünü sağlar.\n" @@ -596,8 +590,7 @@ #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" @@ -606,8 +599,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" "Bitir düğmesine basarsanız YaST2 iş grubunu kontrol eder ve\n" "eğer bu bir NT alanıysa bu alana katılabilmeye izin verir.\n" @@ -630,28 +622,17 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." msgstr "" # clients/support_question.ycp:109 @@ -664,18 +645,13 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration @@ -849,9 +825,7 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." msgstr "" #. check box label @@ -861,9 +835,7 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." msgstr "" #. frame label @@ -905,55 +877,36 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." msgstr "" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." msgstr "" #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." msgstr "" #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." msgstr "" #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." msgstr "" #. translators: initialization dialog caption @@ -969,17 +922,18 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos istemci yapılandırması kaydediliyor" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 msgid "Write PAM settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM ayarlarını yaz" +# clients/cups.ycp:158 #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos istemci ayarlarını yaz" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 @@ -989,12 +943,12 @@ #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM ayarları yazılıyor..." #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos istemci ayarları yazılıyor..." #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 @@ -1010,65 +964,69 @@ msgid "Finished" msgstr "Sonlandı" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1225 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1283 #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerekli paketleri kur" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1225 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1283 #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerekli paketler kuruluyor..." +# include/security/ui.ycp:695 #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM kullanıcı girişi" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos kullan" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos kullanma" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öntanımlı realm" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öntanımlı alan" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:758 #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC sunucu adresi" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saat toleransı" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC sunucusu: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öntanımlı alan: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öntanımlı realm: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -1368,8 +1326,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Başlatma işleminin durdurulması:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Durdur düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -#~ "durdurabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Durdur düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde durdurabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" @@ -1422,12 +1379,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "'%1' alanına katılacak mısınız?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure the Samba client, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması " -#~ "gerekir." +#~ msgid "To configure the Samba client, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Şimdi kurulsun mu?" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -210,15 +210,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" msgstr "" #. translators: error message for share command line action @@ -286,8 +283,7 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" @@ -957,8 +953,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 @@ -991,8 +986,7 @@ #| "Select one of listed network cards to configure the DHCP to run on it." msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ağ kartı seçimi</big> \n" @@ -1002,14 +996,10 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 @@ -1017,14 +1007,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "Sunucu kapalı değilse Dosya ve yazıcı paylaşımı\n" -"seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını " -"sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" "Yedek alan denetleyisi ve Ana alan denetleyicisi ile\n" "Windows kullanıcıların Windows alanına giriş yapmasını sağlarsınız.\n" "Yedek denetleyici doğrulama için başka alan yöneticisini kullanırken\n" @@ -1092,17 +1080,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "Sunucu kapalı değilse Dosya ve yazıcı paylaşımı\n" -"seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını " -"sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" "Yedek alan denetleyisi ve Ana alan denetleyicisi ile\n" "Windows kullanıcıların Windows alanına giriş yapmasını sağlarsınız.\n" "Yedek denetleyici doğrulama için başka alan yöneticisini kullanırken\n" @@ -1119,8 +1104,7 @@ "as a domain controller, choose Not a DC.\n" msgstr "" "Sunucu kapalı değilse Dosya ve yazıcı paylaşımı\n" -"seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını " -"sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" "Yedek alan denetleyisi ve Ana alan denetleyicisi ile\n" "Windows kullanıcıların Windows alanına giriş yapmasını sağlarsınız.\n" "Yedek denetleyici doğrulama için başka alan yöneticisini kullanırken\n" @@ -1145,10 +1129,8 @@ "Optionally, set a Server NetBIOS Name. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network." msgstr "" -"Sunucu tanımı ve Sunucu NetBIOS adı bölümlerini isteğe " -"bağlı olarak\n" -"doldurabilirsiniz. Bu tanım istemcilerdeki kullanıcılara gösterilir, ve " -"NetBIOS adı da\n" +"Sunucu tanımı ve Sunucu NetBIOS adı bölümlerini isteğe bağlı olarak\n" +"doldurabilirsiniz. Bu tanım istemcilerdeki kullanıcılara gösterilir, ve NetBIOS adı da\n" "SMB ağlarında sunucunun kullandığı addır.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 5/5 @@ -1156,8 +1138,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Gelişmiş... ile paylaşımdaki kaynakların ayrıntılı\n" "ayarlarını yapabilirsiniz.\n" @@ -1205,10 +1186,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Ekle düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, " -"Düzenle\n" -"ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da Sil ile bir seçeneği " -"silebilirsiniz.\n" +"Ekle düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, Düzenle\n" +"ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da Sil ile bir seçeneği silebilirsiniz.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 @@ -1227,10 +1206,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Ekle düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, " -"Düzenle\n" -"ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da Sil ile bir seçeneği " -"silebilirsiniz.\n" +"Ekle düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, Düzenle\n" +"ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da Sil ile bir seçeneği silebilirsiniz.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1249,8 +1226,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" @@ -1258,9 +1234,7 @@ #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" msgstr "" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 @@ -1275,8 +1249,7 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1367,21 +1340,11 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" #. help for LDAP Settings dialog @@ -1391,54 +1354,37 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" #. translators: warning text @@ -1483,8 +1429,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1991,22 +1936,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -#~ "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows " -#~ "domain.\n" +#~ "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" #~ "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -#~ "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -#~ "passwords.\n" -#~ "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the " -#~ "settings in this selection." +#~ "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +#~ "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sunucu kapalı değilse Dosya ve yazıcı paylaşımı\n" -#~ "seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını " -#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "Yedek alan denetleyisi ve Ana alan denetleyicisi ile\n" #~ "Windows kullanıcıların Windows alanına giriş yapmasını sağlarsınız.\n" #~ "Yedek denetleyici doğrulama için başka alan yöneticisini kullanırken\n" -#~ "ana denetleyici kendi içindeki kullanıcı adları ve parolalarını " -#~ "kullanır.\n" +#~ "ana denetleyici kendi içindeki kullanıcı adları ve parolalarını kullanır.\n" #~ "\n" # clients/support_question.ycp:139 clients/support_registration.ycp:125 clients/support_send.ycp:95 @@ -2022,16 +1962,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to " -#~ "modify\n" +#~ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" #~ "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" #~ "Use Up and Down to change the order\n" #~ "of the back-ends.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ekle düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, " -#~ "Düzenle\n" -#~ "ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da Sil ile bir seçeneği " -#~ "silebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Ekle düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, Düzenle\n" +#~ "ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da Sil ile bir seçeneği silebilirsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "MySQL database" @@ -2108,12 +2045,8 @@ #~ msgstr "SuSEconfig çalıştırılıyor" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For the configured passdb back-ends, the %1 package must be " -#~ "installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ağ Dosya Sistemini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu " -#~ "olması gerekir." +#~ msgid "For the configured passdb back-ends, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Ağ Dosya Sistemini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Şimdi kurmak istermisiniz?" @@ -2283,8 +2216,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Başlama işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Şu anda Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir " -#~ "şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Şu anda Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" @@ -2299,8 +2231,7 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_net.ycp:56 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select one of them or type your own new name and click Next." +#~ msgid "Select one of them or type your own new name and click Next." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bu bilgisayarın IP adresini ya da host adını girin\n" #~ "ve İleri düğmesine basın.\n" @@ -2309,17 +2240,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Samba Server Type</big> \n" -#~ "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows " -#~ "domain.\n" +#~ "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sunucu kapalı değilse Dosya ve yazıcı paylaşımı\n" -#~ "seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını " -#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "Yedek alan denetleyisi ve Ana alan denetleyicisi ile\n" #~ "Windows kullanıcıların Windows alanına giriş yapmasını sağlarsınız.\n" #~ "Yedek denetleyici doğrulama için başka alan yöneticisini kullanırken\n" -#~ "ana denetleyici kendi içindeki kullanıcı adları ve parolalarını " -#~ "kullanır.\n" +#~ "ana denetleyici kendi içindeki kullanıcı adları ve parolalarını kullanır.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2337,8 +2265,7 @@ #~ "remove the information about a share.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ekle düğmesi ile yeni bir paylaşım ekleyebilir, Düzenle\n" -#~ "düğmesi ile mevcut bir paylaşımı değiştirebilir, Sil düğmesi ile " -#~ "de\n" +#~ "düğmesi ile mevcut bir paylaşımı değiştirebilir, Sil düğmesi ile de\n" #~ "bir paylaşımı silebilirsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2355,12 +2282,8 @@ #~ msgstr "%1 kullanıcısının ayarları değiştirilemedi" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure the Samba server, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ağ Dosya Sistemini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu " -#~ "olması gerekir." +#~ msgid "To configure the Samba server, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Ağ Dosya Sistemini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #~ msgid "" #~ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" @@ -2520,8 +2443,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Selection of Samba Server Role</big> \n" -#~ "In a network, a Samba server can provide different degrees of services " -#~ "and integration\n" +#~ "In a network, a Samba server can provide different degrees of services and integration\n" #~ "with the rest of the Windows network.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Samba sunucu rolünün seçimi</big> \n" @@ -2529,24 +2451,20 @@ #~ "entegrasyon dereceleri sağlayabilir.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the server is not Disabled, File and Printer Sharing</" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "If the server is not Disabled, File and Printer Sharing \n" #~ "allows the server to provide directories and printers.\n" -#~ "Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller " -#~ "allow\n" +#~ "Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow\n" #~ "logon of Windows clients into a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" #~ "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" #~ "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sunucu kapalı değilse Dosya ve yazıcı paylaşımı\n" -#~ "seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını " -#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "Yedek alan denetleyisi ve Ana alan denetleyicisi ile\n" #~ "Windows kullanıcıların Windows alanına giriş yapmasını sağlarsınız.\n" #~ "Yedek denetleyici doğrulama için başka alan yöneticisini kullanırken\n" -#~ "ana denetleyici kendi içindeki kullanıcı adları ve parolalarını " -#~ "kullanır.\n" +#~ "ana denetleyici kendi içindeki kullanıcı adları ve parolalarını kullanır.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2555,22 +2473,17 @@ #~ "presents the list of all workgroups and domains found in the\n" #~ "network.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Alan ya da iş grubu içinde Samba sunucusunun ait olduğu iş " -#~ "grubunu\n" +#~ "Alan ya da iş grubu içinde Samba sunucusunun ait olduğu iş grubunu\n" #~ "belirtin. Göz at seçeneği ile ağda bulunan tüm iş grupları ve\n" #~ "alanların listesini alabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Optionally, set a Server Description and Server NetBIOS " -#~ "Name. The\n" -#~ "description is shown to users on the clients and the NetBIOS name is the " -#~ "name\n" +#~ "Optionally, set a Server Description and Server NetBIOS Name. The\n" +#~ "description is shown to users on the clients and the NetBIOS name is the name\n" #~ "the server uses in the SMB networks.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sunucu tanımı ve Sunucu NetBIOS adı bölümlerini isteğe " -#~ "bağlı olarak\n" -#~ "doldurabilirsiniz. Bu tanım istemcilerdeki kullanıcılara gösterilir, ve " -#~ "NetBIOS adı da\n" +#~ "Sunucu tanımı ve Sunucu NetBIOS adı bölümlerini isteğe bağlı olarak\n" +#~ "doldurabilirsiniz. Bu tanım istemcilerdeki kullanıcılara gösterilir, ve NetBIOS adı da\n" #~ "SMB ağlarında sunucunun kullandığı addır.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2578,17 +2491,14 @@ #~ "how the Samba server should store the authentication information.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kimlik doğrulama ayrıntıları ile Samba\n" -#~ "sunucusunun kimlik doğrulama bilgisini nasıl saklayacağını " -#~ "ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "sunucusunun kimlik doğrulama bilgisini nasıl saklayacağını ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "When you press Next, YaST will verify the workgroup and, if it " -#~ "is a\n" +#~ "When you press Next, YaST will verify the workgroup and, if it is a\n" #~ "NT domain, allow this host to join the domain. \n" #~ "Note: The settings will be saved before joining a domain.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "İleri düğmesine bastığınızda YaST iş grubunu doğrulayacak, ve " -#~ "bu\n" +#~ "İleri düğmesine bastığınızda YaST iş grubunu doğrulayacak, ve bu\n" #~ "bir NT alanıysa makinenin bu alana girmesine izin verecektir. \n" #~ "Not: Ayarlar alana girilmeden önce kaydedilecektir.\n" @@ -2635,8 +2545,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Search Base DN (Distinguished Name) is\n" -#~ "the base at which to start searching the information, and " -#~ "Administration DN, which is used when\n" +#~ "the base at which to start searching the information, and Administration DN, which is used when\n" #~ "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" #~ "a password for write access, set the password using\n" #~ "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" @@ -2653,12 +2562,8 @@ #~ "işlemine devam edemez." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For the configured passdb backends, the %1 package must be " -#~ "installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ağ Dosya Sistemini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu " -#~ "olması gerekir." +#~ msgid "For the configured passdb backends, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Ağ Dosya Sistemini yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #~ msgid "Initializing ..." #~ msgstr "Başlatılıyor..." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-users.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-users.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-users.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -23,28 +23,19 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account." -msgstr "" -"Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "Eğer " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " -"Script " -msgstr "" -"ev sürücüsü, ev dizin yolu, profil yolu ve kullanıcı " -"girişi komut dosyası" +msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " +msgstr "ev sürücüsü, ev dizin yolu, profil yolu ve kullanıcı girişi komut dosyası" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"" -msgstr "" -"için özel olarak değerler girilmezse yerel Samba yapılandırmasında tanımlı " -"değerler kullanılacaktır." +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +msgstr "için özel olarak değerler girilmezse yerel Samba yapılandırmasında tanımlı değerler kullanılacaktır." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" @@ -86,16 +77,11 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name</" -"b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/scanner.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/scanner.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/scanner.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -303,9 +303,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." msgstr "" #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: @@ -440,8 +438,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>SOA kayıt yapılandırması</big> \n" @@ -454,8 +451,7 @@ "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Sağlayıcı ekleme:</BIG> \n" @@ -485,8 +481,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -499,8 +494,7 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -514,8 +508,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -539,10 +532,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -560,8 +551,7 @@ "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -581,8 +571,7 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -599,8 +588,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" @@ -612,19 +600,13 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -" \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -632,10 +614,8 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -657,18 +637,12 @@ "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -678,8 +652,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -720,14 +693,10 @@ "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -759,12 +728,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -820,10 +786,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -885,8 +849,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -905,16 +868,13 @@ #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve kurulmayacaktır." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve kurulmayacaktır." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:647 @@ -938,8 +898,7 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" # include/scanner/scanner_functions.ycp:218 @@ -1181,8 +1140,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column @@ -1345,23 +1303,18 @@ #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" @@ -1386,19 +1339,16 @@ "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" @@ -1415,8 +1365,7 @@ "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name @@ -1546,9 +1495,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." msgstr "" # include/scanner/scanner_functions.ycp:218 @@ -1803,15 +1750,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Kart seçimi" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Scanning via network does not work with firewall protection for the " -#~ "internal zone." +#~ msgid "Scanning via network does not work with firewall protection for the internal zone." #~ msgstr "&Dahili ağdan koru" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use the YaST firewall module to enable firewall protection for the " -#~ "internal zone." +#~ msgid "Use the YaST firewall module to enable firewall protection for the internal zone." #~ msgstr "&Dahili ağdan koru" # clients/lvm_config.ycp:311 @@ -1859,8 +1802,7 @@ #~ "Configuration Summary:\n" #~ "The configuration summary shows the active scanners.\n" #~ "If you press Change, an additional dialog opens\n" -#~ "in which to edit the configuration, test active scanners, or set up " -#~ "scanning via network.\n" +#~ "in which to edit the configuration, test active scanners, or set up scanning via network.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Düzenleme ya da silme:</BIG> \n" @@ -1928,8 +1870,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a new scanner." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Yeni ağ kartı ekleme:</big> \n" -#~ "Ekle düğmesine basarak el ile yeni bir ağ kartı ekleyebilirsiniz.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Ekle düğmesine basarak el ile yeni bir ağ kartı ekleyebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2132,49 +2073,34 @@ #~ msgstr "Kontrol işlemi bitiriliyor" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Scanner access for normal users is granted by the resource manager " -#~ "(resmgr).\n" +#~ "Scanner access for normal users is granted by the resource manager (resmgr).\n" #~ "The resource manager is triggered by the hotplug system.\n" #~ "The hotplug system is triggered when connecting the scanner to the USB.\n" -#~ "An entry was added to /etc/hotplug/usb/sane.usermap to grant scanner " -#~ "access\n" +#~ "An entry was added to /etc/hotplug/usb/sane.usermap to grant scanner access\n" #~ "for those users that belong to the \"desktop\" group (users\n" #~ "logged in using graphical login via KDM or XDM).\n" #~ "To activate this new setting, disconnect and reconnect the USB scanner.\n" -#~ "If this does not work, reboot while the scanner is connected and switched " -#~ "on.\n" -#~ "If even reboot does not help, verify that at least \"root\" can access " -#~ "the scanner\n" +#~ "If this does not work, reboot while the scanner is connected and switched on.\n" +#~ "If even reboot does not help, verify that at least \"root\" can access the scanner\n" #~ "by running the command \"scanimage -L\" as root and compare the result\n" #~ "when running the same command as normal user.\n" -#~ "If \"scanimage -L\" does not show the scanner even when running it as " -#~ "root,\n" -#~ "refer to the \"SANE -- Supported Devices\" page at http://www.sane-" -#~ "project.org/\n" +#~ "If \"scanimage -L\" does not show the scanner even when running it as root,\n" +#~ "refer to the \"SANE -- Supported Devices\" page at http://www.sane-project.org/\n" #~ "to verify that the scanner is supported. \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Normal kullanıcılar için tarayıcı erişimini kaynak yöneticisi (resmgr) " -#~ "düzenler.\n" -#~ "Kaynak yöneticisi de hotplug sistemi tarafından etkinleştirilir, hotplug " -#~ "sistemi\n" +#~ "Normal kullanıcılar için tarayıcı erişimini kaynak yöneticisi (resmgr) düzenler.\n" +#~ "Kaynak yöneticisi de hotplug sistemi tarafından etkinleştirilir, hotplug sistemi\n" #~ "ise sisteme bir USB tarayıcı bağlandığında etkin hale getirilir.\n" -#~ "/etc/hotplug/usb/sane.usermap dosyasına bir girdi eklenerek \"desktop\" " -#~ "grubuna\n" -#~ "üye olan kullanıcılara (KDM ya da XDM ile grafik arayüze giriş yapan " -#~ "kullanıcılar)\n" +#~ "/etc/hotplug/usb/sane.usermap dosyasına bir girdi eklenerek \"desktop\" grubuna\n" +#~ "üye olan kullanıcılara (KDM ya da XDM ile grafik arayüze giriş yapan kullanıcılar)\n" #~ "tarayıcı erişimi sağlanır.\n" -#~ "Yeni ayarları etkinleştirmek için USB tarayıcıyı sistemden koparıp tekrar " -#~ "bağlamanız\n" -#~ "gerekir. Bu işe yaramazsa tarayıcı bağlı ve açıkken sistemi yeniden " -#~ "başlatın. Bu da\n" -#~ "işe yaramazsa \"scanimage -L\" komutunu root olarak çalıştırın ve bir " -#~ "normal kullanıcı\n" -#~ "ile çalıştırıldığında elde edilen çıktıyı karşılaştırın, bu şekilde en " -#~ "azından \"root\"\n" +#~ "Yeni ayarları etkinleştirmek için USB tarayıcıyı sistemden koparıp tekrar bağlamanız\n" +#~ "gerekir. Bu işe yaramazsa tarayıcı bağlı ve açıkken sistemi yeniden başlatın. Bu da\n" +#~ "işe yaramazsa \"scanimage -L\" komutunu root olarak çalıştırın ve bir normal kullanıcı\n" +#~ "ile çalıştırıldığında elde edilen çıktıyı karşılaştırın, bu şekilde en azından \"root\"\n" #~ "kullanıcısının taracıya erişip erişemediğini kontrol etmiş olursunuz.\n" #~ "Eğer \"scanimage -L\" komutu root olarak bile tarayıcıyı göstermiyorsa\n" -#~ "http://www.sane-project.org/ adresinden \"SANE - Desteklenen aygıtlar\" " -#~ "listesinden\n" +#~ "http://www.sane-project.org/ adresinden \"SANE - Desteklenen aygıtlar\" listesinden\n" #~ "tarayıcınızın desteklenip desteklenmediğini kontrol edin.\n" #~ msgid "Configuration summary ..." @@ -2185,8 +2111,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Lütfen yapılandırma dosyası güncellenirken bekleyiniz..." #~ msgid "It was not possible to revert the already made changes" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yapılan değişikliklerden vazgeçip eski ayarlara dönmek mümkün olmadı" +#~ msgstr "Yapılan değişikliklerden vazgeçip eski ayarlara dönmek mümkün olmadı" # include/scanner/scanner_functions.ycp:111 #~ msgid "Please select a scanner from the list" @@ -2218,11 +2143,9 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:93 #~ msgid "" #~ "The package 'hp-officeJet' is not installed correctly.\n" -#~ "This package is mandatory for the installation of an HP all-in-one " -#~ "device.\n" +#~ "This package is mandatory for the installation of an HP all-in-one device.\n" #~ "Make sure you have the SUSE CD set available\n" -#~ "and restart the scanner installation. Alternatively, install the " -#~ "package\n" +#~ "and restart the scanner installation. Alternatively, install the package\n" #~ "with the YaST2 module 'Install and Remove Software'.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "'hp-officeJet' paketi düzgün şekilde kurulmamış.\n" @@ -2325,8 +2248,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "İlk önce tarayıcı kurulumunu sonlandırın. Daha sonra\n" #~ "yazılım yüklemesini gerçekleştirin. 'man sane-gt-68xx' ya da\n" -#~ "'man sane-artec_eplus48u' komutları ile daha detaylı bilgi " -#~ "edinebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "'man sane-artec_eplus48u' komutları ile daha detaylı bilgi edinebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "\n" # include/scanner/scanner_manual.ycp:58 @@ -2360,8 +2282,7 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_manual.ycp:107 #~ msgid "" #~ "If one of the vendor/model pairs matches\n" -#~ "your scanner, select the corresponding entries and proceed with the " -#~ "installation." +#~ "your scanner, select the corresponding entries and proceed with the installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Eğer üretici/model çiftlerinden biri tarayıcınıza uyuyorsa\n" #~ "bu seçenekleri işaretleyip kuruluma devam edin." @@ -2378,14 +2299,11 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_manual.ycp:115 #~ msgid "" #~ "If your scanner model is not\n" -#~ "contained in the list but you know a SANE driver which works for your " -#~ "scanner,\n" +#~ "contained in the list but you know a SANE driver which works for your scanner,\n" #~ "take \"Generic\" in the vendor list and select the driver manually." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tarayıcınızın modeli mevcut değilse, buna rağmen tarayıcınız için " -#~ "çalışan bir\n" -#~ "SANE sürücüsünün var olduğunu biliyorsanız, listeden \"Genel\" seçeneğini " -#~ "işaretleyin\n" +#~ "Tarayıcınızın modeli mevcut değilse, buna rağmen tarayıcınız için çalışan bir\n" +#~ "SANE sürücüsünün var olduğunu biliyorsanız, listeden \"Genel\" seçeneğini işaretleyin\n" #~ "ve sürücü seçimini elle gerçekleştirin." # include/scanner/scanner_manual.ycp:119 @@ -2449,11 +2367,9 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_net.ycp:54 #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use a scanner\n" -#~ "connected to a different computer if the computer is configured as a " -#~ "network scan station. \n" +#~ "connected to a different computer if the computer is configured as a network scan station. \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ağ üzerinde bir bilgisayar ağ tarama istasyonu olarak " -#~ "yapılandırılmışsa bu bilgisayara\n" +#~ "Ağ üzerinde bir bilgisayar ağ tarama istasyonu olarak yapılandırılmışsa bu bilgisayara\n" #~ "bağlı olan tarayıcıyı kullanmanız mümkündür. \n" # include/scanner/scanner_net.ycp:56 @@ -2590,12 +2506,10 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_notfound.ycp:71 #~ msgid "" #~ "USB scanners may be plugged in and switched on\n" -#~ "while the system is running. If you have not yet connected your USB " -#~ "scanner, do so right now.\n" +#~ "while the system is running. If you have not yet connected your USB scanner, do so right now.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "USB tarayıcılarını sistem çalışırken takıp çıkartabilirsiniz ve " -#~ "açabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "USB tarayıcılarını sistem çalışırken takıp çıkartabilirsiniz ve açabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "USB tarayıcınızı bilgisayara bağlamadıysanız şimdi bağlayın." # include/scanner/scanner_notfound.ycp:76 @@ -2624,17 +2538,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Now YaST will try to autodetect an USB scanner.\n" -#~ "If you have not yet connected and switched on the USB scanner, do so " -#~ "right now.\n" -#~ "After connecting it, wait a few seconds so that the hotplug system can " -#~ "make it available\n" +#~ "If you have not yet connected and switched on the USB scanner, do so right now.\n" +#~ "After connecting it, wait a few seconds so that the hotplug system can make it available\n" #~ "." #~ msgstr "" #~ "YaST şimdi USB tarayıcısını otomatik olarak algılamaya çalışacak.\n" -#~ "Eğer tarayıcınızı bilgisayara bağlamamış ve açmadıysanız şimdi bağlayın " -#~ "ve açın.\n" -#~ "Bundan sonra hotplug sisteminin hazır hale gelmesi için bir kaç saniye " -#~ "bekleyin.\n" +#~ "Eğer tarayıcınızı bilgisayara bağlamamış ve açmadıysanız şimdi bağlayın ve açın.\n" +#~ "Bundan sonra hotplug sisteminin hazır hale gelmesi için bir kaç saniye bekleyin.\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" @@ -2723,16 +2633,14 @@ #~ "select the corresponding entry from the list and press Delete.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bir tarayıcı yapılandırmasını silmek için listeden ilgili girdiyi " -#~ "seçin ve\n" +#~ "Bir tarayıcı yapılandırmasını silmek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve\n" #~ "Sil düğmesine basın.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ " \n" #~ "To install a new scanner, press Add.\n" -#~ "At the end of the configuration, the new scanner will appear in this " -#~ "list.\n" +#~ "At the end of the configuration, the new scanner will appear in this list.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -2751,15 +2659,12 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_overview.ycp:87 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you leave this dialog with Abort, all changes made in this " -#~ "dialog\n" -#~ "will be discarded and your system will be reverted to the previous " -#~ "state.\n" +#~ "If you leave this dialog with Abort, all changes made in this dialog\n" +#~ "will be discarded and your system will be reverted to the previous state.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Eğer Durdur düğmesine basarak bu pencereyi kapatırsanız " -#~ "yaptığınız\n" +#~ "Eğer Durdur düğmesine basarak bu pencereyi kapatırsanız yaptığınız\n" #~ "tüm değişiklikler yok olacak, ve sisteminiz eski durumuna dönecektir.\n" #~ "" @@ -2803,8 +2708,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Lütfen SCSI aygıtları listesinden tarayıcınızı seçin.\n" -#~ "(Liste sadece /dev/sg aygıt dosyalarına bağlı olan aygıtları " -#~ "içerir)\n" +#~ "(Liste sadece /dev/sg aygıt dosyalarına bağlı olan aygıtları içerir)\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2833,8 +2737,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Information on your SCSI storage controller\n" -#~ "can be obtained by issuing the command /usr/sbin/hwinfo --" -#~ "storage_ctrl\n" +#~ "can be obtained by issuing the command /usr/sbin/hwinfo --storage_ctrl\n" #~ "." #~ msgstr "" #~ "SCSI depolama denetleyicisinin bilgilerini\n" @@ -2876,8 +2779,7 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_usb.ycp:83 #~ msgid "" #~ "The information on the IDs can be obtained\n" -#~ "by issuing the command hwinfo --usb (look for the 'Vendor:</" -#~ "i>'\n" +#~ "by issuing the command hwinfo --usb (look for the 'Vendor:'\n" #~ "and 'Model:' entries and take the digits in front, such as 010c).\n" #~ " " #~ msgstr "" @@ -2905,12 +2807,10 @@ #~ "basarak el ile tarayıcı seçimi bölümüne devam edin." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Attention: Manual configuration of an unknown USB scanner is for " -#~ "experts only.\n" +#~ "Attention: Manual configuration of an unknown USB scanner is for experts only.\n" #~ "Make sure that the data entered in next dialog is correct." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uyarı: Bilinmeyen bir USB tarayıcısının el ile yapılandırması uzmanlar " -#~ "içindir.\n" +#~ "Uyarı: Bilinmeyen bir USB tarayıcısının el ile yapılandırması uzmanlar içindir.\n" #~ "Bir sonraki pencerede girilecek verilen doğru olduğuna emin olun." # include/scanner/scanner_usb.ycp:110 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/security.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/security.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/security.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -220,9 +220,7 @@ msgid "" "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" " (multiuser with network)" -msgstr "" -"Sistem hizmetleri (çalışma düzeyi) düzenleyicisi başlatılıyor. Lütfen " -"bekleyin..." +msgstr "Sistem hizmetleri (çalışma düzeyi) düzenleyicisi başlatılıyor. Lütfen bekleyin..." # clients/runlevel.ycp:94 #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108 @@ -230,9 +228,7 @@ msgid "" "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" " (multiuser with network and graphical login)" -msgstr "" -"Sistem hizmetleri (çalışma düzeyi) düzenleyicisi başlatılıyor. Lütfen " -"bekleyin..." +msgstr "Sistem hizmetleri (çalışma düzeyi) düzenleyicisi başlatılıyor. Lütfen bekleyin..." #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy @@ -295,9 +291,7 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2</" -"P>" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" msgstr "" "Gereken şu hizmetler eksik:\n" "%1" @@ -429,8 +423,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işleminin durdurulması:</BIG> \n" -"Durdur düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"durdurabilirsiniz." +"Durdur düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde durdurabilirsiniz." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 @@ -489,27 +482,22 @@ "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" msgstr "" "KDM sistem kapatma izni \n" -"Sistemi KDM içinden kapatmaya hangi kullanıcıların yetkili olacağını buradan " -"belirleyebilirsiniz." +"Sistemi KDM içinden kapatmaya hangi kullanıcıların yetkili olacağını buradan belirleyebilirsiniz." #. Boot dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -521,8 +509,7 @@ "Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" "any type of a network." msgstr "" -"Hiçbir ağa bağlı olmayan bir ev bilgisayarı için Yerel iş istasyonu</" -"b> seçeneğini\n" +"Hiçbir ağa bağlı olmayan bir ev bilgisayarı için Yerel iş istasyonu seçeneğini\n" "kullanın." #. Main dialog help 6/8 @@ -549,9 +536,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." -msgstr "" -"Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için Özel yapılandırma " -"seçeneğini kullanın." +msgstr "Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için Özel yapılandırma seçeneğini kullanın." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:104 #. Login dialog help 1/4 @@ -571,16 +556,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "Hatalı kullanıcı girişi sonrası bekle \n" -"Hatalı kullanıcı girişi denemesi sonrasına tekrar giriş için bir süre " -"beklemek\n" +"Hatalı kullanıcı girişi denemesi sonrasına tekrar giriş için bir süre beklemek\n" "parola tahminini engellemek açısından faydalıdır. Bu süreyi, kullanıcılar\n" "yanlış parola girdiğinde fazla beklemelerini önlemek için yeterli kısalıkta\n" "tutun. '3' saniye makul bir değerdir" @@ -592,8 +573,7 @@ msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Başarılı kullanıcı girişlerini kaydet \n" @@ -607,8 +587,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" "Uzaktan grafiksel girişe izin ver \n" @@ -633,8 +612,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "Yeni parolaların kontrolü Parola için herhangi bir sözlükte\n" @@ -648,14 +626,12 @@ msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" "Kabul edilebilecek en az karakter sayısı \n" -"Kabul edilebilecek bir parolada en az kaç karakter kullanılacağını belirtir. " -"Daha\n" +"Kabul edilebilecek bir parolada en az kaç karakter kullanılacağını belirtir. Daha\n" "az harf ile oluşturulmuş parolalar reddedilecektir. '0' değeri bu kontrolü\n" "kaldırır." @@ -663,8 +639,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" @@ -678,21 +653,16 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "des, the Linux default method, works in all network " -#| "environments,\n" -#| "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -#| "need\n" +#| "des, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" +#| "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" #| "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"des, Linux'un öntanımlı yöntemidir, tüm ağ birimlerinde çalışır, " -"fakat\n" -"parola uzunluğunu sekiz karakterle sınırlı tutar. Diğer sistemler ile " -"uyumuluğa\n" +"des, Linux'un öntanımlı yöntemidir, tüm ağ birimlerinde çalışır, fakat\n" +"parola uzunluğunu sekiz karakterle sınırlı tutar. Diğer sistemler ile uyumuluğa\n" "\n" "ihtiyacınız varsa bu yöntemi kullanın." @@ -700,20 +670,15 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" -"md5 daha uzun şifrelere izin verir ve şu anki tüm Linux " -"dağıtımları\n" -"tarafından desteklenir, ancak eski sistemler ya da eski yazılımlar " -"tarafından desteklenmez." +"md5 daha uzun şifrelere izin verir ve şu anki tüm Linux dağıtımları\n" +"tarafından desteklenir, ancak eski sistemler ya da eski yazılımlar tarafından desteklenmez." #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:116 @@ -734,8 +699,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "Parola eskime uyarısı öncesi gün sayısı \n" @@ -778,8 +742,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:143 @@ -788,31 +751,24 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" msgstr "" -"Dosya hakları ayarlanması Belirli sistem dosyalarının " -"haklarını\n" +"Dosya hakları ayarlanması Belirli sistem dosyalarının haklarını\n" "/etc/permissions.secure ya da /etc/permissions.easy dosyalarındaki\n" "verilere göre ayarlar. Hangi dosyanın kullanılacağı burada yapılacak seçime\n" "bağlıdır. SuSEconfig çalıştırılarak bu haklar /etc/permissions.* dosyasına\n" -"göre ayarlanır. Bu işlem yanlışlıkla ya da sisteme girmeye çalışan kişiler " -"tarafından\n" +"göre ayarlanır. Bu işlem yanlışlıkla ya da sisteme girmeye çalışan kişiler tarafından\n" "değiştirilen dosya haklarını da düzenler." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:164 @@ -821,18 +777,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "updatedb kullanıcı erişimi updatedb programı her gün bir kere\n" -"düzenli olarak çalışır. Bu program tüm dosya sistemini tarar ve bütün " -"dosyaların\n" -"nerede saklanığını içeren bir veritabanı (locatedb) oluşturur. Bu veritabanı " -"içinde\n" +"düzenli olarak çalışır. Bu program tüm dosya sistemini tarar ve bütün dosyaların\n" +"nerede saklanığını içeren bir veritabanı (locatedb) oluşturur. Bu veritabanı içinde\n" "\"locate\" komutuyla arama yapılabilir." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:180 @@ -842,13 +794,11 @@ msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "root kullanıcının içinde bulunduğu dizini arama yoluna ekle \n" -"DOS sisteminde, çalıştırılabilir dosyalar önce içinde bulunulan dizinde, " -"daha\n" +"DOS sisteminde, çalıştırılabilir dosyalar önce içinde bulunulan dizinde, daha\n" "sonra yol değişkeninde kayıtlı olan dizinlerde aranır. Buna karşı, bir UNIX\n" "sistemi dosyaları sadece PATH değişkenindeki dizinlerde arar." @@ -857,15 +807,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" -"Normal kullanıcıların içinde bulunduğu dizini arama yoluna ekle " -" \n" -"DOS sisteminde, çalıştırılabilir dosyalar önce içinde bulunulan dizinde, " -"daha\n" +"Normal kullanıcıların içinde bulunduğu dizini arama yoluna ekle \n" +"DOS sisteminde, çalıştırılabilir dosyalar önce içinde bulunulan dizinde, daha\n" "sonra yol değişkeninde kayıtlı olan dizinlerde aranır. Buna karşı, bir UNIX\n" "sistemi dosyaları sadece PATH değişkenindeki dizinlerde arar." @@ -876,25 +823,17 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" -"Bazı sistemler buna karşı geçici bir çözüm olarak nokta (\".\") dizinini, " -"yani\n" -"içinde bulunulan dizini arama yoluna eklerler, bu şekilde bu dizindeki " -"dosyaların\n" -"bulunup çalıştırılmaları sağlanır. Bu işlem çok tehlikelidir, çünkü sistemde " -"yer alan\n" -"bir komutu çalıştırmak isterken kazara o anki dizinde bulunan bilinmeyen bir " -"programı\n" -"çalıştırabilirsiniz. Sonuç olarak, bu seçeneği işaretlemeniz halinde " -"sisteminizin bu açığını\n" -"kullanarak sisteminize izinsiz girişlere yol açabilecek 'Truva atları' denen " -"programların\n" +"Bazı sistemler buna karşı geçici bir çözüm olarak nokta (\".\") dizinini, yani\n" +"içinde bulunulan dizini arama yoluna eklerler, bu şekilde bu dizindeki dosyaların\n" +"bulunup çalıştırılmaları sağlanır. Bu işlem çok tehlikelidir, çünkü sistemde yer alan\n" +"bir komutu çalıştırmak isterken kazara o anki dizinde bulunan bilinmeyen bir programı\n" +"çalıştırabilirsiniz. Sonuç olarak, bu seçeneği işaretlemeniz halinde sisteminizin bu açığını\n" +"kullanarak sisteminize izinsiz girişlere yol açabilecek 'Truva atları' denen programların\n" "çalıştırılmasına yol açabilirsiniz." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:196 @@ -915,60 +854,43 @@ "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" "\"hayır\": root kullanıcısı o anda içinde bulunduğu dizindeki\n" -"dosyaları çalıştırırken \"./\" önekini kullanması gerekir. Örnek: \"./" -"configure\"." +"dosyaları çalıştırırken \"./\" önekini kullanması gerekir. Örnek: \"./configure\"." #. Misc dialog help 14/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "Sihirli SysRq tuşlarını etkinleştir Bu seçeneği seçerseniz\n" "çökmesi durumunda bile sistem üzerinde kontrolünüz olacaktır. (çekirdek\n" -"ayıklaması gibi durumlarda). Ayrıntılar için /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"sysrq.txt\n" +"ayıklaması gibi durumlarda). Ayrıntılar için /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt\n" "dosyasına bakın" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Profiles This dialog shows the list of currently stored " -#| "backup profiles." -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." -msgstr "" -"Profiller Bu pencerede şu anda kayıtlı yedekleme profilleri " -"listelenmiştir." +#| msgid "Profiles This dialog shows the list of currently stored backup profiles." +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgstr "Profiller Bu pencerede şu anda kayıtlı yedekleme profilleri listelenmiştir." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A check mark in the first column indicates that the file will be " -#| "backed up." -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." -msgstr "" -"İlk kolondaki onay işareti o dosyanın yedekleneceği anlamına gelir." +#| msgid "A check mark in the first column indicates that the file will be backed up." +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgstr "İlk kolondaki onay işareti o dosyanın yedekleneceği anlamına gelir." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 @@ -976,88 +898,53 @@ "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 @@ -1066,8 +953,7 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." @@ -1079,32 +965,18 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 @@ -1117,34 +989,23 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "" "Sihirli SysRq tuşlarını etkinleştir Bu seçeneği seçerseniz\n" "çökmesi durumunda bile sistem üzerinde kontrolünüz olacaktır. (çekirdek\n" -"ayıklaması gibi durumlarda). Ayrıntılar için /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"sysrq.txt\n" +"ayıklaması gibi durumlarda). Ayrıntılar için /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt\n" "dosyasına bakın" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services." +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "" # include/security/settings.ycp:50 @@ -1548,14 +1409,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Blowfish is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n" -#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the " -#~ "hash,\n" -#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." -#~ "" +#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n" +#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." #~ msgstr "" #~ "blowfish md5 yöntemine benzer, fakat şifreleme için farklı\n" -#~ "bir algoritma kullanır. Şifreleme için fazla işlemci gücü gerektirir, bu " -#~ "da\n" +#~ "bir algoritma kullanır. Şifreleme için fazla işlemci gücü gerektirir, bu da\n" #~ "bir sözlük kullanarak şifrenin kırılmasını zorlaştırır." #, fuzzy @@ -1566,17 +1424,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Test for Complicated Passwords: \n" -#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable " -#~ "additional\n" +#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes the\n" +#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable additional\n" #~ "checks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Parola uyguluk denetimi \n" #~ "Parolalar değişik karakterlerin karışımından oluşmalıdır, bu şekilde\n" #~ "bir parola seçimi parolaların tahmin edilmesini zorlaştırır. Bu\n" -#~ "seçeneği işaretleyerek bu şekilde ek denetimler yapılmasını " -#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz." +#~ "seçeneği işaretleyerek bu şekilde ek denetimler yapılmasını sağlayabilirsiniz." # #, fuzzy @@ -1672,8 +1527,7 @@ #~ "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM." #~ msgstr "" #~ "KDM sistem kapatma izni \n" -#~ "Sistemi KDM içinden kapatmaya hangi kullanıcıların yetkili olacağını " -#~ "buradan belirleyebilirsiniz." +#~ "Sistemi KDM içinden kapatmaya hangi kullanıcıların yetkili olacağını buradan belirleyebilirsiniz." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:44 #~ msgid "With this module, change the local security settings." @@ -1689,8 +1543,7 @@ #~ "hakları dahildir." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:48 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "All particular settings are described in the respective dialogs." +#~ msgid "All particular settings are described in the respective dialogs." #~ msgstr "Tüm ayarlar ilgili pencerelerde tanımlanmıştır." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:49 @@ -1719,10 +1572,8 @@ # clients/ui_helps.ycp:88 #~ msgid "" #~ "Record Failed Login Attempts It is useful to know if\n" -#~ "somebody is trying to log in and failed. For example, if someone is " -#~ "trying\n" -#~ "to guess the passwords of other users. Check this option to specify " -#~ "whether\n" +#~ "somebody is trying to log in and failed. For example, if someone is trying\n" +#~ "to guess the passwords of other users. Check this option to specify whether\n" #~ "failed login attempts should be logged in the system log file." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Hatalı kullanıcı girişi denemelerini kaydet \n" @@ -1752,8 +1603,7 @@ # clients/ui_helps.ycp:119 #~ msgid "" #~ "Days before Password Expires Warning This entry sets the\n" -#~ "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" #~ "time, the less likely it is that a user can guess passwords." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Parola eskime uyarısı öncesi gün sayısı \n" @@ -1763,8 +1613,7 @@ # clients/ui_helps.ycp:130 #~ msgid "In this dialog, change various useradd settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz." +#~ msgstr "Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:131 #~ msgid "" @@ -1791,24 +1640,17 @@ # clients/ui_helps.ycp:143 #~ msgid "" #~ "Setting of File Permissions Settings for the permissions\n" -#~ "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -#~ "secure\n" +#~ "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" #~ "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -#~ "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -#~ "*.\n" -#~ "This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -#~ "accidentally\n" +#~ "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +#~ "This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" #~ "or by intruders." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dosya hakları ayarlanması Belirli sistem dosyalarının " -#~ "haklarını\n" +#~ "Dosya hakları ayarlanması Belirli sistem dosyalarının haklarını\n" #~ "/etc/permissions.secure ya da /etc/permissions.easy dosyalarındaki\n" -#~ "verilere göre ayarlar. Hangi dosyanın kullanılacağı burada yapılacak " -#~ "seçime\n" -#~ "bağlıdır. SuSEconfig çalıştırılarak bu haklar /etc/permissions.* " -#~ "dosyasına\n" -#~ "göre ayarlanır. Bu işlem yanlışlıkla ya da sisteme girmeye çalışan " -#~ "kişiler tarafından\n" +#~ "verilere göre ayarlar. Hangi dosyanın kullanılacağı burada yapılacak seçime\n" +#~ "bağlıdır. SuSEconfig çalıştırılarak bu haklar /etc/permissions.* dosyasına\n" +#~ "göre ayarlanır. Bu işlem yanlışlıkla ya da sisteme girmeye çalışan kişiler tarafından\n" #~ "değiştirilen dosya haklarını da düzenler." #~ msgid "" @@ -1820,41 +1662,30 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\"Secure\": Certain system files (e.g., /var/log/messages) can only\n" -#~ "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -#~ "by\n" +#~ "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" #~ "daemons, not by an ordinary user." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\"güvenli\": /var/log/messages gibi belirli sistem dosyaları sadece\n" #~ "root tarafından görülebilir. Bazı programlar sadece root ya da deamonlar\n" -#~ "tarafından çalıştırılabilir, normal kullanıcılar tarafından " -#~ "çalıştırılmalarına izin verilmez" +#~ "tarafından çalıştırılabilir, normal kullanıcılar tarafından çalıştırılmalarına izin verilmez" #~ msgid "" -#~ "\"Paranoid\": For an extremely secure system, use this setting. You " -#~ "must\n" +#~ "\"Paranoid\": For an extremely secure system, use this setting. You must\n" #~ "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"paranoya\": Aşırı güvenli bir sistem için bu seçeneği kullanın. " -#~ "Hangi\n" -#~ "kullanıcıların X uygulamalarını ve setuid programlarını " -#~ "çalıştırabileceğini seçmelisiniz." +#~ "\"paranoya\": Aşırı güvenli bir sistem için bu seçeneği kullanın. Hangi\n" +#~ "kullanıcıların X uygulamalarını ve setuid programlarını çalıştırabileceğini seçmelisiniz." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:164 #~ msgid "" -#~ "User Launching updatedb The program updatedb runs " -#~ "regularly,\n" -#~ "once a day. It scans your whole file system and creates a database " -#~ "(locatedb)\n" -#~ "where the location of EVERY file is stored. The database can be searched " -#~ "by the\n" +#~ "User Launching updatedb The program updatedb runs regularly,\n" +#~ "once a day. It scans your whole file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +#~ "where the location of EVERY file is stored. The database can be searched by the\n" #~ "program \"locate\"." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "updatedb kullanıcı erişimi updatedb programı her gün bir " -#~ "kere\n" -#~ "düzenli olarak çalışır. Bu program tüm dosya sistemini tarar ve bütün " -#~ "dosyaların\n" -#~ "nerede saklanığını içeren bir veritabanı (locatedb) oluşturur. Bu " -#~ "veritabanı içinde\n" +#~ "updatedb kullanıcı erişimi updatedb programı her gün bir kere\n" +#~ "düzenli olarak çalışır. Bu program tüm dosya sistemini tarar ve bütün dosyaların\n" +#~ "nerede saklanığını içeren bir veritabanı (locatedb) oluşturur. Bu veritabanı içinde\n" #~ "\"locate\" komutuyla arama yapılabilir." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:170 @@ -1868,8 +1699,7 @@ # clients/ui_helps.ycp:173 #~ msgid "" #~ "\"nobody\": only files that the user \"nobody\" can access are added\n" -#~ "into the database. All users can choose if the file will be in the " -#~ "database or\n" +#~ "into the database. All users can choose if the file will be in the database or\n" #~ "not." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\"nobody\": Sadece \"nobody\" tarafından erişilebilen dosyalar\n" @@ -1883,16 +1713,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" #~ "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -#~ "directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" #~ "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "root kullanıcının içinde bulunduğu dizini arama yoluna ekle " -#~ " \n" -#~ "DOS sisteminde, çalıştırılabilir dosyalar önce içinde bulunulan dizinde, " -#~ "daha\n" -#~ "sonra yol değişkeninde kayıtlı olan dizinlerde aranır. Buna karşı, bir " -#~ "UNIX\n" +#~ "root kullanıcının içinde bulunduğu dizini arama yoluna ekle \n" +#~ "DOS sisteminde, çalıştırılabilir dosyalar önce içinde bulunulan dizinde, daha\n" +#~ "sonra yol değişkeninde kayıtlı olan dizinlerde aranır. Buna karşı, bir UNIX\n" #~ "sistemi dosyaları sadece PATH değişkenindeki dizinlerde arar." # include/security/settings.ycp:50 @@ -1971,12 +1797,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Number of Significant Characters in the Password \n" -#~ "Maximum number of significant characters in the password. Default is " -#~ "eight for\n" -#~ "the DES encryption method. Do not change it unless your " -#~ "encryption\n" -#~ "function (crypt) is better. This option is ignored for the other " -#~ "encryption\n" +#~ "Maximum number of significant characters in the password. Default is eight for\n" +#~ "the DES encryption method. Do not change it unless your encryption\n" +#~ "function (crypt) is better. This option is ignored for the other encryption\n" #~ "methods. For MD5, it is 127. For Blowfish, it is 72.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1984,8 +1807,7 @@ #~ "Parolalarda en çok kaç karakter kullanabileceğinizi belirtir. DES\n" #~ "şifreleme yöntemi için bu öntanımlı olarak 8'dir. Şifreleme yönteminiz\n" #~ "daha iyiyse değeri değiştirmeyin. Bu seçenek diğer şifreleme yöntemleri\n" -#~ "tarafından görmezden gelinir. MD5 için bu değer 127, Blowfish</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "tarafından görmezden gelinir. MD5 için bu değer 127, Blowfish\n" #~ "için 72'dir.\n" #~ "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/services-manager.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/services-manager.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/services-manager.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 msgid "Saving default systemd target..." @@ -46,34 +45,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 @@ -117,15 +105,14 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "" #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 msgid "Writing configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yapılandırma yazılıyor..." #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" @@ -137,16 +124,17 @@ msgid "Default System &Target" msgstr "" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:750 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hizmet" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etkin" #. The current state matches the futural state #. The current state matches the futural state @@ -154,11 +142,12 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktif" +# clients/inst_sw_details.ycp:140 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1074 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1460 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1484 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1485 include/slide_show.ycp:259 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tanım" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 msgid "&Start/Stop" @@ -187,7 +176,7 @@ #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kapalı" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 @@ -215,10 +204,11 @@ msgid "&Services" msgstr "" +# include/runlevel/ui.ycp:429 #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hizmetler" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -229,18 +219,14 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -271,10 +257,11 @@ msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "" +# include/ui/summary.ycp:84 #. AutoYast summary #: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Henüz yapılandırılmadı." #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state #. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/slp-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/slp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/slp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -200,8 +200,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -304,29 +303,21 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"Broadcast.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf." +msgid "With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." msgstr "" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create " -"a new empty file. With Modify,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 @@ -341,11 +332,8 @@ #. check for package openslp-server installed #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması " -"gerekir." +msgid "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için %1 paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" @@ -461,8 +449,7 @@ #~ "Then press Configure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>DSL aygıtı ekleme:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL " -#~ "aygıtınız otomatik\n" +#~ "Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL aygıtınız otomatik\n" #~ "olarak algılanmadıysa Diğer (algılanmamış) seçeneğini kullanıp\n" #~ "Yapılandır düğmesine basın." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/snapper.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/snapper.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/snapper.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -343,8 +343,7 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" @@ -366,38 +365,19 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -#| "The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -#| "types of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single " -#| "snapshots are used for storing file system state in certain time, while " -#| "Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation " -#| "proceeded between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are " -#| "coupled together in the table.\n" -#| "Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to " -#| "see the file system changes new in specified snapshot.\n" +#| "The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are used for storing file system state in certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation proceeded between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +#| "Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the file system changes new in specified snapshot.\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Anlık Görüntü Yapılandırması</big>\n" -"Tablo kök dosya sistemi anlık görüntülerini gösterir. 3 tip anlık görüntü " -"var, tekli, öncesi ve sonrası. Tekli anlık görüntüler " -"belirli bir zamandaki dosya sistemi durumunu saklamak için kullanılır, " -"Öncesi ve Sonrası bu iki anlık görüntü arasında özel operasyon tarafından " -"yapılan değişiklikleri tanımlamak için kullanılır. Öncesi ve Sonrası anlık " -"görüntüleri birlikte çiftler halinde tablolanmıştır.\n" -"Anlık görüntü veya görüntü çiftini seçiniz ve belirtilen anlık görüntü " -"için yeni dosya sistemi değişiklerini görmek için Değişiklikleri Göster</" -"b> e tıklayınız.\n" +"Tablo kök dosya sistemi anlık görüntülerini gösterir. 3 tip anlık görüntü var, tekli, öncesi ve sonrası. Tekli anlık görüntüler belirli bir zamandaki dosya sistemi durumunu saklamak için kullanılır, Öncesi ve Sonrası bu iki anlık görüntü arasında özel operasyon tarafından yapılan değişiklikleri tanımlamak için kullanılır. Öncesi ve Sonrası anlık görüntüleri birlikte çiftler halinde tablolanmıştır.\n" +"Anlık görüntü veya görüntü çiftini seçiniz ve belirtilen anlık görüntü için yeni dosya sistemi değişiklerini görmek için Değişiklikleri Göster e tıklayınız.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 @@ -405,40 +385,26 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" #| "\n" -#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating first " -#| "('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you can see the " -#| "description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -#| "creation for both snapshots.\n" +#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you can see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" #| "\n" #| "\n" -#| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the changes done to it. By " -#| "default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -#| "possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +#| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" #| "" msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Anlık Görüntüye Genel Bakış</big>\n" "\n" -"Ağaç ('öncesi') ile ('sonrası') nın oluşturulması arasında değişen tüm " -"dosyaları gösterir. Sağ tarafta ilk anlık görüntü oluşturulduğunda üretilen " -"tanımı ve iki anlık görüntünün de oluşturulma zamanlarını görebilirsiniz.\n" +"Ağaç ('öncesi') ile ('sonrası') nın oluşturulması arasında değişen tüm dosyaları gösterir. Sağ tarafta ilk anlık görüntü oluşturulduğunda üretilen tanımı ve iki anlık görüntünün de oluşturulma zamanlarını görebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Dosyayı seçtiğinizde onda yapılan değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz. Varsayılan " -"olarak seçilen anlık görüntü çiftinin arasında ola değişiklikler görünür, " -"ama dosyayı farklı versiyonlarla karşılaştırmak da mümkündür.\n" +"Dosyayı seçtiğinizde onda yapılan değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz. Varsayılan olarak seçilen anlık görüntü çiftinin arasında ola değişiklikler görünür, ama dosyayı farklı versiyonlarla karşılaştırmak da mümkündür.\n" "" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -447,35 +413,26 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" #| "\n" -#| "The tree shows all the files that are different between selected snapshot " -#| "and current system. On the right side, you can see the snapshot " -#| "description and time of its creation.\n" +#| "The tree shows all the files that are different between selected snapshot and current system. On the right side, you can see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" #| "\n" #| "\n" -#| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -#| "snapshot version and current system.\n" +#| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" #| "" msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Anlık Görüntüye Genel Bakış</big>\n" "\n" -"Ağaç şuanki sistem ile seşilen anlık görüntü arasındaki tüm dosyaları " -"gösterir. Sağ tarafta, anlık görüntü tanımını ve oluşturulma zamanını " -"görebilirsiniz.\n" +"Ağaç şuanki sistem ile seşilen anlık görüntü arasındaki tüm dosyaları gösterir. Sağ tarafta, anlık görüntü tanımını ve oluşturulma zamanını görebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Dosya ağaçta seçili olduğunda, şuanki sistem ile anlık görüntü versiyonu " -"arasındaki farkı görebilirsiniz.\n" +"Dosya ağaçta seçili olduğunda, şuanki sistem ile anlık görüntü versiyonu arasındaki farkı görebilirsiniz.\n" "" #. popup error @@ -622,9 +579,5 @@ #~ msgid "%1 does not exist in snapshot %2\n" #~ msgstr "%1 %2 anlık görüntüsünde yok\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2</" -#~ "p>Are you sure?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu dosyalar '%1' anlık görüntüsünden şuanki siteme kopyalanacaktır: " -#~ "%2Emin misiniz?" +#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2Are you sure?" +#~ msgstr "Bu dosyalar '%1' anlık görüntüsünden şuanki siteme kopyalanacaktır: %2Emin misiniz?" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/sound.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/sound.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/sound.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -71,12 +71,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Seçilmiş modül parametresinin değeri. 'göster' seçeneği ile izin verilen " -"parametrelerin listesini alabilirsiniz." +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Seçilmiş modül parametresinin değeri. 'göster' seçeneği ile izin verilen parametrelerin listesini alabilirsiniz." #. translators: command line help text for volume action #: src/clients/sound.rb:131 @@ -86,12 +82,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Seçili kanalın değeri (0-100). 'kanallar' komutu ile mevcut kanalların " -"listesini alabilirsiniz." +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Seçili kanalın değeri (0-100). 'kanallar' komutu ile mevcut kanalların listesini alabilirsiniz." # clients/inst_sw_details.ycp:514 #. translators: command line help text for modules action @@ -600,15 +592,11 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore " -"the original settings." +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." msgstr "" -"Bu pencerede, seçili ses kartının her kanalının ses düzeyini " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz. \n" -"Düzey ayarlarını kaydetmek için İleri, orjinal ayarları kullanmak " -"için Geri düğmesine basın." +"Bu pencerede, seçili ses kartının her kanalının ses düzeyini ayarlayabilirsiniz. \n" +"Düzey ayarlarını kaydetmek için İleri, orjinal ayarları kullanmak için Geri düğmesine basın." # include/sound/ui.ycp:179 #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name @@ -974,10 +962,8 @@ "Değiştirdiğiniz bir seçeneği aktif hale getirmek için Kullan\n" "düğmesine basınız. Eğer bir seçenek için bilinen muhtemel değerler\n" "mevcutsa bunları muhtemel değerler bölümünden seçebilirsiniz.\n" -"Sıfırla düğmesi ile de değiştirdiğiniz seçenekleri " -"sıfırlayabilirsiniz.\n" -"Sayısal değerler onluk ya da onaltılık sayı sisteminde girilebilir. " -"(onaltılık\n" +"Sıfırla düğmesi ile de değiştirdiğiniz seçenekleri sıfırlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"Sayısal değerler onluk ya da onaltılık sayı sisteminde girilebilir. (onaltılık\n" "değerler için 0x önekini kullanın)\n" "\n" @@ -1261,8 +1247,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seçilen kartın ses düzeyini ayarlamak ya da MIDI dosyalarını çalmak için " -"modül\n" +"Seçilen kartın ses düzeyini ayarlamak ya da MIDI dosyalarını çalmak için modül\n" "yüklemesini yapılandırmak için Diğer düğmesini kullanın. Bu modüller\n" "gerektiğinde yüklenebilir.\n" "\n" @@ -1275,26 +1260,20 @@ #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." msgstr "" -"0 numaralı ses aygıtı sistem ve uygulamalar tarafından varsayılan olarak " -"kullanılan aygıttır.\n" -"Diğer düğmesi ile seçili ses aygıtını birincil aygıt olarak " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz." +"0 numaralı ses aygıtı sistem ve uygulamalar tarafından varsayılan olarak kullanılan aygıttır.\n" +"Diğer düğmesi ile seçili ses aygıtını birincil aygıt olarak ayarlayabilirsiniz." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" -"OSS (Open Sound System) kullanan uygulamalar aoss wrapper ile yazılım " -"mixer'ini\n" -"kullanabilir. <tt>aoss <uygulama></tt> komutu ile uygulamayı " -"başlatabilirsiniz." +"OSS (Open Sound System) kullanan uygulamalar aoss wrapper ile yazılım mixer'ini\n" +"kullanabilir. <tt>aoss <uygulama></tt> komutu ile uygulamayı başlatabilirsiniz." # include/sound/texts.ycp:61 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 @@ -1552,16 +1531,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, " -#~ "just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.\n" +#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bu pencerede oyun çubuğu'nun türünü seçin\n" -#~ "Eğer listede yoksa Genel analog oyun çubuğu seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanabilirsiniz.\n" -#~ "Burada USB oyun çubukları'nı bulamazsınız. Eğer bir USB aygıtınız " -#~ "varsa sisteme\n" +#~ "Eğer listede yoksa Genel analog oyun çubuğu seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Burada USB oyun çubukları'nı bulamazsınız. Eğer bir USB aygıtınız varsa sisteme\n" #~ "bağlantısını kurun ve kullanmaya başlayın.\n" #~ msgid "&Select your joystick type:" @@ -1698,15 +1673,10 @@ #~ "or if you do not have a joystick, select No joystick.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yapılandırılmış oyun çubuğu'nu sistemden kaldırmak istiyorsanız,\n" -#~ "ya da oyun çubuğu'nuz yoksa Oyun çubuğu yok seçeneğini işaretleyin." -#~ "\n" +#~ "ya da oyun çubuğu'nuz yoksa Oyun çubuğu yok seçeneğini işaretleyin.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dene düğmesine basarak seçtiğiniz oyun çubuğu'nun çalışmasını " -#~ "deneyebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick type." +#~ msgstr "Dene düğmesine basarak seçtiğiniz oyun çubuğu'nun çalışmasını deneyebilirsiniz." #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: Connect your joystick to your computer\n" @@ -1721,13 +1691,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Two or more sound cards in your system support joysticks.\n" -#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure " -#~ "Joystick.\n" +#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure Joystick.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sisteminizde iki ya da daha fazla oyun çubuğu destekleyen ses kartı " -#~ "mevcut.\n" -#~ "Oyun çubuğu'nu yapılandırmak için ses kartını seçip oyun çubuğu'nu " -#~ "yapılandır\n" +#~ "Sisteminizde iki ya da daha fazla oyun çubuğu destekleyen ses kartı mevcut.\n" +#~ "Oyun çubuğu'nu yapılandırmak için ses kartını seçip oyun çubuğu'nu yapılandır\n" #~ "düğmesine basın.\n" #~ msgid "The configured cards do not support the joystick." @@ -1820,6 +1787,4 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Use Delete to remove a configured sound card. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yapılandırılmış bir ses kartını kaldırmak için Sil'i kullanın. " -#~ " " +#~ msgstr "Yapılandırılmış bir ses kartını kaldırmak için Sil'i kullanın. " Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/squid.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/squid.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/squid.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -601,8 +601,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 @@ -664,9 +663,7 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"\n" +msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 @@ -696,9 +693,7 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects." +msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 @@ -731,11 +726,9 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -761,50 +754,40 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored." +msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory." +msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" @@ -816,24 +799,19 @@ #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"" +msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1027,8 +1005,7 @@ #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 @@ -1400,9 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "Hedef Geçit" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 @@ -1471,8 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 @@ -1530,9 +1504,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 @@ -1540,9 +1512,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 @@ -1566,8 +1536,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1590,11 +1559,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikanca" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arapça" # AM #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 @@ -1646,9 +1615,10 @@ msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonyaca" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Persçe" # /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:470 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 @@ -1671,7 +1641,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Endonezyaca" # /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:230 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 @@ -1689,7 +1659,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Letonyaca" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1697,7 +1667,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Malayca" # /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:350 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 @@ -1726,9 +1696,10 @@ msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Romence" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:638 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rusça" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" @@ -1736,7 +1707,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 msgid "Slovenian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Slovence" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" @@ -1753,7 +1724,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taylandça" # /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:668 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 @@ -1762,15 +1733,16 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ukraynaca" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Özbekçe" +# src/mozilla_i18n.c:37 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamca" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/sshd.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/sshd.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/sshd.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -284,10 +284,11 @@ msgid "Sshd Overview" msgstr "" +# include/sound/ui.ycp:335 #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numara" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/storage.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/storage.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/storage.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -111,9 +111,7 @@ msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." -msgstr "" -"Otomatik teklif verilemiyor. Bağlama noktalarını el ile 'Bölümlendirme' " -"penceresinden belirtin." +msgstr "Otomatik teklif verilemiyor. Bağlama noktalarını el ile 'Bölümlendirme' penceresinden belirtin." #. TRANSLATORS: button text #. this is the resize case @@ -455,8 +453,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows tarafından kullanılan alan Windows bölümünüzdeki kullanılmış " -"olan alandır.\n" +"Windows tarafından kullanılan alan Windows bölümünüzdeki kullanılmış olan alandır.\n" "" # clients/inst_resize_ui.ycp:731 @@ -709,10 +706,7 @@ "the disk is too small. \n" "To install Linux, select more partitions to \n" "remove or select a larger disk." -msgstr "" -"Silme işlemi için çok az bölüm seçili durumda, ya da disk boyutu çok küçük. " -"Linux kurulumu için silinecek daha fazla bölüm belirtin ya da daha büyük bir " -"disk seçin." +msgstr "Silme işlemi için çok az bölüm seçili durumda, ya da disk boyutu çok küçük. Linux kurulumu için silinecek daha fazla bölüm belirtin ya da daha büyük bir disk seçin." #. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection #. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) @@ -742,8 +736,7 @@ #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." msgstr "Disk bulunamadı. Lütfen kurulum için güncelleme CD'sini kullanın." # clients/inst_target_selection.ycp:317 @@ -774,8 +767,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"&product; kurulumunun diskin hangi bölümlerini kullanacağını daha sonra " -"seçebilirsiniz.\n" +"&product; kurulumunun diskin hangi bölümlerini kullanacağını daha sonra seçebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" # clients/inst_target_selection.ycp:330 @@ -1001,8 +993,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tüm diski kullan seçeneğini işaretleyebilir, ya da boş disk\n" -"bölümlerini veya boş bölümleri kullanabilirsiniz. Seçilen alan bitişik " -"olmalıdır.\n" +"bölümlerini veya boş bölümleri kullanabilirsiniz. Seçilen alan bitişik olmalıdır.\n" "" # include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.ycp:183 @@ -1031,8 +1022,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seçili alanlar silinecek ve içerdikleri bilgiler yok olacaktır.</" -"b>\n" +"Seçili alanlar silinecek ve içerdikleri bilgiler yok olacaktır.\n" "Bu bilgileri geri getirmek mümkün olmayacaktır.\n" "\n" @@ -1057,8 +1047,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Seçilen sabit disk muhtemelen Windows tarafından kullanılıyor. &product;\n" -"kurulumu için yeteri kadar alan mevcut değil. Windows'u tamamen " -"silebilir ya da\n" +"kurulumu için yeteri kadar alan mevcut değil. Windows'u tamamen silebilir ya da\n" "küçültebilirsiniz.\n" "" @@ -1077,8 +1066,7 @@ "Eğer Windows'u silerseniz bu bölümdeki bilgilere tekrar ulaşmak\n" "mümkün olmayacaktır. Windows bölümünü küçültmeden\n" "önce muhakkak yedek almanız önerilir, çünkü bu bölümdeki\n" -"veriler tekrar düzenlenecektir, ve bu da bazı nadir şartlar altında " -"becerilemeyebilir.\n" +"veriler tekrar düzenlenecektir, ve bu da bazı nadir şartlar altında becerilemeyebilir.\n" "\n" #. Label text @@ -1132,8 +1120,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bir FAT bölümünü şu bağlama noktalarından\n" "birine bağlamaya çalıştınız: / /usr /home /opt /var.\n" -"Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux " -"dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" +"Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 @@ -1147,8 +1134,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bir FAT bölümünü şu bağlama noktalarından\n" "birine bağlamaya çalıştınız: / /usr /home /opt /var.\n" -"Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux " -"dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" +"Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 @@ -1162,8 +1148,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bir FAT bölümünü şu bağlama noktalarından\n" "birine bağlamaya çalıştınız: / /usr /home /opt /var.\n" -"Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux " -"dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" +"Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:414 #. popup text, %1 is a number @@ -1283,8 +1268,7 @@ "Uyarı: Şu anki seçimle %1 kurulumunuz\n" "doğrudan açılabilir olmayabilir, çünkü \"boot\"\n" "altındaki dosyalarınız bir yazılım RAID bölümü üzerinde.\n" -"Açılış yükleyici kurulumu bazen bu tip yapılandırmalarda başarısız " -"olabiliyor.\n" +"Açılış yükleyici kurulumu bazen bu tip yapılandırmalarda başarısız olabiliyor.\n" "\n" "Bunu değiştirmek istiyor musunuz?\n" @@ -1357,19 +1341,15 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Etkin bir takas alanı oluşturmadınız. Bu bir hata değil, fakat bir takas " -"alanı\n" -"oluşturup bu bölümü etkinleştirmeniz kuvvetle tavsiye edilir.Oluşturulan " -"takas\n" -"alanı ana pencerede \"Linux Swap\" bölümü olarak görünür ve bağlama " -"noktası \n" +"Etkin bir takas alanı oluşturmadınız. Bu bir hata değil, fakat bir takas alanı\n" +"oluşturup bu bölümü etkinleştirmeniz kuvvetle tavsiye edilir.Oluşturulan takas\n" +"alanı ana pencerede \"Linux Swap\" bölümü olarak görünür ve bağlama noktası \n" "olarak \"swap\" noktasını kullanmaktadır. İsterseniz birden çok takas alanı\n" "oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" @@ -1412,13 +1392,11 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" -#| "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -#| "points\n" +#| "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" #| "like /, /boot, /usr, /opt, or /var.\n" msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Eğer şüpheye düşerseniz, geriye dönüp bu bölümü biçimlendirmek üzere\n" @@ -1501,24 +1479,19 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -#| "mounted:\n" +#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" #| "%1\n" -#| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before you " -#| "delete the extended partition.\n" +#| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" #| "Please choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Seçili genişletilmiş bölüm şu anda sisteme bağlı bölümler içermektedir:\n" "%1\n" -"Genişletilmiş bölümü silmeden önce bu bölümlerin sistemden bağlantısını " -"kesmeniz kuvvetle önerilir.\n" +"Genişletilmiş bölümü silmeden önce bu bölümlerin sistemden bağlantısını kesmeniz kuvvetle önerilir.\n" "Ne yaptığınız hakkında kesin bir bilginiz yoksa Vazgeç düğmesine basınız.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1707,28 +1680,22 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" #| "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#| "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -#| "to mount\n" -#| "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -#| "can be \n" -#| "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#| "possible.\n" +#| "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#| "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be \n" +#| "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "/etc/fstab içinde bağlama tipi:\n" -"Normalde bir dosya sistemi /etc/fstab içinde kendi aygıt adı ile " -"tanımlanır.\n" +"Normalde bir dosya sistemi /etc/fstab içinde kendi aygıt adı ile tanımlanır.\n" "Bu tanımlama bağlanılacak dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın adı verilerek\n" "bulunacak şekilde de ayarlanabilir. Her dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın\n" -"adı verilerek bağlanamaz, bu yüzden eğer bir seçenek seçilemez ise, bu " -"seçeneği\n" +"adı verilerek bağlanamaz, bu yüzden eğer bir seçenek seçilemez ise, bu seçeneği\n" "kullanmak olanaksızdır.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -1736,14 +1703,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Yığın adı:\n" -"Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer yığın " -"adı\n" +"Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer yığın adı\n" "ile aygıt bağlama seçeneği aktifleştirilirse bir anlam kazanır.\n" #. label text @@ -1874,8 +1839,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" -#| "If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system " -#| "type),\n" +#| "If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type),\n" #| "your Linux installation might be damaged.\n" #| "\n" #| "Unmount the partition if possible. If you are unsure,\n" @@ -1956,8 +1920,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "%1 bölümündeki dosya sistemi YaST2 tarafından genişletilemiyor.\n" -"Sadece fat, ext2, ext3 ve reiserfs dosya sistemleri genişletilmeye izin " -"verir." +"Sadece fat, ext2, ext3 ve reiserfs dosya sistemleri genişletilmeye izin verir." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1969,8 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "%1 bölümündeki dosya sistemi YaST2 tarafından genişletilemiyor.\n" -"Sadece fat, ext2, ext3 ve reiserfs dosya sistemleri genişletilmeye izin " -"verir." +"Sadece fat, ext2, ext3 ve reiserfs dosya sistemleri genişletilmeye izin verir." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 #, fuzzy @@ -2030,20 +1992,17 @@ #| msgid "" #| "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" #| "%1\n" -#| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting " -#| "the partition table.\n" +#| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" #| "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Seçili aygıt şu anda sisteme bağlı bölümler içermektedir:\n" "%1\n" -"Bölümlendirme tablosunu silmeden önce bu bölümlerin sistemden bağlantısını " -"kesmeniz kuvvetle önerilir.\n" +"Bölümlendirme tablosunu silmeden önce bu bölümlerin sistemden bağlantısını kesmeniz kuvvetle önerilir.\n" "Ne yaptığınız hakkında kesin bir bilginiz yoksa Vazgeç düğmesine basınız.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -2219,8 +2178,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -2234,20 +2192,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Eğer parolanızı kaybederseniz dosya sisteminizdeki verilere ulaşmanız " -"mümkün\n" -"olmayacaktır. Lütfen parolanızı çok dikkatli seçin. Numara ve harflerden " -"oluşan bir\n" -"parola seçmeniz tavsiye olunur. Parolanızın doğru girildiğinin kesin olması " -"için,\n" +"Eğer parolanızı kaybederseniz dosya sisteminizdeki verilere ulaşmanız mümkün\n" +"olmayacaktır. Lütfen parolanızı çok dikkatli seçin. Numara ve harflerden oluşan bir\n" +"parola seçmeniz tavsiye olunur. Parolanızın doğru girildiğinin kesin olması için,\n" "sizden parolanızı iki defa yazmanız istenecektir.\n" "\n" @@ -2259,15 +2213,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Küçük ve büyük harf ayrımı yapmalısınız. Parola en az 5 karakter uzunluğunda " -"olup,\n" +"Küçük ve büyük harf ayrımı yapmalısınız. Parola en az 5 karakter uzunluğunda olup,\n" "herhangi bir özel karakter içermemelidir.\n" "\n" @@ -2284,8 +2236,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Kullanabileceğiniz karakterler\n" -"<tt>#*,.;:._-+!</tt><tt>$%&/|?{[()]}</tt>, boşluk, büyük ve küçük harfler " -"ile\n" +"<tt>#*,.;:._-+!</tt><tt>$%&/|?{[()]}</tt>, boşluk, büyük ve küçük harfler ile\n" "<tt>0</tt>-<tt>9</tt> arası rakamlardır.\n" "\n" @@ -2324,17 +2275,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi herhangi bir sistem dosyası içermiyor, ve bu " -"yüzden\n" -"güncelleme sırasında gerek duyulmuyorsa \"Vazgeç\" düğmesini " -"seçebilirsiniz.\n" +"Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi herhangi bir sistem dosyası içermiyor, ve bu yüzden\n" +"güncelleme sırasında gerek duyulmuyorsa \"Vazgeç\" düğmesini seçebilirsiniz.\n" "Bu şekilde dosya sistemine güncelleme sırasında erişim olmayacaktır.\n" "" @@ -2393,8 +2341,7 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Sistemin düzgün çalışması için gereken dosyaların bulunabileceği bir dosya\n" -"sistemini başlangıçta otomatik olarak sisteme bağlanmayacak şekilde " -"ayarladınız.\n" +"sistemini başlangıçta otomatik olarak sisteme bağlanmayacak şekilde ayarladınız.\n" "\n" "Bu durum sorun çıkartabilir.\n" "\n" @@ -2426,8 +2373,7 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Sistemin düzgün çalışması için gereken dosyaların bulunabileceği bir dosya\n" -"sistemini başlangıçta otomatik olarak sisteme bağlanmayacak şekilde " -"ayarladınız.\n" +"sistemini başlangıçta otomatik olarak sisteme bağlanmayacak şekilde ayarladınız.\n" "\n" "Bu durum sorun çıkartabilir.\n" "\n" @@ -2471,11 +2417,8 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Bağlama noktasında geçersiz karakter mevcut. \"`'!\"%#\" karakterlerini " -"kullanmayın." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Bağlama noktasında geçersiz karakter mevcut. \"`'!\"%#\" karakterlerini kullanmayın." # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:98 #. error popup text @@ -2982,9 +2925,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" -msgstr "" -"Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." -"" +msgstr "Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:92 #. helptext @@ -2993,9 +2934,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" -msgstr "" -"Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." -"" +msgstr "Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:351 #. heading @@ -3067,16 +3006,13 @@ msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." -msgstr "" -"Önce bölüm türünü ve bölümün biçimlendirilip biçimlendirilmeyeceğini " -"seçiniz." +msgstr "Önce bölüm türünü ve bölümün biçimlendirilip biçimlendirilmeyeceğini seçiniz." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4061,19 +3997,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<BIG>Attention:</BIG> YaST2 has scanned your hard disks and " -#| "found an old Linux system\n" -#| "with mount points. On the right, see a list with the mount points found. " -#| "\n" +#| "<BIG>Attention:</BIG> YaST2 has scanned your hard disks and found an old Linux system\n" +#| "with mount points. On the right, see a list with the mount points found. \n" msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"<BIG>Dikkat:</BIG> YaST sabit diskinizi taradı ve bağlama " -"noktalarıyla beraber\n" -"eski bir Linux sistemi buldu. Sağ tarafta bulunan bağlama noktalarının " -"listesi gösteriliyor.\n" +"<BIG>Dikkat:</BIG> YaST sabit diskinizi taradı ve bağlama noktalarıyla beraber\n" +"eski bir Linux sistemi buldu. Sağ tarafta bulunan bağlama noktalarının listesi gösteriliyor.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -4231,15 +4163,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "No changes to storage settings." -msgstr "" -"Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz." +msgstr "Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:130 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 #, fuzzy msgid "Storage settings:" -msgstr "" -"Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz." +msgstr "Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz." #. heading #. tree node label @@ -4271,13 +4201,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dosyanın dizin yolu: Bu, şifrelenmiş loop aygıtının kurulması " -"için\n" +"Dosyanın dizin yolu: Bu, şifrelenmiş loop aygıtının kurulması için\n" "gerekli olan veriyi içeren dosyanın dizinine olan yoldur.\n" #. helptext @@ -4319,8 +4247,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "NOT: Kurulum sırasında dosya sistemi ulaşılabilir olmayacağından,\n" -"dosya yolu ya da dosya boyutu için herhangi bir denetim yapılamayacaktır, " -"ve\n" +"dosya yolu ya da dosya boyutu için herhangi bir denetim yapılamayacaktır, ve\n" "yaratma işlemi kurulumun sonunda yapılacaktır. Bu yüzden, girdiğiniz dosya\n" "yolu ve dosya boyutuna özellikle dikkat ediniz.\n" @@ -4617,8 +4544,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" @@ -4672,8 +4598,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" @@ -4681,16 +4606,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -4762,8 +4685,7 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -4894,9 +4816,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." -msgstr "" -"Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." -"" +msgstr "Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:92 #. helptext @@ -4905,9 +4825,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." -msgstr "" -"Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." -"" +msgstr "Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:271 #. heading @@ -5031,9 +4949,7 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." msgstr "" #. heading @@ -5071,47 +4987,34 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Bu seviye disk performansınızı arttırır.\n" -"Bu modda gereğinden fazla alan kullanma prensibi mevcut DEĞİLDİR. Eğer " -"sürücülerden biri zarar görürse, veri kurtarımı mümkün olmayacaktır.\n" +"Bu modda gereğinden fazla alan kullanma prensibi mevcut DEĞİLDİR. Eğer sürücülerden biri zarar görürse, veri kurtarımı mümkün olmayacaktır.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Bu mod en etkili gereğinden fazla alan kullanma " -"prensibine sahiptir.\n" -"İki ya da daha fazla disk ile kullanılabilir. Bu modda bütün disklerdeki " -"bütün bilgilerin\n" -"birebir kopyaları tutulur. En azından bir disk çalışır halde kaldığı sürede " -"veri kaybı\n" -"olmayacaktır. Bu tür RAID kullanımı için bölümlerin boyutları yaklaşık " -"olarak aynı olmalıdır.\n" +"RAID 1: Bu mod en etkili gereğinden fazla alan kullanma prensibine sahiptir.\n" +"İki ya da daha fazla disk ile kullanılabilir. Bu modda bütün disklerdeki bütün bilgilerin\n" +"birebir kopyaları tutulur. En azından bir disk çalışır halde kaldığı sürede veri kaybı\n" +"olmayacaktır. Bu tür RAID kullanımı için bölümlerin boyutları yaklaşık olarak aynı olmalıdır.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Bu mod daha fazla disk kullanımı ile gereğinden fazla " -"alan kullanma\n" -"prensibinin bir kısmını birleştirir. Bu mod üç ya da daha fazla disk ile " -"kullanılabilir. Eğer bir\n" -"disk zarar görürse, bütün veriler bozulmadan kalır. Bir anda iki disk birden " -"zarar görürse bütün\n" +"RAID 5: Bu mod daha fazla disk kullanımı ile gereğinden fazla alan kullanma\n" +"prensibinin bir kısmını birleştirir. Bu mod üç ya da daha fazla disk ile kullanılabilir. Eğer bir\n" +"disk zarar görürse, bütün veriler bozulmadan kalır. Bir anda iki disk birden zarar görürse bütün\n" "veriler kaybolur.\n" #. helptext @@ -5127,13 +5030,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" -"RAID'e bölümleri ekleyin. RAID tipine göre kullanılabilir disk " -"boyutu\n" +"RAID'e bölümleri ekleyin. RAID tipine göre kullanılabilir disk boyutu\n" "RAID 0'da bu bölümlerin toplamı, RAID 1'de en ufak bölümün boyutu,\n" "RAID 5'te ise (N-1)*en küçük bölüm boyutu şeklinde olacaktır.\n" @@ -5204,15 +5104,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"chunk boyutu: Bu, aygıtlara yazılabilecek en küçük \"atomik\" " -"veri birimidir.\n" -"RAID 5 için makul bir chunk boyutu 128KB'dir. RAID 0 için 32KB iyi bir " -"başlangıç noktasıdır.\n" +"chunk boyutu: Bu, aygıtlara yazılabilecek en küçük \"atomik\" veri birimidir.\n" +"RAID 5 için makul bir chunk boyutu 128KB'dir. RAID 0 için 32KB iyi bir başlangıç noktasıdır.\n" "RAID 1 için ise chunk boyutu düzeni çok fazla etkilemez.\n" # classnames.ycp:63 classnames.ycp:66 @@ -5226,12 +5122,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Eşlik algoritması: Eşlik algoritması RAID5 ile kullanılır.\n" -"Dönen daire plakalarla çalışan tipik diskler için sol simetrik en yüksek " -"performansı vermektedir.\n" +"Dönen daire plakalarla çalışan tipik diskler için sol simetrik en yüksek performansı vermektedir.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -5537,11 +5431,9 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5556,9 +5448,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5629,9 +5519,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" -msgstr "" -"Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." -"" +msgstr "Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 @@ -5846,8 +5734,7 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" @@ -5855,12 +5742,9 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" @@ -5883,8 +5767,7 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" #. dialog help text @@ -5899,16 +5782,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" @@ -5953,8 +5832,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" @@ -5975,8 +5853,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Takas alanı önceliği\n" -"Takas alanının önceliğini girin. Yüksek değerler daha yüksek öncelik " -"anlamına gelir.\n" +"Takas alanının önceliğini girin. Yüksek değerler daha yüksek öncelik anlamına gelir.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 @@ -5991,13 +5868,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Sadece okunabilir şekilde bağla\n" -"Dosya sistemine yazma erişimi mevcut değildir. Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır." -"\n" +"Dosya sistemine yazma erişimi mevcut değildir. Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 @@ -6017,8 +5892,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Erişim zamanı tutma:\n" -"Bir dosya okunduğu zaman erişim zamanı güncellenmez. Öntanımlı değeri " -"'kapalı'dır." +"Bir dosya okunduğu zaman erişim zamanı güncellenmez. Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır." #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 @@ -6035,8 +5909,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Kullanıcı tarafından bağlanılabilir\n" -"Bu dosya sistemi herhangi bir kullanıcı tarafından sisteme bağlanılabilir. " -"Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır.\n" +"Bu dosya sistemi herhangi bir kullanıcı tarafından sisteme bağlanılabilir. Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -6050,10 +5923,8 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sistem başlangıcında sisteme bağlanmamış:\n" "Bu dosya sistemi sistem başlangıcında otomatikman bağlanmamış.\n" @@ -6078,8 +5949,7 @@ "Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Kullanıcı tarafından bağlanılabilir\n" -"Bu dosya sistemi herhangi bir kullanıcı tarafından sisteme bağlanılabilir. " -"Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır.\n" +"Bu dosya sistemi herhangi bir kullanıcı tarafından sisteme bağlanılabilir. Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 @@ -6095,10 +5965,8 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Veri günlüğü tutma modu\n" "Dosyalar için günlük tutma modunu belirler.\n" @@ -6147,25 +6015,19 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Bağlama noktasında geçersiz karakter mevcut. \"`'!\"%#\" karakterlerini " -"kullanmayın." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Bağlama noktasında geçersiz karakter mevcut. \"`'!\"%#\" karakterlerini kullanmayın." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "İsteğe bağlı seçenekler:\n" -"Bu alana /etc/fstab içindeki dördüncü alana yazabileceğiniz bağlama " -"seçeneklerini girebilirsiniz.\n" +"Bu alana /etc/fstab içindeki dördüncü alana yazabileceğiniz bağlama seçeneklerini girebilirsiniz.\n" "Birden fazla seçenek mevcutsa bunları virgül ile ayırın.\n" #. label text @@ -6192,12 +6054,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Kısa FAT dosya isimleri için kod sayfası:\n" -"FAT dosya sistemlerinde kısa dosya isimlerine çevirme işleminde kullanılan " -"kod\n" +"FAT dosya sistemlerinde kısa dosya isimlerine çevirme işleminde kullanılan kod\n" "sayfasını buradan seçebilirsiniz.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:131 @@ -6211,12 +6071,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "FAT sayısı:\n" -"Dosya sistemindeki dosya yerleşim tablosu (FAT) sayısını belirtir. Öntanımlı " -"değeri '2'dir." +"Dosya sistemindeki dosya yerleşim tablosu (FAT) sayısını belirtir. Öntanımlı değeri '2'dir." # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:138 #. label text @@ -6232,14 +6090,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT boyutu:\n" -"Dosya yerleşim tablosunun (FAT) türünü belirtir. (12, 16 ya da 32 bit). Eğer " -"'otomatik' seçiliyse, YaST dosya sisteminin büyüklüğüne göre en uygun değeri " -"belirler.\n" +"Dosya yerleşim tablosunun (FAT) türünü belirtir. (12, 16 ya da 32 bit). Eğer 'otomatik' seçiliyse, YaST dosya sisteminin büyüklüğüne göre en uygun değeri belirler.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:157 #. label text @@ -6255,9 +6109,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"\"Root dizini girdileri\" için en küçük değer '112'dir. Lütfen tekrar " -"deneyin." +msgstr "\"Root dizini girdileri\" için en küçük değer '112'dir. Lütfen tekrar deneyin." # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:163 #. help text, richtext format @@ -6271,8 +6123,7 @@ "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" "Root dizini girdileri:\n" -"Root dizini içindeki kullanılabilir girdi sayısını buradan " -"değiştirebilirsiniz." +"Root dizini içindeki kullanılabilir girdi sayısını buradan değiştirebilirsiniz." # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:205 #. label text @@ -6288,16 +6139,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hash function:\n" -#| "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file " -#| "names in directories." +#| "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories." msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash fonksiyonu:\n" -"Dizinlerdeki dosya adlarını sıralamak için kullanılacak olan hash " -"fonksiyonunun adını belirtir." +"Dizinlerdeki dosya adlarını sıralamak için kullanılacak olan hash fonksiyonunun adını belirtir." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 @@ -6311,22 +6159,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FS revision:\n" -#| "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -#| "backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -#| "recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal " -#| "to 2.4.\n" +#| "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Dosya sistemi sürümü:\n" -"Bu seçenek ile reiserfs biçimlendirme sisteminin hangi sürümünün " -"kullanılacağı belirlenir. '3.5' sürümü 2.2.x çekirdekleri ile uyumludur. " -"'3.6' sürümü ise daha yeni olmasına rağmen 2.4 ya da daha yüksek bir " -"çekirdek sürümü gerektirir.\n" +"Bu seçenek ile reiserfs biçimlendirme sisteminin hangi sürümünün kullanılacağı belirlenir. '3.5' sürümü 2.2.x çekirdekleri ile uyumludur. '3.6' sürümü ise daha yeni olmasına rağmen 2.4 ya da daha yüksek bir çekirdek sürümü gerektirir.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:73 #. label text @@ -6343,19 +6182,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" -#| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, " -#| "1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard " -#| "block size of 4096 is used.\n" +#| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blok boyutu:\n" -"Bir bloğun byte olarak boyutunu belirtir. Geçerli blok boyutu değerleri, " -"blok başına 512, 1024, 2048 ve 4096 byte'tır. Eğer 'otomatik' seçilirse, " -"standart değer olan 4096 kullanılır.\n" +"Bir bloğun byte olarak boyutunu belirtir. Geçerli blok boyutu değerleri, blok başına 512, 1024, 2048 ve 4096 byte'tır. Eğer 'otomatik' seçilirse, standart değer olan 4096 kullanılır.\n" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:658 #. label text @@ -6386,16 +6219,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Percentage of inode space:\n" -#| "The option \"Percentage of inode space\" specifies the maximum percentage " -#| "of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +#| "The option \"Percentage of inode space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Inode alanı yüzdesi:\n" -"Bu seçenek dosya sisteminde inode'lara en fazla yüzde ne kadar yer " -"ayrılacağını belirtir.\n" +"Bu seçenek dosya sisteminde inode'lara en fazla yüzde ne kadar yer ayrılacağını belirtir.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 @@ -6409,23 +6239,18 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Inode Aligned:\n" -#| "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation " -#| "is or\n" -#| "is not aligned. The default is that inodes are aligned. Aligned inode " -#| "access\n" +#| "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +#| "is not aligned. The default is that inodes are aligned. Aligned inode access\n" #| "is normally more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode sıralaması:\n" -"Bu seçenek inode'ların sıralanıp sıralanmayacağını belirtir. Öntanımlı " -"değeri\n" -"'sıralanmış'tır. Normalde, sıralanmış inode erişimi sıralanmamış erişime " -"göre daha\n" +"Bu seçenek inode'ların sıralanıp sıralanmayacağını belirtir. Öntanımlı değeri\n" +"'sıralanmış'tır. Normalde, sıralanmış inode erişimi sıralanmamış erişime göre daha\n" "yüksek randıman verir.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:73 @@ -6456,16 +6281,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Log size\n" -#| "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -#| "aggregate size." +#| "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size." msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Kayıt dosyası boyutu (MB olarak):\n" -"Kayıt dosyasının alacağı boyutu megabayt cinsinden giriniz. Eğer 'otomatik' " -"seçilirse,\n" +"Kayıt dosyasının alacağı boyutu megabayt cinsinden giriniz. Eğer 'otomatik' seçilirse,\n" "toplam boyutun yüzde 40'ı kullanılır." #. label text @@ -6506,8 +6328,7 @@ msgstr "" "Blok cinsinden stride boyutu:\n" "Dosya sistemindeki RAID ile ilgili ayarları yapar. Şu anda tek desteklenen,\n" -"bir RAID stripe'ı dahilindeki blok sayısını argüman olarak alan 'stride' " -"argümanıdır.\n" +"bir RAID stripe'ı dahilindeki blok sayısını argüman olarak alan 'stride' argümanıdır.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:76 #. help text, richtext format @@ -6515,21 +6336,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" -#| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, " -#| "2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is " -#| "determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file " -#| "system.\n" +#| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blok boyutu:\n" -"Bir bloğun byte olarak boyutunu belirtir. Geçerli blok boyutu değerleri, " -"blok başına 1024, 2048 ve 4096 byte'tır. Eğer 'otomatik' seçilirse, blok " -"boyutu dosya sisteminin boyutuna ve beklenen kullanım oranına göre " -"belirlenir.\n" +"Bir bloğun byte olarak boyutunu belirtir. Geçerli blok boyutu değerleri, blok başına 1024, 2048 ve 4096 byte'tır. Eğer 'otomatik' seçilirse, blok boyutu dosya sisteminin boyutuna ve beklenen kullanım oranına göre belirlenir.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:80 include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:242 #. label text @@ -6544,14 +6357,9 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bytes per inode:\n" -#| "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST2 creates an inode for every <" -#| "bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the bytes-per-" -#| "inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created.\n" -#| "Generally, this value should not be smaller than the block size of the " -#| "file system, since too many inodes will be created in this case. It is " -#| "not possible to expand the\n" -#| "number of inodes on a file system after its creation, so be sure to enter " -#| "a reasonable value for this parameter.\n" +#| "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST2 creates an inode for every <bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created.\n" +#| "Generally, this value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, since too many inodes will be created in this case. It is not possible to expand the\n" +#| "number of inodes on a file system after its creation, so be sure to enter a reasonable value for this parameter.\n" msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6559,18 +6367,13 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "inode başına byte oranı:\n" -"inode başına düşen byte sayısı oranını belirtir. YaST disk üzeinde her <" -"inode başına byte&g; tane byte kadar inode oluşturur. inode başına düşen " -"byte oranı ne kadar büyükse o kadar az inode oluşturulur.\n" -"Normal şartlarda bu değer dosya sistemindeki blok boyutundan küçük " -"olmamalıdır, çünkü bu durumda çok fazla inode yaratılmış olacaktır.\n" -"Dosya sistemini yarattıktan sonra inode sayısını genişletmek olanaksızdır, " -"bu yüzden buraya mantıklı bir değer girdiğinizden emin olun.\n" +"inode başına düşen byte sayısı oranını belirtir. YaST disk üzeinde her <inode başına byte&g; tane byte kadar inode oluşturur. inode başına düşen byte oranı ne kadar büyükse o kadar az inode oluşturulur.\n" +"Normal şartlarda bu değer dosya sistemindeki blok boyutundan küçük olmamalıdır, çünkü bu durumda çok fazla inode yaratılmış olacaktır.\n" +"Dosya sistemini yarattıktan sonra inode sayısını genişletmek olanaksızdır, bu yüzden buraya mantıklı bir değer girdiğinizden emin olun.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:97 #. label text @@ -6599,17 +6402,9 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage " -#| "of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Root için ayrılan blok yüzdesi: Süper-kullanıcı için ayrılan blok " -"yüzdesini gösterir. Bu değer normalde yüzde 5'tir." +#| msgid "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Root için ayrılan blok yüzdesi: Süper-kullanıcı için ayrılan blok yüzdesini gösterir. Bu değer normalde yüzde 5'tir." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 @@ -6647,8 +6442,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6700,11 +6494,9 @@ #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\n" -#| "You may initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the " -#| "Expert\n" +#| "You may initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the Expert\n" #| "Partitioner by selecting \"Expert\"->\"Delete Partition Table \n" -#| "and Disk Label\", but this will destroy all data on all partitions of " -#| "this \n" +#| "and Disk Label\", but this will destroy all data on all partitions of this \n" #| "disk.\n" msgid "" "\n" @@ -6898,8 +6690,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 @@ -7222,8 +7013,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" @@ -7232,8 +7022,7 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" @@ -7248,8 +7037,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" @@ -7652,9 +7440,7 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text @@ -7856,17 +7642,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bir FAT bölümünü şu bağlama noktalarından\n" #~ "birine bağlamaya çalıştınız: / /usr /home /opt /var.\n" -#~ "Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux " -#~ "dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" +#~ "Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:172 #, fuzzy @@ -7903,8 +7686,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Ne yaptığınız hakkında kesin bir bilginiz yoksa Vazgeç düğmesine basın.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Devam ederseniz, YaST2 bölümü silmeden önce bağlantıyı koparmaya " -#~ "çalışacaktır.\n" +#~ "Devam ederseniz, YaST2 bölümü silmeden önce bağlantıyı koparmaya çalışacaktır.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7940,22 +7722,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" #~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -#~ "to mount\n" -#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -#~ "can be\n" -#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#~ "possible.\n" +#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "/etc/fstab içinde bağlama tipi:\n" -#~ "Normalde bir dosya sistemi /etc/fstab içinde kendi aygıt adı ile " -#~ "tanımlanır.\n" -#~ "Bu tanımlama bağlanılacak dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın adı " -#~ "verilerek\n" -#~ "bulunacak şekilde de ayarlanabilir. Her dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da " -#~ "yığın\n" -#~ "adı verilerek bağlanamaz, bu yüzden eğer bir seçenek seçilemez ise, bu " -#~ "seçeneği\n" +#~ "Normalde bir dosya sistemi /etc/fstab içinde kendi aygıt adı ile tanımlanır.\n" +#~ "Bu tanımlama bağlanılacak dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın adı verilerek\n" +#~ "bulunacak şekilde de ayarlanabilir. Her dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın\n" +#~ "adı verilerek bağlanamaz, bu yüzden eğer bir seçenek seçilemez ise, bu seçeneği\n" #~ "kullanmak olanaksızdır.\n" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:351 @@ -8021,9 +7796,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~ "selected TMPFS volume." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme " -#~ "içindir." +#~ msgstr "Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2928 #, fuzzy @@ -8099,8 +7872,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "UYARI:\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Bir takas alanı seçtiniz, ama YaST'nin bu alanı biçimlendirmeyeceğini " -#~ "ifade ettiniz.\n" +#~ "Bir takas alanı seçtiniz, ama YaST'nin bu alanı biçimlendirmeyeceğini ifade ettiniz.\n" #~ "Bu takas alanı muhtemelen kullanılmaz durumda olacaktır.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Ayarları değiştirmek istiyor musunuz?\n" @@ -8134,12 +7906,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large " -#~ "disks.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it " -#~ "looks\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n" #~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" #~ "performs various checks. " #~ msgstr "" @@ -8147,8 +7916,7 @@ #~ "Sabit diskinizin boyutuna ve işlemcinizin hızına göre bu işlem biraz\n" #~ "sürebilir. 5 dakika gibi bir süre 4 GB'dan büyük diskler için normaldir.\n" #~ "Çoğu zaman durum göstergesi çizgisel bir şekilde ilerlemez, gösterge\n" -#~ "sonlara doğru (\"95%\") yavaşlasa bile lütfen sabırlı olunuz. " -#~ "Biçimlendirme\n" +#~ "sonlara doğru (\"95%\") yavaşlasa bile lütfen sabırlı olunuz. Biçimlendirme\n" #~ "aracı birçok denetleme işlemi yürütmek zorundadır. " # clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:112 @@ -8705,9 +8473,7 @@ # ycp-format # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:241 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with " -#~ "%4$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" #~ msgstr "%1 üzerinde %3 için %2 %4 EVMS oluştur" # please, check %1, %2, %3. @@ -8731,8 +8497,7 @@ # ycp-format # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:241 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgid "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" #~ msgstr "%1 üzerinde %3 için %2 %4 EVMS oluştur" # please, check %1, %2, %3. @@ -8829,8 +8594,7 @@ # ycp-format # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:241 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" #~ msgstr "%1 üzerinde %3 için %2 %4 %5 oluştur" # please, check %1, %2, %3. @@ -9133,20 +8897,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Boş alan (%1)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations in\n" #~ "the NTFS resizer, the file system can only be shrunk by up to %2 %3.\n" #~ "To be able to shrink the file system more, boot your Windows\n" #~ "system and run a disk defragmentation program under Windows to move\n" #~ "the used blocks of the file system towards the start of the partition.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "NTFS dosya sisteminide %1 %3 boş yer mevcuttur. NTFS bölüm " -#~ "boyutlandırıcısında\n" +#~ "NTFS dosya sisteminide %1 %3 boş yer mevcuttur. NTFS bölüm boyutlandırıcısında\n" #~ "mevcut olan kısıtlamalardan dolayı dosya sistemi en az %2 %3 boyutuna\n" -#~ "indirilebilmektedir. Dosya sistemini daha küçültmek için Windows " -#~ "sisteminizi\n" -#~ "açın ve bir disk birleştirme programı kullanarak diskteki kullanılmış " -#~ "blokların\n" +#~ "indirilebilmektedir. Dosya sistemini daha küçültmek için Windows sisteminizi\n" +#~ "açın ve bir disk birleştirme programı kullanarak diskteki kullanılmış blokların\n" #~ "bölümün baş taraflarına yerleştirilmesini sağlayın.\n" # clients/inst_resize_ui.ycp:688 @@ -9251,8 +9011,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Boş bu bölümde şu anki (küçültme işleminden önceki) boş alanı " -#~ "gösterir.\n" +#~ "Boş bu bölümde şu anki (küçültme işleminden önceki) boş alanı gösterir.\n" #~ "" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 include/slide_show.ycp:264 @@ -9500,32 +9259,20 @@ #~ "boyutu dışında her şeyi değiştirebilirsiniz." # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:89 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition " -#~ "should be formatted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Önce bölüm türünü ve bölümün biçimlendirilip biçimlendirilmeyeceğini " -#~ "seçiniz." +#~ msgid "First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition should be formatted." +#~ msgstr "Önce bölüm türünü ve bölümün biçimlendirilip biçimlendirilmeyeceğini seçiniz." # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:91 #~ msgid "Then, enter the mount point ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sonra bağlama noktasını giriniz ( /, /boot, /usr, /var.. gibi)" +#~ msgstr "Sonra bağlama noktasını giriniz ( /, /boot, /usr, /var.. gibi)" # # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:97 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create " -#~ "a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be " -#~ "lost." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Başlangıç ya da bitiş silindirlerini değiştirmek için, bölümü silip " -#~ "ardından yeni parametrelerle yeni bölümü yaratın. Bu bölüm içindeki bütün " -#~ "veriler kaybolacaktır." +#~ msgid "To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be lost." +#~ msgstr "Başlangıç ya da bitiş silindirlerini değiştirmek için, bölümü silip ardından yeni parametrelerle yeni bölümü yaratın. Bu bölüm içindeki bütün veriler kaybolacaktır." # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:102 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. " +#~ msgid "Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. " #~ msgstr "Şimdi yeni bölümün sabit diskteki yerini belirtiniz." # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:104 @@ -9533,36 +9280,24 @@ #~ msgstr "Lütfen başlangıç silindir numarasını giriniz." # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:106 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bundan sonra, silindir bitiş numarasını başlangıç silindirine göre " -#~ "uzaklık vererek belirleyebilirsiniz (örn +66). " +#~ msgid "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66)." +#~ msgstr "Bundan sonra, silindir bitiş numarasını başlangıç silindirine göre uzaklık vererek belirleyebilirsiniz (örn +66). " # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:108 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e." -#~ "g., +100M or +20000K)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Doğrudan bölüm boyutunu belirtmeniz de mümkündür. (örn. +100M or " -#~ "+20000K)" +#~ msgid "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +100M or +20000K)." +#~ msgstr "Doğrudan bölüm boyutunu belirtmeniz de mümkündür. (örn. +100M or +20000K)" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:118 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the starting cylinder number of the partition.\n" -#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" -#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., " -#~ "+2G, +100M, or +20000K).\n" +#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" +#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +2G, +100M, or +20000K).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Lütfen başlangıç silindir numarasını giriniz.\n" -#~ "Sonra silindir numarasını giriniz. silindir bitiş numarasını doğrudan " -#~ "verebilir (örn. 77),\n" -#~ "ekleme yapabilir (örn. +122), ya da disk bölümü boyunu " -#~ "tanımlayabilirsiniz. (örn. +100Mb ya da +1.2GB)\n" +#~ "Sonra silindir numarasını giriniz. silindir bitiş numarasını doğrudan verebilir (örn. 77),\n" +#~ "ekleme yapabilir (örn. +122), ya da disk bölümü boyunu tanımlayabilirsiniz. (örn. +100Mb ya da +1.2GB)\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:144 #~ msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -9573,16 +9308,14 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "This is intended for experts.\n" #~ "If you are not familiar with the concepts of hard disk partitions\n" -#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select automatic</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select automatic\n" #~ "partitioning.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Bu kısım uzmanlar içindir.\n" #~ "Sabit disk bölümlendirme ve bölümleri kullanma konusuna\n" -#~ "yabancıysanız, geriye dönüp otomatik bölümlendirmeyi " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz. \n" +#~ "yabancıysanız, geriye dönüp otomatik bölümlendirmeyi seçebilirsiniz. \n" #~ "" # @@ -9590,16 +9323,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Please note that nothing will be written to your hard disk\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Lütfen unutmayın, son kurulum penceresinde yaptığınız değişiklikleri\n" #~ "kabul edene kadar sabit diskinize hiç bir şey yazılmayacaktır.\n" -#~ "Bu noktaya gelene kadar istediğiniz zaman sabit diskinizde bir " -#~ "değişiklik\n" +#~ "Bu noktaya gelene kadar istediğiniz zaman sabit diskinizde bir değişiklik\n" #~ "yapılmadan güvenle kurulumu durdurabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "" @@ -9627,23 +9358,19 @@ #~ "managed by LVM.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "LVM ayarı için, LVM-olmayan bir root aygıtı ve LVM-olmayan bir takas " -#~ "aygıtı\n" -#~ "kullanmanız önerilir. Root ve takas aygıtlarının yanı sıra, LVM " -#~ "tarafından\n" +#~ "LVM ayarı için, LVM-olmayan bir root aygıtı ve LVM-olmayan bir takas aygıtı\n" +#~ "kullanmanız önerilir. Root ve takas aygıtlarının yanı sıra, LVM tarafından\n" #~ "yönetilen bölümlere sahip olmalısınız.\n" #~ "\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:169 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sağ taraftaki tablo sabit disklerinizdeki şu anki bölümleri " -#~ "göstermektedir.\n" +#~ "Sağ taraftaki tablo sabit disklerinizdeki şu anki bölümleri göstermektedir.\n" #~ "\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:189 @@ -9685,27 +9412,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<tt>/dev/sda1 </tt>1st primary partition on the 1st disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/hda1 </tt>Birinci EIDE diskindeki 1. birincil bölüm." +#~ msgstr "<tt>/dev/hda1 </tt>Birinci EIDE diskindeki 1. birincil bölüm." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<tt>/dev/sda2 </tt>2nd primary partition on the 1st disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/hda2 </tt>Birinci EIDE diskindeki 2. birincil bölüm." +#~ msgstr "<tt>/dev/hda2 </tt>Birinci EIDE diskindeki 2. birincil bölüm." # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:193 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition " -#~ "on\n" -#~ "the first disk. Note: this is always #5, even if there are less " -#~ "than four\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition on\n" +#~ "the first disk. Note: this is always #5, even if there are less than four\n" #~ "primary partitions." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/hda5 </tt>Birinci EIDE diskindeki genişletilmiş bölümün " -#~ "içindeki 1. mantıksal bölüm\n" -#~ "Not: Buradaki sayı, 4 taneden az birincil bölüm olsa bile, her " -#~ "zaman 5'tirprimary partitions." +#~ "<tt>/dev/hda5 </tt>Birinci EIDE diskindeki genişletilmiş bölümün içindeki 1. mantıksal bölüm\n" +#~ "Not: Buradaki sayı, 4 taneden az birincil bölüm olsa bile, her zaman 5'tirprimary partitions." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<tt>/dev/sda6 </tt>2nd logical partition" @@ -9715,8 +9436,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "On the i386 platform (i.e., normal PCs), there cannot be more than four\n" -#~ "primary partitions on any hard disk, because the respective table " -#~ "in the\n" +#~ "primary partitions on any hard disk, because the respective table in the\n" #~ "master boot record cannot contain more than four entries.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -9742,35 +9462,29 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it " -#~ "ends below this\n" +#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it ends below this\n" #~ "1024 cylinder boundary. Create a separate partition and mount it as\n" -#~ "/boot, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single " -#~ "cylinder\n" +#~ "/boot, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single cylinder\n" #~ "(at least 64 MB) is usually sufficient for that.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Eski bir PC'niz varsa ve bir bölümden açılış yapmak istiyorsanız,\n" #~ "bu bölümün bitiş silindirinin 1024'ün altınsa olmasına dikkat ediniz.\n" -#~ "Gerekirse ayrı bir bölüm yaratın ve /boot olarak sisteme " -#~ "bağlayın.\n" -#~ "Tek bir silindiden oluşan (en az 12 MB'lık) bir bölüm bu iş için yeterli " -#~ "olacaktır.\n" +#~ "Gerekirse ayrı bir bölüm yaratın ve /boot olarak sisteme bağlayın.\n" +#~ "Tek bir silindiden oluşan (en az 12 MB'lık) bir bölüm bu iş için yeterli olacaktır.\n" #~ "\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:222 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "One of the four primary partitions may be an extended partition.\n" -#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more logical partitions</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more logical partitions.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Dört birincil bölümden biri bir genişletilmiş bölüm olabilir.\n" -#~ "Bu genişletilmiş bölüm bir ya da birkaç mantıksal bölüm " -#~ "kapsayabilir.\n" +#~ "Bu genişletilmiş bölüm bir ya da birkaç mantıksal bölüm kapsayabilir.\n" #~ "" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:227 @@ -9794,8 +9508,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as GRUB, you can " -#~ "even\n" +#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as GRUB, you can even\n" #~ "boot your computer from a logical partition.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -9809,8 +9522,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "The extended partition will overlap with the logical\n" #~ "partitions: for an extended partition from cylinder 200 to 500, logical\n" -#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 " -#~ "to 500.\n" +#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 to 500.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -9832,11 +9544,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "Nothing will be written to your hard disk\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -10115,38 +9825,31 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Logical volumes are\n" #~ "usable almost everywhere normal disk partitions can be used.\n" -#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, " -#~ "as swap \n" +#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, as swap \n" #~ "or as raw partitions for databases.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "/n Fiziksel yığınlar neredeyse normal disk bölümlerinin\n" -#~ "kullanıldığı her yerde kullanılabilirler. Fiziksel yığınların üzerinde " -#~ "dosya\n" -#~ "sistemleri oluşturup bunları takas alanı ya da veri tabanları için özel " -#~ "ham bölümler gibi kullanabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "kullanıldığı her yerde kullanılabilirler. Fiziksel yığınların üzerinde dosya\n" +#~ "sistemleri oluşturup bunları takas alanı ya da veri tabanları için özel ham bölümler gibi kullanabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "If there is still unallocated\n" -#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use reiserfs as your " -#~ "file system,\n" +#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use reiserfs as your file system,\n" #~ "extend a logical volume and the underlying file system while it\n" #~ "is mounted and in use.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Eğer bir yığın grubunun içindeki fiziksel depo bölümünde boş yer varsa,\n" -#~ "ve dosya sistemi olarak reiserfs kullanıyorsanız, mantıksal " -#~ "yığını\n" -#~ "ve içindeki dosya sistemini genişletme işlemini aygıt sisteme " -#~ "bağlıyken \n" +#~ "ve dosya sistemi olarak reiserfs kullanıyorsanız, mantıksal yığını\n" +#~ "ve içindeki dosya sistemini genişletme işlemini aygıt sisteme bağlıyken \n" #~ "ve kullanımdayken uygulayın.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "The logical volumes need to be large enough\n" #~ "to hold all the files to install now, but you do not necessarily need to\n" -#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be " -#~ "increased \n" +#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be increased \n" #~ "later while your system is in use.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -10158,28 +9861,21 @@ #~ "\n" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:92 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add partitions (called physical volumes) to your volume group.</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme " -#~ "içindir." +#~ msgid "Add partitions (called physical volumes) to your volume group." +#~ msgstr "Bölüm ekle: Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The volume group forms the storage pool from which your logical " -#~ "volumes,\n" +#~ "The volume group forms the storage pool from which your logical volumes,\n" #~ "like virtual partitions, are allocated.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Yığın grubu, sanal bölümler gibi mantıksal yığınların kapladığı depo " -#~ "havuzunu,\n" +#~ "Yığın grubu, sanal bölümler gibi mantıksal yığınların kapladığı depo havuzunu,\n" #~ "yani depolama için sağlanan alanı oluşturur.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one " -#~ "volume \n" +#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one volume \n" #~ "group. If you need more than one volume group for special reasons,\n" #~ "create them here. Each volume group must have at least one partition \n" #~ "that belongs to that volume group.\n" @@ -10192,13 +9888,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Each physical volume belongs to exactly one volume group. Assign " -#~ "all\n" +#~ "Each physical volume belongs to exactly one volume group. Assign all\n" #~ "partitions to use with Linux LVM to volume groups.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Her bir fiziksel yığın sadece bir tane yığın grubuna ait " -#~ "olabilir.\n" +#~ "Her bir fiziksel yığın sadece bir tane yığın grubuna ait olabilir.\n" #~ "Linux LVM kullanmak için bütün bölümleri yığın gruplarına atayın.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -10232,8 +9926,7 @@ #~ "</li>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<li>\n" -#~ "Sonraki adımda, fiziksel yığınları ekleyin. (bunun için aşağıdaki " -#~ "paragrafa bakın)\n" +#~ "Sonraki adımda, fiziksel yığınları ekleyin. (bunun için aşağıdaki paragrafa bakın)\n" #~ "</li>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -10242,8 +9935,7 @@ #~ "</li></ol> \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<li>\n" -#~ "Son adımda ise, mantıksal yığınları oluşturun. (bunun için " -#~ "aşağıdaki paragrafa bakın)\n" +#~ "Son adımda ise, mantıksal yığınları oluşturun. (bunun için aşağıdaki paragrafa bakın)\n" #~ "</li></ol> \n" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:147 @@ -10300,8 +9992,7 @@ # clients/inst_lvm_pv.ycp:240 clients/lvm_config_ui.ycp:284 #~ msgid "&View all mount points, not just the current volume group" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sadece seçili yığın grubunu değil, &bütün bağlama noktalarını göster" +#~ msgstr "Sadece seçili yığın grubunu değil, &bütün bağlama noktalarını göster" # include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:122 #~ msgid "A&dd" @@ -10574,8 +10265,7 @@ #~ "NFS mount, or MD device.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Bir disk aygıtının, bir LVM yığın grubunun, bir LVM fiziksel grubunun ya " -#~ "da bir MD\n" +#~ "Bir disk aygıtının, bir LVM yığın grubunun, bir LVM fiziksel grubunun ya da bir MD\n" #~ "aygıtının boyutunu değiştiremezsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -10776,8 +10466,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Girilen veri geçerli değil.\n" #~ "Girdiğiniz fiziksel boyut 8KB ile 512MB arasında,\n" -#~ "ve 2'nin kuvvetleri şeklinde olmalıdır, mesela \"4M\" ya da \"512K\" " -#~ "gibi.\n" +#~ "ve 2'nin kuvvetleri şeklinde olmalıdır, mesela \"4M\" ya da \"512K\" gibi.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "The data entered is invalid.\n" @@ -10807,14 +10496,12 @@ #~ "To use RAID, at least two partitions of type 0xFD (or 0x83)\n" #~ "are required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n" #~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n" -#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to " -#~ "0xFD.\n" +#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0xFD.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "RAID kullanmak için en az 0xFD (veya 0x83) tipinde iki bölüm\n" #~ "gereklidir. Bölümlendirme tablosunu uygun şekilde değiştirin.\n" #~ "Çoğu durumda, bu işlem şu yolla yapılabilir:\n" -#~ "'Oluştur'a basıp 'Biçimlendirme'yi seçin ve bölüm tanıtıcısını 0xFD " -#~ "yapın.\n" +#~ "'Oluştur'a basıp 'Biçimlendirme'yi seçin ve bölüm tanıtıcısını 0xFD yapın.\n" # clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:83 #~ msgid "Too many loop devices (cryptofs ...)" @@ -10947,8 +10634,7 @@ #~ "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Dosyanın dizin yolu: Bu, şifrelenmiş loop aygıtının " -#~ "kurulması için\n" +#~ "Dosyanın dizin yolu: Bu, şifrelenmiş loop aygıtının kurulması için\n" #~ "gerekli olan veriyi içeren dosyanın dizinine olan yoldur.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -11043,15 +10729,11 @@ #~ "bölüm eklemeye çalışıyorsunuz.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Multipath: This mode allow access to the same physical " -#~ "device\n" -#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller " -#~ "card. This mode can be used with at least two devices\n" +#~ "Multipath: This mode allow access to the same physical device\n" +#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller card. This mode can be used with at least two devices\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Multipath: Bu mod bir denetleyici kartta oluşabilecek " -#~ "hatalara karşı\n" -#~ "aynı fiziksel aygıtın birden fazla denetleyici kart üzerinden çalışmasına " -#~ "olanak verir.\n" +#~ "Multipath: Bu mod bir denetleyici kartta oluşabilecek hatalara karşı\n" +#~ "aynı fiziksel aygıtın birden fazla denetleyici kart üzerinden çalışmasına olanak verir.\n" #~ "Bu mod en az iki aygıta ihtiyaç duyar.\n" #~ msgid "&Multipath (Redundant access over two controllers)" @@ -11065,8 +10747,7 @@ #~ "The list contains the devices that could be automatically\n" #~ "detected for multipath setup. Disable the devices not to \n" #~ "have activated by double-clicking the table line and continue when \n" -#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid " -#~ "devices\n" +#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid devices\n" #~ "are created.\n" #~ "If you deselect lines, the names of the raid devices \n" #~ "after the deselected lines will be changed.\n" @@ -11111,15 +10792,13 @@ #~ "Continue?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bölümlendirmede değişiklikler yaptınız.\n" -#~ "Eğer \"%1\" düğmesiyle çıkarsanız yaptığınız değişiklikler " -#~ "kaybolacaktır.\n" +#~ "Eğer \"%1\" düğmesiyle çıkarsanız yaptığınız değişiklikler kaybolacaktır.\n" #~ "Devam edecek misiniz?\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Expert options: Here, set\n" #~ "things like chunk size to get the best performance\n" -#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this " -#~ "RAID.\n" +#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this RAID.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Uzman ayarları: Burada, sisteminizden en iyi\n" #~ "performansı almak için, chunk boyutu gibi ayarları değiştirebilirsiniz.\n" @@ -11438,12 +11117,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Bu işlemi gerçekten yapmak istiyor musunuz?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related " -#~ "functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pencerenin üst tatafı kap ile ilgili özellikleri içerir. Burada " -#~ "EVMS kaplarını oluşturabilir, düzenleyebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. " +#~ msgstr "Bu pencerenin üst tatafı kap ile ilgili özellikleri içerir. Burada EVMS kaplarını oluşturabilir, düzenleyebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -11464,8 +11139,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Girilen veri geçerli değil.\n" #~ "Girdiğiniz fiziksel boyut 8KB ile 512MB arasında,\n" -#~ "ve 2'nin kuvvetleri şeklinde olmalıdır, mesela \"4M\" ya da \"512K\" " -#~ "gibi.\n" +#~ "ve 2'nin kuvvetleri şeklinde olmalıdır, mesela \"4M\" ya da \"512K\" gibi.\n" #~ msgid "Modify Existing EVMS Container" #~ msgstr "Mevcut EVMS kabını değiştir" @@ -11478,8 +11152,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Change the settings for an EVMS container.\n" -#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when " -#~ "creating\n" +#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when creating\n" #~ "the container.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "EVMS kabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.\n" @@ -11595,14 +11268,12 @@ #~ "To use LVM, at least one partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83)\n" #~ "is required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n" #~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n" -#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to " -#~ "0x8e.\n" +#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0x8e.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "LVM kullanmak için en az 0x8e (veya 0x83) tipinde bir bölüm\n" #~ "gereklidir. Bölümlendirme tablosunu uygun şekilde değiştirin.\n" #~ "Çoğu durumda, bu işlem şu yolla yapılabilir:\n" -#~ "'Oluştur'a basıp 'Biçimlendirme'yi seçin ve bölüm tanıtıcısını 0x8e " -#~ "yapın.\n" +#~ "'Oluştur'a basıp 'Biçimlendirme'yi seçin ve bölüm tanıtıcısını 0x8e yapın.\n" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:213 #~ msgid "Available size:" @@ -11805,8 +11476,7 @@ #~ "Değişiklikler kaybolsun mu?\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Command line interface for the disk controller module is not available" +#~ msgid "Command line interface for the disk controller module is not available" #~ msgstr "Sistem onarım modüllerinin komut satırı arabirimi mevcut değildir" #, fuzzy @@ -11845,21 +11515,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "WARNING: This system has at least one hard disk with a RAID " -#~ "configuration\n" +#~ "WARNING: This system has at least one hard disk with a RAID configuration\n" #~ "presented by the BIOS as RAID that is in fact a software RAID. The\n" #~ "following disks were detected as part of such a RAID:\n" #~ "\n" #~ " %1\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "The Linux kernel 2.4 supported some of these systems (like Promise " -#~ "FastTrack and\n" -#~ "HighPoint RocketRaid), but the Linux kernel 2.6 does not support them at " -#~ "all.\n" +#~ "The Linux kernel 2.4 supported some of these systems (like Promise FastTrack and\n" +#~ "HighPoint RocketRaid), but the Linux kernel 2.6 does not support them at all.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "If you install onto these disks, your RAID configuration and any data\n" -#~ "on the RAID will be lost. Refer to http://portal.suse.com to learn how " -#~ "to\n" +#~ "on the RAID will be lost. Refer to http://portal.suse.com to learn how to\n" #~ "migrate to a Linux software RAID." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -11867,8 +11533,7 @@ #~ "RAID olarak tanıtılan en azından bir sabit disk mevcut. Aşağıdaki\n" #~ "diskler bu RAID'ın bölümleri olarak algılandı:\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " %1 Linux 2.4 çekirdeği bu şekilde olan bazı sistemleri (Promise " -#~ "FastTrack ve\n" +#~ " %1 Linux 2.4 çekirdeği bu şekilde olan bazı sistemleri (Promise FastTrack ve\n" #~ "HighPoint RocketRaid gibi) destekliyordu, fakat 2.6 çekirdeği ile bu\n" #~ "destek kaldırılmıştır.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -11879,32 +11544,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Volume label:\n" -#~ "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This normally " -#~ "only\n" -#~ "makes sense when you activate the option for mounting by volume label. In " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This normally only\n" +#~ "makes sense when you activate the option for mounting by volume label. In the\n" #~ "volume label is not possible to use character / and space.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yığın adı:\n" -#~ "Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer " -#~ "yığın adı\n" +#~ "Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer yığın adı\n" #~ "ile aygıt bağlama seçeneği aktifleştirilirse bir anlam kazanır.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and " -#~ "therefore is\n" -#~ "not needed for the update, you may select Cancel. In this case, " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +#~ "not needed for the update, you may select Cancel. In this case, the\n" #~ "file system is not accessed during update.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi herhangi bir sistem dosyası içermiyor, ve bu " -#~ "yüzden\n" -#~ "güncelleme sırasında gerek duyulmuyorsa \"Vazgeç\" düğmesini " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi herhangi bir sistem dosyası içermiyor, ve bu yüzden\n" +#~ "güncelleme sırasında gerek duyulmuyorsa \"Vazgeç\" düğmesini seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "Bu şekilde dosya sistemine güncelleme sırasında erişim olmayacaktır.\n" #~ "" @@ -11924,26 +11582,20 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Volume label:\n" -#~ "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This normally " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This normally only\n" #~ "makes sense when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yığın adı:\n" -#~ "Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer " -#~ "yığın adı\n" +#~ "Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer yığın adı\n" #~ "ile aygıt bağlama seçeneği aktifleştirilirse bir anlam kazanır.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "This module configures the CD/DVD drives in your system.\n" -#~ "The list contains all detected CD/DVD drives. If there are entries " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "the name of the link and the mount point displayed, the CD-ROM is " -#~ "integrated\n" +#~ "The list contains all detected CD/DVD drives. If there are entries for\n" +#~ "the name of the link and the mount point displayed, the CD-ROM is integrated\n" #~ "into the system. Integration into the system means that a symbolic link\n" -#~ "(e.g., /dev/cdrom, /dev/dvd, etc.) to the device name (e.g., /dev/hdc, /" -#~ "dev/sr0,\n" -#~ "etc.) is present, an entry in /etc/fstab exists, a subdirectory below /" -#~ "media \n" +#~ "(e.g., /dev/cdrom, /dev/dvd, etc.) to the device name (e.g., /dev/hdc, /dev/sr0,\n" +#~ "etc.) is present, an entry in /etc/fstab exists, a subdirectory below /media \n" #~ "is present, and possibly a kernel command-line parameter is provided \n" #~ "(for IDE devices).\n" #~ "Use \"Add\" and \"Remove\" to change the state \n" @@ -11951,17 +11603,13 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bu modül sisteminizdeki CD/DVD sürücülerini yapılandırır. \n" #~ "Liste algılanmış bütün CD/DVD sürücülerini içerir. Eğer bağlantı ve\n" -#~ "sisteme bağlanma noktası görüntülenmişse, bu sürücü sistemle " -#~ "birleştirilmiş\n" -#~ "demektir. Sistemle birleştirilmiş olmak; bir aygıt ismine (/dev/hdc, /dev/" -#~ "sr0,... gibi) karşılık bir sembolik bağlantının\n" +#~ "sisteme bağlanma noktası görüntülenmişse, bu sürücü sistemle birleştirilmiş\n" +#~ "demektir. Sistemle birleştirilmiş olmak; bir aygıt ismine (/dev/hdc, /dev/sr0,... gibi) karşılık bir sembolik bağlantının\n" #~ "(/dev/cdrom, /dev/dvd, ... gibi) mevcut olması, /etc/fstab dosyasında\n" -#~ "bir girdinin var olması, /media dizininin altında bir alt dizinin mevcut " -#~ "olması\n" +#~ "bir girdinin var olması, /media dizininin altında bir alt dizinin mevcut olması\n" #~ "ve muhtemelen bir çekirdek komut satırı parametresinin sağlanmış olması\n" #~ "(IDE aygıtları için) anlamına gelmektedir.\n" -#~ "\"Ekle\" ve \"Kaldır\" düğmeleri ile listedeki bir aygıtın " -#~ "birleştirilme\n" +#~ "\"Ekle\" ve \"Kaldır\" düğmeleri ile listedeki bir aygıtın birleştirilme\n" #~ "durumunu değiştirebilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "Detected CD/DVD Devices" @@ -12014,8 +11662,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Tüm diski kullan seçeneğini işaretleyebilir, ya da boş disk\n" -#~ "bölümlerini veya boş bölümleri kullanabilirsiniz. Seçilen alan bitişik " -#~ "olmalıdır.\n" +#~ "bölümlerini veya boş bölümleri kullanabilirsiniz. Seçilen alan bitişik olmalıdır.\n" #~ "" # include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.ycp:178 @@ -12044,27 +11691,18 @@ # clients/inst_target_part.ycp:415 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Start your selection with the highest numbered list entry." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçiminize en yüksek değer ile numaralandırılmış bölümden başlamalısınız." +#~ msgstr "Seçiminize en yüksek değer ile numaralandırılmış bölümden başlamalısınız." # clients/inst_target_part.ycp:510 #~ msgid "The selected partitions are not contiguous." #~ msgstr "Seçili disk bölümleri bitişik değil." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Too few partitions are marked for removal. To install Linux, select more " -#~ "partitions to remove." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Silme işlemi için çok az bölüm seçili durumda. Linux kurulumu için " -#~ "silinecek daha fazla bölüm seçin." +#~ msgid "Too few partitions are marked for removal. To install Linux, select more partitions to remove." +#~ msgstr "Silme işlemi için çok az bölüm seçili durumda. Linux kurulumu için silinecek daha fazla bölüm seçin." # clients/inst_target_part.ycp:527 clients/inst_target_part.ycp:553 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected partitions are not big enough to contain a minimal " -#~ "installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçili bölümler temel bir Linux kurulumu için yeterli büyüklüğe sahip " -#~ "değiller." +#~ msgid "The selected partitions are not big enough to contain a minimal installation." +#~ msgstr "Seçili bölümler temel bir Linux kurulumu için yeterli büyüklüğe sahip değiller." # menuentries/menuentry_lvm_config.ycp:33 #~ msgid "AIX LVM" @@ -12106,8 +11744,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Seçili dosya sistemi için kullanılabilecek en büyük yığın adı\n" -#~ "uzunluğu %1 karakterden oluşabilir. Yığın adı bu uzunluğa göre " -#~ "kesilmiştir.\n" +#~ "uzunluğu %1 karakterden oluşabilir. Yığın adı bu uzunluğa göre kesilmiştir.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "CAUTION:\n" @@ -12144,17 +11781,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If the crypted filesystem does not contain any system file and therefore " -#~ "is \n" +#~ "If the crypted filesystem does not contain any system file and therefore is \n" #~ "not needed for the update you may select \"Cancel\". In this case the\n" #~ "filesystem is not accessed during update.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi herhangi bir sistem dosyası içermiyor, ve bu " -#~ "yüzden\n" -#~ "güncelleme sırasında gerek duyulmuyorsa \"Vazgeç\" düğmesini " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi herhangi bir sistem dosyası içermiyor, ve bu yüzden\n" +#~ "güncelleme sırasında gerek duyulmuyorsa \"Vazgeç\" düğmesini seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "Bu şekilde dosya sistemine güncelleme sırasında erişim olmayacaktır.\n" #~ "" @@ -12162,11 +11796,9 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:154 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "Nothing will be written to your hard disk \n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -12207,11 +11839,8 @@ #~ msgid "Please wait..." #~ msgstr "Lütfen bekleyin..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have rejected the proposal. Use Modify or Discard" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Teklifi kabul etmediniz. Değiştir ya da Çöpe at " -#~ "düğmelerini kullanın." +#~ msgid "You have rejected the proposal. Use Modify or Discard" +#~ msgstr "Teklifi kabul etmediniz. Değiştir ya da Çöpe at düğmelerini kullanın." #~ msgid "" #~ "This module configures the disk controllers that are accessed by a\n" @@ -12221,53 +11850,38 @@ #~ "by clicking a line in the table.\n" #~ "Influence the order in which modules are loaded with the\n" #~ "buttons to the right of the table.\n" -#~ "The next line contains the name of the kernel module for the " -#~ "selected \n" +#~ "The next line contains the name of the kernel module for the selected \n" #~ "controller. There are controllers where more than one alternative kernel\n" #~ "module can be used. If there is more than one module, you can switch \n" #~ "between these modules.\n" #~ "The next line displays whether the module is currently loaded.\n" -#~ "Next, there is a check box in which to determine if the module should " -#~ "be\n" +#~ "Next, there is a check box in which to determine if the module should be\n" #~ " loaded at system boot (in initrd).\n" -#~ "The text edit field may contain module parameters with which the " -#~ "module\n" +#~ "The text edit field may contain module parameters with which the module\n" #~ "is loaded. These fields can stay empty for most modules.\n" #~ "Last follows a button with which to try loading the selected module\n" #~ "with the given parameters. It is strongly recommended to try that\n" -#~ "if you changed module parameters and plan to use your module in initrd.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "if you changed module parameters and plan to use your module in initrd.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu modül bir çekirdek modülü tarafından erişilen disk " -#~ "denetleyicilerini\n" +#~ "Bu modül bir çekirdek modülü tarafından erişilen disk denetleyicilerini\n" #~ "yapılandırır.\n" -#~ "Yukardaki tablo yapılandırılacak denetleyicileri içerir. Eğer birden " -#~ "çok\n" -#~ "denetleyici mevcutsa, bu denetleyiciler arasında tablodaki satırlara " -#~ "basarak\n" +#~ "Yukardaki tablo yapılandırılacak denetleyicileri içerir. Eğer birden çok\n" +#~ "denetleyici mevcutsa, bu denetleyiciler arasında tablodaki satırlara basarak\n" #~ "geçiş yapabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "Modüllerin yüklenme sırasını tablonun sağındaki düğmeler yardımıyla\n" #~ "değiştirebilirsiniz.\n" -#~ "Sonraki satır seçilmiş olan disk denetleyicisine ait çekirdek " -#~ "modülünün ismini\n" -#~ "içerir. Birden fazla çekirdek modülü kullanabilme alternatifi olan bazı " -#~ "denetleyiciler\n" -#~ "için, birden fazla modül mevcut olması halinde bu modüller arasında " -#~ "buradan\n" +#~ "Sonraki satır seçilmiş olan disk denetleyicisine ait çekirdek modülünün ismini\n" +#~ "içerir. Birden fazla çekirdek modülü kullanabilme alternatifi olan bazı denetleyiciler\n" +#~ "için, birden fazla modül mevcut olması halinde bu modüller arasında buradan\n" #~ "geçiş yapabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "Sonraki satır modülün şu anda yüklü olup olmadığını gösterir.\n" -#~ "Sonra, mevcut olan işaretleme düğmesi yardımıyla bu modülün sistem " -#~ "açılışı\n" +#~ "Sonra, mevcut olan işaretleme düğmesi yardımıyla bu modülün sistem açılışı\n" #~ "sırasında (initrd içinde) yüklenip yüklenmeyeceği ayarlanılabilir.\n" -#~ "Yazı düzenleme alanı içinde modül yüklenirken kullanılan modül " -#~ "parametreleri\n" +#~ "Yazı düzenleme alanı içinde modül yüklenirken kullanılan modül parametreleri\n" #~ "mevcut olabilir. Bu bölüm birçok modül için boş kalabilir.\n" -#~ "En sonda ise seçilen modülü verilmiş parametreler ile yüklemeyi " -#~ "denemek için\n" -#~ "bir düğme bulunmaktadır. Eğer modül parametrelerini değiştirmişseniz ve " -#~ "modülü\n" -#~ "bu halde initrd'de kullanmayı planlıyorsanız, bunu özellikle " -#~ "burada denemeniz\n" +#~ "En sonda ise seçilen modülü verilmiş parametreler ile yüklemeyi denemek için\n" +#~ "bir düğme bulunmaktadır. Eğer modül parametrelerini değiştirmişseniz ve modülü\n" +#~ "bu halde initrd'de kullanmayı planlıyorsanız, bunu özellikle burada denemeniz\n" #~ "önerilmektedir.\n" #~ msgid "Module \"%1\" successfully loaded" @@ -12431,17 +12045,14 @@ # ycp-format # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:241 #~ msgid "Format LV %1 in VG %2 %3 (for %4 with %5)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 yığınını biçimlendir: %2 grubunda, %4 için %3 %5" +#~ msgstr "%1 yığınını biçimlendir: %2 grubunda, %4 için %3 %5" # please, check %1, %2, %3. # 2000-03-29 14:11:44 CEST -ke- # ycp-format # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:241 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Format EVMS %1 in container %2 %3 (for %4 with %5)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "EVMS %1 biçimlendir: %2 kabında, %4 için %3 %5" +#~ msgid "Format EVMS %1 in container %2 %3 (for %4 with %5)" +#~ msgstr "EVMS %1 biçimlendir: %2 kabında, %4 için %3 %5" # please, check %1, %2, %3. # 2000-03-29 14:11:44 CEST -ke- @@ -12512,8 +12123,7 @@ #~ "and retry creation of your raid in YaST2.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "/etc/raidtab dosyasının içeriği çekirdeğin tanıdığı raid'lere uymuyor.\n" -#~ "/etc/raidtab içindeki eski raid girdilerini silin ve YaST ile raid " -#~ "oluşturma\n" +#~ "/etc/raidtab içindeki eski raid girdilerini silin ve YaST ile raid oluşturma\n" #~ "işlemini tekrarlayın.\n" # include/partitioning/raid_lib.ycp:598 @@ -12535,10 +12145,8 @@ #~ "compatibility with older RAID software\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Persistent superblock: \n" -#~ "Eğer sistem açılışında RAID aygıtlarınızın otomatik olarak algılanmasını " -#~ "istiyorsanız,\n" -#~ "persistent suberblock zorunludur. Ayrıca kurtarma seçenekleri ile beraber " -#~ "gelir.\n" +#~ "Eğer sistem açılışında RAID aygıtlarınızın otomatik olarak algılanmasını istiyorsanız,\n" +#~ "persistent suberblock zorunludur. Ayrıca kurtarma seçenekleri ile beraber gelir.\n" #~ "Bu özelliği kapamak için bilinen tek neden eski RAID yazılımlarıyla\n" #~ "uyumsuzluk göstermesidir.\n" @@ -12551,9 +12159,7 @@ #~ msgstr "EVMS hatası" #~ msgid "Resizing device %1 with file system %2 from %3 %4 to %5 %4" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%3 %4 boyutlu, %2 dosya sistemli %1 aygıtının boyutu %5 %4 olarak " -#~ "ayarlanıyor" +#~ msgstr "%3 %4 boyutlu, %2 dosya sistemli %1 aygıtının boyutu %5 %4 olarak ayarlanıyor" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -12565,8 +12171,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Dosya sisteminin boyutunun değiştirilmesi ancak dosya sistemi\n" #~ "sisteme bağlı değilken mümkündür. Sistemden ayırma bir nedenden\n" -#~ "dolayı başarılı olamadı, boyut değiştirme işlemi de bu yüzden mümkün " -#~ "değildir.\n" +#~ "dolayı başarılı olamadı, boyut değiştirme işlemi de bu yüzden mümkün değildir.\n" #~ "Dosya sistemini el ile sistemden koparıp işlemi tekrar deneyin.\n" #~ msgid "Resizing device %1 failed." @@ -12649,8 +12254,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "The upper bar graph displays the current situation.\n" -#~ "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation -- " -#~ "after\n" +#~ "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation -- after\n" #~ "the partition resize.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -12827,14 +12431,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your partition and your processor speed, this" -#~ "\taction\n" -#~ "might take some time. Often, the progress meter doesn't show a linear " -#~ "progress;\n" -#~ "even if it stops sometimes, please be patient: The resizing tool has to " -#~ "perform\n" -#~ "various actions. When the directory tree on your partition is reorganized " -#~ "you\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your partition and your processor speed, this\taction\n" +#~ "might take some time. Often, the progress meter doesn't show a linear progress;\n" +#~ "even if it stops sometimes, please be patient: The resizing tool has to perform\n" +#~ "various actions. When the directory tree on your partition is reorganized you\n" #~ "can follow this process in the directory window.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -12852,8 +12452,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "If the resizing tool delivers any diagnostic messages, these are " -#~ "displayed \n" +#~ "If the resizing tool delivers any diagnostic messages, these are displayed \n" #~ "in\n" #~ "the diagnostics window.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -12966,13 +12565,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "YaST has checked your hard disks and proposes the displayed partition " -#~ "setup \n" +#~ "YaST has checked your hard disks and proposes the displayed partition setup \n" #~ "for your hard drive." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "YaST sabit diskinizi inceledi ve şu anda gösterilen bölümlendirme " -#~ "ayarını\n" +#~ "YaST sabit diskinizi inceledi ve şu anda gösterilen bölümlendirme ayarını\n" #~ "teklif olarak hazırladı." #~ msgid "" @@ -12985,36 +12582,25 @@ #~ "Bu durumda ikinci düğmeyi işaretleyin.\n" #~ msgid "Deactivating swap device %1 failed. You may have to reboot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Takas alanı olan %1 aygıtı kapatılamıyor. Sistemi tekrar başlatmanız " -#~ "gerekebilir." +#~ msgstr "Takas alanı olan %1 aygıtı kapatılamıyor. Sistemi tekrar başlatmanız gerekebilir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Detaching loop device %1 failed. Nothing serious, but you may run out of " -#~ "loop devices." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Loop aygıtı olan %1 sistemden koparılamıyor. Bu ciddi bir sorun değildir, " -#~ "fakat bundan sonra sistemde mevcut loop aygıtı bulunamayabilir." +#~ msgid "Detaching loop device %1 failed. Nothing serious, but you may run out of loop devices." +#~ msgstr "Loop aygıtı olan %1 sistemden koparılamıyor. Bu ciddi bir sorun değildir, fakat bundan sonra sistemde mevcut loop aygıtı bulunamayabilir." # clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:104 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. 5 minutes are not unusual for disks larger than 4 " -#~ "GB.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter doesn't show a linear progress; even if it " -#~ "looks\n" -#~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient: the formatting tool has " -#~ "to\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. 5 minutes are not unusual for disks larger than 4 GB.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter doesn't show a linear progress; even if it looks\n" +#~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient: the formatting tool has to\n" #~ "perform various checks. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Sabit diskinizin boyutuna ve işlemcinizin hızına göre bu işlem biraz\n" #~ "sürebilir. 5 dakika gibi bir süre 4 GB'dan büyük diskler için normaldir.\n" #~ "Çoğu zaman durum göstergesi çizgisel bir şekilde ilerlemez, gösterge\n" -#~ "sonlara doğru (\"95%\") yavaşlasa bile lütfen sabırlı olunuz. " -#~ "Biçimlendirme\n" +#~ "sonlara doğru (\"95%\") yavaşlasa bile lütfen sabırlı olunuz. Biçimlendirme\n" #~ "aracı birçok denetleme işlemi yürütmek zorundadır. " # clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:360 @@ -13023,15 +12609,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Could not format partition %1.\n" -#~ "You can continue if you know what you are doing, but, to prevent damage " -#~ "to\n" +#~ "You can continue if you know what you are doing, but, to prevent damage to\n" #~ "your file systems, it is safer to cancel and reboot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "%1 bölümü biçimlendirilemiyor.\n" -#~ "Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edebilirsiniz, fakat dosya " -#~ "sistemlerinize\n" -#~ "zarar gelmesini önlemek için vazgeçip sistemi yeniden başlatmanız " -#~ "önerilir." +#~ "Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edebilirsiniz, fakat dosya sistemlerinize\n" +#~ "zarar gelmesini önlemek için vazgeçip sistemi yeniden başlatmanız önerilir." #~ msgid "Error setting the volume label on device %2 to %1" #~ msgstr "%2 aygıtı %1 olarak adlandırılamıyor" @@ -13054,12 +12637,8 @@ #~ msgid "parted failed." #~ msgstr "parted komutu başarısız oldu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is strongly advised to reboot now to prevent damage to your file " -#~ "systems." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dosya sistemlerinize zarar gelmesini önlemek için sisteminizi yeniden " -#~ "başlatmanız kuvvetle önerilir." +#~ msgid "It is strongly advised to reboot now to prevent damage to your file systems." +#~ msgstr "Dosya sistemlerinize zarar gelmesini önlemek için sisteminizi yeniden başlatmanız kuvvetle önerilir." # clients/ui_widgets.ycp:85 #~ msgid "Reboot" @@ -13081,14 +12660,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Could not mount partition %1 to %2.\n" -#~ "You can continue if you know what you are doing, but, to prevent damage " -#~ "to\n" +#~ "You can continue if you know what you are doing, but, to prevent damage to\n" #~ "your file systems, it is safer to cancel and reboot." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 bölümü %2 noktasından sisteme bağlanamıyor. Ne yaptığınızı " -#~ "biliyorsanız devam edebilirsiniz, fakat dosya sistemlerinize\n" -#~ "zarar gelmesini önlemek için vazgeçip sistemi yeniden başlatmanız " -#~ "önerilir." +#~ "%1 bölümü %2 noktasından sisteme bağlanamıyor. Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edebilirsiniz, fakat dosya sistemlerinize\n" +#~ "zarar gelmesini önlemek için vazgeçip sistemi yeniden başlatmanız önerilir." #~ msgid "LVM setup 0 failed." #~ msgstr "LVM kurulumu 0 başarısız oldu." @@ -13097,19 +12673,15 @@ #~ "You can continue if you know what you are doing, but, to prevent\n" #~ "damage to your file systems, it is safer to cancel and reboot.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edebilirsiniz, fakat dosya " -#~ "sistemlerinize\n" -#~ "zarar gelmesini önlemek için vazgeçip sistemi yeniden başlatmanız " -#~ "önerilir.\n" +#~ "Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edebilirsiniz, fakat dosya sistemlerinize\n" +#~ "zarar gelmesini önlemek için vazgeçip sistemi yeniden başlatmanız önerilir.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The swap partition %1 used during installation conflicts with the " -#~ "partitions needed for the system to be installed.\n" +#~ "The swap partition %1 used during installation conflicts with the partitions needed for the system to be installed.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Please repeat the installation with another swap partition selected\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kurulum sırasında kullanılan takas alanı %1 sistem kurma işleminin " -#~ "gerektirdiği bölümlerle çakışıyor.\n" +#~ "Kurulum sırasında kullanılan takas alanı %1 sistem kurma işleminin gerektirdiği bölümlerle çakışıyor.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Lütfen kurulumu başka bir takas alanı seçerek tekrar edin.\n" @@ -13128,8 +12700,7 @@ #~ "is required. After that, restart the installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bölümlendirme işlemi sırasında takas alanına ihtiyaç duyulduğundan\n" -#~ "sistemi yeniden başlatmanız gerekiyor. Sistem açıldıktan sonra kurulumu " -#~ "tekrar başlatın.\n" +#~ "sistemi yeniden başlatmanız gerekiyor. Sistem açıldıktan sonra kurulumu tekrar başlatın.\n" #~ msgid "Preparing the RAID system failed" #~ msgstr "RAID sistemi hazırlanması başarısız oldu." @@ -13210,8 +12781,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "The upper bar graph displays the current situation.\n" -#~ "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation -- " -#~ "after\n" +#~ "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation -- after\n" #~ "the partition resize.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -13311,10 +12881,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Uzmanlar için Özel bölümlendirme seçeneği mevcuttur. Bu seçenek\n" -#~ "yardımıyla disk bölümlendirme işlemi üzerinde tam kontrol elde edebilir " -#~ "ve\n" -#~ "&product; kurulumu sırasında bölümleri bağlama noktalarına " -#~ "atayabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "yardımıyla disk bölümlendirme işlemi üzerinde tam kontrol elde edebilir ve\n" +#~ "&product; kurulumu sırasında bölümleri bağlama noktalarına atayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " \n" @@ -13354,8 +12922,7 @@ #~ "remove the volume group afterwards." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\"%1\" yığın grubu %2 mantıksal\n" -#~ "yığınlarını içeriyor, bu yüzden silinemez. Tüm mantıksal yığınları silin " -#~ "ve \n" +#~ "yığınlarını içeriyor, bu yüzden silinemez. Tüm mantıksal yığınları silin ve \n" #~ "ardından yığın grubunu silin." # clients/inst_lvm_pv.ycp:240 clients/lvm_config_ui.ycp:284 @@ -13375,8 +12942,7 @@ # include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.ycp:178 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "You must start your selection with the highest numbered " -#~ "partition.\n" +#~ "You must start your selection with the highest numbered partition.\n" #~ "You can't select partitions 'in the middle'.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -13391,5 +12957,4 @@ # clients/inst_target_part.ycp:415 #~ msgid "You must start your selection with the highest numbered partition." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçiminize en yüksek değer ile numaralandırılmış bölümden başlamalısınız." +#~ msgstr "Seçiminize en yüksek değer ile numaralandırılmış bölümden başlamalısınız." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/sudo.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/sudo.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/sudo.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -372,32 +372,28 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -417,8 +413,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" -"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 @@ -470,10 +465,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -502,8 +495,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " -"button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -515,11 +507,9 @@ #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -527,14 +517,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com) single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -543,15 +529,11 @@ #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -559,10 +541,8 @@ #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" @@ -573,10 +553,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -584,10 +562,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -596,10 +572,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -607,8 +581,7 @@ #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -618,8 +591,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -633,10 +605,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -644,8 +614,7 @@ #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -655,8 +624,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -670,10 +638,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -681,8 +647,7 @@ #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -692,8 +657,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -707,10 +671,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -719,8 +681,7 @@ #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -730,8 +691,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -745,11 +705,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -758,12 +715,9 @@ #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"Add button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -776,8 +730,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -785,14 +738,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -802,8 +751,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -812,8 +760,7 @@ #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -823,12 +770,9 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -838,15 +782,11 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -855,12 +795,9 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -868,8 +805,7 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -882,8 +818,7 @@ #. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; #. } #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 @@ -901,8 +836,7 @@ #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" msgstr "" "DNS yapılandırmasından kayıt yapmadan çıkacak mısınız?\n" "Tüm değişiklikler kaybolacaktır." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/support.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/support.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/support.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Command line help text for the Xsupport module #: src/clients/support.rb:56 @@ -50,7 +49,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Açık" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -120,7 +119,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar yazılamıyor." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -179,11 +178,12 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzman ayarları" +# include/nfs/ui.ycp:228 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seçenekler" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -211,11 +211,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-posta adresi" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ad" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İşlem" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dosya adı" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -281,6 +281,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG> \n" +"Kes düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -297,6 +299,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<BIG>Kayıt işleminin durdurulması:</BIG> \n" +"Durdur düğmesine basarak kayıt işlemini kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Bir pencerede bu işlemin güvenli olup olmadığı gösterilecektir.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -327,10 +333,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -353,8 +357,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -371,38 +374,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" @@ -410,8 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" @@ -419,10 +414,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -436,16 +429,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -456,8 +447,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -474,8 +464,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -556,15 +545,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 @@ -584,9 +569,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -642,9 +625,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -664,9 +645,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -679,10 +658,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -715,21 +692,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -737,21 +708,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 @@ -771,47 +736,33 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -822,7 +773,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başlatılıyor..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -850,27 +801,28 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarları yaz" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i çalıştır" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar yazılıyor..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig çalıştırılıyor..." +# clients/lan_inetd.ycp:54 clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:792 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:146 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:158 #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sonlandı" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/sysconfig.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/sysconfig.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/sysconfig.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -36,8 +36,7 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Değişkenin değerini girin. 'variable' ve 'value' seçeneklerini girebilir" +msgstr "Değişkenin değerini girin. 'variable' ve 'value' seçeneklerini girebilir" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -321,27 +320,18 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" -"Değişiklikleri kaydettikten sonra düzenleyici ilgili sysconfig " -"dosyasındaki\n" -"değişkenleri ayarlayıp etkinleştirme komutunu başlatarak, daemonları " -"sonlandırıp başlatarak\n" -"ve bazı yapılandırma araçlarını çalıştırarak değişiklikleri " -"etkinleştirecektir.\n" +"Değişiklikleri kaydettikten sonra düzenleyici ilgili sysconfig dosyasındaki\n" +"değişkenleri ayarlayıp etkinleştirme komutunu başlatarak, daemonları sonlandırıp başlatarak\n" +"ve bazı yapılandırma araçlarını çalıştırarak değişiklikleri etkinleştirecektir.\n" # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:57 #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Önemli: Bu yapılandırma dosyalarını isterseniz kendiniz elle de " -"düzenleyebilirsiniz. Dosya adı değişken tanımı alanında gösterilir." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Önemli: Bu yapılandırma dosyalarını isterseniz kendiniz elle de düzenleyebilirsiniz. Dosya adı değişken tanımı alanında gösterilir." # menuentries/menuentry_rc_config.ycp:28 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 @@ -356,27 +346,14 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -#| "editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST2 to " -#| "configure your hardware and system settings." -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Sistem Yapılandırma DüzenleyicisiSistem yapılandırma " -"düzenleyicisi ile bazı sistem ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca YaST " -"ile de donanım ve sistem ayarlarınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz." +#| msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST2 to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Sistem Yapılandırma DüzenleyicisiSistem yapılandırma düzenleyicisi ile bazı sistem ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca YaST ile de donanım ve sistem ayarlarınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Not: Tanımlar doğrudan doğruya yapılandırma dosyalarından okunduğu " -"için çevirileri bulunmamaktadır." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Not: Tanımlar doğrudan doğruya yapılandırma dosyalarından okunduğu için çevirileri bulunmamaktadır." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -410,13 +387,8 @@ # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:896 #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Yaptığınız aramanın sonuçları buradadır. Eğer aradığınız maddeyi " -"görüyorsanız üzerine tıklayıp \"Git\" düğmesine, aramadan çıkmak için \"İptal" -"\" düğmesine basınız." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Yaptığınız aramanın sonuçları buradadır. Eğer aradığınız maddeyi görüyorsanız üzerine tıklayıp \"Git\" düğmesine, aramadan çıkmak için \"İptal\" düğmesine basınız." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -651,10 +623,8 @@ # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:59 #~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~ "detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "SuSEconfig her yapılandırma dosyası için bir kontrol toplamı tutar.\n" @@ -715,39 +685,27 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -#~ "/etc/powertweak/tweaks file. Then it restarts the powertweak daemon, " -#~ "which activates changes.\n" +#~ "/etc/powertweak/tweaks file. Then it restarts the powertweak daemon, which activates changes.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Değişiklikleri kaydettikten sonra düzenleyici /etc/powertweak/tweaks\n" -#~ "dosyasındaki değişkenleri ayarlayıp powertweak daemon'unu yeniden " -#~ "başlatarak değişiklikleri etkinleştirecektir.\n" +#~ "dosyasındaki değişkenleri ayarlayıp powertweak daemon'unu yeniden başlatarak değişiklikleri etkinleştirecektir.\n" #~ msgid "Powertweak Configuration" #~ msgstr "Powertweak yapılandırması" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Powertweak ConfigurationIn this configuration module, " -#~ "you can tune some kernel and hardware options.Warning: This " -#~ "configuration module is for experts only!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Powertweak yapılandırmasıBu yapılandırma modülünde bazı " -#~ "çekirdek ve donanım ayarlarını yapabilirsiniz. Uyarı: Bu " -#~ "modül sadece uzmanlar içindir!" +#~ msgid "Powertweak ConfigurationIn this configuration module, you can tune some kernel and hardware options.Warning: This configuration module is for experts only!" +#~ msgstr "Powertweak yapılandırmasıBu yapılandırma modülünde bazı çekirdek ve donanım ayarlarını yapabilirsiniz. Uyarı: Bu modül sadece uzmanlar içindir!" #~ msgid "" #~ "This module requires the package \"powertweak\". Install it?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Click \"Install\" to install the packages and start the module or click " -#~ "\"Cancel\" to quit without any change.\n" -#~ "The package \"powertweak-extra\" extends configuration options of " -#~ "powertweak.\n" +#~ "Click \"Install\" to install the packages and start the module or click \"Cancel\" to quit without any change.\n" +#~ "The package \"powertweak-extra\" extends configuration options of powertweak.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bu modül \"powertweak\" paketini gerektiriyor. Paket kurulsun mu?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Paketlerin kurulup modülün başlatılması için \"Kur\" düğmesine, herhangi " -#~ "bir değişiklik yapmadan çıkmak için \"Vazgeç\" düğmesine basınız.\n" -#~ "\"powertweak-extra\" paketi powertweak paketinin yapılandırma " -#~ "özelliklerini genişletir.\n" +#~ "Paketlerin kurulup modülün başlatılması için \"Kur\" düğmesine, herhangi bir değişiklik yapmadan çıkmak için \"Vazgeç\" düğmesine basınız.\n" +#~ "\"powertweak-extra\" paketi powertweak paketinin yapılandırma özelliklerini genişletir.\n" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1225 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1283 #~ msgid "Install powertweak Package?" @@ -774,9 +732,5 @@ #~ msgid "Set variable value" #~ msgstr "Değişken değerini girin" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note: Descriptions are not translated because thay are read " -#~ "directly from configuration files." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Not: Tanımlar doğrudan doğruya yapılandırma dosyasından " -#~ "okunduğu için çevirileri bulunmamaktadır." +#~ msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because thay are read directly from configuration files." +#~ msgstr "Not: Tanımlar doğrudan doğruya yapılandırma dosyasından okunduğu için çevirileri bulunmamaktadır." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/tftp-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/tftp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/tftp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -93,12 +93,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"Burada TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol) için bir sunucu " -"etkinleştirebilirsiniz. Bu sunucu xinetd yardımıyla başlatılacaktır." +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "Burada TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol) için bir sunucu etkinleştirebilirsiniz. Bu sunucu xinetd yardımıyla başlatılacaktır." #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -113,20 +109,17 @@ #| "Boot Image Directory:\n" #| "Specify the directory where served files are\n" #| "located. The usual value is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. It is created if it\n" -#| "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the " -#| "<tt>-s</tt> option).\n" +#| "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgid "" "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "Açılış görüntü dosyasının dizini:\n" "Sunulacak dosyaların bulunduğu dizini belirtin.\n" "Normal değer <tt>/tftpboot</tt> dizinidir. Bu dizin mevcut değilse\n" -"oluşturulacaktır. Sunucu bu dizini kök dizini olarak kullanacaktır (<tt>-s</" -"tt> seçeneği ile).\n" +"oluşturulacaktır. Sunucu bu dizini kök dizini olarak kullanacaktır (<tt>-s</tt> seçeneği ile).\n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/tune.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/tune.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/tune.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -23,9 +23,7 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Bu YaST2 modülü komut satırı arabirimini desteklemiyor." # include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:103 @@ -63,16 +61,11 @@ "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" "Donanım bilgisi modülü sisteminizdeki donanımlar hakkında\n" -"ayrıntılı bilgi verir. Daha fazla bilgi için herhangi bir bölüme tıklayınız " -"\n" +"ayrıntılı bilgi verir. Daha fazla bilgi için herhangi bir bölüme tıklayınız \n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"Donanım bilgilerini bir dosyaya kaydedebilirsiniz. Dosyaya kaydet " -"düğmesine basın ve dosya ismini girin." +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "Donanım bilgilerini bir dosyaya kaydedebilirsiniz. Dosyaya kaydet düğmesine basın ve dosya ismini girin." #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -99,12 +92,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"AyrıntılarSeçili donanım aygıtı ile ilgili ayrıntılar " -"burada gösterilir." +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "AyrıntılarSeçili donanım aygıtı ile ilgili ayrıntılar burada gösterilir." #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -159,36 +148,26 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"Algılanmış donanım Bu tablo sisteminizde algılanmış tüm " -"donanımı gösterir." +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "Algılanmış donanım Bu tablo sisteminizde algılanmış tüm donanımı gösterir." #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"Ayrıntılar Bir aygıt seçip Ayrıntılar düğmesine basarak " -"aygıt hakkında daha detaylı bilgi edinebilirsiniz." +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "Ayrıntılar Bir aygıt seçip Ayrıntılar düğmesine basarak aygıt hakkında daha detaylı bilgi edinebilirsiniz." #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Save to File You can save\n" -#| " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file or floppy disk. " -#| "Select the target type in Save to File." +#| " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type in Save to File." msgid "" "Save to File You can save\n" " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file." msgstr "" "Dosyaya kaydet Donanım bilgisini\n" -" (hwinfo çıktısını) bir dosyaya ya da diskete kaydedebilirsiniz. " -"Hedef türünü Dosyaya kaydet menüsünden seçin." +" (hwinfo çıktısını) bir dosyaya ya da diskete kaydedebilirsiniz. Hedef türünü Dosyaya kaydet menüsünden seçin." #. heading text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 @@ -326,51 +305,29 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"Bir aygıt sürücüsüne yeni bir PCI belirticisi ekleyerek desteklediği " -"aygıtların veritabanını genişletmek mümkündür" +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "Bir aygıt sürücüsüne yeni bir PCI belirticisi ekleyerek desteklediği aygıtların veritabanını genişletmek mümkündür" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"PCI belirticileri onaltılık sistemdeki rakamlar halinde girilir ve " -"gösterilir. SysFS dizini, /sys/bus/pci/drivers içindeki dizin adıdır. " -"Eğer girdi boşsa, dizin adı olarak sürücü adı kullanılıyor demektir." +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "PCI belirticileri onaltılık sistemdeki rakamlar halinde girilir ve gösterilir. SysFS dizini, /sys/bus/pci/drivers içindeki dizin adıdır. Eğer girdi boşsa, dizin adı olarak sürücü adı kullanılıyor demektir." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"Eğer sürücü kernel'in içine derlenmişse sürücü adını boş bırakarak SysFS " -"dizin adını girin." +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "Eğer sürücü kernel'in içine derlenmişse sürücü adını boş bırakarak SysFS dizin adını girin." #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"Aşağıdaki düğmeleri kullanarak PCI belirtici listesini değiştirin. " -"Tamam düğmesine basarak ayarları etkinleştirebilirsiniz." +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "Aşağıdaki düğmeleri kullanarak PCI belirtici listesini değiştirin. Tamam düğmesine basarak ayarları etkinleştirebilirsiniz." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Uyarı: Bu uzmanlar için var olan bir yapılandırma aracıdır. Sadece " -"ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edin." +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "Uyarı: Bu uzmanlar için var olan bir yapılandırma aracıdır. Sadece ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edin." # clients/hwinfo.ycp:42 clients/hwinfo.ycp:64 #. tree node string @@ -1246,22 +1203,15 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Global Girdi/çıktı Zamanlayıcısı</big> \n" -"Disk aygıtlarına verilen komutları düzenleyip gönderen algoritmayı " -"seçebilirsiniz.\n" -"Bu seçenek sistemdeki tüm disk sürücüleri için kullanılacaktır. Eğer bu " -"seçenek\n" -"girilmediyse varsayılan (normalde 'cfq') zamanlayıcı kullanılacaktır. Daha " -"fazlabilgi için /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block dizinindeki (kernel-" -"source paketi)\n" +"Disk aygıtlarına verilen komutları düzenleyip gönderen algoritmayı seçebilirsiniz.\n" +"Bu seçenek sistemdeki tüm disk sürücüleri için kullanılacaktır. Eğer bu seçenek\n" +"girilmediyse varsayılan (normalde 'cfq') zamanlayıcı kullanılacaktır. Daha fazlabilgi için /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block dizinindeki (kernel-source paketi)\n" "dökümanlarını okuyabilirsiniz." #. .sysconfig.sysctl @@ -1274,24 +1224,17 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>SysRq tuşlarını etkinleştir</big> \n" -"Bu seçeneği seçerseniz sistem çökmesi durumunda bile sistem üzerinde " -"kontrolünüz\n" -"olacaktır. (kernel ayıklaması gibi durumlarda). Etkin durumdaysa Alt-SysRq-" -"<komut_düğmesi>\n" -"ile de ilgili komutu çalıştırabilirsiniz (örneğin sistemi yeniden başlatma, " -"kernel bilgisini\n" -"yazdırma gibi). Daha fazla bilgi için <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq." -"txt</tt>\n" +"Bu seçeneği seçerseniz sistem çökmesi durumunda bile sistem üzerinde kontrolünüz\n" +"olacaktır. (kernel ayıklaması gibi durumlarda). Etkin durumdaysa Alt-SysRq-<komut_düğmesi>\n" +"ile de ilgili komutu çalıştırabilirsiniz (örneğin sistemi yeniden başlatma, kernel bilgisini\n" +"yazdırma gibi). Daha fazla bilgi için <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt>\n" " (kernel-source paketi) dosyasına bakın." #. Short sleep between reads or writes @@ -1573,26 +1516,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The table contains information about all attached IDE devices. \n" #~ "Current DMA Mode shows the actual settings. Required DMA\n" -#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is " -#~ "pressed and\n" +#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is pressed and\n" #~ "after each boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Tablo, bağlı bulunan tüm IDE aygıtları hakkında bilgi vermektedir.\n" -#~ "Şu anki DMA modu kolonu güncel ayarları gösterir. İstenilen DMA " -#~ "modu\n" -#~ "kolonu Sonlandır düğmesine basıldıktan sonra uygulanacak ve her " -#~ "açılışta etkin\n" +#~ "Şu anki DMA modu kolonu güncel ayarları gösterir. İstenilen DMA modu\n" +#~ "kolonu Sonlandır düğmesine basıldıktan sonra uygulanacak ve her açılışta etkin\n" #~ "olacak ayarları gösterir." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Changing the IDE DMA Mode</BIG> \n" -#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA " -#~ "Mode.\n" +#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA Mode.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>IDE DMA modunu değiştir</BIG> \n" -#~ "Tablodan bir aygıt seçip DMA modu kısmından istenen DMA modunu " -#~ "seçin.\n" +#~ "Tablodan bir aygıt seçip DMA modu kısmından istenen DMA modunu seçin.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1678,8 +1616,7 @@ #~ " details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Donanım bilgisi modülü sisteminizdeki donanımlar hakkında\n" -#~ "ayrıntılı bilgi verir. Daha fazla bilgi için herhangi bir bölüme " -#~ "tıklayınız \n" +#~ "ayrıntılı bilgi verir. Daha fazla bilgi için herhangi bir bölüme tıklayınız \n" #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr "&Sistem ayarları..." @@ -2213,8 +2150,7 @@ #~ "This help describes usage of the <tt>elevator</tt> kernel parameter." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Elevator</big> \n" -#~ "Bu kısımda <tt>elevator</tt> kernel parametresinin kullanımı anlatılır.</" -#~ "b>" +#~ "Bu kısımda <tt>elevator</tt> kernel parametresinin kullanımı anlatılır." #~ msgid "Error occurred while activating changes." #~ msgstr "Değişiklikler etkinleştirilirken bir hata oluştu." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/update.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/update.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/update.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -124,13 +124,11 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -#| "/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -#| "the\n" +#| "/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" #| "sysconfig mechanism, even those that are not replaced.\n" msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" "/etc/sysconfig dosyalarının tümünü yedekle:\n" @@ -243,8 +241,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The update option differs between two modes. In\n" -#| "either case, it is recommended to make a backup of your personal data.</" -#| "p>\n" +#| "either case, it is recommended to make a backup of your personal data.\n" msgid "" "The update option offers two different modes. In\n" "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.\n" @@ -258,8 +255,7 @@ msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "Yeni yazılım ile: Bu öntanımlı seçenek mevcut yazılımı\n" @@ -273,28 +269,24 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" #| "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -#| "New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST " -#| "modules, is\n" +#| "New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" #| "not available after the update. You might miss advertised features.\n" msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "Sadece kurulu paketler: Bu seçenek sadece sisteminizde\n" "kurulu olan paketleri günceller. Not: Yeni YaST modülleri gibi\n" "önceden yapılmış yazılım seçimi içindeki yeni yazılımlar güncelleme\n" -"sonunda mevcut olmayacaklardır. Reklamı yapılmış özellikleri " -"kaçırabilirsiniz.\n" +"sonunda mevcut olmayacaklardır. Reklamı yapılmış özellikleri kaçırabilirsiniz.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "Güncellemeden sonra, bazı yazılımlar artık\n" @@ -414,9 +406,7 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "Kurulan ürün, kurulum ortamındaki ürünle uyumlu değil." #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -433,8 +423,7 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" @@ -621,8 +610,7 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" @@ -752,8 +740,7 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" @@ -788,8 +775,7 @@ "\n" "Eğer bu disk bölümünün güncelleme için gerekli olmadığından\n" "eminseniz (herhangi bir sistem bölümü değilse), Devam'a tıklayın.\n" -"Bağlama seçeneklerini kontrol etmek ya da düzeltmek için Bağlama " -"Seçeneklerini Belirt'e tıklayın.\n" +"Bağlama seçeneklerini kontrol etmek ya da düzeltmek için Bağlama Seçeneklerini Belirt'e tıklayın.\n" "Güncellemeyi iptal etmek için Vazgeç'e tıklayın." #. push button @@ -850,10 +836,8 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" @@ -893,11 +877,9 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" @@ -1032,8 +1014,7 @@ #~ msgid "Reading package information. One moment please..." #~ msgstr "Paket bilgileri okunuyor; Bir dakika lütfen..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Updating to another version is not supported from the running system." +#~ msgid "Updating to another version is not supported from the running system." #~ msgstr "Çalışan sistem üzerinde diğer bir sürüme yükseltme desteklenmiyor." #~ msgid "Delete Old Packages" @@ -1057,13 +1038,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "After the update, some software might not\n" -#~ "function anymore. Active Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -#~ "those\n" +#~ "function anymore. Active Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" #~ "packages during the update.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Güncelleme işleminden sonra bazı yazılımlar çalışmayabilir. Bakımı\n" -#~ "yapılmayan paketleri sil ile güncelleme sırasında bu paketlerin " -#~ "silinmesini\n" +#~ "yapılmayan paketleri sil ile güncelleme sırasında bu paketlerin silinmesini\n" #~ "sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "Affected Packages: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/users.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/users.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/users.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -106,12 +106,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Virgülle ayrılmış şekilde ve genelde isimleri verilerek grup üyelerinin " -"listesi. LDAP kullanıcı DN'leri : ile ayrılmalıdır." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Virgülle ayrılmış şekilde ve genelde isimleri verilerek grup üyelerinin listesi. LDAP kullanıcı DN'leri : ile ayrılmalıdır." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -158,27 +154,18 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Kimlik doğrulama \n" -"Buradan sisteminizdeki kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini " -"seçebilirsiniz\n" +"Buradan sisteminizdeki kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini seçebilirsiniz\n" "" #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " -"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" -"Yerel seçeneğini kullanırsanız kullanıcıların parolaları /etc/" -"passwd ve /etc/shadow dosyaları kullanılarak doğrulanır." +msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "Yerel seçeneğini kullanırsanız kullanıcıların parolaları /etc/passwd ve /etc/shadow dosyaları kullanılarak doğrulanır." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new " -"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." msgstr "" #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. @@ -224,26 +211,17 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"Kullanıcı verisi için NIS veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da " -"kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli " -"değeri girin, ve İleri düğmesine basarak istemcinizin " -"yapılandırılmasına devam edin." +msgstr "Kullanıcı verisi için NIS veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, ve İleri düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin." #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." -msgstr "" -"Kullanıcı verisi için NIS, NIS+ veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ilgili " -"değeri seçin, ve İleri düğmesine basarak istemcinizin " -"yapılandırılmasına devam edin." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +msgstr "Kullanıcı verisi için NIS, NIS+ veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ilgili değeri seçin, ve İleri düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin." #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -252,29 +230,19 @@ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"Kullanıcı verisi için LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da kullanıcıları " -"bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, ve " -"İleri düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Kullanıcı verisi için LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, ve İleri düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin." #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." -msgstr "" -"Kullanıcı verisi için LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, " -"ve İleri düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin." -"" +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +msgstr "Kullanıcı verisi için LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, ve İleri düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin." #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source." +msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." msgstr "" #. check box label @@ -386,8 +354,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" @@ -408,8 +375,7 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -446,9 +412,7 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." msgstr "" # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:120 @@ -615,9 +579,7 @@ #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." msgstr "" #. text entry @@ -702,8 +664,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Parola girerken, büyük ve küçük harfleri ayırt ederek kullanmalı ve özel " -"karakterler kullanmamalısınız (aksanlı karakterler gibi).\n" +"Parola girerken, büyük ve küçük harfleri ayırt ederek kullanmalı ve özel karakterler kullanmamalısınız (aksanlı karakterler gibi).\n" "\n" #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers @@ -711,14 +672,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seçili parola şifrelemesi (%1) ile parolanın uzunluğu %2 ve %3 karakter " -"arasında olmalıdır.\n" +"Seçili parola şifrelemesi (%1) ile parolanın uzunluğu %2 ve %3 karakter arasında olmalıdır.\n" "" # clients/inst_user.ycp:352 @@ -751,30 +710,23 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kullanıcı adı bölümünde sadece harfler (aksansız), rakamlar\n" -"ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak " -"bilmediğiniz\n" +"ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak bilmediğiniz\n" "takdirde büyük harf kullanmayın. Kullanıcı isimleri parolalardan daha fazla\n" -"kısıtlamalara sahiptir. Bu kısıtlamaları /etc/login.defs dosyasından " -"belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"kısıtlamalara sahiptir. Bu kısıtlamaları /etc/login.defs dosyasından belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" "Bilgi için man sayfasını okuyun.\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "" #. help text for main add user dialog @@ -784,14 +736,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Otomatik kullanıcı girişi \n" -"Kullanıcı girişi işlemi Otomatik kullanıcı girişi seçeneği " -"seçilerek atlanabilir. Böyle bir durumda listeden seçilen kullanıcı sisteme " -"otomatik olarak giriş yapacaktır.\n" +"Kullanıcı girişi işlemi Otomatik kullanıcı girişi seçeneği seçilerek atlanabilir. Böyle bir durumda listeden seçilen kullanıcı sisteme otomatik olarak giriş yapacaktır.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) @@ -799,12 +747,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " -"Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Eğer \"Sistem postası al\" seçeneğini işaretlerseniz root'a postalanan " -"mektuplar bu kullanıcıya da yönlendirilir.\n" +"Eğer \"Sistem postası al\" seçeneğini işaretlerseniz root'a postalanan mektuplar bu kullanıcıya da yönlendirilir.\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -969,8 +915,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for home option #: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" -msgstr "" -"Kullanıcının üyesi olacağı grupların listesi (virgül ile ayrılmış olarak)" +msgstr "Kullanıcının üyesi olacağı grupların listesi (virgül ile ayrılmış olarak)" #. translators: command line help text for show option #: src/clients/users.rb:267 @@ -997,12 +942,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Buradaki tabloda önceki pencerelerde ayarlanmamış şu anki LDAP girdisinin " -"tüm geçerli özellikleri listelenmiştir." +"Buradaki tabloda önceki pencerelerde ayarlanmamış şu anki LDAP girdisinin tüm geçerli özellikleri listelenmiştir." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -1026,13 +969,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Her özellik Düzenle düğmesi ile değiştirilebilir. Bazı özellikler \n" -"LDAP istemci modülü içindeki kullanıcı şablonu tarafından gerekli " -"kılınmıştır.\n" +"LDAP istemci modülü içindeki kullanıcı şablonu tarafından gerekli kılınmıştır.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -1051,10 +992,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." msgstr "" #. check box label @@ -1161,68 +1099,46 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." msgstr "" #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." msgstr "" # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:288 @@ -1576,8 +1492,7 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is path to directory @@ -1903,13 +1818,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Parola girerken, büyük ve küçük harfleri ayırt ederek kullanmalı ve özel " -"karakterler kullanmamalısınız (aksanlı karakterler gibi).\n" +"Parola girerken, büyük ve küçük harfleri ayırt ederek kullanmalı ve özel karakterler kullanmamalısınız (aksanlı karakterler gibi).\n" "\n" #. Help text 0/6 @@ -1921,8 +1834,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Yeni yerel ve sistem kullanıcıları oluşturulurken kullanılacak " -"öntanımlı\n" +"Yeni yerel ve sistem kullanıcıları oluşturulurken kullanılacak öntanımlı\n" "değerleri buradan ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" @@ -1958,38 +1870,32 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Öntanımlı giriş kabuğu \n" -"Yeni kullanıcının giriş kabuğunun ismi. Listeden birini seçin, ya da " -"kendiniz kabuğun bulunduğu yolu yazın.\n" +"Yeni kullanıcının giriş kabuğunun ismi. Listeden birini seçin, ya da kendiniz kabuğun bulunduğu yolu yazın.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Öntanımlı ev dizini \n" -"Yeni kullanıcının ev dizininin dizin yolu öneki. Kullanıcı ismi bu değerin " -"sonuna eklenerek bu kullanıcının ev dizini oluşturulur.\n" +"Yeni kullanıcının ev dizininin dizin yolu öneki. Kullanıcı ismi bu değerin sonuna eklenerek bu kullanıcının ev dizini oluşturulur.\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "İskelet dizini \n" -"Bu dizinin içeriği yeni bir kullanıcı eklendiğinde o kullanıcının kendi ev " -"dizinine kopyalanır.\n" +"Bu dizinin içeriği yeni bir kullanıcı eklendiğinde o kullanıcının kendi ev dizinine kopyalanır.\n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -2004,13 +1910,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Eskime tarihi \n" -"Hesabın eskiyeceği tarihi ayarlar. Tarih YYYY-AA-GG düzeninde olmalıdır. Bu " -"hesap hiç eskimeyecek ise boş bırakın.\n" +"Hesabın eskiyeceği tarihi ayarlar. Tarih YYYY-AA-GG düzeninde olmalıdır. Bu hesap hiç eskimeyecek ise boş bırakın.\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -2073,8 +1977,7 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Kayıt işleminin durdurulması:</BIG> \n" "Durdur düğmesine basarak kayıt işlemini durdurabilirsiniz.\n" -"Bir pencere size durdurma işleminin güvenli olup olmadığı hakkında bilgi " -"verecek.\n" +"Bir pencere size durdurma işleminin güvenli olup olmadığı hakkında bilgi verecek.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/7 @@ -2089,8 +1992,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ad, Soyad ve Kullanıcı adı karşısında kalan alanları\n" -"doldurup verdiğiniz Parola ile yeni bir kullanıcı " -"oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" +"doldurup verdiğiniz Parola ile yeni bir kullanıcı oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/7 @@ -2101,19 +2003,15 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kullanıcı adı bölümü Öneri düğmesine basılarak tam isminizden\n" -"oluşturulabilir. Bu girdi değiştirilebilir, ancak sadece harfler (aksansız), " -"rakamlar\n" -"ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak " -"bilmediğiniz\n" +"oluşturulabilir. Bu girdi değiştirilebilir, ancak sadece harfler (aksansız), rakamlar\n" +"ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak bilmediğiniz\n" "takdirde büyük harf kullanmayın. Kullanıcı isimleri parolalardan daha fazla\n" "kısıtlamalara sahiptir.\n" "\n" @@ -2125,32 +2023,24 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kullanıcı adı bölümünde sadece harfler (aksansız), rakamlar\n" -"ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak " -"bilmediğiniz\n" +"ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak bilmediğiniz\n" "takdirde büyük harf kullanmayın. Kullanıcı isimleri parolalardan daha fazla\n" -"kısıtlamalara sahiptir. Bu kısıtlamaları /etc/login.defs dosyasından " -"belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"kısıtlamalara sahiptir. Bu kısıtlamaları /etc/login.defs dosyasından belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" "Bilgi için man sayfasını okuyun.\n" "\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Ek kullanıcı ve gruplar düğmesi ile sisteme başka kullanıcı ve " -"gruplar ekleyebilirsiniz." +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." +msgstr "Ek kullanıcı ve gruplar düğmesi ile sisteme başka kullanıcı ve gruplar ekleyebilirsiniz." #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -2170,12 +2060,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Bu kullanıcının (eskime süresi gibi) parola ayarları için Parola " -"ayarları düğmesine basın.\n" +"Bu kullanıcının (eskime süresi gibi) parola ayarları için Parola ayarları düğmesine basın.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2244,8 +2132,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2293,9 +2180,7 @@ msgid "" "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n" " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." -msgstr "" -"İkinci listede bu grubu temel grubu olarak kullanan kullanıcılar " -"listelenmiştir. Bu liste buradan değiştirilemez." +msgstr "İkinci listede bu grubu temel grubu olarak kullanan kullanıcılar listelenmiştir. Bu liste buradan değiştirilemez." # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #. help text 1/8 @@ -2365,9 +2250,7 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." msgstr "" "Boş bir ev dizini oluşturmak için Boş ev dizini seçeneğini\n" "işaretleyin. Bu seçenek seçilmemişse ev dizini (%1) temel alınarak\n" @@ -2387,33 +2270,22 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data." +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." msgstr "" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." msgstr "" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first." +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." msgstr "" #. alternate helptext 5/8 @@ -2424,8 +2296,7 @@ "file server." msgstr "" "\n" -"Bir LDAP kullanıcısının ev dizini sadece dosya sunucusundan " -"değiştirilebilir.\n" +"Bir LDAP kullanıcısının ev dizini sadece dosya sunucusundan değiştirilebilir.\n" "" #. alternate helptext 5/8 @@ -2439,10 +2310,8 @@ "shown when you use the finger command on this user.\n" msgstr "" "Ek kullanıcı bilgisi\n" -"Kullanıcılar için bazı ek bilgiler buradan girilebilir. Bu alan virgülle " -"ayrılmış\n" -"en fazla üç bölümden oluşabilir. Standart kullanımı ofis,iş " -"telefonu,\n" +"Kullanıcılar için bazı ek bilgiler buradan girilebilir. Bu alan virgülle ayrılmış\n" +"en fazla üç bölümden oluşabilir. Standart kullanımı ofis,iş telefonu,\n" "ev telefonu dur. Bu bilgi bu kullanıcı üzerinde finger komutu\n" "kullanıldığında gösterilir.\n" @@ -2514,12 +2383,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." -msgstr "" -"Başlat düğmesine basarak bir eklentinin yapılandırmasını " -"başlatabilirsiniz." +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgstr "Başlat düğmesine basarak bir eklentinin yapılandırmasını başlatabilirsiniz." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2576,8 +2441,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" "Parolanın ömrü Bir kullanıcının aynı parolayı\n" @@ -2587,8 +2451,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" "Parolanın en küçük yaşı Kullanıcının değiştirmesine izin\n" @@ -2627,94 +2490,63 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Değerleri değiştirmek \n" -"Buradaki ayarları ilgili modülleri çalıştırarak düzenleyebilirsiniz. " -"Yapılandır düğmesiyle modülü seçin.\n" +"Buradaki ayarları ilgili modülleri çalıştırarak düzenleyebilirsiniz. Yapılandır düğmesiyle modülü seçin.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure." +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user." +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." msgstr "" "\n" "Eskimeden önce uyar \n" @@ -2724,39 +2556,27 @@ #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -"" +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred." +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." msgstr "" # include/security/ui.ycp:791 @@ -2934,8 +2754,7 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2950,8 +2769,7 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" @@ -3279,16 +3097,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Yerel kullanıcılar ve sistem kullanıcıları için kullanılacak parola " -"şifreleme yöntemini seçin.\n" -"DES, Linux'un öntanımlı yöntemidir, tüm ağ birimlerinde çalışır, " -"fakat\n" +"Yerel kullanıcılar ve sistem kullanıcıları için kullanılacak parola şifreleme yöntemini seçin.\n" +"DES, Linux'un öntanımlı yöntemidir, tüm ağ birimlerinde çalışır, fakat\n" "parola uzunluğunu sekiz karakterle sınırlı tutar.\n" "\n" @@ -3330,16 +3145,13 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Bir NIS sunucusu çalıştırdığınız gözüküyor. Bazı ağ ortamlarında " -"şifreleme\n" -"metodu DES'den farklı olursa bir NIS istemcisinden sisteme " -"giremeyebilirsiniz.\n" +"Bir NIS sunucusu çalıştırdığınız gözüküyor. Bazı ağ ortamlarında şifreleme\n" +"metodu DES'den farklı olursa bir NIS istemcisinden sisteme giremeyebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -3364,26 +3176,19 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." -msgstr "" -"Burada öntanımlı arama filtrelerinin ötesinde kullanıcı ve gruplar için " -"arama filtrelerini genişletebilirsiniz." +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." +msgstr "Burada öntanımlı arama filtrelerinin ötesinde kullanıcı ve gruplar için arama filtrelerini genişletebilirsiniz." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 #, fuzzy msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" -"Öntanımlı seçeneği ile kullanıcı ve grup yapılandırma " -"modüllerindeki\n" -"LDAP sunucusunda kayıtlı öntanımlı filtreleri yükleyebilirsiniz " -"('susesearchfilter' seçeneği).\n" +"Öntanımlı seçeneği ile kullanıcı ve grup yapılandırma modüllerindeki\n" +"LDAP sunucusunda kayıtlı öntanımlı filtreleri yükleyebilirsiniz ('susesearchfilter' seçeneği).\n" "Sunucuya bağlı değilseniz şifre sorulacaktır.\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) @@ -3493,13 +3298,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "-\n" -"Aşağıdaki özellikler sadece kullanıcı girişi yöneticisi olarak KDM " -"kullanılıyorsa geçerli olacaktır.\n" +"Aşağıdaki özellikler sadece kullanıcı girişi yöneticisi olarak KDM kullanılıyorsa geçerli olacaktır.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 @@ -3507,13 +3310,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Otomatik kullanıcı girişi \n" -"Kullanıcı girişi işlemi Otomatik kullanıcı girişi seçeneği " -"seçilerek atlanabilir. Böyle bir durumda listeden seçilen kullanıcı sisteme " -"otomatik olarak giriş yapacaktır.\n" +"Kullanıcı girişi işlemi Otomatik kullanıcı girişi seçeneği seçilerek atlanabilir. Böyle bir durumda listeden seçilen kullanıcı sisteme otomatik olarak giriş yapacaktır.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 @@ -3521,13 +3321,11 @@ msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Parolasız kullanıcı girişi \n" "Bu seçenek işaretliyse tüm kullanıcıların parola girmeden sisteme giriş\n" -"yapmasına izin verilir. Bu seçenek işaretli değilse otomatik kullanıcı " -"girişi ayarlanmış olsa bile parola sorulacaktır.\n" +"yapmasına izin verilir. Bu seçenek işaretli değilse otomatik kullanıcı girişi ayarlanmış olsa bile parola sorulacaktır.\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3556,8 +3354,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"%1 kullanıcısı silinemiyor. Bu işlem NIS sunucusu üzerinden yapılmalıdır." +msgstr "%1 kullanıcısı silinemiyor. Bu işlem NIS sunucusu üzerinden yapılmalıdır." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -3704,15 +3501,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Linux çok kullanıcılı bir sistem olduğu için aynı anda birden fazla " -"kullanıcı\n" +"Linux çok kullanıcılı bir sistem olduğu için aynı anda birden fazla kullanıcı\n" "sisteme girebilir. Verilerin karışmasını engellemek için her kullanıcıya\n" "ona özgü bir tanıtıcı verilmesi gerekir. Ayrıca, her kullanıcı en az bir\n" "gruba üye olmalıdır.\n" @@ -3723,15 +3518,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kullanıcı ve gruplar çeşitli setler ile sıraya konur. Şu anki tablodaki seti " -"değiştirmek için Filtre koy düğmesine basın.\n" -"Ayrıca Filtre özelleştir düğmesi ile şu anki görüş filrenizi " -"özelleştirebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kullanıcı ve gruplar çeşitli setler ile sıraya konur. Şu anki tablodaki seti değiştirmek için Filtre koy düğmesine basın.\n" +"Ayrıca Filtre özelleştir düğmesi ile şu anki görüş filrenizi özelleştirebilirsiniz.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 @@ -3739,15 +3531,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Parola şifreleme metodu, kimlik doğrulama metodu, yeni kullanıcılar\n" -"için öntanımlı değerler ve kullanıcı girişi ayarları gibi bazı ileri " -"ayarları\n" +"için öntanımlı değerler ve kullanıcı girişi ayarları gibi bazı ileri ayarları\n" "yapmak için Uzman seçenekleri düğmesine basın.\n" "Değişiklikleri şimdi yaz düğmesi ile yapılandırma modülünden\n" "çıkmadan yaptığınız değişiklikleri kaydedebilirsiniz.\n" @@ -3825,8 +3615,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3842,8 +3631,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kullanıcı yönetimi penceresine geçmek için Kullanıcılar düğmesine " -"basın.\n" +"Kullanıcı yönetimi penceresine geçmek için Kullanıcılar düğmesine basın.\n" "\n" #. help text 3/4 @@ -4465,8 +4253,7 @@ #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"YaST2 kullanıcı modülünü yeniden başlatmadan önce bunları elle düzeltin." +msgstr "YaST2 kullanıcı modülünü yeniden başlatmadan önce bunları elle düzeltin." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -5248,17 +5035,14 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Parola için sadece İngilizce klavye düzeninde bulunan karakterler kullanın. " -"Bir sistem\n" -"hatası ortaya çıkması durumunda yerelleştirilmemiş bir klavye düzeniyle " -"sisteme giriş\n" +"Parola için sadece İngilizce klavye düzeninde bulunan karakterler kullanın. Bir sistem\n" +"hatası ortaya çıkması durumunda yerelleştirilmemiş bir klavye düzeniyle sisteme giriş\n" "yapmanız gerekebilir.\n" "" @@ -5527,15 +5311,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kullanıcı verisi için NIS veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da " -#~ "kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli " -#~ "değeri girin, ve İleri düğmesine basarak istemcinizin " -#~ "yapılandırılmasına devam edin." +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." +#~ msgstr "Kullanıcı verisi için NIS veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, ve İleri düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The authentication method is %1." @@ -5637,8 +5415,7 @@ #~ "You have used a palindrom for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Parolada bir palindrom (düz ve tersten aynı şekilde okunan kelime) " -#~ "kullandınız.\n" +#~ "Parolada bir palindrom (düz ve tersten aynı şekilde okunan kelime) kullandınız.\n" #~ "Bu güvenli bir parola seçimi değildir. Parola buna rağmen kullanılsın mı?" #~ msgid "" @@ -5749,16 +5526,14 @@ #~ "There are multiple users with the same UID (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" #~ "%3" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 dosyasında aynı kullanıcı belirticisi (UID) ile (\"%2\") birden fazla " -#~ "kullanıcı mevcut.\n" +#~ "%1 dosyasında aynı kullanıcı belirticisi (UID) ile (\"%2\") birden fazla kullanıcı mevcut.\n" #~ "%3" #~ msgid "" #~ "There are multiple groups with the same GID (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" #~ "%3" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 dosyasında aynı grup belirticisi (GID) ile (\"%2\") birden fazla grup " -#~ "mevcut.\n" +#~ "%1 dosyasında aynı grup belirticisi (GID) ile (\"%2\") birden fazla grup mevcut.\n" #~ "%3" #~ msgid "Reading the default system setttings..." @@ -5974,12 +5749,8 @@ #~ msgid "Set the Default Values for Adding New User" #~ msgstr "Yeni kullanıcı eklemek için öntanımlı değerleri girin" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "List of group members, usually user names, separated by commas. The list " -#~ "of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Virgülle ayrılmış şekilde ve genelde isimleri verilerek grup üyelerinin " -#~ "listesi. LDAP kullanıcı DN'leri : ile ayrılmalıdır." +#~ msgid "List of group members, usually user names, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +#~ msgstr "Virgülle ayrılmış şekilde ve genelde isimleri verilerek grup üyelerinin listesi. LDAP kullanıcı DN'leri : ile ayrılmalıdır." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -6005,21 +5776,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Skeleton Directory \n" -#~ "The contents of this directory will be copied to a user's home directory " -#~ "when a new user is added. \n" +#~ "The contents of this directory will be copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "İskelet dizini \n" -#~ "Bu dizinin içeriği yeni bir kullanıcı eklendiğinde o kullanıcının kendi " -#~ "ev dizinine kopyalanır.\n" +#~ "Bu dizinin içeriği yeni bir kullanıcı eklendiğinde o kullanıcının kendi ev dizinine kopyalanır.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Expiration Date \n" -#~ "The date on which the user account is disabled. Date must be in the " -#~ "format YYYY-MM-DD. Leave empty if this account never expires.\n" +#~ "The date on which the user account is disabled. Date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. Leave empty if this account never expires.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Eskime tarihi \n" -#~ "Hesabın eskiyeceği tarihi ayarlar. Tarih YYYY-AA-GG düzeninde olmalıdır. " -#~ "Bu hesap hiç eskimeyecek ise boş bırakın.\n" +#~ "Hesabın eskiyeceği tarihi ayarlar. Tarih YYYY-AA-GG düzeninde olmalıdır. Bu hesap hiç eskimeyecek ise boş bırakın.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Initializing users configuration</BIG> \n" @@ -6032,8 +5799,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG> \n" -#~ "You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing the Abort</" -#~ "B>\n" +#~ "You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing the Abort\n" #~ "button now.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6050,24 +5816,20 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ad, Soyad ve Kullanıcı adı karşısında kalan " -#~ "alanları\n" -#~ "doldurup verdiğiniz Parola ile yeni bir kullanıcı " -#~ "oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Ad, Soyad ve Kullanıcı adı karşısında kalan alanları\n" +#~ "doldurup verdiğiniz Parola ile yeni bir kullanıcı oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you fill out the fields Full User Name and User Login, a " -#~ "new\n" +#~ "If you fill out the fields Full User Name and User Login, a new\n" #~ "user account is created with the Password given in\n" #~ "the corresponding field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Tam ad ve Kullanıcı adı karşısında kalan alanları\n" -#~ "doldurup verdiğiniz Parola ile yeni bir kullanıcı " -#~ "oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "doldurup verdiğiniz Parola ile yeni bir kullanıcı oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6075,23 +5837,16 @@ #~ "Create the User Login from components of the full name by\n" #~ "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" #~ "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>\n" -#~ "Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you really know what " -#~ "you are doing.\n" -#~ "User names have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -#~ "information.\n" +#~ "Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you really know what you are doing.\n" +#~ "User names have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +#~ "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Kullanıcı adı bölümü Öneri düğmesine basılarak tam " -#~ "isminizden\n" -#~ "oluşturulabilir. Bu girdi değiştirilebilir, ancak sadece harfler " -#~ "(aksansız), rakamlar\n" -#~ "ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak " -#~ "bilmediğiniz\n" -#~ "takdirde büyük harf kullanmayın. Kullanıcı isimleri parolalardan daha " -#~ "fazla\n" +#~ "Kullanıcı adı bölümü Öneri düğmesine basılarak tam isminizden\n" +#~ "oluşturulabilir. Bu girdi değiştirilebilir, ancak sadece harfler (aksansız), rakamlar\n" +#~ "ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak bilmediğiniz\n" +#~ "takdirde büyük harf kullanmayın. Kullanıcı isimleri parolalardan daha fazla\n" #~ "kısıtlamalara sahiptir.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6103,22 +5858,17 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Eğer Linux ile çalışmak istiyorsanız, önce Kullanıcı adınızı ve " -#~ "parolanızı\n" +#~ "Eğer Linux ile çalışmak istiyorsanız, önce Kullanıcı adınızı ve parolanızı\n" #~ "girmeniz gerekir. Bu işleme kullanıcı girişi yapmak denir.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The login procedure could be skipped if Auto Login is set. " -#~ "In such a case, this user is logged in automatically. This feature is " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "The login procedure could be skipped if Auto Login is set. In such a case, this user is logged in automatically. This feature is only\n" #~ "available when using KDM as a login manager.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Kullanıcı girişi işlemi Otomatik kullanıcı girişi seçeneği " -#~ "kullanılarak atlanabilir. Böyle bir durumda kullanıcı sisteme otomatik " -#~ "olarak giriş yapar. Bu özellik sadece\n" +#~ "Kullanıcı girişi işlemi Otomatik kullanıcı girişi seçeneği kullanılarak atlanabilir. Böyle bir durumda kullanıcı sisteme otomatik olarak giriş yapar. Bu özellik sadece\n" #~ "kullanıcı girişi yöneticisi olarak KDM seçiliyken mevcuttur.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6178,12 +5928,8 @@ #~ "Bu grubun üyesi olacak kullanıcıları seçin.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The second list shows users for which this group is the default group. " -#~ "This list cannot be edited here." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "İkinci listede bu grubu temel grubu olarak kullanan kullanıcılar " -#~ "listelenmiştir. Bu liste buradan değiştirilemez." +#~ msgid "The second list shows users for which this group is the default group. This list cannot be edited here." +#~ msgstr "İkinci listede bu grubu temel grubu olarak kullanan kullanıcılar listelenmiştir. Bu liste buradan değiştirilemez." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -6231,19 +5977,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Additional Information\n" -#~ "Some additional user data could be set here. These field may contain up " -#~ "to\n" +#~ "Some additional user data could be set here. These field may contain up to\n" #~ "three parts separated by commas. The standard usage is to write\n" #~ "office,work phone,home phone. This information will\n" #~ "be shown when you use the finger command on this user.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ek kullanıcı bilgisi\n" -#~ "Kullanıcılar için bazı ek bilgiler buradan girilebilir. Bu alan virgülle " -#~ "ayrılmış\n" -#~ "en fazla üç bölümden oluşabilir. Standart kullanımı ofis,iş " -#~ "telefonu,\n" -#~ "ev telefonu dur. Bu bilgi bu kullanıcı üzerinde finger " -#~ "komutu\n" +#~ "Kullanıcılar için bazı ek bilgiler buradan girilebilir. Bu alan virgülle ayrılmış\n" +#~ "en fazla üç bölümden oluşabilir. Standart kullanımı ofis,iş telefonu,\n" +#~ "ev telefonu dur. Bu bilgi bu kullanıcı üzerinde finger komutu\n" #~ "kullanıldığında gösterilir.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6314,17 +6056,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Kimlik doğrulama \n" -#~ "Buradan sisteminizdeki kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz\n" +#~ "Buradan sisteminizdeki kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini seçebilirsiniz\n" #~ "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate " -#~ "value. Then continue with configuration of your client after pressing " -#~ "Next." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kullanıcı verisi için NIS veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da " -#~ "kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli " -#~ "değeri girin, ve İleri düğmesine basarak istemcinizin " -#~ "yapılandırılmasına devam edin." +#~ msgid "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then continue with configuration of your client after pressing Next." +#~ msgstr "Kullanıcı verisi için NIS veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, ve İleri düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/vm.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/vm.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/vm.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -36,9 +36,7 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported @@ -73,31 +71,22 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 @@ -222,9 +211,7 @@ msgstr "Ethernet ağ kartı" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV @@ -241,15 +228,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:313 @@ -830,11 +813,8 @@ #~ msgstr "UML kurulumu hazırlanıyor" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Installation<big>Preparing the virtual machine for " -#~ "installation..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "KurulumUML sanal makinesi kuruluma hazırlanıyor..." +#~ msgid "<big>Installation<big>Preparing the virtual machine for installation..." +#~ msgstr "KurulumUML sanal makinesi kuruluma hazırlanıyor..." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Update virtual machine configuration" @@ -1038,13 +1018,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Kablosuz ağ kartı" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A virtual machine can have zero or more virtual ethernet network " -#~ "cards. The MAC address is a unique identification of the virtual ethernet " -#~ "network card." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Her sanal makinenin sanal bir ethernet ağ kartı olacaktır. MAC adresi " -#~ "ethernet ağ kartının belirticisi olacaktır." +#~ msgid "A virtual machine can have zero or more virtual ethernet network cards. The MAC address is a unique identification of the virtual ethernet network card." +#~ msgstr "Her sanal makinenin sanal bir ethernet ağ kartı olacaktır. MAC adresi ethernet ağ kartının belirticisi olacaktır." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -1077,12 +1052,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Başlangıç modu" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The VM can be started automatically when the VM Server starts, " -#~ "or manually via YaST or the command line." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "UML makinesi otomatik olarak sistem açılışında ya da gerektiği zaman " -#~ "el ile başlatılabilir." +#~ msgid "The VM can be started automatically when the VM Server starts, or manually via YaST or the command line." +#~ msgstr "UML makinesi otomatik olarak sistem açılışında ya da gerektiği zaman el ile başlatılabilir." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -1205,11 +1176,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Ayarlar" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only network installation sources, such as FTP or NFS, are supported.</" -#~ "P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "UML kurulumunda sadece ağ kaynakları (FTP, NFS gibi) geçerlidir." +#~ msgid "Only network installation sources, such as FTP or NFS, are supported." +#~ msgstr "UML kurulumunda sadece ağ kaynakları (FTP, NFS gibi) geçerlidir." #~ msgid "Entered URL value is not valid." #~ msgstr "Girilmiş adres geçersiz." @@ -1247,8 +1215,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Paylaşım adı boş bırakılamaz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Virtual machine installation requires access to a graphical environment." +#~ msgid "Virtual machine installation requires access to a graphical environment." #~ msgstr "UML kurulumu grafik arayüzüne erişim gerektirir." #, fuzzy @@ -1524,8 +1491,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, configure number and size of virtual disks.\n" -#~ "The content of each virtual disk is stored in a file in the host system.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "The content of each virtual disk is stored in a file in the host system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Burada sanal disklerin sayısı ve boyutlarını ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "Her sanal diskin içeriği ana makinede bir dosyada tutulacaktır.\n" @@ -1535,11 +1501,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Yapılandırmayı güncelle" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "InstallationPreparing the virtual machine for " -#~ "installation..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "KurulumUML sanal makinesi kuruluma hazırlanıyor..." +#~ msgid "InstallationPreparing the virtual machine for installation..." +#~ msgstr "KurulumUML sanal makinesi kuruluma hazırlanıyor..." # clients/sound_volume.ycp:135 #, fuzzy @@ -1570,12 +1533,8 @@ #~ msgid "Network Settings " #~ msgstr "Ağ ayarları " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Each virtual machine has a virtual ethernet network card. The MAC " -#~ "address is a unique identification of the ethernet network card." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Her sanal makinenin sanal bir ethernet ağ kartı olacaktır. MAC adresi " -#~ "ethernet ağ kartının belirticisi olacaktır." +#~ msgid "Each virtual machine has a virtual ethernet network card. The MAC address is a unique identification of the ethernet network card." +#~ msgstr "Her sanal makinenin sanal bir ethernet ağ kartı olacaktır. MAC adresi ethernet ağ kartının belirticisi olacaktır." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The Virtual Machine Options" @@ -1606,20 +1565,12 @@ #~ msgid "Options" #~ msgstr "Ayarlar" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set how much host system memory will be used by the virtual machine.</" -#~ "P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sanal makinenin sistem hafızasından ne kadar kullanacağını belirtin.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgid "Set how much host system memory will be used by the virtual machine." +#~ msgstr "Sanal makinenin sistem hafızasından ne kadar kullanacağını belirtin." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The virtual machine can be started automatically on boot or manually " -#~ "when needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "UML makinesi otomatik olarak sistem açılışında ya da gerektiği zaman " -#~ "el ile başlatılabilir." +#~ msgid "The virtual machine can be started automatically on boot or manually when needed." +#~ msgstr "UML makinesi otomatik olarak sistem açılışında ya da gerektiği zaman el ile başlatılabilir." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -1665,9 +1616,7 @@ # # include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.ycp:168 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the installation source from which to install the virtual " -#~ "machine." +#~ msgid "Select the installation source from which to install the virtual machine." #~ msgstr "UML makinesine kurulumu yapılacak kurulum kaynağını seçin." #, fuzzy @@ -1693,11 +1642,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Ayarlar" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The new virtual machine can be booted from a CD-ROM or hard disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "UML makinesi otomatik olarak sistem açılışında ya da gerektiği zaman " -#~ "el ile başlatılabilir." +#~ msgid "The new virtual machine can be booted from a CD-ROM or hard disk." +#~ msgstr "UML makinesi otomatik olarak sistem açılışında ya da gerektiği zaman el ile başlatılabilir." # include/slide_show.ycp:179 #, fuzzy @@ -1741,9 +1687,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Memory size used by the virtual machine" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sanal makinenin sistem hafızasından ne kadar kullanacağını belirtin.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgstr "Sanal makinenin sistem hafızasından ne kadar kullanacağını belirtin." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Size of virtual disk (image size)" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/wagon.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/wagon.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/wagon.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -199,9 +199,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:106 -msgid "" -"The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the " -"selected migration repositories." +msgid "The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the selected migration repositories." msgstr "" #. The version is the same, release can be different @@ -302,26 +300,19 @@ msgstr "%1 paketi kurulacaktır" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not " -"registered." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not registered." msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not " -"valid anymore." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not valid anymore." msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:244 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" +msgid "Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:278 -msgid "" -"The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be " -"correct, run registration to update the status." +msgid "The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be correct, run registration to update the status." msgstr "" #. display a critical warning @@ -333,16 +324,12 @@ msgstr "Uyarı:" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:306 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before " -"starting migration." +msgid "We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before starting migration." msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:312 #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:339 -msgid "" -"Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a " -"broken system." +msgid "Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a broken system." msgstr "" #. heading text @@ -606,12 +593,8 @@ msgstr "Bu YaST2 modülü komut satırı arabirimini desteklemiyor." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:396 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) eksik. Komut satırı seçeneğini " -"xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) eksik. Komut satırı seçeneğini xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:453 @@ -621,19 +604,11 @@ #. du contains maps: $[ "dir" : [ total, used, pkgusage, readonly ], .... ] #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:586 -msgid "" -"There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in " -"advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The " -"needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free " -"space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." +msgid "There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:613 -msgid "" -"There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. " -"The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to " -"increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid " -"installation errors." +msgid "There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid installation errors." msgstr "" #. 'Product Long Name (product-libzypp-name)' @@ -672,16 +647,13 @@ #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:772 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration module %1 will be started." -msgid "" -"Warning: Product %1 will be removed." +msgid "Warning: Product %1 will be removed." msgstr "Yapılandırma modülü %1 başlatılacak." #. Not selected by user #. @see BNC #575117 #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:792 -msgid "" -"Error: Product %1 will be automatically " -"removed." +msgid "Error: Product %1 will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:862 @@ -725,8 +697,7 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:945 -msgid "" -"To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." +msgid "To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." msgstr "" #. Product removal MUST be confirmed by user, otherwise migration will not continue. Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/wol.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/wol.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/wol.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -81,8 +81,7 @@ "over the network." msgstr "" "<h2>Ağ üzerinden uyandır</h2>\n" -"Ağ üzerinden uyandırma ile bilgisayarınızı ağ üzerinden 'özel bir " -"paket' \n" +"Ağ üzerinden uyandırma ile bilgisayarınızı ağ üzerinden 'özel bir paket' \n" "göndererek 'uyandırabilirsiniz'." #. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/xpram.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/xpram.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/xpram.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -59,24 +59,14 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 2/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." -msgstr "" -"Bu gereç şimdilik sadece tüm XPRAM'i bir disk bölümüne atamayı " -"desteklemektedir. Birden fazla disk bölümü için \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream dökümanına bakın.Bu gibi bir durumda bu modül için XPRAM'i " -"kapayın." +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Bu gereç şimdilik sadece tüm XPRAM'i bir disk bölümüne atamayı desteklemektedir. Birden fazla disk bölümü için \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream dökümanına bakın.Bu gibi bir durumda bu modül için XPRAM'i kapayın." # clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:242 #. help text for XPRAM 3/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." -msgstr "" -"Bağlama noktası girdisinde doğru baxlama noktasını seçin." +msgstr "Bağlama noktası girdisinde doğru baxlama noktasını seçin." # clients/inst_mouse.ycp:97 #. help text for XPRAM 4/4 @@ -156,16 +146,14 @@ #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." -msgstr "" -"xpram durdurulamadı. Elle \"rcxpram stop\" komutunu kullanmayı deneyin." +msgstr "xpram durdurulamadı. Elle \"rcxpram stop\" komutunu kullanmayı deneyin." #. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); #. y2milestone("got %1", out); #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." -msgstr "" -"xpram başlatılamadı. Elle \"rcxpram start\" komutunu kullanmayı deneyin." +msgstr "xpram başlatılamadı. Elle \"rcxpram start\" komutunu kullanmayı deneyin." # include/nfs/ui.ycp:228 #, fuzzy @@ -174,9 +162,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Here, configure the (XPRAM) for your computer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Buradan bilgisayarınızdaki kızılötesi (IrDA) arayüzünü " -#~ "yapılandırabilirsiniz." +#~ msgstr "Buradan bilgisayarınızdaki kızılötesi (IrDA) arayüzünü yapılandırabilirsiniz." # clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:242 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/yast2-apparmor.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/yast2-apparmor.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/yast2-apparmor.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -68,12 +68,8 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Listelenen profillerden seçiminizi yapın ve İleri düğmesiyle profili silin." -"" +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgstr "Listelenen profillerden seçiminizi yapın ve İleri düğmesiyle profili silin." #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete" @@ -166,9 +162,7 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 @@ -294,14 +288,9 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." -msgstr "" -"AppArmor durumu Burada AppArmor modülünün yüklü olduğunu ve " -"çalışıp çalışmadığını görebilirsiniz.Güvenlik olay bildirimi</" -"b> Güvenlik kuralları çiğnendiğinde bunun size e-posta ile bildirilmesini " -"sağlayabilirsiniz." +msgstr "AppArmor durumu Burada AppArmor modülünün yüklü olduğunu ve çalışıp çalışmadığını görebilirsiniz.Güvenlik olay bildirimi Güvenlik kuralları çiğnendiğinde bunun size e-posta ile bildirilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 msgid "" @@ -389,9 +378,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used. " +msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 @@ -399,9 +386,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " msgstr "" # clients/sound_manual.ycp:41 @@ -910,41 +895,31 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -967,9 +942,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 @@ -985,16 +958,14 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" @@ -1017,8 +988,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -1028,8 +998,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -1080,8 +1049,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" @@ -1092,8 +1060,7 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 @@ -1106,8 +1073,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" @@ -1126,10 +1092,8 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -1139,14 +1103,12 @@ "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" @@ -1331,8 +1293,7 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1397,8 +1358,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" #. ---------------------------- @@ -1409,8 +1369,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" @@ -1438,9 +1397,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 @@ -1575,14 +1532,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" +msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 @@ -1590,19 +1544,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" +msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 @@ -1628,10 +1578,8 @@ "Select a Capability name to see information about the capability." msgstr "" "Yetenek seçimi.\n" -" Bu profil için istenen yetenekleri " -"seçin. \n" -" Yetenek hakkında bilgi almak için yetenek " -"ismini seçebilirsiniz." +" Bu profil için istenen yetenekleri seçin. \n" +" Yetenek hakkında bilgi almak için yetenek ismini seçebilirsiniz." # clients/inst_root.ycp:54 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62 @@ -1790,23 +1738,15 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle " -"sihirbazdan çıkın." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle sihirbazdan çıkın." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." -msgstr "" -"Bu pencerede bir profilin içeriğini görüp değiştirebilirsiniz. Mevcut " -"girdilerin izinlerine çift tıklayarak ayar penceresine ulaşabilirisiniz.." +msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgstr "Bu pencerede bir profilin içeriğini görüp değiştirebilirsiniz. Mevcut girdilerin izinlerine çift tıklayarak ayar penceresine ulaşabilirisiniz.." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -1817,18 +1757,13 @@ "a - file append x - execute i - inherit p - discrete profile \n" "P - discrete profile (*clean exec) u - unconstrained \n" "U -unconstrained (*clean exec)</code>" -msgstr "" -"İzin tanımları: <<code> R - oku W - yaz X - çalıştır " -"U - kapatılmamış I - içer L - bağlantı P - ayrı profil </code>" +msgstr "İzin tanımları: <<code> R - oku W - yaz X - çalıştır U - kapatılmamış I - içer L - bağlantı P - ayrı profil </code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list." -msgstr "" -"Girdi ekle: Listeden eklenecek girdinin türünü seçin.</li>" +msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." +msgstr "Girdi ekle: Listeden eklenecek girdinin türünü seçin.</li>" #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 @@ -1853,18 +1788,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" -msgstr "" -"Kapsa Bu profile bir kapsama girdisi ekle. Bu seçenekle profil " -"yüklenirken başka bir dosyanın içeriği profile eklenir. " +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" +msgstr "Kapsa Bu profile bir kapsama girdisi ekle. Bu seçenekle profil yüklenirken başka bir dosyanın içeriği profile eklenir. " #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" @@ -1873,18 +1804,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" -msgstr "" -"Başlık Bu profile bir alt-profil (başlık) ekle. Bu seçenek yeni " -"bir profil oluşturmaya benzer, bu alt profil sadece changehat aware " -"programı tarafından istenmesi üzerine seçilebilir. changehat komutu hakkında " -"daha fazla bilgi için sisteminizdeki man changehat kılavuz dosyasını " -"ya da Novell AppArmor Kullanıcı El Kitabı'nı okuyun. " +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +msgstr "Başlık Bu profile bir alt-profil (başlık) ekle. Bu seçenek yeni bir profil oluşturmaya benzer, bu alt profil sadece changehat aware programı tarafından istenmesi üzerine seçilebilir. changehat komutu hakkında daha fazla bilgi için sisteminizdeki man changehat kılavuz dosyasını ya da Novell AppArmor Kullanıcı El Kitabı'nı okuyun. " #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 @@ -1895,18 +1819,15 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." msgstr "Girdiyi sil: Bu profilden seçili girdiyi siler." #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" #. help text - part y2 @@ -1977,15 +1898,9 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage " -#| "Include entries." -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Kapsama girdileri değiştirilemez. Bu girdileri silebilir ya da yeni bir " -"girdi ekleyebilirsiniz." +#| msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "Kapsama girdileri değiştirilemez. Bu girdileri silebilir ya da yeni bir girdi ekleyebilirsiniz." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2000,9 +1915,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" msgstr "AppArmor kapsama dosyaları /etc/apparmor.d dizininde bulunmalıdır." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 @@ -2021,8 +1934,7 @@ "(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n" msgstr "" "Bu profile yaptığınız ayarlar kaydedilsin mi?\n" -"(Not: değişiklikler kaydedildikten sonra AppArmor profilleri yeniden " -"yüklenecek.)" +"(Not: değişiklikler kaydedildikten sonra AppArmor profilleri yeniden yüklenecek.)" #. We'll need this often - cache it #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 @@ -2038,9 +1950,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Select a listed profile and press Next to edit it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Listelenen profillerden seçiminizi yapın ve İleri düğmesiyle profili " -#~ "düzenleyin." +#~ msgstr "Listelenen profillerden seçiminizi yapın ve İleri düğmesiyle profili düzenleyin." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "AppArmor Profile Wizard" @@ -2064,112 +1974,43 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived \n" #~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapor yapılandırma aracı önceki ekrandaki seçilen arşivlenmiş raporu " -#~ "filtrelemenizi sağlar. Zaman aralığına göre filtrelemek için:</" -#~ "b> <ol><li>Zaman aralığına göre filtrele seçeneğini " -#~ "tıklayın. Zaman alanları etkinleşecektir. <li>Raporun alanını belirleyen " -#~ "başlangıç ve bitiş tarihlerini girin." +#~ msgstr "Rapor yapılandırma aracı önceki ekrandaki seçilen arşivlenmiş raporu filtrelemenizi sağlar. Zaman aralığına göre filtrelemek için: <ol><li>Zaman aralığına göre filtrele seçeneğini tıklayın. Zaman alanları etkinleşecektir. <li>Raporun alanını belirleyen başlangıç ve bitiş tarihlerini girin." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " -#~ "generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use " -#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in " -#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report " -#~ "details, select a report and click the View button. You " -#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /" -#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Arşivlenmiş raporlar ile /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived dizinindeki " -#~ "daha önceden oluşturulan raporlara bakabilirsiniz. Pencerenin üstündeki " -#~ "işaretleme kutuları ile listede gösterilen raporları " -#~ "sınırlandırabilirsiniz: GÜV, UYG ya da YÖN raporları. Rapor detaylarını " -#~ "görmek için raporu seçip Bak düğmesine basın. Diğer " -#~ "sistemlerden aldığınız raporları /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived " -#~ "dizinine atarsanız o raporları da görebilirsiniz." +#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." +#~ msgstr "Arşivlenmiş raporlar ile /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived dizinindeki daha önceden oluşturulan raporlara bakabilirsiniz. Pencerenin üstündeki işaretleme kutuları ile listede gösterilen raporları sınırlandırabilirsiniz: GÜV, UYG ya da YÖN raporları. Rapor detaylarını görmek için raporu seçip Bak düğmesine basın. Diğer sistemlerden aldığınız raporları /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived dizinine atarsanız o raporları da görebilirsiniz." #~ msgid "repConfHelp" #~ msgstr "repConfHelp" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a " -#~ "resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications " -#~ "and \n" -#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a " -#~ "policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</" -#~ "li></ul> \n" -#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report " -#~ "details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Güvenlik vaka raporu (GÜV): Bir sistem yöneticisini ilgilendirecek " -#~ "güvenlik olaylarını gösterir. GÜV raporu sınırlanan uygulamaların " -#~ "belirlenen zaman aralığındaki kural ihlallerini rapor eder, kural " -#~ "istisnalarını ve kural motoru durum değişikliklerini de kaydeder. Bu son " -#~ "iki güvenlik olayı şöyle tanımlanmıştır: <ul> <li>Kural istisnaları:</" -#~ "b> Bir uygulama profilinde tanımlanmayan bir kaynağa erişmek istersen bir " -#~ "güvenlik olayı belirlenir. <li>Kural motoru durum değişiklikleri: " -#~ "Programlar için kurallar koyar ve kendi durumunu da kontrol eder, kural " -#~ "motorlarının başlatılıp durdurulması, bir kuralın yeniden yüklenmesi ve " -#~ "sistem çapında güvenlik kontrolünün açılıp kapanması gibi. </ul> Arşivden " -#~ "raporu seçip Bak düğmesi ile rapor ayrıntılarını görebilirsiniz." +#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report details." +#~ msgstr "Güvenlik vaka raporu (GÜV): Bir sistem yöneticisini ilgilendirecek güvenlik olaylarını gösterir. GÜV raporu sınırlanan uygulamaların belirlenen zaman aralığındaki kural ihlallerini rapor eder, kural istisnalarını ve kural motoru durum değişikliklerini de kaydeder. Bu son iki güvenlik olayı şöyle tanımlanmıştır: <ul> <li>Kural istisnaları: Bir uygulama profilinde tanımlanmayan bir kaynağa erişmek istersen bir güvenlik olayı belirlenir. <li>Kural motoru durum değişiklikleri: Programlar için kurallar koyar ve kendi durumunu da kontrol eder, kural motorlarının başlatılıp durdurulması, bir kuralın yeniden yüklenmesi ve sistem çapında güvenlik kontrolünün açılıp kapanması gibi. </ul> Arşivden raporu seçip Bak düğmesi ile rapor ayrıntılarını görebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports " -#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " -#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " -#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " -#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " -#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " -#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of " -#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uygulama teftiş raporu (UYG): Bir uygulama teftiş raporu hangi " -#~ "uygulama sunucularının çalıştığını ve bu uygulamaların AppArmor " -#~ "tarafından sınırlandırılma durumunu görmek için bir araçtır. Uygulama " -#~ "sunucuları gelen ağ bağlantılarını kabul eden uygulamalardır. Bu raporda " -#~ "makinenin IP adresi, uygulama teftiş raporunun çalıştığı tarih, " -#~ "sınırlandırılan uygulamanın ya da sunucunun dosya adı ve dizin yeri, " -#~ "sınırlandırılmamış bir uygulamaya önerilen profil, uygulama belirticisi " -#~ "(PID), uygulamanın durumu (sınırlandırılmış ya da sınırlandırılmamış) ve " -#~ "profilin uyguladığı sınırlandırmanın türü (zorla/şikayet et) listelenir." -#~ " " +#~ msgid "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." +#~ msgstr "Uygulama teftiş raporu (UYG): Bir uygulama teftiş raporu hangi uygulama sunucularının çalıştığını ve bu uygulamaların AppArmor tarafından sınırlandırılma durumunu görmek için bir araçtır. Uygulama sunucuları gelen ağ bağlantılarını kabul eden uygulamalardır. Bu raporda makinenin IP adresi, uygulama teftiş raporunun çalıştığı tarih, sınırlandırılan uygulamanın ya da sunucunun dosya adı ve dizin yeri, sınırlandırılmamış bir uygulamaya önerilen profil, uygulama belirticisi (PID), uygulamanın durumu (sınırlandırılmış ya da sınırlandırılmamış) ve profilin uyguladığı sınırlandırmanın türü (zorla/şikayet et) listelenir. " #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Executive Security Summary (ESS): A combined report, \n" -#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. " -#~ "This \n" -#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines " -#~ "if each \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" #~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the " -#~ "host \n" -#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, " -#~ "and the \n" -#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a " -#~ "range \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" #~ "of SIR reports." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yönetici güvenlik özeti (YÖN): Bir ya da birden fazla makineden " -#~ "gelen yüksek seviyeli raporlardan birleştirilmiş bir rapordur. Bu raporda " -#~ "birden fazla makinede olmuş güvenlik olaylarını görmek için her makinenin " -#~ "verisinin rapor arşiv dizinine, yani var/log/apparmor/reports-" -#~ "archived dizinine kopyalanması gerekir. Bu raporda makinenin IP " -#~ "adresi, olayların başlangıç ve bitiş tarihi, toplam ret sayısı, toplam " -#~ "olay sayısı, bildirilen güvenlik olaylarının düzeyi ve bildirilen en " -#~ "yüksek önem seviyesi listelenir. Bu YÖN raporunun bir satırı bütün bir " -#~ "GÜV raporunu belirtir. " +#~ msgstr "Yönetici güvenlik özeti (YÖN): Bir ya da birden fazla makineden gelen yüksek seviyeli raporlardan birleştirilmiş bir rapordur. Bu raporda birden fazla makinede olmuş güvenlik olaylarını görmek için her makinenin verisinin rapor arşiv dizinine, yani var/log/apparmor/reports-archived dizinine kopyalanması gerekir. Bu raporda makinenin IP adresi, olayların başlangıç ve bitiş tarihi, toplam ret sayısı, toplam olay sayısı, bildirilen güvenlik olaylarının düzeyi ve bildirilen en yüksek önem seviyesi listelenir. Bu YÖN raporunun bir satırı bütün bir GÜV raporunu belirtir. " #~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page " #~ msgstr "Arşivlenmiş güvenlik olay raporu - Sayfa " @@ -2353,15 +2194,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "AppArmor Security Events\n" -#~| " This table displays the events found that match your " -#~| "search criteria." +#~| " This table displays the events found that match your search criteria." #~ msgid "" #~ "AppArmor Security Events\n" #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "AppArmor güvenlik olayları\n" -#~ " Bu tabloda arama kriterlerinize uygun olaylar " -#~ "gösterilir." +#~ " Bu tabloda arama kriterlerinize uygun olaylar gösterilir." #~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data" #~ msgstr "AppArmor olay rapor verisi" @@ -2530,16 +2369,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Belirtilen dizin mevcut değil." #~ msgid "Only one contiguous space allowed in report names." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapor adında arka arkaya birden fazla boşluk karakterine izin verilmez." +#~ msgstr "Rapor adında arka arkaya birden fazla boşluk karakterine izin verilmez." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "These characters are not allowed in report names:\n" #~ "\t\t\t\t\t\"`~!@#$%^&*()[{]};:'\",<>?/|\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapor adında şu kadakterlere izin verilmez: \"`~!@#$%^&*()[{]};:'\",<>?/|" -#~ "\"" +#~ msgstr "Rapor adında şu kadakterlere izin verilmez: \"`~!@#$%^&*()[{]};:'\",<>?/|\"" #~ msgid "Only 128 characters are allowed in report names." #~ msgstr "Rapor adında en fazla 128 karaktere izin verilir." @@ -2645,15 +2481,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Teftiş" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and " -#~| "try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " -#~ "again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SubDomain başlatılmış gözükmüyor. Lütfen SubDomain'i başlatın ve yeniden " -#~ "deneyin." +#~| msgid "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and try again." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." +#~ msgstr "SubDomain başlatılmış gözükmüyor. Lütfen SubDomain'i başlatın ve yeniden deneyin." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Can't find subdomain profiles in %s." @@ -2682,9 +2512,7 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle " -#~ "sihirbazdan çıkın." +#~ msgstr ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle sihirbazdan çıkın." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2693,9 +2521,7 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle " -#~ "sihirbazdan çıkın." +#~ msgstr ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle sihirbazdan çıkın." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2704,9 +2530,7 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle " -#~ "sihirbazdan çıkın." +#~ msgstr ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle sihirbazdan çıkın." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2833,293 +2657,28 @@ #~ msgid "Abo(r)t" #~ msgstr "&Durdur" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts " -#~ "for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are " -#~ "sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be " -#~ "to send an alert. Notification Types Terse " -#~ "Notification: Terse notification summarizes the total number of " -#~ "system events without providing details. For example: dhcp-101." -#~ "up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 " -#~ "2004 Summary Notification: The Summary notification " -#~ "displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of " -#~ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. " -#~ " For example: SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability " -#~ "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /" -#~ "usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004." -#~ " Verbose Notification: The Verbose notification displays " -#~ "unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an " -#~ "event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security " -#~ "events include the date and time the event occurred, when the " -#~ "application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the " -#~ "type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose " -#~ "Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to " -#~ "interpret profiles. For example: Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: " -#~ "PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) " -#~ "profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br " -#~ "<ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select " -#~ "the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you " -#~ "select 1 day from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily " -#~ "notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <li> Enter " -#~ "the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or " -#~ "Verbose notifications. </li> <li>Select the lowest severity " -#~ "level for which a notification should be sent. Security events will " -#~ "be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the " -#~ "interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity " -#~ "level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if " -#~ "security events occur. Severity Levels: These are numbered " -#~ "one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The " -#~ "severity.db file defines the severity level of potential security " -#~ "events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different " -#~ "security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</" -#~ "li> <li>Select Include unknown security events if you would like " -#~ "to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Güvenlik Olay Bildirimi ekranı bilgisayarınızdaki güvenlik konusundaki " -#~ "uyarılarda e-posta ile bildirilmenizi sağlar. İlerleyen adımlarda bu " -#~ "uyarıların hangi sıklıkta yollanması gerektiğini, uyarıların kime " -#~ "yollanacağı ve hangi önem seviyelerinde uyarı yollanacağını " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz. Bildiri türleri Kısa bildiri: " -#~ "Kısa bildiride ayrıntılara girilmeden kaç adet sistem uyarısı olduğu " -#~ "belirtilir. Örneğin: dhcp-101.up.wirex.com, 12 Ekim 2004 Salı 12 " -#~ "11:10:00 tarihinden bu yana 10 güvenlik uyarısı aldı. Özet " -#~ "bildirisi: Özet bildirisi, kaydı tutulmuş AppArmor güvenlik " -#~ "uyarılarını ve olaylarını, en sonuncusunun tarihini de vererek, bir bir " -#~ "gösterir. Örneğin: Alt alan adı: 'setgid' yeteneğine (httpd2-" -#~ "prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-" -#~ "prefork) sonuncusu 9 Ekim 2004 Cts 16:05:54 olmak üzere 2 kez İZİN " -#~ "VERİLDİ. Geniş bildiri: Geniş bildiride kaydı tutulan " -#~ "AppArmor güvenlik olayları değiştirilmeden gösterilir. Bu kayıtlarda " -#~ "meydana gelen her güvenlik olayı için ayrı bir satır eklenir ve olayın " -#~ "tarihi ile zamanı, profilin erişime izin verdiği - erişimi engellediği ve " -#~ "bu dosya erişiminin türü gibi bilgiler dahil edilir. Geniş bildiri ayrıca " -#~ "logprof aracının profilleri yorumlamasını sağlayan bazı mesajları da " -#~ "içerir. Örneğin: 9 Ekim 15:40:31 Alt alan adı: /etc/apache2/httpd." -#~ "conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/" -#~ "sbin/httpd2-prefork) - okuma izni VERİLDİ. <ol> <li> Seçtiğiniz " -#~ "bildiri türü için yollanma sıklığını belirtin. Örneğin 1 gün " -#~ "seçeneği ile güvenlik olaylarının bildirisi günlük olarak yollanır. </li> " -#~ " <li>Bildirilerin yollanacağı e-posta adresini girin.</" -#~ "li> <li>Önem seviyesi seçeneği ile yollanacak güvenlik " -#~ "uyarılarının en düşük seviyesini seçebilirsiniz. Güvenlik olaylarının " -#~ "kaydı tutulacak ve girdiğiniz zaman aralığında, seçtiğiniz seviye ve " -#~ "daha üst önem seviyelerdeki uyarılar size bildirilecektir. Aralık 1 gün " -#~ "ise bildiriler, olay olması üzerine, günlük gönderilecektir. Önem " -#~ "seviyeleri: Bunlar birden ona kadar sıralanmıştır, ve on numara en " -#~ "yüksek güvenlik vakasıdır. severity.db dosyasında potansiyel " -#~ "güvenlik vakalarının önem seviyeleri belirtilmiştir. Bu seviyeler " -#~ "güvenlik olaylarının önemine göre, örneğin eriştiği kaynaklara ve " -#~ "hizmetlere göre belirlenmiştir.</li> <li>Bilinmeyen güvenlik " -#~ "olaylarını içer seçeneği ile de belli bir güvenlik önem numarası " -#~ "verilmemiş güvenlik olaylarının da içerilmesi sağlanılabilir.</li> </ol>" +#~ msgid "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be to send an alert. Notification Types Terse Notification: Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without providing details. For example: dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004 Summary Notification: The Summary notification displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. For example: SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability 'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004. Verbose Notification: The Verbose notification displays unmodified , logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security events include the date and time the event occurred, when the application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. For example: Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br <ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you select 1 day from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <li> Enter the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications . </li> <li>Select the lowest severity level for which a notification should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if security events occur. Severity Levels: These are numbered one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The severity.db file defines the severity level of potential security events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</li> <li>Select Include unknown security events if you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>" +#~ msgstr "Güvenlik Olay Bildirimi ekranı bilgisayarınızdaki güvenlik konusundaki uyarılarda e-posta ile bildirilmenizi sağlar. İlerleyen adımlarda bu uyarıların hangi sıklıkta yollanması gerektiğini, uyarıların kime yollanacağı ve hangi önem seviyelerinde uyarı yollanacağını seçebilirsiniz. Bildiri türleri Kısa bildiri: Kısa bildiride ayrıntılara girilmeden kaç adet sistem uyarısı olduğu belirtilir. Örneğin: dhcp-101.up.wirex.com, 12 Ekim 2004 Salı 12 11:10:00 tarihinden bu yana 10 güvenlik uyarısı aldı. Özet bildirisi: Özet bildirisi, kaydı tutulmuş AppArmor güvenlik uyarılarını ve olaylarını, en sonuncusunun tarihini de vererek, bir bir gösterir. Örneğin: Alt alan adı: 'setgid' yeteneğine (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) sonuncusu 9 Ekim 2004 Cts 16:05:54 olmak üzere 2 kez İZİN VERİLDİ. Geniş bildi ri: Geniş bildiride kaydı tutulan AppArmor güvenlik olayları değiştirilmeden gösterilir. Bu kayıtlarda meydana gelen her güvenlik olayı için ayrı bir satır eklenir ve olayın tarihi ile zamanı, profilin erişime izin verdiği - erişimi engellediği ve bu dosya erişiminin türü gibi bilgiler dahil edilir. Geniş bildiri ayrıca logprof aracının profilleri yorumlamasını sağlayan bazı mesajları da içerir. Örneğin: 9 Ekim 15:40:31 Alt alan adı: /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) - okuma izni VERİLDİ. <ol> <li> Seçtiğiniz bildiri türü için yollanma sıklığını belirtin. Örneğin 1 gün seçeneği ile güvenlik olaylarının bildirisi günlük olarak yollanır. </li> <li>Bildirilerin yollanacağı e-posta adresini girin.</li> <li>Önem seviyesi seçeneği ile yollanacak güvenlik uyarılarının en düşük seviyesini seçeb ilirsiniz. Güvenlik olaylarının kaydı tutulacak ve girdiğiniz zaman aralığında, seçtiğiniz seviye ve daha üst önem seviyelerdeki uyarılar size bildirilecektir. Aralık 1 gün ise bildiriler, olay olması üzerine, günlük gönderilecektir. Önem seviyeleri: Bunlar birden ona kadar sıralanmıştır, ve on numara en yüksek güvenlik vakasıdır. severity.db dosyasında potansiyel güvenlik vakalarının önem seviyeleri belirtilmiştir. Bu seviyeler güvenlik olaylarının önemine göre, örneğin eriştiği kaynaklara ve hizmetlere göre belirlenmiştir.</li> <li>Bilinmeyen güvenlik olaylarını içer seçeneği ile de belli bir güvenlik önem numarası verilmemiş güvenlik olaylarının da içerilmesi sağlanılabilir.</li> </ol>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived " -#~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range:</" -#~ "b> <ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become " -#~ "active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of " -#~ "the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for " -#~ "definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to " -#~ "enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: " -#~ " Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or " -#~ "pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of " -#~ "interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for " -#~ "a specific program. Profile Name Pattern: When you enter " -#~ "the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that " -#~ "are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is " -#~ "being confined by a specific profile. PID Number: Process " -#~ "ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or " -#~ "running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that " -#~ "process). Severity Level: Select the lowest severity " -#~ "level for security events that you would like to be included in the " -#~ "report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the " -#~ "reports. Detail: A source to which the profile has denied " -#~ "access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to " -#~ "report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. " -#~ "Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the " -#~ "program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w " -#~ "(write) l (link) x (execute) Access Type: The access type " -#~ "describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options " -#~ "are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING. CSV or HTML: " -#~ "Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or html file. The " -#~ "CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a " -#~ "standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You " -#~ "can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full " -#~ "pathname in the field provided." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapor yapılandırma aracı önceki ekrandaki seçilen arşivlenmiş raporu " -#~ "filtrelemenizi sağlar. Zaman aralığına göre filtrelemek için:</" -#~ "b> <ol><li>Zaman aralığına göre filtrele seçeneğini " -#~ "tıklayın. Zaman alanları etkinleşecektir. <li>Raporun alanını belirleyen " -#~ "başlangıç ve bitiş tarihlerini girin. <li>Diğer filtreleme " -#~ "parametrelerini girin. Bu parametrelerin tanımı için aşağıya " -#~ "bakabilirsiniz. </ol>Aşağıdaki tanımlar rapor yapılandırma penceresindeki " -#~ "filtreleme parametrelerini girmenize yardımcı olacaktır: " -#~ "Program adı şablonu:Eğer bir program adı, ya da program adına uyan " -#~ "bir şablon girerseniz raporda bu seçilen program için oluşan güvenlik " -#~ "olaylarını görebilirsiniz. Profil adı şablonu: Buraya bir " -#~ "profil adını girerseniz o profil için oluşturulan güvenlik olayları " -#~ "listelenecektir. Bu şekilde bir profil tarafından nelerin sınırlandığını " -#~ "görebilirsiniz. PID numarası: PID numarası, çalışan bir " -#~ "programın sahip olduğu, uygulamayı belirten bir numaradır (bu numara " -#~ "program sonlanana kadar geçerlidir). Önem seviyesi: Rapora " -#~ "eklenecek en düşük önem seviyesini seçin. Seçilen seviye ve daha üst " -#~ "seviyeler rapora eklenecektir. Detay: Profilin erişimini " -#~ "reddettiği kaynak. Bu, yetenek ve dosyaları içerir. Bu alanı kullanarak " -#~ "profillerin hangi kaynaklara erişiminin izin vermediğini görebilirsiniz." -#~ " Mod: Mod, profilin program ya da uygulamaya verdiği " -#~ "izindir. Seçenekler: r (oku) w (yaz) l (bağla) x (çalıştır) " -#~ "Erişim türü: Erişim türü bu güvenlik vakasında ne yapıldığını " -#~ "gösterir. Seçenekler: İZİN VERİLİYOR, REDDEDİLİYOR, KONTROL EDİLİYOR." -#~ " CSV ya da HTML: Bir CSV (virgül ile ayrılan değerler) " -#~ "dosyasına ya da bir html dosyasına kayıt yapmayı sağlar. CSV dosyası " -#~ "kayıt dosyasındaki verileri virgülle ayırır. Bu standart bir dosya " -#~ "türüdür ve tablo kullanan programlarda açılabilir. Dosyanın kaydedileceği " -#~ "dizin yerini gerekli alana yazabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range: <ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program. Profile Name Pattern: When you enter the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile. PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process). Severity Level: Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. Detail: A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING. CSV or HTML: Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or ht ml file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided." +#~ msgstr "Rapor yapılandırma aracı önceki ekrandaki seçilen arşivlenmiş raporu filtrelemenizi sağlar. Zaman aralığına göre filtrelemek için: <ol><li>Zaman aralığına göre filtrele seçeneğini tıklayın. Zaman alanları etkinleşecektir. <li>Raporun alanını belirleyen başlangıç ve bitiş tarihlerini girin. <li>Diğer filtreleme parametrelerini girin. Bu parametrelerin tanımı için aşağıya bakabilirsiniz. </ol>Aşağıdaki tanımlar rapor yapılandırma penceresindeki filtreleme parametrelerini girmenize yardımcı olacaktır: Program adı şablonu:Eğer bir program adı, ya da program adına uyan bir şablon girerseniz raporda bu seçilen program için oluşan güvenlik olaylarını görebilirsiniz. Profil adı şablonu: Buraya bir profil adını girerseniz o profil için oluşturulan güvenlik olayları listelenecektir. Bu şekilde bir profil tarafından nelerin sınırlandığını görebilirsiniz. PID numarası: PID numarası, çalışan bir programın sahip olduğu, uygulamayı belirten bir numaradır (bu numara program sonlanana kadar geçerlidir). Önem seviyesi: Rapora eklenecek en düşük önem seviyesini seçin. Seçilen seviye ve daha üst seviyeler rapora eklenecektir. Detay: Profilin erişimini reddettiği kaynak. Bu, yetenek ve dosyaları içerir. Bu alanı kullanarak profillerin hangi kaynaklara erişiminin izin vermediğini görebilirsiniz. Mod: Mod, profilin program ya da uygulamaya verdiği izindir. Seçenekler: r (oku) w (yaz) l (bağla) x (çalıştır) Erişim türü: Erişim türü bu güvenlik vakasında ne yapıldığını gösterir. Seçenekler: İZİN VERİLİYOR, REDDEDİLİYOR, KONTROL EDİLİYOR. CSV ya da HTML: Bir CSV (virgül ile ayrılan değerler) dosyasına ya da bir html dosyasına kayıt yapmayı sağlar. CSV dosyası kayıt dosyasındaki verileri virg� �lle ayırır. Bu standart bir dosya türüdür ve tablo kullanan programlarda açılabilir. Dosyanın kaydedileceği dizin yerini gerekli alana yazabilirsiniz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated " -#~ "version of one of the following reports. Executive Security Summary:</" -#~ "b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports " -#~ "from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of " -#~ "security events on multiple machines. Applications Audit " -#~ "Report: An auditing tool that reports which application servers are " -#~ "running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. " -#~ "Application servers are applications that accept incoming network " -#~ "connections. Security Incident Report: A report that " -#~ "displays application security for a single host. It reports policy " -#~ "violations for locally confined applications during a specific time " -#~ "period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "AppArmor istendiğinde oluşturulan rapor ekranında aşağıdaki raporlardan " -#~ "birinin anında hazırlanan hali gösterilir. Yönetici güvenlik özeti:</" -#~ "b> Bir ya da birden fazla makinedeki, bir ya da birden fazla güvenlik " -#~ "olayının birleşik raporudur. Bu rapor ile birden fazla makinedeki " -#~ "güvenlik olaylarını tek bakışta görebilirsiniz. Uygulama " -#~ "teftiş raporu: Hangi uygulama sunucularının çalıştığını ve bu " -#~ "uygulamaların AppArmor tarafından kontrol edilme durumunu görmek için bir " -#~ "araçtır. Uygulama sunucuları gelen ağ bağlantılarını kabul eden " -#~ "uygulamalardır. Güvenlik vaka raporu: Tek bir makine için " -#~ "uygulama güvenliğini gösteren rapordur. Belirtilen zaman aralığındaki " -#~ "sınırlandırılmış uygulamaların kural ihlallerini gösterir. Bu raporu " -#~ "düzenleyebilir, ya da yeni sürümlerini ekleyebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated version of one of the following reports. Executive Security Summary: A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines. Applications Audit Report: An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. Security Incident Report: A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions." +#~ msgstr "AppArmor istendiğinde oluşturulan rapor ekranında aşağıdaki raporlardan birinin anında hazırlanan hali gösterilir. Yönetici güvenlik özeti: Bir ya da birden fazla makinedeki, bir ya da birden fazla güvenlik olayının birleşik raporudur. Bu rapor ile birden fazla makinedeki güvenlik olaylarını tek bakışta görebilirsiniz. Uygulama teftiş raporu: Hangi uygulama sunucularının çalıştığını ve bu uygulamaların AppArmor tarafından kontrol edilme durumunu görmek için bir araçtır. Uygulama sunucuları gelen ağ bağlantılarını kabul eden uygulamalardır. Güvenlik vaka raporu: Tek bir makine için uygulama güvenliğini gösteren rapordur. Belirtilen zaman aralığındaki sınırlandırılmış uygulamaların kural ihlallerini gösterir. Bu raporu düzenleyebilir, ya da yeni sürümlerini ekleyebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report " -#~ "selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range: " -#~ "<ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active. " -#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the " -#~ "report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions " -#~ "of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the " -#~ "filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: Program Name " -#~ "Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the " -#~ "name of the executable process of interest, the report will display " -#~ "security events that have occurred for a specific program. " -#~ "Profile Name Pattern: When you enter the name of the security " -#~ "profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the " -#~ "security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use " -#~ "this to see what is being confined by a specific profile. PID " -#~ "Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one " -#~ "specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the " -#~ "lifetime of that process). Severity Level: Select the " -#~ "lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be " -#~ "included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be " -#~ "included in the reports. Detail: A source to which the " -#~ "profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can " -#~ "use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by " -#~ "profiles. Mode: The Mode is the permission that the " -#~ "profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The " -#~ "options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Access " -#~ "Type: The access type describes what is actually happening with the " -#~ "security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING." -#~ " CSV or HTML: Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated " -#~ "values) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log " -#~ "entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-" -#~ "oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report " -#~ "by typing in the full pathname in the field provided." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapor yapılandırma aracı önceki ekrandaki seçilen arşivlenmiş raporu " -#~ "filtrelemenizi sağlar. Zaman aralığına göre filtrelemek için:</" -#~ "b> <ol><li>Zaman aralığına göre filtrele seçeneğini " -#~ "tıklayın. Zaman alanları etkinleşecektir. <li>Raporun alanını belirleyen " -#~ "başlangıç ve bitiş tarihlerini girin. <li>Diğer filtreleme " -#~ "parametrelerini girin. Bu parametrelerin tanımı için aşağıya " -#~ "bakabilirsiniz. </ol>Aşağıdaki tanımlar rapor yapılandırma penceresindeki " -#~ "filtreleme parametrelerini girmenize yardımcı olacaktır: " -#~ "Program adı şablonu:Eğer bir program adı, ya da program adına uyan " -#~ "bir şablon girerseniz raporda bu seçilen program için oluşan güvenlik " -#~ "olaylarını görebilirsiniz. Profil adı şablonu: Buraya bir " -#~ "profil adını girerseniz o profil için oluşturulan güvenlik olayları " -#~ "listelenecektir. Bu şekilde bir profil tarafından nelerin sınırlandığını " -#~ "görebilirsiniz. PID numarası: PID numarası, çalışan bir " -#~ "programın sahip olduğu, uygulamayı belirten bir numaradır (bu numara " -#~ "program sonlanana kadar geçerlidir). Önem seviyesi: Rapora " -#~ "eklenecek en düşük önem seviyesini seçin. Seçilen seviye ve daha üst " -#~ "seviyeler rapora eklenecektir. Detay: Profilin erişimini " -#~ "reddettiği kaynak. Bu, yetenek ve dosyaları içerir. Bu alanı kullanarak " -#~ "profillerin hangi kaynaklara erişiminin izin vermediğini görebilirsiniz." -#~ " Mod: Mod, profilin program ya da uygulamaya verdiği " -#~ "izindir. Seçenekler: r (oku) w (yaz) l (bağla) x (çalıştır) " -#~ "Erişim türü: Erişim türü bu güvenlik vakasında ne yapıldığını " -#~ "gösterir. Seçenekler: İZİN VERİLİYOR, REDDEDİLİYOR, KONTROL EDİLİYOR." -#~ " CSV ya da HTML: Bir CSV (virgül ile ayrılan değerler) " -#~ "dosyasına ya da bir html dosyasına kayıt yapmayı sağlar. CSV dosyası " -#~ "kayıt dosyasındaki verileri virgülle ayırır. Bu standart bir dosya " -#~ "türüdür ve tablo kullanan programlarda açılabilir. Dosyanın kaydedileceği " -#~ "dizin yerini gerekli alana yazabilirsiniz. " +#~ msgid "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range: <ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the executable process of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program. Profile Name Pattern: When you enter the name of the security profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile. PID Num ber: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process). Severity Level: Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. Detail: A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING. CSV or HTML: Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values ) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided." +#~ msgstr "Rapor yapılandırma aracı önceki ekrandaki seçilen arşivlenmiş raporu filtrelemenizi sağlar. Zaman aralığına göre filtrelemek için: <ol><li>Zaman aralığına göre filtrele seçeneğini tıklayın. Zaman alanları etkinleşecektir. <li>Raporun alanını belirleyen başlangıç ve bitiş tarihlerini girin. <li>Diğer filtreleme parametrelerini girin. Bu parametrelerin tanımı için aşağıya bakabilirsiniz. </ol>Aşağıdaki tanımlar rapor yapılandırma penceresindeki filtreleme parametrelerini girmenize yardımcı olacaktır: Program adı şablonu:Eğer bir program adı, ya da program adına uyan bir şablon girerseniz raporda bu seçilen program için oluşan güvenlik olaylarını görebilirsiniz. Profil adı şablonu: Buraya bir profil adını girerseniz o profil için oluşturulan güvenlik olayları listelenecektir. Bu şekilde bir profil tarafından nelerin sınırlandığını görebilirsiniz. PID numarası: PID numarası, çalışan bir programın sahip olduğu, uygulamayı belirten bir numaradır (bu numara program sonlanana kadar geçerlidir). Önem seviyesi: Rapora eklenecek en düşük önem seviyesini seçin. Seçilen seviye ve daha üst seviyeler rapora eklenecektir. Detay: Profilin erişimini reddettiği kaynak. Bu, yetenek ve dosyaları içerir. Bu alanı kullanarak profillerin hangi kaynaklara erişiminin izin vermediğini görebilirsiniz. Mod: Mod, profilin program ya da uygulamaya verdiği izindir. Seçenekler: r (oku) w (yaz) l (bağla) x (çalıştır) Erişim türü: Erişim türü bu güvenlik vakasında ne yapıldığını gösterir. Seçenekler: İZİN VERİLİYOR, REDDEDİLİYOR, KONTROL EDİLİYOR. CSV ya da HTML: Bir CSV (virgül ile ayrılan değerler) dosyasına ya da bir html dosyasına kayıt yapmayı sağlar. CSV dosyası kayıt dosyasındaki verileri virg� �lle ayırır. Bu standart bir dosya türüdür ve tablo kullanan programlarda açılabilir. Dosyanın kaydedileceği dizin yerini gerekli alana yazabilirsiniz. " #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are " -#~ "scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or " -#~ "hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also " -#~ "be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients. In " -#~ "the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of " -#~ "security reports: Executive Security Summary: A combined " -#~ "report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or " -#~ "more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on " -#~ "multiple machines. Applications Audit Report: An auditing " -#~ "tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the " -#~ "applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are " -#~ "applications that accept incoming network connections. " -#~ "Security Incident Report: A report that displays application " -#~ "security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally " -#~ "confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and " -#~ "customize this report, or add new versions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zamanlanan raporlar sayfasında bu raporların hangi zamanlarda " -#~ "hazırlanacağı gösterilir. Raporlar aylık, haftalık, günlük ya da saatlik " -#~ "olarak hazırlanabilir. Standart ayarlar günlük, ve gece yarısı olmak " -#~ "üzere yapılmıştır. Bu raporlar bittiğinde en fazla 3 adrese e-posta ile " -#~ "gönderilebilir. Zamanlama kur bölümünde şu üç tür rapor için " -#~ "zamanlama yapabilirsiniz:Yönetici güvenlik özeti: Bir ya da birden " -#~ "fazla makinedeki, bir ya da birden fazla güvenlik olayının birleşik " -#~ "raporudur. Bu rapor ile birden fazla makinedeki güvenlik olaylarını tek " -#~ "bakışta görebilirsiniz. Uygulama teftiş raporu: Hangi " -#~ "uygulama sunucularının çalıştığını ve bu uygulamaların AppArmor " -#~ "tarafından kontrol edilme durumunu görmek için bir araçtır. Uygulama " -#~ "sunucuları gelen ağ bağlantılarını kabul eden uygulamalardır. " -#~ "Güvenlik vaka raporu: Tek bir makine için uygulama güvenliğini " -#~ "gösteren rapordur. Belirtilen zaman aralığındaki sınırlandırılmış " -#~ "uygulamaların kural ihlallerini gösterir. Bu raporu düzenleyebilir, ya da " -#~ "yeni sürümlerini ekleyebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients. In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports: Executive Security Summary: A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines. Applications Audit Report: An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. Security Incident Report: A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally conf ined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions." +#~ msgstr "Zamanlanan raporlar sayfasında bu raporların hangi zamanlarda hazırlanacağı gösterilir. Raporlar aylık, haftalık, günlük ya da saatlik olarak hazırlanabilir. Standart ayarlar günlük, ve gece yarısı olmak üzere yapılmıştır. Bu raporlar bittiğinde en fazla 3 adrese e-posta ile gönderilebilir. Zamanlama kur bölümünde şu üç tür rapor için zamanlama yapabilirsiniz:Yönetici güvenlik özeti: Bir ya da birden fazla makinedeki, bir ya da birden fazla güvenlik olayının birleşik raporudur. Bu rapor ile birden fazla makinedeki güvenlik olaylarını tek bakışta görebilirsiniz. Uygulama teftiş raporu: Hangi uygulama sunucularının çalıştığını ve bu uygulamaların AppArmor tarafından kontrol edilme durumunu görmek için bir araçtır. Uygulama sunucuları gelen ağ bağlantılarını kabul eden uygulamalardır. Güvenlik vaka raporu: Tek bir makine için uygulama güvenliğini gösteren rapo rdur. Belirtilen zaman aralığındaki sınırlandırılmış uygulamaların kural ihlallerini gösterir. Bu raporu düzenleyebilir, ya da yeni sürümlerini ekleyebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -#~ "enforcement module is loaded and functioning. Security Event " -#~ "Notification Configure this tool if you want to be notified by " -#~ "email when access violations have occurred. Profile Modes</" -#~ "b> Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual " -#~ "profiles." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "AppArmor durumu Burada AppArmor modülünün yüklü olduğunu ve " -#~ "çalışıp çalışmadığını görebilirsiniz.Güvenlik olay bildirimi</" -#~ "b> Güvenlik kuralları çiğnendiğinde bunun size e-posta ile " -#~ "bildirilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement module is loaded and functioning. Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want to be notified by email when access violations have occurred. Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual profiles." +#~ msgstr "AppArmor durumu Burada AppArmor modülünün yüklü olduğunu ve çalışıp çalışmadığını görebilirsiniz.Güvenlik olay bildirimi Güvenlik kuralları çiğnendiğinde bunun size e-posta ile bildirilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz." # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:27 #~ msgid "&Yes" @@ -3201,9 +2760,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Yönetici güvenlik özeti raporu" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<tr><th colspan='7'>Executive Security Summary - Generated by AppArmor</" -#~ "th></tr>" +#~ msgid "<tr><th colspan='7'>Executive Security Summary - Generated by AppArmor</th></tr>" #~ msgstr "Yönetici güvenlik özeti raporu" #, fuzzy @@ -3211,9 +2768,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Uygulama teftiş raporu" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<table border='1' cellpadding='2'><tr><th colspan='7'>Applications Audit " -#~ "Report - Generated by AppArmor</th></tr>\n" +#~ msgid "<table border='1' cellpadding='2'><tr><th colspan='7'>Applications Audit Report - Generated by AppArmor</th></tr>\n" #~ msgstr "Uygulama teftiş raporu" #, fuzzy @@ -3403,16 +2958,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Capbility Selection.\n" -#~ " Select desired capabilities for this " -#~ "profile. \n" -#~ " Select a Capability name to see " -#~ "information about the capability." +#~ " Select desired capabilities for this profile. \n" +#~ " Select a Capability name to see information about the capability." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yetenek seçimi.\n" -#~ " Bu profil için istenen yetenekleri " -#~ "seçin. \n" -#~ " Yetenek hakkında bilgi almak için yetenek " -#~ "ismini seçebilirsiniz." +#~ " Bu profil için istenen yetenekleri seçin. \n" +#~ " Yetenek hakkında bilgi almak için yetenek ismini seçebilirsiniz." #~ msgid " or press Abort to cancel this wizard." #~ msgstr ", ya da Durdur düğmesiyle bu sihirbazdan çıkabilirsiniz." @@ -3423,23 +2974,11 @@ #~ msgid "Cap for " #~ msgstr "Yetenek - " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual " -#~ "profile. For existing entries you can double click the permissions to " -#~ "access a modification dialog.." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pencerede bir profilin içeriğini görüp değiştirebilirsiniz. Mevcut " -#~ "girdilerin izinlerine çift tıklayarak ayar penceresine ulaşabilirisiniz.." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.." +#~ msgstr "Bu pencerede bir profilin içeriğini görüp değiştirebilirsiniz. Mevcut girdilerin izinlerine çift tıklayarak ayar penceresine ulaşabilirisiniz.." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Permission Definitions: <<code> R - read W - write X - " -#~ "execute U - unconfined I - inherit L - link P - discrete " -#~ "profile </code>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "İzin tanımları: <<code> R - oku W - yaz X - " -#~ "çalıştır U - kapatılmamış I - içer L - bağlantı P - ayrı " -#~ "profil </code>" +#~ msgid "Permission Definitions: <<code> R - read W - write X - execute U - unconfined I - inherit L - link P - discrete profile </code>" +#~ msgstr "İzin tanımları: <<code> R - oku W - yaz X - çalıştır U - kapatılmamış I - içer L - bağlantı P - ayrı profil </code>" #~ msgid "Editing HAT saving" #~ msgstr "Düzenlenen başlık kaydediliyor" @@ -3448,8 +2987,7 @@ #~ msgid "Adding HAT " #~ msgstr "Başlık ekleniyor" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor include files must be located in the directory /etc/apparmor.d" +#~ msgid "AppArmor include files must be located in the directory /etc/apparmor.d" #~ msgstr "AppArmor kapsama dosyaları /etc/apparmor.d dizininde bulunmalıdır." #~ msgid "Saving Hat" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89795 - trunk/yast/cs/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:56:14 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89795 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/add-on-creator.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/add-on.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/autoinst.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/base.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/ca-management.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/cio.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/control-center.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/control.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/country.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/dhcp-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/dns-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/fcoe-client.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/firewall-services.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/firewall.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/firstboot.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/ftp-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/gtk.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/http-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/inetd.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/installation.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/instserver.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/iplb.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-client.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-lio-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/kdump.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/kerberos-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/kerberos.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap-client.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/live-installer.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/lxc.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/multipath.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/ncurses-pkg.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/ncurses.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/network.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/nfs.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/nfs_server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/nis.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/nis_server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/ntp-client.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/oneclickinstall.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/online-update-configuration.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/online-update.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/opensuse_mirror.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/packager.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/pkg-bindings.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/printer.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/product-creator.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/proxy.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/qt-pkg.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/rear.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/registration.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/reipl.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/relocation-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/s390.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/samba-client.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/samba-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/samba-users.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/scanner.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/security.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/services-manager.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/slp-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/snapper.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/sound.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/squid.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/sshd.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/sudo.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/support.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/sysconfig.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/tftp-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/tune.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/update.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/users.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/vm.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/wagon.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/wol.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/xpram.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/yast2-apparmor.cs.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/add-on-creator.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/add-on-creator.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/add-on-creator.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -42,9 +42,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'clone' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." -msgstr "" -"Vytvořit a sestavit nový rozšiřující produkt na základě existujícího " -"produktu." +msgstr "Vytvořit a sestavit nový rozšiřující produkt na základě existujícího produktu." #. command line help text for 'sign' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 @@ -184,9 +182,7 @@ #. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "" -"Číslo zvoleného rozšíření (více o číslech produktů najdete pomocí příkazu " -"'list')." +msgstr "Číslo zvoleného rozšíření (více o číslech produktů najdete pomocí příkazu 'list')." #. command line help text for 'changelog' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 @@ -274,12 +270,8 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"Není dostupná žádná konfigurace produktu rozšíření. Vytvořte novou pomocí " -"příkazů 'vytvořit' nebo 'klonovat'." +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "Není dostupná žádná konfigurace produktu rozšíření. Vytvořte novou pomocí příkazů 'vytvořit' nebo 'klonovat'." #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 @@ -318,32 +310,23 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Vytváření nového rozšíření spustíte kliknutím na tlačítko Přidat.</" -"p>" +msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +msgstr "Vytváření nového rozšíření spustíte kliknutím na tlačítko Přidat." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "Kliknutím na Upravit můžete změnit zvolenou konfiguraci." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "Delete the selected configuration using Delete." -msgstr "" -"Vybranou konfigurací odstraňte pomocí tlačítka Odstranit." +msgstr "Vybranou konfigurací odstraňte pomocí tlačítka Odstranit." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"Build." -msgstr "" -"Nové rozšíření na základě vybrané konfigurace vytvoříte kliknutím na " -"Vytvořit." +msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." +msgstr "Nové rozšíření na základě vybrané konfigurace vytvoříte kliknutím na Vytvořit." #. table header item #. summary header @@ -1082,29 +1065,18 @@ #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." msgstr "Tento modul vás provede tvorbou rozšiřujícího produktu." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product." -msgstr "" -"Zvolte, jak chcete nový rozšiřující produkt vytvářet. Můžete jej vytvořit " -"od začátku nebo jej založit na již existujícím produktu." +msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgstr "Zvolte, jak chcete nový rozšiřující produkt vytvářet. Můžete jej vytvořit od začátku nebo jej založit na již existujícím produktu." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " -"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product." -msgstr "" -"Je-li nový produkt založen na existujícím produktu, zaškrtněte " -"Vytvořit popisy balíků pro vytvoření nových popisů balíků v " -"existujícím produktu." +msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." +msgstr "Je-li nový produkt založen na existujícím produktu, zaškrtněte Vytvořit popisy balíků pro vytvoření nových popisů balíků v existujícím produktu." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 @@ -1123,12 +1095,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Zvolte produkt, se kterým lze nový rozšiřující produkt použít. Tato volba " -"tvoří hodnotu REQUIRES souboru <tt>content</tt>." +msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Zvolte produkt, se kterým lze nový rozšiřující produkt použít. Tato volba tvoří hodnotu REQUIRES souboru <tt>content</tt>." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 @@ -1137,12 +1105,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte cestu k adresáři s RPM balíky tvořícími váš rozšiřující produkt.</" -"p>" +msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." +msgstr "Vyberte cestu k adresáři s RPM balíky tvořícími váš rozšiřující produkt." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 @@ -1151,16 +1115,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow." -msgstr "" -"Volitelně lze vybrat cestu k adresáři, který obsahuje balíčky RPM " -"produktu, na kterém je rozšiřující produkt založen. Tyto balíčky nebudou " -"zahrnuty v rozšiřujícím produktu, ale možná budou použity při dalším postupu " -"k vytvoření vzoru." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." +msgstr "Volitelně lze vybrat cestu k adresáři, který obsahuje balíčky RPM produktu, na kterém je rozšiřující produkt založen. Tyto balíčky nebudou zahrnuty v rozšiřujícím produktu, ale možná budou použity při dalším postupu k vytvoření vzoru." #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 @@ -1169,61 +1125,33 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Vložte informace potřebné pro identifikaci rozšiřujícího produktu. Zrušte " -"Zobrazit pouze požadovaná klíčová slova pro zobrazení všech atributů " -"souboru <tt>content</tt>." +msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Vložte informace potřebné pro identifikaci rozšiřujícího produktu. Zrušte Zobrazit pouze požadovaná klíčová slova pro zobrazení všech atributů souboru <tt>content</tt>." #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "Use Import to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Stisknutím tlačítka Importovat importujete existující soubor " -"<tt>content</tt>." +msgstr "Stisknutím tlačítka Importovat importujete existující soubor <tt>content</tt>." #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here." -msgstr "" -"Zde upravte jazykově závislé popisy balíků (soubory <tt>packages.lang</" -"tt>)." +msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." +msgstr "Zde upravte jazykově závislé popisy balíků (soubory <tt>packages.lang</tt>)." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." -msgstr "" -"Přidat jazyk použijte pro přidání souboru s popisem pro nový " -"jazyk. Seznam dostupných jazyků je načítán z hodnoty LINGUAS souboru " -"<tt>content</tt>. Existující soubor s popisy balíků importujte pomocí " -"Importovat. Soubor s popisy smažete pomocí Smazat." +msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgstr "Přidat jazyk použijte pro přidání souboru s popisem pro nový jazyk. Seznam dostupných jazyků je načítán z hodnoty LINGUAS souboru <tt>content</tt>. Existující soubor s popisy balíků importujte pomocí Importovat. Soubor s popisy smažete pomocí Smazat." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package." -msgstr "" -"Tlačítka Přidat a Upravit v druhé tabulce použijte k úpravě " -"položek popisu vybraného balíku." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." +msgstr "Tlačítka Přidat a Upravit v druhé tabulce použijte k úpravě položek popisu vybraného balíku." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " -"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." -msgstr "" -"Volitelně si vyberte cestu k souboru poskytujícímu dodatečné " -"závislosti balíčků (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgstr "Volitelně si vyberte cestu k souboru poskytujícímu dodatečné závislosti balíčků (EXTRA_PROV)." #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 @@ -1232,29 +1160,19 @@ #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " -"existing one." -msgstr "" -"Použijte tlačítko Nový pro vytvoření nového vzoru nebo " -"Importovat pro import existujícího vzoru." +msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgstr "Použijte tlačítko Nový pro vytvoření nového vzoru nebo Importovat pro import existujícího vzoru." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes." -msgstr "" -"Tlačítka Přidat a Upravit v druhé tabulce použijte k úpravě " -"atributů vzorů." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." +msgstr "Tlačítka Přidat a Upravit v druhé tabulce použijte k úpravě atributů vzorů." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." msgstr "" "Zaškrtněte Vyžadovaný vzor pokud chcete vybrat vzor\n" "jako vyžadovaný pro doplňkový produkt. Při spuštění instalace doplňkového\n" @@ -1262,110 +1180,53 @@ #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte cestu do adresáře, ve kterém má být rozšiřující produkt vytvořen. " -"Vyberte Vytvořit ISO obraz pro vytvoření ISO obrazu produktu v " -"cílovém adresáři." +msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." +msgstr "Zadejte cestu do adresáře, ve kterém má být rozšiřující produkt vytvořen. Vyberte Vytvořit ISO obraz pro vytvoření ISO obrazu produktu v cílovém adresáři." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgstr "" -"Soubor changelog obsahující informace o všech změnách rozšiřujícího " -"produktu za poslední dva roky vytvoříte kliknutím na Vytvořit changelog</" -"b>." +msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgstr "Soubor changelog obsahující informace o všech změnách rozšiřujícího produktu za poslední dva roky vytvoříte kliknutím na Vytvořit changelog." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " -"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values." -msgstr "" -"Průběh rozšiřujícího produktu upravte pomocí Konfigurovat průběh. " -"Volitelné soubory použijte ke konfiguraci textů souborů <tt>README</" -"tt>, licencí a dalších volitelných hodnot." +msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." +msgstr "Průběh rozšiřujícího produktu upravte pomocí Konfigurovat průběh. Volitelné soubory použijte ke konfiguraci textů souborů <tt>README</tt>, licencí a dalších volitelných hodnot." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow." -msgstr "" -"Zde můžete vložit soubory nutné k úpravě průběhu vašeho rozšiřujícího " -"produktu." +msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." +msgstr "Zde můžete vložit soubory nutné k úpravě průběhu vašeho rozšiřujícího produktu." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." -msgstr "" -"Vložte umístění souboru s popisem průběhu. Soubor je alternativou k " -"souboru <tt>control.xml</tt> a je uložen pod jménem <tt>installation.xml</" -"tt> v základním adresáři rozšiřujícího produktu." +msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgstr "Vložte umístění souboru s popisem průběhu. Soubor je alternativou k souboru <tt>control.xml</tt> a je uložen pod jménem <tt>installation.xml</tt> v základním adresáři rozšiřujícího produktu." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." -msgstr "" -"Chcete-li během instalace použít vlastní moduly programu YaST, zadejte " -"cestu k archivu <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> obsahujícímu tyto soubory nebo " -"nakonfigurujte obsah <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> zadáním YaST RPM balíků v " -"Importovat balíčky." +msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgstr "Chcete-li během instalace použít vlastní moduly programu YaST, zadejte cestu k archivu <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> obsahujícímu tyto soubory nebo nakonfigurujte obsah <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> zadáním YaST RPM balíků v Importovat balíčky." #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." -msgstr "" -"Volitelný soubor <tt>info.txt</tt> obsahuje informace o rozšiřujícím " -"produktu, které by měly být zobrazeny jako vyskakovací okno s tlačítkem " -"OK." +msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgstr "Volitelný soubor <tt>info.txt</tt> obsahuje informace o rozšiřujícím produktu, které by měly být zobrazeny jako vyskakovací okno s tlačítkem OK." #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " -"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Text licence je před začátkem instalace zobrazen v okně s tlačítky " -"Souhlasím a Nesouhlasím. Soubory s textem licence v různých " -"jazycích jsou zkomprimovány do souboru <tt>license.zip</tt> a uloženy v " -"adresáři <tt>media.1</tt>." +msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgstr "Text licence je před začátkem instalace zobrazen v okně s tlačítky Souhlasím a Nesouhlasím. Soubory s textem licence v různých jazycích jsou zkomprimovány do souboru <tt>license.zip</tt> a uloženy v adresáři <tt>media.1</tt>." #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Soubory <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> a <tt>COPYING</tt> mohou mít různé jazykové " -"mutace a jsou uloženy v kořenovém adresáři rozšiřujícího produktu." +msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." +msgstr "Soubory <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> a <tt>COPYING</tt> mohou mít různé jazykové mutace a jsou uloženy v kořenovém adresáři rozšiřujícího produktu." #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." -msgstr "" -"Zde nakonfigurujte podpis rozšiřujícího produktu. Zvolte tajný klíč ze " -"seznamu dostupných klíčů nebo vytvořte nový klíč pomocí Vytvořit." +msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgstr "Zde nakonfigurujte podpis rozšiřujícího produktu. Zvolte tajný klíč ze seznamu dostupných klíčů nebo vytvořte nový klíč pomocí Vytvořit." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 @@ -1374,67 +1235,38 @@ #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Tuto volbu vyberte, jestliže chcete podepsat všechny balíčky " -"doplňkového produktu vybraným klíčem. Všechny předchozí podpisy balíčků " -"budou odstraněny." +msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgstr "Tuto volbu vyberte, jestliže chcete podepsat všechny balíčky doplňkového produktu vybraným klíčem. Všechny předchozí podpisy balíčků budou odstraněny." #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." -msgstr "" -"Vložte hodnoty nutné pro vytvoření nového páru primárních klíčů." +msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +msgstr "Vložte hodnoty nutné pro vytvoření nového páru primárních klíčů." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long." -msgstr "" -"Výchozí velikost DSA klíče je 1024 bitů. Velikost RSA klíčů může být mezi " -"1024 a 4096 bity." +msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." +msgstr "Výchozí velikost DSA klíče je 1024 bitů. Velikost RSA klíčů může být mezi 1024 a 4096 bity." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires." -msgstr "" -"Jako Datum vypršení zadejte počet dní, po jejichž uplynutí klíč " -"vyprší. Je-li číslo následováno písmenem <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> nebo <tt>y</" -"tt>, označuje počet týdnů, měsíců či let. Pokud je pole prázdné, klíč nikdy " -"nevyprší." +msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." +msgstr "Jako Datum vypršení zadejte počet dní, po jejichž uplynutí klíč vyprší. Je-li číslo následováno písmenem <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> nebo <tt>y</tt>, označuje počet týdnů, měsíců či let. Pokud je pole prázdné, klíč nikdy nevyprší." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated." -msgstr "" -"Položky Jméno, Komentář a Emailová adresa použijte " -"pro identifikaci uživatele, s nímž má být asociován nový klíč." +msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgstr "Položky Jméno, Komentář a Emailová adresa použijte pro identifikaci uživatele, s nímž má být asociován nový klíč." #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Zde vidíte souhrnný přehled údajů pro tvorbu rozšiřujícího produktu." +msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgstr "Zde vidíte souhrnný přehled údajů pro tvorbu rozšiřujícího produktu." #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"" -msgstr "" -"Stiskněte tlačítko Dokončit pro vytvoření rozšiřujícího produktu v " -"cílovém adresáři." +msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." +msgstr "Stiskněte tlačítko Dokončit pro vytvoření rozšiřujícího produktu v cílovém adresáři." #. text entry label #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 @@ -1552,12 +1384,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Mezerami oddělený seznam architektur produktu. Odpovídá dostupným " -"architekturám vydaných balíčků." +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Mezerami oddělený seznam architektur produktu. Odpovídá dostupným architekturám vydaných balíčků." #. label of content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 @@ -1582,13 +1410,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"Řetězec označující distribuci. Stejný řetězec je pravděpodobně použit v ." -"rpms k určení distribuce. Obvykle to je složení jména, verze a architektury." +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "Řetězec označující distribuci. Stejný řetězec je pravděpodobně použit v .rpms k určení distribuce. Obvykle to je složení jména, verze a architektury." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 @@ -1617,12 +1440,8 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"Popisek kódovaný v UTF-8. Výchozí popisek pokud je vynechán LINGUAS " -"nebo nelze určit výchozí jazyk." +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "Popisek kódovaný v UTF-8. Výchozí popisek pokud je vynechán LINGUAS nebo nelze určit výchozí jazyk." #. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 @@ -1691,14 +1510,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " -"LABEL.lang is expected." -msgstr "" -"V UTF-8 kódovaný popisek LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> má stejnou syntaxi jako " -"hodnoty LINGUAS. Pro každý jazyk uvedený v LINGUAS je očekáván " -"odpovídající LABEL.lang." +msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." +msgstr "V UTF-8 kódovaný popisek LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> má stejnou syntaxi jako hodnoty LINGUAS. Pro každý jazyk uvedený v LINGUAS je očekáván odpovídající LABEL.lang." #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" @@ -1736,12 +1549,8 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Jednořádková kategorie ve výchozím jazyce určená pro seskupování vzorů. " -"Kategorie jsou určené uživateli a mohou být libovolné." +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Jednořádková kategorie ve výchozím jazyce určená pro seskupování vzorů. Kategorie jsou určené uživateli a mohou být libovolné." #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 @@ -1775,11 +1584,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"Tyto balíky jsou implicitně nainstalovány ale mohou být odstraněny bez " -"stížnosti." +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "Tyto balíky jsou implicitně nainstalovány ale mohou být odstraněny bez stížnosti." #. label for 'Prs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 @@ -1791,12 +1597,8 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Jedná se pouze pro nápovědu pro aplikaci, není kontrolováno během řešení " -"závislostí." +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Jedná se pouze pro nápovědu pro aplikaci, není kontrolováno během řešení závislostí." #. label for 'Ico' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 @@ -1807,20 +1609,10 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Není-li zadána, je místo ní použito jméno vzoru\n" -"(mezery jsou nahrazeny podtržítky). Pokud jméno souboru neobsahuje příponu ." -"png nebo .jpg, je připojena přípona .png. Není-li specifikována cesta, " -"hledají se ikony v cestě motivu ikon (nejprve /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/32x32/apps/, pak /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). " -"Jsou povoleny absolutní a relativní cesty (k cestě /usr/share/YaST2/theme/" -"current/)." +"(mezery jsou nahrazeny podtržítky). Pokud jméno souboru neobsahuje příponu .png nebo .jpg, je připojena přípona .png. Není-li specifikována cesta, hledají se ikony v cestě motivu ikon (nejprve /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, pak /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Jsou povoleny absolutní a relativní cesty (k cestě /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." #. label for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 @@ -1829,12 +1621,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Tato tříciferná hodnota určuje pořadí vzoru, je-li v uživatelském rozhraní " -"zobrazeno více vzorů." +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Tato tříciferná hodnota určuje pořadí vzoru, je-li v uživatelském rozhraní zobrazeno více vzorů." #. label for 'Req' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 @@ -1853,16 +1641,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Schopnosti, které poskytuje tento vzor. Mohou být použity k naplnění " -"POŽADUJE ostatních. Každá závislost implicitně poskytuje své vlastní " -"jméno a vydání. Například balík bar-1.42-1 poskytuje schopnost " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "Schopnosti, které poskytuje tento vzor. Mohou být použity k naplnění POŽADUJE ostatních. Každá závislost implicitně poskytuje své vlastní jméno a vydání. Například balík bar-1.42-1 poskytuje schopnost <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." #. label for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 @@ -1871,12 +1651,8 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Tento vzor nelze nainstalovat, je-li určená závislost nebo ta, která " -"poskytuje schopnost, nainstalována." +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Tento vzor nelze nainstalovat, je-li určená závislost nebo ta, která poskytuje schopnost, nainstalována." #. label for 'Obs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 @@ -1899,12 +1675,8 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"Slabá verze VYŽADUJE. Nemohou-li být nainstalovány doporučené profily, není " -"zobrazena žádná chyba." +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "Slabá verze VYŽADUJE. Nemohou-li být nainstalovány doporučené profily, není zobrazena žádná chyba." #. label for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 @@ -1913,14 +1685,8 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"Reverzní Rec. Tento vzor je nainstalován, pokud je daná schopnost " -"poskytnout nainstalovanou závislostí. Řešitel závislostí ji nainstaluje. " -"Odinstalování je tiše přijato." +msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "Reverzní Rec. Tento vzor je nainstalován, pokud je daná schopnost poskytnout nainstalovanou závislostí. Řešitel závislostí ji nainstaluje. Odinstalování je tiše přijato." #. label for 'Sug' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 @@ -1934,12 +1700,8 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"Aktuální profil je zvažován k instalaci pouze, je-li nainstalován zde " -"uvedený." +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "Aktuální profil je zvažován k instalaci pouze, je-li nainstalován zde uvedený." #. label for 'Ext' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 @@ -1998,12 +1760,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Neformální zpráva zobrazená uživateli při instalaci balíku, například " -"varování o testovací verzi nebo komerční licence." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Neformální zpráva zobrazená uživateli při instalaci balíku, například varování o testovací verzi nebo komerční licence." #. label for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 @@ -2012,12 +1770,8 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Neformální zpráva zobrazená uživateli v případě vybrání balíku pro smazání, " -"například varování o nepoužitelnosti systému bez tohoto balíku." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Neformální zpráva zobrazená uživateli v případě vybrání balíku pro smazání, například varování o nepoužitelnosti systému bez tohoto balíku." #. label for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 @@ -2026,12 +1780,8 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Text licenční smlouvy (EULA). Tento text je zobrazen před instalací balíku. " -"Pokud uživatel smlouvu nepřijme, balík nebude nainstalován." +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "Text licenční smlouvy (EULA). Tento text je zobrazen před instalací balíku. Pokud uživatel smlouvu nepřijme, balík nebude nainstalován." #. label of key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 @@ -2040,12 +1790,8 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements." -msgstr "" -"Závislosti, které musí na systému být nainstalovány, aby byly splněny " -"požadavky produktu." +msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." +msgstr "Závislosti, které musí na systému být nainstalovány, aby byly splněny požadavky produktu." #. label of PROVIDES key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 @@ -2054,12 +1800,8 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires</" -"b> from others." -msgstr "" -"Schopnosti, které tento produkt poskytuje. Mohu být použity k najití " -"požadavků ostatních." +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." +msgstr "Schopnosti, které tento produkt poskytuje. Mohu být použity k najití požadavků ostatních." #. label of 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 @@ -2068,9 +1810,7 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." msgstr "Závislost nelze nainstalovat, pokud " #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key @@ -2080,12 +1820,8 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"Je-li tato závislost nainstalována, odinstaluje všechny ostatní závislosti " -"se jménem odpovídajícím tomuto klíčovému slovu." +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "Je-li tato závislost nainstalována, odinstaluje všechny ostatní závislosti se jménem odpovídajícím tomuto klíčovému slovu." #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 @@ -2094,12 +1830,8 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"Slabá verze VYŽADUJE. Je proveden pokus o naplnění požadavků " -"DOPORUČUJE, ale není-li to možné, jsou tiše ignorovány." +msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "Slabá verze VYŽADUJE. Je proveden pokus o naplnění požadavků DOPORUČUJE, ale není-li to možné, jsou tiše ignorovány." #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 @@ -2128,9 +1860,7 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." msgstr "Krátké jméno produktu, které se nemění mezi service packy a verzemi." #. table item label @@ -2145,12 +1875,8 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"Typ média, které bude použito pro cílový produkt. Možné hodnoty jsou: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "Typ média, které bude použito pro cílový produkt. Možné hodnoty jsou: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 @@ -2355,21 +2081,11 @@ #~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.1" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of " -#~ "this product.\n" -#~ "This is a space-separated list of names or <tt>kind:name</tt> pairs " -#~ "optionally followed by version constraints. Just a name denotes a " -#~ "dependency to a package, such as <tt>sles-release</tt> or <tt>sles-" -#~ "release-10</tt>. The kind can be package, pattern, or product, such as " -#~ "<tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>." +#~ "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of this product.\n" +#~ "This is a space-separated list of names or <tt>kind:name</tt> pairs optionally followed by version constraints. Just a name denotes a dependency to a package, such as <tt>sles-release</tt> or <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. The kind can be package, pattern, or product, such as <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Závislosti, které je na systém nutno nainstalovat pro naplnění " -#~ "požadavků tohoto produktu.\n" -#~ "Jedná se o mezerami oddělený seznam jmon nebo párů <tt>druh:jméno</tt> " -#~ "volitelně následovanými omezeními verzí. Pouhé jméno označuje závislost " -#~ "na balíku, například <tt>sles-release</tt> nebo <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. " -#~ "Druh může být balík, vzor nebo produkt, například <tt>pattern:basesystem</" -#~ "tt>." +#~ "Závislosti, které je na systém nutno nainstalovat pro naplnění požadavků tohoto produktu.\n" +#~ "Jedná se o mezerami oddělený seznam jmon nebo párů <tt>druh:jméno</tt> volitelně následovanými omezeními verzí. Pouhé jméno označuje závislost na balíku, například <tt>sles-release</tt> nebo <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. Druh může být balík, vzor nebo produkt, například <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>." #~ msgid "Resolvables needed before installation" #~ msgstr "Závislosti potřebné před instalací" @@ -2377,16 +2093,8 @@ #~ msgid "Resolvables provided" #~ msgstr "Poskytované" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match " -#~ "REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provides by default- " -#~ "its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides " -#~ "the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Schopnosti poskytnuté tímto produktem. Mohou být použity prop naplnění " -#~ "VYŽADUJE ostatních. Každá závislost implicitně poskytuje své " -#~ "vlastní jméno a vydání. Například balík bar-1.42-1 poskytuje " -#~ "schopnost <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +#~ msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provides by default- its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Schopnosti poskytnuté tímto produktem. Mohou být použity prop naplnění VYŽADUJE ostatních. Každá závislost implicitně poskytuje své vlastní jméno a vydání. Například balík bar-1.42-1 poskytuje schopnost <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." #~ msgid "Conflicting resolvables" #~ msgstr "Konflikty" @@ -2403,28 +2111,14 @@ #~ msgid "Supplemented resolvables" #~ msgstr "Doplněné závislosti" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A reverse RECOMMENDS. This product is installed if the specified " -#~ "capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency " -#~ "resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Reverzní DOPORUČUJE. Tento produkt je nainstalován, pokud je daná " -#~ "schopnost poskytnuta nainstalovanou závislostí. Řešitel závislostí ji " -#~ "nainstaluje. Odinstalování je tiše přijato." +#~ msgid "A reverse RECOMMENDS. This product is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +#~ msgstr "Reverzní DOPORUČUJE. Tento produkt je nainstalován, pokud je daná schopnost poskytnuta nainstalovanou závislostí. Řešitel závislostí ji nainstaluje. Odinstalování je tiše přijato." #~ msgid "Enhanced resolvables" #~ msgstr "Vylepšené závislosti" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A reverse SUGGESTS. This product can be installed if this " -#~ "capability is provided by an installed resolvable. It is just a hint for " -#~ "an application. For example, SuSEplugger can suggest packages for " -#~ "installation if specific hardware is found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Reverzní DOPORUČUJE. Tento produkt lze nainstalovat, pokud je tato " -#~ "schopnost poskytnuta nainstalovanou závislostí. Jedná se pouze o nápovědu " -#~ "pro aplikaci. SuSEplugger může například doporučit balíky vhodné k " -#~ "instalaci, je-li detekován určitý hardware." +#~ msgid "A reverse SUGGESTS. This product can be installed if this capability is provided by an installed resolvable. It is just a hint for an application. For example, SuSEplugger can suggest packages for installation if specific hardware is found." +#~ msgstr "Reverzní DOPORUČUJE. Tento produkt lze nainstalovat, pokud je tato schopnost poskytnuta nainstalovanou závislostí. Jedná se pouze o nápovědu pro aplikaci. SuSEplugger může například doporučit balíky vhodné k instalaci, je-li detekován určitý hardware." #~ msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2" #~ msgstr "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2" @@ -2447,13 +2141,8 @@ #~ msgid "Short label" #~ msgstr "Krátký popisek" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Distribution ID (vendor specific). The value of the keyword must not " -#~ "contain spaces. Only letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\" are " -#~ "allowed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ID distribuce (dodavatelsky specifické). Klíčové slovo nesmí obsahovat " -#~ "mezery. Jsou polvolena pouze písmena, číslice a znaky \".~_-\"." +#~ msgid "Distribution ID (vendor specific). The value of the keyword must not contain spaces. Only letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\" are allowed." +#~ msgstr "ID distribuce (dodavatelsky specifické). Klíčové slovo nesmí obsahovat mezery. Jsou polvolena pouze písmena, číslice a znaky \".~_-\"." #~ msgid "Distribution version" #~ msgstr "Verze distribuce" @@ -2464,13 +2153,8 @@ #~ msgid "Minimum architecture base supported" #~ msgstr "Minimální podporovaná základní architektura" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimum architecture base supported by this product. The default is the " -#~ "base architecture if no matching ARCH.base is found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Minimální základní architektura podporovaná tímto produktem. Pokud není " -#~ "nalezen odpovídající ARCH.base, je implicitní základní " -#~ "architektura." +#~ msgid "Minimum architecture base supported by this product. The default is the base architecture if no matching ARCH.base is found." +#~ msgstr "Minimální základní architektura podporovaná tímto produktem. Pokud není nalezen odpovídající ARCH.base, je implicitní základní architektura." #~ msgid "Allowed architectures" #~ msgstr "Povolené architektury" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/add-on.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/add-on.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/add-on.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -50,8 +50,7 @@ "Nápověda modulu Add-On\n" "------------------\n" "\n" -"Pro přidání nového přídavného produktu pomocí příkazové řádky použijte " -"následující syntaxi:\n" +"Pro přidání nového přídavného produktu pomocí příkazové řádky použijte následující syntaxi:\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "URL je cesta ke zdroji přídavného produktu.\n" "\n" @@ -64,12 +63,8 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Chybí jméno cílového souboru (volba 'xmlfile'). Použijte parametr příkazové " -"řádky xmlfile=<cílový_XML_soubor>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Chybí jméno cílového souboru (volba 'xmlfile'). Použijte parametr příkazové řádky xmlfile=<cílový_XML_soubor>." #. dialog caption #. this is a heading @@ -153,11 +148,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." -msgstr "" -"Zvolte jazykové rozšíření, které chcete nainstalovat, a klikněte na " -"OK." +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgstr "Zvolte jazykové rozšíření, které chcete nainstalovat, a klikněte na OK." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 @@ -410,18 +402,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." -msgstr "" -"Zde můžete vidět seznam všech rozšiřujících produktů nainstalovaných na " -"vašem počítači." +msgstr "Zde můžete vidět seznam všech rozšiřujících produktů nainstalovaných na vašem počítači." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "" -"Použijte tlačítko Přidat pro přidání nového produktu nebo " -"Smazat pro smazání právě používaného." +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "Použijte tlačítko Přidat pro přidání nového produktu nebo Smazat pro smazání právě používaného." #. no items #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 @@ -504,12 +490,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Select Language Extensions to be Installed" #~ msgstr "&Zvolte jazyková rozšíření k instalaci" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the " -#~ "OK button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zvolte jazykové rozšíření, které chcete nainstalovat, a klikněte na " -#~ "OK." +#~ msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the OK button." +#~ msgstr "Zvolte jazykové rozšíření, které chcete nainstalovat, a klikněte na OK." #~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..." #~ msgstr "Načítám balíčky dostupné v instalačním repozitáři..." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -101,9 +101,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Zbývající místo na záznamovém oddílu (v megabajtech), když systém začne " -"běžet pomalu" +msgstr "Zbývající místo na záznamovém oddílu (v megabajtech), když systém začne běžet pomalu" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -118,9 +116,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"Zbývající místo na záznamovém oddílu (v megabajtech), když systém začne " -"běžet pomalu" +msgstr "Zbývající místo na záznamovém oddílu (v megabajtech), když systém začne běžet pomalu" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -135,9 +131,7 @@ #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"Mail je zaslán tomuto účtu (pokud je nastavena volba space_left_action na " -"EMAIL)" +msgstr "Mail je zaslán tomuto účtu (pokud je nastavena volba space_left_action na EMAIL)" #. command line help text for disk_full_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 @@ -243,8 +237,7 @@ #. Report error - error during reset #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." -msgstr "" -"Není možné přenastavit pravidla. Prohlédněte si /etc/audit/audit.rules." +msgstr "Není možné přenastavit pravidla. Prohlédněte si /etc/audit/audit.rules." #. Handle actions of rules dialog #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 @@ -492,12 +485,10 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Inicializuje se konfigurace rámce linuxového auditu</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Inicializuje se konfigurace rámce linuxového auditu</big> \n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -535,33 +526,21 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurace záznamového souboru pro auditd</big> \n" -"Démon auditu je komponenta linuxového auditovacího systému, který je " -"odpovědný za zápis všech potřebných událostí auditu do záznamového souboru " -"/var/log/audit/audit.log (jako výchozí).\n" -"Události mohou přicházet z jaderného modulu apparmor, z aplikací " -"používajících libaudit (např. PAM) nebo incidenty způsobené pravidly " -"(např. sledování souboru)." +"Démon auditu je komponenta linuxového auditovacího systému, který je odpovědný za zápis všech potřebných událostí auditu do záznamového souboru /var/log/audit/audit.log (jako výchozí).\n" +"Události mohou přicházet z jaderného modulu apparmor, z aplikací používajících libaudit (např. PAM) nebo incidenty způsobené pravidly (např. sledování souboru)." #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"Dialog Pravidla pro auditctl nabízí více informací o pravidlech a " -"možnostech pravidla přidávat.\n" -"Podrobné informace o nastavení záznamového souboru můžetze získat z " -"manuálové stránky ('man auditd.conf')." +"Dialog Pravidla pro auditctl nabízí více informací o pravidlech a možnostech pravidla přidávat.\n" +"Podrobné informace o nastavení záznamového souboru můžetze získat z manuálové stránky ('man auditd.conf')." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -575,10 +554,8 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" "Formát: nastavte RAW pro logování\n" @@ -590,12 +567,9 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" "Vylít: popisuje, jak zapsat data na disk. Pokud\n" @@ -610,8 +584,7 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavte maximální velikost záznamového souboru\n" @@ -621,12 +594,9 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" @@ -643,17 +613,13 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Formát jména počítače popisuje, jak zapisovat jméno počítače do " -"záznamového souboru.\n" +"Formát jména počítače popisuje, jak zapisovat jméno počítače do záznamového souboru.\n" "Pokud je nastaveno USER, je použito Uživatelem zadané jméno.\n" "NONE znamená, že nebude vkládáno žádné jméno počítače.\n" "HOSTNAME - jméno navrácené systémovému volání 'gethostname'.\n" @@ -663,33 +629,25 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurace odesilatele auditd</big> \n" -"Podrobné informace o nastavení odesilatele můžete získat z manuálové stránky " -"('man auditd.conf')." +"Podrobné informace o nastavení odesilatele můžete získat z manuálové stránky ('man auditd.conf')." #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." -msgstr "" -"Odesilatel - Odesílací program spouštěný démonem auditu a " -"získávající všechny události auditu na standardní vstup." +msgstr "Odesilatel - Odesílací program spouštěný démonem auditu a získávající všechny události auditu na standardní vstup." #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" "Komunikace: Ovládá komunikaci mezi démonem\n" @@ -702,8 +660,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "Odesilatel 'audispd' je multiplexor událostí auditu.\n" "Pro více informací čtěte manuálové stránky ('man audispd'\n" @@ -734,20 +691,15 @@ #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." -msgstr "" -"Zbývající místo (v megabajtech) říká démonu auditu, kdy má provést " -"Akci kvůli tomu, že systému začíná docházet místo." +msgstr "Zbývající místo (v megabajtech) říká démonu auditu, kdy má provést Akci kvůli tomu, že systému začíná docházet místo." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" "Hodnota Zbývající místo administrátoraby měla být\n" "nižší než ta uvedená výše. Systému začíná docházet místo\n" @@ -757,20 +709,16 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud je akce nastavena na: \n" -"EMAIL - je zaslán varovný mail na účet uvedený v Mailovém účtu " -"akce. \n" -"SYSLOG znamená, že varování o docházejícím místu je zapsáno do /var/" -"log/messages. \n" +"EMAIL - je zaslán varovný mail na účet uvedený v Mailovém účtu akce. \n" +"SYSLOG znamená, že varování o docházejícím místu je zapsáno do /var/log/messages. \n" "IGNORE - nestane se nic. \n" "EXEC - spusť skript uvedený v Cesta ke skriptu. \n" "SUSPEND - zastaví se zápis záznamů na disk. \n" @@ -780,10 +728,8 @@ #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" "Také můžete zadat Akci při plném disku (disk už se\n" @@ -795,8 +741,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" "Nepřehlédněte: Všechny skripty zadané pro\n" "EXECmusí vlastnit 'root', mít nastaveno oprávnění na '0750'\n" @@ -808,8 +753,7 @@ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>Pravidla pro auditctl</big> \n" "Tento dialog nabízí možnost povolit nebo zakázat jak auditování syscall,\n" @@ -818,19 +762,14 @@ #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nepřehlédněte: Uzamčení pravidel znamená, že nemohou být " -"pozměněny do příštího startu systému." +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "Nepřehlédněte: Uzamčení pravidel znamená, že nemohou být pozměněny do příštího startu systému." #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "Povolení auditování bez dalších pravidel ovlivní aplikace používající\n" "libaudit, např. PAM, pro zaznamenávání do souboru\n" @@ -839,20 +778,15 @@ #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"Můžete také upravit pravidla ručně, což je doporučeno pouze pokročilým " -"uživatelům. \n" +"Můžete také upravit pravidla ručně, což je doporučeno pouze pokročilým uživatelům. \n" "Pro více informací o všech možnostech čtěte 'man auditctl'.\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" msgstr "" "Kontrola syntaxe posílá pravidla přes auditctl\n" "do subsystému auditu a kontroluje správnost syntaxe. \n" @@ -900,12 +834,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Pro pokračování konfigurace linuxového auditu musí být nainstalován " -"balíček %1." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "Pro pokračování konfigurace linuxového auditu musí být nainstalován balíček %1." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zrušit" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nápověda" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nový" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ #. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis #: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Základní nastavení:" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Services:" @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opatření proti SPAMu" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 @@ -181,15 +181,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Přidat" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upravit" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Smazat" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -207,70 +207,48 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 @@ -286,42 +264,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 @@ -333,20 +297,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 @@ -362,50 +321,36 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section @@ -416,37 +361,27 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 @@ -454,51 +389,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 @@ -506,9 +425,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 @@ -516,9 +433,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 @@ -530,8 +445,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 @@ -555,27 +469,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 @@ -583,9 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 @@ -597,15 +501,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider @@ -614,9 +514,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 @@ -624,9 +522,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 @@ -636,32 +532,23 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 @@ -674,15 +561,11 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 @@ -726,8 +609,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 @@ -743,106 +625,67 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 @@ -850,10 +693,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 @@ -861,16 +701,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 @@ -882,17 +717,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 @@ -920,30 +749,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 @@ -959,13 +777,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 @@ -973,9 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 @@ -983,52 +797,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 @@ -1036,33 +833,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 @@ -1078,16 +865,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 @@ -1103,9 +885,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 @@ -1121,8 +901,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 @@ -1134,28 +913,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 @@ -1167,15 +937,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 @@ -1183,9 +949,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 @@ -1197,39 +961,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 @@ -1237,9 +989,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 @@ -1256,16 +1006,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 @@ -1273,15 +1018,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 @@ -1297,9 +1038,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section @@ -1308,21 +1047,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 @@ -1330,8 +1063,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" #. end Export @@ -1355,4 +1087,3 @@ #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:346 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "" - Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -26,99 +26,95 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolit/zakázat službu" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Přidat novou databázi" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zobrazit seznam dostupných databází" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zobrazit seznam nastavených schémat" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Přidat schéma do seznamu" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolit službu" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zakázat službu" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typ databáze (\"hdb\" nebo \"bdb\")" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Base DN databáze" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN přihlašovacího jména administrátora" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heslo administrátora" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adresář databáze" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pozice" #. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); #. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); #. #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 msgid "No base DN provided\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nedodáno žádné base DN\n" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze vytvořit databázi, když není povolená služba" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chyba při vkládání databáze" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "LDAP databáze již byla vytvořena. Nastavení můžete v instalovaném systému změnit později." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[heslo superuživatele]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[ručně nastavit]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Nelze získat root heslo systému. Pokud chcete pokračovat, nastavte heslo LDAP serveru." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -130,15 +126,15 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Base DN: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Root DN: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heslo LDAP: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" @@ -151,40 +147,40 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otevřít port na firewallu" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ano" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ne" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall je vypnutý" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrace u SLP démona: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spustit LDAP server: " #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP server" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open&LDAP server" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -195,6 +191,9 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" +"Balíček %1 není dostupný. \n" +"YaST2 nemůže pokračovat v konfiguraci bez nainstalování\n" +"tohoto balíčku." #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -204,11 +203,11 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"YaST nemůže pokračovat v konfiguraci bez\n" +"nainstalování tohoto balíčku." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -216,6 +215,8 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" +"OpenLDAP server: Běžný certifikát serveru není dostupný.\n" +"StartTLS je zakázané." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 @@ -225,26 +226,26 @@ #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nalezeno existující nastavení" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" +"LDAP server neběží, ale je nastaven.\n" +"Přejete si spustit server a znovu načíst nastavení nebo začít od začátku?" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restartovat" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nové nastavení" #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 @@ -261,11 +262,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Přesunout existující nastavení" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spustit novou konfiguraci od začátku" #. LdapServer summary dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 @@ -289,33 +290,31 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obecná nastavení" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Spustit LDAP server" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrovat u &SLP démona" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavení firewallu" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP server neběží." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page @@ -360,7 +359,7 @@ #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Pokročilá konfigurace" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" @@ -372,7 +371,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Základní nastavení Kerbera" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -392,7 +391,7 @@ #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pokročilé nastavení Kerbera" #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 @@ -404,12 +403,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Současný výběr: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavení:" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 @@ -434,7 +433,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procházet" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -451,11 +450,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "není platné LDAP DN" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heslo" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -482,7 +481,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokol" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -499,18 +498,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor s certifikátem C&A (ve formátu PEM)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Procházet..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vybrat soubor s certifikátem CA" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -523,9 +522,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -563,15 +560,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -598,8 +592,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" @@ -612,7 +605,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kont&rola hesla" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" @@ -621,24 +614,22 @@ #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Nastavení spuštení</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Spustit LDAP server</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Přijímané protokoly</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." @@ -646,18 +637,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" +"LDAP je běžný LDAP rozhraní na portu 389. TLS/SSL zabezpečené spojení\n" +"je možné přes operaci StartTLS, když je nastaven certifikát serveru." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -669,7 +658,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Nastavení firewallu</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" @@ -680,51 +669,44 @@ #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Základní nastavení databáze</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Volba Base DN určuje jméno kořenu vytvářené databáze." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" +"Pokud je tento průvodce spušten během instalace, \n" +"LDAP heslo administrátora je nastaveno na heslo systémového administrátora( root )\n" +"zadaného dříve během instalace. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" @@ -756,14 +738,13 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Upravit BDB databázi</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." @@ -771,60 +752,57 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zadejte kompletní DN nebo pouze první část a automaticky připojte Base DN pomocí Přidat Base DN." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" +"Za pomoci Vstupní cache a Indexová Cache (IDL cache) lze zvýšit\n" +"velikost interní OpenLDAP cache. Vstupní Cache udává počet vstupů,\n" +"které jsou zapamatovány v paměti. Pokud je to možné (dostatek RAM), mělo by\n" +"toto číslo být dostatečně velké, aby byla celá databáze v paměti. Indexová Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"se používá na zapamatování a urychlení vyhledávání nad zaindexovanými atributy.\n" +"Speciaálně HDB databáze potřebuje velkou IDL cache pro dobrou rychlost\n" +"(doporučení je trojnásobek vstupní cache)." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Nastavení politiky hesel</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chcete-li pro tuto databázi používat politiku hesel, povolte možnost Povolit politiku hesel." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" +"Zaškrtnutím pole Hashovat hesla v prostém textu můžete určit, aby server OpenLDAP šifroval hesla v prostém textu\n" +" přítomná v požadavcích na přidání a úpravy před jejich uložením do databáze. Tím je porušen informační model X.500/LDAP,\n" +" což ale může být třeba ke kompenzaci klientů LDAP, kteří nepoužívají ke správě hesel rozšířené \n" +" operace úpravy hesel." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" @@ -836,55 +814,47 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Zadejte název výchozího objektu politiky hesel do pole DN výchozího objektu politiky." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Konfigurace indexu</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -903,17 +873,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Nastavení přístupových omezení</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" @@ -923,8 +891,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -937,11 +904,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -951,8 +916,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" @@ -962,16 +926,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -983,14 +942,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -999,8 +954,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1014,8 +968,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1048,10 +1001,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 @@ -1062,10 +1013,8 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1079,6 +1028,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>Přerušení inicializace</big> \n" +"Konfigurační nástroj bezpečně ukončíte stisknutím Přerušit." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1095,7 +1046,7 @@ #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>shrnutí nastavení LDAP Serveru</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" @@ -1106,15 +1057,13 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" +"Pomocí Spustit LDAP server - Ano/Ne, \n" +"spustíte či vypnete LDAP server." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1125,15 +1074,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1145,19 +1091,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Nastavení TLS</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Obecná nastavení</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" @@ -1168,32 +1113,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Importovat cerifikát</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1206,69 +1146,66 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pod touto položkou nastavíte některé globální parametry." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" +"V tomto dialogu můžete přidat schéma. Stiskněte Přidat\n" +" a v dialogu zvolte nové schéma. Poznámka: V současnosti OpenLDAP(použité s nastavením v databázi) nepodporuje odstraňování schémat" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Vyber, které speciální vlastnosti OpenLDAP serveru budou povoleny:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Zvolit povolené příznaky</h3." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: povolit anonymní připojení, \n" +"pokud přihlašovací údaje jsou prázdné (například je zadáno heslo, ale DN pro připojení chybí) " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" +"Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: povolit neověřený \n" +"(anonymní) spojení, když DN není prázdné" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Zvolit zakázané příznaky</h3." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" @@ -1279,16 +1216,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1303,352 +1238,271 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" +msgstr "K přidání nové databáze použijte tlačítko Přidat databázi...." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "Ačkoliv vaše doména Kerbera může být ASCII řetězec, konvence je použití velkých písmen jako ve jménu vaší domény.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Tento řetězec určuje umístění Kerberos databáze pro tuto doménu." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Tento řetězec určuje umístění souboru keytab, který admin používá k ověřování databáze." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Tento absolutní čas určuje výchozí datum vypršení hlavních dat v této doméně." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolit opatření pozdějším datem" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolení těchto vlajek umožní příkazci získat lístky s posunutým datem." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pře&posílatelné" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat Přeposílatelné lístky," #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obnovitelný" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat obnovitelné lístky." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Distribuovatelné" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat lístky zmocněnce." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolit ověřování uživatel-uživatel" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat klíč k sezení jiného uživatele, povoluje tomuto příkazci ověření uživatel-uživatel." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Požaduje preauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Pokud je tato vlajka povolena klient příkazce, tak příkazce může vyžadoval před ověření KDC před obdržením lístků. Když povolíte tuto vlajku službě příkazce, lístky služby pro tohoto příkazce budou vydány pouze klientům s TGT, kteří mají sadu před ověřovacích lístků." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vyžaduje hwauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Je-li tato vlajka povolena, příkazce musí být před ověřený použitím hardwarového zařízení před obdržením jakéhokoliv lístku." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolit služby" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci KDC obdržet lístky pro tohoto příkazce." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolit tgs požadavky" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat lístky na základě lístku-poskytujícího-lístek raději než opakováním ověřovacího procesu, který byl použit k získání TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolení lístků" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky znamená, že KDC bude vydávat lístky pro tohoto příkazce. Zakázání této vlajky v podstatě deaktivuje příkazce uvnitř jeho domény." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Potřeba změny" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky vynucuje změnu hesla pro tohoto příkazce." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Služba změny hesla" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Je-li tato vlajka povolena, značí tohoto příkazce jako službu měnící heslo. To by mělo být použito pouze ve zvláštních případech, např. když uživatelovo heslo vypršelo, uživatel musí dostat lístky pro příkazce, aby byl schopen jej změnit bez průchodu normálního ověřování hesla." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Toto číslo portu upřesňuje port, na kterém kadmin démon naslouchá pro tuto doménu." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Tento řetězec upřesňuje umístění, kde je uložen hlavní klíč s kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Tento řetězec upřesňuje seznam portů, na kterých bude KDC pro tuto doménu." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Tento řetězec upřesňuje jméno příkazce spojeného s hlavním klíčem. Výchozí hodnota je K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tento klíč typu řetězce představuje typ hlavních klíčů." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být v této doméně lístek platný." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být pro tuto doménu lístek obnoven." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Upřesňuje povolené kombinace klíč/salt příkazce této domény." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Upřesňuje zdali má být seznam projitých domén pro lístky křížových domén kontrolován proti průchozí cestě vypočítané ze jmen domény a sekce [capaths] jejího krb5.conf konfiguračního souboru" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Upřesňuje seznam podstromů obsahující příkazce domény. Seznam obsahuje DN podstrom objektů oddělených dvojtečkou (:)Oblast hledání upřesňuje oblast pro příkazce v rámci podstromu." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Upřesňuje DN objektu zásobníku, ve kterém budou příkazci domény vytvořeni. Pokud není reference zásobníku nastaveno pro doménu, příkazci budou vytvořeni v zásobníku domén." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upřesňuje maximální život lístku pro příkazce i této doméně." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Upřesňuje maximální obnovitelnost života lístků pro příkazce v této doméně." #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -1661,39 +1515,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pokročilá nastavení" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cesta databáze" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cesta &databáze" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor ACL" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ACL &soubor" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrátor Keytab" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Výchozí datum vypršení příkazce" #. checkbox text #. checkbox text @@ -1735,7 +1589,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Výchozí vlajky příkazce" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox @@ -1825,43 +1679,43 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor slovníku" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kadmin démon port" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kpasswd démon port" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor skrýše klíče" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC port" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hlavní jméno klíče" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typ hlavního klíče" #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item @@ -1870,7 +1724,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maximální životnost lístku" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 @@ -1886,45 +1740,45 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maximální čas obnovení" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Výchozí typ šifrování" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typ šifrování podporovaný KDC" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odmítnutý špatný přenos" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Počet LDAP spojení" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor LDAP hesla" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Podstromy hledání" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rozsah hledání" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" @@ -1938,14 +1792,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hlavní kontejner" #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pokročilá nastavení LDAP" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1972,9 +1826,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1982,8 +1834,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2008,7 +1859,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicializuje se..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -2016,67 +1867,67 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavení při spuštění" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obecná nastavení" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubory schémat" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavení úrovně logování" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolit/zakázat vlastnost" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavení TLS" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Databáze" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Přípona DN" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typ databáze" #. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vaše TLS/SSL nastaveni není úplné." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chcete povolit naslouchat protokol \"ldaps\"?" #. add a new file to the list #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zvolte nový soubor se schématem" #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor se schématem již je v seznamu." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -2093,12 +1944,12 @@ #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vybrat soubor s certifikátem" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vybrat soubor s klíčem certifikátu" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -2113,31 +1964,31 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skutečně si přejete odstranit databázi?" #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze zapsat nastavení současné databáze." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze načíst nastavení současné databáze." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "New Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nové heslo administrátora (&p)" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Šifrování &hesla" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -2151,7 +2002,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ne" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -2159,7 +2010,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ano" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2171,15 +2022,15 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290 msgid "Index Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavení indexu" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurace politiky hesel" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavení přístupových omezení" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 msgid "Replication Provider" @@ -2195,191 +2046,188 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 msgid "Protocol Listeners" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naslouchání protokolů" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP přes SSL (ldaps)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obsažené soubory &schémat" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zvolte parametry úrovně &logování:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trasovat volání funkcí" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debugovat zpracování paketů" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heavy Trace Debugging (argumenty funkce)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Správa spojení" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vypisovat přijaté a odeslané pakety" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zpracování vyhledávacího filtru" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zpracování konfiguračního souboru" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zpracování ACL (Access Control List)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logovat spojení, operace, a výsledky" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logovat odeslané položky" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapsat komunikaci s shelelem" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parsování vstupu" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPSync replikace" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nic" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zvolit vol&by oprávnění:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unauthenticated Update Options to Process" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zvolit ne&dovolené příznaky:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (nezakazuje anonymní adresářový přístup)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Disable Simple Bind authentication" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Zakázat vynucení anonymního stavu po StartTLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zakázat StartTLS pokud je již ověřeno" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Základní nastavení" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolit TLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolit LDAP přes SSL (ldaps) rozhraní" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Použít běžný certifikát serveru" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importovat cerifikát" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor s certi&fikátem (ve formátu PEM)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Procházet..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor s &klíčem certifikátu (ve formátu PEM -- nešifrovaný)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "P&rocházet..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spustit modul CA Management" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Base DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrační DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Připojit B&ase DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Změnit heslo" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upravit BDB databázi" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vstupní cache" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indexová Cache (IDL cache)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" @@ -2387,11 +2235,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kilobajtů" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "minuty" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" @@ -2407,71 +2255,71 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upravit databázi" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tento typ databáze není v současnosti podporován." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavení indexování" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribut" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Presence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Výskyt" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Equality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rovnost" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Substring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Podřetězec" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 msgid "Change Administrator Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Změnit heslo administrátora" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Add Index" -msgstr "" +msgstr "přidat index" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavení politiky hesel" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolit politiky hesel" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hashovat hesla v prostém textu" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zveřejnit stav \"Účet uzamčen\"" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN výchozího objektu politiky" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Úprava strategie" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Všechny položky" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" @@ -2479,35 +2327,35 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vstup s DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Každý" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ověření uživatelé" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anonymní uživatelé" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navštívený vstup" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uživatel s DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Všechny položky z podstromu" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Všichni členové skupiny" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" @@ -2515,69 +2363,69 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Žádný přístup" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bez přístupu (ale dostává informace o chybě)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ověřování" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Porovnání" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Čtení" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zápis" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Řízený (plný přístup)" #. don't count frontend and Config DB #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nová databáze" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Základní nastavení databáze" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Administrační DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Přidat Base DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "heslo správce LDA&P" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adresář &databáze:" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zvol tuto databázi jako standartní pro OpenLDAP klienty" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vyberte adresář databáze" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Musíte nastavit Base DN." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2585,11 +2433,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Musíte nastavit Root DN pokud existuje heslo." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kont&rola hesla selhala" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2599,52 +2447,52 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Musíte zadat adresář." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adresář neexistuje. Vytvořit?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ověřování se nezdařilo. Heslo je možná nesprávné.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chybové hlášení: '" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zkusit znovu?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 msgid "Available Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dostupné typy atributů" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zvolené typy atributů" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kdo může aplikovat pravidlo" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 msgid "Entry DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zadejte DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zvolit" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definuj přístupovou úroveň" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" @@ -2665,27 +2513,27 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 msgid "Subtree DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN podstrom" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 msgid "Group DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN skupiny" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Změna přístupového pravidla" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 msgid "Target Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cílové objekty" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 msgid "Matching the filter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odpovída filtru:" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 msgid "LDAP Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vyhledávací filtr LDAP" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" @@ -2693,23 +2541,23 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atributy" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upravit" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uroveň přístupu" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 msgid "Who" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kdo" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2717,11 +2565,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nahoru" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dolů" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2738,11 +2586,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cíl" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtr" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 msgid "" @@ -2760,7 +2608,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2772,19 +2620,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dní" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "h" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "min" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "s" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2817,8 +2665,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 @@ -2843,7 +2690,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Načítá se konfigurace při startu" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" @@ -2851,7 +2698,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Načítání konfiguračních dat" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" @@ -2865,31 +2712,31 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP vyhledávání selhalo." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neplatné URI LDAP schéma." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicializace LDAP selhala." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spojení s LDAP selhalo." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicializace schématu LDAP selhala." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Čtení LDAP schématu selhalo." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schéma Kerberosu LDAP server nezná." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 @@ -2898,37 +2745,37 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Změna Kerberos databáze selhala." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Změna LDAP selhala." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neúplná data." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nepodporovaný typ databáze." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolit LDAP server" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spouštění LDAP serveru" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zprovoznění OpenLDAP serveru" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restartování OpenLDAP serveru" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" @@ -2944,23 +2791,23 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapisuje se konfigurace při startu" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Čištění adresáře nastavení" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vytváření nastavení" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spoustění OpenLDAP serveru" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vytváření zakladních objektů" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" @@ -2972,37 +2819,37 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Přepnutí z slapd.conf na databázi nastavení selhalo." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolení naslouchání LDAPI protokolu selhalo" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Čištění adresáře nastavení selhalo." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chyba při plnění databáze nastavení pomocí \"slapadd\"." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolení služby LDAP selhalo." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spuštění služby LDAP selhalo." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zastavení LDAP serveru" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zakázání LDAP serveru" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" @@ -3024,33 +2871,31 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapisovaní nastavení do Sysconfig" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavovování změn do databáze nastavení" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapsat změny do /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vytváření základních objektů pro nové databáze" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktualizovaní objektů základních politik hesel" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Je třeba restartovat OpenLDAP server" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" @@ -3058,16 +2903,14 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vytvoření základních objektů selhalo." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vytváření objektů politiky hesel selhalo" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 @@ -3076,7 +2919,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrace u SLP démona: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " @@ -3084,19 +2927,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vytvořit následující databáze:" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Přípona databáze:" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typ databáze:" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dosud nekonfigurováno." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -3104,12 +2947,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor s certifikátem neexistuje." #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor s klíčem certifikátu neexistuje." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -3121,19 +2964,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Čistění adresáře pro databázi nastavení" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Převádím slapd.conf na databázi nastavení" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Přepínám konfiguraci při startu, aby používala databázi nastavení" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restartování LDAP serveru" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" @@ -3141,19 +2984,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"slaptest\" výstup:\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Přenesení stávajícího nastavení selhalo." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povolení LDAPI naslouchání selhalo." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Běžný certifikát serveru není dostupný. StartTLS je zakázané." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3169,28 +3012,26 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze zapsat do souboru krb5.conf." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vytváření databáze Kerberos selhalo." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zápis do souboru hesel selhal." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "není platné LDAP DN." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." @@ -3202,15 +3043,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "První část přípony musí být c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= nebo dc=." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format @@ -3234,11 +3073,11 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kořenové DN musí být potomek základního DN" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze vytvořit adresář." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format @@ -3246,8 +3085,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 @@ -3269,155 +3107,154 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zápis krb5.conf selhal." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zápis kdc.conf selhal." #. error at paramter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Databáze typu '%s' není podporovaná. Povolené jsou 'bdb' a 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "countryName musí být 2 písmenný kód podle ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neplatné 'rootdn'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'rootdn' musí být pod 'sufix'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Před nastavením hesla, musíte definovat 'rootdn'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavte 'heslo'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'%s' není podporovaná metoda šifrování." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definovat 'adresář'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adresář neexistuje." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neplatná velikost cache." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neplatná hodnota checkpoint." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavte 'heslo'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Úprava databáze selhala." #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chybí parametr 'suffix'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze restartovat službu." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze zastavit službu." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor s certifikátem CA neexistuje." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cesta k certifikátu CA neexistuje." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soubor s certifikátem neexistuje." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chybná hodnota pro 'TLSVerifyClient'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zápis selhal." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chybí parametr 'ServerCertificateFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze načíst soubor s certifikátem." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chybí parametr 'ServerCertificateData'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Porušená PEM data." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chybí parametr 'ServerKeyFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze načíst soubor s klíčem." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chybí parametr 'ServerKeyFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze načíst soubor s certifikátem CA." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze zapsat soubor s certifikátem." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze zapsat soubor s klíčem." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" - +msgstr "Nelze zapsat soubor s certifikátem CA." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/autoinst.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/autoinst.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/autoinst.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -133,10 +133,8 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Klient konfigurace profilu AutoYaSTu založeném na aktuálně běžícím systému" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Klient konfigurace profilu AutoYaSTu založeném na aktuálně běžícím systému" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -159,27 +157,21 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" "Pomocí tohoto dialogu, kopírujte obsah souboru a určete cílovou cestu\n" -"na instalovaný systém. YaST bude kopírovat tento soubor na určené umístění.</" -"p>" +"na instalovaný systém. YaST bude kopírovat tento soubor na určené umístění." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"K ochraně kopírovaných souborů nastavte vlastníka a přístupová práva " -"souborů.\n" -"Vlastníka nastavíte s použitím syntaxe userid:groupid. Přístupová " -"práva mohou\n" +"K ochraně kopírovaných souborů nastavte vlastníka a přístupová práva souborů.\n" +"Vlastníka nastavíte s použitím syntaxe userid:groupid. Přístupová práva mohou\n" "být symbolické reprezentace změn nebo osmičkové reprezentace." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -253,10 +245,8 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Možná jste si připravili konfigurační soubory pro mnoho\n" @@ -496,8 +486,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Prosím vyčkejte, než se systém nachystá pro automatickou instalaci." +msgstr "Prosím vyčkejte, než se systém nachystá pro automatickou instalaci." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -642,8 +631,7 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" "V závislosti na vašich zkušenostech můžete přeskočit,\n" @@ -671,8 +659,7 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -689,8 +676,7 @@ msgstr "Umístění instalačního zdroje (např. http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "Instalační zdroj systému (pokud toto zvolíte, nemůžete tvořit obrazy)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 @@ -706,20 +692,15 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Připojit v /etc/fstab podle:\n" "\tNormálně je zařízení k připojení identifikováno v /etc/fstab podle\n" -"\tsvého názvu. Toto lze změnit na vyhledávání pomocí UUID nebo popisku " -"svazku.\n" -"\tNe všechny souborové systémy ale toto podporují. Pokud je volba " -"nepřístupná,\n" +"\tsvého názvu. Toto lze změnit na vyhledávání pomocí UUID nebo popisku svazku.\n" +"\tNe všechny souborové systémy ale toto podporují. Pokud je volba nepřístupná,\n" "\tnení podporovaná.\n" "\t" @@ -727,17 +708,14 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Popisek svazku:\n" -"\t Název zadaný v tomto políčku je použit jako popisek svazku. Toto " -"normálně\n" -"\t dává smysl, pouze pokud aktivujete volbu připojování podle popisku " -"svazku.\n" +"\t Název zadaný v tomto políčku je použit jako popisek svazku. Toto normálně\n" +"\t dává smysl, pouze pokud aktivujete volbu připojování podle popisku svazku.\n" "\t V popisku není možné zadat mezeru a znak /.\n" "\t " @@ -906,11 +884,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"Velikost \"auto\" je platná pouze tehdy, když je vybrán bod připojení \"/boot" -"\" nebo \"swap\"." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "Velikost \"auto\" je platná pouze tehdy, když je vybrán bod připojení \"/boot\" nebo \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1204,8 +1179,7 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"Zvolte jednu nebo více uvedených tříd, do kterých má současný řídící " -"soubor patřit.\n" +"Zvolte jednu nebo více uvedených tříd, do kterých má současný řídící soubor patřit.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1387,9 +1361,7 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "Opravdu chcete použít nastavení modulu '%1' na váš současný systém?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1404,9 +1376,7 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "Chcete opravdu použít nastavení profilu na váš současný systém?" #. EXIT @@ -1546,8 +1516,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Kickstart soubor byl naimportován.\n" @@ -1681,8 +1650,7 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1695,8 +1663,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1845,13 +1812,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Tento nástroj k validaci profilu proti DTD a kontrole chybějících dat " -"používá\n" +"Tento nástroj k validaci profilu proti DTD a kontrole chybějících dat používá\n" "xmllint. Některá chybová hlášení, například vytváření tříd, můžete\n" "ignorovat..\n" @@ -1881,8 +1846,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Tento nástroj vytvoří nový profil načtením informací\n" "ze systému. Zvolte další zdroje, které se mají načíst kromě\n" @@ -1894,8 +1858,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Tabulka vpravo ukazuje oddíly, které budou vytvořeny na cílovém systému.\n" @@ -1936,8 +1899,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Pokud na zadaném disku nejsou definovány oddíly a tento disk\n" @@ -1957,15 +1919,9 @@ msgstr "Pokročilé volby" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." msgstr "" -"Ve výchozím nastavení AutoYaST vytvoří rozšířený oddíl a přidá všechny nové " -"oddíly\n" +"Ve výchozím nastavení AutoYaST vytvoří rozšířený oddíl a přidá všechny nové oddíly\n" "jako logická zařízení. Nicméně je možné určit, aby AutoYaST vytvořil určitý\n" "oddíl jako primární nebo rozšířený. Navíc je možno zadat velikost oddílu\n" "pomocí sektorů místo velikosti v megabajtech." @@ -1982,8 +1938,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2088,8 +2043,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2107,8 +2061,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2126,8 +2079,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2162,15 +2114,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpret:</H3>\n" -"Předinstalační skripty mohou být pouze shellové skripty. Nepoužívejte " -"Perl\n" +"Předinstalační skripty mohou být pouze shellové skripty. Nepoužívejte Perl\n" "nebo Python.\n" "\n" @@ -2180,12 +2130,9 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2202,18 +2149,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Zpětná vazba a ladění:</H3>\n" -"Všechny skripty kromě init skriptů mohou zobrazovat standardní a " -"standardní chybový\n" -"výstup ve vyskakovacím okně. Pokud zapnete ladění, bude výstup podrobnější, " -"což může\n" +"Všechny skripty kromě init skriptů mohou zobrazovat standardní a standardní chybový\n" +"výstup ve vyskakovacím okně. Pokud zapnete ladění, bude výstup podrobnější, což může\n" "pomoci při ladění skriptů.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2301,8 +2244,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2334,11 +2276,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"XML parser vrátil při analýze profilu autoyastu chybu. Chybové hlášení:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "XML parser vrátil při analýze profilu autoyastu chybu. Chybové hlášení:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2417,10 +2356,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2434,8 +2371,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Kromě známých modulů bylo přidáno nové rozhraní\n" @@ -2546,8 +2482,7 @@ #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"Skupina svazků '%1' musí mít alespoň jeden fyzický svazek. Dodejte nějaký." +msgstr "Skupina svazků '%1' musí mít alespoň jeden fyzický svazek. Dodejte nějaký." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2629,24 +2564,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Tvorba obrazu selhala během instalace vzoru. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/" -"ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Tvorba obrazu selhala během instalace vzoru. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Vytváření obrazu - instalace balíčků" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Tvorba obrazu selhala během instalace balíčků. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/" -"ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Tvorba obrazu selhala během instalace balíčků. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 @@ -2658,16 +2585,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Nyní můžete provádět změny obrazu v %1/\n" "Pokud stisknete tlačítko OK, obraz bude zkomprimován a nemůže již být změněn." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Komprese obrazu selhala v '%1'. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Komprese obrazu selhala v '%1'. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:439 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2680,8 +2605,7 @@ "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "Soubor directory.yast můžete získat v `%1`.\n" -"pokud tento soubor chybí, můžete jej vytvořit pomocí 'ls -F > directory." -"yast'." +"pokud tento soubor chybí, můžete jej vytvořit pomocí 'ls -F > directory.yast'." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:509 @@ -2709,12 +2633,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Nyní můžete v obrazu ISO provádět změny v %1, jako přidání úplně jiných XML " -"souborů AutoYaSTu.\n" +"Nyní můžete v obrazu ISO provádět změny v %1, jako přidání úplně jiných XML souborů AutoYaSTu.\n" "Pokud stisknete OK, ISO bude vytvořeno." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2756,20 +2678,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"Nepodařilo se spustit řešitele balíčků. Zkontrolujte sekci softwaru v " -"profilu Autoyast." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "Nepodařilo se spustit řešitele balíčků. Zkontrolujte sekci softwaru v profilu Autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"Plán rozdělení disku ve vašem XML profilu se na disk nehodí. Chybí %1 MB" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "Plán rozdělení disku ve vašem XML profilu se na disk nehodí. Chybí %1 MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" @@ -2867,26 +2782,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Zadejte informace o oddílech podle svých potřeb.\n" -#~ "Chcete-li využít existující oddíl, zadejte číslo existujícího oddílu " -#~ "(počítáno od 1) a nezadávejte velikost.\n" +#~ "Chcete-li využít existující oddíl, zadejte číslo existujícího oddílu (počítáno od 1) a nezadávejte velikost.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pro oddíly, které jsou součástí skupiny svazků (nikoliv logické oddíly " -#~ "uvnitř skupiny svazků), nastavte ID oddílu na 0x8e a zvolte skupinu " -#~ "svazků. Skupina svazků musí již být nastavena Autotestem.\n" +#~ "Pro oddíly, které jsou součástí skupiny svazků (nikoliv logické oddíly uvnitř skupiny svazků), nastavte ID oddílu na 0x8e a zvolte skupinu svazků. Skupina svazků musí již být nastavena Autotestem.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Více informací naleznete v online dokumentaci.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2947,16 +2854,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Zde vytvořte či upravte skupiny svazků. Pak této skupině svazků přiřaďte " -#~ "fyzické oddíly v dialogu oddílů fyzického pevného disku. Nastavte ID " -#~ "těchto oddílů na 0x8e.\n" +#~ "Zde vytvořte či upravte skupiny svazků. Pak této skupině svazků přiřaďte fyzické oddíly v dialogu oddílů fyzického pevného disku. Nastavte ID těchto oddílů na 0x8e.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/base.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/base.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/base.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -253,21 +253,13 @@ #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Chybí jméno cílového souboru (volba 'xmlfile'). Použijte parametr příkazové " -"řádky xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Chybí jméno cílového souboru (volba 'xmlfile'). Použijte parametr příkazové řádky xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Jméno cílového souboru (volba 'xmlfile') je prázdné. Použijte parametr " -"příkazové řádky xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Jméno cílového souboru (volba 'xmlfile') je prázdné. Použijte parametr příkazové řádky xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -407,8 +399,7 @@ "See %3 for more information about YaST logs." msgstr "" "Toto má cenu nahlásit na %1.\n" -"Prosím připojte také všechny záznamy YaSTu, které jsou uložené v adresáři " -"'%2'.\n" +"Prosím připojte také všechny záznamy YaSTu, které jsou uložené v adresáři '%2'.\n" "Podívejte se na %3 pro více informací o záznamech YaSTu." #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO @@ -522,8 +513,7 @@ "%1. Otherwise set %2." msgstr "" "<big>Spuštění služby</big> \n" -"Jestliže chcete, aby se služba spustila při každém spuštění počítače, " -"nastavte\n" +"Jestliže chcete, aby se služba spustila při každém spuštění počítače, nastavte\n" "%1. Jinak nastavte %2." #. help text for service auto start widget @@ -540,8 +530,7 @@ "Otherwise set %2." msgstr "" "<big>Spuštění služby</big> \n" -"Jestliže chcete, aby se služba spustila při každém spuštění počítače, " -"nastavte\n" +"Jestliže chcete, aby se služba spustila při každém spuštění počítače, nastavte\n" "%1. Pro spuštění služby před xinetd démona, nastavte %3.\n" "Jinak nastavte %2." @@ -1014,16 +1003,8 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." -msgstr "" -"Navigace ve stromu je též možná šipkovými klávesami. Pro otevření nebo " -"zavření větve použijte [Mezerník]. V modulech, které zobrazují strom (může " -"vypadat jako seznam) konfiguračních položek na levé straně, pro získání " -"odpovídajícího dialogu vpravo použijte klávesu [Enter]." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "Navigace ve stromu je též možná šipkovými klávesami. Pro otevření nebo zavření větve použijte [Mezerník]. V modulech, které zobrazují strom (může vypadat jako seznam) konfiguračních položek na levé straně, pro získání odpovídajícího dialogu vpravo použijte klávesu [Enter]." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 @@ -1072,12 +1053,10 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Funkční klávesy \n" -"F klávesy poskytují rychlý přístup k mnoha funkcím. Přiřazení funkčních " -"kláves pro aktuální dialog jsou zobrazeny ve spodním řádku." +"F klávesy poskytují rychlý přístup k mnoha funkcím. Přiřazení funkčních kláves pro aktuální dialog jsou zobrazeny ve spodním řádku." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 @@ -1866,14 +1845,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Vytvořit nový klíč GPG</big> \n" -"Spustí se <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>, další informace naleznete v manuálové " -"stránce <tt>gpg</tt>.\n" +"Spustí se <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>, další informace naleznete v manuálové stránce <tt>gpg</tt>.\n" " Akci zrušte stisknutím kláves Ctrl+C.\n" " " @@ -1936,8 +1913,7 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Pro výběr expertní volby nebo uložení záznamu do souboru klikněte na %1</" -"b>\n" +"Pro výběr expertní volby nebo uložení záznamu do souboru klikněte na %1\n" "a zvolte požadovanou akci." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -2828,15 +2804,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Bylo nalezeno síťové zařízení '%1' a nastaveno jako interní rozhraní " -"firewallu" +msgstr "Bylo nalezeno síťové zařízení '%1' a nastaveno jako interní rozhraní firewallu" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Nové síťové zařízení '%1' bylo nastaveno jako externí rozhraní firewallu" +msgstr "Nové síťové zařízení '%1' bylo nastaveno jako externí rozhraní firewallu" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 @@ -2846,89 +2819,58 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Firewall běží (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">zastavit</" -"a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall běží (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">zastavit</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Firewall neběží (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">spustit</" -"a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall neběží (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">spustit</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH port je otevřen (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">blokovat</" -"a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port je otevřen (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">blokovat</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH port je blokován (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">otevřít</" -"a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port je blokován (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">otevřít</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"SSH port je otevřen (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">blokovat</" -"a>),\n" +"SSH port je otevřen (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">blokovat</a>),\n" "ale ještě nejsou nastavena žádná síťová rozhraní" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Instalujete systém přes SSH, ale neotevřeli jste SSH port na firewallu." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "Instalujete systém přes SSH, ale neotevřeli jste SSH port na firewallu." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Porty vzdálené správy (VNC) jsou otevřeny (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">blokovat</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Porty vzdálené správy (VNC) jsou otevřeny (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">blokovat</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Porty vzdálené správy (VNC) jsou blokovány(<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">otevřít</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Porty vzdálené správy (VNC) jsou blokovány(<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">otevřít</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Instalujete systém prostřednictvím vzdálené správy (VNC), ale neotevřeli " -"jste VNC porty na firewallu." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Instalujete systém prostřednictvím vzdálené správy (VNC), ale neotevřeli jste VNC porty na firewallu." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -2942,12 +2884,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Instalujete systém, který využívá iSCSI cíl, ale neotevřeli jste potřebné " -"porty na firewallu." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Instalujete systém, který využívá iSCSI cíl, ale neotevřeli jste potřebné porty na firewallu." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3119,8 +3057,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "Ignorování chyby při instalaci balíčku může způsobit porušení systému.\n" "Systém by měl být následně zkontrolován pomocí modulu Správce programů." @@ -3129,17 +3066,13 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "Repozitář na zadané URL nyní poskytuje odlišné ID média.\n" -"Jestliže je toto URL správné, znamená to, že obsah repozitáře byl změněn. " -"Pro\n" -"pokračování používání tohoto repozitáře, spusťte Instalační repozitáře</" -"b> z\n" +"Jestliže je toto URL správné, znamená to, že obsah repozitáře byl změněn. Pro\n" +"pokračování používání tohoto repozitáře, spusťte Instalační repozitáře z\n" "ovládacího centra YaST a obnovte repozitář.\n" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media @@ -3637,8 +3570,7 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3654,18 +3586,14 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Tento dialog vám umožní definovat úlohu systému a software k " -"instalaci.\n" -"\t\t Dostupné úlohy a software jsou zobrazeny podle kategorií v levém " -"sloupci.\n" +"\t\t Tento dialog vám umožní definovat úlohu systému a software k instalaci.\n" +"\t\t Dostupné úlohy a software jsou zobrazeny podle kategorií v levém sloupci.\n" "\t\t Popis jednotlivých položek získáte jejich vybráním ze seznamu.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3679,8 +3607,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t Status jednotlivých položek změníte kliknutím na stavovou ikonu\n" -"\t\t nebo kliknutím pravým tlačítkem na ikonu a výběrem v kontextové " -"nabídce.\n" +"\t\t nebo kliknutím pravým tlačítkem na ikonu a výběrem v kontextové nabídce.\n" "\t\t V kontextové nabídce můžete také změnit status všech položek najednou.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3699,8 +3626,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3712,8 +3638,7 @@ "\t\t na disku po započítání vybraných voleb.\n" "\t\t Téměř nebo zcela zaplněné disky mohou vést ke sníže ní výkonu systému\n" "\t\t a v některých případech také vést k vážným problémům.\n" -"\t\t Aby systém fungoval korektně, je potřeba ponechat určité volné místo na " -"disku.\n" +"\t\t Aby systém fungoval korektně, je potřeba ponechat určité volné místo na disku.\n" "\t\t " #. Dialog title @@ -3815,12 +3740,8 @@ msgstr "Pokračovat se Správcem softwaru" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Instalační zpráva</BIG> Zde je souhrn instalovaných nebo " -"odebíraných balíčků." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>Instalační zpráva</BIG> Zde je souhrn instalovaných nebo odebíraných balíčků." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 msgid "Installation Report" @@ -3928,8 +3849,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4011,8 +3931,7 @@ msgstr "" "Balíček %1 z repozitáře %2\n" "%3\n" -"je podepsán následujícím GnuPG klíčem, ale kontrola jeho integrity selhala: " -"%4\n" +"je podepsán následujícím GnuPG klíčem, ale kontrola jeho integrity selhala: %4\n" "\n" "To znamená, že balíček byl po podepsání, buď náhodou nebo útočníkem,\n" "pozměněn poté, co jej tvůrce podepsal.\n" @@ -4036,8 +3955,7 @@ msgstr "" "Soubor %1 z repozitáře %2\n" "%3\n" -"je podepsán následujícím GnuPG klíčem, ale kontrola jeho integrity selhala: " -"%4\n" +"je podepsán následujícím GnuPG klíčem, ale kontrola jeho integrity selhala: %4\n" "\n" "To znamená, že soubor byl po podepsání, buď náhodou nebo útočníkem,\n" "pozměněn poté, co jej tvůrce podepsal.\n" @@ -4161,21 +4079,17 @@ "importing the key into your keyring of trusted keys allows the key owner\n" "to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system." msgstr "" -"Vlastník klíče může šířit aktualizace, balíčky a zdroje balíčků, které " -"bude váš\n" +"Vlastník klíče může šířit aktualizace, balíčky a zdroje balíčků, které bude váš\n" "systém považovat za důvěryhodné, a provádět z nich instalaci a aktualizaci\n" -"bez dalších upozornění. V takovém případě import klíče do svazku " -"důvěryhodných\n" -"klíčů umožňuje vlastníkovi klíče určitou kontrolu nad softwarem ve vašem " -"systému." +"bez dalších upozornění. V takovém případě import klíče do svazku důvěryhodných\n" +"klíčů umožňuje vlastníkovi klíče určitou kontrolu nad softwarem ve vašem systému." #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "U každého balíčku, který není podepsán důvěryhodným klíčem,\n" " se zobrazí okno s upozorněním. Pokud tomuto klíči nedůvěřujete,\n" @@ -4256,8 +4170,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4266,8 +4179,7 @@ "ale očekávaný kontrolní součet není znám.\n" "\n" "To znamená, že původ a integrita souboru\n" -"nemůže být ověřena. Použití tohoto souboru může ohrozit integritu vašeho " -"systému.\n" +"nemůže být ověřena. Použití tohoto souboru může ohrozit integritu vašeho systému.\n" "\n" "Chcete jej přesto použít?\n" @@ -4316,16 +4228,8 @@ msgstr "Probíhá instalace balíčků." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Přerušení instalace Instalace balíčků může být přerušena pomocí " -"tlačítka Přerušit. Avšak systém pak může být v nekonzistentním nebo " -"nepoužitelném stavu nebo pokud nebudou nainstalovány základní prvky nemusí " -"startovat." +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "Přerušení instalace Instalace balíčků může být přerušena pomocí tlačítka Přerušit. Avšak systém pak může být v nekonzistentním nebo nepoužitelném stavu nebo pokud nebudou nainstalovány základní prvky nemusí startovat." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 @@ -5045,8 +4949,7 @@ "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" msgstr "" -"Platné jméno počítače sestává z písmen bez háčků a čárek, čísel a " -"spojovníků.\n" +"Platné jméno počítače sestává z písmen bez háčků a čárek, čísel a spojovníků.\n" "Jméno počítače nesmí začínat ani končit spojovníkem.\n" #. Translators: dot: "." @@ -5087,8 +4990,7 @@ "Příklady:\n" "Adresa IP: 192.168.0.1 nebo 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/Síťová_maska: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 nebo 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/Bity_síťové_masky: 192.168.0.0/24 nebo 192.168.0.1/32 nebo 2001:db8:0::1/" -"ffff::0\n" +"IP/Bity_síťové_masky: 192.168.0.0/24 nebo 192.168.0.1/32 nebo 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 @@ -5863,8 +5765,7 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Chybná reverzní IPv4 adresa '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -6010,9 +5911,7 @@ #~ "některé balíčky mají nevyřešené závislosti." #~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Automatické řešení závislostí selhalo, je třeba vyřešit závislosti " -#~ "manuálně." +#~ msgstr "Automatické řešení závislostí selhalo, je třeba vyřešit závislosti manuálně." #~ msgid "" #~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" @@ -6047,8 +5946,7 @@ #~ "Příkaz vrátil: %2\n" #~ msgid "Unable to parse '%1' unit Id query output: '%2'\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Není možné analyzovat '%1' výstup dotazu na identifikátor jednotky: '%2'\n" +#~ msgstr "Není možné analyzovat '%1' výstup dotazu na identifikátor jednotky: '%2'\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unable to disable service %1\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -142,16 +142,12 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Žádný zavaděč není vybrán pro instalaci. Váš systém nemusí být možné spustit." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Žádný zavaděč není vybrán pro instalaci. Váš systém nemusí být možné spustit." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Vzhledem k rozdělení disku nelze zavaděč správně nainstalovat" #. proposal part - bootloader label @@ -212,10 +208,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Nastavit spouštěcímu oddílu v tabulce oddílů aktivní příznak \n" @@ -241,8 +235,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Časový limit v sekundách \n" "Určuje čas, po který čeká zavaděč, než je spuštěno výchozí jádro.\n" @@ -257,48 +250,39 @@ "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" " Stisknutím Nastavit jako výchozí můžete označit \n" -"vybranou sekci jako výchozí. Při spouštění počítače zavaděč zobrazí " -"nabídku \n" +"vybranou sekci jako výchozí. Při spouštění počítače zavaděč zobrazí nabídku \n" " a počká, zda si uživatel vybere ke spuštění jádro nebo jiný \n" " operační systém. Pokud není během časového limitu stisknuta žádná klávesa,\n" -" spustí se výchozí jádro nebo operační systém. Pořadí sekcí v nabídce " -"zavaděče lze\n" +" spustí se výchozí jádro nebo operační systém. Pořadí sekcí v nabídce zavaděče lze\n" " změnit pomocí tlačítek Nahoru a Dolů.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Zapsat obecný kód do záznamu MBR nahradí MBR vašeho disku obecným " -"kódem (nezávislým na OS, který\n" +"Zapsat obecný kód do záznamu MBR nahradí MBR vašeho disku obecným kódem (nezávislým na OS, který\n" "nabootuje z aktivního oddílu)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Možnost Spouštět ze startovacího oddílu je jedna z doporučených " -"možností, další možnost je\n" +"Možnost Spouštět ze startovacího oddílu je jedna z doporučených možností, další možnost je\n" " Spouštět z kořenového oddílu." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" -"Použít Trusted Grub znamená nainstalovat a použít Trusted Grub. " -"Volba Soubor grafického menu bude ignorována.\n" +"Použít Trusted Grub znamená nainstalovat a použít Trusted Grub. Volba Soubor grafického menu bude ignorována.\n" "Doporučuje se nainstalovat grub do MBR." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" "Možnost Spouštět z Master Boot Record není doporučené nastavení,\n" @@ -306,39 +290,27 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Možnost Spouštět z kořenového oddílu je doporučená možnost, pokud " -"je\n" -" k dispozici vhodný oddíl. Pokud je to třeba, vyberte v nabídce Volby " -"zavaděče možnost V tabulce oddílů nastavit příznak aktivity " -"spouštěcího oddílu a aktualizujte MBR vybráním možnosti Zapsat obecný " -"kód do záznamu MBR\n" +"Možnost Spouštět z kořenového oddílu je doporučená možnost, pokud je\n" +" k dispozici vhodný oddíl. Pokud je to třeba, vyberte v nabídce Volby zavaděče možnost V tabulce oddílů nastavit příznak aktivity spouštěcího oddílu a aktualizujte MBR vybráním možnosti Zapsat obecný kód do záznamu MBR\n" " nebo nakonfigurujte jiný zavaděč,\n" " aby spouštěl tuto sekci." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Spouštět z rozšířeného oddílu by mělo být vybráno pokud se váš " -"kořenový oddíl nachází\n" +"Spouštět z rozšířeného oddílu by mělo být vybráno pokud se váš kořenový oddíl nachází\n" "na logickém oddílu a oddíl /boot chybí" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"Možnost Vlastní startovací oddíl umožňuje vybrat oddíl ke spuštění." -"" +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "Možnost Vlastní startovací oddíl umožňuje vybrat oddíl ke spuštění." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -351,57 +323,40 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Možnost Parametry sériového připojení umožňuje definovat " -"parametry,\n" -"které používá sériová konzole. Podrobnosti naleznete v dokumentaci zavaděče " -"grub (<code>info grub</ code>)." +"Možnost Parametry sériového připojení umožňuje definovat parametry,\n" +"které používá sériová konzole. Podrobnosti naleznete v dokumentaci zavaděče grub (<code>info grub</ code>)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Definice terminálu \n" -"Určuje typ použitého terminálu. V případě sériových terminálů (např. sériová " -"konzola),\n" -" je třeba zadat možnost <code>serial</code>. Do příkazu je možné přidat také " -"výraz <code>console</ code>\n" -" ve tvaru <code>serial console</code>. V tom případě bude jako terminál " -"GRUB\n" +"Určuje typ použitého terminálu. V případě sériových terminálů (např. sériová konzola),\n" +" je třeba zadat možnost <code>serial</code>. Do příkazu je možné přidat také výraz <code>console</ code>\n" +" ve tvaru <code>serial console</code>. V tom případě bude jako terminál GRUB\n" " vybrán terminál, ve kterém stisknete libovolnou klávesu." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Sekce záložních konfigurací při selhání výchozí konfigurace " -"obsahuje seznam čísel sekcí, které se použijí\n" +"Sekce záložních konfigurací při selhání výchozí konfigurace obsahuje seznam čísel sekcí, které se použijí\n" "ke spuštění v případě, že není spustitelná výchozí sekce." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Vybráním možnosti Při startu skrýt nabídku lze skrýt nabídku " -"zavaděče. " +msgstr "Vybráním možnosti Při startu skrýt nabídku lze skrýt nabídku zavaděče. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"Soubor grafické nabídky určuje, který soubor se použije jako " -"grafická nabídka zavaděče." +msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." +msgstr "Soubor grafické nabídky určuje, který soubor se použije jako grafická nabídka zavaděče." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." @@ -410,13 +365,11 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Chránit zavaděč heslem \n" -"Určuje heslo, které bude vyžadováno pro přístup k nabídce zavaděče. Program " -"YaST heslo přijme, pouze pokud je zopakujete\n" +"Určuje heslo, které bude vyžadováno pro přístup k nabídce zavaděče. Program YaST heslo přijme, pouze pokud je zopakujete\n" "v poli Zopakovat heslo." #. help text 1/5 @@ -430,8 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Pořadí disků</big> \n" "Abyste pořadí disků nastavili podle pořadí v BIOSu, použijte\n" -"ke změně pořadí tlačítka Nahoru a Dolu.Pro přidání disku " -"použijte Přidat.\n" +"ke změně pořadí tlačítka Nahoru a Dolu.Pro přidání disku použijte Přidat.\n" "Pro odebrání disku použijte Smazat." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 @@ -674,57 +626,29 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Volitelný parametr příkazové řádky jádra umožňuje definovat další " -"parametry předávané jádru. " +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Volitelný parametr příkazové řádky jádra umožňuje definovat další parametry předávané jádru. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." -msgstr "" -"Režim VGA určuje, který režim VGA se nastaví na konzole " -"během spouštění. " +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "Režim VGA určuje, který režim VGA se nastaví na konzole během spouštění. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Parametr příkazové řádky jádra v záchranném režimu umožňuje " -"definovat parametry předávané jádru v záchranném režimu. " +msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Parametr příkazové řádky jádra v záchranném režimu umožňuje definovat parametry předávané jádru v záchranném režimu. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Vyhledat jiné OS jinak řečeno vyhledávač zavaděče více operačních " -"systémů" +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Vyhledat jiné OS jinak řečeno vyhledávač zavaděče více operačních systémů" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"Ochranný příznak MBR je nastavení pouze pro experty, které je " -"potřeba pouze na neobvyklém hardwaru. Pro podrobnosti vizte Ochrana MBR na " -"discích GPT. Pokud si nejste jisti tím, co děláte, nechte toto nastavení jak " -"je." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "Ochranný příznak MBR je nastavení pouze pro experty, které je potřeba pouze na neobvyklém hardwaru. Pro podrobnosti vizte Ochrana MBR na discích GPT. Pokud si nejste jisti tím, co děláte, nechte toto nastavení jak je." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " -msgstr "" -"Dodavatel určuje název dodavatele jádra použitého pro vytvoření " -"názvu " -"položky zavaděče. " +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "Dodavatel určuje název dodavatele jádra použitého pro vytvoření názvu položky zavaděče. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 @@ -826,9 +750,7 @@ #. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Nepodporovaný zavaděč '%s'. Upravte váš profil AutoYaSTU odpovídajícím " -"způsobem." +msgstr "Nepodporovaný zavaděč '%s'. Upravte váš profil AutoYaSTU odpovídajícím způsobem." #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -1178,10 +1100,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Pomocí tlačítka Ostatní lze smazat stávající konfiguraci\n" @@ -1270,20 +1190,16 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Ve startovacím sektoru oddílu<tt>/boot</tt> nebo <tt>/</tt> " -"(root).\n" +"- Ve startovacím sektoru oddílu<tt>/boot</tt> nebo <tt>/</tt> (root).\n" "Tuto možnost zvolte, pokud máte na disku více operačních systémů a chcete\n" -"nadále používat váš starý zavaděč. Dále můžete v Podrobnosti instalace " -"zavaděče\n" -"nastavit Aktivovat oddíl zavaděče nebo Nahradit MBR typickým " -"kódem.\n" +"nadále používat váš starý zavaděč. Dále můžete v Podrobnosti instalace zavaděče\n" +"nastavit Aktivovat oddíl zavaděče nebo Nahradit MBR typickým kódem.\n" "Pokud je to nutné, nastavte tento jiný zavaděč tak, aby\n" "spouštěl &product;." @@ -1322,10 +1238,8 @@ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." msgstr "" -"Například většina PC má BIOS umožňující spouštění systému jen z prvních " -"1024 cylindrů.\n" -"V závislosti na použitém zavaděči může a nemusí být možné spouštět systém z " -"logického oddílu." +"Například většina PC má BIOS umožňující spouštění systému jen z prvních 1024 cylindrů.\n" +"V závislosti na použitém zavaděči může a nemusí být možné spouštět systém z logického oddílu." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 @@ -1335,8 +1249,7 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Do vstupního pole zadejte název zařízení oddílu (např. <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> " -"nebo\n" +"Do vstupního pole zadejte název zařízení oddílu (např. <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> nebo\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>)." #. help text 1/1 @@ -1387,8 +1300,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Název sekce \n" @@ -1411,8 +1323,7 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Volbou Klonovat zvolenou sekci lze zkopírovat právě vybranou " -"sekci.\n" +"Volbou Klonovat zvolenou sekci lze zkopírovat právě vybranou sekci.\n" "Pak stačí upravit nastavení, kterými se má nově vytvořená sekce lišit." #. help text 3/5 @@ -1447,13 +1358,11 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Volbou Sekce nabídky lze přidat sekci,\n" -"která nahraje konfigurační soubor (seznam boot sekcí) z oddílu na disku. " -"Toto se používá\n" +"která nahraje konfigurační soubor (seznam boot sekcí) z oddílu na disku. Toto se používá\n" "pro start jiných operačních systémů." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -1682,79 +1591,48 @@ msgstr "Sekce obrazu" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via Browse." -msgstr "" -"Obraz jádra určuje jádro, které bude spuštěno. Zadejte název přímo " -"nebo pomocí možnosti Procházet. " +msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." +msgstr "Obraz jádra určuje jádro, které bude spuštěno. Zadejte název přímo nebo pomocí možnosti Procházet. " #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "" -"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Kořenové zařízení nastavuje zařízení, které se jádru předává jako " -"kořenové zařízení." +msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." +msgstr "Kořenové zařízení nastavuje zařízení, které se jádru předává jako kořenové zařízení." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" msgstr "" -"Počáteční ramdisk, pokud není prázdný, určuje, který soubor se " -"použije jako spouštěcí ramdisk. Zadejte přímo cestu a název souboru\n" +"Počáteční ramdisk, pokud není prázdný, určuje, který soubor se použije jako spouštěcí ramdisk. Zadejte přímo cestu a název souboru\n" " nebo soubor vyberte pomocí možnosti Procházet.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux." -msgstr "" -"Možnost Sekce Chainloader vyberte, chcete-li definovat sekci ke " -"spouštění jiného operačního systému než Linux." +msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." +msgstr "Možnost Sekce Chainloader vyberte, chcete-li definovat sekci ke spouštění jiného operačního systému než Linux." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " -"this section." -msgstr "" -"Pokud nastavíte možnost Použít ochranu heslem, bude při vybrání " -"této sekce vyžadováno heslo. " +msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." +msgstr "Pokud nastavíte možnost Použít ochranu heslem, bude při vybrání této sekce vyžadováno heslo. " #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer." -msgstr "" -"Jiný systém umožňuje vybrat jiné operační systémy než Linux " -"nalezené v počítači." +msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." +msgstr "Jiný systém umožňuje vybrat jiné operační systémy než Linux nalezené v počítači." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it" -msgstr "" -"Možnost Aktivovat tento oddíl, je-li vybrán ke spuštění vyberte, " -"pokud systém BIOS potřebuje ke spuštění oddílu nastavit tento příznak." +msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgstr "Možnost Aktivovat tento oddíl, je-li vybrán ke spuštění vyberte, pokud systém BIOS potřebuje ke spuštění oddílu nastavit tento příznak." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.\n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" -"Offset bloku pro Chainloading umožňuje zadat seznam bloků ke " -"spuštění. Ve většině případů je třeba\n" -" zde zadat hodnotu <code>+1</code>. Podrobné informace o notaci seznamu " -"bloků naleznete v dokumentaci k programu grub.\n" +"Offset bloku pro Chainloading umožňuje zadat seznam bloků ke spuštění. Ve většině případů je třeba\n" +" zde zadat hodnotu <code>+1</code>. Podrobné informace o notaci seznamu bloků naleznete v dokumentaci k programu grub.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" msgstr "" "Volbou Sekce XEN lze přidat nové linuxové jádro či jiný obraz,\n" @@ -1765,12 +1643,8 @@ msgstr "Hypervizor určuje, který bude použit hypervizor." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -msgstr "" -"Další parametry pro Xen Hypervisor umožňuje definovat další " -"parametry předávané Xen Hypervisoru. " +msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgstr "Další parametry pro Xen Hypervisor umožňuje definovat další parametry předávané Xen Hypervisoru. " #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 msgid "Menu Section" @@ -1781,29 +1655,19 @@ msgstr "Oddíl souboru nabídky" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file." -msgstr "" -"Popisný soubor menu upřesňuje cestu na kořenovém zařízení, odkud " -"je načten soubor s menu." +msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +msgstr "Popisný soubor menu upřesňuje cestu na kořenovém zařízení, odkud je načten soubor s menu." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk." -msgstr "" -"Mapovat oddíl na první disk v tabulce oddílů Windows zpravidla " -"vyžadují, aby byla nainstalována na první disk." +msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." +msgstr "Mapovat oddíl na první disk v tabulce oddílů Windows zpravidla vyžadují, aby byla nainstalována na první disk." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" msgstr "" -"Míry zahrnují soubory mír s PCR. Změnit tabulku je možné pomocí " -"tlačítek: Přidat , \n" +"Míry zahrnují soubory mír s PCR. Změnit tabulku je možné pomocí tlačítek: Přidat , \n" "Upravit a Smazat" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 @@ -1819,8 +1683,7 @@ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" "Usually specified in global section" msgstr "" -"Vynutit připojení kořenového souborového systému pouze pro čtení</" -"b> \n" +"Vynutit připojení kořenového souborového systému pouze pro čtení \n" "Obvykle je zadáno v globální sekci." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 @@ -1829,10 +1692,8 @@ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" "file on a SCSI disk partition." msgstr "" -"Vybráním možnosti Sekce výpisu můžete přidat sekci, která určuje " -"způsob\n" -"vytvoření výpisu systému na oddíl na disku DASD nebo páskové zařízení nebo " -"do\n" +"Vybráním možnosti Sekce výpisu můžete přidat sekci, která určuje způsob\n" +"vytvoření výpisu systému na oddíl na disku DASD nebo páskové zařízení nebo do\n" " souboru v oddílu na disku SCSI." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 @@ -1840,18 +1701,15 @@ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" msgstr "" -"Vybráním možnosti Sekce nabídky můžete přidat do konfigurace novou " -"nabídku.\n" +"Vybráním možnosti Sekce nabídky můžete přidat do konfigurace novou nabídku.\n" "Sekce nabídky je seznam úkolů, které jsou seskupeny dohromady.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Použijte Zapnout SELinux pro přídání bootovacích parametrů " -"nezbytných pro zapnutí bezpečnostního frameworku SELinuxu.\n" +"Použijte Zapnout SELinux pro přídání bootovacích parametrů nezbytných pro zapnutí bezpečnostního frameworku SELinuxu.\n" "Tato volba zároveň vypne AppArmor." #. radio button @@ -2021,8 +1879,7 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "Vzhledem k rozdělení disku nelze zavaděč nainstalovat správně." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal @@ -2030,50 +1887,30 @@ #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalovat zavaděč do MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">neinstalovat</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalovat zavaděč do MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">neinstalovat</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Neinstalovat zavaděč do MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">instalovat</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Neinstalovat zavaděč do MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">instalovat</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalovat zavaděč do oddílu /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" -"\">neinstalovat</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalovat zavaděč do oddílu /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">neinstalovat</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Neinstalovat zavaděč do oddílu /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">instalovat</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Neinstalovat zavaděč do oddílu /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">instalovat</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalovat zavaděč do kořenového oddílu (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" -"\">neinstalovat</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalovat zavaděč do kořenového oddílu (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">neinstalovat</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Neinstalovat zavaděč do kořenového oddílu (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">instalovat</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Neinstalovat zavaděč do kořenového oddílu (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">instalovat</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 @@ -2136,12 +1973,8 @@ #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"Upozornění: Nebylo vybráno umístění pro stage1 zavaděče. Pokud to není záměr, " -"vyberte umístění výše." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Upozornění: Nebylo vybráno umístění pro stage1 zavaděče. Pokud to není záměr, vyberte umístění výše." #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" @@ -2160,22 +1993,12 @@ #. TODO add more devices #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -msgstr "" -"Číslo oddílu větší než 3 je zvoleno pro start systému s GPT tabulkou oddílů" +msgstr "Číslo oddílu větší než 3 je zvoleno pro start systému s GPT tabulkou oddílů" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"Zavádění z MBR nefunguje, pokud je použito společně se soubovým systémem " -"btrfs a popisem disku GPT bez oddílu bios_grub. Pro opravu této chyby " -"vytvořte " -"oddíl bios_grub nebo použijte nějaký souborový systém ext pro vytvoření " -"zaváděcího oddílu či neinstalujte stage1 do MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Zavádění z MBR nefunguje, pokud je použito společně se soubovým systémem btrfs a popisem disku GPT bez oddílu bios_grub. Pro opravu této chyby vytvořte oddíl bios_grub nebo použijte nějaký souborový systém ext pro vytvoření zaváděcího oddílu či neinstalujte stage1 do MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 @@ -2186,23 +2009,13 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"Startovací zařízení je na softwarovém RAID1. Zvolte jiné umístění pro " -"zavaděč, např. Master Boot Record (MBR)" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Startovací zařízení je na softwarovém RAID1. Zvolte jiné umístění pro zavaděč, např. Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" -msgstr "" -"YaST nemůže zjistit přesné pořadí disků při zavádění, což je potřebné pro " -"mapu zařízení. Zkontrolujte a popřípadě nastavte pořadí disků při zavádění v " -"\"Podrobnosti instalace zavaděče\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgstr "YaST nemůže zjistit přesné pořadí disků při zavádění, což je potřebné pro mapu zařízení. Zkontrolujte a popřípadě nastavte pořadí disků při zavádění v \"Podrobnosti instalace zavaděče\"" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 @@ -2284,12 +2097,8 @@ msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Ukládá se konfigurace zavaděče" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. " -#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nebylo možné určit přesné pořadí disků pro mapu zařízení. Pořadí disků " -#~ "může být změněno v \"Podrobnosti instalace zavaděče\"" +#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "Nebylo možné určit přesné pořadí disků pro mapu zařízení. Pořadí disků může být změněno v \"Podrobnosti instalace zavaděče\"" #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -2339,57 +2148,38 @@ #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." #~ msgstr "Bootavcí zařízení je na iSCSI disku: %1. Systém nemusí nastartovat." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " -#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " -#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zavaděč je nainstalovaný na oddíle, který neleží celý pod %1 GB. Systém " -#~ "se nemusí podařit spustit, pokud BIOS podporuje pouze LBA24 (výsledkem je " -#~ "chyba 18 v průběhu instalace Grubu do MBR)." +#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "Zavaděč je nainstalovaný na oddíle, který neleží celý pod %1 GB. Systém se nemusí podařit spustit, pokud BIOS podporuje pouze LBA24 (výsledkem je chyba 18 v průběhu instalace Grubu do MBR)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " -#~ "range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " -#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " -#~ "configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Před pokračováním nakonfigurujte platný zavaděč. \n" -#~ "Mapa zařízení obsahuje více než 8 zařízení a zařízení pro spouštění " -#~ "systému mimo platný rozsah.\n" -#~ "Rozsah je omezený BIOSem na prvních 8 zařízení. Upravte v BIOS pořadí " -#~ "spouštění (boot order)\n" +#~ "Mapa zařízení obsahuje více než 8 zařízení a zařízení pro spouštění systému mimo platný rozsah.\n" +#~ "Rozsah je omezený BIOSem na prvních 8 zařízení. Upravte v BIOS pořadí spouštění (boot order)\n" #~ "nebo pokud je již upraveno, opravte pořadí v konfiguraci zavaděče." #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "LILO již není podporováno. " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zvolená cesta nebude pro vaší instalaci aktivována. Váš systém nemusí být " -#~ "možné spustit." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "Zvolená cesta nebude pro vaší instalaci aktivována. Váš systém nemusí být možné spustit." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nejdřív nastavte platné umístění zavaděče. \n" -#~ "Pokud nemůžete vybrat umístění, může být nutné vytvořit malý primární " -#~ "Apple HFS oddíl." +#~ "Pokud nemůžete vybrat umístění, může být nutné vytvořit malý primární Apple HFS oddíl." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nejdřív nastavte platné umístění zavaděče. \n" -#~ "Pokud nemůžete vybrat umístění, může být nutné vytvořit PReP startovací " -#~ "oddíl." +#~ "Pokud nemůžete vybrat umístění, může být nutné vytvořit PReP startovací oddíl." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Ponechat &LILO" @@ -2397,9 +2187,7 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Převést nastavení a instalovat &GRUB" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " -#~ "GRUB" +#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" #~ msgstr "LILO není podporováno. Doporučení volba je převést LILO na GRUB." #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" @@ -2433,69 +2221,54 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nastavit úroveň podrobností [0-5] V případě problémů při " -#~ "spuštění\n" +#~ "Nastavit úroveň podrobností [0-5] V případě problémů při spuštění\n" #~ "zvýšit úroveň podrobností ELILO." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Globálně připojit k příkazové řádce jádra řetězec s možnostmi</" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Globálně připojit k příkazové řádce jádra řetězec s možnostmi \n" #~ "Umožňuje definovat další parametry předávané jádru. Použijí se \n" #~ "v případě, že v dané sekci není použita hodnota append.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Název výchozího souboru initrd, pokud není prázdný, určuje, " -#~ "který\n" -#~ "soubor se použije jako spouštěcí ramdisk. Zadejte přímo cestu a název " -#~ "souboru nebo soubor vyberte pomocí možnosti\n" +#~ "Název výchozího souboru initrd, pokud není prázdný, určuje, který\n" +#~ "soubor se použije jako spouštěcí ramdisk. Zadejte přímo cestu a název souboru nebo soubor vyberte pomocí možnosti\n" #~ "Procházet\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Název výchozího obrazu, pokud není prázdný, určuje, který\n" -#~ "obraz se použije. Zadejte přímo cestu a název souboru nebo soubor vyberte " -#~ "pomocí možnosti\n" +#~ "obraz se použije. Zadejte přímo cestu a název souboru nebo soubor vyberte pomocí možnosti\n" #~ " Procházet." #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zadejte uživatelské rozhraní pro ELILO (jednoduché nebo textovou " -#~ "nabídku) \n" -#~ "Pozor: Textová nabídka na některých počítačích občas způsobovala problémy." -#~ "" +#~ "Zadejte uživatelské rozhraní pro ELILO (jednoduché nebo textovou nabídku) \n" +#~ "Pozor: Textová nabídka na některých počítačích občas způsobovala problémy." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " -#~ "TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zabránit režimu EDD30 \n" -#~ "Ve výchozím nastavení je režim EDD30 vypnutý, elilo se pokusí nastavit " -#~ "proměnnou na hodnotu TRUE.\n" +#~ "Ve výchozím nastavení je režim EDD30 vypnutý, elilo se pokusí nastavit proměnnou na hodnotu TRUE.\n" #~ " Některé řadiče však režim EDD30 nepodporují a vynucení proměnné\n" -#~ " může způsobit problémy. Z toho důvodu existuje od verze elilo-3.2 " -#~ "možnost, \n" +#~ " může způsobit problémy. Z toho důvodu existuje od verze elilo-3.2 možnost, \n" #~ " která zabrání vynutit tuto proměnnou.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2528,8 +2301,7 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nastavit uživatelské rozhraní pro ELILO\n" -#~ "Nastavuje který kterou nabídku pro výběr kernelu použít: jednoduchá " -#~ "(\"simple\") nebo textové menu (\"textmenu\")" +#~ "Nastavuje který kterou nabídku pro výběr kernelu použít: jednoduchá (\"simple\") nebo textové menu (\"textmenu\")" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -2559,8 +2331,7 @@ #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zpráva zobrazená na hlavní obrazovce (pokud je podporováno)\n" -#~ "Zpráva zobrazená na hlavní obrazovce, pokud takovou zprávu nabídka " -#~ "podporuje." +#~ "Zpráva zobrazená na hlavní obrazovce, pokud takovou zprávu nabídka podporuje." #~ msgid "" #~ "Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds\n" @@ -2576,12 +2347,8 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Umístění startovacího obrazu" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " -#~ "mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Doba čekání před automatickým spuštěním v sekundách (používá se v jiném " -#~ "než interaktivním režimu)" +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" +#~ msgstr "Doba čekání před automatickým spuštěním v sekundách (používá se v jiném než interaktivním režimu)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Vynutit interaktivní režim" @@ -2605,8 +2372,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Název výchozího souboru obrazu" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zadejte uživatelské rozhraní pro ELILO (jednoduché nebo textovou nabídku)" +#~ msgstr "Zadejte uživatelské rozhraní pro ELILO (jednoduché nebo textovou nabídku)" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Zpráva tištěná na hlavní obrazovce (pokud je podporováno)" @@ -2624,8 +2390,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Povolit pokus o přemístění" #~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Řetězec možností připojený k příkazové řádce jádra (globální nastavení)" +#~ msgstr "Řetězec možností připojený k příkazové řádce jádra (globální nastavení)" #~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File" #~ msgstr "&Název výchozího souboru obrazu" @@ -2646,16 +2411,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Vynutit připojení kořenového souborového systému pouze pro čtení" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uživatelské rozhraní pro ELILO (jednoduché (\"simple\") nebo textovou " -#~ "nabídku (\"textmenu\"))" +#~ msgstr "Uživatelské rozhraní pro ELILO (jednoduché (\"simple\") nebo textovou nabídku (\"textmenu\"))" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " -#~ "Mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Doba čekání před automatickým spuštěním v sekundách (používá se v jiném " -#~ "než interaktivním režimu)" +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Doba čekání před automatickým spuštěním v sekundách (používá se v jiném než interaktivním režimu)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "Zobrazit obsah souboru pomocí funkčních &kláves" @@ -2710,39 +2469,30 @@ #~ "Tento adresář bude požehnán a označen jako bootovací." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Globálně připojit k příkazové řádce jádra řetězec s možnostmi</" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Globálně připojit k příkazové řádce jádra řetězec s možnostmi \n" #~ "Umožňuje definovat další parametry předávané jádru. Použijí se\n" #~ "v případě, že v dané sekci není použita hodnota append.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Název výchozího souboru initrd, pokud není prázdný, určuje, " -#~ "který\n" -#~ "soubor se použije jako spouštěcí ramdisk. Zadejte přímo cestu a název " -#~ "souboru nebo soubor vyberte pomocí možnosti\n" +#~ "Název výchozího souboru initrd, pokud není prázdný, určuje, který\n" +#~ "soubor se použije jako spouštěcí ramdisk. Zadejte přímo cestu a název souboru nebo soubor vyberte pomocí možnosti\n" #~ "Procházet\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Název výchozího obrazu, pokud není prázdný, určuje, který\n" -#~ "obraz se použije. Zadejte přímo cestu a název souboru nebo soubor vyberte " -#~ "pomocí možnosti\n" +#~ "obraz se použije. Zadejte přímo cestu a název souboru nebo soubor vyberte pomocí možnosti\n" #~ " Procházet." #~ msgid "" @@ -2756,83 +2506,65 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " -#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Oddíl pro kopii zavaděče\n" #~ "označuje další linuxová zařízení, kde by bootinfo mělo být uloženo.\n" #~ "Pokud je tato možnost zadána, bootovací oddíl bude zkonvertován na FAT.\n" -#~ "Smysl této volby je, aby se soubory nutné ke startu zapsali na všechny " -#~ "zařízení v RAID1 či RAID5." +#~ "Smysl této volby je, aby se soubory nutné ke startu zapsali na všechny zařízení v RAID1 či RAID5." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Změnit startovací zařízení v NV-RAM\n" #~ "Toto řekne lilu aby nastavilo proměnou \"boot-device\" v OpenFirmware.\n" -#~ "Nastaví jí to na celou OpenFirmware cestu ukazující na zařízení vybrané " -#~ "v\n" +#~ "Nastaví jí to na celou OpenFirmware cestu ukazující na zařízení vybrané v\n" #~ "\"boot=\". Pokud tato volba chybí, systém nemusí nastartovat." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " -#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " -#~ "G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nepoužívat program pro výběr OS\n" -#~ "řekne lilu aby používalo yaboot jako bootovací soubor místo Forth scriptu " -#~ "jménem \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "OpenFirmware driver v nVidia grafických kartách, tak jak jsou dodávány s " -#~ "Apple G5, spadne\n" +#~ "řekne lilu aby používalo yaboot jako bootovací soubor místo Forth scriptu jménem \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "OpenFirmware driver v nVidia grafických kartách, tak jak jsou dodávány s Apple G5, spadne\n" #~ "pokud ke grafické kartě není připojen žádný monitor." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " -#~ "automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Časový limit v sekundách pro MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Časový interval ve vteřiná po který se při bootu čeka na stisk klávesy " -#~ "vybírající MacOS pro boot.\n" +#~ "Časový interval ve vteřiná po který se při bootu čeka na stisk klávesy vybírající MacOS pro boot.\n" #~ "Pokud k němu nedojde, nabootuje automaticky Linux." #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " -#~ "format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " -#~ "more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vždy spouštět z FAT oddílu\n" -#~ "Za běžných okolností script lila automaticky vybere formát bootovacího " -#~ "oddílu\n" -#~ "aby to byl buď PReP bootovací oddíl nebo oddíl formátovaný souborovým " -#~ "systémem FAT\n" -#~ "pro složitější konfigurace. Tato volba donutí script lila používat oddíl " -#~ "formátovaný\n" +#~ "Za běžných okolností script lila automaticky vybere formát bootovacího oddílu\n" +#~ "aby to byl buď PReP bootovací oddíl nebo oddíl formátovaný souborovým systémem FAT\n" +#~ "pro složitější konfigurace. Tato volba donutí script lila používat oddíl formátovaný\n" #~ "souborovým systémem FAT" #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Instalovat zavaděč i přes chyby\n" -#~ "Nainstaluje zavaděč i když není jisté, zda není firmware zabugovaný a " -#~ "tedy není\n" -#~ "ani jisté, zda se příští start podaří. Výsledek takové instalace není " -#~ "podporován." +#~ "Nainstaluje zavaděč i když není jisté, zda není firmware zabugovaný a tedy není\n" +#~ "ani jisté, zda se příští start podaří. Výsledek takové instalace není podporován." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Umístění PPC zavaděče" @@ -3039,8 +2771,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Zavaděč LILO není podporován." #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Adresář /boot je na souborovém systému XFS. Váš systém nenastartuje." +#~ msgstr "Adresář /boot je na souborovém systému XFS. Váš systém nenastartuje." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "Konfigurace šablony konfigurace hardwaru selhala." @@ -3100,8 +2831,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " -#~ "disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zvolili jste instalaci zavaděče na pevný disk.\n" @@ -3171,18 +2901,14 @@ #~ " který se spustí v prostředí XEN." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot " -#~ "partition with ext2 filesytem" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Adresář /boot je na souborovém systému XFS. Váš systém nenastartuje." +#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot partition with ext2 filesytem" +#~ msgstr "Adresář /boot je na souborovém systému XFS. Váš systém nenastartuje." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Kernel via XEN to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" #~ "but to start it in a XEN environment." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Volbou Jádro z XENu lze přidat nové linuxové jádro či jiný " -#~ "obraz,\n" +#~ "Volbou Jádro z XENu lze přidat nové linuxové jádro či jiný obraz,\n" #~ "který se spustí v prostředí XEN." #~ msgid "Add a new section" @@ -3196,8 +2922,7 @@ #~ "bootloader will wait in interactive mode until booting the default\n" #~ "entry.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Časový limit v desetinách sekundy Určuje čas, po který " -#~ "čeká\n" +#~ "Časový limit v desetinách sekundy Určuje čas, po který čeká\n" #~ "zavaděč v interaktivním režimu, než se spustí výchozí položka\n" #~ "zavaděče.\n" @@ -3277,47 +3002,27 @@ #~ msgid "Section Editor" #~ msgstr "Editor sekcí" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Selecting Do not verify Filesystem before Booting will skip all " -#~ "file system checks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vybráním možnosti Nekontrolovat před spuštěním souborový systém " -#~ "lze vynechat všechny kontroly souborových systémů." +#~ msgid "Selecting Do not verify Filesystem before Booting will skip all file system checks." +#~ msgstr "Vybráním možnosti Nekontrolovat před spuštěním souborový systém lze vynechat všechny kontroly souborových systémů." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk,if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk,if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Počáteční ramdisk, pokud není prázdný, určuje, který soubor se " -#~ "použije jako spouštěcí ramdisk. Zadejte přímo cestu a název souboru\n" +#~ "Počáteční ramdisk, pokud není prázdný, určuje, který soubor se použije jako spouštěcí ramdisk. Zadejte přímo cestu a název souboru\n" #~ " nebo soubor vyberte pomocí možnosti Procházet.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "PCR Index of Kernel is Platform Configuration Register for " -#~ "kernel" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Jaderný PCR seznam je Platform Configuration Register pro " -#~ "jádro" +#~ msgid "PCR Index of Kernel is Platform Configuration Register for kernel" +#~ msgstr "Jaderný PCR seznam je Platform Configuration Register pro jádro" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "PCR Index of Initrd is Platform Configuration Register for " -#~ "initrd" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "PCR seznam initrd je Platform Configuration Register pro " -#~ "initrd" +#~ msgid "PCR Index of Initrd is Platform Configuration Register for initrd" +#~ msgstr "PCR seznam initrd je Platform Configuration Register pro initrd" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "PCR Index of Chainloader is Platform Configuration Register for " -#~ "chainloader" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "PCR seznam Chainloaderu je Platform Configuration Register pro " -#~ "chainloader" +#~ msgid "PCR Index of Chainloader is Platform Configuration Register for chainloader" +#~ msgstr "PCR seznam Chainloaderu je Platform Configuration Register pro chainloader" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "PCR Index of XEN is Platform Configuration Register for XEN" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "PCR seznam XEN je Platform Configuration Register pro XEN" +#~ msgid "PCR Index of XEN is Platform Configuration Register for XEN" +#~ msgstr "PCR seznam XEN je Platform Configuration Register pro XEN" #~ msgid "Former default Image Flavor" #~ msgstr "Ve stylu předchozího výchozího obrazu" @@ -3399,8 +3104,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Initial RAM Disk</big> \n" -#~ "Use Initial RAM Disk to specify the initial RAM disk (initrd) to " -#~ "load. If it is\n" +#~ "Use Initial RAM Disk to specify the initial RAM disk (initrd) to load. If it is\n" #~ "left empty, no initial RAM disk is loaded during boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Počáteční ramdisk</big> \n" @@ -3410,8 +3114,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Root Device</big> \n" -#~ "Use Root Device to specify the root file system to mount after the " -#~ "kernel is\n" +#~ "Use Root Device to specify the root file system to mount after the kernel is\n" #~ "loaded.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Kořenové zařízení</big> \n" @@ -3420,8 +3123,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>VGA Mode</big> \n" -#~ "Use VGA Mode to specify the resolution and color depth to set " -#~ "after\n" +#~ "Use VGA Mode to specify the resolution and color depth to set after\n" #~ "the kernel has booted." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>VGA režim</big> \n" @@ -3434,29 +3136,24 @@ #~ "to the kernel command line." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Další parametry jádra</big> \n" -#~ "Volbu Další parametry jádra použijte k doplnění dalších parametrů " -#~ "jádra." +#~ "Volbu Další parametry jádra použijte k doplnění dalších parametrů jádra." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device</big> \n" -#~ "Use Device to set the device from which to load the operating " -#~ "system.\n" +#~ "Use Device to set the device from which to load the operating system.\n" #~ "In most cases, it is the disk partition in which \n" #~ "the other system is installed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Zařízení</big> \n" -#~ "Volba Zařízení umožňuje nastavit zařízení, ze kterého nahrát " -#~ "operační\n" +#~ "Volba Zařízení umožňuje nastavit zařízení, ze kterého nahrát operační\n" #~ "systém. Obvykle je to diskový oddíl, na kterým je systém nainstalován." #~ msgid "" #~ "Trusted GRUB Details \n" -#~ "allows to add aditional measured files and also to define own PCR for " -#~ "kernel, initrd or chainloader" +#~ "allows to add aditional measured files and also to define own PCR for kernel, initrd or chainloader" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Detaily Trusted GRUB \n" -#~ "umožňuje přidat dodatečné soubory měření a také definovat vlastní PCR pro " -#~ "jádro, initrd nebo chainloader" +#~ "umožňuje přidat dodatečné soubory měření a také definovat vlastní PCR pro jádro, initrd nebo chainloader" #~ msgid "" #~ "To add a disk, push Add.\n" @@ -3471,8 +3168,7 @@ #~ "boots the active partition), set Replace MBR with Generic Code." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Nahrazení MBR typickým kódem</big> \n" -#~ "Startovací záznam nahradíte typickým kódem (spouštění z aktivního " -#~ "oddílu),\n" +#~ "Startovací záznam nahradíte typickým kódem (spouštění z aktivního oddílu),\n" #~ "volbou Nahradit MBR typickým kódem." #~ msgid "" @@ -3485,8 +3181,7 @@ #~ "<big>Aktivace oddílu zavaděče</big> \n" #~ "Oddíl zavaděče aktivujete volbou Aktivovat oddíl zavaděče.\n" #~ "Z aktivního oddílu se spouští běžný MBR kód. Některé starší verze BIOSu\n" -#~ "mohou vyžadovat jeden aktivní oddíl, i když se zavaděč instaluje do MBR.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "mohou vyžadovat jeden aktivní oddíl, i když se zavaděč instaluje do MBR." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Dedicated Boot Loader Area</big> \n" @@ -3501,8 +3196,7 @@ #~ "Používáním oblasti určené pro zavaděč zabráníte\n" #~ "přesunutí souborů zavaděče během automatické defragmentace\n" #~ "disku. Přesunutí souborů může vést k problémům při zavádění.\n" -#~ "Oblast pro zavaděč vyhradíte volbou Použít oblast určenou pro zavaděč</" -#~ "b>." +#~ "Oblast pro zavaděč vyhradíte volbou Použít oblast určenou pro zavaděč." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Password Protection</big> \n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/ca-management.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/ca-management.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/ca-management.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -106,8 +106,7 @@ msgstr "Heslo CA (Bezpečnost: mělo by být dáno proměnnou prostředí)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "Heslo P12 (Bezpečnost: mělo by být dáno proměnnou prostředí)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 @@ -124,18 +123,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "YaST generuje výchozí CA a certifikát automaticky. Tato CA a certifikát\n" "se používá při komunikaci se serverem Apache.\n" -"Zde můžete změnit nastavení této CA a certifikátu nebo je importovat ze " -"souboru.\n" +"Zde můžete změnit nastavení této CA a certifikátu nebo je importovat ze souboru.\n" "\n" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -379,12 +375,8 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"Nelze vyhodnotit jméno lokálního stroje. Změňte hodnoty jména serveru a e-" -"mailu." +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "Nelze vyhodnotit jméno lokálního stroje. Změňte hodnoty jména serveru a e-mailu." #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -405,17 +397,13 @@ msgstr "Smazat stará nastavení?" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"Nelze získat systémové heslo root. Pokud chcete pokračovat, nastavte heslo " -"CA." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "Nelze získat systémové heslo root. Pokud chcete pokračovat, nastavte heslo CA." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "Toto heslo je pro použití s certifikáty příliš krátké.\n" "Zadejte platné heslo pro certifikáty nebo zakažte jejich vytváření.\n" @@ -472,10 +460,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "Rootovské heslo je pro použití s certifikáty příliš krátké.\n" "Zadejte platné heslo pro certifikáty nebo zakažte jejich vytváření.\n" @@ -489,12 +475,8 @@ msgstr "Import CA a certifikátu ze souboru" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "" -"Je výchozí jméno počítače linux opravdu unikátní? Certifikát je " -"platný pouze tehdy, když obsahuje platné jméno počítače." +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "Je výchozí jméno počítače linux opravdu unikátní? Certifikát je platný pouze tehdy, když obsahuje platné jméno počítače." #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -531,21 +513,18 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"V tomto okně zvolte požadovanou metodu instalace CA a certifikátů</" -"b>.\n" +"V tomto okně zvolte požadovanou metodu instalace CA a certifikátů.\n" "\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -645,15 +624,13 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST generuje výchozí CA a certifikát automaticky. Tato CA a " -"certifikát\n" +"YaST generuje výchozí CA a certifikát automaticky. Tato CA a certifikát\n" "se používá při komunikaci se serverem Apache.\n" "Zde můžete změnit tyto výchozí hodnoty.\n" "\n" @@ -678,66 +655,38 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." -msgstr "" -"Serverový certifikát je používaný službou poskytující síťové spojení " -"šifrované SSL/TLS." +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." +msgstr "Serverový certifikát je používaný službou poskytující síťové spojení šifrované SSL/TLS." #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"Účel Obecného serverového certifikátu je poskytnout certifikát pro " -"několik služeb běžících na tomto hostiteli. " +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "Účel Obecného serverového certifikátu je poskytnout certifikát pro několik služeb běžících na tomto hostiteli. " #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." -msgstr "" -"Některé moduly YaSTu poskytují možnost použít tento certifikát během " -"nastavení dané služby." +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." +msgstr "Některé moduly YaSTu poskytují možnost použít tento certifikát během nastavení dané služby." #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "" -"Pomocí tlačítka Importovat/Nahradit můžete přidat nový nebo " -"nahradit současný certifikát serveru." +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "Pomocí tlačítka Importovat/Nahradit můžete přidat nový nebo nahradit současný certifikát serveru." #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "" -"Můžete odstranit certifikát kliknutím na tlačítko Odstranit. Ale " -"ujistěte se, že už není používán žádnou další službou." +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "Můžete odstranit certifikát kliknutím na tlačítko Odstranit. Ale ujistěte se, že už není používán žádnou další službou." #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "" -"Certifikáty lze zapsat do souboru pomocí Export do souboru v sekci " -"Certifikát v modulu Správa CA." +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "Certifikáty lze zapsat do souboru pomocí Export do souboru v sekci Certifikát v modulu Správa CA." #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." -msgstr "" -"Certifikáty načítané z disku musí být ve formátu PKCS12 s cestou CA</" -"b>." +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." +msgstr "Certifikáty načítané z disku musí být ve formátu PKCS12 s cestou CA." #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -800,12 +749,8 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "" -"Detailní informace o současné CA jsou přístupné přes Certifikáty, " -"CRL, a Rozšířené." +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "Detailní informace o současné CA jsou přístupné přes Certifikáty, CRL, a Rozšířené." #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -940,12 +885,8 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." -msgstr "" -"Při vytváření subCA nebo certifikátu Vám systém doporučí některé výchozí " -"hodnoty." +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Při vytváření subCA nebo certifikátu Vám systém doporučí některé výchozí hodnoty." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 @@ -956,21 +897,13 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Nicméně změněná nastavení se použijí pouze při vytváření nových " -"položek." +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." +msgstr "Nicméně změněná nastavení se použijí pouze při vytváření nových položek." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "" -"Můžete změnit výchozí nastavení subCA, klientské certifikáty</" -"b>, a certifikáty serveru." +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "Můžete změnit výchozí nastavení subCA, klientské certifikáty, a certifikáty serveru." #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" @@ -990,11 +923,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." -msgstr "" -"Toto okno před uložením přehledně zobrazuje veškeré výchozí volby." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." +msgstr "Toto okno před uložením přehledně zobrazuje veškeré výchozí volby." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 @@ -1107,13 +1037,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "" -"Vidíte seznam všech certifikátů dané CA. V sloupcích jsou DN certifikátů " -"včetně email adresy a stavu certifikátu (platný/zrušený)." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "Vidíte seznam všech certifikátů dané CA. V sloupcích jsou DN certifikátů včetně email adresy a stavu certifikátu (platný/zrušený)." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1122,36 +1047,23 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Zobrazit otevře okno s textovou reprezentací celého certifikátu.</" -"p>" +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." +msgstr "Zobrazit otevře okno s textovou reprezentací celého certifikátu." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Navíc můžete Zrušit, Smazat nebo Exportovat " -"certifikát." +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." +msgstr "Navíc můžete Zrušit, Smazat nebo Exportovat certifikát." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "" -"Pomocí Přidat, vytvoříte nový certifikát pro server nebo klienta.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Pomocí Přidat, vytvoříte nový certifikát pro server nebo klienta." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"V dolní části vidíte nejdůležitější údaje zvoleného certifikátu." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." +msgstr "V dolní části vidíte nejdůležitější údaje zvoleného certifikátu." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 @@ -1497,8 +1409,7 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." msgstr "Při vytváření nového CRL nabídne systém výchozí hodnoty." #. help text 2/3 @@ -1535,16 +1446,8 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"Upozornění! Aktivace automatického vytvoření a exportu CRL zapíše heslo " -"CA do konfiguračního souboru na disku. Heslo tam bude uloženo v jednoduchém " -"textovém souboru, jaký je potřeba k vytvoření CRL. Soubor bude čitelný pouze " -"pro uživatele root." +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "Upozornění! Aktivace automatického vytvoření a exportu CRL zapíše heslo CA do konfiguračního souboru na disku. Heslo tam bude uloženo v jednoduchém textovém souboru, jaký je potřeba k vytvoření CRL. Soubor bude čitelný pouze pro uživatele root." #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1556,32 +1459,15 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "" -"Exportujte CRL tohoto CA jednou vybráním Exportovat jednou." +msgstr "Exportujte CRL tohoto CA jednou vybráním Exportovat jednou." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." -msgstr "" -"Pro nastavení opakovaného vytváření CRL vyberte Opakované vytváření a " -"export. V takovém případě pak nastavte interval v poli Interval " -"opakování. Pokud nastavíte interval na 24 hodin můžete dodatečně vybrat " -"hodinu exportu. Ujistěte se, že jste si přečetli a pochopili Bezpečnostní " -"informace." +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." +msgstr "Pro nastavení opakovaného vytváření CRL vyberte Opakované vytváření a export. V takovém případě pak nastavte interval v poli Interval opakování. Pokud nastavíte interval na 24 hodin můžete dodatečně vybrat hodinu exportu. Ujistěte se, že jste si přečetli a pochopili Bezpečnostní informace." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Můžete aktivovat export CRL do lokálního souboru nebo na LDAP server nebo " -"obojí. Nastavte příslušné parametry v Exportu do lokálního souboru a " -"Exportu do LDAP." +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "Můžete aktivovat export CRL do lokálního souboru nebo na LDAP server nebo obojí. Nastavte příslušné parametry v Exportu do lokálního souboru a Exportu do LDAP." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1755,46 +1641,30 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "" -"CA Name je jméno certifikátu CA. Používejte pouze ASCII znaky, \"a-" -"z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "CA Name je jméno certifikátu CA. Používejte pouze ASCII znaky, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "Common Name je jméno CA." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Common Name je jméno uživatele, kterému vytváříte certifikát." +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." +msgstr "Common Name je jméno uživatele, kterému vytváříte certifikát." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." msgstr "Common Name je plné doménové jméno (FQDN) serveru." #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"E-Mail Address jsou platné e-mail adresy uživatelů nebo správce " -"systému." +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." +msgstr "E-Mail Address jsou platné e-mail adresy uživatelů nebo správce systému." #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." -msgstr "" -"Organizace, Oddělení organizace, Lokalita a Země</" -"p> jsou obvykle volitelné." +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." +msgstr "Organizace, Oddělení organizace, Lokalita a Země jsou obvykle volitelné." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1825,31 +1695,18 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Privátní klíč CA vyžaduje Heslo s minimální délkou 5 znaků. Do " -"dalšího políčka zadejte stejné heslo pro ověření." +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "Privátní klíč CA vyžaduje Heslo s minimální délkou 5 znaků. Do dalšího políčka zadejte stejné heslo pro ověření." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Každá CA má vlastní Délku klíče. Některé aplikace používající " -"certifikáty vyžadují speciální délku klíče." +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Každá CA má vlastní Délku klíče. Některé aplikace používající certifikáty vyžadují speciální délku klíče." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"CA je platná po určité období (Doba platnosti). Zadejte platnost v " -"dnech." +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "CA je platná po určité období (Doba platnosti). Zadejte platnost v dnech." #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1857,61 +1714,33 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." -msgstr "" -"Pokročilá nastavení jsou speciální nastavení. Pokud změníte tato " -"nastavení, SUSE nemůže garantovat, že vygenerované certifikáty budou správně " -"fungovat." +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." +msgstr "Pokročilá nastavení jsou speciální nastavení. Pokud změníte tato nastavení, SUSE nemůže garantovat, že vygenerované certifikáty budou správně fungovat." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"Privátní klíč certifikátu vyžaduje Heslo s minimální délkou 5 " -"znaků. Do dalšího políčka zadejte stejné heslo pro ověření." +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "Privátní klíč certifikátu vyžaduje Heslo s minimální délkou 5 znaků. Do dalšího políčka zadejte stejné heslo pro ověření." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Každý certifikát má vlastní Key Length. Některé aplikace " -"používající certifikáty vyžadují speciální velikost klíče." +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Každý certifikát má vlastní Key Length. Některé aplikace používající certifikáty vyžadují speciální velikost klíče." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"Certifikát je platný po určité období (Valid Period - doba " -"platnosti). Zadejte platnost v dnech." +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "Certifikát je platný po určité období (Valid Period - doba platnosti). Zadejte platnost v dnech." #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"Privátní klíč požadavku vyžaduje Heslo s minimální délkou 5 znaků. " -"Do dalšího políčka zadejte stejné heslo pro ověření." +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "Privátní klíč požadavku vyžaduje Heslo s minimální délkou 5 znaků. Do dalšího políčka zadejte stejné heslo pro ověření." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Každý požadavek má vlastní Délku klíče. Některé aplikace " -"používající certifikáty vyžadují speciální délku klíče." +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Každý požadavek má vlastní Délku klíče. Některé aplikace používající certifikáty vyžadují speciální délku klíče." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1945,9 +1774,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." msgstr "Toto okno zobrazuje přehled všech nastavení vytvářené CA." #. help text 2/2 @@ -1957,11 +1784,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." -msgstr "" -"Toto okno zobrazuje přehled všech nastavení vytvářeného certifikátu." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." +msgstr "Toto okno zobrazuje přehled všech nastavení vytvářeného certifikátu." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 @@ -1970,11 +1794,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Toto okno zobrazuje přehled všech nastavení vytvářeného požadavku." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." +msgstr "Toto okno zobrazuje přehled všech nastavení vytvářeného požadavku." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 @@ -2086,16 +1907,8 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Tento rámec ukazuje další atributy a rozšíření OpenSSL X509v3, které " -"mohou být nastaveny. Pokud s těmito rozšířeními nejste obeznámeni, čtěte " -"soubor /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (balíček openssl-doc)." -"" +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +msgstr "Tento rámec ukazuje další atributy a rozšíření OpenSSL X509v3, které mohou být nastaveny. Pokud s těmito rozšířeními nejste obeznámeni, čtěte soubor /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (balíček openssl-doc)." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." @@ -2160,12 +1973,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "" -"Vidíte seznam všech dostupných požadavků této CA. V sloupcích jsou DN " -"požadavků včetně e-mailové adresy." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "Vidíte seznam všech dostupných požadavků této CA. V sloupcích jsou DN požadavků včetně e-mailové adresy." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -2174,34 +1983,22 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Zobrazit otevře okno s textovou reprezentací celého požadavku." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." +msgstr "Zobrazit otevře okno s textovou reprezentací celého požadavku." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "" -"Navíc můžete Podepsat, Smazat nebo Exportovat " -"požadavek." +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgstr "Navíc můžete Podepsat, Smazat nebo Exportovat požadavek." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Pomocí Importovat lze načíst nový požadavek. Pomocí Přidat " -"lze požadavek vygenerovat." +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." +msgstr "Pomocí Importovat lze načíst nový požadavek. Pomocí Přidat lze požadavek vygenerovat." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." msgstr "V dolní části vidíte nejdůležitější údaje zvoleného požadavku." #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 @@ -2295,8 +2092,7 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "Požadavek má zvláštní rozšíření, která můžete přijmout." # "Linuxový počítač se většinou restartuje\n" @@ -2305,8 +2101,7 @@ # "" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "Pokud tato rozšíření odmítnete, budou použity výchozí hodnoty." #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 @@ -2319,12 +2114,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." -msgstr "" -"Toto okno zobrazuje přehled všech nastavení podepisovaného certifikátu.</" -"p>" +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgstr "Toto okno zobrazuje přehled všech nastavení podepisovaného certifikátu." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 @@ -2377,16 +2168,12 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "" -"Vytvořit root CA vygeneruje novou kořenovou certifikační autoritu." -"" +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "Vytvořit root CA vygeneruje novou kořenovou certifikační autoritu." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." msgstr "Pro další informace o správě CA si přečtěte prosím manuál." #. To translators: pushbutton label @@ -2600,20 +2387,15 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Import Obecného certifikátu serveru (formát PKCS12 + řetěz CA)\n" "z disku:</big> Zvolte jeden soubor a stiskněte Další.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importujte certifikát serveru a odpovídající CA a poté je nakopírujte na " -"místo, kde jej očekávají jiné moduly YaSTu." +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "Importujte certifikát serveru a odpovídající CA a poté je nakopírujte na místo, kde jej očekávají jiné moduly YaSTu." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2654,11 +2436,8 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." -msgstr "" -"Jméno tohoto serveru (příkaz: hostname --long) musí odpovídat běžnému jménu " -"certifikátu (CN) nebo jedné z hodnot v alternativních názvech subjektu." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." +msgstr "Jméno tohoto serveru (příkaz: hostname --long) musí odpovídat běžnému jménu certifikátu (CN) nebo jedné z hodnot v alternativních názvech subjektu." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 @@ -2726,12 +2505,10 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "Klíčové heslo je vyžadováno.\n" -"Musí to být heslo pro zašifrovaný klíč nebo nové v případě nezašifrovaného " -"klíče." +"Musí to být heslo pro zašifrovaný klíč nebo nové v případě nezašifrovaného klíče." #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 @@ -3332,43 +3109,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n" -#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -#~ "creation.\n" +#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Heslo je příliš krátké pro použití jako hesla k certifikátům. \n" #~ " Zadejte platné heslo pro certifikáty nebo zakažte jejich vytváření.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -#~ "certificates. \n" -#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -#~ "creation.\n" +#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n" +#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Heslo roota je příliš krátké pro použití jako hesla k certifikátům\n" #~ "Zadejte platné heslo pro certifikáty nebo zakažte jejich vytváření.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -#~ "certificate or replace the currect one." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "S tlačítkem Importovat/Nahradit můžete přidat nový serverový " -#~ "certifikát nebo nahradit současný." +#~ msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the currect one." +#~ msgstr "S tlačítkem Importovat/Nahradit můžete přidat nový serverový certifikát nebo nahradit současný." #~ msgid "For more informations, please read the manual." #~ msgstr "Pro více informací si, prosím, přečtěte manuál." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL select Repeated " -#~ "recreation and export. In this case set the interval for the " -#~ "recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 " -#~ "hours you can additionally select the hour for the export. Please make " -#~ "sure you read and understood the Security Information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Abyste opakovali znovuvytvoření tohoto CRL, vyberte Opakovat " -#~ "znovuvytvoření a export. V tomto případě nastavte interval " -#~ "znovuvytvoření v Periodickém intervalu. Pokud nastavíte interval " -#~ "na 24 hodin, můžete případně vybrat hodinu exportu. Prosíme, ujistěte se, " -#~ "že jste četli a rozuměli Bezpečnostním informacím." +#~ msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL select Repeated recreation and export. In this case set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours you can additionally select the hour for the export. Please make sure you read and understood the Security Information." +#~ msgstr "Abyste opakovali znovuvytvoření tohoto CRL, vyberte Opakovat znovuvytvoření a export. V tomto případě nastavte interval znovuvytvoření v Periodickém intervalu. Pokud nastavíte interval na 24 hodin, můžete případně vybrat hodinu exportu. Prosíme, ujistěte se, že jste četli a rozuměli Bezpečnostním informacím." #~ msgid "Export to file failed" #~ msgstr "Export do souboru selhal" @@ -3379,38 +3139,24 @@ #~ msgid "Export to LDAP failed" #~ msgstr "Export do LDAP selhal" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -#~ "can be set. If you are not familiar with these extentions, refer to the " -#~ "file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-" -#~ "doc)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tato část zobrazuje další atributy a rozšíření OpenSSL X509v3, které " -#~ "lze nastavit. Pokud nejste dobře obeznámeni s touto problematikou, " -#~ "nahlédněte do /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (balíček " -#~ "openssl-doc)." +#~ msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extentions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +#~ msgstr "Tato část zobrazuje další atributy a rozšíření OpenSSL X509v3, které lze nastavit. Pokud nejste dobře obeznámeni s touto problematikou, nahlédněte do /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (balíček openssl-doc)." #~ msgid "Currently not supported." #~ msgstr "V současnosti nepodporováno." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual." +#~ msgid "For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual." #~ msgstr "Pro více informací o správě CA si prosíme přečtěte manuál." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The new password is too short for use as the password for the " -#~ "certificates.\n" +#~ "The new password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" #~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Heslo je příliš krátké pro použití jako hesla k certifikátům. \n" #~ " Zadejte platné heslo pro certifikáty.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Import a server certificate and correspondenting CA and copy them to a " -#~ "place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Import certifikátu serveru a odpovídající CA, a zkopírování na místo, kde " -#~ "je očekávají komponenty YaST." +#~ msgid "Import a server certificate and correspondenting CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +#~ msgstr "Import certifikátu serveru a odpovídající CA, a zkopírování na místo, kde je očekávají komponenty YaST." #~ msgid "" #~ "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of\n" @@ -3420,12 +3166,8 @@ #~ "Obecné jméno certifikátu (%1) není jméno serveru (%2).\n" #~ "Tento certifikát by neměl být používán jako Obecný certifikát serveru.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST " -#~ "modules." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Obecný certifikát serveru budou používat ostatní moduly YaST.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST modules." +#~ msgstr "Obecný certifikát serveru budou používat ostatní moduly YaST." #~ msgid "Invalid value'%s' for parameter '%s'." #~ msgstr "Chybná hodnota '%s' parametru '%s'." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/cio.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/cio.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/cio.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -87,16 +87,13 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " -"specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "Seznam rozsahů kanálů pro zrušení zákazu oddělený čárkou.\n" -"Rozsahem může být kanál nebo část kanálu, které můžete doplnit nulami, nebo " -"rozsah zadaný s pomlčkou.\n" +"Rozsahem může být kanál nebo část kanálu, které můžete doplnit nulami, nebo rozsah zadaný s pomlčkou.\n" "Příklad hodnoty: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "Rozsahy pro zrušení zákazu." - Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -158,20 +158,12 @@ msgstr "Vlákna:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." -msgstr "" -"U nově vytvořeného clusteru stiskněte tlačítko níže, aby mohl být vygenerován " -"/etc/corosync/authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "U nově vytvořeného clusteru stiskněte tlačítko níže, aby mohl být vygenerován /etc/corosync/authkey." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Pro připojení již existujícího clusteru, ručně zkopírujte z ostatních uzlů " -"soubor /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Pro připojení již existujícího clusteru, ručně zkopírujte z ostatních uzlů soubor /etc/corosync/authkey." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" @@ -289,8 +281,7 @@ "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Soubor s klíčem %1 je vygenerován.\n" -"Klepnutím na tlačítko \"Přidat navrhované soubory\" jej přidáte do " -"synchronizačního seznamu." +"Klepnutím na tlačítko \"Přidat navrhované soubory\" jej přidáte do synchronizačního seznamu." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." @@ -299,13 +290,11 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd je démon, který pomáhá duplikovat stav firewallu mezi uzly " -"clusteru.\n" +"Conntrackd je démon, který pomáhá duplikovat stav firewallu mezi uzly clusteru.\n" "YaST může pomoci nakonfigurovat některé základní poměry conntrackd.\n" "Je potřeba jej spustit pomocí ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." @@ -328,212 +317,74 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Svázaná síťová adresa</big> Toto určuje adresu, kterou by " -"měl vedoucí openais navázat. Tato adresa by obvykle měla končit nulou. Pokud " -"by měl být provoz totemu směrován přes 192.168.5.52, nastavte binnetaddr na " -"192.168.5.0. Toto též může být IPv6 adresa, která bude použita v případě " -"IPv6 sítě. V takovém případě musí být zadána plná adresa a není zde žádná " -"automatická volba sítového rozhraní společně s určitou podsítí jako v IPv4. " -"Pokud je použita síť IPv6 musí být zadáno pole nodeid. \n" -"<big>Vícesměrová adresa</big> Toto je vícesměrová adresa, kterou " -"používá vedoucí openais. Výchozí hodnota by měla pracovat pro většinu sítí, " -"ale raději byste se měli domluvit se správcem sítě, jakou vícesměrovou adresu " -"máte použít. Vyhněte se adresám 224.x.x.x, protože to je konfigurační " -"vícesměrová adresa. Také se může jednat o vícesměrovou IPv6 adresu, která " -"bude použita v případě sítě IPv6. Pokud je použita IPv6, pak musí být zadáno " -"pole nodeid.\n" -"<big>Port</big> Toto určuje číslo UDP portu. Je možné použít " -"stejnou vícesměrovou adresu v síti, pokud jsou služby openais nastaveny na " -"jiné UDP porty. \n" -"<big>Členská adresa</big> Tento seznam určuje všechny uzly v " -"clusteru podle IP adresy. To by mělo být nastavitelné pokud používáte udpu " -"</" -"p>\n" -"<big>ID uzlu</big> Tato volba konfigurace je volitelná v " -"případě, že používáte IPv4, v případě IPv6 je volba povinná. Toto je 32bitová " -"hodnota určující identifikátor uzlu, který je doručen službě členství " -"clusteru. Pokud není u IPv4 zadána, pak je nodeid určeno z 32bitové adresy " -"systému, ke které je tento systém navázán s identifikátorem kruhu 0. Nulová " -"hodnota identifikátoru uzlu je vyhrazena a neměli byste ji používat. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> Toto určuje režim záložního kruhu, který " -"může být none (žádný), active (aktivní) nebo passive (pasivní). Aktivní " -"replikace nabízí mírně nižší zpoždění od odeslání k doručení v chybujících " -"sítových prostředích, ale méně výkonu. Pasivní replikace může téměř " -"zdvojnásobit rychlost protokolu totem, dokud není protokol zdržen procesorem. " -"Poslední volba je žádný, která bude použita v případě jednoho síťového " -"rozhraní pro práci protokolu totem. Pokud je zadána jenom jedna direktiva " -"rozhraní, automaticky je vybráno žádný. V případě zadání direktiv více " -"rozhraní pak může být vybráno pouze aktivní nebo pasivní. \n" -"<big>Očekávané hlasy</big> Očekávané číslo hlasu pro hlasovací " -"shromáždění. Bude automaticky vypočteno pokud je přítomen oddíl nodelist {} v " -"corosync.conf nebo může být zadáno v oddíle quorum {}. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Automaticky vygenerovat ID uzlu</big> Nodeid je při použití " -"IPv6 vyžadováno. Při povolení Automatického ID uzlu bude vygenerováno nodeid " -"automaticky. \n" +"<big>Svázaná síťová adresa</big> Toto určuje adresu, kterou by měl vedoucí openais navázat. Tato adresa by obvykle měla končit nulou. Pokud by měl být provoz totemu směrován přes 192.168.5.52, nastavte binnetaddr na 192.168.5.0. Toto též může být IPv6 adresa, která bude použita v případě IPv6 sítě. V takovém případě musí být zadána plná adresa a není zde žádná automatická volba sítového rozhraní společně s určitou podsítí jako v IPv4. Pokud je použita síť IPv6 musí být zadáno pole nodeid. \n" +"<big>Vícesměrová adresa</big> Toto je vícesměrová adresa, kterou používá vedoucí openais. Výchozí hodnota by měla pracovat pro většinu sítí, ale raději byste se měli domluvit se správcem sítě, jakou vícesměrovou adresu máte použít. Vyhněte se adresám 224.x.x.x, protože to je konfigurační vícesměrová adresa. Také se může jednat o vícesměrovou IPv6 adresu, která bude použita v případě sítě IPv6. Pokud je použita IPv6, pak musí být zadáno pole nodeid.\n" +"<big>Port</big> Toto určuje číslo UDP portu. Je možné použít stejnou vícesměrovou adresu v síti, pokud jsou služby openais nastaveny na jiné UDP porty. \n" +"<big>Členská adresa</big> Tento seznam určuje všechny uzly v clusteru podle IP adresy. To by mělo být nastavitelné pokud používáte udpu \n" +"<big>ID uzlu</big> Tato volba konfigurace je volitelná v případě, že používáte IPv4, v případě IPv6 je volba povinná. Toto je 32bitová hodnota určující identifikátor uzlu, který je doručen službě členství clusteru. Pokud není u IPv4 zadána, pak je nodeid určeno z 32bitové adresy systému, ke které je tento systém navázán s identifikátorem kruhu 0. Nulová hodnota identifikátoru uzlu je vyhrazena a neměli byste ji používat. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Toto určuje režim záložního kruhu, který může být none (žádný), active (aktivní) nebo passive (pasivní). Aktivní replikace nabízí mírně nižší zpoždění od odeslání k doručení v chybujících sítových prostředích, ale méně výkonu. Pasivní replikace může téměř zdvojnásobit rychlost protokolu totem, dokud není protokol zdržen procesorem. Poslední volba je žádný, která bude použita v případě jednoho síťového rozhraní pro práci protokolu totem. Pokud je zadána jenom jedna direktiva rozhraní, automaticky je vybráno žádný. V případě zadání direktiv více rozhraní pak může být vybráno pouze aktivní nebo pasivní. \n" +"<big>Očekávané hlasy</big> Očekávané číslo hlasu pro hlasovací shromáždění. Bude automaticky vypočteno pokud je přítomen oddíl nodelist {} v corosync.conf nebo může být zadáno v oddíle quorum {}. \n" +"<big>Automaticky vygenerovat ID uzlu</big> Nodeid je při použití IPv6 vyžadováno. Při povolení Automatického ID uzlu bude vygenerováno nodeid automaticky. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Vlákna</big> Tato direktiva řídí, kolik vláken je použito " -"pro šifrování a posílání vícesměrových zpráv. Pokud je secauth vypnutý," -"protokol nebude používat odesílání ve vláknech. Pokud se secauth zapnutý," -"tato direktiva umožní systému využití více vláken pro šifrování a " -"odesílánívícesměrových zpráv. Pokud je tato direktiva 0, znamená to, že pro " -"odesílání nebude použito více vláken. Tento režim nabízí nejlepší výkon pro " -"systémy s jedním procesorem. Výchozí hodnota je 0. \n" -"<big>Povolit zabezpečení Auth</big> Tato volba říká, že by mělo " -"být použito ověření HMAC/SHA1 pro ověřování všech zpráv. Dále určuje,že " -"všechna data by měla být šifrována pomocí algoritmu sober128, aby byla data " -"chráněna proti odposlechu. Povolení této volby způsobuje, že ke každé " -"totemem odesílané zprávě je připojena 36bajtová hlavička, což snižuje " -"celkovou propustnost. Pokud je povoleno šifrování a ověřování spotřebuje se " -"pro aisexec75% cyklů procesoru (měřeno nástrojem gprof). Pro přenos 100Mb " -"sítě s velikostí rámce 1500 MTU: Pokud je volba povolena na 3GHz " -"procesorech, je při 100% zatížení propustnost 9Mb/s. Při zakázání této volby " -"je propustnost na stejných procesorech 10Mb/s se zatížením na 20%. Pro " -"přenos na gigabitových sítích s velkými rámci: Na 3GHz procesorech je při " -"zapnutí této volby propustnost 20Mb/s. Po vypnutí této volby je možné " -"dosáhnout propustnosti o 60Mb/s.Ve výchozím stavu je tato volba zapnutá." -" \n" +"<big>Vlákna</big> Tato direktiva řídí, kolik vláken je použito pro šifrování a posílání vícesměrových zpráv. Pokud je secauth vypnutý,protokol nebude používat odesílání ve vláknech. Pokud se secauth zapnutý,tato direktiva umožní systému využití více vláken pro šifrování a odesílánívícesměrových zpráv. Pokud je tato direktiva 0, znamená to, že pro odesílání nebude použito více vláken. Tento režim nabízí nejlepší výkon pro systémy s jedním procesorem. Výchozí hodnota je 0. \n" +"<big>Povolit zabezpečení Auth</big> Tato volba říká, že by mělo být použito ověření HMAC/SHA1 pro ověřování všech zpráv. Dále určuje,že všechna data by měla být šifrována pomocí algoritmu sober128, aby byla data chráněna proti odposlechu. Povolení této volby způsobuje, že ke každé totemem odesílané zprávě je připojena 36bajtová hlavička, což snižuje celkovou propustnost. Pokud je povoleno šifrování a ověřování spotřebuje se pro aisexec75% cyklů procesoru (měřeno nástrojem gprof). Pro přenos 100Mb sítě s velikostí rámce 1500 MTU: Pokud je volba povolena na 3GHz procesorech, je při 100% zatížení propustnost 9Mb/s. Při zakázání této volby je propustnost na stejných procesorech 10Mb/s se zatížením na 20%. Pro přenos na gigabitových sítích s velkými rámci: Na 3GHz procesorech je při zapnutí této volby propustnost 20Mb/s. Po vypnutí této volby je možné dosáhnout propustnosti o 60Mb/s.Ve v ýchozím stavu je tato volba zapnutá. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Zavádění systému</big> Spuštění služby corosysnc " -"během zavádění systému nebo ne\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Nastavení firewallu</big> Povolit port pokud je " -"firewall zapnutý\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Zavádění systému</big> Spuštění služby corosysnc během zavádění systému nebo ne\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Nastavení firewallu</big> Povolit port pokud je firewall zapnutý\n" "\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Synchronizovat hostitele</big> Jména hostitelů, která " -"jsou zde použita musí být místní jména hostitelů, kteří jsou uzly clusteru. " -"To znamená, že musíte použít přesně takový řetězec, který vrací příkaz " -"hostname.\n" -"\t\t<big>Synchronizovat soubor</big> Plné absolutní jméno " -"souboru, který je synchronizován.\n" -"\t\t<big>Předsdílené klíče</big> Autentizace v Csync2 je " -"prováděna za použití IP adres a předsdílených klíčů. Pomocí příkazu csync2 -" -"k /etc/csync2/key_hagroupvygenerujete soubor s klíčem. Soubor key_hagroup " -"byste pak po vygenerování měli ručně rozkopírovat na všechny členy clusteru." -"\n" +"\t\t<big>Synchronizovat hostitele</big> Jména hostitelů, která jsou zde použita musí být místní jména hostitelů, kteří jsou uzly clusteru. To znamená, že musíte použít přesně takový řetězec, který vrací příkaz hostname.\n" +"\t\t<big>Synchronizovat soubor</big> Plné absolutní jméno souboru, který je synchronizován.\n" +"\t\t<big>Předsdílené klíče</big> Autentizace v Csync2 je prováděna za použití IP adres a předsdílených klíčů. Pomocí příkazu csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroupvygenerujete soubor s klíčem. Soubor key_hagroup byste pak po vygenerování měli ručně rozkopírovat na všechny členy clusteru.\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Vyhrazené rozhraní</big> Vyhrazené síťové rozhraní pro " -"synchronizaci. Rozhraní musí podporovat multicasty a být zapnuté pro " -"používání. Možná jej budete muset mít předkonfigurované.\n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> To je IPv4 adresa přiřazená vyhrazenému " -"síťovému rozhraní. Je automaticky detekována.\n" -"\t\t<big>Vícesměrová adresa</big> Toto je multicastová adresa " -"používaná pro synchronizaci.\n" -"\t\t<big>Číslo skupiny</big> Číselný identifikátor označující " -"skupinu pro synchronizaci.\n" +"\t\t<big>Vyhrazené rozhraní</big> Vyhrazené síťové rozhraní pro synchronizaci. Rozhraní musí podporovat multicasty a být zapnuté pro používání. Možná jej budete muset mít předkonfigurované.\n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> To je IPv4 adresa přiřazená vyhrazenému síťovému rozhraní. Je automaticky detekována.\n" +"\t\t<big>Vícesměrová adresa</big> Toto je multicastová adresa používaná pro synchronizaci.\n" +"\t\t<big>Číslo skupiny</big> Číselný identifikátor označující skupinu pro synchronizaci.\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -684,101 +535,31 @@ #~ msgid "expected votes:" #~ msgstr "očekávané hlasy:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -#~ "corosync/authkey." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "V případě nově vytvořeného clusteru stiskněte tlačítko níže, aby byl " -#~ "vygenerován soubor /etc/corosync/authkey." +#~ msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#~ msgstr "V případě nově vytvořeného clusteru stiskněte tlačítko níže, aby byl vygenerován soubor /etc/corosync/authkey." #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the " -#~ "address which the openais executive should bind. This address should " -#~ "always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over " -#~ "192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 " -#~ "address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the " -#~ "full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of " -#~ "the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 " -#~ "networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -#~ "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address " -#~ "used by openais executive. The default should work for most " -#~ "networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a " -#~ "multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config" -#~ "\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in " -#~ "which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -#~ "nodeid field must be specified.\n" -#~ "<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -#~ "possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the " -#~ "openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -#~ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes " -#~ "in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu " -#~ " \n" -#~ "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is " -#~ "optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 " -#~ "bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster " -#~ "membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will " -#~ "be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the " -#~ "system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value " -#~ "of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -#~ "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant " -#~ "ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication " -#~ "offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -#~ "environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -#~ "double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't " -#~ "become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one " -#~ "network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only " -#~ "one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If " -#~ "multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may " -#~ "be chosen. \n" +#~ "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +#~ "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +#~ "<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +#~ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +#~ "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +#~ "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Svázaná síťová adresa</big> Tato položka určuje adresu, " -#~ "se kterou by se měla výkonná část openais svázat. Adresa by měla vždy " -#~ "končit nulou. Pokud by měl být provoz totemu routovaný přes 192.168.5.92, " -#~ "nastavte bindnetaddr na 192.168.5.0. Též to může být IPv6 adresa. V " -#~ "takovém případě se použije síť IPv6. Pak musí být zadána plná adresa není " -#~ "možný automatický výběr síťového rozhraní se zvláštní podsítí jako v " -#~ "případě IPv4. Pokud je použita síť IPv6, musí být vyplněno pole nodeid." -#~ " \n" -#~ "<big>Vícesměrová adresa</big> Vícesměrová adresa používaná " -#~ "výkonnou částí openaisu. Výchozí hodnota by měla být funkční pro většinu " -#~ "sítí, ale pro jistotu byste se měli na vhodnou vícesměrovou adresu zeptat " -#~ "správce sítě. Vyhněte se adrese 224.x.x.x, protože toto je \"konfigurační" -#~ "\" vícesměrová adresa. Tato adresa též může být ze sítě IPv6. V " -#~ "takovém případě je použita síť IPv6. Pokud je použita síť IPv6, musí být " -#~ "vyplněno pole nodeid.\n" -#~ "<big>Port</big> Určuje číslo UDP portu. Pro různé UDP porty " -#~ "je možné v síti služeb openais použít stejnou vícesměrovou adresu. </" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "<big>Členská adresa</big> Tento seznam určuje všechny uzly v " -#~ "clusteru podle IP adresy. Toto by mělo být nastavovatelné při použití " -#~ "udpu \n" -#~ "<big>ID uzlu (nodeid)</big> V případě, že používáte síť " -#~ "IPv4, je tato volba volitelná. V síti IPv6 je tato volba nezbytná. Jde o " -#~ "32bitovou hodnotu, která určuje identifikátor uzlu předávaný službě " -#~ "členství v clusteru. Pokud identifikátor není pro síť IPv4 zadán, je " -#~ "32bitová hodnota je vypočítána z IP adresy systému, ke kterému je systém " -#~ "navázán s identifikátorem kruhu 0. Nulová hodnota identifikátoru uzlu je " -#~ "vyhrazena a neměla by být použita. \n" -#~ "<big>rrp_mode</big> Tato volba určuje režim záložního kruhu. " -#~ "Může být none (žádná), active (aktivní) nebo passive (pasivní). Aktivní " -#~ "replikace nabízí nepatrně nízké zpoždění od přenosu k doručení v chybovém " -#~ "síťovém prostředí, avšak menší výkon. Pasivní replikace může téměř " -#~ "zdvojnásobit rychlost protokolu totem, pokud tento protokol nebude " -#~ "omezený procesorem. Poslední volbou none (žádná). V takovém případě bude " -#~ "pro práci protokolu totem použito pouze jedno síťové rozhraní. Pokud není " -#~ "žádný z režimů vybrán, je automaticky zvoleno none (žádná). Pokud je " -#~ "zadán režimy pro více rozhraní, může být vybrána buď jen aktivní, nebo " -#~ "jen pasivní replikace. \n" +#~ "<big>Svázaná síťová adresa</big> Tato položka určuje adresu, se kterou by se měla výkonná část openais svázat. Adresa by měla vždy končit nulou. Pokud by měl být provoz totemu routovaný přes 192.168.5.92, nastavte bindnetaddr na 192.168.5.0. Též to může být IPv6 adresa. V takovém případě se použije síť IPv6. Pak musí být zadána plná adresa není možný automatický výběr síťového rozhraní se zvláštní podsítí jako v případě IPv4. Pokud je použita síť IPv6, musí být vyplněno pole nodeid. \n" +#~ "<big>Vícesměrová adresa</big> Vícesměrová adresa používaná výkonnou částí openaisu. Výchozí hodnota by měla být funkční pro většinu sítí, ale pro jistotu byste se měli na vhodnou vícesměrovou adresu zeptat správce sítě. Vyhněte se adrese 224.x.x.x, protože toto je \"konfigurační\" vícesměrová adresa. Tato adresa též může být ze sítě IPv6. V takovém případě je použita síť IPv6. Pokud je použita síť IPv6, musí být vyplněno pole nodeid.\n" +#~ "<big>Port</big> Určuje číslo UDP portu. Pro různé UDP porty je možné v síti služeb openais použít stejnou vícesměrovou adresu. \n" +#~ "<big>Členská adresa</big> Tento seznam určuje všechny uzly v clusteru podle IP adresy. Toto by mělo být nastavovatelné při použití udpu \n" +#~ "<big>ID uzlu (nodeid)</big> V případě, že používáte síť IPv4, je tato volba volitelná. V síti IPv6 je tato volba nezbytná. Jde o 32bitovou hodnotu, která určuje identifikátor uzlu předávaný službě členství v clusteru. Pokud identifikátor není pro síť IPv4 zadán, je 32bitová hodnota je vypočítána z IP adresy systému, ke kterému je systém navázán s identifikátorem kruhu 0. Nulová hodnota identifikátoru uzlu je vyhrazena a neměla by být použita. \n" +#~ "<big>rrp_mode</big> Tato volba určuje režim záložního kruhu. Může být none (žádná), active (aktivní) nebo passive (pasivní). Aktivní replikace nabízí nepatrně nízké zpoždění od přenosu k doručení v chybovém síťovém prostředí, avšak menší výkon. Pasivní replikace může téměř zdvojnásobit rychlost protokolu totem, pokud tento protokol nebude omezený procesorem. Poslední volbou none (žádná). V takovém případě bude pro práci protokolu totem použito pouze jedno síťové rozhraní. Pokud není žádný z režimů vybrán, je automaticky zvoleno none (žádná). Pokud je zadán režimy pro více rozhraní, může být vybrána buď jen aktivní, nebo jen pasivní replikace. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during " -#~ "boot or not\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" #~ "\t\t\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<big>Zavádění systému</big> (Ne)Spouštění služby " -#~ "openais během zavádění systému\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<big>Zavádění systému</big> (Ne)Spouštění služby openais během zavádění systému\n" #~ "\t\t\t" #~ msgid "Enter a member address" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/control-center.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/control-center.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/control-center.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -154,12 +154,8 @@ #~ "Buďte trpěliví, spuštění modulu může chvilku trvat.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search" -#~ "\" button" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Můžete rovněž hledat klíčová slova (např. modem) kliknutím na tlačítko " -#~ "\"Hledat\"." +#~ msgid "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search\" button" +#~ msgstr "Můžete rovněž hledat klíčová slova (např. modem) kliknutím na tlačítko \"Hledat\"." #~ msgid "Nothing found" #~ msgstr "Nic nenalezeno" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/control.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/control.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/control.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -373,8 +373,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Virtuální stroj (pro paravirtualizovaná prostředí jako je Xen)" #~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hostitel pro Xen virtualizaci (lokální X11 není standardně nakonfigurován)" +#~ msgstr "Hostitel pro Xen virtualizaci (lokální X11 není standardně nakonfigurován)" #~ msgid "Server Scenario" #~ msgstr "Serverový scénář" @@ -383,8 +382,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Služba" #~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hostitel pro virtualizaci KVM (lokální X11 není standardně nakonfigurován)" +#~ msgstr "Hostitel pro virtualizaci KVM (lokální X11 není standardně nakonfigurován)" #~ msgid "Desktop Selection" #~ msgstr "Výběr pracovního prostředí" @@ -423,8 +421,7 @@ #~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pracovní prostředí vašeho počítače poskytuje grafické uživatelské\n" -#~ "rozhraní pro váš počítač a také sadu aplikací pro e-mail, prohlížení " -#~ "webových\n" +#~ "rozhraní pro váš počítač a také sadu aplikací pro e-mail, prohlížení webových\n" #~ "stránek, kancelářskou práci, hry a nástroje ke správě vašeho počítače.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "V openSUSE si můžete vybrat z více prostředí. Nejrozšířenější\n" @@ -477,19 +474,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n" -#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a " -#~ "full \n" -#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and " -#~ "utilities. \n" +#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n" +#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities. \n" #~ " \n" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a " -#~ "recommendation." +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "openSUSE vám nabízí volbu uživatelského rozhraní. Dvě hlavní a kompletní\n" -#~ "desktopová prostředí jsou KDE a GNOME. Obě jsou uživatelsky přívětivá a " -#~ "obsahují\n" -#~ "spoustu programů jako jsou e-mailoví klienti, správci souborů, hry a " -#~ "utility.\n" +#~ "desktopová prostředí jsou KDE a GNOME. Obě jsou uživatelsky přívětivá a obsahují\n" +#~ "spoustu programů jako jsou e-mailoví klienti, správci souborů, hry a utility.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Výběr je jen na vás, nemáme pro vás žádné doporučení." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/country.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/country.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/country.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -63,10 +63,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Rozložení kláves '%1' je chybné. Dostupné hodnoty zobrazíte příkazem 'list'." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "Rozložení kláves '%1' je chybné. Dostupné hodnoty zobrazíte příkazem 'list'." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -99,13 +97,8 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Zde provedená nastavení se projeví pouze v textovém prostředí. Ke " -"konfiguraci klávesnice pro grafické uživatelské prostředí použijte jiný " -"nástroj.\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Zde provedená nastavení se projeví pouze v textovém prostředí. Ke konfiguraci klávesnice pro grafické uživatelské prostředí použijte jiný nástroj.\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -186,8 +179,7 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -216,17 +208,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Zvolte Rozložení klávesnice, které bude systém používat.\n" -"Expertní volby, např. rychlost opakování a zpoždění, jsou dostupné v " -"Expertní nastavení.\n" -"Více voleb i rozložení klávesnice najdete v příslušných nástrojích vašeho " -"desktopového prostředí.\n" +"Expertní volby, např. rychlost opakování a zpoždění, jsou dostupné v Expertní nastavení.\n" +"Více voleb i rozložení klávesnice najdete v příslušných nástrojích vašeho desktopového prostředí.\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -360,8 +348,7 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "%1 není platný jazyk. Dostupné hodnoty zobrazíte příkazem list." #. label text @@ -408,13 +395,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Budou nainstalovány balíčky s podporou zvoleného primárního a sekundárního " -"jazyka. Již nepotřebné balíčky budou odstraněny.\n" +"Budou nainstalovány balíčky s podporou zvoleného primárního a sekundárního jazyka. Již nepotřebné balíčky budou odstraněny.\n" "" # modules/inst_language.ycp:114 @@ -498,19 +483,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Rozložení klávesnice přizpůsobíte zvolenému primárnímu jazyku volbou " -"Přizpůsobit rozložení kláves.\n" -"Abyste nastavili časové pásmo podle primárního jazyka, zvolte volbu " -"Přizpůsobit časové pásmo. Pokud je rozložení klávesnice nebo časová " -"zóna již přizpůsobena, příslušná možnost je neaktivní.\n" +"Rozložení klávesnice přizpůsobíte zvolenému primárnímu jazyku volbou Přizpůsobit rozložení kláves.\n" +"Abyste nastavili časové pásmo podle primárního jazyka, zvolte volbu Přizpůsobit časové pásmo. Pokud je rozložení klávesnice nebo časová zóna již přizpůsobena, příslušná možnost je neaktivní.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -569,15 +548,13 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Pouze ctype: Root má stejnou hodnotu LC_CTYPE jako normální " -"uživatelé. Ostatní\n" +"Pouze ctype: Root má stejnou hodnotu LC_CTYPE jako normální uživatelé. Ostatní\n" "hodnoty nejsou nastaveny. \n" "yes: Root má stejné nastavení locale jako normální uživatelé. \n" "no: Root má všechny hodnoty locale nenastavené.\n" @@ -585,14 +562,8 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Pomocí Podrobné nastavení locale lze nastavit locale pro primární " -"jazyk, který není uveden v seznamu hlavního dialogu. Pro zvolenou locale " -"nemusí být k dispozici překlady." +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Pomocí Podrobné nastavení locale lze nastavit locale pro primární jazyk, který není uveden v seznamu hlavního dialogu. Pro zvolenou locale nemusí být k dispozici překlady." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -660,13 +631,11 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "Na vybraných médiích je pouze minimální podpora pro vybraný jazyk.\n" -"Přidejte jazykové rozšiřující CD jako instalační zdroj pro náležitou " -"podporu\n" +"Přidejte jazykové rozšiřující CD jako instalační zdroj pro náležitou podporu\n" "tohoto jazyka.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -761,27 +730,20 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Zadejte, zda je v Hardwarové hodiny nastaveny na nastaven lokální čas " -"nebo UTC.\n" -"Většina počítačů s dalšími nainstalovanými OS (např. Microsoft Windows) " -"používá lokální čas.\n" -"U čistě linuxových počítačů se obvykle používá UTC (Universal Time " -"Coordinated).\n" -"Je-li čas nastaven na UTC, počítač může automaticky přepínat na letní čas a " -"zpět.\n" +"Zadejte, zda je v Hardwarové hodiny nastaveny na nastaven lokální čas nebo UTC.\n" +"Většina počítačů s dalšími nainstalovanými OS (např. Microsoft Windows) používá lokální čas.\n" +"U čistě linuxových počítačů se obvykle používá UTC (Universal Time Coordinated).\n" +"Je-li čas nastaven na UTC, počítač může automaticky přepínat na letní čas a zpět.\n" "\n" #. help text: extra note about localtime @@ -798,22 +760,18 @@ "Poznámka: Vnitřní systémové hodiny, které používá linuxové jádro, musí\n" "vždy být v UTC, protože to je odkaz na správný místní čas v uživatelském\n" "prostoru. Pokud pro interní hodiny vyberete místní čas,\n" -"projděte si uživatelský manuál pro informace o pozadí a vedlejších " -"efektech.\n" +"projděte si uživatelský manuál pro informace o pozadí a vedlejších efektech.\n" "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -822,12 +780,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Vybrali jste místní čas, ale vypadá to, že na vašem počítači je jen Linux.\n" -"V takovém případě je důrazně doporučeno použít UTC a tedy kliknout na " -"Zrušit.\n" +"V takovém případě je důrazně doporučeno použít UTC a tedy kliknout na Zrušit.\n" "\n" "Pokud chcete ponechat místní čas, musíte dvakrát do roka upravit čas kvůli\n" -"přechodu mezi letním a zimním časem. Pokud zmeškáte úpravu času, mohou " -"selhat\n" +"přechodu mezi letním a zimním časem. Pokud zmeškáte úpravu času, mohou selhat\n" "zálohy, váš e-mailový systém může zahodit zprávy, atd.\n" "\n" "Pokud použijete UTC, bude Linux nastavovat čas automaticky.\n" @@ -836,12 +792,8 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Je zobrazen aktuální systémový čas a datum. Pokud potřebujete, ručně je " -"změňte na správné hodnoty, nebo použijte protokol síťového času (NTP)." +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "Je zobrazen aktuální systémový čas a datum. Pokud potřebujete, ručně je změňte na správné hodnoty, nebo použijte protokol síťového času (NTP)." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -966,17 +918,14 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pro nastavení časového pásma používaného systémem nejprve zvolte Region</" -"b>.\n" -"Časové pásmo pak umožní zvolit požadovanou zemi, časové pásmo nebo " -"oblast.\n" +"Pro nastavení časového pásma používaného systémem nejprve zvolte Region.\n" +"Časové pásmo pak umožní zvolit požadovanou zemi, časové pásmo nebo oblast.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -1264,14 +1213,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "V Zařízení s klávesami Lock zadejte zařízení oddělená mezerami, na " -#~ "která se mají aplikovat nastavení kláves Scroll Lock, Num Lock a Caps " -#~ "Lock.\n" +#~ "V Zařízení s klávesami Lock zadejte zařízení oddělená mezerami, na která se mají aplikovat nastavení kláves Scroll Lock, Num Lock a Caps Lock.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" @@ -1294,28 +1240,14 @@ #~ msgid "Updating initrd..." #~ msgstr "Vytváří se initrd..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly " -#~ "using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP " -#~ "permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zmáčkněte Synchronizovat nyní abyste správně nastavili čas " -#~ "použitím NTP serveru. Pokud chcete NTP používat trvale, umožněte " -#~ "Uložit nastavení NTP." +#~ msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +#~ msgstr "Zmáčkněte Synchronizovat nyní abyste správně nastavili čas použitím NTP serveru. Pokud chcete NTP používat trvale, umožněte Uložit nastavení NTP." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP " -#~ "configuration. Press Accept to save your changes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tlačítkem Konfigurovat otevřete pokročilá nastavení NTP. " -#~ "Zmáčkněte Přijmout abyste uložili vaše změny." +#~ msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration. Press Accept to save your changes." +#~ msgstr "Tlačítkem Konfigurovat otevřete pokročilá nastavení NTP. Zmáčkněte Přijmout abyste uložili vaše změny." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network " -#~ "is configured." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Synchronizace s NTP serverem může být provedena pouze když je " -#~ "nastavena síť." +#~ msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +#~ msgstr "Synchronizace s NTP serverem může být provedena pouze když je nastavena síť." #~ msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" #~ msgstr "Neplatné jméno NTP serveru %1" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -208,8 +208,7 @@ "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"SUSE Cloud Admin Server již byl nasazen. Změna sítě není v současnosti " -"podporována.\n" +"SUSE Cloud Admin Server již byl nasazen. Změna sítě není v současnosti podporována.\n" "\n" "Můžete navštívit webové rozhraní Crowbaru na adrese http://%1:3000/" @@ -254,8 +253,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pro více informací o konfiguraci sítě a používání tohoto modulu YaSTu si " -"přečtěte příručku SUSE Cloud deployment guide.\n" +"Pro více informací o konfiguraci sítě a používání tohoto modulu YaSTu si přečtěte příručku SUSE Cloud deployment guide.\n" "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/dhcp-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/dhcp-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/dhcp-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -558,8 +558,7 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" "Jedno nebo více síťových rozhraní není nakonfigurováno (nemá přiřazenu IP\n" @@ -764,8 +763,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" "Rozsah přidělovaných adres musí být ze stejné sítě jako DHCP server.\n" @@ -923,8 +921,7 @@ msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -932,10 +929,8 @@ msgstr "" "Zadali jste alternativní nastavení DHCP serveru.\n" "\n" -"To není podporováno YaSTem, protože modul DHCP serveru může číst a " -"zapisovat\n" -"pouze do /etc/dhcpd.conf. Nová konfigurace z %1 nebude importována a všechny " -"změny\n" +"To není podporováno YaSTem, protože modul DHCP serveru může číst a zapisovat\n" +"pouze do /etc/dhcpd.conf. Nová konfigurace z %1 nebude importována a všechny změny\n" "budou uloženy do výchozího konfiguračního souboru.\n" " \n" "Opravdu pokračovat?\n" @@ -954,8 +949,7 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -995,12 +989,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" "Jméno nové zóny nebo Jméno reverzní zóny\n" -"je vzato z vašeho současného DHCP serveru a síťového nastavení, a proto " -"nemůže být změněno.\n" +"je vzato z vašeho současného DHCP serveru a síťového nastavení, a proto nemůže být změněno.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -1046,16 +1038,13 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" "Pro přidání Nového nameserveru klikněte na Přidat, vyplňte\n" -"formulář a klikněte na OK. Pokud je jméno nového nameserveru " -"obsaženo\n" -"v aktuální DNS zóně, zadejte i jeho IP adresu. To je povinné, neboť IP adres " -"bude\n" +"formulář a klikněte na OK. Pokud je jméno nového nameserveru obsaženo\n" +"v aktuální DNS zóně, zadejte i jeho IP adresu. To je povinné, neboť IP adres bude\n" "použita během tvorby zóny.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) @@ -1075,17 +1064,13 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS záznamy</big> \n" -"Zde se definují DNS jména pro všechny DHCP klienty. Nemusíte definovat " -"všechna\n" -"jména postupně. Stačí vytvořit jedno nebo více jednoduchých pravidel pro " -"tvorbu\n" -"jmen počítačů. Tato pravidla definují rozsahy použitých IP adres a řetězec " -"pro generování\n" +"Zde se definují DNS jména pro všechny DHCP klienty. Nemusíte definovat všechna\n" +"jména postupně. Stačí vytvořit jedno nebo více jednoduchých pravidel pro tvorbu\n" +"jmen počítačů. Tato pravidla definují rozsahy použitých IP adres a řetězec pro generování\n" "jmen v rozsahu.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) @@ -1152,8 +1137,7 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"Současná podsíť a Maska sítě informují o aktuálním nastavení " -"sítě.\n" +"Současná podsíť a Maska sítě informují o aktuálním nastavení sítě.\n" "Doména je převzata z aktuální konfigurace DHCP.\n" "První IP adresa a Druhá IP adresa odpovídají\n" "aktuálnímu dynamickému rozsahu DHCP.\n" @@ -1175,13 +1159,10 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1471,8 +1452,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "Pro jmenný server v aktuální DNS zóně není zadána IP adresa.\n" @@ -1839,8 +1819,7 @@ "special options in Hostname." msgstr "" "<big>Počítač s pevnou adresou</big> \n" -"Nastavte jméno počítače, se kterou je spojena adresa nebo jiné zvláštní " -"volby." +"Nastavte jméno počítače, se kterou je spojena adresa nebo jiné zvláštní volby." #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 @@ -1956,8 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Zóny k updatu</big> \n" @@ -1969,10 +1947,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>Startovací parametry DHCP serveru</big> \n" @@ -1985,8 +1961,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Výběr síťové karty</BIG> \n" "Vyberte jednu nebo více síťových karet, na kterých poběží DHCP server.\n" @@ -2050,8 +2025,7 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." msgstr "Tiskový server je nabízen jako výchozí tiskový server." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 @@ -2066,8 +2040,7 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" "Výchozí délka přidělení nastavuje čas, po jehož uplynutí si musí\n" @@ -2091,16 +2064,14 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Rozsah IP adres</big> \n" "Zde nastavte první IP adresu a poslední IP adresu\n" -"z rozsahu přidělovaného klientům. Tyto adresy musí mít stejnou síťovou " -"masku.\n" +"z rozsahu přidělovaného klientům. Tyto adresy musí mít stejnou síťovou masku.\n" "Například <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> a <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Volbou\n" "Povolit dynamický BOOTP u daného rozsahu mohou být rozsahy\n" "dynamicky přidělovány BOOTP klientům stejně jako DHCP klientům.\n" @@ -2113,8 +2084,7 @@ "which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients. " msgstr "" "<big>Čas přidělení</big> \n" -"Zde můžete nastavit výchozí Čas přidělení aktuálního rozsahu IP " -"adres,\n" +"Zde můžete nastavit výchozí Čas přidělení aktuálního rozsahu IP adres,\n" "kterým nastavíte optimální obnovování IP adres klientů. " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 @@ -2603,7 +2573,7 @@ "\n" "Nyní ukončuji." -#. error report +#. error report #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" @@ -2715,7 +2685,7 @@ msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Chyba při vytváření %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Nastala chyba při aktualizaci %1." @@ -2731,15 +2701,12 @@ msgstr "Při zápisu do /etc/dhcpd.conf došlo k chybě." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP " -#~ "address \n" +#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" #~ "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" #~ "Really use this interface?\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vybrané síťové rozhraní nyní nemá žádnou konfiguraci (není přiřazena " -#~ "adresa IP\n" -#~ "a síťová maska). Jeho použití v konfiguraci serveru DHCP nemusí " -#~ "fungovat.\n" +#~ "Vybrané síťové rozhraní nyní nemá žádnou konfiguraci (není přiřazena adresa IP\n" +#~ "a síťová maska). Jeho použití v konfiguraci serveru DHCP nemusí fungovat.\n" #~ "Opravdu chcete použít toto rozhraní?\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/dns-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/dns-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/dns-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -576,20 +576,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Jméno serveru (v plně kvalifikovaném formátu zakončeném tečkou nebo " -"relativní jméno)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Jméno serveru (v plně kvalifikovaném formátu zakončeném tečkou nebo relativní jméno)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Poštovní server " -"(v plně kvalifikovaném formátu zakončeném tečkou nebo relativní jméno)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Poštovní server (v plně kvalifikovaném formátu zakončeném tečkou nebo relativní jméno)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -648,10 +642,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"Hodnota záznamu DNS zdroje, např. '192.0.34.166' pro 'A' záznam example.org" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "Hodnota záznamu DNS zdroje, např. '192.0.34.166' pro 'A' záznam example.org" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -1552,12 +1544,10 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"Neplatný klíč %{type} záznamu. Měl by být sestaven z tisknutelných US-ASCII " -"znaků vyjma '='\n" +"Neplatný klíč %{type} záznamu. Měl by být sestaven z tisknutelných US-ASCII znaků vyjma '='\n" "a musí být o délce minimálně jednoho znaku." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message @@ -1649,8 +1639,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" "Záznamy současné zóny jsou automaticky vytvořeny ze zóny %1.\n" "Pro ruční změnu záznamů zakažte funkci \"Automaticky generovat záznamy z\"." @@ -1778,8 +1767,7 @@ "Start DNS Server." msgstr "" "<big>Spustit DNS server</big> \n" -"Jestliže chcete, aby se DNS server spustil při každém spuštění počítače, " -"nastavte\n" +"Jestliže chcete, aby se DNS server spustil při každém spuštění počítače, nastavte\n" "Spustit DNS Server." #. help 2/4 @@ -1888,10 +1876,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>Master servery</big> \n" @@ -1904,8 +1890,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" @@ -1919,8 +1904,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" @@ -1998,14 +1982,11 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"Série - sériové číslo - se používá při určení, zda se změnila zóna " -"na\n" -"hlavním serveru (takže podřízené servery nemusí vždy synchronizovat celou " -"zónu).\n" +"Série - sériové číslo - se používá při určení, zda se změnila zóna na\n" +"hlavním serveru (takže podřízené servery nemusí vždy synchronizovat celou zónu).\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 @@ -2035,8 +2016,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "Vypršení expiry - čas, po kterém vyprší platnost dat na slave\n" -"serveru a server přestane odpovídat na dotazy, dokud neprovede " -"synchronizaci\n" +"serveru a server přestane odpovídat na dotazy, dokud neprovede synchronizaci\n" " s master serverem." #. help text 9/9 - Minimum @@ -2056,10 +2036,8 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Správa klíčů TSIG</big> \n" @@ -2077,8 +2055,7 @@ "On. Otherwise set Off. " msgstr "" "<big>Stav po spuštění</big> \n" -"Jestliže chcete, aby se DNS server spustil při každém spuštění počítače, " -"nastavte\n" +"Jestliže chcete, aby se DNS server spustil při každém spuštění počítače, nastavte\n" "Zapnout. Jinak nastavte Vypnout." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 @@ -2156,9 +2133,7 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "" -"Volbu odstraníte tak, že ji zvolíte ze seznamu, a kliknete na Smazat</" -"b>." +msgstr "Volbu odstraníte tak, že ji zvolíte ze seznamu, a kliknete na Smazat." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -2173,14 +2148,11 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2188,8 +2160,7 @@ "systémového logu. Pokud chcete aby DNS server zapisoval zprávy do\n" "samostatného souboru, zvolte Zapisovat do souboru a zadejte\n" "Jméno souboru a Maximální velikost tohoto souboru.\n" -"DNS server automaticky rotuje log soubory. Počet souborů, které chcete " -"uchovat,\n" +"DNS server automaticky rotuje log soubory. Počet souborů, které chcete uchovat,\n" "nastavíte v políčku Maximum verzí.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 @@ -2205,12 +2176,9 @@ msgstr "" "Další Zaznamenávání\n" "umožňuje určit, co se má logovat. Běžné akce jsou zaznamenány vždy. \n" -"Zaznamenávat všechny DNS dotazy zapisuje veškeré dotazy klientů k DNS " -"serveru. \n" -"Zaznamenávat aktualizace zón zapisuje, když je provedena aktualizace " -"DNS. \n" -"Zaznamenávat transfery zón zapisuje, když je zóna kompletně " -"přenesena\n" +"Zaznamenávat všechny DNS dotazy zapisuje veškeré dotazy klientů k DNS serveru. \n" +"Zaznamenávat aktualizace zón zapisuje, když je provedena aktualizace DNS. \n" +"Zaznamenávat transfery zón zapisuje, když je zóna kompletně přenesena\n" "na sekundární nameserver.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 @@ -2253,8 +2221,7 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" "Pro přidání již vytvořeného klíče, nastavte Jméno souboru\n" "(nebo použijte Procházet) a klikněte na Přidat. \n" @@ -2282,8 +2249,7 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "Pro přidání nové zóny, zadejte Jméno zóny, její\n" @@ -2292,15 +2258,12 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Pro přidání IPv4 reverzní zóny, zadejte do Jméno zóny část reverzní " -"IP adresy doplněné <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt>\n" +"Pro přidání IPv4 reverzní zóny, zadejte do Jméno zóny část reverzní IP adresy doplněné <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt>\n" "(např. <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> pro síť <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>),\n" " vyberte typ zóny v Typ Zóny a stvrďte stiskemPřidat.\n" @@ -2308,17 +2271,14 @@ #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"Pro přidání nové reverzní zóny IPv6 zadejte do pole Jméno zóny část " -"reverzní IP adresy doplněné o <tt>%1</tt>\n" +"Pro přidání nové reverzní zóny IPv6 zadejte do pole Jméno zóny část reverzní IP adresy doplněné o <tt>%1</tt>\n" "Podporovány jsou následující formáty adres: Obvyklý formát: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward formát: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward formát bez netmasky: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2333,15 +2293,13 @@ msgstr "" "Změna nastavení zóny jako je název, transport a jméno a\n" "poštovní servery, upravíte kliknutím na Upravit.\n" -"Nastavenou zónu odstraníte tak, že ji vyberete a kliknete na Smazat.</" -"p>\n" +"Nastavenou zónu odstraníte tak, že ji vyberete a kliknete na Smazat.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS a transport zón</big> \n" @@ -2374,8 +2332,7 @@ "\n" "Chcete-li povolit transport zón, nastavte Povolit transport zón\n" "a vyberte ACLs, která se budou kontrolovat při pokusu o přenos zóny.\n" -"Minimálně jedno ACL pravidlo musí být nastaveno před povolením přenosu zón.</" -"p>" +"Minimálně jedno ACL pravidlo musí být nastaveno před povolením přenosu zón." #. Zone Editor - Help #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 @@ -2398,22 +2355,19 @@ "from the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Pokud toto není reverzní zóna, můžete vidět, které zóny tato zóna " -"vygenerovala v\n" +"Pokud toto není reverzní zóna, můžete vidět, které zóny tato zóna vygenerovala v\n" "Připojené reverzní zóny." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>NS záznamy</big> \n" -"Nový nameserver přidáte tak, že zadáte adresu serveru a kliknete na " -"Přidat. \n" +"Nový nameserver přidáte tak, že zadáte adresu serveru a kliknete na Přidat. \n" "Odstranění provedete zvolením serveru, a kliknutím na Smazat.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers @@ -2426,8 +2380,7 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>MX záznamy</big> \n" -"Nový poštovní server přidáte tak, že zadáte adresu serveru a jeho " -"prioritu, a kliknete na Přidat. \n" +"Nový poštovní server přidáte tak, že zadáte adresu serveru a jeho prioritu, a kliknete na Přidat. \n" "Odstranění provedete zvolením serveru, a kliknutím na Smazat.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 @@ -2435,14 +2388,11 @@ msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"Série - sériové číslo - se používá při určení, zda se změnila zóna " -"na\n" -"master serveru (takže slave server nemusí vždy synchronizovat celou zónu).</" -"p>\n" +"Série - sériové číslo - se používá při určení, zda se změnila zóna na\n" +"master serveru (takže slave server nemusí vždy synchronizovat celou zónu).\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 @@ -2461,8 +2411,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "Vypršení expiry - čas, po kterém vyprší platnost dat na slave\n" -"serveru a server přestane odpovídat na dotazy, dokud neprovede " -"synchronizaci.\n" +"serveru a server přestane odpovídat na dotazy, dokud neprovede synchronizaci.\n" "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 @@ -2507,8 +2456,7 @@ " Value is an IP address." msgstr "" "A: Překlad doménového jména:\n" -"Klíč záznamu je jméno počítače bez domény, nebo plné jméno (FQDM) i s " -"doménou\n" +"Klíč záznamu je jméno počítače bez domény, nebo plné jméno (FQDM) i s doménou\n" "ukončené tečkou.\n" "Hodnota je IP adresa." @@ -2525,16 +2473,14 @@ "CNAME: Alias doménového jména:\n" "Klíč záznamu je jméno počítače v aktuální zóně,\n" " nebo plné jméno (FQDN) ukončené tečkou.\n" -"Hodnota je jméno počítače v aktuální zóně, nebo plné jméno (FQDN) " -"ukončené tečkou. Musí mít svůj A záznam.\n" +"Hodnota je jméno počítače v aktuální zóně, nebo plné jméno (FQDN) ukončené tečkou. Musí mít svůj A záznam.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" @@ -2542,8 +2488,7 @@ "NS: Nameserver:\n" "Klíč záznamu je jméno počítače v aktuální zóně,\n" "nebo plné jméno (FQDN) ukončené tečkou.\n" -"Hodnota je jméno počítače v aktuální zóně, nebo FQDN ukončené tečkou. " -"Musí mít svůj A záznam.\n" +"Hodnota je jméno počítače v aktuální zóně, nebo FQDN ukončené tečkou. Musí mít svůj A záznam.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 @@ -2557,8 +2502,7 @@ "MX: Mail relay:\n" "Klíč záznamu je jméno počítače nebo zóny v aktuální zóně,\n" "nebo plné jméno (FQDN) ukončené tečkou.\n" -"Hodnota je jméno počítače v aktuální zóně, nebo FQDN ukončené tečkou. " -"Musí mít svůj A záznam.\n" +"Hodnota je jméno počítače v aktuální zóně, nebo FQDN ukončené tečkou. Musí mít svůj A záznam.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 @@ -2566,8 +2510,7 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2576,8 +2519,7 @@ "PTR: Reverzní překlad:\n" "Klíč záznamu je plné reverzní jméno zóny (odvozené z IP adresy)\n" "ukončené tečkou (např. <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> pro IP adresu\n" -"<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>) nebo část adresy v dané zóně (např. <tt>1</tt> pro IP " -"adresu\n" +"<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>) nebo část adresy v dané zóně (např. <tt>1</tt> pro IP adresu\n" "<tt>192.168.0.1</tt> v zóně <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "Hodnota je plné jméno (FQDN) ukončené tečkou.\n" @@ -2608,8 +2550,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Jestliže chcete, aby se DNS server spustil při každém spuštění počítače,\n" -"nastavte stav po spuštění na Zapnout. Jinak nastavte Vypnout.</" -"p>\n" +"nastavte stav po spuštění na Zapnout. Jinak nastavte Vypnout.\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 @@ -2656,8 +2597,7 @@ "<big>Transport zón</big> \n" "Chcete-li povolit transport zón, nastavte Povolit transport zón\n" "a vyberte ACLs, která se budou kontrolovat při pokusu o přenos zóny.\n" -"Minimálně jedno ACL pravidlo musí být nastaveno před povolením přenosu zón.</" -"p>" +"Minimálně jedno ACL pravidlo musí být nastaveno před povolením přenosu zón." #. forward zone help text 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 @@ -3115,8 +3055,7 @@ #~ msgstr "DNS server neběží" #~ msgid "Invalid TXT record key. It should be similar to a hostname." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Neplatný klíč v TXT záznamu. Měl by být podobný jako jméno počítače." +#~ msgstr "Neplatný klíč v TXT záznamu. Měl by být podobný jako jméno počítače." #~ msgid "IP A&ddress" #~ msgstr "IP a&dresa" @@ -3133,8 +3072,7 @@ #~ "it cannot answer.\n" #~ "For a dial-up connection, it can be useful\n" #~ "to allow the PPP daemon to update the forwarders after the connection\n" -#~ "is established. For this, select PPP Daemon Sets Forwarders. To " -#~ "update forwarders\n" +#~ "is established. For this, select PPP Daemon Sets Forwarders. To update forwarders\n" #~ "only manually, select Set Forwarders Manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Forwardery</big> \n" @@ -3210,8 +3148,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" #~ "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -#~ "For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -#~ "'192.168.32.1'.\n" +#~ "For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Chybná reverzní IPv4 adresa '%1'.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3246,8 +3183,7 @@ #~ "Invalid SOA record.\n" #~ "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" #~ "A BIND time type consists of numbers and the case-insensitive\n" -#~ "suffixes W, D, H, M, and S. Time in seconds is allowed without the " -#~ "suffix.\n" +#~ "suffixes W, D, H, M, and S. Time in seconds is allowed without the suffix.\n" #~ "Enter values such as 12H15m, 86400, or 1W30M.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Chybný SOA záznam.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -218,8 +218,7 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Zavádění systému:\n" -"\t\t\tzatrhněte \"Zapnout\", aby byl DRBD server spuštěn nyní a při " -"startu systému\n" +"\t\t\tzatrhněte \"Zapnout\", aby byl DRBD server spuštěn nyní a při startu systému\n" "\t\t\tzatrhněte \"Vypnout\", DRBD server se spouští pouze ručně\n" "\t\tZapnout a vypnout:\n" "\t\t\tZapínání a vypínání DRBD serveru právě teď\n" @@ -232,148 +231,78 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Klepnutím na patřičné tlačítko můžete \"Přidat\", \"Upravit\" a \"Smazat" -"\" zdroj.\n" +"Klepnutím na patřičné tlačítko můžete \"Přidat\", \"Upravit\" a \"Smazat\" zdroj.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Jméno\" je nezbytné a musí odpovídat linuxovému jménu hostitele " -"(uname -n) " -"jednoho z uzlů\n" -"\t\t\"Adresa:Port\": Zdroj vyžaduje jednu IP adresu na zařízení, které je " -"použito pro " -"očekávání příchozích spojení z partnerského zařízení pro dosažení " -"zařízení. Každý DRBD zdroj vyžaduje TCP port, který je použit pro připojení " -"partnerského " -"zařízení uzlu.\n" -"\t\t\"Zařízení\": Název blokového zařízení uzlu z popisovaného zdroje. " -"Toto zařízení " -"musíte použít s vaší aplikací (souborovým systémem) a nesmíte použít " -"nízkoúrovňové " -"blokové zařízení, které je zadáno parametrem disku, následované jeho minor " -"číslem.\n" +"\t\t\"Jméno\" je nezbytné a musí odpovídat linuxovému jménu hostitele (uname -n) jednoho z uzlů\n" +"\t\t\"Adresa:Port\": Zdroj vyžaduje jednu IP adresu na zařízení, které je použito pro očekávání příchozích spojení z partnerského zařízení pro dosažení zařízení. Každý DRBD zdroj vyžaduje TCP port, který je použit pro připojení partnerského zařízení uzlu.\n" +"\t\t\"Zařízení\": Název blokového zařízení uzlu z popisovaného zdroje. Toto zařízení musíte použít s vaší aplikací (souborovým systémem) a nesmíte použít nízkoúrovňové blokové zařízení, které je zadáno parametrem disku, následované jeho minor číslem.\n" "\t\tJako: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD používá toto blokové zařízení pro skutečné ukládání a " -"získávání dat. " -"Nikdy k takovému zařízení nepřistupujte, dokud nad ním běží DRBD.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": interní. Interní znamená, že tato poslední část " -"pomocného zařízení " -"je použita pro ukládání metadat.\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD používá toto blokové zařízení pro skutečné ukládání a získávání dat. Nikdy k takovému zařízení nepřistupujte, dokud nad ním běží DRBD.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": interní. Interní znamená, že tato poslední část pomocného zařízení je použita pro ukládání metadat.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtokol\n" -"\t\tProtokol A: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl " -"místního disku a místního odchozího zásobníku TCP.\n" -"\t\tProtokol B: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl " -"místního disku a vzdáleného zásobníku vyrovnávací paměti.\n" -"\t\tProtokol C: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl jak " -"místního tak vzdáleného disku.\n" +"\t\tProtokol A: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl místního disku a místního odchozího zásobníku TCP.\n" +"\t\tProtokol B: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl místního disku a vzdáleného zásobníku vyrovnávací paměti.\n" +"\t\tProtokol C: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl jak místního tak vzdáleného disku.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: čekat na vypršení odpočtu připojení\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: čekat na vypršení odpočtu připojení, pokud " -"byl tento uzel znehodnoceným clusterem\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: čekat na vypršení odpočtu připojení, pokud byl tento uzel znehodnoceným clusterem\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: co dělat když nízkoúrovňové zařízení nahlásí " -"vyšším vrstvám chybu IO\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: co dělat když nízkoúrovňové zařízení nahlásí vyšším vrstvám chybu IO\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: velikost odchozího soketového TCP zásobníku\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: nejvyšší počet požadavků, který může být přidělen " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: nejvyšší počet požadavků, který může být přidělen DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: Pokud selže partnerský uzel s odesláním očekávaného " -"paketu s odpovědí s časem 10 sekund, partnerský uzel je považován za vypnutý " -"a pak je spojení TCP/IP přerušeno. Toto musí být nižší než connect-int a " -"ping-int. Výchozí hodnota je 60 = 6 sekund, jednotka je 0.1 sekundy.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: čas, kolik má společník na odpověď, pro paket " -"udržení naživu. V případě, že společníkova odpověď není do této doby " -"doručena, je považován za vypnutý. Výchozí hodnota je 500 ms, výchozí " -"jednotka je 100 ms.\n" -"\t\tping-int: čas, kolik má společník času, na odpověď na " -"udržovacího paketu.\n" +"\t\ttimeout: Pokud selže partnerský uzel s odesláním očekávaného paketu s odpovědí s časem 10 sekund, partnerský uzel je považován za vypnutý a pak je spojení TCP/IP přerušeno. Toto musí být nižší než connect-int a ping-int. Výchozí hodnota je 60 = 6 sekund, jednotka je 0.1 sekundy.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: čas, kolik má společník na odpověď, pro paket udržení naživu. V případě, že společníkova odpověď není do této doby doručena, je považován za vypnutý. Výchozí hodnota je 500 ms, výchozí jednotka je 100 ms.\n" +"\t\tping-int: čas, kolik má společník času, na odpověď na udržovacího paketu.\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: nejvyšší počet datových bloků mezi dvěma " -"zápisovými hranicemi.\n" -"\t\tko-count: pokud druhý uzel selže v dokončení jednotlivých " -"požadavků na zápis v uvedeném počtu, je vypovězen z clusteru. Výchozí " -"hodnota je 0, která tuto funkci zakazuje.\n" -"\t\trate: Pro zajištění hladkých operací s aplikacemi nad " -"DRBD, je možné omezit šířku pásma, která má být použita pro synchronizaci na " -"pozadí. Výchozí je 250 KiB/s, výchozí jednotka je KiB/s.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parametr, kterým řídíte, jak velkým se může horká " -"oblast (aktivní sada) stát. Výchozí počet rozsahů je 127. (minimum: 7, " -"maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: nejvyšší počet datových bloků mezi dvěma zápisovými hranicemi.\n" +"\t\tko-count: pokud druhý uzel selže v dokončení jednotlivých požadavků na zápis v uvedeném počtu, je vypovězen z clusteru. Výchozí hodnota je 0, která tuto funkci zakazuje.\n" +"\t\trate: Pro zajištění hladkých operací s aplikacemi nad DRBD, je možné omezit šířku pásma, která má být použita pro synchronizaci na pozadí. Výchozí je 250 KiB/s, výchozí jednotka je KiB/s.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parametr, kterým řídíte, jak velkým se může horká oblast (aktivní sada) stát. Výchozí počet rozsahů je 127. (minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 @@ -381,27 +310,20 @@ msgstr "<big>Globální nastavení DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" -msgstr "" -"Zaškrtněte \"Zakázat ověření IP\" pro zakázání jedné z drbdadm " -"ověřovací kontroly" +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "Zaškrtněte \"Zakázat ověření IP\" pro zakázání jedné z drbdadm ověřovací kontroly" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" "Aktualizace okna: Okno počítá a zobrazuje jak dlouho již čekalo.\n" -" Tuto vlastnost můžete zakázat pokud jste připojeni k serveru " -"přes\n" +" Tuto vlastnost můžete zakázat pokud jste připojeni k serveru přes\n" " sériovou konzoli s omezenou logovací kapacitou.\n" " Okno vypíše součet každých 'aktualizace okna' sekund,\n" " Nastavením 0 se okno nebude aktualizovat vůbec. " @@ -482,8 +404,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Úpravy nebo mazání:</big> \n" "Vyberte si DRBD, kterého chcete upravit anebo smazat.\n" -"Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.</" -"p>\n" +"Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 @@ -739,39 +660,19 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -" -#~ "n) of one of the nodes\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, " -#~ "which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device " -#~ "respectively to reach the partner device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP " -#~ "port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource " -#~ "being described. You must use this device with your application (file " -#~ "system) and you must not use the low level block device which is " -#~ "specified with the disk parameter.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and " -#~ "retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on " -#~ "top of it.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -#~ "backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device respectively to reach the partner device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" #~ "\t\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Jméno\" je nezbytné a musí odpovídat linuxovému jménu hostitele " -#~ "(uname -n) jednoho z uzlů\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Adresa:Port\": Zdroj vyžaduje jednu IP adresu na zařízení, které " -#~ "je použito pro očekávání příchozích spojení z partnerského zařízení a " -#~ "naopak pro dosažení partnerského zařízení. Každý DRBD zdroj vyžaduje TCP " -#~ "port, který je použit pro připojení partnerského zařízení uzlu.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Zařízení\": Název blokového zařízení uzlu z popisovaného zdroje. " -#~ "Toto zařízení musíte použít s vaší aplikací (souborovým systémem) a " -#~ "nesmíte použít nízkoúrovňové blokové zařízení, které je zadáno parametrem " -#~ "disku.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD používá toto blokové zařízení pro skutečné ukládání " -#~ "a získávání dat. Nikdy k takovému zařízení nepřistupujte, dokud nad ním " -#~ "běží DRBD.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": interní. Interní znamená, že tato poslední část " -#~ "pomocného zařízení je použita pro ukládání metadat.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Jméno\" je nezbytné a musí odpovídat linuxovému jménu hostitele (uname -n) jednoho z uzlů\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Adresa:Port\": Zdroj vyžaduje jednu IP adresu na zařízení, které je použito pro očekávání příchozích spojení z partnerského zařízení a naopak pro dosažení partnerského zařízení. Každý DRBD zdroj vyžaduje TCP port, který je použit pro připojení partnerského zařízení uzlu.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Zařízení\": Název blokového zařízení uzlu z popisovaného zdroje. Toto zařízení musíte použít s vaší aplikací (souborovým systémem) a nesmíte použít nízkoúrovňové blokové zařízení, které je zadáno parametrem disku.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD používá toto blokové zařízení pro skutečné ukládání a získávání dat. Nikdy k takovému zařízení nepřistupujte, dokud nad ním běží DRBD.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": interní. Interní znamená, že tato poslední část pomocného zařízení je použita pro ukládání metadat.\n" #~ "\t\t" #~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" @@ -793,16 +694,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Minor Count:\n" -#~ "Use this option if you want to define more resources later without " -#~ "reloading the\n" +#~ "Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" #~ "module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" #~ "configured in this file.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Menší počet:\n" -#~ "Použijte tuto volbu pokud chcete určit více prostředků později bez " -#~ "nutnosti\n" -#~ "znovu načíst modul. Jako výchozí se načítá modul s přesně tolika " -#~ "zařízeními\n" +#~ "Použijte tuto volbu pokud chcete určit více prostředků později bez nutnosti\n" +#~ "znovu načíst modul. Jako výchozí se načítá modul s přesně tolika zařízeními\n" #~ "jak je nakonfigurováno v tomto souboru.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -853,8 +751,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "To propagate this configuration,\n" -#~ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes " -#~ "manually.\n" +#~ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pro rozšíření této konfigurace ručně zkopírujte\n" #~ "konfigurační soubor '/etc/drbd.conf' na ostatní uzly.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/fcoe-client.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/fcoe-client.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/fcoe-client.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -409,9 +409,7 @@ #. Services dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." msgstr "" "<big>Spouštění služeb</big> \n" "Povolte nebo zakažte spouštění služeb\n" @@ -419,25 +417,13 @@ #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." -msgstr "" -"Spouštění služby fcoe znamená spuštění démona fcoemon " -"služby Fibre Channel over Ethernet, který ovládá FCoE rozhraní a " -"vytváří spojení s démonem lldpad." +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgstr "Spouštění služby fcoe znamená spuštění démona fcoemon služby Fibre Channel over Ethernet, který ovládá FCoE rozhraní a vytváří spojení s démonem lldpad." #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." -msgstr "" -"Služba lldpad</d>poskytuje agenta pro Link Layer Discovery " -"Protocol, démona lldpad, který informuje fcoemon o " -"funkcích DCB (Data Center Bridging) a konfiguraci rozhraní." +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgstr "Služba lldpad</d>poskytuje agenta pro Link Layer Discovery Protocol, démona lldpad, který informuje fcoemon o funkcích DCB (Data Center Bridging) a konfiguraci rozhraní." #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 @@ -446,53 +432,23 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgstr "" -"Dialog rozhraní zobrazuje všechny zjištěné síťové karty, včetně stavu " -"VLAN a konfigurace FCoE. FCoE je možné pokud je VLAN rozhraní na switchi " -"nastaveno pro FCoE. Pro každou síťovou kartu (síťové rozhraní) je toto " -"zobrazeno ve sloupečku FCoE VLAN rozhraní." +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgstr "Dialog rozhraní zobrazuje všechny zjištěné síťové karty, včetně stavu VLAN a konfigurace FCoE. FCoE je možné pokud je VLAN rozhraní na switchi nastaveno pro FCoE. Pro každou síťovou kartu (síťové rozhraní) je toto zobrazeno ve sloupečku FCoE VLAN rozhraní." #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" -msgstr "" -"Je možné zopakovat kontrolu FCoE služeb spuštěním Zopakovat detekci</" -"b> (může být vyžadováno pro rozhraní, které potřebují více času pro " -"spuštění). " +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." +msgstr "Je možné zopakovat kontrolu FCoE služeb spuštěním Zopakovat detekci (může být vyžadováno pro rozhraní, které potřebují více času pro spuštění). " #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." -msgstr "" -"Hodnoty pro FCoE VLAN rozhraní podrobně: není k dispozici</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet není možný (musí být nejdříve povolen na " -"switchi) není nakonfigurováno: FCoE je možné, ale ještě není " -"aktivováno. Abyste tak učinili, stiskněte Vytvořit FCoE VLAN rozhraní." -" Pokud FCoE VLAN rozhraní je již vytvořeno, jeho jméno je ve sloupečku " -"zobrazeno. Např. eth3.200." +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgstr "Hodnoty pro FCoE VLAN rozhraní podrobně: není k dispozici: Fibre Channel over Ethernet není možný (musí být nejdříve povolen na switchi) není nakonfigurováno: FCoE je možné, ale ještě není aktivováno. Abyste tak učinili, stiskněte Vytvořit FCoE VLAN rozhraní. Pokud FCoE VLAN rozhraní je již vytvořeno, jeho jméno je ve sloupečku zobrazeno. Např. eth3.200." #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Pro změnu konfigurace FCoE VLAN rozhraní klepněte na Změnit nastavení</" -"b>." +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." +msgstr "Pro změnu konfigurace FCoE VLAN rozhraní klepněte na Změnit nastavení." #. Configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 @@ -501,28 +457,18 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurujte obecné volby pro službu systému FCoE. Nastavení jsou " -"zapisována do '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgstr "Konfigurujte obecné volby pro službu systému FCoE. Nastavení jsou zapisována do '/etc/fcoe/config'." #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" "Hodnoty jsou: \n" -"Ladění: ano nebo ne Toto je použto pro povolení nebo " -"zakázání ladících zpráv od skriptu služby fcoe a fcoemon." -" Použít syslog: ano nebo ne \n" -"Pokud je nastavení ano, zprávy jsou zaslány do systémového " -"protokolu, (data jsou zapisována do /var/log/messages)." +"Ladění: ano nebo ne Toto je použto pro povolení nebo zakázání ladících zpráv od skriptu služby fcoe a fcoemon. Použít syslog: ano nebo ne \n" +"Pokud je nastavení ano, zprávy jsou zaslány do systémového protokolu, (data jsou zapisována do /var/log/messages)." #. edit dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 @@ -531,29 +477,13 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." -msgstr "" -"Démon fcoemon čte tyto konfigurační soubory při inicializaci. " -"Každý soubor je pro jedno rozhraní a tyto hodnoty znamenají, zda mají být " -"vytvořeny FCoE instance a zda je vyžadováno DCB." +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgstr "Démon fcoemon čte tyto konfigurační soubory při inicializaci. Každý soubor je pro jedno rozhraní a tyto hodnoty znamenají, zda mají být vytvořeny FCoE instance a zda je vyžadováno DCB." #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." -msgstr "" -"Hodnoty jsou:Povolit FCoE: ano nebo ne Povolte " -"nebo zakažte vytvoření FCoE instancí. Vyžadováno DCB: ano " -"nebo ne Výchozí je ano, DCB je obvykle zapotřebí." -" AUTO VLAN: ano nebo ne Pokud je nastaveno " -"ano, 'fcoemon' vytvoří VLANrozhraní automaticky." +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgstr "Hodnoty jsou:Povolit FCoE: ano nebo ne Povolte nebo zakažte vytvoření FCoE instancí. Vyžadováno DCB: ano nebo ne Výchozí je ano, DCB je obvykle zapotřebí. AUTO VLAN: ano nebo ne Pokud je nastaveno ano, 'fcoemon' vytvoří VLANrozhraní automaticky." #. Header of tab in tab widget #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -597,12 +527,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Abyste mohli pokračovat v konfiguraci FCoE, musí být nainstalován balíček " -"%1." +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Abyste mohli pokračovat v konfiguraci FCoE, musí být nainstalován balíček %1." #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/firewall-services.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/firewall-services.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/firewall-services.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -33,10 +33,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -msgstr "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) porty pro Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) porty pro Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 @@ -129,12 +127,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"Nastavení firewallu pro NFS klienta. Otevírá porty pro NFS klienta, aby bylo " -"možné připojení k NFS serveru." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "Nastavení firewallu pro NFS klienta. Otevírá porty pro NFS klienta, aby bylo možné připojení k NFS serveru." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 @@ -143,12 +137,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"Nastavení firewallu pro server jádra NFS. Otevírá porty pro NFS, aby se " -"mohli připojit i ostatní hostitelé." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "Nastavení firewallu pro server jádra NFS. Otevírá porty pro NFS, aby se mohli připojit i ostatní hostitelé." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 @@ -368,8 +358,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Nástroje síťového UPS" #~ msgid "Opens ports for remote UPS signalling for Network UPS Tools." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Otevírá porty pro vzdálenou UPS signalizaci pro síťové UPS nástroje." +#~ msgstr "Otevírá porty pro vzdálenou UPS signalizaci pro síťové UPS nástroje." #~ msgid "SMTP with Postfix" #~ msgstr "SMTP s Postfixem" @@ -377,8 +366,7 @@ #~ msgid "PostgreSQL Server" #~ msgstr "PostgreSQL server" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server." +#~ msgid "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server." #~ msgstr "Otevírá TCP port 5432 pro vzdálená připojení k PostgreSQL serveru." #~ msgid "pureftpd" @@ -408,19 +396,14 @@ #~ msgid "Tetrinet Server" #~ msgstr "Tetrinet server" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your " -#~ "server. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Otevírá porty ve firewallu pro připojení klientů k vašemu počítači. " +#~ msgid "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your server. " +#~ msgstr "Otevírá porty ve firewallu pro připojení klientů k vašemu počítači. " #~ msgid "xdmcp" #~ msgstr "xdmcp" #~ msgid "Allow other hosts to access your display manager via XDMCP" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Povolí jiným hostitelům přístup k vašemu správci displeje prostřednictvím " -#~ "XDMCP" +#~ msgstr "Povolí jiným hostitelům přístup k vašemu správci displeje prostřednictvím XDMCP" #~ msgid "VNC Server" #~ msgstr "VNC server" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/firewall.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/firewall.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/firewall.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -76,8 +76,7 @@ msgstr "" "Na vašem systému je aktivní jiný typ firewallu.\n" "Pokud budete pokračovat, může SuSEfirewall2 vyprodukovat\n" -"různé chyby. Lépe by bylo jiný firewall před konfigurací SUSEfirewall2 " -"odstranit.\n" +"různé chyby. Lépe by bylo jiný firewall před konfigurací SUSEfirewall2 odstranit.\n" "Pokračovat s konfigurací?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline @@ -261,8 +260,7 @@ "\n" "Vložte zvláštní řetězce, jako <tt>any</tt>, do vnější zóny pomocí\n" "tlačítka Vlastní. Můžete zde také vložit dosud nenakonfigurovaná\n" -"rozhraní. Pokud potřebujete maškarádu, není řetězec <tt>any</tt> povolen.</" -"p>\n" +"rozhraní. Pokud potřebujete maškarádu, není řetězec <tt>any</tt> povolen.\n" "\n" "Každé síťové rozhraní by mělo být zařazeno do některé zóny firewallu.\n" "Síťový provoz na nezařazených rozhraních je blokován.\n" @@ -287,12 +285,10 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Povolené služby</big>\n" @@ -302,24 +298,20 @@ "Chcete-li povolit službu, zvolte Zónu a Službu k povolení.\n" "Pak stiskněte Přidat.\n" "\n" -"Pro odebrání povolené služby, zvolte Zónu a Povolenou službu " -"a pak stiskněte Odstranit.\n" +"Pro odebrání povolené služby, zvolte Zónu a Povolenou službu a pak stiskněte Odstranit.\n" "\n" "Pokud není zaškrtnuta volba Chránit firewallem vnitřní zónu,\n" -"je odstraněna ochrana před celou vnitřní zónou. Žádné služby ani porty " -"nebudou chráněny.\n" +"je odstraněna ochrana před celou vnitřní zónou. Žádné služby ani porty nebudou chráněny.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -328,8 +320,7 @@ "IP protokoly.\n" "TCP a UDP porty lze zadat pomocí jmen (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "čísel (<tt>3128</tt>) a rozsahů (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC porty musí být zadány jako jména služeb (<tt>portmap</tt> nebo " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>) a\n" +"RPC porty musí být zadány jako jména služeb (<tt>portmap</tt> nebo <tt>nlockmgr</tt>) a\n" "IP protokoly jako jména protokolů (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -337,19 +328,15 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Maškaráda</big>\n" -" Maškaráda umožňuje schovat vnitřní síť za firewall a umožňuje " -"transparentní\n" -"přístup z vnitřní sítě do vnější, např. Internetu. Požadavky z vnější do " -"vnitřní sítě\n" +" Maškaráda umožňuje schovat vnitřní síť za firewall a umožňuje transparentní\n" +"přístup z vnitřní sítě do vnější, např. Internetu. Požadavky z vnější do vnitřní sítě\n" "jsou blokovány.\n" "Zvolte Maškarádovat sítě pokud chcete maškarádovat vaše sítě proti\n" "přístupu zvenku.\n" @@ -358,111 +345,82 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form." -"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" " Ačkoliv požadavky z vnější sítě nemohou dosáhnout do vaší vnitřní sítě,\n" "je možné transparentně přesměrovat všechny požadované porty na firewallu\n" -"na libovolné vnitřní IP. Chcete-li přidat pravidlo pro přesměrování, " -"stiskněte\n" +"na libovolné vnitřní IP. Chcete-li přidat pravidlo pro přesměrování, stiskněte\n" "Přidat a vyplňte formulář.\n" "\n" -"Chcete-li pravidlo odstranit, vyberte ho v tabulce a stiskněte " -"Odstranit.\n" +"Chcete-li pravidlo odstranit, vyberte ho v tabulce a stiskněte Odstranit.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurace broadcast</big>\n" -" Broadcast pakety jsou zvláštní UDP pakety vysílané do celé sítě, aby " -"nalezly\n" +" Broadcast pakety jsou zvláštní UDP pakety vysílané do celé sítě, aby nalezly\n" "sousední počítače nebo předaly informaci všem počítačům v síti.\n" -"Například CUPS servery poskytují informace o svých tiskových frontách " -"pomocí\n" +"Například CUPS servery poskytují informace o svých tiskových frontách pomocí\n" "broadcast paketů.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 služby zvolené mezi povolenými rozhraními automaticky " -"přidávají\n" -"potřebné broadcast porty do tohoto dialogu. Chcete-li některé odstranit " -"nebo přidat jiné,\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 služby zvolené mezi povolenými rozhraními automaticky přidávají\n" +"potřebné broadcast porty do tohoto dialogu. Chcete-li některé odstranit nebo přidat jiné,\n" "upravte seznamy portů (oddělené mezerami) pro jednotlivé zóny.\n" "\n" -"Ostatní nepřijaté broadcast pakety jsou logovány. Ve větších sítích to " -"může být\n" -"velké množství paketů. Jejich zaznamenávání potlačíte zrušením volby " -"Zaznamenávat nepřijaté\n" +"Ostatní nepřijaté broadcast pakety jsou logovány. Ve větších sítích to může být\n" +"velké množství paketů. Jejich zaznamenávání potlačíte zrušením volby Zaznamenávat nepřijaté\n" "broadcast pakety pro vybrané zóny.\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Odpověď na vysílání<big> \n" -"Firewall obvykle zahazuje pakety, které jsou poslány jinými stroji jako " -"jejich odpovědi\n" -"na pakety vysílané vaším systémem, jako je např. procházení Samby nebo SLP.</" -"p>\n" +"Firewall obvykle zahazuje pakety, které jsou poslány jinými stroji jako jejich odpovědi\n" +"na pakety vysílané vaším systémem, jako je např. procházení Samby nebo SLP.\n" "\n" -"Zde můžete nastavit, které pakety budou moci projít firewallem. Použijte " -"tlačítko\n" -"Přidat, abyste přidali nové pravidlo. Budete muset vybrat zónu " -"firewallu a také\n" +"Zde můžete nastavit, které pakety budou moci projít firewallem. Použijte tlačítko\n" +"Přidat, abyste přidali nové pravidlo. Budete muset vybrat zónu firewallu a také\n" "vybrat z již definovaných služeb nebo nastavit celé pravidlo ručně.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Podpora IPsec</big>\n" " IPsec je šifrovaná komunikace mezi důvěryhodnými počítači nebo sítěmi\n" -"přes nedůvěryhodnou síť, např. Internet. Tento dialog otevře IPsec pro " -"vnější zónu\n" +"přes nedůvěryhodnou síť, např. Internet. Tento dialog otevře IPsec pro vnější zónu\n" "při zaškrtnutí Podpora IPsec povolena.\n" "\n" "Podrobnosti umožňují nastavit, jak se má zacházet s úspěšně\n" @@ -473,31 +431,22 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Úroveň zaznamenávání</big>\n" " Toto je základní dialog pro nastavení zaznamenávání IP paketů.\n" -"Můžete zde nastavit zaznamenávání (protokolování) příchozích spojovacích " -"paketů.\n" +"Můžete zde nastavit zaznamenávání (protokolování) příchozích spojovacích paketů.\n" "Odchozí pakety nejsou vůbec zaznamenávány.\n" "\n" -"Existují dvě skupiny zaznamenávaných IP paketů:Přijaté pakety a " -"Nepřijaté pakety.\n" -"Pro každou skupinu můžete zvolit tři stupně zaznamenávání: Zaznamenávat " -"vše\n" -"pro zaznamenávání všech paketů, Zaznamenávat pouze kritické pro " -"zaznamenávání pouze\n" +"Existují dvě skupiny zaznamenávaných IP paketů:Přijaté pakety a Nepřijaté pakety.\n" +"Pro každou skupinu můžete zvolit tři stupně zaznamenávání: Zaznamenávat vše\n" +"pro zaznamenávání všech paketů, Zaznamenávat pouze kritické pro zaznamenávání pouze\n" "zajímavých paketů a Nezaznamenávat nic pro vypnutí zaznamenávání.\n" "Měli byste zapnout alespoň zaznamenávání kritických přijatých paketů.\n" @@ -506,23 +455,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Souhrn</big>\n" @@ -533,19 +477,15 @@ "Spouštění firewallu zobrazuje, kdy je firewall spouštěn,\n" "zda při startu systému nebo ručně.\n" "\n" -"Zóny firewallu musí mít přiřazeno síťové rozhraní, aby se v souhrnu " -"objevily\n" +"Zóny firewallu musí mít přiřazeno síťové rozhraní, aby se v souhrnu objevily\n" "následující údaje:\n" "\n" "Rozhraní: Všechna rozhraní jsou uvedena pomocí jmen konfigurace\n" -"i zařízení. Pokud je konfigurace kompletní a rozhraní existuje, je vlevo " -"zelená značka.\n" +"i zařízení. Pokud je konfigurace kompletní a rozhraní existuje, je vlevo zelená značka.\n" "Pokud se vyskytl problém, je vlevo zobrazena červená šipka.\n" "\n" -"Otevřené služby, porty a protokoly: Zde jsou uvedeny všechny " -"povolené\n" -"síťové služby, další TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram " -"Protocol)\n" +"Otevřené služby, porty a protokoly: Zde jsou uvedeny všechny povolené\n" +"síťové služby, další TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol)\n" "a RPC (Remote Procedure Call) porty a IP (Internet Protocol) protokoly.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 @@ -575,8 +515,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "RPC porty je mezerami oddělený seznam RCP služeb, např.\n" "<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> nebo <tt>portmap</tt>." @@ -599,8 +538,7 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -624,12 +562,10 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"Firewall je obraný mechanismus, který chrání váš počítač před síťovými útoky." -"\n" +"Firewall je obraný mechanismus, který chrání váš počítač před síťovými útoky.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 @@ -652,10 +588,8 @@ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).\n" msgstr "" "Zdrojová síť \n" -"Síť nebo adresa IP odkud spojení pochází, např. <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> nebo " -"<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -"nebo <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> nebo <tt>0/0</tt> (což znamená <tt>vše</tt>).</" -"p>\n" +"Síť nebo adresa IP odkud spojení pochází, např. <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> nebo <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" +"nebo <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> nebo <tt>0/0</tt> (což znamená <tt>vše</tt>).\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 @@ -1221,12 +1155,8 @@ msgstr "Je definováno %1 vlastních pravidel" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"Síť: %1, protokol: %2, cílový port: %3, zdrojový port: " -"%4, volby %5" +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "Síť: %1, protokol: %2, cílový port: %3, zdrojový port: %4, volby %5" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1265,8 +1195,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Po zápisu konfigurace bude firewall zastaven" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1393,8 +1322,7 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." msgstr "Maškaráda vyžaduje nejméně jedno vnější a jedno další rozhraní." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/firstboot.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/firstboot.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/firstboot.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -48,15 +48,11 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" msgstr "" -"Zaškrtněte Povolit sekvenci prvního startu, abyste spustili " -"utilitku YaST první start systému během prvního startu po nastavení.\n" -"Abyste se dozvěděli více, navštivte dokumentaci modulu yast2-firstboot.</" -"p>\n" +"Zaškrtněte Povolit sekvenci prvního startu, abyste spustili utilitku YaST první start systému během prvního startu po nastavení.\n" +"Abyste se dozvěděli více, navštivte dokumentaci modulu yast2-firstboot.\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -229,18 +225,13 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " -"start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" -"Pokud je to žádoucí, experti mohou nyní využít celou škálu " -"konfiguračních\n" -"nástrojů SuSE. Zaškrtněte Spustit Řídící středisko YaST, které se tak " -"spustí\n" -"stisku tlačítka Konec. Poznámka: Řídící středisko nemá tlačítko Zpět, " -"kterým\n" +"Pokud je to žádoucí, experti mohou nyní využít celou škálu konfiguračních\n" +"nástrojů SuSE. Zaškrtněte Spustit Řídící středisko YaST, které se tak spustí\n" +"stisku tlačítka Konec. Poznámka: Řídící středisko nemá tlačítko Zpět, kterým\n" "by bylo možno vrátit se do této instalační sekvence.\n" #. popup text @@ -284,8 +275,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Zvolte Jazyk a Rozložení klávesnice, které se použije v " -"procesu instalace\n" +"Zvolte Jazyk a Rozložení klávesnice, které se použije v procesu instalace\n" "a později pro nainstalovaný systém.\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/ftp-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/ftp-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/ftp-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -55,9 +55,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>" -msgstr "" -"Maska umask pro server vsftpd: <místní uživatelé>:<anonymní uživatelé>, pro " -"server pure-ftpd: <soubory>:<adresáře>" +msgstr "Maska umask pro server vsftpd: <místní uživatelé>:<anonymní uživatelé>, pro server pure-ftpd: <soubory>:<adresáře>" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 @@ -67,9 +65,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Jako adresář pro ověřené uživatele zadejte existující adresář. (Pouze server " -"pure-ftpd)" +msgstr "Jako adresář pro ověřené uživatele zadejte existující adresář. (Pouze server pure-ftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 @@ -94,8 +90,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" msgstr "Maximální přenosová rychlost pro místní ověřené uživatele [KB/s]" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -115,36 +110,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Uvítací zpráva je text, který se uživatelům zobrazuje při připojení k " -"serveru (pouze server vsftpd)." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Uvítací zpráva je text, který se uživatelům zobrazuje při připojení k serveru (pouze server vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 msgid "vsftpd supports secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Server vsftpd podporuje pro připojení zabezpečení pomocí SSL (pouze vsftpd)." +msgstr "Server vsftpd podporuje pro připojení zabezpečení pomocí SSL (pouze vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Pokud je volba povolena, bude umožněno připojení pomocí protokolu SSL v2 " -"(pouze server vsftpd)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Pokud je volba povolena, bude umožněno připojení pomocí protokolu SSL v2 (pouze server vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Pokud je volba povolena, bude umožněno připojení pomocí protokolu SSL v3 " -"(pouze server vsftpd)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Pokud je volba povolena, bude umožněno připojení pomocí protokolu SSL v3 (pouze server vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 @@ -153,18 +135,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Zakáže stahování souborů, které byly odeslány na server, ale nebyly " -"schváleny místním administrátorem (pouze server pure-ftpd)." +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "Zakáže stahování souborů, které byly odeslány na server, ale nebyly schváleny místním administrátorem (pouze server pure-ftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)" -msgstr "" -"Nastavení zabezpečení pomocí protokolů SSL a TLS (pouze server pure-ftpd)" +msgstr "Nastavení zabezpečení pomocí protokolů SSL a TLS (pouze server pure-ftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 @@ -255,11 +232,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." -msgstr "" -"Uvítací zpráva je text, který se uživatelům zobrazuje při připojení k " -"serveru." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "Uvítací zpráva je text, který se uživatelům zobrazuje při připojení k serveru." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 @@ -549,9 +523,7 @@ #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772 msgid "Example of correct umask <local users>:<anonymous> (177:077)" -msgstr "" -"Příklad správné masky umask: <místní uživatelé>:<anonymní uživatelé> " -"(177:077)" +msgstr "Příklad správné masky umask: <místní uživatelé>:<anonymní uživatelé> (177:077)" #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 msgid "Example of correct umask <files>:<dirs> (set_umask=177:077)" @@ -1349,14 +1321,12 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Selected Service \n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Vybraná služba \n" -" Rámeček zobrazuje, který server je aktuálně nakonfigurovaný: vsftpd, " -"pure-ftpd, \n" +" Rámeček zobrazuje, který server je aktuálně nakonfigurovaný: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " . Pokud jsou nainstalované oba démony, můžete mezi nimi přepínat.\n" "\n" @@ -1430,10 +1400,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Maska umask pro anonymní uživatele: \n" -"Tato hodnota nastavuje masku umask pro soubory vytvářené anonymními " -"uživateli.\n" -"Pokud chcete zadávat hodnoty v osmičkové soustavě, nezapomeňte na prefix " -"\"0\",\n" +"Tato hodnota nastavuje masku umask pro soubory vytvářené anonymními uživateli.\n" +"Pokud chcete zadávat hodnoty v osmičkové soustavě, nezapomeňte na prefix \"0\",\n" "jinak bude hodnota interpretována jako celé číslo o základu 10.\n" "\n" @@ -1441,17 +1409,14 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Maska umask pro ověřené uživatele: \n" -"Tato hodnota nastavuje masku umask pro soubory vytvářené ověřenými " -"uživateli.\n" -"Pokud chcete zadávat hodnoty v osmičkové soustavě, nezapomeňte na prefix " -"\"0\",\n" +"Tato hodnota nastavuje masku umask pro soubory vytvářené ověřenými uživateli.\n" +"Pokud chcete zadávat hodnoty v osmičkové soustavě, nezapomeňte na prefix \"0\",\n" "jinak bude hodnota interpretována jako celé číslo o základu 10.\n" "\n" @@ -1549,17 +1514,14 @@ msgid "" "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" "Anonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Povolit/zakázat anonymní a místní uživatele \n" "Pouze anonymní Pokud je povolena tato možnost, budou se moci\n" "přihlašovat pouze anonymní uživatelé.\n" -"Pouze ověření uživatelé Pokud je povolena tato možnost, budou se " -"moci\n" +"Pouze ověření uživatelé Pokud je povolena tato možnost, budou se moci\n" "přihlašovat pouze ověření uživatelé.\n" "Obojí Pokud je povolena tato možnost, budou se moci\n" "přihlašovat anonymní i ověření uživatelé.\n" @@ -1585,8 +1547,7 @@ "Anonymous Can Upload \n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Anonymní mohou nahrávat \n" @@ -1602,18 +1563,15 @@ msgid "" "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" msgstr "" "Anonymní uživatelé smí vytvářet adresáře \n" "Je-li tato možnost povolena, budou anonymní uživatelé moci\n" "vytvářet adresáře.\n" "Pouze server vsftpd: Pokud chcete, aby\n" "anonymní uživatelé mohli vytvářet adresáře, musí po přihlášení být\n" -"v domovském adresáři k dispozici existující adresář s povoleným zápisem.</" -"p>\n" +"v domovském adresáři k dispozici existující adresář s povoleným zápisem.\n" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1625,8 +1583,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Povolit pasivní režim \n" -"Pokud je tato možnost povolena, bude FTP server umožňovat připojení v " -"pasivním režimu.\n" +"Pokud je tato možnost povolena, bude FTP server umožňovat připojení v pasivním režimu.\n" "\n" #. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 @@ -1707,8 +1664,7 @@ "use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Certifikát DSA, který bude používán pro šifrovaná připojení SSL</" -"b> \n" +"Certifikát DSA, který bude používán pro šifrovaná připojení SSL \n" "Tato volba určuje umístění certifikátu DSA, který bude používán\n" "pro připojení šifrovaná protokolem SSL. Po kliknutí na tlačítko\n" "Procházet můžete vybrat soubor.\n" @@ -1732,16 +1688,13 @@ "Security Settings \n" "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "" msgstr "" "Nastavení zabezpečení \n" "Zakázat SSL/TLS Zakáže šifrovací vrstvu SSL/TLS.\n" -"Přijímat SSL a TLS Přijímány budou jak tradiční, tak i šifrované " -"relace.\n" -"Odmítat připojení bez SSL/TLS Odmítne připojení, která nepoužívají " -"zabezpečení SSL/TLS, včetně anonymních relací.\n" +"Přijímat SSL a TLS Přijímány budou jak tradiční, tak i šifrované relace.\n" +"Odmítat připojení bez SSL/TLS Odmítne připojení, která nepoužívají zabezpečení SSL/TLS, včetně anonymních relací.\n" "" #. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- @@ -1766,8 +1719,7 @@ "<big>Přidání FTP serveru:</big> \n" "Vyberte FTP server ze seznamu detekovaných FTP serverů. Jestliže\n" "váš server nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte volbu\n" -"Jiné (nerozpoznáno). Poté stiskněte tlačítko Konfigurovat.</" -"p>\n" +"Jiné (nerozpoznáno). Poté stiskněte tlačítko Konfigurovat.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262 @@ -1941,20 +1893,12 @@ "." #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pro anonymní spojení by anonymní uživatel neměl mít právo zápisu do " -"domovského adresáře.\n" +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" +msgstr "Pro anonymní spojení by anonymní uživatel neměl mít právo zápisu do domovského adresáře.\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access." -msgstr "" -"Pro anonymní spojení by anonymní uživatel neměl mít právo zápisu do " -"domovského adresáře." +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." +msgstr "Pro anonymní spojení by anonymní uživatel neměl mít právo zápisu do domovského adresáře." #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port @@ -1977,11 +1921,8 @@ #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." -msgstr "" -"Chybí <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certifikát pro SSL spojení." +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." +msgstr "Chybí <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certifikát pro SSL spojení." #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:219 @@ -2007,12 +1948,8 @@ msgstr "Chcete konfigurovat server vsftpd? Případně můžete vybrat pure-ftpd." #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." -msgstr "" -"Jsou nainstalovány oba démoni. Je zapotřebí spustit konfiguraci v " -"interaktivním režimu." +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." +msgstr "Jsou nainstalovány oba démoni. Je zapotřebí spustit konfiguraci v interaktivním režimu." #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:935 @@ -2158,14 +2095,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "FTP Directory for Anonymous Users: \n" #~ "Here you can specify a directory which is used for ftp anonymous users. \n" -#~ "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local " -#~ "filesystem.\n" +#~ "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "FTP adresář pro anonymní uživatele: \n" #~ "Zde můžete zadat adresář, který bude používán pro anonymní uživatele\n" -#~ "FTP serveru. Po kliknutí na tlačítko Procházet můžete vybrat " -#~ "adresář\n" +#~ "FTP serveru. Po kliknutí na tlačítko Procházet můžete vybrat adresář\n" #~ "z místního souborového systému.\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/gtk.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/gtk.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/gtk.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -248,25 +248,11 @@ #~ msgid "Package _listing:" #~ msgstr "Seznam ba_líčků:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Press a patch in the " -#~ "list to see more information about it.To install a patch, just " -#~ "click on its \"checkbox\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Přehled</h1>Pro více informací o " -#~ "záplatě, klepněte na ni v seznamu.Pro instalaci záplaty stačí " -#~ "klepnout na její zatržítko." +#~ msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Press a patch in the list to see more information about it.To install a patch, just click on its \"checkbox\"." +#~ msgstr "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Přehled</h1>Pro více informací o záplatě, klepněte na ni v seznamu.Pro instalaci záplaty stačí klepnout na její zatržítko." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Browse packages using " -#~ "the groups list on the left.Press a package in the list to see " -#~ "more information about it.To install or remove a package, just " -#~ "click on its \"checkbox\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Přehles</h1>Balíčky procházejte " -#~ "pomocí seznamu skupin vlevo.Klepnutím na balíček v seznamu se o " -#~ "něm dozvíte více informací.Pro přidání nebo odebrání balíčku stačí " -#~ "klepnout na jeho zatržítko." +#~ msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Browse packages using the groups list on the left.Press a package in the list to see more information about it.To install or remove a package, just click on its \"checkbox\"." +#~ msgstr "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Přehles</h1>Balíčky procházejte pomocí seznamu skupin vlevo.Klepnutím na balíček v seznamu se o něm dozvíte více informací.Pro přidání nebo odebrání balíčku stačí klepnout na jeho zatržítko." #~ msgid "Priorities" #~ msgstr "Priority" @@ -301,8 +287,7 @@ #~ msgid "Install anyway?" #~ msgstr "Přesto instalovat?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." +#~ msgid "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." #~ msgstr "Doško ke konfliktu v transakci, který musí být vyřešen ručně." #~ msgid "Changes not saved!" @@ -314,12 +299,8 @@ #~ msgid "Unsupported packages" #~ msgstr "Balíčky bez podpory" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or " -#~ "requires an additional customer contract for support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Buďte si prosím vědomi, že následující software je buď bez podpory nebo " -#~ "pro získání podpory vyžaduje dodatečnou zákaznickou smlouvu." +#~ msgid "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +#~ msgstr "Buďte si prosím vědomi, že následující software je buď bez podpory nebo pro získání podpory vyžaduje dodatečnou zákaznickou smlouvu." #~ msgid "Online Update" #~ msgstr "Online aktualizace" @@ -330,210 +311,63 @@ #~ msgid "Please wait..." #~ msgstr "Čekejte prosím..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update " -#~ "applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed " -#~ "in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a " -#~ "common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is " -#~ "installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such " -#~ "underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-" -#~ "essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own " -#~ "packages, so the user may install them only if needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Účel</h1>Tento nástroj vám umožňuje nainstalovat, odebrat a " -#~ "aktualizovat aplikace.Software v &product; je pokažený a " -#~ "distribuovaný ve formě balíčků. Tímto způsobem, pokud více aplikací " -#~ "vyžaduje společný systémový soubor, je tento systémový soubor dodáván ve " -#~ "vlastním balíčku a je nainstalován pouze jednou, pokud je třeba. Uživatel " -#~ "se nemusí starat o základní závislosti. Podobně zásuvné moduly a " -#~ "jiná nepodstatná data daných aplikací mohou být dodány ve vlastních " -#~ "balíčcích, takže uživatel je může nainstalovat jen když je potřeba." +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed." +#~ msgstr "<h1>Účel</h1>Tento nástroj vám umožňuje nainstalovat, odebrat a aktualizovat aplikace.Software v &product; je pokažený a distribuovaný ve formě balíčků. Tímto způsobem, pokud více aplikací vyžaduje společný systémový soubor, je tento systémový soubor dodáván ve vlastním balíčku a je nainstalován pouze jednou, pokud je třeba. Uživatel se nemusí starat o základní závislosti. Podobně zásuvné moduly a jiná nepodstatná data daných aplikací mohou být dodány ve vlastních balíčcích, takže uživatel je může nainstalovat jen když je potřeba." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Běžné přípony pro doplňkové balíčky: <ul><li>-plugin: " -#~ "rozšiřuje aplikaci další funkcionalitiou.</li>\n" +#~ "Běžné přípony pro doplňkové balíčky: <ul><li>-plugin: rozšiřuje aplikaci další funkcionalitiou.</li>\n" #~ "<li>-devel: hlavičkové soubory pro vývoj softwaru.</li>\n" #~ "<li>-debuginfo: ladící symboly pro testování softwaru.</li>\n" -#~ "<li>-cs, -pl nebo jiné značky jazyků: překladové soubory " -#~ "(váš jazyk bude označen automaticky, když je třeba).</li></ul>" +#~ "<li>-cs, -pl nebo jiné značky jazyků: překladové soubory (váš jazyk bude označen automaticky, když je třeba).</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages " -#~ "that are available from the repositories you have configured will " -#~ "be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-" -#~ "bottom box." +#~ msgid "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages that are available from the repositories you have configured will be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-bottom box." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Budou zobrazeny jak balíčky nainstalované ve vašem systému, tak " -#~ "balíčky\n" -#~ "dostupné v repozitářích, které máte nakonfigurované. Stav " -#~ "filtrů\n" +#~ "Budou zobrazeny jak balíčky nainstalované ve vašem systému, tak balíčky\n" +#~ "dostupné v repozitářích, které máte nakonfigurované. Stav filtrů\n" #~ "je k dispozici v rámečku vpravo dole." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local " -#~ "(such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find " -#~ "an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can " -#~ "also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</" -#~ "blockquote>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<blockquote>Repozitář je balíčkové médium; může být buď lokální (jako je " -#~ "instalační CD) nebo vzdálený (server v internetu). K nastavení repozitářů " -#~ "můžete použít nástroj v ovládacím centru YaST. Tento nástroj můžete " -#~ "otevřít i z menu Konfigurace > Repozitáře.</blockquote>" +#~ msgid "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</blockquote>" +#~ msgstr "<blockquote>Repozitář je balíčkové médium; může být buď lokální (jako je instalační CD) nebo vzdálený (server v internetu). K nastavení repozitářů můžete použít nástroj v ovládacím centru YaST. Tento nástroj můžete otevřít i z menu Konfigurace > Repozitáře.</blockquote>" #~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>" #~ msgstr "<h1>Použití</h1>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are " -#~ "listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the " -#~ "right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates " -#~ "whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an " -#~ "installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in " -#~ "blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is " -#~ "highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made " -#~ "available in any configured repository.The context menu (right " -#~ "click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be " -#~ "used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be " -#~ "selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the " -#~ "Version list over the description box to select a specific version " -#~ "of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your " -#~ "changes to be performed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Záložkové stránky Instalovat, Aktualizovat a Zpět</h2>Pokud " -#~ "nezvolíte filtr stav (nachází se vpravo dole), jsou zobrazeny " -#~ "všechny balíčky. Zatržítko vedle názvu balíčku určuje, zda je balíček " -#~ "nainstalován, nebo ne. Pokud je k dispozici novější verze instalovaného " -#~ "balíčku, text s verzí bude zvýrazněný modře a vedle něj bude umístěno " -#~ "tlačítko aktualizace. Balíček označený červeně již není dostupný v žádném " -#~ "z konfigurovaných repozitářů.Kontextové menu (klepnutím pravým " -#~ "tlačítkem myši na balíček) nabízí volby navíc. Volba Zpět může být " -#~ "použita k navrácení změn, které provedete. Za použití klávesy Ctrl může " -#~ "být vybráno více balíčků a zároveň upraveno.Pro zobrazení " -#~ "konkrétních verzí balíčku klepněte na seznam Verze v popisném " -#~ "oddíle.Jakmile budete chtít uplatnit změny, které jste provedli, " -#~ "klepněte na Použít." +#~ msgid "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the Version list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your changes to be performed." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Záložkové stránky Instalovat, Aktualizovat a Zpět</h2>Pokud nezvolíte filtr stav (nachází se vpravo dole), jsou zobrazeny všechny balíčky. Zatržítko vedle názvu balíčku určuje, zda je balíček nainstalován, nebo ne. Pokud je k dispozici novější verze instalovaného balíčku, text s verzí bude zvýrazněný modře a vedle něj bude umístěno tlačítko aktualizace. Balíček označený červeně již není dostupný v žádném z konfigurovaných repozitářů.Kontextové menu (klepnutím pravým tlačítkem myši na balíček) nabízí volby navíc. Volba Zpět může být použita k navrácení změn, které provedete. Za použití klávesy Ctrl může být vybráno více balíčků a zároveň upraveno.Pro zobrazení konkrétních verzí balíčku klepněte na seznam Verze v popisném oddíle.Jakmile budete chtít uplatnit změny, které jste provedli, klepněte na Použít." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes " -#~ "via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: " -#~ "for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it " -#~ "interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that " -#~ "includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Uzamykání softwaru</h2>Balíčky mohou být uzamykány proti " -#~ "automatickým změnám, a to přes kontextové menu.Uzamykání je " -#~ "užitečné pouze ve velmi neobvyklých případech: například když nechcete " -#~ "nainstalovat daný ovladač, protože se kříží s vaším systémem, nebo také " -#~ "když chcete nainstalovat nějakou kolekci, která jej obsahuje. Zámky mohou " -#~ "být uplatněny na balíček jak nainstalovaný, tak na nenainstalovaný." +#~ msgid "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Uzamykání softwaru</h2>Balíčky mohou být uzamykány proti automatickým změnám, a to přes kontextové menu.Uzamykání je užitečné pouze ve velmi neobvyklých případech: například když nechcete nainstalovat daný ovladač, protože se kříží s vaším systémem, nebo také když chcete nainstalovat nějakou kolekci, která jej obsahuje. Zámky mohou být uplatněny na balíček jak nainstalovaný, tak na nenainstalovaný." #~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>" #~ msgstr "<h3>Filtry</h3>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their " -#~ "names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the " -#~ "'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word " -#~ "'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by " -#~ "separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return " -#~ "'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like " -#~ "searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes " -#~ "are provided, such as to search for a given file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Hledat</h3>Zadejte do vyhledávacího pole text pro vyhledávání " -#~ "podle jména a popisu. Vyhledávání pro 'office' zobrazí jak balíčky " -#~ "'LibreOffice', tak i 'AbiWord', který uvádí slovo 'office' v jeho popisu. " -#~ "Můžete vyhledávat více slov, když je oddělíte mezerou (např. 'spread " -#~ "sheet' zobrazí 'libreoffice-calc'). Můžete použít vyhledávání kombinované " -#~ "s filtrem, jako například vyhledávání balíčku v daném repozitáři. Jsou v " -#~ "nabídce i další vyhledávací atributy, tak jako při vyhledávání souboru.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Hledat</h3>Zadejte do vyhledávacího pole text pro vyhledávání podle jména a popisu. Vyhledávání pro 'office' zobrazí jak balíčky 'LibreOffice', tak i 'AbiWord', který uvádí slovo 'office' v jeho popisu. Můžete vyhledávat více slov, když je oddělíte mezerou (např. 'spread sheet' zobrazí 'libreoffice-calc'). Můžete použít vyhledávání kombinované s filtrem, jako například vyhledávání balíčku v daném repozitáři. Jsou v nabídce i další vyhledávací atributy, tak jako při vyhledávání souboru." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find " -#~ "software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software " -#~ "selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is " -#~ "provided by the RPM Groups filter." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Skupiny</h3>Software pro &product; je indexován, takže můžete " -#~ "vyhledat software pro konkrétní úlohu, když nemáte přehled o dostupnosti " -#~ "výběru softwaru. Více podrobné hierarchické třídění je poskytováno " -#~ "filtrem Skupiny RPM." +#~ msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the RPM Groups filter." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Skupiny</h3>Software pro &product; je indexován, takže můžete vyhledat software pro konkrétní úlohu, když nemáte přehled o dostupnosti výběru softwaru. Více podrobné hierarchické třídění je poskytováno filtrem Skupiny RPM." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented " -#~ "collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation " -#~ "of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various " -#~ "packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a " -#~ "particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool " -#~ "from the YaST control center." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Vzory a jazyky</h3>Vzory jsou úkolově orientované kolekce " -#~ "několika balíčků, které lze nainstalovat jako jeden jediný. Např. " -#~ "instalace vzoru Souborový server nainstaluje různé balíčky " -#~ "potřebné pro běh jako server.Pokud chcete nainstalovat konkrétní " -#~ "jazyk, můžete tak udělat přes nástroj Jazyk v ovládacím centru " -#~ "YaST." +#~ msgid "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool from the YaST control center." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Vzory a jazyky</h3>Vzory jsou úkolově orientované kolekce několika balíčků, které lze nainstalovat jako jeden jediný. Např. instalace vzoru Souborový server nainstaluje různé balíčky potřebné pro běh jako server.Pokud chcete nainstalovat konkrétní jazyk, můžete tak udělat přes nástroj Jazyk v ovládacím centru YaST." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available " -#~ "information about the package in the box below. Note that more " -#~ "information is available for installed packages than for those only " -#~ "available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version " -#~ "of the package to install from this box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Podrobnosti softwaru v rámečku níže</h2>Procházejte dostupné " -#~ "informace o balíčku v rámečku uvedeném níže. Nutno poznamenat, že více " -#~ "informací je dostupných pro balíčky nainstalované. Tyto informace jsou " -#~ "jen to, co je uvedeno v repozitáři.Můžete v tomto rámečku též " -#~ "vybrat k instalaci konkrétní verzi balíčku." +#~ msgid "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Podrobnosti softwaru v rámečku níže</h2>Procházejte dostupné informace o balíčku v rámečku uvedeném níže. Nutno poznamenat, že více informací je dostupných pro balíčky nainstalované. Tyto informace jsou jen to, co je uvedeno v repozitáři.Můžete v tomto rámečku též vybrat k instalaci konkrétní verzi balíčku." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking " -#~ "patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Účel</h1>Tento nástroj vám pomůže ovládat přehled a výběr oprav. " -#~ "Můžete také vracet opravy, které již byly do systému nainstalovány." +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system." +#~ msgstr "<h1>Účel</h1>Tento nástroj vám pomůže ovládat přehled a výběr oprav. Můžete také vracet opravy, které již byly do systému nainstalovány." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:</" -#~ "p><ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be " -#~ "exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes " -#~ "non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</" -#~ "li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</" -#~ "li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST</" -#~ "b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:<ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Použití</h1><h2>Kategorie</h2>Opravy jsou seskupeny následujícím " -#~ "způsobem:\n" -#~ "<ul><li>Bezpečnost: opravy softwarových chyb, které mohou být " -#~ "zneužity k získání nepovolených oprávnění.</li>\n" -#~ "<li>Doporučené: opravují chyby netýkající se bezpečnosti (např. " -#~ "poškození dat, problémy s výkonem).</li>\n" +#~ "<h1>Použití</h1><h2>Kategorie</h2>Opravy jsou seskupeny následujícím způsobem:\n" +#~ "<ul><li>Bezpečnost: opravy softwarových chyb, které mohou být zneužity k získání nepovolených oprávnění.</li>\n" +#~ "<li>Doporučené: opravují chyby netýkající se bezpečnosti (např. poškození dat, problémy s výkonem).</li>\n" #~ "<li>Volitelné: ty se týkají pouze některých uživatelů.</li>\n" #~ "<li>Dokumentace: opravuje chyby dokumentace.</li>\n" #~ "<li>YaST: opravy pro nástroje ovládacího centra YaST</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be " -#~ "sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</" -#~ "p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check " -#~ "for upgrades on the Software Manager." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Budou viditelné pouze ty opravy, které jsou platné pro váš systém. " -#~ "Buďte si jisti, že rozhodnutí udělat dostupnou opravu není prováděno " -#~ "úplně triviálně.Pokud hledáte vylepšení aplikací, měli byset se " -#~ "poohlédnout po aktualizacích ve Správci softwaru." +#~ msgid "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for upgrades on the Software Manager." +#~ msgstr "Budou viditelné pouze ty opravy, které jsou platné pro váš systém. Buďte si jisti, že rozhodnutí udělat dostupnou opravu není prováděno úplně triviálně.Pokud hledáte vylepšení aplikací, měli byset se poohlédnout po aktualizacích ve Správci softwaru." #~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." #~ msgstr "Informace dostupné pouze pro nainstalované balíčky." @@ -772,12 +606,8 @@ #~ msgid "Export to" #~ msgstr "Exportovat do" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependencies resolver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Generování rozsáhlých protokolů použijte jako pomoc při sledování chyb v " -#~ "řešiteli závislostí." +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." +#~ msgstr "Generování rozsáhlých protokolů použijte jako pomoc při sledování chyb v řešiteli závislostí." #~ msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:" #~ msgstr "Protokoly budou uloženy do adresáře:" @@ -792,9 +622,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Test řešitele závislostí bude zapsán do:" #~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Má být též vytvořen tar balík <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> pro přiložení do " -#~ "Bugzilly?" +#~ msgstr "Má být též vytvořen tar balík <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> pro přiložení do Bugzilly?" #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" @@ -887,8 +715,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to " -#~ "keep." +#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nainstalované: vzor nelze odstranit.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -908,11 +735,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n" -#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd " -#~ "tool)" +#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hledání balíčků: pro oddělení vašich klíčových slov použijte " -#~ "mezery.\n" +#~ "Hledání balíčků: pro oddělení vašich klíčových slov použijte mezery.\n" #~ "(např. \"yast dhcp\" vrátí nástroj nastavení dhcpd z YaSTu)" #~ msgid "Name & Summary" @@ -928,13 +753,10 @@ #~ msgstr "podle" #~ msgid "%sPatterns are available%s that correspond to your search criteria." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%sJsou dostupné vzory%s, které odpovídají vašim vyhledávacím kritériím." +#~ msgstr "%sJsou dostupné vzory%s, které odpovídají vašim vyhledávacím kritériím." #~ msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vyhledávání podle názvu souboru je spolehlivé jen pro nainstalované " -#~ "balíčky." +#~ msgstr "Vyhledávání podle názvu souboru je spolehlivé jen pro nainstalované balíčky." #~ msgid "view all changes" #~ msgstr "zobrazit všechny změny" @@ -993,12 +815,8 @@ #~ msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies" #~ msgstr "Zobrazit nepotřebné závislosti" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, " -#~ "nor comprehensive. Use with care." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Toto je seznam závislostí, které nejsou již nadále využívány. Buď nejsou " -#~ "přesné nebo úplné. Používejte opatrně." +#~ msgid "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, nor comprehensive. Use with care." +#~ msgstr "Toto je seznam závislostí, které nejsou již nadále využívány. Buď nejsou přesné nebo úplné. Používejte opatrně." #~ msgid "Remove All" #~ msgstr "Odstranit vše" @@ -1085,17 +903,14 @@ #~ msgid "Reboot required:" #~ msgstr "Je vyžadován restart:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take " -#~ "effect." +#~ msgid "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect." #~ msgstr "aby tato oprava měla smysl, systém bude muset být restartován." #~ msgid "Relogin required:" #~ msgstr "Vyžadováno nové přihlášení:" #~ msgid "you must logout and login again for this patch to take effect." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "aby tato oprava měla smysl, budete se muset odhlásit a znovu přihlásit." +#~ msgstr "aby tato oprava měla smysl, budete se muset odhlásit a znovu přihlásit." #~ msgid "Optional" #~ msgstr "Volitelné" @@ -1103,23 +918,15 @@ #~ msgid "Other" #~ msgstr "Ostatní" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Common suffixes for complementory packages:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "Common suffixes for complementory packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Běžné přípony pro doplňkové balíčky:\n" #~ "<ul>\n" #~ "<li>-plugin: rozšíření aplikace funkcemi navíc.</li>\n" #~ "<li>-devel: hlavičkové soubory pro vývoj softwaru.</li>\n" #~ "<li>-debuginfo: symboly ladění pro testování softwaru.</li>\n" -#~ "<li>-fr, -cs nebo jiné jazykové značky: překladové soubory " -#~ "(váš jazyk\n" -#~ "bude označen k instalaci automaticky, když jsou tyto balíčky potřeba).</" -#~ "li>\n" +#~ "<li>-fr, -cs nebo jiné jazykové značky: překladové soubory (váš jazyk\n" +#~ "bude označen k instalaci automaticky, když jsou tyto balíčky potřeba).</li>\n" #~ "</ul>" #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..." @@ -1322,12 +1129,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependency solver.\n" +#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency solver.\n" #~ "The logs will be stored in directory: " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Toto použijte abyste vytvořili rozsáhlé záznamy, aby vám pomohly sledovat " -#~ "chyby v řešiteli závislostí.\n" +#~ "Toto použijte abyste vytvořili rozsáhlé záznamy, aby vám pomohly sledovat chyby v řešiteli závislostí.\n" #~ "Záznamy budou skladovány v adresáři:" #, fuzzy @@ -1480,14 +1285,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be " -#~ "matched against RPM name and summary attributes. Other " -#~ "criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n" +#~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be matched against RPM name and summary attributes. Other criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n" #~ "(usage example: \"yast dhcp\" will return yast's dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hledání balíčků: Použijte mezery na oddělení vašich klíčových " -#~ "slov. Budou porovnány s RPM atributy jméno, souhrn a " -#~ "poskytuje.\n" +#~ "Hledání balíčků: Použijte mezery na oddělení vašich klíčových slov. Budou porovnány s RPM atributy jméno, souhrn a poskytuje.\n" #~ "(např. \"yast dhcp\" vrátí nástroj nastavení dhcpd z YaSTu)" #, fuzzy @@ -1558,12 +1359,8 @@ #~ msgid "Disk Almost Full !" #~ msgstr "Disk se skoro plný!" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to " -#~ "remove packages if you wish to install some." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Jeden z oddílů se přibližuje k limitu své kapacity. Pokud chcete " -#~ "nainstalovat balíčky, můžete jiné odebrat." +#~ msgid "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to remove packages if you wish to install some." +#~ msgstr "Jeden z oddílů se přibližuje k limitu své kapacity. Pokud chcete nainstalovat balíčky, můžete jiné odebrat." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "A_pply" @@ -1577,12 +1374,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Závislosti nalezených repozitářů" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided " -#~ "by the filtered repository. Install them?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro splnění jsou nutné následující balíčky, které nejsou součástí " -#~ "nalezeného repozitáře. Nainstalovat?" +#~ msgid "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided by the filtered repository. Install them?" +#~ msgstr "Pro splnění jsou nutné následující balíčky, které nejsou součástí nalezeného repozitáře. Nainstalovat?" #~ msgid "Import Package List" #~ msgstr "Importovat seznam balíčků" @@ -1672,15 +1465,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Hostitel" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is " -#~ "recommended it be installed.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is recommended it be installed.)" #~ msgstr "Tento balíček není a nebude nainstalován." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is suggested</" -#~ "b> it be installed.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is suggested it be installed.)" #~ msgstr "Tento balíček není a nebude nainstalován." #, fuzzy @@ -1766,12 +1555,8 @@ #~ msgid "All Repositories" #~ msgstr "Všechny repozitáře" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Package lock: prevents the package status from being modified by " -#~ "the solver (that is, it won't honour dependencies or collections ties.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zamknutí balíčků: předchází změně statutu balíčku řešitelem (takže " -#~ "nebude respektovat závislosti nebo závazky sad balíčků)." +#~ msgid "Package lock: prevents the package status from being modified by the solver (that is, it won't honour dependencies or collections ties.)" +#~ msgstr "Zamknutí balíčků: předchází změně statutu balíčku řešitelem (takže nebude respektovat závislosti nebo závazky sad balíčků)." #~ msgid "Available: " #~ msgstr "Dostupné:" @@ -1828,12 +1613,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Package repositories: Limits the query to one repository.\n" -#~ "You can add or remove them through the YaST control center or by " -#~ "selecting the respective option." +#~ "You can add or remove them through the YaST control center or by selecting the respective option." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Repozitáře: Omezují dotaz na jeden repozitář.\n" -#~ "Můžete je vkládat nebo odstraňovat v programu YaST nebo zvolit příslušnou " -#~ "nabídku." +#~ "Můžete je vkládat nebo odstraňovat v programu YaST nebo zvolit příslušnou nabídku." #~ msgid "Add or Remove..." #~ msgstr "Přidat, nebo odebrat..." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/http-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/http-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/http-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -373,45 +373,29 @@ #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80." -msgstr "" -"Hodnota portu definuje porty, na kterých bude Apache2 naslouchat. " -"Výchozí hodnota je 80." +msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." +msgstr "Hodnota portu definuje porty, na kterých bude Apache2 naslouchat. Výchozí hodnota je 80." #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "" -"Naslouchat na rozhraních obsahuje seznam všech IP adres " -"nastavených na tomto počítači. Zvolte adresu, na které má Apache2 " -"naslouchat. Pokud si nejste jistí, zaškrtněte všechny." +msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "Naslouchat na rozhraních obsahuje seznam všech IP adres nastavených na tomto počítači. Zvolte adresu, na které má Apache2 naslouchat. Pokud si nejste jistí, zaškrtněte všechny." #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." msgstr "Zde povolte skriptovací jazyk, který bude Apache2 podporovat." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press Finish." -msgstr "" -"Souhrn zobrazuje nastavení Apache2, který se aktivují po kliknutí na " -"tlačítko Dokončit." +msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." +msgstr "Souhrn zobrazuje nastavení Apache2, který se aktivují po kliknutí na tlačítko Dokončit." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." msgstr "" "Stisknutím tlačítka Expertní nastavení &HTTP serveru\n" "\t\tse před zápisem nastavení dostanete do nabídky expertního nastavení." @@ -423,8 +407,7 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>Upravit moduly HTTP serveru</big> \n" @@ -437,8 +420,7 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" -"p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" msgstr "" "Pro změnu stavu modulu\n" "vyberte odpovídající položku v tabulce a zvolte Změnit Status.\n" @@ -456,8 +438,7 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nastavení HTTP serveru</big> \n" @@ -500,30 +481,24 @@ "Výchozí server je jméno serveru, který je používán\n" "jako výchozí (fallback). Pokud není žádný výchozí server\n" "zadán, je zobrazen kořenový dokument.\n" -"Servery obsahuje seznam virtuálních serverů nastavených pro server.</" -"p>\n" +"Servery obsahuje seznam virtuálních serverů nastavených pro server.\n" #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " -"change settings." +msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." msgstr "Vyberte odpovídající položku v tabulce a zvolte Změnit." #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "Log Files displays server log files." -msgstr "" -"Tlačítkem Logovací soubory zobrazíte soubory se záznamy serveru.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Tlačítkem Logovací soubory zobrazíte soubory se záznamy serveru." #. hosts list help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" @@ -536,70 +511,53 @@ #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " -"Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -" Vyberte odpovídající záznam z tabulky a změňte jej pomocí Změnit. " -"Pro přidání\n" +" Vyberte odpovídající záznam z tabulky a změňte jej pomocí Změnit. Pro přidání\n" "použijte Přidata pro mazání Smazat." #. host editing help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Nastavení serveru</big> \n" -"Pro změnu implicitních hodnot serveru zvolte odpovídající položku z tabulky " -"a klikněte na Změnit. Pro přidání nové volby zvolte Přidat. " -"Pro vymazání použijte tlačítko Smazat." +"Pro změnu implicitních hodnot serveru zvolte odpovídající položku z tabulky a klikněte na Změnit. Pro přidání nové volby zvolte Přidat. Pro vymazání použijte tlačítko Smazat." #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -"b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" -"Rozlišení serveru určuje rozlišení serverů při použití virtuálních " -"serverů.\n" +"Rozlišení serveru určuje rozlišení serverů při použití virtuálních serverů.\n" "Pokud zvolíte Rozpoznávat přes HTTP hlavičky,\n" -"\tnebude výchozí server nikdy dostávat požadavky na IP adresy na jménu " -"založeného\n" -" \tvirtuálního serveru.Pro nastavení virtuálního serveru na SSL použijte " -"Rozpoznávat přes IP adresy" +"\tnebude výchozí server nikdy dostávat požadavky na IP adresy na jménu založeného\n" +" \tvirtuálního serveru.Pro nastavení virtuálního serveru na SSL použijte Rozpoznávat přes IP adresy" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Naslouchat Nastavení serveru</big> \n" -"Direktiva Naslouchat umožňuje vybrat porty a síťová rozhraní, na " -"kterých\n" +"Direktiva Naslouchat umožňuje vybrat porty a síťová rozhraní, na kterých\n" "bude HTTP server sledovat příchozí požadavky.\n" #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -" Vyberte odpovídající záznam z tabulky a změňte jej pomocí Změnit. " -"Pro přidání\n" +" Vyberte odpovídající záznam z tabulky a změňte jej pomocí Změnit. Pro přidání\n" "použijte Přidata pro mazání Smazat." #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 @@ -619,8 +577,7 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -633,13 +590,9 @@ #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." -msgstr "" -" Vyberte odpovídající záznam z tabulky a změňte jej pomocí Změnit. " -"Pro přidání použijte Přidata pro mazání Smazat." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +msgstr " Vyberte odpovídající záznam z tabulky a změňte jej pomocí Změnit. Pro přidání použijte Přidata pro mazání Smazat." #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -669,20 +622,17 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Nový server</big> \n" -"V tomto dialogu můžete zadat základní informace o novém virtuálním " -"serveru. \n" +"V tomto dialogu můžete zadat základní informace o novém virtuálním serveru. \n" "" #. new host dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" @@ -690,8 +640,7 @@ msgstr "" "Identifikace serveru určuje obsah a prezentaci\n" "na novém virtuálním serveru. Jméno serveru je DNS jméno,\n" -"které se vrací jako součást HTTP hlaviček odpovědí serveru. Umístění " -"obsahu\n" +"které se vrací jako součást HTTP hlaviček odpovědí serveru. Umístění obsahu\n" "je absolutní cesta k adresáři s dokumenty, které virtuální server\n" "poskytuje. E-mail administrátora umožňuje nastavit emailovou\n" "adresu pro potřebu zpětné vazby.\n" @@ -704,42 +653,35 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Rozlišení serveru</big> \n" "Apache 2 musí být schopný rozlišit, který virtuální server má\n" "vytvořit odpověď na doručený HTTP dotaz. \n" "Existují dvě možnosti nastavení. Můžete použít HTTP hlavičky\n" -"příchozích dotazů. Server v tomto případě nastaví virtuální server podle " -"obsahu HTTP\n" +"příchozích dotazů. Server v tomto případě nastaví virtuální server podle obsahu HTTP\n" "hlavičky dotazu. Druhou možností je rozlišení virtuálních serverů podle\n" "IP adres používaných klientem pro připojení k serveru.\n" -"Pro nastavení virtuálního serveru na SSL použijte Rozpoznávat přes IP " -"adresy\n" +"Pro nastavení virtuálního serveru na SSL použijte Rozpoznávat přes IP adresy\n" "Další informace najdete v manuálu Apache 2.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Nový server</big> \n" -"V tomto dialogu můžete zadat základní informace o novém virtuálním serveru.</" -"p>" +"V tomto dialogu můžete zadat základní informace o novém virtuálním serveru." #. advanced new host dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" "Pro běh CGI skriptů umístěných v cestě k a&dresáři CGI\n" " <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt> zvolte Povolit podporu CGI." @@ -755,19 +697,12 @@ "HTTPS přístup k virtuálnímu serveru umožníte kliknutím\n" "na Povolit podporu SSL.\n" "\n" -"Poté zadejte cestu k certifikátu v Cesta k souboru s certifikátem. " -"Tato možnost je dostupná pouze pro virtuální servery s IP adresou.\n" +"Poté zadejte cestu k certifikátu v Cesta k souboru s certifikátem. Tato možnost je dostupná pouze pro virtuální servery s IP adresou.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr "" -"V Index adresáře zadejte mezerami oddělené soubory, které má " -"Apache hledat a poskytovat je jako výchozí soubory adresáře. Poslán bude " -"první nalezený výsledek." +msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "V Index adresáře zadejte mezerami oddělené soubory, které má Apache hledat a poskytovat je jako výchozí soubory adresáře. Poslán bude první nalezený výsledek." #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 @@ -894,9 +829,7 @@ #. notification about package needed 1/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "" -"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" -"p>" +msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." msgstr "" "Abyste mohli konfigurovat HTTP server musíte mít nainstalovaný balíček\n" "%1." @@ -1588,20 +1521,15 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "" -"Poskytuje kontrolu přístupu založenou na jménu počítače, IP adrese atd." +msgstr "Poskytuje kontrolu přístupu založenou na jménu počítače, IP adrese atd." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "Vykonání CGI skriptů na základě typu médií a metody požadavku" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Mapuje různé části souborového systému počítače do stromu dokumentů pro " -"přesměrování URL" +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Mapuje různé části souborového systému počítače do stromu dokumentů pro přesměrování URL" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 msgid "Basic authentication" @@ -1624,8 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "Ověření uživatele pomocí DBM souborů" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "Vytváří přehled adresářů podobně jako unixový příkaz ls" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 @@ -1634,9 +1561,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"Poskytuje přesměrování \"trailing slash\" a obsluhuje adresář s indexovými " -"soubory" +msgstr "Poskytuje přesměrování \"trailing slash\" a obsluhuje adresář s indexovými soubory" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" @@ -1655,9 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "Zaznamenává dotazy na server" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" msgstr "Přiřazuje k požadovaným souborům s určitou příponou obsah a chování" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 @@ -1665,9 +1588,7 @@ msgstr "Poskytuje content negotiation" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" msgstr "Povoluje nastavení proměnných prostředí založené na charakteru dotazu" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 @@ -1695,9 +1616,7 @@ msgstr "Ověření uživatele pomocí MD5" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" msgstr "Povoluje používání LDAP pro uložení databáze základního ověření HTTP" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 @@ -1729,9 +1648,7 @@ msgstr "Jednoduchý echo server ilustrující moduly protokolů" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" msgstr "Před předáním klientovi předá tělo odpovědi externímu programu" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 @@ -1751,9 +1668,7 @@ msgstr "Poskytuje celkový přehled o nastavení serveru" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" msgstr "LDAP sběr připojení a výsledků služby cache pro ostatní moduly LDAP" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 @@ -1761,8 +1676,7 @@ msgstr "Záznam vstupů a výstupů bytů na dotaz" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "Ovlivňuje MIME typ souboru podle obsahu souboru" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 @@ -1786,8 +1700,7 @@ msgstr "HTTP podpora modulu mod_proxy" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" msgstr "Poskytuje nástroj na přepis URL dotazů za běhu" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 @@ -1795,18 +1708,12 @@ msgstr "Pokusí se opravit chybná URL vložená uživateli" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"Bezpečné šifrování používající protokoly Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) a " -"Transport Layer Security (TLS)" +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "Bezpečné šifrování používající protokoly Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) a Transport Layer Security (TLS)" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "" -"Poskytuje proměnnou prostředí s jedinečným identifikátorem pro každý dotaz" +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "Poskytuje proměnnou prostředí s jedinečným identifikátorem pro každý dotaz" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" @@ -1814,8 +1721,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" -msgstr "" -"Poskytuje podporu pro dynamickou konfiguraci hromadného virtuálního hostingu" +msgstr "Poskytuje podporu pro dynamickou konfiguraci hromadného virtuálního hostingu" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" @@ -1853,12 +1759,8 @@ #~ msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Ports" #~ msgstr "Na zvolených portech otevřít &firewall" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 " -#~ "ports on the firewall." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pokud je povolen firewall, můžete zde otevřít porty Apache2 na " -#~ "firewallu." +#~ msgid "When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 ports on the firewall." +#~ msgstr "Pokud je povolen firewall, můžete zde otevřít porty Apache2 na firewallu." #~ msgid "IP Adresses" #~ msgstr "IP adresa" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/inetd.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/inetd.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/inetd.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -28,8 +28,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n" #. is this proposal or not? @@ -419,8 +418,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Přerušení procesu inicializace:</BIG> \n" -"Pomocí tlačítka Přerušit můžete nyní bezpečně přerušit tento " -"konfigurační nástroj.\n" +"Pomocí tlačítka Přerušit můžete nyní bezpečně přerušit tento konfigurační nástroj.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 @@ -471,8 +469,7 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>Stav služeb:</big> \n" "Všechny služby označené --- jsou neaktivní (zamčené).\n" @@ -483,8 +480,7 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Změna stavu služby</big> \n" "Zvolte službu, kterou chcete povolit nebo zakázat, a stiskněte\n" @@ -518,8 +514,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Přerušení konfigurace:</big> \n" "Ukládání přerušíte stisknutím Přerušit\n" @@ -564,11 +559,8 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Toto je krátký popis, podrobnosti viz info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgstr "Toto je krátký popis, podrobnosti viz info xinetd.conf.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -586,14 +578,12 @@ "transmission.\n" msgstr "" "Typ soketu smí být stream, dgram, raw nebo seqpacket,\n" -"v závislosti na tom, zda je služba založená na stream, datagramech, " -"vyžaduje\n" +"v závislosti na tom, zda je služba založená na stream, datagramech, vyžaduje\n" "přímý přístup k IP nebo spolehlivý sekvenční přenos datagramu.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -647,10 +637,8 @@ "\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Položka server má obsahovat cestu k programu, který se spustí " -"pomocí inetd,\n" -"najde-li se požadavek na jeho soketu. Parametry tohoto programu lze zadat " -"do\n" +"Položka server má obsahovat cestu k programu, který se spustí pomocí inetd,\n" +"najde-li se požadavek na jeho soketu. Parametry tohoto programu lze zadat do\n" "argumenty serveru.\n" "\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/installation.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/installation.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/installation.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -55,22 +55,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Použijte Klonovat konfiguraci systému pokud si přejete vytvořit " -"profil pro AutoYast.\n" -"AutoYast slouží pro instalaci SUSE Linuxu bez zásahu uživatele. Aby " -"AutoYast\n" +"Použijte Klonovat konfiguraci systému pokud si přejete vytvořit profil pro AutoYast.\n" +"AutoYast slouží pro instalaci SUSE Linuxu bez zásahu uživatele. Aby AutoYast\n" "provedl správnou instalaci a nastavení nainstalovaného systému, potřebuje\n" -"profil. Pokud volbu klonování zaškrtnete, uloží se profil v <tt>/root/" -"autoyast.xml</tt>." +"profil. Pokud volbu klonování zaškrtnete, uloží se profil v <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68 @@ -85,12 +78,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Profil AutoYaSTu bude zapsán jako /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">nezapisovat jej</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "Profil AutoYaSTu bude zapsán jako /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">nezapisovat jej</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -135,12 +124,8 @@ msgstr "Instalace z obrazů" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Zde můžete vybrat použití předpřipravených obrazů Novellu abyste urychlili " -"RPM instalaci." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Zde můžete vybrat použití předpřipravených obrazů Novellu abyste urychlili RPM instalaci." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -151,12 +136,8 @@ msgstr "&Neinstalovat z obrazů" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Vlastní rozvinutí obrazů - toto vyžaduje, aby bylo jako instalační zdroj " -"nastaveno URL" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Vlastní rozvinutí obrazů - toto vyžaduje, aby bylo jako instalační zdroj nastaveno URL" #. Image name, Image location #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 @@ -164,20 +145,12 @@ msgstr "Zde můžete vytvořit vlastní obrazy.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" -msgstr "" -"Nejdříve musíte nastavit výběr software před tím než zde budete moci " -"vytvořit obraz" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "Nejdříve musíte nastavit výběr software před tím než zde budete moci vytvořit obraz" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Vytvořit soubor s obrazem (AutoYaST jej stáhne z daného umístění během " -"instalace)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Vytvořit soubor s obrazem (AutoYaST jej stáhne z daného umístění během instalace)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 msgid "Create Image" @@ -201,31 +174,25 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "Instalace z obrazů je použita ke zrychlení instalačního procesu.\n" "Obrazy obsahují komprimované snímky instalovaného systému, který se shoduje\n" -"s vaším výběrem vzorů. Zbytek balíčků, který není v obrazech, bude " -"nainstalován z balíčků\n" +"s vaším výběrem vzorů. Zbytek balíčků, který není v obrazech, bude nainstalován z balíčků\n" "standardní cestou.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" "Vytváření vlastního obrazu je použito pokud\n" "chcete přeskočit kompletní krok RPM instalace. Místo toho AutoYaST vypíše\n" "obraz na disk, což je mnohem rychlejší a může být před nastaveno. Všechno\n" -"ostatní mimo RPM instalace je děláno jako během běžné automatické instalace." -"" +"ostatní mimo RPM instalace je děláno jako během běžné automatické instalace." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" @@ -234,14 +201,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Nutno poznamenat, že pokud budete instalovat z obrazů, časové značky " -"všech balíčků pocházejících z obrazů se budou lišit od data instalace. Budou " -"mít datum ze dne, kdy byly obrazy vytvořeny." +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." +msgstr "Nutno poznamenat, že pokud budete instalovat z obrazů, časové značky všech balíčků pocházejících z obrazů se budou lišit od data instalace. Budou mít datum ze dne, kdy byly obrazy vytvořeny." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -415,8 +377,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -558,19 +519,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Zaškrtnutím klonování vytvoříte profil pro AutoYast.\n" -"AutoYast slouží pro instalaci SUSE Linuxu bez zásahu uživatele. Aby " -"AutoYast\n" +"AutoYast slouží pro instalaci SUSE Linuxu bez zásahu uživatele. Aby AutoYast\n" "provedl správnou instalaci a nastavení nainstalovaného systému, potřebuje\n" -"profil. Pokud volbu klonování zaškrtnete, uloží se profil v <tt>/root/" -"autoyast.xml</tt>." +"profil. Pokud volbu klonování zaškrtnete, uloží se profil v <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." #. Dialog busy message #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -582,8 +538,7 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "Pro klonování systému musí být nainstalován balíček %1." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 @@ -624,12 +579,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "Ladění chyb bylo zapnuto.\n" -"YaST spustí správce softwaru, abyste mohli zkontrolovat aktuální stav " -"balíčků." +"YaST spustí správce softwaru, abyste mohli zkontrolovat aktuální stav balíčků." #. unknown image #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -663,12 +616,8 @@ msgstr "Který &disk použít" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte disk, na který bude obraz zapsán. Všechna data na disku budou " -"ztracena a disk bude rozdělen tak, jak je nadefinováno v obrazu." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Vyberte disk, na který bude obraz zapsán. Všechna data na disku budou ztracena a disk bude rozdělen tak, jak je nadefinováno v obrazu." #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -740,8 +689,7 @@ #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "" -"V přídavných repozitářích byly nalezeny následující aktualizace balíčků:" +msgstr "V přídavných repozitářích byly nalezeny následující aktualizace balíčků:" #. yes/no popup question #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 @@ -887,23 +835,17 @@ #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "K instalaci rozšiřujícího produktu ze zvláštních médií společně\n" -"s &product;, zvolte Zahrnout zvláštní média rozšiřujících produktů.</" -"p>\n" +"s &product;, zvolte Zahrnout zvláštní média rozšiřujících produktů.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"Pokud na instalaci potřebujete zvláštní ovladače hardwaru, navštivte " -"http://drivers.suse.com." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "Pokud na instalaci potřebujete zvláštní ovladače hardwaru, navštivte http://drivers.suse.com." #. Error message #: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -959,12 +901,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "K použití online repozitářů je potřeba nastavit síťové připojení.\n" -"Pokud nechcete použít žádný online repozitář, můžete nastavení přeskočit.</" -"p>\n" +"Pokud nechcete použít žádný online repozitář, můžete nastavení přeskočit.\n" #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 @@ -978,34 +918,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"Ve světě Linuxu je vaší základní svobodou možnost volby. " -"openSUSE nabízí\n" +"Ve světě Linuxu je vaší základní svobodou možnost volby. openSUSE nabízí\n" "množství různých pracovních prostředí. Níže vidíte seznam dvou hlavních \n" "GNOME a KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Můžete si vybrat alternativní pracovní prostředí (nebo nějaké z " -"minimálních instalačních vzorů),\n" -"které odpovídá vašim potřebám pomocí tlačítka Ostatní. Později ve " -"fázi výběru software nebo\n" -"po instalaci můžete výběr změnit a nebo přidat další prostředí. Tato " -"obrazovka vám umožňuje\n" +"Můžete si vybrat alternativní pracovní prostředí (nebo nějaké z minimálních instalačních vzorů),\n" +"které odpovídá vašim potřebám pomocí tlačítka Ostatní. Později ve fázi výběru software nebo\n" +"po instalaci můžete výběr změnit a nebo přidat další prostředí. Tato obrazovka vám umožňuje\n" "vybrat si to výchozí." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -1148,9 +1079,7 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Pro změnu parametrů klikněte na záhlaví nebo použijte nabídku \"Změnit...\" " -"níže." +msgstr "Pro změnu parametrů klikněte na záhlaví nebo použijte nabídku \"Změnit...\" níže." #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -1179,8 +1108,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1292,8 +1220,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"K provedení změn tak, jak je zobrazeno, stiskněte tlačítko Následující</" -"b>.\n" +"K provedení změn tak, jak je zobrazeno, stiskněte tlačítko Následující.\n" "\n" #. help text @@ -1462,12 +1389,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Pokud na instalaci potřebujete zvláštní ovladače hardwaru, navštivte " -"'drivers.suse.com'." +"Pokud na instalaci potřebujete zvláštní ovladače hardwaru, navštivte 'drivers.suse.com'." #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 @@ -1569,12 +1494,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Zde vidíte všechny repozitáře se software, které jsme nalezli\n" -"na systému, který aktualizujete. Povolte ty, které si přejete zahrnout při " -"procesu aktualizace." +"na systému, který aktualizujete. Povolte ty, které si přejete zahrnout při procesu aktualizace." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 @@ -1752,8 +1675,7 @@ "Next to continue. \n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Aby bylo možné systém používat, musíte provést základní nastavení. YaST " -"vás nyní tímto základním nastavením provede. Prosím stiskněte tlačítko\n" +"Aby bylo možné systém používat, musíte provést základní nastavení. YaST vás nyní tímto základním nastavením provede. Prosím stiskněte tlačítko\n" "Následující. \n" " \n" @@ -2020,8 +1942,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Všechny informace potřebné pro základní instalaci jsou nyní kompletní." +msgstr "Všechny informace potřebné pro základní instalaci jsou nyní kompletní." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 @@ -2050,9 +1971,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "" -"Pokud si nejste jisti, můžete se stále vrátit zpět a nastavení " -"zkontrolovat." +msgstr "Pokud si nejste jisti, můžete se stále vrátit zpět a nastavení zkontrolovat." #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242 @@ -2104,12 +2023,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"Použijte Černou listinu zařízení, pokud chcete vytvořit černou " -"listinu kanálů těm zařízením, která omezují otisk jádra v paměti." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Použijte Černou listinu zařízení, pokud chcete vytvořit černou listinu kanálů těm zařízením, která omezují otisk jádra v paměti." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 @@ -2263,8 +2178,7 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Zobrazit hardwarové informace vybrané síťové karty" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." #~ msgstr "Zde můžete nastavit své síťové karty k okamžitému použití." #~ msgid "" @@ -2376,8 +2290,7 @@ #~ "<big>Nastavení sítě</big>\n" #~ " Zde můžete nastavit vaši síťovou kartu.\n" #~ "Zvolte DHCP nebo statické nastavení. DHCP se hodí pro většinu případů.\n" -#~ "Více informací vám poskytne váš poskytovatel připojení nebo správce sítě." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Více informací vám poskytne váš poskytovatel připojení nebo správce sítě.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Proxy</big>\n" @@ -2469,9 +2382,7 @@ #~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." #~ msgstr "Probíhá zápis nastavení sítě..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." #~ msgstr "Prosím čekejte, než se zapíše a otestuje nastavení sítě..." #~ msgid "" @@ -2536,9 +2447,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "A fallback control file contains installation and update\n" #~ "workflows unified for all products." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Záložní kontrolní soubor obsahuje plán instalace a aktualizace " -#~ "sjednocený pro všechny produkty." +#~ msgstr "Záložní kontrolní soubor obsahuje plán instalace a aktualizace sjednocený pro všechny produkty." #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose one of the\n" @@ -2561,8 +2470,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2587,18 +2495,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation " -#~ "program\n" +#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" #~ "configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Chcete-li, aby instalační program nakonfiguroval síť a hardware " -#~ "automaticky,\n" -#~ "zvolte Použít automatickou konfiguraci. Pokud tuto položku " -#~ "nezvolíte,\n" +#~ "Chcete-li, aby instalační program nakonfiguroval síť a hardware automaticky,\n" +#~ "zvolte Použít automatickou konfiguraci. Pokud tuto položku nezvolíte,\n" #~ "proveďte ruční konfiguraci. Méně zkušeným uživatelům doporučujeme\n" #~ "použít automatickou konfiguraci.\n" @@ -2731,10 +2636,8 @@ #~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." #~ msgstr "Připojení k inst-sysu selhalo, debugger nemůže pokračovat." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro přístup k systému X11 musí být nainstalován balíček %1." +#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Pro přístup k systému X11 musí být nainstalován balíček %1." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Přejete si jej nyní nainstalovat?" @@ -2747,8 +2650,7 @@ #~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #~ "Please check your hardware!\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nebyl nalezen žádný disk pro instalaci.\n" #~ "Zkontrolujte prosím svůj hardware!\n" @@ -2763,8 +2665,7 @@ #~ "found for the installation.\n" #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nebyl nalezen žádný disk ani diskový\n" #~ "řadič pro instalaci.\n" @@ -2819,33 +2720,25 @@ #~ msgstr "Inicializují se písma..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation " -#~ "up. \n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " -#~ "selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#~ "installed from \n" +#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Instalace z obrazů je použita ke zrychlení instalačního " -#~ "procesu.\n" -#~ "Obrazy obsahují komprimované kopie instalovaného systému, který se " -#~ "shoduje s vaším výběrem\n" +#~ "Instalace z obrazů je použita ke zrychlení instalačního procesu.\n" +#~ "Obrazy obsahují komprimované kopie instalovaného systému, který se shoduje s vaším výběrem\n" #~ "vzorů.Zbytek balíčků, který není v obrazech bude nainstalován z balíčků\n" #~ "standardní cestou." #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Instalace rozšiřujícího produktu" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " -#~ "wait..." +#~ msgid "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait..." #~ msgstr "Zapisuje se automatická konfigurace. Prosím čekejte..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "" @@ -2858,13 +2751,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #~ "Include Add-On Products from Separate Media." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "K instalaci doplňků a rozšíření z dodatečných médií společně s instalací " -#~ "systému &product;, zvolte\n" +#~ "K instalaci doplňků a rozšíření z dodatečných médií společně s instalací systému &product;, zvolte\n" #~ "Připojit rozšiřující produkt." #~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..." @@ -2872,13 +2763,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " -#~ "abort.\n" +#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Váš pevný disk dosud nebyl nijak změněn, můžete stále instalaci " -#~ "přerušit.\n" +#~ "Váš pevný disk dosud nebyl nijak změněn, můžete stále instalaci přerušit.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices" @@ -2903,13 +2792,11 @@ #~ msgstr "&Opravit nainstalovaný systém" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zvolte Opravit nainstalovaný systém, máte-li na disku " -#~ "poškozený\n" +#~ "Zvolte Opravit nainstalovaný systém, máte-li na disku poškozený\n" #~ "linuxový systém. S touto volbou můžete automaticky odstraňovat potíže.\n" #~ "" @@ -2931,14 +2818,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Accessing the YaST module %1 has failed.\n" #~ "More information can be found in the '%2' file.\n" -#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' " -#~ "directory." +#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' directory." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Přístup k modulu %1 selhal.\n" #~ "Více informací najdete ke konci souboru '%2'.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Prosíme nahlaste chybu na %3 a k chybě připojte všechny soubory z " -#~ "adresáře '%4'." +#~ "Prosíme nahlaste chybu na %3 a k chybě připojte všechny soubory z adresáře '%4'." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/instserver.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/instserver.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/instserver.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -378,8 +378,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\n" "to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -391,13 +390,11 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Dále lze nastavit možnosti exportu. Více informací najdete v manuálové " -"stránce\n" +"Dále lze nastavit možnosti exportu. Více informací najdete v manuálové stránce\n" "pro exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" @@ -441,8 +438,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Instalační server bude dostupný pro klienty pod touto URL:\n" @@ -477,8 +473,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" msgstr "" "Zvolte krátký a jednoduchý alias. Například pokud zvolíte jako alias\n" "SUSE, bude repozitář dostupný jako:\n" @@ -501,13 +496,11 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" msgstr "" -"Jméno repozitáře se používá k vytvoření adresáře, do kterého se uloží " -"všechna\n" +"Jméno repozitáře se používá k vytvoření adresáře, do kterého se uloží všechna\n" "produktová CD. K repozitáři se přistupuje pomocí nastaveného protokolu\n" "(NFS, FTP nebo HTTP)\n" @@ -517,34 +510,26 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" msgstr "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) zjednodušuje vyhledání instalačního " -"serveru. \n" -"Pokud zvolíte tuto možnost, server bude přes SLP nabízet své služby v síti.</" -"p>\n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) zjednodušuje vyhledání instalačního serveru. \n" +"Pokud zvolíte tuto možnost, server bude přes SLP nabízet své služby v síti.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" msgstr "" -"Ze seznamu zvolte zdrojovou jednotku, vložte první médium základního " -"produktu\n" +"Ze seznamu zvolte zdrojovou jednotku, vložte první médium základního produktu\n" "a stiskněte Další pro zkopírování obsahu do lokálního úložiště.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" -"p>\n" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" msgstr "" -"Jakmile jsou základní média zkopírována do lokálního repozitáře, můžete k " -"instalačnímu\n" +"Jakmile jsou základní média zkopírována do lokálního repozitáře, můžete k instalačnímu\n" "zdroji přidat další CD (servisní balíčky nebo CD s doplňky).\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 @@ -553,12 +538,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next</" -"b>, you can\n" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\n" "select ISO image files.\n" msgstr "" -"Místo CD nebo DVD můžete použít ISO obrazy. Zvolit je můžete po stisknutí " -"tlačítka\n" +"Místo CD nebo DVD můžete použít ISO obrazy. Zvolit je můžete po stisknutí tlačítka\n" "Další\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -614,17 +597,14 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "Adding a Repository: \n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press Configure.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Přidávání repozitáře:</big> \n" "Hledání se provádí pro nenastavené adresáře v adresáři repozitářů,\n" "a připraví je pro konfiguraci.\n" -"Vyberte zdroj ze seznamu nalezených repozitářů. Poté stiskněte Nastavit</" -"b>.\n" +"Vyberte zdroj ze seznamu nalezených repozitářů. Poté stiskněte Nastavit.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 @@ -671,8 +651,7 @@ #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" "Instalační FTP server vyžaduje balíček FTP serveru.\n" @@ -687,12 +666,9 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." -msgstr "" -"Instalační HTTP server vyžaduje balíček HTTP serveru. Bude nainstalován " -"balíček apache2." +msgstr "Instalační HTTP server vyžaduje balíček HTTP serveru. Bude nainstalován balíček apache2." #. Setup NFS Server #. @param string directory Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/iplb.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/iplb.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/iplb.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -179,151 +179,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -333,243 +270,119 @@ "Výchozí: 10 sekund\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Odpočet v sekundách pro připojení a pro externí a ping kontrolu. " -"Pokud je odpočet překročen, pak je skutečný server považován za vypnutý.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální " -"hodnota přepsána." -" Pokud není zadáno, pak je použita hodnota negotiatetimeout. " -"negotiatetimeout je též globální hodnota a může být přepsána v každém " -"nastavení virtuálu.\n" -"Pokud checktimeout a negotiatetimeout není nastaveno, je použita " -"výchozí " -"hodnota.\n" +"Odpočet v sekundách pro připojení a pro externí a ping kontrolu. Pokud je odpočet překročen, pak je skutečný server považován za vypnutý.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána. Pokud není zadáno, pak je použita hodnota negotiatetimeout. negotiatetimeout je též globální hodnota a může být přepsána v každém nastavení virtuálu.\n" +"Pokud checktimeout a negotiatetimeout není nastaveno, je použita výchozí hodnota.\n" "Výchozí: 5 sekund\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"Počet po sobě následujících selhání, která musí být kontrolou " -"nahlášena před tím, než je skutečný server považován za vadný. Hodnota " -"1 znamená, že skutečný server bude jako vadný považován při prvním selhání. " -"Úspěšná kontrola přenastaví čítač selhání na 0.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v oddílu virtuálního serveru, pak je " -"globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +"Počet po sobě následujících selhání, která musí být kontrolou nahlášena před tím, než je skutečný server považován za vadný. Hodnota 1 znamená, že skutečný server bude jako vadný považován při prvním selhání. Úspěšná kontrola přenastaví čítač selhání na 0.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v oddílu virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" "Výchozí: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Odpočet v sekundách pro kontroly vyjednávání.\n" -"Pokud je toto zadáno v oddílu virtuál serveru, pak je globální " -"hodnota přepsána.\n" -"Pokud není definováno, pak je použita hodnota connecttimeout. " -"Hodnota connecttimeout je také globální hodnotou, která může být přepsána " -"pro každý virtuální server zvlášť.\n" -"Pokud negotiatetimeout a connecttimeout nejsou nastaveny, je použita " -"výchozí hodnota.\n" +"Pokud je toto zadáno v oddílu virtuál serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +"Pokud není definováno, pak je použita hodnota connecttimeout. Hodnota connecttimeout je také globální hodnotou, která může být přepsána pro každý virtuální server zvlášť.\n" +"Pokud negotiatetimeout a connecttimeout nejsou nastaveny, je použita výchozí hodnota.\n" "Výchozí: 30 sekund\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele[:cislo_portu|" -"nazev_sluzby] [brana|masq|ipip]\n" -"server, na který je webová služba přesměrována když jsou " -"všechny skutečné servery vypnuté. Typicky by toto mělo být 127.0.0.1 " -"s varovnou stránkou.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální " -"hodnota přepsána.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele[:cislo_portu|nazev_sluzby] [brana|masq|ipip]\n" +"server, na který je webová služba přesměrována když jsou všechny skutečné servery vypnuté. Typicky by toto mělo být 127.0.0.1 s varovnou stránkou.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/cesta/k/logsouboru\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"Alternativní soubor protokolu můžete definovat touto direktivou. " -"Pokud cesta nezačíná '/', očekává se název <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">" -"syslog</a>(3) zařízení.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/cesta/k/logsouboru\"|syslog_facility\n" +"Alternativní soubor protokolu můžete definovat touto direktivou. Pokud cesta nezačíná '/', očekává se název <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) zařízení.\n" "Výchozí: protokol přímo do souboru /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailova_adresa\"\n" -"Platná e-mailová adresa pro zasílání upozornění o změněně stavu " -"spojení " -"k jakémukoliv skutečnému serveru, který je uveden u virtuální služby. Tato " -"volba " -"vyžaduje instalovaný modul perlu s názvem MailTools. Automaticky se zkouší " -"posílání e-mailu pomocí jakékoliv vestavěné metody. Pro více informací o " -"těchto " -"metodách vizte perldoc Mail::Mailer.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální " -"hodnota přepsána.\n" +"Platná e-mailová adresa pro zasílání upozornění o změněně stavu spojení k jakémukoliv skutečnému serveru, který je uveden u virtuální služby. Tato volba vyžaduje instalovaný modul perlu s názvem MailTools. Automaticky se zkouší posílání e-mailu pomocí jakékoliv vestavěné metody. Pro více informací o těchto metodách vizte perldoc Mail::Mailer.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Zpoždění v sekundách mezi opakováním mailových upozornění když je " -"jakýkoliv skutečný server definovaný ve virtuální službě nadále nedostupný. " -"Nastavení na nula sekund zakáže opakování upozornění. Přesnost časování " -"e-mailů tohoto nastavení je nezávislá na sekundách uvedených v konfigurační " -"volbě checkinterval.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální " -"hodnota přepsána.\n" +"Zpoždění v sekundách mezi opakováním mailových upozornění když je jakýkoliv skutečný server definovaný ve virtuální službě nadále nedostupný. Nastavení na nula sekund zakáže opakování upozornění. Přesnost časování e-mailů tohoto nastavení je nezávislá na sekundách uvedených v konfigurační volbě checkinterval.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" "Výchozí: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Seznam stavů serveru oddělený čárkou, který má být zasílán jako " -"upozornění " -"e-mailem. all je zkratkou pro\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". Pokud " -"je zadáno none, neměla by být zadána žádná další volba, jinak jsou " -"volby mezi sebou spojeny logickým operátorem NEBO.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální " -"hodnota přepsána.\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Seznam stavů serveru oddělený čárkou, který má být zasílán jako upozornění e-mailem. all je zkratkou pro\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". Pokud je zadáno none, neměla by být zadána žádná další volba, jinak jsou volby mezi sebou spojeny logickým operátorem NEBO.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" "Výchozí: all\n" "\n" -"<big>callback</big> = \"/cesta/k/zpetnemu_volani\"" +"<big>callback</big> = \"/cesta/k/zpetnemu_volani\"\n" +"Pokud je tato volba zadána, ldirectord automaticky po změně konfiguračního souboru na disku volá spustitelný soubor /cesta/k/zpetnemu_volaniTo je užitečné pro aktualizaci konfigurace pomocí scp na ostatních monitorovaných hostitelích. První parametru zpětného volání je název konfigurace.\n" +"Tato direktiva může být též použita pro automatický restart ldirectord po změně konfiguračního souboru na disku. Avšak pokud je nastavena volba autoreload na yes, pak je konfigurace znovunačtena i tak.\n" "\n" -"Pokud je tato volba zadána, ldirectord automaticky po změně " -"konfiguračního souboru na disku volá spustitelný soubor " -"/cesta/k/zpetnemu_volani" -"To je užitečné pro aktualizaci konfigurace pomocí scp na ostatních " -"monitorovaných " -"hostitelích. První parametru zpětného volání je název konfigurace.\n" -"Tato direktiva může být též použita pro automatický restart " -"ldirectord " -"po změně konfiguračního souboru na disku. Avšak pokud je nastavena volba " -"autoreload na yes, pak je konfigurace znovunačtena i tak.\n" -"\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"konfigurace\"\n" -"Tuto direktivu použijte ke spuštění instance ldirectord pro " -"pojmenovanou konfiguraci.\n" +"Tuto direktivu použijte ke spuštění instance ldirectord pro pojmenovanou konfiguraci.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Definuje, zda by měl <ldirectord> neustále kontrolovat " -"úpravu konfiguračního souboru. Pokud je nastaveno 'yes' a soubor " -"s konfigurací se na disku změní\n" -"a jeho čas úpravy (mtime) je novější než předchozí verze, pak je " -"konfigurace automaticky znovunačtena.\n" +"Definuje, zda by měl <ldirectord> neustále kontrolovat úpravu konfiguračního souboru. Pokud je nastaveno 'yes' a soubor s konfigurací se na disku změní\n" +"a jeho čas úpravy (mtime) je novější než předchozí verze, pak je konfigurace automaticky znovunačtena.\n" "Výchozí: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"Pokud je nastaveno yes, pak když skutečný " -"nebo záložní server je označen jako vypnutý, nejsou skutečně " -"odebrány z jaderné tabulky LVS.\n" -"Místo toho je jejich váha nastavena na nulu, což znamená, že " -"nebudou přijímána žádná nová spojení.\n" -"Toto má vedlejší efekt, že pokud má skutečný server trvalá " -"spojení, nová spojení z kteréhokoliv z existujících klientů budou " -"nadále routována na skutečný server,\n" -"dokud nevyprší odpočet pro trvalost. Pro více informací o trvalých " -"spojeních čtěte ipvsadm.\n" +"Pokud je nastaveno yes, pak když skutečný nebo záložní server je označen jako vypnutý, nejsou skutečně odebrány z jaderné tabulky LVS.\n" +"Místo toho je jejich váha nastavena na nulu, což znamená, že nebudou přijímána žádná nová spojení.\n" +"Toto má vedlejší efekt, že pokud má skutečný server trvalá spojení, nová spojení z kteréhokoliv z existujících klientů budou nadále routována na skutečný server,\n" +"dokud nevyprší odpočet pro trvalost. Pro více informací o trvalých spojeních čtěte ipvsadm.\n" "Tomuto vedlejšímu efektu lze předejít spuštěním následujícího:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"Pokud tento soubor v proc chybí, pravděpodobně to znamená, že " -"jádro nemá podporu lvs, podpora LVS není načtena nebo " -"jádro je příliš staré na to, aby tento soubor v proc mělo. Spuštění " -"ipvsadm jako root by mělo, pokud je to možné, načíst LVS " -"do jádra.\n" -"Pokud je nastaveno no, pak bude skutečný nebo záložní serveru " -"odebrán z jaderné tabulky LVS. Výchozí je yes.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální " -"hodnota přepsána.\n" +"Pokud tento soubor v proc chybí, pravděpodobně to znamená, že jádro nemá podporu lvs, podpora LVS není načtena nebo jádro je příliš staré na to, aby tento soubor v proc mělo. Spuštění ipvsadm jako root by mělo, pokud je to možné, načíst LVS do jádra.\n" +"Pokud je nastaveno no, pak bude skutečný nebo záložní serveru odebrán z jaderné tabulky LVS. Výchozí je yes.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" "Výchozí: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"Pokud je nastaveno yes, pak ldirectord vytvoří " -"pro každý virtuální server svůj dětský proces a spustí z nich " -"kontroly skutečných serverů.\n" -"To má za následek zvýšení časů odezvy na změny stavu konfigurace " -"skutečných serverů, pokud mají mnoho virtuálních serverů. Zároveň " -"tento způsob může využívat méně paměti, než při spouštění mnoha " -"oddělených instancí ldirectord. Pokud dětský proces umírá, je poté " -"automaticky nastartován znovu.\n" +"Pokud je nastaveno yes, pak ldirectord vytvoří pro každý virtuální server svůj dětský proces a spustí z nich kontroly skutečných serverů.\n" +"To má za následek zvýšení časů odezvy na změny stavu konfigurace skutečných serverů, pokud mají mnoho virtuálních serverů. Zároveň tento způsob může využívat méně paměti, než při spouštění mnoha oddělených instancí ldirectord. Pokud dětský proces umírá, je poté automaticky nastartován znovu.\n" "Výchozí: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"Pokud je nastaveno yes, pak ldirectord " -"nepřechází do režimu na pozadí. Všechny zprávy protokolu " -"jsou vypisovány přímo na stdout místo do log souboru. " -"To je užitečné pro spuštění dohledovaného ldirectord " -"z daemontools. Pro více podrobností vizte <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> nebo <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a>.\n" +"Pokud je nastaveno yes, pak ldirectord nepřechází do režimu na pozadí. Všechny zprávy protokolu jsou vypisovány přímo na stdout místo do log souboru. To je užitečné pro spuštění dohledovaného ldirectord z daemontools. Pro více podrobností vizte <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> nebo <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>.\n" "Výchozí: no\n" "\n" #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -592,9 +405,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -605,105 +416,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -717,209 +491,105 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele:port|" -"nazev_sluzby)|firewallova-znacka\n" -"Určuje virtuální službu IP adresou (nebo jménem hostitele) a portem " -"(nebo názvem služby) či firewallovou značkou. Firewallová značka je celé " -"číslo " -"větší než nula. Konfigurace značkování paketů\n" -"je řízena volbou <tt>\"-m\"</tt> z ipchains(8). Všechny skutečné " -"služby " -"a příznaky pro virtuální službu musí následovat ihned za tímto řádkem " -"a musí být odsazeny.\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele:port|nazev_sluzby)|firewallova-znacka\n" +"Určuje virtuální službu IP adresou (nebo jménem hostitele) a portem (nebo názvem služby) či firewallovou značkou. Firewallová značka je celé číslo větší než nula. Konfigurace značkování paketů\n" +"je řízena volbou <tt>\"-m\"</tt> z ipchains(8). Všechny skutečné služby a příznaky pro virtuální službu musí následovat ihned za tímto řádkem a musí být odsazeny.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele[->" -"ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele][:port|nazev_sluzby]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [vaha] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Určuje skutečnou službu pomocí IP adresy (nebo jména hostitele) a " -"portu (nebo názvu služby). Pokud je port vynechán, pak bude použito číslo 0, " -"což je určeno primárně pro služby firewallových značek, kde port skutečných \n" -"serverů je ignorován. Volitelně může být zadán rozsah IP adres " -"(nebo dvou jmen hostitelů), v takovém případě IP adresy v " -"rozsahu " -"budou považovány za skutečný server za použití daného portu. Druhý parametr " -"určuje \n" -"metodu předávání a musí být gate,ipip nebo masq. Třetí " -"parametr je volitelný a určuje váhu tohoto skutečného serveru. Pokud je " -"vynechán, " -"je použita váha o hodnotě 1.\n" -"Poslední dva parametry jsou také volitelné. Určují pár požadavek-příjem " -"v oddíle virtuálního serveru, který bude použit pro kontrolu zda je server " -"naživu. Tento parametr přepisuje request-receive pár z oddílu virtuálního " -"serveru.\n" -"Tyto dva řetězce musí být v uvozovkách. Pokud řetězec požadavku začíná " -"http://... je přepsána IP adresa a port skutečného serveru, jinak je použita " -"právě IP adresa a port skutečného serveru.\n" -"Pro virtuální služby TCP a UDP (bez " -"firewallových značek), pokud není předávací metodou masq a IP " -"adresa skutečného serveru není místní (není přítomna na rozhraní hostitele, " -"na kterém běží ldirectord), pak je port skutečného serveru nastaven tak, že " -"je " -"jeho virtuální službou. To znamená, že mapování portů je dostupné pouze " -"tehdy, " -"když skutečným serverem je jiný stroj a předávací metodou je masq. Je to " -"kvůli " -"podkladovému kódu LVS v jaderných funkcích.\n" -"V oddíle virtuálního serveru může být tato položka více než " -"jednou. Položky checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, " -"emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq a quiescent vypsané výše se také mohou objevit uvnitř oddílu " -"virtuálního serveru a v takovém případě je globální nastavení přepsáno.\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele[->ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele][:port|nazev_sluzby]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [vaha] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Určuje skutečnou službu pomocí IP adresy (nebo jména hostitele) a portu (nebo názvu služby). Pokud je port vynechán, pak bude použito číslo 0, což je určeno primárně pro služby firewallových značek, kde port skutečných \n" +"serverů je ignorován. Volitelně může být zadán rozsah IP adres (nebo dvou jmen hostitelů), v takovém případě IP adresy v rozsahu budou považovány za skutečný server za použití daného portu. Druhý parametr určuje \n" +"metodu předávání a musí být gate,ipip nebo masq. Třetí parametr je volitelný a určuje váhu tohoto skutečného serveru. Pokud je vynechán, je použita váha o hodnotě 1.\n" +"Poslední dva parametry jsou také volitelné. Určují pár požadavek-příjem v oddíle virtuálního serveru, který bude použit pro kontrolu zda je server naživu. Tento parametr přepisuje request-receive pár z oddílu virtuálního serveru.\n" +"Tyto dva řetězce musí být v uvozovkách. Pokud řetězec požadavku začíná http://... je přepsána IP adresa a port skutečného serveru, jinak je použita právě IP adresa a port skutečného serveru.\n" +"Pro virtuální služby TCP a UDP (bez firewallových značek), pokud není předávací metodou masq a IP adresa skutečného serveru není místní (není přítomna na rozhraní hostitele, na kterém běží ldirectord), pak je port skutečného serveru nastaven tak, že je jeho virtuální službou. To znamená, že mapování portů je dostupné pouze tehdy, když skutečným serverem je jiný stroj a předávací metodou je masq. Je to kvůli podkladovému kódu LVS v jaderných funkcích.\n" +"V oddíle virtuálního serveru může být tato položka více než jednou. Položky checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq a quiescent vypsané výše se také mohou objevit uvnitř oddílu virtuálního serveru a v takovém případě je globální nastavení přepsáno.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Typ kontroly, která se má provést. Negotiate pošle požadavek a " -"kontroluje přijatý řetězec. Connect pouze zkouší vytvořit TCP/IP<" -"/small> " -"spojení, takže řetězce požadavek a příjem jsou vynechány.\n" -"Pokud je typ kontroly číslo, pak negotiate a connect jsou sloučeny tak, že " -"každých N připojení je vykonán jeden pokus o negotiate. Toto je často " -"užitečné " -"pro kontrolu zda služba odpovídá a kontrola negotiate je prováděna v mnohem " -"delších intervalech. Ping znamená, že bude použit ICMP ping\n" -"pro zkoušku dostupnosti skutečných serverů. Ping je také použit jako kontrola " -"spojení pro UDP služby. Off znamená, že se nebude konat žádná " -"kontrola a nebudou aktivovány ani skutečný ani záložní servery.\n" -"On znamená, že " -"se nebude dít žádná kontrola a skutečné servery budou aktivovány vždy. " -"Výchozí " -"je negotiate.\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Typ kontroly, která se má provést. Negotiate pošle požadavek a kontroluje přijatý řetězec. Connect pouze zkouší vytvořit TCP/IP spojení, takže řetězce požadavek a příjem jsou vynechány.\n" +"Pokud je typ kontroly číslo, pak negotiate a connect jsou sloučeny tak, že každých N připojení je vykonán jeden pokus o negotiate. Toto je často užitečné pro kontrolu zda služba odpovídá a kontrola negotiate je prováděna v mnohem delších intervalech. Ping znamená, že bude použit ICMP ping\n" +"pro zkoušku dostupnosti skutečných serverů. Ping je také použit jako kontrola spojení pro UDP služby. Off znamená, že se nebude konat žádná kontrola a nebudou aktivovány ani skutečný ani záložní servery.\n" +"On znamená, že se nebude dít žádná kontrola a skutečné servery budou aktivovány vždy. Výchozí je negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"Typ služby pro sledování, když je použito checktype=negotiate. " -"None znamená, že služba nebude sledována.\n" -"simpletcp zasílá na server řetězec request a kontroluje jeho " -"receive oproti regulárnímu výrazu. Ostatní typy kontrol se připojují " -"k serveru zadaným protokolem. Pro další informace ohledně protokolů čtěte " -"oddíly " -"request a receive.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"Typ služby pro sledování, když je použito checktype=negotiate. None znamená, že služba nebude sledována.\n" +"simpletcp zasílá na server řetězec request a kontroluje jeho receive oproti regulárnímu výrazu. Ostatní typy kontrol se připojují k serveru zadaným protokolem. Pro další informace ohledně protokolů čtěte oddíly request a receive.\n" "Výchozí:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Port virtuálního serveru je 21: ftp\n" @@ -941,12 +611,8 @@ "</dt><dt>* Jinak: none\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"cesta ke skriptu\"" -"\n" -"Toto nastavení je použito pokud je typ kontroly external a je příkazem, " -"který je spuštěn pro kontrolu skutečného serveru. Měl by být ukončen se " -"stavem 0, " -"pokud je vše v pořádku, jinak s nenulovou hodnotou.\n" +"</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"cesta ke skriptu\"\n" +"Toto nastavení je použito pokud je typ kontroly external a je příkazem, který je spuštěn pro kontrolu skutečného serveru. Měl by být ukončen se stavem 0, pokud je vše v pořádku, jinak s nenulovou hodnotou.\n" "Skriptu jsou předány čtyři parametry::\n" "</dt><dt>* ip/firewallová značka virtuálního serveru\n" "</dt><dt>* port virtuálního serveru\n" @@ -956,109 +622,64 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Číslo portu pro sledování. Někdy se kontrolní port liší od portu " -"služby.\n" +"Číslo portu pro sledování. Někdy se kontrolní port liší od portu služby.\n" "Výchozí: port zadaný pro každý skutečný server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri vyžadovaného objektu\"</" -"b>\n" -"Tento objekt bude vyžádán při každém checkintervalu na každém " -"skutečném serveru. Řetězec musí být v uvozovkách. Nutno poznamenat, že " -"tento řetězec může být přepsán volitelným řetězcem request u každého " -"skutečného " -"serveru.\n" -"Pro kontrolu DNS by to měl být A záznam, nebo adresa " -"PTR záznamu k vyhledání.\n" -"Pro kontrolu MySQL, Oracle nebo PostgeSQL by toto měl být " -"SQL dotaz.\n" -"Vrácená data nejsou kontrolována, pouze zda je " -"odpovědí jeden nebo více řádků. Toto je vyžadované nastavení.\n" -"Pro kontrolu simpletcp, je tento řetězec zaslán doslovně vyjma " -"některých případů, kdy jsou nahrazeny znaky nového řádku.\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri vyžadovaného objektu\"\n" +"Tento objekt bude vyžádán při každém checkintervalu na každém skutečném serveru. Řetězec musí být v uvozovkách. Nutno poznamenat, že tento řetězec může být přepsán volitelným řetězcem request u každého skutečného serveru.\n" +"Pro kontrolu DNS by to měl být A záznam, nebo adresa PTR záznamu k vyhledání.\n" +"Pro kontrolu MySQL, Oracle nebo PostgeSQL by toto měl být SQL dotaz.\n" +"Vrácená data nejsou kontrolována, pouze zda je odpovědí jeden nebo více řádků. Toto je vyžadované nastavení.\n" +"Pro kontrolu simpletcp, je tento řetězec zaslán doslovně vyjma některých případů, kdy jsou nahrazeny znaky nového řádku.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>receive</big> = \"regularni vyraz k porovnani\"<" -"/b>\n" -"Pokud dotazovaný výsledek vrátí tento regularni vyraz k porovnani<" -"/i>, " -"je skutečný server považován za živý.\n" -"Regulární výraz musí být v uvozovkách. " -"Mějte na paměti, že regulární výrazy nejsou čisté řetězce a že musíte " -"pro speciální znaky použít escape sekvence, pokud by měly být použity jako " -"písmena.\n" -"Nutno poznamenat, že tento regulární výraz může být přepsán volitelných " -"receive " -"regulárním výrazem pro každý skutečný server zvlášť.\n" -"Pro kontrolu DNS by toto mělo být buď adresou jednoho z " -"A záznamů " -"nebo názvem PTR záznamu.\n" +"<big>receive</big> = \"regularni vyraz k porovnani\"\n" +"Pokud dotazovaný výsledek vrátí tento regularni vyraz k porovnani, je skutečný server považován za živý.\n" +"Regulární výraz musí být v uvozovkách. Mějte na paměti, že regulární výrazy nejsou čisté řetězce a že musíte pro speciální znaky použít escape sekvence, pokud by měly být použity jako písmena.\n" +"Nutno poznamenat, že tento regulární výraz může být přepsán volitelných receive regulárním výrazem pro každý skutečný server zvlášť.\n" +"Pro kontrolu DNS by toto mělo být buď adresou jednoho z A záznamů nebo názvem PTR záznamu.\n" "Pro kontrolu MySQL, není nastavení receive použito.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Nastavuje HTTP metodu, kterou by měla být získána" -"URI zadaná v řetězci request. GET je metodou, " -"která je použita jako výchozí, pokud není tento parametr nastaven. Pokud " -"je použito HEAD, řetězec receive by neměl být nastaven.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Nastavuje HTTP metodu, kterou by měla být získánaURI zadaná v řetězci request. GET je metodou, která je použita jako výchozí, pokud není tento parametr nastaven. Pokud je použito HEAD, řetězec receive by neměl být nastaven.\n" "Výchozí: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"jmeno_hostitele\"\n" -"Použito v kontrole negotiate s HTTP nebo " -"HTTPS. Nastavuje hlavičku hostitele, která má být " -"použita v HTTP požadavku. V případě HTTPS\n" -"toto obecně vyžaduje shodu s obecným jménem (common name) v SSL" -" " -"certifikátu. Pokud není nastaveno, bude jméno hostitele vytaženo z URL " -"požadavku\n" -"na skutečný server, pokud existuje. Jako poslední útočiště bude použita " -"IP adresa skutečného serveru.\n" +"Použito v kontrole negotiate s HTTP nebo HTTPS. Nastavuje hlavičku hostitele, která má být použita v HTTP požadavku. V případě HTTPS\n" +"toto obecně vyžaduje shodu s obecným jménem (common name) v SSL certifikátu. Pokud není nastaveno, bude jméno hostitele vytaženo z URL požadavku\n" +"na skutečný server, pokud existuje. Jako poslední útočiště bude použita IP adresa skutečného serveru.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"uzivatelske_jmeno\"\n" -"Pro FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP a PostgreSQL bude uzivatelske_jmeno použito " -"pro přihlášení.\n" +"Pro FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP a PostgreSQL bude uzivatelske_jmeno použito pro přihlášení.\n" "Pro Radius je pro atribut User-Name použito passwd.\n" -"Pro SIP je uživatelské jméno použito jak pro adresu " -"od, tak i pro komu, v dotazu OPTIONS.\n" +"Pro SIP je uživatelské jméno použito jak pro adresu od, tak i pro komu, v dotazu OPTIONS.\n" "Výchozí:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" "</dt><dt>* MySQL, Oracle a PostgreSQL: Musí být zadáno v konfiguraci.\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<jmeno_hostitele>, " -"jmeno_hostitele " -"je vytaženo jako volba passwd níže.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Jinak: prázdný řetězec, který znamená, že nebude proveden pokus o " -"ověření.\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<jmeno_hostitele>, jmeno_hostitele je vytaženo jako volba passwd níže.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Jinak: prázdný řetězec, který znamená, že nebude proveden pokus o ověření.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"heslo\"\n" -"Heslo, které se použije pro přihlášení na FTP, " -"IMAP , LDAP, MySQL, Oracle, POP," -"PostgreSQL a\n" +"Heslo, které se použije pro přihlášení na FTP, IMAP , LDAP, MySQL, Oracle, POP,PostgreSQL a\n" "SIP servery.\n" "Pro Radius je passwd jako atribut User-Password.\n" "Výchozí:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<jmeno_hostitele>, kde " -"jmeno_hostitele je proměnná prostředí HOSTNAME vyhodnocená " -"za běhu nebo pokud není nastavena, tak se získá z uname.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Jinak: prázdný řetězec. V případě LDAP, " -"MySQL, Oracle a PostgreSQL to znamená, že nebude proveden pokud o ověření.\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<jmeno_hostitele>, kde jmeno_hostitele je proměnná prostředí HOSTNAME vyhodnocená za běhu nebo pokud není nastavena, tak se získá z uname.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Jinak: prázdný řetězec. V případě LDAP, MySQL, Oracle a PostgreSQL to znamená, že nebude proveden pokud o ověření.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"nazev_databaze\"\n" -"Databáze, která bude použita pro MySQL, Oracle a PostgreSQL servery, " -"to je databáze, nad kterou bude proveden dotaz (nastavený receive " -"výše).\n" +"Databáze, která bude použita pro MySQL, Oracle a PostgreSQL servery, to je databáze, nad kterou bude proveden dotaz (nastavený receive výše).\n" "Toto je vyžadované nastavení.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"tajemstvi_radiusu\"\n" -"Tajemství, které se má použít pro Radius servery, to je tajemství, " -"které bude použito pro Access-Request s uživatelským jménem (nastaveným " -"jako login výše) a passwd (nastaveným jako passwd výše).\n" +"Tajemství, které se má použít pro Radius servery, to je tajemství, které bude použito pro Access-Request s uživatelským jménem (nastaveným jako login výše) a passwd (nastaveným jako passwd výše).\n" "Výchozí: prázdný řetězec\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -1067,126 +688,76 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>netmask</big> = w.x.y.z\n" -"Síťová maska, která bude použita pro zrnitost trvalých spojení " -"klientů.\n" +"Síťová maska, která bude použita pro zrnitost trvalých spojení klientů.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = nazev_planovace\n" -"Plánovač, který se má v LVS použít pro loadbalancing. " -"Informace o dostupných plánovačích naleznete v manuálové stránce " -"<a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8).\n" +"Plánovač, který se má v LVS použít pro loadbalancing. Informace o dostupných plánovačích naleznete v manuálové stránce <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8).\n" "Výchozí: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" "Protokol, který bude použit. Pokud je virtuál zadaný jako\n" -"IP adresa a port, pak musí být buď tcp nebo udp. " -"Pokud je použita firewallová značka, pak musí být protokolem fwm.\n" +"IP adresa a port, pak musí být buď tcp nebo udp. Pokud je použita firewallová značka, pak musí být protokolem fwm.\n" "Výchozí:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtuál je IP adresa a port, a " -"port není 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtuál je IP adresa a port, a port je" -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtuál je IP adresa a port, a port není 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtuál je IP adresa a port, a port je53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtuál je firewallovou značkou: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Odpočet v sekundách pro kontroly connect, external a ping. " -"Pokud je odpočet překročen, pak je skutečný server považován za vypnutý.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je " -"globální hodnota přepsána.\n" -"Pokud není definováno, pak je použita hodnota negotiatetimeout." -"negotiatetimeout je také globální hodnota, která může být přepsána v každém " -"nastavení virtuálu.\n" -"Pokud ani checktimeout ani negotiatetimeout není nastaveno, pak je " -"použita " -"výchozí hodnota.\n" +"Odpočet v sekundách pro kontroly connect, external a ping. Pokud je odpočet překročen, pak je skutečný server považován za vypnutý.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +"Pokud není definováno, pak je použita hodnota negotiatetimeout.negotiatetimeout je také globální hodnota, která může být přepsána v každém nastavení virtuálu.\n" +"Pokud ani checktimeout ani negotiatetimeout není nastaveno, pak je použita výchozí hodnota.\n" "Výchozí: 5 sekund\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Odpočet v sekundách pro kontroly negotiate.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je " -"globální hodnota přepsána.\n" -"Pokud není definováno, pak je použita hodnota connecttimeout. " -"connecttimeout je též globální hodnotou, která může být přepsána v každém " -"nastavení " -"virtuálu.\n" -"Pokud ani negotiatetimeout ani connecttimeout není nastaveno, pak je " -"použita " -"výchozí hodnota.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +"Pokud není definováno, pak je použita hodnota connecttimeout. connecttimeout je též globální hodnotou, která může být přepsána v každém nastavení virtuálu.\n" +"Pokud ani negotiatetimeout ani connecttimeout není nastaveno, pak je použita výchozí hodnota.\n" "Výchozí: 30 sekund\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"Počet následujících selhání, která musí být kontrolou nahlášena " -"před tím, než je skutečný server považován za vadný. Hodnota 1 bude " -"znamenat, že se tak stane již při prvním selhání. Úspěšná kontrola čítač " -"přenastavuje na 0.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je " -"globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +"Počet následujících selhání, která musí být kontrolou nahlášena před tím, než je skutečný server považován za vadný. Hodnota 1 bude znamenat, že se tak stane již při prvním selhání. Úspěšná kontrola čítač přenastavuje na 0.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" "Výchozí: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailova_adresa\"\n" -"Platná e-mailová adresa pro zasílání upozornění o změnách stavu " -"spojení ke skutečnému serveru definovaného ve virtuální službě.\n" -"Tato volba vyžaduje nainstalovaný perlovský modul MailTools. Automaticky " -"zkouší " -"poslat e-mail za použití vestavěných metod. Pro více informací o těchto " -"metodách " -"čtěte perldoc Mail::Mailer.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální " -"hodnota přepsána.\n " -"\n" +"Platná e-mailová adresa pro zasílání upozornění o změnách stavu spojení ke skutečnému serveru definovaného ve virtuální službě.\n" +"Tato volba vyžaduje nainstalovaný perlovský modul MailTools. Automaticky zkouší poslat e-mail za použití vestavěných metod. Pro více informací o těchto metodách čtěte perldoc Mail::Mailer.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +" \n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" "Zpoždění v sekundách mezi opakováním e-mailových upozornění\n" -"během doby, kdy skutečný server virtuální služby zůstává nedostupný. " -"Nastavením na 0 sekund zakážete opakování upozornění.\n" -"Přesnost časování e-mailů závisí na počtu sekund zadaných u konfigurační " -"volby checkinterval.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je " -"globální hodnota přepsána.\n " -"Výchozí: 0\n" +"během doby, kdy skutečný server virtuální služby zůstává nedostupný. Nastavením na 0 sekund zakážete opakování upozornění.\n" +"Přesnost časování e-mailů závisí na počtu sekund zadaných u konfigurační volby checkinterval.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +" Výchozí: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Seznam stavů serveru oddělený čárkou, o kterých by měla být zasílána " -"e-mailová upozornění. all je zkratkou pro\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". " -"Pokud je zadáno none, nemohou být zadány další volby, jinak\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Seznam stavů serveru oddělený čárkou, o kterých by měla být zasílána e-mailová upozornění. all je zkratkou pro\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". Pokud je zadáno none, nemohou být zadány další volby, jinak\n" "jsou mezi sebou spojeny logickým NEBO.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Výchozí: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele[:port|" -"nazev_sluzby] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"Server, na který je webová služba přesměrována, pokud jsou všechny " -"skutečné servery vypnuty. Typicky by to mělo být 127.0.0.1 se varovnou " -"stránkou.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je " -"globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele[:port|nazev_sluzby] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"Server, na který je webová služba přesměrována, pokud jsou všechny skutečné servery vypnuty. Typicky by to mělo být 127.0.0.1 se varovnou stránkou.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"Pokud je zadáno yes, pak když je skutečný nebo záložní server " -"označen za vypnutý, nejsou ve skutečnosti odebrány z jaderné tabulky\n" -"LVS. Místo toho je jejich váha nastavena na nulu, což znamená " -"že nebudou přijímána žádná nová spojení.\n" -"To má vedlejší efekt ten, že pokud má skutečný server trvalá spojení, " -"nová spojení z kteréhokoliv ze stávajících klientů budou pokračovat v " -"routování " -"ke skutečnému serveru, dokud odpočet persistant nevyprší. Pro více informací " -"o trvalých spojeních vizte ipvsadm.\n" +"Pokud je zadáno yes, pak když je skutečný nebo záložní server označen za vypnutý, nejsou ve skutečnosti odebrány z jaderné tabulky\n" +"LVS. Místo toho je jejich váha nastavena na nulu, což znamená že nebudou přijímána žádná nová spojení.\n" +"To má vedlejší efekt ten, že pokud má skutečný server trvalá spojení, nová spojení z kteréhokoliv ze stávajících klientů budou pokračovat v routování ke skutečnému serveru, dokud odpočet persistant nevyprší. Pro více informací o trvalých spojeních vizte ipvsadm.\n" "Tomuto vedlejšímu efektu může být zabráněno spuštěním následujícího:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"Pokud však tento proc soubor není přítomen, pravděpodobně to znamená, " -"že jádro nemá podporu lvs, podpora LVS není načtena nebo\n" -"že jádro je příliš staré na to, aby tento proc soubor mělo. Pokud je to " -"možné, " -"mělo by spuštění ipvsadm jako root načíst LVS do jádra.\n" -"Pokud je nastaveno no, pak skutečný nebo záložní servery budou " -"odstraněny z jaderné tabulky LVS. Výchozí je yes.\n" -"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je " -"globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +"Pokud však tento proc soubor není přítomen, pravděpodobně to znamená, že jádro nemá podporu lvs, podpora LVS není načtena nebo\n" +"že jádro je příliš staré na to, aby tento proc soubor mělo. Pokud je to možné, mělo by spuštění ipvsadm jako root načíst LVS do jádra.\n" +"Pokud je nastaveno no, pak skutečný nebo záložní servery budou odstraněny z jaderné tabulky LVS. Výchozí je yes.\n" +"Pokud je toto definováno v sekci virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" "Výchozí: yes\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -1415,154 +986,88 @@ #~ "Default: 10 seconds\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -#~ "Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -#~ "timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" -#~ "If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -#~ "negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -#~ "virtual setting.\n" -#~ "If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default " -#~ "is used.\n" +#~ "Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#~ "If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +#~ "If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" #~ "Default: 5 seconds\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -#~ "The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported " -#~ "by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value " -#~ "of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -#~ "successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" +#~ "The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" #~ "Default: 1\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" #~ "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" -#~ "If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. " -#~ "connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -#~ "virtual setting.\n" -#~ "If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default " -#~ "is used.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#~ "If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +#~ "If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" #~ "Default: 30 seconds\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -#~ "sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -#~ "the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real " -#~ "servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency " -#~ "page.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" +#~ "<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +#~ "the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -#~ "syslog_facility\n" -#~ "An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If " -#~ "the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=" -#~ "\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +#~ "<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +#~ "An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" #~ "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -#~ "A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed " -#~ "connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This " -#~ "option requires perl\n" -#~ "module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -#~ "any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -#~ "methods.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" +#~ "A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +#~ "module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -#~ "Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given " -#~ "real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of " -#~ "zero seconds will\n" -#~ "inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting " -#~ "is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -#~ "configuration\n" +#~ "Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +#~ "inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" #~ "option.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" #~ "Default: 0\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|" -#~ "starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -#~ "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should " -#~ "be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -#~ "\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -#~ "none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -#~ "options are ignored\n" +#~ "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +#~ "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +#~ "\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ignored\n" #~ "with each other.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" #~ "Default: all\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -#~ "If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically " -#~ "calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration " -#~ "file has changed on\n" -#~ "disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp " -#~ "on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the " -#~ "name of the\n" +#~ "If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +#~ "disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" #~ "configuration.\n" -#~ "This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -#~ "automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -#~ "autoreload is\n" +#~ "This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" #~ "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -#~ "Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the " -#~ "named configuration.\n" +#~ "Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -#~ "Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -#~ "configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -#~ "configuration file changed\n" -#~ "on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -#~ "version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +#~ "Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +#~ "on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" #~ "Default: no\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -#~ "If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined " -#~ "to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS</" -#~ "small> table.\n" -#~ "Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections " -#~ "will be accepted.\n" -#~ "This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -#~ "connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to " -#~ "be routed to the\n" -#~ "real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for " -#~ "more information on persistant connections.\n" +#~ "If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +#~ "Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +#~ "This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +#~ "real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" #~ "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" #~ "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -#~ "If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -#~ "doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -#~ "kernel is too\n" -#~ "old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load " -#~ "LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -#~ "If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed " -#~ "from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" +#~ "If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +#~ "old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +#~ "If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" #~ "Default: yes\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -#~ "If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for " -#~ "every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. " -#~ "This will increase\n" -#~ "response times to changes in real server status in configurations with " -#~ "many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many " -#~ "seperate instances\n" -#~ "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they " -#~ "die.\n" +#~ "If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +#~ "response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" +#~ "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" #~ "Default: no\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -#~ "If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. " -#~ "All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is " -#~ "useful to run\n" -#~ "ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -#~ "untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/" -#~ "</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -#~ "daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +#~ "If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +#~ "ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" #~ "Default: no\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1572,243 +1077,123 @@ #~ "Výchozí: 10 sekund\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -#~ "Časový odpočet v sekundách pro připojení, vnější kontroly a " -#~ "kontroly na ping. Pokud je časový odpočet překročen, pak je skutečný " -#~ "server prohlášen za vypnutý.\n" -#~ "Pokud je tato volba v oddíle virtuální server, pak je globální " -#~ "hodnota přepsána.\n" -#~ "Pokud není zadáno, pak je použita hodnota negotiatetimeout. " -#~ "negotiatetimeout je opět globální hodnotou, která může být přenastavena " -#~ "pro každý virtuál zvlášť.\n" -#~ "Pokud nejsou nastaveny hodnoty checktimeout a negotiatetimeout, ve " -#~ "použita výchozí hodnota.\n" +#~ "Časový odpočet v sekundách pro připojení, vnější kontroly a kontroly na ping. Pokud je časový odpočet překročen, pak je skutečný server prohlášen za vypnutý.\n" +#~ "Pokud je tato volba v oddíle virtuální server, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +#~ "Pokud není zadáno, pak je použita hodnota negotiatetimeout. negotiatetimeout je opět globální hodnotou, která může být přenastavena pro každý virtuál zvlášť.\n" +#~ "Pokud nejsou nastaveny hodnoty checktimeout a negotiatetimeout, ve použita výchozí hodnota.\n" #~ "Výchozí: 5 sekund\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -#~ "Počet po sobě jdoucích selhání, která musí být kontrolou nahlášena " -#~ "před tím, než je skutečný server prohlášen za chybný. Hodnota 1 znamená, " -#~ "že je za chybný prohlášen s prvním selháním. Úspěšná kontrola přenastaví " -#~ "čítač selhání na 0.\n" -#~ "Pokud je tato hodnota zadána ve oddíle virtuálního serveru, pak je " -#~ "globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +#~ "Počet po sobě jdoucích selhání, která musí být kontrolou nahlášena před tím, než je skutečný server prohlášen za chybný. Hodnota 1 znamená, že je za chybný prohlášen s prvním selháním. Úspěšná kontrola přenastaví čítač selhání na 0.\n" +#~ "Pokud je tato hodnota zadána ve oddíle virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" #~ "Výchozí: 1\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" #~ "Časový odpočet v sekundách pro kontrolu vyjednávání.\n" -#~ "Pokud je tato hodnota zadána v oddíle virtuálního serveru, je " -#~ "globální hodnota přepsána.\n" -#~ "Pokud hodnota není definována, pak je použita hodnota " -#~ "connecttimeout. connecttimeout je opět globální hodnota, která může být " -#~ "přepsána pro každý virtuál zvlášť.\n" -#~ "Pokud není zadána hodnota negotiatetimeout ani connecttimeout, " -#~ "použije se výchozí.\n" +#~ "Pokud je tato hodnota zadána v oddíle virtuálního serveru, je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +#~ "Pokud hodnota není definována, pak je použita hodnota connecttimeout. connecttimeout je opět globální hodnota, která může být přepsána pro každý virtuál zvlášť.\n" +#~ "Pokud není zadána hodnota negotiatetimeout ani connecttimeout, použije se výchozí.\n" #~ "Výchozí: 30 sekund\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>fallback</big> = ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele[:port|" -#~ "nazev_sluzby] [brana|masq|ipip]\n" -#~ "server, na který je webová služba přesměrována v případě, že " -#~ "skutečné servery jsou vypnuté. Obvykle toto bude 127.0.0.1 pro případ " -#~ "nouze.\n" -#~ "Pokud je tato hodnota zadána v oddíle virtuálního serveru, pak je " -#~ "globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +#~ "<big>fallback</big> = ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele[:port|nazev_sluzby] [brana|masq|ipip]\n" +#~ "server, na který je webová služba přesměrována v případě, že skutečné servery jsou vypnuté. Obvykle toto bude 127.0.0.1 pro případ nouze.\n" +#~ "Pokud je tato hodnota zadána v oddíle virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>log file</big> = \"/cesta/k/souboru\"|" -#~ "prostredek_syslogu\n" -#~ "Touto direktivou může být zadán jiný soubor protokolu. Pokud cesta " -#~ "k souboru nezačíná '/', pak se předpokládá, že jde o název prostředku " -#~ "<a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslogu</a>(3).\n" +#~ "<big>log file</big> = \"/cesta/k/souboru\"|prostredek_syslogu\n" +#~ "Touto direktivou může být zadán jiný soubor protokolu. Pokud cesta k souboru nezačíná '/', pak se předpokládá, že jde o název prostředku <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslogu</a>(3).\n" #~ "Výchozí: zápis protokolu přímo do /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailova(a)adre.sa\"</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "Platná e-mailová adresa, na kterou budou zasílána upozornění o " -#~ "změnách stavu připojení ke skutečným serverům definovaným virtuální " -#~ "službou. Tato volba vyžaduje nainstalovaný modul perlu\n" -#~ "zvaný MailTools. Automaticky se zkouší poslat e-mail za použití některé " -#~ "vestavěné metody. Pro více informací o metodách viz perldoc Mail::" -#~ "Mailer.\n" -#~ "Pokud je hodnota zadána v oddíle virtuálního serveru, pak je " -#~ "globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +#~ "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailova(a)adre.sa\"\n" +#~ "Platná e-mailová adresa, na kterou budou zasílána upozornění o změnách stavu připojení ke skutečným serverům definovaným virtuální službou. Tato volba vyžaduje nainstalovaný modul perlu\n" +#~ "zvaný MailTools. Automaticky se zkouší poslat e-mail za použití některé vestavěné metody. Pro více informací o metodách viz perldoc Mail::Mailer.\n" +#~ "Pokud je hodnota zadána v oddíle virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -#~ "Prodleva v sekundách pro opakování odesílání e-mailových " -#~ "upozornění při trvající nedostupnosti některého skutečného serveru s " -#~ "virtuální službou. Nastavení nula sekund\n" -#~ "potlačí opakování odesílání upozornění. Přesnost časování e-mailů pro " -#~ "tuto volbu je závislá na počtu sekund definovaných v konfigurační volbě " -#~ "checkinterval.\n" -#~ "Pokud je tato hodnota zadána v oddíle virtuálního serveru, pak je " -#~ "globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +#~ "Prodleva v sekundách pro opakování odesílání e-mailových upozornění při trvající nedostupnosti některého skutečného serveru s virtuální službou. Nastavení nula sekund\n" +#~ "potlačí opakování odesílání upozornění. Přesnost časování e-mailů pro tuto volbu je závislá na počtu sekund definovaných v konfigurační volbě checkinterval.\n" +#~ "Pokud je tato hodnota zadána v oddíle virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" #~ "Výchozí: 0\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|" -#~ "starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -#~ "Seznam serverových stavů oddělený čárkou, který říká, která e-" -#~ "mailová upozornění mají být zasílána. all je zkratkou pro\n" -#~ "\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". " -#~ "Pokud je zadáno none, žádná další volba by neměla být zadána, " -#~ "jinak jsou volby mezi sebou propojeny funkcí nebo.\n" -#~ "Pokud je tato volba zadána v oddíle virtuálního serveru, pak je " -#~ "tato hodnota přepsána.\n" +#~ "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +#~ "Seznam serverových stavů oddělený čárkou, který říká, která e-mailová upozornění mají být zasílána. all je zkratkou pro\n" +#~ "\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". Pokud je zadáno none, žádná další volba by neměla být zadána, jinak jsou volby mezi sebou propojeny funkcí nebo.\n" +#~ "Pokud je tato volba zadána v oddíle virtuálního serveru, pak je tato hodnota přepsána.\n" #~ "Výchozí: all\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>callback</big> = \"/cesta/k/zpetnemu_volani" -#~ "\"\n" -#~ "Pokud je zadána tato direktiva, ldirectord automaticky " -#~ "vyvolá spuštění /cesta/k/zpetnemu_volani poté, co se na disku " -#~ "změní konfigurační soubor. To je užitečné při aktualizaci konfiguračního " -#~ "souboru na jiném živém hostiteli pomocí scp. První parametr " -#~ "zpětného volání je název konfigurace.\n" -#~ "Tato direktiva může být také použita pro automatický restart " -#~ "ldirectord po změně konfigurace na disku. Nicméně pokud je " -#~ "autoreload nastaven\n" +#~ "<big>callback</big> = \"/cesta/k/zpetnemu_volani\"\n" +#~ "Pokud je zadána tato direktiva, ldirectord automaticky vyvolá spuštění /cesta/k/zpetnemu_volani poté, co se na disku změní konfigurační soubor. To je užitečné při aktualizaci konfiguračního souboru na jiném živém hostiteli pomocí scp. První parametr zpětného volání je název konfigurace.\n" +#~ "Tato direktiva může být také použita pro automatický restart ldirectord po změně konfigurace na disku. Nicméně pokud je autoreload nastaven\n" #~ "na yes, pak je konfigurace znovu načtená pokaždé.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>execute</big> = \"konfigurace\"\n" -#~ "Tuto direktivu použijte pro spuštění instance ldirectord pro " -#~ "pojmenovanou konfiguraci.\n" +#~ "Tuto direktivu použijte pro spuštění instance ldirectord pro pojmenovanou konfiguraci.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -#~ "Říká, zda by <ldirectord> neustále kontrolovat konfigurační " -#~ "soubor kvůli změnám. Pokud je tato volba nastavena na hodnotu 'yes', " -#~ "konfigurační soubor se na disku změní a čas změny (mtime) je novější než " -#~ "předchozí verze, konfigurace je automaticky načtena znovu.\n" +#~ "Říká, zda by <ldirectord> neustále kontrolovat konfigurační soubor kvůli změnám. Pokud je tato volba nastavena na hodnotu 'yes', konfigurační soubor se na disku změní a čas změny (mtime) je novější než předchozí verze, konfigurace je automaticky načtena znovu.\n" #~ "Výchozí: no\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -#~ "Pokud je zadáno yes, pak když je skutečný nebo záchranný " -#~ "server považován za vypnutý, nejsou ve skutečnosti odstraněny z jaderné " -#~ "tabulky LVS.\n" -#~ "Přesněji řečeno hodnota jejich váhy je nastavena na nulu, což znamená, že " -#~ "nebudou přijímat další připojení.\n" -#~ "To má vedlejší efekt, že když skutečný server má trvalá spojení, " -#~ "nová spojení od již existujících klientů se budou nadále routovat ke " -#~ "skutečnému serveru, dokud nevyprší časový odpočet. Pro více informací o " -#~ "trvalých spojeních čtěte ipvsadm.\n" -#~ "Tomuto vedlejšímu efektu je možné předejít spuštěním následujícího " -#~ "příkazu:\n" +#~ "Pokud je zadáno yes, pak když je skutečný nebo záchranný server považován za vypnutý, nejsou ve skutečnosti odstraněny z jaderné tabulky LVS.\n" +#~ "Přesněji řečeno hodnota jejich váhy je nastavena na nulu, což znamená, že nebudou přijímat další připojení.\n" +#~ "To má vedlejší efekt, že když skutečný server má trvalá spojení, nová spojení od již existujících klientů se budou nadále routovat ke skutečnému serveru, dokud nevyprší časový odpočet. Pro více informací o trvalých spojeních čtěte ipvsadm.\n" +#~ "Tomuto vedlejšímu efektu je možné předejít spuštěním následujícího příkazu:\n" #~ "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -#~ "Pokud soubor proc není k dispozici, pravděpodobně to znamená, že " -#~ "jádro nemá podporu lvs, podpora LVS není načtena nebo " -#~ "jádro je příliš staré na to, aby mělo tento proc soubor. Spuštěním " -#~ "ipvsadm jako root by se mělo LVS do jádra načíst, pokud to " -#~ "je možné.\n" -#~ "Pokud je hodnota no, pak skutečné nebo záložní servery " -#~ "budou z jaderné tabulky LVS odstraněny. Výchozí je hodnota " -#~ "yes.\n" -#~ "Pokud je tato hodnota zadána v oddíle virtuálního serveru, pak je " -#~ "globální hodnota přepsána.\n" +#~ "Pokud soubor proc není k dispozici, pravděpodobně to znamená, že jádro nemá podporu lvs, podpora LVS není načtena nebo jádro je příliš staré na to, aby mělo tento proc soubor. Spuštěním ipvsadm jako root by se mělo LVS do jádra načíst, pokud to je možné.\n" +#~ "Pokud je hodnota no, pak skutečné nebo záložní servery budou z jaderné tabulky LVS odstraněny. Výchozí je hodnota yes.\n" +#~ "Pokud je tato hodnota zadána v oddíle virtuálního serveru, pak je globální hodnota přepsána.\n" #~ "Výchozí: yes\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -#~ "Pokud je hodnota yes, pak ldirectord pro každý virtuální " -#~ "server vytvoří synovský proces a z nich budou běžet kontroly skutečných " -#~ "serverů. Toto zvýší\n" -#~ "časy odezvy na změny ve stavech skutečných serverů v případě konfigurací " -#~ "s mnoha virtuálními servery. Toto může také používatg méně paměti, než " -#~ "běh mnoha separátních instancí\n" -#~ "ldirectord. V případě odumření jsou synovské procesy automaticky " -#~ "restartovány.\n" +#~ "Pokud je hodnota yes, pak ldirectord pro každý virtuální server vytvoří synovský proces a z nich budou běžet kontroly skutečných serverů. Toto zvýší\n" +#~ "časy odezvy na změny ve stavech skutečných serverů v případě konfigurací s mnoha virtuálními servery. Toto může také používatg méně paměti, než běh mnoha separátních instancí\n" +#~ "ldirectord. V případě odumření jsou synovské procesy automaticky restartovány.\n" #~ "Výchozí: no\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -#~ "Pokud je zadána hodnota yes, pak ldirectord nepřechází do " -#~ "režimu na pozadí. Všechny hlášky protokolu jsou přesměrovány místo do " -#~ "souboru s protokolem přímo na standardní výstup. To je užitečné pro běh\n" -#~ "ldirectord kontrolovaného z daemontools. Bližší informace najdete " -#~ "na <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled." -#~ "org/rpms/daemontools/</a> nebo na <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools." -#~ "html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>.\n" +#~ "Pokud je zadána hodnota yes, pak ldirectord nepřechází do režimu na pozadí. Všechny hlášky protokolu jsou přesměrovány místo do souboru s protokolem přímo na standardní výstup. To je užitečné pro běh\n" +#~ "ldirectord kontrolovaného z daemontools. Bližší informace najdete na <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> nebo na <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>.\n" #~ "Výchozí: no\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -#~ "servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -#~ "Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -#~ "servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -#~ "zero. The\n" -#~ "configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -#~ "option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -#~ "service\n" +#~ "<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +#~ "Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +#~ "configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" #~ "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -#~ "ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -#~ "gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -#~ "i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -#~ "Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -#~ "servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is " -#~ "intended primarily for\n" -#~ "fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -#~ "range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -#~ "which case\n" -#~ "each IP address in the range will be treated as a real " -#~ "server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding " -#~ "method, must be\n" -#~ "gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional " -#~ "and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of " -#~ "1 will be\n" -#~ "used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -#~ "receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -#~ "request-receive\n" -#~ "pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If " -#~ "the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the " -#~ "real\n" -#~ "server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real " -#~ "server is used.\n" -#~ "For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -#~ "services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -#~ "address of a\n" -#~ "real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -#~ "ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -#~ "virtual\n" -#~ "service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -#~ "another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -#~ "that the\n" +#~ "<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +#~ "gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +#~ "Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +#~ "fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +#~ "each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +#~ "gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +#~ "used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +#~ "pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +#~ "server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +#~ "For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +#~ "real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +#~ "service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" #~ "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -#~ "More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. " -#~ "The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -#~ "emailalertfreq and\n" -#~ "quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, " -#~ "in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +#~ "More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +#~ "quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>check type</big> = connect|external|" -#~ "negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeout</" -#~ "b>N\n" -#~ "Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -#~ "receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -#~ "connection, thus the\n" -#~ "request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -#~ "negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts " -#~ "one negotiate\n" -#~ "attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers " -#~ "and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means " -#~ "that\n" -#~ "ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -#~ "servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -#~ "services. Off\n" -#~ "means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -#~ "activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will " -#~ "always be\n" +#~ "<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +#~ "Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +#~ "request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +#~ "attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +#~ "ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +#~ "means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" #~ "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https</" -#~ "b>|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none</" -#~ "b>|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -#~ "simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -#~ "The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. " -#~ "None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -#~ "simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests " -#~ "it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect " -#~ "to the server\n" -#~ "using the specified protocol. Please see the request and " -#~ "receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" +#~ "<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +#~ "The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +#~ "simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +#~ "using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" #~ "Default:\n" #~ "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" #~ "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -1830,11 +1215,8 @@ #~ "</dt><dt>* Otherwise: none\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -#~ "run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -#~ "everything\n" +#~ "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" +#~ "This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" #~ "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" #~ "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" #~ "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -1845,106 +1227,68 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -#~ "Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from " -#~ "service port.\n" +#~ "Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" #~ "Default: port specified for each real server\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each " -#~ "real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may " -#~ "be overridden by\n" +#~ "<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +#~ "This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" #~ "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -#~ "For a DNS check this should the name of an A " -#~ "record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -#~ "For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an " -#~ "SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the " -#~ "answer is one or more\n" +#~ "For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +#~ "For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" #~ "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -#~ "For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -#~ "occurances of \n" +#~ "For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" #~ " are replaced with a new line character.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -#~ "If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, " -#~ "the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep " -#~ "in mind that\n" -#~ "regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -#~ "characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -#~ "overridden by an\n" +#~ "If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +#~ "regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" #~ "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -#~ "For a DNS check this should be any one the A " -#~ "record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +#~ "For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" #~ "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>http method</big> = GET | " -#~ "HEAD\n" -#~ "Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch " -#~ "the URI specified in the request-string. GET</" -#~ "small> is the\n" -#~ "method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD</" -#~ "small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +#~ "<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +#~ "Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +#~ "method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" #~ "Default: GET\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -#~ "Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -#~ "HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP</" -#~ "small> request. In the\n" -#~ "case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common " -#~ "name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host " -#~ "header will be\n" -#~ "derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -#~ "resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +#~ "Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +#~ "case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +#~ "derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -#~ "For FTP , IMAP , LDAP</" -#~ "small> , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username " -#~ "used to log in.\n" +#~ "For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" #~ "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -#~ "For SIP , the username is used as both the to and " -#~ "from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +#~ "For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" #~ "Default:\n" #~ "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -#~ "</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -#~ "configuration\n" -#~ "</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -#~ "derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -#~ "</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case " -#~ "authentication will not be attempted.\n" +#~ "</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +#~ "</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +#~ "</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -#~ "Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -#~ "LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +#~ "Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" #~ "SIP servers.\n" #~ "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" #~ "Default:\n" -#~ "</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -#~ "hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -#~ "run time, or sourced\n" +#~ "</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" #~ "from uname if unset.\n" -#~ "</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -#~ "MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -#~ "performed.\n" +#~ "</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -#~ "database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -#~ "against. This\n" +#~ "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" +#~ "Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" #~ "is a required setting.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -#~ "Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to " -#~ "perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) " -#~ "and passwd (set by\n" +#~ "Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" #~ "passwd above).\n" #~ "Default: empty string\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1954,209 +1298,114 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>netmask</big> = w.x.y.z\n" -#~ "Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client " -#~ "connections.\n" +#~ "Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -#~ "Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For " -#~ "an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=" -#~ "\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +#~ "Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" #~ "Default: \"wrr\"\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -#~ "Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -#~ "small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -#~ "mark then the\n" +#~ "Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" #~ "protocol must be fwm.\n" #~ "Default:\n" -#~ "</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -#~ "port is not 53: tcp\n" -#~ "</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port " -#~ "is 53: udp\n" +#~ "</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +#~ "</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" #~ "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" #~ "</dt></dl>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -#~ "Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -#~ "timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" -#~ "If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -#~ "negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -#~ "virtual setting.\n" -#~ "If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default " -#~ "is used.\n" +#~ "Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#~ "If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +#~ "If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" #~ "Default: 5 seconds\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" #~ "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" -#~ "If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. " -#~ "connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -#~ "virtual setting.\n" -#~ "If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default " -#~ "is used.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +#~ "If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +#~ "If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" #~ "Default: 30 seconds\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -#~ "The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported " -#~ "by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value " -#~ "of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -#~ "successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" +#~ "The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" #~ "Default: 1\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -#~ "A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed " -#~ "connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This " -#~ "option requires perl\n" -#~ "module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -#~ "any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -#~ "methods.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" +#~ "A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +#~ "module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -#~ "Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given " -#~ "real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of " -#~ "zero seconds will\n" -#~ "inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting " -#~ "is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -#~ "configuration\n" +#~ "Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +#~ "inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" #~ "option.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" #~ "Default: 0\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|" -#~ "starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -#~ "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should " -#~ "be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -#~ "\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -#~ "none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -#~ "options are ignored\n" +#~ "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +#~ "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +#~ "\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ignored\n" #~ "with each other.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" #~ "Default: all\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -#~ "sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -#~ "the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real " -#~ "servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency " -#~ "page.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" +#~ "<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +#~ "the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -#~ "If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined " -#~ "to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS</" -#~ "small> table.\n" -#~ "Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections " -#~ "will be accepted.\n" -#~ "This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -#~ "connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to " -#~ "be routed to the\n" -#~ "real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for " -#~ "more information on persistant connections.\n" +#~ "If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +#~ "Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +#~ "This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +#~ "real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" #~ "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" #~ "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -#~ "If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -#~ "doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -#~ "kernel is too\n" -#~ "old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load " -#~ "LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -#~ "If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed " -#~ "from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -#~ "overridden.\n" +#~ "If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +#~ "old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +#~ "If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +#~ "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" #~ "Default: yes\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele:port|" -#~ "nazev_sluzby)|firewallova_znacka\n" -#~ "Definuje virtuální službu IP adresou (nebo jménem hostitele) a " -#~ "portem (nebo názvem služby) nebo firewallovou značkou. Firewallová značka " -#~ "je celé číslo větší než nula.\n" -#~ "Konfigurace značkování paketů je řízena volbou <tt>\"-m\"</tt> nástroje " -#~ "ipchains(8). Všechny skutečné služby a příznaky pro virtuální " -#~ "službu musí okamžitě následovat tento řádek a musí být odsazeny.\n" +#~ "<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele:port|nazev_sluzby)|firewallova_znacka\n" +#~ "Definuje virtuální službu IP adresou (nebo jménem hostitele) a portem (nebo názvem služby) nebo firewallovou značkou. Firewallová značka je celé číslo větší než nula.\n" +#~ "Konfigurace značkování paketů je řízena volbou <tt>\"-m\"</tt> nástroje ipchains(8). Všechny skutečné služby a příznaky pro virtuální službu musí okamžitě následovat tento řádek a musí být odsazeny.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>real servers</big> = ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele[->" -#~ "ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele][:cislo_portu|nazev_sluzby]\n" -#~ "gate|masq|ipip[vaha] [\"pozadavek</" -#~ "i>\", \"prijem\"]\n" -#~ "Definuje skutečnou službu pomocí IP adresy (nebo jména hostitele) " -#~ "a portu (nebo názvu služby). Pokud je port vynechán, pak bude použito " -#~ "číslo 0, což je zamýšleno zejména\n" -#~ "pro služby fwmark, kde je port skutečných serverů ignorován. Volitelně " -#~ "může být zadán rozsah IP adres (nebo dvou jmen hostitelů), " -#~ "v takovém případě je každá\n" -#~ "IP adresa v rozsahu brána jako skutečný server používající " -#~ "daný port. Druhý parametr určuje předávací metodu, kterou musí být " -#~ "brána,\n" -#~ "ipip nebo masq. Třetí parametr je volitelný a určuje váhu " -#~ "pro skutečný server. Pokud je tento parametr vynechán, bude použita váha " -#~ "1. Poslední dva parametry\n" -#~ "jsou též volitelné. Definují pár požadavek-příjem, který bude použit pro " -#~ "kontrolu toho, zda je server naživu. Tento pár nahrazuje volby požadavek-" -#~ "příjem z oddílu virtuálního serveru.\n" -#~ "Tyto dva řetězce musí být v uvozovkách. Pokud řetězec požadavku začíná " -#~ "http://... je IP adresa a portu skutečného serveru nahrazena, jinak je " -#~ "použita IP adresa a port skutečného serveru.\n" -#~ "Pro TCP a UDP (ne fwmarkové) " -#~ "virtuální služby, pokud není metoda předávání masq a IP\n" -#~ "adresa skutečného serveru není místní (není k dispozici na rozhraní na " -#~ "hostiteli, na kterém běží ldirectord), pak bude port skutečného serveru " -#~ "nastaven na jeho virtuální službu.\n" -#~ "To znamená, že mapování portů je dostupné pouze tehdy, pokud je skutečný " -#~ "server jiným strojem a předávací metodou je masq. Je tomu tak kvůli " -#~ "způsobu použití podkladového kódu LVS ve funkcích jádra.\n" -#~ "Více než jedna z těchto položek může být uvnitř virtuálního " -#~ "oddílu. Volby checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, " -#~ "emailalert, emailalertfreq a\n" -#~ "quiescent psané výše se mohou také objevit uvnitř virtuálního oddílu, v " -#~ "takovém případě jsou globální nastavení přepsána.\n" +#~ "<big>real servers</big> = ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele[->ip_adresa|jmeno_hostitele][:cislo_portu|nazev_sluzby]\n" +#~ "gate|masq|ipip[vaha] [\"pozadavek\", \"prijem\"]\n" +#~ "Definuje skutečnou službu pomocí IP adresy (nebo jména hostitele) a portu (nebo názvu služby). Pokud je port vynechán, pak bude použito číslo 0, což je zamýšleno zejména\n" +#~ "pro služby fwmark, kde je port skutečných serverů ignorován. Volitelně může být zadán rozsah IP adres (nebo dvou jmen hostitelů), v takovém případě je každá\n" +#~ "IP adresa v rozsahu brána jako skutečný server používající daný port. Druhý parametr určuje předávací metodu, kterou musí být brána,\n" +#~ "ipip nebo masq. Třetí parametr je volitelný a určuje váhu pro skutečný server. Pokud je tento parametr vynechán, bude použita váha 1. Poslední dva parametry\n" +#~ "jsou též volitelné. Definují pár požadavek-příjem, který bude použit pro kontrolu toho, zda je server naživu. Tento pár nahrazuje volby požadavek-příjem z oddílu virtuálního serveru.\n" +#~ "Tyto dva řetězce musí být v uvozovkách. Pokud řetězec požadavku začíná http://... je IP adresa a portu skutečného serveru nahrazena, jinak je použita IP adresa a port skutečného serveru.\n" +#~ "Pro TCP a UDP (ne fwmarkové) virtuální služby, pokud není metoda předávání masq a IP\n" +#~ "adresa skutečného serveru není místní (není k dispozici na rozhraní na hostiteli, na kterém běží ldirectord), pak bude port skutečného serveru nastaven na jeho virtuální službu.\n" +#~ "To znamená, že mapování portů je dostupné pouze tehdy, pokud je skutečný server jiným strojem a předávací metodou je masq. Je tomu tak kvůli způsobu použití podkladového kódu LVS ve funkcích jádra.\n" +#~ "Více než jedna z těchto položek může být uvnitř virtuálního oddílu. Volby checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq a\n" +#~ "quiescent psané výše se mohou také objevit uvnitř virtuálního oddílu, v takovém případě jsou globální nastavení přepsána.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>check type</big> = connect|external|" -#~ "negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeout</" -#~ "b>N\n" -#~ "Typ kontroly, který se má provést. Negotiate odesílá požadavek a " -#~ "porovnává obdržený řetězec. Connect pouze zkouší vytvořit TCP/IP</" -#~ "small> spojení, takže odeslané a přijaté řetězce mohou být vynechány.\n" -#~ "Pokud checktype číslem, pak je kombinováno negotiate a connect, takže pro " -#~ "každé z N pokusů o spojení je proveden pokus o negotiate. To je užitečné " -#~ "kontrolovat častěji, pokud služba\n" -#~ "odpovídá a kontrola negotiate je prováděna v mnohem delších intervalech. " -#~ "Ping znamená, že bude pro test dostupnosti skutečných serverů použit " -#~ "ICMP ping.\n" -#~ "Ten se využívá také pro kontrolu UDP služeb. Off znamená, " -#~ "že nebudou prováděny žádné kontroly a nebudou aktivovány žádné skutečné " -#~ "nebo záložní servery.\n" -#~ "On znamená, že se nebudou provádět žádné kontroly a skutečné servery " -#~ "budou stále aktivovány. Výchozí hodnota je negotiate.\n" +#~ "<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +#~ "Typ kontroly, který se má provést. Negotiate odesílá požadavek a porovnává obdržený řetězec. Connect pouze zkouší vytvořit TCP/IP spojení, takže odeslané a přijaté řetězce mohou být vynechány.\n" +#~ "Pokud checktype číslem, pak je kombinováno negotiate a connect, takže pro každé z N pokusů o spojení je proveden pokus o negotiate. To je užitečné kontrolovat častěji, pokud služba\n" +#~ "odpovídá a kontrola negotiate je prováděna v mnohem delších intervalech. Ping znamená, že bude pro test dostupnosti skutečných serverů použit ICMP ping.\n" +#~ "Ten se využívá také pro kontrolu UDP služeb. Off znamená, že nebudou prováděny žádné kontroly a nebudou aktivovány žádné skutečné nebo záložní servery.\n" +#~ "On znamená, že se nebudou provádět žádné kontroly a skutečné servery budou stále aktivovány. Výchozí hodnota je negotiate.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https</" -#~ "b>|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none</" -#~ "b>|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -#~ "simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -#~ "Typ služby, který se má sledovat, při použití checktype=negotiate. " -#~ "None označuje službu, že nebude sledována.\n" -#~ "simpletcp na server odesílá řetězec požadavku a testuje jej " -#~ "regulárním výrazem na příjmu. Ostatní typy kontrol se připojují k " -#~ "serveru zadaným protokolem. Vizte prosím oddíly požadavek a " -#~ "příjem v informacích pro dané protokoly.\n" +#~ "<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +#~ "Typ služby, který se má sledovat, při použití checktype=negotiate. None označuje službu, že nebude sledována.\n" +#~ "simpletcp na server odesílá řetězec požadavku a testuje jej regulárním výrazem na příjmu. Ostatní typy kontrol se připojují k serveru zadaným protokolem. Vizte prosím oddíly požadavek a příjem v informacích pro dané protokoly.\n" #~ "Výchozí:\n" #~ "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" #~ "<dt>* Port virtuálního serveru je 21: ftp\n" @@ -2178,11 +1427,8 @@ #~ "</dt><dt>* Jinak: none\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"cesta ke skriptu" -#~ "\"\n" -#~ "Toto nastavení je použito, pokud je checktype external, a je to " -#~ "příkaz, který bude spuštěn ke kontrole skutečného serveru. Měl by být " -#~ "ukončen se stavem 0, pokud je vše v pořádku, jinak nenulovou hodnotou.\n" +#~ "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"cesta ke skriptu\"\n" +#~ "Toto nastavení je použito, pokud je checktype external, a je to příkaz, který bude spuštěn ke kontrole skutečného serveru. Měl by být ukončen se stavem 0, pokud je vše v pořádku, jinak nenulovou hodnotou.\n" #~ "Skriptu jsou předány čtyři parametry:\n" #~ "</dt><dt>* ip adresa virtuálního serveru/firewallová značka\n" #~ "</dt><dt>* port virtuálního serveru\n" @@ -2192,72 +1438,40 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -#~ "Číslo portu ke kontrole. Někdy se číslo portu ke kontrole může " -#~ "lišit od portu služby.\n" +#~ "Číslo portu ke kontrole. Někdy se číslo portu ke kontrole může lišit od portu služby.\n" #~ "Výchozí: port zadaný pro každý skutečný server\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>request</big> = \"adresa uri požadovaného objektu</" -#~ "i>\"\n" -#~ "Tento objekt bude vyžádán po každých checkinterval sekund z " -#~ "každého skutečného serveru. Řetězec musí být uvitř uvozovek. Vezměte na " -#~ "vědomí, že tento řetězec může být volitelně přepsán řetězcem požadavku " -#~ "pro každý skutečný server zvlášť.\n" -#~ "Pro kontrolu DNS by to měl být název A záznamu, " -#~ "nebo adresa PTR záznamu, který se má vyhledat.\n" -#~ "Pro kontrolu MySQL, Oracle nebo PostgreSQL by to měl být dotaz " -#~ "SQL. Vrácená data nejsou kontrolována, jen to, zda odpověď " -#~ "obsahuje jeden nebo více řádků. Toto je vyžadované nastavení.\n" -#~ "Pro kontrolu simpletcp je tento řetězec odeslán doslovně, vyjma " -#~ "některých případů, kdy jsou nahrazeny znakem nového řádku.\n" +#~ "<big>request</big> = \"adresa uri požadovaného objektu\"\n" +#~ "Tento objekt bude vyžádán po každých checkinterval sekund z každého skutečného serveru. Řetězec musí být uvitř uvozovek. Vezměte na vědomí, že tento řetězec může být volitelně přepsán řetězcem požadavku pro každý skutečný server zvlášť.\n" +#~ "Pro kontrolu DNS by to měl být název A záznamu, nebo adresa PTR záznamu, který se má vyhledat.\n" +#~ "Pro kontrolu MySQL, Oracle nebo PostgreSQL by to měl být dotaz SQL. Vrácená data nejsou kontrolována, jen to, zda odpověď obsahuje jeden nebo více řádků. Toto je vyžadované nastavení.\n" +#~ "Pro kontrolu simpletcp je tento řetězec odeslán doslovně, vyjma některých případů, kdy jsou nahrazeny znakem nového řádku.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>recieve</big> = \"regulární výraz pro srovnání</" -#~ "i>\"\n" -#~ "Pokud vyžádaný výsledek obsahuje tento regulární výraz pro " -#~ "srovnání, je skutečný server považován za živý. Regulární výraz musí " -#~ "být uvnitř uvozovek. Vezměte na vědomí, že regulární výrazy nejsou čisté " -#~ "řetězce a budete muset použít escape sekvence speciálních znaků, aby " -#~ "mohly být považovány za písmena. Mějte na paměti, že regulární výraz může " -#~ "být tímto nastavením přepsán zvlášť pro každý skutečný server.\n" -#~ "Pro kontrolu DNS by toto měla být adresa A záznamu " -#~ "nebo název PTR záznamu.\n" +#~ "<big>recieve</big> = \"regulární výraz pro srovnání\"\n" +#~ "Pokud vyžádaný výsledek obsahuje tento regulární výraz pro srovnání, je skutečný server považován za živý. Regulární výraz musí být uvnitř uvozovek. Vezměte na vědomí, že regulární výrazy nejsou čisté řetězce a budete muset použít escape sekvence speciálních znaků, aby mohly být považovány za písmena. Mějte na paměti, že regulární výraz může být tímto nastavením přepsán zvlášť pro každý skutečný server.\n" +#~ "Pro kontrolu DNS by toto měla být adresa A záznamu nebo název PTR záznamu.\n" #~ "Pro kontrolu MySQL není nastavení recieve použito.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>http method</big> = GET | " -#~ "HEAD\n" -#~ "Nastavuje HTTP metodu, která by měla být použita " -#~ "pro získání URI, zadané v řetězci požadavku. Pokud není " -#~ "zadáno, je jako výchozí použita metoda GET. Pokud je " -#~ "použito HEAD, pak by neměl být nastaven řetězec pro " -#~ "příjem.\n" +#~ "<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +#~ "Nastavuje HTTP metodu, která by měla být použita pro získání URI, zadané v řetězci požadavku. Pokud není zadáno, je jako výchozí použita metoda GET. Pokud je použito HEAD, pak by neměl být nastaven řetězec pro příjem.\n" #~ "Výchozí: GET\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>virtual host</big> = \"jmeno_hostitele\"</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "Je použito, pokud se provádí kontrola negotiate s HTTP</" -#~ "small> nebo HTTPS. V případě HTTPS toto " -#~ "obecně vyžaduje, aby sedělo běžné jméno v SSL certifikátu. " -#~ "Pokud není nastaveno, pak bude hlavička hostitele odvozena z URL adresy " -#~ "požadavku reálného serveru, pokud je k dispozici. Jako poslední možnost " -#~ "bude použita IP adresa skutečného serveru.\n" +#~ "<big>virtual host</big> = \"jmeno_hostitele\"\n" +#~ "Je použito, pokud se provádí kontrola negotiate s HTTP nebo HTTPS. V případě HTTPS toto obecně vyžaduje, aby sedělo běžné jméno v SSL certifikátu. Pokud není nastaveno, pak bude hlavička hostitele odvozena z URL adresy požadavku reálného serveru, pokud je k dispozici. Jako poslední možnost bude použita IP adresa skutečného serveru.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>login = \"username\"\n" -#~ "Pro FTP, IMAP, LDAP, " -#~ "MySQL, Oracle, POP a PostgreSQL je použito jako " -#~ "uživatelské jméno pro přihlášení.\n" +#~ "Pro FTP, IMAP, LDAP, MySQL, Oracle, POP a PostgreSQL je použito jako uživatelské jméno pro přihlášení.\n" #~ "Pro Radius je pro parametr User-Name použito passwd.\n" -#~ "Pro SIP je username použito jak pro adresu komu, " -#~ "tak pro adresu od, v OPTIONS dotazu.\n" +#~ "Pro SIP je username použito jak pro adresu komu, tak pro adresu od, v OPTIONS dotazu.\n" #~ "Výchozí:\n" #~ "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" #~ "</dt><dt>* MySQL, Oracle a PostgreSQL: Musí být zadáno v konfiguraci\n" -#~ "</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<jmeno_hostitele>, " -#~ "jmeno_hostitele je odvozeno jako volba passwd níže.\n" -#~ "</dt><dt>* Jinak: prázdný řetězec, který značí, že se nebude provádět " -#~ "ověření.\n" +#~ "</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<jmeno_hostitele>, jmeno_hostitele je odvozeno jako volba passwd níže.\n" +#~ "</dt><dt>* Jinak: prázdný řetězec, který značí, že se nebude provádět ověření.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-client.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-client.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-client.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -292,8 +292,7 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Přidání iSCSI iniciátoru</BIG> \n" -"Vyberte si DSL zařízení ze seznamu detekovaných zařízení. Jestliže vaše " -"zařízení\n" +"Vyberte si DSL zařízení ze seznamu detekovaných zařízení. Jestliže vaše zařízení\n" "nebylo automaticky rozpoznáno, použijte Jiné (nerozpoznáno).\n" "Poté stiskněte Konfigurovat.\n" @@ -337,19 +336,16 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Úpravy a mazání:</BIG> \n" "Vyberte si iSCSI iniciátor, který chcete upravit anebo smazat.\n" -"Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.</" -"P>\n" +"Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.\n" #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" -"Seznam současných sezení. Abyste přidali nový cíl, zvolte jej a klikněte na " -"Přidat.\n" +"Seznam současných sezení. Abyste přidali nový cíl, zvolte jej a klikněte na Přidat.\n" "Abyste jej odstranili, klikněte na Odhlásit.\n" "Abyste změnili startovací status, klikněte na Přepnout.\n" @@ -360,63 +356,41 @@ msgstr "<h1>Varování</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"Přistupujete-li k iSCSI zařízení ke čtení a zápisu, ujistěte se, že je " -"přístup exkluzivní. Jinak může dojít ke ztrátě dat.\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "Přistupujete-li k iSCSI zařízení ke čtení a zápisu, ujistěte se, že je přístup exkluzivní. Jinak může dojít ke ztrátě dat.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"Název iniciátora je hodnota ze souboru <tt>/etc/initiatorname." -"iscsi</tt>.\n" -"V případě, že máte iBFT, bude tato hodnota nahrazena hodnotou z iBFT a " -"nebudete ji moci změnit (to lze provést v nastavení systému BIOS)." +"Název iniciátora je hodnota ze souboru <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" +"V případě, že máte iBFT, bude tato hodnota nahrazena hodnotou z iBFT a nebudete ji moci změnit (to lze provést v nastavení systému BIOS)." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Pokud chcete používat iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) pro " -"prozkoumávání cílů místo výchozí metody SendTargets,\n" +"Pokud chcete používat iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) pro prozkoumávání cílů místo výchozí metody SendTargets,\n" "vyplňte IP adresu iSNS serveru a port. Výchozí port by měl být 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Zadejte IP adresu zjištěného serveru.\n" -"V případě potřeby změňte pouze Port. Pro autentizaci použijte " -"Uživatelské jméno a Heslo. Pokud autentizaci nepotřebujete, " -"zvolte Bez ověřování.\n" +"V případě potřeby změňte pouze Port. Pro autentizaci použijte Uživatelské jméno a Heslo. Pokud autentizaci nepotřebujete, zvolte Bez ověřování.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " -msgstr "" -"Seznam uzlů nabídnutých iSCSI cílem. Zvolte jednu položku a klikněte na " -"Připojit. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " +msgstr "Seznam uzlů nabídnutých iSCSI cílem. Zvolte jednu položku a klikněte na Připojit. " #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Zvolte typ autentizace a zadejte Uživatelské jméno a Heslo." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." +msgstr "Zvolte typ autentizace a zadejte Uživatelské jméno a Heslo." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -426,29 +400,21 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" "manual je pro iSCSI cíl, který není ve výchozím stavu připojen\n" "a uživatel jej musí připojit ručně\n" -"onboot je pro iSCSI cíl, který je připojen během startování " -"systému,\n" +"onboot je pro iSCSI cíl, který je připojen během startování systému,\n" "tj. když kořen je na iSCSI. V takovém případě bude vyhodnocen z initrd.\n" -"automatic je pro iSCSI cíl, který je připojen při spuštění samotné " -"služby iSCSI.\n" +"automatic je pro iSCSI cíl, který je připojen při spuštění samotné služby iSCSI.\n" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " -"to any target." -msgstr "" -"Seznam zjištěných cílů. Spusťte nové Zjišťování nebo Připojte " -"libovolný cíl." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." +msgstr "Seznam zjištěných cílů. Spusťte nové Zjišťování nebo Připojte libovolný cíl." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -548,12 +514,8 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"Cíl s tímto názvem cíle již je připojen. Zkontrolujte, zda je povolena " -"funkce Multipathing za účelem zabránění poškození dat." +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "Cíl s tímto názvem cíle již je připojen. Zkontrolujte, zda je povolena funkce Multipathing za účelem zabránění poškození dat." #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 @@ -583,12 +545,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" -msgstr "" -"Pro konfiguraci iSCSI iniciátoru je vyžadována instalace balíčku %1</" -"b>." +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Pro konfiguraci iSCSI iniciátoru je vyžadována instalace balíčku %1." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -666,10 +624,8 @@ "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"Názvy iniciátora (InitiatorName) z iBFT a z <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -"iscsi</tt> se liší.\n" -"Původní název iniciátora bude nahrazen hodnotou z iBFT a bude vytvořena " -"záloha.\n" +"Názvy iniciátora (InitiatorName) z iBFT a z <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> se liší.\n" +"Původní název iniciátora bude nahrazen hodnotou z iBFT a bude vytvořena záloha.\n" "Chcete-li použít jiný název iniciátora, změňte jej v systému BIOS.\n" #. do discovery first Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-lio-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-lio-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-lio-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -313,8 +313,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Přidání cíle iSCSI:</big> \n" "Vyberte si cíl iSCSI ze seznamu detekovaných cílů.\n" -"Jestliže váš cíl nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte Jiné (nerozpoznáno)" -".\n" +"Jestliže váš cíl nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte Jiné (nerozpoznáno).\n" "Poté stiskněte Konfigurovat.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -357,8 +356,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Úpravy a mazání:</big> \n" "Vyberte cíl iSCSI, který chcete upravit anebo smazat.\n" -"Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.</" -"p>\n" +"Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 @@ -397,62 +395,30 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password." -msgstr "" -"Zvolte typ ověřování. Použijte Bez ověřování nebo Příchozí či " -"Odchozí (lze použít oboje). Pak vložte Uživatele a Heslo</" -"b>." +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "Zvolte typ ověřování. Použijte Bez ověřování nebo Příchozí či Odchozí (lze použít oboje). Pak vložte Uživatele a Heslo." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " -"initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "" -"Pro přidání klientského přístupu pro LUN importovaný ze skupiny cílového " -"portálu použijte Přidat. Zadejte, který klient má mít k němu přístup " -"(klientské jméno je InitiatorName v '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' " -"pro iniciátor iscsi). Smazat odebere klientský přístup k LUNu." +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgstr "Pro přidání klientského přístupu pro LUN importovaný ze skupiny cílového portálu použijte Přidat. Zadejte, který klient má mít k němu přístup (klientské jméno je InitiatorName v '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' pro iniciátor iscsi). Smazat odebere klientský přístup k LUNu." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " -"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " -"disabled here." -msgstr "" -"Pomocí Upravit LUN můžete upravit mapování LUNů. Vezměte na " -"vědomí, že číslo cíle LUN musí být unikátní. Stiskem Upravit ověření " -"vyberte typ ověření. Použijte Příchozí, Odchozí nebo obojí. " -"Potom zadejte Uživatele a Heslo. Pokud je v předchozím dialogu " -"zakázáno Použít ověření, je zde Upravit ověření zakázáno." +msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgstr "Pomocí Upravit LUN můžete upravit mapování LUNů. Vezměte na vědomí, že číslo cíle LUN musí být unikátní. Stiskem Upravit ověření vyberte typ ověření. Použijte Příchozí, Odchozí nebo obojí. Potom zadejte Uživatele a Heslo. Pokud je v předchozím dialogu zakázáno Použít ověření, je zde Upravit ověření zakázáno." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN." -msgstr "" -"Kopírovat nabízí možnost přidat k LUNu další klientský přístup." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +msgstr "Kopírovat nabízí možnost přidat k LUNu další klientský přístup." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Seznam nabídnutých cílů a cílových portálových skupin. Nový cíl vytvoříte " -"klepnutím na Přidat.\n" -"Chcete-li odstranit nebo upravit položku, vyberte ji a stiskněte Upravit</" -"b> nebo Smazat." +"Seznam nabídnutých cílů a cílových portálových skupin. Nový cíl vytvoříte klepnutím na Přidat.\n" +"Chcete-li odstranit nebo upravit položku, vyberte ji a stiskněte Upravit nebo Smazat." #. edit target #. add target @@ -463,34 +429,27 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Je možné vytvořit libovolná bloková zařízení nebo soubory dostupné pod " -"LUNem.\n" +"Je možné vytvořit libovolná bloková zařízení nebo soubory dostupné pod LUNem.\n" "Musíte zadat cestu buď k blokovému zařízení nebo souboru.\n" -"Název LUNu je libovolné jméno, které jednoznačně identifikuje LUN</" -"b>.\n" +"Název LUNu je libovolné jméno, které jednoznačně identifikuje LUN.\n" "Takové jméno musí být unikátní v celé cílové portálové skupině. Pokud \n" "nebude název LUNu vyplněný, bude vygenerován automaticky." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"Položkami IP adresa a Číslo portu určete na jaké adrese a " -"portu \n" -"bude tato služba dostupná. Výchozí číslo portu je 3260. IP adresu je možné " -"zvolit jen tu, \n" +"Položkami IP adresa a Číslo portu určete na jaké adrese a portu \n" +"bude tato služba dostupná. Výchozí číslo portu je 3260. IP adresu je možné zvolit jen tu, \n" "která je již přiřazena některé ze síťových karet." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -499,41 +458,29 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Je možné vytvořit libovolná bloková zařízení nebo soubory dostupné pod " -"LUNem.\n" +"Je možné vytvořit libovolná bloková zařízení nebo soubory dostupné pod LUNem.\n" "Musíte zadat cestu buď k blokovému zařízení nebo souboru.\n" -"Název LUNu je libovolné jméno, které jednoznačně identifikuje LUN</" -"b>.\n" +"Název LUNu je libovolné jméno, které jednoznačně identifikuje LUN.\n" "Takové jméno musí být unikátní v celé cílové portálové skupině. Pokud \n" "nebude název LUNu vyplněný, bude vygenerován automaticky." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Všechny dodatečné konfigurační možnosti je možné přidat, upravit</" -"b> nebo smazat." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Všechny dodatečné konfigurační možnosti je možné přidat, upravit nebo smazat." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"V případě potřeby upravte číslo LUN, nastavte Typ (možnost " -"nullio je pro testovací účely).\n" -" Pokud je nastaven typ fileio, nastavte jako Cestu diskové zařízení " -"nebo soubor. Volby SCSI ID\n" +"V případě potřeby upravte číslo LUN, nastavte Typ (možnost nullio je pro testovací účely).\n" +" Pokud je nastaven typ fileio, nastavte jako Cestu diskové zařízení nebo soubor. Volby SCSI ID\n" "a Sektory jsou volitelné." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -265,8 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Přidání iSCSI cíle:</BIG> \n" "Vyberte si iSCSI cíl ze seznamu detekovaných cílů.\n" -"Jestliže váš cíl nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte Jiné (nerozpoznáno)" -".\n" +"Jestliže váš cíl nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte Jiné (nerozpoznáno).\n" "Poté stiskněte Konfigurovat.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -309,8 +308,7 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Úpravy a mazání:</BIG> \n" "Vyberte iSCSI, který chcete upravit anebo smazat.\n" -"Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.</" -"P>\n" +"Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:93 @@ -349,36 +347,24 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password.\n" -"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or " -"Edit or Delete them." +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" +"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." msgstr "" -"Vyberte typ autentizace. Lze vybrat možnost Bez autentizace nebo " -"jednu z možností Příchozí a Odchozí (lze vybrat i obě " -"možnosti). Potom zadejte Uživatele a Heslo. \n" -" Pro příchozí autentizaci je možné Přidat další páry nebo je " -"Upravit či Smazat." +"Vyberte typ autentizace. Lze vybrat možnost Bez autentizace nebo jednu z možností Příchozí a Odchozí (lze vybrat i obě možnosti). Potom zadejte Uživatele a Heslo. \n" +" Pro příchozí autentizaci je možné Přidat další páry nebo je Upravit či Smazat." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete</" -"b>." +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgstr "" "Seznam nabídnutých cílů. Vytvořit nový cíl klepnutím na Přidat. \n" -"Chcete-li odstranit nebo upravit položku, vyberte ji a stiskněte Upravit</" -"b> nebo Smazat." +"Chcete-li odstranit nebo upravit položku, vyberte ji a stiskněte Upravit nebo Smazat." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, " -"LVM, or RAID.\n" -msgstr "" -"Je možné změnit Cestu pro blokování zařízení, běžných souborů. LVM či " -"RAID.\n" +msgid "It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" +msgstr "Je možné změnit Cestu pro blokování zařízení, běžných souborů. LVM či RAID.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" @@ -399,24 +385,16 @@ "Pokud potřebujete další možnosti, stiskněte Expertní nastavení.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Všechny dodatečné konfigurační možnosti je možné přidat, upravit</" -"b> nebo smazat." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Všechny dodatečné konfigurační možnosti je možné přidat, upravit nebo smazat." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes). \n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"V případě potřeby upravte číslo LUN, nastavte Typ (možnost " -"nullio je pro testovací účely). \n" -" Pokud je nastaven typ fileio, nastavte jako Cestu diskové zařízení " -"nebo soubor. Možnost SCSI ID a Sektory jsou volitelné." +"V případě potřeby upravte číslo LUN, nastavte Typ (možnost nullio je pro testovací účely). \n" +" Pokud je nastaven typ fileio, nastavte jako Cestu diskové zařízení nebo soubor. Možnost SCSI ID a Sektory jsou volitelné." #. extract ScsiId #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:168 @@ -462,8 +440,7 @@ #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:608 msgid "Cannot use the same secret for incoming and outgoing authentication." -msgstr "" -"Nelze použít stejnou tajnou informaci pro příchozí i odchozí ověřování." +msgstr "Nelze použít stejnou tajnou informaci pro příchozí i odchozí ověřování." #. string lun = tostring( UI::QueryWidget(`id(`lun), `Value) ); #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:731 @@ -593,12 +570,8 @@ #~ msgid "Cancel" #~ msgstr "Zrušit" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure the iSCSI target, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Abyste mohli konfigurovat iSCSI cíl, musíte mít nainstalovaný balíček " -#~ "%1." +#~ msgid "To configure the iSCSI target, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Abyste mohli konfigurovat iSCSI cíl, musíte mít nainstalovaný balíček %1." #~ msgid "Install it now?" #~ msgstr "Chcete je nyní nainstalovat?" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -200,80 +200,30 @@ "Zde můžete nastavit iSNS server. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of " -"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Umístění iSNS serveru</big> iSNS adresa může být zadána jako " -"DNS jméno nebo IP adresa.\n" +msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +msgstr "<big>Umístění iSNS serveru</big> iSNS adresa může být zadána jako DNS jméno nebo IP adresa.\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "" -"Zobrazení seznamu dostupných iSCSI uzlů registrovaných u iSNS služby. " -"Uzly jsou registrovány iniciátory a cíli iSCSI.Tyto uzly lze pouze " -"Smazat. Smazání uzlu vede k jeho odstranění z databáze iSNS." +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "Zobrazení seznamu dostupných iSCSI uzlů registrovaných u iSNS služby. Uzly jsou registrovány iniciátory a cíli iSCSI.Tyto uzly lze pouze Smazat. Smazání uzlu vede k jeho odstranění z databáze iSNS." #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "" -"Zobrazení seznamu vyhledávacích domén. Vyhledávací domény je možné " -"Vytvořit a Smazat. Odstranění domény smaže její členy, ale " -"nesmaže členy iSCSI uzlu." +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "Zobrazení seznamu vyhledávacích domén. Vyhledávací domény je možné Vytvořit a Smazat. Odstranění domény smaže její členy, ale nesmaže členy iSCSI uzlu." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "" -"Seznam všech iSCSI prvků je zobrazen podle vyhledávacích domén. Vybráním " -"jiné domény se prvky seznamu současně z této vyhledávací domény " -"zaktualizují. iSCSI uzel je možné Přidat k vyhledávací doméně nebo " -"ho Smazat. Smazání uzlu odstraní uzel z domény, ale samotný uzel " -"se neodstraní. Vytvoření iSCSI uzlu umožňuje ještě nezaregistrovaným " -"uzlům, aby se stali členy vyhledávací domény. To se stane ve chvíli, kdy " -"iSCSI iniciátor nebo cíl tento uzel zaregistruje. Když iSCSI " -"iniciátor provede vyhledávací dotaz, iSNS služba vrátí všechny iSCSI cíle " -"uzlů, které jsou členy stejné vyhledávací domény. " +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "Seznam všech iSCSI prvků je zobrazen podle vyhledávacích domén. Vybráním jiné domény se prvky seznamu současně z této vyhledávací domény zaktualizují. iSCSI uzel je možné Přidat k vyhledávací doméně nebo ho Smazat. Smazání uzlu odstraní uzel z domény, ale samotný uzel se neodstraní. Vytvoření iSCSI uzlu umožňuje ještě nezaregistrovaným uzlům, aby se stali členy vyhledávací domény. To se stane ve chvíli, kdy iSCSI iniciátor nebo cíl tento uzel zaregistruje. Když iSCSI iniciátor provede vyhledávací dotaz, iSNS služba vrátí všechny iSCSI cíle uzlů, které jsou členy stejné vyhledávací domény. " #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "" -"Sady vyhledávacích domén jsou zobrazeny na vrcholku seznamu. Vyhledávací " -"domény náleží k sadám vyhledávacích domén. Vyhledávací doména je aktivní " -"pouze tehdy, pokud je členem sady vyhledávacích domén. V iSNS " -"databázi jsou sady vyhledávacích domén, které obsahují vyhledávací domény. " -"Ty pak obsahují členy iSCSI uzlů." +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "Sady vyhledávacích domén jsou zobrazeny na vrcholku seznamu. Vyhledávací domény náleží k sadám vyhledávacích domén. Vyhledávací doména je aktivní pouze tehdy, pokud je členem sady vyhledávacích domén. V iSNS databázi jsou sady vyhledávacích domén, které obsahují vyhledávací domény. Ty pak obsahují členy iSCSI uzlů." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "" -"Seznam členů sady vyhledávacích domén se aktualizuje ve chvíli, kdy je " -"vybrána jiná sada." +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "Seznam členů sady vyhledávacích domén se aktualizuje ve chvíli, kdy je vybrána jiná sada." #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:28 @@ -282,8 +232,7 @@ #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:39 msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte sadu vyhledávacích domén, ke kterým bude vyhledávací doména přidána." +msgstr "Vyberte sadu vyhledávacích domén, ke kterým bude vyhledávací doména přidána." #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:43 msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" @@ -334,9 +283,7 @@ #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:711 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." -msgstr "" -"Připojení k iSNS serveru se nezdařilo. Zkontrolujte zadání adresy iSNS " -"serveru." +msgstr "Připojení k iSNS serveru se nezdařilo. Zkontrolujte zadání adresy iSNS serveru." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 @@ -350,12 +297,8 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Chcete-li nakonfigurovat službu isns, musí být nainstalován balíček " -"%1." +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Chcete-li nakonfigurovat službu isns, musí být nainstalován balíček %1." #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/kdump.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/kdump.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/kdump.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -57,36 +57,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Schéma pojmenovávání je /boot/vmlinuz[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Prosíme, " -"vložte pouze \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Schéma pojmenovávání je /boot/vmlinuz[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Prosíme, vložte pouze \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Příkazový řádek funkce kdump je příkazový řádek, který musí být předán jádru " -"funkce kdump." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "Příkazový řádek funkce kdump je příkazový řádek, který musí být předán jádru funkce kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Tuto proměnnou nastavte pouze tehdy, pokud chcete pouze _připojit_ hodnoty k " -"výchozímu řetězci příkazového řádku." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Tuto proměnnou nastavte pouze tehdy, pokud chcete pouze _připojit_ hodnoty k výchozímu řetězci příkazového řádku." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Po uložení výpisu jádrem funkce kdump bude počítač okamžitě restartován." +msgstr "Po uložení výpisu jádrem funkce kdump bude počítač okamžitě restartován." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:157 @@ -96,9 +83,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Určuje, kolik starých výpisů bude uchováváno. Hodnota 0 znamená uchovávání " -"všech výpisů." +msgstr "Určuje, kolik starých výpisů bude uchováváno. Hodnota 0 znamená uchovávání všech výpisů." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 @@ -112,12 +97,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"SMTP heslo pro zasílání oznamovacích zpráv. Cesta k souboru s heslem (prostý " -"textový soubor)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "SMTP heslo pro zasílání oznamovacích zpráv. Cesta k souboru s heslem (prostý textový soubor)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 @@ -161,12 +142,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"Dump cíl zahrnuje typ cíle ze: souboru (místní souborový systém), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "Dump cíl zahrnuje typ cíle ze: souboru (místní souborový systém), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 @@ -205,12 +182,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Schéma pojmenovávaní je: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel " -"znamená pouze \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Schéma pojmenovávaní je: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel znamená pouze \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 @@ -219,12 +192,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"Volba je úroveň běhu, se kterou bude spuštěno jádro funkce kdump. Jsou " -"povoleny pouze hodnoty 1, 2, 3, 5 nebo s" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "Volba je úroveň běhu, se kterou bude spuštěno jádro funkce kdump. Jsou povoleny pouze hodnoty 1, 2, 3, 5 nebo s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 @@ -360,9 +329,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Počet starých výpisů: Všechny výpisy se ukládají bez odstraňování starých " -"výpisů" +msgstr "Počet starých výpisů: Všechny výpisy se ukládají bez odstraňování starých výpisů" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 @@ -450,11 +417,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"Volba může obsahovat pouze hodnotu \"žádný\", \"ELF\", \"komprimovaný\" nebo " -"\"lzo\"." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "Volba může obsahovat pouze hodnotu \"žádný\", \"ELF\", \"komprimovaný\" nebo \"lzo\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:829 @@ -765,15 +729,12 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Zapnout/vypnout kdump \n" -" Zapne nebo vypne funkci kdump. Po změně je přidán nebo odstraněn " -"parametr jádra \n" -" crashkernel. Aby se změny projevily, je třeba restartovat počítač. </" -"p>\n" +" Zapne nebo vypne funkci kdump. Po změně je přidán nebo odstraněn parametr jádra \n" +" crashkernel. Aby se změny projevily, je třeba restartovat počítač. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 @@ -789,19 +750,10 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Firmwarem podporovaný výpis \n" -" Výpisy nejsou generovány před novou inicializací oddílu, ale odehrávají " -"se při restartování oddílu. Když probíhá výpis podporovaný firmwarem, " -"systémová paměť je zmražena a oddíl je restartován, což umožňuje nové " -"instanci operačního systému vypsat data z předchozího pádu jádra. Tato " -"funkce je vhodná pouze pokud systém má více než 1,5 GB paměti." +" Výpisy nejsou generovány před novou inicializací oddílu, ale odehrávají se při restartování oddílu. Když probíhá výpis podporovaný firmwarem, systémová paměť je zmražena a oddíl je restartován, což umožňuje nové instanci operačního systému vypsat data z předchozího pádu jádra. Tato funkce je vhodná pouze pokud systém má více než 1,5 GB paměti." #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -822,47 +774,37 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" "Formát výpisu \n" " Žádný výpis - Pouze uložit protokol jádra. \n" " Formát ELF - Vytvořit soubor s výpisem ve formátu ELF. \n" -" Komprimovaný formát - Komprimovat data každé stránky výpisu " -"pomocí gzipu. \n" -" Komprimovaný formát LZO - Mírně větší soubory, ale mnohem " -"rychlejší. \n" +" Komprimovaný formát - Komprimovat data každé stránky výpisu pomocí gzipu. \n" +" Komprimovaný formát LZO - Mírně větší soubory, ale mnohem rychlejší. \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Cíl ukládání pro obrazy funkce kdump \n" -" Cílové umístění, do kterého budou ukládány pořízené obrazy. Vyberte typ " -"cíle. " +" Cílové umístění, do kterého budou ukládány pořízené obrazy. Vyberte typ cíle. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Místní systém souborů - Pořízené obrazy budou ukládány do místního " -"souborového systému.\n" -" Adresář pro ukládané výpisy - Do tohoto adresáře budou ukládány " -"pořízené obrazy.\n" -" Adresář k ukládání pořízených obrazů můžete vyhledat po stisknutí " -"tlačítka Procházet\n" +"Místní systém souborů - Pořízené obrazy budou ukládány do místního souborového systému.\n" +" Adresář pro ukládané výpisy - Do tohoto adresáře budou ukládány pořízené obrazy.\n" +" Adresář k ukládání pořízených obrazů můžete vyhledat po stisknutí tlačítka Procházet\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 @@ -873,16 +815,13 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - Uložit kdump obraz prostřednictvím FTP.\n" " Jméno serveru - Jméno ftp serveru.\n" -" Port - Číslo portu pro spojení. Adresář na serveru - " -"Cesta pro uložení obrazu kdump.\n" +" Port - Číslo portu pro spojení. Adresář na serveru - Cesta pro uložení obrazu kdump.\n" " Povolit anonymní FTP umožní anonymní spojení se serverem.\n" -" Uživatelské jméno pro ftp spojení. Heslo pro ftp spojení." -" " +" Uživatelské jméno pro ftp spojení. Heslo pro ftp spojení. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -937,8 +876,7 @@ " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" "Vlastní jádro pro kdump Zde může uživatel zadat vlastní jádro.\n" -" Konvence pro název jádra je následující:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-" -"<řetězec_jádra>[.gz]\n" +" Konvence pro název jádra je následující:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<řetězec_jádra>[.gz]\n" " Zadejte pouze řetězec_jádra. " #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 @@ -959,8 +897,7 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump doplňky příkazové řádky\n" -" Nastavení této možnosti znamená _přidat_ hodnoty k základnímu řetězci v " -"příkazové řádce.\n" +" Nastavení této možnosti znamená _přidat_ hodnoty k základnímu řetězci v příkazové řádce.\n" " Řetězec bude připojen v případě, že je nastavena\n" " volba Příkazová řádka kdump. \n" @@ -971,21 +908,18 @@ " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " msgstr "" "Povolit okamžité restartování po uložení výpisu - \n" -" Povolit okamžité restartování počítače po uložení jádra pomocí funkce " -"kdump. " +" Povolit okamžité restartování počítače po uložení jádra pomocí funkce kdump. " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "Umožnit smazání starých obrazů dump - \n" " Umožní smazání starých obrazů dump. Jestliže počet souborů dump v \n" -" Počtu starých dump převýší toto číslo, starší výpisy budou " -"odstraněny. " +" Počtu starých dump převýší toto číslo, starší výpisy budou odstraněny. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 @@ -1005,8 +939,7 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." msgstr "" "SMTP server je použit pro zasílání oznámení\n" "e-mailem poté, co je pořízen výpis." @@ -1015,8 +948,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" "Uživatelské jméno pro ověření vůči SMTP, když je\n" "nastaven SMTP server. Vyplnění je volitelné. Pokud\n" @@ -1025,10 +957,8 @@ #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" "Heslo pro ověření vůči SMTP, když je\n" "nastaven SMTP server. Vyplnění je volitelné. Pokud\n" @@ -1036,20 +966,14 @@ #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "" -"Oznámit komu Zadejte e-mailovou adresu, na kterou bude zasláno " -"oznámení poté, co bude výpis uložen.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "Oznámit komu Zadejte e-mailovou adresu, na kterou bude zasláno oznámení poté, co bude výpis uložen.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" "Kopie oznámení Zadejte seznam e-mailových adres\n" "oddělených mezerou, na které bude zaslána kopie oznámení\n" @@ -1058,13 +982,11 @@ #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" "Počet starých výpisů určuje kolik starých výpisu bude ponecháno.\n" -" Jestliže počet souborů výpisu překročí toto číslo, starší výpisy budou " -"odstraněny." +" Jestliže počet souborů výpisu překročí toto číslo, starší výpisy budou odstraněny." #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175 @@ -1124,8 +1046,7 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Přidání Kdump</BIG> \n" -"Vyberte si kdump ze seznamu detekovaných kdumpů (výpisů). Jestliže váš " -"kdump\n" +"Vyberte si kdump ze seznamu detekovaných kdumpů (výpisů). Jestliže váš kdump\n" "nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte Jiný (nerozpoznán).\n" "Poté stiskněte Konfigurovat.\n" @@ -1169,8 +1090,7 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Úpravy nebo mazání:</BIG> \n" "Vyberte si kdump, kterého chcete upravit anebo smazat.\n" -"Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.</" -"P>\n" +"Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.\n" #. definition UI terms for saveing dump target #. @@ -1404,8 +1324,7 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Formát výpisu \n" -#~ " Komprimovaný formát - Komprimuje data výpisu po jednotlivých " -#~ "stránkách.\n" +#~ " Komprimovaný formát - Komprimuje data výpisu po jednotlivých stránkách.\n" #~ " Formát ELF - Vytvoří soubor výpisu ve formátu ELF. " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" @@ -1419,14 +1338,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " -#~ "line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zařadit do Kdump příkazové řádky\n" -#~ " Nastavení této možnosti znamená _přidat_ hodnoty k výchozímu řetězci " -#~ "v příkazové řádce.\n" +#~ " Nastavení této možnosti znamená _přidat_ hodnoty k výchozímu řetězci v příkazové řádce.\n" #~ " Řetězec bude připojen jestliže je Příkazová řádka kdump\n" #~ " nastavena. \n" @@ -1439,11 +1356,8 @@ #~ msgid "Enable Ra&w Saving in Initrd" #~ msgstr "Povolit ra&w ukládání ve fázi initrd" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The List of A&vailable Raw Partitions of All Disks Without Known " -#~ "Filesystem" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seznam D&ostupných raw sekcí všech disků bez známého souborového systému" +#~ msgid "The List of A&vailable Raw Partitions of All Disks Without Known Filesystem" +#~ msgstr "Seznam D&ostupných raw sekcí všech disků bez známého souborového systému" #~ msgid "User Name" #~ msgstr "Jméno uživatele" @@ -1475,24 +1389,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Enable Raw Saving in Initrd - allows to save \n" -#~ " the dump in initrd before mounting any filesystem. Then the system is " -#~ "rebooted, and \n" -#~ " if the filesystem does not mount, the user can repair it with a " -#~ "rescue system. On the first normal \n" -#~ " boot, the dump is saved to the final dump destination. It is possible " -#~ "to a select raw partition \n" -#~ " from The List of Available Raw Paritions of All Disks Without " -#~ "Known Filesystem .\n" +#~ " the dump in initrd before mounting any filesystem. Then the system is rebooted, and \n" +#~ " if the filesystem does not mount, the user can repair it with a rescue system. On the first normal \n" +#~ " boot, the dump is saved to the final dump destination. It is possible to a select raw partition \n" +#~ " from The List of Available Raw Paritions of All Disks Without Known Filesystem .\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Umožnit raw ukládání v Initrd - umožňuje ukládat\n" -#~ " dump v initrd před připojením libovolného souborového systém. Potom " -#~ "je systém restartován a \n" -#~ " jestliže se souborový systém nepřipojí, uživatel to může opravit v " -#~ "záchranném systému. Během prvního normálního \n" -#~ " startu systému je dump uložen do svého konečného umístění. Je možné " -#~ "vybrat raw oddíl \n" -#~ " ze Seznamu dostupných raw oddílů všech disků bez známého " -#~ "souborového systému .\n" +#~ " dump v initrd před připojením libovolného souborového systém. Potom je systém restartován a \n" +#~ " jestliže se souborový systém nepřipojí, uživatel to může opravit v záchranném systému. Během prvního normálního \n" +#~ " startu systému je dump uložen do svého konečného umístění. Je možné vybrat raw oddíl \n" +#~ " ze Seznamu dostupných raw oddílů všech disků bez známého souborového systému .\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "The Runlevel to Boot the Kdump Kernel - \n" @@ -1501,8 +1407,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Úroveň běhu pro jádro funkce kdump - \n" #~ " Úroveň běhu, se kterou bude spuštěno jádro funkce kdump. Pokud je\n" -#~ " k výpisu zapotřebí připojení k síti, nastavte hodnotu 3. </" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ " k výpisu zapotřebí připojení k síti, nastavte hodnotu 3. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Number of Old Dumps - \n" @@ -1543,12 +1448,8 @@ #~ msgid "Wrong value of options \"level\"." #~ msgstr "Nesprávná hodnota možnosti \"úroveň\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Raw partition allows to save the dump in initrd before mounting any " -#~ "filesystem." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Použití přímého oddílu umožňuje skriptu initrd uložit výpis ještě před " -#~ "připojením souborových systémů." +#~ msgid "Raw partition allows to save the dump in initrd before mounting any filesystem." +#~ msgstr "Použití přímého oddílu umožňuje skriptu initrd uložit výpis ještě před připojením souborových systémů." #~ msgid "The runlevel to boot the kdump kernel.(1,2,3,5,s)" #~ msgstr "Úroveň běhu pro jádro funkce kdump.(1,2,3,4,5,s)" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/kerberos-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/kerberos-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/kerberos-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -543,22 +543,16 @@ #. Help text: ask for database backend 2/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"<big>Místní databáze</big> vytvoří místní databázi pro ukládání " -"akreditací." +msgid "<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the credentials." +msgstr "<big>Místní databáze</big> vytvoří místní databázi pro ukládání akreditací." #. Help text: ask for database backend 3/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new " -"LDAP server\n" +"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new LDAP server\n" "on this machine and use it as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Nastavení nového LDAP serveru jako back-endu databáze</big> nastaví " -"nový LDAP server\n" +"<big>Nastavení nového LDAP serveru jako back-endu databáze</big> nastaví nový LDAP server\n" "na tomto stroji a použije je jako back-end databáze.\n" #. Help text: ask for database backend 4/4 @@ -567,27 +561,18 @@ "<big>Use Existing LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> gives you the\n" "option to use an external LDAP server as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Použití existujícího LDAP serveru jako podpůrné vrstvy databáze</" -"big> vám dává možnost \n" +"<big>Použití existujícího LDAP serveru jako podpůrné vrstvy databáze</big> vám dává možnost \n" "použití externího LDAP serveru jako podpůrné databázové vrstvy.\n" #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." -msgstr "" -"Zde upřesněte <big>doménu</big> a <big>hlavní heslo</big> pro Váš " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgstr "Zde upřesněte <big>doménu</big> a <big>hlavní heslo</big> pro Váš Kerberos server." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ačkoliv vaše doména Kerbera může být ASCII řetězec, konvence je použití " -"velkých písmen jako ve jménu vaší domény.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "Ačkoliv vaše doména Kerbera může být ASCII řetězec, konvence je použití velkých písmen jako ve jménu vaší domény.\n" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:79 @@ -607,28 +592,22 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:87 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP " -"server." -msgstr "" -"Pomocí LDAB base DN můžete změnit základní DN LDAP serveru." +msgid "With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP server." +msgstr "Pomocí LDAB base DN můžete změnit základní DN LDAP serveru." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default." msgstr "" -"<big>Kerberos zásobník DN</big> určuje zásobník, kde by Kerberos server " -"měl defaultně vytvořit \n" +"<big>Kerberos zásobník DN</big> určuje zásobník, kde by Kerberos server měl defaultně vytvořit \n" "hlavní a další informační data." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the " -"LDAP server.\n" +"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "Only read access is required for this account.\n" msgstr "" "<big>KDC vazba DN</big> je DN, které KDC používá k ověření LDAP serveru.\n" @@ -637,29 +616,24 @@ #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to " -"the LDAP server.\n" +"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "This account also needs write access.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Kadmin vazba DN</big> je DN, který Kadmin používá k ověření LDAP " -"serveru.\n" +"<big>Kadmin vazba DN</big> je DN, který Kadmin používá k ověření LDAP serveru.\n" "Tento účet potřebuje také právo zápisu.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters to set up an LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"V tomto dialogu můžete změňte parametry abyste nastavili LDAP server." +msgstr "V tomto dialogu můžete změňte parametry abyste nastavili LDAP server." #. Help text: New LDAP server 3/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Kerberos kontejner DN</big> určuje výchozí kontejner, kde by " -"Kerberos server měl vytvořit \n" +"<big>Kerberos kontejner DN</big> určuje výchozí kontejner, kde by Kerberos server měl vytvořit \n" "hlavní a další informační data.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 4/6 @@ -670,30 +644,21 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, " -"the password you entered\n" +"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the password you entered\n" "as the KDC Master password is also used for the LDAP administrator. \n" msgstr "" -"Pokud vyberete zaškrtávací políčko <big>Použít dříve zadané heslo</big>, " -"heslo, které jste zadali\n" +"Pokud vyberete zaškrtávací políčko <big>Použít dříve zadané heslo</big>, heslo, které jste zadali\n" "jako hlavní heslo KDC bude použito i pro administraci LDAP.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the " -"LDAP administrator." -msgstr "" -"Když zaškrtávací políčko není nastaveno, můžete vložit odlišné heslo pro " -"administraci LDAP." +msgid "When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP administrator." +msgstr "Když zaškrtávací políčko není nastaveno, můžete vložit odlišné heslo pro administraci LDAP." #. Help text: Summary 1/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." -msgstr "" -"Zde vidíte krátký souhrn všech nastavení, která jste právě provedli v " -"konfiguraci Kerbera." +msgid "This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." +msgstr "Zde vidíte krátký souhrn všech nastavení, která jste právě provedli v konfiguraci Kerbera." #. Help text: Summary 2/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -702,59 +667,34 @@ #. Help text: Summary 3/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:133 -msgid "" -"You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit</" -"b> button." -msgstr "" -"Můžete změnit některé hodnoty nastavení vaší konfigurace kliknutím na " -"tlačítko Editovat." +msgid "You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit button." +msgstr "Můžete změnit některé hodnoty nastavení vaší konfigurace kliknutím na tlačítko Editovat." #. ============================================================================== #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Tento řetězec určuje umístění Kerberos databáze pro tuto doménu." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Tento řetězec určuje umístění Kerberos databáze pro tuto doménu." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Tento řetězec určuje umístění souboru seznamu kontroly přístupu (ACL, " -"access control list), který kadmin používá k určení hlavních oprávnění v " -"rámci databáze." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "Tento řetězec určuje umístění souboru seznamu kontroly přístupu (ACL, access control list), který kadmin používá k určení hlavních oprávnění v rámci databáze." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" -"Tento řetězec určuje umístění souboru keytab, který admin používá k " -"ověřování databáze." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Tento řetězec určuje umístění souboru keytab, který admin používá k ověřování databáze." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Tento absolutní čas určuje výchozí datum vypršení hlavních dat v této " -"doméně." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Tento absolutní čas určuje výchozí datum vypršení hlavních dat v této doméně." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:155 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Tyto příznaky určují výchozí atributy hlavních dat vytvořených v rámci " -"této oblasti." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Tyto příznaky určují výchozí atributy hlavních dat vytvořených v rámci této oblasti." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -763,8 +703,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Povolení těchto vlajek umožní příkazci získat lístky s posunutým datem." +msgstr "Povolení těchto vlajek umožní příkazci získat lístky s posunutým datem." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -799,12 +738,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat klíč k sezení jiného uživatele, " -"povoluje tomuto příkazci ověření uživatel-uživatel." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat klíč k sezení jiného uživatele, povoluje tomuto příkazci ověření uživatel-uživatel." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:181 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -812,17 +747,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" -"Pokud je tato vlajka povolena klient příkazce, tak příkazce může vyžadoval " -"před ověření KDC před obdržením lístků. Když povolíte tuto vlajku službě " -"příkazce, lístky služby pro tohoto příkazce budou vydány pouze klientům s " -"TGT, kteří mají sadu před ověřovacích lístků." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Pokud je tato vlajka povolena klient příkazce, tak příkazce může vyžadoval před ověření KDC před obdržením lístků. Když povolíte tuto vlajku službě příkazce, lístky služby pro tohoto příkazce budou vydány pouze klientům s TGT, kteří mají sadu před ověřovacích lístků." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:186 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -830,12 +756,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Je-li tato vlajka povolena, příkazce musí být před ověřený použitím " -"hardwarového zařízení před obdržením jakéhokoliv lístku." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Je-li tato vlajka povolena, příkazce musí být před ověřený použitím hardwarového zařízení před obdržením jakéhokoliv lístku." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "Allow service" @@ -843,11 +765,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" -"Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci KDC obdržet lístky pro tohoto příkazce." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci KDC obdržet lístky pro tohoto příkazce." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:196 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -855,14 +774,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat lístky na základě lístku-" -"poskytujícího-lístek raději než opakováním ověřovacího procesu, který byl " -"použit k získání TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat lístky na základě lístku-poskytujícího-lístek raději než opakováním ověřovacího procesu, který byl použit k získání TGT." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -870,14 +783,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Povolení této vlajky znamená, že KDC bude vydávat lístky pro tohoto " -"příkazce. Zakázání této vlajky v podstatě deaktivuje příkazce uvnitř jeho " -"domény." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Povolení této vlajky znamená, že KDC bude vydávat lístky pro tohoto příkazce. Zakázání této vlajky v podstatě deaktivuje příkazce uvnitř jeho domény." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "Need change" @@ -894,66 +801,35 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Je-li tato vlajka povolena, značí tohoto příkazce jako službu měnící heslo. " -"To by mělo být použito pouze ve zvláštních případech, např. když " -"uživatelovo heslo vypršelo, uživatel musí dostat lístky pro příkazce, aby " -"byl schopen jej změnit bez průchodu normálního ověřování hesla." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Je-li tato vlajka povolena, značí tohoto příkazce jako službu měnící heslo. To by mělo být použito pouze ve zvláštních případech, např. když uživatelovo heslo vypršelo, uživatel musí dostat lístky pro příkazce, aby byl schopen jej změnit bez průchodu normálního ověřování hesla." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" -"Umístění řetězce souboru slovníku obsahujícího řetězce, které nesmí být " -"hesly. Pokud tento štítek není není nastaven nebo když není žádná politika " -"přiřazena k vedení, nebude prováděna žádná kontrola." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "Umístění řetězce souboru slovníku obsahujícího řetězce, které nesmí být hesly. Pokud tento štítek není není nastaven nebo když není žádná politika přiřazena k vedení, nebude prováděna žádná kontrola." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:219 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:223 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Toto číslo portu upřesňuje port, na kterém kadmin démon naslouchá pro " -"tuto doménu." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Toto číslo portu upřesňuje port, na kterém kadmin démon naslouchá pro tuto doménu." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:227 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" -"Tento řetězec upřesňuje umístění, kde je uložen hlavní klíč s kdb5_stash." -"" +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Tento řetězec upřesňuje umístění, kde je uložen hlavní klíč s kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Tento řetězec upřesňuje seznam portů, na kterých bude KDC pro tuto doménu." -"" +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Tento řetězec upřesňuje seznam portů, na kterých bude KDC pro tuto doménu." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" -"Tento řetězec upřesňuje jméno příkazce spojeného s hlavním klíčem. " -"Výchozí hodnota je K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Tento řetězec upřesňuje jméno příkazce spojeného s hlavním klíčem. Výchozí hodnota je K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:239 @@ -962,89 +838,48 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:243 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být v " -"této doméně lístek platný." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být v této doméně lístek platný." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:247 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být " -"pro tuto doménu lístek obnoven." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být pro tuto doménu lístek obnoven." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:251 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Seznam řetězců klíč:sůl určující výchozí kombinace klíč/sůl vedení této " -"oblasti." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Seznam řetězců klíč:sůl určující výchozí kombinace klíč/sůl vedení této oblasti." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "Upřesňuje povolené kombinace klíč/salt příkazce této domény." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" -"Upřesňuje zdali má být seznam projitých domén pro lístky křížových domén " -"kontrolován proti průchozí cestě vypočítané ze jmen domény a sekce [capaths] " -"jejího krb5.conf konfiguračního souboru" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Upřesňuje zdali má být seznam projitých domén pro lístky křížových domén kontrolován proti průchozí cestě vypočítané ze jmen domény a sekce [capaths] jejího krb5.conf konfiguračního souboru" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:263 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Tento tag specifický pro LDAP značí počet spojení, která mají být LDAP " -"serverem udržována." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Tento tag specifický pro LDAP značí počet spojení, která mají být LDAP serverem udržována." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:267 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "" -"Tento tag specifický pro LDAP značí soubor obsahující skrytá hesla pro " -"objekty používané pro spuštění serveru Kerberos." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "Tento tag specifický pro LDAP značí soubor obsahující skrytá hesla pro objekty používané pro spuštění serveru Kerberos." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" -"Upřesňuje seznam podstromů obsahující příkazce domény. Seznam obsahuje DN " -"podstrom objektů oddělených dvojtečkou (:)Oblast hledání upřesňuje " -"oblast pro příkazce v rámci podstromu." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Upřesňuje seznam podstromů obsahující příkazce domény. Seznam obsahuje DN podstrom objektů oddělených dvojtečkou (:)Oblast hledání upřesňuje oblast pro příkazce v rámci podstromu." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:275 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" -"Upřesňuje DN objektu zásobníku, ve kterém budou příkazci domény " -"vytvořeni. Pokud není reference zásobníku nastaveno pro doménu, příkazci " -"budou vytvořeni v zásobníku domén." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Upřesňuje DN objektu zásobníku, ve kterém budou příkazci domény vytvořeni. Pokud není reference zásobníku nastaveno pro doménu, příkazci budou vytvořeni v zásobníku domén." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:279 @@ -1053,12 +888,8 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" -msgstr "" -"Upřesňuje maximální obnovitelnost života lístků pro příkazce v této " -"doméně." +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Upřesňuje maximální obnovitelnost života lístků pro příkazce v této doméně." #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/kerberos-server/wizards.rb:167 @@ -1300,12 +1131,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Nelze zapsat do <tt>/etc/sysconfig/openldap</tt>." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specify the container where the " -#~ "Kerberos server should create \n" +#~ "The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specify the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" #~ "the principals and other informational data by default." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Kerberos zásobník DB</big> určuje, kde by Kerberos měl defaultně " -#~ "vytvářet\n" +#~ "<big>Kerberos zásobník DB</big> určuje, kde by Kerberos měl defaultně vytvářet\n" #~ "hlavní a další informační data." #~ msgid "Advanced Configuration" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/kerberos.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/kerberos.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/kerberos.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -199,17 +199,8 @@ #. help text (do not transl. values "m","h", "d") #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:61 -msgid "" -"By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default " -"Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. " -"Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for " -"hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</" -"tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." -msgstr "" -"Hodnoty Výchozí životnost, Výchozí obnovitelná životnost a " -"Posunutí hodin jsou zadány v sekundách. Zadat můžete i jiné jednotky " -"(<tt>m</tt> pro minuty, <tt>h</tt> pro hodiny a <tt>d</tt> pro dny) jako " -"příponu hodnot (např. <tt>1d</tt> nebo <tt>24h</tt> pro jeden den)." +msgid "By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." +msgstr "Hodnoty Výchozí životnost, Výchozí obnovitelná životnost a Posunutí hodin jsou zadány v sekundách. Zadat můžete i jiné jednotky (<tt>m</tt> pro minuty, <tt>h</tt> pro hodiny a <tt>d</tt> pro dny) jako příponu hodnot (např. <tt>1d</tt> nebo <tt>24h</tt> pro jeden den)." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:86 @@ -223,17 +214,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to " -"another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. " -"Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of " -"them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." -msgstr "" -"Přeposílatelné (forwardable) umožňuje přenést celou identitu (TGT) " -"na jiný počítač. Distribuovatelné (proxiable) umožňuje přenést pouze " -"jednotlivé lístky. Vyberte jestli má být volba aplikována na všechny PAM " -"služby, na žádné z nich a nebo zadejte seznam těchto služeb oddělený " -"mezerami." +msgid "Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." +msgstr "Přeposílatelné (forwardable) umožňuje přenést celou identitu (TGT) na jiný počítač. Distribuovatelné (proxiable) umožňuje přenést pouze jednotlivé lístky. Vyberte jestli má být volba aplikována na všechny PAM služby, na žádné z nich a nebo zadejte seznam těchto služeb oddělený mezerami." #. checkbox label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:130 @@ -247,32 +229,18 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:144 -msgid "" -"If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after " -"closing the session." -msgstr "" -" Pokud je zvoleno Držení, PAM modul zachová lístky po ukončení " -"sezení." +msgid "If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after closing the session." +msgstr " Pokud je zvoleno Držení, PAM modul zachová lístky po ukončení sezení." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:159 -msgid "" -"To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos " -"Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -"user authentication on the SSH server." -msgstr "" -"Pro povolení protokolu Kerberos pro OpenSSH klienta zaškrtněte položku " -"Podpora protokolu Kerberos pro OpenSSH klienta. Lístky protokolu " -"Kerberos pak budou používány pro ověření na SSH serveru." +msgid "To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server." +msgstr "Pro povolení protokolu Kerberos pro OpenSSH klienta zaškrtněte položku Podpora protokolu Kerberos pro OpenSSH klienta. Lístky protokolu Kerberos pak budou používány pro ověření na SSH serveru." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication " -"attempts by users it does not know." -msgstr "" -"Zaškrtněte Ignorovat neznámé uživatele aby Kerberos ignorovat " -"ověřovací pokusy uživatelů, které nezná." +msgid "Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication attempts by users it does not know." +msgstr "Zaškrtněte Ignorovat neznámé uživatele aby Kerberos ignorovat ověřovací pokusy uživatelů, které nezná." #. intfield label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:188 @@ -281,15 +249,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "" -"When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by " -"users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for " -"disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." -msgstr "" -"Pokud je Minimální UID větší než 0, budou ignorovány pokusy o " -"ověření uživatelů s UID pod zadaným číslem. To je užitečné např. při " -"znemožnění Kerberos ověření pro systémového administrátora (uživatele " -"root)." +msgid "When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." +msgstr "Pokud je Minimální UID větší než 0, budou ignorovány pokusy o ověření uživatelů s UID pod zadaným číslem. To je užitečné např. při znemožnění Kerberos ověření pro systémového administrátora (uživatele root)." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -298,12 +259,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:205 -msgid "" -"The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly " -"matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." -msgstr "" -"Posunutí hodin je tolerance pro časové razítko nesouhlasící přesně " -"se systémovým časem. Hodnota je v sekundách." +msgid "The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." +msgstr "Posunutí hodin je tolerance pro časové razítko nesouhlasící přesně se systémovým časem. Hodnota je v sekundách." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:230 @@ -329,12 +286,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "" -"To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate " -"configuration module in Configure User Data." -msgstr "" -"Zdroj uživatelských účtů můžete nakonfigurovat vybráním odpovídajícího " -"modulu konfigurace v části Konfigurace dat uživatelů." +msgid "To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate configuration module in Configure User Data." +msgstr "Zdroj uživatelských účtů můžete nakonfigurovat vybráním odpovídajícího modulu konfigurace v části Konfigurace dat uživatelů." #. menu item #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:252 @@ -353,12 +306,8 @@ #. help text for "Credential Cac&he Directory" #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:267 -msgid "" -"Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as " -"Credential Cache Directory." -msgstr "" -"Nastavte adresář, kam se mají umístit schválené cache soubory jako " -"Schválený adresář cache." +msgid "Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as Credential Cache Directory." +msgstr "Nastavte adresář, kam se mají umístit schválené cache soubory jako Schválený adresář cache." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:280 @@ -372,12 +321,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:292 -msgid "" -"Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place " -"the user's session-specific credential cache." -msgstr "" -"Schválená cache šablona upřesňuje umístění, kam se mají umístit " -"uživatelská, pro sezení typická, schválená cache." +msgid "Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place the user's session-specific credential cache." +msgstr "Schválená cache šablona upřesňuje umístění, kam se mají umístit uživatelská, pro sezení typická, schválená cache." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -386,11 +331,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:308 -msgid "" -"Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab " -"File Location." -msgstr "" -"Upřesněte umístění souboru s klíči v Umístění Keytab souboru." +msgid "Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab File Location." +msgstr "Upřesněte umístění souboru s klíči v Umístění Keytab souboru." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:321 @@ -404,12 +346,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:333 -msgid "" -"With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the " -"principal's name from the system user name." -msgstr "" -"S Mapováním, upřesněte jak mají PAM moduly odvozovat hlavní jména " -"ze jména uživatele systému." +msgid "With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the principal's name from the system user name." +msgstr "S Mapováním, upřesněte jak mají PAM moduly odvozovat hlavní jména ze jména uživatele systému." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:346 @@ -418,21 +356,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:348 -msgid "" -"The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a " -"password questions." -msgstr "" -"Hodnota Banner je text, který by měl být ukázaný před otázkou na " -"heslo." +msgid "The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a password questions." +msgstr "Hodnota Banner je text, který by měl být ukázaný před otázkou na heslo." #. generic help for Services tab #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:362 -msgid "" -"All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no " -"service or a specific list of services separated by commas." -msgstr "" -"Všechna nastavení v tomto dialogu mohou být použita pro všechny služby " -"PAM, žádné služby, anebo zvláštní seznam služeb oddělených čárkami." +msgid "All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no service or a specific list of services separated by commas." +msgstr "Všechna nastavení v tomto dialogu mohou být použita pro všechny služby PAM, žádné služby, anebo zvláštní seznam služeb oddělených čárkami." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:370 @@ -441,12 +371,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "" -"When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) " -"with no address information are requested." -msgstr "" -"Když Počáteční lístky bez adresy jsou nastaveny, jsou vyžadovány " -"počáteční lístky (TGT) bez informace adrese." +msgid "When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) with no address information are requested." +msgstr "Když Počáteční lístky bez adresy jsou nastaveny, jsou vyžadovány počáteční lístky (TGT) bez informace adrese." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:386 @@ -455,12 +381,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:388 -msgid "" -"Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." -"" -msgstr "" -"Zaškrtněte Debug abyste zapnuli debugování vybraných služeb " -"prostřednictvím syslogu." +msgid "Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." +msgstr "Zaškrtněte Debug abyste zapnuli debugování vybraných služeb prostřednictvím syslogu." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:402 @@ -469,12 +391,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "" -"Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Rozlišování velikosti písmen zapne debugování s rozlišováním " -"velikosti písmen." +msgid "Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information." +msgstr "Rozlišování velikosti písmen zapne debugování s rozlišováním velikosti písmen." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:418 @@ -483,14 +401,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:420 -msgid "" -"Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the " -"presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate " -"the user." -msgstr "" -"Zaškrtněte Přijmout existující lístek abyste povolili PAMu " -"akceptovat přítomnost již existujících akreditací Kerberosu jako dostatečné " -"autentizace uživatele." +msgid "Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate the user." +msgstr "Zaškrtněte Přijmout existující lístek abyste povolili PAMu akceptovat přítomnost již existujících akreditací Kerberosu jako dostatečné autentizace uživatele." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:435 @@ -499,12 +411,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:437 -msgid "" -"List the services allowed to provide credentials in External " -"Credentials." -msgstr "" -"Seznam služeb, kterým je povoleno vydávat pověření ve Vnějších " -"pověřeních." +msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External Credentials." +msgstr "Seznam služeb, kterým je povoleno vydávat pověření ve Vnějších pověřeních." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:452 @@ -513,12 +421,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:454 -msgid "" -"Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared " -"memory is used during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Použití sdílené paměti popisuje služby, pro které je sdílená paměť " -"používána během ověřování." +msgid "Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared memory is used during authentication." +msgstr "Použití sdílené paměti popisuje služby, pro které je sdílená paměť používána během ověřování." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:469 @@ -527,12 +431,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the " -"value of Validate Initial Ticket." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte služby, pro které by TGT mělo být ověřenou změnou hodnoty " -"Potvrdit počáteční lístky." +msgid "Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the value of Validate Initial Ticket." +msgstr "Vyberte služby, pro které by TGT mělo být ověřenou změnou hodnoty Potvrdit počáteční lístky." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:486 @@ -541,12 +441,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:488 -msgid "" -"With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password " -"before the authentication attempt." -msgstr "" -"Se zaškrtnutou Úvodní upomínkou se PAM moduly dotazují na heslo " -"před pokusem o ověření." +msgid "With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password before the authentication attempt." +msgstr "Se zaškrtnutou Úvodní upomínkou se PAM moduly dotazují na heslo před pokusem o ověření." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:502 @@ -555,14 +451,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:504 -msgid "" -"If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user " -"for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow " -"insufficient for authentication." -msgstr "" -"Pakliže je Dodatečná upomínka zapnuta, moduly PAM se mohou zeptat " -"uživatele na heslo v případě, že předchozí vložené \"heslo\" bylo \"nějak\" " -"nedostatečné pro ověření." +msgid "If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow insufficient for authentication." +msgstr "Pakliže je Dodatečná upomínka zapnuta, moduly PAM se mohou zeptat uživatele na heslo v případě, že předchozí vložené \"heslo\" bylo \"nějak\" nedostatečné pro ověření." #. directory location popup label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:602 @@ -600,9 +490,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Authentication with Kerberos</big> \n" -"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable " -"Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in " -"the network for this to work.\n" +"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -616,48 +504,32 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Basic Client Settings:\n" -"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or " -"address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To " -"specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." +"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." msgstr "" "\n" "Základní nastavení klienta \n" -"Toto je základní konfigurace klienta. Zadejte Vaši výchozí doménu, " -"výchozí okruh a adresu Vašeho KDC (Key Distribution Center - " -"centrum distribuce klíčů)." +"Toto je základní konfigurace klienta. Zadejte Vaši výchozí doménu, výchozí okruh a adresu Vašeho KDC (Key Distribution Center - centrum distribuce klíčů)." #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "" "\n" -"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -"realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the " -"server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more " -"information.\n" +"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Je zvykem použít velká písmena jména domény jako název výchozího okruhu.\n" -"Vybrat si ovšem můžete libovolně. Pokud na server okruh není dostupný, " -"nebudete\n" -"se moci přihlásit. Více informací získáte od svého administrátora serveru.</" -"p>\n" +"Vybrat si ovšem můžete libovolně. Pokud na server okruh není dostupný, nebudete\n" +"se moci přihlásit. Více informací získáte od svého administrátora serveru.\n" #. help text for Use DNS to acquire the configuration data at runtime #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:723 -msgid "" -"Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let " -"your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This " -"option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." -msgstr "" -"Zaškrtněte Použít DNS k získání konfiguračních dat za běhu, abyste " -"umožnili vašim klientům použít Kerberos ověřování dat poskytované DNS. Tato " -"volba nemůže být vybrána, jestliže DNS server taková data neposkytuje." +msgid "Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." +msgstr "Zaškrtněte Použít DNS k získání konfiguračních dat za běhu, abyste umožnili vašim klientům použít Kerberos ověřování dat poskytované DNS. Tato volba nemůže být vybrána, jestliže DNS server taková data neposkytuje." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." -msgstr "" -"Více možností nastavení získáte stisknutím Pokročilá nastavení." +msgstr "Více možností nastavení získáte stisknutím Pokročilá nastavení." #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:752 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap-client.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap-client.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap-client.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -249,82 +249,54 @@ #. help text 2/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "" -"To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP</" -"b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "" -"K ověřování uživatelů pomocí OpenLDAP serveru, zvolte Použít LDAP. " -"Současně budou nastaveny také NSS a PAM." +msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +msgstr "K ověřování uživatelů pomocí OpenLDAP serveru, zvolte Použít LDAP. Současně budou nastaveny také NSS a PAM." #. help text 3/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 msgid "" "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch." -"conf\n" +"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" "removed." msgstr "" "K deaktivaci služeb LDAP klikněte na Nepoužívat LDAP.\n" "Pokud vypnete LDAP budou odstraněny současné passwd položky v\n" -" /etc/nsswitch.conf. Nastavení PAM bude upraveno a položky LDAP odstraněny.</" -"p>" +" /etc/nsswitch.conf. Nastavení PAM bude upraveno a položky LDAP odstraněny." #. help text 3.5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "" -"To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select " -"Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "" -"Pro povolení LDAP, ale zakázání přihlašování uživatelů k tomuto stroji, " -"zvolte Povolit LDAP ale zakázat přihlašování." +msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +msgstr "Pro povolení LDAP, ale zakázání přihlašování uživatelů k tomuto stroji, zvolte Povolit LDAP ale zakázat přihlašování." #. help text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "" -"Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system " -"to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "" -"Zatrhněte Použít sadu Systémových démonů zabezpečení služeb, pokud " -"chcete v tomto systému používat SSSD místo nss_ldap." +msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +msgstr "Zatrhněte Použít sadu Systémových démonů zabezpečení služeb, pokud chcete v tomto systému používat SSSD místo nss_ldap." #. help text 4/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) " -"in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base " -"DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " -"the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." -"example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Zadejte adresu serveru LDAP (například ldap.example.com nebo 10.20.0.2) " -"do pole Adresy a rozlišitelný název vyhledávací báze (základní DN</" -"b>, například dc=example,dc=com). Chcete-li zadat více serverů,\n" +"Zadejte adresu serveru LDAP (například ldap.example.com nebo 10.20.0.2) do pole Adresy a rozlišitelný název vyhledávací báze (základní DN, například dc=example,dc=com). Chcete-li zadat více serverů,\n" "oddělte jejich adresy mezerami. Adresy musí být možné získat\n" -" bez použití LDAP. S použitím syntaxe \"server:port\", například <tt>ldap." -"example.com:379</tt>, můžete také zadat port, na kterém je server spuštěn.\n" +" bez použití LDAP. S použitím syntaxe \"server:port\", například <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>, můžete také zadat port, na kterém je server spuštěn.\n" " \n" #. help text 5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "" -"With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " -"service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN " -"from server." -msgstr "" -"Pomocí Hledat vyberte ze seznamu poskytovaného protokolem SLP LDAP " -"server. Pomocí Získat DN načtěte ze serveru základní (base) DN." +msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." +msgstr "Pomocí Hledat vyberte ze seznamu poskytovaného protokolem SLP LDAP server. Pomocí Získat DN načtěte ze serveru základní (base) DN." #. help text 6/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 msgid "" "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL</" -"b>\n" +"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" msgstr "" @@ -335,46 +307,28 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " -"config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on " -"server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords " -"never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration " -"dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to " -"allow if it's disabled.\n" +"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" +" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" +" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Sezení TLS může vyžadovat zvláštní konfiguraci klienta. Jedna z voleb " -"konfigurace\n" -" je TLS_REQCERT, která určuje, jaké kontroly provést na " -"certifikátech serveru.\n" -" Hodnota je úroveň, která může být zadána pomocí klíčových " -"slov never, allow,\n" -" try a demand. V dialogu Konfigurace SSL/TLS " -"je volba Vyžádat certifikát serveru, která nastaví " -"konfigurační volbu TLS_REQCERT na demand, pokud je " -"povolena,nebo na allow, pokud je zakázána.\n" +"Sezení TLS může vyžadovat zvláštní konfiguraci klienta. Jedna z voleb konfigurace\n" +" je TLS_REQCERT, která určuje, jaké kontroly provést na certifikátech serveru.\n" +" Hodnota je úroveň, která může být zadána pomocí klíčových slov never, allow,\n" +" try a demand. V dialogu Konfigurace SSL/TLS je volba Vyžádat certifikát serveru, která nastaví konfigurační volbu TLS_REQCERT na demand, pokud je povolena,nebo na allow, pokud je zakázána.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " -"URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They " -"have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " -"default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.\n" msgstr "" -"Doplňkově k LDAP URL adresám a šifrování TLS/SSL jsou v LDAP podporovány " -"LDAPS URL adresy.\n" -" URL adresy LDAPS používají místo prostého spojení zabezpečení SSL. " -"Mají syntaxi\n" -" podobnou URL adresám LDAP, vyjma schémat, která jsou odlišná a " -"výchozí port pro URL adresy LDAPS\n" +"Doplňkově k LDAP URL adresám a šifrování TLS/SSL jsou v LDAP podporovány LDAPS URL adresy.\n" +" URL adresy LDAPS používají místo prostého spojení zabezpečení SSL. Mají syntaxi\n" +" podobnou URL adresám LDAP, vyjma schémat, která jsou odlišná a výchozí port pro URL adresy LDAPS\n" " jsou 636 namísto 389.\n" #. help text 8/9 @@ -393,8 +347,7 @@ #. help text 9/9 (additional) #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -"such\n" +"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" @@ -517,8 +470,7 @@ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" msgstr "" "Pokud nakonfigurujete počítač jako klienta LDAP,\n" -" nemůžete získávat data prostřednictvím služby NIS. Opravdu chcete použít " -"protokol LDAP místo služby NIS?\n" +" nemůžete získávat data prostřednictvím služby NIS. Opravdu chcete použít protokol LDAP místo služby NIS?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941 @@ -550,12 +502,10 @@ #. yes/no question #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is " -"disabled.\n" +"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" "Enable certificate checks now?" msgstr "" -"Bezpečné spojení je povoleno, ale ověřování serverových certifikátů je " -"vypnuto.\n" +"Bezpečné spojení je povoleno, ale ověřování serverových certifikátů je vypnuto.\n" "Povolit od teď kontrolu serverových certifikátů?" #. help text caption 1 @@ -566,27 +516,19 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and " -"KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD " -"Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"\n" +"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" +"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Pokud by měla být použita autentizace Kerberos, zadejte umístění a " -"KDC adresu.\n" -"Upřesněte, zda uživatelská pověření mají být místně cacheována, zatržením " -"Offline autentizace SSSD.\n" -"Pro více informací o nastavení SSSD navštivte manuálovou stránku <tt>sssd." -"conf</tt>.\n" +"Pokud by měla být použita autentizace Kerberos, zadejte umístění a KDC adresu.\n" +"Upřesněte, zda uživatelská pověření mají být místně cacheována, zatržením Offline autentizace SSSD.\n" +"Pro více informací o nastavení SSSD navštivte manuálovou stránku <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of " -"the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation " -"of its values." +"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." msgstr "" "Protokol změny hesla se vztahuje k atributu pam_password\n" "v souboru <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Význam možných hodnot popisuje\n" @@ -604,8 +546,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 msgid "" "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -"certificates\n" +"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" "or the explicit path to one certificate file." msgstr "" "Pokud bezpečné spojení vyžaduje kontrolu certifikátů určete,\n" @@ -634,24 +575,20 @@ msgid "" "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" "Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) " -"or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -"appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgstr "" "Chcete-li přistupovat k datům uloženým na serveru, zadejte \n" "DN administrátora.\n" "Můžete zadat celý název DN (například cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com)\n" "nebo pouze relativní název DN (například cn=Administrator). Pokud je\n" -"zaškrtnuta odpovídající možnost, přidá se základní DN LDAP serveru " -"automaticky.\n" +"zaškrtnuta odpovídající možnost, přidá se základní DN LDAP serveru automaticky.\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 msgid "" "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only " -"created when they do not already exist.\n" +"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" msgstr "" "Pro vytvoření výchozí konfigurace objektů LDAP uživatelů a skupin,\n" "zaškrtněte Vytvořit výchozí konfiguraci objektů.\n" @@ -660,8 +597,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Zvolte Nastavit pro konfiguraci nastavení uložených na\n" @@ -671,16 +607,11 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " -"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" msgstr "" -"Zadejte základy vyhledávání pro použití konkrétních map (uživatelů nebo " -"skupin), pokud se liší\n" -"od základního DN. Tyto hodnoty jsou nastaveny atributům " -"ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base a ldap_autofs_search_base v " -"souboru /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" +"Zadejte základy vyhledávání pro použití konkrétních map (uživatelů nebo skupin), pokud se liší\n" +"od základního DN. Tyto hodnoty jsou nastaveny atributům ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base a ldap_autofs_search_base v souboru /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" #. tab label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142 @@ -923,8 +854,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" "Editovat hodnoty atributů v tabulce můžete volbou Editovat.\n" @@ -978,14 +908,8 @@ #~ msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." #~ msgstr "Procházet strom LDAP v levé části dialogu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the " -#~ "object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected " -#~ "attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Jakmlie je objekt LDAP vybrán ve stromu, tabulka ukazuje data objektu. " -#~ "Hodnotu zvolené vlastností změníte pomocí Upravit. K uložení změn " -#~ "v LDAP použijte Uložit." +#~ msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Jakmlie je objekt LDAP vybrán ve stromu, tabulka ukazuje data objektu. Hodnotu zvolené vlastností změníte pomocí Upravit. K uložení změn v LDAP použijte Uložit." #~ msgid "" #~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" @@ -1032,12 +956,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -#~ "Certificate is valid." +#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Selhalo ustanovení šifrování TLS.\n" -#~ "Ověřte, že je nainstalován správný certifikát CA a certifikát serveru je " -#~ "platný." +#~ "Ověřte, že je nainstalován správný certifikát CA a certifikát serveru je platný." #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" @@ -1220,8 +1142,7 @@ #~ "If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" #~ "with Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" #~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" -#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name " -#~ "(DN),\n" +#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" #~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1278,8 +1199,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -#~ "when\n" +#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" #~ "the new object is created.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zde můžete pomocí šablony nastavit hodnoty atributů,\n" @@ -1288,17 +1208,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -#~ "replaced\n" -#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid" -#~ "\"\n" +#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" +#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Můžete použít speciální syntaxi pro tvorbu hodnot z již existujících " -#~ "atributů.\n" +#~ "Můžete použít speciální syntaxi pro tvorbu hodnot z již existujících atributů.\n" #~ "Výraz %attr_name bude nahrazen hodnotou atributu \"attr_name\"\n" -#~ "(např. použijte \"/home/%uid\" jako hodnotu pro \"domácí adresář\").</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "(např. použijte \"/home/%uid\" jako hodnotu pro \"domácí adresář\").\n" #~ msgid "Attribute &Name" #~ msgstr "&Název atributu" @@ -1318,134 +1234,50 @@ #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server." #~ msgstr "Došlo k problému při zápisu dat na server LDAP." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging " -#~ "Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password " -#~ "policy groups of attributes to configure." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vybráním záložek Politika změny hesla, Politika vypršení " -#~ "hesla a Politika zamykání lze vybrat skupiny politiky hesel " -#~ "LDAP konfigurovaných atributů." +#~ msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +#~ msgstr "Vybráním záložek Politika změny hesla, Politika vypršení hesla a Politika zamykání lze vybrat skupiny politiky hesel LDAP konfigurovaných atributů." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to " -#~ "set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords " -#~ "may not be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zadáním hodnoty Maximální počet hesel uložených v historii lze " -#~ "nastavit, kolik dříve použitých hesel se bude ukládat. Uložená hesla se " -#~ "nemusí použít." +#~ msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +#~ msgstr "Zadáním hodnoty Maximální počet hesel uložených v historii lze nastavit, kolik dříve použitých hesel se bude ukládat. Uložená hesla se nemusí použít." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -#~ "change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -#~ "administrator." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zaškrtnutím políčka Po vymazání musí uživatel změnit heslo lze " -#~ "vynutit, aby uživatelé změnili heslo, pokud jej vymaže nebo změní " -#~ "administrátor." +#~ msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +#~ msgstr "Zaškrtnutím políčka Po vymazání musí uživatel změnit heslo lze vynutit, aby uživatelé změnili heslo, pokud jej vymaže nebo změní administrátor." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -#~ "passwords." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zaškrtnutím políčka Uživatel může měnit heslo lze umožnit " -#~ "uživatelům měnit svá hesla." +#~ msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +#~ msgstr "Zaškrtnutím políčka Uživatel může měnit heslo lze umožnit uživatelům měnit svá hesla." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -#~ "check Old Password Required for Password Change." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pokud musí být s novým heslem zadáno existující heslo, zaškrtněte " -#~ "políčko Ke změně hesla je vyžadováno staré heslo." +#~ msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +#~ msgstr "Pokud musí být s novým heslem zadáno existující heslo, zaškrtněte políčko Ke změně hesla je vyžadováno staré heslo." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -#~ "are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not " -#~ "be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords " -#~ "are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the " -#~ "user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked " -#~ "Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the " -#~ "password cannot be checked." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zadejte, zda se má při úpravě nebo přidání hesla ověřovat jeho " -#~ "kvalita. Pokud se hesla vůbec nemají kontrolovat, vyberte možnost " -#~ "Nekontrolovat. Pokud použijete možnost Přijmout hesla, která " -#~ "nelze zkontrolovat, jsou hesla přijata, i když nelze provést " -#~ "kontrolu, například pokud uživatel zadal zašifrované heslo. Pokud " -#~ "použijete možnost Přijmout pouze zkontrolovaná hesla a pokud dojde " -#~ "k selhání testu kvality nebo nelze heslo zkontrolovat, jsou hesla " -#~ "odmítnuta." +#~ msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +#~ msgstr "Zadejte, zda se má při úpravě nebo přidání hesla ověřovat jeho kvalita. Pokud se hesla vůbec nemají kontrolovat, vyberte možnost Nekontrolovat. Pokud použijete možnost Přijmout hesla, která nelze zkontrolovat, jsou hesla přijata, i když nelze provést kontrolu, například pokud uživatel zadal zašifrované heslo. Pokud použijete možnost Přijmout pouze zkontrolovaná hesla a pokud dojde k selhání testu kvality nebo nelze heslo zkontrolovat, jsou hesla odmítnuta." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -#~ "Minimum Password Length." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Minimální počet znaků, které musí obsahovat heslo, nastavte v poli " -#~ "Minimální délka hesla." +#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +#~ msgstr "Minimální počet znaků, které musí obsahovat heslo, nastavte v poli Minimální délka hesla." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -#~ "modifications to the password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Minimální doba platnosti hesla určuje, jaká doba musí uběhnout " -#~ "mezi změnami hesla." +#~ msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +#~ msgstr "Minimální doba platnosti hesla určuje, jaká doba musí uběhnout mezi změnami hesla." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a " -#~ "password expires." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Maximální doba platnosti hesla určuje, za jakou dobu po změně " -#~ "vyprší platnost hesla." +#~ msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +#~ msgstr "Maximální doba platnosti hesla určuje, za jakou dobu po změně vyprší platnost hesla." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how " -#~ "long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning " -#~ "messages should be given to an authenticating user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "V poli Doba před varováním o vypršení hesla nastavte, jakou " -#~ "dobu před vypršením hesla bude autentizujícímu uživateli předána varovná " -#~ "zpráva o vypršení." +#~ msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +#~ msgstr "V poli Doba před varováním o vypršení hesla nastavte, jakou dobu před vypršením hesla bude autentizujícímu uživateli předána varovná zpráva o vypršení." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to " -#~ "authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "V poli Povolený počet použití hesla s prošlou platností vyberte " -#~ "počet opakování, kolikrát lze použít k autentizaci heslo s prošlou " -#~ "platností." +#~ msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +#~ msgstr "V poli Povolený počet použití hesla s prošlou platností vyberte počet opakování, kolikrát lze použít k autentizaci heslo s prošlou platností." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after " -#~ "a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zaškrtnutím pole Povolit zamknutí hesla lze zakázat použití " -#~ "hesla, pokud selže zadaný počet po sobě jdoucích pokusů o spojení." +#~ msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +#~ msgstr "Zaškrtnutím pole Povolit zamknutí hesla lze zakázat použití hesla, pokud selže zadaný počet po sobě jdoucích pokusů o spojení." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -#~ "password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -#~ "Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "V poli Počet selhání spojení před zamknutím hesla nastavte " -#~ "počet po sobě jdoucích chybných pokusů o spojení, po kterých nebude možné " -#~ "použít heslo k autentizaci." +#~ msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +#~ msgstr "V poli Počet selhání spojení před zamknutím hesla nastavte počet po sobě jdoucích chybných pokusů o spojení, po kterých nebude možné použít heslo k autentizaci." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration</" -#~ "b>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "V poli Doba trvání zámku hesla zadejte dobu, jak dlouho nebude " -#~ "možné heslo použít." +#~ msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +#~ msgstr "V poli Doba trvání zámku hesla zadejte dobu, jak dlouho nebude možné heslo použít." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -#~ "failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -#~ "authentication has occurred." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pole Doba trvání cache chybných pokusů určuje dobu, než dojde k " -#~ "vymazání chybných zadání hesla z čítače selhání, i když nedošlo k úspěšné " -#~ "autentizaci." +#~ msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +#~ msgstr "Pole Doba trvání cache chybných pokusů určuje dobu, než dojde k vymazání chybných zadání hesla z čítače selhání, i když nedošlo k úspěšné autentizaci." #~ msgid "&Password Change Policies" #~ msgstr "Politika změny &hesla" @@ -1531,16 +1363,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" -#~ "SSL\n" -#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA " -#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Některé servery LDAP podporují příkaz StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "Pokud jej server podporuje a je správně nastaven, můžete aktivací " -#~ "možnosti LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -#~ " zapnout šifrování komunikace se serverem LDAP. Můžete stáhnout CA " -#~ "certifikáty ve formátu PEM z daného URL.\n" +#~ "Pokud jej server podporuje a je správně nastaven, můžete aktivací možnosti LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ " zapnout šifrování komunikace se serverem LDAP. Můžete stáhnout CA certifikáty ve formátu PEM z daného URL.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n" @@ -1592,36 +1420,19 @@ #~ "byl zkopírován do adresáře '%2'" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, " -#~ "and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -#~ "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group " -#~ "attributes\n" +#~ "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#~ "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n" #~ "in /etc/ldap.conf file.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Určete vyhledávací báze pro specifické mapy (uživatelé, hesla a " -#~ "skupiny), pokud se liší\n" -#~ "od základního DN. Tyto hodnoty jsou nastaveny na hodnoty nss_base_passwd, " -#~ "nss_base_shadow a nss_base_group\n" +#~ "Určete vyhledávací báze pro specifické mapy (uživatelé, hesla a skupiny), pokud se liší\n" +#~ "od základního DN. Tyto hodnoty jsou nastaveny na hodnoty nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow a nss_base_group\n" #~ " souboru /etc/ldap.conf.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute " -#~ "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the " -#~ "meaning of its values." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Protokol změny hesla se vztahuje k atributu pam_password v " -#~ "souboru <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Význam možných hodnot popisuje manuálová " -#~ "stránka, viz <tt>man pam_ldap</tt>." +#~ msgid "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values." +#~ msgstr "Protokol změny hesla se vztahuje k atributu pam_password v souboru <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Význam možných hodnot popisuje manuálová stránka, viz <tt>man pam_ldap</tt>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify " -#~ "where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either " -#~ "directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pokud bezpečné spojení vyžaduje kontrolu certifikátů, můžete určit kde " -#~ "je váš certifikát umístěn. Je možné jak cestu do adresáře s certifikáty, " -#~ "tak zadat konkrétní cestu k jednomu souboru certifikátů." +#~ msgid "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." +#~ msgstr "Pokud bezpečné spojení vyžaduje kontrolu certifikátů, můžete určit kde je váš certifikát umístěn. Je možné jak cestu do adresáře s certifikáty, tak zadat konkrétní cestu k jednomu souboru certifikátů." #~ msgid "" #~ "Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n" @@ -1629,32 +1440,26 @@ #~ "LDAP Version 2.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Obvykle se používá LDAP s protokolem verze 3. Pokud máte\n" -#~ "server LDAP, který používá protokol verze 2 (například server OpenLDAP " -#~ "verze 1), aktivujte\n" +#~ "server LDAP, který používá protokol verze 2 (například server OpenLDAP verze 1), aktivujte\n" #~ " LDAP verze 2.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the " -#~ "LDAP\n" +#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" #~ "server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nejdříve zvolte Konfigurace základního DN.\n" -#~ "Tím nastavíte základ pro uchovávání konfiguračních dat na serveru LDAP.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Tím nastavíte základ pro uchovávání konfiguračních dat na serveru LDAP.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #~ "Administrator DN.\n" -#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -#~ "dc=com) or just\n" -#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Chcete-li přistupovat k datům uloženým na serveru, zadejte \n" #~ "DN administrátora.\n" -#~ "Můžete zadat celý název DN (například cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -#~ "dc=com)\n" +#~ "Můžete zadat celý název DN (například cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com)\n" #~ "nebo pouze relativní název DN (například cn=Administrator).\n" #~ "Pokud je zaškrtnuta odpovídající možnost, přidá se základní DN\n" #~ "LDAP serveru automaticky.\n" @@ -1664,10 +1469,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" -#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any " -#~ "direct\n" -#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can " -#~ "manage\n" +#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" #~ "user home directories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pokud na tomto stroji mají být uloženy domovské adresáře\n" @@ -1679,13 +1482,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Politika hesel" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add</" -#~ "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" #~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vybranou politiku hesel nakonfigurujte pomocí příkazu Upravit. " -#~ "Novou politiku hesel můžete přidat příkazem Přidat. Nastavení je " -#~ "možné pouze když\n" +#~ "Vybranou politiku hesel nakonfigurujte pomocí příkazu Upravit. Novou politiku hesel můžete přidat příkazem Přidat. Nastavení je možné pouze když\n" #~ " když politika hesel je pro LDAP server již povolena." #~ msgid "&Password Map" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -109,12 +109,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"LDAP databáze již byla vytvořena. Nastavení můžete v instalovaném systému " -"změnit později." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "LDAP databáze již byla vytvořena. Nastavení můžete v instalovaném systému změnit později." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -126,12 +122,8 @@ msgstr "[ručně nastavit]" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Nelze získat root heslo systému. Pokud chcete pokračovat, nastavte heslo " -"LDAP serveru." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Nelze získat root heslo systému. Pokud chcete pokračovat, nastavte heslo LDAP serveru." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -225,9 +217,7 @@ "nainstalování tohoto balíčku." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" "Nastavení replikací OpenLDAP selhalo. Po dokončení\n" "instalace upravte konfiguraci." @@ -252,10 +242,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "LDAP server neběží, ale je nastaven.\n" @@ -338,12 +326,8 @@ msgstr "LDAP server neběží." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"Přejete si jej znovu spustit pro načtení jeho konfiguračních dat nebo chcete " -"vytvořit nové nastavení od začátku?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Přejete si jej znovu spustit pro načtení jeho konfiguračních dat nebo chcete vytvořit nové nastavení od začátku?" #. get helps page #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:226 @@ -372,8 +356,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Všechna data včetně konfigurace jsou replikována ze vzdáleného serveru." +msgstr "Všechna data včetně konfigurace jsou replikována ze vzdáleného serveru." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:384 msgid "" @@ -502,20 +485,15 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Otevření spojení k databázi \"cn=config\" na poskytovatelském serveru " -"selhalo.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Otevření spojení k databázi \"cn=config\" na poskytovatelském serveru selhalo.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" -"Ověřte, že poskytovatelský server umožňuje vzdálená připojení na databázi " -"\"cn=config\",\n" +"Ověřte, že poskytovatelský server umožňuje vzdálená připojení na databázi \"cn=config\",\n" "a že jste vložili správné heslo.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:982 @@ -549,16 +527,12 @@ "jako replikační odběratel.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "" -"Nastavení kaskádové replikace cn=config není v současnosti podporováno." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "Nastavení kaskádové replikace cn=config není v současnosti podporováno." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" "Kontrola ověřovacích údajů uvedených v konfiguraci replikace\n" "poskytovatelského serveru selhala.\n" @@ -583,15 +557,13 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Pro vystupování jako řídicí server pro replikaci potřebuje být konfigurační " -"databáze \n" +"Pro vystupování jako řídicí server pro replikaci potřebuje být konfigurační databáze \n" "vzdáleně přístupná. Nastavte heslo pro konfigurační databázi.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -625,10 +597,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Vyberte Ano, pokud se má LDAP server spustit při startu\n" "počítače. V opačném případě vyberte Ne.\n" @@ -641,31 +611,24 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "" -"Povolte či zakažte naslouchání různým přijímačům protokolů OpenLDAPu." +msgstr "Povolte či zakažte naslouchání různým přijímačům protokolů OpenLDAPu." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP je běžný LDAP rozhraní na portu 389. TLS/SSL zabezpečené " -"spojení\n" +"LDAP je běžný LDAP rozhraní na portu 389. TLS/SSL zabezpečené spojení\n" "je možné přes operaci StartTLS, když je nastaven certifikát serveru." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" "LDAPS povolí \"LDAP přes SSL (ldaps)\", což je rozhraní pro\n" "zabezpečené SSL spojení na portu 636. Pro správné fungování je potřeba\n" -"mít nastavený certifikát serveru (více v \"Obecná nastavení\"/\"Nastavení TLS" -"\").\n" +"mít nastavený certifikát serveru (více v \"Obecná nastavení\"/\"Nastavení TLS\").\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -673,10 +636,8 @@ "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPI povolí rozhraní \"LDAP přes IPC\". To umožní přístup na " -"LDAP\n" -"server přes unixové doménové sockety. Toto rozhraní nezakazujte, protože ho " -"YaST používá pro svoji komunikaci se serverem.\n" +"LDAPI povolí rozhraní \"LDAP přes IPC\". To umožní přístup na LDAP\n" +"server přes unixové doménové sockety. Toto rozhraní nezakazujte, protože ho YaST používá pro svoji komunikaci se serverem.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" @@ -686,9 +647,7 @@ msgid "" "Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" "network ports or not.\n" -msgstr "" -"Nastavte, zda by měl SUSEFirewall povolit přístup na porty pro LDAP, či " -"ne.\n" +msgstr "Nastavte, zda by měl SUSEFirewall povolit přístup na porty pro LDAP, či ne.\n" #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:46 @@ -697,21 +656,16 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is " -"a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" msgstr "" "Vyberte Databázi z hdb nebo bdb.\n" -"Hdb je varianta výkonné části bdb, která používá " -"hierarchickou\n" -"strukturu databáze a podporuje přejmenování podstromů. Jinak je stejná jako " -"bdb.\n" -"Hdb databáze potřebuje pro rychlé vyhledávání větší idlcachesize</" -"b> než bdb.\n" +"Hdb je varianta výkonné části bdb, která používá hierarchickou\n" +"strukturu databáze a podporuje přejmenování podstromů. Jinak je stejná jako bdb.\n" +"Hdb databáze potřebuje pro rychlé vyhledávání větší idlcachesize než bdb.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" @@ -721,39 +675,28 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -"DN administrátora spolu s položkou LDAP heslo administrátora</" -"b>, \n" -"určuje superuživatelskou identitu pro databázi, překonávající všechna řízení " -"přístupu\n" +"DN administrátora spolu s položkou LDAP heslo administrátora, \n" +"určuje superuživatelskou identitu pro databázi, překonávající všechna řízení přístupu\n" "ACL a další administrativní omezení. Zaškrtnutí Přidat Base DN\n" -"přidá Base DN zadanou nahoře, např. base DN <tt>dc=example,dc=com</" -"tt>\n" -"a DN administrátora <tt>c=Admin</tt> mohou vytvořit skutečné DN " -"administrátora\n" +"přidá Base DN zadanou nahoře, např. base DN <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"a DN administrátora <tt>c=Admin</tt> mohou vytvořit skutečné DN administrátora\n" "<tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Pokud je tento průvodce spušten během instalace, \n" -"LDAP heslo administrátora je nastaveno na heslo systémového " -"administrátora( root )\n" +"LDAP heslo administrátora je nastaveno na heslo systémového administrátora( root )\n" "zadaného dříve během instalace. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:72 @@ -766,12 +709,10 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" "Pro nastavení této databáze jako výchozí pro uživatelské nástroje pro\n" -"OpenLDAP (např. ldapsearch) zašktrněte Zvol tuto databázi jako standardní " -"pro\n" +"OpenLDAP (např. ldapsearch) zašktrněte Zvol tuto databázi jako standardní pro\n" "OpenLDAP klienty. Tato volba zapíše do <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>\n" "adresu localhost a výše zvolené Base DN.\n" -"Při vytváření první databáze na serveru je tato volba vybrána automaticky.</" -"p>\n" +"Při vytváření první databáze na serveru je tato volba vybrána automaticky.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "" @@ -789,10 +730,8 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" "Pro povolení nebo zakázání ověřování v prostém textu (LDAP jednoduchá\n" -"vazba) ke konfigurační databázi, klikněte na přidružené zatržítko. Ověření v " -"prostém\n" -"textu ke konfigurační databázi bude povoleno pouze když je použito " -"dostatečně\n" +"vazba) ke konfigurační databázi, klikněte na přidružené zatržítko. Ověření v prostém\n" +"textu ke konfigurační databázi bude povoleno pouze když je použito dostatečně\n" "chráněné připojení (např. šifrováno SSL/TLS).\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:89 @@ -801,15 +740,13 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Pro změnu administrátorského hesla ke konfigurační databázi klepněte na\n" "Změnit heslo. V okně, které se otevře, můžete zadat nové heslo\n" "a vybrat Šifrování hesla.\n" -"Pole pro heslo je na začátku prázdné, i když už je v konfiguraci nastaveno.</" -"p>\n" +"Pole pro heslo je na začátku prázdné, i když už je v konfiguraci nastaveno.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:97 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" @@ -821,52 +758,35 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte kompletní DN nebo pouze první část a automaticky připojte Base DN " -"pomocí Přidat Base DN." +msgstr "Zadejte kompletní DN nebo pouze první část a automaticky připojte Base DN pomocí Přidat Base DN." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Pro změnu administrátorského hesla klepněte na Změnit heslo.\n" -"V okně, které se otevře, můžete zadat nové heslo a vybrat Šifrování " -"hesla.\n" -"Pole pro heslo je na začátku prázdné, i když už je v konfiguraci nastaveno.</" -"p>\n" +"V okně, které se otevře, můžete zadat nové heslo a vybrat Šifrování hesla.\n" +"Pole pro heslo je na začátku prázdné, i když už je v konfiguraci nastaveno.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Za pomoci Vstupní cache a Indexová Cache (IDL cache) lze " -"zvýšit\n" +"Za pomoci Vstupní cache a Indexová Cache (IDL cache) lze zvýšit\n" "velikost interní OpenLDAP cache. Vstupní Cache udává počet vstupů,\n" "které jsou zapamatovány v paměti. Pokud je to možné (dostatek RAM), mělo by\n" -"toto číslo být dostatečně velké, aby byla celá databáze v paměti. " -"Indexová Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"se používá na zapamatování a urychlení vyhledávání nad zaindexovanými " -"atributy.\n" +"toto číslo být dostatečně velké, aby byla celá databáze v paměti. Indexová Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"se používá na zapamatování a urychlení vyhledávání nad zaindexovanými atributy.\n" "Speciaálně HDB databáze potřebuje velkou IDL cache pro dobrou rychlost\n" "(doporučení je trojnásobek vstupní cache)." @@ -878,28 +798,19 @@ msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." -msgstr "" -"Chcete-li pro tuto databázi používat politiku hesel, povolte možnost " -"Povolit politiku hesel." +msgstr "Chcete-li pro tuto databázi používat politiku hesel, povolte možnost Povolit politiku hesel." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Zaškrtnutím pole Hashovat hesla v prostém textu můžete určit, aby " -"server OpenLDAP šifroval hesla v prostém textu\n" -" přítomná v požadavcích na přidání a úpravy před jejich uložením do " -"databáze. Tím je porušen informační model X.500/LDAP,\n" -" což ale může být třeba ke kompenzaci klientů LDAP, kteří nepoužívají ke " -"správě hesel rozšířené \n" +"Zaškrtnutím pole Hashovat hesla v prostém textu můžete určit, aby server OpenLDAP šifroval hesla v prostém textu\n" +" přítomná v požadavcích na přidání a úpravy před jejich uložením do databáze. Tím je porušen informační model X.500/LDAP,\n" +" což ale může být třeba ke kompenzaci klientů LDAP, kteří nepoužívají ke správě hesel rozšířené \n" " operace úpravy hesel." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:127 @@ -911,32 +822,23 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" "Pokud je povolena možnost Zveřejnit stav \"Účet uzamčen\", je\n" -"uživatelům, kteří se přihlašují k uzamčenému účtu, zobrazeno oznámení o " -"tom,\n" -"že je jejich účet uzamčen. Toto oznámení může poskytnout útočníkovi " -"užitečné\n" +"uživatelům, kteří se přihlašují k uzamčenému účtu, zobrazeno oznámení o tom,\n" +"že je jejich účet uzamčen. Toto oznámení může poskytnout útočníkovi užitečné\n" "informace. Tato možnost by neměla být povolena na pracovištích, která jsou\n" "náchylná na problémy s bezpečností.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte název výchozího objektu politiky hesel do pole DN výchozího " -"objektu politiky." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Zadejte název výchozího objektu politiky hesel do pole DN výchozího objektu politiky." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Zvolením Úprava strategie změňte výchozí strategii nebo vytvořte " -"novou.\n" -"Aby se mohl ze serveru načíst objekt strategie, můžete být dotázáni na heslo " -"LDAP administrátora.\n" +"Zvolením Úprava strategie změňte výchozí strategii nebo vytvořte novou.\n" +"Aby se mohl ze serveru načíst objekt strategie, můžete být dotázáni na heslo LDAP administrátora.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:142 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" @@ -947,18 +849,14 @@ msgstr "Změňte nastavení indexování hdb a dbd databáze." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"Tabulka ukazuje atributy, které v současnosti mají vytvořený index." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." +msgstr "Tabulka ukazuje atributy, které v současnosti mají vytvořený index." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" "Indexy v OpenLDAP slouží k vylepšení výkonu specifických typů dotazů.\n" @@ -968,27 +866,21 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -"Výskyt: Tento index je používán při hledání podle přítomnosti " -"atributu\n" -"(např. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Výskytové indexy je doporučeno používat " -"pouze\n" +"Výskyt: Tento index je používán při hledání podle přítomnosti atributu\n" +"(např. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Výskytové indexy je doporučeno používat pouze\n" "pro atributy, které se v databázi vyskytují jen velmi zřídka.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Rovnost: Tento index je používán při hledání podle shody hodnot " -"atributu \n" -"(např. <tt>(attributeType=<přesné hodnoty>)</tt>). Index Rovnost</" -"b> by\n" +"Rovnost: Tento index je používán při hledání podle shody hodnot atributu \n" +"(např. <tt>(attributeType=<přesné hodnoty>)</tt>). Index Rovnost by\n" "měl být vždy nastaven s atributem <tt>objectclass</tt>.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:163 @@ -996,8 +888,7 @@ "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -"Podřetězec: Tento index se používá při hledání podle výskytu " -"řetězce\n" +"Podřetězec: Tento index se používá při hledání podle výskytu řetězce\n" "v hodnotě atributu (např. <tt>(attributeType=<řetězec>*)</tt> )\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:166 @@ -1012,11 +903,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" "Poznámka: V závislosti na velikosti databáze může chvíli trvat než se\n" @@ -1037,15 +926,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -"Pro každé zobrazené pravidlo je uvedeno, jaké objekty ho splňují. Pro " -"více\n" -" podrobností nebo pro změnu pravidla, označte jej a zvolte Změnit.</" -"p>\n" +"Pro každé zobrazené pravidlo je uvedeno, jaké objekty ho splňují. Pro více\n" +" podrobností nebo pro změnu pravidla, označte jej a zvolte Změnit.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" @@ -1057,16 +943,13 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" "Vyhodnocování přístupových práv OpenLDAPu se zastaví\n" -"na prvním pravidle, které odpovídá cílové definici (DN, filtr nebo " -"atributy).\n" +"na prvním pravidle, které odpovídá cílové definici (DN, filtr nebo atributy).\n" "Proto byste měli pořadí pravidel seřadit podle vašich záměrů, a to\n" "použitím tlačítek Nahoru a Dolů.\n" @@ -1076,13 +959,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" "Pokud chcete, aby bylo možné replikovat aktuálně vybranou databázi\n" -"na jiný server, zatrhněte Povolit pro tuto databázi poskytovatele " -"ldapsync." +"na jiný server, zatrhněte Povolit pro tuto databázi poskytovatele ldapsync." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:203 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" @@ -1090,16 +971,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -1108,8 +984,7 @@ "synchronizace (je uložen v atributu \"contextCSN\"). Synchronizace\n" "s databázi je provedena po vámi zadaném počtu zápisových \"Operací\"\n" "nebo po uplynutí zadaného počtu \"Minut\" od doby, kdy byl indikátor\n" -"zapsán naposledy. Jako výchozí (obě hodnoty rovny '0') je ukazatel stavu " -"zapisován\n" +"zapsán naposledy. Jako výchozí (obě hodnoty rovny '0') je ukazatel stavu zapisován\n" "pouze po řádném vypnutí. Zapisování stavu častěji může vést k rychlejšímu\n" "času spuštění po mimořádném vypnutí, ale zároveň může přinést menší\n" "výkon v prostředích, kde je mnoho LDAP zápisových operací.\n" @@ -1120,23 +995,15 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -"Nastavuje vnitropaměťový protokol sezení pro zaznamenávání informací o " -"operacích \n" -"zápisu provedených na databázi. Určete kolik operací zápisu by mělo být v " -"protokolu sezení zapsáno.\n" -"Nastavení protokolu sezení je užitečné pouze pro replikaci \"refreshOnly</" -"i>\".\n" -"V takovém případě můžete urychlit replikaci a snížit zatížení řídicího " -"sereru." +"Nastavuje vnitropaměťový protokol sezení pro zaznamenávání informací o operacích \n" +"zápisu provedených na databázi. Určete kolik operací zápisu by mělo být v protokolu sezení zapsáno.\n" +"Nastavení protokolu sezení je užitečné pouze pro replikaci \"refreshOnly\".\n" +"V takovém případě můžete urychlit replikaci a snížit zatížení řídicího sereru." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" @@ -1144,12 +1011,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:224 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"Vyberte \"Tato databáze je replikační odběratel\" pokud chcete, " -"aby\n" +"Vyberte \"Tato databáze je replikační odběratel\" pokud chcete, aby\n" "byla tato databáze replikou databáze z jiného serveru.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:227 @@ -1162,8 +1027,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" "Vložte sem podrobnosti spojení pro replikační připojení k řídicímu serveru.\n" @@ -1209,10 +1073,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" "Zadejte DN a heslo, které by měl podřízený server použít\n" "k ověření na řídicím serveru.\n" @@ -1227,16 +1089,13 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" "Protože podřízená databáze je jen ke čtení, podřízený server odpoví na\n" "operace zápisu LDAP odkázáním. Toto odkázání ve výchozím stavu ukazuje\n" -"klientu na řídicí server. Můžete však nastavit i jiné aktualizační " -"odkazování.\n" +"klientu na řídicí server. Můžete však nastavit i jiné aktualizační odkazování.\n" "To je užitečné například při kaskádovém replikačním plánu, což je když\n" "poskytovatel podřízeného serveru je sám podřízený.\n" @@ -1286,17 +1145,13 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" "Pomocí Spustit LDAP server - Ano/Ne, \n" "spustíte či vypnete LDAP server." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" "Pokud vyberete Ano, klepněte na Další pro start\n" "průvodce nastavením." @@ -1311,17 +1166,14 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" "Vyberte typ LDAP serveru, který chcete vytvořit. Jsou dostupné\n" "následující scénáře:" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" "Samostatný server: Vytvořit jeden samostatný OpenLDAP\n" @@ -1338,12 +1190,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"Podřízený replikační server: Založit podřízený OpenLDAP server, " -"který replikuje všechna\n" +"Podřízený replikační server: Založit podřízený OpenLDAP server, který replikuje všechna\n" "jeho data, včetně konfigurace, z řídicího serveru." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1366,11 +1216,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" "Zatrhněte Povolit LDAP přes SSL (ldaps) rozhraní pro\n" "povolení serveru přijímat spojení na portu 636. Bez této volby bude\n" @@ -1380,8 +1228,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud již máte nainstalovaný běžný certifikát pro servery pomocí\n" @@ -1395,10 +1242,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud nemáte žádný běžný certifikát pro servery, nebo\n" @@ -1422,21 +1267,17 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" "V tomto dialogu můžete přidat schéma. Stiskněte Přidat\n" -" a v dialogu zvolte nové schéma. Poznámka: V současnosti OpenLDAP(použité s " -"nastavením v databázi) nepodporuje odstraňování schémat" +" a v dialogu zvolte nové schéma. Poznámka: V současnosti OpenLDAP(použité s nastavením v databázi) nepodporuje odstraňování schémat" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" "Vyberte podsystémy, které by měly do syslogu zaznamenávat\n" @@ -1444,11 +1285,8 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" -"Vyber, které speciální vlastnosti OpenLDAP serveru budou povoleny:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Vyber, které speciální vlastnosti OpenLDAP serveru budou povoleny:" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1456,8 +1294,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" "Požadavky spojení LDAPv2: Umožněte serveru příjem požadavků\n" @@ -1466,10 +1303,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" "Anonymní spojení, když nejsou ověřovací údaje prázdné:\n" "Povolí anonymní připojení, pokud přihlašovací údaje nejsou prázdné\n" @@ -1485,14 +1320,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" "Zpracovávání neověřených aktualizačních operací:\n" -"Povolte zpracovávání neověřených (anonymních) aktualizací. Pro ně však i " -"nadále platí přístupová oprávnění a jiná administrativní\n" +"Povolte zpracovávání neověřených (anonymních) aktualizací. Pro ně však i nadále platí přístupová oprávnění a jiná administrativní\n" "omezení.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:372 @@ -1511,8 +1344,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" "Zakázat spojení s jednoduchým ověřením:\n" @@ -1521,8 +1353,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" "Zakázat vynucení anonymního stavu po přijetí provozu StartTLS:\n" @@ -1542,12 +1373,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" "Tyto seznamy zobrazují všechny nastavené databáze. Databáze\n" @@ -1559,13 +1387,11 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:400 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" -"K přidání nové databáze použijte tlačítko Přidat databázi...." +msgstr "K přidání nové databáze použijte tlačítko Přidat databázi...." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" "Pro smazání databáze zvolte ze seznamu danou databázi\n" @@ -1574,8 +1400,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" "Vložte heslo pro konfigurační databázi (\"cn=config\").\n" @@ -1583,10 +1408,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud je server zamýšlen jako součást plánu MirrorMode,\n" "vyberte zatržítko \"Připravit pro MirrorMode replikaci\".\n" @@ -1595,17 +1418,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"Pro založení podřízeného serveru je potřeba se dotázat na některé " -"podrobnosti od řídicího serveru.\n" -"Vložte prosím jméno řídicího serveru, nastavte protokol (buď \"ldap" -"\"nebo \"ldaps\") a číslo portu, pokud je potřeba. Poté ještě zadejte " -"heslo řídicí konfigurační databáze (\"cn=config\")." +"Pro založení podřízeného serveru je potřeba se dotázat na některé podrobnosti od řídicího serveru.\n" +"Vložte prosím jméno řídicího serveru, nastavte protokol (buď \"ldap\"nebo \"ldaps\") a číslo portu, pokud je potřeba. Poté ještě zadejte heslo řídicí konfigurační databáze (\"cn=config\")." #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1628,9 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "URI serveru" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" "Tento server není nastaven jako MirrorMode uzel.\n" "Pro spuštění konfiguračního průvodce OpenLDAP klepněte\n" @@ -1641,10 +1457,8 @@ msgstr "Přehled pro OpenLDAP MirrorMode" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "" -"Smazání hostitele, na kterém jste spustili tento modul YaSTu, není možné.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "Smazání hostitele, na kterém jste spustili tento modul YaSTu, není možné.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." @@ -1952,20 +1766,15 @@ msgstr "Zvolit ne&dovolené příznaky:" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Zakázat příjem požadavků anonymního spojení (nezakazuje anonymní adresářový " -"přístup)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Zakázat příjem požadavků anonymního spojení (nezakazuje anonymní adresářový přístup)" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Zakázat spojení s jednoduchým ověřením" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "Zakázat vynucení anonymního stavu po přijetí provozu StartTLS" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188 @@ -2058,8 +1867,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:337 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"Povolit ověření v prostém textu (jednoduché spojení) pro tuto databázi. " +msgstr "Povolit ověření v prostém textu (jednoduché spojení) pro tuto databázi. " #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:340 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -2411,8 +2219,7 @@ "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Zvolená databáze obsahuje přístupová pravidla, která nejsou YaSTem v " -"současnosti podporována.\n" +"Zvolená databáze obsahuje přístupová pravidla, která nejsou YaSTem v současnosti podporována.\n" "Dialog pro nastavení přistupových pravidel bude zakázán.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 @@ -2482,10 +2289,8 @@ msgstr "Kontrola LDAPsync schopností poskytovatele selhala." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Ověřte prosím, zda cílový server má povoleno, že je poskytovatelem LDAPsyncu" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Ověřte prosím, zda cílový server má povoleno, že je poskytovatelem LDAPsyncu" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -2632,12 +2437,8 @@ msgstr "Aktualizovaní objektů základních politik hesel" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Čeká se na dokončení indexovacích úkolů OpenLDAPu běžících na pozadí (toto " -"může trvat několik minut)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Čeká se na dokončení indexovacích úkolů OpenLDAPu běžících na pozadí (toto může trvat několik minut)" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:884 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -2656,12 +2457,8 @@ msgstr "Vytváření objektů politiky hesel selhalo" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1006 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Při čekání na skončení úlohy vytváření indexu OpenLDAP databáze došlo k " -"chybě.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Při čekání na skončení úlohy vytváření indexu OpenLDAP databáze došlo k chybě.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1007 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -2766,12 +2563,8 @@ msgstr "Nelze určit vlastní plně kvalifikovaného jméno počítače." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Řídicí server replikace nemůže pracovat správně bez znalosti vlastního plně " -"kvalifikovaného jména počítače." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "Řídicí server replikace nemůže pracovat správně bez znalosti vlastního plně kvalifikovaného jména počítače." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." @@ -2787,12 +2580,8 @@ msgstr "Neplatné doménové jméno LDAPu: \"%s\", nelze vytáhnout hodnoty RDN" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." -msgstr "" -"Hodnota atributu \"c\" musí obsahovat platný dvoupísmenný kód země dle " -"ISO-3166." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "Hodnota atributu \"c\" musí obsahovat platný dvoupísmenný kód země dle ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2572 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 @@ -2833,10 +2622,8 @@ msgstr "Soubor certifikátu CA: \"%s\" neexistuje." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Chyba při pokusu ověřit serverový certifikát poskytovatelského serveru.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Chyba při pokusu ověřit serverový certifikát poskytovatelského serveru.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415 #, perl-format @@ -3060,9 +2847,7 @@ #~ msgid "Certificate Key File does not exist" #~ msgstr "Soubor s klíčem certifikátu neexistuje." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The LDAP Server is currently disabled, no configuration changes are " -#~ "possible." +#~ msgid "The LDAP Server is currently disabled, no configuration changes are possible." #~ msgstr "Néní možné měnit konfiguraci, protože LDAP server je zakázán." #~ msgid "Please enter a password" @@ -3074,24 +2859,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on " -#~| "specific type of\n" -#~| "searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most common " -#~| "searches that are used\n" -#~| "on a database. This YaST modul allows to setup three different types " -#~| "indexes." +#~| "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific type of\n" +#~| "searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most common searches that are used\n" +#~| "on a database. This YaST modul allows to setup three different types indexes." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific " -#~ "type of\n" -#~ "searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most common " -#~ "searches that are used\n" -#~ "on a database. This YaST module allows to setup three different types " -#~ "indexes." +#~ "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific type of\n" +#~ "searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most common searches that are used\n" +#~ "on a database. This YaST module allows to setup three different types indexes." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Indexy jsou používány v OpenLDAP na vylepšení rychlosti specifických " -#~ "dotazů.\n" -#~ "Doporučené nastavení je indexovat podle nejčastejších dotazů na " -#~ "databázy.\n" +#~ "Indexy jsou používány v OpenLDAP na vylepšení rychlosti specifických dotazů.\n" +#~ "Doporučené nastavení je indexovat podle nejčastejších dotazů na databázy.\n" #~ "YaST umožnuje tři různé typy indexů." #~ msgid "" @@ -3103,8 +2880,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" -#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog " -#~ "informs whether it\n" +#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog informs whether it\n" #~ "is safe to do so. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Přerušení ukládání:</big> \n" @@ -3112,15 +2888,9 @@ #~ "Následující dialog vás informuje, zda je to bezpečné." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Selected the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -#~| "statistics to syslog." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -#~ "statistics to syslog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zadejte jakou úroveň debug informací a statistik chcete, aby LDAP " -#~ "server zapisoval do syslog." +#~| msgid "Selected the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics to syslog." +#~ msgid "Please select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics to syslog." +#~ msgstr "Zadejte jakou úroveň debug informací a statistik chcete, aby LDAP server zapisoval do syslog." #~ msgid "Please select a valid CA Certificate File" #~ msgstr "Vyberte soubor s korektním certifikátem CA, prosím" @@ -3172,11 +2942,8 @@ #~ msgstr "&Nové heslo" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have an existing configuration but the LDAP Server is not currently " -#~ "running." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Váš počítač je nastaven jako LDAP klient a LDAP server není lokální." +#~ msgid "You have an existing configuration but the LDAP Server is not currently running." +#~ msgstr "Váš počítač je nastaven jako LDAP klient a LDAP server není lokální." #~ msgid "Delete a schema from the list" #~ msgstr "Odstranit schéma ze seznamu" @@ -3215,8 +2982,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Úpravy a mazání:</BIG> \n" #~ "Vyberte LDAP server, který chcete upravit anebo smazat.\n" -#~ "Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" @@ -3246,39 +3012,29 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select a schema file in the list and press Delete to remove it " -#~ "from the\n" +#~ "Select a schema file in the list and press Delete to remove it from the\n" #~ "configuration file." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro odstranění schéma z konfigurace, zvolte ze seznamu soubor " -#~ "obsahující\n" +#~ "Pro odstranění schéma z konfigurace, zvolte ze seznamu soubor obsahující\n" #~ " schéma a stiskněte Smazat." #~ msgid "" -#~ "With the Up and Down buttons, change the position of " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "selected schema file. Keep in mind that some schema files depend on " -#~ "others. An incorrect\n" +#~ "With the Up and Down buttons, change the position of the\n" +#~ "selected schema file. Keep in mind that some schema files depend on others. An incorrect\n" #~ "order causes the LDAP server not to start.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pomocí tlačítek Nahoru a Dolů změníte pozici vybraného\n" -#~ "schéma. Pamatujte, že některé soubory závisí na jiných. Nevhodné pořadí " -#~ "může\n" +#~ "schéma. Pamatujte, že některé soubory závisí na jiných. Nevhodné pořadí může\n" #~ "způsobit, že se LDAP server nespustí.\n" #~ msgid "Here, enable or disable a set of special features." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zde můžete povolit či zakázat nastavení speciálních vlastností." +#~ msgstr "Zde můžete povolit či zakázat nastavení speciálních vlastností." #~ msgid "If TLS is active, view the current settings here." #~ msgstr "Zde se zobrazí současné nastavení, pokud je TLS aktivní." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With Select Certificate..., configure new certificates for this " -#~ "service." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pomocí Zvolit certifikát... můžete nastavit nové certifikáty " -#~ "pro tuto službu." +#~ msgid "With Select Certificate..., configure new certificates for this service." +#~ msgstr "Pomocí Zvolit certifikát... můžete nastavit nové certifikáty pro tuto službu." #~ msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters of this database." #~ msgstr "V tomto dialogu můžete změnit některá nastavení databáze." @@ -3286,19 +3042,11 @@ #~ msgid "With Root DN, change the DN for the administrator." #~ msgstr "Pomocí Root DN změníte DN administrátora." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To change the password for the root account, enter a new one and " -#~ "select the Encryption." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro změnu hesla účtu root, zadejte nové heslo a zvolte Šifrování</" -#~ "b>." +#~ msgid "To change the password for the root account, enter a new one and select the Encryption." +#~ msgstr "Pro změnu hesla účtu root, zadejte nové heslo a zvolte Šifrování." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already " -#~ "set in the configuration file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Políčka pro heslo jsou implicitně prázdná i v případě, že jsou hesla " -#~ "zadaná v konfiguračním souboru." +#~ msgid "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already set in the configuration file." +#~ msgstr "Políčka pro heslo jsou implicitně prázdná i v případě, že jsou hesla zadaná v konfiguračním souboru." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Proxy Cache" @@ -3321,33 +3069,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Root Password is initially set to the system root password\n" #~ "entered earlier in the installation process. Change it in the\n" -#~ "edit fields. Change the password encryption method in the relevant field." -#~ "\n" +#~ "edit fields. Change the password encryption method in the relevant field.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Root Password má počáteční hodnotu nastavenou na heslo správce\n" -#~ "systému zadané dříve v instalačním procesu. Změnit ho můžete, spolu s " -#~ "metodou\n" +#~ "systému zadané dříve v instalačním procesu. Změnit ho můžete, spolu s metodou\n" #~ "šifrování, v odpovídajícím poli.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Checking the Activate StartTLS option enables the LDAP server " -#~ "to\n" -#~ "process incoming StartTLS requests. This requires the common server " -#~ "certificate\n" +#~ "Checking the Activate StartTLS option enables the LDAP server to\n" +#~ "process incoming StartTLS requests. This requires the common server certificate\n" #~ "that can be set up in the CA Management YaST module.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zaškrtnutím volby Aktivovat StartTLS povolíte LDAP serveru " -#~ "zpracovat\n" -#~ "příchozí požadavky StartTLS. K tomu potřebujete běžný certifikát " -#~ "serveru,\n" +#~ "Zaškrtnutím volby Aktivovat StartTLS povolíte LDAP serveru zpracovat\n" +#~ "příchozí požadavky StartTLS. K tomu potřebujete běžný certifikát serveru,\n" #~ "který lze nastavit v modulu YaST Správa CA.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If Register at an SLP Daemon is checked, the LDAP server tries\n" #~ "to find a running SLP daemon at which to register.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pokud je zaškrtnuta položka Registrovat u SLP démona, LDAP " -#~ "server\n" +#~ "Pokud je zaškrtnuta položka Registrovat u SLP démona, LDAP server\n" #~ "se snaží najít běžícího SLP démona, u kterého se zaregistruje.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3360,14 +3101,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Adding an LDAP Server:</big> \n" #~ "Choose an LDAP server from the list of detected LDAP servers.\n" -#~ "If your LDAP server was not autodetected, use Other (not detected)</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "If your LDAP server was not autodetected, use Other (not detected).\n" #~ "Then press Configure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Přidání LDAP serveru:</BIG> \n" #~ "Vyberte si LDAP server ze seznamu detekovaných LDAP serverů.\n" -#~ "Jestliže váš server nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte Jiné " -#~ "(nerozpoznáno).\n" +#~ "Jestliže váš server nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte Jiné (nerozpoznáno).\n" #~ "Poté stiskněte Konfigurovat.\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -28,12 +28,10 @@ #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "Selhalo sestavení šifrování TLS.\n" -"Ověřte, že je nainstalovaný správný certifikát CA a že certifikát serveru je " -"platný." +"Ověřte, že je nainstalovaný správný certifikát CA a že certifikát serveru je platný." #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:260 @@ -149,8 +147,7 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" -"Možný důvod pro selhání spojení může být, že váš klient je nastaven pro " -"TLS/SSL, ale server je nepodporuje.\n" +"Možný důvod pro selhání spojení může být, že váš klient je nastaven pro TLS/SSL, ale server je nepodporuje.\n" "\n" "Chcete zkusit spojení bez TLS/SSL?\n" @@ -195,8 +192,8 @@ "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" "Na serveru LDAP není žádný záznam pro DN\n" -"'%1'\n. " -"Chcete jej vytvořit?\n" +"'%1'\n" +". Chcete jej vytvořit?\n" #. button label #. button label @@ -219,9 +216,7 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Pokud může mít atribut více hodnot, přidejte nové položky pomocí Přidat " -"hodnotu. Někdy tlačítko obsahuje seznam možných hodnot pro použití s " -"daným atributem.\n" +"Pokud může mít atribut více hodnot, přidejte nové položky pomocí Přidat hodnotu. Někdy tlačítko obsahuje seznam možných hodnot pro použití s daným atributem.\n" "Pokud by měl být hodnotou upravovaného atributu rozlišované jméno (DN),\n" "je možné je vybrat ze stromu LDAP pomocí Procházet.\n" "\n" @@ -309,13 +304,11 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" "Zde nastavte hodnoty atributů náležící\n" -"k objektu při použití současné šablony. Tyto hodnoty jsou použity jako " -"výchozí\n" +"k objektu při použití současné šablony. Tyto hodnoty jsou použity jako výchozí\n" "při tvorbě nového objektu.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" @@ -327,8 +320,7 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" @@ -354,14 +346,10 @@ #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." msgstr "" "Když je ve stromu vybrán objekt LDAP josu v tabulce zobrazena jeho data.\n" -"Pro změnu hodnoty vybraného atributu použijte Upravit. Pro uložení " -"změn do LDAP slouží tlačítko Uložit." +"Pro změnu hodnoty vybraného atributu použijte Upravit. Pro uložení změn do LDAP slouží tlačítko Uložit." #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 @@ -436,4 +424,3 @@ #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" msgstr "Hodnota" - Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/live-installer.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/live-installer.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/live-installer.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -146,8 +146,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</" -"p>" +"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" "\n" "K provedení nové instalace se zobrazenými hodnotami\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/lxc.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/lxc.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/lxc.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -267,15 +267,12 @@ #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>LXC Overview</big> \n" -"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current " -"status.\n" -"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with " -"Destroy.\n" +"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current status.\n" +"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with Destroy.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Přehled LXC</big> \n" -"Zde můžete vidět seznam nakonfigurovaných linuxových kontejnerů (LXC) a " -"jejich stav.\n" +"Zde můžete vidět seznam nakonfigurovaných linuxových kontejnerů (LXC) a jejich stav.\n" "Pro vytvoření nového kontejneru použijte tlačítko Vytvořit.\n" "Smazání vytvořeného kontejneru provedete tlačítkem Zrušit.\n" "" @@ -283,10 +280,7 @@ #. Overview dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"You can start selected container with Start. The container is " -"started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or " -"manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close " -"it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" +"You can start selected container with Start. The container is started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" "Note that Connect option is not available in text mode." msgstr "" "Vybraný kontejner můžete spustit stiskem Spustit.\n" @@ -302,19 +296,12 @@ #. Create dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, " -"and enter desired network settings." -msgstr "" -"Zvolte Název kontejneru, vyberte základní Šablonu a vložte " -"potřebné síťové nastavení." +msgid "Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, and enter desired network settings." +msgstr "Zvolte Název kontejneru, vyberte základní Šablonu a vložte potřebné síťové nastavení." #. Create dialog help, part 3 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic " -"address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use " -"the Configure Network button and create one." +msgid "Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use the Configure Network button and create one." msgstr "" "Pokud chcete použít adresu z DHCP, zadejte do pole IP adresa\n" "hodnotu <tt>0.0.0.0</tt>. Pokud ještě není nakonfigurované žádné zařízení\n" @@ -322,14 +309,8 @@ #. Create dialog help, part 4 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:63 -msgid "" -"Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the " -"container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Zvolte heslo, které bude použito v kontejneru pro systémového " -"administrátora (Superuživatel 'root'). Pokud není zadáno žádné heslo bude " -"použita výchozí hodnota <tt>root</tt>." +msgid "Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will be used." +msgstr "Zvolte heslo, které bude použito v kontejneru pro systémového administrátora (Superuživatel 'root'). Pokud není zadáno žádné heslo bude použita výchozí hodnota <tt>root</tt>." #. Create dialog help, part 5 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:67 @@ -338,11 +319,8 @@ #. info label (try to keep the text short) #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"V konfiguraci LXC jsou nějaké potíže. Pro více informací vizte dokumentaci." +msgid "Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for details." +msgstr "V konfiguraci LXC jsou nějaké potíže. Pro více informací vizte dokumentaci." #. output follows in widget below #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:232 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -113,12 +113,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud vybíráte Bez spojení, mailový server bude spuštěn.\n" -"Avšak bude možné pouze místní doručování e-mailů. MTA naslouchá localhostu.</" -"p>\n" +"Avšak bude možné pouze místní doručování e-mailů. MTA naslouchá localhostu.\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -134,8 +132,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -148,8 +145,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." -"com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Server pro odesílání pošty je většinou zamýšlen\n" @@ -160,13 +156,11 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Zadejte uživatelské jméno, které bude použito\n" -"pro přihlášení. V případě pochybností se zeptejte svého poskytovatele " -"připojení.\n" +"pro přihlášení. V případě pochybností se zeptejte svého poskytovatele připojení.\n" "\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 @@ -208,8 +202,7 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Tato tabulka přesměrovává lokálně doručenou poštu.\n" @@ -699,8 +692,7 @@ #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -750,21 +742,17 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Povolení DKIM pro odchozí e-maily vyžaduje dodatečné úkony. Klíč SSL\n" "bude vygenerovaný pro hodnotu 'mydomain', která je definovaná v Postfixu.\n" "V Postfixu bude nakonfigurována nová služba 'submission'. Poté, co je toto\n" -"nastaveno, můžete odesílat zprávy se službou 'submission' z oblasti " -"'mynetworks'\n" +"nastaveno, můžete odesílat zprávy se službou 'submission' z oblasti 'mynetworks'\n" "s povoleným SASL ověřováním. Doménovým klíčem budou podepsány pouze\n" "zprávy odeslané touto novou službou.\n" @@ -776,8 +764,7 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" @@ -791,8 +778,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "Pokud povolíte podporu DKIM, bude také povoleno hledání virů (AMaViS)." #. Translators: text entry label @@ -837,12 +823,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Mód doručení je obvykle přímo dokud nepřeposíláte zprávy " -"uživatele root nebo chcete přistupovat k poště přes IMAP." +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "Mód doručení je obvykle přímo dokud nepřeposíláte zprávy uživatele root nebo chcete přistupovat k poště přes IMAP." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -1169,12 +1151,8 @@ #~ msgid "Mail Server Configuration " #~ msgstr "Konfigurace poštovního serveru " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the " -#~ "Cyrus IMAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tento modul nastaví a spustí Postfix a v případě potřeby také Cyrus " -#~ "IMAP server." +#~ msgid "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server." +#~ msgstr "Tento modul nastaví a spustí Postfix a v případě potřeby také Cyrus IMAP server." #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning:\n" @@ -1203,41 +1181,23 @@ #~ msgid "Select configuration type according your needs." #~ msgstr "Zvolte typ konfigurace podle svých potřeb." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard " -#~ "configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pokud chcete používat Sendmail jako MTA, musíte zvolit standardní " -#~ "konfiguraci." +#~ msgid "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard configuration." +#~ msgstr "Pokud chcete používat Sendmail jako MTA, musíte zvolit standardní konfiguraci." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your " -#~ "system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pokročilé nastavení používá podpůrnou vrstvu LDAP a nastaví Váš systém " -#~ "jako klient LDAP a v případě nutnosti nastaví server LDAP." +#~ msgid "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." +#~ msgstr "Pokročilé nastavení používá podpůrnou vrstvu LDAP a nastaví Váš systém jako klient LDAP a v případě nutnosti nastaví server LDAP." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." #~ msgstr "Běžící poštovní server je nyní založen na \"standardním\" typu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Je možné změnit typ nastavení na \"pokročilý\". Tím přepíšete všechna " -#~ "stávající nastavení." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Je možné změnit typ nastavení na \"pokročilý\". Tím přepíšete všechna stávající nastavení." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." #~ msgstr "Běžící poštovní server je nyní založen na \"pokročilém\" typu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Je možné změnit typ nastavení na \"standardní\". Tím přepíšete všechna " -#~ "stávající nastavení." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Je možné změnit typ nastavení na \"standardní\". Tím přepíšete všechna stávající nastavení." #~ msgid "Standard" #~ msgstr "Standardní" @@ -1284,42 +1244,26 @@ #~ msgid "We suggest you set up a local LDAP server for the mail server." #~ msgstr "Pro poštovní server doporučujeme nastavit lokální LDAP server." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "K zajištění bezpečnosti systému vytvořit certifikát pro LDAP a poštovní " -#~ "server." +#~ msgid "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your system." +#~ msgstr "K zajištění bezpečnosti systému vytvořit certifikát pro LDAP a poštovní server." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is " -#~ "local." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local." #~ msgstr "Váš počítač je nastaven jako LDAP klient a LDAP server je lokální." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." +#~ msgid "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." #~ msgstr "Pro poštovní server doporučujeme přenastavit LDAP server." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator " -#~ "account:" +#~ msgid "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator account:" #~ msgstr "Z toho důvodu byste měli znát heslo administrátora LDAPu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not " -#~ "local." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Váš počítač je nastaven jako LDAP klient a LDAP server není lokální." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local." +#~ msgstr "Váš počítač je nastaven jako LDAP klient a LDAP server není lokální." #~ msgid "We suggest you configure the LDAP server for the mail server." #~ msgstr "Pro poštovní server navrhujeme nastavit LDAP server." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver." -#~ "schema and the corresponding index entries." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kromě toho musí LDAP server obsahovat suse-mailserver.schema a " -#~ "odpovídající rejstřík vstupů." +#~ msgid "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver.schema and the corresponding index entries." +#~ msgstr "Kromě toho musí LDAP server obsahovat suse-mailserver.schema a odpovídající rejstřík vstupů." #~ msgid "Create certificates." #~ msgstr "Vytvořit certifikáty." @@ -1688,16 +1632,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" #~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too. \n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ověření správce</big> \n" #~ "Při použití YaST modulu poštovního serveru, použije systém LDAP\n" #~ "jako sklad pro účty uživatelů a skupin a pro DNS služby. \n" -#~ "V LDAP skladu budou uložena také některá nastavení poštovního serveru." -#~ " \n" +#~ "V LDAP skladu budou uložena také některá nastavení poštovního serveru. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1748,14 +1689,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Size:</big> \n" -#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and " -#~ "getting),\n" +#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n" #~ "including envelope information.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Velikost zpráv:</big> \n" -#~ "Tímto parametrem omezíte celkovou velikost zpráv v bytech (příjem a " -#~ "odesílání), \n" +#~ "Tímto parametrem omezíte celkovou velikost zpráv v bytech (příjem a odesílání), \n" #~ "včetně informací obálky.\n" #~ "" @@ -1788,58 +1727,42 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>SPAM Prevention</big> \n" -#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of " -#~ "unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" -#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists " -#~ "or RBL\n" +#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" +#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n" #~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Opatření proti SPAMu</big> \n" -#~ "Postfix nabízí řadu parametrů, které omezují příjem nevyžádaných " -#~ "komerčních zpráv (unsolicited commercial e-mail - UCE).\n" -#~ "V tomto dialogu je můžete nastavit. Například nastavením přístupového " -#~ "seznamu\n" +#~ "Postfix nabízí řadu parametrů, které omezují příjem nevyžádaných komerčních zpráv (unsolicited commercial e-mail - UCE).\n" +#~ "V tomto dialogu je můžete nastavit. Například nastavením přístupového seznamu\n" #~ " RBL nebo (real-time blackhole list) jmenných serverů. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for " -#~ "viruses and and for spam.\n" -#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder " -#~ "SpamAssassin will be installed \n" -#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus " -#~ "scanner engines.\n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n" +#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder SpamAssassin will be installed \n" +#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Spuštění virového skeneru AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "Pokud spustíte virový skener AMAVIS, vaše e-maily budou skenovány na viry " -#~ "a spam.\n" -#~ "Bude nainstalován motor vyhledávače virů Clamavd a také vyhledávač " -#~ "spamů\n" -#~ "SpamAssassin. Samozřejmě budou také nastaveny. Můžete nainstalovat " -#~ "i jiný\n" +#~ "Pokud spustíte virový skener AMAVIS, vaše e-maily budou skenovány na viry a spam.\n" +#~ "Bude nainstalován motor vyhledávače virů Clamavd a také vyhledávač spamů\n" +#~ "SpamAssassin. Samozřejmě budou také nastaveny. Můžete nainstalovat i jiný\n" #~ "(komerční) virový skener.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big> \n" -#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery " -#~ "method is cyrus imapd.\n" -#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be " -#~ "created. Spam email \n" -#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the " -#~ "folder NewSpam.\n" -#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-" -#~ "spam email into\n" -#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by " -#~ "anyone.\n" +#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is cyrus imapd.\n" +#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be created. Spam email \n" +#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the folder NewSpam.\n" +#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n" +#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Nastavení rozšíření učící se hledat spamy:</big> \n" -#~ "Rozšíření učící se hledat spamy může být nastaveno pouze tehdy, pokud je " -#~ "jako\n" +#~ "Rozšíření učící se hledat spamy může být nastaveno pouze tehdy, pokud je jako\n" #~ "místní metoda doručení zvolen cyrus imapd.\n" #~ "V takovém případě budou vytvořeny sdílené adresáře NewSpam\n" #~ "a NoSpam. Spam, který nebyl detekován SpamAssassinem,\n" @@ -1855,8 +1778,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Důvěryhodné lokální sítě:</big> \n" -#~ "Klienti z těchto sítí mohou používat váš poštovní server pro posílání " -#~ "zpráv.\n" +#~ "Klienti z těchto sítí mohou používat váš poštovní server pro posílání zpráv.\n" #~ "(posílání nelokálních mailů)\n" #~ " \n" @@ -1874,15 +1796,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Local Delivery Type</big> \n" #~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n" -#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or " -#~ "IMAP\n" +#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n" #~ "protocol, choose Cyrus IMAP. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Typ lokálního doručení</big> \n" #~ "Zde zvolte způsob lokálního doručení zpráv. \n" -#~ "U klientů schopných připojit se k poštovnímu serveru pomocí POP nebo " -#~ "IMAP\n" +#~ "U klientů schopných připojit se k poštovnímu serveru pomocí POP nebo IMAP\n" #~ "protokolu, zvolte Cyrus IMAP. \n" #~ " \n" @@ -1897,8 +1817,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big> \n" -#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this " -#~ "regularly\n" +#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n" #~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1912,8 +1831,7 @@ #~ "define mail fetching jobs.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Poznámka: pokud jste nezadali žádný typ lokálního doručování, " -#~ "nemůžete\n" +#~ "Poznámka: pokud jste nezadali žádný typ lokálního doručování, nemůžete\n" #~ "definovat úlohy stahování zpráv.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1930,8 +1848,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n" -#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the " -#~ "properties\n" +#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n" #~ "concerning the mail server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1952,8 +1869,7 @@ #~ "Můžete definovat virtuální a lokální domény. Ve virtuálních doménách\n" #~ "mohou zprávy dostávat pouze uživatelé s přidělenou emailovou adresou\n" #~ "v téže doméně.\n" -#~ "V lokální doméně mohou dostávat zprávy všichni uživatelé. Virtuální " -#~ "emailové\n" +#~ "V lokální doméně mohou dostávat zprávy všichni uživatelé. Virtuální emailové\n" #~ "adresy přiřadíte v YaSTu pomocí modulu Správa uživatelů a skupin.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2125,22 +2041,17 @@ #~ msgid "Invalid e-mail format." #~ msgstr "Chybný formát e-mailu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "V tomto dialogu můžete nastavit konfiguraci pošty pro uživatele." +#~ msgid "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." +#~ msgstr "V tomto dialogu můžete nastavit konfiguraci pošty pro uživatele." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." +#~ msgid "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." #~ msgstr "Nejdřív zadejte emailové adresy uživatelů a aliasy." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you " -#~ "can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" +#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" #~ " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pokud jste pro lokální doručení zvolili \"cyrus\", měli byste nastavit " -#~ "limit pro schránku uživatelů.\n" +#~ "Pokud jste pro lokální doručení zvolili \"cyrus\", měli byste nastavit limit pro schránku uživatelů.\n" #~ " Pokud nenastavíte žádnou hodnotu, velikost bude neomezená." #~ msgid "E-Mail Addresses " @@ -2243,26 +2154,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" #~ "To use the YaST2 mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too. \n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ověření správce</big> \n" #~ "Při použití YaST2 modulu poštovního serveru, použije systém LDAP\n" #~ "jako sklad pro účty uživatelů a skupin a pro DNS služby. \n" -#~ "V LDAP skladu budou uložena také některá nastavení poštovního serveru." -#~ " \n" +#~ "V LDAP skladu budou uložena také některá nastavení poštovního serveru. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus " -#~ "scanner engine. \n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus scanner engine. \n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Spustit virový skener AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "Pokud chcete spustit AMAVIS, nezapomeňte do něj doinstalovat virovou " -#~ "databázi. \n" +#~ "Pokud chcete spustit AMAVIS, nezapomeňte do něj doinstalovat virovou databázi. \n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2272,8 +2178,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Důvěryhodné lokální sítě:</big> \n" -#~ "Klienti z těchto sítí mohou používat váš poštovní server pro posílání " -#~ "zpráv. \n" +#~ "Klienti z těchto sítí mohou používat váš poštovní server pro posílání zpráv. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2298,8 +2203,7 @@ #~ "<big>Typ:</big> \n" #~ "Nastavit můžete lokální a virtuální domény. Ve virtuálních doménách\n" #~ "mohou zprávy dostávat pouze uživatelé s přidělenou emailovou adresou.\n" -#~ "V lokální doméně mohou dostával zprávy všichni uživatelé. Virtuální " -#~ "emailové\n" +#~ "V lokální doméně mohou dostával zprávy všichni uživatelé. Virtuální emailové\n" #~ "adresy přiřadíte v modulu nastavení uživatelů programu YaST2.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2314,29 +2218,17 @@ #~ "vestavěné funkce poštovní aplikace. Tito uživatelé\n" #~ "tento modul nepotřebují.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the Standard " -#~ "type." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the Standard type." #~ msgstr "Běžící poštovní server je nyní založen na standardním typu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to Advanced settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Je možné změnit typ nastavení na pokročilý. Tím přepíšete všechna " -#~ "stávající nastavení." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to Advanced settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Je možné změnit typ nastavení na pokročilý. Tím přepíšete všechna stávající nastavení." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the Advanced " -#~ "type." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the Advanced type." #~ msgstr "Běžící poštovní server je nyní založen na pokročilém typu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to Standard settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Je možné změnit typ nastavení na standardní. Tím přepíšete všechna " -#~ "stávající nastavení." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to Standard settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Je možné změnit typ nastavení na standardní. Tím přepíšete všechna stávající nastavení." #~ msgid "" #~ "YaST2 can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" @@ -2345,13 +2237,8 @@ #~ "YaST dokáže konfigurovat pouze Postfix a Sendmail,\n" #~ "ale ani jeden z nich není nainstalován." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not " -#~ "forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mód doručení je obvykle procmailbez ohledu na to, že " -#~ "nepřeposíláte zprávy uživatele root nebo chcete přistupovat k poště přes " -#~ "IMAP." +#~ msgid "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +#~ msgstr "Mód doručení je obvykle procmailbez ohledu na to, že nepřeposíláte zprávy uživatele root nebo chcete přistupovat k poště přes IMAP." #~ msgid "This will corrupt your actual configuration." #~ msgstr "Tím poškodíte vaše stávající nastavení." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/multipath.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/multipath.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/multipath.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -239,25 +239,18 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Stav multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tZastavení nebo spuštění multipath, kontrola informací o multipath." -" \n" +"\t\t\tZastavení nebo spuštění multipath, kontrola informací o multipath. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Spustit/Zastavit démona Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tStiskněte \"Použít Multipath\" pro spuštění démona multipathd. " -"Stiskněte \"Nepoužívat Multipath\" k zastavení démona multipathd." -" \n" -"\t\t\tInformace o stavu multipath můžou být zobrazeny pouze pokud je démon " -"multipathd vypnutý. \n" +"\t\t\tStiskněte \"Použít Multipath\" pro spuštění démona multipathd. Stiskněte \"Nepoužívat Multipath\" k zastavení démona multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tInformace o stavu multipath můžou být zobrazeny pouze pokud je démon multipathd vypnutý. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Nastavit Multipath</big> \n" "\t\t\tStiskněte záložku nastavit pro konfigurace multipath. \n" @@ -266,96 +259,63 @@ #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." -" \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurace</big> \n" -"\t\t\tZde můžete nastavit veškerý obsah souboru /etc/multipath.conf. Soubor " -"s nastavením obsahuje čtyři sekce:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, výchozí, černá listina, výjimky z " -"černé listiny, zařízení. \n" +"\t\t\tZde můžete nastavit veškerý obsah souboru /etc/multipath.conf. Soubor s nastavením obsahuje čtyři sekce:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, výchozí, černá listina, výjimky z černé listiny, zařízení. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: seznam detailního nastavení multipath. \n" "\t\t\tVýchozí: základní nastavení nástrojů pro multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tStiskněte tlačítko \"Výchozí nastavení\" pro jeho nastavení." -" \n" +"\t\t\tStiskněte tlačítko \"Výchozí nastavení\" pro jeho nastavení. \n" "\t\t\tČerná listina: seznam zařízení k vyřazení z multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tStistkněte tlačítko \"Nastavit černou listinu\" pro nastavení " -"černé listiny. \n" -"\t\t\tVýjimky z černé listiny: seznam zařízení, které se mají vyjmout " -"z černé listiny. \n" -"\t\t\tStiskněte tlačítko \"Výjimky z černé listiny\" pro nastavení " -"výjimek. \n" -"\t\t\tZařízení: nastavení kontroleru pro každé úložiště. Přepíše " -"výchozí nastavení, ale je přepisováno nastavením multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tStiskněte tlačítko \"Nastavit zařízení\" pro nastavení zařízení." -" \n" -"\t\t\tStiskněte tlačítko \"Dokončit\" pro uložení a aktualizaci " -"nastavení. \n" +"\t\t\tStistkněte tlačítko \"Nastavit černou listinu\" pro nastavení černé listiny. \n" +"\t\t\tVýjimky z černé listiny: seznam zařízení, které se mají vyjmout z černé listiny. \n" +"\t\t\tStiskněte tlačítko \"Výjimky z černé listiny\" pro nastavení výjimek. \n" +"\t\t\tZařízení: nastavení kontroleru pro každé úložiště. Přepíše výchozí nastavení, ale je přepisováno nastavením multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tStiskněte tlačítko \"Nastavit zařízení\" pro nastavení zařízení. \n" +"\t\t\tStiskněte tlačítko \"Dokončit\" pro uložení a aktualizaci nastavení. \n" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Výchozí konfigurace</big> \n" "\t\t\tVšeobecné nastavení může zde být nastaveno. \n" -"\t\t\tVýchozí nastavení se použije ve všech nastavení multipath, pokud ho " -"specifické nastavení pro zařízení nepřepíše. \n" -"\t\t\tPokud je výchozí nastavení odstraněno, je použita předdefinovaná " -"hodnota v multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tVýchozí nastavení se použije ve všech nastavení multipath, pokud ho specifické nastavení pro zařízení nepřepíše. \n" +"\t\t\tPokud je výchozí nastavení odstraněno, je použita předdefinovaná hodnota v multipath. \n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -" \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurace černé listiny</big> \n" "\t\t\tZařízení uvedená zde nejsou považovány za multipath zařízení. \n" -"\t\t\tExistují tři metody jak rozpoznat zařízení: wwid, devnode</" -"b>, zařízení. \n" +"\t\t\tExistují tři metody jak rozpoznat zařízení: wwid, devnode, zařízení. \n" "\t\t\twwid: Celosvětový identifikátor rozpoznávající zařízení. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regulární výraz pro rozpoznání zařízení v udev " -"adresáři (standardně v adresáři /dev). Obvyklá jména jsou cciss, fd, hd, md, " -"dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tzařízení: Zadaní konkrétního kontroloru úložiště. Je určen " -"výrobcem a jménem výrobku. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regulární výraz pro rozpoznání zařízení v udev adresáři (standardně v adresáři /dev). Obvyklá jména jsou cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tzařízení: Zadaní konkrétního kontroloru úložiště. Je určen výrobcem a jménem výrobku. \n" "" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 @@ -363,43 +323,30 @@ msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurace černé listiny</big> \n" "\t\t\tZařízení uvedená zde jsou vyjmuty z černé listiny. \n" -"\t\t\tExistují tři metody jak rozpoznat zařízení: wwid, devnode</" -"b>, zařízení. \n" +"\t\t\tExistují tři metody jak rozpoznat zařízení: wwid, devnode, zařízení. \n" "\t\t\twwid: Celosvětový identifikátor rozpoznávající zařízení. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regulární výraz pro rozpoznání zařízení v udev " -"adresáři (standardně v adresáři /dev). Obvyklá jména jsou cciss, fd, hd, md, " -"dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tzařízení: Zadaní konkrétního kontroloru úložiště. Je určen " -"výrobcem a jménem výrobku. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regulární výraz pro rozpoznání zařízení v udev adresáři (standardně v adresáři /dev). Obvyklá jména jsou cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tzařízení: Zadaní konkrétního kontroloru úložiště. Je určen výrobcem a jménem výrobku. \n" "" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -" \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurace zařízení</big> \n" -"\t\t\tZde jsou uvedena nastavení pro konkretní kontrolery, která přepisují " -"výchozí nastavení a jsou přepisována nastaveními multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tKaždé zařízení je identifikováno podle výrobce a názvu " -"výrobku. \n" +"\t\t\tZde jsou uvedena nastavení pro konkretní kontrolery, která přepisují výchozí nastavení a jsou přepisována nastaveními multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tKaždé zařízení je identifikováno podle výrobce a názvu výrobku. \n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/ncurses-pkg.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/ncurses-pkg.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/ncurses-pkg.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -64,10 +64,8 @@ msgstr "tyto balíčky kvůli vyřešení závislostí:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"Můžete se přesto rozhodnout pro instalaci, riskujete však porušení systému." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "Můžete se přesto rozhodnout pro instalaci, riskujete však porušení systému." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -130,39 +128,20 @@ msgstr "Nepotřebné" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -"already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " -"Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -msgstr "" -"Toto je seznam užitečných balíčků. Mohou být nainstalovány dodatečně, pokud " -"jsou doporučeny k nově instalovaným balíčkům. Abyste získali doporučené " -"balíčky k již nainstalovaným, musí být nastavena v nabídce Závislosti " -"volba Instalovat doporučené balíčky k již nainstalovaným." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +msgstr "Toto je seznam užitečných balíčků. Mohou být nainstalovány dodatečně, pokud jsou doporučeny k nově instalovaným balíčkům. Abyste získali doporučené balíčky k již nainstalovaným, musí být nastavena v nabídce Závislosti volba Instalovat doporučené balíčky k již nainstalovaným." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Instalace těchto balíčků je navržena proto, že sedí k balíčkům, které jsou " -"již nainstalovány. Rozhodnutí, zda se nainstalují, je na uživateli." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Instalace těchto balíčků je navržena proto, že sedí k balíčkům, které jsou již nainstalovány. Rozhodnutí, zda se nainstalují, je na uživateli." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"Řešitel odhalil, že tyto balíčky nemají repozitář, což znamená, že není " -"možné je aktualizovat." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "Řešitel odhalil, že tyto balíčky nemají repozitář, což znamená, že není možné je aktualizovat." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Tyto balíčky mohou být zbytečné, protože dřívější závislosti již neplatí." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Tyto balíčky mohou být zbytečné, protože dřívější závislosti již neplatí." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -196,9 +175,7 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" msgstr "Překlady, slovníky a další jazykové soubory pro jazyk %s" #. the label of the selections @@ -683,91 +660,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"Vítejte ve výběru balíčkůTento nástroj vám pomůže spravovat " -"software nainstalovaný na vašem počítači. Můžete instalovat, aktualizovat " -"nebo mazat nejen balíčky, ale i celé profily balíčků (skupiny balíčků za " -"konkrétním účelem) nebo jazykové podpory. Obvykle není třeba se při " -"instalaci nebo odebírání čehokoliv starat o závislosti balíčků - správce za " -"vás vše vyřeší. Výběr balíčků se skládá ze tří hlavních částí: filtrů</" -"b>, tabulky balíčků a nabídky." +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "Vítejte ve výběru balíčkůTento nástroj vám pomůže spravovat software nainstalovaný na vašem počítači. Můžete instalovat, aktualizovat nebo mazat nejen balíčky, ale i celé profily balíčků (skupiny balíčků za konkrétním účelem) nebo jazykové podpory. Obvykle není třeba se při instalaci nebo odebírání čehokoliv starat o závislosti balíčků - správce za vás vše vyřeší. Výběr balíčků se skládá ze tří hlavních částí: filtrů, tabulky balíčků a nabídky." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"Filtr (levý panel) je navržen tak, aby vám co nejvíc " -"usnadnilorientaci ve velkém množství balíčků. Použijte filtry k zobrazení " -"balíčkůz konkrétního repozitáře, z vybraného vzoru (např. Hry nebo Vývoj v C/" -"C++)nebo pro hledání přesných klíčových slov. Více informací o filtrech " -"najdetev sekci Jak používat filtry." +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "Filtr (levý panel) je navržen tak, aby vám co nejvíc usnadnilorientaci ve velkém množství balíčků. Použijte filtry k zobrazení balíčkůz konkrétního repozitáře, z vybraného vzoru (např. Hry nebo Vývoj v C/C++)nebo pro hledání přesných klíčových slov. Více informací o filtrech najdetev sekci Jak používat filtry." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"Tabulka balíčků je hlavní částí výběru. Zobrazují se v ní " -"balíčkyvyhovující nastavení filtru (např. vybraná skupina balíčků nebo " -"výsledekhledání). Každá řádka tabulky má několik sloupců:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "Tabulka balíčků je hlavní částí výběru. Zobrazují se v ní balíčkyvyhovující nastavení filtru (např. vybraná skupina balíčků nebo výsledekhledání). Každá řádka tabulky má několik sloupců:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" -"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Stav balíčku (pro více informací se podívejte do Stav balíčku a " -"symboly)</li><li>Jméno balíčku</li><li>Souhrn balíčku</li><li>Dostupná " -"verze (v některém z nastavených repozitářů)</li><li>Nainstalovaná verze " -"(prázdné pro dosud nenainstalované balíčky)</li><li>Velikost balíčku</li></" -"ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Stav balíčku (pro více informací se podívejte do Stav balíčku a symboly)</li><li>Jméno balíčku</li><li>Souhrn balíčku</li><li>Dostupná verze (v některém z nastavených repozitářů)</li><li>Nainstalovaná verze (prázdné pro dosud nenainstalované balíčky)</li><li>Velikost balíčku</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"Nabídka Akce pod tabulkou umožňuje změnit stav vybraného balíčku, " -"(nebo všech balíčků v seznamu) např. smazání nebo vybrání jiného balíčku k " -"instalaci. Změnu stavu lze taktéž provést přímo pomocí klávesy uvedené v " -"položce menu (detailní informace viz Stav balíčků a symboly)." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "Nabídka Akce pod tabulkou umožňuje změnit stav vybraného balíčku, (nebo všech balíčků v seznamu) např. smazání nebo vybrání jiného balíčku k instalaci. Změnu stavu lze taktéž provést přímo pomocí klávesy uvedené v položce menu (detailní informace viz Stav balíčků a symboly)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"Nabídka poskytuje funkce vztahující se práci se závislostmi " -"balíčků.Zobrazí směrodatné informace o balíčcích nebo provede užitečné akce," -"jako otevírání editoru repozitářů. Pro více informací se podívejte " -"naUžitečné funkce v nabídce." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "Nabídka poskytuje funkce vztahující se práci se závislostmi balíčků.Zobrazí směrodatné informace o balíčcích nebo provede užitečné akce,jako otevírání editoru repozitářů. Pro více informací se podívejte naUžitečné funkce v nabídce." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -776,28 +695,13 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"Stav balíčku lze změnit pomocí nabídky Akce nebo kláves udanýchu " -"položek nabídce. Například '+' znamená instalovat další balíček. Stav\"tabu" -"\" znamená, že balíček by neměl být instalován. Naopak \"uzamčený\" " -"balíčekznamená, že instalovaná verze by měla být vždy zachována." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "Stav balíčku lze změnit pomocí nabídky Akce nebo kláves udanýchu položek nabídce. Například '+' znamená instalovat další balíček. Stav\"tabu\" znamená, že balíček by neměl být instalován. Naopak \"uzamčený\" balíčekznamená, že instalovaná verze by měla být vždy zachována." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"Pro změnu stavu balíčku můžete také použít Enter neboMezerník</" -"b>. Nabídka Akce také dává možnost změnit stavvšech balíčků v seznamu " -"(vyberte 'Všechny balíčky na seznamu')." +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "Pro změnu stavu balíčku můžete také použít Enter neboMezerník. Nabídka Akce také dává možnost změnit stavvšech balíčků v seznamu (vyberte 'Všechny balíčky na seznamu')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -806,30 +710,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : balíček bude nainstalován a+ : balíček bude " -"nainstalován automaticky > : balíček bude aktualizován " -"a> : balíček bude aktualizován automaticky i : " -"balíček je nainstalován - : balíček bude smazán ---" -" : nikdy neinstalovat tento balíček" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : balíček bude nainstalován a+ : balíček bude nainstalován automaticky > : balíček bude aktualizován a> : balíček bude aktualizován automaticky i : balíček je nainstalován - : balíček bude smazán --- : nikdy neinstalovat tento balíček" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-: ponechat nainstalovanou verzi balíčku, nikdy jej " -"neaktualizovat, ani mazat (balíček je uzamčen) Stavová informace pro " -"vzor a jazyky: i : Všechny požadavky vzoru/balíčku jsou " -"splněny" +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-: ponechat nainstalovanou verzi balíčku, nikdy jej neaktualizovat, ani mazat (balíček je uzamčen) Stavová informace pro vzor a jazyky: i : Všechny požadavky vzoru/balíčku jsou splněny" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -838,82 +725,28 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"Filtr umožňuje filtrovat všechny dostupné balíčky podle " -"vybranýchkritérií. Filtr balíčků je založen na vlastnostech balíčků " -"(repozitář,skupina RPM), balíčkových \"kontejnerech\" (vzory, jazyky) nebo " -"na výsledcíchhledání. Vyžadovaný filtr vyberte z rozbalovacího menu. Typické " -"filtry jsou popsányníže." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "Filtr umožňuje filtrovat všechny dostupné balíčky podle vybranýchkritérií. Filtr balíčků je založen na vlastnostech balíčků (repozitář,skupina RPM), balíčkových \"kontejnerech\" (vzory, jazyky) nebo na výsledcíchhledání. Vyžadovaný filtr vyberte z rozbalovacího menu. Typické filtry jsou popsányníže." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Vzory popisují funkce, které by systém měl mít (např. X server " -"nebo konzolové nástroje). Každý vzor obsahuje sadu balíčků, které vyžaduje " -"(musí je mít), doporučuje (měl by mít) a navrhuje (může mít). Pokud vyberete " -"pro instalaci, aktualizaci nebo smazání vzoru, bude spuštěn řešitel a " -"odpovídajícím způsobem změní stav příslušných balíčků." +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "Vzory popisují funkce, které by systém měl mít (např. X server nebo konzolové nástroje). Každý vzor obsahuje sadu balíčků, které vyžaduje (musí je mít), doporučuje (měl by mít) a navrhuje (může mít). Pokud vyberete pro instalaci, aktualizaci nebo smazání vzoru, bude spuštěn řešitel a odpovídajícím způsobem změní stav příslušných balíčků." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"Jazyky jsou kontejnery velice podobné vzorům. Obsahují balíčky s " -"překlady, slovníky a dalšími jazykově-specifickými soubory pro vybraný " -"jazyk. RPM skupiny nejsou kontejnery balíčků, které by mohly být " -"nainstalovány. Spíše je to tak, že členství v určité RPM skupině je " -"vlastnost samotného balíčku. RPM skupiny mají hierarchickou (stromovou) " -"strukturu. Filtr Repozitáře umožňuje zobrazit balíčky pocházející " -"pouze z konkrétního repozitáře." +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "Jazyky jsou kontejnery velice podobné vzorům. Obsahují balíčky s překlady, slovníky a dalšími jazykově-specifickými soubory pro vybraný jazyk. RPM skupiny nejsou kontejnery balíčků, které by mohly být nainstalovány. Spíše je to tak, že členství v určité RPM skupině je vlastnost samotného balíčku. RPM skupiny mají hierarchickou (stromovou) strukturu. Filtr Repozitáře umožňuje zobrazit balíčky pocházející pouze z konkrétního repozitáře." #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"K použití filtru \"Hledat\" zadejte klíčové slovo pro hledání balíčků. " -"Např. pro všechny 3D balíčky stačí výraz \"3d\". Vyhledávat můžete i v " -"popisu balíčku, v tom, co balíček poskytuje nebo vyžaduje. Zaškrtněte " -"příslušné pole spustíte hledání stiskem 'Hledat'." +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "K použití filtru \"Hledat\" zadejte klíčové slovo pro hledání balíčků. Např. pro všechny 3D balíčky stačí výraz \"3d\". Vyhledávat můžete i v popisu balíčku, v tom, co balíček poskytuje nebo vyžaduje. Zaškrtněte příslušné pole spustíte hledání stiskem 'Hledat'." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"Souhrn instalace ukazuje přehled balíčků, jejichž stav byl během " -"tohoto sezení změněn (např. byly označeny k nainstalování nebo smazání), ať " -"už uživatelem nebo automaticky řešitelem. Filtr Kategorie balíčku " -"informuje o Doporučených, Navržených, Osiřelých a " -"Nepotřebných balíčcích." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "Souhrn instalace ukazuje přehled balíčků, jejichž stav byl během tohoto sezení změněn (např. byly označeny k nainstalování nebo smazání), ať už uživatelem nebo automaticky řešitelem. Filtr Kategorie balíčku informuje o Doporučených, Navržených, Osiřelých a Nepotřebných balíčcích." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -921,127 +754,32 @@ msgstr "Užitečné funkce v nabídce" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"Závislosti: Tato nabídka obsahuje řadu akcí souvisejícími s " -"ovládánímzávislostí balíčku. Implicitně jsou závislosti kontrolovány s " -"každou změnoustavu. O případných konfliktech mezi balíčky budete informováni " -"v dialogu, který nabídne možná řešení. Konflikt vyřešíte výběrem jedné z " -"nabízených možností a kliknutím na 'OK -- zkusit znovu'." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Závislosti: Tato nabídka obsahuje řadu akcí souvisejícími s ovládánímzávislostí balíčku. Implicitně jsou závislosti kontrolovány s každou změnoustavu. O případných konfliktech mezi balíčky budete informováni v dialogu, který nabídne možná řešení. Konflikt vyřešíte výběrem jedné z nabízených možností a kliknutím na 'OK -- zkusit znovu'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"Abyste vypnuli automatickou kontrolu závislostí po každé změně stavu, " -"zrušte zatržení volby Automatická kontrola závislostí. V takovém " -"případě můžete závislosti zkontrolovat ručně vybráním položky " -"Zkontrolovat závislosti nyní. Položka Ověřit systém " -"zkontroluje závislosti již nainstalovaných balíčků a neinteraktivně vyřeší " -"konflikty s tím, že chybějící balíčky označí k automatické instalaci. Pro " -"účely ladění můžete použít akci Vytvořit test řešení závislostí. Ten " -"vypíše závislosti balíčků do adresáře <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</" -"tt>. To je obvykle to, co je potřeba, když jste požádán o \"solver testcase" -"\" v Bugzille." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "Abyste vypnuli automatickou kontrolu závislostí po každé změně stavu, zrušte zatržení volby Automatická kontrola závislostí. V takovém případě můžete závislosti zkontrolovat ručně vybráním položky Zkontrolovat závislosti nyní. Položka Ověřit systém zkontroluje závislosti již nainstalovaných balíčků a neinteraktivně vyřeší konflikty s tím, že chybějící balíčky označí k automatické instalaci. Pro účely ladění můžete použít akci Vytvořit test řešení závislostí. Ten vypíše závislosti balíčků do adresáře <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. To je obvykle to, co je potřeba, když jste požádán o \"solver testcase\" v Bugzille." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed " -"Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package " -"will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of " -"installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the " -"system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode</" -"i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the " -"YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Dostupné volby pro kontrolu závislostí jsou: Automatická kontrola " -"závislostí (viz výše), Instalovat doporučené balíčky k již " -"nainstalovaným: pokud je ZAPNUTO, budou nainstalovány doporučené balíčky " -"k již nainstalovaným balíčkům, Mód ověřování systému (opravuje " -"závislosti balíčků a řeší je okamžitě). Poznámka: po kontrole systém volbou " -"Zkontrolovat systém nyní se zapne volba Mód ověřování systému " -"(pak to lze změnit). Tyto volby jsou uloženy v konfiguračním souboru YaSTu " -"<tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "Dostupné volby pro kontrolu závislostí jsou: Automatická kontrola závislostí (viz výše), Instalovat doporučené balíčky k již nainstalovaným: pokud je ZAPNUTO, budou nainstalovány doporučené balíčky k již nainstalovaným balíčkům, Mód ověřování systému (opravuje závislosti balíčků a řeší je okamžitě). Poznámka: po kontrole systém volbou Zkontrolovat systém nyní se zapne volba Mód ověřování systému (pak to lze změnit). Tyto volby jsou uloženy v konfiguračním souboru YaSTu <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Pokročilé volby: Ú&klid při mazání balíčků: smazat závisející " -"nepoužívané balíčky. Povolit změny poskytovatele: poskytovatel " -"balíčku se může lišit od poskytovatele toho nainstalovaného. Tyto volby " -"nebudou uloženy, mohou být nastaveny pouze v konfiguračním souboru knihovny " -"balíčků <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "Pokročilé volby: Ú&klid při mazání balíčků: smazat závisející nepoužívané balíčky. Povolit změny poskytovatele: poskytovatel balíčku se může lišit od poskytovatele toho nainstalovaného. Tyto volby nebudou uloženy, mohou být nastaveny pouze v konfiguračním souboru knihovny balíčků <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Zobrazit: Zvolte, které informace o vybraných balíčcích budou " -"zobrazeny v okně pod tabulkou balíčků. Dostupné možnosti jsou: popis " -"balíčku, technická data (verze, velikost, licence...), verze balíčku " -"(všechny dostupné), seznam souborů (všechny soubory zahrnuté v balíčku) a " -"závislosti (poskytující, vyžadované, ...)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "Zobrazit: Zvolte, které informace o vybraných balíčcích budou zobrazeny v okně pod tabulkou balíčků. Dostupné možnosti jsou: popis balíčku, technická data (verze, velikost, licence...), verze balíčku (všechny dostupné), seznam souborů (všechny soubory zahrnuté v balíčku) a závislosti (poskytující, vyžadované, ...)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurace: Tato nabídka integruje výběr balíčků se zbytkem " -"nástrojů pro správu balíčků. Odtud můžete Spustit správce repozitářů " -"a upravovat nastavené repozitáře nebo se registrovat na aktualizační " -"repozitáře a nastavit pravidelné stahování dostupných aktualizací " -"(Spustit nastavení on-line aktualizace). Také můžete v menu Akce " -"po instalaci balíčku vybrat jedno ze tří možných chování výběru balíčků " -"během ukončení." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Konfigurace: Tato nabídka integruje výběr balíčků se zbytkem nástrojů pro správu balíčků. Odtud můžete Spustit správce repozitářů a upravovat nastavené repozitáře nebo se registrovat na aktualizační repozitáře a nastavit pravidelné stahování dostupných aktualizací (Spustit nastavení on-line aktualizace). Také můžete v menu Akce po instalaci balíčku vybrat jedno ze tří možných chování výběru balíčků během ukončení." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"Navíc: Zde jsou nejrůznější funkce. Export seznamu balíčků " -"do souboru vypíše data o instalovaných balíčcích, vzorech a jazycích do " -"XML souboru. Tento soubor může být čten volbou Importem seznamu balíčků " -"ze souboru, t.j. na jiném počítači. Přinese sadu balíčků na cílový " -"počítač do stejného stavu jako je popsáno v dodaném XML souboru. Ukázat " -"dostupné místo na disku ukáže vyskakující tabulku zobrazující využití " -"disku a volné místo na disku na připojených oddílech." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Navíc: Zde jsou nejrůznější funkce. Export seznamu balíčků do souboru vypíše data o instalovaných balíčcích, vzorech a jazycích do XML souboru. Tento soubor může být čten volbou Importem seznamu balíčků ze souboru, t.j. na jiném počítači. Přinese sadu balíčků na cílový počítač do stejného stavu jako je popsáno v dodaném XML souboru. Ukázat dostupné místo na disku ukáže vyskakující tabulku zobrazující využití disku a volné místo na disku na připojených oddílech." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 @@ -1239,87 +977,28 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"Obecné informace o opravách:Opravy typu security " -"(bezpečnostní) řeší bezpečnostní chyby a ty vám důrazně doporučujeme k " -"instalaci. Také byste měli nainstalovat recommended - doporučené - " -"opravy, které obvykle obsahují důležité opravy chyb. Opravy typu feature</" -"b> (funkce) instalujte pouze pokud máte zájem o danou funkci." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "Obecné informace o opravách:Opravy typu security (bezpečnostní) řeší bezpečnostní chyby a ty vám důrazně doporučujeme k instalaci. Také byste měli nainstalovat recommended - doporučené - opravy, které obvykle obsahují důležité opravy chyb. Opravy typu feature (funkce) instalujte pouze pokud máte zájem o danou funkci." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Opravy pro \"libzypp\" (správu balíčků, oprav, profilů a produktů) se " -"vždy nainstalují první. Další opravy se nainstalují až při dalším spuštění.</" -"p>" +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Opravy pro \"libzypp\" (správu balíčků, oprav, profilů a produktů) se vždy nainstalují první. Další opravy se nainstalují až při dalším spuštění." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Význam stavu příznaku:a+: Opravy týkající se vaší instalace " -"jsou předvybrány. Budou staženy a nainstalovány na váš systém. Pokud " -"některou z nich nechcete, zrušte její výběr pomocí '-'. i : " -"Všechny požadavky této opravy jsou splněny. + : Opravu jste " -"zvolili pro instalaci." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Význam stavu příznaku:a+: Opravy týkající se vaší instalace jsou předvybrány. Budou staženy a nainstalovány na váš systém. Pokud některou z nich nechcete, zrušte její výběr pomocí '-'. i : Všechny požadavky této opravy jsou splněny. + : Opravu jste zvolili pro instalaci." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." -msgstr "" -"Více podrobností o stavu: Pokud je několik oprav pro balíček (nebo " -"sadu balíčků), které nejsou uplatněny v systému, všechny jsou předvybrány a " -"mají stav a+. Pokud je u některé z těchto oprav zrušen výběr pomocí " -"'-', měl by se poté zobrazit stav i. To proto, že se nějaké další " -"opravy stále týkají stejných balíčků, a ty jsou vybrány. Budou nainstalovány " -"novější verze balíčků a tím budou tyto opravy uspokojeny. Pokud tyto opravy " -"nejsou chtěné, je nutné zrušit výběr u všech oprav." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "Více podrobností o stavu: Pokud je několik oprav pro balíček (nebo sadu balíčků), které nejsou uplatněny v systému, všechny jsou předvybrány a mají stav a+. Pokud je u některé z těchto oprav zrušen výběr pomocí '-', měl by se poté zobrazit stav i. To proto, že se nějaké další opravy stále týkají stejných balíčků, a ty jsou vybrány. Budou nainstalovány novější verze balíčků a tím budou tyto opravy uspokojeny. Pokud tyto opravy nejsou chtěné, je nutné zrušit výběr u všech oprav." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"Nabídky:Nabídka Filtr umožňuje filtrovat opravy, např. " -"zobrazit 'Nainstalované' nebo seznam 'Bezpečnostních' oprav. Také nabízí " -"vyhledávání oprav. Použijte nabídku Akce pro změnu stavu opravy." -" Nabídka Zobrazit nabízí možnost zobrazit kterých balíčků tato " -"oprava týká. Pozor: Pokud zvolíte filtr 'Všechny opravy', může být pro " -"některé opravy seznam balíčků prázdný. To znamená, že se netýká žádných " -"balíčků, jelikož žádný z nich není v systému nainstalován. Nabídka " -"Závislosti obsahuje kontrolu závislostí a položku 'Vytvořit test " -"řešení závislostí'." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "Nabídky:Nabídka Filtr umožňuje filtrovat opravy, např. zobrazit 'Nainstalované' nebo seznam 'Bezpečnostních' oprav. Také nabízí vyhledávání oprav. Použijte nabídku Akce pro změnu stavu opravy. Nabídka Zobrazit nabízí možnost zobrazit kterých balíčků tato oprava týká. Pozor: Pokud zvolíte filtr 'Všechny opravy', může být pro některé opravy seznam balíčků prázdný. To znamená, že se netýká žádných balíčků, jelikož žádný z nich není v systému nainstalován. Nabídka Závislosti obsahuje kontrolu závislostí a položku 'Vytvořit test řešení závislostí'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 @@ -1359,12 +1038,8 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Všechny změny výběru balíčků, oprav nebo vzorů budou ztraceny." -" Skutečně ukončit?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Všechny změny výběru balíčků, oprav nebo vzorů budou ztraceny. Skutečně ukončit?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 @@ -1412,13 +1087,7 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." msgstr "" "Seznam problémů při aktualizaci \n" "Balíčky v seznamu nelze automaticky aktualizovat.\n" @@ -1456,9 +1125,7 @@ #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- tato oprava je poškozená -----" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Režim \"recommended\" (doporučovaný) znamená, že záplatu byste měli\n" #~ "nainstalovat. \"Security\" je bezpečnostní záplata, kterou je velmi\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/ncurses.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/ncurses.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/ncurses.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -91,16 +91,13 @@ #~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" #~ msgstr "Nápovědu vyvoláte stisknutím F1" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this " -#~ "dialog." +#~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Stiskněte F1 ještě jednou a obdržíte další nápovědu\n" #~ "nebo Esc k uzavření tohoto dialogu." #~ msgid "Press F1 or ESC to close this dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stiskněte F1 nebo Esc k uzavření tohoto dialogu." +#~ msgstr "Stiskněte F1 nebo Esc k uzavření tohoto dialogu." #~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation" #~ msgstr "Navigace v textovém režimu" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/network.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/network.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/network.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -150,22 +150,18 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Firewall a SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall je obraný mechanismus, který chrání váš počítač před síťovými " -"útoky. \n" +"Firewall je obraný mechanismus, který chrání váš počítač před síťovými útoky. \n" "SSH je služba umožňující vzdálené přihlašování k tomuto počítači pomocí\n" "SSH klienta" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "Zde můžete vybrat jestli bude firewall po instalaci vypnut\n" @@ -173,16 +169,12 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" "S povoleným firewallem se můžete rozhodnout jestli chcete otevřít port\n" -"firewallu pro SSH a povolit vzdálené přihlašování přes SSH. Můžete také " -"nezávisle povolitslužbu SSH (tj. bude automaticky spuštěna při startu " -"počítače)." +"firewallu pro SSH a povolit vzdálené přihlašování přes SSH. Můžete také nezávisle povolitslužbu SSH (tj. bude automaticky spuštěna při startu počítače)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 @@ -192,8 +184,7 @@ "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" "Také můžete ve firewallu povolit porty VNC. To sice službu\n" -"vzdálené správy na běžícím systému nepovolí, ale pokud bude potřeba, bude " -"instalátorem automaticky spuštěna." +"vzdálené správy na běžícím systému nepovolí, ale pokud bude potřeba, bude instalátorem automaticky spuštěna." #. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog #. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) @@ -376,11 +367,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Není nastavena URL pro poznámky k vydání. Test připojení k internetu nemůže " -"být vykonán." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Není nastavena URL pro poznámky k vydání. Test připojení k internetu nemůže být vykonán." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -389,14 +377,11 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Stahování posledních poznámek k vydání selhalo, kvůli chybě na straně " -"serveru.\n" +"Stahování posledních poznámek k vydání selhalo, kvůli chybě na straně serveru.\n" "Toto nemusí nutně znamenat, že je síť nastavena špatně.\n" "\n" "Stiskněte 'Pokračovat' pro provedení následujících kroků instalace.\n" @@ -771,12 +756,8 @@ msgstr "Musí být zadána cílová IP adresa." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Musí být zadán alespoň jeden z těchto parametrů (brána, síťová maska, " -"zařízení, volby)" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Musí být zadán alespoň jeden z těchto parametrů (brána, síťová maska, zařízení, volby)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1221,8 +1202,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "" -"Vyberte možnosti spojeného ovladače a v případě potřeby je upravte." +msgstr "Vyberte možnosti spojeného ovladače a v případě potřeby je upravte." #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1414,12 +1394,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>PRIORITA IFPLUGD</big>\n" @@ -1625,12 +1602,8 @@ msgstr "K určení zařízení použijte volbu \"id\"." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"Hodnota \"id\" je mimo rozsah. Použijte volbu \"list\" ke zjištění maximální " -"hodnoty \"id\"." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "Hodnota \"id\" je mimo rozsah. Použijte volbu \"list\" ke zjištění maximální hodnoty \"id\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1734,12 +1707,10 @@ "Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"Zařízení potřebuje ke správné funkci firmware. Obvykle je možné jej " -"stáhnout\n" +"Zařízení potřebuje ke správné funkci firmware. Obvykle je možné jej stáhnout\n" "z webových stránek výrobce ovladače.\n" "Pokud jste již firmware stáhli a nainstalovali, kliknutím na tlačítko\n" -"Pokračovat zařízení nakonfigurujete. Jinak klikněte na Storno</" -"b>.\n" +"Pokračovat zařízení nakonfigurujete. Jinak klikněte na Storno.\n" "Až firmware nainstalujete, můžete se k tomuto dialogovému oknu vrátit.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1751,9 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "Instaluje se firmware..." #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" "Pro úspěšnou instalaci firmwaru musí být spuštěn skript\n" "'install_bcm43xx_firmware'.\n" @@ -1834,29 +1803,22 @@ msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." -msgstr "" -"Typ zařízení. Jsou k dispozici různá zařízení. Vyberte to, které " -"požadujete." +msgstr "Typ zařízení. Jsou k dispozici různá zařízení. Vyberte to, které požadujete." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Pravidla udev jsou pravidla jaderného správce zařízení, která " -"umožňují spojit\n" -"MAC adresu nebo BusID se jménem síťového zařízení (např. eth1, wlan0) a " -"zajistit tak,\n" +"Pravidla udev jsou pravidla jaderného správce zařízení, která umožňují spojit\n" +"MAC adresu nebo BusID se jménem síťového zařízení (např. eth1, wlan0) a zajistit tak,\n" "aby se po restartu zařízení vždy jmenovalo stejně.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" "Zobrazit viditelnou identifikaci portu vám umožní\n" @@ -1869,25 +1831,19 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" "Modul jádra Zadejte jméno modulu (ovladače) síťového zařízení.\n" -"Pokud je zařízení již nastaveno, ujistěte se, zda nejsou pro zařízení v " -"seznamu dostupné další\n" -"ovladače. Pokud je potřeba, zvolte ovladač ze seznamu. Výchozí hodnota je " -"obvykle vyhovující.\n" +"Pokud je zařízení již nastaveno, ujistěte se, zda nejsou pro zařízení v seznamu dostupné další\n" +"ovladače. Pokud je potřeba, zvolte ovladač ze seznamu. Výchozí hodnota je obvykle vyhovující.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" "Dodatečně můžete zadat Volby modulu jádra. Měly by být psány\n" "ve formátu: volba=hodnota. Každou volbu oddělte\n" @@ -1896,12 +1852,8 @@ "modulů, volby budou sloučeny.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pokud zadáte pomocí Volby Ethtool nějaké volby, ifup bude s těmito " -"volbami volat ethtool.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "Pokud zadáte pomocí Volby Ethtool nějaké volby, ifup bude s těmito volbami volat ethtool.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 @@ -1920,8 +1872,7 @@ "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" "Zde nastavte síťové zařízení.\n" -"Hodnoty se zapíší do /etc/modprobe.conf nebo /etc/chandev.conf." -"\n" +"Hodnoty se zapíší do /etc/modprobe.conf nebo /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 @@ -2093,41 +2044,24 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte Jméno portu rozhraní (záleží na velikosti písmen)." +msgstr "Zadejte Jméno portu rozhraní (záleží na velikosti písmen)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte případné další Volby pro toto rozhraní (oddělené mezerami)." -"" +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Zadejte případné další Volby pro toto rozhraní (oddělené mezerami)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte Povolit IPA Takeover pokud má být pro toto rozhraní " -"povoleno přebrání (takeover) IP adresy." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "Vyberte Povolit IPA Takeover pokud má být pro toto rozhraní povoleno přebrání (takeover) IP adresy." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Pokud byla tato karta nakonfigurována s podporou layer 2, zvolte " -"Zapnout podporu Layer 2." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Pokud byla tato karta nakonfigurována s podporou layer 2, zvolte Zapnout podporu Layer 2." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Pokud byla tato karta nakonfigurována s podporou layer 2, zadejte " -"Layer 2 MAC adresu." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Pokud byla tato karta nakonfigurována s podporou layer 2, zadejte Layer 2 MAC adresu." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 @@ -2226,8 +2160,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Přerušení inicializace:</big> \n" -"Nyní můžete bezpečně přerušit konfigurační nástroj tlačítkem Přerušit." -"\n" +"Nyní můžete bezpečně přerušit konfigurační nástroj tlačítkem Přerušit.\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 @@ -2288,8 +2221,7 @@ "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Přidání síťové karty:</BIG> \n" -"Stisknete-li Přidat, můžete ručně nakonfigurovat novou síťovou kartu." -"\n" +"Stisknete-li Přidat, můžete ručně nakonfigurovat novou síťovou kartu.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" @@ -2308,8 +2240,7 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nastavení protokolu IPv6</big>\n" @@ -2342,11 +2273,9 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"Pro každou trasu zadejte cílovou IP adresu sítě, adresu brány a masku " -"sítě.\n" +"Pro každou trasu zadejte cílovou IP adresu sítě, adresu brány a masku sítě.\n" "Pokud chcete některou hodnotu přeskočit, použijte místo ní znak \"-\".\n" "Zvolte zařízení, přes které se budou směrovat data. Alias\n" "pro všechna zařízení je \"-\".\n" @@ -2357,8 +2286,7 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"Povolte IPv4 forwarding (předávání paketů z externích sítí do " -"interních)\n" +"Povolte IPv4 forwarding (předávání paketů z externích sítí do interních)\n" "pokud je tento systém routerem.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 @@ -2368,62 +2296,46 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"Povolte IPv6 forwarding (předávání paketů z externích sítí do " -"interních)\n" +"Povolte IPv6 forwarding (předávání paketů z externích sítí do interních)\n" "pokud je tento systém routerem.\n" -"Upozornění: IPv6 forwarding zakazuje automatickou bezstavovou " -"konfiguraci\n" +"Upozornění: IPv6 forwarding zakazuje automatickou bezstavovou konfiguraci\n" "adresy IPv6 (SLAAC)." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Důležité: pokud je firewall povolen, povolení forwardingu samo o " -"sobě\n" -"nestačí. Měli byste povolit maškarádu a/nebo nastavit alespoň jedno " -"přesměrovávací\n" -"pravidlo v konfiguraci firewallu. Můžete k tomu využít v YaSTu modul " -"Firewall.\n" +"Důležité: pokud je firewall povolen, povolení forwardingu samo o sobě\n" +"nestačí. Měli byste povolit maškarádu a/nebo nastavit alespoň jedno přesměrovávací\n" +"pravidlo v konfiguraci firewallu. Můžete k tomu využít v YaSTu modul Firewall.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Pokud používáte DHCP k získání IP adresy, zvolte, zda se mají\n" "jméno počítače, jména serverů a prohledávané domény získat pomocí DHCP.\n" -"Toto nastavení nepoužívejte, pokud při běhu počítače měníte sítě, protože " -"změna\n" +"Toto nastavení nepoužívejte, pokud při běhu počítače měníte sítě, protože změna\n" "jména počítače za běhu systému může narušit funkci grafického prostředí. " #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" "Přidělení jména hostitele smyčce IP asociuje vaše jméno hostitele\n" -"s IP adresou <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (smyčka) v <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. To je " -"užitečná\n" -"volba pokud chcete mít jméno hostitele kdykoliv řešitelné, a to i bez " -"aktivního\n" -"síťového spojení. V ostatních případech to používejte opatrně, zvláště " -"pokud\n" +"s IP adresou <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (smyčka) v <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. To je užitečná\n" +"volba pokud chcete mít jméno hostitele kdykoliv řešitelné, a to i bez aktivního\n" +"síťového spojení. V ostatních případech to používejte opatrně, zvláště pokud\n" "tento počítač poskytuje nějaké síťové služby.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 @@ -2450,52 +2362,40 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "Prohledávací doména je doména, kde začíná hledání jmen počítačů.\n" "Primární prohledávací doména je většinou stejná, jako doménové jméno\n" -"vašeho počítače (např. suse.cz). Mohou existovat i další prohledávací " -"domény,\n" +"vašeho počítače (např. suse.cz). Mohou existovat i další prohledávací domény,\n" "například 'suse.com'. Domény oddělte čárkami nebo mezerami.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Zadejte krátké jméno tohoto počítače (např. mujtucnak) spolu s DNS " -"doménou,\n" -"která mu přísluší (např. example.com). Zadání domény je důležité " -"zejména tehdy,\n" -"když tento počítač slouží jako poštovní server. Jméno Vašeho počítače můžete " -"zobrazit \n" +"Zadejte krátké jméno tohoto počítače (např. mujtucnak) spolu s DNS doménou,\n" +"která mu přísluší (např. example.com). Zadání domény je důležité zejména tehdy,\n" +"když tento počítač slouží jako poštovní server. Jméno Vašeho počítače můžete zobrazit \n" "příkazem hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" "Zvolte způsob, jakým se bude měnit nastavení DNS (jmenné servery,\n" "seznam prohledávaných domén, obsah souboru /etc/resolv.conf).\n" "Standardně se o tuto práci stará skript netconfig,\n" -"který sjednocuje statická nastavení s nastaveními dynamickými (např. z " -"DHCP,\n" -"NetworkManageru, atd.). Toto je výchozí volba. Volba Použít výchozí " -"politiku dostačuje pro většinu možných nastavení.\n" +"který sjednocuje statická nastavení s nastaveními dynamickými (např. z DHCP,\n" +"NetworkManageru, atd.). Toto je výchozí volba. Volba Použít výchozí politiku dostačuje pro většinu možných nastavení.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" @@ -2523,22 +2423,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nastavení adresy</big>\n" -"Zvolte Žádná IP adresa pokud nechcete tomuto zařízení přiřadit " -"žádnou IP adresu.\n" +"Zvolte Žádná IP adresa pokud nechcete tomuto zařízení přiřadit žádnou IP adresu.\n" "Toto je zvláště užitečné pro spojování síťových zařízení.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Zaškrtněte iBFT, pokud chcete ponechat síťové nastavení ve vašem " -"BIOSu.\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgstr "Zaškrtněte iBFT, pokud chcete ponechat síťové nastavení ve vašem BIOSu.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 @@ -2564,13 +2458,10 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" -"Pro vyhldání IP adresy a její statické přidělení, zvolte Zeroconf</" -"b>.\n" +"Pro vyhldání IP adresy a její statické přidělení, zvolte Zeroconf.\n" "Pokud chcete použít DHCP a pro případ nedostupnosti použít pevnou adresu,\n" "zvolte DHCP + Zeroconf. Jinak musí být síťová adresa přidělena\n" "Staticky.\n" @@ -2578,8 +2469,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2589,12 +2479,9 @@ #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Pro Nastavení statické adresy zadejte\n" "statickou IP adresu svého počítače\n" @@ -2639,12 +2526,8 @@ "Pokud ne, bude firewall zakázán." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"Důležité rozhraní určuje, zda se v případě selhání tohoto zařízení " -"během startu systému vypíše hlášení." +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "Důležité rozhraní určuje, zda se v případě selhání tohoto zařízení během startu systému vypíše hlášení." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" @@ -2652,29 +2535,22 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" -"MTU (Maximum transfer unit) je maximální velikost paketu, " -"přenášená v jednom\n" -"rámci. Obvykle jí není potřeba nastavovat, ale menší hodnoty mohou vylepšit " -"prostupnost sítě\n" -"především u pomalého vytáčeného připojení. Zvolte jednu z nabízených hodnot " -"nebo nastavte\n" +"MTU (Maximum transfer unit) je maximální velikost paketu, přenášená v jednom\n" +"rámci. Obvykle jí není potřeba nastavovat, ale menší hodnoty mohou vylepšit prostupnost sítě\n" +"především u pomalého vytáčeného připojení. Zvolte jednu z nabízených hodnot nebo nastavte\n" "vlastní velikost.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" -"Vyberte podřízená zařízení pro spojené zařízení. K dispozici jsou pouze " -"zařízení,\n" -"která mají nastavenu možnost Aktivace zařízení na Nikdy a mají nastaveno " -"Žádné nastavení adresy." +"Vyberte podřízená zařízení pro spojené zařízení. K dispozici jsou pouze zařízení,\n" +"která mají nastavenu možnost Aktivace zařízení na Nikdy a mají nastaveno Žádné nastavení adresy." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 @@ -2685,16 +2561,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" "Pokud Identifikace DHCP klienta nevyplníte, nastaví se na\n" "hardwarovou adresu síťového rozhraní. Tato adresa musí být pro každého\n" -"DHCP klienta v síti různá. Proto zde, jestliže máte v síti více " -"(virtuálních)\n" +"DHCP klienta v síti různá. Proto zde, jestliže máte v síti více (virtuálních)\n" "počítačů, které požívají stejné síťové rozhraní a z toho důvodu mají také\n" "stejnou hardwarovou adresu, nastavte identifikátor." @@ -2702,15 +2576,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" "Zasílané jméno počítače určuje řetězec vložený do\n" @@ -2745,27 +2616,18 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" -"Jmenovka IPv4 adresy, dříve známá jako Název aliasu, je volitelné " -"a zastaralé. Celková\n" +"Jmenovka IPv4 adresy, dříve známá jako Název aliasu, je volitelné a zastaralé. Celková\n" " délka jména rozhraní (včetně dvojtečky a štítku) je\n" -" limitována na 15 znaků a zastaralý nástroj ifconfig jej ořízne " -"po 9 znacích." +" limitována na 15 znaků a zastaralý nástroj ifconfig jej ořízne po 9 znacích." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"Nezahrnujte jméno rozhraní do jména aliasu. Například zadejte foo " -"místo eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "Nezahrnujte jméno rozhraní do jména aliasu. Například zadejte foo místo eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2789,11 +2651,9 @@ " Passphrase: Klíč generovaný ze zadané fráze.\n" " ASCII: Klíč je vytvářen z ASCII hodnot zadaných znaků.\n" "Pro 64bitový klíč musíte zadat pět znaků, pro 128bitový klíč třináct.\n" -"Až 16 znaků musíte zadat pro 156bitový klíč a 29 znaků pro klíč o 256 " -"bitech.\n" +"Až 16 znaků musíte zadat pro 156bitový klíč a 29 znaků pro klíč o 256 bitech.\n" " Hexadecimální: Přímé zadání hexakódu klíče. Pro 64bitový\n" -"klíč musíte zadat deset číslic, pro 128bitový klíč 26. 32 číslic je " -"zapotřebí\n" +"klíč musíte zadat deset číslic, pro 128bitový klíč 26. 32 číslic je zapotřebí\n" "pro 156bitový klíč a 256bitový vyžaduje 58 číslic. Jednotlivé páry čísel\n" "nebo skupiny můžete oddělit pomocí spojovníků ('-'), např. '0a5f-41e6-48'.\n" "\n" @@ -2829,8 +2689,7 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -2840,8 +2699,7 @@ "v bezdrátové síti LAN potřebují stejné ESSID, aby mohly navzájem\n" "komunikovat. Pokud zvolíte operační režim Spravovaný a\n" "režim ověřování není WPA-PSK, můžete toto pole ponechat\n" -"prázdné nebo nastavené na <tt>any</tt>. V takovém případě se vaše WLAN " -"karta\n" +"prázdné nebo nastavené na <tt>any</tt>. V takovém případě se vaše WLAN karta\n" "spojí s přístupovým bodem s nejsilnějším signálem.\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2858,8 +2716,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2873,10 +2730,8 @@ "(bez ověřování). To neznamená, že nemůžete používat WEP šifrování.\n" "Některé sítě mohou vyžadovat WEP ověřování přes sdílený klíč.\n" "POZNÁMKA: Ověřování přes sdílený klíč zvyšuje pravděpodobnost napadení\n" -"vaší sítě. Pokud nemáte pro použití sdíleného klíče zvláštní důvod, " -"použijte\n" -"otevřený režim. Protože WEP není příliš bezpečný, byl pro " -"bezpečnější\n" +"vaší sítě. Pokud nemáte pro použití sdíleného klíče zvláštní důvod, použijte\n" +"otevřený režim. Protože WEP není příliš bezpečný, byl pro bezpečnější\n" "přístup definován WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access), který ale není\n" "podporován některými typy hardwaru. Pokud chcete používat WPA, zvolte\n" "jako ověřovací režim WPA-PSK nebo WPA-EAP. Je tomožné\n" @@ -2925,8 +2780,7 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Tyto hodnoty budou zapsány do konfiguračního souboru rozhraní\n" @@ -3023,8 +2877,7 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "V případě TTLS a PEAP zadejte Identitu\n" "a Heslo, tak jak jsou nastavené na serveru.\n" @@ -3051,16 +2904,13 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"Pro autentizaci TLS používá Certifikát klienta místo uživatelského " -"jména a hesla\n" -"K šifrování komunikace je použit pár klíčů, proto budete soubor Klíč " -"klienta s vaším\n" +"Pro autentizaci TLS používá Certifikát klienta místo uživatelského jména a hesla\n" +"K šifrování komunikace je použit pár klíčů, proto budete soubor Klíč klienta s vaším\n" "soukromým klíčem a odpovídající Heslo klíče klienta.\n" #. text entry label @@ -3114,10 +2964,8 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Zde můžete nastavit metodu vnitřní autentizace (fáze 2). Ve výchozím " -"nastavení\n" -"jsou povoleny všechny metody. Pokud chcete výběr omezit nebo pokud jste se " -"setkali\n" +"Zde můžete nastavit metodu vnitřní autentizace (fáze 2). Ve výchozím nastavení\n" +"jsou povoleny všechny metody. Pokud chcete výběr omezit nebo pokud jste se setkali\n" "s problémy, zvolte vnitřní autentizační metodu.\n" #. radio button group label @@ -3130,8 +2978,7 @@ "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" -"pokud používáte PEAP, můžete rovněž vynutit použití určité implementace " -"PEAP\n" +"pokud používáte PEAP, můžete rovněž vynutit použití určité implementace PEAP\n" "(verze 0 nebo 1). Za běžných okolností to není nutné.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP @@ -3290,8 +3137,7 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud chcete bezdrátovou kartu používat v režimu master nebo ad-hoc,\n" @@ -3324,8 +3170,7 @@ "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" "K povolení spořících funkcí můžete použít správu napájení.\n" -"To je užitečné především v případě, že používáte notebook a počítač není " -"připojen\n" +"To je užitečné především v případě, že používáte notebook a počítač není připojen\n" "do elektrické sítě.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -3399,8 +3244,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." @@ -3423,8 +3267,7 @@ "Délka klíče definuje počet bitů WEP klíčů.\n" "Možné hodnoty jsou 64 a 128 bitů, někdy také označované jako 40 a 104 bitů.\n" "Některá starší zařízení nemusí být schopná pracovat se 128 bitovými klíči.\n" -"Pokud se nespustí vaše bezdrátové připojení k LAN, nastavte hodnotu na 64.</" -"p>" +"Pokud se nespustí vaše bezdrátové připojení k LAN, nastavte hodnotu na 64." #. Frame label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034 @@ -3465,12 +3308,10 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Nepoužívání certifikátu certifikační autority (CA) může vyústit ve " -"nezabezpečené\n" +"Nepoužívání certifikátu certifikační autority (CA) může vyústit ve nezabezpečené\n" "spojení, ničemné bezdrátové sítě. Pokračovat bez CA?" #. error popup text @@ -3554,8 +3395,7 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nastavení vzdálené správy</big> \n" @@ -3802,12 +3642,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Z důvodu Multicast DNS není doporučeno používat .local jako jméno domény. " -"Chcete to na své vlastní nebezpečí použít?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Z důvodu Multicast DNS není doporučeno používat .local jako jméno domény. Chcete to na své vlastní nebezpečí použít?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -3982,19 +3818,15 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Když je nastaven Regulární výraz vytáčeného předčíslí, může " -"uživatel\n" +"Když je nastaven Regulární výraz vytáčeného předčíslí, může uživatel\n" "změnit předčíslí v KInternetu, které bude vyhovovat regulárnímu výrazu.\n" -"Doporučená hodnota je <tt>[09]?</tt>, umožňující vytářet <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</" -"tt>,\n" -"a prázdné předčíslí. Pokud je výraz prázdný, není uživatel oprávněn měnit " -"předčíslí.\n" +"Doporučená hodnota je <tt>[09]?</tt>, umožňující vytářet <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" +"a prázdné předčíslí. Pokud je výraz prázdný, není uživatel oprávněn měnit předčíslí.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70 @@ -4100,10 +3932,8 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" "Použití volby NFS kořen se podobá 'auto'. Rozhraní s tímto režimem\n" @@ -4114,8 +3944,7 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4134,14 +3963,12 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Aktivace zařízení</big> \n" -"Zvolte, kdy má být síťové rozhraní spuštěno. Při startu spustí " -"rozhraní během startu systému.\n" +"Zvolte, kdy má být síťové rozhraní spuštěno. Při startu spustí rozhraní během startu systému.\n" "Zvolíte-li Nikdy, zařízení nebude spuštěno.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4271,12 +4098,8 @@ msgstr "Potvrdit restart sítě" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"Z důvodu přemostění sítě vyžaduje YaST2 restart sítě, aby se mohla uplatnit " -"nastavení." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "Z důvodu přemostění sítě vyžaduje YaST2 restart sítě, aby se mohla uplatnit nastavení." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 @@ -4604,12 +4427,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST nastavení sítě/spravováno: NetworkManager není k dispozici, bude " -"použit Wicked." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "AutoYaST nastavení sítě/spravováno: NetworkManager není k dispozici, bude použit Wicked." #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) @@ -4736,21 +4555,14 @@ msgstr "Žádné hwinfo" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"Není možné nastavit síťovou kartu, protože se zdá, že není přítomna (nebyl " -"nalezeno žádné zařízení eth0, wlan0...). Obvykle je důvodem chybějící " -"firmware (u bezdrátových zařízení). Více najdete ve výstupu dmesg." +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "Není možné nastavit síťovou kartu, protože se zdá, že není přítomna (nebyl nalezeno žádné zařízení eth0, wlan0...). Obvykle je důvodem chybějící firmware (u bezdrátových zařízení). Více najdete ve výstupu dmesg." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" -msgstr "" -"Zařízení není nastaveno. Stiskněte Nastavit, abyste jej nastavili.\n" +msgstr "Zařízení není nastaveno. Stiskněte Nastavit, abyste jej nastavili.\n" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" @@ -4907,19 +4719,11 @@ #~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked" #~ msgstr "Ovládáno prostřednictvím &wicked" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Služba SSH bude povolena, SSH port bude otevřen (<a href=\"%1\">zakázat a " -#~ "blokovat</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Služba SSH bude povolena, SSH port bude otevřen (<a href=\"%1\">zakázat a blokovat</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Služba SSH bude zakázána, SSH port bude blokován (<a href=\"%1\">povolit " -#~ "a otevřít</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Služba SSH bude zakázána, SSH port bude blokován (<a href=\"%1\">povolit a otevřít</a>)" #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Obecné &nastavení sítě" @@ -5008,11 +4812,8 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Spojená podřízená zařízení" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zařízení není nastaveno. Stiskněte Upravit, abyste jej " -#~ "nastavili." +#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgstr "Zařízení není nastaveno. Stiskněte Upravit, abyste jej nastavili." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" @@ -5027,8 +4828,7 @@ #~ "Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Přerušení inicializace:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Nyní můžete bezpečně přerušit inicializaci tlačítkem Přerušit.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Nyní můžete bezpečně přerušit inicializaci tlačítkem Přerušit.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Saving DSL Configuration</BIG> \n" @@ -5079,8 +4879,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Úpravy a mazání:</BIG> \n" #~ "Vyberte si DSL zařízení, který chcete upravit anebo odstranit.\n" -#~ "Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ "Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat." #~ msgid "Type" #~ msgstr "Typ" @@ -5105,33 +4904,25 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " -#~ "to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " -#~ "VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nejprve si zvolte režim PPP, což je buďto\n" #~ "PPP přes Ethernet (PPPoE) nebo PPP přes ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI pro ADSL, nebo Tunelovací protokol Bod na Bod (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Použijte PPP přes Ethernet (PPPoE), pokud je váš DSL modem " -#~ "připojen přes ethernet k vašemu počítači.\n" -#~ "Použijte Tunelovací protokol Bod na Bod (PPTP) pokud se chcete " -#~ "připojit k VPN serveru.\n" +#~ "Použijte PPP přes Ethernet (PPPoE), pokud je váš DSL modem připojen přes ethernet k vašemu počítači.\n" +#~ "Použijte Tunelovací protokol Bod na Bod (PPTP) pokud se chcete připojit k VPN serveru.\n" #~ "Pokud si nejste jisti, zeptejte se svého poskytovatele připojení." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using PPP over Ethernet, first configure your\n" #~ "ethernet card." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pokud používáte PPP přes Ethernet, nastavte nejprve svou " -#~ "ethernetovou kartu." +#~ msgstr "Pokud používáte PPP přes Ethernet, nastavte nejprve svou ethernetovou kartu." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " -#~ "up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -5155,8 +4946,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pro režim PPPoE zadejte zařízení ethernetové karty, ke které\n" #~ "je váš DSL modem připojen. Pokud jste dosud nenakonfigurovali svou\n" -#~ "ethernetovou kartu, učiňte tak pomocí tlačítka Konfigurovat síťové " -#~ "karty." +#~ "ethernetovou kartu, učiňte tak pomocí tlačítka Konfigurovat síťové karty." #~ msgid "For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address." #~ msgstr "Pro PPTP zadejte název serveru, nebo IP adresu." @@ -5283,17 +5073,14 @@ #~ "selected card.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Test nastavení ISDN karty:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Stisknete-li Test, systém se pokusí načíst ovladač pro zvolenou " -#~ "kartu.\n" +#~ "Stisknete-li Test, systém se pokusí načíst ovladač pro zvolenou kartu.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Přidání ISDN připojení:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Stisknete-li Přidat, můžete nakonfigurovat ISDN vytáčené připojení." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Stisknete-li Přidat, můžete nakonfigurovat ISDN vytáčené připojení.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5302,8 +5089,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Úpravy a mazání:</BIG> \n" #~ "Vyberte si ISDN kartu nebo připojení, které chcete upravit či smazat.\n" -#~ "Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.\n" #~ msgid "Hardware" #~ msgstr "Hardware" @@ -5318,12 +5104,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Detailní nastavení ISDN" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vzdálený seznam telefonních čísel určuje, které vzdálené " -#~ "počítače\n" +#~ "Vzdálený seznam telefonních čísel určuje, které vzdálené počítače\n" #~ "mají povoleno připojit se k tomuto rozhraní.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5334,35 +5118,27 @@ #~ "k povolení všech ID volajících.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "V režimu callback 'Vypnuto' se spojení obsluhují normálně bez " -#~ "zvláštního zpracování.\n" +#~ msgstr "V režimu callback 'Vypnuto' se spojení obsluhují normálně bez zvláštního zpracování.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "V režimu callback 'Server' se spustí callback po přijetí\n" #~ "příchozího volání.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "V režimu callback 'Klient' lokální systém zavolá a pak čeká na " -#~ "callback od\n" +#~ "V režimu callback 'Klient' lokální systém zavolá a pak čeká na callback od\n" #~ "vzdáleného počítače.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " -#~ "call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " -#~ "server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Callback prodleva je počet sekund mezi úvodním voláním\n" @@ -5404,8 +5180,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Výběr ISDN služby" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -5419,14 +5194,12 @@ #~ "the default for all common Internet providers.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pro připojení pomocí ISDN existují dva druhy rozhraní:\n" -#~ "RawIP a SyncPPP. Ve většině případů budete používat " -#~ "SyncPPP.\n" +#~ "RawIP a SyncPPP. Ve většině případů budete používat SyncPPP.\n" #~ "Je to výchozí rozhraní pro všechny běžné poskytovatele připojení.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " -#~ "providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pro přepínání mezi poskytovateli není vyžadováno rozhraní pro každého\n" @@ -5471,14 +5244,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " -#~ "digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " -#~ "means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mé telefonní číslo - Vaše telefonní číslo (MSN)\n" @@ -5509,18 +5278,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " -#~ "channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " -#~ "automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " -#~ "goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -5541,15 +5307,13 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Výběrem\n" #~ "Externí rozhraní firewallu aktivujete firewall\n" #~ "a nastavíte toto rozhraní jako externí.\n" -#~ "Restartovat firewall provede opětovné spuštění, pokud je navázáno " -#~ "spojení.\n" +#~ "Restartovat firewall provede opětovné spuštění, pokud je navázáno spojení.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "D&efault Provider" @@ -5670,8 +5434,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " -#~ "salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pokud máte starší ISA kartu, můžete zadat hodnoty pro\n" #~ "IO port, adresu paměti nebo použité přerušení.\n" @@ -5696,11 +5459,8 @@ #~ "Pro vaši ISDN kartu existuje více ovladačů,\n" #~ "prosím zvolte jeden ze seznamu.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ISDN protokol:Ve většině případů se jedná o protokol Euro-ISDN." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "ISDN protokol:Ve většině případů se jedná o protokol Euro-ISDN." #~ msgid "" #~ "Area Code: Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" @@ -5711,15 +5471,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " -#~ "one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Předčíslí: pokud potřebujete předčíslí, abyste\n" #~ "se dostali např. ven z budovy. Nejčastěji se používá \"0\".\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " -#~ "Log." +#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pokud nechcete pořizovat záznam ISDN provozu,\n" #~ "odškrtněte Spustit ISDN záznam." @@ -5907,8 +5664,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Úpravy a mazání:</BIG> \n" #~ "Vyberte si modem, který chcete upravit anebo odstranit.\n" -#~ "Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ "Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat." #~ msgid "Modem Devices" #~ msgstr "Zařízení modemu" @@ -5920,14 +5676,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Zadejte prosím všechny hodnoty pro konfiguraci modemu." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " -#~ "etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Políčko Modemové zařízení říká, ke kterému portu se modem " -#~ "připojí\n" +#~ "Políčko Modemové zařízení říká, ke kterému portu se modem připojí\n" #~ "(ttyS0, ttyS1, atd. znamená sériový port a obvykle odpovídá COM1, COM2,\n" #~ "atd. v DOS/Windows; ttyACM0, ttyACM1 odpovídá portům USB)." @@ -5935,18 +5688,14 @@ #~ "If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a Dial Prefix.\n" #~ "Often, this is 9 or 0.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Jste-li připojeni na pobočkovou ústřednu, musíte zřejmě zadat " -#~ "předčíslí.\n" +#~ "Jste-li připojeni na pobočkovou ústřednu, musíte zřejmě zadat předčíslí.\n" #~ "Nejčastěji je to 9 nebo 0.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " -#~ "additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " -#~ "your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zvolte Způsob vytáčení podle použité linky.\n" #~ "Většina telefonních společností používá tónovou volbu.\n" @@ -6046,12 +5795,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " -#~ "Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " -#~ "there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vytáčení na vyžádání znamená, že se spojení automaticky\n" @@ -6078,8 +5824,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6089,15 +5834,12 @@ #~ "vyžádání nebo jste zakázali modifikaci DNS při připojení.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " -#~ "dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " -#~ "this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ignorovat dotazy vypne všechny dotazy dial-up\n" -#~ "serveru. Pokud je připojení příliš pomalé, nebo vůbec nefunguje, zkuste " -#~ "tuto\n" +#~ "serveru. Pokud je připojení příliš pomalé, nebo vůbec nefunguje, zkuste tuto\n" #~ "volbu.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6113,8 +5855,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Čas nečinnosti je čas, po jehož uplynutí se spojení\n" #~ "přeruší, nejsou-li přenášena žádná data (při 0 se nepřeruší nikdy).\n" @@ -6182,10 +5923,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " -#~ "case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Použijte Dynamická IP adresa, pokud váš poskytovatel\n" @@ -6195,10 +5934,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " -#~ "static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " -#~ "almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zaškrtněte Použít DNS protějšku, chcete-li změnit\n" @@ -6207,14 +5944,12 @@ #~ "poskytovatelé podporují Použít DNS protějšku.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " -#~ "special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "V režimu callback 'Vypnuto' se spojení obsluhují normálně." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " -#~ "callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered." #~ msgstr "" #~ "V režimu callback 'Server' se spustí callback po přijetí\n" @@ -6224,14 +5959,12 @@ #~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "V režimu callback 'Klient' lokální systém zavolá a pak čeká na callback " -#~ "od\n" +#~ "V režimu callback 'Klient' lokální systém zavolá a pak čeká na callback od\n" #~ "vzdáleného počítače.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " -#~ "reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zaškrtněte Výchozí směrování, pokud chcete\n" @@ -6317,8 +6050,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a new provider manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Přidání poskytovatele:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Stisknete-li Přidat, můžete ručně nakonfigurovat poskytovatele.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Stisknete-li Přidat, můžete ručně nakonfigurovat poskytovatele.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -6327,8 +6059,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Úpravy a mazání:</BIG> \n" #~ "Vyberte si poskytovatele, kterého chcete upravit anebo smazat.\n" -#~ "Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.\n" #~ msgid "Select the appropriate provider." #~ msgstr "Zvolte prosím odpovídajícího poskytovatele." @@ -6341,8 +6072,7 @@ #~ "z poskytovatelů ze seznamu." #~ msgid "Use New to add a provider not in the list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Použijte tlačítko Nový pro přidání poskytovatele do seznamu." +#~ msgstr "Použijte tlačítko Nový pro přidání poskytovatele do seznamu." #~ msgid "Choose one of the available provider types." #~ msgstr "Zvolte jeden z dostupných typů poskytovatelů." @@ -6389,8 +6119,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Zadejte prosím jméno poskytovatele." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zadejte prosím jméno poskytovatele a telefonní číslo\n" @@ -6398,8 +6127,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -6413,10 +6141,8 @@ #~ "the User Code (typically 0001), and the Password\n" #~ "to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zadejte ID linky (např. a 00056780362), číslo T-Online " -#~ "(např.\n" -#~ "870008594732), uživatelský kód (typicky 0001) a heslo. Tyto " -#~ "údaje\n" +#~ "Zadejte ID linky (např. a 00056780362), číslo T-Online (např.\n" +#~ "870008594732), uživatelský kód (typicky 0001) a heslo. Tyto údaje\n" #~ "budou použity pro přihlášení. V případě pochybností se zeptejte svého\n" #~ "poskytovatele připojení." @@ -6425,30 +6151,25 @@ #~ "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zadejte uživatelské jméno a heslo, které bude použito\n" -#~ "pro přihlášení. V případě pochybností se zeptejte svého poskytovatele " -#~ "připojení." +#~ "pro přihlášení. V případě pochybností se zeptejte svého poskytovatele připojení." #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uživatelské jméno bude doplněno o předponu t-online-com/ " -#~ "a\n" +#~ "Uživatelské jméno bude doplněno o předponu t-online-com/ a\n" #~ "o příponu @t-online-com.de." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zaškrtněte Vždy se ptát na heslo, pokud chcete být pokaždé " -#~ "dotazováni na heslo.\n" +#~ "Zaškrtněte Vždy se ptát na heslo, pokud chcete být pokaždé dotazováni na heslo.\n" #~ "Váš poskytovatel internetu nemusí povolovat ukládání hesel na disku.\n" #~ "Pokud vložíte heslo, bude uloženo jako prostý text na disku\n" #~ "(čitelný pouze uživatelem root).\n" @@ -6525,8 +6246,7 @@ #~ "Použijte KInternet (bez NetworkManageru) nebo hesla uložte v systému.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " -#~ "field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6540,27 +6260,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "V poli Jméno uživatele nahraďte nevyplněné pole\n" #~ "(po znaku /) svým Kamp přihlašovacím jménem.\n" -#~ "Pak zadejte heslo a klikněte na Další. (V případě problémů " -#~ "kontaktujte poskytovatele připojení).\n" +#~ "Pak zadejte heslo a klikněte na Další. (V případě problémů kontaktujte poskytovatele připojení).\n" #~ msgid "Access AOL-DSL." #~ msgstr "Přístup do AOL-DSL." #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " -#~ "need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " -#~ "enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " -#~ "request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "V poli Jméno uživatele nahraďte prázdné pole (před znakem\n" @@ -6576,13 +6290,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "V poli Jméno uživatele nahraďte prázdné pole (po znaku\n" -#~ "/) svým 1&1 přihlašovacím jménem. Pak zadejte heslo a klikněte na " -#~ "Další.\n" +#~ "/) svým 1&1 přihlašovacím jménem. Pak zadejte heslo a klikněte na Další.\n" #~ "V případě problémů kontaktujte svého poskytovatele připojení.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL." @@ -6600,8 +6312,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "V poli Jméno uživatele nahraďte prázdné místo (po znaku\n" @@ -6613,16 +6324,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Konfigurace poskytovatelů" #~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "P&ovolit ovládání zařízení ostatním uživatelům pomocí aplikace QInternet" +#~ msgstr "P&ovolit ovládání zařízení ostatním uživatelům pomocí aplikace QInternet" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " -#~ "will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ovládání zařízeni</big>\n" @@ -6839,19 +6547,11 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall Settings" #~ msgstr "Nastavení firewallu" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Firewall bude povolen (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">zakázat</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Firewall bude povolen (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">zakázat</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Firewall bude zakázán (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">povolit</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Firewall bude zakázán (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">povolit</a>)" #~ msgid "Password:" #~ msgstr "Heslo:" @@ -6917,9 +6617,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Proxy" #~ msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Je doporučeno provést odhlášení a opětovné přihlášení pro to, aby se nová " -#~ "nastavení proxy projevila." +#~ msgstr "Je doporučeno provést odhlášení a opětovné přihlášení pro to, aby se nová nastavení proxy projevila." #~ msgid "Update proxy configuration" #~ msgstr "Aktualizovat konfiguraci proxy" @@ -6988,18 +6686,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings " -#~ "to take effect, \n" -#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings " -#~ "immediately. Please check \n" +#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" #~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zde nastavte vaši internetovou proxy (cachování).\n" -#~ "Poznámka: Obecně je doporučeno se odhlásit a přihlásit, aby se " -#~ "změny aktivovaly, \n" -#~ "avšak v některých případech může aplikace přijmout změny okamžitě. " -#~ "Prosíme, zkontrolujte, které vaše aplikace (webový prohlížeč, FTP " -#~ "klient, ...) to podporují." +#~ "Poznámka: Obecně je doporučeno se odhlásit a přihlásit, aby se změny aktivovaly, \n" +#~ "avšak v některých případech může aplikace přijmout změny okamžitě. Prosíme, zkontrolujte, které vaše aplikace (webový prohlížeč, FTP klient, ...) to podporují." #~ msgid "" #~ "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" @@ -7009,8 +6702,7 @@ #~ "přes který přistupujete na webové stránky (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " -#~ "secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " HTTPS Proxy URL je jméno vašeho secure proxy serveru,\n" @@ -7028,18 +6720,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option " -#~| "checked, it is\n" +#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option checked, it is\n" #~| "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~| "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you check Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols, it is\n" #~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Je-li zaškrtnuta volba Používat stejnou proxy pro všechny " -#~ "protokoly, stačí vyplnit URL HTTP proxy, která bude využita pro " -#~ "všechny protokoly (HTTP, HTTPS a FTP).\n" +#~ msgstr "Je-li zaškrtnuta volba Používat stejnou proxy pro všechny protokoly, stačí vyplnit URL HTTP proxy, která bude využita pro všechny protokoly (HTTP, HTTPS a FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "No Proxy Domains is a comma-separated list of domains\n" @@ -7054,17 +6742,14 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~| "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only." -#~| "\n" +#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." -#~ "\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pokud používáte proxy server s autorizací, vyplňte políčka\n" -#~ "Jméno uživatele proxy a Heslo pro proxy. Platné " -#~ "uživatelské\n" +#~ "Jméno uživatele proxy a Heslo pro proxy. Platné uživatelské\n" #~ " jméno sestává pouze z ASCII znaků (kromě otazníků).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7072,8 +6757,7 @@ #~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Stisknutím tlačítka Vyzkoušet nastavení proxy můžete\n" -#~ "vyzkoušet aktuální konfiguraci proxy pro protokoly HTTP, HTTPS a FTP.</" -#~ "p> \n" +#~ "vyzkoušet aktuální konfiguraci proxy pro protokoly HTTP, HTTPS a FTP. \n" #~ msgid "&Enable Proxy" #~ msgstr "Povolit pro&xy" @@ -7159,42 +6843,30 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Udev Rules are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n" -#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for " -#~ "example,\n" +#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for example,\n" #~ "eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pravidla udev jsou pravidla jaderného správce zařízení, která " -#~ "umožňují spojit\n" -#~ "MAC adrresu nebo BusID se jménem síťového zařízení (např. eth1, wlan0) a " -#~ "zajistit tak,\n" +#~ "Pravidla udev jsou pravidla jaderného správce zařízení, která umožňují spojit\n" +#~ "MAC adrresu nebo BusID se jménem síťového zařízení (např. eth1, wlan0) a zajistit tak,\n" #~ "aby se po restartu zařízení vždy jmenovalo stejně.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway " -#~ "address,\n" +#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" #~ "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -#~ "routed, \n" +#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, \n" #~ "as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro každé směrování zadejte cílovou IP adresu sítě, bránu a masku " -#~ "sítě. Pokud chcete\n" -#~ "některou hodnotu přeskočit, použijte místo IP adresy znak pomlčky \"-\". " -#~ "Zvolte zařízení,\n" -#~ "přes které se bude směrovat data. Alias pro všechna zařízení je \"-\".</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Pro každé směrování zadejte cílovou IP adresu sítě, bránu a masku sítě. Pokud chcete\n" +#~ "některou hodnotu přeskočit, použijte místo IP adresy znak pomlčky \"-\". Zvolte zařízení,\n" +#~ "přes které se bude směrovat data. Alias pro všechna zařízení je \"-\".\n" #~ msgid "Providers to Configure" #~ msgstr "Poskytovatelé ke konfiguraci" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -#~ "computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -#~ "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just lenght of prefix " -#~ "<tt>/24</tt>). For special case - unconfigured interface use <tt>0.0.0.0</" -#~ "tt> and <tt>/32</tt>.Optionally, you can enter\n" -#~ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be " -#~ "written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +#~ "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +#~ "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just lenght of prefix <tt>/24</tt>). For special case - unconfigured interface use <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and <tt>/32</tt>.Optionally, you can enter\n" +#~ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Při volbě Staticky přidělená IP adresa zadejte statickou\n" #~ "IP adresu Vašeho počítače (např. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>),\n" @@ -7219,17 +6891,12 @@ #~ msgid "&Netmask" #~ msgstr "&Síťová maska" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply " -#~ "on both IPv4 and IPv6." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nastavte IP forwarding, pokud je tento systém router. Toto se " -#~ "aplikuje jak pro IPv4 tak i pro IPv6." +#~ msgid "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply on both IPv4 and IPv6." +#~ msgstr "Nastavte IP forwarding, pokud je tento systém router. Toto se aplikuje jak pro IPv4 tak i pro IPv6." #~ msgid "" #~ "Your hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> and will be \n" -#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this " -#~ "modification, \n" +#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this modification, \n" #~ "uncheck Write Hostname to /etc/hosts box. In that case your \n" #~ "hostname will not be resolvable without an active network.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -7267,9 +6934,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: In some cases you may need to relogin for the settings to " -#~ "take effect" +#~ "Note: In some cases you may need to relogin for the settings to take effect" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zde můžete nastavit Internet proxy (cachující).\n" -#~ "Poznámka: Aby se některé změny projevily, může být potřeba se " -#~ "znovu přihlásit." +#~ "Poznámka: Aby se některé změny projevily, může být potřeba se znovu přihlásit." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/nfs.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/nfs.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/nfs.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -79,9 +79,7 @@ #. fstab(5): fs_type #: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"Identifikátor souborového systému. Podporovány jsou nfs a nfs4. Výchozí je " -"nfs." +msgstr "Identifikátor souborového systému. Podporovány jsou nfs a nfs4. Výchozí je nfs." #. CLI action handler. #. Print summary in command line @@ -180,8 +178,7 @@ msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" "Každé NFS sdílení je identifikováno podle adresy NFS serveru\n" @@ -192,31 +189,24 @@ #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Pro připojení nového NFS sdílení použijte tlačítko Přidat. Pro " -"změnu nastavení\n" -"již připojeného sdílení použijte tlačítko Upravit. Smazat a odpojit " -"vybrané sdílení \n" +"Pro připojení nového NFS sdílení použijte tlačítko Přidat. Pro změnu nastavení\n" +"již připojeného sdílení použijte tlačítko Upravit. Smazat a odpojit vybrané sdílení \n" "umožní tlačítko Smazat.\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud potřebuje přístup k NFSv4 sdílení (NFSv4 je nová verze\n" -"NFS protokolu) zaškrtněte Povolit NFSv4. V tom případě budete " -"nejspíše potřebovat\n" -"nastavit konkrétní NFSv4 jméno domény, potřebné pro správné nastavení " -"přístupových\n" +"NFS protokolu) zaškrtněte Povolit NFSv4. V tom případě budete nejspíše potřebovat\n" +"nastavit konkrétní NFSv4 jméno domény, potřebné pro správné nastavení přístupových\n" "práv souborů a adresářů.\n" #. selection box label @@ -343,8 +333,7 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/nfs_server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/nfs_server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/nfs_server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -69,11 +69,8 @@ msgstr "Volby exportu (viz 'man exports')" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"Specifikace domény pro NFSv4 ID mapping, např. 'localdomain' nebo 'abc.com'." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "Specifikace domény pro NFSv4 ID mapping, např. 'localdomain' nebo 'abc.com'." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." @@ -116,18 +113,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"Doménu nelze nastavit bez povolení NFSv4. Použijte příkaz 'set enablev4'." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "Doménu nelze nastavit bez povolení NFSv4. Použijte příkaz 'set enablev4'." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"Příkaz 'set' musí být ve tvaru 'set volba=hodnota'. Více informací získáte " -"pomocí příkazu 'set help'." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "Příkaz 'set' musí být ve tvaru 'set volba=hodnota'. Více informací získáte pomocí příkazu 'set help'." #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -247,12 +238,8 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"Nelze číst ze souboru /etc/idmapd.conf. Použije se výchozí nastavení domény " -"'localdomain'." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "Nelze číst ze souboru /etc/idmapd.conf. Použije se výchozí nastavení domény 'localdomain'." #. Help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 @@ -275,28 +262,21 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" -"Pokud je třeba, aby server obsluhoval klienty NFSv4, povolte možnost " -"Povolit NFSv4\n" +"Pokud je třeba, aby server obsluhoval klienty NFSv4, povolte možnost Povolit NFSv4\n" "a pro použití démona mapování ID vyplňte název domény NFSv4. Ponechte název\n" -"localdomain nebo si v případě potřeby přečtěte manuálovou stránku idmapd a " -"idmapd.conf.\n" +"localdomain nebo si v případě potřeby přečtěte manuálovou stránku idmapd a idmapd.conf.\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"Pokud se musí server a klient autentizovat pomocí knihovny GSS, " -"zaškrtněte políčko Povolit zabezpečení GSS.\n" -"Chcete-li používat rozhraní GSS API, musíte mít v systému nainstalován " -"kerberos a gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7).\n" +"Pokud se musí server a klient autentizovat pomocí knihovny GSS, zaškrtněte políčko Povolit zabezpečení GSS.\n" +"Chcete-li používat rozhraní GSS API, musíte mít v systému nainstalován kerberos a gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7).\n" #. frame label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 @@ -349,8 +329,7 @@ #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" @@ -361,15 +340,13 @@ #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "Zadáním hvězdičky (<tt>*</tt>) zadáte všechny počítače." #. Help, part 4 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pro další informace zadejte z příkazové řádky <tt>man exports</tt>.\n" +msgstr "Pro další informace zadejte z příkazové řádky <tt>man exports</tt>.\n" #. push button label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 @@ -478,12 +455,8 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"Nelze spustit službu svcgssd. Zkontrolujte, zda jsou správně nastaveny " -"kerberos a gssapi (nfs-utils)." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "Nelze spustit službu svcgssd. Zkontrolujte, zda jsou správně nastaveny kerberos a gssapi (nfs-utils)." #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." @@ -545,17 +518,12 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall" #~ msgstr "Firewall" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is " -#~ "marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "NFSv4 je povoleno. Zkontrolujte, že je pro konkrétního klienta " -#~ "exportován pouze jeden souborový systém s označením fsid=0." +#~ msgid "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." +#~ msgstr "NFSv4 je povoleno. Zkontrolujte, že je pro konkrétního klienta exportován pouze jeden souborový systém s označením fsid=0." #~ msgid "" #~ "In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n" -#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n" #~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use \n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" @@ -563,8 +531,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "V případě vícenásobného exportu klientovi NFSv4\n" -#~ "je třeba propojit exportované cesty (jiné než fsid=0) s jednou položkou " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "je třeba propojit exportované cesty (jiné než fsid=0) s jednou položkou fsid=0.\n" #~ "K exportování serverových cest <tt>/Eve</tt> a <tt>/Adam</tt> jako\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> a <tt>/husband</tt> použijte \n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/nis.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/nis.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/nis.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -149,8 +149,7 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavení firewallu \n" @@ -171,31 +170,20 @@ #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" -"Vyberte způsob, jakým bude upraveno nastavení NIS. Běžný postup, že je " -"spravováno netconfig skriptem, který spojí statické údaje definovaná zde s " -"dynamicky získanými údaji (například z DHCP, NetworkManageru atp.). Toto je " -"Výchozí politika a je vhodná pro většinu nastavení.\n" -"Zvolením Pouze ruční změny, netconfig nebude moci změnit nastavení. " -"Samozřejmě je stále možné ručně změnit soubor s nastavením.\n" -"Zvolením Volitelná politika můžete pro tuto volbu změnit. Tato volba " -"obsahuje seznam rozhraní (včetně regularních výrazů) se STATIC/" -"STATIC_FALLBACK jake předdefinovanou speciální volbou. Více informací " -"naleznete v manualové stránce netconfigu.\n" +"Vyberte způsob, jakým bude upraveno nastavení NIS. Běžný postup, že je spravováno netconfig skriptem, který spojí statické údaje definovaná zde s dynamicky získanými údaji (například z DHCP, NetworkManageru atp.). Toto je Výchozí politika a je vhodná pro většinu nastavení.\n" +"Zvolením Pouze ruční změny, netconfig nebude moci změnit nastavení. Samozřejmě je stále možné ručně změnit soubor s nastavením.\n" +"Zvolením Volitelná politika můžete pro tuto volbu změnit. Tato volba obsahuje seznam rozhraní (včetně regularních výrazů) se STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK jake předdefinovanou speciální volbou. Více informací naleznete v manualové stránce netconfigu.\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 @@ -221,14 +209,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Nastavení NFS, ovlivňující jak automouter funguje, by mělo být " -"nastavováno v klientu NFS. Ten můžete nastavit po kliknutí na tlačítko " -"Konfigurace NFS." +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgstr "Nastavení NFS, ovlivňující jak automouter funguje, by mělo být nastavováno v klientu NFS. Ten můžete nastavit po kliknutí na tlačítko Konfigurace NFS." #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 @@ -355,27 +337,16 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Normálně je možné, aby se jakýkoliv počítač dotazoval, který server " -"klient používá. Zákazem volby Odpovídat vzdáleným počítačům tomu " -"zabráníte." +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "Normálně je možné, aby se jakýkoliv počítač dotazoval, který server klient používá. Zákazem volby Odpovídat vzdáleným počítačům tomu zabráníte." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." msgstr "" -"Zaškrtněte Poškozený server, pokud mají být odpovědi ze serverů " -"běžících\n" -"na neprivilegovaných portech přijímány. Je to ovšem bezpečnostní riziko a je " -"lepší\n" +"Zaškrtněte Poškozený server, pokud mají být odpovědi ze serverů běžících\n" +"na neprivilegovaných portech přijímány. Je to ovšem bezpečnostní riziko a je lepší\n" "takovýto server nahradit." #. help text 3/4 @@ -457,12 +428,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -"" -msgstr "" -" Service Location Protocol (SLP) je používán k vyhledávání NIS " -"serveru." +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +msgstr " Service Location Protocol (SLP) je používán k vyhledávání NIS serveru." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle @@ -628,14 +595,8 @@ msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS server nenalezen." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using DHCP and the server provides the NIS domain " -#~ "name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up " -#~ "in the network module." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pokud používáte DHCP a server poskytuje NIS doménu nebo " -#~ "servery, můžete zde povolit jejich použití. Samotné DHCP můžete " -#~ "nakonfigurovat v síťovém modulu." +#~ msgid "If you are using DHCP and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module." +#~ msgstr "Pokud používáte DHCP a server poskytuje NIS doménu nebo servery, můžete zde povolit jejich použití. Samotné DHCP můžete nakonfigurovat v síťovém modulu." #~ msgid "Error while running portmapper." #~ msgstr "Chyba při spuštění portmapperu." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/nis_server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/nis_server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/nis_server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -173,8 +173,7 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" "Vyberte pokud mají být sloučeny soubory passwd s shadow\n" @@ -231,12 +230,10 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"Prosím zadejte NIS doménu. Jestliže je tento počítač také NIS " -"klientem,\n" +"Prosím zadejte NIS doménu. Jestliže je tento počítač také NIS klientem,\n" "zaškrtněte odpovídající tlačítko.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -248,8 +245,7 @@ "slaves.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud chcete povolit některým sekundárním serverům, aby koexistovaly s\n" -"tímto hlavním serverem, zaškrtněte tlačítko Existuje aktivní sekundární " -"NIS server. Povolíte-li tlačítko Rychlá distribuce mapy,\n" +"tímto hlavním serverem, zaškrtněte tlačítko Existuje aktivní sekundární NIS server. Povolíte-li tlačítko Rychlá distribuce mapy,\n" "zrychlí to přenos map na sekundární servery.\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -332,8 +328,7 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavení firewallu \n" @@ -370,9 +365,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Prosím zadejte, kterým hostitelům je povoleno dotazovat se NIS serveru.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Prosím zadejte, kterým hostitelům je povoleno dotazovat se NIS serveru." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 @@ -419,21 +412,13 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Prosím zadejte NIS doménu a IP adresu nebo jméno počítače " -"hlavního NIS serveru." +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "Prosím zadejte NIS doménu a IP adresu nebo jméno počítače hlavního NIS serveru." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"Pokud tento hostitel má být také NIS klientem, zaškrtněte odpovídající " -"políčko." +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "Pokud tento hostitel má být také NIS klientem, zaškrtněte odpovídající políčko." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 @@ -472,14 +457,8 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"Zde můžete nastavit jména hostitelů, které budou nastaveny jako " -"sekundární NIS servery. Použijte k tomu odpovídající tlačítka Přidat, " -"Smazat a Editovat." +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "Zde můžete nastavit jména hostitelů, které budou nastaveny jako sekundární NIS servery. Použijte k tomu odpovídající tlačítka Přidat, Smazat a Editovat." #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/ntp-client.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/ntp-client.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/ntp-client.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -38,42 +38,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"Zmáčkněte Synchronizovat nyní abyste správně nastavili čas " -"použitím NTP serveru. Pokud chcete NTP používat trvale, umožněte Uložit " -"nastavení NTP." +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "Zmáčkněte Synchronizovat nyní abyste správně nastavili čas použitím NTP serveru. Pokud chcete NTP používat trvale, umožněte Uložit nastavení NTP." #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"Povolením volby Spustit NTP jako démona se služba NTP bude " -"spouštět jako démon. Takto bude systém pravidelně synchronizován. Výchozí " -"interval je 15 minut. Můžete to změnit po instalaci modulu yast2 ntp-" -"client." +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "Povolením volby Spustit NTP jako démona se služba NTP bude spouštět jako démon. Takto bude systém pravidelně synchronizován. Výchozí interval je 15 minut. Můžete to změnit po instalaci modulu yast2 ntp-client." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "Tlačítkem Konfigurovat otevřete pokročilá nastavení NTP." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." -msgstr "" -"Synchronizace s NTP serverem může být provedena pouze když je nastavena " -"síť." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr "Synchronizace s NTP serverem může být provedena pouze když je nastavena síť." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -645,10 +625,8 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Spustit NTP démona</big> \n" @@ -656,8 +634,7 @@ "NTP démon při inicializace vyhledává jména hostitelů. Předtím\n" "než bude NTP démon spuštěn je nutné mít funkční síťové připojení.\n" "Výběrem Synchronizovat bez démona nebude NTP démon aktivován.\n" -"Systémový čas bude nastavován pravidelně. Interval je možné nastavit. " -"Výchozí je 15 minut.\n" +"Systémový čas bude nastavován pravidelně. Interval je možné nastavit. Výchozí je 15 minut.\n" " Toto nastavení můžete změnit i poté, co byl system nastaven." #. help text 2/5 @@ -676,20 +653,16 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Zabezpečení nastavení NTP</big> \n" "Vybráním volby Omezit službu NTP pouze na nastavené servery\n" "nebudou moci vzdálení hostitelé zobrazit ani změnit nastavení NTP ve vašem\n" "počítači. Služba NTP je omezena pouze na servery v souboru\n" "<tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> a na localhost. \n" -"Příznaky kontroly přístupu mohou být jemně doladěné v tabulce přehledu " -"serverů. Tato možnost není dostupná, pokud je NTP nastaveno přes DHCP.\n" +"Příznaky kontroly přístupu mohou být jemně doladěné v tabulce přehledu serverů. Tato možnost není dostupná, pokud je NTP nastaveno přes DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 @@ -711,8 +684,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" @@ -728,20 +700,17 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Zobrazit záznamy </big> \n" -"Chcete-li v novém okně zobrazit záznamy služby NTP, klepněte na tlačítko " -"Zobrazit záznamy.\n" +"Chcete-li v novém okně zobrazit záznamy služby NTP, klepněte na tlačítko Zobrazit záznamy.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Pokročilá konfigurace</big> \n" -"Aby váš počítač synchronizoval čas s několika dalšími počítači nebo proti " -"lokálním hodinám,\n" +"Aby váš počítač synchronizoval čas s několika dalšími počítači nebo proti lokálním hodinám,\n" "zvolte Pokročilá konfigurace." #. help text 1/4 @@ -761,15 +730,13 @@ "Unit Number." msgstr "" "<big>Číslo jednotky</big> \n" -"Pokud máte více hodin stejného typu, musíte nastavit Číslo jednotky.</" -"p>" +"Pokud máte více hodin stejného typu, musíte nastavit Číslo jednotky." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -779,8 +746,7 @@ "<big>Zařízení</big> \n" "Aby byly hodiny funkční, může být nutné vytvořit zvláštní symbolický odkaz\n" "na zařízení, ke kterému jsou hodiny připojeny.\n" -"Ten vytvoříte zaškrtnutím volby Vytvořit odkaz a nastavením " -"Zařízení.\n" +"Ten vytvoříte zaškrtnutím volby Vytvořit odkaz a nastavením Zařízení.\n" "Zařízení můžete zvolit kliknutím na Procházet.\n" "Některé typy hodin odkaz nepotřebují nebo je nutné odkaz vytvořit ručně." @@ -865,8 +831,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" @@ -879,8 +844,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" @@ -888,10 +852,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Volby přístupu</big> \n" "Určuje příznaky přístupu (příkaz <tt>restrict</tt> v\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) pro tento server ukazující, které typy akcí " -"vzdáleného\n" -"hostitele mohou být vykonávány vaším NTP démonem. Výchozí nastavení je " -"notrap\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) pro tento server ukazující, které typy akcí vzdáleného\n" +"hostitele mohou být vykonávány vaším NTP démonem. Výchozí nastavení je notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. Tato možnost je dostupná pouze pokud jste zaškrtli\n" "volbu Omezit službu NTP pouze na nastavené servery v\n" "Bezpečnostním nastavení.\n" @@ -980,8 +942,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Výběr veřejného NTP serveru</big> \n" @@ -1003,11 +964,9 @@ "<big>Poznámka</big> \n" "NTP servery nemusí být dostupné z každé země, ale pouze z určitých oblastí\n" "nebo zemí.\n" -"Před zvolením NTP serveru se zeptejte správce sítě nebo poskytovatele, " -"jestli\n" +"Před zvolením NTP serveru se zeptejte správce sítě nebo poskytovatele, jestli\n" "neexistuje bližší NTP server a radši použijte tento server.\n" -"Můžete se také podívat na http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers." -"html." +"Můžete se také podívat na http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 @@ -1024,10 +983,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Použít náhodné servery</big> \n" @@ -1040,10 +997,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Kalibrace ovladače hodin</big> \n" @@ -1055,8 +1010,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" "Pro více informací o dostupných volbách si nainstalujte balíček\n" "ntp-doc a přečtěte si\n" @@ -1526,14 +1480,8 @@ "Bez nainstalovaného balíčku %1 není možné v lokální\n" "síti vyhledat NTP server.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or " -#~ "network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server " -#~ "configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Testování dotazu na server '%1' selhalo. Pokud server ještě není dostupný " -#~ "nebo síť není nastavena, pak pro přeskočení klepněte na 'Ne'. Chcete " -#~ "znovu otevřít konfiguraci NTP serveru?" +#~ msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#~ msgstr "Testování dotazu na server '%1' selhalo. Pokud server ještě není dostupný nebo síť není nastavena, pak pro přeskočení klepněte na 'Ne'. Chcete znovu otevřít konfiguraci NTP serveru?" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" @@ -1570,8 +1518,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Initial Synchronization</big> \n" -#~ "The first synchronization of the clock is performed before the NTP daemon " -#~ "is\n" +#~ "The first synchronization of the clock is performed before the NTP daemon is\n" #~ "started. To use this host for initial synchronization, select\n" #~ "Use for Initial Synchronization." #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/oneclickinstall.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/oneclickinstall.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/oneclickinstall.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -40,11 +40,8 @@ msgstr "Soubor vnitřní reprezentace YMP" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of One Click Install " -"instructions" -msgstr "" -"Soubor obsahující vnitřní reprezentaci One Click Install instrukcí" +msgid "File containing internal representation of One Click Install instructions" +msgstr "Soubor obsahující vnitřní reprezentaci One Click Install instrukcí" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file." @@ -56,8 +53,7 @@ #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:81 msgid "If you continue, the following software packages will be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Pokud se rozhodnete pokračovat, budou nainstalovány následující balíčky:" +msgstr "Pokud se rozhodnete pokračovat, budou nainstalovány následující balíčky:" #. trick ncurses #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:110 @@ -127,11 +123,8 @@ msgstr "Tento průvodce nainstaluje software na váš počítač." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Více informací najdete na stránce <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/" -"One_Click_Install</tt>." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgstr "Více informací najdete na stránce <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt>." #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 @@ -204,50 +197,28 @@ msgstr "Instalační kroky" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " -"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Při pokusu o přihlášení repozitářů došlo k chybě. Více informací najdete v " -"záznamech YaSTu." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Při pokusu o přihlášení repozitářů došlo k chybě. Více informací najdete v záznamech YaSTu." #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Při pokusu o odstranění balíčků došlo k chybě. Více informací najdete v " -"záznamech YaSTu." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Při pokusu o odstranění balíčků došlo k chybě. Více informací najdete v záznamech YaSTu." #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Při pokusu o instalaci profilů došlo k chybě. Více informací najdete v " -"záznamech YaSTu." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Při pokusu o instalaci profilů došlo k chybě. Více informací najdete v záznamech YaSTu." #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Při pokusu o instalaci balíčků došlo k chybě. Více informací najdete v " -"záznamech YaSTu." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Při pokusu o instalaci balíčků došlo k chybě. Více informací najdete v záznamech YaSTu." #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " -"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Došlo k chybě při odhlášení repozitářů používaných k instalaci. Repozitáře " -"můžete odstranit ručně v programu YaST -> Repozitáře softwaru. Více " -"informací najdete v záznamech YaSTu." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Došlo k chybě při odhlášení repozitářů používaných k instalaci. Repozitáře můžete odstranit ručně v programu YaST -> Repozitáře softwaru. Více informací najdete v záznamech YaSTu." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 msgid "No error occurred." @@ -283,10 +254,8 @@ msgstr "Instalace není možná" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." -msgstr "" -"Instalační odkaz nebo soubor, který otevíráte, neobsahuje instrukce pro %s." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgstr "Instalační odkaz nebo soubor, který otevíráte, neobsahuje instrukce pro %s." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 msgid "Software is being installed." @@ -315,11 +284,8 @@ msgstr "Tuto zprávu již příště nezobrazovat." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." -msgstr "" -"Tyto repozitáře budou přidány pouze během instalace. Nezůstanete přihlášeni." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." +msgstr "Tyto repozitáře budou přidány pouze během instalace. Nezůstanete přihlášeni." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." @@ -327,9 +293,7 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:360 msgid "If you continue, the following changes will be made to your system:" -msgstr "" -"Pokud se rozhodnete pokračovat, budou ve vašem systému vykonány následující " -"změny:" +msgstr "Pokud se rozhodnete pokračovat, budou ve vašem systému vykonány následující změny:" #. Put remove message at top, incase people try to push it off the bottom of the warning by adding lots of packages. #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:372 @@ -369,12 +333,8 @@ msgstr "Instalace byla úspěšná pouze částečně." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" -"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "" -"Došlo k selhání instalace. Více informací najdete v souboru <tt>/var/log/" -"YaST2/y2log</tt>. Stádium selhání: " +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "Došlo k selhání instalace. Více informací najdete v souboru <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Stádium selhání: " #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 msgid "Error Message" @@ -441,12 +401,8 @@ msgstr "neznámé" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." -msgstr "" -"Jsou vyžadována práva administrátora (uživatele root). Buď máte nedostatečná " -"práva nebo došlo k neznámé chybě." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." +msgstr "Jsou vyžadována práva administrátora (uživatele root). Buď máte nedostatečná práva nebo došlo k neznámé chybě." #~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed." #~ msgstr "Prosím vyčkejte, než se software nainstaluje." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/online-update-configuration.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/online-update-configuration.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/online-update-configuration.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -146,8 +146,7 @@ #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -msgstr "" -"Stiskněte %1 pro použití výchozího aktualizačního repozitáře." +msgstr "Stiskněte %1 pro použití výchozího aktualizačního repozitáře." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." @@ -158,29 +157,16 @@ msgstr "%1 nastavte automatickou online aktualizaci." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte interval aktualizace a zadejte, zda mají být ignorovány " -"interaktivní opravy a zda by měly být licence automaticky odsouhlaseny." +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgstr "Vyberte interval aktualizace a zadejte, zda mají být ignorovány interaktivní opravy a zda by měly být licence automaticky odsouhlaseny." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Všechny balíčky, které jsou doporučeny jako aktualizované balíky, budou " -"instalovány, protože je povoleno %1." +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." +msgstr "Všechny balíčky, které jsou doporučeny jako aktualizované balíky, budou instalovány, protože je povoleno %1." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." -msgstr "" -"V sekci %1 můžete nastavit filtr kategorií oprav. Nainstalovány " -"budou jen opravy vybraných kategorií. Ostatní budou přeskakovány." +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." +msgstr "V sekci %1 můžete nastavit filtr kategorií oprav. Nainstalovány budou jen opravy vybraných kategorií. Ostatní budou přeskakovány." #. cache the base product details #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 @@ -225,11 +211,5 @@ msgid "Other" msgstr "Ostatní" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval " -#~ "to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the " -#~ "updater will use the default answers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "V %1 nastavte automatickou on-line aktualizace. Vyberte " -#~ "interval aktualizace a jestli mají být ignorovány interaktivní opravy, " -#~ "jinak budou použity výchozí odpovědi." +#~ msgid "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the updater will use the default answers." +#~ msgstr "V %1 nastavte automatickou on-line aktualizace. Vyberte interval aktualizace a jestli mají být ignorovány interaktivní opravy, jinak budou použity výchozí odpovědi." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/online-update.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/online-update.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/online-update.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -73,13 +73,8 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Systém inicializuje zdroje instalace a aktualizací. Zdroje instalace a " -"aktualizací lze upravit v moduluInstalační zdroje." +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "Systém inicializuje zdroje instalace a aktualizací. Zdroje instalace a aktualizací lze upravit v moduluInstalační zdroje." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -170,12 +165,8 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pokud existují extra zprávy spojené s opravami, budou zobrazeny v " -"samostatném dialogu během instalace opravy.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "Pokud existují extra zprávy spojené s opravami, budou zobrazeny v samostatném dialogu během instalace opravy.\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -289,16 +280,14 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Jsou k dispozici patche (opravy) pro správce balíků, které vyžadují restart " -"YaSTu.\n" +"Jsou k dispozici patche (opravy) pro správce balíků, které vyžadují restart YaSTu.\n" "Měly by být nainstalovány jako první a všechny další opravy až po restartu.\n" "\n" "Vybrali jste některé další opravy k okamžité instalaci.\n" @@ -546,9 +535,7 @@ #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"Online aktualizace nedokázala zrušit výběr některých oprav, které vyžadují " -"restart." +msgstr "Online aktualizace nedokázala zrušit výběr některých oprav, které vyžadují restart." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/opensuse_mirror.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/opensuse_mirror.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/opensuse_mirror.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -61,4 +61,3 @@ #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 msgid "Select/Deselect &All" msgstr "&Vybrat vše/zrušit výběr" - Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/packager.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/packager.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/packager.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -400,27 +400,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Vyberte online repozitáře, které chcete použít, a klikněte na Další</" -"b>.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Vyberte online repozitáře, které chcete použít, a klikněte na Další.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Vyberte online repozitáře, které chcete použít, a klikněte na " -"Dokončit.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "Vyberte online repozitáře, které chcete použít, a klikněte na Dokončit.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." -msgstr "" -"K odebrání použitého repozitáře stačí jednoduše zrušit jeho výběr." +msgstr "K odebrání použitého repozitáře stačí jednoduše zrušit jeho výběr." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371 @@ -526,12 +517,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Nepodařilo se spustit řešitele balíčků. Zkontrolujte sekci softwaru v " -"profilu AutoYaSTu." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Nepodařilo se spustit řešitele balíčků. Zkontrolujte sekci softwaru v profilu AutoYaSTu." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -595,12 +582,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Instalace repozitářů - Tento modul YaSTu nepodporuje ovládání pomocí " -"příkazové řádky, použijte místo toho '%1'." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Instalace repozitářů - Tento modul YaSTu nepodporuje ovládání pomocí příkazové řádky, použijte místo toho '%1'." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -766,32 +749,21 @@ "V tomto dialogu můžete změnit nastavení repozitářů a služeb.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Služba nebo Repository Index Service (RIS) je protokol pro " -"správu repozitáře balíčků. Služba může nabízet jeden nebo více repozitářů, " -"které mohou být dynamicky měněny správcem služby." +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "Služba nebo Repository Index Service (RIS) je protokol pro správu repozitáře balíčků. Služba může nabízet jeden nebo více repozitářů, které mohou být dynamicky měněny správcem služby." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Přidání nového repozitáře nebo služby \n" -"Pro přidání nového repozitáře použijte Přidat a zadejte nový " -"repozitář nebo službu.\n" -"Yast automaticky zdetekuje, zda je služba či repozitář v zadaném umístění k " -"dispozici.\n" +"Pro přidání nového repozitáře použijte Přidat a zadejte nový repozitář nebo službu.\n" +"Yast automaticky zdetekuje, zda je služba či repozitář v zadaném umístění k dispozici.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -833,53 +805,36 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Úprava stavu repozitáře nebo služby\n" -"Pro změnu umístění repozitáře použijte Upravit. Pro odstranění " -"repozitáře\n" -"použijte Smazat. Pro povolení nebo zákaz repozitáře či pro změnu " -"stavu obnovování při inicializaci zvolte repozitář v seznamu a použijte " -"volby níže.\n" +"Pro změnu umístění repozitáře použijte Upravit. Pro odstranění repozitáře\n" +"použijte Smazat. Pro povolení nebo zákaz repozitáře či pro změnu stavu obnovování při inicializaci zvolte repozitář v seznamu a použijte volby níže.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Priorita repozitáře \n" -"Priorita repozitáře je reprezentována celým číslem mezi 0 (nejvyšší) a 200 " -"(nejnižší priorita). Výchozí hodnota je 99. Pokud je balíček dostupný ve " -"více repozitářích současně, nainstaluje se balíček z repozitáře s nejvyšší " -"prioritou.\n" +"Priorita repozitáře je reprezentována celým číslem mezi 0 (nejvyšší) a 200 (nejnižší priorita). Výchozí hodnota je 99. Pokud je balíček dostupný ve více repozitářích současně, nainstaluje se balíček z repozitáře s nejvyšší prioritou.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Pro navigaci v repozitářích a službách vyberte odpovídající volbu nahoře " -"v okně." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Pro navigaci v repozitářích a službách vyberte odpovídající volbu nahoře v okně." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" "Ponechat stažené balíčky Zatrhněte tuto volbu\n" "když požadujete, aby stažené balíčky zůstaly uloženy na disku a mohly\n" @@ -887,13 +842,8 @@ "balíčky jsou po instalaci smazány." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"Výchozí místní úložiště je umístěno v adresáři /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages, umístění může být změněno v souboru /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." -"" +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "Výchozí místní úložiště je umístěno v adresáři /var/cache/zypp/packages, umístění může být změněno v souboru /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -1020,8 +970,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Závislosti nelze vyřešit automaticky. Je nutný ruční zásah." #. this is a heading @@ -1036,12 +985,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Instalace softwaru - Tento modul YaSTu nepodporuje ovládání pomocí příkazové " -"řádky, použijte místo toho '%1'." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Instalace softwaru - Tento modul YaSTu nepodporuje ovládání pomocí příkazové řádky, použijte místo toho '%1'." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1051,8 +996,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Chyba: Nemohu přidat dočasný adresář, balíčky nemohou být nainstalovány." +msgstr "Chyba: Nemohu přidat dočasný adresář, balíčky nemohou být nainstalovány." #. error message #. error message @@ -1182,8 +1126,7 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." msgstr "Chyba -- MD5 součet neodpovídá. Médium raději nepoužívejte." #. the correct MD5 is unknown @@ -1210,8 +1153,7 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud máte při instalaci problémy\n" @@ -1221,25 +1163,20 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Zvolte mechaniku, vložte médium a zvolte Spustit kontrolu nebo " -"použijte Překontrolovat ISO soubor a zvolte ISO soubor.\n" -"Kontrola může trvat několik minut v závislosti na rychlosti mechaniky a " -"velikosti média.\n" +"Zvolte mechaniku, vložte médium a zvolte Spustit kontrolu nebo použijte Překontrolovat ISO soubor a zvolte ISO soubor.\n" +"Kontrola může trvat několik minut v závislosti na rychlosti mechaniky a velikosti média.\n" "Kontrola spočívá v potvrzení MD5 kontrolního součtu." #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud kontrola média selže, neměli byste v instalaci pokračovat,\n" "protože může dojít k selhání nebo ztrátě dat.\n" @@ -1251,35 +1188,26 @@ "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" msgstr "" -"Po kontrole média jej vyjměte, vložte do mechaniky další médium a opakujte " -"postup.\n" +"Po kontrole média jej vyjměte, vložte do mechaniky další médium a opakujte postup.\n" "Pořadí médií není podstatné.\n" #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." msgstr "" "Poznámka: \n" "Médium nelze vyměnit, pokud je používáno systémem." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Pro kontrolu instalačního média před spuštěním instalace použijte ze " -"startovací nabídky položku Kontrola instalačního média." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Pro kontrolu instalačního média před spuštěním instalace použijte ze startovací nabídky položku Kontrola instalačního média." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" "Při vlastním vypalování média použijte volbu pad.\n" "Zabráníte tím chybám čtení na konci média během kontroly.\n" @@ -1466,8 +1394,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Přidání nového GPG klíče \n" -"Pro přidání nového GPG klíče, použijte Přidat a zadejte cestu k " -"souboru s klíčem.\n" +"Pro přidání nového GPG klíče, použijte Přidat a zadejte cestu k souboru s klíčem.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1481,8 +1408,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Změna statutu GPG klíče\n" -"Abyste změnili příznak použijte Editovat. K odebrání GPG klíče " -"použijte\n" +"Abyste změnili příznak použijte Editovat. K odebrání GPG klíče použijte\n" "Smazat.\n" "\n" @@ -1625,8 +1551,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "Instalační repozitář obsahuje také zobrazené přídavné repozitáře.\n" @@ -1794,44 +1719,25 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Váš počítač je 64 bitový systém x86-64, ale vy zkoušíte nainstalovat 32 " -"bitovou verzi distribuce." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Váš počítač je 64 bitový systém x86-64, ale vy zkoušíte nainstalovat 32 bitovou verzi distribuce." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"Seznam řetězců určuje, které funkcionality budou dostupné po instalaci " -"systému." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "Seznam řetězců určuje, které funkcionality budou dostupné po instalaci systému." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"Návrh ukazuje celkovou velikost souborů, které budou nainstalovány v " -"systému. Přesto systém bude obsahovat i jiné soubory (dočasné a pracovní " -"soubory), takže použité místo bude o něco větší, než navrhovaná hodnota. " -"Každopádně je dobrý nápad mít nejméně 25% (nebo kolem 300MB) volného místa " -"před spuštěním instalace." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "Návrh ukazuje celkovou velikost souborů, které budou nainstalovány v systému. Přesto systém bude obsahovat i jiné soubory (dočasné a pracovní soubory), takže použité místo bude o něco větší, než navrhovaná hodnota. Každopádně je dobrý nápad mít nejméně 25% (nebo kolem 300MB) volného místa před spuštěním instalace." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "Celková 'velikost ke stažení' je velikost balíčků, které budou\n" "staženy ze vzdálených (síťových) repozitářů.\n" @@ -1875,30 +1781,18 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Kontaktujte výrobce těchto přídavných produktů, aby vám dal nové instalační " -"médium." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Kontaktujte výrobce těchto přídavných produktů, aby vám dal nové instalační médium." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Kontaktujte výrobce tohoto přídavného produktu, aby vám dal nové instalační " -"médium." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Kontaktujte výrobce tohoto přídavného produktu, aby vám dal nové instalační médium." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Chyba: Nelze zkontrolovat volné místo v základním adresáři %1 (zařízení %2), " -"nemohu spustit instalaci." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Chyba: Nelze zkontrolovat volné místo v základním adresáři %1 (zařízení %2), nemohu spustit instalaci." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 @@ -1913,8 +1807,7 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"Nedostatek diskového prostoru. Uberte prosím některé balíčky z instalace." +msgstr "Nedostatek diskového prostoru. Uberte prosím některé balíčky z instalace." #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 @@ -1956,21 +1849,15 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Některé produkty jsou označeny k automatickému odstranění.</li>" -"\n" -"<ul><li>Kontaktujte výrobce odstraňovaných přídavných produktů, aby vám " -"poskytl\n" -"novější instalační média</li><li>Nebo vyberte odpovídající online rozšíření " -"či modul\n" -"v registračním kroku</li><li>Nebo pro pokračování povýšení produktu přejděte " -"na výběr softwaru a označte tento produkt (balíček -release) k odstranění.\n" +"<ul><li>Některé produkty jsou označeny k automatickému odstranění.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Kontaktujte výrobce odstraňovaných přídavných produktů, aby vám poskytl\n" +"novější instalační média</li><li>Nebo vyberte odpovídající online rozšíření či modul\n" +"v registračním kroku</li><li>Nebo pro pokračování povýšení produktu přejděte na výběr softwaru a označte tento produkt (balíček -release) k odstranění.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL @@ -1981,8 +1868,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2055,12 +1941,8 @@ msgstr "Není možné číst soubor s licencí %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"K řádnému zobrazení licence uložte při vytváření obrazu live média do " -"kořenového adresáře soubor license.tar.gz." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "K řádnému zobrazení licence uložte při vytváření obrazu live média do kořenového adresáře soubor license.tar.gz." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 @@ -2415,14 +2297,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Název repozitáře</big> \n" -"Použijte Název repozitáře pro zadání jména repozitáře. Pokud nic " -"nezadáte, bude jako název použit název produktu (pokud je dostupný) nebo URL." -"\n" +"Použijte Název repozitáře pro zadání jména repozitáře. Pokud nic nezadáte, bude jako název použit název produktu (pokud je dostupný) nebo URL.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 @@ -2433,12 +2311,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Název služby</big> \n" -"Použijte Název služby pro zadání jména služby. Pokud nic nezadáte, " -"YaST jako jméno použije část URL služby.\n" +"Použijte Název služby pro zadání jména služby. Pokud nic nezadáte, YaST jako jméno použije část URL služby.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 @@ -2479,16 +2355,14 @@ "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" "<big>NFS server</big> \n" -"Použijte položky Jméno serveru a Cesta k adresáři nebo ISO obrazu</" -"b>\n" +"Použijte položky Jméno serveru a Cesta k adresáři nebo ISO obrazu\n" "pro zadání jména NFS serveru a cesty na serveru." #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Volby připojení</big> \n" @@ -2723,15 +2597,13 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Server a adresář</big> \n" -"Použijte položky Jméno serveru a Cesta k adresáři nebo ISO obrazu</" -"b>\n" +"Použijte položky Jméno serveru a Cesta k adresáři nebo ISO obrazu\n" "pro zadání jména NFS serveru a cesty na serveru. Pro umožnění autentizace\n" "zrušte zaškrtnutí volby Anonymní a zadejte Uživatelské jméno\n" "a Heslo.\n" @@ -2744,8 +2616,7 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" "Je možné nastavit číslo portu pro HTTP/HTTPS repozitář.\n" @@ -2834,8 +2705,7 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" @@ -3140,21 +3010,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all " -#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Vyhledávání balíčků</big> \n" -#~ "Tento modul YaSTu vám umožňuje použít funkcionalitu Vyhledávání " -#~ "balíčků Webpin.\n" -#~ "To vyhledává balíčky ve všech známých openSUSE build-service a openSUSE " -#~ "komunitních repozitářích.\n" +#~ "Tento modul YaSTu vám umožňuje použít funkcionalitu Vyhledávání balíčků Webpin.\n" +#~ "To vyhledává balíčky ve všech známých openSUSE build-service a openSUSE komunitních repozitářích.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Bezpečnost</big> \n" #~ "Nalezený software často není součástí samotné distribuce\n" @@ -3171,8 +3036,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Vyhledávání selhalo" #~ msgid "No packages matching entered criteria were found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nebyly nalezeny žádné balíčky vyhovující zadaným kritériím." +#~ msgstr "Nebyly nalezeny žádné balíčky vyhovující zadaným kritériím." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -3184,8 +3048,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Přidání nového GPG klíče \n" #~ "Pro přidání nového GPG klíče určete cestu k souboru.\n" -#~ "Zaškrtněte zaškrtávací políčko Důvěryhodný, pakliže klíč je " -#~ "důvěryhodný.\n" +#~ "Zaškrtněte zaškrtávací políčko Důvěryhodný, pakliže klíč je důvěryhodný.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "No further information available." @@ -3195,8 +3058,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Neznámý repozitář" #~ msgid "No further information available, use at your own risk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Žádné další informace nejsou k dispozici, použijte na vlastní nebezpečí." +#~ msgstr "Žádné další informace nejsou k dispozici, použijte na vlastní nebezpečí." #~ msgid "" #~ "Search failed.\n" @@ -3206,8 +3068,7 @@ #~ "Vzdálený server vrátil chybový kód %1" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the " -#~ "Internet.\n" +#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n" #~ "Click on the repository to see its details.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zde můžete vidět výchozí online repozitáře stažené z Internetu.\n" @@ -3230,10 +3091,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Hl&edat v" #~ msgid "" -#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " -#~ "They are\n" -#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a " -#~ "connection\n" +#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server." #~ msgstr "" @@ -3305,19 +3164,11 @@ #~ msgid "Synchronizing with ZENworks" #~ msgstr "Probíhá synchronizace se ZENworks" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your service was added successfully in YaST, but could not be " -#~ "synchronized with ZENworks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Služba byla úspěšně přidána do programu YaST, ale nelze provést " -#~ "synchronizaci se ZENworks." +#~ msgid "Your service was added successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks." +#~ msgstr "Služba byla úspěšně přidána do programu YaST, ale nelze provést synchronizaci se ZENworks." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your service was deleted successfully in YaST, but could not be " -#~ "synchronized with ZENworks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Služba byla úspěšně smazána z programu YaST, ale nelze provést " -#~ "synchronizaci se ZENworks." +#~ msgid "Your service was deleted successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks." +#~ msgstr "Služba byla úspěšně smazána z programu YaST, ale nelze provést synchronizaci se ZENworks." #~ msgid "Command timed out after %1 milliseconds." #~ msgstr "Vypršení časového limitu pro příkaz po %1 milisekundách." @@ -3336,18 +3187,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what " -#~ "software to install.\n" -#~ "\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category " -#~ "in the left\n" +#~ "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +#~ "\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" #~ "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" #~ "\t\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t Tento dialog vám umožní definovat úlohu systému a software k " -#~ "instalaci.\n" -#~ "\t\t Dostupné úlohy a software jsou zobrazeny podle kategorií v levém " -#~ "sloupci.\n" +#~ "\t\t Tento dialog vám umožní definovat úlohu systému a software k instalaci.\n" +#~ "\t\t Dostupné úlohy a software jsou zobrazeny podle kategorií v levém sloupci.\n" #~ "\t\t Popis jednotlivých položek získáte jejich vybráním ze seznamu.\n" #~ "\t\t " @@ -3360,10 +3207,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\t\t Status jednotlivých položek změníte kliknutím na stavovou ikonu\n" -#~ "\t\t nebo kliknutím pravým tlačítkem na ikonu a výběrem v kontextové " -#~ "nabídce.\n" -#~ "\t\t V kontextové nabídce můžete také změnit status všech položek " -#~ "najednou.\n" +#~ "\t\t nebo kliknutím pravým tlačítkem na ikonu a výběrem v kontextové nabídce.\n" +#~ "\t\t V kontextové nabídce můžete také změnit status všech položek najednou.\n" #~ "\t\t " #~ msgid "" @@ -3379,8 +3224,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -#~ "disk space\n" +#~ "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" #~ "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" #~ "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" #~ "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3390,11 +3234,9 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\t\t Zaplnění disku v pravém dolním roku zobrazuje zbývající volné místo\n" #~ "\t\t na disku po započítání vybraných voleb.\n" -#~ "\t\t Téměř nebo zcela zaplněné disky mohou vést ke sníže ní výkonu " -#~ "systému\n" +#~ "\t\t Téměř nebo zcela zaplněné disky mohou vést ke sníže ní výkonu systému\n" #~ "\t\t a v některých případech také vést k vážným problémům.\n" -#~ "\t\t Aby systém fungoval korektně, je potřeba ponechat určité volné místo " -#~ "na disku.\n" +#~ "\t\t Aby systém fungoval korektně, je potřeba ponechat určité volné místo na disku.\n" #~ "\t\t " #~ msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" @@ -3415,11 +3257,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" -#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit " -#~ "confirmation\n" +#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" #~ "of acceptance of its license.\n" -#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" #~ " \n" #~ "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" #~ "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/pkg-bindings.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/pkg-bindings.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/pkg-bindings.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -32,49 +32,26 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while..." -msgstr "" -"<big>Načítám dostupné balíčky</big>Načítám dostupné objekty " -"z nakonfigurovaných repozitářů. Toto může chvilku trvat..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." +msgstr "<big>Načítám dostupné balíčky</big>Načítám dostupné objekty z nakonfigurovaných repozitářů. Toto může chvilku trvat..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages..." -msgstr "" -"<big>Načítám nainstalované balíčky</big>Správce balíčků " -"načítá nainstalované balíčky..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." +msgstr "<big>Načítám nainstalované balíčky</big>Správce balíčků načítá nainstalované balíčky..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository..." -msgstr "" -"<big>Registruji nový repozitář</big>Zaregistrován nový " -"repozitář. Správce balíčků čte seznam balíčků, které jsou dostupné v " -"repozitáři...." +msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." +msgstr "<big>Registruji nový repozitář</big>Zaregistrován nový repozitář. Správce balíčků čte seznam balíčků, které jsou dostupné v repozitáři...." #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories..." -msgstr "" -"<big>Ukládám repozitáře</big>Správce balíčků aktualizuje " -"nastavené repozitáře..." +msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." +msgstr "<big>Ukládám repozitáře</big>Správce balíčků aktualizuje nastavené repozitáře..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content..." -msgstr "" -"<big>Obnovuji repozitář</big>Správce balíčků aktualizuje " -"obsah repozitáře..." +msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." +msgstr "<big>Obnovuji repozitář</big>Správce balíčků aktualizuje obsah repozitáře..." #. error message #: src/Package.cc:651 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/printer.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/printer.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/printer.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -78,25 +78,17 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Není možné nastavit tisk (potřebný balíček cups-client není nainstalovaný)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "Není možné nastavit tisk (potřebný balíček cups-client není nainstalovaný)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Není možné nastavovat místní tiskárny (potřebný balíček cups není " -"nainstalován)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "Není možné nastavovat místní tiskárny (potřebný balíček cups není nainstalován)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"Není dostupná žádná místní tiskárna (pro tisk se používá vzdálený CUPS " -"server '%1')." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "Není dostupná žádná místní tiskárna (pro tisk se používá vzdálený CUPS server '%1')." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -138,8 +130,7 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "" -"Není možné nastavovat místní tiskárny (není dostupný žádný místní cupsd)." +msgstr "Není možné nastavovat místní tiskárny (není dostupný žádný místní cupsd)." #. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) #. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces @@ -200,22 +191,15 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "" -"Upřesněte zda má být při připojení provedena automatická konfigurace USB " -"tiskárny" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "Upřesněte zda má být při připojení provedena automatická konfigurace USB tiskárny" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"P&oužijte balíček udev-configure-printer pro automatickou konfiguraci USB " -"tiskárny" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "P&oužijte balíček udev-configure-printer pro automatickou konfiguraci USB tiskárny" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -232,12 +216,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"Nastavení vzdáleného CUPS serveru je v rozporu s automatickou konfigurací " -"tiskáren na lokálním systému." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "Nastavení vzdáleného CUPS serveru je v rozporu s automatickou konfigurací tiskáren na lokálním systému." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -523,12 +503,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"Pro název fronty jsou dovolena pouze písmena (a-z, A-Z), čísla (0-9) a " -"podtržítko '_'." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "Pro název fronty jsou dovolena pouze písmena (a-z, A-Z), čísla (0-9) a podtržítko '_'." #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 @@ -550,12 +526,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Pokud následující dialog neukáže novou konfiguraci tiskárny jak očekáváte, " -"počkejte nějakou chvíli a použijte tlačítko 'Obnovit seznam'." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Pokud následující dialog neukáže novou konfiguraci tiskárny jak očekáváte, počkejte nějakou chvíli a použijte tlačítko 'Obnovit seznam'." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -601,12 +573,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"Není použitý žádný ovladač (je to 'raw' fronta nebo je použit 'skript " -"rozhraní stylu System V')" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "Není použitý žádný ovladač (je to 'raw' fronta nebo je použit 'skript rozhraní stylu System V')" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -657,12 +625,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Pokud následující dialog neukáže upravenou konfiguraci tiskárny jak " -"očekáváte, počkejte nějakou chvíli a použijte tlačítko 'Obnovit seznam'." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Pokud následující dialog neukáže upravenou konfiguraci tiskárny jak očekáváte, počkejte nějakou chvíli a použijte tlačítko 'Obnovit seznam'." #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: @@ -687,11 +651,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"Zachovejte model tiskárny nebo zvolte jiného výro&bce, pokud by neměla být " -"nastavena 'raw fronta'" +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "Zachovejte model tiskárny nebo zvolte jiného výro&bce, pokud by neměla být nastavena 'raw fronta'" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -741,9 +702,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Volitelný parametr 'volba=hodnota' (obvykle prázdné) [forma kódovaná " -"procentem]" +msgstr "Volitelný parametr 'volba=hodnota' (obvykle prázdné) [forma kódovaná procentem]" #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine @@ -811,11 +770,8 @@ msgstr "St&op bity" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Pro přístup k bluetooth tiskárně musí být nainstalován RPM balíček bluez-" -"cups." +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Pro přístup k bluetooth tiskárně musí být nainstalován RPM balíček bluez-cups." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -895,12 +851,8 @@ msgstr "URI (vizte manuál tiskárny) [forma kódovaná procentem]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Pro přístup sdílené (SMB) tiskárně musí být nainstalován RPM balíček samba-" -"client." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "Pro přístup sdílené (SMB) tiskárně musí být nainstalován RPM balíček samba-client." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -965,8 +917,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Pro přístup k tiskové frontě IPX musí být nainstalován RPM balíček ncpfs." +msgstr "Pro přístup k tiskové frontě IPX musí být nainstalován RPM balíček ncpfs." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1018,9 +969,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"URI zařízení (pro který by měl být aplikován 'beh') [forma kódovaná " -"procentem]" +msgstr "URI zařízení (pro který by měl být aplikován 'beh') [forma kódovaná procentem]" #. TRANSLATORS: Check box #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149 @@ -1223,11 +1172,8 @@ msgstr "Kontrola 'nulové' parity je podporována pouze se 7 datovými bity." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"Kontrola paritního bitu ('mark') je podporováno pouze se 7 datovými bity a 1 " -"stop bitem." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "Kontrola paritního bitu ('mark') je podporováno pouze se 7 datovými bity a 1 stop bitem." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." @@ -1393,18 +1339,13 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Pro podporu tisku v Active Directory (R) musí být nainstalován RPM balíček " -"samba-krb-printing." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Pro podporu tisku v Active Directory (R) musí být nainstalován RPM balíček samba-krb-printing." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"Podpora Active Directory (R) bude zakázána pro všechny tiskové fronty SMB." +msgstr "Podpora Active Directory (R) bude zakázána pro všechny tiskové fronty SMB." #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -1589,8 +1530,7 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "Popisný soubor tiskárny neodpovídá specifikaci." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: @@ -1601,8 +1541,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." msgstr "Nevyhovující popisný soubor tiskárny může vést k dalším chybám." #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 @@ -1651,14 +1590,12 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1668,8 +1605,7 @@ "zařazeny do fronty a odesílány jedna po druhé na tiskové zařízení. \n" "Je možné mít několik různých tiskových front pro stejnou tiskárnu.\n" "Například druhá fronta s černobílým ovladačem pro barevné zařízení\n" -"nebo PostScriptovou frontu a frontu s ovladačem PCL pro PostScript+PCL " -"tiskárnu.\n" +"nebo PostScriptovou frontu a frontu s ovladačem PCL pro PostScript+PCL tiskárnu.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 2/7: @@ -1704,8 +1640,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurace tiskárny:</big> \n" -"Novou konfiguraci fronty pro tiskové zařízení přidáte stisknutím tlačítka " -"Přidat.\n" +"Novou konfiguraci fronty pro tiskové zařízení přidáte stisknutím tlačítka Přidat.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 4/7: @@ -1792,19 +1727,14 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -" \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1816,8 +1746,7 @@ "Obvykle je potřeba více tiskových front, když se používají pro tiskové\n" "zařízení různé ovladače. Například druhá fronta s černobílým ovladačem\n" "k vynucenému tisku ve stupních šedi na barevné tiskárně nebo PostScriptovou\n" -"frontu a pak frontu s ovladačem PCL pro PostScript+PCL tiskárnu, protože " -"tisk\n" +"frontu a pak frontu s ovladačem PCL pro PostScript+PCL tiskárnu, protože tisk\n" "přes ovladač PCL je obvykle rychlejší (ale méně kvalitní).\n" "" @@ -1842,8 +1771,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1851,16 +1779,13 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Připojení určuje jakou cestou jsou data odesílána do tiskového " -"zařízení. \n" +"Připojení určuje jakou cestou jsou data odesílána do tiskového zařízení. \n" "Pokud je vybráno nesprávné připojení, nejsou data odeslána do zařízení,\n" "takže nemohou být ani vytištěna. \n" "Pokud je tiskové zařízení dostupné přes více než jeden typ připojení,\n" @@ -1869,8 +1794,7 @@ "tak připojením 'hp:/...'.\n" "To druhé je poskytováno balíčkem ovladače HP nazvaným 'hplip'.\n" "Na prostý tisk by mělo stačit kterékoliv z obou připojení, jinak (např.\n" -"pro stav zařízení v 'hp-toolboxu' nebo skenování z multifunkčního zařízení " -"HP)\n" +"pro stav zařízení v 'hp-toolboxu' nebo skenování z multifunkčního zařízení HP)\n" "musí být použito připojení 'hp:/...'.\n" "\n" @@ -1881,8 +1805,7 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1907,8 +1830,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1931,12 +1853,10 @@ "Ovladač určuje správnost produkovaných dat pro konkrétní\n" "model tiskárny. \n" "Pokud je přiřazen nesprávný ovladač, jsou na tiskárnu zasílána nesprávná\n" -"data, což má za výsledek špatný vzhled tisku, chaotický tisk nebo vůbec " -"žádný tisk. \n" +"data, což má za výsledek špatný vzhled tisku, chaotický tisk nebo vůbec žádný tisk. \n" "Nejprve vstupní pole vyhledávacího řetězce ovladačů je přednastaveno\n" "s automaticky detekovaným názvem modelu z aktuálně vybraného typu připojení\n" -"a jako výchozí jsou vybrány ty ovladače, jejichž popis odpovídá názvu modelu." -" \n" +"a jako výchozí jsou vybrány ty ovladače, jejichž popis odpovídá názvu modelu. \n" "Pokud popisy ovladačů odpovídají automaticky detekovanému názvu\n" "modelu a zdá se, že všechny popisy náleží stejnému modelu,\n" "pak jsou popisy ovladačů seřazeny od nejpravděpodobnějšího\n" @@ -2013,8 +1933,7 @@ "Jedna z tiskových front může být nastavena jako výchozí. \n" "Pokud uživatel nenastavil žádnou jinou frontu, měla\n" "by být aplikacemi vybrána ta, kterou má nastavenou jako výchozí celý\n" -"systém. Ale není to tak, že by existovala jen 'jedna jediná' výchozí " -"fronta.\n" +"systém. Ale není to tak, že by existovala jen 'jedna jediná' výchozí fronta.\n" "Mimo výchozí tiskové fronty pro systém si mohou uživatelé nastavovat\n" "jejich vlastní výchozí frontu a dále pak i samotné aplikace\n" "mohou částečně nastavovat svou vlastní výchozí frontu (např. aplikace\n" @@ -2075,8 +1994,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2084,10 +2002,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2126,8 +2042,7 @@ "např. připojení 'usb:/...' a 'hp:/...'.\n" "To druhé je poskytováno skrze balíček ovladače od HP, nazvaný 'hplip'.\n" "Pro prostý tisk by měly pracovat oba typy připojení, ale pro další funkce\n" -"(např. stav zařízení v 'hp-toolbox'u nebo skenování v multifunkčním zařízení " -"HP)\n" +"(např. stav zařízení v 'hp-toolbox'u nebo skenování v multifunkčním zařízení HP)\n" "musí být použito spojení 'hp:/...'. \n" "Pokud zaměníte současně použité spojení jiným, vstupní pole pro vyhledávací\n" "řetězec ovladače je nastaven na automaticky nalezený název modelu\n" @@ -2160,12 +2075,9 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2174,8 +2086,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -" \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2183,8 +2094,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2233,10 +2143,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2419,8 +2327,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" @@ -2439,24 +2346,19 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -" \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2479,13 +2381,11 @@ "podrobnosti daného datového přenosu. \n" "V adrese URI není povoleno uvádět znak mezery. Proto je znak\n" "mezery převeden jako '%20' (20 je šestnáctkové vyjádření znaku mezery). \n" -"Části adresy URI jsou rozděleny pomocí vyhrazených znaků, jako je dvojtečka " -"':', lomítko '/', otazník '?', znak '&' nebo rovnítko '='. \n" +"Části adresy URI jsou rozděleny pomocí vyhrazených znaků, jako je dvojtečka ':', lomítko '/', otazník '?', znak '&' nebo rovnítko '='. \n" "Nakonec zde mohou být doplňkové parametry (oddělené otazníkem '?')\n" "ve formě 'volba1=hodnota1&volba2=hodnota2&volba3=hodnota3', takže\n" "plná adresa URI může být například: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Několik příkladů: \n" "USB model tiskárny 'Fun Printer 1000+' vyrobený firmou 'ACME'\n" "se sériovým číslem 'A1B2C3' může mít následujíci adresu URI: \n" @@ -2599,8 +2499,7 @@ "ve formě nekódované procentem.\n" "V těchto vstupních polích jsou všechny takové znaky automaticky\n" "zakódovány.Například pokud je heslo právě 'Foo%20Bar' (v nekódované formě),\n" -"musí být do vstupního pole heslo v dialogu zadáno psanou formou. Automatický " -"převod do procentem kódované formy povede k hodnotě\n" +"musí být do vstupního pole heslo v dialogu zadáno psanou formou. Automatický převod do procentem kódované formy povede k hodnotě\n" "'Foo%2520Bar', což je to, jak je hodnota hesla uvedena u adrese URI. \n" "Naproti tomu když je vstupní pole dialogu zamýšleno jako zadávací\n" "pro více než jednu hodnotu částí adresy URI\n" @@ -2619,8 +2518,7 @@ "v řádku volitelných parametrů uveden ve formě kódované\n" "procentem jako 'volba=tohle%26tamto' \n" "Vstupní pole, která vyžadují vstup ve formě kódované\n" -"procentem jsou označena radou '[forma kódovaná procentem]'. Výpis znaků a " -"jejich procentových kódů: \n" +"procentem jsou označena radou '[forma kódovaná procentem]'. Výpis znaků a jejich procentových kódů: \n" "mezera ' ' je v procentovém kódu %20 \n" "vykřičník ! je v procentovém kódu %21 \n" "značka číslo # je v procentovém kódu %23 \n" @@ -2671,10 +2569,8 @@ "Example device URIs: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " -"installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the " -"data\n" +"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" "to a bluetooth printer.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2696,17 +2592,14 @@ "V tomto balíčku poskytuje firma HP software HPLIP pro tisk a skenování.\n" "Oproti tomu zařízení připojená pomocí sériového portu nebo bluetooth \n" "automaticky detekována nejsou, takže adresa URI zařízení musí být zadána \n" -"ručně. Parametry adresy URI zařízení v případě sériového portu musí " -"vyhovovat \n" +"ručně. Parametry adresy URI zařízení v případě sériového portu musí vyhovovat \n" "tomu, co tiskárna vyžaduje. Pro více informací nahlédněte do manuálu \n" "tiskárny, která toto sériové připojení vyžaduje.\n" "Ukázkové adresy URI zařízení: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"Pro přístup k zařízení pomocí bluetooth musí být nainstalován balíček bluez-" -"cups.\n" -"Balíček poskytuje podpůrnou vrstvu 'bluetooth' pro CUPS, která ve " -"skutečnosti \n" +"Pro přístup k zařízení pomocí bluetooth musí být nainstalován balíček bluez-cups.\n" +"Balíček poskytuje podpůrnou vrstvu 'bluetooth' pro CUPS, která ve skutečnosti \n" "posílá data na tiskárnu připojenou technologií bluetooth.\n" "" @@ -2714,8 +2607,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2752,8 +2644,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Adresy URI zařízení pro přístup k síťové tiskárně nebo k zařízení " -"tiskového serveru</big> \n" +"<big>Adresy URI zařízení pro přístup k síťové tiskárně nebo k zařízení tiskového serveru</big> \n" "Zařízení tiskového serveru je malé zařízení připojené k síti,\n" "vybavené USB nebo paralelním portem pro připojení skutečné tiskárny.\n" "Síťové tiskárny mají toto zařízení vestavěné.\n" @@ -2802,8 +2693,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2846,8 +2736,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2929,11 +2818,9 @@ "Například uživatel 'John Doe' s heslem '@home!' použije ke\n" "sdílené tiskárně 'Fun Printer 1000+' adresu URI zařízení\n" "podobnou následující: \n" -"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@NASE-SKUPINA/server-doma/Fun%20Printer" -"%201000%2B \n" +"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@NASE-SKUPINA/server-doma/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "Více informací najdete v <tt>man smbspool</tt> nebo na adrese \n" -"https://cs.opensuse.org/SDB:Tisk_na_sd%C3%ADlen%C3%A9_tisk%C3%A1rn%C4%9B_" -"%28SMB/Samba%29 \n" +"https://cs.opensuse.org/SDB:Tisk_na_sd%C3%ADlen%C3%A9_tisk%C3%A1rn%C4%9B_%2… \n" "'Windows' a 'Active Directory' jsou známky společnosti\n" "Microsoft Corporation registrované ve Spojených státech\n" "a/nebo dalších zemích. \n" @@ -3002,12 +2889,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -3060,8 +2945,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -" \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -3156,10 +3040,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -" \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3170,11 +3052,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Pokud tisknete pouze po síti a pokud využíváte jen jediný serveru CUPS,\n" -"není nutné, aby na vašem počítači běžela služba Prohledávání informací " -"CUPSu\n" +"není nutné, aby na vašem počítači běžela služba Prohledávání informací CUPSu\n" "ani samotný démon CUPS.\n" -"Jednodušší je místo toho prostě zadat serveru CUPS a přistupovat na něj " -"přímo. \n" +"Jednodušší je místo toho prostě zadat serveru CUPS a přistupovat na něj přímo. \n" "Toto řešení může mít nevýhodu, pokud není server CUPS vždy dostupný\n" "(např. když cestujete s přenosným počítačem). Aplikace mohou mít při\n" "při některých operacích zpoždění, protože při pokusu kontaktovat server\n" @@ -3215,8 +3095,7 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" @@ -3236,17 +3115,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -" \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3341,13 +3217,11 @@ "sítě tisknout na jeho tiskárně) a obvykle uživatelé potřebují\n" "fyzický přístup k tiskárně, aby si vyzvedli svůj papír s výstupem. \n" "Ve výchozím stavu nechává SuSEfirewall přes síťové rozhraní zařazené\n" -"do 'interní zóny' protékat veškerý provoz, protože se této zóně důvěřuje." -" \n" +"do 'interní zóny' protékat veškerý provoz, protože se této zóně důvěřuje. \n" "Síťová rozhraní však bývají obvykle zařazena do nedůvěryhodné\n" "'externí zóny', což pro tisk po síti nedává žádný smysl,\n" "protože byste pro tuto zónu museli ve firewallu povolit TCP\n" -"a UDP port 631 (oba používá protokol IPP). Aby mohly být tiskárny dostupné v " -"důvěryhodné interní síti,\n" +"a UDP port 631 (oba používá protokol IPP). Aby mohly být tiskárny dostupné v důvěryhodné interní síti,\n" "měli byste v nastavení firewallu síťové rozhraní, které je\n" "připojeno do místní sítě, zařadit do 'interní zóny'. Takto\n" "zajistíte, že pro sdílení tiskáren v důvěryhodné síti nebude nutný\n" @@ -3375,10 +3249,8 @@ "\n" "<big>Provozní politika CUPS</big> \n" "Provozní politiky jsou pravidla použitá pro každou operaci v CUPSu.\n" -"Takové operace jako je např. 'vytisknout něco', 'zrušit tisk', 'nastavit " -"tiskárnu',\n" -"'upravit nebo odstranit konfiguraci tiskárny', a 'povolit nebo zakázat " -"tisk'.\n" +"Takové operace jako je např. 'vytisknout něco', 'zrušit tisk', 'nastavit tiskárnu',\n" +"'upravit nebo odstranit konfiguraci tiskárny', a 'povolit nebo zakázat tisk'.\n" "" #. Policies help 2/2: @@ -3402,22 +3274,19 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Chybová politika CUPSu</big> \n" "Chybová politika určuje výchozí politiku, která je použita\n" -"v případě selhání CUPSu při odesílání tiskové úlohy na tiskové zařízení." -" \n" +"v případě selhání CUPSu při odesílání tiskové úlohy na tiskové zařízení. \n" "V závislosti na konkrétním typu připojení tiskárny\n" "(např. 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd' nebo 'ipp')\n" "a v závislosti na aktuálním druhu selhání může výkonná část\n" "CUPSu, která zároveň data tiskovému zařízení odesílá, přepsat\n" -"výchozí chybovou politiku a vynutit jinou politiku (viz <tt>man backend</" -"tt>).\n" +"výchozí chybovou politiku a vynutit jinou politiku (viz <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" "Například může zastavit další pokusy o tisk, a to i tehdy, když\n" "je výchozí politika opakovat úlohu.\n" "Toto se může stát když jakýkoliv pokus o sestavení\n" @@ -3425,8 +3294,7 @@ "opakovat. \n" "Existují následující chybové politiky: \n" "Zastavit tiskárnu a ponechat úlohu pro budoucí tisk. \n" -"Odeslat úlohu znovu od začátku po uplynutí daného času (jako výchozí 30 " -"sekund). \n" +"Odeslat úlohu znovu od začátku po uplynutí daného času (jako výchozí 30 sekund). \n" "Zrušit a smazat úlohu a pokračovat následující úlohou.\n" "" @@ -3449,8 +3317,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Automatická konfigurace pro Lokálně připojené tiskárny</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Automatická konfigurace pro Lokálně připojené tiskárny</big> \n" "Zatrhněte zatržítko pokud chcete, aby YaST spustil automatickou konfiguraci\n" "tiskáren, které jsou připojeny k lokálnímu hostiteli. \n" "Každou automaticky zjištěnou lokální tiskárnu YaST testuje,\n" @@ -3458,8 +3325,7 @@ "pokusí se YaST najít odpovídající ovladač tiskárny. Pokud jej nalezne,\n" "tiskárna je nakonfigurována. \n" "Výsledná konfigurace je v základu stejná jako když vyberete\n" -"automaticky zjištěnou tiskárnu v dialogu 'Přidat novou konfiguraci " -"tiskárny'\n" +"automaticky zjištěnou tiskárnu v dialogu 'Přidat novou konfiguraci tiskárny'\n" "a přijmete v něm všechny předvolené hodnoty.\n" "" @@ -3587,8 +3453,7 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3620,8 +3485,7 @@ "nastaveno 'Listen ...:1234' nebo 'Port 1234' (kde 1234 znamená číslo\n" "portu odlišné od oficiálního). Zkontrolujte též volbu 'BrowsePort 1234'.\n" "Tiskový modul YaSTu nepodporuje neoficiální porty, protože mohou vést\n" -"k nekonečné posloupnosti dalších selhání. Pokud opravdu potřebujete " -"používat\n" +"k nekonečné posloupnosti dalších selhání. Pokud opravdu potřebujete používat\n" "neoficiální port, nepoužívejte tiskový modul YaSTu ke konfiguraci vašich\n" "tiskáren.\n" @@ -3644,16 +3508,13 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." -msgstr "" -"Abyste mohli pokračovat, měli byste souhlasit s tím, že '%1' již nebude " -"nadále využíván." +msgstr "Abyste mohli pokračovat, měli byste souhlasit s tím, že '%1' již nebude nadále využíván." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "Nedostupný server vede k nekonečné posloupnosti zpoždění a chyb." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. @@ -3681,10 +3542,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Toto je vzdálená konfigurace. Smazány mohou být pouze konfigurace lokální." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "Toto je vzdálená konfigurace. Smazány mohou být pouze konfigurace lokální." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" @@ -3692,9 +3551,7 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "Vybraná konfigurace bude okamžitě smazána a nebude moci být obnovena." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: @@ -3730,8 +3587,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"Zkušební stránka nemohla být vytištěna, protože tiskové úlohy jsou odmítány." +msgstr "Zkušební stránka nemohla být vytištěna, protože tiskové úlohy jsou odmítány." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". @@ -3743,8 +3599,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." -msgstr "" -"Zkušební stránka nemohla být vytištěna, protože tiskový výstup je zakázán." +msgstr "Zkušební stránka nemohla být vytištěna, protože tiskový výstup je zakázán." #. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. #. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because @@ -3752,12 +3607,8 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Před vytištěním zkušební stránky by měly být smazány nevyřízené tiskové " -"úlohy." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Před vytištěním zkušební stránky by měly být smazány nevyřízené tiskové úlohy." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -3807,8 +3658,7 @@ #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" -msgstr "" -"Vytiskne jednu nebo dvě stránky např. pro vyzkoušení oboustranného tisku" +msgstr "Vytiskne jednu nebo dvě stránky např. pro vyzkoušení oboustranného tisku" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 @@ -3890,32 +3740,24 @@ msgstr "Pro celý protokol si otevřete soubor /var/log/cups/error_log." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"CUPS při zpracovávání zkušební stránky vytváří pro %1 informační protokol " -"(anglicky)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "CUPS při zpracovávání zkušební stránky vytváří pro %1 informační protokol (anglicky)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"Pro informační protokol CUPSu si otevřete soubor /var/log/cups/error_log." +msgstr "Pro informační protokol CUPSu si otevřete soubor /var/log/cups/error_log." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Když tisk na vzdáleném systému selže, oslovte správce vzdáleného systému." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Když tisk na vzdáleném systému selže, oslovte správce vzdáleného systému." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"Nastavení vzdáleného CUPS serveru je v konfliktu s přidáváním konfigurace." +msgstr "Nastavení vzdáleného CUPS serveru je v konfliktu s přidáváním konfigurace." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" @@ -3923,10 +3765,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Toto je vzdálená konfigurace. Upraveny mohou být pouze konfigurace lokální." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Toto je vzdálená konfigurace. Upraveny mohou být pouze konfigurace lokální." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -3962,8 +3802,7 @@ #. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"&Aplikovat tuto chybovou politiku na všechny místní konfigurace tiskáren" +msgstr "&Aplikovat tuto chybovou politiku na všechny místní konfigurace tiskáren" #. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 @@ -3977,18 +3816,13 @@ #. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"Aplikovat tuto &provozní politiku na všechny místní konfigurace tiskáren" +msgstr "Aplikovat tuto &provozní politiku na všechny místní konfigurace tiskáren" #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Nastavení vzdáleného CUPS serveru je v konfliktu s nastavením politik pro " -"místní systém." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "Nastavení vzdáleného CUPS serveru je v konfliktu s nastavením politik pro místní systém." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -4095,8 +3929,7 @@ #. only via one single remote CUPS server: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" -msgstr "" -"Provádět &všechny tiskové úlohy přímo přes jeden samostatný CUPS server" +msgstr "Provádět &všechny tiskové úlohy přímo přes jeden samostatný CUPS server" #. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter #. the one single remote CUPS server which is used @@ -4151,9 +3984,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." -msgstr "" -"Byl proveden pokus o nastavení 'ServerName %1' v souboru /etc/cups/client." -"conf." +msgstr "Byl proveden pokus o nastavení 'ServerName %1' v souboru /etc/cups/client.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 @@ -4163,9 +3994,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"Zatržítko pro provádění tisku přes jeden samostatný CUPS server bylo " -"zakázáno." +msgstr "Zatržítko pro provádění tisku přes jeden samostatný CUPS server bylo zakázáno." #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -4230,8 +4059,7 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -4315,19 +4143,14 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Povolit přístup z těchto IP adres nebo &sítě/síťové masky (oddělené mezerou)" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Povolit přístup z těchto IP adres nebo &sítě/síťové masky (oddělené mezerou)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Oznamovat na tyto IP adresy nebo síťové všes&měrové adresy (oddělené mezerou)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Oznamovat na tyto IP adresy nebo síťové všes&měrové adresy (oddělené mezerou)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. @@ -4360,8 +4183,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Selhalo odstranění položek 'BrowseAddress' v souboru /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Selhalo odstranění položek 'BrowseAddress' v souboru /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. @@ -4373,9 +4195,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Selhalo nastavení '%1' položek 'BrowseAddress' v souboru /etc/cups/cupsd." -"conf." +msgstr "Selhalo nastavení '%1' položek 'BrowseAddress' v souboru /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -4385,12 +4205,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"Nastavení vzdáleného CUPS serveru je v konfliktu s nastavením sdílení " -"místních tiskáren." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "Nastavení vzdáleného CUPS serveru je v konfliktu s nastavením sdílení místních tiskáren." #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. #. For use with autoinstallation. @@ -4653,9 +4469,7 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"Nebyl nalezen odpovídající ovladač. Změňte vyhledávací řetězec nebo zkuste " -"'Najít více'." +msgstr "Nebyl nalezen odpovídající ovladač. Změňte vyhledávací řetězec nebo zkuste 'Najít více'." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4781,11 +4595,9 @@ msgstr "" "Nemohu spustit hp-setup protože nemůže být otevřen žádný grafický displej.\n" "To se stává když YaST běží v pouze textovém režimu,\n" -"nebo když uživatel spouštějící YaST nemá nastavenou žádnou proměnnou " -"DISPLAY,\n" +"nebo když uživatel spouštějící YaST nemá nastavenou žádnou proměnnou DISPLAY,\n" "nebo když procesům YaSTu není dovolen přístup ke grafickému displeji.\n" -"V takovém případě byste měli spustit hp-setup ručně přímo jako uživatel " -"'root'.\n" +"V takovém případě byste měli spustit hp-setup ručně přímo jako uživatel 'root'.\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: @@ -4803,8 +4615,7 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Spuštěn hp-setup.\n" "Abyste mohli pokračovat v konfiguraci tiskárny, musíte dokončit hp-setup.\n" @@ -4824,20 +4635,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Je vyžadován balíček %1, který není nainstalován a není dostupný v žádném " -"repozitáři." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Je vyžadován balíček %1, který není nainstalován a není dostupný v žádném repozitáři." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"Je vyžadován balíček %1, který není nainstalován a není dostupný v " -"repozitáři." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "Je vyžadován balíček %1, který není nainstalován a není dostupný v repozitáři." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -4990,8 +4794,7 @@ #~ msgstr "[nenastaveno]" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nešlo připojit souborové systémy\n" #~ "uvedené jako položky NFS v /etc/fstab." @@ -5003,15 +4806,13 @@ #~ "uvedené jako položky NFS v /etc/fstab." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nešlo připojit souborové systémy\n" #~ "uvedené jako položky NFS v /etc/fstab." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nešlo připojit souborové systémy\n" #~ "uvedené jako položky NFS v /etc/fstab." @@ -5116,8 +4917,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Probíhá import následujících certifikátů:" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "To configure Heartbeat, the %1 package must be installed." +#~| msgid "To configure Heartbeat, the %1 package must be installed." #~ msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." #~ msgstr "Konfigurace Heartbeat vyžaduje balík%1." @@ -5175,8 +4975,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Zakázat saned přístup z &vnější zóny sítě" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied" +#~ msgid "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied" #~ msgstr "saned přístup odepřen z vnější zóny sítě" #, fuzzy @@ -5343,9 +5142,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "'Error Policy' is not yet implemented." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Konfigurace spouštění na nových strojích PowerMac ještě není " -#~ "implementována." +#~ msgstr "Konfigurace spouštění na nových strojích PowerMac ještě není implementována." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "'Access Control' is not yet implemented." @@ -5460,19 +5257,11 @@ #~ msgid "Edit a configured queue" #~ msgstr "Úprava nastavené fronty" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that " -#~ "are not mentioned remain untouched." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nastavené volby budou zapsány do souboru PPD. Volby, které nebyly " -#~ "nastaveny, zůstanou nezměněny." +#~ msgid "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched." +#~ msgstr "Nastavené volby budou zapsány do souboru PPD. Volby, které nebyly nastaveny, zůstanou nezměněny." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are " -#~ "not mentioned remain untouched." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "nastavené volby budou zapsány do souboru /etc/cups/lpoptions. Nenastavené " -#~ "volby zůstanou nezměněny." +#~ msgid "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched." +#~ msgstr "nastavené volby budou zapsány do souboru /etc/cups/lpoptions. Nenastavené volby zůstanou nezměněny." #~ msgid "List known manufacturers" #~ msgstr "Seznam známých výrobců" @@ -5549,20 +5338,14 @@ #~ msgid "Specify the remote CUPS server" #~ msgstr "nastavit vzdálený CUPS server" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server " -#~ "will be used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nastavení výchozí fronty. Pokud není zadána, použijte se výchozí fronta " -#~ "serveru." +#~ msgid "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server will be used" +#~ msgstr "Nastavení výchozí fronty. Pokud není zadána, použijte se výchozí fronta serveru." #~ msgid "Type of the test page: ascii, graphic, or photo" #~ msgstr "Typ testovací stránky: ASCII, grafická nebo foto" #~ msgid "During the following step, only local printers are detected.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "V dalším kroku proběhne autodetekce, detekovat se budou pouze místní " -#~ "tiskárny.\n" +#~ msgstr "V dalším kroku proběhne autodetekce, detekovat se budou pouze místní tiskárny.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In some cases, detection can cause a\n" @@ -5580,9 +5363,7 @@ #~ msgid "&Skip Detection" #~ msgstr "Pře&skočit detekci" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the printout is a poor quality, try selecting another PPD file for the " -#~ "print queue." +#~ msgid "If the printout is a poor quality, try selecting another PPD file for the print queue." #~ msgstr "V případě nekvalitního tisku vyzkoušejte jiný PPD soubor." #~ msgid "" @@ -6243,15 +6024,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Dialog nastavení tiskové fronty" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>I/O Addresses</big> If you have an uncommon parallel " -#~ "port \n" +#~ "<big>I/O Addresses</big> If you have an uncommon parallel port \n" #~ "card, it may not be possible to detect it automatically. In such cases,\n" -#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by " -#~ "commas \n" -#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, " -#~ "<tt>\n" -#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.If your parallel port works, leave this field " -#~ "untouched." +#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by commas \n" +#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, <tt>\n" +#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.If your parallel port works, leave this field untouched." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>IO paralelního portu</big> Pokud máte neobvyklou\n" #~ "kartu pro paralelní porty, možná nepůjde\n" @@ -6273,13 +6050,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Other Settings:\n" -#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ " -#~ "depending on your\n" +#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ depending on your\n" #~ "spooler. Leave it empty to use the defaults. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ostatní nastavení: \n" -#~ "Můžete zadat extra nastavení svého sériového portu. Mohou se lišit v " -#~ "závislosti na\n" +#~ "Můžete zadat extra nastavení svého sériového portu. Mohou se lišit v závislosti na\n" #~ "vašem spooleru. Ponechejte prázdné pro implicitní hodnoty." #~ msgid "Parallel Printer Connection" @@ -6351,8 +6126,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Network Printer</BIG> \n" -#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, select\n" #~ "Print Directly to a Network Printer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Síťová tiskárna</BIG> \n" @@ -6377,24 +6151,21 @@ #~ "To set another kind of queue, select Other Setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Jiný způsob nastavení</BIG> \n" -#~ "Chcete-li zadat jiný typ fronty, stiskněte tlačítko Jiný typ " -#~ "nastavení." +#~ "Chcete-li zadat jiný typ fronty, stiskněte tlačítko Jiný typ nastavení." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Parallel, USB, Serial, IrDA, and\n" #~ "Bluetooth Printer:</BIG> \n" #~ "Select the type of connection used for the printer." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Paralelní, USB, sériový, IrDA a Bluetooth tiskárna</BIG></" -#~ "B> \n" +#~ "<BIG>Paralelní, USB, sériový, IrDA a Bluetooth tiskárna</BIG> \n" #~ "Zvolte typ připojení tiskárny." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>CUPS Client-Only</BIG> \n" #~ "All queues of one CUPS server will be available to this computer.\n" #~ "Every new queue added to the server will be accessible on this computer.\n" -#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only " -#~ "configuration,\n" +#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only configuration,\n" #~ "because no local CUPS server is running." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Pouze CUPS klient</BIG> \n" @@ -6416,13 +6187,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Remote IPP Queue</BIG> \n" -#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be " -#~ "accessible\n" +#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be accessible\n" #~ "on this computer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Vzdálená IPP fronta</BIG> \n" -#~ "Na CUPS serveru budou z tohoto počítače přístupné přes tento protokol " -#~ "pouze\n" +#~ "Na CUPS serveru budou z tohoto počítače přístupné přes tento protokol pouze\n" #~ "speciální fronty." #~ msgid "" @@ -6440,8 +6209,7 @@ #~ "Print jobs are sent to the print server using the LPD protocol." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Vzdálená LPD fronta</BIG> \n" -#~ "Tiskové úlohy budou na tiskárnu posílány prostřednictvím protokolu LPD.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ "Tiskové úlohy budou na tiskárnu posílány prostřednictvím protokolu LPD." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Remote IPP Queue</BIG> \n" @@ -6452,12 +6220,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "CUPS Class \n" -#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS " -#~ "will divide print jobs between members of the class." +#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS will divide print jobs between members of the class." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>CUPS třída</BIG> \n" -#~ "Seznam tiskáren příslušných ke třídě. CUPS rozdělí úlohy mezi členy této " -#~ "třídy." +#~ "Seznam tiskáren příslušných ke třídě. CUPS rozdělí úlohy mezi členy této třídy." #~ msgid "" #~ "Pipe Printing \n" @@ -6564,8 +6330,7 @@ #~ "click Detect Devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Detekce zařízení:</big> \n" -#~ "Můžete zjistit Bluetooth zařízení v okolí vašeho počítače, stiskněte " -#~ "Detekovat zařízení.\n" +#~ "Můžete zjistit Bluetooth zařízení v okolí vašeho počítače, stiskněte Detekovat zařízení.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Workgroup</BIG> \n" @@ -6581,9 +6346,7 @@ #~ "<BIG>Jméno počítače</BIG> \n" #~ "Zadejte jméno svého tiskového serveru.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Remote Queue</BIG> Enter the name of the remote printer." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "<BIG>Remote Queue</BIG> Enter the name of the remote printer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Vzdálená fronta</BIG> \n" #~ "Zadejte jméno vzdálené tiskárny." @@ -6593,8 +6356,7 @@ #~ "Enter the username and password for accessing the print server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Uživatel a heslo</BIG> \n" -#~ "Můžete zadat uživatelské jméno a heslo pro přístup na tiskový server.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Můžete zadat uživatelské jméno a heslo pro přístup na tiskový server.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To verify the name,\n" @@ -6605,8 +6367,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Program Name</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets the\n" #~ "job using standard input.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Jméno programu</BIG> \n" @@ -6614,15 +6375,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>URI</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be " -#~ "used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is " -#~ "missing,\n" +#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is missing,\n" #~ "for example, if you installed a new CUPS back-end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>URI</BIG> \n" -#~ "Nastavte URI tiskárny. Tento univerzální typ CUPS fronty lze použít, " -#~ "pokud CUPS podporuje nový typ front, ale YaST ne (např. pokud jste " -#~ "nainstalovali\n" +#~ "Nastavte URI tiskárny. Tento univerzální typ CUPS fronty lze použít, pokud CUPS podporuje nový typ front, ale YaST ne (např. pokud jste nainstalovali\n" #~ "nový typ backendu do CUPSu)." #~ msgid "" @@ -6633,46 +6390,34 @@ #~ "V CUPSu můžete používat dva druhy názvů zařízení USB tiskáren.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, " -#~ "which \n" +#~ "You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, which \n" #~ "are problematic if you use multiple USB printers and the order in which\n" #~ "they are turned on is not fixed.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "První možností je klasický název zařízení (např. /dev/usb/lp0</" -#~ "I>),\n" -#~ "což ale činí problémy v případě, že máte více USB tiskáren, které " -#~ "zapínáte\n" +#~ "První možností je klasický název zařízení (např. /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +#~ "což ale činí problémy v případě, že máte více USB tiskáren, které zapínáte\n" #~ "vždy v jiném pořadí.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which " -#~ "contain,\n" -#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which contain,\n" +#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of the\n" #~ "printer.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Druhou možností je použití názvů ve stylu CUPS, které obsahují místo\n" #~ "názvu zařízení prodejce, model a sériové číslo tiskárny.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Všimněte si ovšem, že některé USB tiskárny neoznamují svá sériová " -#~ "čísla." +#~ msgid "Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers." +#~ msgstr "Všimněte si ovšem, že některé USB tiskárny neoznamují svá sériová čísla." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Remote Access CUPS Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "You can allow or disallow (Enable/Disable) remote access to local shared " -#~ "printers. This will overwrite your CUPS server settings. \n" -#~ "For special cases use Overview Dialog: Other -> CUPS Expert Settings -" -#~ ">CUPS Server Settings -> Change Permissions.\n" +#~ "You can allow or disallow (Enable/Disable) remote access to local shared printers. This will overwrite your CUPS server settings. \n" +#~ "For special cases use Overview Dialog: Other -> CUPS Expert Settings ->CUPS Server Settings -> Change Permissions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Nastavení vzdáleného přístupu CUPS</BIG> \n" -#~ "Můžete povolit nebo zakázat vzdálený přístup ke sdíleným lokálním " -#~ "tiskárnám. Tím přepíšete nastavení CUPS serveru. \n" -#~ "Ve zvláštních případech použijte dialog Přehled o tiskárně : Jiné -> " -#~ "Expertní nastavení CUPS -> Nastavení CUPS serveru -> Změnit oprávnění\n" +#~ "Můžete povolit nebo zakázat vzdálený přístup ke sdíleným lokálním tiskárnám. Tím přepíšete nastavení CUPS serveru. \n" +#~ "Ve zvláštních případech použijte dialog Přehled o tiskárně : Jiné -> Expertní nastavení CUPS -> Nastavení CUPS serveru -> Změnit oprávnění\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6687,28 +6432,20 @@ #~ "Abyste mohli používat lokální tiskárny, nemůžete použít\n" #~ "pouze klientskou instalaci." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Save Method</BIG> Select whether to save changed queues " -#~ "only or all queues." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Metoda uložení</BIG> Zvolte, zda uložit pouze změněné " -#~ "fronty nebo všechny." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Save Method</BIG> Select whether to save changed queues only or all queues." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Metoda uložení</BIG> Zvolte, zda uložit pouze změněné fronty nebo všechny." #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG> Problems " -#~ "configuring printing can be caused by\n" -#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking Reinstall " -#~ "Printing Packages might fix these problems.\n" +#~ "<BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG> Problems configuring printing can be caused by\n" +#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking Reinstall Printing Packages might fix these problems.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Reinstalace tiskových balíčků</BIG> \n" #~ "Pokud máte problémy s nastavením tiskáren, mohou být způsobeny starými\n" -#~ "nebo poškozenými nainstalovanými balíčky. Kliknutím Přeinstalovat " -#~ "tiskové balíčky\n" +#~ "nebo poškozenými nainstalovanými balíčky. Kliknutím Přeinstalovat tiskové balíčky\n" #~ "můžete tyto problémy opravit.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG> To uninstall all " -#~ "currently configured queues,\n" +#~ "<BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG> To uninstall all currently configured queues,\n" #~ "select Clear Current Configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Smazání současné konfigurace</BIG> \n" @@ -6716,8 +6453,7 @@ #~ "zvolte Smazat současnou konfiguraci.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG> To change advanced " -#~ "CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n" +#~ "<BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG> To change advanced CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n" #~ "CUPS Server Settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Pokročilá nastavení CUPS serveru</BIG> \n" @@ -6735,34 +6471,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Allow Browsing</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your " -#~ "queues the same way as their local ones.\n" -#~ "Browse Addresses shows IP addresses (like 192.168.0.1) of " -#~ "computers to which to send information about your queues. Use Add, " -#~ "Edit,\n" -#~ "and Delete to modify the list of addresses. For the entire " -#~ "network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as " -#~ "192.168.0.255).\n" +#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your queues the same way as their local ones.\n" +#~ "Browse Addresses shows IP addresses (like 192.168.0.1) of computers to which to send information about your queues. Use Add, Edit,\n" +#~ "and Delete to modify the list of addresses. For the entire network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as 192.168.0.255).\n" #~ "To have browsing settings suggested based on your network setup,\n" #~ "click Propose." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Povolit prohlížení</BIG> \n" #~ "Pokud povolíte prohlížení, ostatní počítače ve vaší síti budou vidět\n" -#~ "vaše fronty stejným způsobem, jako svoje lokální. Prohlížecí adresy</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "zobrazují IP adresy (např. 192.168.0.1) počítačů, kterým posílat " -#~ "informace\n" -#~ "o vašich frontách. Použijte Přidat, Upravit nebo Smazat</" -#~ "b> k\n" -#~ "modifikaci seznamu adres. Pro celou síť použijte broadcast adresu své " -#~ "sítě\n" +#~ "vaše fronty stejným způsobem, jako svoje lokální. Prohlížecí adresy\n" +#~ "zobrazují IP adresy (např. 192.168.0.1) počítačů, kterým posílat informace\n" +#~ "o vašich frontách. Použijte Přidat, Upravit nebo Smazat k\n" +#~ "modifikaci seznamu adres. Pro celou síť použijte broadcast adresu své sítě\n" #~ "(např. 192.168.0.255)." #~ msgid "" #~ "After enabling browsing, the permission for / should be set\n" #~ "accordingly so other computers can print.\n" -#~ "For example, when 192.168.0.255 is used as the browse address, " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "For example, when 192.168.0.255 is used as the browse address, the\n" #~ "permission for / must be set to 192.168.0.* to allow all \n" #~ "hosts on your network to print." #~ msgstr "" @@ -6774,23 +6500,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Access Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to " -#~ "use your CUPS server.\n" -#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your " -#~ "server, and, optionally,\n" -#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press Change " -#~ "Permissions\n" +#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to use your CUPS server.\n" +#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your server, and, optionally,\n" +#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press Change Permissions\n" #~ " to view or change the permission settings." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Nastavení přístupu</BIG> \n" -#~ "Můžete upravit oprávnění, které budou používat ostatní počítače ve vaší " -#~ "síti\n" -#~ "pro přístup k vašemu CUPS serveru. Oprávnění lze nastavit pro celou síť, " -#~ "administraci\n" -#~ "vašeho serveru nebo volitelně pro tiskárny a třídy. Zvolte požadovanou " -#~ "oblast a\n" -#~ "stiskněte Změnit oprávnění ke změně nebo zobrazení nastavení " -#~ "oprávnění." +#~ "Můžete upravit oprávnění, které budou používat ostatní počítače ve vaší síti\n" +#~ "pro přístup k vašemu CUPS serveru. Oprávnění lze nastavit pro celou síť, administraci\n" +#~ "vašeho serveru nebo volitelně pro tiskárny a třídy. Zvolte požadovanou oblast a\n" +#~ "stiskněte Změnit oprávnění ke změně nebo zobrazení nastavení oprávnění." #~ msgid "Expert CUPS Settings" #~ msgstr "Expertní nastavení CUPS" @@ -6814,8 +6533,7 @@ #~ "or denied. Addresses can be normal IP addresses (<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>), \n" #~ "address blocks using * as a wild card (<tt>192.168.0.*</tt>),\n" #~ "addresses with mask (<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</" -#~ "tt>),\n" +#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</tt>),\n" #~ "partial domain names (<tt>*.example.com</tt> or <tt>.example.com</tt>),\n" #~ "interface specifications (<tt>@IF(eth0)</tt>),\n" #~ "or the special words <tt>All</tt>, <tt>None</tt>, and <tt>@LOCAL</tt>.\n" @@ -6844,9 +6562,7 @@ #~ "K použití oprávnění zděděných z kořenového adresář (/)\n" #~ "zvolte Použít zděděná oprávnění.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Manufacturer</BIG> Select the manufacturer of your " -#~ "printer." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Manufacturer</BIG> Select the manufacturer of your printer." #~ msgstr "<BIG>Výrobce</BIG> Vyberte výrobce tiskárny." #~ msgid "" @@ -6875,8 +6591,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding PPD Files to the Database</BIG> \n" #~ "If your printer manufacturer provides PPD files, you can add them to the\n" -#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied " -#~ "from\n" +#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied from\n" #~ "a hard disk or removable media.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Vložení PPD souborů do databáze</BIG> \n" @@ -6890,20 +6605,17 @@ #~ "Select PPD File.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Výběr PPD souboru</BIG> \n" -#~ "Zde můžete zvolit jiný PPD soubor kliknutím na Vybrat PPD soubor.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Zde můžete zvolit jiný PPD soubor kliknutím na Vybrat PPD soubor.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Printers</BIG> \n" -#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this " -#~ "printer\n" +#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this printer\n" #~ "and you will not need to select vendor, model, and connection again.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Tiskárny</BIG> \n" #~ "Zvolte jednu z již nainstalovaných tiskáren. Nové fronty budou přiřazeny\n" -#~ "k této tiskárně; nebude muset znovu vybírat model, prodejce ani spojení.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "k této tiskárně; nebude muset znovu vybírat model, prodejce ani spojení.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Name for Printing</BIG> \n" @@ -6952,8 +6664,7 @@ #~ "<big>Lokální filtrování</big> \n" #~ "Pomocí Provést lokální filtrování nastavíte filtrování\n" #~ "lokální fronty. Toto není doporučeno, pokud\n" -#~ "používáte tikový filtr, který provádí filtrování sám (např. IPP a LPD " -#~ "servery),\n" +#~ "používáte tikový filtr, který provádí filtrování sám (např. IPP a LPD servery),\n" #~ "ale je potřebné pro lokální tiskárny a tiskové\n" #~ "servery, které filtrování neprovádí (např. SMB a IPX servery,\n" #~ "tiskové servery a tiskové boxy).\n" @@ -6994,8 +6705,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Values</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the " -#~ "lower box.\n" +#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the lower box.\n" #~ " Select a new value by clicking it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Hodnoty</BIG> \n" @@ -7008,8 +6718,7 @@ #~ " click Test.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Některá nastavení se spolu nemusí snášet.\n" -#~ " Pokud chcete vidět, co vaše nastavení způsobí při tisku, použijte " -#~ "tlačítko \n" +#~ " Pokud chcete vidět, co vaše nastavení způsobí při tisku, použijte tlačítko \n" #~ "Test.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7075,8 +6784,7 @@ #~ "Choose the remote hostname and queue for this remote printer.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Připojení</BIG> \n" -#~ "Zvolte jméno vzdáleného počítače a jméno fronty pro tuto vzdálenou " -#~ "tiskárnu.\n" +#~ "Zvolte jméno vzdáleného počítače a jméno fronty pro tuto vzdálenou tiskárnu.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Connection</BIG> \n" @@ -7087,21 +6795,15 @@ #~ "Můžete změnit jméno počítače a fronty pro vzdálenou\n" #~ "tiskárnu a uživatelské jméno a heslo.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Connection</BIG> You can change the connection for this " -#~ "printer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Připojení</BIG> Můžete změnit připojení pro tuto " -#~ "tiskárnu." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Connection</BIG> You can change the connection for this printer." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Připojení</BIG> Můžete změnit připojení pro tuto tiskárnu." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Print Filter Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Nastavení tiskového filtru</BIG> \n" -#~ "Zde upravte nastavení filtru (mění se v závislosti na modelu tiskárny).</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Zde upravte nastavení filtru (mění se v závislosti na modelu tiskárny).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>ASCII Printing Settings</BIG> \n" @@ -7119,12 +6821,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>State and Banner Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Nastavení záhlaví a stavů</BIG> \n" -#~ "Nastavte stránky uvozující a zakončující každou tiskovou úlohu této " -#~ "fronty.\n" +#~ "Nastavte stránky uvozující a zakončující každou tiskovou úlohu této fronty.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Printing a Test Page</BIG> \n" @@ -7140,12 +6840,8 @@ #~ "<BIG>Členové třídy</BIG> \n" #~ "Zvolte tiskové fronty, které budou členy této třídy.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Class Settings</BIG> You can change some settings for " -#~ "this class." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Nastavení třídy</BIG> Můžete změnit nastavení pro tuto " -#~ "třídu." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Class Settings</BIG> You can change some settings for this class." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Nastavení třídy</BIG> Můžete změnit nastavení pro tuto třídu." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>New Printer</BIG> \n" @@ -7158,8 +6854,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>New Printer</BIG> \n" -#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer " -#~ "database.\n" +#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer database.\n" #~ "Use Advanced Setup to configure it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Nová tiskárna</BIG> \n" @@ -7171,13 +6866,11 @@ #~ "This printer is configured using default settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Rychlé automatické nastavení</BIG> \n" -#~ "Tisková fronta se nastaví pro tuto tiskárnu s použitím výchozích " -#~ "nastavení.\n" +#~ "Tisková fronta se nastaví pro tuto tiskárnu s použitím výchozích nastavení.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Normal Setup</BIG> \n" -#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options " -#~ "for the configuration.\n" +#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options for the configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Normální nastavení</BIG> \n" #~ "Bude použita informace o detekovaném modelu. Vyberte název a volby pro\n" @@ -7236,20 +6929,15 @@ #~ "Chcete-li některou z nich upravit, stiskněte tlačítko\n" #~ "Změnit.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Printers</BIG> In this dialog, manage printers on your " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Tiskárny</BIG> Tento dialog se týká správy tiskáren ve " -#~ "vašem systému." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Printers</BIG> In this dialog, manage printers on your system." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Tiskárny</BIG> Tento dialog se týká správy tiskáren ve vašem systému." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding a New Configuration</BIG> \n" #~ "Press Add and choose to configure connections or queues.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Přidání nové konfigurace</BIG> \n" -#~ "Stiskněte Přidat a zvolte zda konfigurovat připojení či fronty.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Stiskněte Přidat a zvolte zda konfigurovat připojení či fronty.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Deleting, Editing, and Setting as Default</BIG> \n" @@ -7257,11 +6945,9 @@ #~ " You can only edit configurations created with YaST. A change of\n" #~ " default printer will take effect after the next login.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Rušení, editování a nastavení tiskárny jako výchozí</BIG></" -#~ "B> \n" +#~ "<BIG>Rušení, editování a nastavení tiskárny jako výchozí</BIG> \n" #~ "Vyberte v tabulce tiskárnu a stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko.\n" -#~ "Všimněte si prosím, že můžete editovat pouze tiskárny, které přidal " -#~ "YaST.\n" +#~ "Všimněte si prosím, že můžete editovat pouze tiskárny, které přidal YaST.\n" #~ "Změna výchozí tiskárny se projeví při příštím přihlášení.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7276,8 +6962,7 @@ #~ "Press Abort if you do not want to save changes.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Zrušení změn</BIG> \n" -#~ "Stiskněte tlačítko Přerušit, nechcete-li uložit provedené změny.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Stiskněte tlačítko Přerušit, nechcete-li uložit provedené změny.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Printer Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" @@ -7315,8 +7000,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Filtrování PPD souborů</big> \n" #~ "Pro filtrování zobrazených PPD souborů nastavte Filtr a klikněte\n" -#~ "na Použít. Všechny PPD soubory zobrazíte kliknutím na Vyčistit</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "na Použít. Všechny PPD soubory zobrazíte kliknutím na Vyčistit.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Selecting Model</big> \n" @@ -7332,8 +7016,7 @@ #~ "Set users that may or may not use this printer or class.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Omezení</BIG> \n" -#~ "Můžete zadat uživatele, kteří mohou či nesmějí používat tuto tiskárnu/" -#~ "třídu.\n" +#~ "Můžete zadat uživatele, kteří mohou či nesmějí používat tuto tiskárnu/třídu.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "A printer cannot print if it is stopped or rejecting jobs.\n" @@ -7395,8 +7078,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Downloading a PPD File</big> \n" #~ "Enter the URL from which to download a PPD file.\n" -#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Stažení PPD souboru</big> \n" #~ "Zadejte URL, ze kterého chcete PPD soubor stahovat.\n" @@ -7769,8 +7451,7 @@ #~ "Install it now?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bylo detekováno HP ALL in One zařízení. Pokud\n" -#~ "je chcete používat jako tiskárnu i skener,je potřeba doinstalovat balíček " -#~ "%1\n" +#~ "je chcete používat jako tiskárnu i skener,je potřeba doinstalovat balíček %1\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Nainstalovat je nyní?" @@ -7915,8 +7596,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Naslouchání serverům CUPS pro zpřístupnění vzdálených front %1" #~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is closed by firewall %1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Port pro naslouchání vzdáleným CUPS serverům je zavřený firewallem %1" +#~ msgstr "Port pro naslouchání vzdáleným CUPS serverům je zavřený firewallem %1" #~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is open on %1 %2" #~ msgstr "Port pro naslouchání vzdáleným CUPS serverům je otevřený na %1 %2 " @@ -7943,9 +7623,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Příliš žluťoučký kůň úpěl ďábelské ódy" #~ msgid "!!! COMMON EXPLANATION !!!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tyto radky obsahuji znaky v ruznych kodovanich. Zkontrolujte jestli " -#~ "funguji spravne." +#~ msgstr "Tyto radky obsahuji znaky v ruznych kodovanich. Zkontrolujte jestli funguji spravne." #~ msgid "" #~ "The test page was sent to the printer using\n" @@ -8030,12 +7708,8 @@ #~ msgid "They have 1 inch or 2 cm to the edges of the imageable area." #~ msgstr "Zbývá 1 palec nebo 2 cm do rohů zobrazitelné oblasti." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript " -#~ "driver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aktuální zobrazitelná oblast je závislá na modelu tiskárny a " -#~ "Ghostscriptovém ovladači." +#~ msgid "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript driver." +#~ msgstr "Aktuální zobrazitelná oblast je závislá na modelu tiskárny a Ghostscriptovém ovladači." #~ msgid "Here it begins on the bottom left at" #~ msgstr "Zde začíná v levém dolním rohu," Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/product-creator.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/product-creator.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/product-creator.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -531,27 +531,17 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Konfiguraci nového obrazu zahájíte kliknutím na tlačítko Přidat.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Konfiguraci nového obrazu zahájíte kliknutím na tlačítko Přidat." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." -msgstr "" -"Tlačítko Upravit použijte ke změně konfigurace nebo k vytvoření " -"obrazu." +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." +msgstr "Tlačítko Upravit použijte ke změně konfigurace nebo k vytvoření obrazu." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." -msgstr "" -"Adresář s vybranou konfigurací odstraníte pomocí tlačítka Odstranit</" -"b>." +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." +msgstr "Adresář s vybranou konfigurací odstraníte pomocí tlačítka Odstranit." #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 @@ -846,8 +836,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -884,8 +873,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>Podpis</big> \n" @@ -896,16 +884,12 @@ #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." msgstr "" "Pokud není produkt podepsán, YaST automaticky přidává do konfiguračního\n" "souboru linuxrc volbu 'Insecure: 1', jinak by mohl linuxrc odmítnout načíst\n" -"nepodepsanou instalaci systému při startu. Navštivte http://en.opensuse.org/" -"Linuxrc\n" +"nepodepsanou instalaci systému při startu. Navštivte http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc\n" "pro více informací." #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 @@ -971,8 +955,7 @@ msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "Například \n" "můžete nastavit CD pro automatickou instalaci a určit umístění instalačního\n" @@ -1040,8 +1023,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Úpravy a mazání:</big> \n" "Vyberte si konfiguraci, kterou chcete upravit anebo smazat.\n" -"Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.</" -"p>\n" +"Poté stiskněte odpovídající tlačítko: Upravit nebo Smazat.\n" #. overview dialog help part 4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 @@ -1055,14 +1037,9 @@ #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Pro další konfiguraci různých typů obrazů (například médií Live nebo " -"obrazů Xen) v systému obrazů KIWI stiskněte tlačítko Vytvořit obraz v " -"systému KIWI." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." +msgstr "Pro další konfiguraci různých typů obrazů (například médií Live nebo obrazů Xen) v systému obrazů KIWI stiskněte tlačítko Vytvořit obraz v systému KIWI." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 @@ -1096,11 +1073,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Správce softwaru\n" -"Používejte správce balíčků v případech, kdy nemáte přednastavený výběr " -"balíčků.\n" +"Používejte správce balíčků v případech, kdy nemáte přednastavený výběr balíčků.\n" "Všechny balíčky, které se mají automaticky zvolit při instalaci, musí být\n" -"zvoleny ručně podle hardwaru a architektury, pro které je toto CD " -"připravováno.\n" +"zvoleny ručně podle hardwaru a architektury, pro které je toto CD připravováno.\n" "\n" #. Source selection help 1/2 @@ -1116,24 +1091,18 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cílová architektura</big> \n" -"Je možné vytvořit produkt pro jinou architekturu, než je architektura " -"počítače,\n" -"na kterém právě pracujete. Všechny vybrané repozitáře musí cílovou " -"architekturu\n" +"Je možné vytvořit produkt pro jinou architekturu, než je architektura počítače,\n" +"na kterém právě pracujete. Všechny vybrané repozitáře musí cílovou architekturu\n" "podporovat. \n" "Poznámka: KIWI ještě jiné architektury nepodporuje.\n" -"Pokud zamýšlíte ze současné konfigurace vytvořit KIWI obraz, architekturu " -"neměňte.\n" +"Pokud zamýšlíte ze současné konfigurace vytvořit KIWI obraz, architekturu neměňte.\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 @@ -1145,8 +1114,7 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "<big>ISO adresář a obraz</big> \n" -"Zadejte umístění, kde se vytvoří základní adresář s kostrou. Do tohoto " -"adresáře\n" +"Zadejte umístění, kde se vytvoří základní adresář s kostrou. Do tohoto adresáře\n" "se nakopírují všechny potřebné soubory. Zvolte umístění s dostatečnou\n" "diskovou kapacitou.\n" " \n" @@ -1181,34 +1149,26 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" -"<>úJeden z repozitářů musí být označen jako základní produkt. Základní " -"repozitář by měl být\n" +"<>úJeden z repozitářů musí být označen jako základní produkt. Základní repozitář by měl být\n" "spustitelný, aby bylo jisté, že nový produkt půjde na počítači spustit.\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Jako rozšíření základního repozitáře budou použity další repozitáře." +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." +msgstr "Jako rozšíření základního repozitáře budou použity další repozitáře." #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" -"Tvůrce produktu řeší závislosti zvoleného produktu a navrhuje základní " -"produkt.\n" +"Tvůrce produktu řeší závislosti zvoleného produktu a navrhuje základní produkt.\n" "Pokud je navržená hodnota chybná, zvolte základní repozitář ze seznamu.\n" #. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) @@ -1384,27 +1344,20 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Následující balíčky ze sekce '%1 nejsou ve vybraných repozitářích k " -"dispozici:\n" +"Následující balíčky ze sekce '%1 nejsou ve vybraných repozitářích k dispozici:\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Můžete tyto balíčky ze sekce odebrat, prohlédnout podrobný výběr balíčků " -"nebo tuto situaci ignorovat.\n" +"Můžete tyto balíčky ze sekce odebrat, prohlédnout podrobný výběr balíčků nebo tuto situaci ignorovat.\n" "\n" -"Přejití k podrobnému výběru balíčků a potvrzení pohledu bez dalších změn " -"vede k odebrání problematických balíčků z této sekce.\n" +"Přejití k podrobnému výběru balíčků a potvrzení pohledu bez dalších změn vede k odebrání problematických balíčků z této sekce.\n" "\n" #. button label @@ -1530,12 +1483,8 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." -msgstr "" -"Pro konfigurace importované ze Studia je pro následující soubory zakázána " -"editace." +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgstr "Pro konfigurace importované ze Studia je pro následující soubory zakázána editace." #. tab header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 @@ -1551,8 +1500,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." msgstr "" "Vyberte hodnotu pro Kompresi obrazu. To změní hodnotu\n" "příznaky v typu obrazu. Pro význam dostupných hodnot\n" @@ -1574,12 +1522,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." -msgstr "" -"Pro ignorovaný software zadejte každý jako jednu položku na řádek " -"(např. 'smtp_daemon')." +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." +msgstr "Pro ignorovaný software zadejte každý jako jednu položku na řádek (např. 'smtp_daemon')." #. label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 @@ -1588,12 +1532,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." -msgstr "" -"Každá položka seznamu Balíčky k odstranění obsahuje jeden název " -"balíčku k odinstalaci z cílového obrazu." +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." +msgstr "Každá položka seznamu Balíčky k odstranění obsahuje jeden název balíčku k odinstalaci z cílového obrazu." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 @@ -1613,12 +1553,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" "Nastavte velikost obrazu v udanýchjednotkách.\n" -"Pokud je zatrženo Doplňkový, význam velikosti je jiný: je to " -"minimální volné místo dostupné na obrazu." +"Pokud je zatrženo Doplňkový, význam velikosti je jiný: je to minimální volné místo dostupné na obrazu." #. combo box label (MB/GB values) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 @@ -1637,12 +1575,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." -msgstr "" -"Abyste vytvořili šifrovaný souborový systém, zatrhněte Zašifrovat " -"obraz pomocí LUKS a zadejte heslo." +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." +msgstr "Abyste vytvořili šifrovaný souborový systém, zatrhněte Zašifrovat obraz pomocí LUKS a zadejte heslo." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 @@ -1652,8 +1586,7 @@ #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." -msgstr "" -"Upravte konfigurační skripty používané k vytváření vašich obrazů." +msgstr "Upravte konfigurační skripty používané k vytváření vašich obrazů." #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 @@ -1667,14 +1600,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Definujte cestu k adresáři s konfigurací systému (<tt>kořenový</" -"tt> adresář). Celý adresář se zkopíruje do kořenového adresáře stromu obrazu " -"pomocí příkazu <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Definujte cestu k adresáři s konfigurací systému (<tt>kořenový</tt> adresář). Celý adresář se zkopíruje do kořenového adresáře stromu obrazu pomocí příkazu <tt>cp -a</tt>." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 @@ -1688,14 +1615,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Nakonfigurujte Adresář s konfigurací systému (adresář <tt>root</" -"tt>). Do kořenového adresáře stromu obrazu se zkopíruje celý adresář pomocí " -"příkazu <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Nakonfigurujte Adresář s konfigurací systému (adresář <tt>root</tt>). Do kořenového adresáře stromu obrazu se zkopíruje celý adresář pomocí příkazu <tt>cp -a</tt>." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 @@ -1709,13 +1630,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." -msgstr "" -"Nakonfigurujte Adresář se skripty (adresář <tt>config</tt>). " -"Obsahuje skripty, které jsou spuštěny po instalaci všech balíčků obrazu." +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Nakonfigurujte Adresář se skripty (adresář <tt>config</tt>). Obsahuje skripty, které jsou spuštěny po instalaci všech balíčků obrazu." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 @@ -1735,14 +1651,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurační s&kript obrazu" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." -msgstr "" -"Upravte Konfigurační skript obrazu, nazývaný <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"Tento skript je spuštěn na konci instalace, ale před spuštěním skritptů " -"balíčků." +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." +msgstr "Upravte Konfigurační skript obrazu, nazývaný <tt>config.sh</tt>. Tento skript je spuštěn na konci instalace, ale před spuštěním skritptů balíčků." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 @@ -1750,14 +1660,8 @@ msgstr "&Cesta k adresáři se skripty" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Volitelný Adresář se skripty (adresář <tt>config</tt>) obsahuje " -"skripty, které obsahují skripty spuštěné po instalaci všech obrazů balíčků.</" -"p>" +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Volitelný Adresář se skripty (adresář <tt>config</tt>) obsahuje skripty, které obsahují skripty spuštěné po instalaci všech obrazů balíčků." #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 @@ -1770,12 +1674,8 @@ msgstr "&Pročistit skript" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "" -"Upravte Čisticí skript (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Tento skript je " -"spuštěn na začátku procesu vytvoření obrazu." +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "Upravte Čisticí skript (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Tento skript je spuštěn na začátku procesu vytvoření obrazu." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 @@ -1789,12 +1689,8 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image Specification." -msgstr "" -"Nastavte hodnotu Autor obrazu, Kontaktní informace a " -"Specifikace obrazu." +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." +msgstr "Nastavte hodnotu Autor obrazu, Kontaktní informace a Specifikace obrazu." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 @@ -1818,12 +1714,8 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Hodnota Místní (např. <tt>cs_CZ</tt>) udává obsah proměnné RC_LANG " -"v <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgstr "Hodnota Místní (např. <tt>cs_CZ</tt>) udává obsah proměnné RC_LANG v <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 @@ -1832,9 +1724,7 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." msgstr "" "Rozložení klávesnice udává jméno mapy kláves v konzoli,\n" "která se má použít. Hodnota odpovídá mapovacímu souboru\n" @@ -1847,9 +1737,7 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." msgstr "" "Můžete nastavit konkrétní Časovou zónu. Dostupné časové\n" "zóny se nachází v adresáři <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." @@ -1892,12 +1780,9 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pro každého uživatele zadejte jméno, heslo, domovský " -"adresář a skupinu, do které uživatelé patří.\n" +msgstr "Pro každého uživatele zadejte jméno, heslo, domovský adresář a skupinu, do které uživatelé patří.\n" #. dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 @@ -1926,18 +1811,12 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Zadejte název konfigurace obrazu. Novou konfiguraci založte na šabloně ze " -"seznamu nebo na adresáři s existující konfigurací." +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." +msgstr "Zadejte název konfigurace obrazu. Novou konfiguraci založte na šabloně ze seznamu nebo na adresáři s existující konfigurací." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." msgstr "Vlastní šablony konfigurace umístěte do adresáře <tt>%1</tt>." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. @@ -1952,14 +1831,8 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." -msgstr "" -"Upravte seznam repozitářů balíčků, který bude použit pro vytváření " -"obrazu. K přidání jednoho ze současných systémových repozitářů použijte " -"Přidat ze systému." +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." +msgstr "Upravte seznam repozitářů balíčků, který bude použit pro vytváření obrazu. K přidání jednoho ze současných systémových repozitářů použijte Přidat ze systému." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 @@ -1978,9 +1851,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." msgstr "Vybraný adresář neobsahuje platný obsah systémové konfigurace." #. busy popup @@ -2435,8 +2306,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Cesta k adresáři se skripty" #~ msgid "Set the image Size in the specified Unit." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nastavte velikost obrazu ve zvolených jednotkách." +#~ msgstr "Nastavte velikost obrazu ve zvolených jednotkách." #~ msgid "" #~ "The source does not support the architecture of this machine (%1).\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/proxy.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/proxy.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/proxy.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -203,18 +203,13 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" "Zde nastavte vaši internetovou proxy (cachování).\n" -"Poznámka: Obecně je doporučeno se odhlásit a přihlásit, aby se " -"změny aktivovaly, \n" -"avšak v některých případech může aplikace přijmout změny okamžitě. Prosíme, " -"zkontrolujte, které vaše aplikace (webový prohlížeč, FTP klient, ...) to " -"podporují." +"Poznámka: Obecně je doporučeno se odhlásit a přihlásit, aby se změny aktivovaly, \n" +"avšak v některých případech může aplikace přijmout změny okamžitě. Prosíme, zkontrolujte, které vaše aplikace (webový prohlížeč, FTP klient, ...) to podporují." #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 @@ -230,8 +225,7 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" " HTTPS Proxy URL je jméno vašeho secure proxy serveru,\n" @@ -261,10 +255,8 @@ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" -"Je-li zaškrtnuta volba Používat stejnou proxy pro všechny protokoly</" -"b>,\n" -"stačí vyplnit URL HTTP proxy, která bude využita pro všechny protokoly " -"(HTTP, HTTPS a FTP).\n" +"Je-li zaškrtnuta volba Používat stejnou proxy pro všechny protokoly,\n" +"stačí vyplnit URL HTTP proxy, která bude využita pro všechny protokoly (HTTP, HTTPS a FTP).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 @@ -284,8 +276,7 @@ msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" "Pokud používáte proxy server s autorizací, vyplňte políčka\n" "Jméno uživatele proxy a Heslo pro proxy. Platné uživatelské\n" @@ -462,9 +453,7 @@ #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "" -"Je doporučeno provést odhlášení a opětovné přihlášení pro to, aby se nová " -"nastavení proxy projevila." +msgstr "Je doporučeno provést odhlášení a opětovné přihlášení pro to, aby se nová nastavení proxy projevila." #. Write routing settings and apply changes #. @return true if success Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/qt-pkg.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/qt-pkg.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/qt-pkg.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -318,20 +318,12 @@ msgstr "Z&rušit" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Zrušit přepínání</a> " -"systémových balíčků na verze v repozitáři %2" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Zrušit přepínání</a> systémových balíčků na verze v repozitáři %2" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Přepnout systémové balíčky</a> na verzi " -"v tomto repozitáři (%2)" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Přepnout systémové balíčky</a> na verzi v tomto repozitáři (%2)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -361,16 +353,8 @@ msgstr "Chyba: nedostatek místa na disku!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"I přesto se můžete rozhodnout instalovat, pokud víte, co děláte, nicméně " -"riskujete, že poškodíte systém, který bude vyžadovat ruční opravy. Pokud si " -"nejste zcela jisti, co děláte, raději stiskněte Zrušit a zrušte výběr " -"některých balíčků." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "I přesto se můžete rozhodnout instalovat, pokud víte, co děláte, nicméně riskujete, že poškodíte systém, který bude vyžadovat ruční opravy. Pokud si nejste zcela jisti, co děláte, raději stiskněte Zrušit a zrušte výběr některých balíčků." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -394,9 +378,7 @@ msgstr "Automatické změny" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "Kromě ručního výběru byly kvůli závislostem změněny tyto balíčky:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 @@ -410,12 +392,8 @@ msgstr "Nepodporované balíčky" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Prosíme, buďte si vědom(a), že následující vybraný software je nepodporovaný " -"nebo pro získání podpory vyžaduje dodatečnou zákaznickou smlouvu." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Prosíme, buďte si vědom(a), že následující vybraný software je nepodporovaný nebo pro získání podpory vyžaduje dodatečnou zákaznickou smlouvu." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -428,12 +406,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Poznámka: Toto je pouze krátký přehled, více detailů naleznete v " -"příručce." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "Poznámka: Toto je pouze krátký přehled, více detailů naleznete v příručce." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 @@ -441,94 +415,61 @@ msgstr "V tomto dialogu si zvolte opravy ke stažení a instalaci." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"Seznam na levé straně obsahuje dostupné novinky spolu s odpovídajícím druhem " -"(bezpečnost, doporučené nebo volitelné) a odhadnutou velikost pro stažení." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "Seznam na levé straně obsahuje dostupné novinky spolu s odpovídajícím druhem (bezpečnost, doporučené nebo volitelné) a odhadnutou velikost pro stažení." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" -"b> check box below the list." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." msgstr "" "Tento seznam obvykle obsahuje pouze ty novinky, které ještě nejsou\n" "nainstalovány. Toto můžete změnit pomocí zaškrtávacího políčka\n" "Zahrnout nainstalované novinky níže." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." msgstr "" "Políčko Popis novinky obsahuje delší vysvětlení právě označené\n" "novinky. Klikněte na novinku v seznamu a tím zde zobrazíte její popis." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." msgstr "" -"Seznam balíčků na pravé straně zobrazuje obsah právě vybrané novinky " -"(balíčky,\n" +"Seznam balíčků na pravé straně zobrazuje obsah právě vybrané novinky (balíčky,\n" "které jsou obsaženy). Nelze instalovat ani mazat jednotlivé balíčky uvnitř\n" -"novinky, pouze balíček jako celek - toto je záměr, aby se předešlo " -"nekonzistentnostem\n" +"novinky, pouze balíček jako celek - toto je záměr, aby se předešlo nekonzistentnostem\n" "v systému." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Kromě opravsystému můžete taktéž vybrat jeden z filtrovaných pohledů " -"pomocí rozbalovací seznamu Filtr vlevo nahoře:" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "Kromě opravsystému můžete taktéž vybrat jeden z filtrovaných pohledů pomocí rozbalovací seznamu Filtr vlevo nahoře:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." msgstr "" "V tomto dialogu vyberte, které balíčky se mají nainstalovat, aktualizovat\n" "nebo smazat. Lze vybírat jednotlivé balíčky nebo celé \"výběry\"." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." msgstr "" "Kliknutím na ikonu se stavem balíčku změníte jeho stav nebo pomocí\n" "pravého tlačítka myši otevřete kontextové menu." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." msgstr "" "Použijte tlačítko Zkontrolovat závislosti k vyřešení závislostí mezi\n" "balíčky. Některé balíčky vyžadují, aby byly nainstalovány jiné balíčky,\n" -"některé lze zase nainstalovat pouze pokud některé další nejsou " -"nainstalovány.\n" +"některé lze zase nainstalovat pouze pokud některé další nejsou nainstalovány.\n" "Tato kontrola automaticky označí požadované balíčky k instalaci a upozorní\n" "vás na případné konflikty." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." msgstr "" "Pokud opustíte tento dialog tlačítkem Přijmout, tato kontrola\n" "bude automaticky provedena." @@ -537,102 +478,67 @@ #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Vyberte jeden z filtrovaných pohledů pomocí rozbalovací seznamu Filtr " -"vlevo nahoře:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Vyberte jeden z filtrovaných pohledů pomocí rozbalovací seznamu Filtr vlevo nahoře:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"Výběry ukazují předdefinované skupiny balíčků, které k sobě logicky " -"patří." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "Výběry ukazují předdefinované skupiny balíčků, které k sobě logicky patří." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"K výběru použijte zaškrtávací pole. Vybrat můžete také pouze jednotlivé " -"balíčky ze seznamu vpravo." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "K výběru použijte zaškrtávací pole. Vybrat můžete také pouze jednotlivé balíčky ze seznamu vpravo." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." msgstr "" -"Pole Skupiny balíčků zobrazuje balíčky podle kategorie. Položky " -"stromu\n" -"lze volně rozbalovat a svinout a upravit si tak pohled na kategorie. " -"Kliknutím\n" +"Pole Skupiny balíčků zobrazuje balíčky podle kategorie. Položky stromu\n" +"lze volně rozbalovat a svinout a upravit si tak pohled na kategorie. Kliknutím\n" "na libovolnou kategorii zobrazíte její balíčky na pravé straně." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." msgstr "" " Poznámka: Na samotném konci je položka \"zzz vše\", která zobrazí\n" "všechny dostupné balíčky (může to chvíli trvat)." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." msgstr "" "Hledat vám umožňuje najít balíčky splňující určitá kritéria.\n" "Toto je obvykle nejjednodušší způsob, jak nalézt balíček podle jeho jména." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." msgstr "" "Poznámka: Tento nástroj můžete také použít pro pro zjištění,\n" "který balíček obsahuje určitou knihovnu. Hledejte v poli Poskytuje." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." msgstr "" "Souhrn instalace implicitně zobrazuje změny v systému - které\n" "balíčky budou nainstalovány, smazány nebo aktualizovány." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " -"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." msgstr "" "Obvykle je vhodné použít kontrolu závislostí a poté se přepnout do\n" "souhrnu instalace dříve, než kliknete na Přijmout. Takto\n" "uvidíte všechny změny, které budou v systému provedeny." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." msgstr "" "Můžete také explicitně udat stav jednotlivých balíčků; použijte\n" "zaškrtávací políčka nalevo." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " -"uncheck everything else." +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." msgstr "" "Poznámka: Efekt filtru lze také obrátit. Můžete si zobrazit,\n" -"které balíčky v systému zůstanou stejné. Jednoduše zaškrtněte Ponechat</" -"b>\n" +"které balíčky v systému zůstanou stejné. Jednoduše zaškrtněte Ponechat\n" "a ostatní ponechte nezaškrtnuté." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in @@ -684,12 +590,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Tento balíček je již nainstalován. Aktualizujte jej nebo nainstalujte znovu " -"(pokud jsou verze shodné)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Tento balíček je již nainstalován. Aktualizujte jej nebo nainstalujte znovu (pokud jsou verze shodné)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -711,20 +613,14 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." msgstr "" "Tento balíček není a za žádných okolností by neměl být nainstalován,\n" "zvláště ne kvůli nevyřešeným závislostem jiných balíčků." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Balíčky nastavené jako \"tabu\" jsou brány, jako kdyby vůbec neexistovaly." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Balíčky nastavené jako \"tabu\" jsou brány, jako kdyby vůbec neexistovaly." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -733,17 +629,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." msgstr "" "Tento balíček je nainstalován a neměl by být měněn, zvláště ne kvůli\n" "nevyřešených závislostem jiných balíčků." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." msgstr "" "Tento stav použijte pro balíčky třetích stran, které by neměly být přepsány\n" "novou verzí z distribuce." @@ -756,16 +648,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." msgstr "" "Tento balíček bude automaticky nainstalován, protože jej\n" "jiné balíčky potřebují." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." msgstr "" "Poznámka: Lze použít také stavu \"tabu\" ke zbavení se\n" "takového balíčku." @@ -778,9 +667,7 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." msgstr "" "Tento balíček je již nainstalován, ale nějaký jiný balíček potřebuje\n" "jeho novou verzi, takže bude automaticky aktualizován." @@ -793,11 +680,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Tento balíček je již nainstalován, ale závislosti vyžadují, aby byl smazán." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Tento balíček je již nainstalován, ale závislosti vyžadují, aby byl smazán." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." @@ -821,9 +705,7 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." msgstr "" "Získat balíček a nainstalovat jej, pokud ještě není. Aktualizovat\n" "na nejnovější verzi, pokud taková existuje." @@ -835,18 +717,14 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." msgstr "" "Zbavit se balíčku. Označit jej jako \"neinstalovat\", pokud ještě není\n" "nainstalován. Smazat jej, pokud je již nainstalován." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." msgstr "" "Aktualizovat balíček, pokud je nainstalován a existuje novější verze.\n" "Ignorovat jej, pokud není nainstalován." @@ -858,19 +736,14 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." msgstr "" "Vrátit zpět akci \">\" výše: Nastavit balíček na \"ponechat\", pokud je\n" "nastaven na \"aktualizovat\". Ignorovat všechny ostatní balíčky." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " msgstr "" "Nastavit balíček jako \"tabu\", pokud není nainstalován. Ujistěte se,\n" "že se balíček nenainstaluje, zvláště ne kvůli nevyřešeným závislostem\n" @@ -883,19 +756,14 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " msgstr "" "Nastavit balíček jako \"chráněný\", pokud je nainstalován. Ujistěte se,\n" "že balíček nebude změněn, zvláště ne kvůli nevyřešeným závislostem\n" "jiných balíčků." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." msgstr "" "Použijte pro balíčky třetích stran, které by neměly být přepsány\n" "novou verzí z distribuce." @@ -958,12 +826,8 @@ msgstr "Vytvořit test řešení závislostí" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Použijte k dohledávání chyb v řešení závislostí. Logy se uloží v adresáři " -" <tt>%1</tt>." +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Použijte k dohledávání chyb v řešení závislostí. Logy se uloží v adresáři <tt>%1</tt>." #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -971,12 +835,8 @@ msgstr "Test řešení závislostí" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"Test řešení nezávislostí zapsaný do <tt>%1</tt>.Připravit " -"archiv <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> k přiložení do Bugzilly?" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "Test řešení nezávislostí zapsaný do <tt>%1</tt>.Připravit archiv <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> k přiložení do Bugzilly?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -985,12 +845,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Chyba testu vytvoření řešení závislostíPřekontrolujte volné " -"místo na disku a přístupová práva <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Chyba testu vytvoření řešení závislostíPřekontrolujte volné místo na disku a přístupová práva <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1834,29 +1690,14 @@ #~ msgid "(by selection)" #~ msgstr "(podle výběru)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a " -#~ "predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tento balíček bude automaticky nainstalován, protože je obsažen v " -#~ "předdefinovaném výběru softwaru (např. \"Multimédia\", \"Vývoj\" apod.)." +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "Tento balíček bude automaticky nainstalován, protože je obsažen v předdefinovaném výběru softwaru (např. \"Multimédia\", \"Vývoj\" apod.)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is " -#~ "contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", " -#~ "\"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will " -#~ "automatically be updated." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will automatically be updated." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tento balíček je již nainstalován, ale existuje jeho novější verze. Je " -#~ "obsažen v\n" -#~ "předdefinovaném výběru softwaru (např. \"Multimédia\", \"Vývoj\" apod.), " -#~ "který\n" -#~ "si přejete aktualizovat, tudíž bude tento balíček automaticky " -#~ "aktualizován." +#~ "Tento balíček je již nainstalován, ale existuje jeho novější verze. Je obsažen v\n" +#~ "předdefinovaném výběru softwaru (např. \"Multimédia\", \"Vývoj\" apod.), který\n" +#~ "si přejete aktualizovat, tudíž bude tento balíček automaticky aktualizován." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection " -#~ "(e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tento balíček je již nainstalován, ale jiný předdefinovaný výběr softwaru " -#~ "(např. \"Multimédia\", \"Vývoj\" apod.) jeho smazání." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." +#~ msgstr "Tento balíček je již nainstalován, ale jiný předdefinovaný výběr softwaru (např. \"Multimédia\", \"Vývoj\" apod.) jeho smazání." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/rear.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/rear.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/rear.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -44,12 +44,8 @@ msgstr "Rear nepodporuje tento systém, protože:" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." -msgstr "" -"NEočekávejte, že vytvořená záloha bude užitečná k obnovení systému, pokud " -"ignorujete toto upozornění." +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." +msgstr "NEočekávejte, že vytvořená záloha bude užitečná k obnovení systému, pokud ignorujete toto upozornění." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 msgid "This system is not supported." @@ -123,80 +119,36 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Nakonfigurujte Rear Relaxuj a obnovuj (Relax and Recover - ReaR) " -"zálohu vašeho počítače." +msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." +msgstr "Nakonfigurujte Rear Relaxuj a obnovuj (Relax and Recover - ReaR) zálohu vašeho počítače." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "" -"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want " -"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." -msgstr "" -"Rozhodněte se, jak chcete spustit váš Zotavovací systém. Pokud jej " -"chcete spouštět z USB flash disku, vyberte USB, nebo vyberte ISO, pro " -"spuštění z disku CD." +msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgstr "Rozhodněte se, jak chcete spustit váš Zotavovací systém. Pokud jej chcete spouštět z USB flash disku, vyberte USB, nebo vyberte ISO, pro spuštění z disku CD." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "" -"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have " -"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " -"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " -"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte, kde by měla být Záloha uložena. Pokud musíte použít " -"server se síťovým souborovým systémem (NFS), vyberte NFS. Umístění zadejte " -"následovně: <tt>nfs://jmeno_serveru/adresar</tt>. Můžete také vybrat USB a " -"tak uložit zálohu na USB disk nebo flash disk." +msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgstr "Vyberte, kde by měla být Záloha uložena. Pokud musíte použít server se síťovým souborovým systémem (NFS), vyberte NFS. Umístění zadejte následovně: <tt>nfs://jmeno_serveru/adresar</tt>. Můžete také vybrat USB a tak uložit zálohu na USB disk nebo flash disk." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "" -"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"Rescan USB Devices." -msgstr "" -"Pokud nejsou zobrazena žádná USB zařízení, připojte USB disk nebo flash " -"disk a klepněte na Znovu vyhledat USB zařízení." +msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." +msgstr "Pokud nejsou zobrazena žádná USB zařízení, připojte USB disk nebo flash disk a klepněte na Znovu vyhledat USB zařízení." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte Ponechat starou zálohu, pokud nechcete nechat přepsat " -"předchozí zálohu." +msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." +msgstr "Vyberte Ponechat starou zálohu, pokud nechcete nechat přepsat předchozí zálohu." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "" -"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " -"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." -msgstr "" -"Menu Pokročilé vám nabízí možnost přidat doplňkové adresáře pro " -"zálohování a dodatečné moduly jádra pro Záchranný systém. Toto je " -"užitečné pouze tehdy, pokud vaše záloha neobsahuje všechny potřebné " -"adresáře, nebo pokud záchranný systém nestartuje z důvodu chybějících " -"jaderných modulů." +msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgstr "Menu Pokročilé vám nabízí možnost přidat doplňkové adresáře pro zálohování a dodatečné moduly jádra pro Záchranný systém. Toto je užitečné pouze tehdy, pokud vaše záloha neobsahuje všechny potřebné adresáře, nebo pokud záchranný systém nestartuje z důvodu chybějících jaderných modulů." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "" -"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's " -"output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " -"your system!" -msgstr "" -"Tlačítko Uložit a spustit rear nyní spustí rear a zobrazí jeho " -"výstup. Ujistěte se, že vytvořená záloha je ve vašem systému funkční " -"dle vašeho očekávání!" +msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" +msgstr "Tlačítko Uložit a spustit rear nyní spustí rear a zobrazí jeho výstup. Ujistěte se, že vytvořená záloha je ve vašem systému funkční dle vašeho očekávání!" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "" -"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes " -"the configuration dialog without saving." -msgstr "" -"OK uloží konfiguraci a skončí, zatímco Storno zavře " -"konfigurační dialog bez uložení." +msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." +msgstr "OK uloží konfiguraci a skončí, zatímco Storno zavře konfigurační dialog bez uložení." #. prepare advanced menu #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459 @@ -259,16 +211,11 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:581 msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n" -msgstr "" -"NETFS_URL je nastavena na neznámou hodnotu nebo v nesprávném formátu.\n" +msgstr "NETFS_URL je nastavena na neznámou hodnotu nebo v nesprávném formátu.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" -msgstr "" -"Váš konfigurační soubor rearu obsahuje volby, které nemůžete v tomto modulu " -"YaSTu konfigurovat.\n" +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" +msgstr "Váš konfigurační soubor rearu obsahuje volby, které nemůžete v tomto modulu YaSTu konfigurovat.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/registration.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/registration.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/registration.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrace" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 #, fuzzy @@ -158,9 +158,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? @@ -219,15 +217,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. error message @@ -561,7 +555,7 @@ #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Licenční ujednání" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -597,9 +591,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -624,22 +616,17 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow @@ -669,9 +656,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 @@ -680,15 +665,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Identifier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identifikátor" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verze" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Architektura" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Release Type" @@ -716,11 +701,11 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Verze" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Architektura" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Release Type" @@ -728,19 +713,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" @@ -756,7 +737,7 @@ #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavení serveru" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" @@ -779,7 +760,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 msgid "none" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nic" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 @@ -813,38 +794,27 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -1016,13 +986,11 @@ #~ "used. Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \n" #~ "so the sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Registrace jako normální uživatel nezajistí vložení aktualizačního " -#~ "zdroje\n" +#~ "Registrace jako normální uživatel nezajistí vložení aktualizačního zdroje\n" #~ "do modu online aktualizace. Pokud budete pokračovat a později budete\n" #~ "chtít provést registraci, musíte zdroj zadat ručně. Další nástroje, jako\n" #~ "Software Updater v panelu, můžete používat i tak. Pokud chcete, aby\n" -#~ "byl zdroj aktualizace zapsán, proveďte registraci v YaSTu jako uživatel " -#~ "root." +#~ "byl zdroj aktualizace zapsán, proveďte registraci v YaSTu jako uživatel root." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." #~ msgstr "Chyba: Získaná data jsou chybná." @@ -1057,8 +1025,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" @@ -1071,36 +1038,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Abyste registrační proces zjednodušili, můžete přiložit informace o " -#~ "vašem\n" +#~ "Abyste registrační proces zjednodušili, můžete přiložit informace o vašem\n" #~ "systému pomocí Volitelné informace a Hardwarový profil. \n" #~ "Podrobnosti zobrazí informace potřebné k registraci.\n" -#~ "Aby program zjistil, jaké informace jsou pro registraci vašeho produktu " -#~ "potřeba,\n" +#~ "Aby program zjistil, jaké informace jsou pro registraci vašeho produktu potřeba,\n" #~ "bude kontaktovat server společnosti Novell. V tomto dotazu je odeslán\n" #~ "pouze název produktu.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~ "product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -1112,161 +1071,123 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Žádné informace nebudou šířeny mimo společnost Novell. Údaje budou\n" #~ "použity pouze pro statistiky a pro zvýšené pohodlí při využívání podpory\n" #~ " a webového účtu. Podrobná pravidla najdete v Podrobnosti.\n" -#~ "Informace o přenosu dat se nacházejí v souboru <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "Informace o přenosu dat se nacházejí v souboru <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Funkce Pravidelně synchronizovat se službou Zákaznické centrum " -#~ "kontroluje, zda jsou \n" -#~ " zdroje aktualizací stále platné a přidává libovolné nové zdroje, které " -#~ "mohou být k dispozici.\n" -#~ " Navíc odesílá společnosti Novell libovolné úpravy vámi vybraných dat, " -#~ "například \n" -#~ " informace o hardwaru, pokud je aktivována možnost Informace o " -#~ "hardwaru.\n" +#~ "Funkce Pravidelně synchronizovat se službou Zákaznické centrum kontroluje, zda jsou \n" +#~ " zdroje aktualizací stále platné a přidává libovolné nové zdroje, které mohou být k dispozici.\n" +#~ " Navíc odesílá společnosti Novell libovolné úpravy vámi vybraných dat, například \n" +#~ " informace o hardwaru, pokud je aktivována možnost Informace o hardwaru.\n" #~ " Tato možnost neodstraňuje žádné zdroje přidané ručně.\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Tento registrační proces kontaktuje server Novellu (nebo místní " -#~ "registrační server, pokud vaše společnost nějaký má).\n" +#~ "Tento registrační proces kontaktuje server Novellu (nebo místní registrační server, pokud vaše společnost nějaký má).\n" #~ "Ujistěte se prosím, že máte síť a proxy nastavené správně.\n" -#~ "Můžete se vrátit zpět k nastavení sítě pro kontrolu či změnu " -#~ "nastavení.\n" +#~ "Můžete se vrátit zpět k nastavení sítě pro kontrolu či změnu nastavení.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Nastavte váš systém k povolení online aktualizací díky jeho registraci " -#~ "pomocí Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Nastavte váš systém k povolení online aktualizací díky jeho registraci pomocí Open-SLX.\n" #~ "Registraci spustíte volbou Nastavit nyní. Pokud si nyní nepřejete\n" #~ "registrovat, zvolte Nastavit později.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~ "SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Abyste registrační proces zjednodušili, přiložte informace o vašem\n" -#~ "systému pomocí volby Volitelné informace a Hardwarový " -#~ "profil. \n" -#~ "Podrobnosti zobrazí maximální množství informací, které mohou být " -#~ "zahrnuty\n" -#~ "do vaší registrace. Aby program zjistil, jaké informace jsou pro " -#~ "registraci vašeho produktu potřeba,\n" +#~ "systému pomocí volby Volitelné informace a Hardwarový profil. \n" +#~ "Podrobnosti zobrazí maximální množství informací, které mohou být zahrnuty\n" +#~ "do vaší registrace. Aby program zjistil, jaké informace jsou pro registraci vašeho produktu potřeba,\n" #~ "bude kontaktovat Open-SLX server. V tomto úvodním dotazu je odeslána\n" #~ "pouze identita instalovaného produktu.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Žádné informace nebudou šířeny mimo Open-SLX. Údaje budou\n" -#~ "použity pouze pro účely statistiky a pro zvýšené pohodlí ohledně podpory " -#~ "ovladačů\n" -#~ "a vašeho webového účtu. Podrobná pravidla najdete v Podrobnosti</" -#~ "b>.\n" -#~ "Informace o přenosu dat se nacházejí v souboru <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "použity pouze pro účely statistiky a pro zvýšené pohodlí ohledně podpory ovladačů\n" +#~ "a vašeho webového účtu. Podrobná pravidla najdete v Podrobnosti.\n" +#~ "Informace o přenosu dat se nacházejí v souboru <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~ "SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Funkce Pravidelně synchronizovat se službou Zákaznické centrum " -#~ "kontroluje, zda jsou \n" -#~ "zdroje aktualizací stále platné a přidává libovolné nové zdroje, které " -#~ "mohou být k dispozici.\n" -#~ "Navíc odesílá libovolné úpravy vámi vybraných dat do Open-SLX, " -#~ "například \n" -#~ "informace o hardwaru, pokud je aktivována možnost Informace o " -#~ "hardwaru.\n" +#~ "Funkce Pravidelně synchronizovat se službou Zákaznické centrum kontroluje, zda jsou \n" +#~ "zdroje aktualizací stále platné a přidává libovolné nové zdroje, které mohou být k dispozici.\n" +#~ "Navíc odesílá libovolné úpravy vámi vybraných dat do Open-SLX, například \n" +#~ "informace o hardwaru, pokud je aktivována možnost Informace o hardwaru.\n" #~ "Tato volba neodstraňuje žádné zdroje přidané ručně.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Tento registrační proces kontaktuje Open-SLX server (nebo místní " -#~ "registrační server, pokud vaše společnost nějaký má).\n" +#~ "Tento registrační proces kontaktuje Open-SLX server (nebo místní registrační server, pokud vaše společnost nějaký má).\n" #~ "Ujistěte se prosím, že nastavení sítě a proxy jsou správně.\n" -#~ "Můžete se vrátit zpět k nastavení sítě pro kontrolu či změnu " -#~ "nastavení.\n" +#~ "Můžete se vrátit zpět k nastavení sítě pro kontrolu či změnu nastavení.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1341,8 +1262,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Pokročilé volby" #~ msgid "Xen Dom0 detected. The following package needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Byl detekován Xen Dom0. Je zapotřebí nainstalovat následující balíček." +#~ msgstr "Byl detekován Xen Dom0. Je zapotřebí nainstalovat následující balíček." #~ msgid "Xen DomU detected." #~ msgstr "Byl detekován Xen DomU." @@ -1350,8 +1270,7 @@ #~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "Následující balíčky je třeba nainstalovat." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "Pro správné dokončení instalace je třeba nainstalovat balíček %1." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." @@ -1360,12 +1279,8 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "Balíček %1 by měl být nainstalován a %2 odstraněn." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " -#~ "miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Registrace bude nyní pokračovat, ačkoliv registrační server může tuto " -#~ "instalaci nezapočítat." +#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "Registrace bude nyní pokračovat, ačkoliv registrační server může tuto instalaci nezapočítat." #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." #~ msgstr "Nastavují se zdroje online aktualizace..." @@ -1406,53 +1321,30 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "Registrační číslo je neplatné." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " -#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " -#~ "while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. " -#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " -#~ "Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Registrace produktu společnosti Novell umožňuje přístup k podpoře a " -#~ "aktualizacím. Aby k registraci došlo i při automatické aktualizaci, " -#~ "zvolte Spustit registraci. Registrační proces zjednodušíte " -#~ "přiložením informací pomocí Hardwarový profil a Volitelné " -#~ "informace." +#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#~ msgstr "Registrace produktu společnosti Novell umožňuje přístup k podpoře a aktualizacím. Aby k registraci došlo i při automatické aktualizaci, zvolte Spustit registraci. Registrační proces zjednodušíte přiložením informací pomocí Hardwarový profil a Volitelné informace." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Podrobnosti o registračním procesu získáte zadáním příkazu " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Podrobnosti o registračním procesu získáte zadáním příkazu <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~ "a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " -#~ "Edit." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Další informace o datech použitých při registraci najdete\n" -#~ "v oddíle Registrační data. Nové registrační číslo zadáte " -#~ "stisknutím\n" +#~ "v oddíle Registrační data. Nové registrační číslo zadáte stisknutím\n" #~ "Přidat a zadáním potřebných údajů. Tyto parametry se pak\n" -#~ "předají příkazu <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Více informací získáte " -#~ "zadáním\n" -#~ "příkazu <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Odstranění páru klíč-hodnota " -#~ "provedete pomocí\n" +#~ "předají příkazu <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Více informací získáte zadáním\n" +#~ "příkazu <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Odstranění páru klíč-hodnota provedete pomocí\n" #~ "Smazat a změnu již existujícího provedete pomocí\n" #~ "tlačítka Upravit." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " -#~ "Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -#~ "Refer\n" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" +#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" #~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pokud vaše síť rozvíjí upravený SMT server, nastavte\n" @@ -1574,29 +1466,11 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "Pro více podrobností si přečtěte nápovědu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " -#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " -#~ "Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro registraci této instalace na místním registračním serveru, " -#~ "nastavte přes menu Pokročilé jeho URL a volitelně CA certifikát " -#~ "serveru." +#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "Pro registraci této instalace na místním registračním serveru, nastavte přes menu Pokročilé jeho URL a volitelně CA certifikát serveru." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " -#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" -#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" -#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " -#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " -#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "URL registračního serveru musí začínat https://, zatímco " -#~ "umístění jeho CA certifikátu může být URL ve formátu http://, " -#~ "https:// nebo ftp://. Dále ještě jsou platná umístění /" -#~ "cesta/na/místním/disku, floppy/cesta/na/floppy-disku " -#~ "a klíčové slovo done. To poslední znamená, že není třeba " -#~ "žádný CA certifikát pro důvěru registračnímu serveru." +#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "URL registračního serveru musí začínat https://, zatímco umístění jeho CA certifikátu může být URL ve formátu http://, https:// nebo ftp://. Dále ještě jsou platná umístění /cesta/na/místním/disku, floppy/cesta/na/floppy-disku a klíčové slovo done. To poslední znamená, že není třeba žádný CA certifikát pro důvěru registračnímu serveru." #~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Chcete přeskočit registraci?" @@ -1664,8 +1538,7 @@ #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Tento certifikát bude použit ke spojení se SMT serverem.\n" -#~ "Abyste mohli pokračovat v registraci, musíte tomuto certifikátu " -#~ "důvěřovat.\n" +#~ "Abyste mohli pokračovat v registraci, musíte tomuto certifikátu důvěřovat.\n" #~ msgid "Issued For:" #~ msgstr "Vydáno pro:" @@ -1733,9 +1606,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stiskněte tlačítko Dokončit pro vytvoření rozšiřujícího " -#~ "produktu v cílovém adresáři." +#~ msgstr "Stiskněte tlačítko Dokončit pro vytvoření rozšiřujícího produktu v cílovém adresáři." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/reipl.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/reipl.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/reipl.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -196,10 +196,8 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.\n" @@ -216,17 +214,13 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<" -"device ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" "Zařízení musí být platné ID sběrnice zařízení s malými písmeny\n" -"ve formátu kompatibilním se sysfs 0.<ID sady podkanálů>.<" -"ID zařízení>,\n" -"jako například 0.0.5c51. V závislosti na vybrané metodě může toto odkazovat " -"jak na DASD nebo FCP adaptér." +"ve formátu kompatibilním se sysfs 0.<ID sady podkanálů>.<ID zařízení>,\n" +"jako například 0.0.5c51. V závislosti na vybrané metodě může toto odkazovat jak na DASD nebo FCP adaptér." #. Configure dialog help 4 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74 @@ -236,8 +230,7 @@ "to select the default configuration." msgstr "" "loadparm musí být maximálně 8 písmen a vybírá konfiguraci\n" -"spouštění z menu zavaděče zipl. Pro výchozí konfiguraci použijte jeden " -"prázdný znak." +"spouštění z menu zavaděče zipl. Pro výchozí konfiguraci použijte jeden prázdný znak." #. Configure dialog help 5 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 @@ -251,14 +244,11 @@ #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"" +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." msgstr "" "číslo logické jednotky (LUN) musí být zadáno malými písmeny\n" -"jako 16ciferná hexadecimální hodnota se všemi uvádejícími číslovkami 0, " -"jako\n" +"jako 16ciferná hexadecimální hodnota se všemi uvádejícími číslovkami 0, jako\n" "např. 0x52ca000000000000." #. Configure dialog help 7 @@ -269,8 +259,7 @@ "the default configuration." msgstr "" "výběr startovacího programu musí být nezáporné celé číslo, které\n" -"vybírá startovací konfiguraci z menu zavaděče zipl. Použijte 0 pro výběr " -"výchozí konfigurace." +"vybírá startovací konfiguraci z menu zavaděče zipl. Použijte 0 pro výběr výchozí konfigurace." #. Configure dialog help 8 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94 @@ -284,12 +273,10 @@ #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." msgstr "" -"Po potvrzení tohoto dialogu byste měli vyvolat restart, např. pomocí " -"shutdown,\n" +"Po potvrzení tohoto dialogu byste měli vyvolat restart, např. pomocí shutdown,\n" "a systém bude automaticky spuštěn z vám vybraného zařízení." #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/relocation-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/relocation-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/relocation-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -231,11 +231,7 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" @@ -243,32 +239,21 @@ "Xend by měl na uvedené adrese naslouchat spojení na relokačním soketu\n" "Povolení hostitelé \n" "Hostitelé, kteří mají povoleno komunikovat na relokačním portu. \n" -"Pokud je tato volba prázdná, jsou povolena všechna spojení. Jinak je tato " -"hodnota tvořena sekvencí regulárních výrazů oddělených mezerami. Každý " -"hostitel, jehož plně kvalifikované doménové jméno (FQDN) nebo IP adresa " -"odpovídá jednomu ze zadaných regulárních výrazů, bude akceptován.\n" +"Pokud je tato volba prázdná, jsou povolena všechna spojení. Jinak je tato hodnota tvořena sekvencí regulárních výrazů oddělených mezerami. Každý hostitel, jehož plně kvalifikované doménové jméno (FQDN) nebo IP adresa odpovídá jednomu ze zadaných regulárních výrazů, bude akceptován.\n" "Soubor se SSL klíčem/Soubor se SSL certifikátem \n" "SSL klíč a certifikát, který bude použit pro SSL relokačního rozhraní." #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>Migrace pomocí tunelu</big> \n" -"Zdrojový hostitel libvirtd otevírá přímé spojení k cílovému hostiteli " -"libvirtd pro odeslání migračních dat. Toto umožňuje volbu šifrování datového " -"proudu.\n" +"Zdrojový hostitel libvirtd otevírá přímé spojení k cílovému hostiteli libvirtd pro odeslání migračních dat. Toto umožňuje volbu šifrování datového proudu.\n" "<big>Prostá migrace</big> \n" -"Zdrojový hostitel VM otevírá přímé nešifrované TCP spojení k cílovému " -"hostiteli pro odeslání migračních dat. Pokud není ručně určený port, libvirt " -"migrační port vybere z výchozího rozsahu." +"Zdrojový hostitel VM otevírá přímé nešifrované TCP spojení k cílovému hostiteli pro odeslání migračních dat. Pokud není ručně určený port, libvirt migrační port vybere z výchozího rozsahu." #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration #. @return sequence result Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/s390.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/s390.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/s390.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -412,12 +412,10 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" -"Pro provedení akcí na více discích zároveň tyto disky označte. Pro výběr " -"všech zobrazených disků (možné po použití filtru) klepněte\n" +"Pro provedení akcí na více discích zároveň tyto disky označte. Pro výběr všech zobrazených disků (možné po použití filtru) klepněte\n" "na volbu Vybrat vše nebo Zrušit vše.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 @@ -437,8 +435,7 @@ "identifier." msgstr "" "<big>Přidat nový DASD disk</big> \n" -"Pro přidání disku, zadejte do položky ID kanálu identifikátor DASK " -"disku." +"Pro přidání disku, zadejte do položky ID kanálu identifikátor DASK disku." #. Disk add help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 @@ -470,25 +467,18 @@ #. Dump dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "" -"Připraví jedno nebo více svazků pro použití jako S/390 zařízení pro " -"výpis." +msgstr "Připraví jedno nebo více svazků pro použití jako S/390 zařízení pro výpis." #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " -msgstr "" -"Podporovaná zařízení jsou ECKD DASD a ZFCP disky, ačkoliv vícesvazková " -"zařízení jsou omezena na DASD. " +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "Podporovaná zařízení jsou ECKD DASD a ZFCP disky, ačkoliv vícesvazková zařízení jsou omezena na DASD. " #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." msgstr "" "Může být použit pouze celý disk, ne oddíl. Pokud není zařízení správně\n" "formátováno nebo rozděleno na oddíly, zatrhněte volbu Vynutit přepsání\n" @@ -496,20 +486,13 @@ #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "" -"Abyste mohli použít DASD a ZFCP zařízení, aktivujte je v odpovídajícím " -"DASD nebo ZVCP dialogu YaSTu. " +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "Abyste mohli použít DASD a ZFCP zařízení, aktivujte je v odpovídajícím DASD nebo ZVCP dialogu YaSTu. " #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Zařízení, která jsou používána nebo mají připojené oddíly, nebudou zobrazena." -"" +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "Zařízení, která jsou používána nebo mají připojené oddíly, nebudou zobrazena." #. Dump dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 @@ -518,8 +501,7 @@ "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." msgstr "" "Příznak dumpdevice za diskem označuje, že to je zařízení,\n" -"které je možné použít jako výpisové zařízení. Vícesvazková zařízení pro " -"výpis\n" +"které je možné použít jako výpisové zařízení. Vícesvazková zařízení pro výpis\n" "jsou označena podle seznamu DASD ID." #. Dump dialog help 7/8 @@ -548,12 +530,8 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"Disk %1 bude nyní naformátován jako výpisové zařízení. Všechna data na tomto " -"zařízení budou ztracena! Pokračovat?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "Disk %1 bude nyní naformátován jako výpisové zařízení. Všechna data na tomto zařízení budou ztracena! Pokračovat?" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 @@ -579,23 +557,13 @@ msgstr "<big>TS-Shell</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "" -"TS-Shell umožňuje zadat Pověření pro každého TS-Shell uživatele a " -"každou skupinu. Práva skupiny jsou děděna jejími členy." +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "TS-Shell umožňuje zadat Pověření pro každého TS-Shell uživatele a každou skupinu. Práva skupiny jsou děděna jejími členy." #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "" -"Každé povolené z/VM ID může být ručně vybráno ve Výběru, vymezeno " -"Regulárním výrazem nebo načteno ze Souboru, který obsahuje " -"všechna dovolená z/VM ID, oddělená každé na novém řádku." +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "Každé povolené z/VM ID může být ručně vybráno ve Výběru, vymezeno Regulárním výrazem nebo načteno ze Souboru, který obsahuje všechna dovolená z/VM ID, oddělená každé na novém řádku." #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 @@ -603,15 +571,13 @@ "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." msgstr "" -"Klepněte na tlačítko Nový uživatel, abyste vytvořili nového TS-" -"Shell\n" +"Klepněte na tlačítko Nový uživatel, abyste vytvořili nového TS-Shell\n" "uživatele nebo na Smazat uživatele, abyste uživatele odstranili." #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" "Pro přidání nebo odebrání skupin z tabulky pověření TS-Shellu, nebo pro\n" @@ -619,12 +585,8 @@ #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered." -msgstr "" -"Pomocí volby Prověřovaná ID určete ty z/VM ID, ze kterých mají být " -"shromažďovány záznamy." +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "Pomocí volby Prověřovaná ID určete ty z/VM ID, ze kterých mají být shromažďovány záznamy." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -633,23 +595,16 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " -"and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" -"Pro vytvoření nového uživatele TS-Shellu je nutné zadat Uživatelské " -"jméno, Domovský adresář a Heslo.\n" +"Pro vytvoření nového uživatele TS-Shellu je nutné zadat Uživatelské jméno, Domovský adresář a Heslo.\n" "\t Je také možné zadat Další skupiny, když je vpravo vyberete." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Abyste zajistili, že si uživatel po prvním přihlášení změní heslo, " -"aktivujte volbu Vynutit změnu hesla." +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "Abyste zajistili, že si uživatel po prvním přihlášení změní heslo, aktivujte volbu Vynutit změnu hesla." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 @@ -677,8 +632,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" "Existující skupiny mohou být přidávány do pověření TS-Shellu, nebo\n" "z něj odebírány. Vyberte skupiny z tabulky a klepněte na\n" @@ -690,28 +644,22 @@ msgid "" "Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" "selection." -msgstr "" -"Změnu TS-Shell členů vybrané skupiny provedete výběrem TS-Členové." -"" +msgstr "Změnu TS-Shell členů vybrané skupiny provedete výběrem TS-Členové." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " -"to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" "Nové skupiny mohou být vytvořeny vložením jména do vstupního pole\n" "Nová skupina a potvrzením tlačítkem Vytvořit.\n" -"\t Pro smazání dříve vytvořené skupiny musíte použít dialog YaSTu " -"Uživatelé." +"\t Pro smazání dříve vytvořené skupiny musíte použít dialog YaSTu Uživatelé." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "" -"Změny v tomto dialogu zrušíte klepnutím na tlačítko Zpět." +msgstr "Změny v tomto dialogu zrušíte klepnutím na tlačítko Zpět." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 @@ -719,24 +667,15 @@ msgstr "<big>IUCVConn při přihlášení</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." msgstr "" "IUCVConn při přihlášení vyžaduje jednoho uživatele pro každé z/VM ID.\n" -"Abyste tyto uživatele vytvořili, musíte zadat heslo a domovský " -"adresář." +"Abyste tyto uživatele vytvořili, musíte zadat heslo a domovský adresář." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " -msgstr "" -"Je možné synchronizovat uživatele ručně klepnutím na tlačítko " -"Synchronizovat nebo pouhým potvrzením změn tlačítkem OK, když " -"je povoleno IUCVConn při přihlášení." +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "Je možné synchronizovat uživatele ručně klepnutím na tlačítko Synchronizovat nebo pouhým potvrzením změn tlačítkem OK, když je povoleno IUCVConn při přihlášení." #. Text approval #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 @@ -970,30 +909,25 @@ #. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Špatné z/VM ID \"%1\" na řádku %2. Jsou povolena pouze písmena a čísla." +msgstr "Špatné z/VM ID \"%1\" na řádku %2. Jsou povolena pouze písmena a čísla." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "Špatné z/VM ID \"%1\" na řádku %2. Čísla na začátku nejsou povolena." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." msgstr "Špatné z/VM ID \"%1\" na řádku %2. Více než osm znaků není dovoleno." #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." -msgstr "" -"Špatné z/VM ID \"%1\" na řádku %2. Je vyžadováno nejméně jedno písmeno." +msgstr "Špatné z/VM ID \"%1\" na řádku %2. Je vyžadováno nejméně jedno písmeno." #. check password #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "" -"Je vyžadováno správně zadané heslo pro synchronizaci IUCVConn uživatelů." +msgstr "Je vyžadováno správně zadané heslo pro synchronizaci IUCVConn uživatelů." #. check home directory #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 @@ -1015,11 +949,8 @@ #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"Špatný vstup. Jsou povolena pouze malá písmena, čísla a čárky pro oddělování." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "Špatný vstup. Jsou povolena pouze malá písmena, čísla a čárky pro oddělování." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." @@ -1050,26 +981,13 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." -" " -msgstr "" -"Několik IUCVtty instancí může běžet tak, aby poskytovaly více " -"terminálových zařízení. Instance jsou odlišeny podle ID terminálu, které je " -"kombinací Prefixu Terminal ID a čísla instance. " +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "Několik IUCVtty instancí může běžet tak, aby poskytovaly více terminálových zařízení. Instance jsou odlišeny podle ID terminálu, které je kombinací Prefixu Terminal ID a čísla instance. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Například pokud nastavíte deset instancí s prefixem "lxterm</" -"i>", budou k dispozici terminálové ID od lxterm0 do lxterm9</" -"i>." +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "Například pokud nastavíte deset instancí s prefixem "lxterm", budou k dispozici terminálové ID od lxterm0 do lxterm9." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 @@ -1078,63 +996,37 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." -msgstr "" -"Ovladač z/VM IUCV HVC zařízení je modul jádra a využívá uzly zařízení, " -"aby povolil až osm HVC terminálových zařízení ke komunikaci s programy getty " -"a login." +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "Ovladač z/VM IUCV HVC zařízení je modul jádra a využívá uzly zařízení, aby povolil až osm HVC terminálových zařízení ke komunikaci s programy getty a login." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." -msgstr "" -"Pomocí Omezit přístup povolíte pouze spojení z určitých " -"terminálových serverů." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "Pomocí Omezit přístup povolíte pouze spojení z určitých terminálových serverů." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"" -msgstr "" -"Definujte emulaci pro všechny instance naráz nebo pro každou instanci " -"zvlášť." +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "Definujte emulaci pro všechny instance naráz nebo pro každou instanci zvlášť." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" -"Aktivujteroutovat zprávy jádra do hvc0 pro routování jaderných " -"zpráv\n" +"Aktivujteroutovat zprávy jádra do hvc0 pro routování jaderných zpráv\n" "do zařízení hvc0 místo na ttyS0. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "" -"Pokud by měly být jaderné zprávy nadále zobrazovány na ttyS0, přidejte do " -"současného zaváděcího výběru jádra ručně parametr console=ttyS0, " -"pomocí modulu Zavaděč v YaSTu." +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "Pokud by měly být jaderné zprávy nadále zobrazovány na ttyS0, přidejte do současného zaváděcího výběru jádra ručně parametr console=ttyS0, pomocí modulu Zavaděč v YaSTu." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Upozornění: Bez ručního odhlášení pomocí klávesové zkratky Ctrl-D " -"zůstávají HVC terminály stále přihlášeny.</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Upozornění: Bez ručního odhlášení pomocí klávesové zkratky Ctrl-D zůstávají HVC terminály stále přihlášeny.</h3>" #. Dialog content #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 @@ -1201,20 +1093,13 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" -msgstr "" -"Nakonfigurujte akce, které se mají provést, pokud se objeví panika " -"jádra" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "Nakonfigurujte akce, které se mají provést, pokud se objeví panika jádra" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." -msgstr "" -"K ovlivnění chování během paniky jádra je nutné povolit démona " -"Dumpconf." +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "K ovlivnění chování během paniky jádra je nutné povolit démona Dumpconf." #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 @@ -1239,14 +1124,11 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" -"dump_reipl Vytvořit výpis Linuxu a restartovat systém. Tato volba je " -"dostupná\n" -"pouze na LPAR se stroji z9(r) a pozdějšími a na z/VM verzi 5.3 a pozdějším." -" " +"dump_reipl Vytvořit výpis Linuxu a restartovat systém. Tato volba je dostupná\n" +"pouze na LPAR se stroji z9(r) a pozdějšími a na z/VM verzi 5.3 a pozdějším. " #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 @@ -1255,36 +1137,18 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Čas definovaný v poli Prodleva v minutách odkládá aktivaci zadané " -"panikové akce pro nově nastartovaný systém, aby se předešlo smyčkám. Pokud " -"systém havaruje před uběhnutím zadaného času, je provedena výchozí akce " -"(stop)." +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "Čas definovaný v poli Prodleva v minutách odkládá aktivaci zadané panikové akce pro nově nastartovaný systém, aby se předešlo smyčkám. Pokud systém havaruje před uběhnutím zadaného času, je provedena výchozí akce (stop)." #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." -msgstr "" -"Zařízení pro vypisování paměti může být nastaveno pomocí nabídky " -"Výpisové zařízení. Pokud zde není zobrazeno žádné zařízení, musíte " -"nějaké vytvořit v dialogu YaST Výpisové zařízení." +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "Zařízení pro vypisování paměti může být nastaveno pomocí nabídky Výpisové zařízení. Pokud zde není zobrazeno žádné zařízení, musíte nějaké vytvořit v dialogu YaST Výpisové zařízení." #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Volbou VMCMD zadejte CP příkaz, který se má provést před tím, než " -"je Linux zastaven. Je povoleno pouze %1 řádek a celkem %2 znaků." +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "Volbou VMCMD zadejte CP příkaz, který se má provést před tím, než je Linux zastaven. Je povoleno pouze %1 řádek a celkem %2 znaků." #. radio button label #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 @@ -1460,21 +1324,16 @@ #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" -"ID kanálu musí být zadáno malými písmeny ve formátu odpovídajícím " -"sysfs:\n" +"ID kanálu musí být zadáno malými písmeny ve formátu odpovídajícím sysfs:\n" "0.0.<číslo_zařízení>, např. <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"WWPN musí být zadáno malými písmeny jako šestnáctková 16ciferná hodnota, " -"jako např:\n" +"WWPN musí být zadáno malými písmeny jako šestnáctková 16ciferná hodnota, jako např:\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" "LUN musí být zadán malými písmeny jako šestnáctková 16ciferná hodnota\n" "se všemi úvodními nulami, např. <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." @@ -1640,9 +1499,7 @@ #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." -msgstr "" -"Nekompatibilní formátování nebo rozdělení disku. Náprava pomocí volby " -"Vynutit." +msgstr "Nekompatibilní formátování nebo rozdělení disku. Náprava pomocí volby Vynutit." #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 @@ -2035,12 +1892,9 @@ #~ "already configured dump device, select it and click Edit.\n" #~ "To remove a configured dump device, select it and click Delete." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro přidání nového zařízení výpisu (dump) klikněte Přidat. " -#~ "Chcete-li\n" -#~ "upravit již nastavené zařízení, vyberte jej a klikněte na Upravit</" -#~ "b>.\n" -#~ "Chcete-li nastavené zařízení smazat, vyberte jej a klikněte na Smazat</" -#~ "b>." +#~ "Pro přidání nového zařízení výpisu (dump) klikněte Přidat. Chcete-li\n" +#~ "upravit již nastavené zařízení, vyberte jej a klikněte na Upravit.\n" +#~ "Chcete-li nastavené zařízení smazat, vyberte jej a klikněte na Smazat." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Add New Dump Device</big> \n" @@ -2048,15 +1902,12 @@ #~ "ECKD DASD. Set Dump Device to select the device\n" #~ "to format. If the device is already formatted\n" #~ "or configured, setting\n" -#~ "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Přidat nové dump zařízení</big> \n" -#~ "Připravte zařízení pro použití jako S/390 dump zařízení. Mezi podporovaná " -#~ "zařízení\n" +#~ "Připravte zařízení pro použití jako S/390 dump zařízení. Mezi podporovaná zařízení\n" #~ "patří ECKD DASD. Nastavte Dump zařízení abyste vybrali zařízení\n" -#~ "k zformátování. Pokud je zařízení již naformátováno či nakonfigurováno, " -#~ "je nutno\n" +#~ "k zformátování. Pokud je zařízení již naformátováno či nakonfigurováno, je nutno\n" #~ "nastavit\n" #~ "Nainstalovat dump záznam i když je disk již &zformátován." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/samba-client.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/samba-client.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/samba-client.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -173,12 +173,8 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte rozsah ID uživatelů a skupin samba (hodnoty <tt>winbind " -"uid</tt> a <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "Zadejte rozsah ID uživatelů a skupin samba (hodnoty <tt>winbind uid</tt> a <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -408,8 +404,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -512,8 +507,7 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" "Linuxový klient může být členem pracovní skupiny, domény NT a nebo\n" @@ -523,30 +517,25 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "Použít SMB informace pro autentizaci v Linuxu umožní\n" -"ověření hesla oproti NT serveru nebo Kerberos serveru, pokud jde o doménu AD." -"\n" +"ověření hesla oproti NT serveru nebo Kerberos serveru, pokud jde o doménu AD.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"Zatrhněte Změnit primární DNS příponu pro přidání vašeho AD " -"serveru do seznamu jmenných serverů.\n" +"Zatrhněte Změnit primární DNS příponu pro přidání vašeho AD serveru do seznamu jmenných serverů.\n" "Tato volba je dostupná pro statické nastavení sítě." #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" "Jakmile stisknete tlačítko OK, systém ověří členství a\n" "pokud to je doména NT či AD umožní tomuto počítači se do ní připojit.\n" @@ -567,39 +556,18 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." -msgstr "" -"Aby se domovský adresář vytvořil automaticky při první přihlášení,zvolte " -"Při přihlášení vytvořit domovský adresář." +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." +msgstr "Aby se domovský adresář vytvořil automaticky při první přihlášení,zvolte Při přihlášení vytvořit domovský adresář." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"Offline ověřování umožňuje uživatelům přihlášení i když se nelze " -"přihlásit k DC. Aby tato volba fungovala, je nutné se alespoň jednou " -"přihlásit do domény. Přihlašovací informace uživatele jsou pak uloženy na " -"váš počítač a použity v případě offline přihlášení. Tato volba je vhodná " -"především pro mobilní uživatele." +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "Offline ověřování umožňuje uživatelům přihlášení i když se nelze přihlásit k DC. Aby tato volba fungovala, je nutné se alespoň jednou přihlásit do domény. Přihlašovací informace uživatele jsou pak uloženy na váš počítač a použity v případě offline přihlášení. Tato volba je vhodná především pro mobilní uživatele." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Klikněte na Expertní nastavení pro povolení pokročilých funkcí " -"jako volby WINS nebo připojení domovských adresářů serveru z domén Active " -"Directory." +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." +msgstr "Klikněte na Expertní nastavení pro povolení pokročilých funkcí jako volby WINS nebo připojení domovských adresářů serveru z domén Active Directory." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -609,10 +577,8 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" "Nastavte uživatelské jméno a heslo, které\n" "se mají použít pro přihlášení do domény během automatické\n" @@ -621,13 +587,8 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte AD server k přihlášení do Active Directory domény. Toto " -"nastavené se použije také jako hodnota KDC v konfiguraci Kerbera." +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr "Zadejte AD server k přihlášení do Active Directory domény. Toto nastavené se použije také jako hodnota KDC v konfiguraci Kerbera." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -691,8 +652,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" -msgstr "" -"Chcete-li se k doméně připojit anonymně, ponechte textová pole prázdná.\n" +msgstr "Chcete-li se k doméně připojit anonymně, ponechte textová pole prázdná.\n" #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 @@ -760,12 +720,8 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "" -"Pokud chcete použít Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) pro " -"rozlišování jmen, zaškrtněte Použít WINS pro rozlišení hostitelů.." +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "Pokud chcete použít Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) pro rozlišování jmen, zaškrtněte Použít WINS pro rozlišení hostitelů.." #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 @@ -774,12 +730,8 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." -msgstr "" -"Pokud chcete používat WINS server nabízený přes DHCP, zaškrtněte " -"Získat WINS server přes DHCP." +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." +msgstr "Pokud chcete používat WINS server nabízený přes DHCP, zaškrtněte Získat WINS server přes DHCP." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 @@ -813,81 +765,45 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"Povolit uživatelům sdílet jejich adresáře umožňuje členům skupiny " -"uvedené v Povolené skupiny sdílet adresáře s ostatními uživateli. " -"Například lokální adresář <tt>users</tt> bude v doméně sdílen jako <tt>DOMAIN" -"%1Users</tt>. Uživatelé musí u ke zpřístupnění svých adresářů a souborů " -"nastavit správná přístupová práva." +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "Povolit uživatelům sdílet jejich adresáře umožňuje členům skupiny uvedené v Povolené skupiny sdílet adresáře s ostatními uživateli. Například lokální adresář <tt>users</tt> bude v doméně sdílen jako <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt>. Uživatelé musí u ke zpřístupnění svých adresářů a souborů nastavit správná přístupová práva." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." -msgstr "" -"Pomocí Maximální počet sdílení můžete omezit počet vytvářených " -"sdílení." +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." +msgstr "Pomocí Maximální počet sdílení můžete omezit počet vytvářených sdílení." #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"Pro povolení přístupu ke sdílením bez ověření, aktivujte Povolit " -"přístup hosta." +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "Pro povolení přístupu ke sdílením bez ověření, aktivujte Povolit přístup hosta." #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" "V tabulce Připojení serverových adresářů můžete určit serverové\n" -"adresáře (jako je domovský adresář), které by se měly při přihlášení " -"uživatele\n" -"místně připojit. Má-li být připojení specifické pro uživatele, zadejte k " -"vybranému\n" -"pravidlu Uživatelské jméno. V opačném případě je adresář připojen pro " -"všechny\n" +"adresáře (jako je domovský adresář), které by se měly při přihlášení uživatele\n" +"místně připojit. Má-li být připojení specifické pro uživatele, zadejte k vybranému\n" +"pravidlu Uživatelské jméno. V opačném případě je adresář připojen pro všechny\n" "uživatele. Pro více informací čtěte manuálovou stránku pro pam_mount.conf" #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." -msgstr "" -"Např. můžete použít hodnotu <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> pro " -"vzdálenou cestu, hodnota <tt>~/</tt> pro Místní bod připojení " -"sloužící k připojení domovského adresáře, dohromady s hodnotou <tt>user=" -"%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> je součástí voleb." +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." +msgstr "Např. můžete použít hodnotu <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> pro vzdálenou cestu, hodnota <tt>~/</tt> pro Místní bod připojení sloužící k připojení domovského adresáře, dohromady s hodnotou <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> je součástí voleb." #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." msgstr "" "Hodnota Metoda Kerberos nastavuje, jak jsou tikety kerberosu\n" "ověřovány. Když je použito Jednoduché přihlašování pro SSH,\n" -"YaSTem nastavená výchozí Metoda Kerberos je <tt>tajemství a tabulka klíčů</" -"tt>.\n" +"YaSTem nastavená výchozí Metoda Kerberos je <tt>tajemství a tabulka klíčů</tt>.\n" "Pro více informací čtěte manuálovou stránku smb.conf." #. translators: initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/samba-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/samba-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/samba-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -38,9 +38,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Modul pro konfiguraci Samba serveru (přečtěte si prosím dokumentaci k Samba " -"severu pro více podrobností)." +msgstr "Modul pro konfiguraci Samba serveru (přečtěte si prosím dokumentaci k Samba severu pro více podrobností)." #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -199,16 +197,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" -msgstr "" -"LDAP přípona DN pro manipulaci s informacemi o uživateli na LDAP serveru" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "LDAP přípona DN pro manipulaci s informacemi o uživateli na LDAP serveru" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" msgstr "LDAP DN pro změnu obsahu LDAP serveru (např. změna hesla)" #. translators: error message for share command line action @@ -273,8 +267,7 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "Protože jsou k Samba serveru připojeni uživatelé,\n" @@ -310,9 +303,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "" -"Vícenásobné volitelné hodnoty pro jeden backend musí být uzavřeny v " -"uvozovkách." +msgstr "Vícenásobné volitelné hodnoty pro jeden backend musí být uzavřeny v uvozovkách." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL @@ -901,50 +892,38 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Výběr skupiny nebo domény</big> \n" -"Zvolte jméno již existující pracovní skupiny či domény nebo zadejte vlastní " -"jméno a klikněte na Další.\n" +"Zvolte jméno již existující pracovní skupiny či domény nebo zadejte vlastní jméno a klikněte na Další.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Typ Samba serveru</big> \n" -"Řadič domény umožňuje klientům Windows přihlášení do domény ve stylu " -"Windows NT.\n" -"Záložní řadič používá pro ověření jiný řadič domény. Primární řadič " -"používá pro ověření\n" +"Řadič domény umožňuje klientům Windows přihlášení do domény ve stylu Windows NT.\n" +"Záložní řadič používá pro ověření jiný řadič domény. Primární řadič používá pro ověření\n" "své vlastní informace o uživatelích a jejich heslech.\n" -"Tyto volby dostupné v konfiguračním dialogu závisí na nastaveních v tomto " -"výběru. Funkcionalita řadiče domény ve stylu Windows NT bude v budoucích " -"vydáních postupně ukončena." +"Tyto volby dostupné v konfiguračním dialogu závisí na nastaveních v tomto výběru. Funkcionalita řadiče domény ve stylu Windows NT bude v budoucích vydáních postupně ukončena." #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Typ Samba serveru</big> \n" -"DC - doménový kontroler umožňuje klientům Windows přihlášení do domény.</" -"p>\n" +"DC - doménový kontroler umožňuje klientům Windows přihlášení do domény.\n" "Volba je dostupná v závislosti na typu nastavení v této sekci." #. Share list dialog help 1/4 @@ -996,8 +975,7 @@ "already existing share, and Delete to \n" "remove the information about a share.\n" msgstr "" -"Použijte Přidat pro přidání nových sdílení, Uprav pro " -"změny\n" +"Použijte Přidat pro přidání nových sdílení, Uprav pro změny\n" "již existujících sdílení a Odstraň pro úplné odstranění informací o\n" "sdílení.\n" @@ -1016,9 +994,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" @@ -1075,8 +1051,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Pokročilá nastavení umožňují podrobnější nastavení\n" "zdroj ověřování uživatelů a expertní globální možnosti.\n" @@ -1134,8 +1109,7 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Použijte Přidat pro přidání nových konfiguračních voleb, Uprav</" -"b> pro\n" +"Použijte Přidat pro přidání nových konfiguračních voleb, Uprav pro\n" "změnu již existujících nastavení a Smaž pro vymazání nastavení.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 @@ -1153,8 +1127,7 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Použijte Přidat pro přidání nových konfiguračních voleb, Uprav</" -"b> pro\n" +"Použijte Přidat pro přidání nových konfiguračních voleb, Uprav pro\n" "změnu již existujících nastavení a Smaž pro vymazání nastavení.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 @@ -1171,8 +1144,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" @@ -1180,18 +1152,13 @@ "Vyhledat základní DN (Distinguished Name) je základ\n" "pro vyhledávání informací a Administrační DN se používá\n" "při vytváření nového uživatele nebo skupiny.\n" -"Jestliže vyžaduje Administrační DN heslo pro práva zápisu, nastavte ho " -"pomocí\n" +"Jestliže vyžaduje Administrační DN heslo pro práva zápisu, nastavte ho pomocí\n" "Nastavení hesla správce LDAP.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pamatujte:nastavení je uloženo před nastavením hesla " -"administrátora LDAP.\n" +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" +msgstr "Pamatujte:nastavení je uloženo před nastavením hesla administrátora LDAP.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1209,12 +1176,10 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Chcete-li změnit výchozí zdroj ověřování uživatelů, nejdříve stiskem " -"tlačítka Smazat odstraňte ten současný.\n" +"Chcete-li změnit výchozí zdroj ověřování uživatelů, nejdříve stiskem tlačítka Smazat odstraňte ten současný.\n" "Nový přidáte stiskem tlačítka Přidat.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 @@ -1323,32 +1288,12 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Pokud je vybráno Vystavit snímky, Samba vystaví snímky vytvořené " -"Snapperem tak, aby k nim mohli přistupovat a s nimi manipulovat klienti CIFS/" -"SMB. Tato volba je dostupná pouze pokud Samba nabízí podporu Snapperu a " -"Cesta ke sdílení odpovídá podřízenému svazku Btrfs v konfiguraci Snapperu." -" Musí být též přidělěna patřičná oprávnění, pro další podrobnosti viz " -"manuálovou stránku vfs_snapper(8) ze Samby." +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "Pokud je vybráno Vystavit snímky, Samba vystaví snímky vytvořené Snapperem tak, aby k nim mohli přistupovat a s nimi manipulovat klienti CIFS/SMB. Tato volba je dostupná pouze pokud Samba nabízí podporu Snapperu a Cesta ke sdílení odpovídá podřízenému svazku Btrfs v konfiguraci Snapperu. Musí být též přidělěna patřičná oprávnění, pro další podrobnosti viz manuálovou stránku vfs_snapper(8) ze Samby." #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "" -"Využít funkce Btrfs říká, aby Samba využila zvláštní funkce pro " -"systém souborů Btrfs.Tato volba je dostupná pouze pokud Samba nabízí podporu " -"Btrfs a Cesta ke sdílení je podřízeným svazkem Btrfs. Pro další " -"podrobnosti viz manuálovou stránku vfs_btrfs(8) ze Samby." +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "Využít funkce Btrfs říká, aby Samba využila zvláštní funkce pro systém souborů Btrfs.Tato volba je dostupná pouze pokud Samba nabízí podporu Btrfs a Cesta ke sdílení je podřízeným svazkem Btrfs. Pro další podrobnosti viz manuálovou stránku vfs_btrfs(8) ze Samby." #. help for LDAP Settings dialog #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 @@ -1357,87 +1302,53 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Nastavení LDAP</big> \n" "Zde zadejte LDAP server, aby byl použit pro autentizaci.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Nastavení LDAP Password Back-Endu umožňuje uložení uživatelských " -"informací ve stromu LDAPu v zadané adrese URL. S LDAP Idmap Back-End</" -"b>em se v LDAPu uloží SID/UID/GID mapovací tabulky.\n" +"Nastavení LDAP Password Back-Endu umožňuje uložení uživatelských informací ve stromu LDAPu v zadané adrese URL. S LDAP Idmap Back-Endem se v LDAPu uloží SID/UID/GID mapovací tabulky.\n" "\n" -"V oddíle Autentizace zadejte pověření k LDAP serveru včetně plného DN " -"Administratora.\n" +"V oddíle Autentizace zadejte pověření k LDAP serveru včetně plného DN Administratora.\n" "\n" -"Vyhledat základní DN je LDAP přípona připojovaná ke konkrétním LDAP " -"objektům Samby.\n" +"Vyhledat základní DN je LDAP přípona připojovaná ke konkrétním LDAP objektům Samby.\n" "\n" -"Pro ověření spojení k vašemu LDAP serveru, klikněte na Otestovat spojení</" -"b>. Pro pokročilá nastavení LDAPu nebo použití výchozích hodnot klepněte na " -"Pokročilá nastavení." +"Pro ověření spojení k vašemu LDAP serveru, klikněte na Otestovat spojení. Pro pokročilá nastavení LDAPu nebo použití výchozích hodnot klepněte na Pokročilá nastavení." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "" -"Přípona uživatelů určuje, kam jsou uživatelé přidáváni do stromu " -"LDAPu. Tato hodnota je vložena před hodnotu Vyhledat základní DN. " -"Obdobně Přípona skupin říká, kam patří skupiny, Přípona zařízení</" -"b> pro zařízení a Přípona Idmapu pro mapování Idmapu." +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "Přípona uživatelů určuje, kam jsou uživatelé přidáváni do stromu LDAPu. Tato hodnota je vložena před hodnotu Vyhledat základní DN. Obdobně Přípona skupin říká, kam patří skupiny, Přípona zařízení pro zařízení a Přípona Idmapu pro mapování Idmapu." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"Replikační spánek je množství milisekund, po které Samba bude " -"čekat poté, co zapsala na LDAP server, aby byla podchycena kopie LDAPu.\n" -"Čas vypršení stanovuje dobu do vypršení LDAP operací (v " -"sekundách)." +"Replikační spánek je množství milisekund, po které Samba bude čekat poté, co zapsala na LDAP server, aby byla podchycena kopie LDAPu.\n" +"Čas vypršení stanovuje dobu do vypršení LDAP operací (v sekundách)." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" -msgstr "" -"Volbou Použít SSL nebo TLS upřesněte, zda má být použito SSL pro " -"LDAP spojení." +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +msgstr "Volbou Použít SSL nebo TLS upřesněte, zda má být použito SSL pro LDAP spojení." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" -"Smazat DN určuje, zda operace smazání maže kompletní záznamy LDAPu " -"nebo pouze atributy pro Sambu.\n" -"Se Synchronizovat hesla definujte možnost synchronizace hesel " -"LDAPu s NT a LM hashy. Pro více informací nahlédněte do <tt>smb.conf</tt> " -"manuálu." +"Smazat DN určuje, zda operace smazání maže kompletní záznamy LDAPu nebo pouze atributy pro Sambu.\n" +"Se Synchronizovat hesla definujte možnost synchronizace hesel LDAPu s NT a LM hashy. Pro více informací nahlédněte do <tt>smb.conf</tt> manuálu." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1495,8 +1406,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Pokročilá nastavení umožňují podrobnější nastavení\n" @@ -1932,8 +1842,7 @@ #~ msgstr "SSL" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to " -#~ "modify\n" +#~ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" #~ "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" #~ "Use Up and Down to change the order\n" #~ "of the back-ends.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/samba-users.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/samba-users.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/samba-users.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -32,17 +32,11 @@ msgstr "Pokud nenastavíte vlastní hodnoty" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " -"Script " -msgstr "" -"Disk domovského adresáře, Domovský adresář, Soubor profilu</" -"b> a Přihlašovací skript " +msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " +msgstr "Disk domovského adresáře, Domovský adresář, Soubor profilu a Přihlašovací skript " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"" +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." msgstr "použijí se výchozí hodnoty z lokálního nastavení Samby." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 @@ -85,25 +79,17 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name</" -"b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Tento zásuvný modul může být použit k povolení LDAP skupin, aby byly " -"dostupné pro Sambu.\n" -"Jediné nastavení, které zde můžete upravit je atribut Jméno skupiny " -"Samby,\n" +"Tento zásuvný modul může být použit k povolení LDAP skupin, aby byly dostupné pro Sambu.\n" +"Jediné nastavení, které zde můžete upravit je atribut Jméno skupiny Samby,\n" "což je jméno skupiny jak by se mělo objevit klientům Samby. Všechna další\n" -"nastavení jsou vypočítána automaticky. Pokud necháte Samba Group Name " -"prázdné,\n" +"nastavení jsou vypočítána automaticky. Pokud necháte Samba Group Name prázdné,\n" "bude použito stejné jméno jako v Globálním nastavení této skupiny.\n" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/scanner.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/scanner.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/scanner.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -277,12 +277,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"Ovladač epkowa je dostupný pouze pro architekturu i386 a kompatibilní (32-" -"bit i386 a také 64-bit x86_64)." +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "Ovladač epkowa je dostupný pouze pro architekturu i386 a kompatibilní (32-bit i386 a také 64-bit x86_64)." #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 @@ -406,14 +402,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Konfigurace skeneru</big> \n" -"Zde můžete nastavit nebo změnit počáteční nastavení skeneru a zobrazit " -"aktivní skenery.\n" +"Zde můžete nastavit nebo změnit počáteční nastavení skeneru a zobrazit aktivní skenery.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 2/8: @@ -422,8 +416,7 @@ "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -455,8 +448,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -477,8 +469,7 @@ "a Spustit hp-setup\n" "Pokud máte s nastavení USB skeneru problémy,\n" "překontrolujte výstup příkazu <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"Pokud ve výstupu skener nenajdete, nemůže USB systém se skenerem " -"komunikovat.\n" +"Pokud ve výstupu skener nenajdete, nemůže USB systém se skenerem komunikovat.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 4/8: @@ -490,15 +481,13 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Většina SCSI skenerů je bez problémů automaticky rozpoznána.\n" "V případě problémů použijte pro nastavení Přidat\n" -"a také překontrolujte, zda skener najdete ve výstupu příkazu <tt>lsscsi</" -"tt>.\n" +"a také překontrolujte, zda skener najdete ve výstupu příkazu <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "Pokud ne, SCSI systém nemůže se skenerem komunikovat.\n" "Ujistěte se, že máte pro SCSI řadič zavedený příslušný modul jádra.\n" "" @@ -513,8 +502,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -548,10 +536,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -582,8 +568,7 @@ "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -611,8 +596,7 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -622,8 +606,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pokud je nastaven ovladač, ale nebyl rozpoznán žádný skener podporovaný " -"ovladačem,\n" +"Pokud je nastaven ovladač, ale nebyl rozpoznán žádný skener podporovaný ovladačem,\n" "může to mít následující příčiny:\n" "- Skener není zapojen nebo je vypnutý\n" "- Zvolený ovladač daný model skeneru nepodporuje (i malé rozdíly v označení\n" @@ -639,8 +622,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" @@ -660,43 +642,31 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -" \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Model je podporovaný pokud je dostupný alespoň jeden odpovídající ovladač " -"skeneru.\n" -"Většina ovladačů skenerů je z projektu SANE a je dodávána s balíčkem sane-" -"backends.\n" +"Model je podporovaný pokud je dostupný alespoň jeden odpovídající ovladač skeneru.\n" +"Většina ovladačů skenerů je z projektu SANE a je dodávána s balíčkem sane-backends.\n" "Stav podpory pro jednotlivé modely se pohybuje od minimální to úplnou. \n" "Pokud je ovladač označen jako 'neudržovaný', neznamená to, že nefunguje.\n" "I neudržovaný ovladač může perfektně fungovat.\n" -"Ale znamená to, že už není k dispozici nikdo, kdo by se perfektně vyznal ve " -"vnitřnostech\n" -"ovladače, takže obvykle není k dispozici pomoc, jsou-li s neudržovaným " -"ovladačem problémy.\n" +"Ale znamená to, že už není k dispozici nikdo, kdo by se perfektně vyznal ve vnitřnostech\n" +"ovladače, takže obvykle není k dispozici pomoc, jsou-li s neudržovaným ovladačem problémy.\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -726,18 +696,12 @@ "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -755,8 +719,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -816,14 +779,10 @@ "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -870,12 +829,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -967,10 +923,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -979,14 +933,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Nastavení klienta</big> \n" -"Chcete-li přistupovat k dalším skenerům připojeným přes síť ke vzdálených " -"hostitelům\n" -"(serverům), nastavte síťový metaovladač, abyste k nim měli přístup pomocí " -"démona\n" -"běžícího na serverech. Saned na firewall na serverech vám musí umožnit " -"přístup.\n" -"V použitých serverech zadejte které servery si přejete použít. " -"Zadejte čárkou\n" +"Chcete-li přistupovat k dalším skenerům připojeným přes síť ke vzdálených hostitelům\n" +"(serverům), nastavte síťový metaovladač, abyste k nim měli přístup pomocí démona\n" +"běžícího na serverech. Saned na firewall na serverech vám musí umožnit přístup.\n" +"V použitých serverech zadejte které servery si přejete použít. Zadejte čárkou\n" "oddělený seznam serverů (jména serverů nebo IP adresy).\n" "Nejsou-li zadány žádné servery, síť je neaktivní.\n" "" @@ -1016,8 +966,7 @@ "Toto nastavení je užitečné v případě používání loopback zařízení.\n" "V tomto případě je počítač jak serverem, tak klientem (localhost).\n" "Některé skenery jako např. skenery připojené přes paralelní port,\n" -"vyžadují rootovská práva. Pokud pro server i klienta zadáte <tt>localhost</" -"tt>,\n" +"vyžadují rootovská práva. Pokud pro server i klienta zadáte <tt>localhost</tt>,\n" "můžete skener používat i jako normální uživatel počítače.\n" "" @@ -1054,8 +1003,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1076,8 +1024,7 @@ "kde jsou ke stažení RPM balíčky pro 32bitové (i386) a 64bitové (x86_64)\n" "architektury. Abyste mohli balíčky stáhnout, musíte odsouhlasit licenční\n" "ujednání. Ovladač Image Scan obsahuje proprietární binární software.\n" -"Některé modely mají ovladač dostupný pouze pro 32bitovou (i386) " -"architekturu,\n" +"Některé modely mají ovladač dostupný pouze pro 32bitovou (i386) architekturu,\n" "který nebude fungovat, pokud máte nainstalovaný 64bitový systém.\n" "Některé skenery jsou také podporovány dalšími (svobodnými) ovladači.\n" "Když váš skener vyžaduje nesvobodný (proprietární) modul DFSG,\n" @@ -1088,20 +1035,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Je vyžadován balíček %1, který není nainstalován a není dostupný v žádném " -"repozitáři." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Je vyžadován balíček %1, který není nainstalován a není dostupný v žádném repozitáři." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"Je vyžadován balíček %1, který není nainstalován a není dostupný v " -"repozitáři." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "Je vyžadován balíček %1, který není nainstalován a není dostupný v repozitáři." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -1122,8 +1062,7 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "Selhalo určení aktivních skenerů. Když je síťový\n" "metaovladač aktivní a něco je špatně se sítí, může\n" @@ -1326,8 +1265,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nelze spustit hp-setup, protože nemůže být otevřen žádný grafický displej.\n" "To se stává, když YaST běží v pouze textovém režimu,\n" -"nebo když uživatel spouštějící YaST nemá nastavenou žádnou proměnnou " -"DISPLAY,\n" +"nebo když uživatel spouštějící YaST nemá nastavenou žádnou proměnnou DISPLAY,\n" "nebo když procesům YaSTu není dovolen přístup ke grafickému displeji.\n" "V takovém případě byste nyní měli přerušit konfiguraci skeneru,\n" "spustit hp-setup ručně a poté znovu spustit konfiguraci skeneru.\n" @@ -1359,8 +1297,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Spuštěn hp-setup.\n" "Abyste mohli pokračovat v nastavení skeneru, musíte dokončit hp-setup.\n" @@ -1413,8 +1350,7 @@ #. nor an active driver was found: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "" -"nebyl detekován žádný skener a neexistuje žádný aktivní skener nebo ovladač." +msgstr "nebyl detekován žádný skener a neexistuje žádný aktivní skener nebo ovladač." #. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 @@ -1428,8 +1364,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." -msgstr "" -"Je vyžadován ovladač třetí strany Image Scan od společnosti Epson/Avasys." +msgstr "Je vyžadován ovladač třetí strany Image Scan od společnosti Epson/Avasys." #. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name #. which provides the driver for the particular model: @@ -1511,39 +1446,30 @@ #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"Soubor firmwaru obsahuje software, které je potřeba zavést do paměti " -"skeneru.\n" +"Soubor firmwaru obsahuje software, které je potřeba zavést do paměti skeneru.\n" "Bez firmwaru nebude skener fungovat.\n" "\n" -"Protože je firmware licencován výrobcem zařízení, nemůžeme jej " -"distribuovat.\n" +"Protože je firmware licencován výrobcem zařízení, nemůžeme jej distribuovat.\n" "Obvykle je firmware uložen na CD od výrobce, popř. je možné jej stáhnout\n" -"ze stránek výrobce. O možnostech získání firmwaru se informujte o svého " -"výrobce\n" +"ze stránek výrobce. O možnostech získání firmwaru se informujte o svého výrobce\n" "skeneru. Další užitečné informace najdete na stránce projektu SANE:\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/\n" "\n" -"Po získání firmwaru musíte ovladač nastavit ručně. Postup nastavení a " -"zavedení\n" +"Po získání firmwaru musíte ovladač nastavit ručně. Postup nastavení a zavedení\n" "firmwaru najdete v manuálové stránce ovladače. Manuálovou stránku svého\n" "ovladače zobrazíte příkazem:\n" @@ -1572,19 +1498,16 @@ "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" @@ -1593,16 +1516,12 @@ "a spustit službu ptal.\n" "\n" "Před spuštěním služby ptal musí být PTAL systém inicializován.\n" -"Službu ptal lze nastavit tak, aby se automaticky spouštěla při startu " -"systému.\n" -"PTAL systém a služba hplip se navzájem vylučují. Před spuštěním systému " -"PTAL\n" -"zastavte a deaktivujte službu hplip. Automatická inicializace PTAL je " -"vhodná\n" +"Službu ptal lze nastavit tak, aby se automaticky spouštěla při startu systému.\n" +"PTAL systém a služba hplip se navzájem vylučují. Před spuštěním systému PTAL\n" +"zastavte a deaktivujte službu hplip. Automatická inicializace PTAL je vhodná\n" "pouze pro USB. Pokud vaše zařízení není připojené přes USB nebo pokud USB\n" "inicializace selže, proveďte nastavení ručně.\n" -"V případě all-in-one zařízení (skener+tiskárna) ptal servis zablokuje " -"soubor\n" +"V případě all-in-one zařízení (skener+tiskárna) ptal servis zablokuje soubor\n" "USB zařízení (např. /dev/usb/lp0), takže k němu již není možné přes tento\n" "soubor přistupovat.\n" "\n" @@ -1619,8 +1538,7 @@ "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" "Alespoň jedna z nastavených tiskáren používá službu hplip.\n" "Je možné pokračovat, ale tato služba bude zastavena\n" @@ -1743,12 +1661,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"Ovladač hpoj je deaktivován, ale s ním spojená služba ptal zůstala aktivní, " -"protože je vyžadována tiskovým systémem CUPS." +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "Ovladač hpoj je deaktivován, ale s ním spojená služba ptal zůstala aktivní, protože je vyžadována tiskovým systémem CUPS." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. @@ -1987,8 +1901,7 @@ #~ "works only if also the scanning user frontend is 32-bit software.\n" #~ "You can use the special frontend /usr/bin/iscan for Epson scanners\n" #~ "which is included in the iscan package.\n" -#~ "If you like to use a standard frontend like scanimage, xscanimage, xsane, " -#~ "or kooka,\n" +#~ "If you like to use a standard frontend like scanimage, xscanimage, xsane, or kooka,\n" #~ "you must explicitly install the 32-bit package version\n" #~ "(i.e. get the package from the right media or repository).\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2035,17 +1948,12 @@ #~ msgid "saned access from the external zone cannot be allowed." #~ msgstr "saned přístup z vnější zóny sítě nemůže být povolen." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only a local host configuration works with firewall protection for the " -#~ "internal zone." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Je-li vnitřní zóna chráněna firewallem, funguje pouze konfigurace " -#~ "lokálního počítače." +#~ msgid "Only a local host configuration works with firewall protection for the internal zone." +#~ msgstr "Je-li vnitřní zóna chráněna firewallem, funguje pouze konfigurace lokálního počítače." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -#~ "available.\n" +#~ "A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" #~ "Most scanner drivers are provided by the sane-backends package.\n" #~ "The support status varies from minimal to complete.\n" #~ "" @@ -2059,12 +1967,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -#~ "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible " -#~ "via the network,\n" -#~ "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -#~ "server.\n" -#~ "In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -#~ "access saned on your server.\n" +#~ "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +#~ "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +#~ "In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" #~ "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" #~ "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" #~ "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -2085,27 +1990,16 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "<big>Nastavení serveru</big> \n" #~ "Pokud máte lokálně připojené skenery a chcete je zpřístupnit po síti,\n" -#~ "nastavte démona pro skenování přes síť saned tak, aby se z počítače stal " -#~ "server.\n" -#~ "V položce Povolení klienti zadejte, které počítače smí k saned na " -#~ "serveru\n" -#~ "přistupovat. Zadejte čárkami oddělený seznam počítačů (jména nebo IP " -#~ "adresy) nebo podsítí\n" -#~ "(v CIDR notaci, např. 192.168.1.0/24). Pokud nejsou žádní klienti " -#~ "povoleni, není\n" -#~ "saned aktivován. Pokud je saned aktivován, je aktivován a nastaven také " -#~ "xinetd.\n" -#~ "Klienti kontaktují saned přes sane port (TCP port 6566), ale skenovaná " -#~ "data se\n" -#~ "přenášejí přes jiný náhodně zvolený port. Výchozí Nastavení firewallu</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "nastavte démona pro skenování přes síť saned tak, aby se z počítače stal server.\n" +#~ "V položce Povolení klienti zadejte, které počítače smí k saned na serveru\n" +#~ "přistupovat. Zadejte čárkami oddělený seznam počítačů (jména nebo IP adresy) nebo podsítí\n" +#~ "(v CIDR notaci, např. 192.168.1.0/24). Pokud nejsou žádní klienti povoleni, není\n" +#~ "saned aktivován. Pokud je saned aktivován, je aktivován a nastaven také xinetd.\n" +#~ "Klienti kontaktují saned přes sane port (TCP port 6566), ale skenovaná data se\n" +#~ "přenášejí přes jiný náhodně zvolený port. Výchozí Nastavení firewallu\n" #~ "chrání počítač před přístupem z vnější.\n" -#~ "Při použití skenerů ve vnitřní síti to nečiní problémy, pokud ovšem " -#~ "nemáte aktivovánu\n" -#~ "ochranu vnitřní síťové zóny firewallem. Povolení přístupu z vnější sítě " -#~ "nemá smysl,\n" -#~ "neboť skenování vyžaduje fyzický přístup ke skeneru. Proto může být " -#~ "přístup z vnější\n" -#~ "zóny zamítnut jen v případě náhodného nedostatečného zabezpečení " -#~ "firewallu.\n" +#~ "Při použití skenerů ve vnitřní síti to nečiní problémy, pokud ovšem nemáte aktivovánu\n" +#~ "ochranu vnitřní síťové zóny firewallem. Povolení přístupu z vnější sítě nemá smysl,\n" +#~ "neboť skenování vyžaduje fyzický přístup ke skeneru. Proto může být přístup z vnější\n" +#~ "zóny zamítnut jen v případě náhodného nedostatečného zabezpečení firewallu.\n" #~ "" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/security.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/security.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/security.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -257,12 +257,8 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 -msgid "" -"These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Tyto základní systémové služby nejsou spuštěny v úrovni běhu %1: " -"%2" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgstr "Tyto základní systémové služby nejsou spuštěny v úrovni běhu %1: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "All basic services are enabled." @@ -270,13 +266,11 @@ #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "" -"Tyto dodatečné služby jsou spuštěny v úrovní běhu %1: %2" +msgstr "Tyto dodatečné služby jsou spuštěny v úrovní běhu %1: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." -msgstr "" -"Zkontroluje seznam služeb a deaktivujte všechny nepoužívané služby." +msgstr "Zkontroluje seznam služeb a deaktivujte všechny nepoužívané služby." #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:447 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." @@ -374,8 +368,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Přerušení inicializace</big> \n" -"Nyní můžete bezpečně přerušit inicializaci pomocí tlačítka Přerušit.</" -"p>" +"Nyní můžete bezpečně přerušit inicializaci pomocí tlačítka Přerušit." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 @@ -402,8 +395,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<BIG>Bezpečnost spouštění</BIG>\n" -"V tomto dialogu nastavíte startovací parametry související s bezpečností." -"" +"V tomto dialogu nastavíte startovací parametry související s bezpečností." #. Boot dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 @@ -434,33 +426,25 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Uspat systém:\n" -"Nastavte podmínky pro umožnění uživatelům uspat systém. Jako výchozí je, že " -"uživatel aktivní konzole má toto právo.\n" -"Ostatní volby umožňují tuto akci jiným uživatelům nebo vyžadování " -"autentizace ve všech případech.\n" +"Nastavte podmínky pro umožnění uživatelům uspat systém. Jako výchozí je, že uživatel aktivní konzole má toto právo.\n" +"Ostatní volby umožňují tuto akci jiným uživatelům nebo vyžadování autentizace ve všech případech.\n" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Nastavení lokální bezpečnosti</BIG>\n" -"Nastavení lokální bezpečnosti na předdefinované hodnoty. Nastavení se " -"týká\n" -" spouštění systému, přihlášení, hesel, vytváření uživatelů a přístupových " -"práv\n" +"Nastavení lokální bezpečnosti na předdefinované hodnoty. Nastavení se týká\n" +" spouštění systému, přihlášení, hesel, vytváření uživatelů a přístupových práv\n" " k souborům. Výchozí nastavení lze podle potřeby změnit.\n" "" @@ -483,14 +467,12 @@ msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." -msgstr "" -"Síťový server: počítač ve funkci síťového či jiného serveru." +msgstr "Síťový server: počítač ve funkci síťového či jiného serveru." #. Main dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." -msgstr "" -"K vytvoření vlastní konfigurace použijte Vlastní nastavení." +msgstr "K vytvoření vlastní konfigurace použijte Vlastní nastavení." #. Login dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 @@ -507,12 +489,9 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "Kolik sekund čekat po neúspěšném přihlášení:\n" "Bývalo zvykem čekat nějakou dobu po neúspěšném přihlášení,\n" @@ -525,8 +504,7 @@ msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Zaznamenávat úspěšná přihlášení:\n" @@ -539,8 +517,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" "Povolit vzdálené grafické přihlášení:\n" @@ -561,13 +538,11 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "Kontroly nového hesla: Je rozumné použít heslo, které se nenajde\n" -"ve slovníku, nebo není jinou triviální kombinací znaků. Zaškrtnutím tohoto " -"pole\n" +"ve slovníku, nebo není jinou triviální kombinací znaků. Zaškrtnutím tohoto pole\n" "vyvoláte kontrolu hesla podle těchto pravidel." #. Password dialog help @@ -575,8 +550,7 @@ msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" @@ -590,13 +564,11 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Hesla k zapamatování:\n" -"Zadejte počet hesel, která se mají uložit a vyloučit tak s používání " -"uživateli.\n" +"Zadejte počet hesel, která se mají uložit a vyloučit tak s používání uživateli.\n" "Pokud nechcete hesla ukládat, zadejte 0." #. Password dialog help 5a/8 @@ -608,34 +580,26 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"DES výchozí metoda v Linuxu, pracující ve všech síťových " -"prostředích.\n" +"DES výchozí metoda v Linuxu, pracující ve všech síťových prostředích.\n" "Délka hesla však nemůže být delší než osm znaků. Pokud vyžadujete\n" "kompatibilitu s jinými systémy, použijte tuto metodu." #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" "MD5 povoluje delší hesla a je podporována všemi současnými\n" -"linuxovými systémy, ale ne některými jinými systémy a staršími typy Linuxu.</" -"p>" +"linuxovými systémy, ale ne některými jinými systémy a staršími typy Linuxu." #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 je součastná standardní hashovací metoda, použití jiných " -"algoritmů není doporučeno pokud to není třeba pro účel kompatibility." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "SHA-512 je součastná standardní hashovací metoda, použití jiných algoritmů není doporučeno pokud to není třeba pro účel kompatibility." #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 @@ -650,8 +614,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "Dny do upozornění na vypršení hesla:\n" @@ -665,8 +628,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Uživatelská bezpečnost</big>\n" -"V tomto dialogu lze měnit různá nastavení související s vytvářením " -"uživatelů." +"V tomto dialogu lze měnit různá nastavení související s vytvářením uživatelů." #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 @@ -690,41 +652,32 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>Další bezpečnostní nastavení</big>\n" -"V tomto dialogu můžete provést další nastavení související s bezpečností." -"" +"V tomto dialogu můžete provést další nastavení související s bezpečností." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavení ze souboru oprávnění:\n" -"Nastavení oprávnění pro celý systém je ukládáno v souboru /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"Nastavení oprávnění pro celý systém je ukládáno v souboru /etc/permissions.secure\n" "nebo /etc/permissions.easy. Který ze souborů bude použit, záleží na výběru.\n" -"Spuštění skriptu SuSEconfig dojde k nastavení podle obsahu /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" +"Spuštění skriptu SuSEconfig dojde k nastavení podle obsahu /etc/permissions.*.\n" "Tak dojde k opravě nesprávných nastavení práv.\n" " Nastavení Pohodlné umožňuje čtení většiny systémových souborů\n" "normálním uživatelům.\n" @@ -738,16 +691,13 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Uživatel updatedb: Program updatedb běží pravidelně jednou denně.\n" -"Prochází celý váš souborový systém a vytváří databázi (locatedb), kde je " -"cesta\n" +"Prochází celý váš souborový systém a vytváří databázi (locatedb), kde je cesta\n" "ke každému souboru. Pomocí této databáze pak pracuje program \"locate\".\n" "Zde můžete nastavit uživatele, pod kterým příkaz poběží: nobody\n" " (některé souborů) nebo root (všechny soubory)." @@ -757,8 +707,7 @@ msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Současný adresář v cestě uživatele \"root\":\n" @@ -771,8 +720,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" @@ -787,17 +735,13 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" -"Některé systémy tento rozdíl obcházejí zařazením běžného adresáře (\"." -"\")\n" -"do cesty. To je ovšem nebezpečné, protože tak můžete nechtěně spustit v " -"běžném adresáři\n" +"Některé systémy tento rozdíl obcházejí zařazením běžného adresáře (\".\")\n" +"do cesty. To je ovšem nebezpečné, protože tak můžete nechtěně spustit v běžném adresáři\n" "program stejného jména jako některý systémový program.\n" "Podporuje se tím možnost spustit v běžném adresáři trojského koně,\n" "kterého tam někdo nakopíruje." @@ -824,62 +768,42 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "Povolit magické SysRq klávesy Pokud zvolíte toto nastavení,\n" "získáte určitou kontrolu i v případě pádu systému (např. při ladění\n" -"jádra). Více informací najdete v souboru /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq." -"txt" +"jádra). Více informací najdete v souboru /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." -msgstr "" -"Přehled zabezpečení Toto je přehled nejdůležitějších " -"bezpečnostních nastavení." +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgstr "Přehled zabezpečení Toto je přehled nejdůležitějších bezpečnostních nastavení." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "" -"Pro změnu konkrétní hodnoty klikněte na odkaz přiřazený vedle volby." +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "Pro změnu konkrétní hodnoty klikněte na odkaz přiřazený vedle volby." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." -msgstr "" -"Značka zaškrtnutí ve sloupci Stav zabezpečení zobrazuje, zda je " -"konkrétní hodnota volby bezpečná." +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgstr "Značka zaškrtnutí ve sloupci Stav zabezpečení zobrazuje, zda je konkrétní hodnota volby bezpečná." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "" -"Aktuální hodnota nemohla být načtena. Tato služba není pravděpodobně " -"nainstalovaná nebo volba v tomto systému chybí." +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "Aktuální hodnota nemohla být načtena. Tato služba není pravděpodobně nainstalovaná nebo volba v tomto systému chybí." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" "Správce zobrazení poskytuje obrazovku grafického přihlášení\n" @@ -893,12 +817,9 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" "Během startu je systémový čas nastaven podle hardwarových\n" @@ -907,12 +828,7 @@ "proto, aby byl systém schopný vytvářet správné zprávy v logu." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "" "Nefunkčnosti v systému se obvykle poznají podle jejich neobvyklého\n" "chování. Záznamy syslogu o událostech, které opakovaně nastávají, jsou\n" @@ -921,86 +837,34 @@ "jsou systémové záznamy užitečné pouze pokud jsou přítomny." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "" -"Akce prostředí chroot jsou používány k omezení procesu pouze na ty " -"soubory, které proces vyžaduje, tak, že je umístíme do zvláštního " -"podadresáře a spustíme proces s změněnými právy roota (chroot), nastavenými " -"pouze na daný adresář." +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "Akce prostředí chroot jsou používány k omezení procesu pouze na ty soubory, které proces vyžaduje, tak, že je umístíme do zvláštního podadresáře a spustíme proces s změněnými právy roota (chroot), nastavenými pouze na daný adresář." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." -msgstr "" -"Démon klienta DHCP by měl běžet pod uživatelem dhcpd, aby byla " -"minimalizována možnost hrozby, jestliže budou nalezena zranitelná místa v " -"kódu programu.Všimněte si, že dhcpd nesmí běžet ani jako root</" -"EM>, ani s vlastností CAP_SYS_CHROOT, aby bylo uvěznění v chrootu " -"účinné." +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." +msgstr "Démon klienta DHCP by měl běžet pod uživatelem dhcpd, aby byla minimalizována možnost hrozby, jestliže budou nalezena zranitelná místa v kódu programu.Všimněte si, že dhcpd nesmí běžet ani jako root, ani s vlastností CAP_SYS_CHROOT, aby bylo uvěznění v chrootu účinné." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "" -"Administrátoři by se do sezení X Window nikdy neměli přihlašovat jako " -"root, aby minimalizovali použití práv roota.Tato volba " -"nepomáhá proti neopatrným správcům, ale bude předcházet možnosti přihlášení " -"útočníka jako root prostřednictvím grafického správce zobrazení, " -"když se jim podaří získat příslušné heslo." +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "Administrátoři by se do sezení X Window nikdy neměli přihlašovat jako root, aby minimalizovali použití práv roota.Tato volba nepomáhá proti neopatrným správcům, ale bude předcházet možnosti přihlášení útočníka jako root prostřednictvím grafického správce zobrazení, když se jim podaří získat příslušné heslo." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." -msgstr "" -"Klienti X Window, např. program, který na vaší obrazovce otevírá okno, se " -"připojují k X serveru běžícímu na fyzickém stroji. Programy mohou také běžet " -"na jiném systému a mohou zobrazovat svůj obsah na X serveru prostřednictvím " -"síťového spojení.Pokud to povolíte, X server bude naslouchat na portu " -"6000 plus číslo displeje. Dokud je síťový přenos nešifrovaný, a tedy " -"náchylný k síťovému odposlechu, a dokud je port udržován X serverem " -"otevřený, je zde možnost útoku. Bezpečným nastavením je zákaz této volby.</" -"P>Pro zobrazení klienta X Window prostřednictvím sítě je doporučeno " -"použití zabezpečené příkazové řádky (secure shell, ssh), které " -"dovoluje klientům X Window, aby se připojili k X serveru prostřednictvím " -"šifrovaného SSH spojení." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." +msgstr "Klienti X Window, např. program, který na vaší obrazovce otevírá okno, se připojují k X serveru běžícímu na fyzickém stroji. Programy mohou také běžet na jiném systému a mohou zobrazovat svůj obsah na X serveru prostřednictvím síťového spojení.Pokud to povolíte, X server bude naslouchat na portu 6000 plus číslo displeje. Dokud je síťový přenos nešifrovaný, a tedy náchylný k síťovému odposlechu, a dokud je port udržován X serverem otevřený, je zde možnost útoku. Bezpečným nastavením je zákaz této volby.Pro zobrazení klienta X Window prostřednictvím sítě je doporučeno použití zabezpečené příkazové řádky (secure shell, ssh), které dovoluje klientům X Window, aby se připojili k X serveru prostřednictvím šifrovaného SSH spojení." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"Systém pro rozesílání e-mailů startuje pokaždé. Nicméně standardně není " -"viditelný mimo systém, protože nenaslouchá na SMTP portu 25.Pokud " -"nechcete doručovat poštu do systému pomocí protokolu SMTP, potom zakažte " -"tuto možnost." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +msgstr "Systém pro rozesílání e-mailů startuje pokaždé. Nicméně standardně není viditelný mimo systém, protože nenaslouchá na SMTP portu 25.Pokud nechcete doručovat poštu do systému pomocí protokolu SMTP, potom zakažte tuto možnost." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 msgid "" @@ -1008,20 +872,11 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "" -"Jestliže balík, který je aktualizován, obsahuje soubory služby, která je " -"momentálně spuštěná, tak po té, co jsou soubory nainstalovány, je příslušná " -"služba zastavena a spuštěna znovu.Ve většině případů je to smysluplné " -"a bezpečné vzhledem k tomu, že mnoho služeb potřebuje své binární nebo " -"konfigurační soubory v souborovém systému přístupné. Jinak tyto služby by " -"pokračovaly v běhu, dokud by nebyly zastaveny, např. když jsou zabiti běžící " -"démoni.Toto nastavení by mělo být změněno pouze pokud jsou pro to " -"zvláštní důvody." +msgstr "Jestliže balík, který je aktualizován, obsahuje soubory služby, která je momentálně spuštěná, tak po té, co jsou soubory nainstalovány, je příslušná služba zastavena a spuštěna znovu.Ve většině případů je to smysluplné a bezpečné vzhledem k tomu, že mnoho služeb potřebuje své binární nebo konfigurační soubory v souborovém systému přístupné. Jinak tyto služby by pokračovaly v běhu, dokud by nebyly zastaveny, např. když jsou zabiti běžící démoni.Toto nastavení by mělo být změněno pouze pokud jsou pro to zvláštní důvody." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 msgid "" @@ -1029,54 +884,19 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "" -"Jestliže balík, který je právě odinstalováván, obsahuje soubory služby, " -"která je momentálně spuštěná, tak dříve než jsou soubory z balíku smazány je " -"příslušná služba zastavena.Ve většině případů je to smysluplné a " -"bezpečné vzhledem k tomu, že mnoho služeb potřebuje své binární nebo " -"konfigurační soubory v souborovém systému přístupné. Jinak by tyto služby " -"pokračovaly v běhu, dokud by nebyly zastaveny, např. když jsou zabiti běžící " -"démoni.Toto nastavení by mělo být změněno pouze pokud jsou pro to " -"zvláštní důvody." +msgstr "Jestliže balík, který je právě odinstalováván, obsahuje soubory služby, která je momentálně spuštěná, tak dříve než jsou soubory z balíku smazány je příslušná služba zastavena.Ve většině případů je to smysluplné a bezpečné vzhledem k tomu, že mnoho služeb potřebuje své binární nebo konfigurační soubory v souborovém systému přístupné. Jinak by tyto služby pokračovaly v běhu, dokud by nebyly zastaveny, např. když jsou zabiti běžící démoni.Toto nastavení by mělo být změněno pouze pokud jsou pro to zvláštní důvody." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "" -"Systém může být zahlcen množstvím pokusů o spojení, takže mu dojde paměť, " -"což vede k ohrožení DoS (odepření služeb, Denial of Services).Použití " -"syncookies je metoda pomáhající v takových situacích, ale v nastavení s " -"velkým množstvím oprávněných snah o spojení z jednoho zdroje může volba " -"Povoleno při velkých zátěžích způsobit potíže s odmítáním TCP " -"spojení.Stále však, pro většinu prostředí, jsou syncookies první " -"linií obrany proti záplavě SYN DoS útoky, takže bezpečné nastavení je " -"Povoleno." +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "Systém může být zahlcen množstvím pokusů o spojení, takže mu dojde paměť, což vede k ohrožení DoS (odepření služeb, Denial of Services).Použití syncookies je metoda pomáhající v takových situacích, ale v nastavení s velkým množstvím oprávněných snah o spojení z jednoho zdroje může volba Povoleno při velkých zátěžích způsobit potíže s odmítáním TCP spojení.Stále však, pro většinu prostředí, jsou syncookies první linií obrany proti záplavě SYN DoS útoky, takže bezpečné nastavení je Povoleno." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"Přeposílání IP znamená přenést síťové packety, které byly obdrženy, ale " -"nejsou určeny pro nějaké z nastavených systémových zařízení, např. adresu " -"síťového rozhraní.Pokud systém přeposílá síťový provoz na vrstvě ISO/" -"OSI 3, říká se mu router. Pokud nepotřebujete tuto routovací funkci, vypněte " -"tuto možnost." +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "Přeposílání IP znamená přenést síťové packety, které byly obdrženy, ale nejsou určeny pro nějaké z nastavených systémových zařízení, např. adresu síťového rozhraní.Pokud systém přeposílá síťový provoz na vrstvě ISO/OSI 3, říká se mu router. Pokud nepotřebujete tuto routovací funkci, vypněte tuto možnost." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -1087,41 +907,23 @@ msgstr "Toto nastavení se týká pouze IPv6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "" "Povolit magické SysRq klávesy Pokud zvolíte toto nastavení,\n" "získáte určitou kontrolu i v případě pádu systému (např. při ladění\n" -"jádra). Více informací najdete v souboru /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"sysrq.txt" +"jádra). Více informací najdete v souboru /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"V systému jsou předdefinované soubory /etc/permissions.*, ve kterých jsou " -"nastavena souborová práva. Nejvíce omezující práva jsou definována v " -"souborech s koncovkou 'secure' nebo 'paranoid'." +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "V systému jsou předdefinované soubory /etc/permissions.*, ve kterých jsou nastavena souborová práva. Nejvíce omezující práva jsou definována v souborech s koncovkou 'secure' nebo 'paranoid'." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services." -msgstr "" -"Základní systémové služby musí být povoleny pro soudržnost systému a " -"kvůli běhu služeb souvisejících s bezpečností." +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." +msgstr "Základní systémové služby musí být povoleny pro soudržnost systému a kvůli běhu služeb souvisejících s bezpečností." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"Každá spuštěná služba je potenciální cíl pro bezpečnostní útok. Proto je " -"doporučeno vypnout všechny služby, které nejsou použity systémem." +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "Každá spuštěná služba je potenciální cíl pro bezpečnostní útok. Proto je doporučeno vypnout všechny služby, které nejsou použity systémem." #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 @@ -1435,16 +1237,11 @@ #~ msgid "Use current directory in path of regular users" #~ msgstr "Použít současný adresář v cestě běžných uživatelů" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default the current working directory is not used when searching " -#~ "for executables." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Standardně není aktuální pracovní složka použita při hledání " -#~ "spustitelných souborů." +#~ msgid "By default the current working directory is not used when searching for executables." +#~ msgstr "Standardně není aktuální pracovní složka použita při hledání spustitelných souborů." #~ msgid "This setting applies for root user and system users." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Toto nastavení se týká uživatele root a systémových uživatelů." +#~ msgstr "Toto nastavení se týká uživatele root a systémových uživatelů." #~ msgid "This setting applies for regular users." #~ msgstr "Toto nastavení se týká běžných uživatelů." @@ -1460,10 +1257,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Blowfish is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n" -#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the " -#~ "hash,\n" -#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." -#~ "" +#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n" +#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Blowfish je podobná MD5, ale používá jiný algoritmus\n" #~ "k šifrování hesla. Při jejím použití je značně zatížena CPU. Prolomení\n" @@ -1480,15 +1275,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Test for Complicated Passwords: \n" -#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable " -#~ "additional\n" +#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes the\n" +#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable additional\n" #~ "checks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Test hesla na příliš snadnou čitelnost:\n" -#~ "Může se požadovat, aby heslo bylo kombinací písmen a číslic, což " -#~ "významně\n" +#~ "Může se požadovat, aby heslo bylo kombinací písmen a číslic, což významně\n" #~ "ztěžuje jeho uhádnutí. Zaškrtněte toto pole pro přísné testy hesla." #~ msgid "Test for complicated password" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/services-manager.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/services-manager.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/services-manager.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -46,34 +46,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 @@ -117,15 +106,14 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "" #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 msgid "Writing configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapisuje se konfigurace..." #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" @@ -139,14 +127,14 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Služba" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povoleno" #. The current state matches the futural state #. The current state matches the futural state @@ -154,11 +142,11 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivní" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popis" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 msgid "&Start/Stop" @@ -170,7 +158,7 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 msgid "Show &Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Zobrazit podrobnosti" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 @@ -187,7 +175,7 @@ #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zakázáno" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 @@ -231,24 +219,18 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Služby</big> \n" -"Tato nabídka instalace vám umožňuje spustit a povolit službu ze seznamu " -"služeb.\n" -"Může také službám otevírat porty ve firewallu, pokud je tedy firewall " -"povolený\n" +"Tato nabídka instalace vám umožňuje spustit a povolit službu ze seznamu služeb.\n" +"Může také službám otevírat porty ve firewallu, pokud je tedy firewall povolený\n" "a dané služby vyžadují otevření portů.\n" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "Služba %service bude %toggled a port ve firewallu bude %switched %link" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -284,7 +266,7 @@ #. AutoYast summary #: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dosud nekonfigurováno." #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state #. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/slp-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/slp-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/slp-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -162,9 +162,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Inicializuje se konfigurace SLP serveru</big> Prosím " -"čekejte... \n" +msgstr "<big>Inicializuje se konfigurace SLP serveru</big> Prosím čekejte... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 @@ -268,14 +266,10 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"Broadcast.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.\n" msgstr "" "Zde můžete nastavit režim běhu SLP démona. Nejjednodušší\n" @@ -288,24 +282,16 @@ "odpovědí.\n" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf." -msgstr "" -"V Expertním nastavení jsou dostupné všechny volby z /etc/slp.conf." -"" +msgid "With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." +msgstr "V Expertním nastavení jsou dostupné všechny volby z /etc/slp.conf." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create " -"a new empty file. With Modify,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"Konfigurační soubory pro statickou registraci SLP. Nový prázdný soubor " -"vytvoříte pomocí Vložit. Existující\n" -"hodnoty změníte pomocí Změnit. Stisknutím Smazat je možné " -"smazat pouze soubory nevlastněné\n" +"Konfigurační soubory pro statickou registraci SLP. Nový prázdný soubor vytvoříte pomocí Vložit. Existující\n" +"hodnoty změníte pomocí Změnit. Stisknutím Smazat je možné smazat pouze soubory nevlastněné\n" "žádným balíčkem." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 @@ -319,11 +305,8 @@ #. check for package openslp-server installed #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Abyste mohli konfigurovat SLP server, musíte mít nainstalovaný balíček " -"%1." +msgid "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Abyste mohli konfigurovat SLP server, musíte mít nainstalovaný balíček %1." #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" @@ -429,8 +412,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Přidání SLP serveru</BIG> \n" #~ "Vyberte si SLP server ze seznamu detekovaných SLP serverů.\n" -#~ "Jestliže váš server nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte Jiné " -#~ "(nerozpoznáno).\n" +#~ "Jestliže váš server nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte Jiné (nerozpoznáno).\n" #~ "Poté stiskněte Konfigurovat.\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/snapper.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/snapper.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/snapper.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -327,18 +327,15 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "Tyto soubory budou obnoveny ze snímku '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Soubory, které se nachází v původním snímku, budou zkopírovány do " -"současného systému.\n" -"Soubory, které se v tomto snímku nenachází, budou smazány. Opravdu to " -"chcete?" +"Soubory, které se nachází v původním snímku, budou zkopírovány do současného systému.\n" +"Soubory, které se v tomto snímku nenachází, budou smazány. Opravdu to chcete?" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 @@ -353,56 +350,33 @@ #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurace snímků</big>\n" -"Tato tabulka zobrazuje seznam snímku kořenového souborového systému. Jsou " -"tři typy snímků: jediný, před a po. Jediné snímky " -"se používají pro uložení stavu souborového systému v konkrétním " -"okamžiku, zatímco Před a Po definují změny, které provedla mimořádná " -"operace mezi vytvořením těchto dvou snímků. Snímky Před a Po jsou spolu " -"v tabulce spárovány.\n" -"Vyberte nějaký snímek nebo snímkový pár a klepněte na Zobrazit " -"změny, pak uvidíte nové změny systému souborů ve vybraném snímku.</" -"p>\n" +"Tato tabulka zobrazuje seznam snímku kořenového souborového systému. Jsou tři typy snímků: jediný, před a po. Jediné snímky se používají pro uložení stavu souborového systému v konkrétním okamžiku, zatímco Před a Po definují změny, které provedla mimořádná operace mezi vytvořením těchto dvou snímků. Snímky Před a Po jsou spolu v tabulce spárovány.\n" +"Vyberte nějaký snímek nebo snímkový pár a klepněte na Zobrazit změny, pak uvidíte nové změny systému souborů ve vybraném snímku.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Přehled snímků</big>\n" "\n" -"Tento strom ukazuje všechny soubory, které byly upraveny mezi vytvořením " -"prvního ('před') a druhého ('po') snímku. Na pravé straně naleznete " -"popis generovaný při vytvoření prvního snímku a časy vytvoření obou " -"snímků.\n" +"Tento strom ukazuje všechny soubory, které byly upraveny mezi vytvořením prvního ('před') a druhého ('po') snímku. Na pravé straně naleznete popis generovaný při vytvoření prvního snímku a časy vytvoření obou snímků.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Když se ve stromu vybrán soubor, můžete vidět jeho změny. Jako výchozí jsou " -"zobrazovány změny mezi vybranými spárovanými snímky, ale je možné i " -"srovnat odlišné verze tohoto souboru.\n" +"Když se ve stromu vybrán soubor, můžete vidět jeho změny. Jako výchozí jsou zobrazovány změny mezi vybranými spárovanými snímky, ale je možné i srovnat odlišné verze tohoto souboru.\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -410,24 +384,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Přehled snímků</big>\n" "\n" -"Tento strom ukazuje všechny soubory, které jsou rozdílné mezi vybraným " -"snímkem a současným systémem. Na pravé straně naleznete popis snímku " -"a čas jeho vytvoření.\n" +"Tento strom ukazuje všechny soubory, které jsou rozdílné mezi vybraným snímkem a současným systémem. Na pravé straně naleznete popis snímku a čas jeho vytvoření.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Když se ve stromu vybrán soubor, můžete vidět jeho rozdíly mezi verzí ve " -"snímku a současnou verzí v systému.\n" +"Když se ve stromu vybrán soubor, můžete vidět jeho rozdíly mezi verzí ve snímku a současnou verzí v systému.\n" "\n" #. popup error @@ -561,9 +529,5 @@ #~ msgid "%1 does not exist in snapshot %2\n" #~ msgstr "%1 v snímku %2 neexistuje\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2</" -#~ "p>Are you sure?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Následující soubory budou zkopírovány ze snímku '%1' do současného " -#~ "systému: %2Opravdu to chcete?" +#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2Are you sure?" +#~ msgstr "Následující soubory budou zkopírovány ze snímku '%1' do současného systému: %2Opravdu to chcete?" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/sound.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/sound.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/sound.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -29,8 +29,7 @@ #. popup error message #: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." -msgstr "" -"Databáze zvukových karet nebyla nalezena. Prosím zkontrolujte si instalaci." +msgstr "Databáze zvukových karet nebyla nalezena. Prosím zkontrolujte si instalaci." #. translators: command line help text for Sound module #: src/clients/sound.rb:59 @@ -75,11 +74,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Hodnota parametru modulu. Dostupné hodnoty zobrazíte pomocí příkazu 'show'." +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Hodnota parametru modulu. Dostupné hodnoty zobrazíte pomocí příkazu 'show'." #. translators: command line help text for volume action #: src/clients/sound.rb:131 @@ -89,12 +85,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Hodnoty kanálů (0-100). Seznam dostupných kanálů získáte zadáním příkazu " -"'channels'." +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Hodnoty kanálů (0-100). Seznam dostupných kanálů získáte zadáním příkazu 'channels'." #. translators: command line help text for modules action #: src/clients/sound.rb:144 @@ -266,8 +258,7 @@ "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" msgstr "" "Následující požadované balíčky nejsou dostupné: %1\n" -"Některá zvuková zařízení nemusí pracovat nebo některé podporovány některé " -"funkce.\n" +"Některá zvuková zařízení nemusí pracovat nebo některé podporovány některé funkce.\n" "\n" "Povolte nebo přidejte dodatečné repozitáře obsahující balíčky.\n" @@ -556,15 +547,11 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore " -"the original settings." +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." msgstr "" -"V tomto dialogu můžete nastavit hlasitost pro každá kanál vybrané zvukové " -"karty.\n" -"Stiskněte Další k uložení nastavení hlasitosti, jinak tlačítko " -"Zpět obnoví\n" +"V tomto dialogu můžete nastavit hlasitost pro každá kanál vybrané zvukové karty.\n" +"Stiskněte Další k uložení nastavení hlasitosti, jinak tlačítko Zpět obnoví\n" "původní nastavení." #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name @@ -1178,19 +1165,16 @@ #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." msgstr "" -"Zvukové zařízení s indexem 0 je systém a aplikacemi použito jako " -"výchozí.\n" +"Zvukové zařízení s indexem 0 je systém a aplikacemi použito jako výchozí.\n" "K nastavení výchozího zařízení použijte Ostatní." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" "Aplikace používající OSS (Open Sound System) mohou používat softwarový\n" @@ -1427,23 +1411,19 @@ #~ msgstr "Ukládá se nastavení joysticku..." #~ msgid "USB joysticks do not need any configuration, just connect them." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "USB joysticky nevyžadují žádnou konfiguraci. Stačí je pouze připojit." +#~ msgstr "USB joysticky nevyžadují žádnou konfiguraci. Stačí je pouze připojit." #~ msgid "Joystick Configuration - %1" #~ msgstr "Konfigurace joysticku - %1" #~ msgid "" #~ "In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, " -#~ "just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.\n" +#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "V tomto dialogu zadejte typ svého joysticku. Pokud není\n" #~ "v seznamu, vyberte Generický analogový joystick.\n" -#~ "V seznamu nenajdete žádný USB joystick. Pokud máte USB zařízení, " -#~ "připojte je a začněte používat.\n" +#~ "V seznamu nenajdete žádný USB joystick. Pokud máte USB zařízení, připojte je a začněte používat.\n" #~ msgid "&Select your joystick type:" #~ msgstr "Zvolte typ &svého joysticku:" @@ -1471,19 +1451,11 @@ #~ msgid "%1 - Invalid configuration" #~ msgstr "%1 - Neplatná konfigurace" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or " -#~ "a wrong driver is used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tato konfigurace není aktivní - buď není joystick připojen nebo je " -#~ "použitý nesprávný ovladač" +#~ msgid "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or a wrong driver is used" +#~ msgstr "Tato konfigurace není aktivní - buď není joystick připojen nebo je použitý nesprávný ovladač" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to " -#~ "remove the configuration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro změnu ovladače joysticku stiskněte Upravit. Odstranit " -#~ "odebere tuto konfiguraci." +#~ msgid "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to remove the configuration" +#~ msgstr "Pro změnu ovladače joysticku stiskněte Upravit. Odstranit odebere tuto konfiguraci." #~ msgid "Axis %1" #~ msgstr "Osa %1" @@ -1518,12 +1490,8 @@ #~ msgid "Here is an overview of the detected joysticks." #~ msgstr "Zde vidíte přehled nalezených joysticků." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add " -#~ "button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro konfiguraci nového joysticku připojenému k Gameportu stiskněte " -#~ "Přidat." +#~ msgid "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add button." +#~ msgstr "Pro konfiguraci nového joysticku připojenému k Gameportu stiskněte Přidat." #~ msgid "Model" #~ msgstr "Model" @@ -1535,12 +1503,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Připojený k" #~ msgid "There is no soundcard with joystick support (gameport)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nebyly nalezeny žádné zvukové karty s podporou joysticku (gameportu)." +#~ msgstr "Nebyly nalezeny žádné zvukové karty s podporou joysticku (gameportu)." #~ msgid "There is no soundcard with unconfigured joystick." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nebyla nalezena žádná zvuková karta, která nemá nakonfigurovaný joystick." +#~ msgstr "Nebyla nalezena žádná zvuková karta, která nemá nakonfigurovaný joystick." #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected joystick configuration is not active.\n" @@ -1594,12 +1560,8 @@ #~ "K odstranění nakonfigurovaného joysticku ze systému,\n" #~ "nebo pokud nemáte žádný joystick, vyberte Žádný joystick.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stiskněte Test k vyzkoušení funkčnosti vybraného typu joysticku." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick type." +#~ msgstr "Stiskněte Test k vyzkoušení funkčnosti vybraného typu joysticku." #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: Connect your joystick to your computer\n" @@ -1613,13 +1575,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Two or more sound cards in your system support joysticks.\n" -#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure " -#~ "Joystick.\n" +#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure Joystick.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dvě nebo více zvukových karet ve vašem systému podporují joysticky." -#~ "\n" -#~ "K jeho nastavení zvolte zvukovou kartu a stiskněte Nastavit " -#~ "joystick.\n" +#~ "Dvě nebo více zvukových karet ve vašem systému podporují joysticky.\n" +#~ "K jeho nastavení zvolte zvukovou kartu a stiskněte Nastavit joystick.\n" #~ msgid "The configured cards do not support the joystick." #~ msgstr "Nakonfigurované karty nepodporují joystick." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/squid.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/squid.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/squid.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -519,8 +519,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Přerušení inicializace:</big> \n" -"Konfigurační program můžete nyní bezpečně ukončit stisknutím tlačítka " -"Přerušit.\n" +"Konfigurační program můžete nyní bezpečně ukončit stisknutím tlačítka Přerušit.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 @@ -583,9 +582,7 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"\n" +msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" msgstr "" "Profily obnovy definují způsob,\n" "jakým služba Squid zachází s objekty ve vyrovnávací paměti.\n" @@ -612,8 +609,7 @@ "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" "considered fresh.\n" msgstr "" -"Pole Počet procent udává procentuální stáří objektu (času od " -"poslední\n" +"Pole Počet procent udává procentuální stáří objektu (času od poslední\n" "změny). Objekt bez zadaného času vypršení bude považován za čerstvý.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 @@ -626,12 +622,8 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects." -msgstr "" -"Vyrovnávací paměť definuje ideální objem paměti pro ukládání " -"objektů." +msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." +msgstr "Vyrovnávací paměť definuje ideální objem paměti pro ukládání objektů." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" @@ -658,25 +650,18 @@ "If utilization is close to the Swap Low-Water Mark, less replacement\n" "is done each time.\n" msgstr "" -"Objekty začnou být nahrazovány, jakmile zaplnění odkládacího prostoru " -"(disku)\n" -"překročí Dolní limit odkládacího prostoru. Služba se bude pokoušet " -"využití\n" -"prostoru udržovat přibližně na úrovni volby Dolní limit odkládacího " -"prostoru.\n" +"Objekty začnou být nahrazovány, jakmile zaplnění odkládacího prostoru (disku)\n" +"překročí Dolní limit odkládacího prostoru. Služba se bude pokoušet využití\n" +"prostoru udržovat přibližně na úrovni volby Dolní limit odkládacího prostoru.\n" "Pokud se zaplnění přiblíží hodnotě Horní limit odkládacího prostoru,\n" -"začnou být objekty vytěsňovány agresivněji. Pokud se využití přiblíží " -"hodnotě\n" -"Dolní limit odkládacího prostoru, bude prováděno čím dál tím méně " -"nahrazování.\n" +"začnou být objekty vytěsňovány agresivněji. Pokud se využití přiblíží hodnotě\n" +"Dolní limit odkládacího prostoru, bude prováděno čím dál tím méně nahrazování.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -699,12 +684,10 @@ "</table>\n" "" msgstr "" -"Pravidlo nahrazování objektů ve vyrovnávací paměti určuje, které " -"objekty\n" +"Pravidlo nahrazování objektů ve vyrovnávací paměti určuje, které objekty\n" "budou nahrazeny, pokud bude zapotřebí místo na disku.\n" "Pravidlo nahrazování objektů v operační paměti určuje, které objekty\n" -"v operační paměti budou nahrazeny, pokud nebude k dispozici místo pro nové " -"objekty.\n" +"v operační paměti budou nahrazeny, pokud nebude k dispozici místo pro nové objekty.\n" "Lze používat následující pravidla:\n" "<table>\n" " <tr>\n" @@ -728,51 +711,39 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored." -msgstr "" -"Název adresáře určuje kořen adresářové hierarchie, do které budou " -"ukládány odkládací soubory vyrovnávací paměti." +msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." +msgstr "Název adresáře určuje kořen adresářové hierarchie, do které budou ukládány odkládací soubory vyrovnávací paměti." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory." +msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." msgstr "" "Velikost určuje, jak velký diskový prostor (v MB) bude využit \n" "v podadresářích tohoto adresáře." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Pole Adresáře 1. úrovně určuje počet podadresářů první úrovně, " -"které budou\n" +"Pole Adresáře 1. úrovně určuje počet podadresářů první úrovně, které budou\n" "vytvořeny v adresáři Název adresáře.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Pole Adresáře 2. úrovně určuje počet podadresářů druhé úrovně, " -"které budou\n" +"Pole Adresáře 2. úrovně určuje počet podadresářů druhé úrovně, které budou\n" "vytvořeny v každém adresáři první úrovně.\n" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." msgstr "Přístup k serveru Squid lze řídit pomocí Skupin ACL." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" "Skupiny ACL mohou mít různé typy a popis skupiny ACL závisí\n" @@ -780,18 +751,13 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"Pomocí tabulky Řízení přístupu můžete povolovat nebo zakazovat " -"přístup\n" -"skupinám ACL. Pokud se na jediném řádku nachází několik skupin ACL, znamená " -"to, \n" -"že bude přístup povolen nebo zakázán těm členům, které patří současně do " -"všech\n" +"Pomocí tabulky Řízení přístupu můžete povolovat nebo zakazovat přístup\n" +"skupinám ACL. Pokud se na jediném řádku nachází několik skupin ACL, znamená to, \n" +"že bude přístup povolen nebo zakázán těm členům, které patří současně do všech\n" "uvedených skupin ACL.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 @@ -804,17 +770,12 @@ #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"" -msgstr "" -"Pole Protokol přístupů určuje soubor, do kterého se ukládá " -"aktivita klientů." +msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." +msgstr "Pole Protokol přístupů určuje soubor, do kterého se ukládá aktivita klientů." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" "Protokol vyrovnávací paměti určuje soubor, do kterého jsou\n" @@ -822,16 +783,12 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Protokol zápisů vyrovnávavací paměti určuje umístění, do kterého " -"se \n" -"zapisuje transakční protokol o všech uložených objektech a také časy " -"odstranění \n" +"Protokol zápisů vyrovnávavací paměti určuje umístění, do kterého se \n" +"zapisuje transakční protokol o všech uložených objektech a také časy odstranění \n" "těchto objektů. Toto pole můžete ponechat prázdné.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 @@ -866,8 +823,7 @@ "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" msgstr "" "E-mailová adresa administrátora je adresa, která bude uváděna na\n" -"všech chybových stránkách zobrazovaných klientům. Výchozí hodnota je " -"'webmaster'.\n" +"všech chybových stránkách zobrazovaných klientům. Výchozí hodnota je 'webmaster'.\n" #. table cell #: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 @@ -1017,10 +973,8 @@ #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Pokud změníte název skupiny ACL, mohou být ovlivněny následující volby:\n" +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "Pokud změníte název skupiny ACL, mohou být ovlivněny následující volby:\n" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" @@ -1046,8 +1000,7 @@ #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Pokud odstraníte tuto skupinu ACL, mohou být ovlivněny následující volby:\n" +msgstr "Pokud odstraníte tuto skupinu ACL, mohou být ovlivněny následující volby:\n" #. + #. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); @@ -1085,9 +1038,7 @@ #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." -msgstr "" -"E-mailová adresa administrátora nesmí obsahovat mezery ani jiné prázdné " -"znaky." +msgstr "E-mailová adresa administrátora nesmí obsahovat mezery ani jiné prázdné znaky." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 @@ -1337,12 +1288,8 @@ msgstr "Cílová doména" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." -msgstr "" -"Toto odkazuje na cílovou doménu, např. zdrojovou doménu, kde je umístěn " -"původní server." +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "Toto odkazuje na cílovou doménu, např. zdrojovou doménu, kde je umístěn původní server." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." @@ -1401,8 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "Ověřuje celou adresu URL podle regulárního výrazu." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" msgstr "Srovnává URL cestu bez informace o protokolu, portu a názvu hostitele" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 @@ -1454,24 +1400,16 @@ msgstr "Ověřuje metodu protokolu HTTP v hlavičkách požadavku." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." -msgstr "" -"Regulární výraz, který srovnává typ klientova prohlížeče na základě hlavičky " -"User-Agent." +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "Regulární výraz, který srovnává typ klientova prohlížeče na základě hlavičky User-Agent." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "Maximální počet HTTP připojení" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." -msgstr "" -"Ověřuje, zda je z klientovy adresy IP navázán větší než zadaný počet " -"připojení HTTP." +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." +msgstr "Ověřuje, zda je z klientovy adresy IP navázán větší než zadaný počet připojení HTTP." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." @@ -1491,13 +1429,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" "Ověřuje regulárním výrazem typ MIME odpovědi přijaté serverem Squid. Lze\n" -"tak detekovat stahování souborů a některé typy požadavků na tunelování " -"protokolem HTTP.\n" +"tak detekovat stahování souborů a některé typy požadavků na tunelování protokolem HTTP.\n" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/sshd.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/sshd.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/sshd.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -29,7 +29,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:155 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:175 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:78 -#| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Initializing SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Inicializuje se konfigurace SSHD" @@ -37,7 +36,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:161 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:181 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:84 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD configuration" msgid "Read current SSHD configuration" msgstr "Načíst současnou konfiguraci SSHD" @@ -45,7 +43,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:163 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:183 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:86 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state" msgid "Read current SSHD state" msgstr "Načíst současný stav SSHD" @@ -53,7 +50,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:166 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:186 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:89 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD configuration..." msgid "Reading current SSHD configuration..." msgstr "Načítá se aktuální konfigurace SSHD..." @@ -61,7 +57,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:168 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:188 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:91 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state" msgid "Reading current SSHD state..." msgstr "Načítá se aktuální stav SSHD..." @@ -69,7 +64,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:186 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:206 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:109 -#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." msgid "Cannot read current SSHD state." msgstr "Nelze načíst současný stav SSHD." @@ -77,7 +71,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:204 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:224 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:127 -#| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Ukládá se konfigurace SSHD" @@ -92,7 +85,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:212 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:232 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:135 -#| msgid "Adjust SSHD service" msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" msgstr "Nastavit službu SSHD" @@ -107,7 +99,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:217 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:237 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:140 -#| msgid "Adjusting SSHD service..." msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." msgstr "Nastavuje se služba SSHD..." @@ -115,7 +106,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:228 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:248 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:151 -#| msgid "Cannot write the SSHD settings." msgid "Cannot write SSHD settings." msgstr "Nelze zapsat nastavení SSHD." @@ -194,7 +184,6 @@ #. a dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:106 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:100 -#| msgid "General Login Settings" msgid "SSHD Server Login Settings" msgstr "Nastavení přihlášení SSHD serveru" @@ -206,7 +195,6 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:113 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:107 -#| msgid "Print &Message of the Day after Login" msgid "Print &Message of the Day After Login" msgstr "Po přihlášení zobrazit &zprávu dne" @@ -230,33 +218,28 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:125 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:119 -#| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication" msgid "Pa&sswordAuthentication" msgstr "Ověřování &heslem" #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:127 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:121 -#| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication" msgid "RSA Authenti&cation" msgstr "Ověřování &RSA" #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:129 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:123 -#| msgid "Public &Key Authentication (Protocol V. 2 Only)" msgid "Public &Key Authentication" msgstr "Ověřování veřejným &klíčem" #. Sshd read dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:28 -#| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Initializing sshd Configuration" msgstr "Inicializuje se konfigurace SSHD" #. Sshd write dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:53 -#| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving sshd Configuration" msgstr "Ukládá se konfigurace SSHD" @@ -281,15 +264,11 @@ #. Sshd configure1 dialog contents #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:28 -#| msgid "Configuration of sshd" msgid "First part of configuration of sshd" msgstr "První část konfigurace SSHD" #. Read dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing the sshd Configuration</big> \n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -299,9 +278,6 @@ #. Write dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving the sshd Configuration</big> \n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Saving sshd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -320,9 +296,6 @@ #. Login Settings dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Configure SSHD here. " msgid "" "<big>Login Settings</big> \n" "Configure SSHD login settings here. " @@ -405,15 +378,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Maximum Authentication Tries \n" -#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per " -#~ "connection.\n" -#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures " -#~ "are logged." +#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\n" +#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Maximum ověřovacích pokusů \n" #~ "Určuje maximální počet pokusů o přihlášení povolených během spojení.\n" -#~ "Jakmile jednou počet neúspěšných pokusů dosáhne tohoto čísla, další " -#~ "selhání jsou zaznamenána." +#~ "Jakmile jednou počet neúspěšných pokusů dosáhne tohoto čísla, další selhání jsou zaznamenána." #~ msgid "" #~ "RSA Authentication \n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Používejte tento program pouze tehdy, pokud již máte zkušenost s " -"rozdělováním disků.\n" +"Používejte tento program pouze tehdy, pokud již máte zkušenost s rozdělováním disků.\n" "\n" "Nikdy nerozdělujte disky, které mohou právě být jakkoliv používány\n" "(připojeny, používány pro odkládací prostor atd.), pokud si nejste naprosto\n" @@ -670,10 +669,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Nenalezen žádný disk. K instalaci použijte Update-CD, pokud je dostupné." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Nenalezen žádný disk. K instalaci použijte Update-CD, pokud je dostupné." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -971,8 +968,7 @@ "\n" "Pokud smažete Windows, všechna data v tomto oddílu budou nenávratně\n" "ztracena, jakmile se spustí proces instalace. Naléhavě\n" -"proto doporučujeme zálohovat všechna cenná data. Je velice malá " -"pravděpodobnost, že toto selže.\n" +"proto doporučujeme zálohovat všechna cenná data. Je velice malá pravděpodobnost, že toto selže.\n" "\n" #. Label text @@ -1004,8 +1000,7 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Nemáte přiřazen kořenový oddíl pro instalaci. Takhle to nejde.Přiřaďte " -"nějakému oddílu kořenový bod připojení \"/\".\n" +"Nemáte přiřazen kořenový oddíl pro instalaci. Takhle to nejde.Přiřaďte nějakému oddílu kořenový bod připojení \"/\".\n" "\n" "Chcete použít toto nastavení?\n" @@ -1218,8 +1213,7 @@ "\n" "Toto bude způsobovat některé problémy s běžným nastavením spuštění.\n" "\n" -"Pokud přesně nevíte co děláte, použijte pro své soubory na %1 normální " -"oddíl.\n" +"Pokud přesně nevíte co děláte, použijte pro své soubory na %1 normální oddíl.\n" "\n" "Opravdu chcete použít toto nastavení?\n" @@ -1235,8 +1229,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1244,8 +1237,7 @@ "\n" "Nezařadili jste do konfigurace odkládací oddíl (swap).\n" "Ve většině případů je velice doporučeno odkládací oddíl\n" -"vytvořit a zařadit do konfigurace.Vytvořené odkládací oddíly jsou vypsány v " -"hlavním okně s typem\n" +"vytvořit a zařadit do konfigurace.Vytvořené odkládací oddíly jsou vypsány v hlavním okně s typem\n" "\"Linux Swap\". Zařazený odkládací oddíl má bod připojení \"swap\".\n" "Pokud chcete, můžete vytvořit i více odkládacích oddílů.\n" "\n" @@ -1280,8 +1272,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Jste-li na pochybách, lepší bude se vrátit a označit tento oddíl\n" @@ -1361,11 +1352,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybraný rozšířený oddíl obsahuje oddíly, které jsou nyní připojeny:\n" @@ -1535,23 +1524,20 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Připojit v /etc/fstab podle:\n" "Normálně je zařízení k připojení identifikováno v /etc/fstab podle\n" "svého názvu. Toto lze změnit vyhledávání pomocí UUID nebo popisku svazku.\n" -"Ne všechny souborové systémy ale toto podporují. Pokud je volba " -"nepřístupná,\n" +"Ne všechny souborové systémy ale toto podporují. Pokud je volba nepřístupná,\n" "pak není podporovaná.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1798,14 +1784,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybrané zařízení obsahuje oddíly, které jsou právě připojeny:\n" "%1\n" -"*Důrazně* doporučujeme tyto oddíly odpojit dříve, než smažete tabulku " -"rozdělení.\n" +"*Důrazně* doporučujeme tyto oddíly odpojit dříve, než smažete tabulku rozdělení.\n" "Pokud nevíte co děláte, zvolte Zrušit.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1854,13 +1838,11 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Vytvářejte a odstraňujte podřízené svazky souborového systému Btrfs.\n" +msgstr "Vytvářejte a odstraňujte podřízené svazky souborového systému Btrfs.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Povolit automatické snímky pro souborový systém Btrfs pomocí Snapperu." +msgstr "Povolit automatické snímky pro souborový systém Btrfs pomocí Snapperu." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1620 @@ -1960,16 +1942,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tento bod připojení odpovídá dočasnému souborovému systému, například /tmp " -"nebo /var/tmp.\n" +"Tento bod připojení odpovídá dočasnému souborovému systému, například /tmp nebo /var/tmp.\n" "Pokud šifrovací heslo ponecháte prázdné, systém při spuštění systému\n" "vytvoří náhodné heslo. To znamená, že při vypnutí systému \n" "ztratíte veškerá data na těchto souborových systémech.\n" @@ -1981,8 +1961,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2000,8 +1979,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2022,8 +2000,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Povolené znaky jsou\n" -"<tt>%1!</tt>, mezery, malá a velká písmena (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>)a číslice<tt>0</" -"tt> až <tt>9</tt>.\n" +"<tt>%1!</tt>, mezery, malá a velká písmena (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>)a číslice<tt>0</tt> až <tt>9</tt>.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -2054,8 +2031,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2121,8 +2097,7 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"U některého souborového systému jste nastavili, aby se při startu " -"automaticky\n" +"U některého souborového systému jste nastavili, aby se při startu automaticky\n" "nepřipojoval. Tento souborový systém však může obsahovat soubory potřebné\n" "pro to, aby systém řádně fungoval.\n" "\n" @@ -2195,8 +2170,7 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Neplatné znaky v přípojném bodu. Nepoužívejte \"`'!\"%#\"." #. error popup text @@ -2386,8 +2360,7 @@ msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." -msgstr "" -"Vybráním položky v tabulku dostanete podrobnější informace o zařízení." +msgstr "Vybráním položky v tabulku dostanete podrobnější informace o zařízení." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 @@ -2753,16 +2726,13 @@ msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte zda má být disk formátován a pokud ano tah zvolte typ nového " -"oddílu." +msgstr "Vyberte zda má být disk formátován a pokud ano tah zvolte typ nového oddílu." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud chcete zašifrovat všechna data ve svazku,\n" @@ -2774,9 +2744,7 @@ msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Dále jestli se ma oddíl připojovat a je třeba zadat bod připojení ( /, /" -"boot, /home, /var, ...)" +msgstr "Dále jestli se ma oddíl připojovat a je třeba zadat bod připojení ( /, /boot, /home, /var, ...)" #. set globals #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 @@ -2868,8 +2836,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Souborový systém na tomto svazku je swap. Můžete ponechat šifrovací heslo\n" -"prázdné, ale potom jej nebude možné použít zařízení pro hibernaci (uspání na " -"disk).\n" +"prázdné, ale potom jej nebude možné použít zařízení pro hibernaci (uspání na disk).\n" "\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 @@ -3803,8 +3770,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3966,8 +3932,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." -msgstr "" -"Pohled ukazuje podrobné informace o zvoleném šifrovacím souboru." +msgstr "Pohled ukazuje podrobné informace o zvoleném šifrovacím souboru." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 @@ -3991,8 +3956,7 @@ "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" "Jméno skupiny svazků obsahuje nepovolené znaky. \n" -"Povoleny jsou alphanumerické znaky(písmena bez diakritiky a čísla), \".\", " -"\"_\", \"-\" a \"+\"." +"Povoleny jsou alphanumerické znaky(písmena bez diakritiky a čísla), \".\", \"_\", \"-\" a \"+\"." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 @@ -4027,9 +3991,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Opravdu chcete odstranit skupinu svazků \"%1\" a všechny související logické " -"svazky?" +msgstr "Opravdu chcete odstranit skupinu svazků \"%1\" a všechny související logické svazky?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4037,8 +3999,7 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Váš údaj je neplatný. Musíte zadat fyzickou velikost větší než %1, která je " -"mocninou dvou.\n" +"Váš údaj je neplatný. Musíte zadat fyzickou velikost větší než %1, která je mocninou dvou.\n" "například \"%2\" nebo \"%3\")." #. error popup text @@ -4058,8 +4019,7 @@ "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" "Jméno logického oddílu obsahuje nepovolené znaky. \n" -"Povoleny jsou alphanumerické znaky(písmena bez diakritiky a čísla), \".\", " -"\"_\", \"-\" a \"+\"." +"Povoleny jsou alphanumerické znaky(písmena bez diakritiky a čísla), \".\", \"_\", \"-\" a \"+\"." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 @@ -4109,14 +4069,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" -"Zadejte velikost a také počet a velikost proužků nového logického " -"svazku.\n" -"Počet proužků nemůže být větší než počet fyzických svazků ve skupině svazků." -"" +"Zadejte velikost a také počet a velikost proužků nového logického svazku.\n" +"Počet proužků nemůže být větší než počet fyzických svazků ve skupině svazků." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 @@ -4167,8 +4124,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Můžete prohlásit tento logický svazek jako\n" @@ -4181,19 +4137,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Můžete prohlásit tento logický svazek jako Tenký fond.\n" -"To znamená, že Tenké svazky na požádání využívají z tohoto fondu " -"vyžadovaný prostor." +"To znamená, že Tenké svazky na požádání využívají z tohoto fondu vyžadovaný prostor." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Můžete prohlásit tuto logický svazek jako\n" "Tenký svazek. To znamená, že svazek využívá\n" @@ -4251,14 +4204,12 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "Není dostatek nepoužitých zařízení pro skupinu svazků.\n" "\n" -"Pro LVM je potřeba alespon jeden nepoužitý oddít typu 0x8e (nebo 0x83) nebo " -"zařízení typu RAID. \n" +"Pro LVM je potřeba alespon jeden nepoužitý oddít typu 0x8e (nebo 0x83) nebo zařízení typu RAID. \n" "Změňtě tabulku oddílů odpovídajícím způsobem." #. error popup @@ -4375,9 +4326,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." -msgstr "" -"Pohled zobrazí všechny fyzické svazky použíte zvolenou skupinou svazků.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Pohled zobrazí všechny fyzické svazky použíte zvolenou skupinou svazků." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 @@ -4482,12 +4431,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Nastavení NFS není dostupné. Zkontrolujte jestli máte nainstalován balíček " -"yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Nastavení NFS není dostupné. Zkontrolujte jestli máte nainstalován balíček yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4518,43 +4463,34 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Tato úroveň zvyšuje rychlost diskových operací.\n" -"NEZVÝŠÍ bezpečnost vašich dat. Pokud jeden z disků bude vadný, nebude " -"možné data obnovit.\n" +"NEZVÝŠÍ bezpečnost vašich dat. Pokud jeden z disků bude vadný, nebude možné data obnovit.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Tato úroveň zajistí bezpečnost vašich dat, resp.\n" -"redundanci. Můžete použít dva nebo více disků, které vždy obsahují identické " -"kopie\n" -"Pokud tedy funguje alespoň jeden disk, nepřijdete o žádná data. Diskové " -"oddíly\n" +"redundanci. Můžete použít dva nebo více disků, které vždy obsahují identické kopie\n" +"Pokud tedy funguje alespoň jeden disk, nepřijdete o žádná data. Diskové oddíly\n" "používané pro tento typ RAIDu by měly mít vždy stejnou velikost.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Tato úroveň kombinuje správu velkého počtu disků\n" "a jejich určitou redundanci. Můžete ji použít pro tři a více disků.\n" -"Pokud bude jeden disk vadný, pak jsou vaše data zachována. Při výpadku dvou " -"disků zároveň o ně však přijdete\n" +"Pokud bude jeden disk vadný, pak jsou vaše data zachována. Při výpadku dvou disků zároveň o ně však přijdete\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4571,15 +4507,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Přidat diskové oddíly k RAIDu. Podle\n" "úrovně RAIDu je využitelná velikost disku součtem těchto diskových\n" -"oddílů (RAID0), je rovna nejmenšímu diskovému oddílu (RAID 1) nebo (N-1)" -"*nejmenší\n" +"oddílů (RAID0), je rovna nejmenšímu diskovému oddílu (RAID 1) nebo (N-1)*nejmenší\n" "diskový oddíl (RAID 5).\n" #. helptext @@ -4643,10 +4576,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost kusu: Toto je nejmenší možný objem dat,\n" "který je možný zapsat na zařízení. Rozumnou velikostí pro RAID 5 je \n" @@ -4661,8 +4592,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Paritní algoritmus se používá v RAID 5 a 6.\n" "Levostranně symetrický poskytuje nejvyšší výkon na typických discích\n" @@ -4942,22 +4872,15 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" -"Výchozí připojení pomocí určuje metodu připojení pro nově " -"vytvořené souborové systémy.\n" -"Název zařízení používá název zařízení v jádře. Tento název není " -"stálý.\n" -"ID zařízení a Cesta k zařízení používá jména generované " -"systémem udev z informací o hardwaru. Ty by měly být trvalé, ale naneštěstí " -"to nebývá vždy pravda.\n" -"UUID a Popisek svazku používá UUID a popisek souborového " -"systému.\n" +"Výchozí připojení pomocí určuje metodu připojení pro nově vytvořené souborové systémy.\n" +"Název zařízení používá název zařízení v jádře. Tento název není stálý.\n" +"ID zařízení a Cesta k zařízení používá jména generované systémem udev z informací o hardwaru. Ty by měly být trvalé, ale naneštěstí to nebývá vždy pravda.\n" +"UUID a Popisek svazku používá UUID a popisek souborového systému.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -4972,9 +4895,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5244,19 +5165,16 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"Je to v pořádku, aby zařízení byla přiřazena ke třídám podle těchto vzorů?" +msgstr "Je to v pořádku, aby zařízení byla přiřazena ke třídám podle těchto vzorů?" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" -"Tento dialog je pro definování tříd pro zařízení RAIDu, která jsou v " -"RAIDu\n" +"Tento dialog je pro definování tříd pro zařízení RAIDu, která jsou v RAIDu\n" "obsažené. Dostupné třídy jsou A, B, C, D a E, ale ve většině případů\n" "jich postačí méně (např. pouze A a B)." @@ -5264,21 +5182,15 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "Zařízení můžete zařadit ke třídě klepnutím na něj pravým tlačítkem myši\n" -"a výběrem patřičné třídy z kontextového menu. Výběrem při současně " -"stisknuté\n" -"klávese Ctrl nebo Shift můžete vybrat více zařízení a zařadit je všechna v " -"jediném\n" -"kroku. Můžete taktéž použít tlačítka označená \"%1\" až \"%2\" k zařazení " -"současně\n" +"a výběrem patřičné třídy z kontextového menu. Výběrem při současně stisknuté\n" +"klávese Ctrl nebo Shift můžete vybrat více zařízení a zařadit je všechna v jediném\n" +"kroku. Můžete taktéž použít tlačítka označená \"%1\" až \"%2\" k zařazení současně\n" "vybraného zařízení do této třídy." #. dialog help text @@ -5295,21 +5207,17 @@ msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." -msgstr "" -"Setříděné dá všechna zařízení třídy A před všechna zařízení třídy B " -"atd." +msgstr "Setříděné dá všechna zařízení třídy A před všechna zařízení třídy B atd." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" "Prokládání použije první zařízení třídy A, poté první zařízení\n" -"třídy B až do posledního třídy zařízení. Pak jde na řadu druhé zařízení " -"třídy\n" +"třídy B až do posledního třídy zařízení. Pak jde na řadu druhé zařízení třídy\n" "A, druhé zařízení třídy B atd." #. dialog help text @@ -5320,24 +5228,19 @@ "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" "Všechna zařízení bez tříd jsou zařazena na konec seznamu zařízení.\n" -"Když opustíte vyskakovací okno, je použito současné pořadí jako pořadí " -"zařízení\n" +"Když opustíte vyskakovací okno, je použito současné pořadí jako pořadí zařízení\n" "v RAIDu, který je vytvářen." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Stiskem tlačítka \"%1\" můžete vybrat soubor, který obsahuje\n" @@ -5345,8 +5248,7 @@ "zařízení, která odpovídají tomuto regulárnímu výrazu, budou zařazena\n" "do třídy uvedené na stejném řádku. Regulární výraz se porovnává s jaderným\n" "názvem (např. /dev/sda1), názvu cesty udev (např.\n" -"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:-f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) a identifikátoru " -"udev\n" +"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:-f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) a identifikátoru udev\n" "(např. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1).\n" "Pokdu název zařízení vyhovuje více výrazům, určuje třídu první vyhovující\n" "regulární výraz." @@ -5386,14 +5288,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Velikost Tmpfs:\n" -"Velikost může být zadána jak číslem následovaným písmenem K,M,G pro Kilo-, " -"Mega- nebo Gigabajty nebo jako číslo následované značkou procenta, která " -"znamená procentuální část paměti." +"Velikost může být zadána jak číslem následovaným písmenem K,M,G pro Kilo-, Mega- nebo Gigabajty nebo jako číslo následované značkou procenta, která znamená procentuální část paměti." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 @@ -5424,13 +5323,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Připojit pouze pro čtení:\n" -"Do tohoto souborového systému není možný zápis. Výchozí je hodnota vypnuto. " -"Během instalace je souborový systém vždy připojen\n" +"Do tohoto souborového systému není možný zápis. Výchozí je hodnota vypnuto. Během instalace je souborový systém vždy připojen\n" "pro čtení i zápis." #. button text @@ -5445,8 +5342,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Bez času přístupu:\n" -"Pokud je soubor čten, časy přístupu nejsou aktualizovány. Výchozí je hodnota " -"vypnuto.\n" +"Pokud je soubor čten, časy přístupu nejsou aktualizovány. Výchozí je hodnota vypnuto.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 @@ -5460,8 +5356,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Připojitelný uživatelem:\n" -"Souborový systém může být připojen běžným uživatelem. Výchozí je vypnuto.</" -"p>\n" +"Souborový systém může být připojen běžným uživatelem. Výchozí je vypnuto.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -5474,10 +5369,8 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Nepřipojovat při spuštění systému:\n" "Souborový systém není při startu systému automaticky připojen.\n" @@ -5514,10 +5407,8 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Režim žurnálování dat:\n" "Udává režim žurnálování dat souborů.\n" @@ -5563,19 +5454,14 @@ msgstr "Hodnota doplňkových &voleb" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Neplatné znaky v některé hodnotě voleb. Nepoužívejte mezery nebo tabulátory " -"a zkuste to znovu." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Neplatné znaky v některé hodnotě voleb. Nepoužívejte mezery nebo tabulátory a zkuste to znovu." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Hodnota libovolné volby:\n" @@ -5606,8 +5492,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Kódová stránka pro krátká FAT jména:\n" "Tato kódová stránka se používá pro převod krátkých názvů souborů\n" @@ -5622,12 +5507,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Počet tabulek FAT:\n" -"Udává počet alokačních tabulek souborů (FAT) v soub. systému. Výchozí je 2.</" -"p>" +"Udává počet alokačních tabulek souborů (FAT) v soub. systému. Výchozí je 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 @@ -5638,14 +5521,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost FAT:\n" -"Udává typ použité tabulky FAT (12, 16 anebo 32 bitů). Pokud je nastaveno " -"'auto', YaST se pokusí vybrat hodnotu nejlépe odpovídající velikosti vašeho " -"souborového systému.\n" +"Udává typ použité tabulky FAT (12, 16 anebo 32 bitů). Pokud je nastaveno 'auto', YaST se pokusí vybrat hodnotu nejlépe odpovídající velikosti vašeho souborového systému.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 @@ -5655,9 +5534,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Minimální hodnota pro \"Počet položek kořenového adresáře\" je 112. Opakujte " -"zadání." +msgstr "Minimální hodnota pro \"Počet položek kořenového adresáře\" je 112. Opakujte zadání." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 @@ -5677,12 +5554,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Funkce hashování:\n" -"Udává název hashovací funkce, která bude použita pro třídění názvů souborů v " -"adresářích.\n" +"Udává název hashovací funkce, která bude použita pro třídění názvů souborů v adresářích.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 @@ -5693,15 +5568,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revize souborového systému:\n" -"Tato volba určuje formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pro zpětnou kompatibilitu s " -"jádry řady 2.2.x. '3.6' je novější, ale může být použito pouze s jádry řady " -">= 2.4. \n" +"Tato volba určuje formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pro zpětnou kompatibilitu s jádry řady 2.2.x. '3.6' je novější, ale může být použito pouze s jádry řady >= 2.4. \n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5713,14 +5583,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloku:\n" -"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 512, 1024, 2048 a " -"4096 bajtů na blok. Pokud je vybrána volba auto, nastaví se na 4096 bytů.</" -"p>\n" +"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 512, 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtů na blok. Pokud je vybrána volba auto, nastaví se na 4096 bytů.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5747,12 +5613,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Procento prostoru pro inody:\n" -"Volba \"Procento prostoru pro inody\" udává, kolik místa na disku v " -"procentech mohou inody zabírat.\n" +"Volba \"Procento prostoru pro inody\" udává, kolik místa na disku v procentech mohou inody zabírat.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 @@ -5763,8 +5627,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5792,8 +5655,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost protokolu\n" "Nastaví velikost protokolu (v megabajtech).\n" @@ -5827,23 +5689,17 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Délka kroku v blocích: \n" -"Nastavte RAID volby pro souborový systém. V současnosti je podporována " -"pouze\n" -"volba 'stride' (krok), která určuje argument RAIDu pro počet bloků v proužku." -"\n" +"Nastavte RAID volby pro souborový systém. V současnosti je podporována pouze\n" +"volba 'stride' (krok), která určuje argument RAIDu pro počet bloků v proužku.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloku:\n" -"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 1024, 2048 a 4096 " -"bajtů na blok. Pokud je nastavena hodnota auto, tak se velikost bloku určí " -"podle velikosti souborového systému a jeho očekávaného použití.\n" +"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtů na blok. Pokud je nastavena hodnota auto, tak se velikost bloku určí podle velikosti souborového systému a jeho očekávaného použití.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 @@ -5859,19 +5715,16 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bajty na inod:\n" "Určete počet bajtů na inod. YaST vytvoří inod pro každou hodnotu\n" -"<bajtů-na-inode> bajtů na disku. Čím větší je poměr bajtů na inod, " -"tím\n" +"<bajtů-na-inode> bajtů na disku. Čím větší je poměr bajtů na inod, tím\n" "méně inodů bude vytvořeno.\n" "Obecně by počet bajtů na inod neměl být menší než velikost bloku v \n" "souborovém systému, protože jinak bude vytvořeno příliš mnoho inodů. Po\n" -"jejich vytvoření není možné jejich počet v souborovém systému zvýšit bez " -"ztráty\n" +"jejich vytvoření není možné jejich počet v souborovém systému zvýšit bez ztráty\n" "dat, takže zde použijte rozumné nastavení.\n" #. label text @@ -5885,23 +5738,14 @@ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"Hodnota položky \"Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root\" je " -"chybná.\n" +"Hodnota položky \"Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root\" je chybná.\n" "Povolena jsou desetinná čísla, která nejsou větší než 99 (např. 0,5).\n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root: Určete procento " -"bloků rezervovaných pro super-uživatele. Výchozí hodnota je vypočítána tak, " -"že normálně je rezervován 1 Gigabajt. Nejvyšší výchozí limit pro rezervování " -"je 5,0 a nejnižší je 0,1." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root: Určete procento bloků rezervovaných pro super-uživatele. Výchozí hodnota je vypočítána tak, že normálně je rezervován 1 Gigabajt. Nejvyšší výchozí limit pro rezervování je 5,0 a nejnižší je 0,1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 @@ -5929,8 +5773,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Index adresáře:\n" -"Umožňuje používání hašovaných b-stromů pro urychlení vyhledávání ve velkých " -"adresářích.\n" +"Umožňuje používání hašovaných b-stromů pro urychlení vyhledávání ve velkých adresářích.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 @@ -5941,8 +5784,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Žádný žurnál:\n" @@ -6171,11 +6013,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Dokud jsou na disku používány nějaké oddíly, nemůžou být žádné další " -"vytvořeny." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Dokud jsou na disku používány nějaké oddíly, nemůžou být žádné další vytvořeny." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" @@ -6402,8 +6241,7 @@ msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." -msgstr "" -"Zařízení zobrazuje jméno zařízení, které mu přiřadilo jádro." +msgstr "Zařízení zobrazuje jméno zařízení, které mu přiřadilo jádro." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 @@ -6460,8 +6298,7 @@ msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." -msgstr "" -"Cesta k souboru ukazuje cestu k souboru pro zašifrované loop zařizení." +msgstr "Cesta k souboru ukazuje cestu k souboru pro zašifrované loop zařizení." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 @@ -6507,8 +6344,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Připojit pomocí značí, jak je souborový systém připojován:\n" @@ -6523,13 +6359,11 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Otazník (?) značí, že souborový systém není uveden v <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -"Buď je připojen ručně nebo systémem automount. Pokud budete měnit nastavení " -"pro\n" +"Buď je připojen ručně nebo systémem automount. Pokud budete měnit nastavení pro\n" "tento svazek, YaST neaktualizuje <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6543,12 +6377,10 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" -"Hvězdička (*) za přípojným bodem značí souborový systém, který není právě " -"připojen\n" +"Hvězdička (*) za přípojným bodem značí souborový systém, který není právě připojen\n" "(např. protože má nastavenu volbu <tt>noauto</tt> v <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6563,9 +6395,7 @@ msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." -msgstr "" -"Paritní algoritmus ukazuje paritní algoritmus pro zařízení RAID s " -"typem RAIDu 5, 6 a nebo 10." +msgstr "Paritní algoritmus ukazuje paritní algoritmus pro zařízení RAID s typem RAIDu 5, 6 a nebo 10." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 @@ -6607,8 +6437,7 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Proužky tento sloupec ukazuje počet proužků pro\n" -"logický svazek LVM a pokud je větší než jedna, je v závorkách uvedena jeho " -"velikost.\n" +"logický svazek LVM a pokud je větší než jedna, je v závorkách uvedena jeho velikost.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6903,12 +6732,8 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Změna velikosti není možná kvůli nekonzistenci souborového systému. Zkuste " -"souborový systém zkontrolovat ve Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Změna velikosti není možná kvůli nekonzistenci souborového systému. Zkuste souborový systém zkontrolovat ve Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -6956,11 +6781,9 @@ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"Souborový systém pro kořenový oddíl můžete vybrat v odpovídajícím " -"rozbalovacím\n" +"Souborový systém pro kořenový oddíl můžete vybrat v odpovídajícím rozbalovacím\n" "seznamu. V souborovém systému Btrfs může být návrh vytvořen s povolenými\n" -"automatickými snímky pomocí snapperu. Toto též zvýší velikost pro kořenový " -"oddíl." +"automatickými snímky pomocí snapperu. Toto též zvýší velikost pro kořenový oddíl." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 @@ -6976,9 +6799,7 @@ msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." -msgstr "" -"Aby mohl být swapovací oddíl použit pro uspání systému na disk, je třeba " -"jej nastavit dostatečně velký." +msgstr "Aby mohl být swapovací oddíl použit pro uspání systému na disk, je třeba jej nastavit dostatečně velký." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." @@ -7089,10 +6910,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -7134,8 +6953,7 @@ #~ "Prosím zvolte 'Zrušit', pokud nevíte přesně,\n" #~ "co činíte.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pokud budete pokračovat, YaST2 se tento oddíl pokusí odpojit před " -#~ "smazáním.\n" +#~ "Pokud budete pokračovat, YaST2 se tento oddíl pokusí odpojit před smazáním.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7165,19 +6983,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" #~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -#~ "to mount\n" -#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -#~ "can be\n" -#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#~ "possible.\n" +#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Připojit v /etc/fstab podle:\n" #~ "Normálně je zařízení k připojení identifikováno v /etc/fstab podle\n" -#~ "svého názvu. Toto lze změnit na vyhledávání pomocí UUID nebo popisku " -#~ "svazku.\n" -#~ "Ne všechny souborové systémy ale toto podporují. Pokud je volba " -#~ "nepřístupná,\n" +#~ "svého názvu. Toto lze změnit na vyhledávání pomocí UUID nebo popisku svazku.\n" +#~ "Ne všechny souborové systémy ale toto podporují. Pokud je volba nepřístupná,\n" #~ "není podporovaná.\n" #~ msgid "&Device name" @@ -7207,20 +7020,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Tento bod připojení odpovídá dočasnému souborovému systému, například /" -#~ "tmp nebo /var/tmp.\n" -#~ " Šifrovací heslo můžete ponechat prázdné. Pokud tak učiníte, systém " -#~ "vytvoří \n" +#~ "Tento bod připojení odpovídá dočasnému souborovému systému, například /tmp nebo /var/tmp.\n" +#~ " Šifrovací heslo můžete ponechat prázdné. Pokud tak učiníte, systém vytvoří \n" #~ " při spuštění systému náhodné heslo. To znamená, že při vypnutí systému \n" #~ " ztratíte veškerá data na těchto souborových systémech.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -7259,8 +7067,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~ "selected TMPFS volume." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Toto zobrazení ukazuje podrobné informace o zvoleném svazku TMPFS." +#~ msgstr "Toto zobrazení ukazuje podrobné informace o zvoleném svazku TMPFS." #~| msgid "&Enter Password:" #~ msgid "&Enter encryption password:" @@ -7289,13 +7096,10 @@ #~ "nově vytvořených filesystémů." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "K použití těchto bodů připojení stiskněte tlačítko Ano." +#~ msgstr "K použití těchto bodů připojení stiskněte tlačítko Ano." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "K ignorování těchto bodů připojení stiskněte tlačítko Ne.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgstr "K ignorování těchto bodů připojení stiskněte tlačítko Ne." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" @@ -7307,9 +7111,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "A previous system with the following mount points was detected:\n" #~ "/etc/fstab found on %1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nalezen existující systém s následujícími body připojení: na %1 byl " -#~ "nalezen /etc/fstab" +#~ msgstr "Nalezen existující systém s následujícími body připojení: na %1 byl nalezen /etc/fstab" #~ msgid "Device " #~ msgstr "Zařízení " @@ -7364,20 +7166,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large " -#~ "disks.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it " -#~ "looks\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n" #~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" #~ "performs various checks. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Podle velikosti vašeho disku a rychlosti procesoru\n" #~ "může trvat příprava disku značnou dobu - často několik minut\n" -#~ "u velkých disků. Ukazatel potřebného času přitom nepostupuje pravidelně " -#~ "-\n" +#~ "u velkých disků. Ukazatel potřebného času přitom nepostupuje pravidelně -\n" #~ "ke konci (\"95 %\") se obvykle výrazně zpomalí,\n" #~ "neboť je ještě nutné provést různé kontroly. Prosíme, buďte trpěliví" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/sudo.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/sudo.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/sudo.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -337,8 +337,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Alias počítače %1 se používá v jednom z pravidel sudo.\n" "Jeho smazání může vést k nesrovnalostem v konfiguračním\n" @@ -348,8 +347,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Alias uživatele %1 se používá v jednom z pravidel sudo.\n" "Jeho smazání může vést k nesrovnalostem v konfiguračním\n" @@ -359,8 +357,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Alias 'SpustitJako' %1 se používá v jednom z pravidel sudo..\n" "Jeho smazání může vést k nesrovnalostem v konfiguračním\n" @@ -370,8 +367,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Alias příkazu %1 se používá v jednom z pravidel sudo.\n" "Jeho smazání může vést k nesrovnalostem v konfiguračním\n" @@ -432,10 +428,8 @@ "<big>Pravidla pro sudo</big> \n" "\tSpecifikace sudo určuje, které příkazy může uživatel na daných\n" "\tstrojích spouštět (volitelně též pod jakým uživatelem). Každá specifikace\n" -"\tuživatele je setříděný seznam obsahující uživatele, počítač a seznam " -"příkazů,\n" -"\tvčetně volitelné specifikace Spouštět jako a dalších tagů. Ty jsou " -"shrnuty\n" +"\tuživatele je setříděný seznam obsahující uživatele, počítač a seznam příkazů,\n" +"\tvčetně volitelné specifikace Spouštět jako a dalších tagů. Ty jsou shrnuty\n" "\tv následující tabulce.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -449,10 +443,8 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Sloupec Uživatelé označuje lokálního či systémového uživatele nebo " -"alias uživatele.\n" -"\tSloupec Počítače určuje na jakém počítači či skupině počítačů " -"určené aliasem počítače\n" +"Sloupec Uživatelé označuje lokálního či systémového uživatele nebo alias uživatele.\n" +"\tSloupec Počítače určuje na jakém počítači či skupině počítačů určené aliasem počítače\n" "\tmůže uživatel spouštět dané příkazy.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -461,16 +453,13 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Sloupec Spustit jako je volitelný parametr obsahující jméno " -"uživatele\n" +"Sloupec Spustit jako je volitelný parametr obsahující jméno uživatele\n" "\tnebo alias, jehož přístupová práva budou použita pro spouštění příkazů.\n" "\tNOPASSWD je tag určující, zda se uživatelé musí před použitím\n" "\tpříkazů autorizovat heslem.\n" @@ -498,10 +487,8 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -" Chcete-li přidat nové pravidlo, klikněte na tlačítko Přidat a " -"vyplňte\n" -"\tpříslušná pole. Jméno uživatele, jméno počítače a seznam příkazů nesmí být " -"prázdné.\n" +" Chcete-li přidat nové pravidlo, klikněte na tlačítko Přidat a vyplňte\n" +"\tpříslušná pole. Jméno uživatele, jméno počítače a seznam příkazů nesmí být prázdné.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -509,89 +496,65 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " -"button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "Pro úpravu existujícího pravidla, zvolte položku v tabulce a klikněte\n" -"\tna tlačítko Upravit. Pro smazání vybrané položky, klikněte na " -"tlačítko Smazat.\n" +"\tna tlačítko Upravit. Pro smazání vybrané položky, klikněte na tlačítko Smazat.\n" "\t \n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Jméno uživatele nebo alias může být určeno jedním jménem uživatele " -"(např. foo),\n" -"\tjménem skupiny s předponou '%' (např. %bar) nebo jménem aliasu uživatele. " -"Je-li použito\n" -"\tklíčové slovo 'ALL', platí nastavení pro všechny uživatele. Vyberte z " -"existujících uživatelů,\n" +"Jméno uživatele nebo alias může být určeno jedním jménem uživatele (např. foo),\n" +"\tjménem skupiny s předponou '%' (např. %bar) nebo jménem aliasu uživatele. Je-li použito\n" +"\tklíčové slovo 'ALL', platí nastavení pro všechny uživatele. Vyberte z existujících uživatelů,\n" "\tskupin a aliasů z rozbalovací nabídky nebo zadejte vlastní hodnotu. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com) single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Položka Jméno počítače nebo alias obsahuje jméno počítače (např. " -"www.example.com),\n" -"\tjednu IP adresu (např. 192.168.0.1), IP adresu s maskou sítě nebo alias " -"počítače. Pokud mohou být\n" -"\tpříkazy spouštěny na libovolném počítači, použijte klíčové slovo 'ALL'. " -"Jméno či adresa počítače se\n" -"\tporovnávají s vaším vlastním jménem či adresou počítače, takže pokud " -"nehodláte sdílet jeden soubor\n" -"\t/etc/sudoers mezi více stroji, měl by záznam 'ALL' nebo 'localhost' téměř " -"vždy dostačovat.\n" +"Položka Jméno počítače nebo alias obsahuje jméno počítače (např. www.example.com),\n" +"\tjednu IP adresu (např. 192.168.0.1), IP adresu s maskou sítě nebo alias počítače. Pokud mohou být\n" +"\tpříkazy spouštěny na libovolném počítači, použijte klíčové slovo 'ALL'. Jméno či adresa počítače se\n" +"\tporovnávají s vaším vlastním jménem či adresou počítače, takže pokud nehodláte sdílet jeden soubor\n" +"\t/etc/sudoers mezi více stroji, měl by záznam 'ALL' nebo 'localhost' téměř vždy dostačovat.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Alias 'Spustit jako uživatel nebo alias' je volitelný parametr " -"určující uživatele,\n" -"\tjehož přístupová práva jsou použita pro spouštění určitého příkazu. Je-li " -"prázdný, jako\n" -"\tvýchozí se používá uživatel root. Může se jednat o jedno " -"uživatelské jméno,\n" -"\tskupinu s předponou '%' nebo jméno aliasu 'Spustit jako'. Existujícího " -"uživatele, skupinu\n" +"Alias 'Spustit jako uživatel nebo alias' je volitelný parametr určující uživatele,\n" +"\tjehož přístupová práva jsou použita pro spouštění určitého příkazu. Je-li prázdný, jako\n" +"\tvýchozí se používá uživatel root. Může se jednat o jedno uživatelské jméno,\n" +"\tskupinu s předponou '%' nebo jméno aliasu 'Spustit jako'. Existujícího uživatele, skupinu\n" "\tči alias zvolte z rozbalovací nabídky, nebo zadejte vlastní hodnotu.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -599,21 +562,16 @@ #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Bez hesla je volitelný tag. Za běžných okolností se uživatelé " -"musí\n" -"\tpřed použitím určitého příkazu autentizovat (tj. zadat své heslo, ne heslo " -"roota).\n" -"\tPokud chcete nutnost této autentizace zrušit, nastavte volbu Bez hesla na " -"'Ano'\n" +"Bez hesla je volitelný tag. Za běžných okolností se uživatelé musí\n" +"\tpřed použitím určitého příkazu autentizovat (tj. zadat své heslo, ne heslo roota).\n" +"\tPokud chcete nutnost této autentizace zrušit, nastavte volbu Bez hesla na 'Ano'\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -621,18 +579,14 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Tabulka Příkazy ke spuštění je seznam příkazů (volitelně s " -"parametry),\n" -"\tadresářů a aliasů příkazů, které určitý uživatel může spouštět. Pokud je " -"použito\n" +"Tabulka Příkazy ke spuštění je seznam příkazů (volitelně s parametry),\n" +"\tadresářů a aliasů příkazů, které určitý uživatel může spouštět. Pokud je použito\n" "\tjméno adresáře, lze spouštět libovolný příkaz z tohoto adresáře.\n" "\tKlíčové slovo 'ALL' zastupuje všechny příkazy, používejte jej opatrně.\n" "\t\n" @@ -640,17 +594,13 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Chcete-li přidat nový příkaz, klikněte na tlačítko Přidat, zadejte " -"jméno příkazu\n" -"\tvčetně volitelných parametrů a klikněte na OK. Chcete-li příkaz " -"odstranit, vyberte\n" +"Chcete-li přidat nový příkaz, klikněte na tlačítko Přidat, zadejte jméno příkazu\n" +"\tvčetně volitelných parametrů a klikněte na OK. Chcete-li příkaz odstranit, vyberte\n" "\todpovídající položku z tabulky a klikněte na tlačítko Smazat.\n" "\t" @@ -658,32 +608,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Aliasy uživatelů</big> \n" -"\tV tomto dialogu můžete nastavit aliasy uživatelů. Alias uživatele je sada " -"uživatelů s jedinečným\n" -"\tjménem. Toto jméno je později používáno programem sudo jako odkaz na " -"všechny uživatele v sadě.\n" +"\tV tomto dialogu můžete nastavit aliasy uživatelů. Alias uživatele je sada uživatelů s jedinečným\n" +"\tjménem. Toto jméno je později používáno programem sudo jako odkaz na všechny uživatele v sadě.\n" "\t \n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Chcete-li přidat nový alias uživatele, klikněte na tlačítko Přidat " -"a vyplňte příslušná pole. \n" +"Chcete-li přidat nový alias uživatele, klikněte na tlačítko Přidat a vyplňte příslušná pole. \n" "\tJméno aliasu a seznam uživatelů v aliasu nesmí být prázdné. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -691,16 +635,13 @@ #. User Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pro úpravu stávajícího aliasu uživatele, vyberte položku v tabulce a " -"klikněte\n" -"\tna tlačítko Upravit. Pro smazání zvolené položky, klikněte na " -"Smazat.\n" +"Pro úpravu stávajícího aliasu uživatele, vyberte položku v tabulce a klikněte\n" +"\tna tlačítko Upravit. Pro smazání zvolené položky, klikněte na Smazat.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -708,26 +649,21 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Aliasy počítačů</big> \n" -"\tV tomto dialogu můžete nastavit aliasy počítačů. Alias počítače je sada " -"počítačů s jedinečným\n" -"\tjménem. Toto jméno je později používáno programem sudo jako odkaz na " -"všechny počítače v sadě.\n" +"\tV tomto dialogu můžete nastavit aliasy počítačů. Alias počítače je sada počítačů s jedinečným\n" +"\tjménem. Toto jméno je později používáno programem sudo jako odkaz na všechny počítače v sadě.\n" "\t \n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -741,16 +677,13 @@ #. Host Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pro úpravu stávajícího aliasu počítače, vyberte položku v tabulce a " -"klikněte\n" -"\tna tlačítko Upravit. Pro smazání zvolené položky, klikněte na " -"Smazat.\n" +"Pro úpravu stávajícího aliasu počítače, vyberte položku v tabulce a klikněte\n" +"\tna tlačítko Upravit. Pro smazání zvolené položky, klikněte na Smazat.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -758,18 +691,14 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Aliasy 'Spustit jako'</big> \n" -"\tV tomto dialogu můžete nakonfigurovat aliasy 'Spustit jako'. Aliasy " -"'Spustit jako' je sada uživatelů\n" -"\ts jedinečným jménem. Jméno se používá pro odkazování na všechny uživatele " -"v sadě v konfiguraci\n" +"\tV tomto dialogu můžete nakonfigurovat aliasy 'Spustit jako'. Aliasy 'Spustit jako' je sada uživatelů\n" +"\ts jedinečným jménem. Jméno se používá pro odkazování na všechny uživatele v sadě v konfiguraci\n" "\tprogramu sudo.\n" "\t \n" "\t" @@ -777,32 +706,26 @@ #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pro přidání nového aliasu 'Spustit jako', klikněte na tlačítko Přidat</" -"b>\n" -"\ta vyplňte příslušné položky. Jméno aliasu a seznam uživatelů nesmějí být " -"prázdné.\n" +"Pro přidání nového aliasu 'Spustit jako', klikněte na tlačítko Přidat\n" +"\ta vyplňte příslušné položky. Jméno aliasu a seznam uživatelů nesmějí být prázdné.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pro úpravu stávajícího aliasu 'Spustit jako', vyberte položku v tabulce a " -"klikněte\n" -"\tna tlačítko Upravit. Pro smazání zvolené položky, klikněte na " -"Smazat.\n" +"Pro úpravu stávajícího aliasu 'Spustit jako', vyberte položku v tabulce a klikněte\n" +"\tna tlačítko Upravit. Pro smazání zvolené položky, klikněte na Smazat.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -810,19 +733,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Aliasy příkazů</big> \n" -"\tV tomto dialogu můžete nakonfigurovat aliasy příkazů. Alias příkazu je " -"sada příkazů\n" -"\t(volitelně s parametry) s jedinečným jménem. Toto jméno se pak používá " -"pro\n" +"\tV tomto dialogu můžete nakonfigurovat aliasy příkazů. Alias příkazu je sada příkazů\n" +"\t(volitelně s parametry) s jedinečným jménem. Toto jméno se pak používá pro\n" "\todkazování na všechny příkazy v sadě v konfiguraci programu sudo.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -830,14 +749,12 @@ #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Chcete-li přidat nový alias příkazu, klikněte na tlačítko Přidat a " -"vyplňte\n" +"Chcete-li přidat nový alias příkazu, klikněte na tlačítko Přidat a vyplňte\n" "\tpříslušné položky. Jméno aliasu a seznam příkazů nesmějí být prázdné.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -845,16 +762,13 @@ #. Command Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pro úpravu stávajícího aliasu příkazu, vyberte položku v tabulce a " -"klikněte\n" -"\tna tlačítko Upravit. Pro smazání zvolené položky, klikněte na " -"Smazat.\n" +"Pro úpravu stávajícího aliasu příkazu, vyberte položku v tabulce a klikněte\n" +"\tna tlačítko Upravit. Pro smazání zvolené položky, klikněte na Smazat.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -862,11 +776,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -882,24 +793,17 @@ #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"Add button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Vložte jedinečné jméno do položky Jméno aliasu. Pro přidání " -"uživatelů\n" -"\tnebo skupin do aliasu, vyberte uživatele nebo skupinu z rozbalovací " -"nabídky a klikněte\n" -"\tna tlačítko Přidat. Pro odstranění uživatele z aliasu, vyberte " -"příslušnou položku\n" -"\tz tabulky a klikněte na tlačítko Odstranit. Pro dokončení " -"konfigurace klikněte\n" +"Vložte jedinečné jméno do položky Jméno aliasu. Pro přidání uživatelů\n" +"\tnebo skupin do aliasu, vyberte uživatele nebo skupinu z rozbalovací nabídky a klikněte\n" +"\tna tlačítko Přidat. Pro odstranění uživatele z aliasu, vyberte příslušnou položku\n" +"\tz tabulky a klikněte na tlačítko Odstranit. Pro dokončení konfigurace klikněte\n" "\tnaOK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -911,39 +815,29 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Poznámka: Jméno aliasu nesmí být prázdné. Každý alias musí mít " -"nejméně jednoho člena.\n" +"Poznámka: Jméno aliasu nesmí být prázdné. Každý alias musí mít nejméně jednoho člena.\n" "\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias počítače</big> \n" -"\tAlias počítače sestává z jednoho či více jmen počítačů, IP adres, IP adres " -"s maskou\n" -"\tsítě v notaci typu 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 nebo číslem CIDR v bitové " -"notaci\n" -"\t(např. 192.168.0.0/24) nebo jiných aliasů počítače. Je mu přiřazeno jedno " -"jméno\n" -"\t(musí obsahovat pouze velká písmena, čísla a podtržítka), které je pak " -"používáno\n" +"\tAlias počítače sestává z jednoho či více jmen počítačů, IP adres, IP adres s maskou\n" +"\tsítě v notaci typu 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 nebo číslem CIDR v bitové notaci\n" +"\t(např. 192.168.0.0/24) nebo jiných aliasů počítače. Je mu přiřazeno jedno jméno\n" +"\t(musí obsahovat pouze velká písmena, čísla a podtržítka), které je pak používáno\n" "\tk odkazování na všechny počítače v aliasu.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -952,16 +846,14 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Zadejte jedinečné jméno do políčka Jméno aliasu. Pro přidání\n" "\tpočítačů do aliasu, klikněte na tlačítko Přidat. Vyskočí okno,\n" -"\tdo kterého můžete zadat platné jméno počítače nebo IP adresu. Pak " -"klikněte\n" +"\tdo kterého můžete zadat platné jméno počítače nebo IP adresu. Pak klikněte\n" "\tna OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -969,16 +861,13 @@ #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pro odstranění počítače z aliasu, vyberte odpovídající položku v tabulce a " -"klikněte\n" -"\tna tlačítko Odstranit. Pro dokončení konfigurace klikněte na OK</" -"b>.\n" +"Pro odstranění počítače z aliasu, vyberte odpovídající položku v tabulce a klikněte\n" +"\tna tlačítko Odstranit. Pro dokončení konfigurace klikněte na OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -986,23 +875,17 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias 'Spustit jako'</big> \n" -"\tAlias 'Spustit jako' je velmi podobný aliasu uživatele. Sestává z jednoho " -"nebo více uživatelů,\n" -"\tsystémových skupin (s předponou '%') nebo dalších aliasů 'Spustit jako'. " -"Je mu přiřazeno jedno\n" -"\tjméno (musí obsahovat pouze velká písmena, číslice a podtržítka), které se " -"pak používá jako\n" +"\tAlias 'Spustit jako' je velmi podobný aliasu uživatele. Sestává z jednoho nebo více uživatelů,\n" +"\tsystémových skupin (s předponou '%') nebo dalších aliasů 'Spustit jako'. Je mu přiřazeno jedno\n" +"\tjméno (musí obsahovat pouze velká písmena, číslice a podtržítka), které se pak používá jako\n" "\todkaz na všechny uživatele v aliasu.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1011,30 +894,21 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias příkazu</big> \n" -"\tAlias příkazu je seznam obsahující jeden či více příkazů (s volitelnými " -"parametry), adresářů nebo\n" -"\tjiných aliasů příkazů. Je mu přiřazeno jedno jméno (musí obsahovat pouze " -"velká písmena, číslice\n" -"\ta podtržítka). Toto jméno slouží jako odkaz na všechny příkazy v aliasu. " -"Volitelně může příkaz mít\n" -"\tnastaven jeden či více parametrů. Pokud jsou parametry uvedeny, mohou " -"uživatelé příkaz spouštět\n" -"\tpouze s uvedenými parametry. Pokud je použito jméno adresáře, lze spustit " -"libovolný příkaz z tohoto\n" +"\tAlias příkazu je seznam obsahující jeden či více příkazů (s volitelnými parametry), adresářů nebo\n" +"\tjiných aliasů příkazů. Je mu přiřazeno jedno jméno (musí obsahovat pouze velká písmena, číslice\n" +"\ta podtržítka). Toto jméno slouží jako odkaz na všechny příkazy v aliasu. Volitelně může příkaz mít\n" +"\tnastaven jeden či více parametrů. Pokud jsou parametry uvedeny, mohou uživatelé příkaz spouštět\n" +"\tpouze s uvedenými parametry. Pokud je použito jméno adresáře, lze spustit libovolný příkaz z tohoto\n" "\tadresáře.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1042,34 +916,27 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Zadejte jedinečné jméno do položky Jméno aliasu. Pro přidání " -"nového\n" +"Zadejte jedinečné jméno do položky Jméno aliasu. Pro přidání nového\n" "\tpříkazu do aliasu klikněte na tlačítko Přidat. Vyskočí okno,\n" -"\tdo kterého můžete zadat jméno příkazu (nebo kliknout na Procházet</" -"b>).\n" +"\tdo kterého můžete zadat jméno příkazu (nebo kliknout na Procházet).\n" "\tNavíc můžete v poli Parametry zadat parametry zvoleného příkazu.\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pro odstranění příkazu z aliasu vyberte odpovídající položku z tabulky a " -"klikněte na\n" +"Pro odstranění příkazu z aliasu vyberte odpovídající položku z tabulky a klikněte na\n" "\tOdstranit. pro dokončení konfigurace klikněte na OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1081,10 +948,8 @@ #. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; #. } #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" -msgstr "" -"Toto pravidlo je systémové a je nezbytné pro správnou funkci příkazu sudo.\n" +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgstr "Toto pravidlo je systémové a je nezbytné pro správnou funkci příkazu sudo.\n" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 msgid "" @@ -1104,11 +969,8 @@ #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" -msgstr "" -"Všechny změny budou ztraceny. Skutečně chcete přerušit konfiguraci sudo bez " -"uložení?" +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "Všechny změny budou ztraceny. Skutečně chcete přerušit konfiguraci sudo bez uložení?" #. Error message #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/support.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/support.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/support.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Podpora" #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otevřený" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uložit jako" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "Directory to Save" @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze zapsat nastavení." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -138,11 +138,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vytvořit seznam všech souborů z '/'" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vyjmout detailní informace o disku a scany" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" @@ -150,11 +150,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zahrnout celý seznam služby SLP" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vykonat rpm -V pro každý nainstalovaný balík" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" @@ -167,11 +167,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Activates all support functions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivuje všechny podporované funkce" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shromáždit pouze minimum informací" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" @@ -179,11 +179,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Expertní nastavení" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Volby" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ #. FIXME table header #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Default Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Výchozí možnosti" #. Support configure2 dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 @@ -207,19 +207,19 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Společnost" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Emailová adresa" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Název" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Telefonní číslo" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Store ID" @@ -248,25 +248,25 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Collecting Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sbírám data" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Průběh" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Přehled sebraných dat" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Název souboru" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odstranit z dat" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 @@ -281,6 +281,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Přerušení inicializace:</big> \n" +"Konfigurační program nyní bezpečně ukončíte stiskem Přerušit.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -297,6 +299,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Přerušení ukládání:</big> \n" +"Stiskem Přerušit ukončíte ukládání.\n" +"Následující dialog informuje o bezpečnosti tohoto úkonu.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -304,6 +310,8 @@ "<big>Support Configuration</big> \n" "Configure support here. \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Konfigurace Podpory</big> \n" +"Zde můžete nastavit Podporu. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 @@ -321,16 +329,17 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<BIG>Úpravy a mazání:</BIG> \n" +"Pokud stisknete Upravit, objeví se další dialog,\n" +"kde můžete změnit nastavení.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -353,8 +362,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -371,38 +379,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" @@ -410,8 +411,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" @@ -419,10 +419,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -436,16 +434,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -456,8 +452,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -474,8 +469,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -488,6 +482,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<BIG>Nastavení - část druhá</BIG> \n" +"Stiskněte Další.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -496,6 +493,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Zvolit něco:</big> \n" +"Není možné, musíte to nejdříve naprogramovat :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -556,15 +556,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 @@ -584,9 +580,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -642,9 +636,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -664,9 +656,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -679,10 +669,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -715,21 +703,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -737,21 +719,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 @@ -771,58 +747,44 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurace podpory" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicializuje se..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -831,7 +793,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heslo superuživatele" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -850,31 +812,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapsat nastavení" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spustit SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Probíhá zápis nastavení..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spouští se SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hotovo" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" - +msgstr "Shrnutí konfigurace..." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/sysconfig.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/sysconfig.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/sysconfig.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -319,10 +319,8 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Po uložení vašich změn tento editor změní proměnné\n" "v odpovídajícím souboru konfiguračním souboru.\n" @@ -332,12 +330,8 @@ #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Důležité: Stále ještě můžete editovat jednotlivé konfigurační " -"soubory manuálně. Jméno souboru najdete v popisu proměnné." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Důležité: Stále ještě můžete editovat jednotlivé konfigurační soubory manuálně. Jméno souboru najdete v popisu proměnné." #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -350,23 +344,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Editor systémové konfigurace Pomocí tohoto editoru můžete " -"měnit některá nastavení systému. Můžete taktéž použít YaST ke konfiguraci " -"svého hardwaru a nastavení systému." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Editor systémové konfigurace Pomocí tohoto editoru můžete měnit některá nastavení systému. Můžete taktéž použít YaST ke konfiguraci svého hardwaru a nastavení systému." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Poznámka: Popisy nejsou přeloženy, protože jsou načítány přímo z " -"konfiguračních souborů." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Poznámka: Popisy nejsou přeloženy, protože jsou načítány přímo z konfiguračních souborů." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -395,13 +379,8 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Zde vidíte výsledky svého hledání. Pokud vidíte položku, kterou jste " -"hledali, klikněte na ni a pak klikněte na \"Přejít\"; jinak klikněte na " -"\"Zrušit\" k uzavření tohoto dialogu." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Zde vidíte výsledky svého hledání. Pokud vidíte položku, kterou jste hledali, klikněte na ni a pak klikněte na \"Přejít\"; jinak klikněte na \"Zrušit\" k uzavření tohoto dialogu." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -616,16 +595,12 @@ msgstr "Shrnutí konfigurace" #~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~ "detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ " SuSEconfig ukládá kontrolní součet od každého konfiguračního " -#~ "souboru, \n" -#~ " aby mohl detekovat případné manuální změny. Pokud jste změnili " -#~ "konfigurační soubor manuálně,\n" +#~ " SuSEconfig ukládá kontrolní součet od každého konfiguračního souboru, \n" +#~ " aby mohl detekovat případné manuální změny. Pokud jste změnili konfigurační soubor manuálně,\n" #~ " nebude ho měnit.\n" #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/tftp-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/tftp-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/tftp-server.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. description map for command line @@ -89,12 +88,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"Zde můžete povolit spuštění TFTP serveru (Trivial File Transfer " -"Protocol). Bude spuštěn pomocí xinetd." +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "Zde můžete povolit spuštění TFTP serveru (Trivial File Transfer Protocol). Bude spuštěn pomocí xinetd." #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -108,13 +103,10 @@ "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "Adresář zaváděcích obrazů:\n" -"Doplňte adresář, který obsahuje poskytované soubory. Obvyklá hodnota je <tt>/" -"tftpboot</tt>. Pokud adresář neexistuje, bude vytvořen. Tento adresář bude " -"server používat jako svůj kořenový (volba <tt>-s</tt>).\n" +"Doplňte adresář, který obsahuje poskytované soubory. Obvyklá hodnota je <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. Pokud adresář neexistuje, bude vytvořen. Tento adresář bude server používat jako svůj kořenový (volba <tt>-s</tt>).\n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 @@ -201,10 +193,7 @@ #~ "Boot Image Directory:\n" #~ "Specify the directory where served files are\n" #~ "located. The usual value is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. It is created if it\n" -#~ "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the " -#~ "<tt>-s</tt> option).\n" +#~ "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Adresář zaváděcích obrazů:\n" -#~ "Doplňte adresář, který obsahuje poskytované soubory. Obvyklá hodnota " -#~ "je <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. Pokud adresář neexistuje, bude vytvořen. Tento " -#~ "adresář bude server používat jako svůj kořenový (volba <tt>-s</tt>).\n" +#~ "Doplňte adresář, který obsahuje poskytované soubory. Obvyklá hodnota je <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. Pokud adresář neexistuje, bude vytvořen. Tento adresář bude server používat jako svůj kořenový (volba <tt>-s</tt>).\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/tune.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/tune.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/tune.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -30,12 +30,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Detekce hardwaru - Tento modul nepodporuje ovládání pomocí příkazové řádky, " -"použijte '%1'." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Detekce hardwaru - Tento modul nepodporuje ovládání pomocí příkazové řádky, použijte '%1'." #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -71,12 +67,8 @@ "počítači. Kliknutím na libovolnou sekci obdržíte více informací\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"Informace o hardwaru můžete uložit do souboru. klikněte na Uložit do " -"souboru a a zadejte jméno souboru." +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "Informace o hardwaru můžete uložit do souboru. klikněte na Uložit do souboru a a zadejte jméno souboru." #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -101,11 +93,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"PodrobnostiZde jsou zobrazeny detaily o zařízeních." +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "PodrobnostiZde jsou zobrazeny detaily o zařízeních." #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -156,21 +145,13 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"Detekované zařízení Tato tabulka obsahuje seznam detekovaného " -"hardwaru." +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "Detekované zařízení Tato tabulka obsahuje seznam detekovaného hardwaru." #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"Podrobnosti Detailní popis zařízení získáte zvolením zařízení a " -"stisknutím Detaily...." +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "Podrobnosti Detailní popis zařízení získáte zvolením zařízení a stisknutím Detaily...." #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 @@ -309,50 +290,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"Je možné přidat PCI ID k ovladači zařízení, a tak rozšířit jeho vnitřní " -"databázi známých podporovaných zařízení." +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "Je možné přidat PCI ID k ovladači zařízení, a tak rozšířit jeho vnitřní databázi známých podporovaných zařízení." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"Čísla PCI ID se zadávají a jsou zobrazena v hexadecimálním tvaru. SysFS " -"adr. je jméno adresáře v adresáři /sys/bus/pci/drivers.Pokud je prázdné, " -"použije se jako jméno adresáře jméno ovladače." +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "Čísla PCI ID se zadávají a jsou zobrazena v hexadecimálním tvaru. SysFS adr. je jméno adresáře v adresáři /sys/bus/pci/drivers.Pokud je prázdné, použije se jako jméno adresáře jméno ovladače." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"Pokud je ovladač zakompilován do jádra, ponechte jméno ovladače prázdné a " -"zadejte místo toho jméno SysFS adresáře." +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "Pokud je ovladač zakompilován do jádra, ponechte jméno ovladače prázdné a zadejte místo toho jméno SysFS adresáře." #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"Použijte tlačítka pod tabulkou k úpravě PCI ID. Stisknutím tlačítka " -"%1 nastavení aktivujete." +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "Použijte tlačítka pod tabulkou k úpravě PCI ID. Stisknutím tlačítka %1 nastavení aktivujete." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Pozor: Toto je expertní konfigurace. Pokračujte pouze, pokud víte, " -"co děláte." +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "Pozor: Toto je expertní konfigurace. Pokračujte pouze, pokud víte, co děláte." #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1106,12 +1065,9 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Globální I/O časovač</big> \n" @@ -1130,24 +1086,18 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Povolit SysRq klávesy</big> \n" -"Pokud zvolíte toto nastavení, získáte určitou kontrolu i v případě pádu " -"systému\n" -"(např. při ladění jádra). Pokud povolíte, klávesová kombinace Alt-SysRq-" -"<command_key>\n" +"Pokud zvolíte toto nastavení, získáte určitou kontrolu i v případě pádu systému\n" +"(např. při ladění jádra). Pokud povolíte, klávesová kombinace Alt-SysRq-<command_key>\n" "spustí příslušný příkaz (např. restart počítače nebo výpis jádra).\n" "Více informací najdete v souboru\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (balíček kernel-source) .</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (balíček kernel-source) .\n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 @@ -1415,26 +1365,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The table contains information about all attached IDE devices. \n" #~ "Current DMA Mode shows the actual settings. Required DMA\n" -#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is " -#~ "pressed and\n" +#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is pressed and\n" #~ "after each boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Tato tabulka obsahuje informace o připojených IDE zařízeních. Sloupec\n" -#~ "Současný režim DMA zobrazuje aktuální nastavení. Sloupec " -#~ "Požadovaný \n" -#~ "režim DMA zobrazuje nastavení, které bude provedeno po stisknutí " -#~ "tlačítka Konec\n" +#~ "Současný režim DMA zobrazuje aktuální nastavení. Sloupec Požadovaný \n" +#~ "režim DMA zobrazuje nastavení, které bude provedeno po stisknutí tlačítka Konec\n" #~ "a po každém spuštění počítače." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Changing the IDE DMA Mode</BIG> \n" -#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA " -#~ "Mode.\n" +#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA Mode.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Změna režimu IDE DMA</BIG> \n" -#~ "Z tabulky vyberte zařízení a poté klikněte na tlačítko níže s " -#~ "požadovaným\n" +#~ "Z tabulky vyberte zařízení a poté klikněte na tlačítko níže s požadovaným\n" #~ "režimem IDE DMA.\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/update.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/update.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/update.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -121,8 +121,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" "Vytvořit úplnou zálohu /etc/sysconfig:\n" @@ -239,8 +238,7 @@ msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "S novým softwarem: Toto výchozí nastavení\n" @@ -253,8 +251,7 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "Pouze nainstalované balíčky: Tato volba\n" @@ -268,8 +265,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "Po aktualizaci nemusí již některé programy\n" @@ -386,11 +382,8 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Nainstalovaný produkt není kompatibilní s produktem na instalačním médiu." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." +msgstr "Nainstalovaný produkt není kompatibilní s produktem na instalačním médiu." #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -405,8 +398,7 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" @@ -418,8 +410,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "" -"Varování: Aktualizace z '%1' na '%2', názvy produktu přesně nesouhlasí." +msgstr "Varování: Aktualizace z '%1' na '%2', názvy produktu přesně nesouhlasí." #. Proposal for backup during update #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 @@ -591,8 +582,7 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Na vybraném oddílu byla nalezena pravděpodobně nedokončená instalace.\n" @@ -712,8 +702,7 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" @@ -808,16 +797,12 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"Váš systém používá samostatný oddíl /var, kterýžto je vyžadován " -"aktualizačním procesem\n" -"k detekci změn v pojmenování disku. K pokračování aktualizačního procesu " -"ručně vyberte\n" +"Váš systém používá samostatný oddíl /var, kterýžto je vyžadován aktualizačním procesem\n" +"k detekci změn v pojmenování disku. K pokračování aktualizačního procesu ručně vyberte\n" "oddíl /var." #. a combo-box label @@ -851,11 +836,9 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" "Některé oddíly v systému %1 jsou připojen jaderným jménem zařízení.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/users.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/users.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/users.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -111,12 +111,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Seznam členů skupiny, většinou uživatelská jména oddělená čárkami. Seznam DN " -"LDAP uživatelů musí být oddělen dvojtečkami." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Seznam členů skupiny, většinou uživatelská jména oddělená čárkami. Seznam DN LDAP uživatelů musí být oddělen dvojtečkami." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -167,25 +163,15 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " -"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." msgstr "" "Zvolte Lokální počítač, pokud chcete autentizovat uživatele\n" "pouze pomocí lokálních souborů /etc/passwd a /etc/shadow." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new " -"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" -"V případě přeinstalování starého systému je možné vytvořit uživatele na " -"základě starého systému. To uděláte kliknutím na Načíst údaje o " -"uživatelích z předešlé instalace. Tato volba využívá již existující " -"domovské adresáře nebo vytváří nové." +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "V případě přeinstalování starého systému je možné vytvořit uživatele na základě starého systému. To uděláte kliknutím na Načíst údaje o uživatelích z předešlé instalace. Tato volba využívá již existující domovské adresáře nebo vytváří nové." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -224,27 +210,21 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Pokud používáte NIS nebo LDAP server k ukládání uživatelských dat nebo " -"chcete\n" -"autorizovat klienty proti NT serveru, vyberte odpovídající hodnotu. Poté " -"pokračujte\n" +"Pokud používáte NIS nebo LDAP server k ukládání uživatelských dat nebo chcete\n" +"autorizovat klienty proti NT serveru, vyberte odpovídající hodnotu. Poté pokračujte\n" "v konfiguraci klienta stisknutím tlačítka Další." #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Pokud používáte NIS nebo LDAP server k ukládání uživatelských dat, " -"vyberte\n" -"odpovídající hodnotu. Poté pokračujte v konfiguraci klienta stisknutím " -"tlačítka Další. " +"Pokud používáte NIS nebo LDAP server k ukládání uživatelských dat, vyberte\n" +"odpovídající hodnotu. Poté pokračujte v konfiguraci klienta stisknutím tlačítka Další. " #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -254,29 +234,22 @@ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "Pokud používáte LDAP server k ukládání uživatelských dat nebo chcete\n" -"autorizovat klienty proti NTserveru, vyberte odpovídající hodnotu. Poté " -"pokračujte\n" +"autorizovat klienty proti NTserveru, vyberte odpovídající hodnotu. Poté pokračujte\n" "v konfiguraci vašeho počítače stisknutím tlačítka Další." #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "Pokud používáte LDAP server k ukládání uživatelských dat, vyberte\n" -"odpovídající hodnotu. Poté pokračujte v konfiguraci klienta stisknutím " -"tlačítka Další." +"odpovídající hodnotu. Poté pokračujte v konfiguraci klienta stisknutím tlačítka Další." #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" -"Se zapnutou volbou Nastavit ověřování Kerberos budete moci po " -"nastavení zdroje uživatelských dat nastavit ověřování Kerberem." +msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +msgstr "Se zapnutou volbou Nastavit ověřování Kerberos budete moci po nastavení zdroje uživatelských dat nastavit ověřování Kerberem." #. check box label #. check box label @@ -376,8 +349,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" @@ -396,14 +368,12 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Pro heslo uživatele root platí stejné konvence jako pro uživatelské - \n" -"žádné národní znaky (diakritika), nejméně 5 znaků, rozlišují se malá a velká " -"písmena.\n" +"žádné národní znaky (diakritika), nejméně 5 znaků, rozlišují se malá a velká písmena.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued 5/5 @@ -430,12 +400,8 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" -"Ke kontrole rozložení klávesnice použijte textové pole Otestovat " -"rozložení klávesnice." +msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "Ke kontrole rozložení klávesnice použijte textové pole Otestovat rozložení klávesnice." #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -582,15 +548,12 @@ #. Help text for password expert dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte metodu pro šifrování hesel místních a systémových uživatelů." +msgstr "Vyberte metodu pro šifrování hesel místních a systémových uživatelů." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." msgstr "" "SHA-512 je v současnosti standardní hashovací metodou.\n" "Použití jiných algoritmů není doporučeno, pokud to není potřeba\n" @@ -659,8 +622,7 @@ "assign to this user account.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Zadejte celé jméno uživatele, uživatelské jméno a heslo</" -"b>, které bude použito\n" +"Zadejte celé jméno uživatele, uživatelské jméno a heslo, které bude použito\n" "pro přihlášení.\n" "\n" @@ -682,8 +644,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -712,41 +673,31 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "K potvrzení, že jste heslo zadali správně, budete vyzváni\n" -"ho přesně zopakovat v druhém poli. Nezapomeňte, že heslo nesmíte " -"zapomenout!\n" +"ho přesně zopakovat v druhém poli. Nezapomeňte, že heslo nesmíte zapomenout!\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Při změně uživatelského jména používejte\n" "pouze písmena bez diakritiky, čísla a <tt>._-</tt>.\n" "Nepoužívejte velká písmena, pokud si nejste jisti tím co děláte.\n" -"Formát uživatelského jména má větší omezení, než formát hesla, ale můžete je " -"změnit \n" -"v souboru /etc/login.defs. Více informací naleznete v manuálových " -"stránkách.\n" +"Formát uživatelského jména má větší omezení, než formát hesla, ale můžete je změnit \n" +"v souboru /etc/login.defs. Více informací naleznete v manuálových stránkách.\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" -"Pokud si přejete, aby uživatel root měl stejné heslo jako první zadaný " -"uživatel, zatrhněte volbu Použít toto heslo pro správce systému." +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "Pokud si přejete, aby uživatel root měl stejné heslo jako první zadaný uživatel, zatrhněte volbu Použít toto heslo pro správce systému." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -754,23 +705,17 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Zde vytvořené uživatelské jméno a heslo budete potřebovat pro přihlášení a " -"práci s vaším Linuxem. Přihlašovací procedura může být přeskočena při volbě " -"Automatické přihlášení. Tento uživatel je pak přihlášen automaticky.</" -"p>\n" +"Zde vytvořené uživatelské jméno a heslo budete potřebovat pro přihlášení a práci s vaším Linuxem. Přihlašovací procedura může být přeskočena při volbě Automatické přihlášení. Tento uživatel je pak přihlášen automaticky.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " -"Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Pošta uživatele root bude směřována na tohoto uživatele, pokud povolíte\n" @@ -950,12 +895,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"V této tabulce můžete vidět povolené atributy současné LDAP položky, které " -"nebyly nastaveny v předešlých dialozích." +"V této tabulce můžete vidět povolené atributy současné LDAP položky, které nebyly nastaveny v předešlých dialozích." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -978,8 +921,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Každý atribut lze změnit pomocí Upravit. Některé atributy \n" @@ -1002,14 +944,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." -msgstr "" -"Tomuto uživateli můžete přiřadit objekt politiky hesel v DN objektu " -"politiky hesel. Heslo upravovaného uživatele vymazat aktivací možnosti " -"Vymazat heslo." +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." +msgstr "Tomuto uživateli můžete přiřadit objekt politiky hesel v DN objektu politiky hesel. Heslo upravovaného uživatele vymazat aktivací možnosti Vymazat heslo." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1111,37 +1047,20 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Zadejte velikostní limit určením počtu 1 kB bloků, které\n" -"uživatelé mohou na tomto systému využít. Dále můžete určit limit inod " -"určující počet inod, které může uživatel na systému využít.\n" +"uživatelé mohou na tomto systému využít. Dále můžete určit limit inod určující počet inod, které může uživatel na systému využít.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Můžete upřesnit oba tvrdé i měkké limity pro velikost a počty inodů. " -"Měkké limity určují úroveň upozornění, na které jsou uživatelé informování, " -"že jsou blízko limitu, zatímco tvrdé limity určují zákaz práv zápisu." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Můžete upřesnit oba tvrdé i měkké limity pro velikost a počty inodů. Měkké limity určují úroveň upozornění, na které jsou uživatelé informování, že jsou blízko limitu, zatímco tvrdé limity určují zákaz práv zápisu." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Jakmile uživatel dosáhl měkkého limitu, vstupní pole odkladů jsou " -"aktivována. Určete časovou periodu, po kterou je uživateli dovoleno " -"překračovat limity stanovené výše. Odpočet času odkladu začíná okamžitě." +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Jakmile uživatel dosáhl měkkého limitu, vstupní pole odkladů jsou aktivována. Určete časovou periodu, po kterou je uživateli dovoleno překračovat limity stanovené výše. Odpočet času odkladu začíná okamžitě." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 @@ -1152,9 +1071,7 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Zadejte velikostní limit určením počtu 1 kB bloků, které\n" "může na tomto systému skupina využít. Dále můžete určit inod limit\n" @@ -1162,27 +1079,13 @@ #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Můžete upřesnit oba tvrdé i měkké limity pro velikost a počty inodů. " -"Měkké limity určují úroveň upozornění, na které jsou skupiny informovány, že " -"jsou blízko limitu, zatímco tvrdé limity určují zákaz práv zápisu." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Můžete upřesnit oba tvrdé i měkké limity pro velikost a počty inodů. Měkké limity určují úroveň upozornění, na které jsou skupiny informovány, že jsou blízko limitu, zatímco tvrdé limity určují zákaz práv zápisu." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Jakmile skupina dosáhla měkkého limitu, vstupní pole odkladů jsou " -"aktivována. Určete časovou periodu, po kterou je skupině dovoleno " -"překračovat limity stanovené výše. Odpočet času odkladu začíná okamžitě." +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Jakmile skupina dosáhla měkkého limitu, vstupní pole odkladů jsou aktivována. Určete časovou periodu, po kterou je skupině dovoleno překračovat limity stanovené výše. Odpočet času odkladu začíná okamžitě." #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -1499,8 +1402,7 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Byl nalezen šifrovaný obraz adresáře a souborů s klíči\n" "'%1' a '%2'. Chcete je použít pro současného uživatele?\n" @@ -1808,8 +1710,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1826,8 +1727,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Zde nastavte výchozí hodnoty pro vytváření nových lokálních nebo systémových " -"uživatelů.\n" +"Zde nastavte výchozí hodnoty pro vytváření nových lokálních nebo systémových uživatelů.\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1860,8 +1760,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Výchozí přihlašovací shell \n" "Jméno shellu pro nového uživatele. Zvolte jeden ze seznamu\n" @@ -1871,8 +1770,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1885,12 +1783,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Kostra domovského adresáře \n" -"Obsah tohoto adresáře bude zkopírován do domovského adresáře nového " -"uživatele.\n" +"Obsah tohoto adresáře bude zkopírován do domovského adresáře nového uživatele.\n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1906,8 +1802,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Datum vypršení \n" @@ -1997,11 +1892,9 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2011,8 +1904,7 @@ "Uživatelské jméno by nemělo obsahovat velká písmena a národní znaky.\n" "Může však obsahovat číslice a znaky <tt>._-</tt>.\n" "Uživatelská jména mají větší omezení než hesla, ale můžete je změnit \n" -"v souboru /etc/login.defs. Více informací naleznete v manuálových " -"stránkách.\n" +"v souboru /etc/login.defs. Více informací naleznete v manuálových stránkách.\n" "\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -2021,31 +1913,23 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Při změně uživatelského jména používejte\n" "pouze písmena bez diakritiky, čísla a <tt>._-</tt>.\n" "Nepoužívejte velká písmena, pokud si nejste jisti tím co děláte.\n" -"Formát uživatelského jména má větší omezení, než formát hesla, ale můžete je " -"změnit \n" -"v souboru /etc/login.defs. Více informací naleznete v manuálových " -"stránkách.\n" +"Formát uživatelského jména má větší omezení, než formát hesla, ale můžete je změnit \n" +"v souboru /etc/login.defs. Více informací naleznete v manuálových stránkách.\n" "\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Více uživatelů a skupin do systému vložíte stisknutím Správa " -"uživatelů." +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." +msgstr "Více uživatelů a skupin do systému vložíte stisknutím Správa uživatelů." #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -2064,12 +1948,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ke změně šifrování hesel nebo ověřování uživatelů klikněte na Expertní " -"nastavení.\n" +"Ke změně šifrování hesel nebo ověřování uživatelů klikněte na Expertní nastavení.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2134,8 +2016,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2249,12 +2130,8 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"Aby se přístupová práva nově vytvářených adresářů nastavila podle vašich " -"potřeb, zvolte Režim přístupových práv domovských adresářů." +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "Aby se přístupová práva nově vytvářených adresářů nastavila podle vašich potřeb, zvolte Režim přístupových práv domovských adresářů." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2269,48 +2146,23 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data." -msgstr "" -"Pokud se mění domovský adresář uživatele, přesuňte obsah aktuálního " -"adresáře pomocí možnosti Přesunout do nového umístění, která se " -"aktivuje jako výchozí. Jinak se nový domovský adresář vytvoří bez " -"jakýchkoliv existujících dat." +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "Pokud se mění domovský adresář uživatele, přesuňte obsah aktuálního adresáře pomocí možnosti Přesunout do nového umístění, která se aktivuje jako výchozí. Jinak se nový domovský adresář vytvoří bez jakýchkoliv existujících dat." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." -msgstr "" -"Chcete-li zašifrovat domovský adresář uživatele, povolte možnost " -"Použít šifrovaný domovský adresář a nastavte velikost adresáře. " -"Šifrování domovského adresáře uživatele neposkytuje silné zabezpečení před " -"ostatními uživateli. Pokud je tento počítač sdílen více uživateli, může " -"dojít k tomu, že uživatel omezí zabezpečení systému, získá klíč jiného " -"uživatele nebo získá přístup k šifrovaným datům. Pokud je vyžadováno silné " -"zabezpečení, nesmí být systém fyzicky sdílen." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +msgstr "Chcete-li zašifrovat domovský adresář uživatele, povolte možnost Použít šifrovaný domovský adresář a nastavte velikost adresáře. Šifrování domovského adresáře uživatele neposkytuje silné zabezpečení před ostatními uživateli. Pokud je tento počítač sdílen více uživateli, může dojít k tomu, že uživatel omezí zabezpečení systému, získá klíč jiného uživatele nebo získá přístup k šifrovaným datům. Pokud je vyžadováno silné zabezpečení, nesmí být systém fyzicky sdílen." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first." -msgstr "" -"Domovské adresáře nemůžou být zašifrované pokud je používána čtečka " -"otisků prstů. Abyste mohli zašifrovat uživatelské domovské adresáře, " -"nejdříve vypněte nastavení čtečky otisků prstů." +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "Domovské adresáře nemůžou být zašifrované pokud je používána čtečka otisků prstů. Abyste mohli zašifrovat uživatelské domovské adresáře, nejdříve vypněte nastavení čtečky otisků prstů." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2334,8 +2186,7 @@ msgstr "" "Další informace\n" "Zde můžete nastavit další údaje o uživateli. Tato pole mohou obsahovat\n" -"až tři části oddělené čárkami. Standardně se používá telefon do " -"kanceláře,\n" +"až tři části oddělené čárkami. Standardně se používá telefon do kanceláře,\n" "do práce a domů. Tato informace bude zobrazena při spuštění\n" "příkazu finger na uživatele.\n" @@ -2402,11 +2253,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." -msgstr "" -"Podrobnější konfiguraci pluginu můžete zahájit stiskem Spustit." +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgstr "Podrobnější konfiguraci pluginu můžete zahájit stiskem Spustit." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2426,10 +2274,8 @@ "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." msgstr "" -"Aktivujte Vynucení změny hesla, abyste donutili uživatele změnit " -"si\n" -"během příštího přihlašování heslo. Pokud je Poslední změna hesla " -"nastavena\n" +"Aktivujte Vynucení změny hesla, abyste donutili uživatele změnit si\n" +"během příštího přihlašování heslo. Pokud je Poslední změna hesla nastavena\n" "na Nikdy, uživatel si bude muset změnit heslo." #. Help text 2/6 @@ -2466,23 +2312,19 @@ #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Životnost hesla Nastavte kolik dní je uživateli povoleno " -"používat\n" +"Životnost hesla Nastavte kolik dní je uživateli povoleno používat\n" "stejné heslo, než vyprší.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"Minimální věk hesla Nastavte minimální dobu, po kterou není " -"dovoleno\n" +"Minimální věk hesla Nastavte minimální dobu, po kterou není dovoleno\n" "měnit heslo.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -2516,8 +2358,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2528,161 +2369,78 @@ #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"Vybráním záložek Politika změny hesla, Politika vypršení hesla</" -"b> a Politika zamykání lze vybrat skupiny politiky hesel LDAP " -"konfigurovaných atributů." +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "Vybráním záložek Politika změny hesla, Politika vypršení hesla a Politika zamykání lze vybrat skupiny politiky hesel LDAP konfigurovaných atributů." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Zadáním hodnoty Maximální počet hesel uložených v historii lze " -"nastavit, kolik dříve použitých hesel se bude ukládat. Uložená hesla se " -"nemusí použít." +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "Zadáním hodnoty Maximální počet hesel uložených v historii lze nastavit, kolik dříve použitých hesel se bude ukládat. Uložená hesla se nemusí použít." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Zaškrtnutím políčka Po vymazání musí uživatel změnit heslo lze " -"vynutit, aby uživatelé změnili heslo, pokud jej vymaže nebo změní " -"administrátor." +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "Zaškrtnutím políčka Po vymazání musí uživatel změnit heslo lze vynutit, aby uživatelé změnili heslo, pokud jej vymaže nebo změní administrátor." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." -msgstr "" -"Zaškrtnutím políčka Uživatel může měnit heslo lze umožnit " -"uživatelům měnit svá hesla." +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +msgstr "Zaškrtnutím políčka Uživatel může měnit heslo lze umožnit uživatelům měnit svá hesla." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Pokud musí být s novým heslem zadáno existující heslo, zaškrtněte políčko " -"Ke změně hesla je vyžadováno staré heslo." +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "Pokud musí být s novým heslem zadáno existující heslo, zaškrtněte políčko Ke změně hesla je vyžadováno staré heslo." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"Zadejte, zda se má při úpravě nebo přidání hesla ověřovat jeho kvalita. " -"Pokud se hesla vůbec nemají kontrolovat, vyberte možnost Nekontrolovat</" -"b>. Pokud použijete možnost Přijmout hesla, která nelze zkontrolovat, " -"jsou hesla přijata, i když nelze provést kontrolu, například pokud uživatel " -"zadal zašifrované heslo. Pokud použijete možnost Přijmout pouze " -"zkontrolovaná hesla a pokud dojde k selhání testu kvality nebo nelze " -"heslo zkontrolovat, jsou hesla odmítnuta." +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +msgstr "Zadejte, zda se má při úpravě nebo přidání hesla ověřovat jeho kvalita. Pokud se hesla vůbec nemají kontrolovat, vyberte možnost Nekontrolovat. Pokud použijete možnost Přijmout hesla, která nelze zkontrolovat, jsou hesla přijata, i když nelze provést kontrolu, například pokud uživatel zadal zašifrované heslo. Pokud použijete možnost Přijmout pouze zkontrolovaná hesla a pokud dojde k selhání testu kvality nebo nelze heslo zkontrolovat, jsou hesla odmítnuta." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "" -"Minimální počet znaků, které musí obsahovat heslo, nastavte v poli " -"Minimální délka hesla." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "Minimální počet znaků, které musí obsahovat heslo, nastavte v poli Minimální délka hesla." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." -msgstr "" -"Minimální doba platnosti hesla určuje, jaká doba musí uběhnout " -"mezi změnami hesla." +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +msgstr "Minimální doba platnosti hesla určuje, jaká doba musí uběhnout mezi změnami hesla." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." -msgstr "" -"Maximální doba platnosti hesla určuje, za jakou dobu po změně " -"vyprší platnost hesla." +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +msgstr "Maximální doba platnosti hesla určuje, za jakou dobu po změně vyprší platnost hesla." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "" -"V poli Doba před varováním o vypršení hesla nastavte, jakou dobu " -"před vypršením hesla bude autentizujícímu uživateli předána varovná zpráva o " -"vypršení." +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "V poli Doba před varováním o vypršení hesla nastavte, jakou dobu před vypršením hesla bude autentizujícímu uživateli předána varovná zpráva o vypršení." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -"V poli Povolený počet použití hesla s prošlou platností vyberte " -"počet opakování, kolikrát lze použít k autentizaci heslo s prošlou platností." -"" +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "V poli Povolený počet použití hesla s prošlou platností vyberte počet opakování, kolikrát lze použít k autentizaci heslo s prošlou platností." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"Zaškrtnutím pole Povolit zamknutí hesla lze zakázat použití hesla, " -"pokud selže zadaný počet po sobě jdoucích pokusů o spojení." +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "Zaškrtnutím pole Povolit zamknutí hesla lze zakázat použití hesla, pokud selže zadaný počet po sobě jdoucích pokusů o spojení." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"V poli Počet selhání spojení před zamknutím hesla nastavte počet " -"po sobě jdoucích chybných pokusů o spojení, po kterých nebude možné použít " -"heslo k autentizaci." +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "V poli Počet selhání spojení před zamknutím hesla nastavte počet po sobě jdoucích chybných pokusů o spojení, po kterých nebude možné použít heslo k autentizaci." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -"" -msgstr "" -"V poli Doba trvání zámku hesla zadejte dobu, jak dlouho nebude " -"možné heslo použít." +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +msgstr "V poli Doba trvání zámku hesla zadejte dobu, jak dlouho nebude možné heslo použít." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred." -msgstr "" -"Pole Doba trvání cache chybných pokusů určuje dobu, než dojde k " -"vymazání chybných zadání hesla z čítače selhání, i když nedošlo k úspěšné " -"autentizaci." +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +msgstr "Pole Doba trvání cache chybných pokusů určuje dobu, než dojde k vymazání chybných zadání hesla z čítače selhání, i když nedošlo k úspěšné autentizaci." #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -2818,8 +2576,7 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Zvolte Nastavit pro konfiguraci nastavení uložených na\n" @@ -2834,13 +2591,10 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"Vybranou politiku hesel nakonfigurujte pomocí příkazu Upravit. " -"Novou politiku hesel můžete přidat příkazem Přidat. Nastavení je " -"možné pouze když\n" +"Vybranou politiku hesel nakonfigurujte pomocí příkazu Upravit. Novou politiku hesel můžete přidat příkazem Přidat. Nastavení je možné pouze když\n" " když politika hesel je pro LDAP server již povolena." #. checkbox label @@ -3124,8 +2878,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -3171,15 +2924,13 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Zdá se, že máte spuštěný NIS server. Pokud budou hesla šifrovaná jinak\n" -"než pomocí metody DES, nebudete možná v některých síťových prostředích " -"schopni\n" +"než pomocí metody DES, nebudete možná v některých síťových prostředích schopni\n" "se přihlásit ke klientovi NIS.\n" "\n" @@ -3205,23 +2956,18 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." msgstr "Zde můžete rozšířit vyhledávací filtry uživatelů a skupin." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" -"Pomocí Výchozí nahrajete výchozí filtr z uživatelských a " -"skupinových \n" -"konfiguračních modulů, uložených na LDAP serveru (hodnota atributů " -"'suseSarchFilter').\n" +"Pomocí Výchozí nahrajete výchozí filtr z uživatelských a skupinových \n" +"konfiguračních modulů, uložených na LDAP serveru (hodnota atributů 'suseSarchFilter').\n" "Pokud nejste doposud připojeni, budete dotázáni na heslo..\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) @@ -3319,8 +3065,7 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3331,12 +3076,10 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Automatické přihlášení \n" -"Přihlašovací procedura může být přeskočena při volbě Automatické " -"přihlášení.\n" +"Přihlašovací procedura může být přeskočena při volbě Automatické přihlášení.\n" "Uživatel s povoleným automatickým přihlášením nemusí zadávat heslo.\n" #. helptext 3/3 @@ -3344,8 +3087,7 @@ msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Přihlašování bez hesla \n" "Pokud tuto volbu zaškrtnete, mohou se všichni uživatelé přihlásit\n" @@ -3516,8 +3258,7 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" @@ -3525,8 +3266,7 @@ "\n" "Linux je víceuživatelský systém, na kterém může být v jednom okamžiku \n" "přihlášeno více uživatelů, kteří pracují současně. Aby bylo možno rozlišit,\n" -"komu patří která data a práva přístupu k nim, musí se každý uživatel " -"jednoznačně\n" +"komu patří která data a práva přístupu k nim, musí se každý uživatel jednoznačně\n" "identifikovat uživatelským jménem a příslušností ke skupině.\n" "\n" @@ -3534,13 +3274,11 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Uživatelé a skupiny jsou zařazeni do různých sad. Tuto sadu můžete změnit " -"pomocí tlačítka Nastavit filtr.\n" +"Uživatelé a skupiny jsou zařazeni do různých sad. Tuto sadu můžete změnit pomocí tlačítka Nastavit filtr.\n" "Pohled můžete upravit také pomocí Upravit filtr.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -3548,8 +3286,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3629,8 +3366,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -5010,8 +4746,7 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" @@ -5056,9 +4791,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." -msgstr "" -"Jako heslo jste použili palindrom (sekvenci, která se čte stejně zepředu i " -"zezadu)." +msgstr "Jako heslo jste použili palindrom (sekvenci, která se čte stejně zepředu i zezadu)." #. popup question #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 @@ -5239,13 +4972,10 @@ #~ msgstr "&eDirectory LDAP" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~ "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pokud používáte NIS nebo LDAP server k ukládání uživatelských dat nebo " -#~ "chcete\n" +#~ "Pokud používáte NIS nebo LDAP server k ukládání uživatelských dat nebo chcete\n" #~ "autorizovat klienty proti NT serveru, vyberte odpovídající hodnotu." #~ msgid "The authentication method is %1." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/vm.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/vm.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/vm.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -40,12 +40,8 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"x86_64 je jediná podporovaná architektura pro hostování virtuálních strojů. " -"Vaše architektura je " +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "x86_64 je jediná podporovaná architektura pro hostování virtuálních strojů. Vaše architektura je " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 @@ -74,41 +70,23 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "" -"<big>Konfigurace VM serveru</big>Konfigurace VM serveru " -"(domény 0) má dvě části." +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "<big>Konfigurace VM serveru</big>Konfigurace VM serveru (domény 0) má dvě části." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "" -"Nejdříve jsou do systému nainstalovány požadované balíčky. Potom je " -"zavaděč nastaven na GRUB, pokud se již nepoužívá, a chybí-li v nabídce " -"zavaděče sekce Xen, je přidána." +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "Nejdříve jsou do systému nainstalovány požadované balíčky. Potom je zavaděč nastaven na GRUB, pokud se již nepoužívá, a chybí-li v nabídce zavaděče sekce Xen, je přidána." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr "" -"Zavaděč GRUB je zapotřebí, protože podporuje standard multiboot potřebný " -"pro spuštění Xenu a linuxového jádra." +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr "Zavaděč GRUB je zapotřebí, protože podporuje standard multiboot potřebný pro spuštění Xenu a linuxového jádra." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Jakmile je konfigurace úspěšně dokončena, je možné spustit VM server z " -"nabídky zavaděče." +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Jakmile je konfigurace úspěšně dokončena, je možné spustit VM server z nabídky zavaděče." #. error popup #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 @@ -221,12 +199,8 @@ msgstr "Síťový můstek." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "" -"Pro normální nastavení virtuální hostované mašiny je doporučený síťový " -"můstek.Nastavit výchozí síťový můstek?" +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "Pro normální nastavení virtuální hostované mašiny je doporučený síťový můstek.Nastavit výchozí síťový můstek?" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -239,25 +213,15 @@ #. } #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"Komponenty KVM jsou nainstalovány. Váš hostitel je připraven pro instalaci " -"KVM hostů." +msgstr "Komponenty KVM jsou nainstalovány. Váš hostitel je připraven pro instalaci KVM hostů." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"Komponenty KVM jsou nainstalovány. Restartujte stroj a v nabídce zavaděče " -"zvolte nativní jádro, aby mohli být nainstalováni hosté KVM." +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "Komponenty KVM jsou nainstalovány. Restartujte stroj a v nabídce zavaděče zvolte nativní jádro, aby mohli být nainstalováni hosté KVM." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Pro instalaci hostů Xen restartujte stroj a v nabídce zavaděče zvolte sekci " -"Xen." +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Pro instalaci hostů Xen restartujte stroj a v nabídce zavaděče zvolte sekci Xen." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." @@ -274,12 +238,8 @@ #~ msgid "Select the virtualization platform to install." #~ msgstr "Prosíme, vyberte virtualizační platformu, která se má instalovat." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary " -#~ "drivers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro instalaci KVM hostů restartujte stroj, aby se načetly potřebné " -#~ "ovladače." +#~ msgid "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary drivers." +#~ msgstr "Pro instalaci KVM hostů restartujte stroj, aby se načetly potřebné ovladače." #~ msgid "Xen Network Bridge." #~ msgstr "Síťový můstek Xen." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/wagon.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/wagon.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/wagon.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -51,8 +51,7 @@ "Several tasks can be done by the migration tool. If you skip this step,\n" "you will have to do them manually." msgstr "" -"Migrační nástroj možná již provedl několik úloh. Pokud přeskočíte tento " -"krok,\n" +"Migrační nástroj možná již provedl několik úloh. Pokud přeskočíte tento krok,\n" "budete jej muset provést ručně." #. popup dialog caption @@ -188,12 +187,8 @@ msgstr "Zde vyberte repozitáře, které budou použity pro migraci." #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:106 -msgid "" -"The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the " -"selected migration repositories." -msgstr "" -"Nainstalované balíčky budou změněny na verze dostupné ve vybraných " -"migračních repozitářích." +msgid "The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the selected migration repositories." +msgstr "Nainstalované balíčky budou změněny na verze dostupné ve vybraných migračních repozitářích." #. The version is the same, release can be different #: src/clients/wagon_migration_products.rb:133 @@ -278,32 +273,20 @@ msgstr "Produkt %1 není registrován, registrace selhala." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not " -"registered." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not registered." msgstr "Registrace produktu %1 byla vrácena, produkt není registrován." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not " -"valid anymore." -msgstr "" -"Registrace produktu %1 vypršela, registrace není již nadále platná." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not valid anymore." +msgstr "Registrace produktu %1 vypršela, registrace není již nadále platná." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:244 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" -msgstr "" -"Registrace produktu %1 je pouze provizorní, nejsou k dispozici " -"aktualizace" +msgid "Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" +msgstr "Registrace produktu %1 je pouze provizorní, nejsou k dispozici aktualizace" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:278 -msgid "" -"The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be " -"correct, run registration to update the status." -msgstr "" -"Stav registrace je již %1 dnů starý. Souhrn výše nemusí být správný, pro " -"aktualizaci stavu spusťte registraci." +msgid "The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be correct, run registration to update the status." +msgstr "Stav registrace je již %1 dnů starý. Souhrn výše nemusí být správný, pro aktualizaci stavu spusťte registraci." #. display a critical warning #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:305 @@ -311,21 +294,13 @@ msgstr "Varování:" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:306 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before " -"starting migration." -msgstr "" -"Pokud nejsou produkty registrované nebo vypršela jejich platnost, důrazně " -"doporučujeme provést jejich registraci ještě před začátkem migrace." +msgid "We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before starting migration." +msgstr "Pokud nejsou produkty registrované nebo vypršela jejich platnost, důrazně doporučujeme provést jejich registraci ještě před začátkem migrace." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:312 #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:339 -msgid "" -"Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a " -"broken system." -msgstr "" -"Migrace neregistrovaného nebo částečně registrovaného systému může vést k " -"nefunkčnímu systému." +msgid "Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a broken system." +msgstr "Migrace neregistrovaného nebo částečně registrovaného systému může vést k nefunkčnímu systému." #. heading text #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:329 @@ -356,8 +331,7 @@ "Do you want to rerun the registration?\n" msgstr "" "V seznamu registrovaných repozitářů nebyly provedeny žádné změny.\n" -"To znamená, že buď jste přeskočili registraci, objevila se chyba v " -"konfiguraci,\n" +"To znamená, že buď jste přeskočili registraci, objevila se chyba v konfiguraci,\n" "nebo repozitáře byly přidány dříve.\n" "\n" "Chcete znovu spustit registraci?\n" @@ -563,12 +537,8 @@ "Místo toho použijte zypper.\n" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:396 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Chybí jméno cílového souboru (volba 'xmlfile'). Použijte parametr příkazové " -"řádky xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Chybí jméno cílového souboru (volba 'xmlfile'). Použijte parametr příkazové řádky xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:453 @@ -577,29 +547,12 @@ #. du contains maps: $[ "dir" : [ total, used, pkgusage, readonly ], .... ] #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:586 -msgid "" -"There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in " -"advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The " -"needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free " -"space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." -msgstr "" -"Nedostatek místa na disku pro migraci systému za použití stahování v " -"pokročilém režimu. Oddíl %1 vyžaduje alespoň o %2MB více volného místa na " -"disku. (Potřebné místo je pouze odhadované, je doporučeno uvolnit o něco " -"více místa.) Dodejte více prostoru na disku nebo zakažte stahování v " -"pokročilém režimu." +msgid "There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." +msgstr "Nedostatek místa na disku pro migraci systému za použití stahování v pokročilém režimu. Oddíl %1 vyžaduje alespoň o %2MB více volného místa na disku. (Potřebné místo je pouze odhadované, je doporučeno uvolnit o něco více místa.) Dodejte více prostoru na disku nebo zakažte stahování v pokročilém režimu." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:613 -msgid "" -"There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. " -"The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to " -"increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid " -"installation errors." -msgstr "" -"Možná nebude pro migraci v pokročilém režimu dostatek volného místa pro " -"stahování. Odhadované místo na disku po migraci je %2MB, je doporučeno " -"navýšit velikost volného místa pro případ, že by odhad byl nepřesný. " -"Předejdete tak instalačním chybám." +msgid "There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid installation errors." +msgstr "Možná nebude pro migraci v pokročilém režimu dostatek volného místa pro stahování. Odhadované místo na disku po migraci je %2MB, je doporučeno navýšit velikost volného místa pro případ, že by odhad byl nepřesný. Předejdete tak instalačním chybám." #. 'Product Long Name (product-libzypp-name)' #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:667 @@ -629,20 +582,14 @@ #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (nevertheless selected by user or directly by YaST) #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:772 -msgid "" -"Warning: Product %1 will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Upozornění: Produkt %1 bude odstraněn." +msgid "Warning: Product %1 will be removed." +msgstr "Upozornění: Produkt %1 bude odstraněn." #. Not selected by user #. @see BNC #575117 #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:792 -msgid "" -"Error: Product %1 will be automatically " -"removed." -msgstr "" -"Chyba: Produkt %1 bude automaticky odstraněn." -"" +msgid "Error: Product %1 will be automatically removed." +msgstr "Chyba: Produkt %1 bude automaticky odstraněn." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:862 msgid "Product %1 will be upgraded" @@ -675,11 +622,8 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:945 -msgid "" -"To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." -msgstr "" -"Pro změnu nastavení aktualizace přejděte do oddílu Navržené balíčky</" -"b>." +msgid "To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." +msgstr "Pro změnu nastavení aktualizace přejděte do oddílu Navržené balíčky." #. Product removal MUST be confirmed by user, otherwise migration will not continue. #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:961 @@ -755,10 +699,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Minimal - upgrade from repositories added by registration" #~ msgstr "&Minimální - aktualizovat z repozitářů přidaných při registraci" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Plná - instalovat navíc k minimální migraci také dostupné aktualizace" +#~ msgid "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration" +#~ msgstr "&Plná - instalovat navíc k minimální migraci také dostupné aktualizace" #~ msgid "Advanced..." #~ msgstr "Pokročilé..." @@ -766,22 +708,11 @@ #~ msgid "Select the requested migration type." #~ msgstr "Zvolte požadovaný typ migrace." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full " -#~ "migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any " -#~ "enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Minimální migrace použije pouze repozitáře přidané při registraci, plná " -#~ "migrace zmigruje všechny balíčky na nejnovější verze, které jsou k " -#~ "dispozici v povolených repozitářích. V plné migraci můžete použít " -#~ "repozitáře třetí strany." +#~ msgid "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories." +#~ msgstr "Minimální migrace použije pouze repozitáře přidané při registraci, plná migrace zmigruje všechny balíčky na nejnovější verze, které jsou k dispozici v povolených repozitářích. V plné migraci můžete použít repozitáře třetí strany." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Advanced to manually select the repositories used for " -#~ "upgrading." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stiskněte Pokročilé pro ruční výběr repozitářů použitých pro " -#~ "aktualizaci." +#~ msgid "Press Advanced to manually select the repositories used for upgrading." +#~ msgstr "Stiskněte Pokročilé pro ruční výběr repozitářů použitých pro aktualizaci." #~ msgid "Selected unknown migration type: %1." #~ msgstr "Byl vybrán neznámý typ migrace: %1." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/wol.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/wol.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/wol.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" #. encoding: utf-8 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/xpram.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/xpram.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/xpram.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -62,16 +62,8 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 2/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." -msgstr "" -"Tento nástroj v současné době podporuje přidělení celé XPRAM jednomu " -"oddílu. Pokud chcete používat více oddílů, prostudujte si \"Device Drivers, " -"Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" pro linuxové jádro 2.6 - duben " -"2004. V takovém případě také v tomto modulu zakažte XPRAM." +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Tento nástroj v současné době podporuje přidělení celé XPRAM jednomu oddílu. Pokud chcete používat více oddílů, prostudujte si \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" pro linuxové jádro 2.6 - duben 2004. V takovém případě také v tomto modulu zakažte XPRAM." #. help text for XPRAM 3/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 @@ -95,9 +87,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" -msgstr "" -"Instalovat souborový systém či odkládací oddíl přestože &XPRAM obsahuje " -"platná data" +msgstr "Instalovat souborový systém či odkládací oddíl přestože &XPRAM obsahuje platná data" #. frame label #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 @@ -151,13 +141,10 @@ #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." -msgstr "" -"Chyba při zastavení xpram. Proveďte zastavení ručně příkazem \"rcxpram stop" -"\"." +msgstr "Chyba při zastavení xpram. Proveďte zastavení ručně příkazem \"rcxpram stop\"." #. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); #. y2milestone("got %1", out); #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." -msgstr "" -"Chyba při startu xpram. Proveďte spuštění ručně příkazem \"rcxpram start\"." +msgstr "Chyba při startu xpram. Proveďte spuštění ručně příkazem \"rcxpram start\"." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/yast2-apparmor.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/yast2-apparmor.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/yast2-apparmor.cs.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) @@ -68,9 +68,7 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." msgstr "Vyberte si ze seznamu profilů a pro smazání stiskněte tlačítko Další." #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 @@ -152,12 +150,8 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "" -"Tato operace vytvořila následující chybu. Zkontrolujte instalaci a nastavení " -"profilů AppArmoru." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "Tato operace vytvořila následující chybu. Zkontrolujte instalaci a nastavení profilů AppArmoru." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 @@ -269,8 +263,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." msgstr "" "Stav AppArmoru Zde je uvedeno, zda je modul pro prosazování\n" @@ -282,8 +275,7 @@ "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred." msgstr "" "Oznámení bezpečnostních událostí Nastavte tento\n" -"nástroj, pokud chcete být informováni emailem, když dojde k narušení " -"přístupu." +"nástroj, pokud chcete být informováni emailem, když dojde k narušení přístupu." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 msgid "" @@ -361,9 +353,7 @@ msgstr "V profilech AppArmor byly nalezeny chyby" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used. " +msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " msgstr "" "Tyto problémy musí být opraveny před spuštěním AppArmoru\n" "nebo použitím nástrojů pro správu profilů. " @@ -373,12 +363,8 @@ msgstr "Popis syntaxe profilů AppArmoru získáte spuštěním " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"Kompletní dokumentace aplikace AppArmor je k dispozici v Příručce pro " -"správce, která je k dispozici v adresáři: " +msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "Kompletní dokumentace aplikace AppArmor je k dispozici v Příručce pro správce, která je k dispozici v adresáři: " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -803,14 +789,12 @@ "and group ownership.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>V systému, který má definovánu možnost [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED],\n" -"je přepisováno omezení změny vlastnictví a skupinového vlastnictví souboru." -"</ li></ul>" +"je přepisováno omezení změny vlastnictví a skupinového vlastnictví souboru.</ li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Přepisuje veškerý přístup DAC včetně ACL přístupu ke spouštění,\n" "pokud je definována možnost [_POSIX_ACL]. Netýká se přístupu DAC\n" @@ -819,8 +803,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Přepisuje všechna omezení DAC týkající se čtení a vyhledávání\n" @@ -830,8 +813,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -840,26 +822,13 @@ "na které se vztahuje CAP_FSETID. Nepotlačují se omezení MAC a DAC. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Přepisuje následující omezení: Při nastavení bitů S_ISUID a S_ISGID " -"se musí shodovat efektivní ID uživatele a ID vlastníka souboru. Při " -"nastavení bitu S_ISGID se musí shodovat efektivní ID skupiny (nebo jedno z " -"doplňkových ID skupiny) a ID vlastníka souboru. Při úspěšném návratu z " -"příkazu chown(2) jsou vymazány bity S_ISUID a S_ISGID (není implementováno). " -"</li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Přepisuje následující omezení: Při nastavení bitů S_ISUID a S_ISGID se musí shodovat efektivní ID uživatele a ID vlastníka souboru. Při nastavení bitu S_ISGID se musí shodovat efektivní ID skupiny (nebo jedno z doplňkových ID skupiny) a ID vlastníka souboru. Při úspěšném návratu z příkazu chown(2) jsou vymazány bity S_ISUID a S_ISGID (není implementováno). </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Přepisuje omezení, že reálné nebo efektivní ID uživatele procesu,\n" @@ -891,12 +860,8 @@ "odstranit libovolné schopnosti vaší povolené sady na libovolné PID.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Umožňuje úpravy souborových atributů S_IMMUTABLE a S_APPEND.</li></ " -"ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Umožňuje úpravy souborových atributů S_IMMUTABLE a S_APPEND.</li></ ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -908,15 +873,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Umožňuje všesměrové vysílání, naslouchání vícesměrovému vysílání</" -"li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Umožňuje všesměrové vysílání, naslouchání vícesměrovému vysílání</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" @@ -927,17 +889,14 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Umožní nastavení libovolného vlastnictví procesů/procesních skupin na " -"sokety</li>\n" -"<li>Umožní navázání na libovolnou adresu pro potřeby transparentního serveru " -"proxy</li>\n" +"<li>Umožní nastavení libovolného vlastnictví procesů/procesních skupin na sokety</li>\n" +"<li>Umožní navázání na libovolnou adresu pro potřeby transparentního serveru proxy</li>\n" "<li>Umožní nastavení TOS (typ služby)</li>\n" "<li>Umožní nastavení promiskuitního režimu</li>\n" "<li>Umožní vymazání statistiky ovladače</li> " @@ -964,8 +923,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Umožní zamknutí segmentů sdílené paměti</li>\n" @@ -977,12 +935,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Vkládání a odebírání modulů jádra - modifikovat jádro bez omezení </" -"li>\n" +"<ul><li>Vkládání a odebírání modulů jádra - modifikovat jádro bez omezení </li>\n" "<li>Úprava cap_bset </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 @@ -991,8 +947,7 @@ "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Umožní přístup ioperm/iopl</li>\n" -"<li>Umožní odesílání zpráv USB na libovolné zařízení prostřednictvím /proc/" -"bus/usb</li></ul>" +"<li>Umožní odesílání zpráv USB na libovolné zařízení prostřednictvím /proc/bus/usb</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" @@ -1049,15 +1004,13 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Umožní odstranění semaforů</li>\n" -"<li>Použito místo CAP_CHOWN na \"chown\" fronty IPC zpráv, semafory a " -"sdílenou paměť</li>\n" +"<li>Použito místo CAP_CHOWN na \"chown\" fronty IPC zpráv, semafory a sdílenou paměť</li>\n" "<li>Umožní uzamčení/odemčení segmentu sdílené paměti</li>\n" "<li>Umožní zapnutí/vypnutí odkládacího svazku</li>\n" "<li>Umožní falešné pidy při předávání pověření soketu</li>" @@ -1067,11 +1020,9 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Umožní nastavení předběžného čtení a vyprazdňování zásobníků na " -"blokových zařízeních</li>\n" +"<li>Umožní nastavení předběžného čtení a vyprazdňování zásobníků na blokových zařízeních</li>\n" "<li>Umožní nastavení geometrie na ovladači disket</li>\n" "<li>Umožní zapínání/vypínání DMA na ovladači xd</li>\n" "<li>Umožní správu zařízení md (většinou výše, ale některé extra ioctls)</li>" @@ -1090,8 +1041,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" @@ -1109,8 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "" "<li>Umožní povolení/zakázání značkovaného řazení do fronty na řadičích SCSI\n" " a zasílání libovolných SCSI příkazů</li>\n" -"<li>Umožní nastavení šifrovacího klíče na souborovém systému loopback</li></" -"ul>" +"<li>Umožní nastavení šifrovacího klíče na souborovém systému loopback</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" @@ -1118,17 +1067,13 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Umožní zvýšení priority a nastavení priority jiných procesů (s jiným " -"UID)</li>\n" -"<li>Umožní plánování FIFO a round-robin (v reálném čase) na vlastní procesy " -"a nastavení plánovacího algoritmu použitého jiným procesem.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Umožní zvýšení priority a nastavení priority jiných procesů (s jiným UID)</li>\n" +"<li>Umožní plánování FIFO a round-robin (v reálném čase) na vlastní procesy a nastavení plánovacího algoritmu použitého jiným procesem.</li>\n" "<li>Umožní nastavení CPU příbuznosti jiných procesů</ li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 @@ -1136,26 +1081,22 @@ "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Potlačit omezení prostředků. Nastavit omezení prostředků.</li>\n" "<li>Potlačit omezení kvóty.</li>\n" "<li>Potlačit vyhrazené místo na souborovém systému ext2</li>\n" -"<li>Upravit žurnálovací režim dat na souborovém systému ext3 (využívá " -"žurnálovací prostředky)</li>" +"<li>Upravit žurnálovací režim dat na souborovém systému ext3 (využívá žurnálovací prostředky)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li>POZNÁMKA: Souborový systém ext2 při zjišťování potlačení prostředků " -"dodržuje fsuid, proto lze přepisovat také pomocí hodnoty fsuid</li>\n" +"<li>POZNÁMKA: Souborový systém ext2 při zjišťování potlačení prostředků dodržuje fsuid, proto lze přepisovat také pomocí hodnoty fsuid</li>\n" "<li>Potlačit omezení velikosti front IPC zpráv</li>\n" "<li>Umožní hodinám reálného času přerušení rychlejší než 64 Hz</li>\n" "<li>Potlačit maximální počet konzolí při jejich přidělování</li>\n" @@ -1226,8 +1167,7 @@ "that application's behavior is not restricted." msgstr "" "Režim stížností je cvičný stav profilu, který zaznamenává\n" -" aktivitu aplikace. Všechna porušení pravidel profilu AppArmoru jsou " -"zaznamenána\n" +" aktivitu aplikace. Všechna porušení pravidel profilu AppArmoru jsou zaznamenána\n" "(do souboru /var/log/audit/audit.log), ale stále povolena, takže\n" "chování aplikace není omezeno." @@ -1355,8 +1295,7 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" "Souhrnné oznámení:\n" @@ -1382,8 +1321,7 @@ "Upovídané oznámení zobrazuje neupravené zápisy bezpečnostních\n" "událostí AppArmoru. Sděluje každý výskyt události a zapisuje jej\n" "na nový řádek v upovídaném logu. Tyto bezpečnostní události zahrnují\n" -"datum a čas výskytu události, zda aplikační profil povolil či odmítnul " -"přístup\n" +"datum a čas výskytu události, zda aplikační profil povolil či odmítnul přístup\n" "a typ oprávnění přístupu k souborům, zda je povolen nebo odmítnut." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61 @@ -1465,8 +1403,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Zvolte Zahrnout neznámé bezpečnostní události,\n" "pokud chcete zahrnout události, které nejsou ohodnoceny\n" @@ -1479,8 +1416,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" @@ -1522,9 +1458,7 @@ msgstr "Režimy přístupu " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" msgstr "" "Souborová oprávnění k přístupu se skládají z následujících\n" "šesti režimů:" @@ -1696,14 +1630,11 @@ "jako je csh(1), bash(1), zsh(1)." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" msgstr "<li>* zastupuje libovolný počet znaků, vyjma '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" +msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" msgstr "<li>** zastupuje libovolný počet znaků, včetně '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 @@ -1711,22 +1642,16 @@ msgstr "<li>? zastupuje libovolný jeden znak, vyjma '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[abc] zastupuje jeden znak a, b nebo c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[a-c] zastupuje jeden znak a, b nebo c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>{ab,cd} bude rozvinuto jako jedno pravidlo vyhovující ab a druhé " -"pravidlo vyhovující cd</li>" +msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgstr "<li>{ab,cd} bude rozvinuto jako jedno pravidlo vyhovující ab a druhé pravidlo vyhovující cd</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "Clean Exec - for sanitized execution" @@ -1741,9 +1666,7 @@ "environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" "The variables are:" msgstr "" -"Volba Clean Exec pro diskrétní profil a neomezená práva spouštění poskytuje " -"dodatečnou bezpečnost odstraněním prostředí děděného od rodičovského " -"programu konkrétními proměnnými. Pokud vyberete během profilovacího procesu\n" +"Volba Clean Exec pro diskrétní profil a neomezená práva spouštění poskytuje dodatečnou bezpečnost odstraněním prostředí děděného od rodičovského programu konkrétními proměnnými. Pokud vyberete během profilovacího procesu\n" "'p' nebo 'u', budete dotázáni k výběru, zda chcete vylepšit\n" "prostředí. Jedná se o tyto proměnné:" @@ -1895,19 +1818,13 @@ "tohoto průvodce stiskem Přerušit." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"Profil již obsahuje zadaný název hat. Zadejte jiný název nebo ukončete " -"průvodce kliknutím na tlačítko Přerušit." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "Profil již obsahuje zadaný název hat. Zadejte jiný název nebo ukončete průvodce kliknutím na tlačítko Přerušit." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "" -"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." msgstr "" "Zobrazte si a upravte obsah jednotlivých profilů. Pro přístup\n" "k dialogu úprav poklepejte na existující položce na její oprávnění." @@ -1923,25 +1840,19 @@ msgstr "" "Definice přístupových práv: <code> r - čtení \n" "w - zápis l - odkaz m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - zamykání souboru \n" -"a - připojování k souboru x - spouštění i - zděděno p - diskrétní " -"profil \n" +"a - připojování k souboru x - spouštění i - zděděno p - diskrétní profil \n" "P - diskrétní profil (*čistý exec) u - neomezeno \n" "U - neomezeno (*čistý exec)</code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list." -msgstr "" -"Přidat položku: Zvolte z rozbalovacího seznamu typ prostředku, " -"který chcete přidat." +msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." +msgstr "Přidat položku: Zvolte z rozbalovacího seznamu typ prostředku, který chcete přidat." #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 msgid "<ul><li>File Add a file entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Soubor Vložit položku souboru pro tento profil</li>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Soubor Vložit položku souboru pro tento profil</li>" #. help text - part x2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 @@ -1951,50 +1862,40 @@ #. help text - part x3 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 msgid "<li>Capability Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>Schopnost Vložit položku schopnosti pro tento profil.</li>" +msgstr "<li>Schopnost Vložit položku schopnosti pro tento profil.</li>" #. help text - part x4 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Zahrnout Přidat položku vložení do tohoto profilu.Tato \n" -"volba během načítání vloží do tohoto profilu obsah položky profilu z " -"jiného \n" +"volba během načítání vloží do tohoto profilu obsah položky profilu z jiného \n" "souboru.</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Síťová položka Přidat do tohoto profilu položku síťového " -"pravidla.\n" -" Tato volba vám dovolí upřesnit privilegia síťového přístupu profilu. " -"Můžete \n" +"<li>Síťová položka Přidat do tohoto profilu položku síťového pravidla.\n" +" Tato volba vám dovolí upřesnit privilegia síťového přístupu profilu. Můžete \n" "upřesnit rodinu síťové adresy a typ soketu.</li>" #. help text - part x6 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Hat Přidat podprofil tohoto profilu - nazývaný Hat. Tato \n" -"volba je analogická ručnímu vytvoření nového profilu, který lze vybrat pouze " -"během vykonání v kontextu dotázaném aplikací changehat aware. Další " -"informace o changehat získáte zadáním příkazu man changehat\n" +"volba je analogická ručnímu vytvoření nového profilu, který lze vybrat pouze během vykonání v kontextu dotázaném aplikací changehat aware. Další informace o changehat získáte zadáním příkazu man changehat\n" "v systému nebo v Příručce správce Novell AppArmoru.</li>" #. help text - part x7 @@ -2004,24 +1905,16 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." -msgstr "" -"Smazat položku: Odstraní zvolenou položku z tohoto profilu." +msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgstr "Smazat položku: Odstraní zvolenou položku z tohoto profilu." #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" -msgstr "" -"*Clean Exec Volba Clean Exec pro diskrétní profil a neomezená " -"práva spouštění poskytuje dodatečnou bezpečnost odstraněním určitých " -"proměnných prostředí,které jsou zděděny potomkem programu. Jedná se o tyto " -"proměnné:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" +msgstr "*Clean Exec Volba Clean Exec pro diskrétní profil a neomezená práva spouštění poskytuje dodatečnou bezpečnost odstraněním určitých proměnných prostředí,které jsou zděděny potomkem programu. Jedná se o tyto proměnné:" #. help text - part y2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 @@ -2084,11 +1977,8 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Zahrnovací záznamy nelze upravovat. Spravujte je přidáváním a mazáním. " +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "Zahrnovací záznamy nelze upravovat. Spravujte je přidáváním a mazáním. " #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2100,12 +1990,8 @@ msgstr "Zvolte soubor k zahrnutí" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"Neplatný soubor #include. Soubory include musí být umístěny v jednom z " -"následujících adresářů: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "Neplatný soubor #include. Soubory include musí být umístěny v jednom z následujících adresářů: \n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 msgid "Save changes to the profile" @@ -2137,8 +2023,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<h1>Application to Profile</h1>\n" -#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you " -#~ "run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" +#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" #~ "information about system resources it accesses." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<h1>Aplikace k profilování</h1>\n" @@ -2166,8 +2051,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Aktualizovat profil" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or " -#~ "pattern \n" +#~ "Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern \n" #~ "that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of \n" #~ "interest, the report will display security events that have \n" #~ "occurred for a specific program. " @@ -2192,8 +2076,7 @@ #~ "co je omezováno daným profilem. " #~ msgid "" -#~ "PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely " -#~ "identifies \n" +#~ "PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies \n" #~ "one specific process or running program (this number is valid only \n" #~ "during the lifetime of that process). " #~ msgstr "" @@ -2236,8 +2119,7 @@ #~ "r (čtení) w (zápis) l (odkaz) x (spuštění) " #~ msgid "" -#~ "Access Type: The access type describes what is actually " -#~ "happening \n" +#~ "Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening \n" #~ "with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, \n" #~ "or AUDITING. " #~ msgstr "" @@ -2266,27 +2148,21 @@ #~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived \n" #~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dialog Nastavení výpisu umožňuje filtrovat archivovanou zprávu " -#~ "zvolenou \n" +#~ "Dialog Nastavení výpisu umožňuje filtrovat archivovanou zprávu zvolenou \n" #~ "na předchozí obrazovce. Chcete-li filtrovat podle Rozsahu dat:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ol><li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report." -#~ "</li> \n" -#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of " -#~ "parameters.</li></ol>" +#~ "<ol><li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report.</li> \n" +#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters.</li></ol>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ol><li>Zvolte Filtrovat podle rozsahu dat. Políčka se stanou " -#~ "aktivními.</li>\n" +#~ "<ol><li>Zvolte Filtrovat podle rozsahu dat. Políčka se stanou aktivními.</li>\n" #~ "<li>Zadání počátečního a konečného data vymezí rozsah výpisu.</li>\n" #~ "<li>Zadejte další parametry filtrování.\n" #~ "Čtěte níže uvedené definice parametrů.</li></ol>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in " -#~ "the \n" +#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the \n" #~ "Report Configuration Dialog: " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Následující definice vám pomohou zadat filtrační parametry\n" @@ -2339,12 +2215,9 @@ #~ "výpisů: " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are " -#~ "scheduled to run. \n" -#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default " -#~ "settings are \n" -#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to " -#~ "up to three \n" +#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. \n" +#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are \n" +#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three \n" #~ "email recipients. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Stránka Souhrn naplánovaných výpisů ukazuje,\n" @@ -2354,44 +2227,26 @@ #~ "o půlnoci. Výpisy mohou být po dokončení také zasílány\n" #~ "e-mailem až ke třem příjemcům. " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types " -#~ "of security reports: " +#~ msgid "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports: " #~ msgstr "" #~ "V oddíle Nastavit plán můžete naplánovat následující\n" #~ "tři typy bezpečnostních výpisů: " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " -#~ "generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use " -#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in " -#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report " -#~ "details, select a report and click the View button. You " -#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /" -#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." +#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Formulář Zobrazit archivní zprávy umožňuje zobrazení dříve " -#~ "vytvořených\n" -#~ "zpráv, které jsou uloženy v adresáři /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. " -#~ "Zaškrtávací políčka v horní části formuláře umožňují omezit zprávy v " -#~ "seznamu podle kategorie: zprávy SIR, AUD nebo ESS. Chcete-li si " -#~ "prohlédnout podrobnosti, vyberte zprávu a klikněte na tlačítko " -#~ "Zobrazit. Pokud chcete vidět zprávy z více systémů, " -#~ "přesuňte je do adresáře /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." +#~ "Formulář Zobrazit archivní zprávy umožňuje zobrazení dříve vytvořených\n" +#~ "zpráv, které jsou uloženy v adresáři /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Zaškrtávací políčka v horní části formuláře umožňují omezit zprávy v seznamu podle kategorie: zprávy SIR, AUD nebo ESS. Chcete-li si prohlédnout podrobnosti, vyberte zprávu a klikněte na tlačítko Zobrazit. Pokud chcete vidět zprávy z více systémů, přesuňte je do adresáře /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." #~ msgid "repConfHelp" #~ msgstr "repConfHelp" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Security Incident Report (SIR): A report that displays " -#~ "security \n" -#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy " -#~ "violations \n" -#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The " -#~ "SIR \n" -#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two " -#~ "types \n" +#~ "Security Incident Report (SIR): A report that displays security \n" +#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy violations \n" +#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The SIR \n" +#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two types \n" #~ "of security events are defined as follows:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Výpis bezpečnostních událostí (SIR):\n" @@ -2403,18 +2258,12 @@ #~ "následovně:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a " -#~ "resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications " -#~ "and \n" -#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a " -#~ "policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</" -#~ "li></ul> \n" -#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report " -#~ "details." +#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report details." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ul><li>Výjimky zásad:\n" #~ "Pokud aplikace požaduje zdroj, který není definován\n" @@ -2423,19 +2272,9 @@ #~ "Prosazuje politiku pro aplikace a udržuje svůj vlastní stav,\n" #~ "včetně zastavení či spuštění stroje, znovuzavedení zásad\n" #~ "nebo povolení či zakázání globální bezpečnostní funkce.</ul>\n" -#~ "Pro zobrazení podrobností zvolte výpis z archivu a poté Zobrazit.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Pro zobrazení podrobností zvolte výpis z archivu a poté Zobrazit." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports " -#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " -#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " -#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " -#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " -#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " -#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of " -#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." +#~ msgid "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Výpis o auditu aplikací (AUD):\n" #~ "Nástroj pro audit umožňující výpis,\n" @@ -2450,19 +2289,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Executive Security Summary (ESS): A combined report, \n" -#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. " -#~ "This \n" -#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines " -#~ "if each \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" #~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the " -#~ "host \n" -#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, " -#~ "and the \n" -#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a " -#~ "range \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" #~ "of SIR reports." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Výkonný bezpečnostní souhrn (ESS):\n" @@ -2654,8 +2487,7 @@ #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bezpečnostní události AppArmoru\n" -#~ "Tato tabulka zobrazuje události odpovídající zadaným kritériím " -#~ "vyhledávání.\n" +#~ "Tato tabulka zobrazuje události odpovídající zadaným kritériím vyhledávání.\n" #~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data" #~ msgstr "Data zprávy o událostech AppArmor" @@ -2916,9 +2748,7 @@ #~ msgid "Audit" #~ msgstr "Audit" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " -#~ "again." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." #~ msgstr "AppArmor zřejmě není spuštěn. Povolte AppArmor a zkuste to znovu." #~ msgid "Can't find apparmor profiles in %s." @@ -3078,8 +2908,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgid "<h3>Security Incident Report - Generated by AppArmor</h3>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Výpis bezpečnostních událostí - Generováno aplikací AppArmor</h3>\n" +#~ msgstr "<h3>Výpis bezpečnostních událostí - Generováno aplikací AppArmor</h3>\n" #~ msgid "<h4>Period: %s - %s</h4>\n" #~ msgstr "<h4>Období: %s - %s</h4>\n" @@ -3142,8 +2971,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Nelze otevřít %s. Nelze přidat zprávu: %s" #~ msgid "Duplicate report name not allowed. Didn't schedule new report: %s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Duplicitní jméno zprávy není povoleno. Nebyla naplánována nová zpráva: %s" +#~ msgstr "Duplicitní jméno zprávy není povoleno. Nebyla naplánována nová zpráva: %s" #~ msgid "Couldn't open %s. No changes performed." #~ msgstr "Nelze otevřít %s. Nebyly provedeny žádné změny." @@ -3152,39 +2980,24 @@ #~ msgstr "ag_reports_sched: Neznámá instrukce %s či argument: %s" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" +#~ msgid "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" #~ msgstr "Zde se dozvíte podrobnější informace o AppArmor" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files,\n" -#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID " -#~ "is \n" +#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is \n" #~ "applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Přepisuje všechna omezení DAC týkající se operací se soubory, u " -#~ "kterých se ID vlastníka souboru rovná ID uživatele, kromě případů, na " -#~ "které se vztahuje CAP_FSETID. Nepotlačují se omezení MAC a DAC. </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul><li>Přepisuje všechna omezení DAC týkající se operací se soubory, u kterých se ID vlastníka souboru rovná ID uživatele, kromě případů, na které se vztahuje CAP_FSETID. Nepotlačují se omezení MAC a DAC. </li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user \n" -#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID " -#~ "bits on that \n" -#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) " -#~ "shall match \n" -#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the " -#~ "S_ISUID and \n" -#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -#~ "implemented). </li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Přepisuje následující omezení: Při nastavení bitů S_ISUID a " -#~ "S_ISGID se musí shodovat efektivní ID uživatele a ID vlastníka souboru. " -#~ "Při nastavení bitu S_ISGID se musí shodovat efektivní ID skupiny (nebo " -#~ "jedno z doplňkových ID skupiny) a ID vlastníka souboru. Při úspěšném " -#~ "návratu z příkazu chown(2) jsou vymazány bity S_ISUID a S_ISGID (není " -#~ "implementováno). </li></ul>" +#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that \n" +#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match \n" +#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and \n" +#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul><li>Přepisuje následující omezení: Při nastavení bitů S_ISUID a S_ISGID se musí shodovat efektivní ID uživatele a ID vlastníka souboru. Při nastavení bitu S_ISGID se musí shodovat efektivní ID skupiny (nebo jedno z doplňkových ID skupiny) a ID vlastníka souboru. Při úspěšném návratu z příkazu chown(2) jsou vymazány bity S_ISUID a S_ISGID (není implementováno). </li></ul>" #~ msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." #~ msgstr "Zvolte prosím akci, která se má provést, z tlačítek níže." @@ -3192,23 +3005,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "The profile already contains the provided hat name. \n" -#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this " -#~ "wizard." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Profil již obsahuje zadaný název hat. Prosím zadejte jiný název nebo " -#~ "ukončete průvodce kliknutím na tlačítko Přerušit." +#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +#~ msgstr "Profil již obsahuje zadaný název hat. Prosím zadejte jiný název nebo ukončete průvodce kliknutím na tlačítko Přerušit." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Generate Reports Help If there were, in fact, \n" -#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to " -#~ "be), \n" -#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your " -#~ "time, \n" +#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your time, \n" #~ "and have a nice day." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nápověda tvorby profilů Zatím zde není žádná nápověda." -#~ "Přejeme hezký den." +#~ msgstr "Nápověda tvorby profilů Zatím zde není žádná nápověda.Přejeme hezký den." #~ msgid "Weds" #~ msgstr "Stř" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89794 - trunk/yast/cy/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:55:19 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89794 Added: trunk/yast/cy/po/cio.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/opensuse_mirror.cy.po Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on-creator.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/audit-laf.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-client.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/autoinst.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/base.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/bootloader.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/ca-management.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/cluster.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/control-center.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/control.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/country.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/crowbar.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/dhcp-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/dns-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/drbd.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/fcoe-client.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall-services.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/firstboot.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/ftp-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/geo-cluster.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/gtk.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/http-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/inetd.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/installation.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/instserver.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/iplb.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-client.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-lio-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/isns.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/kdump.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/kerberos-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/kerberos.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/languages_db.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap-client.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/live-installer.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/lxc.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/mail.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/multipath.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses-pkg.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/network.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs_server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/nis.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/nis_server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/ntp-client.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/oneclickinstall.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update-configuration.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/packager.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/pam.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/pkg-bindings.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/printer.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/product-creator.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/proxy.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/qt-pkg.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/qt.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/rdp.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/rear.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/registration.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/reipl.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/relocation-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/s390.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-client.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-users.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/scanner.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/security.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/services-manager.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/slp-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/snapper.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/sound.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/squid.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/sshd.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/storage.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/sudo.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/support.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/sysconfig.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/tftp-server.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/timezone_db.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/tune.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/update.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/users.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/vm.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/wagon.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/wol.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/xpram.cy.po trunk/yast/cy/po/yast2-apparmor.cy.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on-creator.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on-creator.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on-creator.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "&Terfynu'r gosod" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Ymgychwyn..." @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Ymgychwyn wynebfathau" @@ -88,10 +88,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown" msgstr "anhysbys" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Ata&l Gosodiad" @@ -236,42 +236,42 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Ymgychwynmodiwlau cnewyllyn..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -283,37 +283,37 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Dewis man clymu" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 #, fuzzy msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Cynnyrch" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Gwesteiwyr &ar Gael:" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -321,12 +321,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -335,96 +335,96 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 #, fuzzy msgid "Product" msgstr "Cynnyrch" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 #, fuzzy msgid "Media" msgstr "Macedonia" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "&Terfynu'r gosod" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "&Terfynu'r gosod" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Crynodeb: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "anhysbys" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Crynodeb: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "anhysbys" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "Crynodeb: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Crynodeb: %1 " @@ -432,18 +432,18 @@ #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "anhysbys" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "anhysbys" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Diweddaru dibyniaethau modiwl cnewyllyn" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/audit-laf.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/audit-laf.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/audit-laf.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -827,32 +827,50 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "ni redir y rhaglen" +#| msgid "&StationID" +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "Dynodiad &Tarddiad" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Don't start NFS server" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "&Peidio â chychwyn y gweinydd NFS" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 +#, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -861,39 +879,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -901,34 +919,38 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "Mew&ngofnodi" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "ni redir y rhaglen" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "Dewisiad anhysbys: '%1'" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-client.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-client.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-client.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iawn" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cymorth" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration..." +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..." + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -465,7 +471,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocol" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -655,20 +661,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +686,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +703,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +727,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +759,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +787,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +818,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +853,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +884,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +910,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +922,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +946,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +962,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +993,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1028,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1107,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1127,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1209,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1240,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1773,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "Diweddaru Ffurfweddiad" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1954,7 +1968,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nage" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1962,7 +1976,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ie" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2493,7 +2507,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Priodoleddau" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" @@ -2690,8 +2704,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2891,7 +2905,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dim wedi'i ffurfweddu eto." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2954,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2981,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/autoinst.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/autoinst.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/autoinst.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -108,8 +108,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -119,37 +118,30 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Cadw data ffurfweddu ar y cysawd cyrchfan." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "Gorchymyn Anhysbys: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Dadansoddi'ch cysawd..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -281,23 +273,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services..." msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2266,12 +2258,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "&Grŵp" @@ -2371,11 +2363,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2564,35 +2556,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Gwerthuso rhaniad ddisg gwraidd. Arhoswch am eiliad..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Ni chanfuwyd rhaniad ddisg gwraidd Linux." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/base.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/base.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/base.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-15 13:52+0100\n" "Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n" @@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Hepgor" @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "C&yfrinair:" @@ -1502,6 +1502,27 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2117,15 +2138,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" @@ -2134,27 +2155,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown" msgstr "anhysbys" @@ -2165,350 +2186,350 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 #, fuzzy msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 #, fuzzy msgid "ATM" msgstr "ACT" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 #, fuzzy msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Dyfeisiau Rhwydwaith" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 #, fuzzy msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Dyfeisiau Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 #, fuzzy msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Dymi" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 #, fuzzy msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 #, fuzzy msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #, fuzzy msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 #, fuzzy msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #, fuzzy msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #, fuzzy msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #, fuzzy msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Llygoden USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 #, fuzzy msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 #, fuzzy msgid "USB" msgstr "UDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 #, fuzzy msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 #, fuzzy msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 #, fuzzy msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 #, fuzzy msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Disgiau Rhith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "TAP" msgstr "UTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau" @@ -2576,7 +2597,7 @@ msgstr "Cyfeiryddion wedi'u &Allforio" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2585,29 +2606,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Not detected." -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd." - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -#, fuzzy -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "2: Aml-ddefnyddwyr lleol heb rwydwaith pell" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2931,56 +2946,56 @@ msgstr "&Gosod" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 #, fuzzy msgid "Package: " msgstr "Pecynnau:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Size: " msgstr "Maint" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Diweddaru Cywiriadau yn Unig" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &details" msgstr "&Manylion y Cywiriad <<" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 #, fuzzy msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Gosod newydd" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?" @@ -2990,62 +3005,62 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 #, fuzzy msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Gwallau Cofnodion: %1" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3056,34 +3071,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3092,7 +3107,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3101,59 +3116,59 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 #, fuzzy msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion." @@ -3161,18 +3176,18 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion." @@ -3180,15 +3195,15 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Nid yw'r enw defnyddiwr neu'r cyfeiriadur cartref yn ddilys." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys." @@ -3197,103 +3212,103 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 #, fuzzy msgid "Retry?" msgstr "&Ailgeisio" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Diweddaru Cywiriadau yn Unig" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 #, fuzzy msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 #, fuzzy msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Rhedeg" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 #, fuzzy msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Cywiriadau:" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 #, fuzzy msgid "Script: " msgstr "Methodd y sgript." #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" @@ -3301,7 +3316,7 @@ msgstr "Cywiriadau:" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3311,72 +3326,72 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Cyfred&oli" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading" msgstr "&Lawrlwytho" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "&Lawrlwytho" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Cyflwr" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Darllen y rhestr modiwlau..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "&Atgyweirio Cysawd a Osodwyd" @@ -3388,29 +3403,29 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 #, fuzzy msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Data Dilysiant" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 #, fuzzy msgid "" "URL: %1\n" @@ -3419,7 +3434,7 @@ msgstr "URL: %1" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:" @@ -3479,45 +3494,21 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Ydych yn derbyn y cytundeb trwydded yma?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3525,12 +3516,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3656,7 +3647,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pecynnau:" @@ -4005,7 +3996,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4014,23 +4005,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4044,13 +4035,13 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Rhybuddion" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4063,49 +4054,50 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Gorchymyn Anhysbys: %1" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Gosod gyrrydd..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 #, fuzzy msgid "Media" msgstr "Macedonia" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" @@ -4113,42 +4105,49 @@ "Arhoswch tra mae'r cysawd sylfaenol yn cael ei osod.\n" "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 #, fuzzy msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Manylion <<" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Repair" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Cyflawni Trwsio" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Cyflawni Arsefydlu" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 #, fuzzy msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Arsefydliad Sail" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do you really want\n" @@ -4156,18 +4155,18 @@ msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 #, fuzzy msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Erthylwyd\n" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4784,7 +4783,7 @@ msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth greu initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5780,6 +5779,15 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Not detected." +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "2: Aml-ddefnyddwyr lleol heb rwydwaith pell" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "&Gosod" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/bootloader.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/bootloader.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/bootloader.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -128,22 +128,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -152,13 +152,13 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "Disgiau" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML" @@ -170,10 +170,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" @@ -267,23 +266,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -292,25 +297,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -318,7 +323,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -327,79 +332,79 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "G&wasanaeth" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -453,121 +458,121 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "I &Fyny" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "I &Lawr" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "Ata&l Gosodiad" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Gwasanaeth" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -603,25 +608,43 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Distribution: " +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "Dosbarthiad:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Modd" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -657,30 +680,52 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "gwall amhenodol" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unchanged" +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "Heb ei newid" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -695,7 +740,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -835,11 +880,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1726,33 +1767,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Dewisiad anghywir: %1" @@ -1762,32 +1804,34 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "&Math y Soced" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1811,244 +1855,141 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Gwasanaeth" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Gorchymyn Anhysbys: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Cre&u" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 #, fuzzy -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "Gosod Pell" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "Gosod Pell" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Booting Mode" #~ msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ca-management.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/ca-management.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ca-management.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -55,28 +55,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Organization" msgstr "Awdurdodi" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Locality" msgstr "Lleoliad" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 #, fuzzy msgid "State" msgstr "Cyflwr" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -694,11 +694,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "Am restr o Ddewisiadau darllenwch y manpage mount(8)." +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -706,34 +713,34 @@ msgstr "Disgrifiad" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remo&ve" msgid "&Remove" msgstr "Gwa&redu" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Amnewid" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Nid yw gwasanaeth %1 mewn bod." #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -765,56 +772,110 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Enw:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Dew&isiadau:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Lleoliad" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Enw:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "&Uwch" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 #, fuzzy msgid "&View" msgstr "&Gweld y Ffeil Cofnod" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "Cre&u" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Cyfeiryddion wedi'u &Allforio" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "Rhag&osod" @@ -872,7 +933,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 #, fuzzy msgid "Summary" msgstr "Crynodeb: %1 " @@ -905,18 +966,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -929,40 +990,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -1038,89 +1099,219 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Enw:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Dew&isiadau:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Enw:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Enw:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Enw:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "Enw:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "Enw:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Version: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "Fersiwn:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "Enw:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Expired" msgstr "Allforion NFS" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Cyflwr" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "Add" msgstr "&Ychwanegu" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Ychwnaegu gwasanaeth" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "C&yfrinair:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Dileu" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "Export" msgstr "Allforion NFS" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Cyfeiryddion wedi'u &Allforio" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1213,7 +1404,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1663,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1874,6 +2065,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1882,77 +2080,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/cy/po/cio.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/cio.cy.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/cio.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: cy\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Gwasanaeth" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Ie" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Pe&nodi" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please select" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Dewiswch" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/cluster.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/cluster.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/cluster.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -84,247 +84,247 @@ msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..." #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "Iawn" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Diddymu" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Changed" msgid "Channel" msgstr "Wedi'u Newid" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "Rhedeg" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "Rhedeg" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Booting from %1" msgid "Booting" msgstr "Ymgychwyn o %1" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Current Option: " msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 #, fuzzy #| msgid "A&dd" msgid "Add" msgstr "&Ychwanegu" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "Oedi" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit" msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Golygu" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -337,23 +337,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -362,7 +365,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -373,7 +376,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing inetd Configuration</big> \n" @@ -386,7 +389,7 @@ "Arhoswch... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big> \n" @@ -399,7 +402,7 @@ "Erthylwch y defnyddioldeb ffurfweddu yn ddiogel gan wasgu Erthylu rwan.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving inetd Configuration</big> \n" @@ -412,7 +415,7 @@ "Arhoswch... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Aborting the Save Process:</big> \n" @@ -445,45 +448,45 @@ msgstr "Ymgychwyn..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write the settings" msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -491,71 +494,71 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Wedi gorffen" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not detected." msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to runlevels." msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Cadw newidiadau i redlefelau." #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to runlevels." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Cadw newidiadau i redlefelau." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgid "Cannot write settings." Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/control-center.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/control-center.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/control-center.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-15 14:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/control.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/control.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/control.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-10 21:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n" @@ -19,749 +19,335 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.2\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Cynnyrch" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Arsefydliad Sail" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Ymgychwyn..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Server" msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Gweinydd" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 #, fuzzy msgid "Overview" msgstr "Gwasanaeth" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 #, fuzzy msgid "Expert" msgstr "Modd &Medrus" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Gosodiadau" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services Configuration %1" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Gwasanaethau Rhwydwaith %1" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Caledwedd" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Paratoi" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Disgrifiad" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Disgrifiad" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Disgrifiad" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 #, fuzzy msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "0: Ataliad cysawd" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Cynnyrch" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Disgiau" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 #, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML" +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Arsefydliad Sail" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad." +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Cyflawni Arsefydlu" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 #, fuzzy -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "Cyflawni Trwsio" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Arsefydliad Sail" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Disgiau" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 -#, fuzzy msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Gwybodaeth Gysawd" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Diweddaru" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Diweddaru" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 #, fuzzy msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Cyflawni Trwsio" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Gwybodaeth Gysawd" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Cyflawni Trwsio" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Arsefydliad Sail" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Iaith" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#, fuzzy +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Rhwydwaith" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Diweddariad Arlein" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Diweddaru Ffurfweddiad" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 #, fuzzy -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Cynnyrch" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 #, fuzzy -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Arsefydliad Sail" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Arsefydliad Sail" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Ymgychwyn..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Defnyddwyr" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 #, fuzzy -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 #, fuzzy -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Diweddaru Ffurfweddiad" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Glanhau" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad." -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:" +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "Cyflawni Trwsio" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Gwybodaeth Gysawd" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Cyflawni Trwsio" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Iaith" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Rhwydwaith" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Services Configuration %1" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Gwasanaethau Rhwydwaith %1" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Diweddariad Arlein" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Diweddaru Ffurfweddiad" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Gwasanaeth" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 #, fuzzy -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Ailddechrau &darganfod" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"Mae gosod &product; ar eich periant yn gyflawn.\n" -"Wedi clicio Gorffen, gallwch mewngofnodi i'r cysawd.\n" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Arsefydliad Sail" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Defnyddwyr" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Glanhau" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Gwasanaeth" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Ailddechrau &darganfod" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mae gosod &product; ar eich periant yn gyflawn.\n" +#~ "Wedi clicio Gorffen, gallwch mewngofnodi i'r cysawd.\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Diweddariad Arlein" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Diweddariad Arlein" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/country.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/country.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/country.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/crowbar.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/crowbar.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/crowbar.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/dhcp-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/dhcp-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/dhcp-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -590,84 +590,83 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Mae angen o leiaf un ddisg." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Enw Mewngofnodi" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 #, fuzzy msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "Gweinydd" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "Golygu Gweinydd..." #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 #, fuzzy msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "R&hedlefel Rhagosodol" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -675,38 +674,38 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Gwybodaeth Gysawd" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 #, fuzzy msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -714,13 +713,13 @@ #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "Gwasanaethau Rhwydwaith" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -728,7 +727,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -740,7 +739,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -749,57 +748,57 @@ msgstr "Gwasanaethau Rhwydwaith" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 #, fuzzy msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "R&hedlefel Rhagosodol" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default" msgstr "Rhag&osod" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Gwybodaeth Gysawd" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 #, fuzzy msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -807,8 +806,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -816,147 +815,147 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 #, fuzzy msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Gweinyddion &Pell" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Enw" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Caledwedd" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Math" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 #, fuzzy msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Ffurfweddu X11" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 #, fuzzy msgid "&Name" msgstr "E&nw ffeil" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Gwasanaethau Rhwydwaith" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "Caledwedd" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 #, fuzzy msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "Dwyrain" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Mae angen o leiaf un ddisg." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "Mae angen o leiaf un ddisg." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 #, fuzzy msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Mae angen o leiaf un ddisg." #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Dewis man clymu" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -969,15 +968,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -989,7 +988,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/dns-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/dns-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/dns-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/drbd.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/drbd.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/drbd.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,6 +23,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -63,24 +73,79 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Ffurweddu Dyfeisiau" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurweddu Dyfeisiau" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurweddu Dyfeisiau" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -106,9 +171,12 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing inetd Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" "Arhoswch... \n" @@ -126,9 +194,12 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving inetd Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" "Arhoswch... \n" @@ -154,16 +225,85 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"<big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" +"Arhoswch... \n" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"<big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" +"Arhoswch... \n" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" "<big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" "Arhoswch... \n" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -173,35 +313,36 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" "Arhoswch... \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -214,36 +355,36 @@ "\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>Ychwanegu Cofnod Newydd:</big>\n" "Cliciwch Creu a cwblhewch y ffurflen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Dileu Gwasanaethau:</big> \n" "Dewiswch y gwasanaeth i'w ddileu a gwasgwch Dileu.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" @@ -255,7 +396,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -263,7 +404,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" @@ -283,14 +424,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -336,8 +478,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -355,103 +497,182 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start services" -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Cychwyn gwasanaethau" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Caledwedd" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Ymgychwyn..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Darllen y rhestr modiwlau..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Darllen y rhestr modiwlau..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Darllen y rhestr modiwlau..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Wedi gorffen" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..." #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "Methu creu'r cyfeiriadur '%1'." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" +#~ "Arhoswch... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" +#~ "Arhoswch... \n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Drbd Configuration" #~ msgstr "Ffurweddiad" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/fcoe-client.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/fcoe-client.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/fcoe-client.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -41,8 +41,20 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Ie" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "" @@ -50,15 +62,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No help available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "Dim cymorth ar gael" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Dim wedi'i ffurfweddu eto." + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of the NFS client" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Ffurfweddu'r dibynnydd NFS" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -66,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -74,12 +115,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -87,28 +128,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -116,34 +157,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -174,7 +215,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ie" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -182,7 +223,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nage" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -561,98 +602,93 @@ msgstr "Ydych eisiau eu harsefydlu rwan?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not detected." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not detected." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not detected." +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd." + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -660,101 +696,101 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Wedi gorffen" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not detected." msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving inetd Configuration</big> \n" @@ -765,20 +801,20 @@ "Arhoswch... \n" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Internet" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Rhyngrwyd" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -786,13 +822,13 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabled" msgid "enabled" msgstr "Alluogir" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 #, fuzzy #| msgid "D&isable" msgid "disabled" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall-services.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall-services.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall-services.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/firstboot.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/firstboot.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/firstboot.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ftp-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/ftp-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ftp-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/geo-cluster.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/geo-cluster.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/geo-cluster.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,281 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Ffurweddiad" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iawn" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dire&ctories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "Cyfei&riaduron" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "' yn ddilys." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "' yn ddilys." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "' yn ddilys." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "' yn ddilys." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No patches have been installed." +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "Ni arsefydlwyd cywiriad." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No patches have been installed." +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "Ni arsefydlwyd cywiriad." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Mae'r URL yn annilys." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No patches have been installed." +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "Ni arsefydlwyd cywiriad." + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu llygoden" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu llygoden" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hardware Configuration" +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Caledwedd" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings!" +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings!" +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,75 +354,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wedi gorffen" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/gtk.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/gtk.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/gtk.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/http-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/http-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/http-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/inetd.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/inetd.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/inetd.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-11 22:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/installation.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/installation.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/installation.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-10 21:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n" @@ -57,22 +57,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau i'r cysawd gosodedig" @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Ymgychwyn trefnydd ffenestri rhagosod" @@ -269,6 +269,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "anhysbys" @@ -331,7 +332,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Ydych yn derbyn y cytundeb trwydded yma?" @@ -395,8 +396,22 @@ "Defnyddiwch Derbyn i wneud gosod newydd efo'r gwerthoedd a ddangosir.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad" + +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD @@ -612,11 +627,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" @@ -640,14 +655,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Ymgychwyn" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad" +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 @@ -667,69 +690,69 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Gorffen Gosod Sylfaenol" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau i'r cysawd gosodedig" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau i'r cysawd gosodedig" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Paratoi'r cysawd am ymgychwyn cyntaf erioed" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Methu creu'r cyfeiriadur '%1'." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Wedi gorffen" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" @@ -753,12 +776,6 @@ "Arhoswch tra mae'r cysawd sylfaenol yn cael ei osod.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -773,13 +790,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu ffurfweddiad y cysawd" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Ymgychwyn" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -974,12 +984,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Hepgor ffurfweddu ar ôl cais defnyddiwr" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -990,31 +1000,31 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Dadansoddi'ch cysawd..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1023,7 +1033,7 @@ "Roedd gwallau." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" @@ -1033,25 +1043,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Hepgor Ffurweddiad" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Defnyddio'r Ffurfweddiad Canlynol" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Newid..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1059,25 +1069,25 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Cliciwch unrhyw pennawd i wneud newidiadau, neu defnyddiwch y ddewislen \"Newid...\" isod." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Cliciwch unrhyw pennawd i wneud newidiadau, neu defnyddiwch y ddewislen \"Newid...\" isod." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Ailosod i'r rhagosodiadau" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1091,7 +1101,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1123,7 +1133,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1140,7 +1150,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1153,7 +1163,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1165,7 +1175,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1178,7 +1188,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1189,12 +1199,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1203,7 +1213,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1214,7 +1224,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1222,12 +1232,12 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 #, fuzzy msgid "&Update" msgstr "Diweddaru" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Gosod" @@ -1364,51 +1374,34 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Holi disgiau caled" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Dadansoddi'ch cysawd..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Ymgychwyn trefnydd ffenestri rhagosod" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Ymgychwynmodiwlau cnewyllyn..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Ymgychwyn ar gyfer diweddaraiad CD..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "System Probing" msgstr "&Newid..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" @@ -1417,7 +1410,7 @@ "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1430,7 +1423,7 @@ "y gosod. Gwiriwch eich caledwedd!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1443,7 +1436,7 @@ "Ni chanfuwyd disgiau caled am\n" "y gosod. Gwiriwch eich caledwedd!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1451,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1463,26 +1456,26 @@ "y gosod. Gwiriwch eich caledwedd!\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remo&ve" msgid "Removed" msgstr "Gwa&redu" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Alluogir" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "Disabled" msgstr "A&nalluogi" @@ -1490,99 +1483,99 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 #, fuzzy msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "Cynnyrch" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 #, fuzzy msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Cychwyn / Aros" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown" msgstr "anhysbys" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "Cynnyrch" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "ni ffurfweddir y rhaglen" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" @@ -1590,45 +1583,45 @@ "Arhoswch tra mae'r cysawd sylfaenol yn cael ei osod.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Darllen gwybodaeth am y pecynnau. Arhoswch am eiliad..." -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Darllen gwybodaeth am y pecynnau. Arhoswch am eiliad..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Darllen gwybodaeth am y pecynnau. Arhoswch am eiliad..." #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Darllen gwybodaeth am y pecynnau. Arhoswch am eiliad..." #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1638,7 +1631,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1648,7 +1641,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" @@ -1658,7 +1651,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" @@ -1668,7 +1661,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" @@ -1677,7 +1670,7 @@ msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion." #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" @@ -1759,60 +1752,55 @@ msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Yn cadw /etc/exports" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." @@ -1850,7 +1838,7 @@ msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2098,7 +2086,57 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Yn aros gwasanaethau..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Ymgychwyn ar gyfer diweddaraiad CD..." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" @@ -2411,18 +2449,6 @@ #~ "y gosod. Gwiriwch eich caledwedd!\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Yn aros gwasanaethau..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n" #~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/instserver.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/instserver.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/instserver.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/iplb.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/iplb.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/iplb.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,28 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Ie" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurweddiad" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu Gweinydd TFTP" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +222,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +462,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -477,7 +499,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gwasanaeth" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -529,7 +551,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocol" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -571,13 +593,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iawn" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,6 +618,22 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "' yn ddilys." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -620,7 +664,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wedi gorffen" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -630,7 +674,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" @@ -638,7 +682,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-client.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-client.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-client.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -71,162 +71,166 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "Perth" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Internet" msgid "Interface" msgstr "Rhyngrwyd" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Cynnydd Cyfan" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Cyflwr" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "Add" msgstr "&Ychwanegu" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Golygu" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "Log Out" msgstr "Bogota" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "Log In" msgstr "Mew&ngofnodi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "Connect" msgstr "Parhau" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Data Dilysiant" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Data Dilysiant" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "Username" msgstr "&Defnydd-enw:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "C&yfrinair:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Data Dilysiant" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "Cyflwr" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "Port" msgstr "Perth" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Gwerth" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Gwasanaeth" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -235,9 +239,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -490,13 +494,13 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:" @@ -505,39 +509,39 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 #, fuzzy msgid "True" msgstr "Brunei" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 #, fuzzy msgid "False" msgstr "Gwerth" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Parhau" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 #, fuzzy msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Diddymu" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 #, fuzzy msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Mae'r gwerth dewisiedig yn bresennol yn barod" @@ -631,14 +635,20 @@ msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "Meddalwedd" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install" +msgid "all" +msgstr "Arsefydlu" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -647,7 +657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Ffurweddiad" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-lio-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-lio-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-lio-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/isns.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/isns.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/isns.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -306,93 +306,93 @@ msgstr "Ymgychwyn..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "I ffurfweddu'r Cysawd Ffeiliau Rhwydwaith (NFS), rhaid i chi arsefydlu'r pecyn %1." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Ydych eisiau eu harsefydlu rwan?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 #, fuzzy msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Dadansoddodd YaST2 y dyfais canlynol" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Wedi gorffen" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Rhedeg SuSEconfig. %1" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 #, fuzzy msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Rhedeg SuSEconfig. %1" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/kdump.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/kdump.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/kdump.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -381,8 +381,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -519,15 +519,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "A&nalluogi" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1169,139 +1160,139 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Dim manylion ar gael." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Wedi gorffen" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "mewn rhedlefel %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "enabled" msgstr "Alluogir" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "disabled" msgstr "&Analluogi" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Gwerth gwag ar gyfer dewisiad: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Cynnyrch: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/kerberos-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/kerberos-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/kerberos-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/kerberos.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/kerberos.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/kerberos.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/languages_db.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/languages_db.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/languages_db.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap-client.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap-client.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap-client.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -227,49 +227,49 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "P&ori" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" @@ -378,4 +378,4 @@ #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gwerth" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/live-installer.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/live-installer.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/live-installer.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/lxc.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/lxc.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/lxc.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/mail.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/mail.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/mail.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/multipath.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/multipath.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/multipath.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses-pkg.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses-pkg.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses-pkg.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/network.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/network.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/network.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -99,89 +99,55 @@ msgstr "Rhyngrwyd" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..." -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..." #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -189,13 +155,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -203,13 +169,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -482,9 +483,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -567,7 +577,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" @@ -679,7 +689,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Dewisiadau" @@ -757,13 +767,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 #, fuzzy msgid "Change." msgstr "Wedi'u Newid" @@ -1139,7 +1149,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Mathau Gwasanaeth" @@ -1147,7 +1157,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 #, fuzzy msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" @@ -1161,7 +1171,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:" @@ -1358,38 +1368,38 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 #, fuzzy msgid "&Address" msgstr "Azores" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "Caledwedd" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 #, fuzzy msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1404,11 +1414,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1619,7 +1629,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1711,7 +1721,7 @@ msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth greu initrd." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1721,13 +1731,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" @@ -1737,7 +1746,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" @@ -1765,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1773,20 +1782,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1794,7 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1802,19 +1811,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1822,98 +1831,98 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "Modd &Medrus" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 #, fuzzy msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Modiwl i Gychwyn:" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Change" msgstr "Wedi'u Newid" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Dewisiadau" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1921,20 +1930,20 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 #, fuzzy msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Chwilio" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -1942,7 +1951,7 @@ msgstr "Ffurweddiad" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1950,93 +1959,93 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Rhifau &Ffôn" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "All&uogi'r gwasanaeth" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "&Diddymu" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "&Diddymu" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Canolfan Reoli YaST2" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Rhifau &Ffôn" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" @@ -2044,7 +2053,7 @@ "Dewiswch math y llygoden o'r llygoden a gysylltir â'ch cyfrifiadur.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" @@ -2053,33 +2062,33 @@ "\n" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Modd &Medrus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" @@ -2088,20 +2097,20 @@ "\n" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 #, fuzzy msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2110,7 +2119,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Caledwedd" @@ -2166,22 +2175,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" @@ -2190,7 +2198,7 @@ "<big>Ychwanegu Cofnod Newydd:</big>\n" "Cliciwch Creu a cwblhewch y ffurflen.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2201,7 +2209,7 @@ "Dewiswch y gwasanaeth i'w ddileu a gwasgwch Dileu.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2211,13 +2219,13 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "Bydd pob newid yn cael ei golli!" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2226,7 +2234,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2234,13 +2242,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2248,14 +2256,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2264,7 +2272,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2273,14 +2281,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2288,7 +2296,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2296,7 +2304,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2304,7 +2312,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2314,7 +2322,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2328,26 +2336,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2355,7 +2363,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2363,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2371,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2379,19 +2387,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2402,11 +2410,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2416,19 +2424,19 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2438,7 +2446,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2451,21 +2459,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2473,14 +2481,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2497,14 +2505,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2514,7 +2522,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2526,7 +2534,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2547,7 +2555,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2557,7 +2565,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2568,14 +2576,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3141,23 +3149,23 @@ msgstr "Ymgychwyn..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3168,18 +3176,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Rhaid arsefydlu'r pecynnau yma:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3190,113 +3198,112 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3559,7 +3566,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 #, fuzzy msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys." @@ -3760,83 +3767,92 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Gwasanaeth" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 #, fuzzy -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:" +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod" -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Alluogir" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dyfeisiau Rhwydwaith" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Azores" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Dyfeisiau Rhwydwaith" @@ -3853,60 +3869,56 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "Azores" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Ffurweddiad" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inetd configuration" msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "ffurfweddu inetd" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." @@ -3914,14 +3926,14 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." @@ -3929,34 +3941,34 @@ #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Yn cadw /etc/exports" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Enw Defnyddiwr: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3978,322 +3990,328 @@ msgstr "Yn cadw /etc/exports" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Dangos gwybodaeth gynnydd" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..." #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Wedi gorffen" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..." #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Rhwydwaith" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "A&nalluogi" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Azores" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys." @@ -4301,89 +4319,104 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 #, fuzzy msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Dim wedi'i ffurfweddu eto." #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "anhysbys" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "Ni chafodd pecyn %1 ei arsefydlu. Ni ellir golygu'r gwasanaeth." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4437,25 +4470,29 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod" +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod" @@ -4576,10 +4613,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Rhifau &Ffôn" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Restart Fire&wall" #~ msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-12 10:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs_server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs_server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs_server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-12 14:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n" @@ -82,31 +82,31 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "Alluogwyd y Gweinydd TFTP" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "Alluogwyd y Gweinydd TFTP" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Bydd y pecynnau a ddewiswyd eu harsefydlu." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 #, fuzzy msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Ni phenodwyd llinyn chwilio" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -117,11 +117,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -180,43 +180,31 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "&Cyfeiriadur i'w allforio:" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "P&ori" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" "Mae'r tabl allforion yn cynnwys\n" "y cyfeiriadur yma yn barod." -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" -"Ni all y gweinydd NFS modd-defnyddiwr (%1) allforio\n" -"cyfeiriaduron efo bwlchnodau yn eu henwau.\n" -"Defnyddiwch y gweinydd sail-cnewyllyn (%2) i wneud hyn." - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" @@ -224,19 +212,19 @@ "Ydych eisiau ei greu?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Dewis Cyfeiriadur i Allforio" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Nod-chwilydd &Gwesteion" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "Dew&isiadau:" @@ -244,14 +232,14 @@ #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" @@ -262,12 +250,12 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" @@ -277,7 +265,7 @@ "ac allforio rhai o'ch cyfeiriaduron i'r lleill." #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" @@ -286,7 +274,7 @@ "Os dewiswch Cychwyn Gweinydd NFS, bydd y botwm Nesaf yn agor\n" "ymgom ffurfweddu lle gallwch benodi'r cyfeiriaduron i allforio." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -294,58 +282,58 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 #, fuzzy msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Meddalwedd" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "&Modiwl i Gychwyn:" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Alluogir" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Alluogir" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Alluogi &pob gwasanaeth" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Ffurfweddu Gweinydd TFTP" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" @@ -357,7 +345,7 @@ "y ganiateir iddynt glymu at y cyfeiriadur yma.\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" @@ -368,73 +356,68 @@ "penodol. Gall fod yn gwesteiwr sengl, grwpiau rhwydwaith,\n" "nod-chwilyddion neu rhwydweithiau IP.\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 #, fuzzy msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "Edrychwch yn man exports am fwy o wybodaeth.\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Ychwanegu c&yfeiriadur" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Golygu" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Di&leu" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 #, fuzzy msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Nod-chwilydd gwesteion" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Dewisiadau" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Ychwanegu &gweinydd" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Gol&ygu" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Dil&eu" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 #, fuzzy msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "&Cyfeiriadur i'w allforio:" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -443,7 +426,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -454,82 +437,64 @@ "cyfeiriaduron a allforiwyd.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..." #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Cadw /etc/exports" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Yn cadw /etc/exports" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Wedi gorffen" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r gweinydd NFS" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Could not dial to the Internet. Check your settings." -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "Methodd deialu i'r Rhyngrwyd. Gwiriwch eich gosodiadau." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to read server list from disk." -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Methu darllen y rhestr weinyddion o'r ddisg." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to check for updates." -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Methu ymholi ar gyfer diweddariadau." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to read server list from disk." msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Methu darllen y rhestr weinyddion o'r ddisg." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -538,16 +503,41 @@ "Bydd eich newidiadau yn weithredol ar ôl ailymgychwyn.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "Allforion NFS" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +#~ "with spaces in their names.\n" +#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ni all y gweinydd NFS modd-defnyddiwr (%1) allforio\n" +#~ "cyfeiriaduron efo bwlchnodau yn eu henwau.\n" +#~ "Defnyddiwch y gweinydd sail-cnewyllyn (%2) i wneud hyn." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Could not dial to the Internet. Check your settings." +#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +#~ msgstr "Methodd deialu i'r Rhyngrwyd. Gwiriwch eich gosodiadau." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to read server list from disk." +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Methu darllen y rhestr weinyddion o'r ddisg." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to check for updates." +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Methu ymholi ar gyfer diweddariadau." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Directories" #~ msgstr "Cyfei&riaduron" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/nis.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/nis.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/nis.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/nis_server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/nis_server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/nis_server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -382,22 +382,28 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "Gweinydd NFS" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ntp-client.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/ntp-client.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ntp-client.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -47,24 +47,23 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "Ailddechrau &darganfod" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -78,22 +77,30 @@ msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "&Cychwyn y gweinydd NFS" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -630,10 +637,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -641,7 +651,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -650,7 +660,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -660,7 +670,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -670,14 +680,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -685,7 +695,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" @@ -695,7 +705,7 @@ "Dewiswch pa becynnau gwasanaeth i'w harsefydlu.\n" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -703,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -715,14 +725,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -731,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" @@ -743,7 +753,7 @@ "Dewiswch y gwasanaeth i'w ddileu a gwasgwch Dileu.\n" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" @@ -754,7 +764,7 @@ "Dewiswch y gwasanaeth i'w ddileu a gwasgwch Dileu.\n" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -762,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" @@ -773,7 +783,7 @@ "Dewiswch y gwasanaeth i'w olygu a gwasgwch Golygu.\n" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" @@ -785,7 +795,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -793,7 +803,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -805,7 +815,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" @@ -815,42 +825,42 @@ "Dewiswch y gwasanaeth i'w olygu a gwasgwch Golygu.\n" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -858,7 +868,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -868,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -876,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -889,7 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" @@ -900,7 +910,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -910,7 +920,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -919,7 +929,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1272,122 +1282,125 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Wedi gorffen" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Ailddechrau &darganfod" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "ffurfweddu inetd" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Ffurfweddu llygoden" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 #, fuzzy msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "&Cychwyn y gweinydd NFS" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/oneclickinstall.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/oneclickinstall.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/oneclickinstall.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update-configuration.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update-configuration.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update-configuration.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-15 14:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n" @@ -118,13 +118,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Ymgychwyn ar gyfer diweddaraiad CD..." -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Dim wedi'i ffurfweddu eto." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/cy/po/opensuse_mirror.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/opensuse_mirror.cy.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/opensuse_mirror.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: cy\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory: " +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Gwall" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Ie" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Gwall" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/packager.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/packager.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/packager.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -142,6 +142,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "Modd &Medrus" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 #, fuzzy @@ -501,7 +510,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Ymgychwyn..." @@ -575,7 +584,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -814,7 +823,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -822,7 +831,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "Try again?" @@ -1180,7 +1189,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Meddalwedd" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1421,7 +1430,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1454,80 +1463,80 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Ni chafodd pecyn %1 ei arsefydlu. Ni ellir golygu'r gwasanaeth." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Methu ymholi ar gyfer diweddariadau." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "URL: %1" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Dewis Cywiriadau â &Llaw" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Rhowch y data cofrestru." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Rhowch y data cofrestru." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Methu creu'r cyfeiriadur '%1'." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "anhysbys" @@ -1577,7 +1586,7 @@ msgstr "Erthylwyd yr arsefydliad." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Macedonia" @@ -1586,13 +1595,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Wedi gorffen." @@ -1600,14 +1609,14 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Enw Defnyddiwr: %1" @@ -1615,7 +1624,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 #, fuzzy msgid "Total" msgstr "Portiwgal" @@ -1625,153 +1634,198 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "&Lawrlwytho" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "Rhybudd:" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "&Lawrlwytho" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "&Lawrlwytho" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "&Lawrlwytho" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "&Lawrlwytho" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Cynnyrch: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 #, fuzzy msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Rhaid arsefydlu'r pecynnau yma:" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed" +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "Bydd pecyn %1 yn cael ei arsefydlu" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed" +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "Bydd pecyn %1 yn cael ei arsefydlu" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Ychwanegu c&yfeiriadur" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1779,55 +1833,55 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 #, fuzzy msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Ymgychwyn..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "Canfuwyd %1 modiwl" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 #, fuzzy msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Darllen gwybodaeth am y pecynnau. Arhoswch am eiliad..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1836,77 +1890,78 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 #, fuzzy msgid "&Language" msgstr "Iaith" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ydych yn derbyn y cytundeb trwydded yma?" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -#, fuzzy -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "&Ni chydwelaf" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 #, fuzzy msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Ydych yn derbyn y cytundeb trwydded yma?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1992,114 +2047,119 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Disgrifiad" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Protocol" msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "UML Options" msgid "Mount Options" @@ -2107,24 +2167,24 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "(default)" msgstr "Rhag&osod" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 #, fuzzy msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "Protocol" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" @@ -2132,42 +2192,42 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Rhag&osod" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:" @@ -2177,58 +2237,58 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur dewisiedig: %1" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Rhag&osod" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2238,23 +2298,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2263,42 +2323,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2306,19 +2366,19 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2328,22 +2388,22 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "Cysawd" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2356,7 +2416,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2364,12 +2424,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "Analluogi'r g&wasanaeth" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2381,13 +2441,13 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2395,79 +2455,79 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 #, fuzzy msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Peidio â Derbyn" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 #, fuzzy msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Cadw" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Cyfeiriadur i'w allforio:" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 #, fuzzy msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Data Dilysiant" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Enw Defnyddiwr: %1" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "C&yfrinair:" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2482,7 +2542,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2491,12 +2551,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2504,7 +2564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2512,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2522,7 +2582,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2531,27 +2591,27 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Dewis y gwasanaeth i ffurffweddu." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 #, fuzzy msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2561,12 +2621,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 #, fuzzy msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Macedonia" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Dewis Cywiriadau â &Llaw" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -2670,7 +2735,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2746,13 +2813,13 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 #, fuzzy msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Nôl gwybodaeth am ddiweddariadau newydd..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2760,7 +2827,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" @@ -2784,6 +2851,10 @@ msgstr "Dewiswch" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "&Ni chydwelaf" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "All changes will be lost. Really exit?" #~ msgstr "Bydd pob newid yn cael ei golli!" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/pam.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/pam.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/pam.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-11 22:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/pkg-bindings.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/pkg-bindings.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/pkg-bindings.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "&Atgyweirio Cysawd a Osodwyd" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/printer.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/printer.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/printer.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/product-creator.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/product-creator.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/product-creator.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/proxy.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/proxy.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/proxy.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/qt-pkg.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/qt-pkg.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/qt-pkg.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -44,43 +44,43 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Ailgeisio" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 #, fuzzy msgid "S&earch" msgstr "&Chwilio" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 #, fuzzy msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 #, fuzzy msgid "File List" msgstr "Ffeiliau" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Wedi'u Newid" @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -98,184 +98,184 @@ msgstr "&Diddymu" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Derbyn" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 #, fuzzy msgid "&File" msgstr "Ffeiliau" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 #, fuzzy msgid "&Patch" msgstr "Llwybr" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&Ailgeisio" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Diweddariad Arlein" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "De&wisiadau" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "Gwybodaeth Gysawd" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Cynnyrch" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Cymorth" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "Cywiriadau:" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -283,60 +283,60 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Gwall" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 #, fuzzy msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Gwall wrth nôl cywiriadau:" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "Bydd y pecynnau a ddewiswyd eu harsefydlu." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "&Continue" msgstr "Parhau" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Diddymu" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/qt.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/qt.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/qt.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/rdp.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/rdp.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/rdp.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/rear.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/rear.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/rear.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/registration.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/registration.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/registration.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,48 +18,91 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Mae'r cynnig meddalwedd yn cael ei ailosod i werthoedd rhagosod." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -67,51 +110,53 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -119,57 +164,27 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -msgid "Details" -msgstr "&Manylion <<" +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -181,353 +196,681 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Mae eich cysawd yn barod i'w ddefnyddio." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" -msgstr[2] "" -msgstr[3] "" -msgstr[4] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Ffurfweddu llygoden" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 #, fuzzy -msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Gorffen Gosod Sylfaenol" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "&Parhau'r Gosod" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 #, fuzzy -msgid "Product Registration" +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Currently Available Services" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "Gwasanaethau sydd Ar Gael ar Hyn o Bryd" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "URL Gweinydd:" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 #, fuzzy -msgid "Register the Product" +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML" +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "&Manylion <<" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fax Numbers" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "Rhifau Ffacs" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "StationID is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Mae'r Dynodiad Tarddiad yn annilys." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "&Manylion <<" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "" +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "Rhowch y data cofrestru." - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "anhysbys" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +msgstr[2] "" +msgstr[3] "" +msgstr[4] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the registration data." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "Rhowch y data cofrestru." +msgstr[1] "Rhowch y data cofrestru." +msgstr[2] "Rhowch y data cofrestru." +msgstr[3] "Rhowch y data cofrestru." +msgstr[4] "Rhowch y data cofrestru." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Details" +msgstr "&Manylion <<" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 new update available." +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "1 diweddariad newydd ar gael." + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Version: %1" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Fersiwn: %1" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Architecture: " +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Saerniaeth:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Version: %1" +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "Fersiwn: %1" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Architecture: " +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "Saerniaeth:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 #, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "Rhowch y data cofrestru." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" @@ -548,10 +891,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Caledwedd" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "Gwybodaeth Gysawd" @@ -611,10 +950,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Ffurfweddu llygoden" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Message:" #~| msgid_plural "Messages:" #~ msgid "Message: %1" @@ -662,14 +997,6 @@ #~ msgstr "anhysbys" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Gorffen Gosod Sylfaenol" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "&Parhau'r Gosod" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "Rhowch y data cofrestru." @@ -721,10 +1048,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Arhoswch..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "Mae'r cynnig meddalwedd yn cael ei ailosod i werthoedd rhagosod." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" #~ msgstr "Ydych eisiau ei osod rwan?" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/reipl.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/reipl.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/reipl.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ "Ar ôl y cau i lawr, ail-lwytho'r cysawd\n" "efo'r cyfeiriad llwytho o'ch DASD gwraidd.\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -278,30 +278,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/relocation-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/relocation-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/relocation-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/s390.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/s390.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/s390.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-client.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-client.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-client.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -196,6 +196,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -821,7 +830,10 @@ msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Wedi gorffen" @@ -893,12 +905,14 @@ msgstr "Ca&dw Data Dilysiant" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ie" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Nage" @@ -921,54 +935,178 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Analluogi'r g&wasanaeth" +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Alluogi &pob gwasanaeth" +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..." +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Alluogi &pob gwasanaeth" +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Analluogi'r g&wasanaeth" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Alluogi &pob gwasanaeth" +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1" +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Alluogi &pob gwasanaeth" +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 #, fuzzy +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..." + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration..." +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..." + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings!" +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurweddiad" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "Ca&dw Data Dilysiant" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Llongyfarchiadau!" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "Ca&dw Data Dilysiant" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Br&owse..." #~ msgstr "P&ori" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "AD domain" -#~ msgstr "Llongyfarchiadau!" - #~ msgid "&Password:" #~ msgstr "C&yfrinair:" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-users.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-users.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-users.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/scanner.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/scanner.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/scanner.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/security.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/security.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/security.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/services-manager.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/services-manager.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/services-manager.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,14 +16,220 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set Default Runlevel" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Gosod Rhedlefel Rhagosodol" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&vailable are:" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Ar &gael:" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n" +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "Ni ddewiswyd cywiriad i'w arsefydlu.\n" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n" +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "Ni ddewiswyd cywiriad i'w arsefydlu.\n" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu ffurfweddiad y cysawd" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Gwasanaeth" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Alluogir" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Action" +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Gweithred" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Disgrifiad" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "S&tart/Stop/Refresh" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Cychwyn/Aros/Cyfredoli" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Disable" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "A&nalluogi" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "&Manylion y Cywiriad <<" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Services" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Gwasanaethau" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting services..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Disable" +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "A&nalluogi" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gwasanaethau" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -61,3 +267,69 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "D&efault" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Rhag&osod" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Dim wedi'i ffurfweddu eto." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphics" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Graffeg" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Expert Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Modd &Medrus" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/slp-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/slp-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/slp-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/snapper.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/snapper.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/snapper.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Disgrifiad" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User" msgid "User data" @@ -41,37 +41,37 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -79,132 +79,132 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe" msgid "Pre" msgstr "Holi" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "Singapore" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Caledwedd" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Math" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User" msgid "User Data" msgstr "Defnyddiwr" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Changed" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Wedi'u Newid" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" @@ -215,91 +215,91 @@ "%1" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -320,19 +320,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services..." msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/sound.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/sound.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/sound.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/squid.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/squid.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/squid.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/sshd.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/sshd.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/sshd.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/storage.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/storage.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/storage.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr "Methodd y sgript." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -141,15 +141,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -776,7 +782,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -795,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -805,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -815,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -825,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -835,7 +841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -848,7 +854,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -858,7 +864,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -869,7 +875,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -881,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -893,7 +899,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -902,7 +908,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -913,22 +919,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -942,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -957,13 +949,13 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Terfynu go iawn?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -976,7 +968,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -985,7 +977,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -994,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1002,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1010,53 +1002,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1065,7 +1057,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1075,7 +1067,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1085,7 +1077,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1100,13 +1092,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Ni chaniateir llinyn efo dewisiadau gwag!" @@ -1135,7 +1127,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:" @@ -1147,7 +1139,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:" @@ -1168,7 +1160,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1177,7 +1169,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1500,7 +1492,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1511,23 +1503,23 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty options string not allowed!" msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Ni chaniateir llinyn efo dewisiadau gwag!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1559,7 +1551,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1572,7 +1564,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1585,7 +1577,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1607,7 +1599,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1782,12 +1774,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1795,32 +1787,32 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Mountain" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau" @@ -1832,63 +1824,69 @@ msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Ffurfweddu Diweddaru Hollol Ymysgogol..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure..." msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Ar &gael:" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1896,51 +1894,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2217,14 +2222,45 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Cysawd ffeiliau pell" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2232,63 +2268,63 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Paratoi" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Paratoi" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Dewisiad" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Dewisiad" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Dewisiad" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Dewisiad" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Man clymu" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "De&wisiadau" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2297,19 +2333,19 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating mount points" msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2319,7 +2355,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2328,61 +2364,61 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Bydd pob newid yn cael ei golli!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "C&yfrinair:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Dewisiad" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2390,8 +2426,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2403,34 +2439,34 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Dewisiad" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -2441,7 +2477,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2450,13 +2486,13 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Allbwn '%1' (ciplun)" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." @@ -2650,65 +2686,65 @@ msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Dewisiad" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Dewisiad" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Dewisiad" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Dewisiad" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Norway" msgid "Forward" msgstr "Norwy" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Back" msgid "Backward" msgstr "&Yn ôl" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Dewisiad" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Terfynu go iawn?" @@ -2723,7 +2759,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3628,12 +3664,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Maint" @@ -3839,7 +3875,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Gosodiadau" @@ -4041,17 +4077,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4154,64 +4190,64 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Mountain" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Gwybodaeth Gysawd" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Disgrifiad" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Gwasanaeth %1" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "E&nw ffeil" @@ -4219,9 +4255,8 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Gwasanaeth %1" @@ -4229,49 +4264,60 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Gwasanaeth %1" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Option" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Dewisiad" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Rhedlefel Rhagosodol" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Cysawd ffeiliau pell" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4282,14 +4328,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4298,14 +4344,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4622,23 +4668,23 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4646,29 +4692,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4676,39 +4722,39 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accessories" msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Ategion" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "Mountain" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4718,12 +4764,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4731,12 +4777,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4748,40 +4794,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4789,90 +4835,90 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "Maint" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4880,12 +4926,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4893,37 +4939,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4932,12 +4978,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4945,31 +4991,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4978,19 +5024,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5003,12 +5049,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5016,42 +5062,42 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Cyfeiriadur i'w allforio:" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -5059,12 +5105,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5077,7 +5123,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5090,7 +5136,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5100,7 +5146,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5114,7 +5160,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5127,7 +5173,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5136,7 +5182,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5144,7 +5190,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5153,29 +5199,29 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "E&nw ffeil" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5183,14 +5229,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5198,98 +5244,98 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 #, fuzzy #| msgid "There was no update executed up to now." msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Ni weithredwyd diweddariad hyd yn hyn." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Dadansoddodd YaST2 y dyfais canlynol" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Dadansoddodd YaST2 y dyfais canlynol" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disks" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disgiau" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disks" msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disgiau" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5297,7 +5343,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5305,7 +5351,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5313,18 +5359,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5948,53 +5994,53 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "E&nw ffeil" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Dewisiad" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Dewisiad" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Gosodiadau" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6003,33 +6049,33 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 #, fuzzy msgid "Password:" msgstr "C&yfrinair:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:" @@ -6057,26 +6103,26 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Rhedlefel Rhagosodol" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Cysawd ffeiliau pell" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Dewisiad" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/sudo.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/sudo.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/sudo.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/support.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/support.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/support.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dewisiadau" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enw" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cynnydd" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wedi gorffen" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/sysconfig.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/sysconfig.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/sysconfig.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -477,7 +477,132 @@ "<big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" "Arhoswch... \n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Search" +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "&Chwilio" + +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands:" +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Gorchmynion:" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command '%1'" +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Gorchymyn '%1'" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Activate All Services" +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "&Gweithredoli Pob Gwasanaeth" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving changes to runlevels." +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Cadw newidiadau i redlefelau." + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These services will be enabled" +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "Bydd y gwansanaethau yma yn cael eu halluogi" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting services..." +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the service to configure." +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Dewis y gwasanaeth i ffurffweddu." + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed" +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "Bydd pecyn %1 yn cael ei arsefydlu" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting services..." +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart services" +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Wedi gorffen" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Ffurweddiad" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Starting configuration scripts..." #~ msgstr "&Hepgor Ffurweddiad" @@ -486,16 +611,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Starting configuration module %1..." -#~ msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n" -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Wedi gorffen" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Initializing Powertweak Configuration</big> \n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/tftp-server.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/tftp-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/tftp-server.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/timezone_db.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/timezone_db.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/timezone_db.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-12 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/tune.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/tune.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/tune.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,56 +17,62 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplural=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Holi dyfeisiau FireWire..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Cynnydd" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "Cadw Cofnodion fel..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Caledwedd" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Gosodiadau" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Cysawd" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "Cysawd" @@ -1349,10 +1355,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Gosodiadau" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "Gosodiadau" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." #~ msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/update.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/update.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/update.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "" @@ -150,18 +150,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Diweddaru" @@ -221,9 +221,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -231,13 +241,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -312,12 +322,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -325,15 +335,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Dewisiad anhysbys: '%1'" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -341,23 +351,23 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Gosodiadau" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -366,17 +376,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -385,28 +395,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Dewisiad anhysbys: '%1'" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -414,12 +424,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -427,12 +437,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -441,72 +451,72 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Cysawd" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "File System" msgstr "Cysawd" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Boot" msgstr "Bogota" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Ie, diweddaru" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -514,31 +524,31 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "Parhau" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "&Parhau Trwsio'r Cysawd" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -548,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -557,25 +567,25 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Manylion y Cywiriad <<" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Cysawd" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -583,25 +593,25 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Hepgor Ffurweddiad" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Rhybudd" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -612,7 +622,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -625,43 +635,43 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 #, fuzzy msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "Dewisiad &Detholedig" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Dewisiadau UML" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 #, fuzzy msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Man clymu" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device" msgstr "G&wasanaeth" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -669,17 +679,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -687,23 +697,23 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "G&wasanaeth" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -713,7 +723,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -722,17 +732,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -751,39 +761,65 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Dewisiad anhysbys: '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Gosodiadau" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Diweddaru" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 #, fuzzy msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Cyflawni Trwsio" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 #, fuzzy msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Diweddaru Ffurfweddiad" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Diweddaru Ffurfweddiad" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/users.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/users.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/users.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -4261,23 +4261,23 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "Llongyfarchiadau!" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/vm.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/vm.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/vm.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -30,143 +30,181 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Arsefydlu Cywiriad" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Ffurfweddu'r cysawd am ymgychwyn cyntaf erioed." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Erthylwyd yr arsefydliad." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu'r cysawd am ymgychwyn cyntaf erioed." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS server" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "Gweinydd NFS" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Gosod newydd" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Gweinydd NFS" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Erthylwyd yr arsefydliad." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Erthylwyd yr arsefydliad." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Arsefydlu Cywiriad" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -179,27 +217,27 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" @@ -1070,10 +1108,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization" -#~ msgstr "Gosod newydd" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Virtualization Mode " #~ msgstr "Llongyfarchiadau!" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/wagon.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/wagon.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/wagon.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/wol.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/wol.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/wol.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/xpram.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/xpram.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/xpram.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/yast2-apparmor.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/yast2-apparmor.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/yast2-apparmor.cy.po 2014-10-07 15:55:19 UTC (rev 89794) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -319,11 +319,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy msgid "&Done" @@ -1127,64 +1127,72 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Enw'r gwasanae&th" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modd" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Modd &Syml" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Caledwedd" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89793 - trunk/yast/hi/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:55:04 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89793 Added: trunk/yast/hi/po/cio.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/opensuse_mirror.hi.po Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on-creator.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/audit-laf.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/autoinst.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/base.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/bootloader.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/ca-management.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/cluster.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/control-center.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/control.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/country.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/crowbar.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/dhcp-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/dns-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/drbd.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/fcoe-client.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall-services.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/firstboot.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/ftp-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/geo-cluster.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/gtk.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/http-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/inetd.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/installation.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/instserver.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/iplb.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-client.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-lio-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/isns.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/kdump.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/kerberos-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/kerberos.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/languages_db.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap-client.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/live-installer.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/lxc.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/mail.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/multipath.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses-pkg.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/network.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs_server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/nis.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/nis_server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/ntp-client.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/oneclickinstall.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update-configuration.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/packager.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/pam.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/pkg-bindings.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/printer.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/product-creator.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/proxy.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/qt-pkg.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/qt.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/rdp.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/rear.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/registration.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/reipl.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/relocation-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/s390.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-client.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-users.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/scanner.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/security.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/services-manager.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/slp-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/snapper.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/sound.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/squid.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/sshd.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/storage.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/sudo.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/support.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/sysconfig.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/tftp-server.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/timezone_db.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/tune.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/update.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/users.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/vm.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/wagon.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/wol.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/xpram.hi.po trunk/yast/hi/po/yast2-apparmor.hi.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on-creator.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on-creator.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on-creator.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:46+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "इंस्टलेशन करें" @@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "फोन्डस शुरू कर रहा हैं..." @@ -88,10 +88,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "अनंजान" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "इंस्टलेशन करें" @@ -234,38 +234,38 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "सूचीपत्र में कोई उत्पाद नहीं पाया गया।" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "पैकेज %1 माध्यम पर नही मिला था ।" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "फोन्डस शुरू कर रहा हैं..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "होम डायरक्टरी:%1" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "साफ्टवेयर चुनाव" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ "चयनित माध्यम पर बहुविध सूचीपत्र मिले।\n" "जिस सूचीपत्र का प्रयोग करना हो उसे चुनें।\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "रिपोजिटरी त्रुटि" @@ -289,37 +289,37 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "इंसटालेसन विफल करें ?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "भरती चुनें।" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "ऍड-ऑन उत्पादों की निर्भरताएं पूरी नहीं की जा सकती।" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 #, fuzzy msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "कार्ड चुनाव" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Products" msgstr "प्राप्य होस्ट (&A):" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" @@ -331,12 +331,12 @@ "चुनें।\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "चुनिंदा ऍड-ऑन उत्पादों की निर्भरताएं पूरी नहीं की जा सकती।" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big>\n" @@ -355,98 +355,98 @@ "इसे चुनें और Deleteपर क्लिक करें।" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "होम डायरक्टरी:%1" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "प्रोडक्ट" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "मिडिया" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "मिटाने के लिए प्रिटंर चुनें।े " #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "इंस्टलेशन करें" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "इंस्टलेशन करें" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 #, fuzzy msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "बंडल मैनेजर (&k)" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr " एक नया पैटर्न सृजित करने के लिए नया का या मौजूदा पैटर्न को आयात करने के लिए आयातका प्रयोग करें।" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "सार: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "अनजाना विक्रेता" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "अनुवाद:" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "अज्ञात त्रुटि" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "सार: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "अनजाना प्रोशसर" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "सार: %1 " @@ -454,18 +454,18 @@ #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "अनजाना प्रोशसर" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "अनंजान" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "मोड्यूल कैर्नल निर्भरता अपडेट कर रहा हैं ..." Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/audit-laf.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/audit-laf.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/audit-laf.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -867,32 +867,51 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "शोर्सेज नही पढ सकता ।" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?" +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "क्या आप पंजीकरण छोड़ना चाहते हैं?" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start daemon." +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "डेइमण शुरू करें।" + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "शुरू करें (&S)" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "चेतावनी : Xend रन नहीं कर रहा है" +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "अधिष्ठापित न करें" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "NTP डैमण दुबारा शुरू करना नहीं सकता।" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -901,40 +920,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "inetd समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "पैटर्नों को लिखें" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "नमूने राइट कर रहा है...." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "लक्ष्य पहले ही से संबद्ध है।" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -942,35 +961,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू करना फेल हो गया" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "%1 को व्यवसथाऐ नही लिख सकता ।है " #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "%1 को व्यवसथाऐ नही लिख सकता ।है " #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "लोग फाइलस (&L)" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "चेतावनी : Xend रन नहीं कर रहा है" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "अनजान विकल्प: %1 " Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "रद्द" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ठीक है" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मदद" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नया" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ #. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis #: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "आधारभूत सेटिंग्ज़" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Services:" @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SPAM अवरोधन" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "जोङे" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "संपादन" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मिटाऐं" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेवा समर्थ करें" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेवा असमर्थ करें" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "फाइल " #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -98,20 +98,20 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP डेटाबेस पहले ही सृजित किया जा चुका है। आप बाद में संस्थापित सिस्टम में सेटिंग्स बदल सकते हैं।" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[रूट पासवेर्ड]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[अपने आप सेट करो]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सिस्टम रूट पासवर्ड को फिर से प्राप्त करने में असमर्थ। जारी रखने के लिए एक LDAP सर्वर पासवर्ड सेट करें।" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -123,15 +123,15 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "बेस DN:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "रूट DN:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP पासवर्ड:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" @@ -144,40 +144,40 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "इस फायरवाल पर पोर्ट खुलें" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "" +msgstr "हाँ" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नहीं" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "फायरवाल असवर्थ हैं" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLP डायमन पर पंजीकरण करें : " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सेवक शुरू करें:" #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP सेवक" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP सेवक(&L)" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -188,6 +188,9 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" +"पैकेज '%1' उपलब्ध नहीं है।\n" +"पैकेज को संस्थापित किए बिना YaST2 \n" +"कॉन्फिगरेशन को जारी नहीं रख सकता।" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -197,6 +200,8 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"आवश्यक पैकेजों को संस्थापित किए बिना YaST2\n" +"कॉन्फिगरेशन को जारी नहीं रख सकता।" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." @@ -207,6 +212,8 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" +"LDAP सर्वर खोलें : सामान्य सर्वर प्रमाणपत्र उपलब्ध नहीं है।\n" +"StartTLS अक्षम है।" #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 @@ -228,7 +235,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "शुरू करें (&S)" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -236,6 +243,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "मौजूदा समरूपण संपादित करें" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -274,23 +287,23 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "साघारण व्यवस्थायें " #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सर्वर शुरू करें (&S)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLP डेमन पर रेजिस्टर करें (&S)" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "फायरवाल व्यवस्थायें।" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -355,7 +368,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "साधारण केर्बरोस व्यवस्थाएँ " #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -387,12 +400,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "हालिया चुनाव :" #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "समनुरूपण:" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 @@ -438,7 +451,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पासवर्ड" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -465,7 +478,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "प्रोटोकोल" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -482,18 +495,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA सेर्टिफिकेट फाइल (&A)(PEM फोर्माट)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ब्राउज़ (&w)" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA प्रमाणपत्र फाइल का चयन करें" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -589,7 +602,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पासवर्ड सत्यापित करें(&V)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" @@ -655,20 +668,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +693,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +710,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +724,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +734,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +766,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +785,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +794,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +825,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +860,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +891,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +917,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +929,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +953,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +969,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +1000,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>आरंभिकरण को रद्द किया जा रहा है :</big> \n" +"अब Abort को दबाकर कॉन्फिगरेशन यूटिलिटी को सुरक्षित ढंग से रद्द करें।" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1025,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1037,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1116,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "इस अइटम के नीचे,कुछ ग्लोबल पैरामीटर समनुरूपित करें" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1136,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1218,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" +msgstr "एक नया डेटाबेस जोड़ने के लिए, Add Database... दबाएं।" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1249,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1471,7 +1488,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "उन्नत व्यवस्था" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 @@ -1765,6 +1782,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक समनुरूपण" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1811,7 +1834,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1824,17 +1847,17 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "विश्वीय व्यवस्थायें" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "स्कीमा फाइलें" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "लोग लेवल व्यवस्थाएँ" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 @@ -1845,12 +1868,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TLS व्यवस्थाएँ" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाटाबेसस" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -1874,12 +1897,12 @@ #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नया स्कीमा फाइल चूनें" #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "स्कीमा फाइल पहले से ही सूची में है।" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -1896,12 +1919,12 @@ #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाइल का चयन करें" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र कुंजी फाइल का चयन करें" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -1923,12 +1946,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "वर्तमान डेटाबेस के लिए सेटिंग्स लिखने में असमर्थ है।" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "वर्तमान डेटाबेस के लिए सेटिंग्स पढ़ने में असमर्थ है।" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 @@ -1940,7 +1963,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पासवर्ड एनकरिपशन" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -1954,7 +1977,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नहीं" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1962,7 +1985,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "हाँ" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -1978,7 +2001,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मोड्युल समनुरूपण " #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" @@ -2002,7 +2025,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2011,19 +2034,19 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&स्कीमा फाइलें शामिल हैं।" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "लॉग स्तर फ्लैगों का चयन करें :" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "फंक्शन कॉलों को ट्रेस करें" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "डिबग पैकेट हैंडलिंग" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" @@ -2031,39 +2054,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "कनेक्शन प्रबंधन" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मुद्रित पैकेट भेजे और प्राप्त किए गए" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "खोज फिल्टर प्रसंस्करण कर रहा है" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "कॉन्फिगरेशन फाइल प्रसंस्करण कर रही है" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पहुंच नियंत्रण सूची प्रसंस्करण कर रही है" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "" +msgstr "लॉग कनेक्शन, कार्रवाइयां, और परिणाम" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "लॉग प्रविष्टियां भेज दी गईं" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "" +msgstr "संचार को शेल पश्च-भागों के साथ मुद्रित करें" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पार्ज़िंग प्रविष्टि" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" @@ -2071,23 +2094,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "कुछ नहीं" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&अनुमति फ्लैगों का चयन करें" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPv2 बंधन अनुरोध" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अनाम बंधन जब परिचयपत्र रिक्त न हों" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अप्रमाणिक बंधन जब DN रिक्त न हों" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" @@ -2131,15 +2154,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट आयात करें " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट फाइल (&F)(PEM Format)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ब्रउज...(&B)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2147,7 +2170,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ब्रउज...(&r)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2155,15 +2178,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "बेस DN (&B)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "प्रशासक DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "आघार DN में जोडें (&A)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" @@ -2207,7 +2230,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाटाबेस सम्पातित करें" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." @@ -2219,7 +2242,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "आट्रिब्यूट" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2247,7 +2270,7 @@ #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पासवर्ड व्यवस्थाऐं(&w)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" @@ -2331,11 +2354,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पढें" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "लिखें" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" @@ -2356,7 +2379,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "आधार DN से जोडें (&p)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" @@ -2364,7 +2387,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाटाबेस डाईरक्टरी (&D)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" @@ -2372,12 +2395,12 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "डेटाबेस निर्देशिका का चयन करें" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "आधार DN सेट होना चाहिए।" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2385,11 +2408,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "" +msgstr "अगर एक पासवर्ड दिया हो, तो रूट DN सेट होना चाहिए।" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "पासवर्ड सत्यापन फेल हो गया" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2399,11 +2422,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "एक निर्देशिका का उल्लेख होना चाहिए।" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री विद्यमान नहीं है. इसे बनाये" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 @@ -2416,7 +2439,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "फिर प्रयास करें?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2493,11 +2516,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "विशेषता" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "संपादन" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2509,7 +2532,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2538,7 +2561,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "लक्ष्य" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" @@ -2560,7 +2583,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पोर्ट " #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2572,19 +2595,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "दिन" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "घंटे" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मिनट्स" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेकन्टस" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2690,8 +2713,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2891,7 +2914,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "अब तक समनुरूपण नहीं किया हैं।" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2904,7 +2927,7 @@ #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट की फाइल विघमान नहीं हैं" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -2954,7 +2977,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2990,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सफिक्स का पहला भाग C=,st=,l=,o=,ou= ओर dc= होगा" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाइरक्टरी नहीं बना सका" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" @@ -3074,22 +3097,22 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "देश का नाम ISO-3166 देश अंकी का कोड़ होगा" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "अवैध 'rootdn'।" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "rootdn सफिक्स के नीचे होगा" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "पासवर्ड सैट करने के लिए ,आपका rootdn बताना होगा" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 @@ -3100,113 +3123,113 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "%s अमान्य क्रिप्ड तरीका हैं" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाइरक्टरी बताएँँ" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाइरक्टरी विघमान नहीं हैं" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "असत्यापित कैशे आकार वैल्यू" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "असत्यापित जाँच बिन्दू वैल्यू " #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "पासवर्ड बताएँ" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाटाबेस संपादन फेल हो गया " #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सफिक्स मिसिन्ग पैरामीटर हैं" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेवा दुबारा आरंभ नहीं कर सकता" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेवा दुबारा नहीं रोक सकता" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA सेर्टिफिकेट फाइल विघमान नहीं हैं" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA सेर्टिफिकेट रास्ताल विघमान नहीं हैं" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट फाइल विघमान नहीं हैं" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'TLSVerifyClient' के लिए अस्तयापित वैलयू हैं" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "लिखना विभल हो गया" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'ServerCertificateFile' मिसिन्ग पैरामीटर हैं" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट फाइल पढ़ना नहीं सकता" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'ServerCertificateData' मिसिन्ग पैरामीटर हैं" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PEM डाटा खराब हैं" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'ServerKeyFile' मिसिगं पैरामीटर हैं" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "मुख्य फाइल नहीं पढ़ सकता" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'ServerKeyData' मिसिन्ग पैरामीटर हैं" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA सेर्टिफिकेट फाइल पढ़ना नहीं सकता" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट फाइल लिखनाना नहीं सकता" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "मुख्य फाइल नहीं लिख सकता" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA सेर्टिफिकेट फाइल नहीं लिख सकता" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/autoinst.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/autoinst.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/autoinst.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -108,8 +108,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "कुछ प्राचल लुप्त है" @@ -121,38 +120,33 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "AutoYaST प्रोफाइल का पाथ लुप्त है" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "सिस्टम पर X विन्डो सिस्टम समनुरूपण कापी कर रहा हैं..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown mode" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "अनजाना मोड" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "समर्थकृत करने के लिए मॉड्यूल की कोमा-पृथकृत सूची" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "सिस्टम का प्रतिरूप बनना..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "/root/autoinst.xml में परिणामस्वरूप ऑटोयास्ट प्रोफाइल पाई जा सकती है." #. help 1/2 @@ -302,23 +296,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "पोस्ट-स्क्रिप्ट निष्पादन कर रहा है" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Determine running services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "चलने वाला सेवा निश्चय करें" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "विन्यास समाप्त कर रहा है" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "स्रोत %1 की जांच कर रहा है" @@ -2486,13 +2480,13 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid " - Drive" msgstr "ड्राइव (&D)" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "वॉल्यूम समूह" @@ -2597,11 +2591,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "ड्राइवों" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Total of %1 drive" #| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives" @@ -2812,28 +2806,28 @@ msgstr "पैकेज़ रिसॉल्वर रन विफल। कृपया autoyast प्रोफाइल में अपना सॉफ्टवेयर खंड जांचें।" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "आपकी एक्सएमएल प्रोफाइल में समरूपित पार्टिशन योजना हार्ड डिस्क पर फिट नहीं होती। %1एमबी लुप्त है" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "कोई विशिष्ट ड्राइव विन्यासित नहीं हुई है" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "रूट विभाजन मूल्यांकन कर रह है। कृपा ठहरें ..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "लिनक्स रूट विभाजन नही मिला" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2842,7 +2836,7 @@ "रूट विभाजन विन्यास नहीं किया. स्वचालित अधिष्ठापन संभव नहीं है.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/base.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/base.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/base.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "छोड़ जायें (&S)" @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "पासवेर्ड (&P)" @@ -1508,6 +1508,31 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "आवश्यक पैकेज इस्टांल करने में फेल हो गया " +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "समनुरूपण नवीनीकरण कर रहा हैं" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "इसमें कुछ समय लग सकता है" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "listen value to delete not found" +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "मिटने के लिए सुनने की वैल्यु नहीं मिली" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2156,15 +2181,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "मोडम" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड" @@ -2172,27 +2197,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "आईएसडीएन" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "डीएसएल" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "अनंजान" @@ -2202,332 +2227,332 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "अतिरिक्त अड्रेस " #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet नेटवरक कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "एसिंक्रोनस टांसफर मोड (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "संबध बदं कर रहा हैं" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "XP नेजवर्क" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "कॉमन लिंक एकसेस फॉर वर्कस्टेशन (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr " ISDN कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "चैनल टु चैनल इंटरफेस(CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL संबध" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "डम्मी" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "USB नेटवर्क उपकरण" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "एंटरप्राइज़ सिस्टम कनेक्टर (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "इथरनेट " -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet नेटवरक कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "फाइबरचेनल सिस्टम कनेक्टर (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "हाई परफॉरमेंस पैरेलल इंटरफेस (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "हाइपर सोकेट्स" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "हिपरसॉकेट्स इंटरफेस (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN कनेक्शन" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "इंफ्रारेड नेटवरक उपकरण" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "इंफ्रारेड उपकरण" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "इंटर यूज़र कम्युनिकेशन व्हेकिल (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS नेटवरक कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "लूप बाक" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "लूपबैक उपकरण" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet नेटवरक कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "समांतर लाइन" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "पारेलेल लाइन कनेक्शन" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA एक्सप्रेस ओर QDIO उपकरण (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 एनंकाप्सुलेशन उपकरण" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "सीरियल लाइन" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "सीरियल लाइन कनेक्शन" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "टोकण रिन्ग" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "टोकण रिंग नेटवर्क कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB नेटवर्क उपकरण" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare नेजवर्क उपकरण" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "वेएरलेस" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "वाएरलेस नेटवर्क कार्ड " #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP नेजवर्क" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "विर्चुयल यूज़र" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "ब्रिज" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "TUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "TAP" msgstr "RTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "Infiniबैंड" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "इंफ्रारेड उपकरण" @@ -2591,7 +2616,7 @@ msgstr "निर्यात डायरक्टेरियाँ (&E)" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2604,28 +2629,23 @@ "वास्तव में जारी रखें?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "टोकन रिगं नेटवर्क नियत्रंक" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -#, fuzzy -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "2: बिना रिमोट नेटवर्क के लोकल मल्टीउपयोगकर्ता" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2957,52 +2977,52 @@ msgstr "अधिष्ठापित (&I)" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "बंडल :" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "आकार :" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "विवरण दिखाऐ" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "फाइल के अखंडता जाँच करना फेल हो गया:" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "बंडल के अधिषठापन की दुबारा कोशिश करें ?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "अधिषठापन विफल करें ?" @@ -3011,57 +3031,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "त्रुटि : %1 :" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "बंडल अनअधिषठापन कर रहा है %1 (%2) ..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापन कर रहा है %1 (%2) ..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "बंडल अनअधिषठापन कर रहा है" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापन कर रहा है" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "%1 बंडल अधिषठापनेसन फेल हो गया ।" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "%1 बंडल अधिषठापनेसन फेल हो गया ।" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" @@ -3077,29 +3097,29 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "साइड A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "साइड B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1x %2" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "माध्यम: %1" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3108,7 +3128,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" @@ -3120,7 +3140,7 @@ "%1.।nजाचँ करे कि डायरक्टरी एक्सस कर सके है या नही।ाा " #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" @@ -3132,61 +3152,61 @@ "%1.।nजाचँ करे कि सेवक एक्सस कक्सस कर सकते है या नही।" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "सही शोर्स मिडियम मांउट नही किया जा सकता था ।" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 #, fuzzy msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "ताजा करना स्किप करें" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "इजैक्ट" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 #, fuzzy msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "CD/DVD मीडियम पढ़ो (&C) " #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "अधिषठापनेसन की दुबारा कोशिश करें ?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "मीडीयम स्किप करें?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "गलत मीडीयम को इगनोर कर रहा है ..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "स्रोत %1 सृजित कर रहा है" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "स्रोत को ताजा करने में खराबी आ गई ।" @@ -3194,9 +3214,9 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "रिमोट शोर्स विवरण लाने में अयोग्य है ।" @@ -3204,24 +3224,24 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "नया मैटाडाटा लाने में करने में खराबी आ गई ।" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "स्रोत मान्य नहीं है।" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडेटा अमान्य है।" @@ -3230,101 +3250,101 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "ताजा करने की दुबारा कोशिश करें ?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "स्रोत %1 की जांच कर रहा है" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "स्रोत को ताजा करने में खराबी आ गई ।" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "स्रोत ब्योरों की जांच कर रहा है।" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडेटा अमान्य है।" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "भंडार" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "डेल्टा RPM पैकेज %1 को लागू कर रहा है..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "डेल्टा RPM पैकेज को लागू कर रहा है" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट %1 (पैच %2) शुरू कर रहा है..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट चला रहा है" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "बंडल :" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट :" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट का आउटपुट" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3333,7 +3353,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3343,45 +3363,45 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "ताजा करना स्किप करें" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading" msgstr "डाउनौणलोगंन्कि (&D)" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "डाउनलोड कर रहा है : %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "पैकेेज डाटाहेस जाँच रहा है" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "पैकेेज डाटाहेस दुबारा बना रहा है। ये प्रोशेस कुछ समय ले सकता है । ।" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "स्थिती" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3390,12 +3410,12 @@ "%1है " #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "बंडल डाटाहेस बदल नाँच रहा है ।ये प्रोशेस कुछ समय ले सकता है । ।" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3404,13 +3424,13 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "संस्‍थापित पैकेजों को प्रमाणित करें" @@ -3422,30 +3442,30 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 #, fuzzy msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "टारगेट डायरक्टरी शुरु करना फेल हो गया" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 #, fuzzy msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "MySQL डाटाबेस" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 #, fuzzy msgid "" "URL: %1\n" @@ -3454,7 +3474,7 @@ msgstr "URL:%1" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "यूजर का नाम" @@ -3520,44 +3540,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "लाइसैन्स स्वीकार पत्र स्वीकार करें ?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "आवश्यक बंडल अधिष्ठापित करने पर फेल हो गया । " #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3568,12 +3564,12 @@ "YaST संभव है ठीक तरह से कार्य न करें.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "आवश्यक बंडल अधिष्ठापित करने के बिना जारी रहना नहीं सकती हैं। " #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3733,7 +3729,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "पैकेजस" @@ -4180,7 +4176,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4205,17 +4201,17 @@ "भरोसा कर सकते हैं और यह कुंजी वाकई उसी स्वामी की है।" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "अविश्वसनीय GnuPG कुंजी आयात करें" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Trust" msgid "&Trust" @@ -4223,7 +4219,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4246,13 +4242,13 @@ "फिर भी इसका प्रयोग करेंगे?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "चेतावनी" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4271,87 +4267,95 @@ "फिर भी इसका प्रयोग करेंगे?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "अज्ञात फाइल सिस्टम" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing..." msgstr "ड्रैवर इंसटाल कर रहा हैं... " #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "मिडिया" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "छूट हुए बंडल" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "टाइम" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 #, fuzzy msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "प्रयोक्ताओं के लिए अनुमेय कार्य:\n" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "जब तक बंडल किए जा रहो है इंतजार करें ।" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "रिलीज़ नोट" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "स्लाइड दिखाये(&w)" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "विस्तृत विवरण (&D)" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "नवीनकरें" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "अधिषठापन करें" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापनेशन" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4360,17 +4364,17 @@ "छोडना चाहते है ?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "विफल कर दिया गया" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "फाइल नहीं मिली।" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "सिस्टम लॉग (%1)" @@ -4979,7 +4983,7 @@ msgstr "initrd बनाने पर खराबी आ गया।" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5095,7 +5099,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -6012,6 +6016,14 @@ "होस्टनाम %2 जोड़ा नहीं जा सकता." #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "टोकन रिगं नेटवर्क नियत्रंक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "2: बिना रिमोट नेटवर्क के लोकल मल्टीउपयोगकर्ता" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "अधिष्ठापन आकार:" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/bootloader.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/bootloader.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/bootloader.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -120,22 +120,22 @@ msgstr "सिस्टम अब पुन: बूट होगा..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "संस्थापन के लिए कोई बूट लोडर नहीं चुना गया है। आपका सिस्टम संभवत:बूट होने योग्य नहीं।" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "विभाजन होने के कारण बूटलोडर को उचित ढंग से संस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "बूट हो रहा है" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "बूटिगं (&B)" @@ -144,12 +144,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "डिस्क ऑर्डर" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "छन्नक व्यवस्थाऐं" @@ -161,10 +161,9 @@ msgstr "बूट मेन्यू" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प" @@ -284,24 +283,30 @@ "जेनेरिक बूट कोड लिखें को चुनें बशर्ते कि इसकी आवश्‍यकता हो या इस अनुभाग को आरंभ करने के लिए आपके अन्‍य बूट प्रबंधक को\n" "कॉन्फिगर करना हो।" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "कस्टम बूट पार्टिशनआपको बूट करने के लिए पार्टिशन चुनने देता है" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "सीरियल संपर्क पैरामीटरआपको सीरियल कंसोल के लिए प्रयोग करने के लिएपैरामीटर परिभाषित करने देता है। कृपया विवरण के लिए ग्रब दस्तावेजीकरण (<कोड>जानकारीग्रब</कोड>) देखें।" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -312,7 +317,7 @@ "टर्मिनल परिभाषा \n" "वह टर्मिनल प्रकार परिभाषित करता है जो आप प्रयोग करना चाहते हैं। सीरियल टर्मिनल के लिए(उदाहरण के लिए सीरियल कंसोल), आपको <कोड>सीरियल</कोड> बताने की जरूरत होगी।आप कमांड को <कोड>सीरियल कंसोल</कोड> के रूप में <कोड>कंसोल</कोड> भी पास करसकते हैं। इस मामले में, वह टर्मिनल जिसमें आप कोई भी कुंजी दबाते हैं, ग्रब टर्मिनल के रूपमें चुन ली जाएगी।" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." @@ -320,19 +325,19 @@ "यदि डिफॉल्‍ट नाकाम हो जाए तो फालबैक अनुभागों में अनुभाग संख्याओं की एक सूची होती है\n" "जिसका प्रयोग डिफॉल्ट अनुभाग के अनबूटेबल होने पर बूट करने के लिए किया जाएगा।" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "बूट होने पर मीनू छुपाएंचुनने से बूट मीनू छुप जाएगा।" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "ग्राफिकल मीनू फाइलग्राफिकल बूट मीनू के लिए प्रयोग के लिए फाइल परिभाषितकरता है।" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" @@ -343,7 +348,7 @@ "वह पासवर्ड परिभाषित करें जो बूट मीनू एक्सेस करने के लिए जरूरी होगा।YaST केवल तभी पासवर्ड स्वीकार करेगा जब आप उसे पासवर्ड पुनः टाइप करें मेंदोहराएंगे।" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" @@ -356,82 +361,82 @@ "डिस्कों को फिर से क्रम में करने हेतु डिस्कों का क्रम BIOS में बने क्रम के अनुरूप निर्दिष्ट करने के लिए,\n" "ऊपर और नीचे बटनों का प्रयोग करें।" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थिति" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "बूट पार्टीशन के लिए पार्टीशन तालिका में सक्रिय फ्लैग सेट करें" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "टाइम-आउट सेकंड के दसवें हिस्सों में" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "डिफॉल्ट बूट अनुभाग" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "MBR में जेनेरिक कोड लिखें" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "एचएफएस बूट विभाजन" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "मास्टर बूट रिकॉर्ड (&M)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "रूट विभाजन %1 का बूट सेक्टर (&t)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "बूट विभाजन %1 का बूट &सेक्टर (&S)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "रूट विभाजन %1 का बूट सेक्टर (&t)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "अन्य कर्नेल मानक (&P)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 #, fuzzy msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "यदि डिफॉल्ट नाकाम रहे तो फॉलबैक खंड" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "बूट पर हाइड मेन्यू" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाइल" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "मेन्यू इंटरफेस के लिए पासवर्ड" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "डिबगिंग फ्लैग" @@ -486,130 +491,130 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "सीरीयल कन्शोल" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "गायब आर्गमैन्टस" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "युक्ति(&D)" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "कक्षा को निम्नतम एक प्रिंटर रखना पड़ेगा।" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "डिस्कें (&i)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "ऊपर (&U)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "नीचे (&D)" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थिति" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "मास्टर बूट रिकॉर्ड (&M)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "रूट विभाजन %1 का बूट सेक्टर (&t)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "बूट विभाजन %1 का बूट &सेक्टर (&S)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थिति" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 #, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "मास्टर बूट रिकॉर्ड (&M)" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 +#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "रूट विभाजन %1 का बूट सेक्टर (&t)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "एचएफएस बूट विभाजन" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "बूट लोडर संस्थापन विवरण (&D)" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "अन्य कर्नेल मानक (&P)" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "सुरक्षित" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "लेयर २ सहायता समर्थ करें (&L)" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थिति" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -648,27 +653,45 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "वैकल्पिक कर्नेल कमांड लाइन मानक" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "वितरण :" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "वीजीए मोड (&V)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "वैकल्पिक कर्नेल कमांड लाइन मानक" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -704,9 +727,28 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "अवर्णित(&U)" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[set]" +msgid "set" +msgstr "[सेट]" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr "हटाऐ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" @@ -714,27 +756,32 @@ #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाइल" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "सीरीयल कन्शोल" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "विरोध विभेदन:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "गायब आर्गमैन्टस" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -748,7 +795,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "विभाजन होने के कारण बूटलोडर को उचित ढंग से संस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता" @@ -881,11 +928,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "फ्लोपी" @@ -1919,33 +1962,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "स्थिति : %1" @@ -1955,31 +1999,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "बूट लोडर टाइप : %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "स्थिति : %1" @@ -2004,241 +2050,183 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "मौजूदा GRUB मेन्यू के साथ प्रस्ताव करें और मिलाएं (&M)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "LDAP सुरक्षित पोर्ट: %1" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "अनजाना मोडल:%1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "कोई बूट डिवाइस नहीं पाया गया" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "कोई बूट डिवाइस नहीं पाया गया" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "बूट लोडर की जांच करें" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "विभाजन को पढ़ें" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "बूट लोडर व्यवस्था को लोड करें" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "बूट लोडर की जांच की जा रही है..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "विभाजन को पढ़ा जा रहा है..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "बूट लोडर व्यवस्था को लोड किया जा रहा है..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "बूट लोडर विन्यास आरंभ किया जा रहा है" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "जोड़े गए कर्नेल मानक :%1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "initrd सृजित करें" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "बूट लोडर विन्यास फाइलों को सहेजें" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "बूट लोडर को संस्थापित करें" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "initrd को सृजित किया जा रहा है..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "बूट लोडर विन्यास फाइलों को सहेजा जा रहा है..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "बूट लोडर को संस्थापित किया जा रहा है..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "बूट लोडर विन्यास को सहेजा जा रहा है..." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "लीनक्स" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "कोई बूट डिवाइस नहीं पाया गया" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "फेलसेफ" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "लीनक्स" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "फेलसेफ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "स्मृति परीक्षण" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "संस्थापन पूर्व MBR" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "स्मृति परीक्षण" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "पिछला कर्नेल" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "संस्थापन पूर्व MBR" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "विक्रेता नैदानिकी" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "पिछला कर्नेल" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "लीनक्स" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "विक्रेता नैदानिकी" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "फेलसेफ" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "लीनक्स" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "फ्लॉपी" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "फेलसेफ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "स्मृति परीक्षण" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "संस्थापन पूर्व एमबीआर" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "स्मृति परीक्षण" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "पिछला कर्नेल" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "संस्थापन पूर्व एमबीआर" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "विक्रेता नैदानिकी" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "पिछला कर्नेल" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "विक्रेता नैदानिकी" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ca-management.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/ca-management.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ca-management.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ msgstr "सांगठनिक इकाई" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "संगठन" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "स्थान" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "स्थिति" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "देश" @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ msgstr "CA नाम" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "सामान्य नाम" @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "ई-मेलः " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "सांगठनिक यूनिट" @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "सामान्य सेवक प्रमाण-पत्र" @@ -691,11 +691,20 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "इस प्रमाण-पत्र का विनिमय किसी फाइल से एक प्रमाण-पत्र का आयात कर किया जा सकता है।" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -703,33 +712,33 @@ msgstr "विवरण" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "हटाना(&R)" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "बदलें (&R)" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "CA प्रमाण-पत्र मौजूद नहीं है।" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1" msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -764,11 +773,69 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "के लिए जारी :" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "सामान्य नाम :" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&rganization:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "संगठन : (&r)" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "लोकेशन :" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "राज्य : " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "देश :" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "द्वारा जारी :" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -776,7 +843,7 @@ "\n" "से मान्य : " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -785,35 +852,35 @@ "तक मान्य : " #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "अग्रवर्ती (&A)...." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "विवरण (&V)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "CA पासवर्ड प्रविष्ट करें" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "SubCA सृजित करें (&r)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "फाइल को निर्यात (&F)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "&LDAP को निर्यात" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "एडिट डिफॉल्ट (&E)" @@ -867,7 +934,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "सारांश" @@ -899,18 +966,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (महत्वपूर्ण)\n" @@ -922,40 +989,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(महत्वपूर्ण) " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "CA से Subject Alt Name कॉपी करें" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(महत्वपूर्ण)\n" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment: " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType: " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "मानक ई-मेल पता कॉपी करें" @@ -1031,87 +1098,231 @@ "\n" "प्रमाण-पत्र नहीं मिला" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "सामान्य नाम : " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "संगठन : " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "संगठन : " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "राज्य : " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "देश : " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr " प्रकार " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr " प्रकार " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key Length: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "कुंजी लंबाई : " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Number" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "क्रम संख्या :" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "मान्य अवधि : " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "मान्य अवधि : " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "मान्य अवधि : " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Valid" msgstr "मान्य दिन" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 #, fuzzy msgid "Revoked" msgstr "निरस्त (&R)" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Expired" msgstr "निर्यात" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "स्थिती" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "ई-मेल पता" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "जोङे" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "सेवक प्रमाण-पत्र जोड़ें" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "ग्राहक प्रमाण-पत्र जोड़ें" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&उपयोगकर्ता पासवर्ड बदल सकता है" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "निरस्त (&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "मिटाएँ (&D)" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "निर्यात" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "फाइल में निर्यात" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "LDAP में निर्यात" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "सामान्य सेवक प्रमाण-पत्र के रूप में निर्यात" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "वर्तमान प्रमाण-पत्र को हटाएं?" @@ -1209,7 +1420,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "मान्य अवधि (दिन) : (&V)" @@ -1659,7 +1870,7 @@ msgstr " दिन\n" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "पथ लंबाई " @@ -1868,6 +2079,15 @@ "\n" "अनुरोध नहीं मिला।\n" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Generate Time" +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "समय उत्पन्न करें" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1876,78 +2096,78 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "एक्सटेंशन \"%1\" नहीं मिला।" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "यह एक CA अनुरोध है। वास्तव में इसे %1 के रूप में साइन करना है?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "यह एक CA अनुरोध नहीं है। वास्तव में इसे एक CA अनुरोध के रूप में साइन करना है?" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "यह फ्रेम साइन के अनुरोध को प्रदर्शित करता है।" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "अनुरोध में विशेष अनुरोध विस्तार हैं, जिसे आप स्वीकार कर सकते हैं।" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "यदि आप इन विस्तारों को खारिज करते हैं तो इनके बजाय डिफॉल्ट मानों को लिया जाता है।" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "अनुरोध किए गए विस्तार" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "%1 के रूप में अनुरोध साइन करें (Step 1/2)" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "यह फ्रेम अनुरोध के लिए सभी व्यवस्था का एक संक्षिप्त परिचय देता है जिसे साइन किया जाएगा।" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "आगे बढ़ने के लिए Sign Request पर क्लिक करें।" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid " days" msgstr " दिन\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr " (महत्वपूर्ण)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "संपादन अनुरोध (&E)" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "%1 के रूप में अनुरोध पर हस्ताक्षर करें(चरण 2/2)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "अनुरोध पर हस्ताक्षर करें" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "अनुरोध पर हस्ताक्षर किया जा चुका है।" @@ -2970,9 +3190,6 @@ #~ msgid "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST modules." #~ msgstr " सामान्य सेवक प्रमाण-पत्र का उपयोग अन्य YaST मॉड्यूल्स द्वारा किया जाएगा।" -#~ msgid "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." -#~ msgstr "इस प्रमाण-पत्र का विनिमय किसी फाइल से एक प्रमाण-पत्र का आयात कर किया जा सकता है।" - #~ msgid "Invalid value'%s' for parameter '%s'." #~ msgstr "प्रचल '%s' हेतु '%s' अमान्य मान." Added: trunk/yast/hi/po/cio.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/cio.hi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/cio.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "प्राप्य अंतराफलक " + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "युक्ति" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "इस्तेमाल किया गया" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नहीं" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "हाँ" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "फाइबर चैनल" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "सभी को चुने (&S)" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "विस्तृत चुनाव... (&D)" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "चैनल (&C)" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "निर्गम" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/cluster.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/cluster.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/cluster.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -91,33 +91,33 @@ msgstr "समनुरूपित" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "ठीक है" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "रद्द" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "रिमोट पता :" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "रिमोट पता :" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Transport" msgid "Transport:" @@ -127,201 +127,203 @@ # msgstr "होस्ट संचालन" # msgid "Sel." # msgstr "सियोल" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "चैनल" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network &Address:" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "नेटवर्क पता (&A)" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multicast Group" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "मल्टीकास्ट समूह" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multicast" msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "मल्टीकास्ट" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scan the Channels" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "चैनल स्कैन करें" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "कलस्टरिगं" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expected MD5: %1" +msgid "Expected Votes:" +msgstr "अनुमानित MD5: %1" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "रिमोट पता :" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना नोटिफिकेसन समर्थ करें" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "काम कर रहा है" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No network running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "कोई नेटवर्क नहीं चल रहा" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "बूट हो रहा है" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 #, fuzzy #| msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "ऑन: अभी और बूट करते समय शुरू करें (&n)" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "ऑफ -- सर्वर केवल मैनुअली आरंभ होता है" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "स्विच ओन और ओफ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "फायरवाल आरम्भ करें" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "फायरवाल बन्द करें" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "स्थानीय आतिथय" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "जोङे" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "देर" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "संपादन" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "फाइल चुनें" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "सुझाव दिए गए एफस्टैब लाइनें" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a valid host name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "वैध होस्ट नाम प्रविष्ट करें।" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Specify the host name." msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "होस्ट नाम निर्दिष्ट करें।" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile." msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "प्रोफाइल %1 हेतु एक नया नाम प्रविष्ट करें." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "फाइल का नाम भरती करें " #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Archive %1 already exists.\n" @@ -334,46 +336,46 @@ "क्या आप सचमुच उसे ओवरराइट करना चाहते हैं?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "की फाइल पार्सिन्ग करना फेल हो गया" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "आकृति सृजन विफल।" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -386,23 +388,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -411,7 +416,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -422,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing slp-server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -433,7 +438,7 @@ msgstr "<big>slp-सेवक P समनुरुआरम्भ कर रहा है पण </big> कृपा इतंजार करें ... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -442,7 +447,7 @@ "अवविफल दबाकर समनुरुपण यूटिलिटी को सावधानी से विफल कर दें ?।\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -455,7 +460,7 @@ "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -480,41 +485,41 @@ msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "प्रिंटर समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "डाटाबेस पढो" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "पुरानी व्यवसथाऐ पढो " #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "पूर्व व्यवस्थाऎं पढ रहा हैं..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -522,71 +527,71 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "जरुरी पैकेज इंसटाल नहीं कर सकता ।" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 नहीं पढ सकता ।" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 नहीं पढ सकता ।" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "उपकरण नहीं खोज सकता ।" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "समनुरुपण यवस्थाऐं सेव कर रहा है..." #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "नक्षे में बदलाव सेव करें" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "फाइलो में बदलाव संचित कर रहा है..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/control-center.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/control-center.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/control-center.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/control.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/control.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/control.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -12,28 +12,30 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "सम्मिलित उत्पाद का अधिष्ठापन" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापनेशन" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 -#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -46,745 +48,367 @@ "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "बूटलोडर विन्यास कर रहा है..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "भाषा विन्यास का पता कर रहा है..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "विन्यास समाप्त कर रहा है" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "NIS Server" msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "NIS सेवक" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "अधिषठापन व्यमस्थायें" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "सिंहावलोकन" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "निपुण" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "अधिषठापन व्यमस्थायें" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "व्यवस्थायें नवीन करें" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाऎ समनुरूपणन (xinetd)" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "हार्डवेयर समनुरूपण" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "तैयारी" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Address Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "नेटवर्क अड्रेस सेटअप" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "स्वागत" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "उपकरण का सक्रियण" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "उपकरण का सक्रियण" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "सिस्टम विश्लेषण" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "सम्मिलित उत्पाद" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "डिस्क" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "टाइम ज़ोन" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "UML यूजर व्यवसथाऐ" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "अधिषठापन" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "अधिषठापन सेवक " +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "अधिषठापन सार" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "अधिषठापन करें" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "रिपेयर(&R)" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "अधिषठापन" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "डिस्क" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "नवीनके लिए सिस्टम" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "नवीन" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "नवीनसार" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "नवीनकरें" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "सिस्टम खबर" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "ठीक करें" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "आधार अधिषठापन" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "भाषा" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "स्वयास्ट व्यवस्थायें" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "समनुरूपण" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "नेटवर्क" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "ग्राहक केन्द्र" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "सम्मिलित उत्पाद का अधिष्ठापन" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "ओनलाइन नवीन" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापनेशन" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "रिलीज़ नोट" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "अधिष्ठापन सफलतापूर्वक पूर्ण हुआ.\n" +#~ "आपका सिस्टम उपयोग के लिए तैयार है.\n" +#~ "सिस्टम में लॉगइन करने के लिए समाप्त पर क्लिक करें.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "कृपया पधारें http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "मौलिक संरुपण" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 #, fuzzy -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "रूट पासवेर्ड" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "बूटलोडर विन्यास कर रहा है..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 #, fuzzy -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "CD इंसटालेसन" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "भाषा विन्यास का पता कर रहा है..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "आतिथय नाम" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "विन्यास समाप्त कर रहा है" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "UML यूजर व्यवसथाऐ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "स्वयास्ट व्यवस्थायें" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "अधिषठापन सेवक " -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "रिपेयर(&R)" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "साफ करें" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "सिस्टम खबर" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"अधिष्ठापन सफलतापूर्वक पूर्ण हुआ.\n" -"आपका सिस्टम उपयोग के लिए तैयार है.\n" -"सिस्टम में लॉगइन करने के लिए समाप्त पर क्लिक करें.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"कृपया पधारें http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "ठीक करें" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "सेवक नाम: " +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "भाषा" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "ग्राहक केन्द्र" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "ओनलाइन नवीन" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "रिलीज़ नोट" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाऎ समनुरूपणन (xinetd)" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "मौलिक संरुपण" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "सेवक व्यवस्थाऐं" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "रूट पासवेर्ड" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "अधिषठापन सार" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "CD इंसटालेसन" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "सेवाऎ" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "आतिथय नाम" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "डेस्कटोव चुनाव" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "साफ करें" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "रूट पासवेर्ड" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "सेवक नाम: " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"बधाई!\n" -"आपकी मशीन पर उत्पाद का; अधिष्ठापन पूर्ण हुआ. (&p)\n" -"समाप्त पर क्लिक पश्चात, आप सिस्टम में लॉग कर सकते हैं.\n" -"%1 पर पधारे.\n" -"अधिक आनंद प्राप्त करें! आपकी SUSE विकास टीम\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "सेवक व्यवस्थाऐं" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "सेवाऎ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटोव चुनाव" + +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "रूट पासवेर्ड" + #, fuzzy -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "बधाई!\n" +#~ "आपकी मशीन पर उत्पाद का; अधिष्ठापन पूर्ण हुआ. (&p)\n" +#~ "समाप्त पर क्लिक पश्चात, आप सिस्टम में लॉग कर सकते हैं.\n" +#~ "%1 पर पधारे.\n" +#~ "अधिक आनंद प्राप्त करें! आपकी SUSE विकास टीम\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 #, fuzzy -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 #, fuzzy -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 #, fuzzy -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "दूसरे डेसक्टाप" +#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "दूसरे डेसक्टाप" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "ओनलाइन नवीन" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "ओनलाइन नवीन" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/country.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/country.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/country.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/crowbar.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/crowbar.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/crowbar.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/dhcp-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/dhcp-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/dhcp-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:46+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP " @@ -537,76 +537,75 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "कम से कम एक नेटवर्क अंतराफलक चुनना हैं " #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP सहायता" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP डेमन यूजर" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "डोमेन नाम (&D)" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "मुख्य नेम सेवक IP (&P)" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "द्वितीयक नेम सेवक IP (&S)" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "डिफाल्ट गेटवे (रूटर) (&G)" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP समय सेवक (&T)" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "प्रिन्ट सेवक (&P)" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&WINS सेवक" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "डीफाल्ट पट्टा समय (&L)" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -614,38 +613,38 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "बता गया मान मान्य होस्टनेम या IP पता नहीं हैं।" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "सबनेट समनुरूपण " #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "हालिया नेटवर्क (&N)" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "हालिया नेटमास्क (&m)" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 #, fuzzy msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "नेटमास्क" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -653,13 +652,13 @@ #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "&IP पता" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP पता श्रेणी" @@ -667,7 +666,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -678,7 +677,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -686,56 +685,56 @@ msgstr "आखिरी IP पता (&L)" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "गतिक &BOOTP स्वीकार करें" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "पट्टा समय " #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "डीफोल्ट (&D)" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "अधिकतम (&M)" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "हालिया DMA मोड" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "सबधं जानकारी" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 #, fuzzy msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "मुख्य DNS सेवक (&P)" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -743,8 +742,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "IP पता सीमा के दोनों सिरों के लिए मूल्य प्रविष्टि करें." @@ -752,8 +751,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -762,128 +761,128 @@ "IP %1 नेटवर्क से नहीं मिलती है %2/%3." #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "रजिस्टर्ड होस्ट" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "नाम" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "हार्डवेयर पता" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "प्रकार" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "7" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "नाम (&N)" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP पता" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "हार्डवेयर पता (&H)" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "इथरनेट (&E)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "टोकण रिन्ग (&T) " #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "सूचि में बदल करें (&h)" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "सूचि से मिटायें (&t)" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "इथरनेट " #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "टोकण रिन्ग" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "हार्डवेयर पता गायब हैं।" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "हार्डवेयर पता अनुपम होना चाहिए" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "होस्टनेम खाली होना नहीं सकता।" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "होस्टनेम %1 पहले से ही विद्यमान हैं। " #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "होस्ट IP भरती करें।" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "हार्डवेयर पता परिभाषित होना चाहिए। " #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "पहले एक होस्ट को चुनें। " #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "इनपुट मान परिभाषित होना चाहिए।" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -904,15 +903,15 @@ "जारी रखें?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -924,7 +923,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP सेवक विज़ार्ड (4 से %1) " Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/dns-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/dns-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/dns-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/drbd.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/drbd.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/drbd.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,6 +24,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "ग्लोबल सनुरुपण " +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -62,23 +72,83 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "स्रोत समनुरूपण" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "स्रोत समनुरूपण" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "स्रोत समनुरूपण" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "समनुरूपण फाईल पढ़ो " + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "नेटवर्क द्वारा स्कैनिगं के लिए समनुरुपण निकालने में फेल हो गया ।" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "नोड संरुपण" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "CASA के विन्यास का प्रथम भाग" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "slp-सेवक समनुरुपण का दूसरा हिस्सा " #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -110,7 +180,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं</big> \n" "कृपया इतंजार करें.... \n" @@ -128,14 +198,14 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "" +#| "<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>NFS सेवक समनुरूपण </big> \n" -"" +"<big>समनुरूपण संचित कर रहा हैं</big> \n" +"कृपया इंतजार करें... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 @@ -156,14 +226,79 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>सम्बंध समनुरूपण</big> " + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>सम्बंध समनुरूपण</big> " + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>सम्बंध समनुरूपण</big> " -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -173,31 +308,37 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>केडंप समरूपण</big> \n" "यहां केडंप समरूपित करें। \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" +#| "If your kdump was not detected, select Other (not detected).\n" +#| "Then press Configure.\n" msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>केडंप जोड़ना:</big> \n" @@ -206,7 +347,7 @@ "फिर समरूपण दबाएं।\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -217,11 +358,11 @@ " समनुरुपण में बदलाव खुलता है ।.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>केडंप समरूपण ओवरव्यू</big> \n" @@ -229,21 +370,28 @@ "संपादित करें। \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Press Add to configure a kdump." msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>केडंप जोड़ना:</big> \n" "केडंप समरूपित करने के लिए जोड़ें दबाएं।" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#| "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" +#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>संपादित करना या मिटाना:</big> \n" @@ -251,7 +399,7 @@ "फिर इच्छानुसार संपादित करें या मिटा दें दबाएं।\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -263,7 +411,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -274,7 +422,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -294,14 +442,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "प्रोटोकोल" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scheme name must be set." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "व्यवस्था का नाम आवश्यक रूप से सेट किया जाए." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -346,8 +495,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -365,98 +514,223 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "'lirc' सेवा शुरु करना फेल हो गया ।" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "सेवाऎं रोके" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "हार्टबीट संरुपण" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "समनुरूपण" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "साम्बा ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं पढें" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "संसाधनों को पढ़ें" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "डेमन स्थिति पढ़ें" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "साम्बा ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "संसाधनों को पढ़ा जा रहा है..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "डेमन स्थिति को पढ़ा जा रहा है..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:" +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "ipsec.conf सेव करने पर खराबी हो गया:" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "संसाधन समुह का समनुरुपण " + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "NFS समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं लिखो" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "संसाधनों को लिखें" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "डेमन स्थिति पढ़ें" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं लिख रहा है..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "संसाधनों को लिखा जा रहा है..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "डेमन स्थिति को पढ़ा जा रहा है..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "डाइरक्टेरी %1 बनना नहीं सकता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "CASA के विन्यास का प्रथम भाग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "slp-सेवक समनुरुपण का दूसरा हिस्सा " + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं</big> \n" +#~ "कृपया इतंजार करें.... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>NFS सेवक समनुरूपण </big> \n" +#~ "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" +#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#~ "Then press Configure.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>केडंप जोड़ना:</big> \n" +#~ "खोजे गए केडंप की सूची से केडंप चुनें।\n" +#~ "यदि आपका केडंप नहीं मिलता, अन्य (नहीं मिला)चुनें।\n" +#~ "फिर समरूपण दबाएं।\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>केडंप जोड़ना:</big> \n" +#~ "केडंप समरूपित करने के लिए जोड़ें दबाएं।" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>संपादित करना या मिटाना:</big> \n" +#~ "परिवर्तित या हटाने के लिए केडंप चुनें।\n" +#~ "फिर इच्छानुसार संपादित करें या मिटा दें दबाएं।\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" #~ msgstr "IrDA का विन्यास" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/fcoe-client.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/fcoe-client.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/fcoe-client.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,8 +46,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "NFS क्लेइंट" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "हाँ" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नहीं" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -55,15 +65,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "%1 बंडल अधिषठापनेसन फेल हो गया ।" +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "उपलब्ध नही है" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "समनुरूपण नहीं किया" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "IPSec का समनुरूपण " #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -71,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -79,12 +118,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -92,34 +131,34 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता %1 के लिए अकाउंट नहीं बना सकता।" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "कमांड %1 फेल हो गई" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "क्या आप निश्चित रूप से चयनित %1 हटाना चाहते हैं" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -127,34 +166,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "%1 बंडल अधिषठापनेसन फेल हो गया ।" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "%1 बंडल अधिषठापनेसन फेल हो गया ।" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -185,7 +224,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "हाँ" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -193,7 +232,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नहीं" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -266,7 +305,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "चालक" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -575,104 +614,99 @@ msgstr "इसे अभी अधिष्ठापित करना है?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "उपकरण नहीं खोज सकता ।" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "winbind व्यवसथाऐ आरम्भ नही कर सकता ।" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot restart the service." +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "सेवा दुबारा आरंभ नहीं कर सकता" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "inetd समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "अधिष्ठापित बंडल जाँचे" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाऎ" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड खोज रहा हैं...." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf पढो " #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "संस्थापित RPM पैकेजों के लिए जांच रहा है..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "नेटवर्क डिवेइसेस के लिए जाँच कर रहा हैं..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड खोज रहा हैं...." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -680,123 +714,123 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "'lirc' सेवा शुरु करना फेल हो गया ।" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "उपकरण नहीं खोज सकता ।" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "समरूपण को नहीं पढ़ा जा सकता है।" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "inetd समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "सर्वीस दुबारा शुरू करें" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust spooler services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "स्पूलर सेवाओं को समायोजित करें" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "सेवा को पुनः शुरु कर रहा..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "स्पुलर सेवाओ का समायोजन कर रहा हैं..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "व्यवस्थाऐं /etc/samba/smb.conf को नहीं लिख सकता।" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "'lirc' सेवा शुरु करना फेल हो गया ।" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "sysconfig वेर्यबेल्स लिख नहीं सकता ।" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "<big>सम्बंध समनुरूपण</big> " #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "अंतराफलक" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -804,11 +838,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "समर्थ हैं" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "असमर्थ हैं" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall-services.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall-services.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall-services.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/firstboot.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/firstboot.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/firstboot.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ftp-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/ftp-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ftp-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 22:11+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/geo-cluster.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/geo-cluster.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/geo-cluster.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,285 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "समनुरूपण फाईल पढ़ो " + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "जोङे" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "संपादन" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मिटाऐं" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ठीक है" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "रद्द" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address" +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "कृपा अपना असली ईमेल पता भरती करें" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "डाइरेक्टरी (&c)" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "आवश्‍यक पैटर्न" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "' सही नहीं हैं ।" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "स्रोत मान्य नहीं है।" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "' सही नहीं हैं ।" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "' सही नहीं हैं ।" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "गेटवे IP अड्रेस गलत हैं। " + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "जोन नाम %1 पहले से विद्यमान है." + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "समरूपण नाम खाली नहीं किया जा सकता।" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "समरूपण नाम खाली नहीं किया जा सकता।" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "कुंजी अवैध है" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "होस्ट समनुरूपण सार:" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "समनुरूपण फाईल पढ़ो " + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printer Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "प्रिंटर समनुरुपण " + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था नहीं लिखा जा सकता." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था नहीं लिखा जा सकता." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,120 +358,108 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पुरानी व्यवसथाऐ पढो " -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "पूर्व व्यवस्थाऎं पढ रहा हैं..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr " समनुरुपण सार " #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाटाबेस पढो" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "उपकरण खोजो" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "उपकरण खोज रहा है ..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 नहीं पढ सकता ।" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाटाबेस 2 नहीं पढ सकता ।" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "उपकरण नहीं खोज सकता ।" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig चलिए" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig चल रहा हैं..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr " समनुरुपण सार ..." Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/gtk.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/gtk.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/gtk.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:48+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -204,11 +204,11 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:643 msgid "Back" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पीछे" #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अगला" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/http-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/http-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/http-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/inetd.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/inetd.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/inetd.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/installation.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/installation.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/installation.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -58,22 +58,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "फाइलों को संसथापित सिस्टम में कापी कर रहा है ..." @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "संसथापन मोड" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "अकरण विन्डो प्रबघंक शुरू कर रहा हैं ..." @@ -271,6 +271,7 @@ msgstr "%1 के लिए अन्यनाम" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "अनजाना मोड" @@ -331,7 +332,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "लैसेन्स समझोता" @@ -403,11 +404,24 @@ "को चुन सकते हैं।\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 #, fuzzy -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "दोबारा अधिष्ठापन की जरुरत है" +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "विमोचन लेख" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 #, fuzzy @@ -534,7 +548,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सिस्टम अब पुन: बूट होगा..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -631,11 +645,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "&ZFCP डिस्कों को विन्यासित करें" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "&iSCSI डिस्कों को विन्यासित करें" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -659,14 +673,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "विमोचन लेख" +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "फोन्डस शुरू कर रहा हैं..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 @@ -688,67 +710,67 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "बेसिक संसथापन खतम करें" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "पूर्व अधिष्ठापन स्क्रिप्टस" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "संसथापित सिस्टम पर फाईलस कापी करें" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "समनुरूपण सेव करें" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "संसथापन व्यवस्थाऎं सेव करें" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "बूट प्रबघंक इंसटाल करें" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "आरंभिक बूट के लिए सिस्टम तैयार करें" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "बदलें..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "सिस्टम डाटा एकत्रित करना..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "संसथापन मोड" @@ -771,12 +793,6 @@ "बेस सिस्टम संसथापन करने पर क्रुपया ईन्तजार करें\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "फोन्डस शुरू कर रहा हैं..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -791,13 +807,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -1012,12 +1021,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "यूजर के निर्वेदन पर समनुरूपण स्किप कर रहा हुँ" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1028,32 +1037,32 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "त्रुटिः अप्राप्ति टाइटल" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "हालिया व्यवस्थायों का सार दिखायें" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "तुम्हारी सिस्टम विश्लेशण कर रहा हैं..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "खराबी: कोई प्रस्ताव लहीं" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1062,7 +1071,7 @@ "कुछ खराबी था" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "अधिषठापन सेवक " @@ -1072,25 +1081,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "समनुरूपण छोड़ जाऎं (&S)" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "निम्नलिखित समनुरूपण इस्तेमाल करें (&U)" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "बदलें... (&C)" #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1098,25 +1107,25 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "बदलाव करने के लिए किसी भी शीर्षक पर क्लिक करें या नीचे दिए \"बदलें...\" मेन्यू का प्रयोग करें।" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "बदलाव करने के लिए किसी भी शीर्षक पर क्लिक करें या नीचे दिए \"बदलें...\" मेन्यू का प्रयोग करें।" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "अकरण पर रीसेट करें (&R) " #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1130,7 +1139,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1162,7 +1171,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1179,7 +1188,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1192,7 +1201,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1204,7 +1213,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1216,7 +1225,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1227,12 +1236,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML संसथापन प्रस्ताव" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1243,7 +1252,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1254,7 +1263,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Some proposals might be\n" @@ -1270,11 +1279,11 @@ "को बदलने के लिए अपने सिस्टम प्रशासक से पूछें।" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "नवीनीकरण करें (&U)" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "अधिष्ठापित (&I)" @@ -1402,60 +1411,41 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क की जांच..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "खोज विवरण" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "गुम हुए पार्टिशनों की तलाश करें" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "रूट डिवाइस के लिए तलाश..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "नया बंडल डाटाबेस आरंभ किया जा रहा है..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "नया बंडल डाटाबेस आरंभ किया जा रहा है..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "आटोअपडेट" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "पैकेज चुनाव का मूल्यांकन कर रहा है ..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "System Probing" msgstr "सिस्टम ग्रुप" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "जब तक सिस्टम समनुरुप किया जा रहा है कृपा इंतजार करें ।" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1468,7 +1458,7 @@ "आपका हार्डवेर जाँज करें\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1481,7 +1471,7 @@ "संसथापन के लिए हार्ड डिस्क नहीं मिला\n" "आपका हार्डवेर जाँज करें\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1489,7 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1506,7 +1496,7 @@ "आपका हार्डवेर जाँज करें\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" @@ -1514,160 +1504,160 @@ msgstr "कैटलॉग का प्रारंभिकीकरण असफल" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove" msgid "Removed" msgstr "हटाऐ" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "समर्थ हैं" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "असमर्थ हैं" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 #, fuzzy msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "अतिरिक्त संसाधन चुनें:" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Status" msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "भंडार" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "स्थिति बदलें (&T)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "अनंजान" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "भंडार" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "कार्यकर्म समनुरुप नहीं है" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "अतिरिक्त संसाधन चुनें:" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" "\n" "कृपया प्रतिबिंब की पुर्नप्राप्ति तक प्रतीक्षा करें.\n" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "पुराना संचय किया गया समनुरुपण पढें" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "पुराना संचय किया गया समनुरुपण पढ रहा है..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "पुराना संचय किया गया समनुरुपण पढें" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "अतिरिक्त संसाधन चुनें:" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "पुराना संचय किया गया समनुरुपण पढें" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "अतिरिक्त संसाधन चुनें:" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1677,7 +1667,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1687,7 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" @@ -1699,7 +1689,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" @@ -1709,7 +1699,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" @@ -1720,7 +1710,7 @@ "%2" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" @@ -1805,58 +1795,53 @@ msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "टैम सोण सेव कर रहा हैं ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "भाषा सेव कर रहा हैं .." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "कन्सोल समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "कुँजीपटल समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "प्रोडक्ट सूचनाऎं सेव कर रहा हैं ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "औटोमाटिक संसथापन व्यवस्थाऎं सेव कर रहा हैं ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading security settings..." msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "सुरक्षा व्यवस्था पढ़ रहा है..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving sound card settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "आवाज कार्ड का व्यवस्थाऐं संचय कर रहा है..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "हार्डवैर समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं... " @@ -1890,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr "Yast समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2154,6 +2139,71 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "सुदूर प्रशासन" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" +"URL'%1 इंस़टालेसन शोर्स बनाने में \n" +"सक्षम नही है।" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "चित्र डाउनलोड किया जा रहा है..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "सेवाऎं रोक रहा हैं" + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "सर्वीस दुबारा शुरू कर रहा हैं..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "दोबारा अधिष्ठापन की जरुरत है" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "खोज विवरण" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "आटोअपडेट" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "पैकेज चुनाव का मूल्यांकन कर रहा है ..." + #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "नेटवर्क उपकरण : %1" @@ -2614,24 +2664,6 @@ #~ "आपका हार्डवेर जाँज करें\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "URL'%1 इंस़टालेसन शोर्स बनाने में \n" -#~ "सक्षम नही है।" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "चित्र डाउनलोड किया जा रहा है..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "सेवाऎं रोक रहा हैं" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "सर्वीस दुबारा शुरू कर रहा हैं..." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" #~ "Select the default type." Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/instserver.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/instserver.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/instserver.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/iplb.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/iplb.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/iplb.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ग्लोबल सनुरुपण " #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -91,6 +91,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "हाँ" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नहीं" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "ग्लोबल सनुरुपण " + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "मेल परिसेवक विन्यास" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -117,7 +137,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "निष्पादित करें" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -200,7 +220,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +460,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -477,7 +497,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेवाऎ" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -489,7 +509,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अनुरोध" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" @@ -501,11 +521,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "लागइन" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पासवर्ड" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -521,7 +541,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नेटमास्क" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -529,7 +549,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "प्रोटोकोल" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -537,15 +557,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "जोङे" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "संपादन" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मिटाऐं" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -571,13 +591,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ठीक है" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "रद्द" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" msgstr "" -#. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,10 +616,30 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "IP अड्रेस गलत हैं। " + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a new share" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "नया शेयर जोङे" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the role of the server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "संचयक का रोल सैट करें " + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -620,7 +666,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -630,19 +676,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig चलिए" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig चल रहा हैं..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -652,10 +698,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr " समनुरुपण सार " Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-client.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-client.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-client.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -63,149 +63,155 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "पोर्ट " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "आरंभकर्ता का नाम" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound Card" -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "साउंड कार्ड" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "अंतराफलक " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "पोर्टल पता" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "लक्ष्य नाम" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "स्टार्ट-अप " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "जोङे" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "संपादन" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "लॉग आउट" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "संबद्ध" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "खोज" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "लॉग इन" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "संबंधन" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण नहीं" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "आगमन प्रमाणीकरण" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता नाम" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "पासवर्ड" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "निर्गम प्रमाणीकरण" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "प्रारंभ" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP पता" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "पोर्ट " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "कि" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "मान" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "सेवाऎ" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "संबद्ध लक्ष्य" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "खोज लक्ष्य" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "iSCSI प्रारंभक सिंहावलोकन" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -214,9 +220,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "iSCSI प्रारंभ खोज" @@ -470,12 +476,12 @@ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "IP पता निवेशित करें" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "पोर्ट निवेशित करें" @@ -483,37 +489,37 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "सत्य" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "असत्य" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 #, fuzzy msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "इस टार्गेटनाम के साथ टार्गेट पहले से जुड़ा हुआ है। सुनिश्चित करें कि डेटा करप्शन से बचने केलिए मल्टीपाथिंग समर्थित है।" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "जारी रखें" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "रद्द" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "लक्ष्य पहले ही से संबद्ध है।" @@ -595,14 +601,20 @@ msgstr "सेवाऎं रोके" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "साफ्टवेयर" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All" +msgid "all" +msgstr "सभी" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 #, fuzzy msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" @@ -615,7 +627,7 @@ "यदि आप विभिन्न initiatorname प्रयोग करना चाहते हैं, उसे बाओस में बदलें।" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr " समनुरुपण सार " Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-lio-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-lio-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-lio-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/isns.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/isns.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/isns.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -315,81 +315,81 @@ msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "isns सेवा को कॉन्फिगर करने के लिए, %1 पैकेज को निश्चित ही संस्‍थापित किया होना चाहिए।" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "इसे अभी अधिष्ठापित करना है?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "isns डेमन का कॉन्फिगरेशन शुरू कर रहा हैं" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "डाटाबेस पढो" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "पुरानी व्यवसथाऐ पढो " #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "उपकरण खोजो" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "पूर्व व्यवस्थाऎं पढ रहा हैं..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "उपकरण खोज रहा है ..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "isns के कॉन्फिगरेशन को सहेज रहा है" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig चलिए" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig चल रहा हैं..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/kdump.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/kdump.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/kdump.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:46+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -403,8 +403,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "परिवर्तन लागू करने के लिए रिबूट जरूरी है। " @@ -549,17 +549,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "असमर्थ(&D)" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "%1 बंडल उपलब्ध नहीं है।" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "%1 बंडल उपलब्ध नहीं है।" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 #, fuzzy @@ -1288,147 +1277,155 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "समनुरूपण" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं...." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "ग्लोबल विक्लप पढ़ें " #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "उपलब्ध शोर्सेज को खोज रहा है ..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "विभाजन को पढ़ा जा रहा है..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/openldap में नहीं लिख़ सकता" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था पढ़ा नहीं जा सकता." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "फाइल %1 नहीं पढ़ी जा सकती" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "मोडम समनुरूपण" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "नवीनीकृत विकल्प" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "जोन फाइलें नवीनीकरण कर रहा है..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "बूटलोडर फाल्ट के लिए क्रैशकर्नल पैरामीटर जोड़ रहा है।" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "रनलेवलो में %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "समर्थ हैं" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "असमर्थ हैं" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "विकल्प के लिए शून्य वैल्यू: %1 " -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "DER स्वरूप" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "पुराने बैकअप की अधिकतम संख्या (&x)" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "पुराने बैकअप की अधिकतम संख्या (&x)" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "%1 बंडल उपलब्ध नहीं है।" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "%1 बंडल उपलब्ध नहीं है।" + #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "सक्षम किया गया" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/kerberos-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/kerberos-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/kerberos-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:47+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/kerberos.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/kerberos.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/kerberos.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/languages_db.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/languages_db.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/languages_db.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap-client.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap-client.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap-client.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"सर्वर नहीं चल रहा हैं ओर नहीं पहुच सकती हैं\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"DN का वैल्यू गायब है या अस्तायापित हैं\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -55,6 +59,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"एट्रीब्यूट प्रकार नहीं मिले।\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -62,23 +68,25 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"ओब्जक्ट क्लास नहीं मिली । \n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सर्वर से कनेक्शन स्थापित नहीं हो सका।" #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सर्वर से जोड़ने में समस्या हैं ।" #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सर्वर से डाटा पढंने में समस्या हैं" #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -98,26 +106,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सर्वर से Schema पढंने में समस्या हैं " #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "अन्जान LDAP खराबी" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "विवरण दिखाऎं (&S)" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "अनजाना दोष , शायद yast2-ldap उपलब्ध नहीं हैं" #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -144,7 +152,7 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सर्वर" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 @@ -154,7 +162,7 @@ #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अनामक अभिगम (&A)" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -163,6 +171,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"DN '%1' के लिए एक प्रत्यक्ष पेरेंट \n" +"LDAP निर्देशिका में मौजूद नहीं है। \n" +"चयनित DN के साथ वस्तु सृजित नहीं की जा सकती।\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -170,17 +181,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"LDAP सर्वर पर मौजूद DN '%1' के साथ\n" +"कोई प्रविष्टि नहीं। अभी सृजित करें?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "खोलो (&O)" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "हालिया गुण के लिए नई वैल्यु सैट करें" #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -192,6 +205,12 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"अगर एट्रीब्यूट्स के पास अधिक मान हो सकते हैं, तो\n" +"Add Value से नई प्रविष्टियां जोड़ें। कभी-कभी वर्तमान एट्रीब्यूटों के प्रयोग के लिए\n" +"इस बटन में संभावित मानों की सूची होती है।\n" +"अगर संपादित एट्रीब्यूट का मान कोई विशिष्ट नाम (DN) हो, तो\n" +"इसे Browse का प्रयोग कर LDAP ट्री से चुनना संभव होता है।\n" +"\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -202,79 +221,86 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "गुण का विवरण \"%1\": " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "गुण का वैल्यु \"%1\" (&V)" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "गुण का वैल्यु \"%1\" (&V)" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "वैल्यु जोडें (&A)" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "रिक्त भरती (&E)" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ब्राउजं (&w)" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"मान '%1' पहले से मौजूद है।\n" +"कृपया कोई दूसरा चुनें।" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "युजर प्रबघन औजारों का समनुरूपण" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ग्रूप प्रबघन औजारों का समनुरूपण" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नये मोड्युल की ओब्जक्ट क्लास" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नये मोड्युल की नाम (&N)" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"प्रविष्ट किया हुआ मान पहले से मौजूद है।\n" +"कृपया कोई दूसरा चुनें।\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "मोड्युल का नाम भरती करें " #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"यहां, वर्तमान टेम्पलेट का प्रयोग कर किसी वस्तु से\n" +"संबंध रखने वाले एट्रीब्यूट का मान नियत करें। ऐसे मानों का प्रयोग तब डिफॉल्ट के तौर पर किया जाता है\n" +"जब नई वस्तु सृजित की जाती है।\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -282,23 +308,27 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"मौजूदा मानों से एट्रीब्यूट मान सृजित करने के लिए आप \n" +"विशेष सिंटैक्स का प्रयोग कर सकते हैं। अभिव्यक्ति %attr_name को एट्रीब्यूट के मान \"attr_name\" (उदाहरण के लिए, \"homeDirectory\" के मान के \n" +"तौर पर \"/home/% \n" +"uid\" का प्रयोग)से बदल दिया गया।\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "गुण का नाम (&N)" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "गुण कि वैल्यू (&V)" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 @@ -316,11 +346,13 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"वर्तमान प्रविष्टि में बिना सहेजे हुए बदलाव हैं।\n" +"इन्हें रद्द कर दें?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP ब्राउजर" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 @@ -336,12 +368,12 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सर्वर" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "प्रशासक DN" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 @@ -364,18 +396,20 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"\"%1\" एट्रीब्यूट अनिवार्य है।\n" +"एक मान प्रविष्ट करें।" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "रीलोड(&R)" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "आट्रिब्यूट" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "वैल्यू" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/live-installer.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/live-installer.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/live-installer.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/lxc.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/lxc.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/lxc.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/mail.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/mail.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/mail.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/multipath.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/multipath.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/multipath.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses-pkg.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses-pkg.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses-pkg.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/network.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/network.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/network.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:47+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -104,103 +104,61 @@ msgstr "आंतरिक ज़ोन" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "फाइरवाल ज़ोन (&Z)" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "फायरवाल (&F)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "&RPC पोर्टस" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "फायरवाल अंकराफलक" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "फायरवाल" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "&RPC पोर्टस" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "फायरवाल अंकराफलक" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -208,13 +166,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -222,13 +180,56 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -513,9 +514,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "अंतराफलक या स्ट्रिन्ग" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "कॉन्फिगरेशन त्रुटि : इंटरफेस आरंभ नहीं किया गया‍!" @@ -612,7 +622,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "राउटिगं समनुरूपण" @@ -723,7 +733,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "उपकरण" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "विकल्प" @@ -803,13 +813,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "चेतावनी: किसी एन्क्रिप्शन का प्रयोग नहीं किया गया है।" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "बदलें।" @@ -1187,14 +1197,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार (&D)" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "समनुरूपण नाम (&C)" @@ -1208,7 +1218,7 @@ msgstr "नया ग्रुप जोङे" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "मोडम उपकरण" @@ -1423,30 +1433,30 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "अड्रेस (&A)" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "IP अड्रेस समनुरूपण करें " -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "हार्डवेयर(&H)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "बॉन्ड स्लेव्स" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "वएरलेस (&W)" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1454,7 +1464,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1469,12 +1479,12 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "ऐसा जान पड़ता है कि %1 को पहले ही कन्फिगर किया जा चुका है। \n" "कन्फिगरेशन जारी रखें?" @@ -1689,7 +1699,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "उपकरण मिटा दिया गया था।" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1796,7 +1806,7 @@ msgstr "इंसटलेशन के वक्त खराबी आ गई" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1811,13 +1821,12 @@ "तो इंटरफेस NetworkManager द्वारा प्रबंधित नहीं रह जाएगा।\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "सेट-अप रीति" @@ -1826,7 +1835,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवसथाएँ" @@ -1854,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "DHCP द्वारा होस्ट नाम बदल करें (&C)" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1862,20 +1871,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1883,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1891,7 +1900,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" @@ -1903,12 +1912,12 @@ "उदाहरण के लिए, io=0x300 irq=5। नोट : अगर दो कार्डों को एक ही मॉड्यूल नाम के साथ\n" "कॉन्फिगर किया गया हो, तो सहेजते समय विकल्प आपस में विलीन हो जाएंगे।" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1918,7 +1927,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1927,7 +1936,7 @@ "/etc/modprobe.conf या /etc/chandev.conf लिखा जाएगा।\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1936,83 +1945,83 @@ "पुस्तिका में निर्दिष्ट किए फॉर्मेट में लिखा जाना चाहिए।" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "मानुअल नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "होटप्लग प्रकार (&H)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "PCI (&C)" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "केर्नल मोड्युल (&K)" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "मोड्युल नेम (&M)" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "उपकरण नाम" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "परिवर्तन" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Identification" -msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "सेवक पहचान" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "सेकन्टस" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Blin" msgid "Blink" msgstr "ब्लिन" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "अतिरिक्त डोमेन" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "मानुअल नेटवर्क कार्ड चुनाव" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2022,19 +2031,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड (&N)" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "खोज (&S)" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -2044,7 +2053,7 @@ "अलग समनुरूपण चुनें।" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण" @@ -2052,35 +2061,35 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 उपकरण व्यवस्थायें" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "प्रोट नेम (&P)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "पोर्ट न० (&P)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IPA टेकओवर समर्थ करें (&E)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "लेयर २ सहायता समर्थ करें (&L)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "लेयर २ &MAC अड्रेस " @@ -2088,103 +2097,103 @@ # msgstr "होस्ट संचालन" # msgid "Sel." # msgstr "सियोल" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "चैनल" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "अब बदलाव लिखें" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "संचालन फाइल परिवर्तित है" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "इस इंटरफेस के लिए पोर्टनेम भरती करें। (case-sensitive)" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "इस इंटरफेस (स्पेस द्वारा अलग किया हुआ) के लिए कोई भी अतिरिक्त विकल्प प्रविष्ट करें।" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "अगर इस इंटरफेस के लिए IP पता अधिग्रहण सक्षम हो, तोEnable IPA Takeover चुनें।" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "अगर यह कार्ड लेयर 2 समर्थन के साथ कॉन्फिगर किया गया है, तो Enable Layer 2 Support चुनें।" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "अगर यह कार्ड लेयर 2 समर्थन के साथ कॉन्फिगर किया गया है, तो Layer 2 MAC Address प्रविष्ट करें।" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "पोर्ट न० (&P)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "LANCMD टैमआउट (&L)" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "इस इंटरफेस के लिए पोर्ट न० चुनें।" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "इस इंटरफेस के लिए LANCMD टैमआउट बतायें।" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "सुसंगतता मोड " #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "बढ़ाया गया मोड" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-आधारित tty (Linux से Linux कनेक्शन)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "सुसंगतता मोड के साथ OS/390 और z/OS " #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "प्रोटोकोल (&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "इस इंटरफेस के लिए प्रोटोकोल चुनें।" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "साथी का नाम (&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2193,7 +2202,7 @@ "उदाहरण के लिए, z/VM उपयोगकर्ता नाम सहित किससे जुड़ना है (केस-संवेदनशील)।\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2202,7 +2211,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "हार्डवेयर डाटा" @@ -2258,19 +2267,18 @@ "के बीच अदला-बदली करने के लिए उपयुक्त है।\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" "अगर आप एक डेस्कटॉप वातावरण (GNOME or KDE) नहीं चलाते या \n" "अचानक ही अनेक इंटरफेसों का प्रयोग करने की जरूरत हो तो\n" "<tt>ifup</tt> पारंपरिक पद्धति का प्रयोग करें।\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2280,7 +2288,7 @@ "संस्थापित नेटवर्क कार्डों का एक ओवरव्यू प्राप्त करें। इसके अतिरिक्त,\n" "उनको कॉन्फिगरेशन को संपादित करें। \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2288,7 +2296,7 @@ "<big>एक नेटवर्क कार्ड को जोड़ना :</big> \n" "मैनुअल ढंग से एक नया नेटवर्क कार्ड कॉन्फिगर करने के लिए जोड़ें दबाएं।\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2300,7 +2308,7 @@ "इसके बाद संपादित करें या मिटाएं जो भी वांछित हो, दबाएं।\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2310,12 +2318,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "सभी परिवर्तन रिबूट के बाद लागू होंगे।" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2329,7 +2337,7 @@ "डिफॉल्ट रूट के बजाय इसे प्रयोग किया जाता है। डिफॉल्ट रूट का विचार सिर्फ आपको यह कहने में सक्षम बनाने के लिए है कि\n" "\"और इसके अलावा हर चीज यहां जानी चाहिए।\"\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2337,13 +2345,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2351,14 +2359,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" @@ -2373,7 +2381,7 @@ "इससे बचें क्योंकि संचालन समय में होस्टनाम के बदलते रहने से\n" "ग्राफिक डेस्कटॉप भ्रमित हो सकता है।\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2382,7 +2390,7 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" @@ -2391,7 +2399,7 @@ "प्रविष्ट करें। सामान्यत: ये DHCP द्वारा प्राप्त किए जा सकते हैं।\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2402,7 +2410,7 @@ "(उदाहरण के लिए, 192.168.0.42) प्रविष्ट किया जाना चाहिए, एक होस्टनाम के रूप में नहीं।\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2414,7 +2422,7 @@ "(उदाहरण के लिए, suse.de) के डोमेन नाम के समान होता है। इसमें अतिरिक्त सर्च डोमेन (जैसे suse.com) भी\n" "हो सकते हैं। डोमेनों को कॉमा या सफेद स्पेस से एक-दूसरे से अलग करें।\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2422,7 +2430,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2432,7 +2440,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2446,19 +2454,19 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" @@ -2468,7 +2476,7 @@ "आपको कोई स्थैतिक IP पता नहीं दिया है तो इसे भी चुनें।" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" @@ -2479,7 +2487,7 @@ "चल रहा हो, तो आप डायनामिक पता कार्यभार चुन सकते हैं।\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2487,7 +2495,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" @@ -2499,7 +2507,7 @@ "प्रविष्ट करें।" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" @@ -2511,7 +2519,7 @@ "IP पता प्रविष्ट करें।" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2519,7 +2527,7 @@ "नेटवर्क कॉन्फिगरेशन के बारे में और अधिक जानकारी के लिए नेटवर्क प्रशासक से\n" "संपर्क करें।" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2527,7 +2535,7 @@ "इस उत्पाद के लिए DHCP कॉन्फिगरेशन की संस्तुति नहीं की जाती है।\n" "इस उत्पाद के अवयव DHCP के साथ कार्य नहीं भी कर सकते हैं।" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2538,11 +2546,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "अनिवार्य इंटरफेस यह निर्दिष्ट करता है कि अगर बूट होने के समय इंटरफेस शुरू होने में असफल हो जाता है तो नेटवर्क सेवा असफलता की रिपोर्ट करती है या नहीं।" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2552,7 +2560,7 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" @@ -2560,13 +2568,13 @@ msgstr "बॉन्ड उपकरण के लिए स्लेव उपकरणों का चयन करें। केवल वही उपकरण, जिनकी डिवाइस सक्रियता कभी नहीं है और कोई पता नहीं सेटअप के रूप में सेट हैं, हीउपलब्ध हैं।" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>ग्राहक कनेक्शन बनाऎं</big> " #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2581,7 +2589,7 @@ "यहां एक उत्कृष्ट मुक्त-रूप पहचानकर्ता निर्दिष्ट करें।" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" @@ -2602,7 +2610,7 @@ "छोड़ें। एक होस्टनाम को खाली न छोड़ें।" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" @@ -2610,7 +2618,7 @@ msgstr "इस संवाद में एक इंटरफेस (इसके उपनामों) के अतिरिक्त पते कॉन्फिगर करें।" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -2623,7 +2631,7 @@ "नेटमास्कभरती करें।" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2631,14 +2639,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "उपनाम में इंटरफेस नाम शामिल न करें। उदाहरण के लिए, eth0:foo के बजाय foo प्रविष्ट करें।" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" @@ -2668,7 +2676,7 @@ "\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2677,7 +2685,7 @@ "सर्वाधिक महत्वपूर्ण सेटिंग्स सेट करें।" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2692,7 +2700,7 @@ "नेटवर्क कार्ड) हो सकता है।\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2711,7 +2719,7 @@ "जुड़ जाता है।\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" @@ -2748,7 +2756,7 @@ "संभव है।\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2763,7 +2771,7 @@ "उत्पन्न की जाती हैं, इसलिए आपको सिर्फ 40 से 232 बिट्स प्रविष्ट करने की आवश्यकता होती है।\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2780,7 +2788,7 @@ "पासफ्रेज़ के तौर पर अनुमान लगाना आसान हो।\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -2789,7 +2797,7 @@ "का प्रयोग करने के लिए, अगले संवाद में कुछ अतिरिक्त मानक दर्ज करें।\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3396,23 +3404,23 @@ msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं...." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "सुदूर प्रशासन" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "रिमोट प्रशासन की &अनुमति दें" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "रिमोट प्रशासन की अनुमति &नहीं दें" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" @@ -3429,17 +3437,17 @@ "रिमोट प्रशासन का यह रूप SSH का प्रयोग करने के मुकाबले कम सुरक्षित है।\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "रिमोट प्रशासन सेटिंग्स" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "ये पाकेजों इंस्टाल करना हैं:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3454,112 +3462,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "अणप्लगड" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "अनजान" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DNS समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DSL समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "होस्ट समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ISDN समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "मोडेम समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "संभरक समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "रूटिन्ग समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "मेल को अभी कॉन्फिगर करें?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "%1 का समनुरूपण चलें ?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "मोडेम" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN कार्ड" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL उपकरण" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "सभी नेटवर्क उपकरणों" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3823,7 +3830,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "डीफोल्ट गेटवे गलत हैं। " @@ -4049,65 +4056,79 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "&MTU " +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवा" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "परंपरागत चाइनीज" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add &Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "संचया जोङे(&S)" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "नेटवर्क सर्वीसेस" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "नेटवर्क मैनेजर द्वारा सभांला गया" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "ifup के साथ &पारंपरिक पद्धति" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवसथाएँ" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "IP प्रोटोकोल" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "समर्थ हैं" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "अनजाना चालक" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "IP अड्रेस " #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "DHCP द्वारा IP अड्रेस नियत किया जोयेगा" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "%1 \n" @@ -4115,12 +4136,12 @@ msgstr "अगला %1: %2 -- %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "उपकरण बदल करें" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "नेटवर्क उपकरण चुनें" @@ -4137,62 +4158,58 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "उपकरण नाम" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "IP पता: %1" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "समनुरूपण %1 पहले से हि उपस्थित हैं" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "समनुरूपण फाईल पढ़ो " #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "होस्ट नाम निर्दिष्ट करें।" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "समनुरूपण नवीनीकरण" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf पढो " #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड पढ समनुरूपण रहा है" @@ -4200,46 +4217,46 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "युक्ति लिखे जा रहे हैं..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "समनुरूपण नवीनीकरण कर रहा हैं" #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf पढ़ रहा है..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "होस्टनाम : DHCP द्वारा सेट" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "होस्ट: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "/etc/hosts पर होस्टनाम नहीं लिखा जाएगा" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "नाम सर्वर : %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "खोज सूची : %1" @@ -4261,316 +4278,322 @@ msgstr "/etc/exports सेव कर रहा हैं..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "समनुरूपण" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं स्थापित करें" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "ड्राइवर सूचना पढ़ें" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "समनुरूपण" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "कार्डसमनुरूपण" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "होस्ट नाम और नाम सेवक समनुरूपण" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "संस्थापन सूचना पढ़ें" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "राउटिगं समनुरूपण" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "वर्तमान स्टेटस का पता लगाएं" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "हार्डवेयर ढूँढ रहा है..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड खोज रहा हैं...." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "समनुरूपण" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड पढ समनुरूपण रहा है" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड पढ समनुरूपण रहा है" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "संस्थापन सूचना पढ़ रहा है..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "समनुरूपण" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "वर्तमान स्टेटस का पता लगाएं" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "परिवर्तन लागू करने के लिए रिबूट जरूरी है। " #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "ड्राइवरों की सूचना लिखें" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "समनुरूपण लिखें" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिखें" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "समनुरूपण लिखें" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिखें" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं स्थापित करें" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिखें" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं सक्रिय करें" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf लिख रहा है..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं ..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं ..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं स्थापित कर रहा है..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं.." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं सक्रिय कर रहा है..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवसथाएँ" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "नेटवर्क मैनेजर द्वारा सभांला गया" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "नेटवर्क मानेजर द्वारा" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "नेटवर्क मानेजर द्वारा" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "यदि सभंव हो 3D सहायता समर्थ करें" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 अक्षम" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "यदि सभंव हो 3D सहायता समर्थ करें" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "(असुरक्षित)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "बूट के समय अपने आप शुरू करेगा" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "केबल कनेक्शन पर अपने आप शुरू करेगा" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "नेटवर्क मैनेजर द्वारा सभांला गया" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "किसी भी रूप में आरंभ नहीं होगा" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "हाथ से शुरू करेगा" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "DHCP द्वारा IP अड्रेस नियत किया जोयेगा" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP पता: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4579,45 +4602,45 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "समनुरूपण नहीं किया" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "उपकरण का नाम: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "बॉन्ड स्लेव्स" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "(असुरक्षित)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4627,50 +4650,67 @@ "मॉड्यूल को स्टार्ट करने के लिए विन्यास ध्वनि कार्ड को दबाएं.\n" "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "जरूरी जानकारी" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "अन्जान" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "ये बंडल अधिष्ठापन नहीं किये है और अधिष्ठापन नही किये जा सकेगे।" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "मेल डोमेन्स को विन्यासित करें" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "पुनः सेवा शुरु करें" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "हार्टबीट संरुपण को सहेजा जा रहा है" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "भाषा विन्यास का पता कर रहा है..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "uml सेवा समर्थ करना फेल हो गया ।" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "सेवा को पुनः शुरु कर रहा..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "रिमोट प्रशासन सक्षम है।" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "रिमोट प्रशासन अक्षम है।" @@ -4727,22 +4767,33 @@ msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डिंग : ऑन" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "स्वचालित" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "फायरवॉल बदं है" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(असुरक्षित)" +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क मैनेजर द्वारा सभांला गया" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "ifup के साथ &पारंपरिक पद्धति" + #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण नाम" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "SSH पोर्ट <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">खुला है</a>" @@ -4751,10 +4802,6 @@ #~ msgstr "SSH पोर्ट <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">खुला है</a>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवसथाएँ" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवसथाएँ" @@ -5265,9 +5312,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "विद्यमान इंटरफेस को संभरक जोडें" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क सर्वीसेस" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "छोड दें(&k)" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1999-06-16 23:13+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com> \n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs_server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs_server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs_server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -68,27 +68,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "NFS सेवक समर्थ हैं।" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "NFS सेवक असमर्थ हैं।" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "आवश्यक पैकेज %1 इंस्टाल नहीं हुआ हैं।" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "कोई मौट पोइन्ट नहीं बताया हैं।" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -99,11 +99,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -163,69 +163,58 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "निर्यात के लिए डाइरेक्टरी (&D)" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "ब्राउज़... (&B) " -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" "निर्यात तालिका में यह\n" "डायरेक्टरी पहले से मौजूद है।" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" -"यूजर मोड एनएफएस सर्वर (%1) उन डायरेक्टरियों का निर्यात नहीं कर सकता\n" -"जिनके नाम में स्पेस हैं।\n" -"ऐसा करने के लिए कर्नेल-आधारित सर्वर (%2) का प्रयोग करें।" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री विद्यमान नहीं है. इसे बनाये" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "निर्यात के लिए डाइरेक्टरी चूनें।" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "होस्ट वैल्ड कार्ड (&H)" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "विकल्प (&p)" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -235,12 +224,12 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." @@ -249,7 +238,7 @@ "और अपनी कुछ डायरेक्टरियों को दूसरों को निर्यात करना चाहते हैं।" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." @@ -257,7 +246,7 @@ "अगर आप Start NFS Server को चुनते हैं, तो Next पर क्लिक करने से \n" "एक कन्फिगरेशन बॉक्स खुलता है जिसमें निर्यात की जाने वाली डायरेक्टरियों को निर्दिष्ट किया जाता है।" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -265,56 +254,56 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS सेवक" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "शुरू करें (&S)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "शुरू न करें (&D)" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "सेवक समर्थ करें(&n)" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "सेवक समर्थ करें(&n)" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "NIS डोमेइन नाम (&d):" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Ruby स्क्रिप्टिन्ग समर्थ करो (&R)" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS सेवक समनुरूपण" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -325,7 +314,7 @@ "इस डायरेक्टरी को माउंट करने की अनुमति है।\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" @@ -335,69 +324,64 @@ "ये एक एकल होस्ट, ग्रुप, वाइल्ड कार्ड, या\n" "आईपी नेटवर्क हो सकते हैं।\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "सभी होस्टों को चुनने के लिए(<tt>*</tt>)एक आस्टेरिक भरती करें" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "सभी होस्टों को बतानेने के ल फील्ड को खाली छोड देंिए " - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "P>अधिक जानकारी के लिए <tt>man exports</tt> को देखें।\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "डाइरेक्टरी जोडें (&D)" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "संपादित करें (&E)" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "मिटायें (&l)" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "होस्ट वाइल्ड कार्ड" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "विकल्प" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "होस्ड को जोडें (&H)" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "संपादित करें (&i)" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "मिटायें (&t)" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "निर्यात के लिए डाइरेक्टरी" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -406,7 +390,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -417,77 +401,62 @@ "नहीं किया जाएगा।\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS सेवक समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं। " #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "/etc/exports सेव करें।" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "सेर्वीस दुबारा शुरू करें" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "/etc/exports सेव कर रहा हैं..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "सेर्वीस दुबारा शुरू कर रहा हैं..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "NFS सेवक व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं। कृपया इंतजार करें..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "साउंड कार्ड का डाटाबेस नहीं मिला।कृपा अपना इंसटासेशन जाँचे।" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -496,15 +465,39 @@ "रीबूट के बाद आपके परिवर्तन सक्रिय होगे।\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "NFS एक्संपोर्टंस" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +#~ "with spaces in their names.\n" +#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "यूजर मोड एनएफएस सर्वर (%1) उन डायरेक्टरियों का निर्यात नहीं कर सकता\n" +#~ "जिनके नाम में स्पेस हैं।\n" +#~ "ऐसा करने के लिए कर्नेल-आधारित सर्वर (%2) का प्रयोग करें।" + +#~ msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." +#~ msgstr "सभी होस्टों को बतानेने के ल फील्ड को खाली छोड देंिए " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +#~ msgstr "साउंड कार्ड का डाटाबेस नहीं मिला।कृपा अपना इंसटासेशन जाँचे।" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।" + #~ msgid "Directories" #~ msgstr "डाइरेक्टरी (&c)" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/nis.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/nis.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/nis.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/nis_server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/nis_server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/nis_server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1999-05-18 07:35+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com> \n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n" @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "होस्ट &NIS क्लेइन्ट भी हैं " @@ -404,23 +404,31 @@ msgstr "जो होस्ट NIS सेवक से पूछताछ के लिए मान्य है इसको सेट-अप करें।" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "NIS डोमेइन और IP पताओर मास्टर सेवक का होस्टनाम भरती करें।" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "यदि यह आतिथय परिसेवक के रूप में इस मशीन का उपयोग करने वाला NIS ग्राहक भी है, तो सदृश्य विकल्प की जांच करें." #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "NIS डोमेइन नाम (&d):" +#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" +msgstr "NIS डोमेइन नाम (&D)" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Master Server: " +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "NIS मास्टेर सेवक:" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "स्लेव सेवक सेट-ःअप" @@ -891,6 +899,10 @@ msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "NIS कलेइन्ट बदं कर रहा हैं।" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#~ msgstr "NIS डोमेइन नाम (&d):" + #~ msgid "NIS &master server:" #~ msgstr "NIS मास्टेर सेवक (&m):" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ntp-client.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/ntp-client.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ntp-client.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -46,25 +46,24 @@ msgstr "नकली सर्वर नेम" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "सेवक अड्रेस " #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "NTP डैमण दुबारा शुरू करें।" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP सेवक समनुरूपण" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -78,22 +77,32 @@ msgstr "समनुरूपण करें (&C) ..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "ZENworks के साथ सिंक्रोनाइज कर रहा है" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "LDAP सर्वर से कनेक्शन स्थापित नहीं हो सका।" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -605,6 +614,9 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>NTP डेमन को स्‍वत: आरंभ करें</big> \n" "चुनें कि सिस्टम को बूट करते समय NTP डायमन को शुरू करना है या नहीं।\n" @@ -612,7 +624,7 @@ "नेटवर्क कनेक्शन को NTP डायमन के शुरू होने से पहले ही शुरू होना चाहिए।" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -624,7 +636,7 @@ "सीएचरूट जेल में NTP डेमन को रन करें को सेट करें। किसी भी डायमन को एक सीएचरूट जेल\n" "में शुरू करना अधिक सुरक्षित है और इसकी प्रबल संस्तुति की जाती है।" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -633,7 +645,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -648,7 +660,7 @@ "सूचना प्रदान की जाती है तो अपने नेटवर्क प्रशासक से पूछें।" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -663,7 +675,7 @@ "इसे चुनें और Delete पर क्लिक करें।" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" @@ -673,7 +685,7 @@ "नई विंडों में NTP डेमन के लॉग्‍स को देखने के लिए, ‍डिस्‍प्‍ले लॉग बटन पर क्लिक करें।" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -684,7 +696,7 @@ "करने हेतु कॉन्फिगर करने के लिए, Complex Configuration का प्रयोग करें।" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -693,7 +705,7 @@ "क्लोक समनुरूपण के लिए ड्रइवर चूनें।" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -704,7 +716,7 @@ "Unit Number जरूर ही सेट करना चाहिए।" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -723,7 +735,7 @@ "इसे मैनुअल ढंग से सृजित किया जाना चाहिए।" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -732,7 +744,7 @@ "ड्राइवर कैलीब्रेशन करने के लिए, क्लिकड्राइवर कैलीब्रेशन." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -745,7 +757,7 @@ "प्रदाता से पूछें।" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -758,7 +770,7 @@ "Local NTP Server और Public NTP Server के बीच से चुनें।" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -769,7 +781,7 @@ "Test पर क्लिक करें।" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -780,7 +792,7 @@ "Address का प्रयोग करें।" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -791,7 +803,7 @@ "टेक्सट क्षेत्र का प्रयोग करें।" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -803,7 +815,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" @@ -816,7 +828,7 @@ "विकल्प लिखें। अधिक विवरणों के लिए,\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm देखें।" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -828,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -837,7 +849,7 @@ "क्लोक समनुरूपण के लिए ड्रइवर चूनें।" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -846,7 +858,7 @@ "सेवकचूनें।" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -855,7 +867,7 @@ "सेवकचूनें।" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -864,7 +876,7 @@ "रेडियो घड़ी चुनें।" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -873,7 +885,7 @@ "जावक प्रसारण चुनें।" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -882,7 +894,7 @@ "और स्थानीय समय सेट करने हेतु उनका प्रयोग करने के लिए, आवक प्रसारण चुनें।" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -893,7 +905,7 @@ "NTP सर्वर चुनें।" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -908,7 +920,7 @@ "इसके बाद मिले सर्वरों की सूची से एक सर्वर चुनें।" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -919,7 +931,7 @@ "खास देश के लिए NTP सर्वर दर्शाने के लिए, इसे Country में चुनें।" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -940,7 +952,7 @@ "html को भी देखें।" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -950,7 +962,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -965,7 +977,7 @@ "आपका NTP ग्राहक प्रत्येक घंटे अलग-अलग सर्वरों के साथ सिंक्रोनाइज होता है।\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -978,7 +990,7 @@ "निर्भर होता है। कुछ ड्राइवर समस्त विकल्पों का प्रयोग नहीं करते।" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" @@ -1343,121 +1355,124 @@ msgstr "NTP व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP क्लैन्ट समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं। " #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "NTP व्यवस्थायें लिखें ।" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP डैमण दुबारा शुरू करें।" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "NTP डैमण दुबारा शुरू कर रहा हैं..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "समरूपण को नहीं पढ़ा जा सकता है।" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "NTP डैमण दुबारा शुरू करना नहीं सकता।" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "सिस्टम शुरू करने पर NTP डैमण शुरू करेगा।" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr " NTP डैमण शुरू स्वतः न करेगा।" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "सेवक: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "रेडियो क्लोक: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "पीयर्स: %1 " #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "को प्रसारण समय सूचना : %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "से प्रसारण समय सूचना प्राप्त की : %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिखें" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr " समनुरुप फाइलें आरम्भ करें" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "माउस समनुरूपण सार" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "NTP सेवक को परीक्षा कर रहा हैं...." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "सेवक पहुंच योग्य हैं और उचित रीति से जवाब देता हैं।" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "सेवक पहुंच योग्य नहीं हैं और उचित रीति से जवाब नहीं देता हैं।" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/oneclickinstall.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/oneclickinstall.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/oneclickinstall.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update-configuration.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update-configuration.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update-configuration.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -118,13 +118,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "CD अपडेट शुरू कर रहा हैं..." -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "अब तक समनुरूपण नहीं किया हैं।" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/hi/po/opensuse_mirror.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/opensuse_mirror.hi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/opensuse_mirror.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "खराबी" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "हाँ" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नहीं" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "निर्गम" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "खराबी" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "&सभी का चयन या गैर-चयन करें" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/packager.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/packager.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/packager.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -173,6 +173,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "मूल मोड(&T)" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "%1 का बैकअप फेल हो गया।विवरण के लिए %2 देखें।" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -535,7 +544,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "शुरु कर रहा है ..." @@ -602,7 +611,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL:%1" @@ -868,7 +877,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "विवरण :" @@ -876,7 +885,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "दुबारा कोशिश करें ?" @@ -1284,7 +1293,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "जाँच शुरु करें(&S)" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "इजैक्ट" @@ -1555,7 +1564,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1591,83 +1600,83 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "अधिष्ठापन सिस्टम के तैयार होने के दौरान त्रुटि उत्पन्न हुई" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "नियत्रंण फाइल %1 नहीं मिली ।" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "एड-ऑन उत्पाद CD डालें" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, डायरेक्ट्री: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "अतिरिक्त जानकारी" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "उत्पाद चयन" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "सम्मिलित उत्पाद" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "एड-ऑन उत्पाद CD डालें" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "पहला अधिषठापनेसन मीडीयम डालें ।" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "अनजाना मोड" @@ -1725,7 +1734,7 @@ msgstr "संस्थापन रद्द किया।" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Medium: %1" msgid "Medium %1" @@ -1735,13 +1744,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "हो गया" @@ -1749,7 +1758,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1758,7 +1767,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1767,7 +1776,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "कुल" @@ -1776,12 +1785,12 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1 (%2) डाउनलोड कर रहा है" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" @@ -1790,118 +1799,118 @@ #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1 मिटा रहा है" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "इंसटाल्ड नहीं है (%1 -> %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "डेल्टा RPM लागू कर रहा है : %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "जबकि, तुम 32-बिट वितरण अधिषठापन करने की कोशिश कर रहे हो ।" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "UML संसथापन प्रस्ताव" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "उत्पाद: %1 " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "सिस्टम :%1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "पैटर्न" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "अधिषठापन करने वाले बंडलो का साइज : %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "रिलीस नोट्स का डाउनलोड" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n" @@ -1912,28 +1921,75 @@ "फिर भी जारी रखें?\n" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "पर्याप्त डिस्क स्थान नहीं है" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "डिस्क स्पेस पर्याप्त नही है।अकेले चुनाव में कुछ बंडल हटाऐ ।" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "पार्टीशन %3 पर सिर्फ %1 (%2%%) मुक्त स्थान उपलब्ध है। " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "पैकेज %1 अधिष्ठापित किया जाएगा." + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "%1पैकेजों को अद्यतन किया जाएगा" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "पैकेज %1 अधिष्ठापित किया जाएगा." + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "%1 पर कोई शोर्स नही मिला ।" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -1951,33 +2007,33 @@ "नोट डाउनलोड कर सकते हैं।" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "गलत मीडीयम को इगनोर कर रहा है ..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "आवश्यक बंडल इस्टांल करने में फेल हो गया " #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "फोन्डस शुरू कर रहा हैं..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1 CD 1 को अदंर डालें" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 नहीं मिली" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1986,19 +2042,19 @@ "अधिक विवरणों के लिए लॉग फाइल %1 को जांचें।" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "बंडल चुनाव का मूल्यांकन कर रहा है ..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2007,42 +2063,44 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "की फाइल पढ़ना नहीं सकता" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "भाषा (&L)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "हाँ मैं स्वीकार पत्र पर सहमत हुँ" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "नहीं मैं असहमत हुँ" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2052,34 +2110,34 @@ "उपलब्ध विकल्पों में से कोई एक चुनें। अगर आप लाइसेंस समझौते से सहमत नहीं होते, तो\n" "संरुपण रद्द हो जाएगा।\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "लैसेन्स समझोता" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "वास्तव में सम्मिलित उत्पाद अधिष्ठापन का विफलन करना चाहते हैं?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "सिस्टम षट डौण कर रहा हैं ..." @@ -2169,75 +2227,80 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "URL बताऐ ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTTPS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क(&H)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "लोकल डायरक्टरी ..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "ISO ईमेजस ईस्तिमाल करो (&I)" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "कोई विवरण नहीं" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2246,7 +2309,7 @@ "तो ISO चित्र सेट करें।" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" @@ -2256,53 +2319,53 @@ "तो समुच्चय की पहली मीडिया स्थिति को सेट करें।" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "सेवक का नाम " #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "डायरेक्टरी तक पथ या ISO चित्र" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ISO ईमेजस ईस्तिमाल करो (&I)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Protocol" msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "प्रोटोकोल (&P)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "माउंट विकल्प" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (default)" msgid "(default)" msgstr "(डिफॉल्ट)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "&विकल्प का नाम" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "प्रोटोकाल" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&विकल्प का नाम" @@ -2310,40 +2373,40 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "भंडार" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS सेवक" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD या DVD ड्राइव" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "लोकल डायरक्टरी" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "ISO ईमेजस ईस्तिमाल करो (&I)" @@ -2353,26 +2416,26 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "सेवक और डायरक्टरी" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "खोज रास्तााम खाली नहीं रह सकता।" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "भंडार" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" @@ -2383,13 +2446,13 @@ "डायरेक्टरी या फाइल का पथ निर्दिष्ट करने के लिए डायरेक्टरी या ISO चित्र का पथ का प्रयोग करें।" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "सेवा नाम" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" @@ -2400,17 +2463,17 @@ "डायरेक्टरी या फाइल का पथ निर्दिष्ट करने के लिए डायरेक्टरी या ISO चित्र का पथ का प्रयोग करें।" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL रिक्त नही हो सकती" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" @@ -2423,16 +2486,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" @@ -2443,7 +2506,7 @@ "NFS सर्वर होस्ट नाम और सर्वर पर मौजूद पथ बताने के लिए सर्वर नाम\n" "और डायरेक्टरी या ISO चित्र का पथ का प्रयोग करें।" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2452,16 +2515,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2470,12 +2533,12 @@ "मीडिया का प्रकार बताने के लिए CD-ROM या DVD-ROM को सेट करें।" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "डिस्क प्रतिरूप फाइल" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" @@ -2483,7 +2546,7 @@ msgstr "बताई गई डायरक्टरी उपलब्ध नहीं है।" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" @@ -2491,7 +2554,7 @@ msgstr "बताया गया फाइल विद्यमान नहीं हैं।" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2499,18 +2562,18 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "डायरेक्टरी तक पथ या ISO चित्र" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "लोकल डायरक्टरी" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" @@ -2524,23 +2587,23 @@ "डायरेक्टरी का पथ का प्रयोग करें।" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "मास स्टोरेज उपकरण" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" @@ -2557,7 +2620,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2565,12 +2628,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "फ्लोपी डिस्क उपकरण" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" @@ -2586,13 +2649,13 @@ "डायरेक्टरी का पथ का प्रयोग करें।" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "लोकल डायरक्टरी" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" @@ -2604,73 +2667,73 @@ "डायरेक्टरी का पथ का प्रयोग करें।" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "सेवक का नाम" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "पोर्ट (&P)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "शेयर" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO ईमेजस ईस्तिमाल करो (&I)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "सेवक पर डायरक्टरी" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "सत्यापन" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "बेनाम" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "वर्कग्रुप या डोमेन" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "यूजर का नाम" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "पासवर्ड(&P)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "HTTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTTPS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" @@ -2696,7 +2759,7 @@ "तो ISO चित्रसेट करें।" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2705,12 +2768,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" @@ -2722,7 +2785,7 @@ "बंडल अधिषठापन किए जा सकते है।" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2733,7 +2796,7 @@ "से अधिषठापित &product;होना चाहिये CD या DVD उपलब्ध.है" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2759,7 +2822,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2778,28 +2841,28 @@ "पैकेज स्थित हैं, जैसे /data1/CD1।\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the media type." msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "मीडिया प्रकार चुनें।" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "एड-ऑन उत्पाद CD डालें" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "एड-ऑन उत्पाद DVD डालें" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 #, fuzzy msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "कोई हार्ड डिस्क नहीं पाया गया" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2809,11 +2872,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "मीडीया जाँच" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "सम्मिलित उत्पाद" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -2919,7 +2988,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "समनुरूपित होस्ट " -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "बाहर निकालने के लिए &Drive" @@ -2998,12 +3069,12 @@ "चयनित स्रोत के पास कोई URL नहीं है।" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "मिली %1 सेवाओं की जानकारी इकट्ठा कर रहा है..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" @@ -3015,7 +3086,7 @@ "जो संभवतः नेटवर्क स्कैनिंग को ब्लॉक कर देता है।" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "कोई SLP अधिषठापनेसन स्रोत नही मिला" @@ -3045,7 +3116,15 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "कृपया कुछ बंडल रद्द करें ।" +#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "हाँ मैं स्वीकार पत्र पर सहमत हुँ" + #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "नहीं मैं असहमत हुँ" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "All registered repositories are shown here.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4291,9 +4370,6 @@ #~ msgid "Minimal &Graphical System" #~ msgstr "कम से कम ग्राफिकल सिस्टम" -#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -#~ msgstr "%1 का बैकअप फेल हो गया।विवरण के लिए %2 देखें।" - #~ msgid "Registered Catalogs" #~ msgstr "पंजीकृत होस्ट" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/pam.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/pam.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/pam.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.shara(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/pkg-bindings.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/pkg-bindings.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/pkg-bindings.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "बंडल डाटाबेस का पुनर्निर्माण किया जा रहा है..." @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "लक्ष्य प्रणाली को आरंभ करना" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "अधिष्ठापन बंडल(&P)" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/printer.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/printer.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/printer.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/product-creator.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/product-creator.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/product-creator.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/proxy.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/proxy.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/proxy.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/qt-pkg.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/qt-pkg.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/qt-pkg.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -42,48 +42,48 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "भंडार" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "खोज(&S)" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "संकेतशब्द" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "अधिष्ठापन सार(&I)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "विवरण(&e)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "तकनीकी डाटा(&T)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "निर्भरताऐ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "अनुवाद(&V)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "फाइल सूची" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "लॉग परिवर्तन करें" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -93,193 +93,193 @@ msgstr "रद्द(&C)" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "स्वीकारें(&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "फाइल(&F)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "आयात...(&I)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "निर्यात...(&E)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "बाहर - बदलाव रद्द करें(&x)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "छोडे - बदलाव सेव करें(&Q)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "बंडल(&P)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "सभी बंडल" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "अगर नया अनुवाद उपलब्ध है तो नवीनीकरण करें" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "बिना शर्त नवीनीकरण करें" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "पैच(&P)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "समनुरूपण" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "भंडार" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "ओनलाइन नवीन" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "निर्भरताऐं(&D)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 #, fuzzy msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "जाचँ(&k)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 #, fuzzy msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "अपने आप जाचँ(&u)" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "विकल्प (&O)" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "फेल हुए पैकेजो की सूची दिखाऐ" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "सभी मैचिगं-debuginfo पैकेज इंसटाल करें" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "सत्यापन मोड (&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selecting packages..." msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "पैकेज चुनना..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Extras" msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "अन्य(&E)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "उत्पाद" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "आटोमैटिक बंडल बदलाव दिखाऐ(&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &details" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "विवरण दिखाऐ" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "सभी मिले-devel बंडल अधिष्ठापित करें" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "सभी मिले-debuginfo बंडल अधिष्ठापित करें" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "सभी मिले-debuginfo बंडल अधिष्ठापित करें" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "निर्भरता रिजॉल्वर &परीक्षण केस उत्पन्न करें" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "मदद(&H)" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "विवरण(&O)" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "चिन्ह(&S)" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "कुंजी(&K)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "सभी बंडलो की निर्भरता ठीक है ।" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "पैच" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "बंडल सूची संचित करें" @@ -287,56 +287,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "खराबी" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "बंडल सूची %1 को लिखने में खराबी" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "बंडल सूची लोड करें" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "%1 से बंडल सूची लोड करने में खराबी" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1पैकेजों को अद्यतन किया जाएगा" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "जारी रखें(&o)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "रद्द(&C)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "जोङे गए सबबंडल :" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/qt.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/qt.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/qt.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "अनुभाग सम्पादक" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ "बाएं और दाएं माउस बटन को स्वीच करें?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "अप्रत्याशित क्लिक" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/rdp.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/rdp.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/rdp.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/rear.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/rear.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/rear.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/registration.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/registration.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/registration.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -14,50 +14,98 @@ "\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "नोवल ग्राहक केंद्र समरूपण" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating zone files..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "जोन फाइलें नवीनीकरण कर रहा है..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "समरूपण नाम लुप्त है।" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "डीफोल्ट गेटवे गलत हैं। " + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -65,54 +113,57 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "नोवल ग्राहक केंद्र समरूपण" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "ईमेल पता" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -120,58 +171,27 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "विवरण :" +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -183,308 +203,418 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Register New User" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "नया प्रयोगकर्त्ता पंजीकृत करें" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "आपका सिस्टम इस्तेमाल के लिए तैयार हैं" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "पंजीकरण का कोड" -msgstr[1] "पंजीकरण का कोड" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "रिपेयर सफल सिद्ध हुआ." -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" +#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "एसएमटी फाइल प्रमाणपत्र फाइल डाउनलोड विफल" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" +#| msgid "Import Certificate" +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट आयात करें " -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "उत्पाद पंजीकरण" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "उत्पाद पंजीकरण में नॉवेल डेटाबेस में आपका उत्पाद शामिल है, जिससे आप ऑनलाइन अपडेट तथा तकनीकी समर्थन प्राप्त कर सकते हैं। स्वतः संस्थापन करते समय, Run Product Registration चुनें। प्रक्रिया सरल बनाने के लिए, अपने सिस्टम में Hardware Profile और Optional Informationसे सूचना शामिल करें।" +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "स्वतः इंस्टालेशन के दौरान चलाएं" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "यदि आपका नेटवर्क कस्टम एसएमटी सर्वर फैलाता है, कृपया एसएमटी सर्वर का यूआरएल और एसएमटी सर्वर सेटिंग्स में एसएमटी प्रमाणपत्र की स्थिति सेट करें। कृपया अधिक सहयोग के लिए अपना एसएमटी मैनुअल देखें।" +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "स्वतः इंस्टालेशन के दौरान न चलाएं" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" -msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "प्रयोग के लिए पंजीकरण डेटा" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "ईमेल पता" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "SLPसेवकक व्यवस्थाऐं" +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" +msgstr "समरूपण नाम लुप्त है।" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "सभी उपलब्ध स्रोत अधिष्ठापित करें(&I)" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "सेवक URL: " -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" -msgstr "सेवक सेर्टिफिकेट (&S)" +#| msgid "Discovery" +msgid "Use SLP discovery" +msgstr "खोज" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr " सेवक प्रमाण-पत्र के रूप में" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "प्रमाण पत्र" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "सम्बंध तैयार करें " + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "विवरण :" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाइल का चयन करें" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"तक मान्य : " + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "प्रमाण-पत्र सूची प्राप्त करने में असफल।" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: %1:" +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "त्रुटि : %1 :" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Revoking the certificate failed." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "प्रमाण-पत्र निरस्तीकरण असफल रहा। " + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Number" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "क्रम संख्या :" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "अगुली निशान: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "अगुली निशान: %1" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "डेस्टिनेशन गलत हैं। " -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "प्रयोग के लिए पंजीकरण डेटा" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "विवरण :" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "प्रमाण पत्र" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "अगुली निशान: %1" +#| msgid "Writing routing configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "अगुली निशान: %1" +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "एसएमटी प्रमाणपत्र" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "जांच रहा है..." +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "प्रमाण पत्र" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "पंजीकरण डेटा की 1 मद" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "अन्जान LDAP खराबी" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "संसथापन निश्चित करें" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "लैसेन्स समझोता" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" @@ -492,63 +622,322 @@ "failed." msgstr "प्रमाण-पत्र का हटाया जाना असफल रहा।" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the registration data." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "रेजिस्ट्रेशन डाटा भरती करें।" +msgstr[1] "रेजिस्ट्रेशन डाटा भरती करें।" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "प्रथमतः आप मेल पताओं को सेट कर सकते हैं तथा उपयोक्ता के लिए अपरों को." + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "विवरण :" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "उपलब्ध नही है" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "पहचानकर्ता" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "वरजन" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "वास्तुकला" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "नियम प्रकार" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें '%1'?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "विक्रेता पहचानने वाला" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "वरजन" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "वास्तुकला" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "नियम प्रकार" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "उत्पाद पंजीकरण में नॉवेल डेटाबेस में आपका उत्पाद शामिल है, जिससे आप ऑनलाइन अपडेट तथा तकनीकी समर्थन प्राप्त कर सकते हैं। स्वतः संस्थापन करते समय, Run Product Registration चुनें। प्रक्रिया सरल बनाने के लिए, अपने सिस्टम में Hardware Profile और Optional Informationसे सूचना शामिल करें।" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "यदि आपका नेटवर्क कस्टम एसएमटी सर्वर फैलाता है, कृपया एसएमटी सर्वर का यूआरएल और एसएमटी सर्वर सेटिंग्स में एसएमटी प्रमाणपत्र की स्थिति सेट करें। कृपया अधिक सहयोग के लिए अपना एसएमटी मैनुअल देखें।" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "SLPसेवकक व्यवस्थाऐं" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "सेवक सेर्टिफिकेट (&S)" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "सेवक सेर्टिफिकेट (&S)" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "कुछ नहीं" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Certificate File" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाइल का चयन करें" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate has been imported." +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "प्रमाण-पत्र का आयात किया जा चुका है।" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "सेवक सेर्टिफिकेट (&S)" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "नोवल ग्राहक केंद्र समरूपण" +#| msgid "Invalid time" +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "अमान्य समय" +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "जांच रहा है..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "पंजीकरण डेटा की 1 मद" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "पंजीकरण का कोड" +#~ msgstr[1] "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "नोवल ग्राहक केंद्र समरूपण" @@ -600,11 +989,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "हार्डवेयर प्रोफाइल" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "प्रयोग के लिए पंजीकरण डेटा" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "वैकल्पिक जानकारी" @@ -931,11 +1315,6 @@ #~ msgstr "रिपेयर सफल सिद्ध हुआ." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Configuration name is missing." -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "समरूपण नाम लुप्त है।" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration Status at: %1" #~ msgstr "प्रयोग के लिए पंजीकरण डेटा" @@ -952,11 +1331,6 @@ #~ msgstr "खबर" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Error: %1:" -#~ msgid "Expiry: %1" -#~ msgstr "त्रुटि : %1 :" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration status is not available." #~ msgstr "प्रयोग के लिए पंजीकरण डेटा" @@ -1016,12 +1390,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "अन्जान क्रिया" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "स्वतः इंस्टालेशन के दौरान चलाएं" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "स्वतः इंस्टालेशन के दौरान न चलाएं" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "पंजीकरण डेटा का %1 मद" @@ -1039,10 +1407,6 @@ #~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" #~ msgstr "सर्वर %1" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "प्रमाण पत्र" - #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "कि (&K)" @@ -1120,10 +1484,6 @@ #~ msgstr "रिपॉजिटरी आयात करना..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "डीफोल्ट गेटवे गलत हैं। " - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "रिपॉजिटरी आयात करना..." @@ -1282,12 +1642,6 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "से मान्य : " -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Valid to: " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "तक मान्य : " - #~ msgid "Trust" #~ msgstr "भरोसा" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/reipl.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/reipl.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/reipl.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नाम (&N)" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -267,35 +267,35 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "नियंत्रण की हुई फाइलें:" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "इस डिवेइस समनुरूपण को समनुरूपण नहीं किया हैं" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "जोन प्रकार %1 समर्थन विहीन है." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "इस डिवेइस समनुरूपण को समनुरूपण नहीं किया हैं" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "जोन प्रकार %1 समर्थन विहीन है." Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/relocation-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/relocation-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/relocation-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/s390.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/s390.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/s390.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सबको निरस्त करे (&D)" #. error popup #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-client.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-client.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-client.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -205,6 +205,19 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "उच्चतम" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "मान्य सेवाएँ" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "ग्रुप का नाम" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -906,59 +919,62 @@ msgstr "व्यवसथाऐ लिख रहा है ..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "खत्म हो गया" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अवश्यक बंडलो को अधिष्ठापित करो" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "अवश्यक पैकेजस अधिषठापन कर पहा हैं..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM लोगिन" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "केर्बरोस इस्तिमाल करें" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "केर्बरोस इस्तिमाल न करें" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अकरण विभाग" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अकरण डोमैन" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC सेवक पता" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "क्लोक स्क्यू" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC सेवक: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -970,7 +986,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "अकरण विभाग: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -980,12 +996,14 @@ msgstr "ऑफ लाइन प्रमाणीकरण सक्षम है" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "हाँ" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "नहीं" @@ -1000,6 +1018,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"क्लोक स्क्यू अस्तायापित हैं \n" +"फिर से परीक्षा करो \n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1007,71 +1027,150 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"जीवन समय अस्तायापित हैं \n" +"फिर से परीक्षा करो." -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "साम्बा ग्राहक समनुरुपण आरम्भ कर रहा है " -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "साम्बा ग्राहक समनुरुपण आरम्भ कर रहा है " +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "साम्बा की ग्लोबल व्यवसथाऐ पढो" -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "साम्बा की ग्लोबल व्यवसथाऐ पढो" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "winbind की सिथ्ति पढो" -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "winbind की सिथ्ति पढो" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "साम्बा की ग्लोबल व्यवसथाऐ पढ रहा है ..." -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "साम्बा की ग्लोबल व्यवसथाऐ पढ रहा है ..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "winbind की सिथ्ति पढ रहा है ..." -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "winbind की सिथ्ति पढ रहा है ..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "साम्बा ग्राहक समनुरुपण संचय कर रहा है" -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "साम्बा संचयाऐ असमर्थ करें" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो" -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "साम्बा संचयाऐ समर्थ करें" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "साम्बा संचयाऐ असमर्थ करें" -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "साम्बा संचयाऐ असमर्थ कर रहा है..." +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "साम्बा संचयाऐ समर्थ करें" -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "साम्बा संचयाऐ समर्थ कर रहा है..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "%1 को व्यवसथाऐ नही लिख सकता ।है " +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "साम्बा संचयाऐ असमर्थ कर रहा है..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "winbind व्यवसथाऐ आरम्भ नही कर सकता ।" +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "साम्बा संचयाऐ समर्थ कर रहा है..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "winbind डेमनथाऐ आरम्भ नही कर सकता ।" +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "केरबेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन को लिखें" -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "winbind व्यवसथाऐ बंद नही कर सकता ।" +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "केरबेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन को लिख रहा है..." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "winbind डेमन बंद रम्भ नही कर ।सकता " +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "%1 को व्यवसथाऐ नही लिख सकता ।है " -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "PAM सेटिंग्‍स को नहीं लिख सकता है।" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "winbind व्यवसथाऐ आरम्भ नही कर सकता ।" -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "ग्लोबल सनुरुपण " +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "winbind डेमनथाऐ आरम्भ नही कर सकता ।" -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "कार्यसमुह या डोमेन :%1" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "winbind व्यवसथाऐ बंद नही कर सकता ।" -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "लॉगइन पर होम डायरेक्ट्री सृजित करें" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "winbind डेमन बंद रम्भ नही कर ।सकता " -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "शेयरों की अधिकतम संख्या : %1" +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "PAM सेटिंग्‍स को नहीं लिख सकता है।" -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr "SMB के साथ सत्यापन : %1" +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "ग्लोबल सनुरुपण " +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "कार्यसमुह या डोमेन :%1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "लॉगइन पर होम डायरेक्ट्री सृजित करें" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "ऑफ लाइन प्रमाणीकरण सक्षम है" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "शेयरों की अधिकतम संख्या : %1" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "कार्यसमुह या डोमेन :%1: %1" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "SMB के साथ सत्यापन : %1" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "YOU पैच" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-users.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-users.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-users.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/scanner.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/scanner.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/scanner.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/security.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/security.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/security.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/services-manager.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/services-manager.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/services-manager.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,14 +16,224 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "डिफाल्ट सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट initrd पथ" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट initrd पथ" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "डिफाल्ट सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढें" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "डिफाल्ट सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "उपलब्ध शेयर" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "अधिषठापन माध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । " + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "अधिषठापन माध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । " + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default &Lease Time" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "डीफाल्ट पट्टा समय (&L)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "सेवाऎ" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "समर्थ हैं" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "सक्रिय" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "विवरण" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "शुरू करें (&S)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "केडंप समर्थ/असमर्थ करें" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "विवरण दर्शाएं(&D)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "सुरक्षा प्रबंधक" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "साम्बा संचया व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "असमर्थ हैं" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "सक्रिय" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "संचयाऐं" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -61,3 +271,83 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Image" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "डिफाल्ट इमेज" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "अब तक समनुरूपण नहीं किया हैं।" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not add interface." +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "इंटरफेस नहीं जोड़ सकते।" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphical Menu File" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाइल" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "टेक्स्ट मोड" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "प्राप्य अंतराफलक " + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "मोड चुने" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "स्विच मोड(&S)" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Image" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "डिफाल्ट इमेज" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम को बूट करें" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "जरुरी DMA मोड" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/slp-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/slp-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/slp-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mouse.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1999-06-09 17:26+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com> \n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/snapper.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/snapper.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/snapper.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,14 +27,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "विवरण" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Map" msgid "User data" @@ -42,45 +42,45 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C&leanup Script" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट साफ करना" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "(%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "(%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host %1" msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "होस्ट %1" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New " msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "नया सृजित करें " #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -88,243 +88,243 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "पूर्व" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें '%1'?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "सिंगापुर" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "उपयोगकर्ताओ की सूची पढ रहा है..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Current Configuration:" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "हालिया समनुरूपण:" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "अइडी (ID)" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "प्रकार" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "शुरुआती तारीख" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "अंतिम तारीख" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Us&er Data" msgid "User Data" msgstr "यूजर डाटा(&e)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Change" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "कोई बदलाव नहीं" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Modify" msgid "Modify" msgstr "बदलें (&M)" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected IDE device" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "चुना हुआ IDE उपकरण" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "अगला %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "फाइलो में बदलाव संचित कर रहा है..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "असफल प्रमाणीकरणों को स्वीकार कर रहा है" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File %1 does not exists" msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "फाइल %1 मौजूद नहीं।" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File Contents: %1" msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "फाइल सामग्री : %1" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restored Files:" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "रिस्टोरड फाइले :" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore Options" msgid "Restore" msgstr "रिस्टोर विकल्प" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "चुना गया" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "खोलो (&O)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "चुना गया" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "" @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -347,21 +347,21 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "अधिषठापन माध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । " #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restoring Files" msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "फाइले रिस्टोर कर रहा है " #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/sound.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/sound.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/sound.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/squid.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/squid.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/squid.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1507,11 +1507,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अफ्रिकान्स" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अरबिक" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पर्सियन" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "इंडोनेशियाई" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "लातवियाइ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मलय" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "थाई" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1677,11 +1677,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "उज्बेक" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "वियतनामी" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/sshd.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/sshd.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/sshd.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "न०" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/storage.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/storage.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/storage.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:47+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "कस्टम विभाजन सेटअप सृजित करें" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr "ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं लिखो" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ "संशोधन करें।\n" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -186,15 +186,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "अनुरोधित प्रस्तुति सृजित करना असंभव।" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -1031,7 +1037,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "विभिन्न होम पार्टिशन प्रस्तावित करें" @@ -1050,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "प्रस्तुति प्रकार" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" @@ -1064,7 +1070,7 @@ "एक विभाजन के लिए रूट माउंट बिंदु \"/\" को एसाइन करें।\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -1078,7 +1084,7 @@ "इन माउंट बिंदुओं के लिए एक लीनक्स फाइल सिस्टम, जैसे कि ext2 या reiserfs का प्रयोग करने का प्रयास करें। \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -1092,7 +1098,7 @@ "इन माउंट बिंदुओं के लिए एक लीनक्स फाइल सिस्टम, जैसे कि ext2 या reiserfs का प्रयोग करने का प्रयास करें। \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -1106,7 +1112,7 @@ "इन माउंट बिंदुओं के लिए एक लीनक्स फाइल सिस्टम, जैसे कि ext2 या reiserfs का प्रयोग करने का प्रयास करें। \n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1128,7 +1134,7 @@ "इसे बदल दें? \n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1144,7 +1150,7 @@ "क्या आप ऐसा करना चाहते हैं? \n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1155,7 +1161,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1175,7 +1181,7 @@ "क्या आप अपने सेटअप को बदलना चाहते हैं? \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1196,7 +1202,7 @@ "\n" "इसे बदल दें? \n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1205,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" @@ -1223,34 +1229,9 @@ "इसे बदल दें? \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"चेतावनी : वर्तमान सेटअप के साथ, आपके %1 संस्थापन \n" -"में बूट करने में समस्याएं आएंगी, क्योंकि आपके पास \"boot\"\n" -"विभाजन नहीं है और आपका \"root\" विभाजन एक LVM लॉजिकल वॉल्यूम है। \n" -"यह काम नहीं करता है। \n" -"\n" -"\n" -"अगर आपको ठीक-ठीक नहीं पता कि आप क्या कर रहे हैं, तो \n" -"/boot के नीचे अपनी फाइलों के लिए सामान्य विभाजन का प्रयोग करें। \n" -"\n" -" इसे बदल दें? \n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1274,7 +1255,7 @@ " इसे बदल दें? \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1300,13 +1281,13 @@ " इसे बदल दें? \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "वास्तव में इस प्रविष्टि को हटाया जाना है?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1329,7 +1310,7 @@ "क्या आप इसे बदलना चाहते हैं? \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1345,7 +1326,7 @@ "विशेषकर निम्नलिखित में से किसी मामले में : \n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1358,7 +1339,7 @@ "- यदि इस विभाजन में अभी तक कोई फाइल सिस्टम नहीं है \n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1374,7 +1355,7 @@ "में से एक के लिए एसाइन हो\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1386,7 +1367,7 @@ "क्या आप अपना सेटअप परिवर्तित करना चाहते हैं?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1395,7 +1376,7 @@ "सम्पादन से पहले इसे RAID से हटा दें।\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1404,7 +1385,7 @@ "सम्पादन से पहले इसे वॉल्यूम समूह से हटा दें।\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1413,7 +1394,7 @@ "सम्पादन से पहले वॉल्यूम हटा दें।\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1422,7 +1403,7 @@ "इसे मिटाने से पहले इसे RAID से हटा दें।\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1430,13 +1411,13 @@ " उपकरण (%2) %1 द्वारा प्रयोग किया गया है। \n" " इसे मिटाने से पहले %1 हटा दें। \n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "उपकरण मिटा दिया गया था।" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" @@ -1451,7 +1432,7 @@ "है।\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1470,7 +1451,7 @@ "अगर आपको ठीक-ठीक न पता हो कि आप क्या कर रहे हैं तो कृपया Cancel चुनें। \n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1485,7 +1466,7 @@ "से हटा दें। \n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1500,7 +1481,7 @@ "से हटा दें। \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1521,15 +1502,15 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "जो आपने यहाँ भरती किया है उसे ना भूलें।" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "रिक्त विकल्प स्ट्रींग स्वीकृत नहीं है." @@ -1565,7 +1546,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1578,7 +1559,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1604,7 +1585,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1615,7 +1596,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -2042,7 +2023,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -2055,25 +2036,25 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "हस्ताक्षरों को संभालना" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "रिक्त विकल्प स्ट्रींग स्वीकृत नहीं है." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "जोन नाम %1 पहले से विद्यमान है." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2116,7 +2097,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2136,7 +2117,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -2155,7 +2136,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -2188,7 +2169,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2440,12 +2421,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2453,39 +2434,39 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "माउंट" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "NIS यूजर को मिटाना सभंव नहीं है।" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "NIS यूजर को मिटाना सभंव नहीं है।" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "%1 पर एक विभाजन सृजित करना संभव नहीं है।" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" @@ -2497,63 +2478,69 @@ msgstr "रिक्त आलंबन बिंदु" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "संभरक पासवेर्ड भरती करें" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "&iSCSI डिस्कों को विन्यासित करें" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "समनुरूपण करें (&C) ..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "स्वचालित अपडेट को पूरी तरह से समनुरूपण करें..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "समनुरूपण करें (&C) ..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "समनुरूपण करें (&C) ..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "समनुरूपण करें (&C) ..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure..." msgstr "समनुरूपण करें (&C) ..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "उपलब्ध युक्ति: %1" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2561,14 +2548,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2576,7 +2563,7 @@ msgstr "विभाजन तालिका को फिर से पढ़ने पर वर्तमान में किए गए सभी परिवर्तन निरस्त हो जाते हैं। वाकई विभाजन तालिका को फिर से पढ़ें? " #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2584,9 +2571,17 @@ msgstr "विभाजन तालिका को फिर से पढ़ने पर वर्तमान में किए गए सभी परिवर्तन निरस्त हो जाते हैं। वाकई विभाजन तालिका को फिर से पढ़ें? " #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "विभाजन तालिका को फिर से पढ़ने पर वर्तमान में किए गए सभी परिवर्तन निरस्त हो जाते हैं। वाकई विभाजन तालिका को फिर से पढ़ें? " + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2594,7 +2589,7 @@ msgstr "विभाजन तालिका को फिर से पढ़ने पर वर्तमान में किए गए सभी परिवर्तन निरस्त हो जाते हैं। वाकई विभाजन तालिका को फिर से पढ़ें? " #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2602,7 +2597,7 @@ msgstr "विभाजन तालिका को फिर से पढ़ने पर वर्तमान में किए गए सभी परिवर्तन निरस्त हो जाते हैं। वाकई विभाजन तालिका को फिर से पढ़ें? " #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2610,7 +2605,7 @@ msgstr "विभाजन तालिका को फिर से पढ़ने पर वर्तमान में किए गए सभी परिवर्तन निरस्त हो जाते हैं। वाकई विभाजन तालिका को फिर से पढ़ें? " #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2899,15 +2894,53 @@ msgstr "ब्रिज उपकरण" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 #, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"अपने %1 विभाजन के लिए नया आकार चुनें। \n" +"" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "आपरेटिगं सिस्टम" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "डेल्टा RPM अनुप्रयोग प्रगति पर हैं" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "रोल: %s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "पहले, विभाजन का प्रकार चुनें और यह चुनें कि इस विभाजन को फॉर्मेट किया जाना चाहिए या नहीं।" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2915,7 +2948,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -2923,55 +2956,55 @@ msgstr "इसके बाद, माउंट बिंदु (/, /boot, /usr, /var, आदि) दर्ज करें।" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "पार्टिशन का आकार." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "पार्टिशन का आकार." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "पार्टिशन का आकार." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "डिस्क से विभाजन" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "माउंट विकल्प" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "विभाजन" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "मौंट बिंदू " #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab विकल्प" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "कोई व्यवस्था चयन नहीं की गई" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" @@ -2985,19 +3018,19 @@ "फॉर्मेट विकल्प पर भी निशान लगाएं।\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "माउंट बिन्दु प्रदान करें।" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "माउंट बिन्दु प्रदान करें।" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3013,7 +3046,7 @@ "\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -3022,23 +3055,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "सभी परिवर्तन लुप्त हो जाएंगे!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "पासवर्ड" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -3048,7 +3081,7 @@ "आप चयनित विभाजन का आकार नहीं बदल सकते क्योंकि इस विभाजन \n" "का फाइल सिस्टम आकार बदलने का समर्थन नहीं करता। \n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "" @@ -3057,7 +3090,7 @@ msgstr "%1 पर एक विभाजन सृजित करना संभव नहीं है।" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -3070,24 +3103,24 @@ "क्योंकि फाइल सिस्टम सामंजस्‍यहीन जान पड़ता है।\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "विभाजन संपादित करें" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "लॉजिकल वॉल्यूम फिर से आकार दें" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "हालिया स्थिति: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "हालिया स्थिति: %1" @@ -3096,8 +3129,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3109,7 +3142,7 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy @@ -3117,14 +3150,14 @@ msgstr "अधिकता आकार (MB) (&S)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "अधिकता आकार (MB) (&S)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -3132,7 +3165,7 @@ msgstr "कस्टम आकार (&S)" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" @@ -3142,7 +3175,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -3155,7 +3188,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3164,13 +3197,13 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "आउटपुट :" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "डिस्क पार्टिशन पढ़ रहा..." @@ -3384,65 +3417,65 @@ msgstr "भरती किया गया MAC पता असली नहीं है ।" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "विभाजन %1 संपादित करें" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "विभाजन %1 संपादित करें" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition." msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन में कोई स्थान नहीं बची है।" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap" msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "पार्टिशन %1 को स्वैप करने के लिए जोड़ा जा रहा है" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "विभाजन" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "फॉरवर्ड" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "पृष्ठभूमि" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "सभी पार्टिशनों को माउंट करना..." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "%1 पर सभी विभाजनों को वास्तव में मिटाना है?" @@ -3457,7 +3490,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -4459,13 +4492,13 @@ msgstr "द्वारा प्रयुक्त" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "लॉजिकल वॉल्यूम संपादित करें" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "लॉजिकल वॉल्यूम संपादित करें" @@ -4693,7 +4726,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "व्यवसथाऐ" @@ -4940,19 +4973,19 @@ "\n" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAI&D जोड़ें" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "RAID हटाएं" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr " RAID संपादित करें..." @@ -5062,67 +5095,67 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "लेबल" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "UUID" msgstr "अइडी (ID)" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr "द्वारा माउंट" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Used by" msgstr "द्वारा प्रयुक्त" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "ड्राइवरों की सूचना लिखें" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "होस्ट जानकारी को संग्रहीत करें" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Encryption" msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन (&E)" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "उपकरण नाम" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "वॉल्यूम &लेबल" @@ -5130,52 +5163,65 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "उपकरण ID" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "उपकरण पथ" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "विक्लप " + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"अंत वाला सिलिंडर : " + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "अकरण(Default) होस्ट" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "लोकल फाइलसिस्टम" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "स्टोरेज उपकरण" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता जानकारी स्त्रोत" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" @@ -5183,7 +5229,7 @@ msgstr "यह फ्रेम साइन के अनुरोध को प्रदर्शित करता है।" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -5194,14 +5240,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -5210,14 +5256,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5557,14 +5603,14 @@ msgstr "पैटर्न" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "आकार (&S)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "" @@ -5572,14 +5618,14 @@ "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "मान 0 से 32767 के बीच होने चाहिए। फिर से कोशिश करें।" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "मान 0 से 32767 के बीच होने चाहिए। फिर से कोशिश करें।" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5587,17 +5633,17 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "स्वैप प्राथमिकता(&P)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "मान 0 से 32767 के बीच होने चाहिए। फिर से कोशिश करें।" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5606,14 +5652,14 @@ "एक स्वैप प्राथमिकता दर्ज करें। उच्चतर संख्याओं का अर्थ है उच्चतर प्राथमिकता।\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount &read-only" msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "माउंट रीड-ऑनली(&r)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" @@ -5624,14 +5670,14 @@ "फाइल सिस्टम में कोई लिखने योग्य पहुंच संभव नहीं है। डिफॉल्ट असत्य है।\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No &access time" msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "कोई पहुंच समय नहीं(&a)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No access time:\n" @@ -5644,14 +5690,14 @@ "जब कोई फाइल पढ़ी जाती है, तब पहुंच समय अपडेट नहीं होते हैं। डिफॉल्ट असत्य है।" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &user" msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता द्वारा माउंट योग्य(&u)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5660,12 +5706,12 @@ "फाइल सिस्टम को किसी साधारण उपयोगकर्ता द्वारा माउंट किया जा सकता है। डिफॉल्ट असत्य है।\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "सिस्टम स्टार्ट-अप पर माउंट न करें(&S)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" @@ -5682,13 +5728,13 @@ "जाता है। डिफॉल्ट असत्य है। \n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "लेयर २ सहायता समर्थ करें (&L)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" @@ -5699,12 +5745,12 @@ "फाइल सिस्टम को किसी साधारण उपयोगकर्ता द्वारा माउंट किया जा सकता है। डिफॉल्ट असत्य है।\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "डेटा जर्नलिंग मोड(&J)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -5724,12 +5770,12 @@ "<tt>पीछे लिखे</tt> -- डेटा संबंधी आदेश को सुरक्षित नहीं रखा जाता है। \n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "पहुंच नियंतरण सूचियां (ACL)(&A)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5738,12 +5784,12 @@ "फाइल सिस्टम पर पहुंच नियंत्रण सूचियों को सक्षम बनाएं। \n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "विस्तारित उपयोगकर्ता विशेषताएं(&E)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5752,19 +5798,19 @@ "फाइल सिस्टम पर विस्तारित उपयोगकर्ता विशेषताओं की अनुमति दें। \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Arbitrary option &value" msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "स्वैच्छिक विकल्प मान(&v)" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "माउंट बिन्दु में अमान्य वर्ण। माउंट बिन्दु में \"`'!\"%#\" का उपयोगन करें।" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -5775,12 +5821,12 @@ "एक से अधिक विकल्प अल्पविरामों द्वारा पृथक्कृत किए गए हैं।\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "फाइल नामों के लिए केरसेट(&s)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5789,12 +5835,12 @@ "विडोज़ विभाजनों में फाइल नामों के प्रदर्शन हेतु केरसेट सेट करें। \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "छोटे FAT नामों के लिए Code&page" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" @@ -5803,12 +5849,12 @@ "इस कूटपृष्ठ का प्रयोग FAT फाइल सिस्टम पर लघुनाम वर्णों को परिवर्तित करने के लिए होता है। \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "&FATs की संख्या" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." @@ -5817,14 +5863,14 @@ "फाइल सिस्टम में फाइल आवंटन तालिकाओं की संख्या निर्दिष्ट करें। डिफॉल्ट 2 है। " #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FAT &size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT आकार(&s)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" @@ -5834,21 +5880,21 @@ "प्रयुक्त फाइल आवंटन तालिकाओं के प्रकार (12, 16, या 32-बिट ) निर्दिष्ट करता है। यदि auto निर्दिष्ट है, तो YaST2 फाइल सिस्टम आकार के लिए सबसे उपयुक्त मान स्वत: चुन लेगा। \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root &dir entries" msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "रूट dir प्रविष्टियां(&d)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "\"रूट डाय प्रवेश\" के लिए न्यूनतम आकार 112 है। कृपया फिर से कोशिश करें।" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Root dir entries:\n" @@ -5861,14 +5907,14 @@ "रूट डायरेक्टरी में उपलब्ध प्रविष्टियों की संख्या चुनें। " #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hash &function" msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "हैश प्रणाली(&f)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hash function:\n" @@ -5881,14 +5927,14 @@ "यह डायरेक्टरियों में फाइल नामों को छांटने के लिए प्रयुक्त की जाने वाली हैश प्रक्रिया का नाम निर्दिष्ट करता है। " #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FS &revision" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS पुनरीक्षण(&r)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FS revision:\n" @@ -5902,14 +5948,14 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Block &size in bytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "ब्लॉक आकार बाइट में(&s)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -5923,13 +5969,13 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "आईनोड आकार(&I)" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5938,14 +5984,14 @@ "यह विकल्प फाइल सिस्टम के आईनोड आकार को निर्दिष्ट करता है। \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "आईनोड स्पेस का प्रतिशत(&P)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Percentage of inode space:\n" @@ -5958,14 +6004,14 @@ "\"आईनोड स्पेस का प्रतिशत\" विकल्प फाइल सिस्टम में स्थान के उस अधिकतम प्रतिशत को निर्दिष्ट करता है जिसे आईनोडों को आवंटित किया जा सकता है। \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inode &aligned" msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "आईनोड अलाइंड(&a)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Inode Aligned:\n" @@ -5984,14 +6030,14 @@ "सामान्यतया असंरेखित पहुंच से अधिक कार्यकुशल होती है। \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "लॉग आकार मेगाबाइट में(&L)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6005,7 +6051,7 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Log size\n" @@ -6018,19 +6064,19 @@ "लॉग आकार (मेगाबाइटों में) को सेट करें। यदि auto है, तो डिफॉल्ट सकल आकार का 40% होता है। " #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "बैड ब्लॉक्स लिस्ट उपयोगिता को सक्रिय करें(&U)" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stride &length in blocks" msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "ब्लॉकों में स्ट्राइड लंबाई(&l)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" @@ -6043,7 +6089,7 @@ "कृपया 1 से बड़ा कोई मान चुनें। " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6056,7 +6102,7 @@ "अपने तर्क के रूप में लेता है। \n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6069,14 +6115,14 @@ "ब्लॉकों के आकार को बाइटों में निर्दिष्ट करें। वैध ब्लॉक आकार मान हैं 1024, 2048, और 4096 बाइट प्रति ब्लॉक। यदि auto चयनित है, तो ब्लॉक आकार फाइल सिस्टम के आकार और फाइल सिस्टम के अपेक्षित उपयोग से निर्धारित होता है।\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bytes per &inode" msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "बाइट्स प्रति आइनोड(&i)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bytes per inode:\n" @@ -6099,14 +6145,14 @@ "को विस्तारित करना संभव नहीं है, इसलिए इस मानक के लिए एक समुचित मान दर्ज करना सुनिश्चित करें। \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "रूट के लिए आरक्षित ब्लॉकों का प्रतिशत(&r)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6120,47 +6166,47 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "रूट के लिए आरक्षित ब्लॉकों का प्रतिशत: सुपर उपयोगकर्ता के लिए सुरक्षित ब्लॉकों का प्रतिशत निर्दिष्ट करें। इस मान का डिफॉल्ट 5% है। " #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "सेवाऎ असमर्थ करें" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "डाइरक्टरी तालिका (&D)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Journal" msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "डिस्क जर्नल" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -6168,12 +6214,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6206,7 +6252,7 @@ "कर सकते। \n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6239,7 +6285,7 @@ "कर सकते। \n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6263,7 +6309,7 @@ "नष्ट हो जाएगा। \n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6281,7 +6327,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "पुन: आकार देना संभव नहीं :" @@ -6294,7 +6340,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -6313,7 +6359,7 @@ "दिया गया क्रिप्ट पासवर्ड गलत हो सकता है। \n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6325,7 +6371,7 @@ "कृपया फिर से कोशिश करें।" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6338,29 +6384,29 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन कि भरती करें" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "संभरक पासवेर्ड भरती करें" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "वॉल्यूम समूह" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6368,14 +6414,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "क्या आप पुनः प्रयास करना चाहते हैं?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6383,98 +6429,98 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन कि भरती करें" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "यास्ट ने निम्नलिखित उप्करण दूढ़ लिये हैं " #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "यास्ट ने निम्नलिखित उप्करण दूढ़ लिये हैं " -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "DASD डिस्क" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "DASD डिस्क" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "डिस्क" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6482,7 +6528,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6490,7 +6536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6498,20 +6544,20 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set global root filesystem" msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "वैश्विक रूट फाइलसिस्टम को सेट करें" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 #, fuzzy #| msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" @@ -7177,52 +7223,52 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "अनियमित एफएस के कारण पुनः आकार देना असंभव है। विंडोज़ के अधीन एफएस प्रयोग करकेदेखें।" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "एलएमवी आधारित प्रस्तुति सृजित करें" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "वॉल्यूम समूह" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम विकल्प :" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "विभिन्न होम पार्टिशन प्रस्तावित करें" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं लिखो" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" @@ -7232,7 +7278,7 @@ "एलवीएम आधारित प्रस्तुति सृजित करने के लिए, समरूप बटन चुनें।" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7241,33 +7287,33 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "इंक्रिप्टेड फाइल सिस्टम के लिए अपना पासवर्ड दर्ज करें।" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "पासवेर्ड:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "&पुष्टि के लिए पासवर्ड को फिर से दर्ज करें :" @@ -7295,33 +7341,56 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "अकरण(Default) होस्ट" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "लोकल फाइलसिस्टम" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "स्टोरेज उपकरण" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partitioning" msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "विभाजनिं" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता जानकारी स्त्रोत" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "चेतावनी : वर्तमान सेटअप के साथ, आपके %1 संस्थापन \n" +#~ "में बूट करने में समस्याएं आएंगी, क्योंकि आपके पास \"boot\"\n" +#~ "विभाजन नहीं है और आपका \"root\" विभाजन एक LVM लॉजिकल वॉल्यूम है। \n" +#~ "यह काम नहीं करता है। \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "अगर आपको ठीक-ठीक नहीं पता कि आप क्या कर रहे हैं, तो \n" +#~ "/boot के नीचे अपनी फाइलों के लिए सामान्य विभाजन का प्रयोग करें। \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " इसे बदल दें? \n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "विभाजन संपादित करें" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/sudo.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/sudo.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/sudo.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:47+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/support.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/support.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/support.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,16 +38,18 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "SUSE मदद" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "खुलें" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -117,7 +119,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -176,11 +178,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "निपुण व्यवस्थायें" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "विकल्प" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -208,11 +210,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ईमेल पता" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नाम" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -235,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -249,7 +251,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "उन्नति" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -259,7 +261,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "फाइल का नाम" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -278,6 +280,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>आरम्भन विफल रहा है :</big> \n" +"अवविफल दबाकर समनुरुपण यूटिलिटी को सावधानी से विफल कर दें ?।\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -294,6 +298,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>सेविगं विफल कर रहा है :</big> \n" +"विफल दबाकर सेव विधि को विफल करें ।\n" +"एक अन्य डायलग सूचित करता है कि क्या ये करना ठीक है ।\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -318,13 +326,16 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>सपांदन या मिटान :</big> \n" +"यदि तुुम <bसपांदनt</bदबाते हो >एक अन्य डायलग जिसमेंe\n" +" समनुरुपण में बदलाव खुलता है ।.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +417,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +460,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -468,6 +479,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>समनुरुपण पहला हिस्सा</big> \n" +"चलते रहने के लिएअगलादबाऐ।\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -476,6 +490,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>कुछ चुन रहा है </big> \n" +"ये सभंव नहीं है । पहले तुम्हे इसे कोड करना चाहिए :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -753,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -764,7 +781,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -792,30 +809,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig चलिए" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig चल रहा हैं..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr " समनुरुपण सार " Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/sysconfig.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/sysconfig.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/sysconfig.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -488,51 +488,111 @@ "कृपया प्रतिक्षा करें... \n" "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " SuSEconfig प्रत्येक विन्यास फाइल के जांच योग को संचित करता है, इस प्रकार से यह पता लगा सकता है यदि\n" -#~ " आपने उनमें से किसी को मैनुअली परिवर्तित किया है. यदि आपने किसी विन्यास फाइल को मैनुअली परिवर्तित किया है, \n" -#~ " तो यह उसे नहीं छुएगा.\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "ढुँढ रहा है..." -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "ढुँढ रहा है..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "कमांड:" -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "कमांड:" +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "छोडे(&S)" -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "छोडे(&S)" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "कमांड पूरी की जाएगी" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "कमांड पूरी की जाएगी" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "कमांड शुरु कर रहा हैं:%1..." -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "कमांड शुरु कर रहा हैं:%1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "कमांड %1 फेल हो गई" -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "कमांड %1 फेल हो गई" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "sysconfig समनुरुपण को संचित कर रहा है" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "sysconfig समनुरुपण को संचित कर रहा है" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "नई व्यवस्थाऐं लिखो" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "नई व्यवस्थाऐं लिखो" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "बदलाव क्रियान्वित करें" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "बदलाव क्रियान्वित करें" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "variable %1 फाइल %2 को संचित करना फेल हो गया ।" -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "variable %1 फाइल %2 को संचित करना फेल हो गया ।" +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "variable %1 संचित कर रहा है..." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "variable %1 संचित कर रहा है..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "फाइलो में बदलाव संचित कर रहा है..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "फाइलो में बदलाव संचित कर रहा है..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "संचिता %1 रीलोडेड की जाएगी" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "संचिता %1 रीलोडेड की जा रही है..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "संचिता %1 रीलोडेड करना फेल हो गया" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जाएगी" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जा रही है...ी" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू करना फेल हो गया" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "खत्म हो गया" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "समनुरुपण सार" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " SuSEconfig प्रत्येक विन्यास फाइल के जांच योग को संचित करता है, इस प्रकार से यह पता लगा सकता है यदि\n" +#~ " आपने उनमें से किसी को मैनुअली परिवर्तित किया है. यदि आपने किसी विन्यास फाइल को मैनुअली परिवर्तित किया है, \n" +#~ " तो यह उसे नहीं छुएगा.\n" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "सभी समनुरुपण सिक्रप्टें शुरु की जाएगी ।" @@ -551,30 +611,6 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "समनुरुपण मोडयुल %1 फेल हो गया।" -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "संचिता %1 रीलोडेड की जाएगी" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "संचिता %1 रीलोडेड की जा रही है..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "संचिता %1 रीलोडेड करना फेल हो गया" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जाएगी" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जा रही है...ी" - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू करना फेल हो गया" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "खत्म हो गया" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "समनुरुपण सार" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/tftp-server.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/tftp-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/tftp-server.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/timezone_db.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/timezone_db.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/timezone_db.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/tune.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/tune.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/tune.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -14,38 +14,38 @@ "\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "यह यास्ट माड्यूल कमांड लाइन अंतराफलक को आलम्बन नहीं करता है." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "हार्डवेयर ढूँढ रहा है..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "उन्नति" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "सभी भरतियाँ" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "फाइल में सेव करें..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "हार्डवेयर जानकारी" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" @@ -53,18 +53,25 @@ "हार्डवेयर सूचनामॉडयूल आपके कंप्यूटर का हार्डवेयर\n" "विवरण दर्शाता है। अधिक जानकारी के लिए किसी भी नोड पर क्लिक करें।\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "आप हार्डवेयर सूचना को किसी फाइल में सहेज सकते हैं। फाइल पर सहेजें पर क्लिक करें और फाइलनाम प्रविष्ट करें।" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "सिस्टम" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "सिस्टम" @@ -1476,8 +1483,5 @@ #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr "सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं" -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं" - #~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." #~ msgstr "सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं संचित कर रहा है..." Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/update.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/update.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/update.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "नवीनीकृत विकल्प" @@ -174,18 +174,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "अनजाना" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "अपडेट %1 में" @@ -269,9 +269,19 @@ "नहीं करेगें । असभांले बंडलोो मिटान को चालू करें उन पैकटों को\n" "नवीनीकृत के दौरान मिटाने के लिए ।\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "क्या आप सचमुच अपने विस्तृत चुनाव को री सैट करना चाहते है " @@ -279,13 +289,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "टारगेट सिस्टम माउंट करने में फेल हो गया " #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -356,12 +366,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "वर्तमान RPM डेटाबेस को नहीं पढ़ सकता है।" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "इसंटाल्ड उत्पाद इसंटालेशन मीडिया के उत्पाद के साथ ठीक नही है ।" @@ -370,15 +380,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "अनजाना प्रोशसर" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -386,24 +396,24 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "सिर्फ अपडेट इंसटाल्ड पैकेेजस" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "अपडेट पर आधारित चुनाव \"%1\"" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -412,17 +422,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "नवीनीकृत विकल्प(&U)" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "इनमें से कोई भी फाइलें मौजूद नहीं हैं :%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -435,27 +445,27 @@ "या कुछ चीजें ठीक तरह से नहीं चलेंगी।" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "अनजाना" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "अज्ञात या गैर-लीनक्स" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "सिस्टम या विभाजन बूट के लिए :" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -466,12 +476,12 @@ "\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "नवीनीकृत के लिए सिस्टम या विभाजन " #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -482,12 +492,12 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "नवीनीकृत के लिए चुनें" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -500,42 +510,42 @@ "\n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "सिस्टम" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "विभाजन" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr " वास्तुकला" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "सिस्टम" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "लेबल" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "सभी विभाजन दिखाऐ(&S)" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "बूट(&B)" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -544,7 +554,7 @@ "इस उप्पाद के साथ अपग्रेड किया जा सके।" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" @@ -557,21 +567,21 @@ "इसके एक उत्पाद से भिन्न है।" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "हां, पुन:लिखें (&Y)" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -579,13 +589,13 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "जारी रखें(&o)" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" @@ -595,17 +605,17 @@ "आर्टिकल देखें।" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "अज्ञात लीनक्स सिस्टम" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "गैर-लीनक्स सिस्टम" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -620,7 +630,7 @@ "या अपना सिस्टम दुबारा आरमभ करें।\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "विभाजन %1 जाँच रहा है" @@ -629,24 +639,24 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "विवरण दर्शाएं(&D)" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "विभाजन %1 जाँच रहा है" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "फाइल के अखंडता जाँच करना फेल हो गया:" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -662,25 +672,25 @@ "क्या आप उपकरण को माउंट करना जारी रखना चाहेंगे?" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "समनुरूपण छोड़ जाऎं (&S)" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "पासवर्ड सही नही है।दुबारा कोशिश करें ?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "चेतावनी" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -691,7 +701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -722,27 +732,27 @@ "नवीनीकृत विफल करने के लिए रदद पर क्लिक करें।" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "माउंट विकल्प बताऐ(&S)" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "माउंट विकल्प" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "माउंट बिंदु(&M)" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "उपकरण(&D)" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -751,12 +761,12 @@ "(अपने आप ढूंढने के लिए खाली)(&F)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var विभाजन %1 माउंट नही किया जा सकता था।\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -764,18 +774,18 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "कुछ नहीं" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "इस डिस्क समनुरुपण के साथ /var विभाजन मांउट करने में असमर्थ है।\n" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -783,24 +793,24 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "रूट पार्टिशन का चयन करें" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "उपकरण आईडी" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "इस डिस्क समनुरुपण के साथ /var विभाजन मांउट करने में असमर्थ है।\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -813,7 +823,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -822,17 +832,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "कोई fstab नही मिला।" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "/etc/fstab में रूट विभाजन अस्तयापित रूट उपकरण है ।\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "ये अभी %1की तरह माउंटड है लेकिन %2 की तरह सूचित है ।\n" @@ -853,39 +863,74 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "eडायरेक्ट्रीज़ की तलाश" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "listen value to delete not found" +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "मिटने के लिए सुनने की वैल्यु नहीं मिली" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "फाइल %1 नहीं पढ़ी जा सकती" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "अनजाना प्रोशसर" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "पैकेज डाउनग्रेड की अनुमति दें" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "संस्‍थापन के लिए %1 पैकेजों को चुनने में नाकाम रहा।" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "नवीनीकृत व्ययसथाऐ" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "नवीनीकृत" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "नवीनीकृत करें " -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "नवीनीकृत सिस्टम सनुरुपण " -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "नवीनीकृत सनुरुपण " +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "पैकेज डाउनग्रेड की अनुमति दें" + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "साफ करें" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/users.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/users.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/users.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ msgstr "सिस्टम प्रशासक \"root\" के लिए पासवर्ड" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "जो आपने यहाँ भरती किया है उसे ना भूलें।" @@ -4623,23 +4623,23 @@ "पहले इन उपयोगकर्ताओं को समूह से हटाएं।" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>यूजर</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ग्रुप</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "लाँगइन व्यवस्था" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/vm.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/vm.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/vm.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -26,12 +26,12 @@ msgstr "हाइपरवाइजर और उपकरणों को संस्थापित कर दिया है।" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -40,137 +40,177 @@ "इसंटालेशन होस्ट मशीन में आरम्भ करें।\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "संस्‍थापित पैकेजों को प्रमाणित करें" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "युजर प्रबघन औजारों का समनुरूपण" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>VM सर्वर कॉन्फिगरेशन</big> VM सर्वर (डोमेन 0) के कॉन्फिगरेशन के दो भाग हैं।" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "सर्वप्रथम सिस्टम में आवश्यक पैकेज संस्थापित किए जाते हैं। तत्पश्चात बूट लोडर को बदलकर GRUB किया जाता है बशर्ते कि इसका पहले से ही उपयोग न किया गया हो और यदि यह छूटा हुआ हो तो Xen अनुभाग को बूट लोडर मेन्‍यू में जोड़ा गया हो।" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 #, fuzzy #| msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel." msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "GRUB की आवश्यकता है क्योंकि यह Xen और लीनक्स कर्नेल को बूट करने के लिए जरूरी मल्टीबूट मानक को समर्थन देता है।" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "जब कॉन्फिगरेशन सफलतापूर्वक पूरा कर लिया जाता है, तब बूट लोडर मेन्यू से VM सर्वर को बूट करना संभव होता है।" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr " इंसटालेशन विफल कर दिया जाएगा ।" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "हाइपरवाइजर और उपकरणों को संस्थापित कर दिया है।" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "विरचयुल मशीन समनुरुपण कर रहा है..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "हाइपरवाइजर और उपकरणों को संस्थापित कर दिया है।" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "टूटा हुआ सेवक" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Xen Section" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr " इंसटालेशन विफल कर दिया जाएगा ।" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr " इंसटालेशन विफल कर दिया जाएगा ।" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr " पैकेज जाँज रहा हैं ... " #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "पैकेज इंसटाल कर रहा है" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "जरुरी पैकेज इंसटाल नहीं कर सकता ।" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "सेवाऎं रोक रहा हैं..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था विन्यास कर रहा है..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Bridge" msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "नेटवर्क ब्रिज" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -183,11 +223,11 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -199,7 +239,7 @@ "\n" "मशीन को पुन: बूट करें और इसे आरंभ करने के लिए बूट लोडर मेन्यू में Xen खंड को चुनें।\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -211,19 +251,19 @@ "\n" "मशीन को पुन: बूट करें और इसे आरंभ करने के लिए बूट लोडर मेन्यू में Xen खंड को चुनें।\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "हाइपरवाइजर और उपकरणों को संस्थापित कर दिया है।" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "हाइपरवाइजर और उपकरणों को संस्थापित कर दिया है।" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/wagon.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/wagon.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/wagon.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/wol.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/wol.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/wol.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: SLE 10SP1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-15 14:37+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/xpram.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/xpram.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/xpram.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/yast2-apparmor.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/yast2-apparmor.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:54:18 UTC (rev 89792) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/yast2-apparmor.hi.po 2014-10-07 15:55:04 UTC (rev 89793) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:47+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -320,11 +320,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "कर दिया है" @@ -1190,61 +1190,71 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "मोड नहीं पहचान सकते:" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enforce" +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "बाध्य" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "सभी प्रोफाइल दर्शाएं" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "सक्रिय प्रोफाइलों के लिए मोड कॉन्फिगर करें" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "सक्रिय प्रोफाइलें दर्शाएं" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "सभी प्रोफाइलों के लिए मोड कॉन्फिगर करें" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "प्रोफाइल का नाम" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "मोड" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "टॉगल मोड" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "सभी को लागू करें पर सेट करें" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "सभी को शिकायत पर सेट करें" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "प्रोफाइल मोड कॉन्फिगरेशन" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "प्रोफाइल मोड कॉन्फिगर करें" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

← Newer
1
...
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
...
97
Older →

Jump to page: